Vancouver Building By-law No. 14343 (2025 Vancouver Building By-law, Book I General & Book II Plumbing Systems)
Vancouver, British Columbia
· No. 14343
· adopted 2025-05-20
· summary & facts
This is the exact embedded text of the captured official document.
Snapshot 3d49b8ba807f · verified 2026-09-24 ·
original document ·
archived snapshot ·
unofficial consolidation, the official version is held by the municipal clerk.
CITY OF VANCOUVER
BRITISH COLUMBIA
BUILDING BY-LAW NO. 14343
This By-law is printed under and
by authority of the Council of
the City of Vancouver
MAY 20, 2025
BY-LAW NO. 14343
A By-law to regulate the construction of buildings
and related matters
THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF VANCOUVER, in public meeting, enacts as follows:
SECTION 1
BUILDING BY-LAW ESTABLISHED
SHORT TITLE
1.1
The name of this By-law, for citation, is the "Building By-law".
PARTS OF BY-LAW
1.2
The Building By-law shall consist of two parts: Book I (General) and Book II (Plumbing Systems)
which are attached to this By-law as Schedule 1.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.3
The table of contents for this By-law is for convenient reference only, and is not for use in interpreting
or enforcing this By-law.
SEVERABILITY
1.4
A decision by a court that any part of this By-law is illegal, void, or unenforceable severs that part
from this By-law, and is not to affect the balance of this By-law.
SECTION 2
REPEAL AND ENACTMENT
REPEAL AND TRANSITION
2.1
Council repeals By-law No. 12511 as amended from time to time, except that the provisions of By-
law No. 12511, with respect to matters other than administration, continue to apply as if unrepealed
in respect of permits applied for under By-law No. 12511 before September 15, 2025 for work which
complies with the provisions of Section 3.3. of Part 3, of Division C of Book I (General) and Book II
(Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.
FORCE AND EFFECT
2.2
This By-law is to come into force and take effect on the 15th day of September, 2025.
ENACTED by Council this 20th day of May, 2025
Signed "Ken Sim"
Mayor
Signed "Katrina Leckovic"
City Clerk
SCHEDULE 1
BOOK I (GENERAL)
AND
BOOK II (PLUMBING SYSTEMS)
Vancouver
Building By-law
2025
Book I: General
(Volume 1)
Preface
The 2025 Building By-law (hereinafter the "Building By-law") is an objective-based code which identifies
the minimum standard in the City of Vancouver for buildings to which this By-law applies. These
address the same objectives of the Building By-law's parent codes.
The Building By-law establishes standards for building materials, products and assemblies. Some
standards are explicitly provided in the Building By-law while others are incorporated by reference to
existing standards for materials, products and assemblies which are developed and published by
specialist organizations.
The Building By-law is substantially based on Book I (General) and Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the
2024 British Columbia Building Code, which in turn is substantially based on the model National
Building Code of Canada 2020 and the model National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020. This model of
adoption of national model codes helps promote consistency among building codes.
This Building By-law replaces the 2019 Building By-law and also contains certain transition provisions
which apply to permits issued under the 2019 Building By-law. The Building By-law is regularly updated
and users should ensure that the By-law is current.
Codes Development
National Codes
The CCBFC, an independent committee established by the National Research Council of Canada (NRC), is
responsible for the content of the National Model Codes. The CCBFC is made up of volunteers from
across the country and from all facets of the Codes-user
community. Members of the CCBFC and its standing committees include builders, engineers, skilled trade
workers, architects, building owners, building operators, fire and building officials, manufacturers, and
representatives of general interests.
Codes Canada staff within the Construction Research Centre at the NRC provide technical and
administrative support to the CCBFC and its standing committees, and coordinate the provision of
evidence-based research to inform Codes development. The NRC publishes the National Model Codes
and periodic revisions to the Codes to address pressing issues, and like the Codes themselves, such
periodic revisions do not have legal effect until adopted into law by the City of Vancouver.
British Columbia Building Code
In British Columbia, the 2024 Building Code is the legal adoption of National Model Building and
Plumbing Codes under the authority of the government of the Province of British Columbia. This includes
much of the National Model Codes as amended from time to time, but also includes provincially
applicable requirements to address provincial priorities and concerns.
Vancouver Building By-law
This By-law consists of two Books, that set out the minimum standard for the design and construction of
new buildings as applicable. It also applies to the alteration, change of use and demolition of existing
buildings. The By-law is substantially based upon the British Columbia Building Code and establishes
requirements to address five objectives, which are fully described in Division A of the By-law.
General Requirements
The Building By-law sets out technical provisions for the design and construction of new
buildings. It also applies to the alteration, change of use and demolition of existing buildings.
The Building By-law establishes requirements to address the following five objectives:
(a) safety
(b) health
(c) accessibility
(d) fire and structural protection of buildings
(e) environment
The design of a technically sound building depends upon many factors beyond compliance
with building regulations. Such factors include the availability of knowledgeable practitioners
who have received appropriate education, training and experience and who are familiar with
the principles of good building practice and experience using reference manuals and technical
guides.
Additional Information
Numbering System
A consistent numbering system has been used throughout the National Model Codes. The
first number indicates the Part of the Code; the second, the Section in the Part; the third,
the Subsection; and the fourth, the Article in the Subsection. The detailed provisions are
found at the Sentence level (indicated by numbers in brackets), and Sentences may be
broken down into Clauses and Subclauses. This structure is illustrated as follows:
B
Division
3.
Part
3.5.
Section
3.5.2.
Subsection
3.5.2.1.
Article
3.5.2.1.(2)
Sentence
3.5.2.1.(2)(a)
Clause
3.5.2.1.(2)(a)(i)
Subclause
Use of the term "Reserved"
The term "reserved" is included in place of certain deleted National Codes content which has
not been adopted. The term "reserved" is generally used so that the numbering structure of the
BCBC is aligned with the model National Codes, easing comparability and possible future
harmonization.
Unique to Vancouver Indication
All text in the By-law that is Unique to Vancouver (UTV) is provided with a grey background
wherever practical. This identifier was utilized to provide the user of the By-law with a means
by which to differentiate the Vancouver provisions of this By-law from those of the 2024 British
Columbia Building and Plumbing Codes. Where the provisions of Vancouver have required the
deletion of the 2024 British Columbia Building and Plumbing Code text, and no Vancouver text
has replaced the deleted text, the word "deleted" has been used to alert the user that a deletion
has been made and that there is a difference from the 2024 British Columbia Building and
Plumbing Codes text.
Revision Indication
From time to time, the provisions of the Building By-law may be amended. Where this occurs,
updated text is marked by a sidebar with text in brackets indicating the Revision. In some cases,
text that was originally included as part of the Building By-law is amended and would result in
substantial renumbering of associated portions of the Building By-law.
Meaning of the Words "And" and "Or" between the Clauses and Subclauses of a
Sentence
Multiple Clauses and Subclauses are connected by the word "and" or "or" at the end of the
second last Clause or Subclause in the series. Although this connecting word appears only once,
it is meant to apply to all the preceding Clauses or Subclauses within that series.
For example, in a series of five Clauses--(a) to (e)--in a Sentence, the appearance of the word
"and" at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are connected to each other
with the word "and." Similarly, in a series of five Clauses--(a) to (e)--in a Sentence, the
appearance of the word "or" at the end of Clause (d) means that all Clauses in the Sentence are
connected to each other with the word "or."
In all cases, it is important to note that a Clause (and its Subclauses, if any) must always be
read in conjunction with its introductory text appearing at the beginning of the Sentence.
Moreover, the connecting words "and" and "or" must be read in the context of the Sentence.
In particular, the use of the word "and" as a connecting word does not necessarily mean that
all Clauses (or Subclauses) are applicable for compliance with the Sentence.
Units
All values in the NBC are given in metric units. Some of the metric values in the Code have
been converted and rounded from imperial values. A conversion table of imperial equivalents
for the most common units used in building design and construction is located at the end of the
Code.
Complementary Publications
The following publications are referenced in the NBC 2020 or facilitate the application of its
requirements:
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020 National
Farm Building Code of Canada 1995 National Fire Code of
Canada 2020
National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
Illustrated User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 9 of Division B, Housing and Small Buildings Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)
Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements
These and other Code documents published by the NRC are made available in free electronic
format on the NRC's website.
Commercial Reproduction
Copyright for the NBC is owned by the NRC. This Publication also contains material that is
copyrighted by the Province of British Columbia. No part of that material may be reproduced
without written permission from the Province of British Columbia and the National Research
Council.
For more information, please contact the Intellectual Property Program for British Columbia.
Intellectual Property Services
PO Box 9452 STN PROV GOVT
Victoria, BCV8W 9V7
Website: https://www2.gov.bc.ca/gov/content/home/copyright
Email: [email protected]
Requests for permission to reproduce the unique to Vancouver provisions of the By-law may
be sent to:
Office of the Chief Building Official
Building, Inspections, and By-law Services
Development Building and Licensing
453 West 12th Avenue
Vancouver, BC V5Y 1V4
Email: [email protected]
Relationship of the Building By-law to
Standards Development and Conformity
Assessment
The development of many provisions in this By-law and the assessment of conformity to
those provisions are supported by several of the member organizations of Canada's National
Standards System (NSS).
The NSS is a network of accredited organizations concerned with standards development,
certification, testing and inspection that is established under the auspices of the Standards
Council of Canada Act. Activities of the NSS are coordinated by the Standards Council of
Canada (SCC), which accredits standards development organizations, certification bodies,
testing and calibration laboratories, and inspection bodies, among others.
The SCC is a non-profit federal Crown corporation responsible for the coordination of
voluntary standardization in Canada. It also coordinates Canadian participation in voluntary
international standardization activities.
Canadian Standards
Many of the standards referenced in the NBC are published by standards development
organizations accredited in Canada. As part of the accreditation requirements, these
organizations adhere to the principle of consensus, which generally means substantial
majority agreement of a committee comprising a balance of producer, user and general
interest members, and the consideration of all negative comments. The standards
development organizations also have formal procedures for the balloting and second-level
review of standards prepared under their oversight.
The following organizations are accredited as standards development organizations in
Canada:
-
Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)
-
ASTM International
-
Bureau de normalisation du Québec (BNQ)
-
Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB)
-
CSA Group
-
International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO)
-
ULC Standards
-
Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. (UL)
Tables 1.3.1.2. and D-1.1.2. of Division B list the standards referenced in the NBC. Standards
proposed to be referenced in the NBC are reviewed to ensure that their content is compatible
with the Code. Thereafter, referenced standards are reviewed as needed during each Code
cycle. Standards development organizations are asked to provide information on any changes
in the status of their standards referenced in the NBC--withdrawals, amendments, new
editions, etc. This information is passed on to the CCBFC, its standing committees, the
provinces and territories, and interested stakeholders, all of whom are given the opportunity
to identify any problems associated with the changes. These bodies do not necessarily review
in detail the revised standards; rather, the approach relies on the consensus process involved
in the maintenance of the standards and on the extensive knowledge and experience of
committee members, provincial or territorial staff, NRC staff, and consulted stakeholders to
identify changes in the standards that might create problems in the Code.
Non-Canadian Standards
A number of subject areas for which the standards development organizations accredited in
Canada have not developed standards are covered in the NBC. In these cases, the Code often
references standards developed by organizations in other countries, such as the American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) and the
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). These standards are developed using processes
that may differ from those used by the standards development organizations accredited in
Canada; nevertheless, the standards have been reviewed by the relevant standing committees
and found to be acceptable.
Conformity Assessment
The NBC establishes minimum measures, which are set out within its own text or within
referenced standards. However, the NBC does not set out who is responsible for assessing
conformity to the measures or how those with this responsibility might carry it out. This
responsibility is usually established by the governing legislation of the adopting provinces
and territories. Provincial or territorial authorities should be consulted to determine who is
responsible for conformity assessment within their jurisdiction.
In Vancouver, the Chief Building Official is authorized to regulate construction and to enforce
the requirements of the Building By-law.
Those persons responsible for ensuring that materials, appliances, systems and equipment
meet the requirements of this Code have several means available to assist them, ranging
from on-site inspection to the use of certification services provided by accredited third-party
organizations. Test reports or mill certificates provided by manufacturers or suppliers can
also assist in the acceptance of products. Engineering reports may be required for more
complex products. Requirements for Registered Professionals are located in Division C of
this By-law.
Testing
The SCC accredits testing and calibration laboratories that are capable of reliably testing
products to specified standards. The test results produced by these organizations can be
used in the certification, evaluation and qualification of products for compliance with
Code provisions. The SCC's website (www.scc.ca) lists accredited testing and calibration
laboratories, along with their scope of accreditation.
Certification
Certification is the confirmation by an independent organization that a product, process,
service or system meets a requirement. Certification may entail physical examination,
testing as specified in appropriate standards, an initial plant inspection, and/or follow-up
unannounced plant inspections. This procedure leads to the issuing of a formal assurance
or declaration, by means of a certification mark or certificate, that the product, process,
service or system is in full conformity with specified provisions.
In some cases, a product for which no standard exists can be certified using procedures
and criteria developed by an accredited certification body and specifically designed to
measure the performance of that product.
Certification bodies publish lists of certified products and companies. The SCC's website
(www.scc.ca) lists accredited certification bodies, along with their scope of accreditation.
Several organizations, including the Canadian Construction Materials Centre (CCMC) at
the NRC, offer product certification services.
Evaluation
An evaluation is a written opinion by an independent professional organization that a
product will perform its intended function. An evaluation is often done to determine the
ability of an innovative product, for which no standards exist, to satisfy the intent of a
Code requirement. Follow-up plant inspections are not normally part of the evaluation
process. While the development of such an evaluation is useful to establish a basis for
acceptance, this does not mean that there will be an automatic assumption of By-law
compliance by the Chief Building Official for any given material, product or assembly
covered by this evaluation or that will necessarily be deemed applicable in every
situation.
Qualification
Qualification evaluates the ability of a product to perform its intended function by verifying that
it meets the requirements of a standard. Qualification normally includes some follow-up plant
inspection. Some organizations publish lists of qualified products that meet the specified
requirements. Some organizations qualify product manufacturing and/or testing facilities for
compliance with the Building By-law and relevant standards.
12
Table of Contents
Division A Compliance, Objectives and Functional Statements
Part 1 Compliance
1.1. General
1.1.1. Application of this By-law
1.1.2. Internal References to this By-law
1.1.3. Appendices, Notes and Annotations
1.2. Compliance
1.2.1. Compliance with this By-law
1.2.2. Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
1.2.3. Installation of Plumbing Systems
1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this By-law
1.3.1. General
1.3.2. Application of Division A
1.3.3. Application of Division B
1.3.4. Application of Division C
1.4. Terms and Abbreviations
1.4.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
1.4.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1.5. Referenced Documents and Organizations
1.5.1. Referenced Documents
1.5.2. Organizations
Notes to Part 1
Part 2 Objectives
2.1. Application
2.1.1. Application
2.2. Objectives
2.2.1. Objectives
Notes to Part 2
Part 3 Functional Statements
3.1. Application
3.1.1. Application
3.2. Functional Statements
3.2.1. Functional Statements
Notes to Part 3
Division B Acceptable Solutions
Part 1 General
1.1. General
1.1.1. Application
1.1.2. Objectives and Functional Statements
1.1.3. Climatic and Seismic Data
1.1.4. Fire Safety Plan
1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
1.2.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
1.2.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1.3. Referenced Documents and Organizations
1.3.1. Referenced Documents
1.3.2. Organizations
Notes to Part 1
Part 3 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility
3.1. General
3.1.1. Scope and Definitions
3.1.2. Classification of Buildings or Parts of Buildings by Major Occupancy
3.1.3. Multiple Occupancy Requirements
3.1.4. Combustible Construction
3.1.5. Noncombustible Construction
3.1.6. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
3.1.7. Fire-Resistance Ratings
3.1.8. Fire Separations and Closures
3.1.9. Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-Rated Assemblies
3.1.10. Firewalls
3.1.11. Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
3.1.12. Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification
13
3.1.13. Interior Finish
3.1.14. Roof Assemblies
3.1.15. Roof Covering
3.1.16. Fabrics
3.1.17. Occupant Load
3.1.18. Tents and Air-Supported Structures
3.2. Building Fire Safety
3.2.1. General
3.2.2. Building Size and Construction Relative to Occupancy106
3.2.3. Spatial Separation and Exposure Protection
3.2.4. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
3.2.5. Provisions for Firefighting
3.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings
3.2.7. Lighting and Emergency Power Systems
3.2.8. Mezzanines and Openings through Floor Assemblies
3.2.9. Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
3.3. Safety within Floor Areas
3.3.1. All Floor Areas
3.3.2. Assembly Occupancy
3.3.3. Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies
3.3.4. Residential Occupancy
3.3.5. Industrial Occupancy
3.3.6. Design of Hazardous Areas
3.4. Exits
3.4.1. General
3.4.2. Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas
3.4.3. Width and Height of Exits
3.4.4. Fire Separation of Exits
3.4.5. Exit Signs
3.4.6. Types of Exit Facilities
3.4.7. Fire Escapes
3.5. Vertical Transportation
3.5.1. General
3.5.2. Standards
3.5.3. Fire Separations
3.5.4. Dimensions and Signs
3.6. Service Facilities
3.6.1. General
3.6.2. Service Rooms
3.6.3. Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities
3.6.4. Horizontal Service Spaces and Service Facilities
3.6.5. Air Duct and Plenum Systems
3.7. Health Requirements
3.7.1. Height of Rooms
3.7.2. Plumbing Facilities
3.7.3. Medical Gas Piping Systems
3.8. Accessibility
3.8.1. Scope
3.8.2. Application
3.8.3. Design
3.8.4. Alterations and Additions to Existing Buildings
3.8.5. Adaptable Dwelling Units
3.9. Self-service Storage Buildings
3.9.1. General
3.9.2. Building Fire Safety
3.9.3. Floor Areas
3.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
3.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 3
Part 4 Structural Design
4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures
14
4.1.1. General
4.1.2. Specified Loads and Effects
4.1.3. Limit States Design
4.1.4. Dead Loads
4.1.5. Live Loads Due to Use and Occupancy
4.1.6. Loads Due to Snow and Rain
4.1.7. Wind Load
4.1.8. Earthquake Load and Effects
4.2. Foundations
4.2.1. General
4.2.2. Subsurface Investigations, Drawings and Reviews
4.2.3. Materials Used in Foundations
4.2.4. Design Requirements
4.2.5. Excavations
4.2.6. Shallow Foundations
4.2.7. Deep Foundations
4.2.8. Special Foundations
4.3. Design Requirements for Structural Materials
4.3.1. Wood
4.3.2. Plain and Reinforced Masonry
4.3.3. Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
4.3.4. Steel
4.3.5. Aluminum
4.3.6. Glass
4.4. Design Requirements for Special Structures
4.4.1. Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
4.4.2. Parking Structures
4.4.3. Storage Racks
4.5. Objectives and Functional Statements
4.5.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 4
Part 5 Environmental Separation
5.1. General
5.1.1. Scope
5.1.2. Application
5.1.3. Definitions
5.1.4. Resistance to Loads and Deterioration
5.1.5. Other Requirements
5.2. Loads and Procedures
5.2.1. Environmental Loads and Design Procedures
5.2.2. Structural Loads and Design Procedures
5.3. Heat Transfer
5.3.1. Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
5.4. Air Leakage
5.4.1. Air Barrier Systems
5.5. Vapour Diffusion
5.5.1. Vapour Barriers
5.6. Precipitation
5.6.1. Protection from Precipitation
5.6.2. Sealing, Drainage, Accumulation and Disposal
5.7. Surface and Ground Water
5.7.1. Site Factors
5.7.2. Protection against Hydrostatic Pressure
5.7.3. Protection against Ground Water
5.8. Sound Transmission
5.8.1. Protection from Airborne Noise
5.9. Standards
5.9.1. Applicable Standards
5.9.2. Windows, Doors and Skylights
5.9.3. Other Fenestration Assemblies
5.9.4. Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
15
5.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
5.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 5
Part 6 Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning
6.1. General
6.1.1. Application
6.1.2. Definitions
6.1.3. Plans and Specifications
6.2. Planning
6.2.1. General
6.2.2. Incinerators
6.2.3. Solid Fuel Storage
6.3. Ventilation Systems
6.3.1. Ventilation
6.3.2. Air Duct Systems
6.3.3. Chimneys and Venting Equipment
6.3.4. Ventilation for Laboratories
6.4. Heating Systems
6.4.1. Heating Appliances, General
6.4.2. Unit Heaters
6.4.3. Radiators and Convectors
6.5. Thermal Insulation Systems
6.5.1. Insulation
6.6. Refrigeration and Cooling Systems
6.6.1. Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning
6.7. Piping Systems
6.7.1. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
6.7.2. Storage Bins
6.8. Equipment Access
6.8.1. Openings
6.9. Fire Safety Systems
6.9.1. General
6.9.2. Dampers and Ductwork
6.9.3. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
6.9.4. Ash Storage
6.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
6.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 6 ..................... 6-628
Part 7 Plumbing Services
7.1. General
7.1.1. Scope
7.1.2. Design and Installation
7.1.3. Required Facilities
7.1.4. Definitions
7.2. Objectives and Functional Statements
7.2.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Part 8 Safety Measures at Construction and Demolition Sites
8.1. General
8.1.1. Scope
8.1.2. Application
8.2. Protection of the Public
8.2.1. Fencing and Barricades
8.2.2. Excavation
8.2.3. Use of Streets or Public Property
8.2.4. Direction of Vehicular Traffic
8.2.5. Waste Material
8.3. Objectives and Functional Statements
8.3.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 8
16
Part 9 Housing and Small Buildings
9.1. General
9.1.1. Application
9.1.2. Reserved
9.2. Definitions
9.2.1. General
9.3. Materials, Systems and Equipment
9.3.1. Concrete
9.3.2. Lumber and Wood Products
9.3.3. Metal
9.4. Structural Requirements
9.4.1. Structural Design Requirements and Application Limitations
9.4.2. Specified Loads
9.4.3. Deflections
9.4.4. Foundation Conditions
9.5. Design of Areas and Spaces
9.5.1. General
9.5.2. Accessible Design
9.5.3. Ceiling Heights
9.5.4. Hallways
9.5.5. Doorway Sizes
9.6. Glass
9.6.1. General
9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights
9.7.1. General
9.7.2. Required Windows, Doors and Skylights
9.7.3. Performance of Windows, Doors and Skylights
9.7.4. Design and Construction
9.7.5. Resistance to Forced Entry
9.7.6. Installation
9.8. Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards
9.8.1. Application
9.8.2. Stair Dimensions
9.8.3. Stair Configurations
9.8.4. Step Dimensions
9.8.5. Ramps
9.8.6. Landings
9.8.7. Handrails
9.8.8. Guards
9.8.9. Construction
9.8.10. Cantilevered Precast Concrete Steps
9.9. Means of Egress
9.9.1. General
9.9.2. Types and Purpose of Exits
9.9.3. Dimensions of Means of Egress
9.9.4. Fire Protection of Exits
9.9.5. Obstructions and Hazards in Means of Egress
9.9.6. Doors in a Means of Egress
9.9.7. Access to Exits
9.9.8. Exits from Floor Areas
9.9.9. Egress from Dwelling Units
9.9.10. Egress from Bedrooms
9.9.11. Signs
9.9.12. Lighting
9.10. Fire Protection
9.10.1. Definitions and Application
9.10.2. Occupancy Classification
9.10.3. Ratings
9.10.4. Building Size Determination
9.10.5. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
9.10.6. Construction Types
17
9.10.7. Steel Members
9.10.8. Fire Resistance and Combustibility in Relation to Occupancy, Height and Supported
Elements
9.10.9. Fire Separations and Smoke-tight Barriers between Rooms and Spaces within
Buildings
9.10.10. Service Rooms
9.10.11. Firewalls
9.10.12. Prevention of Fire Spread at Exterior Walls and between Storeys
9.10.13. Doors, Dampers and Other Closures in Fire Separations
9.10.14. Spatial Separation Between Buildings
9.10.15. Spatial Separation Between Houses
9.10.16. Fire Blocks
9.10.17. Flame-Spread Limits
9.10.18. Alarm and Detection Systems
9.10.19. Smoke Alarms
9.10.20. Firefighting
9.10.21. Fire Protection for Construction Camps
9.10.22. Fire Protection for Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops and Ovens
9.11. Sound Transmission
9.11.1. Protection from Airborne Noise
9.12. Excavation
9.12.1. General
9.12.2. Depth
9.12.3. Backfill
9.12.4. Trenches beneath Footings
9.13. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Soil Gas Control
9.13.1. General
9.13.2. Dampproofing
9.13.3. Waterproofing
9.13.4. Soil Gas Control
9.14. Drainage
9.14.1. Scope
9.14.2. Foundation Drainage
9.14.3. Drainage Tile and Pipe
9.14.4. Granular Drainage Layer
9.14.5. Drainage Disposal
9.14.6. Surface Drainage
9.15. Footings and Foundations
9.15.1. Application
9.15.2. General
9.15.3. Footings
9.15.4. Foundation Walls
9.15.5. Support of Joists and Beams on Masonry Foundation Walls
9.15.6. Parging and Finishing of Masonry Foundation Walls
9.16. Floors-on-Ground
9.16.1. Scope
9.16.2. Material beneath Floors
9.16.3. Drainage
9.16.4. Concrete
9.16.5. Wood
9.17. Columns
9.17.1. Scope
9.17.2. General
9.17.3. Steel Columns
9.17.4. Wood Columns
9.17.5. Unit Masonry Columns
9.17.6. Solid Concrete Columns
9.18. Crawl Spaces
9.18.1. General
9.18.2. Access
9.18.3. Ventilation
9.18.4. Clearance
18
9.18.5. Drainage
9.18.6. Ground Cover
9.18.7. Fire Protection
9.19. Roof Spaces
9.19.1. Venting
9.19.2. Access
9.20. Masonry and Insulating Concrete Form Walls Not In Contact with the Ground
9.20.1. Application
9.20.2. Masonry Units
9.20.3. Mortar
9.20.4. Mortar Joints
9.20.5. Masonry Support
9.20.6. Thickness and Height
9.20.7. Chases and Recesses
9.20.8. Support of Loads
9.20.9. Bonding and Tying
9.20.10. Lateral Support
9.20.11. Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and Intersecting Walls
9.20.12. Corbelling
9.20.13. Control of Rainwater Penetration
9.20.14. Protection during Work
9.20.15. Reinforcement for Earthquake Resistance
9.20.16. Corrosion Resistance
9.20.17. Above-Ground Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
9.21. Masonry and Concrete Chimneys and Flues
9.21.1. General
9.21.2. Chimney Flues
9.21.3. Chimney Lining
9.21.4. Masonry and Concrete Chimney Construction
9.21.5. Clearance from Combustible Construction
9.22. Fireplaces
9.22.1. General
9.22.2. Fireplace Liners
9.22.3. Fireplace Walls
9.22.4. Fire Chamber
9.22.5. Hearth
9.22.6. Damper
9.22.7. Smoke Chamber
9.22.8. Factory-Built Fireplaces
9.22.9. Clearance of Combustible Material
9.22.10. Fireplace Inserts and Hearth-Mounted Stoves
9.23. Wood-Frame Construction
9.23.1. Application
9.23.2. General
9.23.3. Fasteners and Connectors
9.23.4. Maximum Spans
9.23.5. Notching and Drilling
9.23.6. Anchorage
9.23.7. Sill Plates
9.23.8. Beams to Support Floors
9.23.9. Floor Joists
9.23.10. Wall Studs
9.23.11. Wall Plates
9.23.12. Framing over Openings
9.23.13. Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads Due to Wind and Earthquake
9.23.14. Roof and Ceiling Framing
9.23.15. Subflooring
9.23.16. Roof Sheathing
9.23.17. Wall Sheathing
9.24. Sheet Steel Stud Wall Framing
9.24.1. General
9.24.2. Size of Framing
19
9.24.3. Installation
9.25. Heat Transfer, Air Leakage and Condensation Control
9.25.1. General
9.25.2. Thermal Insulation
9.25.3. Air Barrier Systems
9.25.4. Vapour Barriers
9.25.5. Properties and Position of Materials in the Building Envelope
9.26. Roofing
9.26.1. General
9.26.2. Roofing Materials
9.26.3. Slope of Roofed Surfaces
9.26.4. Flashing at Intersections
9.26.5. Eave Protection for Shingles and Shakes
9.26.6. Underlay beneath Shingles
9.26.7. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of 1 in 3 or Greater
9.26.8. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of less than 1 in 3
9.26.9. Wood Roof Shingles
9.26.10. Cedar Roof Shakes
9.26.11. Built-Up Roofs
9.26.12. Selvage Roofing
9.26.13. Sheet Metal Roofing
9.26.14. Glass Reinforced Polyester Roofing
9.26.15. Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Roofing
9.26.16. Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing
9.26.17. Concrete Roof Tiles
9.26.18. Roof Drains and Downspouts
9.27. Cladding
9.27.1. Application
9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation
9.27.3. Second Plane of Protection
9.27.4. Sealants
9.27.5. Attachment of Cladding
9.27.6. Lumber Siding
9.27.7. Wood Shingles and Shakes
9.27.8. Plywood
9.27.9. Hardboard
9.27.10. OSB and Waferboard
9.27.11. Metal
9.27.12. Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl Siding and Vinyl Soffits
9.27.13. Polypropylene Siding
9.27.14. Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
9.28. Stucco
9.28.1. General
9.28.2. Stucco Materials
9.28.3. Fasteners
9.28.4. Stucco Lath
9.28.5. Stucco Mixes
9.28.6. Stucco Application
9.29. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
9.29.1. General
9.29.2. Waterproof Wall Finish
9.29.3. Wood Furring
9.29.4. Plastering
9.29.5. Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints)
9.29.6. Plywood Finish
9.29.7. Hardboard Finish
9.29.8. Insulating Fibreboard Finish
9.29.9. Particleboard, OSB or Waferboard Finish
9.29.10. Wall Tile Finish
9.30. Flooring
9.30.1. General
9.30.2. Panel-Type Underlay
20
9.30.3. Wood Strip Flooring
9.30.4. Parquet Flooring
9.30.5. Resilient Flooring
9.30.6. Ceramic Tile
9.31. Plumbing Facilities
9.31.1. Scope
9.31.2. General
9.31.3. Water Supply and Distribution
9.31.4. Required Facilities
9.31.5. Sewage Disposal
9.31.6. Service Water Heating Facilities
9.32. Ventilation
9.32.1. General
9.32.2. Non-Heating-Season Ventilation
9.32.3. Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
9.32.4. Additional Protection Against Depressurization
9.33. Heating and Air-conditioning
9.33.1. General
9.33.2. Required Heating and Cooling Systems
9.33.3. Design Temperatures
9.33.4. General Requirements for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
9.33.5. Heating and Cooling Appliances and Equipment
9.33.6. Air Duct Systems
9.33.7. Radiators and Convectors
9.33.8. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
9.33.9. Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning
9.33.10. Chimneys and Venting Equipment
9.34. Electrical Facilities
9.34.1. General
9.34.2. Lighting Outlets
9.34.3. Emergency Lighting
9.35. Garages and Carports
9.35.1. Scope
9.35.2. General
9.35.3. Foundations
9.35.4. Walls and Columns
9.36. Deleted
9.37. Deleted
9.38. Objectives and Functional Statements
9.38.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 9
Part 10 Energy Efficiency
10.1. General
10.1.1. Application
10.1.2. Definitions
10.2. Energy Efficiency
10.2.1. General
10.2.2. Design and Construction
10.2.3. Energy Step Code
10.3. Greenhouse Gas Emissions
10.3.1. General
10.4. Objectives and Functional Statements
10.4.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
Notes to Part 10
Part 11 Existing Buildings
11.1. General
11.1.1. Application
11.1.2. Definitions
11.1.3. Objectives
11.1.4. Compliance
11.1.5. Alternative Compliance Measures
21
11.2. Alternative Compliance Measures for the Conversion of Existing Buildings
11.2.1. Application
11.2.2. Conversion of an Existing Residential Building Containing Not More Than Two Principal
Dwelling units into a Community Care Facility, Group Residence or Daycare Facility for Children
11.2.3. Conversion of a Portion of a Suite into an Ancillary Residential Unit
11.2.4. Enclosure of an Exterior Open Balcony in an Existing Residential Building
11.2.5. Conversion of Space in an Existing Group F Division 2 Building into Artist Live/Work Studios
11.2.6. Conversion of an Existing Hotel to Single Room Accommodation
11.2.7. Conversion of an Existing Non-Strata Building to a Strata Property
11.3.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Existing Conditions to Assist Renovation
11.3.1. Application
11.3.2. Energy Retrofit Design Building Classification
11.3.3. Construction and Building Safety Alternatives
11.3.4. Spatial Separation Alternatives
11.3.5. Alternatives for Fire Containment and Separation
11.3.6. Alternatives for Exits and Means of Egress
11.3.7. Alternatives for Sprinklered Buildings
11.3.8. Alternatives for Accessibility
11.3.9. Alternatives for Building Systems
11.4.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Heritage Buildings
11.4.1. Application
11.5.
Upgrade Mechanism
11.5.1. General
11.5.2. General Upgrade Requirements
11.5.3. Upgrade Requirements for Single Detached House and Duplex Building
11.5.4. Special Cases
Notes to Part 11
Part 12 Float Homes and Marinas
12.1 General
12.1.1. Application
12.1.2. Definitions
12.2 Design and Construction
12.2.1.Float Homes and Marinas
Notes to Part 12
Part 13 Temporary Buildings and Temporary Uses
13.1 General
13.1.1 General
13.2 Temporary Buildings
13.2.1. Temporary Buildings
13.3. Tents
13.3.1. Tents
13.4.
Temporary Uses in Existing Buildings
13.4.1. Temporary Uses
13.4.2. Temporary Special Event
13.4.3. Art and Culture Event
13.4.4. Emergency Shelter
13.4.5. Temporary Retail Use
13.4.6. Temporary Day Care for Children
Notes to Part 13
Appendix C Climatic and Seismic Information for Building Design in Canada
Appendix D Fire-Performance Ratings
Division C Administrative Provisions
Part 1 General
1.1. Application
1.1.1. Application
1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
1.2.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
22
1.2.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
Part 2 Administrative Provisions
2.1. Application
2.1.1. Application
2.2. Administration
2.2.1. Administration
2.2.2. Information Required for Proposed Work
2.2.3. Fire Protection Components
2.2.4. Structural and Foundation Drawings and Calculations
2.2.5. Drawings and Specifications for Environmental Separators and Other Assemblies Exposed
to the Exterior
2.2.6. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Drawings and Specifications
2.2.7. Professional Design and Review
2.2.8. Drawings, Specifications and Calculations for Energy Performance and Greenhouse Gas
Emissions Compliance
2.2.9. Drawings, Specifications and Calculations for Subsection 10.2.3. and Section 10.3.
2.3. Alternative Solutions
2.3.1. Alternative Solutions
Notes to Part 2
23
BOOK I (GENERAL) - DIVISION A
24
Part 1 Compliance
Section 1.1. General
1.1.1. Application of this By-law
1.1.1.1. Application of this By-law
1) This By-law applies to any one or more of the following:
a) the design and construction of a new building,
b) the occupancy of any building,
c) a change in occupancy of any building,
d) an alteration of any building,
e) an addition to any building,
f) the demolition of any building,
g) the reconstruction of any building that has been damaged by fire, earthquake or other cause,
h) the correction of an unsafe condition in or about any building,
i) all parts of any building that are affected by a change in occupancy,
j) the work necessary to ensure safety in parts of a building
i) that remain after a demolition,
ii) that are affected by, but that are not directly involved in, alterations, or
iii) that are affected by, but not directly involved in, additions,
k) except as permitted by the Fire By-law, the installation, replacement, or alteration of materials or equipment regulated by
this By-law,
l) the work necessary to ensure safety in a relocated or removed building during and after relocation or removal,
m) safety during construction of a building, including protection of the public,
n) the design, installation, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing systems, and
o) the alteration, renovation and change of occupancy of heritage buildings.
p) the design and construction of a marina,
q) the alteration of a marina, and
r) retaining structures greater than 1.2 m in height.
2) This By-law does not apply to the following:
a) sewage, water, electrical, telephone, rail or similar public infrastructure systems located on, or in a street or a public
transit right of way,
b) utility towers and poles, and television, radio and other communication aerials and towers, except for loads resulting from
their being located on or attached to buildings,
c) mechanical or other equipment and appliances not specifically regulated in these regulations,
d) flood control and hydro electric dams and structures,
e) accessory buildings less than 10 m2 in building area that do not create a hazard,
f) with the permission of the Chief Building Official, temporary buildings including
i) construction site offices,
25
ii) seasonal storage buildings,
iii) deleted,
iv) emergency facilities, and
v) similar structures with the permission of the Chief Building Official,
g) factory built housing and components complying with CSA-Z240 MH Series standard, but this exemption does not extend
to on site preparations (siting, foundations, mountings), connection to services and installation of appliances, and
h) areas that are specifically exempted from provincial building regulations by provincial or federal enactments.
i) an existing residential building with not more than two dwelling units located on a parcel which is the subject of an
application for a building permit to construct a laneway house if there is no renovation or change in use of the existing building,
j) a noncombustible container used only for storage of emergency supplies and required by the City's Emergency Social
Services Program if
i) the building area of the container is no more than 15 m2,
ii) the container is located at least 3 m from any building, and
iii) the location of the container does not obstruct the exit path of an existing building and the firefighter's access path to an
existing building, and
k) structures necessary for the operation of a public bike share station if the public bike share station
i) does not interfere with any public works, public facilities or public amenities,
ii) does not include any enclosed structures,
iii) is located at least 3 m from any building,
iv) does not obstruct the exit path of an existing building and the firefighter's access path to an existing building.
3) This By-law applies to both site-built and factory-constructed buildings. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(3).)
4) Farm buildings shall conform to the requirements in the National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995.
5) Deleted.
6) Temporary buildings and existing buildings that are occupied on a temporary basis shall conform to the requirements of
this By-law.
1.1.1.2. Application to Existing Buildings
1) Where a building is altered, renovated or repaired, or there is a change in major occupancy, the building shall also
upgrade in accordance with Part 11 of Division B. (See Note A-1.1.1.2.(1).)
2) Alternative compliance measures to assist in the renovation or conversion of existing buildings in Sections 11.2. though
11.4. of Division B may be substituted for the requirements contained elsewhere in this By-law if the conditions for using the
alternatives have been met.
1.1.2. Internal References to this By-law
1.1.2.1. Book I (General) and Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the By-law
1) This is the first of the two Books, Book I (General) and Book II (Plumbing Systems), that together form the Building By-
law.
1.1.2.2. Internal References to the By-law
1) Unless a Book is specified, references to "the Vancouver Building By-law," "the By-law," "this By-law" and the like shall
be read as references to the Book in which they appear.
1.1.3. Appendices, Notes and Annotations
1.1.3.1. Appendices, Notes and References to Appendices and Notes have No Legal Effect
26
1) The Appendices and Notes of this By-law have no legal effect, except for the Appendices and Notes that are directly
referenced in a Part of this By-law, being the following Notes:
a) A-1.4.1.2.(1) Designated flood plain of Division A, including Figures A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C, D and E,
b) A-1.4.1.2.(1) Flood construction level requirements of Division A,
c) A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B of Division B, and
d) A-9.23.13. of Division B, including Table A-9.23.13.
Section 1.2. Compliance
1.2.1. Compliance with this By-law
1.2.1.1. Compliance with this By-law
1) Compliance with this By-law shall be achieved by
a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
b) except as required by Sentence (3) and Sentence 3.3.1.3.(1) of Division C, using alternative solutions, accepted by the
Chief Building Official under Section 2.3 of Division C, that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance required by
Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions (see
Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).
2) For the purposes of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b), the objectives and functional
statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional statements referred to in
Subsection 1.1.2. of Division B.
3) An alternative solution shall not be used in place of an acceptable solution if the acceptable solution expressly requires
conformance to a provincial enactment other than Book I (General) or Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the Vancouver Building By-
law.
1.2.1.2. Responsibility of Owner
1) Unless otherwise specified in this By-law, the owner of a building shall be the person responsible for carrying out the
provisions of this By-law in relation to that building.
2) The owner of a building is in no way relieved of full responsibility for complying with this By-law by the Chief Building
Official
a) granting a building permit,
b) approving drawings or specifications, or
c) carrying out inspections.
1.2.2. Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
1.2.2.1. Characteristics of Materials, Appliances, Systems and Equipment
1) All materials, appliances, systems and equipment installed to meet the requirements of this By-law shall possess the
necessary characteristics to perform their intended functions when installed in a building.
1.2.2.2. Storage on the Building Site
1) All building materials, appliances and equipment on the building site shall be stored in such a way as to prevent the
deterioration or impairment of their essential properties.
1.2.2.3. Used Materials, Appliances and Equipment
1) Unless otherwise specified, used materials, appliances and equipment are permitted to be reused when they meet the
requirements of this By-law for new materials and are satisfactory for the intended use.
1.2.2.3. Storage on the Building Site
1) All building materials, appliances and equipment on the building site shall be stored in such a way as to prevent the
deterioration or impairment of their essential properties.
1.2.3. Installation of Plumbing Systems
27
1.2.3.1. Personnel Performing Plumbing Work
1) Personnel performing the installation, alteration, renewal or repair of a plumbing system shall
a) possess a Canadian tradesperson's qualification certification as a plumber,
b) be an indentured apprentice supervised by a journeyperson who meets the criteria set out in Clause (a), or
c) be the registered owner and occupant or intended occupant of the single detached dwelling in which plumbing work will
occur.
1.2.3.2. Personnel Performing Sprinkler System Work
1) Persons performing installation, alteration or repair on a sprinkler system shall
a) possess a British Columbia industry training credential as a sprinkler system installer, or
b) be a trainee supervised by a sprinkler system installer qualified under the Industry Training Authority Act.
Section 1.3. Divisions A, B and C of this By-law
1.3.1. General
1.3.1.1. Scope of Division A
1) Division A contains the compliance and application provisions, objectives and functional statements of this By-law.
1.3.1.2. Scope of Division B
1) Division B contains the acceptable solutions of this By-law.
1.3.1.3. Scope of Division C
1) Division C contains the administrative provisions of this By-law.
1.3.1.4. Internal Cross-references
1) Where the Division of a referenced provision is not specified in this By-law, it shall mean that the referenced provision
is in the same Division as the referencing provision.
1.3.2. Application of Division A
1.3.2.1. Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3
1) Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division A apply to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
1.3.3. Application of Division B
1.3.3.1. Application of Parts 1, 7, 8 and 10
1) Parts 1, 7, 8 and 10 of Division B apply to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
1.3.3.2. Application of Parts 3, 4, 5 and 6
1) Parts 3, 4, 5, and 6 of Division B apply to all buildings described in Article 1.1.1.1. and
a) classified as post-disaster buildings,
b) used for major occupancies classified as
i) Group A, assembly occupancies,
ii) Group B, care, treatment or detention occupancies, or
iii) Group F, Division 1, high-hazard industrial occupancies, or
c) exceeding 600 m2 in building area or exceeding 3 storeys in building height used for major occupancies classified as
i) Group C, residential occupancies,
ii) Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
28
iii) Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
iv) Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard industrial occupancies.
2) Part 4 applies to all buildings except buildings containing not more than two principal dwelling units and their ancillary
residential units and accessory buildings.
3) Part 5 applies to all Group C multi-family buildings and Artist Live/Work Studios that are
a) more than 2 storeys in building height, or
b) more than 600 m2 in building area excluding firewalls.
4) Notwithstanding Sentence (1), Section 3.8 applies to all Part 9 buildings.
1.3.3.3. Application of Part 9, 11, 12, and 13
1) Except as provided in Sentences 1.3.3.2.(2) and (3), Part 9 of Division B applies to all buildings described in
Article 1.1.1.1. of 3 storeys or less in building height, having a building area not exceeding 600 m2, and used for major
occupancies classified as
a) reserved,
b) Group C, residential occupancies (see Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) of Division B),
c) Group D, business and personal services occupancies,
d) Group E, mercantile occupancies, or
e) Group F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium- and low-hazard industrial occupancies.
2) Part 11 applies to the alteration, renovation, repair, addition or change of major occupancy of an existing building and as
defined in Subsection 11.1.4. of Division B.
3) Part 12 applies to the design and construction of all new marinas and float homes; and to existing marinas and existing
float homes as defined in Subsection 11.1.4. of Division B.
4) Part 13 applies to the design and construction of temporary buildings, and the occupancy of existing buildings on a
temporary basis.
1.3.3.4. Building Size Determination
1) Where a firewall divides a building, each portion of the building so divided shall be considered as a separate building,
except when this requirement is specifically modified in other parts of this By-law. (See Note A-1.3.3.4.(1).)
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3) and (4), where portions of a building are completely separated by a vertical fire
separation that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h and extends through all storeys and service spaces of the
separated portions, each separated portion is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purpose of determining
building height, provided
a) each separated portion is not more than 4 storeys in building height and is used only for assembly, residential, and
business and personal services occupancies, and
b) the unobstructed path of travel for a firefighter from the nearest street to one entrance of each separated portion is not
more than 45 m.
(See Note A-1.3.3.4.(2) and (3).)
3) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), where portions of a building are completely separated by a distance of at least 3 m,
each separated portion is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the purpose of determining building height,
provided
a) each separated portion complies with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. of Division B,
b) all connecting construction is
29
i) of noncombustible construction, and
ii) contains only F3 occupancies, or uses and occupancies subsidiary to the remainder of the building,
c) a vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h and extends through all storeys and service
spaces of the connecting construction and superimposed portions of the building area above the connecting construction, and
d) the unobstructed path of travel for a firefighter from the nearest street to one entrance of each separated portion is not
more than 45 m.
(See Note A-1.3.3.4.(2) & (3).)
4) The vertical fire separation referred to in Sentence (2) and (3) may terminate at the floor assembly immediately above
a basement
a) provided the basement conforms to Article 3.2.1.2. of Division B., and
b) where any of the separated portions exceed 4 storeys in building height and measures to prevent the movement of
contaminated air are provided in accordance with Article 3.2.6.3. of Division B.
1.3.3.5. Air Space Subdivision
1) Where a subdivision of land creates an air space parcel boundary in or through a building, which otherwise complies
with this By-law, such building or a portion of the building may, at the discretion of the Chief Building Official, be considered as a
single building not requiring internal firewalls or party walls along air space parcel boundaries if legal agreements are registered
against title to all air space parcels and the remainder whereby
a) all relevant owners grant easements necessary to ensure common access to the fire and life safety systems and exits
required for the building to function as a single building and to allow the owners to operate and maintain the building and its
common systems, and
b) all owners grant a covenant to the City on terms acceptable to its Director of Legal Services and the Chief Building
Official whereby the owners
i) acknowledge and agree that they have requested the Chief Building Official to treat the building as a single building,
ii) release and indemnify the City and the Chief Building Official for, without limitation, all liability arising from the Chief
Building Official agreeing to treat the building or a portion of the building as a single building for the purposes of this
By-law, and
iii) agree to inspect, test and keep in good repair and good working order all common fire and life safety systems,
common utilities and shared exits located on their parcel and, to the extent necessary, use the easements referred to
in Clause (1)(a) for that purpose.
1.3.3.6. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
1) Except for buildings described in Sentence (2), all newly constructed buildings shall be provided with an automatic
sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Article 3.2.5.12. of Division B.
2) The following buildings are not required to be sprinklered
a) temporary buildings conforming to Subsection 1.6.8. of Division C, and tents and air-supported structures conforming to
Subsection 3.1.6. of Division B,
b) one storey non-residential storage buildings less than 100 m2 in building area, and having a limiting distance on all sides
of not less than 15 m,
c) one storey detached residential garages and carports,
d) one storey detached buildings which are accessory to a residential building containing not more than two dwelling units,
and which are less than 50 m2 in building area,
e) industrial or hazardous occupancies where the Chief Building Official accepts that the installation of an automatic
sprinkler system would represent a hazard to the occupants or would be incompatible with the use of the building,
30
f ) public concession stands and changing room buildings less than 100 m2 in building area and having a limiting distance
on all sides of not less than 15 m,
g) ticket kiosks,
h) bleachers which do not contain roofed occupancies,
i) farm buildings, except farm buildings with caretaker residential suites,
j) greenhouses used solely for the growing of plants where no public admittance is permitted, and
k) one storey portable classroom buildings of less than 100 m2 in building area with an occupancy classification of Group A
Division 2 or Group D. (See Note A-1.3.3.6.(2)(k).)
1.3.4. Application of Division C
1.3.4.1. Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3
1) Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division C apply to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
Section 1.4. Terms and Abbreviations
1.4.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
1.4.1.1. Non-defined Terms
1) Words and phrases used in this By-law that are not included in the list of definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. shall have the
meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of
terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in this By-law, they shall be the objectives and functional
statements described in Parts 2 and 3.
3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in this By-law, they shall be the provisions stated in Parts 2 to 9 of Division
B.
4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in this By-law, they shall be the alternative solutions mentioned in
Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b).
1.4.1.2. Defined Terms
1) The words and terms in italics in this By-law shall have the following meanings:
Acceptable means acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Accepted means accepted by the Chief Building Official.
Access or Accessible means an area and its facilities, or both, as required by this By-law, which is easy to approach,
enter, exit, operate, participate in, pass to and from, and use safely and independently by persons with disabilities.
Access to exit means that part of a means of egress within a floor area that provides access to an exit serving the floor
area.
Adaptable dwelling unit means a dwelling unit designed and constructed with some accessible features and which
accommodates the future modification to provide more accessible features.
Addition means an alteration to any building which will increase the total aggregate area of floor area or the building height
(in storeys).
Adfreezing means the adhesion of soil to a foundation unit resulting from the freezing of soil water. (Also referred to as
"frost grip.")
Air barrier system means the assembly installed to provide a continuous barrier to the movement of air.
Air space parcel has the meaning assigned to it by the Land Title Act of British Columbia.
Air-supported structure means a structure consisting of a pliable membrane that achieves and maintains its shape and
support by internal air pressure.
31
Alarm signal means an audible signal transmitted throughout a zone or zones or throughout a building to advise occupants
that a fire emergency exists.
Alert signal means an audible signal to advise designated persons of a fire emergency.
Alteration means a change or extension to any matter or thing or to any occupancy regulated by this By-law.
Ancillary residential building meaning a building entirely of residential occupancy, constructed on the same parcel and
smaller than the primary residential building and containing not more than one dwelling unit and its subsidiary uses, such as a
laneway house
Ancillary residential unit means a self-contained dwelling unit that:
- with its primary dwelling unit constitute a single real estate entity,
- is smaller than the principal dwelling unit, and
- is located in: - a building of only residential occupancy, or - that portion of a building which is row housing and is
completely separated from all other parts of the building by a continuous vertical fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating
of no less than 1 h.
Apparent sound transmission class (ASTC) means a single number rating of the airborne sound attenuation of building
assemblies separating two adjoining spaces, taking into account both the direct and flanking sound transmission paths. (See
Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also Note A-9.11. of Division B.)
Appliance means a device to convert fuel into energy or using electricity to carry out a process supporting building
services, and includes all components, controls, wiring and piping required to be part of the device by the applicable standard
referred to in this By-law.
Apprentice means a regularly indentured apprentice under the provisions of the Industry Training Authority Act of British
Columbia.
Area of refuge means a space that facilitates a safe delay in egress, is sufficiently protected from fire conditions developing
in the floor area, and provides direct access to an exit or firefighters' elevator.
Artesian groundwater means a confined body of water under pressure in the ground.
Artist Live/Work Studio means an Artist Studio and a Residential Unit associated with and forming an integral part of an
Artist Studio, as defined in the Zoning and Development By-law.
Artist studio -- Class A means Artist studio-Class A as defined in the Zoning and Development Bylaw.
Artist studio -- Class B means Artist studio-Class B as defined in the Zoning and Development Bylaw.
Assembly occupancy (Group A) means the occupancy or the use of a building or part thereof by a gathering of persons
for civic, political, travel, religious, social, educational, recreational or like purposes, or for the consumption of food or drink.
Attic or roof space means the space between the roof and the ceiling of the top storey or between a dwarf wall and a
sloping roof.
Basement means a storey or storeys of a building located below the first storey.
Bearing surface means the contact surface between a foundation unit and the soil or rock upon which it bears.
Boiler means an appliance intended to supply hot water or steam for space heating, processing or power purposes.
Braced wall band means an imaginary continuous straight band extending vertically and horizontally through the building
or part of the building, within which braced wall panels are constructed.
Braced wall panel means a portion of a wood-frame wall where bracing, sheathing, cladding or interior finish is designed
and installed to provide the required resistance to lateral loads due to wind or earthquake.
Breeching means a flue pipe or chamber for receiving flue gases from one or more flue connections and for discharging
these gases through a single flue connection.
Building means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, including any float home
or marina and any retaining structures greater than 1.2 m in height.
32
Building area means the greatest horizontal area of a building above grade within the outside surface of exterior walls or
within the outside surface of exterior walls and the centre line of firewalls.
Building drain means the lowest horizontal piping, including any vertical offset, that conducts sewage, clear-water waste or
storm water by gravity to a building sewer. (See Book II, Division A, Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-F in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Building Envelope Professional means a registered professional who is:
- a member or licensee of the Architectural Institute of British Columbia, or
- a member or licensee of the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia qualified by
virtue of training or experience to provide building enclosure services.
Building height (in storeys) means the number of storeys contained between the roof and the floor of the first storey.
Business and personal services occupancy (Group D) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the
transaction of business or the rendering or receiving of professional or personal services.
Building sewer means a pipe that is connected to a building drain 1 m outside a wall of a building and that leads to a public
sewer or private sewage disposal system.
Caisson (see Pile).
Care means the provision of services other than treatment by or through care facility management to residents who require
these services because of cognitive, physical or behavioural limitations.
Care occupancy (Group B, Division 3) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof, other than a home-type
care occupancy, where care is provided to residents. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Cavity wall means a construction of masonry units laid with a cavity between the wythes. The wythes are tied together with
metal ties or bonding units, and are relied on to act together in resisting lateral loads.
Certified Professional means a Certified Professional as defined in the Certification of Professionals By-law.
Chief Building Official means the City Building Inspector, and any person authorized to act on behalf of the City Building
Inspector.
Children means persons under the age of 13 years.
Chimney means a primarily vertical shaft enclosing at least one flue for conducting flue gases to the outdoors.
Chimney liner means a conduit containing a chimney flue used as a lining of a masonry or concrete chimney.
City means the City of Vancouver.
City Building Inspector means the person appointed as such by City Council pursuant to the provisions of the Vancouver
Charter.
City Engineer means the person appointed as such by City Council pursuant to the provisions of the Vancouver Charter.
Clear-water waste means waste water with impurity levels that will not be harmful to health and may include cooling water
and condensate drainage from refrigeration and air-conditioning equipment and cooled condensate from steam heating systems,
but does not include storm water. (See Book II, Division A, Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Closure means a device or assembly for closing an opening through a fire separation or an exterior wall, such as a door, a
shutter, a damper, wired glass or glass block, and includes all components such as hardware, closing devices, frames and
anchors.
Combustible means that a material fails to meet the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114, "Standard Method of Test for
Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials."
Combustible construction means that type of construction that does not meet the requirements for noncombustible
construction or encapsulated mass timber construction.
Combustible dusts means dusts and particles that are ignitable and liable to produce an explosion.
33
Combustible fibres means finely divided, combustible vegetable or animal fibres and thin sheets or flakes of such
materials which, in a loose, unbaled condition, present a flash fire hazard, including cotton, wool, hemp, sisal, jute, kapok, paper
and cloth.
Combustible liquid means a liquid having a flash point at or above 37.8°C and below 93.3°C.
Community Care Facility means Community Care Facility as defined in the Zoning & Development By-law.
Commissioning means a process by which a building's operating systems are verified to meet the basis of design as
stated in the design documents submitted for building permit.
Commissioning Provider means an individual identified by an owner to lead the planning and implementation of the
commissioning process as defined in ASHRAE Standard 202, or CSA Z320 and CSA Z5000.
Conditioned space means any space within a building, the temperature of which is controlled to limit variation in response
to the exterior ambient temperature by the provision, either directly or indirectly, of heating or cooling over substantial portions of
the year.
Construction means, with respect to a building: erection, repair, alteration, enlargement, addition, demolition,
deconstruction, removal and excavation.
Construction Safety Officer means a person who has been trained specifically to understand and apply safe construction
practice as it relates to the worksite and as it affects the public, neighbouring properties and utilities, and who has been retained
by the owner, or the owner's principal contractor or project manager, to coordinate all sub trade supervisors relating to
construction safety at the project site.
Construction Safety Plan means a plan containing construction procedures and fire safety measures designed to protect
workers on a project, neighbouring private property, public property, and members of the general public.
Constructor or Contractor means a person who contracts with an owner or their authorized agent of an owner to
undertake a project, and includes an owner who contracts with more than one person for the work on a project or undertakes the
work on a project or any part thereof.
Contained use area means a supervised area containing one or more rooms in which occupant movement is restricted to
a single room by security measures not under the control of the occupant.
Container means a metal transportable structure designed for the storage and transport of goods, the typical dimensions of
which are 2.44 m in width, 2.59 m in height, and 6.1 m in length.
Cooktop means a cooking surface having one or more burners or heating elements.
Dangerous goods means products, materials or substances that are
(a) regulated by TC SOR/2001-286, "Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)" (see Table 3.2.7.1. of
Division B of the NFC), or
(b) classified as controlled products under HC SOR/2015-17, "Hazardous Products Regulations" (see Note A-Table
3.2.7.1. of Division B of the NFC).
(See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Dead load means the weight of all permanent structural and non-structural components of a building.
Deconstruction means demolition by systematic disassembly of a building resulting in the reuse, recycling or recovery of
not less than 75% of all building materials, excluding materials which are hazardous or banned from landfill.
Deep foundation means a foundation unit that provides support for a building by transferring loads either by end-bearing to
soil or rock at considerable depth below the building, or by adhesion or friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is placed.
Piles are the most common type of deep foundation.
Demolition means the action or process of demolishing a building, and includes deconstruction.
Designated flood means a flood which may occur in any given year, of such magnitude as to equal a flood having a 200
year return period.
34
Designated flood plain means those lands in the City which are hereby designated, for the purposes of section 306(1)(cc)
of the Vancouver Charter, as flood plains susceptible to flooding and subject to flood construction level requirements, and those
lands so designated include:
(a) lands located in the proximity to the natural boundary of the Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and the Fraser
River, which are located within the areas shown shaded or crosshatched on the maps attached to this Bylaw as
Diagrams A1 and A2. (See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C for Diagram A1: Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser
River flood plains and Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-D for Diagram A2: Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River
flood plain, wave effect zone.); and
(b) lands located in the areas shown crosshatched on the map attached to this By-law as Diagram B.
(See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-E for Diagram B: Still Creek flood plain and flood construction levels.)
Designated Structural Engineer (Struct. Eng.) means a person who is registered or licensed to practice as a professional
engineer under the Engineers and Geoscientists Regulations pursuant to the Professional Governance Act of British Columbia,
and a person who is designated by the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia as a
Designated Structural Engineer.
Designer means the person responsible for the design.
Detention occupancy (Group B, Division 1) means the occupancy by persons who are restrained from or are incapable of
evacuating to a safe location without the assistance of another person because of security measures not under their control.
Direct-vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance) means an appliance and its venting system in
which all the combustion air is supplied directly from the outdoors and the products of combustion are vented directly to the
outdoors via independent, totally enclosed passageways connected directly to the appliance.
Drainage system means an assembly of pipes, fittings, fixtures, traps and appurtenances that is used to convey sewage,
clear-water waste or storm water to a public sewer or a private sewage disposal system, but does not include subsoil drainage
pipes. (See Book II, Division A, Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-F in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Distilled beverage alcohol means a beverage that is produced by fermentation and contains more than 20% by volume of
water-miscible alcohol.
Distillery means a process plant where distilled beverage alcohols are produced, concentrated or otherwise processed,
and includes facilities on the same site where the concentrated products may be blended, mixed, stored or packaged.
Dwelling unit means a suite operated as a housekeeping unit, used or intended to be used by one or more persons and
usually containing cooking, eating, living, sleeping and sanitary facilities.
Emergency once through cooling equipment means once through cooling equipment that is not normally operated and is only
activated in the event of a sudden, unforeseen failure of an otherwise properly designed, operated and maintained primary
cooling system.
Encapsulated mass timber construction means that type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by
the use of encapsulated mass timber elements with an encapsulation rating and minimum dimensions for structural members
and other building assemblies.
Encapsulation rating means the time in minutes that a material or assembly of materials will delay the ignition and
combustion of encapsulated mass timber elements when it is exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance
criteria, or as otherwise prescribed by this By-law.
Excavation means the space created by the removal of soil, rock or fill for the purposes of construction.
Exhaust duct means a duct through which air is conveyed from a room or space to the outdoors.
Existing building means a building lawfully constructed and completed under a permit before submission of the current
permit application.
Exit means that part of a means of egress, including doorways, that leads from the floor area it serves to a separate
building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior open space protected from fire exposure from the building and having
access to an open public thoroughfare. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Exit level means the level of an exit stairway at which an exterior exit door or exit passageway leads to the exterior.
35
Exit storey (as applying to Subsection 3.2.6. of Division B) means a storey having an exterior exit door.
Exposing building face means that part of the exterior wall of a building that faces one direction and is located between
ground level and the ceiling of its top storey or, where a building is divided into fire compartments, the exterior wall of a fire
compartment that faces one direction.
Factory-built chimney means a chimney consisting entirely of factory-made parts, each designed to be assembled with
the other without requiring fabrication on site.
Farm building means a building or part thereof that contains an agricultural occupancy. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Field review means a review of the work
- at a building site, and
- where applicable, at locations where building components are fabricated for use at the building site
that a registered professional in their professional discretion considers necessary to ascertain whether the work
substantially complies in all material respects with the plans and supporting documents prepared by a registered
professional.
Fill means soil, rock, rubble, industrial waste such as slag, organic material or a combination of these that is transported
and placed on the natural surface of soil or rock or organic terrain. It may or may not be compacted.
Fire block means a material, component or system that restricts the spread of fire within a concealed space or from a
concealed space to an adjacent space.
Fire compartment means an enclosed space in a building that is separated from all other parts of the building by enclosing
construction providing a fire separation having a required fire-resistance rating.
Fire damper means a closure consisting of a damper that is installed in an air distribution system or a wall or floor
assembly and that is normally held open but designed to close automatically in the event of a fire in order to maintain the
integrity of the fire separation.
Fire detector means a device that detects a fire condition and automatically initiates an electrical signal to actuate an alert
signal or alarm signal and includes heat detectors and smoke detectors.
Fire load (as applying to an occupancy) means the combustible contents of a room or floor area expressed in terms of the
average weight of combustible materials per unit area, from which the potential heat liberation may be calculated based on the
calorific value of the materials, and includes the furnishings, finished floor, wall and ceiling finishes, trim and temporary and
movable partitions.
Fire-protection rating means the time in minutes or hours that a closure will withstand the passage of flame when exposed
to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria, or as otherwise prescribed in this By-law.
Fire-resistance rating means the time in minutes or hours that a material or assembly of materials will withstand the
passage of flame and the transmission of heat when exposed to fire under specified conditions of test and performance criteria,
or as determined by extension or interpretation of information derived therefrom as prescribed in this By-law. (See Sentence D-
1.2.1.(2) in Appendix D of Division B.)
Fire-retardant-treated wood means wood or a wood product that has had its surface-burning characteristics, such as
flame spread, rate of fuel contribution and density of smoke developed, reduced by impregnation with fire-retardant chemicals.
Fire separation means a construction assembly that acts as a barrier against the spread of fire. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Firestop means a system consisting of a material, component and means of support used to fill gaps between fire
separations or between fire separations and other assemblies, or used around items that wholly or partially penetrate a fire
separation.
Fire stop flap means a device intended for use in horizontal assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating and
incorporating protective ceiling membranes that operates to close off a duct opening through the membrane in the event of a fire.
Firewall means a type of fire separation of noncombustible construction that subdivides a building or separates adjoining
buildings to resist the spread of fire and that has a fire-resistance rating as prescribed in this By-law and has structural stability to
remain intact under fire conditions for the required fire-rated time.
36
First storey means the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade.
Fixture (as applying to plumbing) means a receptacle, appliance, apparatus or other device that discharges sewage or
clear-water waste, and includes a floor drain.
Fixture outlet pipe means a pipe that connects the waste opening of a fixture to the trap serving the fixture. (See Book II,
Division A, Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-H in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Flame-spread rating means an index or classification indicating the extent of spread-of-flame on the surface of a material
or an assembly of materials as determined in a standard fire test as prescribed in this By-law.
Flammable liquid means a liquid having a flash point below 37.8°C and having a vapour pressure not more than
275.8 kPa (absolute) at 37.8°C as determined by ASTM D323, "Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum
Products (Reid Method)."
Flash point means the minimum temperature at which a liquid within a container gives off vapour in sufficient concentration
to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid.
Flight means a series of steps between landings. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Float home means any structure incorporating a floatation system, intended for use or occupancy or being used or
occupied for residential purposes, containing one dwelling unit only, and not primarily intended for, or useable in, navigation, but
does not include any water craft designed or intended for navigation.
Flood construction level means the minimum elevation of the underside of a floor system, or of the top of a concrete slab,
of a building which is used or may be used for habitation, business, or for the storage of goods which may be damaged by flood
water.
Flood construction level requirements means
(a) on the Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River flood plains:
(i) for buildings located within the areas shown shaded or crosshatched on the map attached to this By-law, the underside
of a floor system or the top of a concrete slab of a buildings used for habitation, business or storage of goods, shall not be lower
than 4.6m Greater Vancouver Regional District datum. (See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C for Diagram A1: Burrard Inlet, English Bay,
False Creek and Fraser River flood plains); and
(ii) for buildings located in the areas shown shaded or crosshatched on the map attached to this Bylaw, an additional
elevation allowance above 4.6 m may be required for wave run-up, at a level as determined by a Professional Engineer and to
the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official. (See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-D for Diagram A2: Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek
and Fraser River flood plain wave effect zone); and
(b) on the Still Creek flood plain:
(i) the underside of a floor system or the top of a concrete slab of any buildings used for habitation, business or storage of
goods shall not be lower than the applicable elevation shown on the map attached to this By-law. (See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-E for
Diagram B: Still Creek flood plain and flood construction levels.)
Floor area means the space on any storey of a building between exterior walls and required firewalls, including the space
occupied by interior walls and partitions, but not including exits, vertical service spaces, and their enclosing assemblies.
Flue means an enclosed passageway for conveying flue gases.
Flue collar means the portion of a fuel-fired appliance designed for the attachment of the flue pipe or breeching.
Flue pipe means the pipe connecting the flue collar of an appliance to a chimney.
Forced-air furnace means a furnace equipped with a fan that provides the primary means for the circulation of air.
Foundation means a system or arrangement of foundation units through which the loads from a building are transferred to
supporting soil or rock.
Foundation unit means one of the structural members of the foundation of a building such as a footing, raft or pile.
37
Frost action means the phenomenon that occurs when water in soil is subjected to freezing which, because of the
water/ice phase change or ice lens growth, results in a total volume increase or the build-up of expansive forces under confined
conditions or both, and the subsequent thawing that leads to loss of soil strength and increased compressibility.
Furnace means a space-heating appliance using warm air as the heating medium and usually having provision for the
attachment of ducts.
Gas contractor means a person licensed as a gas contractor pursuant to the License By-law, and who is either a gas fitter
or a person who employs a gas fitter on a full-time basis.
Gas vent means that portion of a venting system designed to convey vent gases to the outdoors from the vent connector of
a gas-fired appliance or directly from the appliance when a vent connector is not used.
General Manager, Park Board means the person appointed as such by the Park Board.
General Manager, Real Estate and Facilities Management means the person appointed as such by City Council.
Grade means the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a building, except that
localized depressions need not be considered in the determination of average levels of finished ground. (See First storey and
Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Greenhouse gases has the meaning attributed to it in section 559 of the Vancouver Charter.
Greenhouse agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 3) means an agricultural occupancy where plants are grown in a
building or part thereof that is primarily constructed of roofs and walls designed to transmit natural light.
Groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground.
Groundwater level (groundwater table) means the top surface of a free standing body of water in the ground.
Group Residence means Group Residence as defined in the Zoning & Development By-law.
Guard means a protective barrier around openings in floors or at the open sides of stairs, landings, balconies, mezzanines,
galleries, raised walkways or other locations to prevent accidental falls from one level to another. Such a barrier may or may not
have openings through it.
Heat detector means a fire detector designed to operate at a predetermined temperature or rate of temperature rise.
Heat loss calculation means a calculation according to the methodology of CSA F280-12, "Determining the required
capacity of residential space heating and cooling appliances".
Heat pump means equipment that transfers heat from one location to another using a refrigeration cycle. When used for
space heating, this equipment may function to provide both heating and cooling.
Heavy timber construction means that type of combustible construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by
placing limitations on the sizes of wood structural members and on the thickness and composition of wood floors and roofs and
by the avoidance of concealed spaces under floors and roofs.
Heritage building is a building which is legally protected or officially recognized as a heritage property by the Provincial
government, the City, or a building that in the opinion of the City Building Inspector, has sufficient heritage value or heritage
character to justify its conservation. (See Note A-1.1.1.1.(5).)
High-hazard agricultural occupancy (Group G, Division 1) means an agricultural occupancy containing sufficient
quantities of highly combustible and flammable or explosive materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute
a special fire hazard.
High-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 1) means an industrial occupancy containing sufficient quantities of
highly combustible and flammable or explosive materials which, because of their inherent characteristics, constitute a special fire
hazard.
Home-type care occupancy (Group B, Division 4) means the occupancy or use of a building consisting of a single
detached housekeeping unit where care is provided to residents and may include the living space of the caregiver and their
family. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Horizontal exit means an exit from one building to another by means of a doorway, vestibule, walkway, bridge or balcony.
38
Horizontal service space means a space such as an attic, duct, ceiling, roof or crawl space oriented essentially in a
horizontal plane, concealed and generally inaccessible, through which building service facilities such as pipes, ducts and wiring
may pass.
Impeded egress zone means a supervised area in which occupants have free movement but require the release, by
security personnel, of security doors at the boundary before they are able to leave the area, but does not include a contained use
area.
Indirect service water heater means a service water heater that derives its heat from a heating medium such as warm air,
steam or hot water.
Industrial flex space means an industrial use which is located in a new building containing Group C major occupancies.
Industrial occupancy (Group F) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the assembling, fabricating,
manufacturing, processing, repairing or storing of goods and materials.
Interconnected floor space means superimposed floor areas or parts of floor areas in which floor assemblies that are
required to be fire separations are penetrated by openings that are not provided with closures.
Journeyperson plumber means a person, other than an apprentice, who holds a certificate issued pursuant to the
provisions of the Industry Training Authority Act of British Columbia authorizing the person to engage in the plumbing trade.
Lane means a public thoroughfare or way not more than 10.1 m in width which affords only a secondary means of access
to a site, at the side or rear.
Leader means a pipe that is installed to carry storm water from a roof to a storm building drain or sewer or other place of
disposal.
Limiting distance means the distance from an exposing building face to a property line, the centre line of a street, lane or
public thoroughfare, or to an imaginary line between 2 buildings or fire compartments on the same property, measured at right
angles to the exposing building face.
Live load means a variable load due to the intended use and occupancy that is to be assumed in the design of the
structural members of a building. It includes loads due to cranes and the pressure of liquids in containers.
Liveaboard vessel means any water craft intended primarily for use in navigation and used for residential purposes.
Loadbearing (as applying to a building element) means subjected to or designed to carry loads in addition to its own dead
load, excepting a wall element subjected only to wind or earthquake loads in addition to its own dead load.
Low carbon energy system means a professionally operated and maintained district-scale or on-site system that supplies
heat energy, primarily derived from highly efficient and renewable sources, in order to provide space heating and conditioned
ventilation air for buildings, and may also provide domestic hot water and cooling service.
Low-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 3) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible content
is not more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m2 of floor area.
Maintenance once through cooling equipment means once through cooling equipment that is not normally operated and
is only activated to temporarily supplement or replace the primary cooling system during scheduled maintenance on the primary
cooling system.
Major occupancy means the principal occupancy for which a building or part thereof is used or intended to be used, and
shall be deemed to include the subsidiary occupancies that are an integral part of the principal occupancy. The major occupancy
classifications used in this By-law are as follows:
A1 - Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts
A2 - Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A
A3 - Assembly occupancies of the arena type
A4 - Assembly occupancies in which the occupants are gathered in the open air
B1 - Detention occupancies in which persons are under restraint or are incapable of self-preservation because of security
measures not under their control
39
B2 - Treatment occupancies
B3 - Care occupancies
C - Residential occupancies
D - Business and personal services occupancies
E - Mercantile occupancies
F1 - High-hazard industrial occupancies
F2 - Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
F3 - Low-hazard industrial occupancies
Marina means any structure or installation, including marina walkways, which provides moorage space for water craft.
Marina walkway means any surface extending over navigable water used to accommodate pedestrian traffic, and used so
that water craft and float homes may lie alongside to receive and discharge cargo and passengers.
Marine toilet means any toilet on or within a water craft.
Masonry or concrete chimney means a chimney of brick, stone, concrete or masonry units constructed on site.
Means of egress means a continuous path of travel provided for the escape of persons from any point in a building or
contained open space to a separate building, an open public thoroughfare, or an exterior open space protected from fire
exposure from the building and having access to an open public thoroughfare. Means of egress includes exits and access to
exits.
Mechanically vented (as applying to a fuel-fired space- or water-heating appliance) means an appliance and its
combustion venting system in which the products of combustion are entirely exhausted to the outdoors by a mechanical device,
such as a fan, blower or aspirator, upstream or downstream from the combustion zone of the appliance, and the portion of the
combustion venting system that is downstream of the fan, blower or aspirator is sealed and does not include draft hoods or draft
control devices. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Mechanical system means a heating or cooling system and includes all components, controls, wiring and any piping
associated with the system.
Medium-hazard industrial occupancy (Group F, Division 2) means an industrial occupancy in which the combustible
content is more than 50 kg/m2 or 1 200 MJ/m 2 of floor area and not classified as a high-hazard industrial occupancy.
Mercantile occupancy (Group E) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the displaying or selling of
retail goods, wares or merchandise.
Mezzanine means an intermediate floor assembly between the floor and ceiling of any room or storey and includes an
interior balcony.
Multi-family means a residential occupancy with more than two principal dwelling units.
Municipal Heat Pump Certification means a certification issued to a person who has completed the Municipal Heat Pump
Certification training.
Natural boundary means the visible high water mark of any lake, river, stream or other body of water where the presence
and action of the water are so common and usual, and so long continued in all ordinary years, as to mark on the soil of the bed
of the body of water a character distinct from that of its banks, in vegetation, as well as in the nature of the soil itself.
Noncombustible means that a material meets the acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114, "Standard Method of Test for
Determination of Non-Combustibility in Building Materials."
Noncombustible construction means that type of construction in which a degree of fire safety is attained by the use of
noncombustible materials for structural members and other building assemblies.
Occupancy means the use or intended use of a building or part thereof for the shelter or support of persons, animals or
property.
Occupant load means the number of persons for which a building or part thereof is designed.
40
Offset means the piping that connects the ends of 2 pipes that are parallel. (See Book II, Division A, Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-K
in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Once through cooling equipment means equipment that produces a cooling effect by transfer of heat to water that is only
circulated once through the equipment and is then discharged, and includes but is not limited to commercial and industrial air
conditioners, refrigerators, freezers, coolers and ice machines.
Open-air storey means a storey in which at least 25% of the total area of its perimeter walls is open to the outdoors in a
manner that will provide cross-ventilation to the entire storey.
Operating permit means permission or authorization in writing by the Chief Building Official to install or retain existing
equipment or systems for which an operating permit is required under this By-law.
Owner means a registered owner, a holder of an agreement for sale and purchase and, in the case of Crown-owned lands,
owner shall mean the occupier.
Partition means an interior wall 1 storey or part-storey in height that is not loadbearing.
Party wall means a wall jointly owned and jointly used by 2 parties under easement agreement or by right in law, and
erected at or upon a line separating 2 parcels of land each of which is, or is capable of being, a separate real-estate entity.
Perched groundwater means a free standing body of water in the ground extending to a limited depth.
Permit means permission or authorization in writing by the Chief Building Official to perform work regulated by this By-law
and, in the case of an occupancy permit, to occupy any building or part thereof, but does not include an operating permit.
Persons with disabilities means persons who have a permanent or temporary physical, mental, intellectual or sensory
impairment which, in interaction with various barriers, may hinder their full and effective participation in society on an equal basis
with others.
Pile means a slender deep foundation unit made of materials such as wood, steel or concrete or a combination thereof, that
is either premanufactured and placed by driving, jacking, jetting or screwing, or cast-in-place in a hole formed by driving,
excavating or boring. (Cast-in-place bored piles are often referred to as caissons in Canada.)
Plenum means a chamber forming part of an air duct system.
Plumbing contractor means a person licensed as a contractor pursuant to the License By-law and who is either a
journeyperson plumber or a person who employs a journeyperson plumber on a full time basis.
Plumbing system means a drainage system, a venting system and a water system or parts thereof. (See Book II, Division
A, Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-L in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Post-disaster building means a building that the Chief Building Official has determined is necessary for the provision of
essential services to the general public in the event of a disaster and includes buildings meeting these criteria but not limited to
- hospitals, emergency treatment facilities and blood banks,
- telephone exchanges,
- power generating stations and electrical substations,
- control centres for natural gas distribution,
- control centres for air, land and marine transportation,
- water treatment facilities,
- water storage facilities,
- water and sewage pumping stations,
- sewage treatment facilities,
- buildings having critical national defence functions, and
- buildings of the following types, unless exempted from this designation by the Chief Building Official:
- emergency response facilities,
41
- fire, rescue and police stations and housing for vehicles, aircraft or boats used for such purposes, and
- communications facilities, including radio and television stations.
(See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Private sewage disposal system means a privately owned plant for the treatment and disposal of sewage (such as a
septic tank with an absorption field).
Private water supply system means an assembly of pipes, fittings, valves, equipment and appurtenances that supplies
water from a private source to a water distribution system.
Process plant means an industrial occupancy where materials, including flammable liquids, combustible liquids or gases,
are produced or used in a process. (See Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the Fire By-law.)
Project means any construction, alteration or demolition operation.
Protected floor space means that part of a floor area protected from the effects of fire and used as part of a means of
egress from an interconnected floor space.
Public bike share means a service that provides the general public with an opportunity to rent bicycles through an
automated system, on a short term basis for use within the City as part of a network comprised of no fewer than 50 public bike
share stations located on separate sites.
Public bike share station means a bicycle sharing facility where bicycles are stored and from which the general public
may rent and return bicycles and other objects or equipment necessary for or appurtenant to the operation of a public bike share.
Public corridor means a corridor that provides access to exit from more than one suite. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Public way means a sidewalk, street, highway, square or other open space to which the public has access, as of right or by
invitation, expressed or implied.
Pump-out facility means a device or method for the removal of sewage from a holding tank connected to a marine toilet or
from a self-contained marine toilet.
Ramp means a path of travel having a slope steeper than 1 in 20.
Recommissioning means to commission a building using the documentation created during the previous commissioning
process.
Registered professional means
- a person who is registered as an Architect with the Architectural Institute of British Columbia under the Professional
Governance Act, or
- a person who is registered as a professional engineer or professional licensee engineering with the Association of
Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia under the Professional Governance
Act.
Registered professional of record means a registered professional retained to undertake design work and field review in
accordance with Subsection 2.2.7. of Division C.
Re-occupancy permit means permission or authorization in writing by the Chief Building Official to re-occupy any building
or part thereof in respect of which the Chief Building Official has issued an order to cease occupancy.
Repair garage means a building or part thereof where facilities are provided for the repair or servicing of motor vehicles.
Residential occupancy (Group C) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof by persons for whom sleeping
accommodation is provided but who are not harboured for the purpose of receiving care or treatment and are not involuntarily
detained.
Recommissioning means to commission a building using the documentation created during the previous commissioning
process.
Retro-commissioning means to commission an existing building when commissioning has never been carried out or
documentation does not exist.
42
Return duct means a duct for conveying air from a space being heated, ventilated or air-conditioned back to the heating,
ventilating or air-conditioning appliance.
Rim joist means the outermost member in floor framing, other than blocking, be it parallel, perpendicular or on an angle to
the floor joists. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Rock means that portion of the earth's crust that is consolidated, coherent and relatively hard and is a naturally formed,
solidly bonded, mass of mineral matter that cannot readily be broken by hand.
Roof drain means a fitting or device that is installed in the roof to permit storm water to discharge into a leader.
Row housing means a building or portion of a building of residential occupancy where no dwelling unit is located above
another principal dwelling unit or its ancillary residential unit, and there is no common interior or exterior means of egress.
Run means the horizontal distance between two adjacent tread nosings on a stair. (See Figure A-9.8.4.-B in Note A-9.8.4.
of Division B.)
Sanitary drainage system means a drainage system that conducts sewage.
Service room means a room provided in a building to contain equipment associated with building services. (See Note A-
1.4.1.2.(1).)
Service space means space provided in a building to facilitate or conceal the installation of building service facilities such
as chutes, ducts, pipes, shafts or wires.
Service water heater means a device for heating water for plumbing services.
Sewage means any liquid waste other than clear-water waste or storm water.
Shallow foundation means a foundation unit that derives its support from soil or rock located close to the lowest part of the
building that it supports.
Single room accommodation means a room designated as accommodation pursuant to the Single Room Accommodation
By-law.
Smoke alarm means a combined smoke detector and audible alarm device designed to sound an alarm within the room or
suite in which it is located upon the detection of smoke within that room or suite.
Smoke detector means a fire detector designed to operate when the concentration of airborne combustion products
exceeds a predetermined level.
Soil means that portion of the earth's crust that is fragmentary, or such that some individual particles of a dried sample may
be readily separated by agitation in water; it includes boulders, cobbles, gravel, sand, silt, clay and organic matter.
Solid masonry means a single wythe or multi-wythe construction made of solid masonry units or semi-solid, cored, or
hollow masonry units, the cells of which may or may not be filled with mortar or grout. In multi-wythe masonry construction, the
space between the wythes consists of a mortar-filled collar joint or grout-filled space and the wythes may or may not be
constructed of the same masonry materials.
Solid masonry unit means a concrete block or brick unit, a clay brick unit, or calcium silicate brick unit whose net solid
area is at least 75% of its gross area. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Sound transmission class (STC) means a single number rating of the airborne sound attenuation of a building assembly
separating two adjoining spaces, taking into account the direct sound transmission path. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) (See also
Note A-9.11. of Division B.)
Space heater means a space-heating appliance for heating the room or space within which it is located, without the use of
ducts.
Space-heating appliance means an appliance intended for the supplying of heat to a room or space directly, such as a
space heater, fireplace or unit heater, or to rooms or spaces of a building through a heating system such as a central furnace or
boiler.
Sprinkler contractor means a person licensed as a contractor pursuant to the License Bylaw and who is either a sprinkler
system installer or a person who employs a sprinkler system installer on a full-time basis.
43
Sprinkler system means an automatic fire extinguishing system designed to the National Fire Protection Association 13,
13D or 13R standard and all applicable associated sprinkler standards, and which consists of a system of devices and
equipment designed to automatically detect a fire and discharge water or another approved fire extinguishing agent in the area of
or onto a fire.
Sprinkler system installer means a person who has successfully completed an accredited program as a Sprinkler System
Installer under the Industry Training Authority Act and Industry Training Regulation of British Columbia.
Sprinklered (as applying to a building or part thereof) means that the building or part thereof is equipped with a system of
automatic sprinklers.
Stage means a space that is designed primarily for theatrical performances with provision for quick change scenery and
overhead lighting, including environmental control for a wide range of lighting and sound effects and that is traditionally, but not
necessarily, separated from the audience by a proscenium wall and curtain opening.
Storage garage means a building or part thereof intended for the storage or parking of motor vehicles and containing no
provision for the repair or servicing of such vehicles. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Storage-type service water heater means a service water heater with an integral hot water storage tank.
Storey means that portion of a building that is situated between the top of any floor and the top of the floor next above it,
and if there is no floor above it, that portion between the top of such floor and the ceiling above it.
Storm building drain means a building drain that conducts storm water and is connected at its upstream end to a leader,
sump or catch basin, and at its downstream end to a building sewer or a designated storm water disposal location.
Storm drainage system means a drainage system that conveys storm water.
Storm water means water that is discharged from a surface as a result of rainfall or snowfall.
Stove means an appliance intended for cooking and space heating.
Street means a public road, highway, bridge, viaduct, lane, and sidewalk, and any other way normally open to the use of
the public, but does not include a private right-of-way on private property and, for the purposes only of Part 3 and Part 9 of this
Bylaw, a street which is less than 9 m in width or a lane or sidewalk.
Subsoil drainage pipe means a pipe that is installed underground to intercept and convey subsurface water.
Subsurface investigation means the appraisal of the general subsurface conditions at a building site by analysis of
information gained by such methods as geological surveys, in situ testing, sampling, visual inspection, laboratory testing of
samples of the subsurface materials and groundwater observations and measurements.
Suite means a single room or series of rooms of complementary use, operated under a single tenancy, and includes
dwelling units, individual guest rooms in motels, hotels, boarding houses, rooming houses and dormitories as well as individual
stores and individual or complementary rooms for business and personal services occupancies. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Supervisory staff means those occupants of a building who have some delegated responsibility for the fire safety of other
occupants under the fire safety plan.
Supply duct means a duct for conveying air from a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning appliance to a space to be
heated, ventilated or air-conditioned.
Tapered tread means a tread with non-parallel edges that increases or decreases its run uniformly over its width.
Theatre means a place of public assembly intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts or the screening
and viewing of motion pictures, and consisting of an auditorium with permanently fixed seats intended solely for a viewing
audience.
Trades safety coordinator means an agent, employee or officer of a company supplying, installing or using materials at a
construction site who has been trained to understand and apply safe construction, installation or demolition techniques, as
applicable, respecting those materials and their relationship to the worksite, neighbouring property, public utilities and the
general public.
Training school means a School-Arts or Self-Improvement, School --Business, or School - Vocational or Trade, as
defined in the Zoning & Development By-law.
44
Trap means a fitting or device that is designed to hold a liquid seal that will prevent the passage of gas but will not
materially affect the flow of a liquid.
Treatment means the provision of medical or other health-related intervention to persons, where the administration or lack
of administration of these interventions may render them incapable of evacuating to a safe location without the assistance of
another person. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Treatment occupancy (Group B, Division 2) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof for the provision of
treatment, and where overnight accommodation is available to facilitate the treatment. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Unit heater means a suspended space heater with an integral air-circulating fan.
Unprotected opening (as applying to exposing building face) means a doorway, window or opening other than one
equipped with a closure having the required fire-protection rating, or any part of a wall forming part of the exposing building face
that has a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the exposing building face.
Unsafe condition means any condition that could cause undue hazard to the life, limb or health of any person authorized,
expected or anticipated to be on or about the premises, building or construction.
Unstable liquid means a liquid, including flammable liquids and combustible liquids, that is chemically reactive to the
extent that it will vigorously react or decompose at or near normal temperature and pressure conditions or that is chemically
unstable when subjected to impact.
Vapour barrier means the elements installed to control the diffusion of water vapour. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Vegetated roof assembly ("green roof") means a vegetated roof system (a functional arrangement of interacting
components, inclusive of vegetation) that is combined with a roof assembly, is intended to both grow and flourish, and may be
installed on a roof to control the rate of rainwater discharged through a storm drainage system. (See Note A-1.4.1.1.)
Vent connector (as applying to heating or cooling systems) means the part of a venting system that conducts the flue
gases or vent gases from the flue collar of a gas appliance to the chimney or gas vent, and may include a draft control device.
Venting system means an assembly of pipes and fittings that connects a drainage system with outside air for circulation of
air and the protection of trap seals in the drainage system. (See Book II, Division A, Figures A-1.4.1.2.(1)-F and A-1.4.1.2.(1)-G
in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).)
Vertical service space means a shaft oriented essentially vertically that is provided in a building to facilitate the installation
of building services including mechanical, electrical and plumbing installations and facilities such as elevators, refuse chutes and
linen chutes.
Walkway means a covered or roofed pedestrian thoroughfare used to connect 2 or more buildings.
Water craft means any boat, hull, barge, or houseboat which is afloat, whether self-propelled or not, and includes pleasure
and commercial craft.
Water distribution system means an assembly of pipes, fittings, valves and appurtenances that conveys water from the
water service pipe or private water supply system to water supply outlets, fixtures, appliances and devices.
Water service pipe means a pipe that conveys water from a public water main or private water source to the inside of the
building.
Water system means a private water supply system, a water service pipe, a water distribution system or parts thereof.
1.4.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1.4.2.1. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1) The symbols and other abbreviations in this Code shall have the meanings assigned to them in this Article and
Article 1.3.2.1. of Division B.
1 in 2 slope of 1 vertical to 2 horizontal
cm centimetre(s)
CRP coordinating registered professional
45
° degree(s)
°C degree(s) Celsius
dBA A-weighted sound level
diam diameter
ERV energy recovery ventilator
g gram(s)
GHG greenhouse gas
h hour(s)
HDD heating degree-day(s)
HRV Heat Recovery Ventilator
HVAC heating, ventilating and air-conditioning
Hz hertz
Inc. Incorporated
J joule(s)
K degree(s) Kelvin
kg kilogram(s)
kN kilonewton(s)
kPa kilopascal(s)
kW kilowatt(s)
kWh kilowatt hour(s)
L litre(s)
lx lux
m metre(s)
M metric nomenclature for reinforcing bars
max. maximum
min. minimum
min minute(s)
MJ megajoule(s)
mm millimetre(s)
MPa megapascal(s)
N newton
n/a not applicable
ng nanogram(s)
No. number(s)
o.c. on centre
OSB oriented strandboard
Pa pascal(s)
46
PM particulate matter
ppb part(s) per billion
ppm part(s) per million
R thermal resistance value (imperial unit)
RP registered professional
RSI thermal resistance value (metric unit)
s second(s)
W watt(s)
% percent
µg microgram(s)
µm micrometre(s)
U-value overall thermal transmittance
Section 1.5. Referenced Documents and Organizations
1.5.1. Referenced Documents
1.5.1.1. Application of Referenced Documents
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the provisions of documents referenced in this By-law, and of any documents
referenced within those documents, apply only to the extent that they relate to
a) buildings, and
b) the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B where the
documents are referenced.
(See Note A-1.5.1.1.(1).)
2) Where a provision of this By-law references the Vancouver Fire By-law, the NECB, or Book II (Plumbing Systems) of
this By-law the applicable objectives and functional statements shall include those found in that referenced document. (See
Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).)
1.5.1.2. Conflicting Requirements
1) In case of conflict between the provisions of this By-law and those of a referenced document, the provisions of this By-
law shall govern.
1.5.1.3. Applicable Editions
1) Where documents are referenced in this By-law, they shall be the editions designated in Subsection 1.3.1. of
Division B.
1.5.2. Organizations
1.5.2.1. Abbreviations of Proper Names
1) The abbreviations of proper names in this By-law shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.3.2.1. of
Division B.
47
Notes to Part 1
Compliance
A-1.1.1.1.(3) Factory-Constructed Buildings. The Building By-law applies the same requirements to site-built and factory-
constructed buildings. However, it can often be difficult to determine whether a factory-constructed building complies with the By-
law once it has been delivered to the construction site because many of the wall, roof and floor assemblies are closed in and so
their components cannot be inspected. CSA A277, "Procedure for certification of prefabricated buildings, modules, and panels"
was developed to address this problem with regard to residential, commercial and industrial buildings. This standard describes a
procedure whereby an independent certification agency can review the quality control procedures of a factory and make periodic
unannounced inspections of its products. The standard is not a building code, only a procedure for certifying compliance of
factory-constructed components with a building code or other standard. If a factory-constructed building bears the label of an
accredited certification agency indicating that compliance with the National Building Code has been certified using the CSA A277
procedure, the accepting authority will have some assurance that the concealed components do not require re-inspection on site.
On the other hand, standards in the CSA Z240 MH Series, "Manufactured homes," do resemble a building code. Most of the
individual standards in the series contain requirements regarding many issues also covered in this By-law. Some of these Z240
MH Series provisions are performance requirements with no quantitative criteria, some simply reference the applicable Building
By-law requirements, while others contain requirements that differ from those in the Building By-law. One of the individual
standards in the Z240 MH Series deals with special requirements for manufactured homes related to the fact that these houses
must be moved over roads, which is an issue the Building By-law does not address. Therefore, labeling that indicates that a
factory-constructed house complies with the Z240 MH Series standards can NOT be taken as an indication that the house
necessarily complies with the building code in effect for the location where the house will be sited.
The Building By-law does reference CSA Z240.10.1, "Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings," which is not
actually part of the CSA Z240 MH Series. This standard contains requirements for surface foundations where buildings--not just
houses--comply with the deformation resistance test provided in CSA Z240.2.1, "Structural requirements for manufactured
homes."
A-1.1.1.2.(1) Application to Existing Buildings. This By-law is most often applied to existing or relocated buildings when an
owner wishes to renovate a building, change its use, or build an addition, or when an enforcement authority decrees that a
building or class of buildings be altered for reasons of public safety. It is not intended that the Building By-law be used to enforce
the retrospective application of new requirements to existing buildings or existing portions of relocated buildings, unless
specifically required by local regulations or bylaws. For example, although the Fire By-law could be interpreted to require the
installation of fire alarm, standpipe and hose, and automatic sprinkler systems in an existing building for which there were no
requirements at the time of construction, it is not intended that the Fire By-law be applied in this manner to these buildings unless
the Chief Building Official has determined that there is an inherent threat to occupant safety and has issued an order to eliminate
the unsafe condition, or where substantial changes or additions are being made to an existing building or the occupancy has
been changed. (See also Note A-1.1.1.1.(1) of Division A of the Fire By-law.)
Relocated buildings that have been in use in another location for a number of years can be considered as existing buildings, in
part, and the same analytical process can be applied as for existing buildings. It should be noted, however, that a change in
occupancy may affect some requirements (e.g. loads and fire separations) and relocation to an area with different wind, snow or
earthquake loads will require the application of current By-law requirements. Depending on the construction of the building and
the changes in load, structural modifications may be required. Similarly, parts of a relocated or existing building that are re-
constructed, such as foundations and basements, or parts being modified are required to be built to current codes.
Whatever the reason, By-law application to existing or relocated buildings requires careful consideration of the level of safety
needed for that building. This consideration involves an analytical process similar to that required to assess alternative design
proposals for new construction. See Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) for information on achieving compliance with the By-law using
alternative solutions.
In developing By-law requirements for new buildings, consideration has been given to the cost they impose on a design in
relation to the perceived benefits in terms of safety. The former is definable; the latter difficult to establish on a quantitative basis.
In applying the By-law requirements to an existing building, the benefits derived are the same as in new buildings. On the other
hand, the increased cost of implementing in an existing building a design solution that would normally be intended for a new
building may be prohibitive.
The successful application of By-law requirements to existing construction becomes a matter of balancing the cost of
implementing a requirement with the relative importance of that requirement to the overall By-law objectives. The degree to
48
which any particular requirement can be relaxed without affecting the intended level of safety of the Code By-law requires
considerable judgment on the part of both the designer and the Chief Building Official.
Further information on the application of By-law requirements to existing or relocated buildings can be found in the following
publications:
- "User's Guide - NBC 1995 Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and Accessibility (Part 3)"
- "Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the National Building Code of Canada to Existing Buildings"
- Commentary entitled "Application of NBC Part 4 of Division B for the Structural Evaluation and Upgrading of Existing
Buildings" of the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)"
- "User's Guide - NBC 1995, Application of Part 9 to Existing Buildings"
- CBD 230, "Applying building codes to existing buildings"
These publications can be accessed ordered through the NRC's Web site.
A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a) By-law Compliance via Acceptable Solutions. If a building design (e.g. material, component, assembly or
system) can be shown to meet all provisions of the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (e.g. it complies with the
applicable provisions of a referenced standard), it is deemed to have satisfied the objectives and functional statements linked to
those provisions and thus to have complied with that part of the By-law. In fact, if it can be determined that a design meets all the
applicable acceptable solutions in Division B, there is no need to consult the objectives and functional statements in Division A to
determine its compliance.
A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b) By-law Compliance via Alternative Solutions. Where a design differs from the acceptable solutions in
Division B, then it should be treated as an "alternative solution." A proponent of an alternative solution must demonstrate that the
alternative solution addresses the same issues as the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B and their attributed objectives
and functional statements. However, because the objectives and functional statements are entirely qualitative, demonstrating
compliance with them in isolation is not possible. Therefore, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) identifies the principle that Division B
establishes the quantitative performance targets that alternative solutions must meet. In many cases, these targets are not
defined very precisely by the acceptable solutions--certainly far less precisely than would be the case with a true performance
code, which would have quantitative performance targets and prescribed methods of performance measurement for all aspects
of building performance. Nevertheless, Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) makes it clear that an effort must be made to demonstrate that an
alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B--not "well
enough" but "as well as."
In this sense, it is Division B that defines the boundaries between acceptable risks and the "unacceptable" risks referred to in the
statements of the By-law's objectives, i.e. the risk remaining once the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B have been
implemented represents the residual level of risk deemed to be acceptable by the broad base of Canadians who have taken part
in the consensus process used to develop the By-law.
Level of Performance
Where Division B offers a choice between several possible designs, it is likely that these designs may not all provide exactly the
same level of performance. Among a number of possible designs satisfying acceptable solutions in Division B, the design
providing the lowest level of performance should generally be considered to establish the minimum acceptable level of
performance to be used in evaluating alternative solutions for compliance with the By-law
Sometimes a single design will be used as an alternative solution to several sets of acceptable solutions in Division B. In this
case, the level of performance required of the alternative solution should be at least equivalent to the overall level of
performance established by all the applicable sets of acceptable solutions taken as a whole.
Each provision in Division B has been analyzed to determine what it is intended to achieve. The resultant intent statements
clarify what undesirable results each provision seeks to preclude. These statements are not a legal component of the By-law, but
are advisory in nature, and can help By-law users establish performance targets for alternative solutions. They are published as
a separate electronic document entitled "Supplement to the NBC 2020: Intent Statements," which is available on the NRC's
website. These intent statements should be cross referenced with the associated requirements of the Building By-law.
Areas of Performance
49
A subset of the acceptable solutions in Division B may establish criteria for particular types of designs (e.g. certain types of
materials, components, assemblies, or systems). Often such subsets of acceptable solutions are all attributed to the same
objective: OS1, Fire Safety, for example. In some cases, the designs that are normally used to satisfy this subset of acceptable
solutions might also provide some benefits that could be related to some other objective: OP1, Fire Protection of the Building, for
example. However, if none of the applicable acceptable solutions are linked to Objective OP1, Fire Protection of the Building, it is
not necessary that alternative solutions proposed to replace these acceptable solutions provide a similar benefit related to Fire
Protection of the Building. In other words, the acceptable solutions in Division B establish acceptable levels of performance for
compliance with the Code By-law only in those areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the
acceptable solutions.
Applicable Acceptable Solutions
In demonstrating that an alternative solution will perform as well as a design that would satisfy the applicable acceptable
solutions in Division B, its evaluation should not be limited to comparison with the acceptable solutions to which an alternative is
proposed. It is possible that acceptable solutions elsewhere in the By-law also apply. The proposed alternative solution may be
shown to perform as well as the most apparent acceptable solution which it is replacing but may not perform as well as other
relevant acceptable solutions. For example, an innovative sheathing material may perform adequately as sheathing in a wall
system that is braced by other means but may not perform adequately as sheathing in a wall system where the sheathing must
provide the structural bracing. All applicable acceptable solutions should be taken into consideration in demonstrating the
compliance of an alternative solution.
A-1.2.1.2.(1) Responsibility of Owner. Sentence 1.1.1.1.(1) is not intended to imply that a person who becomes the owner of a
building must bring the entire building into compliance with the By-law. The By-law applies only in the cases and to the extent
specified by Article 1.1.1.1., and the owner of a building is therefore made responsible for ensuring the building complies with the
By-law by Sentence 1.2.1.2.(1) only in the cases and to the extent specified by Article 1.1.1.1 and Part 11. If none of the
provisions in Sentence 1.1.1.1.(1) and Part 11 apply to the building, the owner is not required to make any changes to the
building.
A-1.3.3.4.(1) Buildings Divided by Firewalls. This concept relates to the provisions directly regulated by this By-law and does
not apply to electrical service entrance requirements, which are regulated by other documents.
A-1.3.3.4.(2) Buildings on Sloping Sites. Application of the definition of grade to stepped buildings on sloping sites often
results in such buildings being designated as being greater than 4 storeys in building height even though there may be only 2, 3
or 4 storeys at any one location. Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)-A illustrates this application compared to a similar building on a flat site.
Under Sentence 1.3.3.4.(2), Building A can be considered as being 4 storeys in building height instead of 7 storeys in building
height. Both Building A and B are comparable with regard to fire safety and egress.
This relaxation applies to the determination of building height only. All other requirements continue to apply as appropriate.
50
Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)-A
Application of the definition of grade
Larger buildings also have significant challenges due to sloping sites
Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)-B illustrates this application of Sentence (3). Under Sentence 1.3.3.4.(2), Building A and B can be
considered separately as these would have a level of fire safety and egress comparable with buildings constructed as separate
entities.
As with the 4 storey case, this relaxation applies to the determination of building height only. All other requirements continue to
apply as appropriate.
Figure A-1.3.3.4.(2)-B
Application of the definition of grade for physically separate components
A-1.3.3.6.(2)(k) Portable Classroom Exemption. This exemption is based on the following considerations
51
- the building area is less than 100 m2 in building area and each unit is provided with exiting directly to the exterior,
- the building is constructed with smoke detection in all major rooms and with adequate portable fire extinguishers,
- the building is properly supervised with a practised and drilled fire safety plan and with supervisory staff fully trained in securing
the rapid evacuation of the facilities upon initiation of any alarm device, and
- the building, its construction type and any required fire ratings are otherwise in full conformance with the requirements of the
By-law.
A-1.4.1.2.(1) Defined Terms.
Access or Accessible and Persons with Disabilities
The terms "access" or "accessible" and the term "persons with disabilities" are revised in this edition of the By-law for greater
alignment with the United Nations (UN) Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities. This does not alter the objectives
and functional statements attributed to the provisions of this By-law regarding access for persons with disabilities. The revised
definitions are to provide greater clarity as to why the By-law applies requirements the way it does.
Ancillary Residential Unit
An ancillary residential unit is a self-contained dwelling unit that together with a larger principal dwelling unit forms a single real-
estate entity. Ancillary residential units are typically created within an existing single dwelling building (house) either constructed
as an addition or an alteration to an existing house or incorporated during the construction of a new house. An ancillary
residential unit may have more than one storey and may be on the same level as the principal dwelling unit or be above or below
it.
In a building with more than one ancillary residential unit, the principal dwelling unit along with its associated ancillary residential
unit, must be either be vertically separated from all other portions of a the building that is of residential occupancy by a vertical
fire separation that extends continuously through all crawlspaces, storeys and attic spaces of the vertically separate portions of a
building or provided with enhanced fire protection (see Article 9.37.2.24.) Neither the ancillary residential unit nor any other
dwelling unit subordinate to a principal dwelling unit can be strata-titled or otherwise subdivided from the remainder of the
principal dwelling unit under provincial legislation. This means that the principal dwelling unit and all subordinate dwelling units
are registered under the same title.
ASTC and STC
The higher the ASTC or STC rating, the more the assembly or the system of assemblies protects occupants from noise in
adjacent spaces.
These ratings, which are determined in accordance with ASTM E413, "Classification for Rating Sound Insulation," roughly
describe the noise reduction provided by the separating floor or wall, or in the case of the ASTC rating, by the system of
separating and adjoining walls and floors.
Care Occupancy
Support services rendered by or through care facility management refer to services provided by the organization that is
responsible for the care for a period exceeding 24 consecutive hours. They do not refer to services provided by residents of
dwelling units or suites, or to services arranged directly by residents of dwelling units or suites with outside agencies.
In the context of care occupancies, these services may include a daily assessment of the resident's functioning, awareness of
their whereabouts, the making of appointments for residents and reminding them of those appointments, the ability and
readiness to intervene if a crisis arises for a resident, supervision in areas of nutrition or medication, and provision of transient
medical services. Services may also include activities of daily living such as bathing, dressing, feeding, and assistance in the use
of washroom facilities, etc. No actual treatment is provided by or through care facility management.
Dangerous Goods
In previous editions of the Building By-law, the terminology used to identify dangerous goods came from TC SOR/2008-34,
"Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)." The TDGR apply solely to the adequate identification of hazards
related to dangerous goods in the contexts of transportation and emergency response.
52
Dangerous goods in the workplace are identified in accordance with the "Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System
(WHMIS)," established in accordance with the "Hazardous Products Act." The WHMIS identification system is specifically
designed with the users of the product in mind.
This edition of the Building By-law identifies dangerous goods as products regulated by the TDGR or classified under the
WHMIS. In order to harmonize these two nomenclatures for dangerous goods, class descriptors were developed taking into
consideration both the TDGR and WHMIS classification systems. The proposed The NBC nomenclature uses introduces a
descriptive approach to classifying dangerous goods, which is similar to the one used by the Globally Harmonized System of
Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS) developed by the United Nations (UN). Canada has actively participated in the
development of the GHS and has committed to its implementation through the TDGR and WHMIS regulations.
The Building By-law nomenclature takes a common sense approach that corresponds more closely to how people refer to
dangerous goods on a daily basis, blending TDGR and WHMIS terminology without using nondescript numbers and letters as
previously found in the Building By-law, TDGR and WHMIS.
Table A-1.4.1.2.(1)
TDGR, WHMIS and Building By-law Class Descriptors for Dangerous Goods
TDGR
WHMIS
Building By-law
Class
Descriptor
1
Explosives
Explosives
Explosives
2
Gases
Gases under pressure
Compressed gases
2.1
Flammable gases
Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols
Flammable gases; Flammable aerosols
2.2
Non-flammable, non-toxic gases
Gases under pressure
Non-flammable, non-toxic gases
2.2
(5.1)
--
Oxidizing gases
Oxidizing gases
2.3
Toxic gases
--
Toxic gases
3
Flammable liquids
Flammable liquids
Flammable liquids
4.1
Flammable solids
Flammable solids
Flammable solids
4.2
Substances liable to spontaneous
combustion
Pyrophoric liquids; pyrophoric solids
Pyrophoric materials
4.3
Water-reactive substances
Substances and mixtures which, in
contact with water, emit flammable
gases
Water-reactive substances
5.1
Oxidizing substances
Oxidizing liquids; oxidizing solids
Oxidizers
5.2
Organic peroxides
Organic peroxides
Organic peroxides
6.1
Toxic substances
(1)
Toxic substances
6.2
Infectious substances
(1)
Infectious materials
7
Radioactive materials
Not covered by WHMIS
Radioactive materials
8
Corrosives
(2)
Corrosives
9
Miscellaneous products, substances, or
organisms
(2)
Miscellaneous dangerous goods
--
--
Previously Class F
Dangerously reactive materials
Notes to Table A-1.4.1.2.(1):
(1) The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on their toxicity.
(2) The WHMIS has various descriptors for this Class of products based on the nature of the danger presented by the product.
Designated Flood Plain
53
The Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River flood plains are illustrated on Diagram A1 and the wave effect
zones are illustrated on Diagram A2. See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C and Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-D. The Still Creek flood plain is
illustrated on Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-E.
Exit
Exits include doors or doorways leading directly into an exit stair or directly to the outside. In the case of an exit leading to a
separate building, exits also include vestibules, walkways, bridges or balconies.
Farm Building
Farm buildings as defined in Article 1.4.1.2. include, but are not limited to, produce storage and packing facilities, livestock and
poultry housing, milking centres, manure storage facilities, grain bins, silos, feed preparation centres, farm workshops,
greenhouses, farm retail centres, and horse riding, exercise and training facilities. Farm buildings may be classified as low or
high human occupancy, depending on the occupant load.
Examples of farm buildings likely to be classed as low human occupancy as defined in Article 1.2.1.2. of the National Farm
Building code of Canada are livestock and poultry housing, manure and machinery storage facilities and horse exercise and
training facilities where no bleachers or viewing area are provided.
Examples of farm buildings that would be classified as other than low human occupancy include farm retail centres for feeds,
horticultural and livestock produce, auction barns and show areas where bleachers or other public facilities are provided. Farm
work centres where the number of workers frequently exceeds the limit for low human occupancy will also be in this category.
It is possible to have areas of both high and low human occupancy in the same building provided that the structural safety and
fire separation requirements for high human occupancy are met in the part thus designated.
Fire Separation
It is generally understood that the term "fire" refers to all products of combustion, including heat and smoke. Although a fire
separation is not always required to have a fire-resistance rating, it should act as a barrier to the spread of smoke and fire until
some type of response is initiated. If the fire-resistance rating of a fire separation is permitted to be waived on the basis of the
presence of an automatic sprinkler system, it is nonetheless the intent of the By-law that the fire separation be constructed so
that it will remain in place and act as a barrier against the spread of smoke until the sprinklers have actuated.
Flight
Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-A
Flight
Flood Construction Level Requirements
54
The Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River flood plains are illustrated on Diagram A1 and the wave effect
zones are illustrated on Diagram A2. See Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C and Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-D. The Still Creek flood construction
levels are illustrated on Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-E.
Grade
Localized depressions that need not be considered in the determination of the elevation of grade include such features as
vehicle and pedestrian entrances and other minor depressions that do not affect accessibility for firefighting or evacuation.
Heritage Building
Heritage buildings are buildings that are legally recognized by the Province or the City as having historic, architectural or cultural
value to the community. To qualify as a heritage building under the Vancouver Building By-law, a building must be:
- protected as heritage property by the Province under the Heritage Conservation Act or the Park Act;
- subject to a heritage designation bylaw pursuant to the Municipal Act or Vancouver Charter;
- listed in the Provincial heritage register or in an inventory of heritage buildings maintained for this purpose under
section 20(1)(h) of the Heritage Conservation Act.
Despite this definition of Heritage Buildings, the Chief Building Official may accept a lesser standard.
Mechanically Vented
The definition of this term is intended to include all types of appliances and venting systems that rely entirely on fans to evacuate
the products of combustion. Systems variously referred to as "forced draft," "power vented" and "induced draft" in standards and
industry terminology may be covered by this definition. The key characteristic of such systems is that they are more resistant to
depressurization-induced spillage of combustion products into the building in which they are housed because the combustion
venting system downstream of the fan is "sealed," i.e. includes no draft hood or draft control device.
Post-Disaster Building
There may be circumstances where the Chief Building Official would choose to exempt certain types of buildings or parts thereof
from being designated as post-disaster buildings. Such is the case in the following examples: an example that is stored at a
volunteer's residence or a police station that is housed in a small shopping mall or residential complex.
Some municipalities have emergency management plans that specify which buildings are to be used for the provision of
essential services after a disaster. Municipalities normally coordinate their requirements with provincial or territorial emergency
management protocols, which may or may not be mandatory. If in doubt about whether a building should be designated as a
post-disaster building, designers should consult with the Chief Building Official.
The inclusion of control centres for natural gas distribution as examples of post-disaster buildings is intended to ensure that,
following a disaster, control is maintained over large fuel distribution networks that supply a commodity essential to the health
and safety of a significant proportion of the Canadian population. In contrast, the localized failure of a single fuel supply point
does not jeopardize the entire fuel distribution system.
Buildings with rooftop telecommunication or cellular network equipment need not be designated as post-disaster buildings.
Public Corridor
A covered mall is considered to be a public corridor and, as such, is subject to the same requirements as a public corridor.
Rim Joist
In the field, rim joists may also be referred to as rim boards, headers or header joists.
Service Room
Typical examples of service rooms include boiler rooms, furnace rooms, incinerator rooms, garbage handling rooms and rooms
to accommodate air-conditioning or heating appliances, pumps, compressors and electrical equipment. Rooms such as elevator
machine rooms and common laundry rooms are not considered to be service rooms.
Solid Masonry Units
55
The net solid area of a masonry unit is calculated by determining the gross area of the bed face of the unit (L × T) and
subtracting the cumulative areas of the hollow portions. As long as the total area of the hollow portions is 25% or less of the
gross area, the unit is considered to be a solid masonry unit.
Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-B
Net solid area of masonry unit
Storage Garage
Entrances at which vehicles stop for a short time beneath an unenclosed canopy to pick up and drop off passengers are not
considered as storage garages. As a subsidiary use, storage garages may also contain space for parking or storing other
vehicles (bicycles, boat, etc.).
Suite
Tenancy in the context of the term "suite" applies to both rental and ownership tenure. In a condominium arrangement, for
example, dwelling units are considered separate suites even though they are individually owned. In order to be of
complementary use, a series of rooms that constitute a suite must be in reasonably close proximity to each other and have
access to each other either directly by means of a common doorway or indirectly by a corridor, vestibule or other similar
arrangement.
The term "suite" does not apply to rooms such as service rooms, common laundry rooms and common recreational rooms that
are not leased or under a separate tenure in the context of the By-law. Similarly, the term "suite" is not normally applied in the
context of buildings such as schools and hospitals, since the entire building is under a single tenure. However, a room that is
individually rented is considered a suite. A warehousing unit in a mini-warehouse is a suite. A rented room in a nursing home
could be considered as a suite if the room was under a separate tenure. A hospital bedroom on the other hand is not considered
to be under a separate tenure, since the patient has little control of that space, even though he pays the hospital a per diem rate
for the privilege of using the hospital facilities, which include the sleeping areas.
For certain requirements in the By-law, the expression "room or suite" is used (e.g., travel distance). This means that the
requirement applies within the rooms of suites as well as to the suite itself and to rooms that may be located outside the suite. In
other places the expression "suite, and rooms not located within a suite" is used (e.g., for the installation of smoke and heat
detectors). This means that the requirement applies to individual suites as defined, but not to each room within the suite. The
rooms "not within a suite" would include common laundry rooms, common recreational rooms and service rooms, which are not
considered as tenant-occupied space.
56
Tapered Tread
The definition of tapered tread includes treads in curved stairs and treads in winder stairs, However, requirements for winders
differ from those for other tapered treads. Requirements for tapered treads are found in Articles 3.3.1.16., 3.4.6.9., and 9.8.4.3.
of Division B. Requirements for winders are found in Article 9.8.4.6. of Division B.
Treatment
The ability to evacuate unassisted implies that a person is capable of recognizing and responding to an emergency given their
physical, cognitive and behavioural abilities, and able to move to a safe location without the assistance of another person. For
example, such persons must be able to arise and walk, or transfer from a bed or chair to a means of mobility, and leave the
building or move to a safe location on their own.
Treatment Occupancy
"Treatments" may include such things as surgery, intensive care, and emergency medical intervention. Treatment services differ
from the services provided by care occupancies like personal care assistance or the administration of medication, and from
those provided by business and personal services occupancies like dentistry or day procedures.
Illustrations for Defined Terms
Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-C
Diagram A1: Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River Flood Plains
57
Figure A-
1.4.1.2.(1)-D
58
Diagram A2: Burrard Inlet, English Bay, False Creek and Fraser River Flood Plain Wave Effect Zone
Figure A-1.4.1.2.(1)-E
Diagram B: Still Creek Flood Plain and Flood Construction Levels
A-1.5.1.1.(1) Application of Referenced Documents. Documents referenced in the Building By-law may contain provisions
covering a wide range of issues, including issues that are unrelated to the objectives and functional statements stated in Parts 2
and 3 of Division A respectively; e.g. aesthetic issues such as colour-fastness or uniformity. Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1) is intended to
make it clear that, whereas referencing a document in the By-law generally has the effect of making the provisions of that
document part of the By-law, provisions that are unrelated to buildings or to the objectives and functional statements attributed to
the provisions in Division B where the document is referenced are excluded.
Furthermore, many documents referenced in the By-law contain references to other documents, which may also, in turn, refer to
other documents. These secondary and tertiary referenced documents may contain provisions that are unrelated to buildings or
to the objectives and functional statements of the By-law: such provisions--no matter how far down the chain of references they
occur--are not included in the intent of Sentence 1.5.1.1.(1).
59
Part 2
Objectives
Section 2.1. Application
2.1.1. Application
2.1.1.1. Application
1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this By-law except for existing buildings. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
2.1.1.2. Application of Objectives
(See Note A-2.2.1.1.(1).)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the objectives described in this Part apply
a) to all buildings covered in this By-law (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this By-law as required in Article 1.2.1.1.
2) Objective OS4, Resistance to Unwanted Entry, applies only to dwelling units or commonly accessible facilities serving
multifamily buildings and publicly accessible spaces. (See Article 1.3.3.3.)
3) Objective OH3, Noise Protection, applies only to dwelling units.
4) Objective OH5, Hazardous Substances Containment, applies only to the extent defined in
a) Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law, and
b) the Fire By-law.
5) Objective OA, Accessibility (including Objectives OA1, Accessible Path of Travel, and OA2, Accessible Facilities), does
not apply to
a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with ancillary residential units, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row
housing and boarding houses,
b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic telephone exchanges,
pumphouses and substations.
6) Objective OE, Environment, applies only to
a) buildings of residential occupancy to which Part 9 of Division B applies,
b) buildings containing business and personal services, mercantile or low-hazard industrial occupancies to which Part 9 of
Division B applies whose combined total floor area does not exceed 300 m2, and
c) buildings containing a mix of the residential and non-residential occupancies described in Clauses (a) and (b).
(See Note A-2.1.1.2.(6).) (See also Article 1.3.3.3.)
Section 2.2. Objectives
2.2.1. Objectives
2.2.1.1. Objectives
1) The objectives of this By-law are as follows (see Note A-2.2.1.1.(1)):
OS Safety
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building,
a person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury.
OS1 Fire Safety
60
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to fire. The risks of injury due
to fire addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OS1.1- fire or explosion occurring
OS1.2- fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point of origin
OS1.3- collapse of physical elements due to a fire or explosion
OS1.4- fire safety systems failing to function as expected
OS1.5- persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during a fire emergency
OS2 Structural Safety
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to structural failure. The risks
of injury due to structural failure addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OS2.1- loads bearing on the building elements that exceed their loadbearing capacity
OS2.2- loads bearing on the building that exceed the loadbearing properties of the supporting medium
OS2.3- damage to or deterioration of building elements
OS2.4- vibration or deflection of building elements
OS2.5- instability of the building or part thereof
OS2.6- collapse of the excavation
OS3 Safety in Use
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in or adjacent to the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to hazards. The risks of injury
due to hazards addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OS3.1- tripping, slipping, falling, contact, drowning or collision
OS3.2- contact with hot surfaces or substances
OS3.3- contact with energized equipment
OS3.4- exposure to hazardous substances
OS3.5- exposure to high levels of sound from fire alarm systems
OS3.6- persons becoming trapped in confined spaces
OS3.7- persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during an emergency (see Note A-
2.2.1.1.(1))
OS4 Resistance to Unwanted Entry
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to the building's low level of resistance to
unwanted entry (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(2) for application limitation). The risks of injury due to unwanted entry
addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OS4.1- intruders being able to force their way through locked doors or windows
OS4.2- occupants being unable to identify potential intruders as such
OS5 Safety at Construction and Demolition Sites
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the construction or demolition of the building, the
public adjacent to a construction or demolition site will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of injury due to hazards.
The risks of injury due to construction and demolition hazards addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
61
OS5.1- objects projected onto public ways
OS5.2- vehicular accidents on public ways
OS5.3- damage to or obstruction of public ways
OS5.4- water accumulated in excavations
OS5.5- entry into the site
OS5.6- exposure to hazardous substances and activities
OS5.7- loads bearing on a covered way that exceed its loadbearing capacity
OS5.8- collapse of the excavation
OS5.9- persons being delayed in or impeded from moving to a safe place during an emergency (see Note A-
2.2.1.1.(1))
OH Health
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a person
will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness.
OH1 Indoor Conditions
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to indoor conditions. The risks of illness
due to indoor conditions addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OH1.1- inadequate indoor air quality
OH1.2- inadequate thermal comfort
OH1.3- contact with moisture
OH2 Sanitation
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to unsanitary conditions. The risks of
illness due to unsanitary conditions addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OH2.1- exposure to human or domestic waste
OH2.2- consumption of contaminated water
OH2.3- inadequate facilities for personal hygiene
OH2.4- contact with contaminated surfaces
OH2.5- contact with vermin and insects
OH3 Noise Protection
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to high levels of sound originating in
adjacent spaces in the building (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation). The risks of illness due to high
levels of sound addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OH3.1- exposure to airborne sound transmitted through assemblies separating dwelling units from adjacent spaces in
the building
OH4 Vibration and Deflection Limitation
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, a
person in the building will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to high levels of vibration or deflection of
building elements.
OH5 Hazardous Substances Containment
62
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, the
public will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of illness due to the release of hazardous substances from the building
(see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(4) for application limitation).
OA Accessibility
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, persons with
disabilities will be unacceptably impeded from accessing or using the building or its facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for
application limitations).
OA1 Accessible Path of Travel
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building,
persons with disabilities will be unacceptably impeded from accessing the building or circulating within it (see
Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for application limitations).
OA2 Accessible Facilities
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building,
persons with disabilities will be unacceptably impeded from using the building's facilities (see Sentence 2.1.1.2.(5) for
application limitations).
OP Fire and Structural Protection of Buildings
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building,
the building or adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire or structural insufficiency, or
the building or part thereof will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of loss of use also due to structural insufficiency.
OP1 Fire Protection of the Building
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of its design or construction, the building will be exposed
to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire. The risks of damage due to fire addressed in this By-law are those caused
by--
OP1.1- fire or explosion occurring
OP1.2- fire or explosion impacting areas beyond its point of origin
OP1.3- collapse of physical elements due to a fire or explosion
OP1.4- fire safety systems failing to function as expected
OP2 Structural Sufficiency of the Building
An objective of this Code is to limit the probability that, as a result of its design or construction, the building or part thereof
will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage or loss of use due to structural failure or lack of structural serviceability.
The risks of damage and of loss of use due to structural failure or lack of structural serviceability addressed in this Code are
those caused by--
OP2.1- loads bearing on the building elements that exceed their loadbearing capacity
OP2.2- loads bearing on the building that exceed the loadbearing properties of the supporting medium
OP2.3- damage to or deterioration of building elements
OP2.4- vibration or deflection of building elements
OP2.5- instability of the building or part thereof
OP2.6- instability or movement of the supporting medium
OP3 Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Fire
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design or construction of the building, adjacent
buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of damage due to fire. The risks of damage to adjacent buildings due to
fire addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OP3.1- fire or explosion impacting areas beyond the building of origin
63
OP4 Protection of Adjacent Buildings from Structural Damage
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or demolition of the building,
adjacent buildings will be exposed to an unacceptable risk of structural damage. The risks of structural damage to adjacent
buildings addressed in this By-law are those caused by--
OP4.1- settlement of the medium supporting adjacent buildings
OP4.2- collapse of the building or portion thereof onto adjacent buildings
OP4.3- impact of the building on adjacent buildings
OP4.4- collapse of the excavation
OE Environment
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or renovation of the building
or of the plumbing system, the environment will be affected in an unacceptable manner.
OE1 Energy Efficiency and Water Use
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of the design, construction or renovation of the
building, the use of energy will be inefficient or the use of water will be excessive. The risks of inefficient energy use or
excessive water use addressed in this By-law are those caused by -
OE1.1- inefficient energy performance of buildings or building components
OE2 Greenhouse Gases
An objective of this By-law is to limit the probability that, as a result of design and construction of the building, including
the building's systems, and the energy consumed in the operation of those systems, the production of greenhouse
gases will be excessive. The risks of excessive greenhouse gas emissions addressed in this By-law are those caused
by-
OE2.1 - excessive emissions as a result of the design and construction of the building, including the building's
systems, and the energy consumed in the operation of those systems
OE2.2 - excessive greenhouse gas emissions associated with building materials and construction processes throughout
the lifecycle of a building, except emissions from building energy use. These include emissions from extraction,
manufacture, transportation, construction, replacement, refurbishment, demolition, removal, and other processes.
64
Notes to Part 2
Objectives
A-2.1.1.2.(6) Application of Environment Objective. Objective OE, Environment (including its sub-objectives), is attributed to
the requirements in Section 9.36. of Division B, which address energy efficiency for small residential buildings and certain small
non-residential and mixed-use buildings (see Article 9.36.1.3. of Division B). The objectives, functional statements and energy
efficiency requirements for larger Part 9 residential buildings as well as for non-residential buildings whose combined total floor
area exceeds 300 m2 and some mixed-use buildings are addressed in the National Energy Code for Buildings.
A-2.2.1.1.(1) Objectives.
Listing of objectives
Any gaps in the numbering sequence of the objectives are due to the fact that there is a master list of objectives covering the
principal Code Documents -- but not all objectives are pertinent to all Codes.
The building
Where the term "the building" is used in the wording of the objectives, it refers to the building for which compliance with the
Building By-law is being assessed.
Emergency
The term "emergency"--in the context of safety in buildings--is often equated to the term "fire emergency;" however, the wording
of objectives OS3.7 and OS5.9 makes it clear that the By-law addresses any type of emergency that would require the rapid
evacuation of the building, such as a bomb threat or the presence of intruders.
Fire Safety
In the definition of Objective OS1, Fire Safety, the term "person" refers to any individual in or adjacent to the building, including
the occupants, the public, and emergency responders including firefighters when performing their duties.
Certain technical requirements in the By-law are intended to address the safety of emergency responders, including firefighters,
when performing their duties.
65
Part 3
Functional Statements
Section 3.1. Application
3.1.1. Application
3.1.1.1. Application
1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1.)
3.1.1.2. Application of Functional Statements
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), the functional statements described in this Part apply
a) to all buildings covered in this By-law (see Article 1.1.1.1.), and
b) only to the extent that they relate to compliance with this By-law as required in Article 1.2.1.1.
2) Functional Statement F56 applies only to dwelling units.
3) Functional Statements F73 and F74 do not apply to
a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, houses with ancillary residential units, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row
housing and boarding houses,
b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic telephone exchanges,
pumphouses and substations.
4) Functional Statement F75 applies only to adaptable dwelling units.
Section 3.2. Functional Statements
3.2.1. Functional Statements
3.2.1.1. Functional Statements
1) The objectives of this By-law are achieved by measures, such as those described in the acceptable solutions in
Division B, that are intended to allow the building or its elements to perform the following functions (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(1)):
F01 To minimize the risk of accidental ignition.
F02 To limit the severity and effects of fire or explosions.
F03 To retard the effects of fire on areas beyond its point of origin.
F04 To retard failure or collapse due to the effects of fire.
F05 To retard the effects of fire on emergency egress facilities.
F06 To retard the effects of fire on facilities for notification, suppression and emergency response.
F10 To facilitate the timely movement of persons to a safe place in an emergency.
F11 To notify persons, in a timely manner, of the need to take action in an emergency.
F12 To facilitate emergency response.
F13 To notify emergency responders, in a timely manner, of the need to take action in an emergency.
F20 To support and withstand expected loads and forces.
F21 To limit or accommodate dimensional change.
F22 To limit movement under expected loads and forces.
F23 To maintain equipment in place during structural movement.
66
F30 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of tripping, slipping, falling, contact, drowning or collision.
F31 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact with hot surfaces or substances.
F32 To minimize the risk of injury to persons as a result of contact with energized equipment.
F33 To limit the level of sound of a fire alarm system.
F34 To resist or discourage unwanted access or entry.
F35 To facilitate the identification of potential intruders.
F36 To minimize the risk that persons will be trapped in confined spaces.
F40 To limit the level of contaminants.
F41 To minimize the risk of generation of contaminants.
F42 To resist the entry of vermin and insects.
F43 To minimize the risk of release of hazardous substances.
F44 To limit the spread of hazardous substances beyond their point of release.
F46 To minimize the risk of contamination of potable water.
F50 To provide air suitable for breathing.
F51 To maintain appropriate air and surface temperatures.
F52 To maintain appropriate relative humidity.
F53 To maintain appropriate indoor/outdoor air pressure differences.
F54 To limit drafts.
F55 To resist the transfer of air through environmental separators.
F56 To limit the transmission of airborne sound into a dwelling unit from spaces elsewhere in the building (see
Sentence 3.1.1.2.(2) for application limitation).
F60 To control the accumulation and pressure of water on and in the ground.
F61 To resist the ingress of precipitation, water or moisture from the exterior or from the ground.
F62 To facilitate the dissipation of water and moisture from the building.
F63 To limit moisture condensation.
F70 To provide potable water.
F71 To provide facilities for personal hygiene.
F72 To provide facilities for the sanitary disposal of human and domestic wastes.
F73 To facilitate access to and circulation in the building and its facilities by persons with disabilities (see
Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for application limitation).
F74 To facilitate the use of the building's facilities by persons with disabilities (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(3) for application
limitation).
F75 To minimize obstacles for future modification to provide access (see Sentence 3.1.1.2.(4) for application limitation).
F80 To resist deterioration resulting from expected service conditions.
F81 To minimize the risk of malfunction, interference, damage, tampering, lack of use or misuse.
F82 To minimize the risk of inadequate performance due to improper maintenance or lack of maintenance.
F90 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through the building envelope.
F91 To limit the amount of uncontrolled air leakage through system components.
67
F92 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through the building envelope.
F93 To limit the amount of uncontrolled thermal transfer through system components.
F95 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy for heating and cooling.
F96 To limit the unnecessary demand and/or consumption of energy for service water heating.
F98 To limit the inefficiency of equipment.
F99 To limit the inefficiency of systems.
F100 To limit the unnecessary rejection of reusable waste energy.
F101 To limit excessive emission of greenhouse gases into the environment.
68
Notes to Part 3
Functional Statements
A-3.2.1.1.(1) Listing of Functional Statements. The numbered functional statements are grouped according to functions that
deal with closely related subjects. For example, the first group deals with fire risks, the second group deals with emergency
egress and response, etc. There may be gaps in the numbering sequence for the following reasons:
- Each group has unused numbers which allows for the possible future creation of additional functional statements within any
one group.
- There is a master list of functional statements covering the principal Code Documents--the British Columbia Building Code
Book I: General, British Columbia Building Code Book II: Plumbing Systems, and the British Columbia Fire Code--but not all
functional statements are pertinent to all Codes.
69
BOOK I (GENERAL) - DIVISION B
70
Part 1
General
Section 1.1. General
1.1.1. Application
1.1.1.1. Application
1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)
2) When an existing building is altered and the alteration triggers upgrading as determined by this By-
law, alternative provisions in Part 11 of Division B may be used instead of the requirements of this Part.
(See Article1.1.1.2. of Division A.)
1.1.2. Objectives and Functional Statements
1.1.2.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the
objectives and functional statements identified in Sections 2.5., 3.10., 4.5., 5.10., 6.10., 7.2., 8.3., 9.38, and
10.5. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
1.1.3. Climatic and Seismic Data
1.1.3.1. Climatic and Seismic Values
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (4) and as required by Sentence 9.7.4.3.(2), the climatic
and seismic values required for the design of buildings under this By-law shall be in conformance with the
values established by the Chief Building Official.
2) Where they have not been established by the Chief Building Official, the climatic values required
for the design of buildings shall be in conformance with Sentence (3) and the values listed in Appendix C.
(See Note A-1.1.3.1.(2).)
3) The outside winter design temperatures determined from Appendix C shall be those listed for the
January 2.5% values. (See Note A-1.1.3.1.(3).)
4) Where they have not been established by the Chief Building Official, the seismic values required for
the design of buildings under Part 4 and Part 9 shall be in conformance with Appendix C. (See Note A-
1.1.3.1.(4).)
5) The outside summer design temperatures determined from Appendix C shall be those listed for
the July 2.5% dry values.
1.1.3.2. Depth of Frost Penetration
1) Depth of frost penetration shall be no less than 450 mm.
1.1.4. Fire Safety Plan
1.1.4.1. Fire Safety Plan
1) Where a fire safety plan is required, it shall conform to Section 2.8. of Division B of the Fire By-
law.
71
Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
1.2.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
1.2.1.1. Non-defined Terms
1) Words and phrases used in Division B that are not included in the list of definitions in
Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall have the meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context
in which they are used, taking into account the specialized use of terms by the various trades and
professions to which the terminology applies.
2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division B, they shall be the
objectives and functional statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division B, they shall be the provisions stated in
Parts 3 to 10, and 12.
1.2.1.2. Defined Terms
1) The words and terms in italics in Division B shall have the meanings assigned to them in
Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
1.2.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1.2.2.1. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division B shall have the meanings assigned to them in
Article 1.4.2.1. of Division A and Article 1.3.2.1.
Section 1.3. Referenced Documents and
Organizations
1.3.1. Referenced Documents
1.3.1.1. Effective Date
1) Unless otherwise specified herein, the documents referenced in this By-law shall include all
amendments, revisions, reaffirmations, reapprovals, addenda and supplements effective to April 15,
2025.
1.3.1.2. Applicable Editions
1) Where documents are referenced in this By-law, they shall be the editions designated in
Table 1.3.1.2.
Table 1.3.1.2.
Documents Referenced in Book I (General) of the Building By-law(1)(2)
Forming Part of Sentence 1.3.1.2.(1)
Issuing Agency
Document Number(3)
Title of Document
Code Reference
AAMA
501-05
Methods of Test for Exterior Walls
A-5.9.3.
AAMA
501.1-05
Standard Test Method for Water
Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls
and Doors Using Dynamic Pressure
A-5.9.3.
AAMA
501.2-09
Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water
Leakage Field Check of Installed
Storefronts, Curtain Walls, and Sloped
Glazing Systems
A-5.9.3.
72
AAMA
501.4-09
Recommended Static Test Method for
Evaluating Curtain Wall and Storefront
Systems Subjected to Seismic and Wind-
Induced Inter-Story Drifts
A-5.9.3.
AAMA
501.5-07
Test Method for Thermal Cycling of
Exterior Walls
A-5.9.3.
A-5.9.3.3.(1)
AAMA
501.6-09
Recommended Dynamic Test Method for
Determining the Seismic Drift Causing
Glass Fallout from a Wall System
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
A-5.9.3.
AAMA
1304-02
Voluntary Specification for Forced Entry
Resistance of Side-Hinged Door Systems
9.7.5.2.(2)
ACGIH
28th Edition
Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of
Recommended Practice for Design
6.2.1.1.(1)
6.3.2.14.(2)
A-6.3.1.5.
ACI
355.2-19
Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical
Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and
Commentary
4.1.8.18.(7)
ACI
355.4M-19
Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive
Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.4M-19)
and Commentary
4.1.8.18.(7)
AISI
S201-12
North American Standard for Cold-
Formed Steel Framing - Product Data
2012 Edition
9.24.1.2.(1)
ANSI
A135.6-2012
Engineered Wood Siding
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.9.1.(1)
ANSI
A208.1-2009
Particleboard
9.23.15.2.(3)
9.29.9.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
ANSI/APA
PRG 320-2018
Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-
Laminated Timber
3.1.18.3.(3)
ANSI/ASHRAE
52.2-2017
Method of Testing General Ventilation
Air-Cleaning Devices
6.3.2.14.(1)
ANSI/ASHRAE
55-2010
Thermal Environment Conditions for
Human Occupancy
6.6.2.1.(1)
ANSI/ASHRAE
188-2018
Legionellosis: Risk Management for
Building Water Systems
A-6.2.1.1.
ANSI/CSA
ANSI Z21.10.3-2017/CSA 4.3-
2017
Gas-fired water heaters, volume III,
storage water heaters with input ratings
above 75,000 Btu per hour, circulating
and instantaneous
10.2.2.12.(1)(d)
ANSI/CSA
ANSI Z83.8-2016/CSA 2.6-
2016
Gas unit heaters, gas packaged heaters,
gas utility heaters and gas-fired duct
furnaces
10.2.2.14.(1)
APA
ANSI/APA PRG 320-2018
Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-
Laminated Timber
3.1.6.3.(3)
ASCE
ASCE/SEI (7-10)
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and
Other Structures
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.
73
ASCE
ASCE/SEI (8-02)
Specification for the Design of Cold-
Formed Stainless Steel Structural
Members
A-4.3.4.2.(1)
ASCE
ASCE/SEI (49-12)
Wind Tunnel Testing for Buildings and
Other Structures
4.1.7.14.(1)
ASHRAE
1997
ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals
A-9.32.3.11.
ASHRAE
2011
ASHRAE Handbook - HVAC Applications
A-2.4.2.1.(1)
ASHRAE
Guideline 12-2023
Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis
Associated with Building Water Systems
6.2.1.1.(1)
6.3.2.15.(9)
6.3.2.16.(1)
ASHRAE
ANSI/ASHRAE 62-2001
(except addendum n)
Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air
Quality (except Addendum n)
A-9.25.5.2.
ASHRAE
ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1-2016
Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air
Quality
6.3.1.1.(2)
6.3.1.1.(3)
6.3.2.2.(1)
ASHRAE
ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1-2019
Energy Standard for Buildings Except
Low-Rise Residential Buildings
10.2.2.1.(1)
A-10.2.2.2.
ASHRAE
ANSI/ASHRAE 188-2015
Legionellosis: Risk Management for
Building Water Systems
A-6.2.1.1.
ASME
B18.6.1-1981
Wood Screws (Inch Series)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.3.1.(3)
A-9.23.3.1.(3)
ASME/CSA
ASME A17.1-2016/CSA B44-
16
Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators
3.2.6.7.(2)
3.5.2.1.(1)
3.5.2.1.(2)
3.5.2.1.(3)
3.5.4.1.(2)
3.5.4.2.(1)
3.8.3.7.(1)
A-3.5.2.1.(1)
Table 4.1.5.11.
Table 4.1.8.18.
ASSE/
IAPMO/ANSI
12080-2020
Professional Qualifications Standard for
Legionella Water Safety
and Management Personnel
A-1.6.9.4.(1) of Division C
ASTM
A123/A123M-17
Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip
Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel
Products
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.20.16.1.
ASTM
A153/A153M-16a
Standard Specification for Zinc Coating
(Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.20.16.1.
9.23.2.4.(2)
ASTM
A252-10
Standard Specification for Welded and
Seamless Steel Pipe Piles
4.2.3.8.(1)
ASTM
A283/A283M-18
Standard Specification for Low and
Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon
Steel Plates
4.2.3.8.(1)
ASTM
A390-06
Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) Steel Poultry Fence Fabric
(Hexagonal and Straight Line)
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
74
ASTM
A653/A653M-18
Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,
Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-
Dip Process
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.3.3.2.(1)
9.23.2.4.(1)
ASTM
A792/A792M-10
Standard Specification for Steel Sheet,
55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the
Hot-Dip Process
9.3.3.2.(1)
ASTM
A1008/A1008M-18
Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet,
Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural, High-
Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-
Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution
Hardened, and Bake Hardenable
4.2.3.8.(1)
ASTM
A1011/A1011M-18a
Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet
and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength
Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and
Ultra-High Strength
4.2.3.8.(1)
ASTM
C4-04
Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile
and Perforated Clay Drain Tile
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
ASTM
C27-98
Standard Classification of Fireclay and
High-Alumina Refractory Brick
9.21.3.4.(1)
ASTM
C73-17
Standard Specification for Calcium
Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
ASTM
C126-13
Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing
Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry
Units
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
ASTM
C212-17
Standard Specification for Structural Clay
Facing Tile
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
ASTM
C260/C260M-10a
Standard Specification for Air-Entraining
Admixtures for Concrete
9.3.1.8.(1)
ASTM
C411-19
Standard Specification for Hot-Surface
Performance of High-Temperature
Thermal Insulation
3.6.5.4.(4)
3.6.5.5.(1)
9.33.6.4.(4)
9.33.8.2.(2)
ASTM
C412M-15
Standard Specification for Concrete Drain
Tile
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
ASTM
C444M-17
Standard Specification for Perforated
Concrete Pipe
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
ASTM
C494/C494M-17
Standard Specification for Chemical
Admixtures for Concrete
9.3.1.8.(1)
ASTM
C516-08e1
Standard Specification for Vermiculite
Loose Fill Thermal Insulation
A-9.25.2.4.(5)
ASTM
C553-13
Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber
Blanket Thermal Insulation for
Commercial and Industrial Applications
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
C612-14
Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber
Block and Board Thermal Insulation
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
C700-18
Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay
Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength,
and Perforated
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
75
ASTM
C726-17
Standard Specification for Mineral Wool
Roof Insulation Board
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.25.2.2.(1)
ASTM
C754-18
Standard Specification for Installation of
Steel Framing Members to Receive
Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products
Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
Table A-9.11.1.4.-B
Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
Table A-9.11.1.4.-D
ASTM
C834-17
Standard Specification for Latex Sealants
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.4.2.(2)
ASTM
C840-18b
Standard Specification for Application and
Finishing of Gypsum Board
3.1.6.6.(2)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.29.5.1.(3)
A-9.29.5.1.(3)
ASTM
C920-18
Standard Specification for Elastomeric
Joint Sealants
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.4.2.(2)
ASTM
C954-18
Standard Specification for Steel Drill
Screws for the Application of Gypsum
Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to
Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to
0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness
9.24.1.4.(1)
ASTM
C991-16
Standard Specification for Flexible
Fibrous Glass Insulation for Metal
Buildings
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
C1002-07
Standard Specification for Steel Self-
Piercing Tapping Screws for the
Application of Gypsum Panel Products or
Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or
Steel Studs
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.24.1.4.(1)
9.29.5.7.(1)
ASTM
C1055-03
Standard Guide for Heated System
Surface Conditions that Produce Contact
Burn Injuries
A-6.5.1.1.(3)
ASTM
C1177/C1177M-17
Standard Specification for Glass Mat
Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing
3.1.5.14.(6)
3.1.5.15.(4)
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)
ASTM
C1178/C1178M-18
Standard Specification for Coated Glass
Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing
Panel
3.1.5.14.(6)
3.1.5.15.(4)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.29.5.2.(1)
ASTM
C1184-18e1
Standard Specification for Structural
Silicone Sealants
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.4.2.(2)
ASTM
C1193-16
Standard Specification for Use of Joint
Sealants
A-Table 5.9.1.1.
A-9.27.4.2.(1)
ASTM
C1280-13
Standard Specification for Application of
Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for Use
as Sheathing
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
C1299-03
Standard Guide for Use in Selection of
Liquid-Applied Sealants
A-9.27.4.2.(1)
ASTM
C1311-14
Standard Specification for Solvent
Release Sealants
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.4.2.(2)
76
ASTM
C1330-18
Standard Specification for Cylindrical
Sealant Backing for Use with Cold Liquid-
Applied Sealants
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.4.2.(3)
ASTM
C1363-11
Standard Test Method for Thermal
Performance of Building Materials and
Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot
Box Apparatus
A-5.9.4.1.(1)
ASTM
C1396/C1396M-17
Standard Specification for Gypsum Board
3.1.5.14.(6)
3.1.5.15.(4)
3.1.6.6.(2)
3.1.6.15.(1)
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.29.5.2.(1)
Table 9.29.5.3.
ASTM
C1472-16
Standard Guide for Calculating
Movement and Other Effects When
Establishing Sealant Joint Width
A-Table 5.9.1.1.
A-9.27.4.2.(1)
ASTM
C1658/C1658M-18
Standard Specification for Glass Mat
Gypsum Panels
3.1.5.14.(6)
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
D323-15a
Standard Test Method for Vapor Pressure
of Petroleum Products (Reid Method)
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
ASTM
D1037-12
Standard Test Methods for Evaluating
Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and
Particle Panel Materials
A-9.23.15.2.(4)
ASTM
D1143/D1143M-07
Standard Test Methods for Deep
Foundations Under Static Axial
Compressive Load
A-4.2.7.2.(2)
ASTM
D1227/D1227M-13
Standard Specification for Emulsified
Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for
Roofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.2.2.(2)
9.13.3.2.(2)
ASTM
D1761-12
Standard Test Methods for Mechanical
Fasteners in Wood and Wood-Based
Materials
A-9.27.5.4.(2)
ASTM
D2178/D2178M-13a
Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass
Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
ASTM
D2898-10
Standard Practice for Accelerated
Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated
Wood for Fire Testing
3.1.4.8.(3)
3.1.5.5.(3)
3.1.5.24.(1)
3.1.6.9.(6)
3.2.3.7.(4)
9.10.14.5.(3)
9.10.15.5.(3)
ASTM
D3019/D3019M-17
Standard Specification for Lap Cement
Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-
Fibered, and Fibered
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
ASTM
D3679-17
Standard Specification for Rigid Poly
(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Siding
9.27.12.1.(1)
ASTM
D4477-16
Standard Specification for Rigid
(Unplasticized) Poly(Vinyl Chloride)
(PVC) Soffit
9.27.12.1.(3)
77
ASTM
D4479/D4479M-07e1
Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof
Coatings - Asbestos-Free
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.2.2.(2)
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
ASTM
D4637/D4637M-15
Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet
Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
ASTM
D4811/D4811M-16
Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized
(Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof
Flashing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
ASTM
D5456-19
Standard Specification for Evaluation of
Structural Composite Lumber Products
3.1.11.7.(5)
ASTM
D6878/D6878M-11a
Standard Specification for Thermoplastic
Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
ASTM
D7254-17
Standard Specification for Polypropylene
(PP) Siding
9.27.13.1.(1)
ASTM
D7793-17
Standard Specification for Insulated Vinyl
Siding
9.27.12.1.(2)
ASTM
D8052/D8052M-17
Standard Test Method for Quantification
of Air Leakage in Low-Sloped Membrane
Roof Assemblies
A-5.4.1.2.(1)
ASTM
E90-09
Standard Test Method for Laboratory
Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions
and Elements
5.8.1.2.(1)
5.8.1.4.(1)
9.11.1.2.(1)
ASTM
E96/E96M-16
Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor
Transmission of Materials
5.5.1.2.(3)
9.13.2.2.(2)
9.25.4.2.(1)
9.25.4.2.(2)
9.25.5.1.(1)
9.30.1.2.(1)
ASTM
E283-04
Standard Test Method for Determining
Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
Under Specified Pressure Differences
Across the Specimen
5.9.3.4.(2)
A-5.9.3.4.(2)
ASTM
E330/E330M-14
Standard Test Method for Structural
Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors,
Skylights and Curtain Walls by Uniform
Static Air Pressure Difference
A-5.9.3.2.(1)
ASTM
E331-00
Standard Test Method for Water
Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference
5.9.3.5.(2)
A-5.9.3.5.(2)
ASTM
E336-11
Standard Test Method for Measurement
of Airborne Sound Attenuation between
Rooms in Buildings
5.8.1.2.(2)
5.8.1.4.(7)
9.11.1.2.(2)
A-9.11.
ASTM
E413-16
Classification for Rating Sound Insulation
A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
5.8.1.2.(1)
5.8.1.2.(2)
78
5.8.1.4.(7)
5.8.1.5.(3)
9.11.1.2.(1)
9.11.1.2.(2)
ASTM
E492-09e1
Standard Test Method for Laboratory
Measurement of Impact Sound
Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling
Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine
A-9.11.
ASTM
E547-00
Standard Test Method for Water
Penetration of Exterior Windows,
Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by
Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference
5.9.3.5.(2)
A-5.9.3.5.(2)
ASTM
E597-95
Practice for Determining a Single Number
Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for
Use in Multi-Unit Building Specifications
A-9.11.
ASTM
E736/E736M-17
Standard Test Method for
Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire-
Resistive Materials Applied to Structural
Members
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
ASTM
E779-10
Standard Test Method for Determining Air
Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization
10.2.3.5.(1)
ASTM
E783-02
Standard Test Method for Field
Measurement of Air Leakage Through
Installed Exterior Windows and Doors
A-5.4.1.2.(2)
A-5.9.2.3.(1)
A-5.9.3.4.(2)
ASTM
E1007-19
Standard Test Method for Field
Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact
Sound Transmission Through Floor-
Ceiling Assemblies and Associated
Support Structures
A-9.11.
ASTM
E1105-15
Standard Test Method for Field
Determination of Water Penetration of
Installed Exterior Windows, Skylights,
Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or
Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference
A-5.9.2.3.(1)
A-5.9.3.5.(2)
ASTM
E1186-17
Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site
Detection in Building Envelopes and Air
Barrier Systems
A-5.4.1.2.(2)
ASTM
E1300-16
Standard Practice for Determining Load
Resistance of Glass in Buildings
4.3.6.1.(1)
9.6.1.3.(1)
ASTM
E2190-19
Standard Specification for Insulating
Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
ASTM
E2307-15b
Standard Test Method for Determining
Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers
Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey
Test Apparatus
3.1.8.3.(4)
A-3.1.8.3.(2)
9.10.9.2.(4)
ASTM
E2357-18
Standard Test Method for Determining Air
Leakage Rate of Air Barrier Assemblies
A-5.4.1.1.(3)
ASTM
E 2397/E 2397M19
Standard Practice for Determination of
Dead Loads and Live Loads Associated
with Vegetative (Green) Roof Systems
5.6.1.2.(2)
Table 5.9.1.1.
79
ASTM
E3158-18
Standard Test Method for Measuring the
Air Leakage Rate of a Large or Multizone
Building
10.2.2.21.(1)
10.2.3.5.(1)
ASTM
F476-14
Standard Test Methods for Security of
Swinging Door Assemblies
9.7.5.2.(2)
A-9.7.5.2.(2)
ASTM
F842-01 or 04
Standard Test Methods for Measuring the
Forced Entry Resistance of Sliding Door
Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact
9.7.5.1.(3)
ASTM
F1667-18a
Standard Specification for Driven
Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples
9.23.3.1.(1)
9.26.2.3.(1)
9.29.5.6.(1)
ASTM
F2090-17
Standard Specification for Window Fall
Prevention Devices With Emergency
Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms
A-9.8.8.1.(4)
ASTM
G115-10
Standard Guide for Measuring and
Reporting Friction Coefficients
4.1.8.18.(18)
BC
2023
British Columbia Fire Code
1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
A-1.1.1.2.(1)(4)
1.1.4.1.(1)
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
2.1.1.2.(4)(4)
A-2.2.1.1.(1)(4)
A-3.2.1.1.(1)(4)
3.1.13.1.(1)
3.2.3.21.(1) 3.2.5.16.(1)
3.3.1.2.(1)
3.3.1.10.(1)
3.3.2.3.(1)
3.3.2.16.(1)
3.3.4.3.(4)
3.3.5.2.(1)
3.3.6.1.(1)
3.3.6.3.(1)
3.3.6.3.(2)
3.3.6.4.(1)
3.3.6.4.(2)
3.3.6.6.(1)
3.7.3.1.(1)
A-3.1.2.3.(1)
A-3.2.4.6.(2)
A-3.2.6.
A-3.2.7.8.(3)
A-3.3.
A-3.3.1.7.(1)
A-3.3.3.1.(1)
A-3.3.6.1.(1)
A-3.9.3.1.(1) 6.3.4.2.(3)
6.3.4.3.(1)
6.3.4.4.(1)
6.9.1.2.(1)
8.1.1.1.(3)
8.1.1.3.(1) 9.10.20.4.(1) 9.10.21.8.(1)
BC
2023
Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the British
Columbia Building Code
1.1.2.1.(1)(4)
2.1.1.2.(4)(4)
A-2.2.1.1.(1)(4)
A-3.2.1.1.(1)(4)
A-4.1.6.4.(3)
80
5.6.2.2.(2)
6.3.2.15.(8)
6.3.2.15.(10)
6.3.2.16.(6)
7.1.2.1.(1)
7.1.2.1.(2)
7.1.2.1.(3)
7.1.2.1.(4)
9.31.6.2.(1)
Appendix C
BC
R.S.B.C. 1996 c.293
Mines Act
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
BC
R.S.B.C. 2018 c.47
Professional Governance Act
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
BC
S.B.C. 1998 c.43
Strata Property Act
A-9.37.1.1.
BC
S.B.C. 2003 c.39
Safety Standards Act
3.2.6.7.(2)
3.3.6.2.(4)
3.5.2.1.(1)
3.5.2.1.(2)
3.5.4.1.(2)
3.6.1.2.(1)
3.6.2.1.(6)
3.6.2.7.(1)
6.2.1.5.(1)
6.2.1.5.(2)
9.10.22.1.(1)
9.31.6.2.(2)
9.33.5.2.(1)
9.34.1.1.(1)
A-3.5.2.1.(1)
Table 4.1.5.11.
Table 4.1.8.18.
BC
S.B.C. 2015
Building Act
2.2.1.1.(1)(4)
BC
S.B.C. 2007 c.42
Climate Change Accountability Act
9.37.1.2.(2)
10.3.1.2.(1)
BNQ
BNQ 3624-115/2016
Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for
Soil and Foundation Drainage
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
CCBFC
NRCC 35951
Guidelines for Application of Part 3 of the
National Building Code of Canada to
Existing Buildings
A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
CCBFC
NRCC 38732
National Farm Building Code of Canada
1995
1.1.1.1.(3)(4)
A-5.1.2.1.(1)
CCBFC
NRCC 40383
User's Guide - NBC 1995, Fire
Protection, Occupant Safety and
Accessibility (Part 3)
A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
CCBFC
NRCC 43963
User's Guide - NBC 1995, Application of
Part 9 to Existing Buildings
A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
CCBFC
NRCC 56190
National Building Code of Canada 2015
A-4.1.8.4.(3)
Appendix C
CCBFC
NRCC-CONST-56436E
National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
7.1.2.1.(1)
81
CCBFC
NRCC-CONST-56438E
National Energy Code of Canada for
Buildings 2020
A-3.2.1.1.(1)(4)
A-5.4.1.
A-2.2.8.1.(1)(5)
10.2.2.1.(1)
10.2.2.2.(2)
10.2.2.2.(3)
10.2.2.2.(4)
Table 10.2.3.3.-A
Table 10.2.3.3.-B
10.2.3.4.(1)
10.2.3.4.(4)
A-10.2.2.2.
A-10.2.3.3.(2)
A-10.2.3.4.
CCBFC
NRCC-CONST-56529E
Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)
A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
A-4.1.1.3.(1)
A-4.1.1.3.(2)
A-4.1.2.1.
A-4.1.2.1.(1)
A-Table 4.1.2.1.
A-4.1.3.
A-4.1.3.2.(2)
A-4.1.3.2.(4)
A-4.1.3.2.(5)
A-4.1.3.3.(2)
A-4.1.3.4.(1)
A-Table 4.1.3.4.
A-4.1.3.5.(1)
A-4.1.3.5.(3)
A-4.1.3.6.(1)
A-4.1.3.6.(2)
A-4.1.3.6.(3)
A-4.1.3.6.(4)
A-4.1.5.5.
A-4.1.5.8.
A-4.1.5.17.
A-4.1.6.1.(1)
A-4.1.6.2.
A-4.1.6.3.(2)
A-4.1.6.4.(1)
Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)
(continued)
A-4.1.6.16.
A-4.1.7.2.(2)
A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c)
A-4.1.7.3.(10)
A-4.1.7.7.(2)
A-4.1.7.9.(1)
A-4.1.7.13.
A-4.1.8.2.(1)
A-4.1.8.3.(4)
A-4.1.8.3.(6)
A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)
A-4.1.8.3.(8)
A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3)
A-4.1.8.4.(3)
A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A
A-Table 4.1.8.6.
A-4.1.8.7.(1)
A-4.1.8.9.(4)
A-4.1.8.9.(5)
82
A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6)
A-4.1.8.10.(7)
A-4.1.8.10.(9)
A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a)
A-4.1.8.11.(3)
A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a)
A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b)
A-4.1.8.12.(3)
A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a)
A-4.1.8.13.(4)
A-4.1.8.15.(1)
A-4.1.8.15.(3)
A-4.1.8.15.(4)
A-4.1.8.15.(5)
A-4.1.8.15.(6)
A-4.1.8.15.(7)
A-4.1.8.15.(8)
A-4.1.8.16.(1)
A-4.1.8.16.(4)
A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a)
A-4.1.8.16.(7)
A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a)
A-4.1.8.16.(10)
A-4.1.8.17.(1)
A-4.1.8.18.
A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e)
A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1)
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
A-4.1.8.18.(16)
A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a)
A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5)
A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)
A-4.2.4.1.(3)
A-4.2.4.1.(5)
A-4.2.5.1.(1)
A-4.2.6.1.(1)
A-4.2.7.2.(1)
A-4.3.6.1.(1)
A-4.4.2.1.(1)
A-5.1.4.2.
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
Table C-3
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-1.501-M89
Method for Permeance of Coated
Wallboard
5.5.1.2.(2)
9.25.4.2.(7)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-7.2-94
Adjustable Steel Columns
9.17.3.4.(1)
A-9.17.3.4.
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-10.3-92
Air Setting Refractory Mortar
9.21.3.4.(2)
9.21.3.9.(1)
9.22.2.2.(2)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-11.3-M87
Hardboard
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.29.7.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.1-2017
Safety Glazing
3.3.1.20.(3)
3.3.2.17.(1)
3.3.2.17.(2)
3.4.6.15.(1)
3.4.6.15.(3)
3.7.2.4.(1)
83
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
9.6.1.4.(1)
9.6.1.4.(6)
9.8.8.7.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.2-M91
Flat, Clear Sheet Glass
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.3-M91
Flat, Clear Float Glass
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.4-M91
Heat Absorbing Glass
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.8-97
Insulating glass units
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.9-M91
Spandrel glass
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.10-M76
Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting
9.6.1.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.11-M90
Wired Safety Glass
3.3.1.20.(3)
3.4.6.15.(1)
3.4.6.15.(3)
9.6.1.2.(1)
9.6.1.4.(1)
9.8.8.7.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.20-M89
Structural Design of Glass for Buildings
4.3.6.1.(1)
9.6.1.3.(1)
A-9.6.1.3.(2)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-19.22-M89
Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound for
Tubs and Tiles
9.29.10.5.(1)
CGSB
37-GP-9Ma-1983
Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt
Roofing, Dampproofing and
Waterproofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-A
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.50-M89
Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for
Roofing and Waterproofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.51-M90
Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized
Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing
9.26.15.1.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.54-95
Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and
Waterproofing Membrane
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CGSB
37-GP-55M-1979
Application of Sheet Applied Flexible
Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing Membrane
9.26.16.1.(1)
CGSB
37-GP-56M-1985
Membrane, Modified, Bituminous,
Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.58-M86
Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied
Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing
and Waterproofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-41.24-95
Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia
Table 5.9.1.1.
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.25-M87
Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.25.2.2.(1)
84
CGSB
51-GP-27M-1979
Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose
Fill
9.25.2.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.32-M77
Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.13.9.(1)
Table 9.26.2.1.-A
9.27.3.2.(1)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.33-M89
Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding
Polyethylene, for Use in Building
Construction
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.25.4.2.(5)
A-9.25.4.2.(6)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.34-M86
Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for
Use in Building Construction
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.2.2.(2)
9.18.6.2.(1)
9.25.3.2.(2)
9.25.3.6.(1)
9.25.4.2.(4)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.71-2005
Depressurization Test
9.32.3.8.(7)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-71.26-M88
Adhesive for Field-Gluing Plywood to
Lumber Framing for Floor Systems
A-9.23.4.2.(2)
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-82.6-M86
Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding,
Wardrobe
9.6.1.2.(2)
A-9.6.1.2.(2)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-93.1-M85
Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished,
Residential
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.11.1.(3)
A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-93.2-M91
Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and
Fascia, for Residential Use
3.2.3.6.(5)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.10.14.5.(8)
9.10.14.5.(12)
9.10.15.5.(7)
9.10.15.5.(11)
9.27.11.1.(2)
A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3)
CISC/ICCA
2018
Crane-Supporting Steel Structures:
Design Guide (Third Edition)
A-4.1.3.2.(2)
CMHC
1988
Air Permeance of Building Materials
Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
CMHC
1993
Testing of Fresh Air Mixing Devices
A-9.32.3.4.
CoV
Version 1.0
City of Vancouver Addendum to the
National Whole-Building Life Cycle
Assessment Practitioner's Guide
10.4.1.2.(1)
CoV
Version 3.0
City of Vancouver Energy Modeling
Guidelines
10.2.3.4.(1)
10.2.3.4.(3)
10.2.3.4.(4)
10.3.1.1.(2)
A-10.2.3.4.
CoV
2024
City of Vancouver Energy Modelling
Guidelines for 1 to 3 Storey Residential
Buildings
10.2.2.4.
CoV
Zoning and Development By-law(8)
A-9.14.5.3.(2)
CRCA
Technical Bulletin 35 (1988)
Ballast For Protected Membrane Roofing
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
85
CRCA
Technical Bulletin 40 (1993)
Design of Loose-Laid Gravel Stone
Ballasted Roofs
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
CSA
6.19-01
Residential carbon monoxide alarming
devices
6.9.3.1.(2)
9.32.3.9.(2)
9.32.3.9.(3)
CSA
A23.1:19
Concrete materials and methods of
concrete construction
4.2.3.6.(1)
4.2.3.9.(1)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.3.1.1.(1)
9.3.1.1.(4)
9.3.1.3.(1)
9.3.1.4.(1)
CSA
A23.3:19
Design of concrete structures
Table 4.1.8.9.
4.1.8.18.(7)
4.3.3.1.(1)
A-4.1.3.2.(4)
A-4.1.8.16.(1)
A-4.1.8.16.(4)
A-4.3.3.1.(1)
CSA
A23.4-16
Precast concrete - Materials and
construction
A-4.3.3.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A82:14
Fired masonry brick made from clay or
shale
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA A82.27-M91
Gypsum Board
3.1.5.14.(6)
3.1.5.15.(4)
3.1.6.6.(2)
3.1.6.15.(1)
CSA
A82.30-M1980
Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum
Plastering
9.29.4.1.(1)
CSA
A82.31-M1980
Gypsum Board Application
3.2.3.6.(5)
9.10.9.2.(5)
9.10.12.4.(3)
9.10.14.5.(8)
9.10.14.5.(12)
9.10.15.5.(7)
9.10.15.5.(11)
9.29.5.1.(2)
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
CSA
CAN3-A93-M82
Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.19.1.2.(5)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.2-03
Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
A123.3-05
Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.4-04
Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof
Coverings and Waterproofing Systems
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.2.2.(2)
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
A123.5:16
Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and
surfaced with mineral granules
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
86
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.16:04
Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
A123.17-05
Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.13.3.2.(2)
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.21:20
Standard test method for the dynamic
wind uplift resistance of membrane-
roofing systems
5.2.2.2.(4)
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
A-5.2.2.2.(6)
Table 5.9.1.1.
CSA
A123.22-08
Self-Adhering Polymer Modified
Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as
Steep Roofing Underlayment for Ice Dam
Protection
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
A123.23-15
Product specification for polymer-
modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated
and reinforced
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.24:21
Standard test method for wind resistance
of vegetated roof assembly
5.2.2.2.(6)
A-5.2.2.2.(6)
Table 5.9.1.1.
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.26:21
Performance requirements for climate
resilience of low slope membrane roofing
systems
A-5.6.2.2.(5)
CSA
A123.51-14
Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes
1:6 and steeper
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.26.1.3.(1)
CSA
A165.1-14
Concrete block masonry units
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.15.2.2.(1)
9.17.5.1.(1)
9.20.2.1.(1)
9.20.2.6.(1)
Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
CSA
A165.2-14
Concrete brick masonry units
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
CSA
A165.3-14
Prefaced concrete masonry units
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.20.2.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A179-14
Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.15.2.2.(3)
9.20.3.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A220 Series-06
Concrete Roof Tiles
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
9.26.17.1.(1)
CSA
A277-16
Procedure for certification of
prefabricated buildings, modules, and
panels
A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A324-M88
Clay Flue Liners
9.21.3.3.(1)
CSA
CSA-A344.2-05
Standard for the design and construction
of steel storage racks
4.1.8.18.(13)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A370:14
Connectors for masonry
A-9.21.4.5.(2)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A371-14
Masonry Construction for Buildings
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.15.2.2.(3)
87
9.20.3.2.(7)
9.20.15.2.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-A405-M87
Design and Construction of Masonry
Chimneys and Fireplaces
9.21.3.5.(1)
9.22.1.4.(1)
9.22.5.2.(2)
CSA
AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440-17
North American Fenestration
Standard/Specification for windows,
doors, and skylights
5.9.2.2.(1)
A-5.3.1.2.
A-5.9.2.3.(1)
A-5.9.3.1.(1)
9.7.4.3.(1)
9.7.4.3.(2)
9.7.5.1.(1)
9.7.5.3.(1)
A-9.7.4.2.(1)
CSA
A440S1:19
Canadian Supplement to
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17,
North American Fenestration
Standard/Specification for windows,
doors, and skylights
5.9.2.2.(1)
5.9.3.5.(3)
A-5.9.2.2.
A-5.9.3.5.(3)
9.7.4.2.(1)
A-9.7.4.2.(1)
CSA
A440.2:19/A440.3:19
Fenestration energy performance/User
guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration
energy performance
Table 9.7.3.3.
CSA
A440.2:19
Fenestration energy performance
A-5.3.1.2.
A-5.9.3.3.(1)
A-9.7.4.2.(1)
CSA
A440.3:19
User guide to CSA A440.2:19,
Fenestration energy performance
A-5.3.1.2.
CSA
A440.4:19
Window, door, and skylight installation
A-5.9.2.3.(1)
CSA
A660-10
Certification of manufacturers of steel
building systems
4.3.4.3.(1)
CSA
A3001-18
Cementitious Materials for Use in
Concrete
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.3.1.2.(1)
9.28.2.1.(1)
CSA
B51:19
Boiler, pressure vessel, and pressure
piping code
6.2.1.5.(1)
9.31.6.2.(2)
9.33.5.2.(1)
CSA
B52:18
Mechanical refrigeration code
6.2.1.5.(1)
9.33.5.2.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-B72-M87
Installation Code for Lightning Protection
Systems
3.6.1.3.(1)
CSA
B111-1974
Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples
9.23.3.1.(1)
9.26.2.3.(1)
9.29.5.6.(1)
A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B
CSA
B139 Series:19
Installation code for oil-burning equipment
6.2.1.5.(1)
9.31.6.2.(2)
9.33.5.2.(1)
CSA
B149.1-15
Natural gas and propane installation code
6.2.1.5.(1)
9.10.22.1.(1)
9.31.6.2.(2)
88
9.33.5.2.(1)
A-9.10.22.
CSA
ANSI/CSA-B149.6-15
Code for digester gas, landfill gas, and
biogas generation and utilization
2.2.8.1.(3)
CSA
B182.1-18
Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe
fittings
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
CSA
B214-16
Installation code for hydronic heating
systems
6.2.1.1.(1)
9.33.4.2.(1)
CSA
B355:19
Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free
access
3.8.3.7.(1)
CSA
B365-17
Installation code for solid-fuel-burning
appliances and equipment
6.2.1.5.(1)
9.22.10.2.(1)
9.31.6.2.(2)
9.33.5.3.(1)
A-9.33.1.1.(2)
A-9.33.5.3.
CSA
B651-18
Accessible design for the built
environment
3.3.1.19.(1)
3.8.3.1.(1)
Table 3.8.3.1.
3.8.3.3.(1)
3.8.3.9.(1)
3.8.3.9.(2)
A-3.8.2.5.
A-3.8.3.1.(1)
CSA
C22.1-18
Canadian Electrical Code, Part I (24th
edition), Safety Standard for Electrical
Installations
A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)
A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)
A-3.3.6.2.(4)
A-9.10.22.
A-9.34.2.
A-9.35.2.2.(1)
CSA
C22.2 No. 0.3-09
Test methods for electrical wires and
cables
3.1.4.3.(1)
3.1.4.3.(3)
3.1.5.21.(1)
3.1.5.21.(3)
9.34.1.5.(1)
CSA
C22.2 No. 113-10
Fans and Ventilators
9.32.3.10.(7)
CSA
C22.2 No. 141:15
Emergency lighting equipment
3.2.7.4.(2)
3.4.5.1.(3)
9.9.11.3.(3)
9.9.12.3.(7)
CSA
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150-M89
Microwave Ovens
A-9.10.22.
CSA
C22.2 No. 211.0-03
General Requirements and Methods of
Testing for Nonmetallic Conduit
3.1.5.23.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 262-04
Optical Fiber Cable and Communication
Cable Raceway Systems
3.1.5.23.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-C260-M90
Rating the Performance of Residential
Mechanical Ventilating Equipment
9.32.3.10.(1)
9.32.3.10.(2)
Table 9.32.3.10.-B
CSA
C282-15
Emergency electrical power supply for
buildings
3.2.7.5.(1)
89
CSA
CAN/CSA-C439-09
Standard laboratory methods of test for
rating the performance of heat/energy-
recovery ventilators
9.32.3.10.(4)
9.32.3.10.(5)
CSA
CAN/CSA-C448 Series-13
Design and installation of earth energy
systems
9.33.5.2.(1)
CSA
F280-12
Determining the required capacity of
residential space heating and cooling
appliances
9.33.5.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-F326-M91
Residential Mechanical Ventilation
Systems
9.32.3.1.(1)
A-9.32.3.1.(1)
A-9.32.3.5.
A-9.32.3.7.
A-9.32.3.8.
A-9.33.6.13.
CSA
G30.18-09
Carbon steel bars for concrete
reinforcement
9.3.1.1.(4)
CSA
G40.21-13
Structural quality steel
4.2.3.8.(1)
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.4.3.(2)
CSA
CAN/CSA-G401-14
Corrugated steel pipe products
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.14.3.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80 Series-15
Wood preservation
3.1.4.5.(1)
4.2.3.2.(1)
Table 5.9.1.1.
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80.0-15
General requirements for wood
preservation
4.2.3.2.(2)
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80.1-15
Specification of treated wood
4.2.3.2.(1)
9.3.2.9.(5)
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80.2-15
Processing and treatment
4.2.3.2.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80.3-15
Preservative formulations
4.2.3.2.(1)
CSA
O86:19
Engineering design in wood
Table 4.1.8.9.
4.3.1.1.(1)
A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)
A-9.15.2.4.(1)
A-9.23.4.2.
CSA
O112.9:10
Evaluation of adhesives for structural
wood products (exterior exposure)
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
CSA
O112.10-08
Evaluation of Adhesives for Structural
Wood Products (Limited Moisture
Exposure)
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
CSA
O118.1-08
Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
9.27.7.1.(1)
CSA
O118.2-08
Eastern White Cedar Shingles
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
9.27.7.1.(1)
CSA
O121-17
Douglas fir plywood
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.15.2.(1)
9.23.16.2.(1)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
90
9.27.8.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
Table 9.23.12.3.-A
Table 9.23.12.3.-B
Table 9.23.12.3.-C
CSA
CAN/CSA-O122-16
Structural glued-laminated timber
Table 9.23.4.2.-K
Table 9.23.12.3.-D
CSA
CAN/CSA-O132.2 Series-90
Wood Flush Doors
9.7.4.3.(4)
CSA
O141:05
Softwood Lumber
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.3.2.6.(1)
A-9.3.2.1.(1)
CSA
O151-17
Canadian softwood plywood
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.15.2.(1)
9.23.16.2.(1)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.27.8.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
Table 9.23.12.3.-A
Table 9.23.12.3.-B
Table 9.23.12.3.-C
CSA
O153-13
Poplar plywood
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.15.2.(1)
9.23.16.2.(1)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.27.8.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
CSA
O177-06
Qualification Code for Manufacturers of
Structural Glued-Laminated Timber
4.3.1.2.(1)
Table 9.23.4.2.-K
Table 9.23.12.3.-D
CSA
O325-16
Construction sheathing
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.13.6.
9.23.15.2.(1)
9.23.15.4.(2)
9.23.16.2.(1)
9.23.16.3.(2)
9.29.9.1.(2)
9.29.9.2.(5)
Table 9.23.12.3.-A
Table 9.23.12.3.-B
Table 9.23.12.3.-C
CSA
O437.0-93
OSB and Waferboard
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.15.2.(1)
9.23.15.4.(2)
9.23.16.2.(1)
9.23.16.3.(2)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.27.10.1.(1)
9.29.9.1.(2)
9.30.2.2.(1)
Table 9.23.12.3.-A
Table 9.23.12.3.-B
Table 9.23.12.3.-C
A-9.23.15.4.(2)
CSA
S6-14
Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code
A-Table 4.1.5.3.
A-Table 4.1.5.9.
91
CSA
S16:19
Design of steel structures
Table 4.1.8.9.
4.3.4.1.(1)
A-4.1.5.11.
A-Table 4.1.8.9.
A-4.3.4.1.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-S37-18
Antennas, towers, and antenna-
supporting structures
4.1.6.15.(1)
4.1.7.11.(1)
CSA
S136-16
North American specification for the
design of cold-formed steel structural
members (using the Appendix B
provisions applicable to Canada)
4.1.8.1.(5)
Table 4.1.8.9.
4.3.4.2.(1)
CSA
S157-17/S157.1-17
Strength design in
aluminum/Commentary on CSA S157-17,
Strength design in aluminum
4.3.5.1.(1)
CSA
S269.1-16
Falsework and formwork
4.1.1.3.(4)
A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b)
CSA
S269.2-16
Access scaffolding for construction
purposes
4.1.1.3.(4)
CSA
CAN/CSA-S269.3-M92
Concrete Formwork
4.1.1.3.(4)
CSA
S304-14
Design of masonry structures
Table 4.1.8.9.
4.3.2.1.(1)
A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)
CSA
S367-12
Air-, cable-, and frame-supported
membrane structures
4.4.1.1.(1)
CSA
S406-16
Specification of permanent wood
foundations for housing and small
buildings
9.15.2.4.(1)
9.16.5.1.(1)
A-9.15.2.4.(1)
CSA
S413-14
Parking structures
4.4.2.1.(1)
A-4.4.2.1.(1)
CSA
S478:19
Durability in buildings
A-5.1.4.2.
CSA
S832:14
Seismic risk reduction of operational and
functional components (OFCs) of
buildings
A-Table 4.1.8.18.
CSA
Z32-15
Electrical safety and essential electrical
systems in health care facilities
3.2.7.3.(4)
3.2.7.6.(1)
A-3.2.7.6.(1)
CSA
Z240 MH Series-16
Manufactured homes
1.1.1.1.(2)(4)
A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4)
CSA
Z240.2.1-16
Structural requirements for manufactured
homes
A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4)
9.12.2.2.(6)
9.15.1.3.(1)
CSA
Z240.10.1:19
Site preparation, foundation, and
installation of buildings
A-1.1.1.1.(2)(4)
9.15.1.3.(1)
9.23.6.3.(1)
CSA
CAN/CSA-Z317.2-15
Special requirements for heating,
ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
systems in health care facilities
6.2.1.1.(1)
6.3.2.15.(6)
CSA
CAN/CSA-Z662-15
Oil and gas pipeline systems
3.2.3.22.(1)
92
CSA
Z7396.1-17
Medical gas pipeline systems - Part 1:
Pipelines for medical gases, medical
vacuum, medical support gases, and
anaesthetic gas scavenging systems
3.7.3.1.(1)
CSSBI
23M-2016
Standard for Residential Steel Cladding
9.27.11.1.(1)
A-9.27.11.1.(1)
CWC
1997
Introduction to Wood Building Technology
A-9.27.3.8.(4)
CWC
2000
Wood Reference Handbook
A-9.27.3.8.(4)
CWC
2009
The Span Book
A-9.23.4.2.
CWC
2014
Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction
9.4.1.1.(1)
9.23.13.1.(2)
9.23.13.2.(2)
9.23.13.3.(2)
A-9.4.1.1.
A-9.23.13.1.
ECC
2013
EIFS Practice Manual
A-5.9.4.1.(1)
A-9.27.14.1.(1)
EGBC
Version 1.1
Professional Practice Guidelines -
Retaining Wall Design
A-9.14.5.3.(2)
EPA
625/R-92/016 (1994)
Radon Prevention in the Design and
Construction of Schools and Other Large
Buildings
A-5.4.1.1.
6.2.1.1.(1)
FEMA
450-1-2003
NEHRP Recommended Provisions for
Seismic Regulations for New Buildings
and Other Structures
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
FEMA
P-750-2009
NEHRP Recommended Seismic
Provisions for New Buildings and Other
Structures
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15)
FLL
2008
Guidelines for the Planning, Construction
and Maintenance of Green Roofing
A-5.6.1.2.(2)
FM Approvals
2008
Approval Standard for Quick Response
Storage Sprinklers for Fire Protection
A-3.2.5.12.(10)
FPI
Project 43-10C-024 (1988)
Deflection Serviceability Criteria for
Residential Floors
A-9.23.4.2.(2)
HC
2004
Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings:
Health Effects and Investigation Methods
A-5.5.1.1.
HC
2007
Radon: A Guide for Canadian
Homeowners
A-5.4.1.1.
A-6.2.1.1.
A-9.13.4.3.
HC
2008
Guide for Radon Measurements in Public
Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care
Facilities, Detention Centres)
A-5.4.1.1.
A-6.2.1.1.
HC
2008
Guide for Radon Measurements in
Residential Dwellings (Homes)
A-9.13.4.3.
HC
H46-2/90-156E
Exposure Guidelines for Residential
Indoor Air Quality
A-6.3.1.5.
A-9.25.5.2.
HC
R.S.C. 1985, c. H-3
Hazardous Products Act
A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
A-9.25.2.2.(2)
93
HC
WHMIS 1988
Workplace Hazardous Materials
Information System (WHMIS)
A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
A-3.3.1.2.(1)
HC
SOR/2015-17
Hazardous Products Regulations
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
A-3.3.1.2.(1)
HPVA
ANSI/HPVA HP-1-2009
American National Standard for
Hardwood and Decorative Plywood
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.27.8.1.(1)
9.30.2.2.(1)
HRAI
2017 Edition
HRAI Digest
6.2.1.1.(1)
9.32.2.3.(4)
9.32.3.2.(1)
9.33.4.1.(1)
HVI
HVI Publication 915-2013
Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure
9.32.3.10.(2)
Table 9.32.3.10.-B
HVI
HVI Publication 916-2013
Airflow Test Procedure
9.32.3.10.(1)
IEC
60268-16:2011
Sound system equipment - Part 16:
Objective rating of speech intelligibility by
speech transmission index
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
ISO
3864-1:2011
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and
safety signs - Part 1: Design principles
for safety signs and safety markings
3.4.5.1.(2)
9.9.11.3.(2)
ISO
7010:2011
Graphical symbols - Safety colours and
safety signs - Registered safety signs
3.4.5.1.(2)
A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)
9.9.11.3.(2)
ISO
7240-19:2007
Fire detection and alarm systems - Part
19: Design, installation, commissioning
and service of sound systems for
emergency purposes
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
ISO
7731:2003
Ergonomics - Danger signals for public
and work areas - Auditory danger signals
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
ISO
8201:1987
Acoustics - Audible emergency
evacuation signal
3.2.4.18.(2)
A-3.2.4.18.(2)
ISO
10848-1:2006
Acoustics - Laboratory measurement of
the flanking transmission of airborne and
impact sound between adjoining rooms -
Part 1: Frame document
5.8.1.4.(2)
5.8.1.4.(3)
5.8.1.5.(2)
5.8.1.5.(3)
ISO
15712-1:2005
Building acoustics - Estimation of
acoustic performance of buildings from
the performance of elements - Part 1:
Airborne sound insulation between rooms
5.8.1.4.(1)
5.8.1.4.(2)
5.8.1.4.(4)
5.8.1.4.(5)
5.8.1.4.(6)
5.8.1.5.(1)
5.8.1.5.(2)
5.8.1.5.(5)
5.8.1.5.(6)
NEMA
SB 50:2008
Emergency Communications Audio
Intelligibility Applications Guide
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
NFPA
2010 Edition
Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous
Materials
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
2008
Fire Protection Handbook, Twentieth
Edition
A-3.2.2.2.(1)
A-3.6.2.7.(5)
94
NFPA
13-2019(6)
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems
3.1.9.1.(4)
3.2.4.8.(2)
3.2.4.15.(1)
3.2.5.12.(1)
3.2.5.12.(9)
3.2.8.2.(5)
3.2.8.3.(2)
3.3.2.14.(3)
A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4)
A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)
A-3.2.5.12.(1)
A-3.2.5.12.(6)
A-3.2.5.13.(1)
A-3.2.8.2.(3)
9.10.9.9.(4)
NFPA
13D-2016
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family
Dwellings and Manufactured Homes
3.2.4.1.(2)
3.2.5.12.(3)
3.2.7.9.(4)
A-3.2.5.12.(2)
A-3.2.5.12.(6)
A-3.2.5.13.(1)
9.10.2.2.(2)
9.10.18.2.(3)
NFPA
13R-2019(7)
Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in Low-Rise Residential
Occupancies
3.2.5.12.(2)
A-3.2.5.12.(2)
A-3.2.5.12.(6)
A-3.2.5.13.(1)
NFPA
14-2013
Standard for the Installation of Standpipe
and Hose Systems
3.2.5.9.(1)
3.2.5.10.(1)
NFPA
20-2016
Standard for the Installation of Stationary
Pumps for Fire Protection
3.2.4.9.(4)
3.2.5.18.(1)
A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)
NFPA
30-2018
Flammable and Combustible Liquids
Code
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
30A-2018
Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities
and Repair Garages
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
32-2016
Standard for Drycleaning Facilities
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
33-2018
Standard for Spray Application Using
Flammable or Combustible Materials
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
34-2018
Standard for Dipping, Coating, and
Printing Processes Using Flammable or
Combustible Liquids
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
35-2016
Standard for Manufacture of Organic
Coatings
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
36-2017
Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
40-2019
Standard for the Storage and Handling of
Cellulose Nitrate Film
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
51-2018
Standard for the Design and Installation
of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for
Welding, Cutting, and Allied Processes
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
51A-2012
Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging
Plants
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
95
NFPA
55-2020
Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids
Code
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
61-2017
Standard for the Prevention of Fires and
Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food
Processing Facilities
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
68-2013
Standard on Explosion Protection by
Deflagration Venting
3.3.6.4.(2)
A-3.6.2.7.(5)
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
69-2014
Standard on Explosion Prevention
Systems
A-3.6.2.7.(5)
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
72-2019
National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b)
NFPA
80-2013
Standard for Fire Doors and Other
Opening Protectives
3.1.8.5.(2)
3.1.8.12.(2)
3.1.8.16.(1)
3.1.9.1.(5)
A-3.1.8.1.(2)
A-3.2.8.2.(3)
9.10.9.9.(5)
9.10.13.1.(1)
NFPA
80A-2012
Recommended Practice for Protection of
Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures
A-3
NFPA
82-2014
Standard on Incinerators and Waste and
Linen Handling Systems and Equipment
6.2.2.1.(1)
9.10.10.5.(2)
NFPA
85-2019
Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards
Code
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
86-2019
Standard for Ovens and Furnaces
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
88A-2019
Standard for Parking Structures
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
91-2015
Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air
Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and
Particulate Solids
6.3.4.3.(1)
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
96-2014
Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire
Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations
3.2.4.8.(2)
3.6.3.5.(1)
A-3.3.1.2.(2)
A-3.6.3.5.
6.3.1.6.(1)
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
A-9.10.1.4.(1)
NFPA
101-2018
Life Safety Code
3.3.2.1.(2)
3.3.2.1.(3)
A-3.3.2.1.(2)
NFPA
105-2013
Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies
and Other Opening Protectives
3.1.8.5.(3)
3.1.8.5.(7)
NFPA
204-2018
Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
211-2019
Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces,
Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances
6.3.3.2.(2)
6.3.3.3.(1)
NFPA
303-2016
Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and
Boatyards
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
96
NFPA
307-2016
Standard for the Construction and Fire
Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers,
and Wharves
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
409-2016
Standard on Aircraft Hangars
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
415-2016
Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings,
Fueling Ramp Drainage, and Loading
Walkways
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
484-2019
Standard for Combustible Metals
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
654-2017
Standard for the Prevention of Fire and
Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing,
Processing, and Handling of Combustible
Particulate Solids
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
655-2017
Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires
and Explosions
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
664-2017
Standard for the Prevention of Fires and
Explosions in Wood Processing and
Woodworking Facilities
A-6.9.1.2.(1)
NFPA
1142-2007
Standard on Water Supplies for Suburban
and Rural Fire Fighting
A-3.2.5.7.(1)
NFPA
1710-2010
Standard for the Organization and
Deployment of Fire Suppression
Operations, Emergency Medical
Operations, and Special Operations to
the Public by Career Fire Departments
A-3.2.3.1.(8)
NLGA
2017
Standard Grading Rules for Canadian
Lumber
9.3.2.1.(1)
A-9.3.2.1.(1)
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A
A-Table 9.3.2.1.
A-9.3.2.8.(1)
A-9.23.10.4.(1)
NLGA
SPS-1-2017
Fingerjoined Structural Lumber
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
A-9.23.10.4.(1)
NLGA
SPS-3-2017
Fingerjoined "Vertical Stud Use Only"
Lumber
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
A-9.23.10.4.(1)
NRC
1988
Performance and acceptability of wood
floors - Forintek studies
A-9.23.4.2.(2)
NRC
2005
A Guide for the Wind Design of
Mechanically Attached Flexible
Membrane Roofs
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
NRC
2024
National Whole-Building Life Cycle
Assessment Practitioner's Guide
10.4.1.2.(1)
NRC
17808-2005
Performance Guidelines for Basement
Envelope Systems and Materials: Final
Research Report
A-9.25.5.1.
NRC
BPN 54-85
The difference between a vapour barrier
and an air barrier
A-9.25.1.1.(2)
NRC
CBD 222
Airtight houses and carbon monoxide
poisoning
A-9.33.1.1.(2)
97
NRC
CBD 230
Applying building codes to existing
buildings
A-1.1.1.1.(1)(4)
NRC
CBD 231
Moisture problems in houses
A-9.25.3.1.(1)
NRC
CRBCPI-Y2-R19
Guideline on Design for Durability of
Building Envelopes
A-5.1.4.2.
A-5.4.1.1.(3)
NRC
NRCC 49677-2007
Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and
Fire Blocks and their Impact on Sound
Transmission
A-9.11.
NRC
RR-331-2017
Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound
Transmission in Buildings
A-5.8.1.4.
A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)
NRCA
3rd Edition, 2017
The NRCA Vegetative Roof Systems
Manual
A-5.6.1.2.(2)
NRCan
R.S.C. 1985, c. E-17
Explosives Act
3.3.6.2.(3)
NYCDH
2008
Guidelines on Assessment and
Remediation of Fungi in Indoor
Environments
A-5.5.1.1.
OMMAH
2012
2012 Building Code Compendium,
Volume 2, Supplementary Standard SB-
7, Guards for Housing and Small
Buildings
A-9.8.8.2.
RCABC
2023
Roofing Practices Manual
A-1.4.1.1.(1)
A-5.6.1.2.(2)
A-5.6.2.2.(5)
SMACNA
ANSI/SMACNA 006-2006
HVAC Duct Construction Standards -
Metal and Flexible
9.33.6.5.(2)
SPRI
ANSI/SPRI RP-4 2022
Wind Design Standard for Ballasted
Single-ply Roofing Systems
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
SPRI
ANSI/SPRI VF-1 2023
External Fire Design Standard for
Vegetative Roofs
3.1.14.4.(1)
SPRI
ANSI/ SPRI VR-1-2018
Procedure for Investigating Resistance to
Root or Rhizome Penetration on
Vegetative Roofs
5.6.1.2.(2)
Table 5.9.1.1.
SPRI
ANSI/SPRI WD-1-2020
Wind Design Standard Practice for
Roofing Assemblies
A-5.2.2.2.(4)
TC
SOR/96-433
Canadian Aviation Regulations - Part III
4.1.5.13.(1)
TC
SOR/2001-286
Transportation of Dangerous Goods
Regulations (TDGR)
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
A-1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
A-3.3.1.2.(1)
TIAC
2013
Mechanical Insulation Best Practices
Guide
A-6.3.2.5.
TPIC
2019
Truss Design Procedures and
Specifications for Light Metal Plate
Connected Wood Trusses
9.23.14.11.(1)
TWC
1993
Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses
Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
UL
ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300-2019
Standard for Fire Testing of Fire
Extinguishing Systems for Protection of
Commercial Cooking Equipment
6.9.1.3.(1)
98
UL
ANSI/UL 1784-2015
Standard for Air Leakage Tests of Door
Assemblies and Other Opening
Protectives
3.1.8.4.(4)
UL
ANSI/CAN/UL 2524 - 2019
Standard For Safety In-building 2-Way
Emergency Radio
Communication Enhancement Systems
3.2.5.20.(4)
A-3.2.5.20.
UL
2034-2008
Standard for Single and Multiple Station
Carbon Monoxide Alarms
6.9.3.1.(6)
9.32.4.2.(8)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S101-14
Standard Method of Fire Endurance
Tests of Building Construction and
Materials
3.1.5.7.(2)
3.1.5.14.(5)
3.1.5.14.(6)
3.1.5.15.(3)
3.1.5.15.(4)
3.1.7.1.(1)
3.1.11.7.(1)
3.2.3.8.(1)
A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)
9.10.16.3.(1)
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
ULC
CAN/ULC-S102-10
Standard Method of Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials and Assemblies
3.1.5.24.(1)
3.1.12.1.(1)
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.29.5.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S102.2:2018
Standard Method of Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor
Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials
and Assemblies
3.1.12.1.(2)
3.1.13.4.(1)
9.27.12.1.(4)
9.27.13.1.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S102.3:2018
Standard Method of Fire Test of Light
Diffusers and Lenses
3.1.13.4.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S102.4:2017
Standard Method of Test for Fire and
Smoke Characteristics of Electrical
Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic
Raceways
3.1.4.3.(2)
3.1.5.21.(2)
3.1.5.23.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S104-15
Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door
Assemblies
3.1.8.4.(1)
3.2.6.5.(3)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S105:2016
Standard Specification for Fire Door
Frames Meeting the Performance
Required by CAN/ULC-S104
9.10.13.6.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S106-15
Standard Method for Fire Tests of
Window and Glass Block Assemblies
3.1.8.4.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S107:2019
Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Roof
Coverings
3.1.15.1.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S109-14
Standard Method for Flame Tests of
Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films
3.1.16.1.(1)
3.1.18.5.(1)
3.6.5.2.(2)
3.6.5.3.(1)
9.33.6.3.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S110-13
Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts
3.6.5.1.(2)
3.6.5.1.(5)
9.33.6.2.(2)
9.33.6.2.(4)
99
ULC
CAN/ULC-S111-13
Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air
Filter Units
6.3.2.13.(1)
9.33.6.14.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S112-10
Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire
Damper Assemblies
3.1.8.4.(1)
A-3.2.6.6.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S112.1-10
Standard for Leakage Rated Dampers for
Use in Smoke Control Systems
3.1.8.4.(3)
6.3.2.7.(3)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S112.2-07
Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling
Firestop Flap Assemblies
3.6.4.3.(2)
9.10.13.14.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S113:2016
Standard Specification for Wood Core
Doors Meeting the Performance Required
by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute
Fire Rated Closure Assemblies
9.10.13.2.(1)
A-9.10.9.3.(2)
A-9.10.13.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S114:2018
Standard Method of Test for
Determination of Non-Combustibility in
Building Materials
1.4.1.2.(1)(4)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S115-11
Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
Systems
3.1.5.19.(3)
3.1.8.3.(3)
3.1.9.1.(1)
3.1.9.1.(2)
3.1.9.1.(3)
3.1.9.1.(6)
3.1.9.1.(7)
3.1.9.3.(1)
3.1.9.3.(2)
3.1.9.3.(4)
3.1.9.4.(4)
3.1.9.4.(7)
A-3.1.8.3.(2)
A-3.1.11.7.(7)
9.10.9.2.(3)
9.10.9.6.(1)
9.10.9.6.(2)
9.10.9.8.(1)
9.10.9.8.(6)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S124-06
Standard Method of Test for the
Evaluation of Protective Coverings for
Foamed Plastic
3.1.5.15.(2)
A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S126-14
Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread
Under Roof-Deck Assemblies
3.1.14.1.(1)
3.1.14.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S134-13
Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior
Wall Assemblies
3.1.5.5.(1)
9.10.14.5.(2)
9.10.15.5.(2)
9.10.15.5.(3)
ULC
ULC-S135-04
Standard Test Method for the
Determination of Combustibility
Parameters of Building Materials Using
an Oxygen Consumption Calorimeter
(Cone Calorimeter)
3.1.5.1.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S138-06
Standard Method of Test for Fire Growth
of Insulated Building Panels in a Full-
Scale Room Configuration
3.1.5.7.(1)
3.1.5.7.(3)
100
ULC
CAN/ULC-S139:2017
Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity
of Fire-Resistive Power, Instrumentation,
Control and Data Cables
3.2.6.5.(6)
3.2.7.10.(2)
3.2.7.10.(3)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S143-14
Standard Method of Fire Tests for Non-
Metallic Electrical and Optical Fibre Cable
Raceway Systems
3.1.5.23.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S144-12
Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test
- Grease Duct Assemblies
3.6.3.5.(2)
A-3.6.3.5.
ULC
CAN/ULC-S146-19
Standard Method of Test for the
Evaluation of Encapsulation Materials
and Assemblies of Materials for the
Protection of Structural Timber Elements
3.1.6.5.(1)
ULC
ULC-S332-93
Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing
Material
A-9.7.5.2.(1)
ULC
ULC-S505-74
Standard for Fusible Links for Fire
Protection Services
3.1.8.10.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S524:2019
Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm
Systems
3.1.8.11.(3)
3.1.8.14.(3)
3.2.4.5.(1)
3.2.4.19.(5)
3.2.4.20.(7)
3.2.4.20.(8)
3.2.4.20.(10)
3.2.4.20.(15)
A-3.2.4.7.(4)
A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10)
A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g)
A-3.2.4.20.(10)
9.10.19.4.(3)
9.10.19.6.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S526-2016
Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm
and Signaling Systems, Including
Accessories
3.2.4.19.(5)
3.2.4.19.(6)
A-3.2.4.19.(3)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S531:2019
Standard for Smoke Alarms
3.2.4.20.(2)
3.3.2.18.(4)
9.10.19.1.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S537:2019
Standard for Verification of Fire Alarm
Systems
3.2.4.5.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S540-13
Standard for Residential Fire and Life
Safety Warning Systems: Installation,
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance
3.2.4.21.(1)
9.10.2.2.(3)
9.10.2.2.(4)
9.10.19.8.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S553-14
Standard for the Installation of Smoke
Alarms
3.2.4.20.(13)
9.10.19.3.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S561-13
Standard for Installation and Services for
Fire Signal Receiving Centres and
Systems
3.2.4.7.(4)
A-3.2.4.7.(4)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S572:2017
Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-
Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking
Systems
3.4.5.1.(3)
3.4.5.1.(4)
A-3.4.5.1.(4)
9.9.11.3.(3)
9.9.11.3.(4)
101
ULC
CAN/ULC-S610:2018
Standard for Factory-Built Fireplace
Systems
9.22.8.1.(1)
ULC
ULC-S628-93
Standard for Fireplace Inserts
9.22.10.1.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S629:2016
Standard for 650°C Factory-Built
Chimneys
9.33.10.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S639-M87
Standard for Steel Liner Assemblies for
Solid-Fuel Burning Masonry Fireplaces
9.22.2.3.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S701.1:2017
Standard for Thermal Insulation,
Polystyrene Boards
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.25.2.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S702.1-14
Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal
Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
Specification
3.1.6.3.(4)
Table 5.9.1.1.
A-5.9.1.1.(1)
9.10.9.8.(3)
9.10.3.1.(3)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.25.2.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S703-09
Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation
(CFI) for Buildings
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.10.3.1.(3)
9.25.2.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S704.1:2017
Standard for Thermal Insulation,
Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate,
Boards, Faced
Table 5.9.1.1.
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.25.2.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S705.1-18
Standard for Thermal Insulation - Spray
Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam,
Medium Density - Material Specification
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.25.2.2.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S705.2-05
Standard for Thermal Insulation - Spray
Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam,
Medium Density - Application
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.25.2.5.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S706.1:2016
Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating
Boards for Buildings
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.23.16.7.(3)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
9.25.2.2.(1)
9.29.8.1.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S710.1:2019
Standard for Bead-Applied One
Component Polyurethane Air Sealant
Foam, Part 1: Material Specification
Table 5.9.1.1.
ULC
CAN/ULC-S711.1:2019
Standard for Bead-Applied Two
Component Polyurethane Air Sealant
Foam, Part 1: Material Specification
Table 5.9.1.1.
ULC
CAN/ULC-S716.1-12
Standard for Exterior Insulation and
Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and
Systems
5.9.4.1.(1)
A-5.9.4.1.(1)
9.27.14.1.(1)
9.27.14.2.(1)
A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S716.2-12
Standard for Exterior Insulation and
Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of
EIFS Components and Water Resistive
Barrier
A-5.9.4.1.(1)
9.27.14.3.(1)
102
ULC
CAN/ULC-S716.3-12
Standard for Exterior Insulation and
Finish System (EIFS) - Design
Application
A-5.9.4.1.(1)
9.27.14.3.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S717.1:2017
Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete
Form (ICF) Units - Material Properties
Table 5.9.1.1.
9.15.4.1.(1)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S741-08
Standard for Air Barrier Materials -
Specification
5.4.1.2.(2)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S742-11
Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies -
Specification
5.4.1.2.(1)
5.4.1.2.(2)
A-5.4.1.1.(3)
A-5.4.1.2.(1)
A-5.4.1.2.(2)
A-5.4.1.2.(4)
ULC
CAN/ULC-S1001-11
Standard for Integrated Systems Testing
of Fire Protection and Life Safety
Systems
3.2.9.1.(1)
A-3.2.9.1.(1)
9.10.1.2.(1)
ULC
ULC/ORD-C199P-02
Combustible Piping for Sprinkler Systems
3.2.5.13.(2)
3.2.5.13.(5)
ULC
ULC/ORD-C1254.6-95
Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area
Fire Extinguishing System Units
6.9.1.3.(1)
USACE
Version 3-2012
Air Leakage Test Protocol for Building
Envelope
10.2.3.5.(1)
WCLIB
No. 17 (2004)
Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber
A-Table 9.3.2.1.
WWPA
2017
Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017
A-Table 9.3.2.1.
Notes to Table 1.3.1.2.:
(1) While every effort was made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Table, the City is not responsible for the accuracy,
timeliness or reliability of the content presented therein. For all purposes of interpreting and applying the referenced standards, By-
law users should refer to the most recent official versions of the referenced editions.
(2) See Table D-1.1.2. of Appendix D for the list of standards referenced therein.
(3) Some documents may have been reaffirmed or reapproved. Check with the applicable issuing agency for up-to-date information.
(4) By-law reference is in Division A.
(5) By-law reference is in Division C.
(6) Subsection 9.3.15, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.
(7) Subsection 6.5.3, Sprinkler-Protected Glazing, does not apply in the context of Division B.
(8) The current version in effect.
1.3.2. Organizations
1.3.2.1. Abbreviations of Proper Names
1) The abbreviations of proper names in this By-law shall have the meanings assigned to them in
this Article.
AAMA Fenestration and Glazing Industry Alliance (formerly American Architectural
Manufacturers Association) ( www.fgiaonline.org)
ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ( www.acgih.org)
ACI American Concrete Institute ( www.concrete.org)
AHRI Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute ( www.ahrinet.org)
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute ( www.steel.org)
ANSI American National Standards Institute ( www.ansi.org)
APA The Engineered Wood Association ( www.apawood.org)
103
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ( www.asce.org)
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (
www.ashrae.org)
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ( www.asme.org)
ASTM ASTM International ( www.astm.org)
BNQ Bureau de normalisation du Québec ( www.bnq.qc.ca/en)
CAN National Standard of Canada designation ( www.scc.ca) (The number or name following the
CAN designation represents the agency under whose auspices the standard is issued.)
CAN3 designates CSA
CCBFC Canadian Commission on Building and Fire Codes (see NRC)
CCME Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment ( www.ccme.ca)
CGSB Canadian General Standards Board
(www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca/ongc-cgsb/index-eng.html)
CHC Canadian Hydronics Council ( www.chchydro.com)
CISC Canadian Institute of Steel Construction ( www.cisc-icca.ca)
CMHC Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation ( www.cmhc.ca)
CoV City of Vancouver (www.vancouver.ca)
CRCA Canadian Roofing Contractors' Association ( www.roofingcanada.com)
CSA CSA Group ( www.csagroup.org)
CSSBI Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute ( www.cssbi.ca)
CWC Canadian Wood Council ( www.cwc.ca)
DOE U.S. Department of Energy ( www.energy.gov)
EC Environment and Climate Change Canada ( www.ec.gc.ca)
ECC EIFS Council of Canada ( www.eifscouncil.org)
EGBC Engineers & Geoscientists British Columbia (www.egbc.ca)
EPA Environmental Protection Agency (U.S.) ( www.epa.gov)
FEMA Federal Emergency Management Agency (U.S.) ( www.fema.gov)
FLL German Landscape Research, Development and Construction Society ( shop.fll.de/en)
FPI FPInnovations - Wood Products (formerly FCC - Forintek Canada Corporation) (
www.fpinnovations.ca)
GRHC Green Roofs for Healthy Cities ( www.greenroofs.org)
HC Health Canada ( www.hc-sc.gc.ca)
HPVA Decorative Hardwoods Association (formerly Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association) (
www.decorativehardwoods.org)
HRAI Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada ( www.hrai.ca)
HVI Home Ventilating Institute ( www.hvi.org)
104
ICC International Code Council ( www.iccsafe.org)
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission ( www.iec.ch)
ISO International Organization for Standardization ( www.iso.org)
NBC National Building Code of Canada 2020
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association ( www.ncma.org)
NECB National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings 2020
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association ( www.nema.org)
NFC National Fire Code of Canada 2020
NFPA National Fire Protection Association ( www.nfpa.org)
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council ( www.nfrc.org)
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority ( www.nlga.org)
NPC National Plumbing Code of Canada 2020
NRC National Research Council of Canada ( nrc.canada.ca)
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association ( www.nrca.net)
NRCan Natural Resources Canada ( www.nrcan.gc.ca)
NYCDH New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene ( www.nyc.gov/health)
OMMAH Ontario Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing ( www.mah.gov.on.ca)
RCABC Roofing Contractors Association of British Columbia (www.rcabc.org)
SEI Structural Engineering Institute
( www.asce.org/structural-engineering/structural-engineering)
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association ( www.smacna.org)
SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry ( www.spri.org)
TC Transport Canada ( tc.canada.ca)
TECA Thermal Environmental Comfort Association (www.teca.ca)
TIAC Thermal Insulation Association of Canada ( www.tiac.ca)
TPIC Truss Plate Institute of Canada ( www.tpic.ca)
TWC Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty Program) (
www.tarion.com)
UL Underwriters' Laboratories Inc. ( www.ul.com)
ULC ULC Standards ( canada.ul.com/ulcstandards)
USACE United States Army Corps of Engineers (www.erdc.usace.army.mil/Locations/CERL)
WCLIB Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau (formerly West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau) (
www.plib.org)
WWPA Western Wood Products Association ( www.wwpa.org)
105
Notes to Part 1
General
A-1.1.2.1.(1) Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to Acceptable Solutions. The objectives
and functional statements attributed to each By-law provision are listed in a table following the
provisions in each Part.
Many provisions in Division B serve as modifiers of or pointers to other provisions, or serve other
clarification or explanatory purposes. In most cases, no objectives and functional statements have been
attributed to such provisions, which therefore do not appear in the above-mentioned tables.
For provisions that serve as modifiers of or pointers to other referenced provisions and that do not have
any objectives and functional statements attributed to them, the objectives and functional statements that
should be used are those attributed to the provisions they reference.
A-1.1.3.1.(2) Climatic Values. Climatic values for municipalities not listed in Appendix C can be
obtained at www.climate.weather.gc.ca or by e-mail from the Engineering Climate Services Unit of
Environment and Climate Change Canada at [email protected].
A-1.1.3.1.(3) Winter Design Temperatures. The 2.5% values referred to in Sentence 1.1.3.1.(3) are the least
restrictive temperatures that can be used. A designer may choose to use the 1% values given in
Appendix C, which are in excess of the By-law minimums but are considered acceptable.
A-1.1.3.1.(4) Seismic Values. Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4) illustrates how to determine the seismic hazard values
to be used in the application of the Part 4 and Part 9 seismic provisions.
106
Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4)
Determining seismic hazard values for use in Part 4 and Part 9
Notes to Figure A-1.1.3.1.(4):
(1) The abbreviations used in the figure have the following meanings:
AHJ = authority having jurisdiction
NPARC = NRC Publications Archive
(2) See also the section entitled "Seismic Hazard for Part 4" in Appendix C.
(3) See also the section entitled "Seismic Hazard for Part 9" in Appendix C.
(4) The seismic hazard values available on NPARC at https://doi.org/10.4224/nqzr-dz38 were generated from the 2020 National
Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool. This subset of values on NPARC is provided as a static, archival record for Code
users.
(5) The 2020 National Building Code of Canada Seismic Hazard Tool is available at https://doi.org/10.23687/b1bd3cf0-0672-47f4-
8bfa-290ae75fde9b.
(6) Refer to the procedure set out in the section entitled "Seismic Hazard for Part 9" in Appendix C.
107
108
PART 2 - Reserved
109
Part 3
Fire Protection, Occupant Safety
and Accessibility
(See Note A-3.)
Section 3.1. General
3.1.1. Scope and Definitions
3.1.1.1. Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
3.1.1.2. Defined Words
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
3.1.1.3. Use of Term Storage Tank
1) For the purposes of this Part, the term "storage tank" shall mean a vessel for flammable liquids or
combustible liquids having a capacity of more than 230 L and designed to be installed in a fixed location.
3.1.1.4. Fire Protection Information
1) Information to be submitted regarding major components of fire protection shall conform to the requirements
of Subsection 2.2.3. of Division C.
3.1.2. Classification of Buildings or Parts of
Buildings by Major Occupancy
(See Note A-3.1.2.)
3.1.2.1. Classification of Buildings
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.2.3. to 3.1.2.5., and 3.1.2.7., every building or part thereof shall be
classified according to its major occupancy as belonging to one of the Groups or Divisions described in Table 3.1.2.1.
(See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).)
2) A building intended for use by more than one major occupancy shall be classified according to all major
occupancies for which it is used or intended to be used.
Table 3.1.2.1.
Major Occupancy Classification
Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.2.1.(1) and 3.1.2.2.(1)
Group
Division
Description of Major Occupancies
A
1
Assembly occupancies intended for the production and viewing of the performing arts
A
2
Assembly occupancies not elsewhere classified in Group A
A
3
Assembly occupancies of the arena type
A
4
Assembly occupancies in which occupants are gathered in the open air
B
1
Detention occupancies
110
B
2
Treatment occupancies
B
3
Care occupancies
C
--
Residential occupancies
D
--
Business and personal services occupancies
E
--
Mercantile occupancies
F
1
High-hazard industrial occupancies
F
2
Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
F
3
Low-hazard industrial occupancies
3.1.2.2. Occupancies of Same Classification
1) Any building is deemed to be occupied by a single major occupancy, notwithstanding its use for more than
one major occupancy, provided that all occupancies are classified as belonging to the same Group classification or,
where the Group is divided into Divisions, as belonging to the same Division classification described in Table 3.1.2.1.
3.1.2.3. Arena-Type Buildings
1) An arena-type building intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes shall be
classified as a Group A, Division 3 occupancy. (See Note A-3.1.2.3.(1).)
3.1.2.4. Police Stations
1) A police station with detention quarters is permitted to be classified as a Group B, Division 2 major occupancy
provided the station is not more than 1 storey in building height and 600 m2 in building area.
3.1.2.5. Convalescent, Children's Custodial, and Residential Care Homes
1) Convalescent homes and children's custodial homes are permitted to be classified as residential occupancies
within the application of Part 3, provided that occupants are ambulatory and live as a single housekeeping unit in a
suite with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons.
2) A care facility accepted for residential use pursuant to provincial legislation, a community care facility or a
group residence, is permitted to be classified as a residential occupancy, provided
a) occupants live as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation for not more
than 10 persons,
b) smoke alarms are installed in conformance with Article 3.2.4.20.,
c) emergency lighting is provided in conformance with Subsection 3.2.7., and
d) the building is sprinklered throughout.
3.1.2.6. Storage of Combustible Fibres
1) Buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of baled combustible fibres shall be classified as medium-
hazard industrial occupancies.
3.1.2.7. Group A, Division 2, Low Occupant Load
(See Note A-3.1.2.7.)
1) A suite of Group A, Division 2 assembly occupancy, except a child or infant daycare facility, is permitted to be
classified as a Group D, business and personal services occupancy provided
a) the number of persons in the suite does not exceed 30, and
b) except as permitted by Sentence (2), the suite is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hr.
111
2) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) need not have a fire-resistance rating where the suite is located
in a building that is sprinklered throughout.
3) A permanent sign, with lettering not less than 50 mm high with a 12 mm stroke, indicating the lesser of the
occupant load for the suite or 30 persons, shall be posted in a conspicuous location near the suite's principal entrance.
3.1.2.8. Daycare Facilities for Children
(See Note A-3.1.2.8.)
1) A daycare facility for children shall be classified as a Group A, Division 2 assembly occupancy or Group C
residential occupancy as determined in accordance with Table 3.1.2.8., and provided with the fire and life safety
provisions corresponding to that major occupancy, except as permitted by Sentence (2).
Table 3.1.2.8.
Fire Safety Requirements for Daycare Facilities for Children
Forming part of Sentence 3.1.2.8.
Age of
Children
(months)
Number of
Children
Major
Occupancy
Permitted
Sprinklers
Fire Alarm
Smoke
Detection(2)
and CO
Alarms
Fire
Separation
from
Remainder
of
Building
Emergency
Lighting
< 30
> 8
A2
Building
Required
Required
2 h
Required
3-8
C
Suite Only
Required
Required
2 h
Required
C(1)
Suite Only
Not
Required
Required
No
Required
≥ 30
> 8
A2
Building
Required
Required
1 h
Required
3- 8
C
Suite Only
Required
Required
1 h
Required
(1)
Not
Required
Not
Required
Required
No
Required
Notes to Table 3.1.2.8.:
(1) Applies to residential buildings with no more than 2 principal dwelling units or row housing
(2) Smoke detection shall include smoke detectors throughout normally occupied floor areas within the suite where the building is provided with a fire
alarm system, and smoke alarms where required by Article 3.2.4.20.
2) The fire-resistance rating of a fire separation to separate the daycare facilities for children from the remainder
of the building required by Table 3.1.2.8. need not exceed the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly required by
Subsection 3.2.2.
3.1.2.9. Retail Food Facility
1) A retail food facility is permitted to be classified as a Group E major occupancy provided it is designed to
accommodate not more than 16 persons consuming food or drink.
3.1.3. Multiple Occupancy Requirements
3.1.3.1. Separation of Major Occupancies
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), major occupancies shall be separated from adjoining major
occupancies by fire separations having fire-resistance ratings conforming to Table 3.1.3.1.
112
2) In a building not more than 3 storeys in building height, if not more than two dwelling units are contained
together with a Group E major occupancy, the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation between the two major
occupancies need not be more than 1 h.
3) In a building conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.2. to 3.2.8.8., the requirements of Sentence (1)
for fire separations between major occupancies do not apply at the vertical plane around the perimeter of an opening
through the horizontal fire separation.
Table 3.1.3.1.
Major Occupancy Fire Separations(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.3.1.(1)
Major Occupancy
Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation, h
Adjoining Major Occupancy
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
B-1
B-2
B-3
C(7)
D
E
F-1
F-2
F-3
A-1
--
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
(2)
2
1
A-2
1
--
1
1
2
2
2
1(3)
1(4)
2
(2)
2
1
A-3
1
1
--
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
(2)
2
1
A-4
1
1
1
--
2
2
2
1
1
2
(2)
2
1
B-1
2
2
2
2
--
2
2
2
2
2
(2)
2
2
B-2
2
2
2
2
2
--
1
2
2
2
(2)
2
2
B-3
2
2
2
2
2
1
--
1
2
2
(2)
2
2
C(7)
1
1(3)
1
1
2
2
1
--
1
2(5)
(2)
2(6)
1
D
1
1(4)
1
1
2
2
2
1
--
--
3
--
--
E
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2(5)
--
--
3
--
--
F-1
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
(2)
3
3
--
2
2
F-2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2(6)
--
--
2
--
--
F-3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
--
--
2
--
--
Notes to Table 3.1.3.1.:
(1) Section 3.3. contains requirements for the separation of occupancies and tenancies that are in addition to the requirements for the separation of
major occupancies.
(2) See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(1).
(3) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with 3.2.2.51., a fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating is required between
the Group C and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.
(4) Where the building or part thereof is constructed in accordance with 3.2.2.60., a fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating is required between
the Group D and Group A, Division 2 major occupancies.
(5) See Sentence 3.1.3.1.(2).
(6) See Sentence 3.1.3.2.(2).
(7) See Article 3.2.1.7.
3.1.3.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations
1) No major occupancy of Group F, Division 1 shall be contained within a building with any occupancy classified
as Group A, B or C.
2) Except as permitted in Article 3.1.3.4. and Subsection 11.4.5., not more than one suite of residential
occupancy shall be contained within a building classified as a Group F, Division 2 major occupancy.
3.1.3.3. Artist Live/Work - Class A Artist Studio
1) A building containing artist studio -- class A and residential quarters integrated with the studio for the use of
artists occupying the studio may be designed as a Group C major occupancy provided
a) the building is sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13, and
113
b) structural floor loads are based on a light industrial occupancy, with a minimum live load of 3.6 kPa and, where
the floor areas are designated for residential use only, such as sleeping lofts, dinettes and bathrooms, with a
minimum live load of 1.9 kPa.
3.1.3.4. Artist Live/Work - Class B Artist Studio
1) A building containing artist studio -- class B and residential quarters integrated with the studio for the use of
artists occupying the studio may be permitted provided
a) the construction requirements of Subsection 3.2.2. are based on the most restrictive requirements arising from
the evaluation of the building as both a Group F Division 2 occupancy and a Group C occupancy,
b) the spatial separation requirements of the building are based on Table 3.2.3.1.E for a Group F, Division 2
occupancy,
c) the fire alarm is based on Group C occupancy requirements and where a fire alarm is required, smoke
detectors are installed in corridors and stair shafts as required in Article 3.2.4.11.,
d) smoke alarms are provided in individual suites as required in Article 3.2.4.20.,
e) the building is sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13 to a minimum Ordinary Hazard Group 1 classification,
f) standpipes are based on residential Group C occupancy requirements,
g) accessible design is based on Group C occupancy requirements, and
h) structural floor loads are based on a light industrial occupancy, with a minimum live load of 3.6 kPa and,
i) where floor areas are designated for residential use only, such as sleeping lofts, dinettes and bathrooms, with a
minimum live load of 1.9 kPa.
2) Light and ventilation requirements can be borrowed from the working studio area.
3) Where a portion of the studio such as a dinette or sleeping loft is used solely as living space, exit travel
distances from these spaces may be based on a Group C residential occupancy.
3.1.3.5. Industrial Flex Space
1) An industrial flex space use is permitted in a new building containing a Group C major occupancy provided
a) the total floor area of each industrial flex space unit or a single tenant industrial flex space is not more than 500
m2,
b) the industrial flex space shall be located on the first storey and completely independent of the Group C portion
of the building, including the exit system,
c) the ventilation systems for individual industrial flex spaces shall be completely separate and independent from
each other and from the residential portion of the building,
d) a horizontal fire separation of concrete having a fire-resistance rating of no less than 2 hours shall be provided
between the industrial flex space and the Group C occupancy,
e) vertical fire separations between industrial flex space units and any Group C portion of the building shall be of
concrete or masonry construction having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 hours,
f ) the Group C portion of the building shall be separated from the industrial flex space portion of the building by
construction having a STC rating of not less than 55,
g) the penetrations between the horizontal fire separation in Clause (d) shall be FT rated,
h) the industrial flex space units shall be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13 to a minimum Ordinary Hazard
Group 2 classification using only quick response heads and no reduction in design area,
i) the automatic sprinkler system noted in Clause (h) shall be a single system supplying the entire building, and
shall be designed so that the industrial flex spaces as a whole and the Group C occupancy floors as a whole are
supplied by separate water supply lines,
114
j) each individual industrial flex space unit shall have a minimum of two egress doors regardless of the unit size,
k) the principal egress door serving each industrial flex space unit shall exit directly to the street, and
l) except for the principal exit door in Clause (k), all other exit or egress doors shall lead to a lane or to an
independent corridor leading to a public thoroughfare serving only the industrial flex space portion of the building and
shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a concrete or masonry fire separation having a fire-resistance
rating of not less than 2 hours.
2) An industrial flex space use is not permitted in an existing building.
3.1.4. Combustible Construction
3.1.4.1. Combustible Materials Permitted
1) A building permitted to be of combustible construction is permitted to be constructed of combustible materials,
with or without noncombustible components. (See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
2) The flame-spread rating on any exposed surface of foamed plastic insulation, and on any surface that would
be exposed by cutting through the insulation in any direction, shall be not more than 500.
3.1.4.2. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.)
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foamed plastics that form part of a wall or ceiling assembly in
combustible construction shall be protected from adjacent spaces in the building, other than adjacent concealed
spaces within attic or roof spaces, crawl spaces, and wall and ceiling assemblies,
a) by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
b) provided the building does not contain a Group A, Group B or Group C major occupancy, by sheet metal
i) mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
ii) not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
iii) with a melting point not below 650°C, or
c) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2) (see Note A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c)).
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
2) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling panels containing foamed
plastics is permitted in a building permitted to be of combustible construction, provided the panels
a) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick having a melting point not less than
650°C,
b) do not contain an air space, and
c) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation is subjected to the applicable test
described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more than that permitted for the space in which they
are located or the space that they bound, as applicable.
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3).)
3) The flame-spread rating of doors containing foamed plastics shall comply with Sentences 3.1.13.2.(1) to (3).
3.1.4.3. Wires and Cables
1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and Article 3.6.4.3., optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables
with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are installed in a building permitted to be of combustible
construction shall
a) not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame
Test (FT1 rating) in CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, "Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables," or
115
b) be located in
i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
ii) masonry walls,
iii) concrete slabs, or
iv) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b).
(See Note A-3.1.4.3.(1).)
(See also Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1).)
2) Except as permitted in Article 3.6.4.3., optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with combustible
insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data and are installed in a plenum
in a building permitted to be of combustible construction shall exhibit the following characteristics when tested in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, "Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke Characteristics of Electrical Wiring,
Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways," (FT6 rating):
a) a horizontal flame distance of not more than 1.5 m,
b) an average optical smoke density of not more than 0.15, and
c) a peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5.
3) Deleted.
4) Deleted.
3.1.4.4. Non-metallic Raceways
1) Totally enclosed non-metallic raceways used in a plenum in a building permitted to be of combustible
construction shall meet the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a).
3.1.4.5. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
1) If fire-retardant-treated wood is specified in this Part, the wood shall
a) be pressure impregnated with fire-retardant chemicals in conformance with CAN/CSA-O80 Series, "Wood
preservation," and
b) have a flame-spread rating not more than 25.
3.1.4.6. Heavy Timber Construction Alternative
1) If combustible construction is permitted and is not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min,
heavy timber construction is permitted to be used.
2) If heavy timber construction is permitted, it shall conform to Article 3.1.4.7.
3.1.4.7. Heavy Timber Construction
1) Wood elements in heavy timber construction shall be arranged in heavy solid masses and with essentially
smooth flat surfaces to avoid thin sections and sharp projections.
2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) to (6) and (12), the minimum dimensions of wood elements in heavy
timber construction shall conform to Table 3.1.4.7.
Table 3.1.4.7.
Heavy Timber Dimensions
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.4.7.(2)
Supported
Assembly
Structural Element
Solid Sawn
(width × depth),
mm × mm
Glued-Laminated
(width × depth),
mm × mm
Round
(diam),
mm
Roofs only
Columns
140 × 191
130 × 190
180
116
Arches supported on the tops of walls or
abutments
89 × 140
80 × 152
--
Beams, girders and trusses
89 × 140
80 × 152
--
Arches supported at or near the floor line
140 × 140
130 × 152
--
Floors,
floors plus
roofs
Columns
191 × 191
175 × 190
200
Beams, girders, trusses and arches
140 × 241 or
130 × 228 or
--
191 × 191
175 × 190
3) Where splice plates are used at splices of roof arches supported on the tops of walls or abutments, roof
trusses, roof beams and roof girders in heavy timber construction, they shall be not less than 64 mm thick.
4) Floors in heavy timber construction shall be of glued-laminated or solid sawn plank not less than
a) 64 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
b) 38 mm wide and 89 mm deep set on edge and well spiked together.
5) Floors in heavy timber construction shall be laid
a) so that no continuous line of end joints will occur except at points of support, and covered with
i) tongued and grooved flooring not less than 19 mm thick laid crosswise or diagonally, or
ii) tongued and grooved phenolic-bonded plywood, strandboard or waferboard not less than 12.5 mm thick, and
b) not closer than 15 mm to the walls to provide for expansion, with the gap covered at the top or bottom.
6) Roofs in heavy timber construction shall be of tongued and grooved phenolic-bonded plywood, strandboard or
waferboard not less than 28 mm thick, or glued-laminated or solid sawn plank that is
a) not less than 38 mm thick, splined or tongued and grooved, or
b) not less than 38 mm wide and 64 mm deep set on edge and laid so that no continuous line of end joints will
occur except at the points of support.
7) Wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be continuous or superimposed throughout all storeys.
8) Superimposed wood columns in heavy timber construction shall be connected by
a) reinforced concrete or metal caps with brackets,
b) steel or iron caps with pintles and base plates, or
c) timber splice plates fastened to the columns by metal connectors housed within the contact faces.
9) Where beams and girders in heavy timber construction enter masonry, wall plates, boxes of the self-releasing
type or hangers shall be used.
10) Wood girders and beams in heavy timber construction shall be closely fitted to columns, and adjoining ends
shall be connected by ties or caps to transfer horizontal loads across the joints.
11) In heavy timber construction, intermediate wood beams used to support a floor shall be supported on top of
the girders or on metal hangers into which the ends of the beams are closely fitted.
12) Roof arches supported on the top of walls or abutments, roof trusses, roof beams and roof girders in heavy
timber construction are permitted to be not less than 64 mm wide provided
a) where two or more spaced members are used, the intervening spaces are
i) blocked solidly throughout, or
ii) tightly closed by a continuous wood cover plate not less than 38 mm thick secured to the underside of the
members, or
117
b) the underneath of the roof deck or sheathing is sprinklered.
3.1.4.8. Exterior Cladding
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building
conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. shall consist of
a) noncombustible cladding, or
b) except as provided in Sentence (4), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b).
(See Note A-3.1.4.8.(1).) (See also Notes A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) and A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii).)
2) For buildings described in Sentence (1), combustible cladding representing up to 10% of the cladding on the
face of an exterior wall facing a street or access route shall be permitted, provided all portions of the combustible
cladding are located not more than 15 m from a street or access route conforming to Article 3.2.5.6., measured
horizontally from the face of the building.
3) A wall assembly conforming to Clause (1)(b) that includes combustible cladding made of fire-retardant-treated
wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has been subjected to the accelerated weathering test
specified in ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire
Testing."
4) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of Appendix D are deemed to comply
with Clause (1)(b).
5) Cladding described in this Article must also comply with the requirements of Article 3.2.3.7.
3.1.5. Noncombustible Construction
3.1.5.1. Noncombustible Materials
(See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and Articles 3.1.5.2. to 3.1.5.24., 3.1.13.4. and 3.2.2.16., a
building or part of a building required to be of noncombustible construction shall be constructed with noncombustible
materials. (See also Subsection 3.1.13. for the requirements regarding the flame-spread rating of interior finishes.)
2) Notwithstanding the definition of noncombustible materials stated in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A, a material is
permitted to be used in noncombustible construction provided that, when tested in accordance with ULC-S135,
"Standard Test Method for the Determination of Combustibility Parameters of Building Materials Using an Oxygen
Consumption Calorimeter (Cone Calorimeter)," at a heat flux of 50 kW/m2,
a) its average total heat release is not more than 3 MJ/m2,
b) its average total smoke extinction area is not more than 1.0 m2, and
c) the test duration is extended beyond the time stipulated in the referenced standard until it is clear that there is
no further release of heat or smoke.
3) If a material referred to in Sentence (2) consists of a number of discrete layers and testing reveals that the
surface layer or layers protect the underlying layers such that complete combustion of the underlying layers does not
occur, the test shall be repeated by removing the outer layers sequentially until all layers have been exposed during
testing, or until complete combustion has occurred.
4) The acceptance criteria for a material tested in accordance with Sentence (3) shall be based on the
cumulative emissions from all layers, which must not exceed the criteria stated in Clauses (2)(a) and (b).
3.1.5.2. Minor Combustible Components
1) The following minor combustible components are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible
construction:
a) paint (see also Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b)),
118
b) self-adhesive tapes, mastics and caulking materials, including foamed plastic air sealants, applied to provide
a seal between the major components of exterior wall construction, (see also Article 3.6.4.3. for limits on the use of
combustible materials in plenum spaces),
c) firestops and fire blocks conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1) and Article 3.1.11.7.,
d) tubing for pneumatic controls provided it has an outside diameter of not more than 10 mm,
e) adhesives, vapour barriers and sheathing papers,
f) electrical outlet and junction boxes,
g) wood blocking intended for the attachment of window elements within exterior wall assemblies,
h) wood blocking within wall assemblies intended for the attachment of handrails, fixtures, and similar items
mounted on the surface of the wall, and
i) similar minor components.
3.1.5.3. Combustible Roofing Materials
1) Combustible roof covering that has an A, B, or C classification determined in conformance with
Subsection 3.1.15. is permitted on a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
2) Combustible roof sheathing and roof sheathing supports installed above a concrete deck are permitted on a
building required to be of noncombustible construction provided
a) the concrete deck is not less than 50 mm thick,
b) the height of the roof space above the deck is not more than 1 m,
c) the roof space is divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Article 3.1.11.5.,
d) openings through the concrete deck other than for noncombustible roof drains and plumbing piping are
protected by masonry or concrete shafts
i) constructed as fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
ii) extending from the concrete deck to not less than 150 mm above the adjacent roof sheathing,
e) the perimeter of the roof is protected by a noncombustible parapet extending from the concrete deck to not
less than 150 mm above the adjacent sheathing, and
f) except as permitted by Clause (d), the roof space does not contain any building services.
3) Combustible cant strips, roof curbs, nailing strips and similar components used in the installation of roofing
are permitted on a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
4) Wood nailer facings to parapets that are not more than 610 mm high are permitted on a building required to
be of noncombustible construction, provided the facings and any roof membranes covering the facings are protected
by sheet metal.
3.1.5.4. Combustible Windows, Glazing and Skylights
1) Combustible skylight assemblies are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction if
the assemblies have a flame-spread rating not more than
a) 150 provided the assemblies
i) have an individual area not more than 9 m2,
ii) have an aggregate horizontal projected area of the openings through the ceiling not more than 25% of the
area of the ceiling of the room or space in which they are located, and
iii) are spaced not less than 2.5 m from adjacent assemblies and from required fire separations, or
b) 75 provided the assemblies
i) have an individual area not more than 27 m2,
119
ii) have an aggregate horizontal projected area of the openings through the ceiling not more than 33% of the
area of the ceiling of the room or space in which they are located, and
iii) are spaced not less than 1.2 m from adjacent assemblies and from required fire separations.
(See Note A-3.1.5.4.(1).)
2) Combustible vertical glazing installed no higher than the second storey is permitted in a building required to
be of noncombustible construction.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the combustible vertical glazing permitted by Sentence (2) shall have a
flame-spread rating not more than 75.
4) The flame-spread rating of combustible glazing is permitted to be not more than 150 if the aggregate area of
glazing is not more than 25% of the wall area of the storey in which it is located, and
a) the glazing is installed in a building not more than 1 storey in building height,
b) the glazing in the first storey is separated from the glazing in the second storey in accordance with the
requirements of Article 3.2.3.17. for opening protection, or
c) the building is sprinklered throughout.
5) Combustible window sashes and frames are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible
construction, provided they are vertically non-contiguous between storeys.
3.1.5.5. Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible cladding is permitted to be used on an exterior wall
assembly in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) the building is
i) not more than 3 storeys in building height, or
ii) sprinklered throughout, and
b) except as provided in Sentence (4), when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S134, "Standard Method of
Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies," the wall assembly satisfies the following criteria for testing and conditions of
acceptance (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)):
i) flaming on or in the wall assembly does not spread more than 5 m above the opening (see Note A-
3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i)), and
ii) the heat flux during the flame exposure on the wall assembly is not more than 35 kW/m 2 measured at 3.5 m
above the opening (see Note A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii)).
2) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.3.10. and 3.2.3.11., where the limiting distance in Tables 3.2.3.1.-B
to 3.2.3.1.-E permits an area of unprotected openings of not more than 10% of the exposing building face, the
construction requirements of Table 3.2.3.7. shall be met.
3) A wall assembly permitted by Sentence (1) that includes combustible cladding of fire-retardant-treated wood
shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has been subjected to an accelerated weathering test as specified in
ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing."
4) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of Appendix D are deemed to comply
with Clause (1)(b).
3.1.5.6. Combustible Components in Exterior Walls
1) Combustible components, other than those permitted by Article 3.1.5.5. and
Sentence 3.1.5.7.(2), are permitted to be used in an exterior wall assembly of a building required to
be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) the building is
120
i) not more than 3 storeys in building height, or
ii) sprinklered throughout, and
b) the wall assembly
i) except as provided in Sentence (2), satisfies the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b), or
ii) is protected by masonry or concrete cladding not less than 25 mm thick (see Note A-
3.1.5.5.(1)(b)).
2) Exterior wall assemblies constructed in accordance with Section D-6 of Appendix D are
deemed to comply with Subclause (1)(b)(i).
3.1.5.7. Factory-Assembled Panels
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), factory-assembled wall and ceiling panels containing
foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 500 are permitted to be used in
a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) the building
i) is sprinklered,
ii) is not more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the underside of the roof, and
iii) does not contain a Group A, Group B, or Group C major occupancy, and
b) the panels
i) do not contain an air space,
ii) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S138, "Standard Method of Test for Fire
Growth of Insulated Building Panels in a Full-Scale Room Configuration," meet the criteria
defined therein, and
iii) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation is subjected to
the applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more than that
permitted for the room or space that they bound.
2) Factory-assembled exterior wall panels containing thermosetting foamed plastic
insulation are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction,
provided
a) the building
i) is not more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the underside of the roof, and
ii) does not contain a Group B or Group C major occupancy, and
b) the wall panels
i) do not contain an air space,
ii) are protected on both sides by sheet steel not less than 0.38 mm thick,
iii) remain in place for not less than 10 min when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-
S101, "Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials," where
the exposed surface includes typical vertical and horizontal joints, and
iv) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation is subjected to
the applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more than that
permitted for the room or space that they bound.
121
3) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling panels
containing foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 500 is permitted to
be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) the building is sprinklered, and
b) the panels
i) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick with a melting
point not less than 650°C,
ii) do not contain an air space,
iii) when tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S138, "Standard Method of Test for Fire
Growth of Insulated Building Panels in a Full-Scale Room Configuration," meet the criteria
defined therein, and
iv) when a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation is subjected to
the applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., have a flame-spread rating not more than that
permitted for the space in which they are located or the space that they bound, as applicable.
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3).)
3.1.5.8. Nailing Elements
1) Wood nailing elements attached directly to or set into a continuous noncombustible
backing for the attachment of interior finishes are permitted in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction provided the concealed space created by the wood elements is not
more than 50 mm thick.
3.1.5.9. Combustible Millwork
1) Combustible millwork, including interior trim, doors and door frames, show windows
together with their frames, aprons and backing, handrails, shelves, cabinets and counters, is
permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
3.1.5.10. Combustible Flooring Elements
1) Combustible stage flooring supported on noncombustible structural members is permitted in
a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
2) Wood members more than 50 mm but not more than 300 mm high applied directly to or
set into a noncombustible floor slab are permitted for the construction of a raised platform in a
building required to be of noncombustible construction provided the concealed spaces created are
divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Sentence 3.1.11.3.(2).
3) The floor system for the raised platform referred to in Sentence (2) is permitted to include
a combustible subfloor and combustible finished flooring.
4) Combustible finished flooring is permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible
construction.
3.1.5.11. Combustible Stairs in Dwelling Units
1) Combustible stairs are permitted in a dwelling unit in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction.
3.1.5.12. Combustible Interior Finishes
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible interior wall and ceiling finishes
referred to in Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b) that are not more than 1 mm thick are permitted in a building
required to be of noncombustible construction.
122
2) Combustible interior wall finishes, other than foamed plastics, that are not more than
25 mm thick are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
they have a flame-spread rating not more than 150 on any exposed surface, or any surface that
would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), combustible interior ceiling finishes, other than foamed
plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any
exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any
direction, except that not more than 10% of the ceiling area within each fire compartment is
permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150.
4) Combustible interior ceiling finishes made of fire-retardant-treated wood are permitted in a
building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided they are not more than 25 mm
thick or are exposed fire-retardant-treated wood battens.
3.1.5.13. Gypsum Board
1) Gypsum board with a tightly adhering paper covering not more than 1 mm thick is
permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided the flame-spread
rating on the surface is not more than 25.
3.1.5.14. Combustible Insulation
(See Notes A-3.1.4.2. and A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
1) Foamed plastic insulation shall conform to Article 3.1.5.15.
2) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface,
or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, is
permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction.
3) Combustible insulation is permitted to be installed above roof decks, outside of foundation
walls below ground level, and beneath concrete slabs-on-ground of buildings required to be of
noncombustible construction.
4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), combustible insulation with a flame-spread
rating more than 25 but not more than 500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be
exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, is permitted in a building required to be
of noncombustible construction, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the
building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier
consisting of
a) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation,
b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly independent of the
insulation,
c) masonry, or
d) concrete.
5) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than 500 on
any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in
any direction, is permitted in the exterior walls of a building required to be of noncombustible
construction that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the
underside of the roof, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building,
other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
123
a) gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either backed or taped and filled,
b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly independent of the
insulation,
c) masonry or concrete not less than 25 mm thick, or
d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard
Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials," will not develop an
average temperature rise more than 140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at
any point on its unexposed face within 10 min (see Note A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)) (see also
Article 3.2.3.7.).
6) Combustible insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than 500 on
any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in
any direction, is permitted in the interior walls, within ceilings and within roof assemblies of a
building required to be of noncombustible construction that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m
high, measured from grade to the underside of the roof, provided the insulation is protected from
adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a
thermal barrier consisting of
a) Type X gypsum board not less than 15.9 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either backed or taped and filled,
conforming to
i) ASTM C1177/C1177M, "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use
as Sheathing,"
ii) ASTM C1178/C1178M, "Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant
Gypsum Backing Panel,"
iii) ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board,"
iv) ASTM C1658/C1658M, "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels," or
v) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board,"
b) non-loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 50 mm thick,
c) loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or
d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard
Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,"
i) does not develop an average temperature rise more than 140°C or a maximum
temperature rise more than 180°C at any point on its unexposed face within 20 min, and
ii) remains in place for not less than 40 min.
3.1.5.15. Foamed Plastic Insulation
(See Notes A-3.1.4.2. and A-3.1.4.2.(1).)
1) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be installed above roof decks, outside of
foundation walls below ground level, and beneath concrete slabs-on-ground of a building required
to be of noncombustible construction.
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3), (4) and 3.1.5.7.(1), foamed plastic insulation with a
flame-spread rating not more than 500 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be
exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, is permitted in a building required to be
124
of noncombustible construction, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the
building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier
consisting of
a) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation,
b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly independent of the
insulation,
c) masonry,
d) concrete, or
e) any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of classification B when tested in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S124, "Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective
Coverings for Foamed Plastic."
3) Foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than 500
on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in
any direction, is permitted in the exterior walls of a building required to be of noncombustible
construction that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m high, measured from grade to the
underside of the roof, provided the insulation is protected from adjacent space in the building,
other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a thermal barrier consisting of
a) gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either backed or taped and filled,
b) lath and plaster, mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly independent of the
insulation,
c) masonry or concrete not less than 25 mm thick, or
d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard
Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials," does not develop an
average temperature rise more than 140°C or a maximum temperature rise more than 180°C at
any point on its unexposed face within 10 min (see Note A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d)) (see also
Article 3.2.3.7.).
4) Foamed plastic insulation with a flame-spread rating more than 25 but not more than 500
on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in
any direction, is permitted in the interior walls, within ceilings and within roof assemblies of a
building required to be of noncombustible construction that is not sprinklered and is more than 18 m
high, measured from grade to the underside of the roof, provided the insulation is protected from
adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within wall assemblies, by a
thermal barrier consisting of
a) Type X gypsum board not less than 15.9 mm thick, mechanically fastened to a supporting
assembly independent of the insulation and with all joints either backed or taped and filled,
conforming to
i) ASTM C1177/C1177M, "Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use
as Sheathing,"
ii) ASTM C1178/C1178M, "Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant
Gypsum Backing Panel,"
iii) ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board," or
125
iv) CAN/CSA A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board,"
b) non-loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 50 mm thick,
c) loadbearing masonry or concrete not less than 75 mm thick, or
d) any thermal barrier that, when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard
Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials,"
i) does not develop an average temperature rise more than 140°C or a maximum
temperature rise more than 180°C at any point on its unexposed face within 20 min, and
ii) remains in place for not less than 40 min.
3.1.5.16. Combustible Elements in Partitions
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and
wood framing in partitions located in a fire compartment not more than 600 m2 in area are
permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction in a floor area that is
not sprinklered throughout provided the partitions
a) are not required fire separations, and
b) are not located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy.
2) Partitions installed in a building of noncombustible construction are permitted to contain
wood framing provided
a) the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
b) the partitions are not located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy, and
c) the partitions are not installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces.
3) Solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and partitions that contain wood framing
are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction provided
a) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
b) the partitions are not
i) located in a care, treatment or detention occupancy,
ii) installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces, or
iii) used to satisfy the requirements of Clause 3.2.8.1.(1)(a).
3.1.5.17. Storage Lockers in Residential Buildings
1) Storage lockers in storage rooms are permitted to be constructed of wood in a building of
residential occupancy required to be of noncombustible construction.
3.1.5.18. Combustible Ducts
1) Except as required by Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1), combustible ducts, including plenums and duct
connectors, are permitted to be used in a building required to be of noncombustible construction
provided these ducts and duct connectors are used only in horizontal runs.
2) Combustible duct linings, duct coverings, duct insulation, vibration isolation connectors,
duct tape, pipe insulation and pipe coverings are permitted to be used in a building required to be
of noncombustible construction provided they conform to the appropriate requirements of
Subsection 3.6.5.
126
3) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, combustible ducts need not
comply with the requirements of Sentences 3.6.5.1.(1) and (2) provided the ducts are
a) part of a duct system conveying only ventilation air, and
b) contained entirely within a dwelling unit.
3.1.5.19. Combustible Piping Materials
1) Except as permitted by Clause 3.1.5.2.(1)(d) and Sentences (2) and (3), combustible piping
and tubing and associated adhesives are permitted to be used in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction provided that, except when concealed in a wall or concrete floor slab,
they
a) have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, and
b) if used in a building described in Subsection 3.2.6., have a smoke developed classification
not more than 50.
2) Combustible sprinkler piping is permitted to be used within a sprinklered floor area in a
building required to be of noncombustible construction. (See also Article 3.2.5.13.)
3) Polypropylene pipes and fittings are permitted to be used for drain, waste and vent
piping for the conveyance of highly corrosive materials and for piping used to distribute distilled
or dialyzed water in laboratory and hospital facilities in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction, provided
a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) the piping is not located in a vertical shaft, and
c) piping that penetrates a fire separation is sealed at the penetration by a firestop that has an
FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation when subjected to the fire test
method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," with a
pressure differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and unexposed sides, with the higher pressure
on the exposed side.
3.1.5.20. Combustible Plumbing Fixtures
1) Combustible plumbing fixtures, including wall and ceiling enclosures that form part of the
plumbing fixture, are permitted in a building required to be of noncombustible construction
provided they are constructed of material having a flame-spread rating and smoke developed
classification not more than that permitted for the wall surface of the room or space in which they
are installed.
3.1.5.21. Wires and Cables
1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and Article 3.1.5.22., optical fibre cables and electrical
wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes are permitted in a building
required to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) the wires and cables exhibit a vertical char of not more than 1.5 m when tested in
conformance with the Vertical Flame Test - Cables in Cable Trays (FT4 rating) in CSA C22.2
No. 0.3, "Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables," except as otherwise required by
Sentence 3.6.4.3.(1),
b) the wires and cables are located in
i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
ii) masonry walls,
127
iii) concrete slabs,
iv) a service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a
fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
v) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b), or
c) the wires and cables are communication cables used at the service entry to a building and
are not more than 3 m long.
(See Note A-3.1.5.21.(1).)
2) Except as permitted in Article 3.6.4.3., optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables
with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound
or data and are not located in totally enclosed noncombustible raceways are permitted to be
installed in a plenum in a building required to be of noncombustible construction, provided the wires
and cables exhibit a horizontal flame distance of not more than 1.5 m, an average optical smoke
density of not more than 0.15, and a peak optical smoke density of not more than 0.5 when tested
in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, "Standard Method of Test for Fire and Smoke
Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways," (FT6 rating).
3) Deleted.
4) Deleted.
3.1.5.22. Combustible Travelling Cables for Elevators
1) Combustible travelling cables are permitted on elevating devices in a building required to
be of noncombustible construction.
3.1.5.23. Non-metallic Raceways
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), subject to the limits on the size of elements that
penetrate fire separations when complying with Article 3.1.9.2., within a fire compartment of a
building required to be of noncombustible construction, totally enclosed non-metallic raceways not
more than 175 mm in outside diameter, or of an equivalent rectangular area, are permitted to be
used to enclose optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables, provided
a) where the wires and cables in the raceways meet or exceed the requirements of
Clause 3.1.5.21.(1)(a), the non-metallic raceways meet the requirements for at least an FT4 rating
in
i) CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 262, "Optical Fiber Cable and Communication Cable Raceway
Systems," or
ii) CAN/ULC-S143, "Standard Method of Fire Tests for Non-Metallic Electrical and Optical
Fibre Cable Raceway Systems," and
b) where the wires and cables in the raceways do not meet or exceed the requirements of
Clause 3.1.5.21.(1)(a), the non-metallic raceways exhibit a vertical char of not more than 1.5 m
when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test (FT4) - Conduit or Tubing on Cable
Tray in Clause 6.16 of CSA C22.2 No. 211.0, "General Requirements and Methods of Testing for
Nonmetallic Conduit."
2) Totally enclosed non-metallic raceways used in a plenum in a building required to be of
noncombustible construction shall exhibit a horizontal flame distance of not more than 1.5 m, an
average optical smoke density of not more than 0.15, and a peak optical smoke density of not
more than 0.5 when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.4, "Standard Method of Test for
128
Fire and Smoke Characteristics of Electrical Wiring, Cables and Non-Metallic Raceways," (FT6
rating).
3.1.5.24. Decorative Wood Cladding
1) On buildings required to be of noncombustible construction, decorative wood cladding is
permitted to be used on the exterior fascias and soffits of marquees or canopies on the building
face of a storey having direct access to a street or access route, provided the wood cladding is fire-
retardant-treated wood that has been conditioned in conformance with ASTM D2898, "Standard
Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing," before
being tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies."
3.1.5.25. Di-electric Liquid Filled Equipment
1) Where noncombustible surfaces are required by the "Electrical Safety Regulations" or its
referenced standards, to prevent the exposure of combustible construction from di-electric liquid
filled equipment, exterior wall assemblies and roof surfaces within the stipulated area shall
a) have no opening, or part thereof, within 6 m that are in direct line of sight to the
equipment unless the opening is provided with
i) a solid noncombustible barrier between the equipment and unprotected opening,
ii) wired glass or fire-resistant glazing in steel, metal clad, or fire-rated frames, or
iii) a fire-rated closures tested to CAN/ULC-S104,
b) where on or within a sphere 3 m of the equipment, and in the horizontal plane projected to
the ground below, exterior walls and roofs shall be constructed with the following
i) noncombustible materials tested to CAN/ULC-S114,
ii) cladding consisting of concrete or masonry not less than 25 mm thick, sheet steel not
less than 1.6 mm thick, or non-combustible materials tested to CAN/ULC-S101 "Fire
Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials" and complying with the conditions
of acceptance in Sentence 3.2.3.8.(2), or
iii) non-combustible roofing materials, and
c) except as otherwise required by Clause (b), where on or within 6 m of the equipment, and
in the horizontal plane projected to the ground below, exterior walls and roofs shall be
protected with
i) continuous noncombustible cladding, flashing or roofing materials meeting the
acceptance criteria of CAN/ULC-S114
ii) Concrete roof tiles with no gaps wider than 3 mm,
iii) Concrete pavers with no concealed space over 25 mm,
iv) Class A roofing material tested in conformance CAN/ULC-S107,
v) Windows with noncombustible frames or frames complying with 3.1.5.4.(5), or
vi) minor combustible components as necessary for the attachment of the roofing and
cladding to the building structure.
3.1.6. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
129
(See Note A-3.1.6.)
3.1.6.1. Scope
1) Encapsulated mass timber construction permitted in this Part shall conform to this
Subsection.
3.1.6.2. Materials Permitted
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Part and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(1), materials used in a
building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall conform
to Subsection 3.1.5.
3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements
(See Note A-3.1.6.3.)
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection and Articles 3.2.2.16. and 3.2.3.19., a building or part of a
building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction is permitted to include structural mass timber
elements, including beams, columns, arches, and wall, floor and roof assemblies, provided they comply with
Sentences (2) and (3).
2) Structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) except as provided in Sentence (4), be arranged in heavy solid masses containing no concealed spaces,
b) have essentially smooth flat surfaces with no thin sections or sharp projections, and
c) except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.17.(1), conform to the minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3.
3) Adhesives used in structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (1) that are constructed of cross-
laminated timber shall conform to the elevated temperature performance requirements in ANSI/APA PRG 320,
"Standard for Performance-Rated Cross-Laminated Timber."
4) Concealed spaces are permitted within structural mass timber elements referred to in Sentence (2) and need
not conform to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided the concealed spaces are
a) sprinklered and divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Subsection 3.1.11.,
b) completely filled with rock or slag fibre insulation conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, "Standard for Mineral Fibre
Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification," and having a density not less than 32 kg/m3,
c) if horizontal, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board or noncombustible
material providing an encapsulation rating of not less than 25 min, or
d) if vertical, lined with not less than a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board or noncombustible
material providing an encapsulation rating of not less than 25 min and vertically divided into compartments by fire
blocks in conformance with Subsection 3.1.11.
Table 3.1.6.3.
Minimum Dimensions of Structural Mass Timber Elements in Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.3.(2), 3.1.6.8.(1) and 3.1.6.17.(1)
Structural Wood Elements
Minimum Thickness, mm
Minimum Width × Depth,
mm × mm
Walls that are fire separations or exterior walls
(1-sided fire exposure)
96
--
Walls that require a fire-resistance rating, but are
not fire separations (2-sided fire exposure)
192
--
Floors(1) and roofs (1-sided fire exposure)
96
--
130
Beams, columns and arches (2- or 3-sided fire
exposure)
--
192 × 192
Beams, columns and arches (4-sided fire
exposure)
--
224 × 224
Notes to Table 3.1.6.3.:
(1) The minimum dimensions for floor assemblies are also applicable to mezzanines and exterior balconies.
3.1.6.4. Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements
(See also Note A-3.1.6.3.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (9), 3.1.6.3.(4), 3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2), and Articles 3.1.6.7.
and 3.1.6.12., the exposed surfaces of structural mass timber elements conforming to Article 3.1.6.3. shall be
protected from adjacent spaces in the building, including adjacent concealed spaces within wall, floor and roof
assemblies, by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence (2) that provides an encapsulation rating
that
a) is not less than 50 minutes in a building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article 3.2.2.48.
or 3.2.2.57., or
b) conforms to the minimum values stated in Table 3.2.2.93. for the applicable major occupancy and building
height.
(See Note A-3.1.6.4.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentence 3.1.6.11.(1), the material or assembly of materials referred to in Sentence (1)
shall consist of
a) gypsum board,
b) gypsum concrete,
c) noncombustible materials,
d) materials that conform to Sentences 3.1.5.1.(2) to (4), or
e) any combination of the materials listed in Clauses (a) to (d).
3) Except as provided in Sentence (5) and (7), the exposed surfaces of mass timber beams, columns and
arches within a suite or fire compartment in a building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article
3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. or permitted by Article 3.2.2.93. to have a 50 min encapsulation rating, other than a residential
suite, need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided
a) their aggregate exposed surface area does not exceed 35% of the total wall area of the perimeter of the suite
or fire compartment in which they are located, and
b) the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150.
(See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) to (7), the exposed surfaces of mass timber walls within a suite in a
building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. or permitted by Article
3.2.2.93. to have a 50 min encapsulation rating, other than a residential suite, need not be protected in accordance
with Sentence (1), provided
a) each portion of an exposed surface of a mass timber wall faces
i) faces the same direction, or
ii) is separated from any other exposing mass timber wall by a horizontal distance of not less than 4.5 m ,
and
b) the flame-spread rating on any exposed surface is not more than 150.
(See Notes A-3.1.6.4.(4) and A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
131
5) Except as provided in Sentence (7), the aggregate exposed surface area of mass timber elements within a
suite permitted in Sentences (3) and (4) shall not exceed 35% of the total wall area of the perimeter of the suite. (See
Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), the exposed surfaces of mass timber ceilings within a suite or fire
compartment, other than an exit, public corridor or a residential suite, in a building or part of a building constructed in
conformance with Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. or permitted by Article 3.2.2.93. to have a 50 min encapsulation rating,
need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), provided their aggregate surface area does not exceed
a) 10% of the total ceiling area of the suite or fire compartment, where the flame-spread rating on any exposed
surface is not more than 150, or
b) 25% of the total ceiling area of the suite or fire compartment, where the flame-spread rating on any exposed
surface of a mass timber wall or ceiling is not more than 75.
(See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
7) The exposed surfaces of mass timber ceilings within a suite in a building or part of a building constructed in
conformance with Article 3.2.2.48. or 3.2.2.57. or permitted by Article 3.2.2.93. to have a 50 min encapsulation rating,
other than a residential suite, need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1) or (6), provided
a) the aggregate surface area of any exposed mass timber beams, columns and arches does not exceed 20% of
the total wall area of the perimeter of the suite in which they are located,
b) all surfaces of mass timber walls are
i) protected in accordance with Sentence (1), or
ii) mass timber walls that are not otherwise permitted to be exposed in accordance with Sentence (5) are
protected by a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence (2) that provides an encapsulation
rating of not less than 80 min, and
c) the flame spread rating on any exposed surface of a mass timber wall or ceiling is not more than 75. (See Note
A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
8) Structural mass timber elements in a building or part of a building permitted by Article 3.2.2.93. to have a 0 min
encapsulation rating need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1), other than residential suites, provided
a) mass timber walls and ceilings within vertical service spaces, public corridors, and exits are protected on the
interior side with a material or assembly of materials conforming to Sentence (2) that provides an encapsulation rating
of not less than 25 min, and
b) concealed spaces are protected in conformance with Sentence 3.1.6.3.(4).
(See Note A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8).)
9) In a building or part of a building required by Clause 3.1.6.4.(1)(b) to have a minimum encapsulation rating of
70 min, the upper surface of a mass timber floor or roof assembly is permitted to be encapsulated by a material or
assembly of materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(2) that provides an encapsulation rating of 50 min.
3.1.6.5. Determination of Encapsulation Ratings
1) Except as provided in Article 3.1.6.6., the rating of a material or assembly of materials that is required to have
an encapsulation rating shall be determined on the basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with
CAN/ULC-S146, "Standard Method of Test for the Evaluation of Encapsulation Materials and Assemblies of Materials
for the Protection of Structural Timber Elements."
3.1.6.6. Encapsulation Materials
(See Note A-3.1.6.6.)
1) Gypsum-concrete topping and concrete not less than 38 mm thick are deemed to have an encapsulation
rating of 50 min when installed on the upper side of a mass timber floor or roof assembly.
132
2) One layer of Type X gypsum board conforming to ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, "Standard Specification for Gypsum
Board," or CAN/CSA-A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board," not less than 12.7 mm thick, is deemed to have an encapsulation
rating of 25 min when installed on a mass timber element in accordance with Sentence (6).
3) Two layers of Type X gypsum board conforming to ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for
Gypsum Board," or CAN/CSA-A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board," each not less than 12.7 mm thick are deemed to have an
encapsulation rating of 50 min when installed on a mass timber element in accordance with Sentence (6).
4) Two layers of Type X gypsum board conforming to ASTM C 1396/C 1396M, "Standard Specification for
Gypsum Board," or CAN/CSA-A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board," each not less than 15.9 mm thick, are deemed to have an
encapsulation rating of 70 min when installed on a mass timber element in accordance with Sentence (6).
5) Three layers of Type X gypsum board conforming to ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for
Gypsum Board," or CAN/CSA-A82.27-M, "Gypsum Board," each not less than 12.7 mm thick, are deemed to have an
encapsulation rating of 80 min when installed on a mass timber element in accordance with Sentence (6).
6) The gypsum board described in Sentences (2) to (5) shall be
a) fastened with a minimum of two rows of screws in each layer
i) directly to the mass timber element with screws of sufficient length to penetrate not less than 20 mm into the
mass timber element that are spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. and 20 mm to 38 mm from the boards' edges, or
ii) to wood furring or resilient metal or steel furring channels not more than 25 mm thick spaced not more than 400
mm o.c. on the mass timber element,
b) for multiple layer systems, installed with the joints in each layer staggered from those in the adjacent layer, and
c) installed in conformance with ASTM C840, "Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum
Board," except that, for multiple layer systems, their joints need not be taped and finished.
(See Note A-3.1.6.6.(6).)
3.1.6.7. Combustible Roofing Materials
1) Wood roof sheathing and roof sheathing supports that do not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4. are
permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they are
installed
a) above a concrete deck in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.3.(2), or
b) above a deck of encapsulated mass timber construction, where
i) said deck is permitted to be encapsulated between the roof sheathing supports by a material or assembly of
materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(2) that provides an encapsulation rating of not less than 50 min,
ii) the height of the roof space is not more than 1 m,
iii) the roof space is divided into compartments by fire blocks in conformance with Article 3.1.11.5.,
iv) openings through the deck other than for noncombustible roof drains and plumbing piping are protected by
shafts constructed as fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h that extend from the deck to not
less than 150 mm above the adjacent sheathing, and
v) except as permitted by Subclause (b)(iv), the roof space does not contain any building services.
2) Combustible cant strips, roof curbs, nailing strips and similar components used in the installation of roofing
are permitted on a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
3) Wood nailer facings to parapets that are not more than 610 mm high are permitted on a building or part of a
building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided the facings and any roof membranes
covering the facings are protected by sheet metal.
3.1.6.8. Combustible Window Sashes and Frames
133
1) Combustible window sashes and frames are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
encapsulated mass timber construction, provided
a) each window in an exterior wall face is an individual unit separated from every other opening in the wall by
noncombustible wall construction or mass timber wall construction conforming to the dimensions stated in
Table 3.1.6.3.,
b) windows in exterior walls in contiguous storeys are separated by not less than 1 m of noncombustible wall
construction or mass timber wall construction conforming to the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3., and
c) the aggregate area of openings in an exterior wall face of a fire compartment is not more than 40% of the area
of the wall face.
3.1.6.9. Exterior Cladding
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3), (4), (6) and (9), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building
or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall be
a) noncombustible,
b) a material or combination of materials that satisfy the criteria of Sentence 3.1.5.1.(2),
c) except as provided in Sentence (7), a wall assembly that satisfies the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b), or
d) a combination of the cladding described in Clauses (a) to (c). (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6).)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3), (4), (6) and (8), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or
part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction that is not more than 12 storeys in building
height is permitted to consist of
a) combustible cladding that
i) is not contiguous over more than 4 storeys,
ii) represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey,
iii) is not more than 1.2 m in width,
iv) has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed
by cutting through the material in any direction,
v) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not
less than 2.4 m, and
vi) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding by a horizontal distance of not less than 1.2 m,
b) combustible cladding that
i) is not contiguous across adjacent storeys,
ii) represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey,
iii) has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed
by cutting through the material in any direction, and
iv) is separated from other portions of combustible cladding on adjacent storeys by a horizontal distance of not
less than 2.4 m,
c) combustible cladding representing up to 100% of the cladding on exterior walls of the first storey, provided all
portions of the cladding can be directly accessed and are located not more than 15 m from a street or access route
conforming to Article 3.2.5.6., measured horizontally from the face of the building,
or
d) a combination of noncombustible cladding and the cladding described in Clauses (a) to (c).
(See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6).)
134
3) The permitted area of combustible cladding in Clause (2)(a) or (b) shall not exceed 5% of the cladding on
each exterior wall of each storey where the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the
arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all fire department calls to
the building. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(8).)
4) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (8), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a
building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction that is not more than 6 storeys in building height is
permitted to consist of
a) combustible cladding that
i) represents not more than 10% of the cladding on each exterior wall of each storey, and
ii) has a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be
exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, or
b) a combination of the cladding described in Clause (a) and the cladding described in Sentence (1) and Clause
(2)(c).
(See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6).)
5) Where combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a), (b) or (4)(a) on an exterior wall of a fire
compartment is exposed to combustible cladding conforming to Clause (2)(a), (b) or (4)(a) on an exterior wall of the
same fire compartment or of another fire compartment, and the planes of the two walls are parallel or at an angle less
than 135° measured from the exterior of the building, the different portions of combustible cladding shall
a) be separated by a horizontal distance of not less than 3 m, and
b) not be contiguous over more than 2 storeys.
6) Except as provided in Sentence (8), cladding on an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building
permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction and not more than 4 storeys in building height is permitted to
consist of combustible material with a flame-spread rating not more than 75 on any exposed surface, or any surface
that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction. (See Note A-3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6).)
7) An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of Appendix D is deemed to satisfy
the criteria of Clause (1)(c).
8) Except as provided in Article 3.2.3.10., where the limiting distance in Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E permits an
area of unprotected openings of not more than 10% of the exposing building face, the construction requirements of
Table 3.2.3.7. shall be met.
9) A wall assembly conforming to Clause (1)(c) that includes combustible cladding made of fire-retardant-treated
wood shall be tested for fire exposure after the cladding has been subjected to the accelerated weathering test
specified in ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire
Testing."
3.1.6.10. Combustible Components in Exterior Walls
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), combustible components, other than those permitted by Article 3.1.6.9.,
are permitted to be used in an exterior wall assembly of a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated
mass timber construction, provided the wall assembly meets the requirements of Clause 3.1.6.9.(2)(d).
2) An exterior wall assembly constructed in conformance with Section D-6 of Appendix D is deemed to satisfy
the criteria of Sentence (1).
3) Non-loadbearing wood elements permitted in Article 3.1.5.6. need not conform to Article 3.1.6.3. in a building
or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
3.1.6.11. Nailing Elements
135
1) Wood nailing elements are permitted to be used for the attachment of a material or assembly of materials
used to provide an encapsulation rating in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
construction, provided the concealed space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 25 mm deep.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.6.16.(2) and Article 3.1.6.6., wood nailing elements are permitted to be
used for the attachment of interior finishes in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass
timber construction, provided the concealed space created by the wood nailing elements is not more than 50 mm deep
and
a) exposed surfaces in the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, or
b) the concealed space is filled with noncombustible insulation.
3.1.6.12. Combustible Flooring Elements
1) Wood members that are more than 50 mm but not more than 300 mm high are permitted to be used for the
construction of a raised platform in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
construction, and they need not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4., provided
a) the concealed spaces created by the wood members are divided into compartments by fire blocks in
conformance with Sentence 3.1.11.3.(4), and
b) the wood members are
i) applied directly to or set into a noncombustible floor slab, or
ii) applied directly to a mass timber floor assembly that conforms to the requirements of Article 3.1.6.3.
2) The upper surface of the mass timber floor assembly referred to in Subclause (1)(b)(ii) is permitted to be
encapsulated only between the wood members by a material or assembly of materials conforming to
Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2).
3) The floor system for the raised platform referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to include a combustible
subfloor and combustible finished flooring.
3.1.6.13. Combustible Stairs
1) Wood stairs and landings conforming to the requirements for floor assemblies in Article 3.1.6.3. and
Sentences 3.1.6.4.(1) and (2) are permitted in an exit stairwell in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
encapsulated mass timber construction.
2) Wood stairs in a suite in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
construction need not conform to Articles 3.1.6.3. and 3.1.6.4.
3.1.6.14. Combustible Interior Finishes
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible interior wall and ceiling finishes referred to in
Clause 3.1.13.1.(2)(b) that are not more than 1 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be
of encapsulated mass timber construction.
2) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3), (4), (7) and (8), combustible interior wall finishes, other than
foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of
encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 150 on any exposed
surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction.
3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and 3.1.6.4.(3), (6), (7) and (8), combustible interior ceiling finishes,
other than foamed plastics, that are not more than 25 mm thick are permitted in a building or part of a building
permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 25
on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except
that not more than 10% of the ceiling area within each fire compartment is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not
more than 150. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)
4) Combustible interior ceiling finishes made of fire-retardant-treated wood are permitted in a building or part of a
building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, provided they are not more than 25 mm thick or are
exposed fire-retardant-treated wood battens.
136
3.1.6.15. Combustible Elements in Partitions
1) Solid lumber partitions not less than 38 mm thick and partitions containing wood framing that do not conform
to Article 3.1.6.3. are permitted in a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber
construction, provided the partitions are
a) protected on each face with not less than
i) a single layer of 12.7 mm thick Type X gypsum board, with all joints either backed or taped and filled,
conforming to ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board," or CAN/CSA A82.27-M, "Gypsum
Board,"
ii) a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on solid lumber partitions, or
iii) a single layer of 19 mm thick fire-retardant-treated wood, on partitions containing wood framing, where the
wood stud cavities are filled with noncombustible insulation, and
b) not installed as enclosures for exits or vertical service spaces.
3.1.6.16. Exposed Construction Materials and Components in Concealed
Spaces
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Article 3.1.11.7., and except as otherwise provided in this Subsection,
only construction materials and components permitted in noncombustible construction shall be permitted to have
exposed surfaces in concealed spaces within floor, roof, and wall assemblies in a building or part of a building
permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction.
2) Exposed surfaces are permitted in a concealed space created by the attachment of a material or assembly of
materials conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), provided the concealed space is not more than 25 mm deep.
3.1.6.17. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
1) The minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. need not apply at cutouts in vertical or horizontal structural
mass timber elements where outlet boxes are installed in accordance with Article 3.1.9.3. (See also Note A-
3.1.9.2.(1).)
2) The exposed surfaces of the cutouts described in Sentence (1) need not be protected in accordance with
Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1).
3) Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a structural mass timber element having a fire-resistance rating shall be
separated by a distance of not less than 600 mm.
3.1.7. Fire-Resistance Ratings
3.1.7.1. Determination of Ratings
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) to (4), and Articles 3.1.7.2. and 3.6.3.5., the rating of a material,
assembly of materials or a structural member that is required to have a fire-resistance rating, shall be determined on
the basis of the results of tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard Method of Fire Endurance
Tests of Building Construction and Materials."
2) A material, assembly of materials or a structural member is permitted to be assigned a fire-resistance rating
on the basis of Appendix D.
3) A ceiling assembly is permitted to be assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Assembly Number R1 in
Table A-9.10.3.1.-B.
4) A ceiling membrane is permitted to be assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Assembly Number M1
or M2 in Table A-9.10.3.1.-B.
3.1.7.2. Exception for Exterior Walls
137
1) The limit on the rise of temperature on the unexposed surface of an assembly as required by the tests
referred to in Sentence 3.1.7.1.(1) shall not apply to an exterior wall that has a limiting distance of 1.2 m or more,
provided correction is made for radiation from the unexposed surface in accordance with Sentence 3.2.3.1.(9).
3.1.7.3. Exposure Conditions for Rating
1) Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the underside.
2) Firewalls and interior vertical fire separations shall be rated for exposure to fire on each side.
3) Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building.
3.1.7.4. Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating
1) The use of materials or assemblies having a greater fire-resistance rating than required shall impose no
obligation to exceed in whole or in part the minimum fire-resistance ratings required by this Part.
3.1.7.5. Rating of Supporting Construction
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. for mixed types of construction, all
loadbearing walls, columns and arches in the storey immediately below a floor or roof assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported floor or roof assembly.
2) Loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a service room or service space need not conform to
Sentence (1).
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4) and except for noncombustible roof assemblies required by
Clauses 3.2.2.51.(2)(c) and 3.2.2.60.(2)(c), if an assembly is required to be of noncombustible construction and have a
fire-resistance rating, it shall be supported by noncombustible construction.
4) Except for portions of a building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.7. that are required to be of
noncombustible construction, assemblies of noncombustible construction in buildings or portions of buildings permitted
to be of encapsulated mass timber construction are permitted to be supported by encapsulated mass timber
construction.
3.1.8. Fire Separations and Closures
3.1.8.1. General Requirements
1) Any wall, partition or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall
a) except as permitted by Sentence (2), be constructed as a continuous element in conformance with
Article 3.1.8.3., and
b) as required in this Part, have a fire-resistance rating as specified (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)) .
2) Openings in a fire separation shall be protected with closures, shafts or other means in conformance with
Articles 3.1.8.4. to 3.1.8.19. and Subsections 3.1.9. and 3.2.8. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
3.1.8.2. Combustible Construction Support
1) Combustible construction that abuts on or is supported by a noncombustible fire separation shall be
constructed so that its collapse under fire conditions will not cause the collapse of the fire separation.
3.1.8.3. Continuity of Fire Separations
1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2), a horizontal service space or other concealed space located
above a required vertical fire separation, including the walls of a vertical shaft, shall be divided at the fire separation by
an equivalent fire separation within the service space.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), the continuity of a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating that abuts
another fire separation, a floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be maintained by a firestop conforming to Sentence (3). (See
Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
138
3) The firestop required in Sentence (2) shall have an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the
abutting fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of
Firestop Systems."
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), joints located in a horizontal plane between a floor and an exterior wall
shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in ASTM E2307, "Standard Test Method for
Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus," has an
F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the horizontal fire separation.
5) Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls at corners need not comply
with Sentences (2) and (4) where such joints consist of gypsum board that is attached to framing members and
arranged so as to restrict the passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)
3.1.8.4. Determination of Ratings and Classifications
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.8.16.(1), the fire-protection rating of a closure shall be
determined in accordance with
a) CAN/ULC-S104, "Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door Assemblies,"
b) CAN/ULC-S106, "Standard Method for Fire Tests of Window and Glass Block Assemblies," or
c) CAN/ULC-S112, "Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies."
(See Articles 3.1.8.17. to 3.1.8.19. for additional requirements for closures.)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.8.12.(1), the fire-protection rating of a closure shall conform to
Table 3.1.8.4. for the required fire-resistance rating of the fire separation.
3) The leakage rate of smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers shall
a) be determined in accordance with the applicable provisions in CAN/ULC-S112.1, "Standard for Leakage
Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems," and
b) conform to Class I, II or III of that standard.
4) The leakage rate of a door assembly shall be determined in accordance with ANSI/UL 1784, "Standard for Air
Leakage Tests of Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives."
Table 3.1.8.4.
Fire-Protection Rating of Closures
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2)
Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation
Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
45 min
45 min
1 h
45 min
1.5 h
1 h
2 h
1.5 h
3 h
2 h
4 h
3 h
3.1.8.5. Installation of Closures
1) Except where fire dampers, window assemblies and glass block are used as closures, closures of the same
fire-protection rating installed on opposite sides of the same opening are deemed to have a fire-protection rating equal
to the sum of the fire-protection ratings of the closures. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
2) Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every door, fire damper, window assembly or glass block used as a
closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in conformance with NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire Doors and
Other Opening Protectives." (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(2).)
139
3) Except as otherwise specified in this Part, every smoke damper or combination smoke/fire damper used as a
closure in a required fire separation shall be installed in conformance with NFPA 105, "Standard for Smoke Door
Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives."
4) If a door is installed such that it could damage the integrity of a fire separation if its swing is unrestricted, door
stops shall be installed to prevent the damage.
5) Protective guarding devices shall be
a) provided where necessary to prevent damage to the mechanical components of doors in fire separations, and
b) installed so as not to interfere with the proper operation of the doors.
6) A leakage-rated door assembly complying with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(4) shall be installed in
a) fire separations in protected floor areas referred to in Clause 11.3.8.1.(1)(b),
b) fire separations in care or treatment occupancies referred to in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4),
c) except as provided in Sentence (8), fire separations of public corridors serving dwelling units in storeys that
are not sprinklered, and
d) firewalls that are a horizontal exit referred to in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(3).
7) Leakage-rated door assemblies required by Sentence (6) shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 105,
"Standard for Smoke Door Assemblies and Other Opening Protectives."
8) A leakage-rated door assembly need not be installed where a dwelling unit served by a public corridor has
a) a second and separate means of egress, or
b) an open-air balcony that is sized to accommodate the number of occupants for which the dwelling unit is
intended.
9) A closure installed as part of a vertical fire separation within connecting construction described in Clause
1.3.3.4.(3)(b) of Division A, shall be protected by a dedicated water curtain that
a) consists of quick response sprinklers with a nominal k-factor of 5.6 of the upright or pendant type on each side,
b) is located such that
i) the water curtain sprinklers are between 150 mm and 300 mm horizontally from the interior face of the opening,
ii) the water curtain sprinklers are located and not more than 3.6 m vertically above the floor immediately below
and within 300 mm of the ceiling per the manufacturers listing for the quick response sprinkler head and NFPA 13,
iii) if the opening is 1.8 m or less in width, have one sprinkler head installed at the center of the opening with no
more than 0.9 m horizontally from the edge of the opening,
iv) if the opening is more than 1.8 m in width, have multiple sprinkler heads installed at 1.8 m on center with no
more than 0.9 m horizontally from the edge of the opening, and
c) have sprinkler heads protected from spray and from cold solder effects from adjacent sprinklers (floor area or
water curtain sprinkler heads) by means of baffles in accordance with NFPA 13, and be hydraulically designed to
i) discharge water at a minimum flow rate of 1.13 L/s (18 usgpm),
ii) sprinklers will be supplied on a separate zone, and
iii) be included in the most hydraulically demanding design area for the adjacent floor area sprinklers plus the
inside and outside hose stream allowance per NFPA 13.
3.1.8.6. Maximum Openings
1) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with a closure shall be not more
than 11 m2, with no dimension more than 3.7 m, if a fire compartment on either side of the fire separation is not
sprinklered.
140
2) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation required to be protected with a closure shall be not more
than 22 m2, with no dimension more than 6 m, provided the fire compartments on both sides of the fire separation are
sprinklered.
3.1.8.7. Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
1) Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.8., a fire damper having a fire-protection rating conforming to
Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2) shall be installed in conformance with Article 3.1.8.10. in ducts or air-transfer openings that
penetrate an assembly required to be a fire separation.
2) Except as provided in Article 3.1.8.9., a smoke damper or a combination smoke/fire damper shall be installed
in conformance with Article 3.1.8.11. in ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate an assembly required to be a fire
separation, where the fire separation
a) separates a public corridor,
b) contains an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
c) serves an assembly, care, treatment, detention or residential occupancy, or
d) is installed to meet the requirements of Clause 11.3.8.1.(1)(b) or Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4).
3.1.8.8. Fire Dampers Waived
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is
permitted to be waived for
a) ducts that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
b) continuous noncombustible ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a vertical fire separation
required by Sentence 3.3.1.1.(1) between suites of assembly, mercantile, low-hazard industrial, medium-hazard
industrial or high-hazard industrial occupancy,
c) ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a vertical fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance
rating, or
d) noncombustible ducts or air-transfer openings that penetrate a horizontal fire separation not required to have
a fire-resistance rating.
2) The requirement for fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(1) is permitted to be waived for noncombustible
branch ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a fire separation,
a) provided the ducts
i) have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve only air-conditioning units or combined air-
conditioning and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m above the floor, or
ii) extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that are under negative pressure and in which the
airflow is upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
b) where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder of the building, provided each
individual duct exhausts directly to the outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.
3.1.8.9. Smoke Dampers Waived
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the requirement for smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers
stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is permitted to be waived for ducts
a) that serve commercial cooking equipment (see also Article 6.3.1.6.),
b) in which all inlet and outlet openings serve not more than one fire compartment, or
c) that penetrate a vertical fire separation referred to in Clause 11.3.8.1.(1)(b) or in Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4),
provided
i) the movement of air is continuous, and
141
ii) the configuration of the air-handling system prevents the recirculation of exhaust or return air under fire
emergency conditions.
2) The requirement for smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers stated in Sentence 3.1.8.7.(2) is
permitted to be waived for noncombustible branch ducts having a melting point above 760°C that penetrate a fire
separation,
a) provided the ducts
i) have a cross-sectional area not more than 0.013 m2 and serve only air-conditioning units or combined air-
conditioning and heating units discharging air not more than 1.2 m above the floor,
ii) extend not less than 500 mm inside exhaust duct risers that are under negative pressure and in which the
airflow is upward as required by Article 3.6.3.4., or
iii) are required to function as part of a smoke control system, or
b) where the fire separation separates a vertical service space from the remainder of the building, provided each
individual duct exhausts directly to the outdoors at the top of the vertical service space.
3.1.8.10. Installation of Fire Dampers
1) A fire damper shall be installed in the plane of the fire separation so as to stay in place should the duct
become dislodged during a fire. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(1).)
2) A fire damper shall be arranged so as to close automatically upon the operation of a fusible link conforming to
ULC-S505, "Standard for Fusible Links for Fire Protection Services," or other heat-actuated or smoke-actuated device.
3) A heat-actuated device referred to in Sentence (2) shall
a) be located where it is readily affected by an abnormal rise in temperature in the duct, and
b) have a temperature rating approximately 30°C above the maximum temperature that would exist in the
system, whether it is in operation or shut down.
4) A fire damper tested in the vertical or horizontal position shall be installed in the position in which it was
tested.
5) A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to provide access for the inspection of the
damper and the resetting of the release device. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)
3.1.8.11. Installation of Smoke Dampers
1) Where smoke dampers are used as a closure in an air-transfer opening, they shall be installed in the plane of
the fire separation.
2) Where combination smoke/fire dampers are used as a closure in a duct, they shall be installed within 610 mm
of the plane of the fire separation, provided there is no inlet or outlet opening between the fire separation and the
damper.
3) Except as required by a smoke control system, smoke dampers and combination smoke/fire dampers shall be
configured so as to close automatically upon a signal from an adjacent smoke detector located as described in
CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems," within 1.5 m horizontally of the duct or air-transfer
opening in the fire separation
a) on both sides of the air-transfer opening, or
b) in the duct downstream of the smoke damper or combination smoke/fire damper.
4) Smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers shall be installed in the vertical or horizontal position in
which they were tested.
5) A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper and combination smoke/fire damper to
provide access for their inspection and the resetting of the release device. (See Note A-3.1.8.10.(5).)
3.1.8.12. Twenty-Minute Closures
142
1) A door assembly having a fire-protection rating not less than 20 min is permitted to be used as a closure in
a) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 1 h, located between
i) a public corridor and a suite,
ii) a corridor and adjacent sleeping rooms, or
iii) a corridor and adjacent classrooms, offices and libraries in Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, or
b) a fire separation not required to have a fire-resistance rating more than 45 min, located in a building not more
than 3 storeys in building height.
2) The requirements for noncombustible sills and combustible floor coverings in NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire
Doors and Other Opening Protectives," do not apply to a door described in Sentence (1).
3) A door described in Sentence (1) shall have clearances of not more than 6 mm at the bottom and not more
than 3 mm at the sides and top.
3.1.8.13. Self-closing Devices
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), every door in a fire separation, other than doors to freight elevators and
dumbwaiters, shall be equipped with a self-closing device designed to return the door to the closed position after each
use.
2) A self-closing device need not be provided on a door that is located between
a) a classroom and a corridor providing access to exit from the classroom in a building that is not more than 3
storeys in building height,
b) a public corridor and an adjacent room of business and personal services occupancy in a building that is not
more than 3 storeys in building height provided the door is not located in a dead-end portion of the corridor,
c) a patients' sleeping room and a corridor serving the patients' sleeping room, provided the room and corridor
are within a fire compartment in a hospital or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements of
Article 3.3.3.5., or
d) a patients' sleeping room and an adjacent room that serves the patients' sleeping room, provided these rooms
are within a fire compartment in a hospital or nursing home with treatment that complies with the requirements of
Article 3.3.3.5.
3.1.8.14. Hold-Open Devices
1) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.8.10.(2) and 3.1.8.11.(3), a hold-open device is permitted to be used on
a closure in a required fire separation, other than on an exit stair door in a building more than 3 storeys in building
height and on a door for a vestibule required by Article 3.3.5.7., provided the device is designed to release the closure
in conformance with this Article.
2) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), where the building is provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-
open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall release
a) in a single-stage system, upon any signal from the fire alarm system, and
b) in a 2-stage system,
i) upon any alert signal from the fire alarm system, or
ii) upon actuation of any adjacent smoke detectors.
3) Where the building is provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1) shall
release upon a signal from a smoke detector connected to the fire alarm system and located as described in
CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems," where the hold-open device is used on
a) an exit door,
b) a door opening into a public corridor,
143
c) an egress door referred to in Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2),
d) a closure serving an assembly, care, treatment, detention, or residential occupancy,
e) a door in a fire separation referred to in Clause 11.3.8.1.(1)(b) or Sentence 3.3.3.5.(4), or
f) a door required to function as part of a smoke control system.
4) Where the building is not provided with a fire alarm system, a hold-open device permitted by Sentence (1)
shall release upon a signal from a smoke alarm located on each side of the fire separation at ceiling level within 1.5 m
horizontally of the closure opening in the fire separation, where the hold-open device is used on closures described in
Clauses (3)(a) to (e).
5) Where a hold-open device is used on closures other than those described in Sentences (3) and (4), it is
permitted to be released upon actuation of a heat-actuated device.
6) A hold-open device used on a door located between a corridor used by the public and an adjacent sleeping
room in a treatment occupancy need not release automatically as stated in Sentence (2).
3.1.8.15. Door Latches
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.3.3.5., a swing-type door in a fire separation shall be equipped with a positive
latching mechanism designed to hold the door in the closed position after each use.
3.1.8.16. Fire Protective Glazing and Glass Block
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.1.8.18. and 3.1.8.19. for the separation of exits, an opening in a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not more than 1 h is permitted to be protected with fixed fire protective
glazing, wired glass assemblies or glass blocks installed in conformance with NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire Doors and
Other Opening Protectives." (See also Article 3.3.2.17.)
2) Wired glass assemblies permitted by Sentence (1) and described in Appendix D are permitted to be used as
closures in vertical fire separations without being tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).
3) Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be installed in accordance with Subsection 4.3.2. and reinforced
with steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint.
4) Fire protective glazing permitted by Sentence (1), shall include glazing meeting a fire-protection rating when
tested in accordance CAN/ULC-S104, and shall be installed in an appropriate fire-resistive frame.
3.1.8.17. Temperature Rise Limit for Doors
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum temperature rise on the opaque portion of the
unexposed side of a door used as a closure in a fire separation in a location shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to
the Table when tested in conformance with Sentence 3.1.8.4.(1).
Table 3.1.8.17.
Restrictions on Temperature Rise and Glazing for Closures
Forming Part of Articles 3.1.8.17. and 3.1.8.18.
Location
Minimum Required
Fire-Protection
Rating of Door
Maximum
Temperature Rise
on Opaque Portion
of Unexposed Side
of Door, °C
Maximum Aggregate
Area of Wired Glass
or Safety Glazing in a
Door, m2
Maximum Aggregate
Area of Glass Block,
Wired Glass or Safety
Glazing Panels Not in
a Door, m2
Between a dead-end
corridor and an
adjacent occupancy
where the corridor
provides the only
access to exit and is
required to have a
fire-resistance rating
Less than 45 min
No limit
No limit
No limit
45 min
250 after 30 min
0.0645
0.0645
144
Between an exit
enclosure and the
adjacent floor area in
a building not more
than 3 storeys in
building height
All ratings
No limit
0.8
0.8
Between an exit
enclosure and the
adjacent floor area
(except as permitted
above)
45 min
250 after 30 min
0.0645
0.0645
1.5 h
250 after 1 h
0.0645
0.0645
2 h
250 after 1 h
0.0645
0.0645
In a firewall
45 min
250 after 30 min
0.0645
0
1.5 h
250 after 30 min
0.0645
0
3 h
250 after 1 h
0
0
3.1.8.18. Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety Glazing
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of wired glass or safety glazing in a
door used in the locations shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table. (See Note A-3.1.8.18.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.1.8.19., the maximum aggregate area of glass block, wired glass or safety
glazing panels not in a door used in the locations shown in Table 3.1.8.17. shall conform to the Table.
3.1.8.19. Temperature Rise and Area Limits Waived
1) The temperature rise limits and glass area limits required by Articles 3.1.8.17. and 3.1.8.18. are waived for a
closure between an exit enclosure and an enclosed vestibule or corridor, provided
a) the vestibule or corridor is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) the fire separation required by Clause (a) contains no wired glass, glass block or safety glazing within 3 m of
the closure into the exit enclosure, and
c) the vestibule or corridor contains no occupancy.
(See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)
3.1.9. Penetrations in Fire Separations and Fire-
Rated Assemblies
(See Note A-3.1.9.)
3.1.9.1. Firestops
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7) and Article 3.1.9.3., penetrations of a fire separation or a
membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be
a) sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire
Tests of Firestop Systems," has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating of the fire separation, or
b) cast in place, where the item penetrating the fire separation is steel, ferrous, copper, concrete or masonry
(see Note A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b)).
(See also Article 3.1.9.4. for requirements regarding penetrations by combustible drain, waste and vent piping.)
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (6), penetrations of a firewall or a horizontal fire separation that is required to
have a fire-resistance rating in conformance with Article 3.2.1.2. shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that,
when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has
an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
145
3) Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), penetrations of a fire separation in conformance with
Sentence 3.6.4.2.(2) shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
"Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the
fire separation of the assembly.
4) Sprinklers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to
have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), provided the
annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler is covered by a metal escutcheon plate in accordance with
NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
5) Unless specifically designed with a firestop, fire dampers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a
membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop
requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), provided the fire damper is installed in conformance with NFPA 80, "Standard for
Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives."
6) Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having a fire-resistance rating as
described in Sentences (2) and (3) that are contained within the cavity of a wall above and below the horizontal fire
separation are permitted to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in
CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an F rating not less than the fire-resistance
rating for the fire separation.
7) Service equipment penetrations through a horizontal fire separation having a fire-resistance rating as
described in Sentence (3) are permitted to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire
test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an F rating not less than the
fire-resistance rating for the fire separation, provided the penetration
a) is contained within the concealed space of a floor or ceiling assembly having a fire-resistance rating,
b) is located above a ceiling membrane that is a horizontal fire separation, or
c) is contained within a horizontal service space conforming to Subsection 3.6.4. that is directly above or below
the floor.
3.1.9.2. Service Equipment Penetrations
1) Ducts, electrical outlet boxes, pipes, totally enclosed raceways, optical fibre cables, electrical wires and
cables, and other similar service equipment are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of
an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided they are protected at the penetration with a firestop
conforming to Sentence 3.1.9.1.(1). (See Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
2) Combustible totally enclosed raceways that are embedded in a concrete floor slab are permitted in an
assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the concrete cover between the raceway and the bottom of
the slab is not less than 50 mm.
3.1.9.3. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
(See Note A-3.1.9.3.) (See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), outlet boxes are permitted to penetrate the membrane of an assembly
required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided they are sealed at the penetration by a firestop that has an FT rating
not less than the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
"Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems."
2) Combustible outlet boxes are permitted to penetrate the membrane of an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating, provided they are sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method
in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an FT rating not less than the fire-
resistance rating for the fire separation.
3) Except as provided in Sentences 3.1.9.1.(2) and (3), noncombustible outlet boxes that penetrate a vertical fire
separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating need not conform to
Sentence (1), provided
a) they do not exceed
146
i) 0.016 m2 in area, and
ii) an aggregate area of 0.065 m2 in any 9.3 m2 of surface area, and
b) the annular space between the membrane and the noncombustible electrical outlet boxes does not exceed 3
mm.
4) Outlet boxes on opposite sides of a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating shall be separated
by
a) a horizontal distance of not less than 600 mm,
b) a fire block conforming to Article 3.1.11.7., or
c) a firestop installed on each outlet box that has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the fire
separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
Systems."
3.1.9.4. Combustible Piping Penetrations
1) Combustible sprinkler piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation provided the fire compartments on
each side of the fire separation are sprinklered.
2) Combustible water distribution piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation that is required to have a fire-
resistance rating, provided the piping is protected at the penetration with a firestop in conformance with Clause (4)(a)
or (b).
3) Except as permitted by Sentences (4), (5), (7) and (8), combustible piping shall not be used in a drain, waste
and vent piping system if any part of that system penetrates
a) a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating, or
b) a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating.
4) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-
resistance rating or a membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided
a) except as provided in Clause (b), the piping is sealed at the penetration by a firestop that has an F rating not
less than the fire-resistance rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-
S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems,"
b) in buildings more than 3 storeys in building height, the piping is sealed at the penetration by a firestop that has
an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method
in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," with a pressure differential of 50 Pa between
the exposed and unexposed sides, with the higher pressure on the exposed side, and
c) the piping is not located in a vertical service space.
5) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted on one side of a vertical fire separation provided it is
not located in a vertical service space.
6) Combustible piping for central vacuum systems is permitted to penetrate a fire separation, provided the
installation conforms to the requirements that apply to combustible drain, waste and vent piping specified in
Sentence (4).
7) Except as provided in Sentence (8), penetrations of a fire separation that incorporate transitions between
combustible and noncombustible drain, waste and vent piping shall be sealed by a firestop that has an F rating not less
than the fire-resistance rating required for the fire separation when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115,
"Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," with a pressure differential of 50 Pa between the exposed and
unexposed sides, with the higher pressure on the exposed side.
8) Transitions between vertical noncombustible drain, waste and vent piping and combustible branches for drain,
waste and vent piping are permitted on either side of a fire separation, provided they are not located in a vertical
service space. (See Note A-3.1.9.4.(8).)
147
3.1.9.5. Openings through a Membrane Ceiling
1) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of Appendix D
is permitted to be penetrated by openings leading into ducts within the ceiling space, provided
a) the ducts are sheet steel, and
b) the number of openings and their protection conform to the requirements of Appendix D.
3.1.9.6. Plenums
1) A ceiling assembly used as a plenum shall conform to Article 3.6.4.3.
3.1.10. Firewalls
3.1.10.1. Prevention of Firewall Collapse
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the connections and supports for structural framing members that are
connected to or supported on a firewall and have a fire-resistance rating less than that required for the firewall, shall be
designed so that the failure of the framing systems during a fire will not affect the integrity of the firewall during the fire.
2) Sentence (1) does not apply to a firewall consisting of two separate wall assemblies each tied to its respective
building frame but not to each other, provided each wall assembly is
a) a fire separation having one half of the fire-resistance rating required for the firewall by Sentences 3.1.10.2.(1)
and (2), and
b) designed so that the collapse of one wall assembly will not cause collapse of the other.
3) A firewall is permitted to be supported on the structural frame of a building of noncombustible construction
provided the supporting frame has a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the firewall.
4) Piping, ducts and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways shall be installed so that their collapse will not
cause collapse of the firewall.
3.1.10.2. Rating of Firewalls
1) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1
or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance
rating not less than 4 h, except that where the upper portion of a firewall separates floor areas containing other than
Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancies, the fire-resistance rating of the upper portion of the firewall is
permitted to be not less than 2 h.
2) A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas containing major occupancies other than
Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 shall be constructed as a fire separation of noncombustible construction having a
fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the required fire-resistance rating of a firewall, except for closures, shall
be provided by masonry or concrete.
4) A firewall permitted to have a fire-resistance rating not more than 2 h need not be constructed of masonry or
concrete, provided
a) the assembly providing the fire-resistance rating is protected against damage that would compromise the
integrity of the assembly, and
b) the design conforms to Article 4.1.5.17.
(See Note A-3.1.10.2.(4).)
3.1.10.3. Continuity of Firewalls
1) A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or adjacent to, all storeys of a building or
buildings so separated, except that a firewall located above a basement storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.1.2.
148
is permitted to commence at the floor assembly immediately above the storage garage. (See also
Sentence 3.1.10.1.(3).)
2) A firewall is permitted to terminate on the underside of a reinforced concrete roof slab, provided
a) the roof slab on both sides of the firewall has a fire-resistance rating not less than
i) 1 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, or
ii) 2 h if the firewall is required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h, and
b) there are no concealed spaces within the roof slab in that portion immediately above the firewall.
3.1.10.4. Parapets
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.1.10.3.(2), a firewall shall extend above the roof surface to form a
parapet not less than
a) 150 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, and
b) 900 mm high for a firewall required to have a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h.
2) A firewall that separates 2 buildings with roofs at different elevations need not extend above the upper roof
surface to form a parapet, provided the difference in elevation between the roofs is more than 3 m.
3.1.10.5. Maximum Openings
1) Openings in a firewall shall conform to the size limits described in Article 3.1.8.6.
2) The aggregate width of openings in a firewall within a storey shall be not more than 25% of the entire length of
the firewall.
3.1.10.6. Exposure Protection for Adjacent Walls
1) The requirements of Article 3.2.3.14. shall apply to the external walls of 2 buildings that meet at a firewall at
an angle less than 135°.
3.1.10.7. Combustible Projections
1) Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall but is permitted to extend across a roof
above a firewall that is terminated in conformance with Sentence 3.1.10.3.(2).
2) If buildings are separated by a firewall, combustible projections on the exterior of one building, including
balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs, that extend outward beyond the end of the firewall, shall
not be permitted within 2.4 m of combustible projections and window or door openings of the adjacent building. (See
also Article 3.2.3.6.)
3.1.11. Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
3.1.11.1. Separation of Concealed Spaces
1) Concealed spaces in interior wall, ceiling and crawl spaces shall be separated from concealed spaces in
exterior walls and attic or roof spaces by fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
3.1.11.2. Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies and Concealed Vertical Spaces
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided to block off
concealed spaces within a wall assembly and concealed vertical spaces forming part of a wood-framed building
a) at every floor level,
b) at every ceiling level where the ceiling forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, and
c) so that the maximum horizontal dimension is not more than 20 m and the maximum vertical dimension is not
more than 3 m.
2) Fire blocks conforming to Sentence (1) are not required, provided
149
a) the wall space is filled with insulation,
b) the exposed construction materials and any insulation within the wall space are noncombustible,
c) the exposed materials within the space, including insulation but not including wiring, piping or similar services,
have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by cutting
through the material in any direction, and fire blocks are installed so that the vertical distance between them is not
more than 10 m, or
d) the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space, and the horizontal thickness of
that air space is not more than 25 mm.
3.1.11.3. Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
1) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, a concealed space in which there is an exposed
ceiling finish with a flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be provided with fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
between wood nailing elements so that the maximum area of the concealed space is not more than 2 m2.
2) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be
provided in the concealed spaces created by the wood members permitted by Sentence 3.1.5.10.(2) so that the
maximum area of a concealed space is not more than 10 m 2.
3) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, a concealed
space in which there is an exposed ceiling finish with a flame-spread rating more than 25 shall be provided with fire
blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. between wood nailing elements so that the maximum area of the concealed
space is not more than 2 m2. (See Note A-3.1.11.3.(3).)
4) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, fire blocks
conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided in the concealed spaces created by the wood members permitted by
Sentence 3.1.6.12.(1) so that the maximum area of a concealed space is not more than 10 m2.
3.1.11.4. Fire Blocks between Vertical and Horizontal Spaces
1) Fire blocks conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. shall be provided
a) at all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces in interior coved ceilings, drop
ceilings and soffits in which the exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating more than
25, and
b) at the end of each run and at each floor level in concealed spaces between stair stringers in which the
exposed construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating more than 25.
3.1.11.5. Fire Blocks in Horizontal Concealed Spaces
1) Except for crawl spaces conforming to Sentence 3.1.11.6.(1) and as required in Sentence (3), horizontal
concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of combustible construction, in which sprinklers are not
installed, shall be separated by construction conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments
a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, and
b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating more than 25.
(See Note A-3.1.11.5.(1).)
2) A concealed space in an exterior cornice, a mansard-style roof, a balcony or a canopy in which exposed
construction materials within the space have a flame-spread rating more than 25, shall be separated by construction
conforming to Article 3.1.11.7.
a) at locations where the concealed space extends across the ends of required vertical fire separations, and
b) so that the maximum dimension in the concealed space is not more than 20 m.
150
3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), in buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60.,
horizontal concealed spaces within a floor assembly or roof assembly of combustible construction shall be separated
by construction conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments that are
a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m, if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, and
b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m, if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating more than 25.
(See Note A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4).)
4) Except for crawl spaces conforming to Sentence 3.1.11.6.(1) and except as provided in Sentence (5), in
buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57., or 3.2.2.93., horizontal concealed spaces within a
floor assembly or roof assembly of encapsulated mass timber construction shall be separated by construction
conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments that are
a) not more than 600 m2 in area with no dimension more than 60 m, if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25, and
b) not more than 300 m2 in area with no dimension more than 20 m, if the exposed construction materials within
the space have a flame-spread rating more than 25.
(See Note A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4).)
5) Fire blocks conforming to Sentences (3) and (4) are not required where the horizontal concealed space within
the floor or roof assembly is entirely filled with noncombustible insulation such that any air gap between the top of the
insulation and the floor or roof deck does not exceed 50 mm.
3.1.11.6. Fire Blocks in Crawl Spaces
1) A crawl space that is not considered as a basement by Article 3.2.2.9. and in which sprinklers are not installed
shall be separated by construction conforming to Article 3.1.11.7. into compartments not more than 600 m2 in area with
no dimension more than 30 m.
3.1.11.7. Fire Block Materials
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5) and (8), fire blocks shall remain in place and prevent the passage
of flames for not less than 15 min when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard Method
of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials."
2) Gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm thick and sheet steel not less than 0.38 mm thick need not be tested in
conformance with Sentence (1), provided all joints have continuous support.
3) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction, wood nailing elements described in
Article 3.1.5.8. need not be tested in conformance with Sentence (1).
4) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, wood nailing
elements referred to in Article 3.1.6.11. need not be tested in conformance with Sentence (1).
5) In a building permitted to be of combustible construction, in a combustible roof system permitted by
Sentences 3.1.5.3.(2) and 3.1.6.7.(1), and in a raised platform permitted by Sentences 3.1.5.10.(2) and 3.1.6.12.(1),
fire blocks are permitted to be
a) solid lumber or a structural composite lumber product conforming to ASTM D5456, "Standard Specification for
Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products," not less than 38 mm thick,
b) phenolic bonded plywood, waferboard, or oriented strandboard not less than 12.5 mm thick with joints
supported, or
c) two thicknesses of lumber or a structural composite lumber product conforming to ASTM D5456, "Standard
Specification for Evaluation of Structural Composite Lumber Products," each not less than 19 mm thick with joints
staggered, where the width or height of the concealed space requires more than one piece of lumber or structural
composite lumber product not less than 38 mm thick to block off the space.
151
6) Openings through materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) shall be protected to maintain the integrity of
the construction.
7) Where materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) are penetrated by construction elements or by service
equipment, a firestop shall be used to seal the penetration. (See Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)
8) In buildings permitted to be of combustible construction, semi-rigid fibre insulation board produced from glass,
rock or slag is permitted to be used to block the vertical space in a double stud wall assembly formed at the
intersection of the floor assembly and the walls, provided the width of the vertical space does not exceed 25 mm and
the insulation board
a) has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
b) is securely fastened to one set of studs,
c) extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above the top of the bottom plate in the
upper storey, and
d) completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and between the wall plates.
(See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)
3.1.12. Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke
Developed Classification
3.1.12.1. Determination of Ratings
1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and as permitted by Sentence (3), the flame-spread rating and smoke
developed classification of a material, assembly, or structural member shall be determined on the basis of not less
than three tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102, "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies."
2) The flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification of a material or assembly shall be determined on
the basis of not less than three tests conducted in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, "Standard Method of Test for
Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies," if the
material or assembly
a) is designed for use in a relatively horizontal position with only its top surface exposed to air,
b) cannot be tested in conformance with Sentence (1) without the use of supporting material that is not
representative of the intended installation, or
c) is thermoplastic.
3) A material, assembly, or structural member is permitted to be assigned a flame-spread rating and smoke
developed classification on the basis of Appendix D.
3.1.13. Interior Finish
3.1.13.1. Interior Finishes, Furnishings and Decorative Materials
1) Except as otherwise provided by this Subsection, interior finishes, furnishings and decorative materials shall
conform to Section 2.3. of Division B of the Fire By-law.
2) Interior finish material shall include any material that forms part of the interior surface of a floor, wall, partition
or ceiling, including
a) interior cladding of plaster, wood or tile,
b) surfacing of fabric, paint, plastic, veneer or wallpaper,
c) doors, windows and trim,
d) lighting elements such as light diffusers and lenses forming part of the finished surface of the ceiling, and
152
e) carpet material that overlies a floor that is not intended as the finished floor.
3.1.13.2. Flame-Spread Rating
1) Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Subsection, the flame-spread rating of interior wall and
ceiling finishes, including glazing and skylights, shall be not more than 150 and shall conform to Table 3.1.13.2.
Table 3.1.13.2.
Flame-Spread Ratings
523 Richards St.
Occupancy, Location or Element
Maximum Flame-Spread Rating for Walls and
Ceilings
Sprinklered
Not Sprinklered
Group A, Division 1 occupancies, including doors, skylights, glazing
and light diffusers and lenses
150
75
Group B occupancies
150
75
Exits(1)
25
25
Lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)
25
25
Covered vehicular passageways, except for roof assemblies of heavy
timber construction in the passageways
25
25
Vertical service spaces
25
25
Notes to Table 3.1.13.2.:
(1) See Articles 3.1.13.8. and 3.1.13.10.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), doors, other than those in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, need not
conform to Sentence (1) provided they have a flame-spread rating not more than 200. (See Note A-3.1.13.2.(2).)
3) Doors within a dwelling unit need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2).
4) Up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total ceiling area of a wall or ceiling finish that is required by
Sentence (1) to have a flame-spread rating less than 150 is permitted to have a flame-spread rating not more than
150, except that up to 25% of the total wall area of lobbies described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2) is permitted to have a
flame-spread rating not more than 150.
5) Except in the case of Group A, Division 1 occupancies, combustible doors, skylights, glazing and light
diffusers and lenses shall not be considered in the calculation of wall and ceiling areas described in Sentence (4).
3.1.13.3. Bathrooms in Residential Suites
1) The flame-spread rating of interior wall and ceiling finishes for a bathroom within a suite of residential
occupancy shall be not more than 200.
3.1.13.4. Light Diffusers and Lenses
1) The flame-spread rating of combustible light diffusers and lenses in all occupancies other than Group A,
Division 1 is permitted to be more than the flame-spread rating limits required elsewhere in this Subsection, provided
the light diffusers and lenses
a) have a flame-spread rating not more than 250 and a smoke developed classification not more than 600 when
tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of
Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies,"
b) fall to the bottom of the test apparatus before igniting when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S102.3,
"Standard Method of Fire Test of Light Diffusers and Lenses,"
c) are not prevented from falling from the ceiling by construction located beneath the elements, and
153
d) are not used in a corridor that is required to be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
separation or in an exit shaft unless individual diffusers or lenses are not more than 1 m2 in area and are not less than
1.2 m apart.
3.1.13.5. Skylights
1) Individual combustible skylights in a corridor that is required to be separated from the remainder of the
building by a fire separation shall be not more than 1 m2 in area and not less than 1.2 m apart.
3.1.13.6. Corridors
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the flame-spread rating shall be not more than 75 for the
interior wall finish of
a) a public corridor,
b) a corridor used by the public in an assembly occupancy, or
c) a corridor serving classrooms.
2) The flame-spread rating for corridors specified in Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived, provided the flame-
spread rating is not more than
a) 25 on the upper half of the wall, and
b) 150 on the lower half of the wall.
3) Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread ratings for corridors specified in
Sentences (1) and (2) shall be not more than 150.
4) The flame-spread ratings specified in Sentences (1), (2) and (3) apply to occupancies in the corridor as well
as to the corridor itself.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the interior ceiling finish of corridors and occupancies referred to in
Sentences (1) and (4) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25.
6) Where the floor area is sprinklered throughout, the flame-spread rating of the interior ceiling finish of corridors
and occupancies referred to in Sentences (1) and (4) shall be not more than 150.
3.1.13.7. High Buildings
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), the interior wall, ceiling and floor finishes in a building regulated
by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform to the flame-spread rating requirements in Articles 3.1.13.2.
and 3.1.13.11. and to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification values in Table 3.1.13.7.
Table 3.1.13.7.
Flame-Spread Rating and Smoke Developed Classification in High Buildings
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.13.7.(1)
Location or Element
Maximum Flame-Spread Rating
Maximum Smoke Developed
Classification
Wall
Surface
Ceiling
Surface(1)
Floor
Surface
Wall
Surface
Ceiling
Surface(1)
Floor
Surface
Exit stairways, vestibules to exit stairs
and lobbies described in
Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2)
25
25
25
50
50
50
Corridors not within suites
(2)
(2)
300
100
50
500
Elevator cars
75
75
300
450
450
450
Elevator vestibules
25
25
300
100
100
300
Service spaces and service rooms
25
25
25
50
50
50
154
Other locations and elements
(2)
(2)
No Limit
300
50
No Limit
Notes to Table 3.1.13.7.:
(1) See Article 3.1.13.4. for lighting elements.
(2) Other requirements of this Part apply.
2) Except for a building of Group B major occupancy and elevator cars, the flame-spread rating and smoke
developed classification of interior wall, floor and ceiling finishes need not conform to the values in Table 3.1.13.7.,
provided the building is sprinklered.
3) Trim and millwork in an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby described in
Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a corridor not within a suite need not conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed
classification requirements of Sentence (1) provided they have
a) a flame-spread rating not more than 150,
b) a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
c) an aggregate area not more than 10% of the area of the wall or ceiling on which they occur.
4) A door serving an exit stairway, a vestibule to an exit stairway, a lobby described in Sentence 3.4.4.2.(2), or a
corridor not within a suite need not conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification
requirements of Sentence (1) provided
a) it has a flame-spread rating not more than 200,
b) it has a smoke developed classification not more than 300, and
c) the aggregate area of all doors is not more than 10% of the area of the wall in which they are located.
3.1.13.8. Noncombustible Construction
1) In a building required to be of noncombustible construction,
a) the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.5. shall apply in addition to the requirements in this
Subsection, and
b) the flame-spread ratings for exits in this Subsection shall also apply to any surface in the exit that would be
exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to doors, heavy
timber construction in a sprinklered building and fire-retardant-treated wood.
3.1.13.9. Underground Walkways
1) Except for paint, the interior wall and ceiling finishes of an underground walkway shall be of noncombustible
materials.
3.1.13.10. Exterior Exit Passageway
1) The wall and ceiling finishes of an exterior exit passageway that provides the only means of egress from the
rooms or suites it serves, including the soffit beneath and the guard on the passageway, shall have a flame-spread
rating not more than 25, except that a flame-spread rating not more than 150 is permitted for up to 10% of the total wall
area and for up to 10% of the total ceiling area.
3.1.13.11. Elevator Cars
1) The wall and ceiling surfaces of elevator cars shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 75.
2) The wall, ceiling and floor surfaces of elevator cars shall have a smoke developed classification not more than
450.
3.1.13.12. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction
1) In a building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
a) the flame-spread ratings required by Subsection 3.1.6. shall apply in addition to the requirements in this
Subsection, and
155
b) the flame-spread ratings for exits required by this Subsection shall also apply to any surface in the exit that
would be exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, except that this requirement does not apply to
doors, structural mass timber elements conforming to Sentence 3.1.6.4.(3), heavy timber construction, and fire-
retardant-treated wood.
3.1.14. Roof Assemblies
3.1.14.1. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems
1) If a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system is used to comply with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.2., the
roof deck assembly shall meet the conditions of acceptance of CAN/ULC-S126, "Standard Method of Test for Fire
Spread Under Roof-Deck Assemblies."
2) Supports for the roof deck assembly referred to in Sentence (1) shall consist of
a) fire-retardant-treated wood,
b) heavy timber construction,
c) noncombustible construction, or
d) a combination thereof.
3.1.14.2. Metal Roof Deck Assemblies
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a metal roof deck assembly shall meet the conditions of acceptance of
CAN/ULC-S126, "Standard Method of Test for Fire Spread Under Roof-Deck Assemblies," if
a) it supports a combustible material above the deck that could propagate a fire beneath the roof deck assembly,
and
b) the deck is used to comply with the requirements of Sentences 3.2.2.25.(2), 3.2.2.32.(2), 3.2.2.62.(2),
3.2.2.68.(2), 3.2.2.78.(2) and 3.2.2.85.(2) for noncombustible construction.
2) The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived provided
a) the combustible material above the roof deck is protected by not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board,
mechanically fastened to a supporting assembly if located beneath the roof deck, or by a thermal barrier conforming to
one of Clauses 3.1.5.15.(2)(c) to (e) that is located
i) on the underside of the combustible material, or
ii) beneath the roof deck,
b) the building is sprinklered throughout, or
c) the roof assembly has a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
3.1.14.3. Overhead Skylight Glazing
1) All skylights shall be glazed with wired glass, laminated safety glass or combustible glazing, which is anchored
to the skylight frame and to the building structure. (See Note A-3.1.14.3.)
3.1.14.4. Vegetated Roof Assemblies
1) A vegetated roof assembly is permitted in combustible and noncombustible construction if
a) the vegetated roof assembly is designed and constructed in conformance with ANSI/SPRI VF-1 "External Fire
Design Standard for Vegetative Roofs",
b) the vegetated roof assembly conforms to the requirements in Part 5, and
c) except for buildings to which Part 9 applies as described in Sentence 1.3.3.3.(1) of Division A, the roof covering
conforms with Subsection 3.1.15.
156
3.1.15. Roof Covering
(See Note A-1.4.1.1. of Division A concerning roof terminology)
3.1.15.1. Roof Covering Classification
1) A roof covering classification shall be determined in conformance with CAN/ULC-S107, "Standard Methods of
Fire Tests of Roof Coverings."
3.1.15.2. Roof Coverings
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), every roof covering shall have a Class A, B or C classification as
determined in accordance with Article 3.1.15.1.
2) A roof covering is not required to have a Class A, B or C classification for
a) a tent,
b) an air-supported structure,
c) a building of Group A, Division 2 occupancy not more than 2 storeys in building height and not more than
1 000 m2 in building area provided the roof covering is underlaid with noncombustible material, or
d) a steel building system referred to in Article 4.3.4.3., provided the roof covering consists of brick, masonry,
concrete, metal sheets or metal shingles.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings on buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60.
shall have a Class A classification where the roof height is greater than 25 m measured from the floor of the first storey
to the highest point of the roof.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), roof coverings in buildings or parts of buildings permitted to be of
encapsulated mass timber construction shall have a Class A classification where the roof height is greater than 25 m
measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof.
5) Where buildings or parts thereof conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.60., or 3.2.2.93.,
include non-contiguous roof assemblies at different elevations, the roof coverings referred to in Sentences (3) and (4)
are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine the roof covering classification required.
3.1.16. Fabrics
3.1.16.1. Fabric Canopies and Marquees
1) Fabrics used as part of an awning, canopy or marquee that is located within or attached to a building of any
type of construction shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109, "Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics
and Films."
3.1.17. Occupant Load
3.1.17.1. Occupant Load Determination
1) The occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area shall be based on
a) the number of seats in an assembly occupancy having fixed seats,
b) 2 persons per sleeping room in a dwelling unit, or
c) the number of persons for which the area is designed, but not less than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1.
for occupancies other than those described in Clauses (a) and (b), unless it can be shown that the area will be
occupied by fewer persons.
2) If a floor area or part thereof has been designed for an occupant load other than that determined from
Table 3.1.17.1., a permanent sign indicating that occupant load shall be posted in a conspicuous location.
3) For the purposes of this Article, mezzanines, tiers and balconies shall be regarded as part of the floor area.
157
4) If a room or group of rooms is intended for different occupancies at different times, the value to be used from
Table 3.1.17.1. shall be the value which gives the greatest number of persons for the occupancies concerned.
Table 3.1.17.1.
Occupant Load
Forming Part of Article 3.1.17.1.
Type of Use of Floor Area or Part Thereof
Area per person, m2
Assembly uses
space with fixed seats
(1)
space with non-fixed seats
0.75
stages for theatrical performances
0.75
space with non-fixed seats and tables
0.95
standing space
0.40
stadia and grandstands
0.60
bowling alleys, pool and billiard rooms
9.30
classrooms
1.85
school shops and vocational rooms
9.30
reading or writing rooms or lounges
1.85
dining, beverage and cafeteria space
1.20
laboratories in schools
4.60
Library stack areas (without reading areas)
9.3
Exercise rooms without equipment
1.40(4)
Exercise rooms with equipment
4.60(4)
Care, treatment or detention uses
suites
(2)
care, treatment and sleeping room areas
10.00
detention quarters
11.60
Residential uses
dwelling units
(2)
dormitories
4.60
Business and personal services uses
personal services shops
4.60
offices
9.30
Mercantile uses
basements and first storeys
3.70
second storeys having a principal entrance from a pedestrian thoroughfare or a
parking area
3.70
other storeys
5.60
Industrial uses
4.60
158
manufacturing or process rooms
storage garages
46.00
storage spaces (warehouse)
28.00
aircraft hangars
46.00
Other uses
cleaning and repair goods
4.60
kitchens
9.30
storage
46.00
public corridors intended for occupancies in addition to pedestrian travel
3.70(3)
Notes to Table 3.1.17.1.:
(1) See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(a).
(2) See Clause 3.1.17.1.(1)(b) (apply values for dwelling units to suites of care occupancy).
(3) See Note A-3.3.
(4) See Note A-3.1.17.1.
3.1.18. Tents and Air-Supported Structures
(See Note A-3.1.18.)
3.1.18.1. Means of Egress
1) Tents and air-supported structures shall conform to Sections 3.3. and 3.4.
3.1.18.2. Restrictions
1) An air-supported structure shall not be located above the first storey on any building.
2) An air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C, or Group F, Division 1 major occupancies or for
classrooms.
3) An air-supported structure shall be designed as open floor space without interior walls, mezzanines,
intermediate floors or similar construction.
3.1.18.3. Clearance to Other Structures
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every tent and air-supported structure shall conform to
Subsection 3.2.3.
2) Tents and air-supported structures
a) shall not be erected closer than 3 m to other structures on the same property except as permitted by
Sentences (3) and (4), and
b) shall be sufficiently distant from one another to provide an area to be used as a means of emergency egress.
3) Tents and air-supported structures not occupied by the public
a) need not be separated from one another, and
b) are permitted to be erected less than 3 m from other structures on the same property provided this spacing
does not create a hazard to the public.
4) Tents not more than 120 m2 in ground area, located on fair grounds or similar open spaces, need not be
separated from one another provided this does not create a hazard to the public.
5) For the purposes of compliance with Sentence (1) to (3), Clusters of tents of up to 60 m2 in aggregate floor
area may be considered as a single tent for the purposes of establishing clearance to other structures.
3.1.18.4. Clearance to Flammable Material
159
1) The ground enclosed by a tent or air-supported structure and not less than 3 m of ground outside the
structure shall be cleared of all flammable material or vegetation that will spread fire.
3.1.18.5. Flame Resistance
1) Every tent and air-supported structure and all tarpaulins and decorative materials used in connection with
these structures shall conform to CAN/ULC-S109, "Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and
Films."
3.1.18.6. Emergency Air Supply
1) An air-supported structure used as a place of assembly for more than 200 persons shall have either
a) an automatic emergency engine-generator set capable of powering one blower continuously for 4 h, or
b) a supplementary blower powered by an automatic internal combustion engine.
3.1.18.7. Electrical Systems
1) The electrical system and equipment in a tent or air-supported structure, including electrical fuses and
switches, shall be inaccessible to the public.
2) Cables on the ground in areas used by the public in a tent or air-supported structure shall be placed in
trenches or protected by covers to prevent damage from traffic.
Section 3.2. Building Fire Safety
3.2.1. General
3.2.1.1. Exceptions in Determining Building Height
1) A rooftop enclosure shall not be considered as a storey in calculating the building height if it is provided for
a) elevator machinery,
b) a service room,
c) a stairway used for no purpose other than for access or egress,
d) an elevator lobby used for no purpose other than for access or egress, or
e) a combination thereof.
2) Space under tiers of seats in a building of the arena type shall not be considered as adding to the building
height provided the space is used only for dressing rooms, concession stands and similar purposes incidental to the
major occupancy of the building.
3) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in
calculating the building height, provided
a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 40% of the open area of the
room in which they are located (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a)), and
b) except as permitted in Sentences (7) and 3.3.2.13.(3), the space above the mezzanine is used as an open
area without partitions or subdividing walls higher than 1 070 mm above the mezzanine floor.
4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the space above a mezzanine need not be considered as a storey in
calculating the building height, provided
a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed and do not meet the conditions of Sentence (3)
does not exceed 10% of the floor area in which they are located, and
b) the area of a mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed above the
first level of mezzanine shall be considered as a storey in calculating the building height.
160
6) Platforms intended solely for periodic inspection and elevated maintenance catwalks need not be considered
as floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose of calculating building height, provided
a) they are not used for storage, and
b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials, unless the building is permitted to be of combustible
construction.
7) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (3) is permitted to include an enclosed space whose
area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in which the mezzanine is located provided the enclosed
space does not obstruct visual communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it
is located. (See Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a).)
8) A service space in which facilities are included to permit a person to enter and to undertake maintenance and
other operations pertaining to building services from within the service space need not be considered a storey if it
conforms to Articles 3.2.5.14. and 3.3.1.25., and Sentences 3.2.4.18.(11), 3.2.7.3.(2), 3.3.1.3.(7), 3.4.2.4.(3)
and 3.4.4.4.(9). (See Note A-3.2.1.1.(8).)
3.2.1.2. Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building
1) A basement used primarily as a storage garage is permitted to be considered as a separate building for the
purposes of Subsection 3.2.2. and Sentences 3.2.5.12.(2) and (3), provided the floor and roof assemblies above the
basement and the exterior walls of the basement above the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire separations
of noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h and protected in conformance with
Clause 3.1.10.2.(4)(a), except as permitted by Sentence (2). (See Notes A-3.1.10.2.(4) and A-3.2.5.12.(2).)
2) The exterior wall of a basement that is required to be a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating in
accordance with Sentence (1) is permitted to be penetrated by openings that are not protected by closures provided
a) the storage garage is sprinklered throughout,
b) every opening in the exterior wall is separated from storeys above the opening by a projection of the floor or
roof assembly above the basement, extending not less than
i) 1 m beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible
construction, or
ii) 2 m beyond the exterior face of the storage garage if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible
construction or encapsulated mass timber construction, or
c) the exterior walls of any storeys located above the floor or roof assembly referred to in Sentence (1) are
recessed behind the outer edge of the assembly by not less than
i) 1 m if the upper storeys are required to be of noncombustible construction, or
ii) 2 m if the upper storeys are permitted to be of combustible construction or encapsulated mass timber
construction.
3) The floor or roof assembly projection referred to in Clause (2)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
than 2 h and shall have no openings within the projection.
3.2.1.3. Roof Considered as a Wall
1) For the purposes of this Section any part of a roof that is pitched at an angle of 60° or more to the horizontal
and is adjacent to a space intended for occupancy within a building shall be considered as part of an exterior wall of
the building.
3.2.1.4. Floor Assembly over Basement
1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.47.(3), 3.2.2.48.(3), 3.2.2.49.(3), 3.2.2.50.(3), 3.2.2.51.(3),
3.2.2.52.(3), 3.2.2.53.(3), 3.2.2.54.(3), 3.2.2.55.(3), or 3.2.2.93., a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall
be constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20.
to 3.2.2.93. for a floor assembly, but not less than 45 min.
161
2) All loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a floor assembly immediately above a basement shall
have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required by Sentence (1) for the floor assembly.
3.2.1.5. Fire Containment in Basements
1) In a building in which an automatic sprinkler system is not required to be installed by Article 3.2.2.18., every
basement shall
a) be sprinklered throughout, or
b) be subdivided into fire compartments not more than 600 m2 in area by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly immediately above the basement.
2) Deleted.
3.2.1.6. Mezzanines
1) The floor assembly of a mezzanine that is required to be considered as a storey in calculating the building
height shall be constructed in conformance with the fire separation requirements for floor assemblies stated in
Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93.
3.2.1.7. Fire Containment in Combustible Buildings
1) All Group C major occupancies in a building of combustible construction greater than 2 storeys in building
height shall be separated from all other major occupancies except as prohibited in Article 3.1.3.2. and except as
permitted in Sentence (2) and (3), by a fire separation with at least a 2 h fire-resistance rating constructed of
a) concrete,
b) masonry, or
c) in a sprinklered building, encapsulated mass timber construction complying with Subsection 3.1.18.
2) The fire-resistance rating required in Sentence (1) is permitted to be 1.5 h for a storage garage.
3) encapsulated mass timber construction floor assembly as required in Sentence (1) shall be separated from the
remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating determined by Sentences (1) or (2) for
a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
4) Where a building of combustible construction greater than 2 storeys in building height contains an occupancy
other than Group C or Group D on the second or third storey that is required to be constructed in accordance with
Sentences 3.2.2.51.(5) or 3.2.2.60.(4), the building shall
a) be sprinklered, and
b) be divided into at least two horizontal fire compartments on each storey containing a major occupancy other
than Group C or Group D where each fire compartment is
i) served by at least one exit stair, and
ii) constructed with fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than the floor assembly above.
(See Note A-3.2.1.7.(4) )
3.2.2. Building Size and Construction Relative to
Occupancy
3.2.2.1. Application
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.3., a building shall be constructed in conformance with this Subsection to
prevent fire spread and collapse caused by the effects of fire. (See Subsection 3.1.3. for fire separations between
major occupancies.)
162
3.2.2.2. Special and Unusual Structures
1) A structure that cannot be identified with the characteristics of a building in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. shall
be protected against fire spread and collapse in conformance with good fire protection engineering practice. (See
Note A-3.2.2.2.(1).) (See also Notes A-3 and A-3.2.5.12.(1).)
3.2.2.3. Exceptions to Structural Fire Protection
1) Fire protection is not required for
a) steel lintels above openings not more than 2 m wide in loadbearing walls and not more than 3 m wide in non-
loadbearing walls,
b) steel lintels above openings more than 2 m wide in loadbearing walls and more than 3 m wide in non-
loadbearing walls provided the lintels are supported at intervals of not more than 2 m by structural members with the
required fire-resistance rating,
c) the bottom flanges of shelf angles and plates that are not a part of the structural frame,
d) steel members for framework around elevator hoistway doorways, steel for the support of elevator and
dumbwaiter guides, counterweights and other similar equipment, that are entirely enclosed in a hoistway and are not a
part of the structural frame of the building,
e) steel members of stairways and escalators that are not a part of the structural frame of a building,
f) steel members of porches, exterior balconies, exterior stairways, fire escapes, cornices, marquees and other
similar appurtenances, provided they are outside an exterior wall of a building, and
g) loadbearing steel or concrete members wholly or partly outside a building face in a building not more than 4
storeys in building height and classified as Group A, B, C, D or F, Division 3 major occupancy provided the members
are
i) not less than 1 m away from any unprotected opening in an exterior wall, or
ii) shielded from heat radiation in the event of a fire within the building by construction that will provide the same
degree of protection that would be necessary if the member was located inside the building, with the protection
extending on either side of the member a distance equal to the projection of the member from the face of the wall.
(See also Article 3.2.3.9.)
3.2.2.4. Buildings with Multiple Major Occupancies
1) The requirements restricting fire spread and collapse for a building of a single major occupancy classification
are provided in this Subsection according to its building height and building area.
2) If a building contains more than one major occupancy, classified in more than one Group or Division, the
requirements of this Subsection concerning building size and construction relative to major occupancy shall apply
according to Articles 3.2.2.5. to 3.2.2.8.
3.2.2.5. Applicable Building Height and Area
1) In determining the fire safety requirements of a building in relation to each of the major occupancies contained
therein, the building height and building area of the entire building shall be used.
3.2.2.6. Multiple Major Occupancies
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.7. and 3.2.2.8., and Sentences 3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.51.(5), 3.2.2.57.(3),
3.2.2.60.(4), and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7), in a building containing more than one major occupancy, the requirements of this
Subsection for the most restricted major occupancy contained shall apply to the whole building.
2) In a building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57., or 3.2.2.93.
containing more than one major occupancy, the most restrictive encapsulation requirements of Article 3.1.6.4. and
Table 3.2.2.93. for any major occupancy contained within a storey shall apply to the encapsulation required on the
interior of a public corridor or exit within that storey.
3.2.2.7. Superimposed Major Occupancies
163
1) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.8. and Sentences 3.2.2.18.(2), 3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.51.(5), 3.2.2.57.(3),
3.2.2.60.(4), and 3.2.2.9.3.(5) to (7), in a building in which one major occupancy is located entirely above another
major occupancy, the requirements in this Subsection for each portion of the building containing a major occupancy
shall apply to that portion as if the entire building were of that major occupancy.
2) If one major occupancy is located above another major occupancy, the fire-resistance rating of the floor
assembly between the major occupancies shall be determined on the basis of the requirements of this Subsection for
the lower major occupancy. (See also Article 3.1.3.1.)
3) In a building or part of a building constructed in conformance with Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57., or 3.2.2.93., if one
major occupancy is located above another major occupancy,
a) the most restrictive encapsulation requirements of Article 3.1.6.4. and Table 3.2.2.93. for any major occupancy
contained within the building shall apply to the encapsulation required on the interior of vertical service spaces and exit
stairs, and
b) the encapsulation requirements of Article 3.1.6.4. and Table 3.2.2.93. for a mass timber floor assembly
between the major occupancies shall be determined on the basis of the requirements for
i) the upper major occupancy for the encapsulation of the upper surface of the mass timber floor assembly,
and
ii) the lower major occupancy for the encapsulation of the underside of the mass timber floor assembly.
3.2.2.8. Exceptions for Major Occupancies
1) In a building in which the aggregate area of all major occupancies in a particular Group or Division is not more
than 10% of the floor area of the storey in which they are located, these major occupancies need not be considered as
major occupancies for the purposes of this Subsection, provided they are not classified as Group F, Division 1 or 2
occupancies.
3.2.2.9. Crawl Spaces
1) For the purposes of Articles 3.1.11.6., 3.2.1.4. and 3.2.1.5., a crawl space shall be considered as a basement
if it is
a) more than 1.8 m high between the lowest part of the floor assembly and the ground or other surface below,
b) used for any occupancy,
c) used for the passage of flue pipes, or
d) used as a plenum in combustible construction.
2) A floor assembly immediately above a crawl space is not required to be constructed as a fire separation and
is not required to have a fire-resistance rating provided the crawl space is not required to be considered as a basement
by Sentence (1).
3.2.2.10. Streets
1) Every building shall face a street located in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.5.4.
and 3.2.5.5. for access routes.
2) For the purposes of Subsections 3.2.2. and 3.2.5. an access route conforming to Subsection 3.2.5. is
permitted to be considered as a street.
3) Reserved.
4) A building is considered to face 2 streets provided not less than 50% of the building perimeter is located within
15 m of the street or streets.
5) A building is considered to face 3 streets provided not less than 75% of the building perimeter is located within
15 m of the street or streets.
6) Enclosed spaces, tunnels, bridges and similar structures, even though used for vehicular or pedestrian traffic,
are not considered as streets for the purpose of this Part.
164
3.2.2.11. Exterior Balconies
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), an exterior balcony shall be constructed in accordance with the type of
construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93., as applicable to the occupancy classification of the building.
2) The floor assembly of an exterior balcony in a building or part of a building conforming to Article 3.2.2.48.,
3.2.2.57., or 3.2.2.93. shall
a) be of noncombustible construction, or
b) be constructed in accordance with Article 3.1.6.3., but need not comply with Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1).
3.2.2.12. Exterior Passageways
1) An elevated exterior passageway used as part of a means of egress shall conform to the requirements of
Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. for mezzanines.
3.2.2.13. Occupancy on Roof
1) A portion of a roof that supports an occupancy shall be constructed in conformance with the fire separation
requirements of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. for floor assemblies, and not the fire-resistance rating for roof
assemblies.
3.2.2.14. Rooftop Enclosures
1) A rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, an elevator lobby, or for a service room shall be constructed in
accordance with the type of construction required by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93.
2) A rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery or for a service room, not more than one storey high, is not
required to have a fire-resistance rating.
3) A rooftop enclosure for a stairway shall be constructed in accordance with the type of construction required by
Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93.
4) A rooftop enclosure for a stairway or an elevator lobby serving an occupancy on a roof that serves only one
dwelling unit need not have a fire-resistance rating nor be constructed as a fire separation.
3.2.2.15. Storeys below Ground
1) If a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished ground level and does not extend more than one
storey below that ground level, the minimum precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be the same as are
required for basements under a building of 1 storey in building height having the same occupancy and building area.
2) If any portion of a building is erected entirely below the adjoining finished ground level and extends more than
one storey below that ground level, the following minimum precautions against fire spread and collapse shall be taken:
a) the basements shall be sprinklered throughout,
b) a floor assembly below the ground level shall be constructed as a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating
not less than
i) 3 h if the basements are used as Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancies, or
ii) 2 h if the basements are not used as Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancies, and
c) all loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
construction that they support.
(See Note A-3.2.2.15.(2).)
3) Deleted.
3.2.2.16. Heavy Timber Roof Permitted
1) Unless otherwise permitted by Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93., a roof assembly in a building up to 2 storeys in
building height is permitted to be of heavy timber construction regardless of building area or type of construction
required, provided the building is sprinklered throughout.
165
2) If Sentence (1) permits a roof assembly to be of heavy timber construction, structural members in the storey
immediately below the roof assembly are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
3.2.2.17. Roof Assemblies and Mezzanines in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools,
Arenas and Rinks
1) The requirements for a roof assembly to have a fire-resistance rating stated in Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30.
and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
a) the roof carries no loads other than normal roof loads, including permanent access walks, and ventilating,
sound and lighting equipment, and
b) except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the roof assembly is less than 6 m above the main floor or
balcony.
(See Note A-3.2.2.17.(1).)
2) The requirements for a mezzanine to have a fire-resistance rating stated in Articles 3.2.2.25., 3.2.2.30.
and 3.2.2.32. are permitted to be waived for gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas, and rinks, provided
a) the mezzanine is not required to be considered as a storey as per Sentences 3.2.1.1.(3) to (5),
b) the mezzanine is used only for ventilating, sound and lighting equipment, and
c) except as provided in Sentence (3), no part of the mezzanine is less than 6 m above the main floor or
balcony.
3) The restrictions concerning minimum distance stated in Clauses (1)(b) and (2)(c) shall not apply to
a) an inclined and stepped floor ascending from the main floor that is used for seating purposes only, or
b) a balcony used for seating purposes only.
3.2.2.18. Automatic Sprinkler System Required
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and (3), an automatic sprinkler system conforming to the requirements of
Articles 3.2.4.7., 3.2.4.8., 3.2.4.9. and 3.2.5.12. shall be installed throughout a building regulated by one or more of
Articles 3.2.2.20., 3.2.2.21., 3.2.2.22., 3.2.2.23., 3.2.2.24., 3.2.2.26., 3.2.2.27., 3.2.2.29., 3.2.2.31., 3.2.2.33., 3.2.2.36.,
3.2.2.37., 3.2.2.38., 3.2.2.39., 3.2.2.40., 3.2.2.41., 3.2.2.42., 3.2.2.43., 3.2.2.44., 3.2.2.45., 3.2.2.46., 3.2.2.47.,
3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52., 3.2.2.55., 3.2.2.56., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.59., 3.2.2.60., 3.2.2.61., 3.2.2.63.,
3.2.2.65., 3.2.2.66., 3.2.2.67., 3.2.2.69., 3.2.2.71., 3.2.2.72., 3.2.2.73., 3.2.2.74., 3.2.2.76., 3.2.2.77., 3.2.2.79.,
3.2.2.81., 3.2.2.82., 3.2.2.84., 3.2.2.86., 3.2.2.88., 3.2.2.90., and 3.2.2.93.
2) If a storey in a building or a floor area is required to have an automatic sprinkler system installed throughout in
accordance with one or more of Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. or Section 3.3., the automatic sprinkler system shall also
be installed throughout all lower storeys in the building notwithstanding permission in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. to
construct one or more of those storeys without installing automatic sprinkler protection. (See Note A-3.2.2.18.(2).)
3) Except for buildings described in Sentence 1.3.3.6.(2) of Division A, all newly constructed buildings shall be
provided with an automatic sprinkler system designed and installed in accordance with Article 3.2.5.12.
4) Where an assembly occupancy is located in a basement, the basement shall be sprinklered throughout.
3.2.2.19. Buildings Containing Impeded Egress Zones
1) A building containing an impeded egress zone and conforming to the appropriate requirements of
Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. is not required to conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.36. and 3.2.2.37. for a
Group B, Division 1 major occupancy provided
a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
c) it does not include
i) a contained use area,
166
ii) sleeping accommodation,
iii) a high-hazard industrial occupancy, or
iv) a mercantile occupancy,
d) the building area is not more than 6 400 m2 if the building includes a medium-hazard industrial occupancy,
e) the impeded egress zone does not extend beyond the boundaries of the fire compartment in which it is
located, and
f) the occupant load of the impeded egress zone is not more than 100.
3.2.2.20. Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.21. and 3.2.2.22., a building classified as Group A, Division 1 shall
conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3.2.2.21. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
c) it has less than 40% of the area of the building as 2 storeys for the purpose of
i) development of productions, including preparation of scenery and costumes and rehearsal of performers,
ii) organization of performers, scenery and sound equipment,
iii) preparation by performers for a performance,
iv) managerial functions, or
v) toilets, rest rooms and similar public facilities,
d) it has no occupancy above or below the auditorium other than one which serves it or is dependent on it,
e) it is not more than 600 m2 in building area, and
f) the occupant load is not more than 600.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations
i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) of heavy timber construction, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly, or
ii) be of heavy timber construction.
167
3.2.2.22. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height,
c) no part of an auditorium floor is more than 5 m above or below grade,
d) no occupancy is above or below the auditorium other than one which serves it or is dependent on it, and
e) the occupant load of the auditorium floor is not more than 300.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly, or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
than that required for the fire separation.
3.2.2.23. Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.24. to 3.2.2.28. and 3.2.2.93. a building classified as Group A, Division 2
shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3.2.2.24. Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2, that is not limited by building area, is permitted to conform to
Sentence (2), provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout, and
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3.2.2.25. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
168
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.25.
Table 3.2.2.25.
Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.25.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 600
2 000
2 400
2
800
1 000
1 200
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min,
b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-
resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood
roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
i) 800 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 1 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 1 200 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.26. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 4 800 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
169
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.27. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction, used singly or in combination, provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height with no basement,
ii) 1 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
iii) 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
3.2.2.28. Group A, Division 2, One Storey
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction, used singly or in combination, provided
a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
b) except as permitted by Sentence (2), it has a building area not more than
i) 400 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 600 m2 if facing 3 streets.
2) In a building referred to in Sentence (1) without a basement, the building area limits of Sentence (1) are
permitted to be doubled provided a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h is used to separate the
building into fire compartments, each one of which does not exceed the limits of Clause (1)(b).
3.2.2.29. Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.30. to 3.2.2.34., a building classified as Group A, Division 3 shall
conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3.2.2.30. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.30.
Table 3.2.2.30.
Maximum Building Area, Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.30.(1)
Maximum Area, m2
170
No. of Storeys
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
4 000
5 000
6 000
2
2 000
2 500
3 000
2) Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of heavy timber construction, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly, except that arches and structural members within the storey immediately below a roof assembly
are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
3) If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes, a building referred to in
Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be sprinklered throughout.
3.2.2.31. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 12 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 6 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Clause (c) and Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly, except that arches are permitted to be of heavy timber construction.
3.2.2.32. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min,
171
b) except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.17., roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof
assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building
area is not more than
i) 1 200 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 1 500 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 1 800 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3) If intended for occasional use for trade shows and similar exhibition purposes, a building referred to in
Sentence (1) that is more than 1 500 m2 in building area shall be sprinklered throughout.
3.2.2.33. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction
or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.
3.2.2.34. Group A, Division 3, One Storey
1) A building classified as Group A, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction
or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than
i) 1 000 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 1 250 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 1 500 m2 if facing 3 streets.
3.2.2.35. Group A, Division 4
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a building classified as Group A, Division 4
shall be of noncombustible construction.
2) Roof assemblies and supporting arches and columns are permitted to be of heavy timber
construction.
3) A building classified as Group A, Division 4 is permitted to be of combustible construction
provided
a) the occupant load is less than 1 500, and
b) the building has a limiting distance not less than 6 m.
4) Sprinklers shall be installed in all spaces below tiers of seats in a building classified as
Group A, Division 4 if those spaces are used for occupancy. (See Note A-3.2.2.35.(4).)
3.2.2.36. Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
172
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.37., a building classified as Group B, Division 1 shall
conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.37. Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height,
ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.38. Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.39. to 3.2.2.41., a building classified as Group B,
Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.39. Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
173
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height,
ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.40. Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 500 m2.
174
3.2.2.42. Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.43. to 3.2.2.46. and 3.2.2.93., a building classified as
Group B, Division 3 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.43. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible), Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height,
ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) not more than 8 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.44. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) 1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
175
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.45. Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 1 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.46. Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group B, Division 3 is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 600 m2.
3.2.2.47. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.48. to 3.2.2.55. and 3.2.2.93., a building classified as
Group C shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
176
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which
are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1
h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
3.2.2.48. Group C, up to 12 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) it is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
c) it has a height not more than 50 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the
uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway
or a service room used only for service to the building, and
d) it has a building area not more than 6 000 m2.
2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted
to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in
combination, and
a) except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 2 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, that are
entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies and storage garages
located in a building or part of a building within the scope of this Article are permitted to be
constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
b) the Group E major occupancy is located below the third storey, and
c) the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
(See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7).) (See also Article 3.2.1.7)
3.2.2.49. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height,
177
ii) not more than 12 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
iii) not more than 9 000 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
iv) not more than 7 200 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
v) not more than 6 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which
are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1
h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
3.2.2.50. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.50.
Table 3.2.2.50.
Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.50.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
not limited
not limited
not limited
2
6 000
not limited
not limited
3
4 000
5 000
6 000
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which
are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1
h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
3.2.2.51. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
178
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) it is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
c) it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the
uppermost floor level, excluding any floor level within a rooftop enclosure that is not considered
as a storey in calculating building height in accordance with Sentence 3.2.1.1.(1), and
d) it has a building area not more than
i) 9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
iv) 2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
v) 1 800 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
vi) 1 500 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2) Buildings referred to in Sentence (1) are permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
a) except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) except as provided in Sentence (4), where the roof assembly has a height greater than 25
m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof assembly, the roof
assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood
conforming to Article 3.1.4.5.,
d) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including those over basements, that are
entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but
need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof assemblies at
different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine
which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with Clause (2)(c).
5) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, and storage garages
located in a building or part thereof within the scope of this Article are permitted to be
constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy and Group E major occupancy are located below
the third storey, and
b) the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
(See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).) (See also Article 3.2.1.7.)
3.2.2.52. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
179
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
iv) 1 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with
a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which
are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1
h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-
resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
3.2.2.53. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.53.
Table 3.2.2.53.
Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.53.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
2 400
3 000
3 600
2
1 200
1 500
1 800
3
800
1 000
1 200
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance
rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
180
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns, and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of
Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these
dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floor
assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
3.2.2.54. Group C, up to 3 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.54.
Table 3.2.2.54.
Maximum Building Area, Group C, up to 3 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.54.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 800
2 250
2 700
2
900
1 125
1 350
3
600
750
900
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the requirements of
Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which are entirely contained within these
dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-resistance rating for floor
assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
3.2.2.55. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group C is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 5 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 2 700 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
181
iii) 1 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with
a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) In a building that contains dwelling units that have more than one storey, subject to the
requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, which
are entirely contained within these dwelling units, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min but need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) In a building in which there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, the fire-
resistance rating for floor assemblies entirely within the dwelling unit is waived.
3.2.2.56. Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.57. to 3.2.2.65. and 3.2.2.93., a building classified as
Group D shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.57. Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) it is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 12 storeys in building height,
c) it has a height not more than 50 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the
uppermost floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway
or a service room used only for service to the building, and
d) it has a building area not more than 7 200 m2.
2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted
to be of encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in
combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
182
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F, Division 2 and
3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part of a building within the scope
of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy is located below the fourth storey,
b) the Group E major occupancy and Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy are located
below the third storey, and
c) the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
(See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3). and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7)) (See also Article 3.2.1.7)
3.2.2.58. Group D, up to 6 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.58.
Table 3.2.2.58.
Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 6 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.58.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
not limited
not limited
not limited
2
7 200
not limited
not limited
3
4 800
6 000
7 200
4
3 600
4 500
5 400
5
2 880
3 600
4 320
6
2 400
3 000
3 600
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except that in a building
not more than 1 storey in building height this requirement is waived, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.59. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
183
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 2 storeys in building height,
ii) not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
iii) not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
iv) not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
v) not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.60. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) it is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height,
c) it has a height not more than 18 m measured between the floor of the first storey and the
uppermost floor level, excluding any floor level within a rooftop enclosure that is not considered
as a storey in calculating building height in accordance with Sentence 3.2.1.1.(1), and
d) it has a building area not more than
i) 18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
iv) 4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
v) 3 600 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
vi) 3 000 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) except as provided in Sentence (3), where the roof assembly has a height greater than 25
m measured from the floor of the first storey to the highest point of the roof assembly, the roof
assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible construction or fire-retardant-treated wood
conforming to Article 3.1.4.5.,
d) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
184
3) Where buildings conforming to Sentence (2) include non-contiguous roof assemblies at
different elevations, the roof assemblies are permitted to be evaluated separately to determine
which ones are required to be constructed in accordance with Clause (2)(c).
4) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies, Group E major occupancies, Group F, Division 2 and
3 major occupancies, and storage garages located in a building or part thereof within the scope of this
Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article, provided
a) the Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, Group E major occupancy, and Group F, Division
2 or 3 major occupancy are located below the third storey, and
b) the storage garage is located below the fourth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
(See Note A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4).)
3.2.2.61. Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 3 600 m2.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.62. Group D, up to 3 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.62.
Table 3.2.2.62.
Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 3 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.62.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
4 800
6 000
7 200
2
2 400
3 000
3 600
3
1 600
2 000
2 400
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min,
185
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min,
c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than
45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is
permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood
roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1. and the building area is not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.63. Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) 4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.64. Group D, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.64.
Table 3.2.2.64.
Maximum Building Area, Group D, up to 2 Storeys
186
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.64.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 000
1 250
1 500
2
800
1 000
1 200
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.65. Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group D is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.66. Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.67. to 3.2.2.71. and 3.2.2.93., a building classified as
Group E shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
187
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.67. Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 1 800 m2.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.68. Group E, up to 3 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.68.
Table 3.2.2.68.
Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to 3 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.68.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 500
1 500
1 500
2
1 200
1 500
1 500
3
800
1 000
1 500
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min,
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a
building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived
provided the roof assembly is of noncombustible construction or is constructed as a fire-retardant-
treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
188
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
3.2.2.69. Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 3 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) 2 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min,
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
3.2.2.70. Group E, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.70.
Table 3.2.2.70.
Maximum Building Area, Group E, up to 2 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.70.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 000
1 250
1 500
2
600
750
900
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
and
189
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.71. Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group E is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 3 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.72. Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.73. to 3.2.2.75., a building classified as Group F,
Division 1 shall conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than
i) 9 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 4 500 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 3 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
iv) 2 250 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.73. Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
190
b) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 3 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height, or
iii) 1 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.74. Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 1 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.75. Group F, Division 1, One Storey
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 1 is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination provided
a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than 800 m2.
3.2.2.76. Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.77. to 3.2.2.81. and 3.2.2.93., a building classified as
Group F, Division 2 shall conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
191
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be
sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.77. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 18 000 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 9 000 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 6 000 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
iv) 4 500 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3.2.2.78. Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) it is not more than 3 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.78.
Table 3.2.2.78.
Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.78.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 500
1 500
1 500
2
1 500
1 500
1 500
3
1 070
1 340
1 500
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
192
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min,
c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than
45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is
permitted to be waived provided that the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated
wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
3.2.2.79. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2)
provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered
throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 9 600 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 4 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 3 200 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
iv) 2 400 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or
noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min,
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the fire separation.
3.2.2.80. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.80.
193
Table 3.2.2.80.
Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.80.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 000
1 250
1 500
2
600
750
900
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.81. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 2 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 4 500 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 1 800 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.82. Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.2.83. to 3.2.2.93., a building classified as Group F, Division 3 shall
conform to Sentence (2).
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building shall be sprinklered throughout,
b) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h, except that floor
assemblies are permitted to be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h in a storage garage with
all storeys constructed as open-air storeys,
c) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
194
3.2.2.83. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.83.
Table 3.2.2.83.
Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.83.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
not limited
not limited
not limited
2
7 200
9 000
10 800
3
4 800
6 000
7 200
4
3 600
4 500
5 400
5
2 880
3 600
4 320
6
2 400
3 000
3 600
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3.2.2.84. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2), provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area
i) that is not limited if the building is not more than 1 storey in building height,
ii) not more than 21 600 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) not more than 14 400 m2 if 3 storeys in building height,
iv) not more than 10 800 m2 if 4 storeys in building height,
v) not more than 8 640 m2 if 5 storeys in building height, or
vi) not more than 7 200 m2 if 6 storeys in building height.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
195
3.2.2.85. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.85.
Table 3.2.2.85.
Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.85.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
4 800
6 000
7 200
2
2 400
3 000
3 600
3
1 600
2 000
2 400
4
1 200
1 500
1 800
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except
that in a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided
the roof assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the
building area is not more than
i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.86. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 4 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 14 400 m2 if 1 storey in building height,
ii) 7 200 m2 if 2 storeys in building height,
iii) 4 800 m2 if 3 storeys in building height, or
iv) 3 600 m2 if 4 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
196
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.87. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 3.2.2.87.
Table 3.2.2.87.
Maximum Building Area, Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.2.87.(1)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
1 600
2 000
2 400
2
800
1 000
1 200
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.88. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than
i) 7 200 m2 if 1 storey in building height, or
ii) 2 400 m2 if 2 storeys in building height.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.89. Group F, Division 3, One Storey
197
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination provided
a) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than
i) 5 600 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 7 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 8 400 m2 if facing 3 streets.
3.2.2.90. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible
construction used singly or in combination provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) it is not more than 1 storey in building height, and
c) it has a building area not more than 16 800 m2.
3.2.2.91. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire Load Occupancy
1) A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided it is
a) not more than 1 storey in building height,
b) used solely for low fire load occupancies such as
i) power generating plants, or
ii) plants for the manufacture or storage of noncombustible materials, and
c) not limited in building area.
2) The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.2.92. Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High
1) A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys and having no other
occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance
rating provided it is
a) of noncombustible construction,
b) not more than 22 m high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey,
c) not more than 10 000 m2 in building area, and
d) designed so that every portion of each floor area is within 60 m of an exterior wall opening.
3.2.2.93. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction, Various Occupancies, Heights and
Areas, Sprinklered
1) A building that is classified as Group A, Division 2, Group B, Division 3, Group C, Group D, Group E, or Group
F, Division 2 or 3, is permitted to conform to Sentence (2) provided
a) except as permitted by Sentences 3.2.2.7.(1) and 3.2.2.18.(2), the building is sprinklered,
b) it has a building height not exceeding the number of storeys shown in Table 3.2.2.93. for the applicable major
occupancy and minimum encapsulation rating,
c) it has a maximum height that conforms to the value shown in Table 3.2.2.93. for the applicable major
occupancy and minimum encapsulation rating that is measured between the floor of the first storey and the uppermost
floor level that does not serve a rooftop enclosure for elevator machinery, a stairway or a service room used only for
service to the building, Proposed Technical Code Content: Harmonized Variations for Mass Timber
198
d) it has a maximum building area that conforms to the value shown in Table 3.2.2.93. for the applicable major
occupancy, and
e) except as provided in Sentences 3.1.6.3.(4) and 3.1.6.7.(1) and Article 3.1.6.4, the encapsulation rating
conforms to the value shown in Table 3.2.2.93. for the applicable major occupancy and maximum building height.
(See Note A-3.2.2.93.(1) and Table 3.2.2.93. See also Articles 3.2.2.48 and 3.2.2
Table 3.2.2.93.
EMTC Requirements(1)
Forming part of Sentence 3.2.2.93.(1)
OCCUPANCY
MAX. BUILDING
HEIGHT,
STOREYS
MAX. HEIGHT, m MAX. BUILDING
AREA, m2
MINIMUM
ENCAPSULATION
RATING, min
A-2
18
76
7200
70
12
51
50
6
26
0
B-3
10
42
8000
70
6
26
50
4
17
0
C
18
76
6000
70
8
34
0
D
18
76
7200
70
9
38
0
E
12
51
6000
70
8
34
50
6
26
0
F-2
10
42
4500
70
7
30
50
5
21
0
F-3
12
51
7200
70
8
34
50
5
21
0
Notes to Table 3.2.2.93.
(1) See Sentences (5) to (7) and Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for information pertaining to multiple major occupancies.
2) Except as provided in Article 3.2.2.16., the building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of
encapsulated mass timber construction or noncombustible construction, used singly or in combination, and
a) except as provided in Sentence (3), floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not
less than 2 hours,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 hour, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
199
3) In a building classified as a Group C major occupancy that contains dwelling units that have more than one
storey, subject to the requirements of Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the floor assemblies, including floors over basements, that
are entirely contained within these dwelling units shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, but need not be
constructed as fire separations.
4) In buildings referred to in Sentence (1) where the roof assembly of an exit stairway or vertical service space
used as an elevator hoistway has a height greater than 55 m measured from grade to the highest point of the roof
assembly, the enclosure for the stairway or hoistway shall be of encapsulated mass timber construction or constructed
of concrete.
5) Group E major occupancies and storage garages located in a building or part of a building classified as a
Group A, Division 2, Group C, or Group D major occupancy within the scope of this Article are permitted to be
constructed in accordance with this Article and the corresponding Group A, Division 2, Group C, or Group D major
occupancy requirements contained in Table 3.2.2.93., provided
a) the Group E major occupancy is located below the third storey, and
b) the storage garage is located below the fifth storey (see also Article 4.4.2.1.).
(See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7).)
6) Group A, Division 2 major occupancies located in a building or part of a building classified as a Group C or
Group D major occupancy within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this
Article and the corresponding Group C or Group D major occupancy requirements contained in Table 3.2.2.93.,
provided they are located below the fourth storey. (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7).)
7) Group F, Division 2 and 3 major occupancies located in a building or part of a building classified as a Group D
major occupancy within the scope of this Article are permitted to be constructed in accordance with this Article and the
corresponding Group D major occupancy requirements contained in Table 3.2.2.93., provided they are located below
the third storey. (See Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7).)
3.2.3. Spatial Separation and Exposure
Protection
(See Note A-3.2.3.)
3.2.3.1. Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings
1) Except as permitted by Articles 3.2.3.10. to 3.2.3.12., the area of unprotected openings in an exposing
building face for the applicable limiting distance shall be not more than the value determined in accordance with
a) Table 3.2.3.1.-B or 3.2.3.1.-C for an exposing building face conforming to Article 3.2.3.2. of a building or fire
compartment which is not sprinklered, or
b) Table 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-E for an exposing building face conforming to Article 3.2.3.2. of a sprinklered fire
compartment that is part of a building which is sprinklered in conformance with Section 3.2.
(See Note A-3.)
(See also Article 3.1.18.3.)
2) The area of the unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall be the aggregate area of unprotected
openings expressed as a percentage of the area of the exposing building face in Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-
D or 3.2.3.1.-E. (See Sentence 3.2.3.2.(1).)
3) For the purpose of determining the type of construction and cladding and the fire-resistance rating of an
exterior wall,
a) the exposing building face shall be taken as the projection of the exterior wall onto a vertical plane located so
that no portion of the exterior wall of the building or of a fire compartment, if the fire compartment complies with the
200
requirements of Article 3.2.3.2., is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured,
and
b) the area of unprotected openings shall be determined from Table 3.2.3.1.-B, 3.2.3.1.-C, 3.2.3.1.-D or 3.2.3.1.-
E.
4) For the purpose of determining the actual percentage of unprotected openings permitted in an exterior wall,
the location of the exposing building face is permitted to be taken at a vertical plane located so that there are no
unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-
3.2.3.1.(4).)
5) Except for buildings that are sprinklered, where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual unprotected
openings in an exposing building face shall be no greater than
a) the area stated in Table 3.2.3.1.-A, or
b) where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area calculated by
where
Area = area of the unprotected opening, and
LD = limiting distance.
Table 3.2.3.1.-A
Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.3.1.(5)
Limiting Distance, m
Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
1.2
0.35
1.5
0.78
2.0
1.88
6) The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (5) that serve a single room or
space described in Sentence (7) shall not be less than
a) 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing building face and serves the
single room or space, or
b) 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or space, or another room or space
on the same storey.
7) For the purpose of Sentence (6), "single room or space" shall mean
a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior
face of the exterior wall, or
b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
8) A limiting distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input to Tables 3.2.3.1.-B
and 3.2.3.1.-C, where
a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire department
vehicle at the building exceeds 10 min in 10% or more of all fire department calls to the building, and
b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
(See Notes A-3.2.3.1.(8) and A-3.2.3.)
9) If the surface temperature on the unexposed surface of a wall assembly exceeds the temperature limit of a
standard fire test as permitted by Article 3.1.7.2., an allowance shall be made for the radiation from the hot unexposed
wall surface by adding an equivalent area of unprotected opening to the area of actual openings as follows:
201
where
AC = corrected area of unprotected openings including actual and equivalent openings,
A = actual area of unprotected openings,
AF = area of exterior surface of the exposing building face, exclusive of openings, on which the temperature limit
of the standard test is exceeded, and
FEO = an equivalent opening factor derived from the following expression:
Tu = average temperature in degrees Celsius of the unexposed wall surface at the time the required fire-
resistance rating is reached under test conditions,
Te = 892°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, 927°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
and 1 010°C for a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
10) Unless a closure used to protect an opening in an exposing building face has a protective performance
equivalent to that required for the wall assembly in which it is located, an equivalent area of unprotected opening,
determined in accordance with the procedures of Sentence (9) shall be added to the greater of
a) the actual area of unprotected openings, or
b) the corrected area of unprotected openings.
202
Table 3.2.3.1.-B
Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.
Exposing Building Face Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, C, D, and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
Max.
Area,
m2
Ratio
(L/H or H/L)(1)
Limiting Distance, m
0
1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14
16
18
20
25
30
35
40 45
50
Less than 3 : 1
0
8
10
18
29
46 91
100
10
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
8
12
21
33
50 96
100
over 10 : 1
0
11
18
32
48
68 100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
9
14
22
33 63
100
15
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
8
10
17
25
37 67
100
over 10 : 1
0
10
15
26
39
53 87
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
9
12
18
26 49
81
100
20
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
8
10
15
21
30 53
85
100
over 10 : 1
0
9
14
23
33
45 72
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
8
11
16
23 41
66
98
100
25
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
8
9
13
19
26 45
70
100
over 10 : 1
0
9
13
21
30
39 62
90
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
8
11
15
20 35
56
83
100
30
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
9
12
17
23 39
61
88
100
over 10 : 1
0
8
12
19
27
36 56
79
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
8
10
13
17 28
44
64
89
100
40
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
8
11
15
20 32
48
69
93
100
over 10 : 1
0
8
11
17
24
31 47
66
88
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
8
9
12
15 24
37
53
72
96
100
50
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
8
10
14
18 28
41
57
77
100
over 10 : 1
0
8
10
15
21
28 41
57
76
97
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
8
9
11
14 21
32
45
62
81
100
203
60
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
8
10
13
16 25
36
49
66
85
100
over 10 : 1
0
8
10
14
20
25 38
51
67
85
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
8
10
12 18
26
36
48
62
79
98
100
80
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
8
9
11
14 21
29
40
52
67
84
100
over 10 : 1
0
8
9
13
17
22 32
44
56
70
86
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
8
9
11 16
22
30
40
51
65
80
97
100
100
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
8
9
11
13 18
25
34
44
56
69
84
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
9
12
16
20 29
39
49
61
74
89
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
8
9
10 13
17
22
29
37
46
56
67
79
93 100
150
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
8
10
11 15
20
26
33
41
50
60
71
84
97 100
over 10 : 1
0
7
8
11
13
17 24
31
39
48
57
68
79
91
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
7
8
9
10
13
16
20
25
30
36
43
51
59 68
87
100
250
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
8
9
10 12
15
19
24
28
34
40
47
55
63 72
92
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
8
9
11
14 19
24
30
36
43
50
57
65
73
82 92
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
7
8
8
9
11
14
16
20
24
28
33
38
44 50
64
81
99
100
350
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
8
8
9
11
13
16
19
23
27
32
37
42
48 55
69
85
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
8
9
10
12 16
21
25
30
36
41
47
53
59
66 73
88
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
7
7
8
9
10
12
14
16
19
22
25
29
33 37
47
59
71
100
500
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
7
8
8
10
12
14
16
19
22
25
29
33
37 41
52
63
76
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
7
8
9
11 14
18
22
25
30
34
38
43
48
53 58
70
82
96
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
10
12
13
14
16
18
20 22
27
33
39
58
82
100
1 000 3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
7
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
17
19
21
23 26
31
37
43
63
86
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
7
8
8
9
11
13
16
19
21
24
27
30
33
36 39
46
53
60
82
100
Less than 3 : 1
0
7
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
12
13
14 15
17
20
23
33
44
58
74 93
100
2 000 3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
7
7
7
7
7
8
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16 17
20
23
27
37
49
63
79 97
100
over 10 : 1
0
7
7
7
8
8
9
11
12
14
16
18
19
21
23
25 27
32
36
40
53
66
82
99 100
Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-B:
(1) Apply whichever ratio is greater.
L = Length of exposing building face
H = Height of exposing building face
Table 3.2.3.1.-C
204
Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is not Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Article 3.2.3.1.
Exposing Building
Face
Area of Unprotected Openings for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
Max.
Area,
m 2
Ratio
(L/H or H/L)(1)
Limiting Distance, m
0
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
18
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
70
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
5
9
15
23
46
77
100
10
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
6
10
17
25
48
79
100
over 10 : 1
0
5
9
16
24
34
58
91
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
5
7
11
16
32
53
79
100
15
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
5
8
13
18
34
55
82
100
over 10 : 1
0
5
8
13
19
26
43
66
93
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
6
9
13
25
40
61
85
100
20
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
5
7
11
15
27
43
63
87
100
over 10 : 1
0
5
7
11
17
22
36
53
74
99
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
6
8
11
20
33
49
69
92
100
25
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
5
7
9
13
22
35
51
71
94
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
6
10
15
20
31
45
62
82
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
5
7
10
18
28
42
58
77
100
30
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
6
9
12
20
30
44
60
80
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
6
10
14
18
28
40
54
71
91
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
5
6
8
14
22
32
44
59
76
94
100
40
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
6
8
10
16
24
34
47
61
78
97
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
5
8
12
15
23
33
44
57
72
89
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
5
6
7
12
18
26
36
48
61
76
93
100
50
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
5
7
9
14
20
29
38
50
63
79
95
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
5
8
11
14
21
29
38
48
61
74
90
100
205
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
5
7
11
16
23
31
40
52
64
78
94
100
60
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
5
6
8
12
18
25
33
43
54
66
81
96
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
5
7
10
13
19
26
34
43
53
64
77
92
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
5
6
9
13
18
24
31
40
49
60
71
84
98
100
80
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
5
6
7
10
15
20
26
33
42
51
62
74
86
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
5
6
9
11
16
22
28
35
43
52
62
73
85
98
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
5
5
8
11
15
20
26
32
40
48
58
68
79
100
100
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
5
6
9
13
17
22
28
35
42
51
60
70
81
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
6
8
10
14
19
25
31
37
44
52
61
71
81
92
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
5
6
8
11
14
18
23
28
33
40
46
54
70
89
100
150
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
5
6
8
10
13
16
20
25
30
36
42
49
56
73
92
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
5
7
8
12
16
20
24
29
34
39
46
52
59
67
84
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
10
12
15
18
22
25
29
34
44
55
68
100
250
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
17
20
24
27
32
36
46
57
70
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
5
6
7
9
12
15
18
21
25
28
32
37
41
46
56
68
81
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
10
12
14
16
19
22
25
32
40
49
77
100
350
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
10
12
14
16
18
21
24
27
34
43
52
79
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
5
6
8
10
13
15
18
21
23
26
30
33
36
44
53
62
90
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
14
16
19
24
29
36
55
78
100
500
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
13
14
16
18
21
26
31
38
57
80
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
5
5
7
9
11
13
15
17
19
21
24
26
29
35
41
48
68
92
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
8
9
10
11
14
16
20
29
41
55
71
89
100
1 000
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
18
22
31
43
57
73
91
100
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
13
15
16
18
20
23
26
30
41
53
68
84
100
Less than 3 :
1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
9
10
12
16
22
29
37
46
56
68
80
94
100
2 000
3 : 1 to 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
9
10
12
13
18
24
31
39
49
59
70
83
96
100
206
over 10 : 1
0
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
18
20
26
33
41
50
59
70
81
94
100
Notes to Table 3.2.3.1.-C:
(1) Apply whichever ratio is greater.
L = Length of exposing building face
H = Height of exposing building face
207
Table 3.2.3.1.-D
Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6.9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.
Exposing
Building Face
Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups A, B, C, D and F, Division 3 Occupancies, %
Max. Area, m2
Limiting Distance, m
0
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0
16
24
42
66
100
15
0
16
20
34
50
74
100
20
0
16
20
30
42
60
100
25
0
16
18
26
38
52
90
100
30
0
14
18
24
34
46
78
100
40
0
14
16
22
30
40
64
96
100
50
0
14
16
20
28
36
56
82
100
60
0
14
16
20
26
32
50
72
98
100
80
0
14
16
18
22
28
42
58
80
100
100
0
14
16
18
22
26
36
50
68
88
100
150 or more
0
14
14
16
20
22
30
40
52
66
82
100
Table 3.2.3.1.-E
Unprotected Opening Limits for a Building or Fire Compartment that is Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Sentence 3.1.6.9.(5) and Article 3.2.3.1.
Exposing
Building
Face
Area of Unprotected Opening for Groups E and F, Division 1 and 2 Occupancies, %
Max.
Area, m2
Limiting Distance, m
0
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.5
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
10
0
8
12
20
34
50
96
100
15
0
8
10
16
26
36
68
100
20
0
8
10
14
22
30
54
86
100
25
0
8
10
14
18
26
44
70
100
30
0
8
8
12
18
24
40
60
88
100
40
0
8
8
12
16
20
32
48
68
94
100
50
0
8
8
10
14
18
28
40
58
76
100
60
0
8
8
10
12
16
24
36
50
66
86
100
80
0
8
8
10
12
14
20
30
40
52
66
84
100
100
0
8
8
8
10
12
18
26
34
44
56
70
84
100
150
0
8
8
8
10
12
16
20
26
32
40
50
60
72
84
98
100
208
200 or
more
0
8
8
8
8
10
14
18
22
28
34
42
50
60
68
80
92
100
3.2.3.2. Area of Exposing Building Face
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the area of an exposing building face shall be calculated as the total area
of an exterior wall facing in one direction on any side of a building measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost
ceiling.
2) If a building is divided by fire separations into fire compartments, the area of exposing building face is permitted to be
calculated for each fire compartment provided the fire separations have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
3) In a building that is sprinklered throughout and contains an interconnected floor space, the area of the exposing building
face for the interconnected floor space is permitted to be determined by considering each storey as a separate fire compartment
notwithstanding openings through the floor assemblies.
3.2.3.3. Wall Enclosing Attic or Roof Space
1) An exterior wall enclosing an attic or roof space and located above an exposing building face, shall be constructed in
conformance with the requirements for the exposing building face.
3.2.3.4. Party Wall
1) A party wall shall be constructed as a firewall. (See Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)
3.2.3.5. Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
1) Openings in a wall that has a limiting distance less than 1.2 m shall be protected by closures whose fire-protection
rating is in conformance with the fire-resistance rating required for the wall.
2) Wired glass or glass block shall not be used for a closure referred to in Sentence (1).
3.2.3.6. Combustible Projections
1) Except for a building containing one or two dwelling units only, combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that
could expose an adjacent building to fire spread and are more than 1 m above ground level, including balconies, platforms,
canopies and stairs, shall not be permitted within
a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m,
projecting roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the
face of roof soffits shall not project to less than 0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
4) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way. (See Note A-
9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).)
5) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the centre line of a public way, or from an imaginary line between two
buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
a) have no openings, and
b) be protected by
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for
Residential Use,"
iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
"Gypsum Board Application,"
iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
209
v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
6) For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the required protection of soffits may be covered
with a combustible or noncombustible finish material.
3.2.3.7. Construction of Exposing Building Face
1) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), and Articles 3.2.3.10. and 3.2.3.11., the fire-resistance rating, construction
and cladding for exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments of Group A, B, C, D or Group F, Division 3 occupancy
classification shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4) and Article 3.2.3.10., the fire-resistance rating, construction and cladding
for exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments of Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 occupancy classification
shall comply with Table 3.2.3.7.
Table 3.2.3.7.
Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces
Forming Part of Sentences 3.1.6.9.(5) and 3.2.3.7.(1) to (4)
Occupancy
Classification of
Building or Fire
Compartment
Maximum Area of
Unprotected
Openings Permitted,
% of Exposing
Building Face Area
Minimum Required
Fire-Resistance
Rating
Type of
Construction
Required
Type of Cladding
Required
Group A, B, C, D, or
Group F, Division 3
0 to 10
1 h
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 10 to 25
1 h
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 25 to 50
45 min
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 50 to < 100
45 min
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Combustible or
Noncombustible(1)(2)
Group E, or Group F,
Division 1 or 2
0 to 10
2 h
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 10 to 25
2 h
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 25 to 50
1 h
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 50 to < 100
1 h
Combustible,
Encapsulated mass
timber, or
Noncombustible
Combustible or
Noncombustible(2)
Notes to Table 3.2.3.7.:
210
(1) The cladding on Group C buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. and on Group D buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.60. shall be
noncombustible or consist of a wall that satisfies the requirements of Article 3.1.4.8.
(2) The cladding on buildings or parts thereof conforming to Articles 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.93. shall conform to Article 3.1.6.9. or be
noncombustible.
3) Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for
buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 10% of the exposing
building face is permitted to be waived for exterior wall assemblies that comply with Article 3.1.5.5. or 3.1.5.6.
4) Except as provided in Articles 3.1.4.8. and 3.1.6.9., the requirement in Table 3.2.3.7. for noncombustible cladding for
buildings or fire compartments where the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 25% but not more than
50% of the exposing building face is permitted to be waived where
a) the limiting distance is greater than 5 m,
b) the building or fire compartment and all combustible attic and roof spaces are sprinklered throughout,
c) the cladding
i) conforms to Subsections 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9. or 9.27.10.,
ii) is installed without furring members, or on furring not more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm
thick or over masonry, and
iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-
Treated Wood for Fire Testing," has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 on the exterior face when tested in accordance
with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(1),
d) the cladding
i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
ii) is installed with or without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
iii) has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
iv) does not exceed 2 mm in thickness, exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements (see Note A-
3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv)), or
e) the exterior wall assembly complies with Article 3.1.5.5. or 3.1.5.6.
5) The construction requirements for the exposing building face stated in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be satisfied before
increasing the unprotected opening area as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.12.(1).
3.2.3.8. Protection of Exterior Building Face
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and in addition to the requirements of Sentences 3.2.3.7.(1) and (2) and where the
maximum permitted area of unprotected openings is greater than 10% of the exposing building face, foamed plastic insulation
used in an exterior wall of a building more than 3 storeys in building height shall be protected on its exterior surface by
a) concrete or masonry not less than 25 mm thick, or
b) noncombustible material that complies with the criteria for testing and the conditions of acceptance stated in
Sentence (2) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building
Construction and Materials."
2) The criteria for testing and the conditions of acceptance for a wall assembly to satisfy the requirements of Clause (1)(b)
are that
a) the fire exposed area of the wall assembly shall be not less than 9.3 m2 and have no dimension less than 2.75 m,
b) the exposed surface shall include typical vertical and horizontal joints,
c) the test shall be continued for not less than 15 min and the standard time/temperature curve of the referenced standard
shall be followed,
211
d) the noncombustible protective material must remain in place and no through openings should develop that are visible
when viewed normal to the face of the material, and
e) the noncombustible protective material should not disintegrate in a manner that would permit fire to propagate along the
surface of the test assembly.
3) The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived for wall assemblies that comply with the requirements of Article 3.1.5.5.
(See Note A-3.1.4.1.(1).)
3.2.3.9. Protection of Structural Members
1) Structural members, including beams, columns and arches, that are placed wholly or partly outside the exterior face of a
building and are less than 3 m from the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare shall be protected from exterior
fire exposure by fire protection having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for their protection from interior fire
exposure, as stated in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93., but not less than 1 h.
2) Structural members of heavy timber construction, including beams, columns and arches, that are placed wholly or partly
outside the exterior face of a building and are 3 m or more from the property line or the centre line of a public thoroughfare need
not be covered with noncombustible cladding.
3.2.3.10. Unlimited Unprotected Openings
1) An exposing building face in a storage garage with all storeys constructed as open-air storeys is permitted to have
unlimited unprotected openings provided it has a limiting distance not less than 3 m.
2) The exposing building face of a storey that faces a street and is at the same level as the street is permitted to have
unlimited unprotected openings if the limiting distance is not less than 9 m.
3.2.3.11. Low Fire Load, One Storey Building
1) An exposing building face of a building of low-hazard industrial occupancy conforming to Article 3.2.2.91. is permitted to
be of noncombustible construction without a fire-resistance rating provided
a) it is not a loadbearing wall, and
b) the limiting distance is not less than 3 m.
3.2.3.12. Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
1) Except as required by Sentence 3.2.3.7.(5), the maximum area of unprotected openings in any exposing building face
of a building that is not sprinklered is permitted to be doubled if the openings are glazed with
a) glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16., or
b) wired glass assemblies conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.
3.2.3.13. Protection of Exit Facilities
1) Except as required by Sentence (3) and as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if the plane of an exterior wall of an exit
enclosure forms an angle less than 135° with the plane of an exterior wall of the building it serves, and an opening in the exterior
wall of the exit enclosure could be exposed to fire from an opening in the exterior wall of the building, the opening in either the
exterior wall of the exit or the exterior wall of the building shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of
Sentence (4) where the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
a) less than 10 m below an opening in the exterior wall of the exit, or
b) less than 2 m above an opening in the exterior wall of the exit.
(See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)
2) If an unenclosed exterior exit stair, ramp, or confined path of travel, could be exposed to fire from an opening in the
exterior wall of the building it serves, the opening in the exterior wall of the building shall be protected in conformance with the
requirements of Sentence (4) where the opening in the exterior wall of the building is within 3 m horizontally and
a) less than 10 m below the exit stair or ramp, or confined path of travel, or
b) less than 5 m above the exit stair or ramp, or confined path of travel.
212
3) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.4.3.(1), if an exterior exit door in one fire compartment is within 3 m horizontally of
an opening in another fire compartment and the exterior walls of these fire compartments intersect at an exterior angle of less
than 135°, the opening shall be protected in conformance with the requirements of Sentence (4).
4) The opening protection referred to in Sentences (1) to (3) shall consist of
a) glass block conforming to the requirements of Article 3.1.8.16.,
b) a wired glass assembly conforming to Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D,
c) a closure conforming to the requirements of Subsection 3.1.8. and Articles 3.2.3.1. and 3.2.3.14., or
d) a dedicated sprinkler water curtain in accordance with Sentence (5).
5) An opening provided with a dedicated sprinkler water curtain for opening protection as permitted in Clause (4)(d) shall
a) be provided with tempered or laminated safety glass glazed openings where windows are provided,
b) be provided with quick response sprinklers with a nominal k-factor of 5.6 of the upright or pendant type,
c) be located such that
i) the water curtain sprinklers are between 150 mm and 300 mm horizontally from the interior face of the opening,
ii) the water curtain is located and not more than 3.6 m vertically above the floor immediately below and within 300 mm of a
smooth horizontal ceiling per the manufacturers listing for the quick response sprinkler head and NFPA 13,
iii) if the opening is 1.8 m or less in width, the water curtain shall have one sprinkler head installed at the center of the
opening with no more than 0.9 m horizontally from the edge of the opening, and
iv) if the opening is more than 1.8 m in width, have multiple sprinkler heads installed at 1.8 m on center with no more than
0.9 m horizontally from the edge of the opening, and
d) have sprinkler heads protected from spray and from cold solder effects from adjacent sprinklers (floor area or water
curtain sprinkler heads) by means of baffles in accordance with NFPA 13, and be hydraulically designed to
i) discharge water at a minimum flow rate of 1.13 L/s (18 usgpm),
ii) sprinklers will be supplied off the floor area sprinkler system, and
iii) be included in the most hydraulically demanding design area for the adjacent floor area sprinklers plus the inside and
outside hose stream allowance per NFPA 13.
3.2.3.14. Wall Exposed to Another Wall
1) Except as required by Sentences (3) and 3.2.3.13.(1) or as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.19.(5), if an unprotected
opening in an exterior wall of a fire compartment is exposed to an unprotected opening in the exterior wall of another fire
compartment, and the planes of the 2 walls are parallel or at an angle less than 135°, measured from the exterior of the building,
the unprotected openings in the 2 fire compartments shall be separated by a distance not less than Do where
but in no case less than 1 m, and
D = the greater required limiting distance for the exposing building faces of the 2 fire compartments, and
θ = the angle made by the intersecting planes of the exposing building faces of the 2 fire compartments (in the case where
the exterior walls are parallel and face each other, θ = 0°).
(See Note A-3.2.3.14.(1).)
2) The exterior wall of each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (1) within the distance, Do, shall have a fire-
resistance rating not less than that required for the interior vertical fire separation between the fire compartment and the
remainder of the building.
213
3) Sentence (1) does not apply to unprotected openings of fire compartments within a building that is sprinklered
throughout, but shall apply to
a) unprotected openings of fire compartments on opposite sides of a firewall, and
b) exposure from unprotected openings of a fire compartment that is not protected by an automatic sprinkler system.
3.2.3.15. Wall Exposed to Adjoining Roof
1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.3.19.(5), if a wall in a building is exposed to a fire hazard from an adjoining roof of
a separate fire compartment that is not sprinklered in the same building, and the exposed wall contains windows within 3 storeys
vertically and 5 m horizontally of the roof, the roof shall contain no skylights within 5 m of the exposed wall.
3.2.3.16. Protection of Soffits
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and (4), where there is a common attic or roof space above more than 2 suites of
residential occupancy or above more than 2 patients' sleeping rooms, and the common attic or roof space projects beyond the
exterior wall of the building, the soffit, and any opening in the soffit or other surface of the projection located within 2 500 mm of a
window or door opening, shall be protected by
a) noncombustible material
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
ii) having a melting point not below 650°C,
b) plywood not less than 11 mm thick,
c) strandboard or waferboard not less than 12.5 mm thick, or
d) lumber not less than 11 mm thick.
2) The soffit protection required by Sentence (1) shall extend the full width of the opening and to not less than 1 200 mm
on either side of it, and shall apply to all openings through the soffit within this limit.
3) If an eave overhang is completely separated from the remainder of the attic or roof space by the use of fire blocks, the
requirements of Sentence (1) do not apply.
4) The protection required by Sentence (1) for projections is permitted to be omitted if
a) the fire compartments behind the window and door openings are sprinklered in accordance with Article 3.2.5.12., and
b) all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, having openings in the wall beneath the soffit are sprinklered,
notwithstanding exceptions permitted in the standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12. for the installation of automatic sprinkler
systems.
3.2.3.17. Canopy Protection for Vertically Separated Openings
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), if a storey classified as a Group E or Group F, Division 1 or 2 major
occupancy is required to be separated from the storey above by a fire separation,
a) every opening in the exterior wall of the lower storey that is located vertically below an opening in the storey above shall
be separated from the storey above by a canopy projecting not less than 1 m from the face of the building at the intervening floor
level, and
b) the canopy required by Clause (a) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly
but need not be more than 1 h, except as required elsewhere in this Subsection.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the canopy required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be omitted if the exterior wall
of the upper storey is recessed not less than 1 m behind the exterior wall containing the opening in the lower storey.
3) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived if the building is sprinklered throughout.
3.2.3.18. Covered Vehicular Passageway
214
1) A covered vehicular passageway designed as a receiving or shipping area shall be separated from
every building or part of a building adjoining it by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
than 1.5 h.
2) A covered vehicular passageway constructed below grade shall be of noncombustible construction.
3.2.3.19. Walkway between Buildings
1) Except as required by Sentence 3.2.3.20.(2), if buildings are connected by a walkway, each building
shall be separated from the walkway by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a walkway connected to a building required to be of
noncombustible construction shall also be of noncombustible construction.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), a walkway connected to a building or part of a building
permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction shall be of noncombustible construction or
encapsulated mass timber construction.
4) A walkway connected to a building required to be of noncombustible construction or to a building or
part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction is permitted to be of heavy timber
construction, provided
a) not less than 50% of the area of any enclosing perimeter walls is open to the outdoors, and
b) the walkway is at ground level.
5) A walkway of noncombustible construction used only as a pedestrian thoroughfare need not conform
to the requirements of Articles 3.2.3.14. and 3.2.3.15.
6) A walkway between buildings shall be not more than 9 m wide.
3.2.3.20. Underground Walkway
1) An underground walkway shall not be designed or used for any purpose other than pedestrian
travel unless
a) the purpose is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction, and
b) sprinklers are installed in any space in the walkway containing an occupancy.
2) Buildings connected by an underground walkway shall be separated from the walkway by a fire
separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3) An underground walkway shall be of noncombustible construction suitable for an underground
location.
4) In an underground walkway
a) smoke barrier doors shall be installed at intervals of not more than 100 m, or
b) the travel distance from the door of an adjacent room or space to the nearest exit shall be not more
than one and a half times the least allowable travel distance to an exit for any of the adjacent occupancies
as permitted by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1).
5) An underground walkway between buildings shall be not more than 9 m wide.
3.2.3.21. Storage and Process Equipment Located Outdoors
1) Location of outdoor storage and outdoor process equipment in relation to buildings shall conform
to Parts 3 and 4 of Division B of the Fire By-law.
3.2.3.22. Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
215
1) When a building is erected over existing buried flammable gas mains, such service lines shall be
encased in gas-tight conduits in conformance with CAN/CSA-Z662, "Oil and gas pipeline systems."
3.2.4. Fire Alarm and Detection Systems
(See Note A-3.2.4.)
3.2.4.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), a fire alarm system shall be installed in buildings in
which an automatic sprinkler system is required by this Part.
2) Buildings in which a sprinkler system is installed in accordance with NFPA 13D, "Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," need
not comply with Sentence (1).
3) Buildings that contain fewer than 9 sprinklers conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.12.(4) need not comply
with Sentence (1).
4) Except as permitted by Sentences (5), (6) and 3.2.4.2.(4), a fire alarm system shall be installed in a
building that is not sprinklered throughout and that contains
a) a contained use area,
b) an impeded egress zone,
c) more than 3 storeys, including the storeys below the first storey,
d) a total occupant load more than 300, other than in open air seating areas,
e) an occupant load more than 150 above or below the first storey, other than in open air seating areas,
f) a school, college, or child care facility, including a daycare facility for children, with an occupant
load more than 40,
g) a licensed beverage establishment or a licensed restaurant, with an occupant load more than 150,
h) a low-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 75 above or below the first storey,
i) a medium-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 75 above or below the first
storey,
j) a residential occupancy with sleeping accommodation for more than 10 persons,
k) a high-hazard industrial occupancy with an occupant load more than 25, or
l) an occupant load more than 300 below an open air seating area.
5) A fire alarm system is not required in a residential occupancy that is not sprinklered, where
a) not more than 4 suites share a common means of egress, or
b) each suite has direct access to an exterior exit facility leading to ground level.
6) A fire alarm system is not required in a storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.2.92. that is
contained in a building that is not sprinklered provided there are no other occupancies in the building.
3.2.4.2. Continuity of Fire Alarm System
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), if there are openings through a firewall, other than those for
piping, tubing, wiring and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways, the requirements in this Subsection
shall apply to the floor areas on both sides of the firewall as if they were in the same building.
216
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if a building contains more than one major occupancy and a fire
alarm system is required, a single system shall serve all occupancies.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if a fire alarm system is required in any portion of a building,
it shall be installed throughout the building.
4) Except as required by Sentence (5), the requirements in this Subsection are permitted to be
applied to each portion of a building not more than 3 storeys in building height, in which a vertical fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h separates the portion from the remainder of the
building as if it were a separate building, provided there are no openings through the fire separation, other
than those for piping, tubing, wiring and totally enclosed noncombustible raceways.
5) The permission in Sentence (4) to consider separated portions of a building as separate buildings
does not apply to service rooms and storage rooms.
6) Buildings interconnected by walkways permitted in Articles 3.2.3.19. and 3.2.3.20. or by vestibules
provided in conformance with Article 3.2.6.3. shall be treated as separate buildings for the purpose of fire
alarm installation required by this Subsection.
3.2.4.3. Types of Fire Alarm Systems
1) A fire alarm system shall be
a) a single-stage system in a Group F, Division 1 occupancy,
b) except as permitted in Clause (c), a 2-stage system in a Group B occupancy,
c) a single- or 2-stage system in a Group B, Division 3 occupancy where the building is 3 storeys or less
in building height, and
d) a single- or 2-stage system in all other cases.
3.2.4.4. Description of Fire Alarm Systems
1) A single stage fire alarm system shall, upon the operation of any manual station, waterflow
detecting device, or fire detector, cause an alarm signal to sound on all audible signal devices in the system.
(See Note A-3.2.4.4.(1).)
2) A 2-stage fire alarm system shall
a) cause an alert signal to sound upon the operation of any manual station, waterflow detecting
device, or fire detector,
b) automatically cause an alarm signal to sound if the alert signal is not acknowledged within 5 min of
its initiation, and
c) have manual stations, each of which is equipped so that the use of a key or other similar device
causes an alarm signal to sound that continues to sound upon removal of the key or similar device from
the manual station (see Note A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c)).
(See Note A-3.2.4.4.(2).)
3) A 2-stage fire alarm system is permitted to be zone coded so that, upon the operation of any
manual station, waterflow detecting device, or fire detector,
a) a coded alert signal is sounded indicating the zone of alarm initiation,
b) the coded alert signal is repeated in its entirety not less than 4 times, and
c) a continuous alert signal is sounded upon completion of the coded signals referred to in Clause (b)
and Sentence (4).
217
4) If a second manual station, waterflow detecting device, or fire detector is operated in a fire alarm
system with zone coding as permitted by Sentence (3), in a zone other than that for which the first alert
signal was sounded, the coded alert signal for the first zone shall be completed before the coded alert signal
for the second zone is repeated not less than 4 times.
3.2.4.5. Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems
1) Fire alarm systems, including the voice communication capability where provided, shall be
installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems."
2) Fire alarm systems shall be verified in conformance with CAN/ULC-S537, "Standard for
Verification of Fire Alarm Systems," to ensure they are operating satisfactorily.
3.2.4.6. Silencing of Alarm Signals
1) A fire alarm system shall be designed so that when an alarm signal is actuated, it cannot be
silenced automatically before a period of time has elapsed that is not less than
a) 5 min for a building not required to be equipped with an annunciator, and
b) 20 min for any other building.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(8) and Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) and (3), a fire alarm system
shall not incorporate manual silencing switches other than those installed inside the fire alarm control
unit. (See Note A-3.2.4.6.(2).)
3) A manual silencing switch, accessible only to authorized personnel, shall be installed inside of the
annunciator described in Sentence 3.2.4.8.(1). (See Note A-3.2.4.6.(3).)
3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department
1) A single stage fire alarm system installed in a building of assembly occupancy that has an occupant
load more than 300 shall be designed to notify the fire department, in conformance with Sentence (4), that
an alarm signal has been initiated.
2) A fire alarm system that includes waterflow-indicating devices shall be designed to notify the fire
department in conformance with Sentence (4) when an alarm is initiated.
3) A 2-stage fire alarm system shall be designed to notify the fire department, in conformance with
Sentence (4), that an alert signal has been initiated.
4) Notification of the fire department, as required by Sentences (1) to (3), shall be provided in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S561, "Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving
Centres and Systems." (See Note A-3.2.4.7.(4).)
5) Where a single stage fire alarm system is installed in a building that is not sprinklered throughout
and Sentence (1) does not apply, a legible notice that is not easily removed shall be affixed to the wall
near each manual station stating
a) that the fire department is to be notified in the event of a fire emergency, and
b) the emergency telephone number for the municipality or for the fire department (see Note A-
3.2.4.7.(5)(b)).
6) Helicopter landing areas on roofs shall be provided with telephone extensions or means to notify
the fire department.
3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) to (5), an annunciator shall be installed in close proximity to
a building entrance that faces a street or an access route for fire department vehicles that complies with
Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1).
218
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), (8), (9) and (10), the annunciator required by Sentence (1)
shall have separate zone indication of the actuation of the alarm initiating devices, smoke detectors, heat
detectors, manual stations and waterflow detecting devices, in each
a) floor area so that the area of coverage for each zone in a building that is not sprinklered is not more
than 2 000 m2,
b) floor area so that the area of coverage for each zone is neither
i) more than one storey, nor
ii) more than the system area limits specified in NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems,"
c) shaft required to be equipped with smoke detectors,
d) air-handling system required to be equipped with smoke detectors,
e) fire extinguishing system required by NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire
Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,"
f) contained use area,
g) impeded egress zone,
h) fire compartment required by Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2), and
i) floor area required to be equipped with smoke detector or detectors as required by Clause
3.2.4.11.(1)(h) to
i) initiate an alert signal in a 2 stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage system, and
ii) indicate the actuation of each device separately on the fire alarm system annunciator.
(See Note A-3.2.4.8.(2).)
3) An annunciator need not be provided for a fire alarm system if not more than one zone indicator
is required by Sentence (2).
4) If an annunciator is not installed as part of a fire alarm system in conformance with Sentence (1), a
visible and audible trouble signal device shall be provided inside the main entrance of the building.
5) The requirements of Sentence (1) are waived in a building
a) in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed,
b) that has an aggregate area for all storeys of not more than 2 000 m2, and
c) that is not more than 3 storeys in building height.
6) The area limits of Clause (2)(a) are waived for an interior undivided open space used as an arena,
a rink, or a swimming pool provided that other spaces in the building that are separated from the open
space are individually zoned in accordance with the requirements of Sentence (2).
7) A fire alarm control unit installed in close proximity to a building entrance that faces a street or an
access route for fire department vehicles that complies with Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1) is deemed to satisfy the
requirement for an annunciator, provided all indicators required for an annunciator or trouble signal
device are included on the control unit.
8) If a fire alarm system is required in a building of residential occupancy containing row housing or in
residential blocks where the egress of the dwelling units conforms to Sentence 3.3.4.4.(3) or Clause
9.9.9.1.(1)(b) and the building is no more than 4 storeys above the adjacent ground or storage garage, the
building shall be provided with
219
a) a single electrically supervised fire alarm system for the entire building,
b) at least one sprinkler zone for each block of row housing or each residential block,
c) a sprinkler system which is monitored by the fire alarm system and an off-site monitoring service,
and
d) a strobe light located outside the principal entrance of each dwelling unit and connected to an
internal smoke alarm within the dwelling unit.
9) In a multi-level residential suite, where a single egress door is provided and the egress door opens
directly into a public corridor or an exterior exit passageway or onto a street, a separate zone for sprinkler
water flow detecting devices on each storey is not required provided
a) the actuation of a sprinkler waterflow detecting device in the suite shall be zoned at the public
corridor or exterior exit passageway floor level, and
b) a strobe light is installed and maintained outside the suite entrance of the dwelling unit, and
connected to an internal smoke alarm within the dwelling unit.
10) A separate zone for waterflow detecting devices is not required for a shaft described in Clause
3.2.4.8.(2)(c).
11) The annunciator required by Sentence (1) shall have indicator lamps for the separate zone
indications required by Sentence (2). (See Note A-3.2.4.8.(11).)
3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision
1) Electrical supervision shall be provided for a fire alarm system.
2) If a fire alarm system in a building is required to have an annunciator by Sentence 3.2.4.8.(1),
except for hose valves, all valves controlling water supplies in a standpipe system shall be equipped with
an electrically supervised switch for transmitting a trouble signal to the annunciator in the event of
movement of the valve handle.
3) An automatic sprinkler system shall be electrically supervised to indicate a supervisory signal on
the building fire alarm system annunciator for each of the following:
a) movement of a valve handle that controls the supply of water to sprinklers,
b) loss of excess water pressure required to prevent false alarms in a wet pipe system,
c) loss of air pressure in a dry pipe system,
d) loss of air pressure in a pressure tank,
e) a significant change in water level in any water storage container used for firefighting purposes,
f) loss of power to any automatically starting fire pump (see Note A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f)), and
g) a temperature approaching the freezing point in any dry pipe valve enclosure or water storage
container used for firefighting purposes.
4) A fire pump shall be electrically supervised as stipulated in NFPA 20, "Standard for the
Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection."
5) Heat-tracing cables installed on standpipe risers and sprinkler lines shall be electrically
supervised by the fire alarm system for loss of power.
6) Indication of a supervisory signal in accordance with Sentences (3) and (5) shall be transmitted to
the fire department in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).
220
7) Except as permitted by Sentence (8), a radio antenna system shall perform a self-test at least twice
daily and shall be electrically supervised to indicate a trouble signal on the building fire alarm system
annunciator for:
a) loss of power to any head-end equipment, and
b) fundamental failure of a self-test.
8) Electrical supervision of a radio antenna system in a building in which a fire alarm system is not
installed shall be provided by an acceptable method.
9) A trouble signal indicating the nature of the trouble in accordance with Sentence (3) and (7) shall
be transmitted to a Fire Signal Receiving Centre conforming to CAN/ULC-S561, "Installation and
Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems" as provided for in Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).
3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors
1) Fire detectors required by this By-law shall be connected to the fire alarm system.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), if a fire alarm system is required in a building that is not
sprinklered, fire detectors shall be installed in the following spaces:
a) storage rooms not within dwelling units,
b) service rooms not within dwelling units,
c) janitors' rooms,
d) rooms in which hazardous substances are to be used or stored (see Note A-3.3.1.2.(1)),
e) elevator hoistways and dumbwaiter shafts, and
f) laundry rooms in buildings of residential occupancy, but not those within dwelling units.
3) Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) need not be provided within floor areas that are sprinklered.
4) Fire detectors required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in elevator hoistways and dumbwaiter
shafts where a sprinkler system is not installed within the hoistway or shaft.
3.2.4.11. Smoke Detectors
1) If a fire alarm system is installed, smoke detectors shall be installed in
a) except as permitted in Sentence (2), each sleeping room and each corridor serving as part of a
means of egress from sleeping rooms in portions of a building classified as a Group B major occupancy,
b) each room in a contained use area and corridors serving those rooms,
c) each corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group A, Division 1 major occupancy,
d) each public corridor in portions of a building classified as a Group C major occupancy,
e) each exit stair shaft other than those serving only a Group A, Division 4 major occupancy or an
open storage garage,
f) the vicinity of draft stops required by Article 3.2.8.6.,
g) elevator machine rooms, and
h) each floor area in front of the elevator or elevators.
(See Note A-3.2.4.11.(1).)
2) Smoke detectors need not be installed in sleeping rooms and in corridors serving the sleeping
rooms within a suite of care occupancy where smoke alarms are installed in accordance with Article 3.2.4.20.
221
3) Smoke detectors required in the sleeping rooms of a care, treatment or detention occupancy shall, upon
actuation, provide an audible and visible signal to staff serving those rooms so that the room or location
containing the actuated smoke detector can be easily identified. (See Note A-3.2.4.11.(3).)
4) Smoke detectors required in Clause (1)(g) shall, upon actuation, recall the elevators served by the
elevator machine room in which the smoke detector is installed.
5) Except as permitted in Sentences (6) and (7), smoke detectors installed in buildings required to be
equipped with a fire alarm system shall be located near the entrance to walkways described in
Articles 3.2.3.19. and 3.2.3.20. or vestibules provided in conformance with Article 3.2.6.3.
6) Smoke detectors installed at the entrance to the walkways in conformance with Article 3.1.8.14. shall
be deemed to meet the requirements of Sentence (5).
7) Smoke detectors required by Sentence (5) may be replaced with fire detectors in Group F occupancies
where the smoke detectors may be subjected to false alarms due to the activities within the building.
3.2.4.12. Prevention of Smoke Circulation
1) If a fire alarm system is installed, an air-handling system shall be designed to prevent the
circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector if the air-handling system
a) serves more than one storey,
b) serves more than one suite in a storey, or
c) serves more than one fire compartment required by Sentence 3.3.3.5.(2).
3.2.4.13. Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown
1) A central vacuum cleaning system in a building equipped with a fire alarm system shall be
designed to shut down upon actuation of the fire alarm system.
3.2.4.14. Deleted.
3.2.4.15. System Monitoring
1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices and, if an
annunciator is required by Article 3.2.4.8., shall be installed so that each device serves
a) not more than one storey, and
b) except as required by Sentence 3.2.4.8.(2), an area on each storey that is not more than the system
area limits as specified in NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
2) Waterflow-detecting devices required by Sentence (1) shall be connected to the fire alarm system
so that, upon its actuation, an alert signal or an alarm signal is initiated.
3) The actuation of each waterflow detecting device required by Sentence (1) shall be indicated
separately on the fire alarm system annunciator.
3.2.4.16. Manual Stations
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), where a fire alarm system is installed, a manual
station shall be installed in every floor area near
a) every principal entrance to the building, and
b) every required exit, and
c) every other egress facility that has been designed and identified as an exit and has all the features
of a required exit.
(See Note A-3.2.4.16.(1).)
222
2) In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an exterior egress
doorway from a suite that does not lead to an interior shared means of egress in a hotel or motel not more
than 3 storeys in building height, provided each suite is served by an exterior exit facility leading directly to
ground level.
3) In a building that is sprinklered throughout, a manual station is not required at an exterior egress
doorway from a dwelling unit that does not lead to an interior shared means of egress in a building not more
than 3 storeys in building height containing only dwelling units, provided each dwelling unit is served by an
exterior exit facility leading directly to ground level.
4) In a building referred to in Sentence (2) or (3), manual stations shall be installed near doorways
leading from shared interior corridors to the exterior.
5) Where a fire alarm system is installed, a manually operated fire alarm station shall be installed on
the roof at each exit from a helicopter landing area.
3.2.4.17. Alert and Alarm Signals
1) In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), the same audible signal devices are
permitted to be used to sound the alert signals and the alarm signals.
2) If audible signal devices with voice reproduction capabilities are intended for paging and similar
voice message use, other than during a fire emergency, they shall be installed so that alert signals and
alarm signals take priority over all other signals.
3) Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm or voice communication system shall not be
used for playing music or background noise.
3.2.4.18. Audibility of Alarm Systems
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.)
1) Audible signal devices forming part of a fire alarm system shall be installed in a building so that
a) alarm signals are clearly audible throughout the floor area and throughout any occupancy on a roof, and
b) alert signals are clearly audible in continuously staffed locations, and where there are no continuously staffed locations,
throughout the floor area and throughout any occupancy on a roof.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(1).)
2) The sound pattern of an alarm signal shall conform to the temporal pattern defined in Clause 4.2 of ISO 8201,
"Acoustics - Audible emergency evacuation signal." (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(2).)
3) The sound patterns of alert signals shall be significantly different from the temporal patterns of alarm signals. (See
Note A-3.2.4.18.(3).)
4) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall be not more than 110 dBA in any normally occupied area. (See Note A-
3.2.4.18.(4).)
5) The sound pressure level in a sleeping room from a fire alarm audible signal device shall be not less than 75 dBA in a
building of residential or care occupancy when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. (See
Note A-3.2.4.18.(5).)
6) Audible signal devices in sleeping rooms in a building of residential or care occupancy shall emit a low frequency signal.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(6).)
7) Except as required by Sentence (5), the sound pressure level from a fire alarm system's audible signal device within a
floor area shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient noise level and not less than 65 dBA when any intervening doors
between the device and the rest of the floor area are closed.
223
8) Except as permitted by Sentence (12), audible signal devices located within a dwelling unit shall include a means for
them to be manually silenced for a period of not more than 10 min, after which time the devices shall restore themselves to
normal operation. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)
9) Audible signal devices within a dwelling unit or a suite of residential or care occupancy shall be connected to the fire
alarm system
a) in a manner such that a single open circuit at one device will not impair the operation of other audible signal devices on
that same circuit that serve the other dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy, or
b) on separate signal circuits that are not connected to the devices in any other dwelling unit, public corridor or suite of
residential or care occupancy.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9).)
10) In a building or part thereof classified as a residential or care occupancy,
a) separate circuits shall be provided for audible signal devices on each floor area, and
b) audible signal devices within dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy shall be wired on separate signal
circuits from those not within dwelling units or suites of residential or care occupancy.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10).)
11) Audible signal devices shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) and shall be connected
to the fire alarm system.
12) Audible signal devices within dwelling units that are wired on separate signal circuits in accordance with Clause (10)(b)
need not include a means for manual signal silencing as required by Sentence (8), provided the fire alarm system includes a
provision for an automatic signal silence within dwelling units, where
a) the automatic signal silence cannot occur within the first 60 s of operation or within the zone of initiation,
b) a subsequent alarm elsewhere in the building will reactuate the silenced audible signal devices within dwelling units,
c) after a period of not more than 10 min, the silenced audible signal devices will be restored to continuous audible signal if
the alarm is not acknowledged, and
d) the voice communication systems referred to in Articles 3.2.4.22. and 3.2.4.23. have a provision to override the
automatic signal silence to allow the transmission of voice messages through silenced audible signal device circuits that serve
the dwelling units.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)
13) If a 2-stage fire alarm system has been installed with an automatic signal silence as described in Sentence (12), the
system shall be designed so that any silenced audible signal devices serving dwelling units are reactuated whenever an alarm
signal is required to be transmitted as part of the second stage. (See Note A-3.2.4.18.(8).)
14) An audible signal device forming part of a fire alarm system provided so as to sound alarm signals that are clearly
audible throughout any occupancy on a roof or balcony, shall be located
a) in the vicinity of an exterior door providing access to a private residential roof deck or balcony with a depth greater than
3m, or
b) on exterior public roofs or balconies.
(See Note A-3.2.4.18.(14).)
3.2.4.19. Visible Signals
1) Where a fire alarm system is installed, visible signal devices shall be provided in addition to alarm signal devices
a) in buildings or portions thereof intended for use primarily by persons who are deaf or hard of hearing,
b) in assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA,
224
c) in any floor area in which the ambient noise level is more than 87 dBA,
d) in any floor area in which the occupants
i) use ear protection devices,
ii) are located in an audiometric booth, or
iii) are located in sound-insulating enclosures,
e) in public corridors serving a Group B, C, D or E major occupancy,
f) in corridors used by the public serving a Group A major occupancy,
g) in not less than 10% of the suites of residential occupancy in a hotel or motel (see Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g)), and
h) in washrooms, except those located within
i) suites of residential occupancy,
ii) suites of care occupancy, or
iii) patients' sleeping rooms.
2) Visible signal devices are permitted to be installed in lieu of audible signal devices in the compartments referred to in
Article 3.3.3.6.
3) Visible signal devices required by Sentence (1) shall be installed so that the signal from at least one device is visible
throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. (See Note A-3.2.4.19.(3).)
4) Visible signal devices shall be installed in the rooms and spaces required by Article 3.2.4.20. and Section 3.8. and shall
a) conform to Sentence (5) where a fire alarm system is provided,
b) conform to Sentence (6) where a fire alarm system is not provided,
c) have a luminous intensity of not less than
i) 75 candela, if the strobe light is located in a sleeping room or bed space, and
ii) 15 candela, if the strobe light is not located in a sleeping room or bed space,
d) produce between 1 and 3 flashes per second, with the flashes synchronized when more than one strobe light is visible
from a single location, and
e) be installed in each
i) sleeping room or bed space,
ii) room closed off from the living area by a door, including bathrooms, and
iii) living area and any hallway serving the living area.
5) The visible signal devices required by Sentence (4) shall
a) consist of strobe lights conforming to CAN/ULC-S526, "Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems,
Including Accessories," that are designed to operate as part of the fire alarm system, and
b) be located in conformance with the installation requirements for visible signal devices in CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for
Installation of Fire Alarm Systems."
6) Where a fire alarm system is not provided, the visible signal devices required by Sentence (4) shall
a) consist of strobe lights conforming to CAN/ULC-S526, "Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems,
Including Accessories,"
b) be connected to, and activated by,
i) the smoke alarms required by Article 3.2.4.20. and 9.10.19.1., or
ii) the smoke detectors permitted by Articles 3.2.4.20., 3.2.4.21. or 9.10.19.8., and
225
c) be located not less than 2 100 mm above the floor on a wall or ceiling in a location that will maximize effectiveness.
7) Each adaptable dwelling unit shall be provided with special outlet boxes and cover plates that
a) are designed, located and wired specifically to allow strobe lights to operate in conformance with
i) Sentence (5) where a fire alarm system is provided, or
ii) Sentence (6) where a fire alarm system is not provided,
b) are permanently identified as "FIRE - Strobe Light Connection Only,"
c) are installed in the locations described in Clause (4)(e), and
d) for the purposes of providing power to the strobe lights that may be connected to the outlet boxes, are assumed that the
total special outlets for at least 20 percent of the adaptable dwelling units in the building are in use.
3.2.4.20. Smoke Alarms
1) Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.21., smoke alarms shall be installed in accordance with this Article.
2) Except as required by Sentence (5) and permitted by Sentence (10), smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531,
"Standard for Smoke Alarms," shall be installed in each dwelling unit and, except for care, treatment or detention occupancies
required to have a fire alarm system, in each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit or suite of care occupancy.
3) At least one smoke alarm shall be installed on each storey of a dwelling unit or suite of care occupancy.
4) On any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm shall be installed
a) in each sleeping room, and
b) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the storey, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a
hallway, the smoke alarm shall be located in the hallway.
5) Where a care occupancy has individual suites for residents, a smoke alarm shall be installed
a) in each sleeping room, and
b) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the suite, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a
corridor within the suite, the smoke alarm shall be located in the corridor.
6) A smoke alarm shall be installed on or near the ceiling.
7) In hotels and motels with a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in rooms required to have a visible signal device
connected to the fire alarm system as specified in Clause 3.2.4.19.(1)(g) shall have a visible signal component installed in
accordance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems."
8) In hotels and motels without a fire alarm system, smoke alarms installed in sleeping rooms of not less than 10% of the
suites of residential occupancy shall have a visible signal component installed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for
Installation of Fire Alarm Systems." (See also Note A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g).)
9) Except as permitted in Sentence (10), smoke alarms referred in Sentence (2) shall
a) be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
b) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm, and
c) except for the visible signal component required in Sentences (7) and (8), in case the regular power supply to the
smoke alarm is interrupted, be provided with a battery as an alternative power source that can continue to provide power to the
smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the normal condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.
10) Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors in lieu of smoke alarms, provided
the smoke detectors
a) are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within
the individual suites (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
226
b) except as permitted in Sentence (11), are installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of
Fire Alarm Systems," and
c) form part of the fire alarm system.
(See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
11) Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in Sentence (10) are permitted to sound
localized alarms within individual suites, and need not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.
12) If more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected so that the
actuation of one smoke alarm will cause all smoke alarms within the dwelling unit to sound.
13) A smoke alarm required by Sentence (2) shall be installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S553, "Standard for the
Installation of Smoke Alarms."
14) Except as permitted in Sentence (15), a manually operated silencing device shall be incorporated within the circuitry of
a smoke alarm installed in a dwelling unit so that it will silence the signal emitted by the smoke alarm for a period of not more
than 10 min, after which the smoke alarm will reset and again sound the alarm if the level of smoke in the vicinity is sufficient to
reactuate the smoke alarm.
15) Suites of residential occupancy equipped with smoke detectors installed to CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation
of Fire Alarm Systems," as part of the fire alarm system in lieu of smoke alarms as permitted by Sentence (10), need not
incorporate the manually operated device required in Sentence (14). (See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
16) The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
a) meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
b) be a combination temporal pattern and voice relay.
17) Sleeping rooms and bed spaces provided in care occupancies in a building that is not equipped with a 2-stage fire
alarm system shall be equipped with visible signal devices conforming to this Article. (See also Clause 3.2.4.3.(1)(c).)
3.2.4.21. Residential Fire Warning Systems
1) Except where a fire alarm system is installed or required in a building, smoke detectors forming part of a residential fire
warning system installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S540, "Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems:
Installation, Inspection, Testing and Maintenance," are permitted to be installed in lieu of all smoke alarms required by
Article 3.2.4.20., provided the system
a) is capable of sounding audible signals in accordance with Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5.,
b) is powered in accordance with Article 9.10.19.4., and
c) is provided with a silencing device in accordance with Article 9.10.19.6.
3.2.4.22. Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings
(See also Article 3.2.5.20)
1) A voice communication system required by Subsection 3.2.6. shall
a) consist of a two-way means of communication with the central alarm and control facility and to the mechanical control
centre from each floor area, and
b) be capable of broadcasting prerecorded, synthesized, or live messages from the central alarm and control facility that
are audible and intelligible in all parts of the building, except that this requirement does not apply to elevator cars (see Note A-
3.2.4.22.(1)(b)).
2) The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include a means to silence the alarm signal in a
single stage fire alarm system while voice instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alarm signal has initially sounded
for not less than 30 s.
227
3) The voice communication system referred to in Sentence (1) shall include a means to silence the alert signal and the
alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system while voice instructions are being transmitted, but only after the alert signal has
initially sounded for not less than
a) 10 s in hospitals that have supervisory personnel on duty for twenty-four hours each day, or
b) 30 s for all other occupancies.
4) The voice communication system referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall be designed so that the alarm signal in a 2-stage fire
alarm system can be selectively transmitted to any zone or zones while maintaining an alert signal or selectively transmitting
voice instructions to any other zone or zones in the building.
5) Except where a radio antenna system conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.20.(1) is installed, the 2-way communication
system referred to in Clause (1)(a) shall be installed so that emergency telephones are located in each floor area near exit stair
shafts.
6) Visible signal devices required by Sentence 3.2.4.19.(1), Article 3.2.4.20. and Section 3.8. shall continue to emit a
visible signal while voice instructions are being transmitted.
7) Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over the loudspeakers, a pre-recorded
message shall be provided.
3.2.4.23. One-Way Voice Communication Systems
1) Except for Group B, Division 1 and Group F, Division 1 major occupancies, where a fire alarm
system is required under Subsection 3.2.4., a one-way voice communication system shall be installed in
buildings where a 2-stage fire alarm system is installed and whose occupant load exceeds 1 000.
2) The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall consist of loudspeakers
that are
a) operated from the central alarm and control facility or, in the absence of such a facility, from a
designated area, and
b) except in elevator cars, designed and located so that transmitted messages are audible and
intelligible in all parts of the building.
(See Note A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b).)
3) Where the facility is not equipped with staff trained to provide instructions over the
loudspeakers, a pre-recorded message shall be provided.
4) The one-way voice communication system required by Sentence (1) shall meet the silencing and
transmission requirements of Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) to (4) and (6).
3.2.5. Provisions for Firefighting
(See Note A-3.)
3.2.5.1. Access to Above-Grade Storeys
1) Except for storeys below the first storey, direct access for firefighting shall be provided from the
outdoors to every storey that is not sprinklered throughout and whose floor level is less than 25 m above
grade, by at least one unobstructed window or access panel for each 15 m of wall in each wall required to
face a street by Subsection 3.2.2.
2) An opening for access required by Sentence (1) shall
a) have a sill no higher than 900 mm above the inside floor, and
b) be not less than 1 100 mm high by not less than
i) 550 mm wide for a building not designed for the storage or use of dangerous goods, or
228
ii) 750 mm wide for a building designed for the storage or use of dangerous goods.
3) Access panels above the first storey shall be readily openable from both inside and outside, or the
opening shall be glazed with plain glass.
4) Where locking devices to prevent access to floor areas are installed on exit doors
a) a master key shall be provided in an acceptable location accessible to firefighters, or
b) the exit doors shall be provided with a wired glass panel measuring no less than 0.0645 m2 in area
and located not more than 300 mm from the door opening hardware.
3.2.5.2. Access to Basements
1) Direct access from at least one street shall be provided from the outdoors in a building that is not
sprinklered to each basement having a horizontal dimension more than 25 m.
2) The access required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be provided by
a) doors, windows or other means that provide an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm
wide, with a sill no higher than 900 mm above the inside floor, or
b) an interior stairway immediately accessible from the outdoors.
3.2.5.3. Roof Access
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), on a building more than 3 storeys in building height where the
slope of the roof is less than 1 in 4, all main roof areas shall be provided with direct access from the floor
areas immediately below, either by
a) a stairway, or
b) a hatch not less than 550 mm by 900 mm with a fixed ladder.
2) A building of residential occupancy not more than 4 storeys in building height need not be
provided with direct access from the floor areas immediately below, provided
a) there is no common patio, balcony, or deck area, and
b) dwelling units are provided with direct stair access from floor areas immediately below.
3.2.5.4. Access Routes
1) Every building shall be provided with access routes for fire department vehicles
a) to the building face having a principal entrance, and
b) to each building face having access openings for firefighting as required by Articles 3.2.5.1.
and 3.2.5.2.
(See Note A-3.2.5.4.(1).)
3.2.5.5. Location of Access Routes and Paths of Travel
1) Except as provided by Sentences (2) and (3), access routes required by Article 3.2.5.4. shall be
located so that
a) the principal entrance is no less than 3 m and no more than 15 m from the closest portion of the
access route, measured horizontally along the path of travel from the access route to the principal
entrance (see Note A-3.2.5.5.(2)(a).), and
229
b) every access opening required by Articles 3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2. are located not less than 3 m and not
more than 15 m from the closest portion of the access route required for fire department use, measured
horizontally from the face of the building. (See Note A-3.2.5.5.(1).)
2) Paths of travel for firefighters shall not be more than 45 m to the principal suite entry for
a) a building or portion of a building, of residential occupancy containing dwelling units with means of
egress provided directly to the exterior at adjacent ground level, or
b) non-residential portions of a building, which are cut off from and have no internal access to the
remainder of the building. (See Note A-3.2.5.5.(3)(b).)
3) The path of travel for firefighters to the main entry of a dwelling unit permitted by Clause (2)(a)
may be increased to
a) 65 m where
i) dwelling units are separated from adjacent floor areas by a fire separation with at least 1 h fire-
resistance rating,
ii) the building sprinkler system is hydraulically designed to flow all sprinklers within a
compartment as required by the relevant sprinkler design standard plus 2 additional sprinklers
in that compartment or adjacent connected compartment,
iii) each bathroom, clothes closet, linen closet, and pantry must have sprinkler coverage,
notwithstanding the exemptions set out in the applicable sprinkler design standard,
iv) a strobe light is installed outside the principal entrance of the dwelling unit, and is connected to
an internal smoke alarm within the dwelling unit,
v) sprinkler systems are monitored by a fire alarm system or residential fire warning system and
by an off-site monitoring service,
vi) lighting and emergency lighting is provided along the path of travel for firefighters with a
minimum illumination level of 1 lx, and average illumination of not less than 10 lx, and
vii) the building is provided with a fire alarm system and passive graphic with annunciator, or
b) 90 m where
i) the requirements of Subclauses (a)(i) to (a)(vii) are met,
ii) no principal dwelling unit or its ancillary residential unit is located above another dwelling unit,
iii) a 64 mm diameter fire department hose connection is located adjacent to the path of travel for
firefighters located not more than 45 m measured from the hose connection to the principal
entrance of each of the dwelling units, and
iv) the location of the fire department hose connections required by Subclause (b)(iii) are
indicated on the fire alarm system passive graphic.
4) The access route from the hydrant location to the building location or the principal entrance of the
building as described in Sentences (5) and (6), shall be no more than 90 m. (See Note A-3.2.5.5.(4).)
5) Where the access route runs continuously across the face of a building, the length of the access
route shall be measured by measuring the shortest distance between a line drawn perpendicular to the
access route and through the hydrant and a line drawn perpendicular to the access route and through the
principal entrance of the building. (See Note A-3.2.5.5.(5).)
6) Where the access route terminates before the principal entrance of a building, the length of the
access route shall be measured by measuring from a line drawn perpendicular to the access route and
230
through the hydrant straight along the access route to its terminus and thereafter along the actual path of
travel to the principal entrance. (See Note A-3.2.5.5.(6).)
3.2.5.6. Access Route Design and Paths of Travel
1) A portion of a roadway or yard provided as a required access route for fire department use shall
a) have a clear width not less than 6 m, unless it can be shown that lesser widths are satisfactory,
b) have a centre-line radius not less than 12 m,
c) have an overhead clearance not less than 5 m,
d) have a change of gradient not more than 1 in 12.5 over a minimum distance of 15 m,
e) be designed to support the expected loads imposed by firefighting equipment and be surfaced
with concrete, asphalt or other material designed to permit accessibility under all climatic conditions,
f) have turnaround facilities for any dead-end portion of the access route more than 90 m long, and
g) be connected with a public thoroughfare.
(See Note A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
2) For buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., no portion of the access route described in
Sentence 3.2.2.10.(3) shall be more than 20 m below the uppermost floor level.
3) The unobstructed path of travel for firefighters from the curb to the main entrance or suite
entrance door as required in Sentences 3.2.5.5.(1) to (3) and every access opening as required in Articles
3.2.5.1. and 3.2.5.2. shall be
a) no less than
i) 1.2 m in width, or
ii) 900 mm in width where serving not more than one dwelling unit or ancillary residential unit, and
b) surfaced with concrete, asphalt or similar material.
(See Note A-3.2.5.6.(3).)
3.2.5.7. Water Supply
1) Every building shall be provided with an adequate water supply for firefighting. (See Note A-
3.2.5.7.(1).)
2) Buildings that are sprinklered throughout with a sprinkler system conforming to Article 3.2.5.12. or
have a standpipe system conforming to Article 3.2.5.8. to 3.2.5.10. are deemed to comply with Sentence
(1).
3.2.5.8. Standpipe Systems
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a standpipe system shall be installed in a building that is
a) more than 3 storeys in building height,
b) more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top storey, or
c) not more than 14 m high measured between grade and the ceiling of the top storey but has a
building area exceeding the area shown in Table 3.2.5.8. for the applicable building height unless the
building is sprinklered throughout.
2) A standpipe system need not be installed in a storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.2.92.,
provided the building is not more than 15 m high.
231
Table 3.2.5.8.
Building Limits without Standpipe Systems
Forming Part of Sentence 3.2.5.8.(1)
Occupancy Classification
Building Area, m2
1 storey
2 storeys
3 storeys
Group A
2 500
2 000
1 500
Group C
2 000
1 500
1 000
Group D
4 000
3 000
2 000
Group F, Division 2
1 500
1 500
1 000
Group F, Division 3
3 000
2 000
1 000
3.2.5.9. Standpipe System Design
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), Articles 3.2.5.10. and 3.2.5.11., and Sentence 3.2.4.9.(2),
the design, construction, installation and testing of a standpipe system shall conform to NFPA 14,
"Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems."
2) A dry standpipe that is not connected to a water supply shall not be considered as fulfilling the
requirements of this Article.
3) If more than one standpipe is provided, the total water supply need not be more than 30 L/s.
4) The residual water pressure at the design flow rate at the topmost hose connection of a standpipe
system that is required to be installed in a building is permitted to be less than 690 kPa provided
a) the building is sprinklered throughout,
b) the water supply at the base of the sprinkler riser is capable of meeting, without a fire pump, the
design flow rate and pressure demand of the sprinkler system, including the inside and outside hose
allowance, and
c) fire protection equipment is available to deliver, by means of the fire department connection, the
full demand flow rate at a residual water pressure of 690 kPa at the topmost hose connection of the
standpipe system (see Note A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c)).
5) A fire department connection shall be provided for every standpipe system.
6) If a standpipe system is required by Sentence 3.2.5.8.(1) and an exit stair shaft is not provided in the
building, a standpipe system may be omitted if
a) a 64 mm diameter fire department hose connection is located adjacent to the path of travel for
firefighters and is connected to a fire department connection in conformance with 3.2.5.15., and
b) the hose connection shall be available to reach all portions of the area with 30 m of hose plus 9 m of
hose stream distance.
7) A standpipe system may be omitted from dwelling units where
a) the building is of residential occupancy throughout,
b) the path of travel may not exceed 15 m from the principal entrance of suite to the fire department
access route,
c) egress from each suite complies with Sentence 3.3.4.4.(3), and
232
d) the travel distance from any point on the floor area to the primary entrance of each suite does not
exceed 30 m.
3.2.5.10. Hose Connections
1) Hose connections shall be located in exits, in accordance with NFPA 14, "Standard for the
Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems."
2) Hose connections are not required within a floor area.
3) Hose connections shall be provided with sufficient clearance to permit the use of a standard fire
department hose key.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), 64 mm diam hose connections shall be installed in a
standpipe system.
5) Hose connections for 64 mm diam hose are not required in a building that is not more than 25 m
high, measured between grade and the ceiling level of the top storey and in which an automatic sprinkler
system is not installed.
3.2.5.11. Hose Stations
1) Hose stations for 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system in a building that is
not sprinklered throughout.
2) Hose stations for a 38 mm diam hose shall be installed for a standpipe system within every floor
area that is not sprinklered throughout. (See Note A-3.2.5.11.(2).)
3) Hose stations shall be located in the floor area within 5 m of exits and at other locations to provide
coverage of the entire floor area.
4) A hose station located on one side of a horizontal exit shall be considered to serve only the floor area
on that side of the horizontal exit.
5) A hose cabinet shall be located so that its door, when fully opened, will not obstruct the required
width of a means of egress.
6) Where a building or part thereof is used as a distillery and the building is sprinklered in conformance
with Article 3.2.5.12., small hose (38 mm) stations are permitted to be supplied from interior sprinkler
piping.
7) Where a hose station is provided in grain handling and storage facilities in which combustible dusts
are produced in quantities or concentrations that create an explosion or fire hazard, fog and fine spray
nozzles shall be used instead of nozzles that discharge a solid stream of water to prevent combustible dusts
from being raised into suspension.
3.2.5.12. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4) and (9), an automatic sprinkler system shall be designed, constructed,
installed and tested in conformance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems." (See Note A-
3.2.5.12.(1).)
2) Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13R, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise
Residential Occupancies," is permitted to be used for the design, construction and installation of an automatic sprinkler system
installed
a) in a building of Group C major occupancy containing no other major occupancies that
i) is not more than 4 storeys in building height and conforms to Article 3.2.2.47., 3.2.2.49., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.52. or 3.2.2.55.,
or
ii) is not more than 3 storeys in building height and conforms to Article 9.10.1.3., or
233
b) in a building of care occupancy with not more than 10 occupants that is not more than 3 storeys in building height and
conforms to one of Articles 3.2.2.42. to 3.2.2.46.
(See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2).)
3) Instead of the requirements of Sentence (1), NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and
Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," is permitted to be used for the design, construction and installation of an
automatic sprinkler system installed
a) in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains not more than two principal dwelling units, where
i) each principal dwelling unit has its own sprinkler water supply, and
ii) a passive purge sprinkler system design is used as described in NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes." (See Note 3.2.5.12.(3)(a)(ii).)
b) in a building of care occupancy, provided
i) it contains not more than two suites of care occupancy,
ii) it has not more than five residents throughout, and
iii) a 30-minute water supply demand can be met, and
c) in a building of residential occupancy throughout that contains more than two principal dwelling units, provided
i) no principal dwelling unit or its ancillary residential unit is located above another principal dwelling unit or its ancillary
residential unit,
ii) all principal dwelling units are separated by a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h
that provides continuous protection from the top of the footing to the underside of the roof deck, with any space between the top
of the wall and the roof deck tightly filled with mineral wool or noncombustible material,
iii) each principal dwelling unit has its own sprinkler water supply provided in accordance with NFPA 13D, "Standard for
the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes,"
iv) a passive purge sprinkler system design is used as described in NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," and
v) where the sprinkler system is taken into consideration for the reduction of limiting distance, all rooms, including closets,
bathrooms and attached garages, that adjoin an exposing building face are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemption stated in
NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes.",
and
d) a detached ancillary building subordinate to a principal detached house or duplex on the same parcel of land, where the
associated building is also sprinklered to NFPA 13D in accordance with this Sentence, where
i) each bathroom, clothes closet, linen closet, and pantry must have sprinkler coverage, notwithstanding the exemptions set
out in NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured
Homes," and
ii) a passive purge sprinkler system design is used as described in NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes." (see Note 3.2.5.12.(3)(a)(ii) )
(See Note A-3.2.5.12.(2) also see 3.2.5.5. and 9.10.20.3.)
4) If a building contains fewer than 9 sprinklers, the water supply for these sprinklers is permitted to be supplied from the
domestic water system for the building provided the required flow for the sprinklers can be met by the domestic system.
5) If a water supply serves both an automatic sprinkler system and a system serving other equipment, control valves shall
be provided so that either system can be shut off independently.
234
6) Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1) and (2) regarding the installation of
automatic sprinkler systems, sprinklers shall not be omitted in any room or closet in the storey immediately below a roof
assembly. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(6).)
7) Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced in Sentences (1) and (2) regarding the installation of
automatic sprinkler systems, in buildings conforming to Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.51., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.60., or 3.2.2.93., sprinklers
shall be provided for balconies and decks exceeding 610 mm in depth measured perpendicular to the exterior wall. (See Note A-
3.2.5.12.(7).)
8) Sprinklers in elevator machine rooms shall have a temperature rating not less than that required for an intermediate
temperature classification and shall be protected against physical damage. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(8).)
9) Except as provided in Subsection 3.2.8., closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops need not be installed
around floor openings in conformance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
10) Fast response sprinklers shall be installed in residential occupancies, care occupancies, treatment occupancies and
detention occupancies. (See Note A-3.2.5.12.(10).)
11) Except as permitted by Sentence (12), all unenclosed balconies, exterior decks, porches and patios of buildings
sprinklered to NFPA 13R or NFPA 13, shall be provided with sprinklers if
a) the framing or cladding is of combustible construction,
b) the depth of balcony, deck, porch, or patio is more than 1200 mm, and
c) the balcony, roof overhang or structure above is more than 300 mm overlapping the balcony, deck or patio below and is
located less than 3 m above the finished floor of the balcony, deck or patio below.
12) Automatic sprinkler protection for an unenclosed exterior balcony of a residential building may be omitted if
a) the building is of noncombustible construction, and
b) the exterior wall assembly adjoining the balcony and the exterior ceiling assembly covering the balcony are constructed
with noncombustible materials or assemblies satisfying the criteria of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b).
13) Notwithstanding the requirements of the standards referenced by Sentence (3) regarding the installation of automatic
sprinkler systems, sprinklers shall be provided in any storage garage or carport attached to a building of residential occupancy
where a fire separation is not provided between the storage garage or carport and adjacent floor areas.
14) Where NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies," is used for the design,
construction and installation of an automatic sprinkler system installed in a residential building containing not more than four
dwelling units and accessory uses, water service pipe, as defined in the Building By-law Book II (Plumbing Systems) is permitted
to be designed and constructed per requirements in NFPA 13D.
15) Where a single detached or duplex building within the scope of Division A, Article 1.3.3.3. is permitted to be design to
NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," a
fire department connection is not required despite the requirements of the referenced standard.
3.2.5.13. Combustible Sprinkler Piping
1) Combustible sprinkler piping shall be used only for sprinkler systems in residential occupancies and other light-hazard
occupancies. (See Note A-3.2.5.13.(1).)
2) Combustible sprinkler piping shall meet the requirements of ULC/ORD-C199P, "Combustible Piping for Sprinkler
Systems."
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping shall be separated from the area served by the
sprinkler system, and from any other fire compartment, by ceilings, walls, or soffits consisting of, as a minimum,
a) lath and plaster,
b) gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick,
c) plywood not less than 13 mm thick, or
235
d) a suspended membrane ceiling with
i) steel suspension grids, and
ii) lay-in panels or tiles having a mass not less than 1.7 kg/m2.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible sprinkler piping may be located above a ceiling provided that the
distance between the edge of any ceiling opening that is not protected in conformance with Sentence (3) and the nearest
sprinkler is not more than 300 mm.
5) Where combustible sprinkler piping has been tested in conformance with ULC/ORD-C199P, "Combustible Piping for
Sprinkler Systems," and has been shown to meet the requirements therein without additional protection, conformance to
Sentences (3) and (4) is not required.
3.2.5.14. Sprinklered Service Space
1) An automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if flooring for
access within the service space is other than catwalks.
2) The sprinkler system required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with waterflow detecting devices, with each device
serving not more than one storey.
3) The waterflow detecting devices required by Sentence (2) shall be connected to the fire alarm system, to
a) initiate an alert signal in a 2-stage system or an alarm signal in a single stage system, and
b) indicate separately on the fire alarm system annunciator the actuation of each device.
3.2.5.15. Fire Department Connections
(Also See Note A-3.2.5.5.)
1) The fire department connection for a standpipe system shall be located horizontally within 5 m of the principal entrance
of a building, have unobstructed access for a distance of not less than 1 m and be visible from the street.
2) The fire department connection for an automatic sprinkler system shall be located horizontally within 5 m of the principal
entrance of a building, have unobstructed access for a distance of not less than 1 m and be visible from the street.
3.2.5.16. Portable Fire Extinguishers
1) Portable extinguishers shall be provided and installed in accordance with the Fire By-law.
2) In a Group B, Division 1 major occupancy, portable fire extinguishers are permitted to be located in secure areas, or in
lockable cabinets provided
a) identical keys for all cabinets are located at all supervisory or security stations, or
b) electrical remote release devices are provided and are connected to an emergency power supply.
3.2.5.17. Protection from Freezing
1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system shall be protected from freezing if
a) it could be adversely affected by freezing temperatures, and
b) it is located in an unheated area.
3.2.5.18. Fire Pumps
1) If a fire pump is installed, it shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of NFPA 20, "Standard for the
Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection." (See Note A-3.2.5.18.(1).)
3.2.5.19. Location of Building Safety Facilities for Firefighters
1) Fire fighting installations and building safety facilities including central control facility,
firefighters' elevator and stairwells equipped with standpipes shall be centrally located in close proximity
to the firefighters' entrance.
3.2.5.20. Radio Antenna Systems
236
(See Note A-3.2.5.20.).
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), an acceptable radio antenna system shall be installed in every
building that
a) is more than 6 storeys in building height,
b) contains more than 1 storey in the basement, or
c) contains more than 1200 m² of floor area in the basement.
2) A radio antenna system shall not be required for
a) government buildings requiring security against transfer of signals inside and outside of buildings,
b) where, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, in consultation with the Fire Chief, radio signals
compromise the intended use of the building, and
c) buildings of residential occupancy only with no more than two principal dwelling units.
3) A radio antenna system shall provide not less than 98% coverage at in each of the following critical
locations in the building
a) exit stair shafts,
b) exit corridors,
c) public corridors,
d) corridors used by the public,
e) corridors serving classrooms or patients' sleeping rooms,
f ) within 5 m of the fire alarm control unit,
g) within 5 m of the central alarm and control facility,
h) within 5 m of the fire alarm annunciator,
i) fire pump room,
j) emergency generator room,
k) electrical service and transformer room,
l) elevator machine room,
m) elevator lobbies,
n) elevator hoistways,
o) corridors in the basement and not within a suite, and
p) storage garages and associated vehicle ramps.
4) A radio antenna system shall comply with ANSI/CAN/UL 2524 "Standard For Safety In-building
2-Way Emergency Radio Communication Enhancement Systems."
3.2.6. Additional Requirements for High Buildings
(See Note A-3.2.6.)
3.2.6.1. Application
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and (3), this Subsection applies to a building
237
a) of Group A, D, E or F major occupancy classification that is more than
i) 36 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, or
ii) 18 m high, measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, and in which the cumulative or total occupant
load on or above any storey above grade, other than the first storey, divided by 1.8 times the width in metres of all exit stairs at
that storey, exceeds 300,
b) containing a Group B major occupancy in which the floor level of the highest storey of that major occupancy is more
than 18 m above grade,
c) containing a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey designed or intended as a Group B, Division
2 or 3 occupancy, or
d) containing a Group C major occupancy whose floor level is more than 18 m above grade.
2) Except as required in Clause 3.2.6.1.(1)(c), this Subsection applies to a building or part of a building constructed in
conformance with Article 3.2.2.57. or 3.2.2.93. in which the floor level of the highest storey is more than 18 m above grade.
3) A building or that portion of a building separated in accordance with Division A, Article 1.3.3.4., need not comply with the
requirements of this Subsection, provided
a) the building or that portion of a building does not exceed 6 storeys in building height,
b) the building or that portion of a building does not contain a floor area or part of a floor area located above the third storey
designed or intended as a Group B, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major occupancy,
c) the principal entrance for firefighters is located on the storey which requires vertical travel to the topmost floor level to be
not more than 18 m,
d) except where vestibules designed to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest exit storey into
upper storeys are provided, stairs and elevators shall not directly connect more than 6 consecutive storeys (See Note A-
3.2.6.2.(4).),
e) exit stair enclosures are constructed as fire separations with a fire-resistance rating of not less than a 2 h, and
f) the building sprinklers are designed in accordance with NFPA 13 "Installation of Sprinkler Systems", except that the
design area of the floor areas above the basement shall be twice the design area otherwise permitted by NFPA 13 "Installation of
Sprinkler Systems" after all reductions in design area have been applied.
(See Note A-3.2.6.1.(2).)
3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement
1) A building to which this Subsection applies shall be designed in accordance with Sentences (2)
to (6) and Article 3.2.6.3. to limit the danger to occupants and firefighters from exposure to smoke in a
building fire.
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be designed so that, during a period of 2 h after the
start of a fire, each exit stair serving storeys below the lowest exit level will not contain more than 1% by
volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January
design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. (See Note A-
3.2.6.2.(2).)
3) Each stairway that serves storeys above the lowest exit level shall have a vent to the outdoors, at or
near the bottom of the stair shaft, that
a) has an openable area of 0.05 m2 for every door between the stair shaft and a floor area, but not less
than 1.8 m2,
b) opens directly to the outdoors or into a vestibule that has a similar opening to the outdoors, and
c) has a door or closure that
238
i) is openable manually, and
ii) can remain in the open position during a fire emergency.
(See Note A-3.2.6.2.(3).)
4) Measures shall be taken to limit movement of smoke from a fire in a floor area below the lowest
exit storey into upper storeys. (See Note A-3.2.6.2.(4).)
5) Except for exhaust fans in kitchens, washrooms and bathrooms in dwelling units, and except for
fans used for smoke venting as required by Article 3.2.6.6., air moving fans in a system that serves more
than 2 storeys shall be designed and installed so that in the event of a fire these fans can be stopped by
means of a manually operated switch at the central alarm and control facility.
6) Except as provided in Article 3.2.4.12. or where there is a conflict with other smoke control
measures in the building, air-handling systems used to provide make-up air to public corridors serving
suites in a Group C major occupancy shall not shut down automatically upon activation of the fire alarm so
as to maintain corridor pressurization.
3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings
1) If a building described in Article 3.2.6.1. is connected to any other building, measures shall be taken to limit movement
of contaminated air from one building into another during a fire. (See Note A-3.2.6.3.(1).)
3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators
1) Automatic and manual emergency recall shall be provided for all elevators serving storeys above the first storey.
2) Key-operated switches for emergency recall required by Sentence (1) shall be provided in a conspicuous location at
a) each elevator lobby on the recall level, and
b) the central alarm and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7.
3) In-car emergency service switches shall be provided in all elevator cars.
4) Keys to operate the switches required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall be
a) provided in a suitably identified box conspicuously located on the outside of an elevator hoistway near the central alarm
and control facility required by Article 3.2.6.7., and
b) kept at the central alarm and control facility.
5) The automatic emergency recall provided in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be activated by smoke detectors
installed in a) each floor area in front of the elevator(s), b) the elevator hoistway c) the elevator machine room, or d) any room
containing elevator control equipment.
6) Where smoke detectors as provided in accordance with Sentence (5), are activated on the recall level, the automatic
emergency recall signal shall automatically direct the elevator to an alternate floor level.
7) Smoke detectors provided in accordance with Sentence (5) shall be designed as part of the building fire alarm system.
8) Smoke detectors installed in an elevator lobby to comply with Clause 3.2.6.4.(5)(a) shall be located such that the detector
is not more than its rated detection distance from the elevator doors that it serves.
3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Firefighters
1) At least one elevator shall be provided for use by firefighters in conformance with Sentences (2) to (6).
2) The elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a useable platform area not less than 2.2 m2 and shall be capable of
carrying a load of 900 kg to the top floor that it serves from a landing on the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access
referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. within 1 min.
3) Each elevator for use by firefighters shall
239
a) be provided with a closure at each shaft opening so that the interlock mechanism remains mechanically engaged and
electrical continuity is maintained in the interlock circuits and associated wiring for a period of not less than 1 h when the
assembly is subjected to the standard fire exposure described in CAN/ULC-S104, "Standard Method for Fire Tests of Door
Assemblies,"
b) be protected with a vestibule containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
c) be protected with a corridor containing no occupancy and separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), an elevator referred to in Sentence (1) shall be capable of providing transportation
from the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. to every floor that is
above grade in the building and that is normally served by the elevator system.
5) If it is necessary to change elevators to reach any floor referred to in Sentence (4), the system shall be designed so that
not more than one change of elevator is required when travelling to any floor in the building from the storey containing the
entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5.
6) Deleted.
3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Firefighting
1) Means of venting each floor area to the outdoors shall be provided by windows, wall panels,
smoke shafts, or the building exhaust system. (See Note A-3.2.6.6.(1).)
2) Fixed glass windows shall not be used for the venting required by Sentence (1) if the breaking of
the windows could endanger pedestrians below.
3) Openable windows used for the venting required by Sentence (1) shall be permanently marked so
that they are easily identifiable.
4) Elevator hoistways shall not be designed for the venting required by Sentence (1).
3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility
1) A central alarm and control facility shall be provided on the storey containing the entrance for
firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. in a location that
a) is readily accessible to firefighters entering the building, and
b) takes into account the effect of background noise likely to occur under fire emergency conditions,
so that the facility can properly perform its required function under these conditions.
(See Note A-3.2.6.7.(1).)
2) The central alarm and control facility required by Sentence (1) shall include
a) means to control the voice communication system required by Article 3.2.6.8., so that messages
can be sent to
i) all loudspeakers simultaneously,
ii) individual floor areas, and
iii) exit stairwells,
b) means to indicate audibly and visually alert signals and alarm signals and a switch to
i) silence the audible portion of these signals, and
ii) indicate visually that the audible portion has been silenced,
c) means to indicate visually that elevators are on emergency recall,
240
d) an annunciator conforming to Article 3.2.4.8.,
e) means to transmit alert signals and alarm signals to the fire department in conformance with
Article 3.2.4.7.,
f) means to release hold-open devices on doors to vestibules,
g) means to manually actuate alarm signals in the building selectively to any zone or zones,
h) means to silence the alarm signals referred to in Clause (g) in conformance with
Sentences 3.2.4.22.(2) and 3.2.4.22.(3),
i) means, as appropriate to the measure for fire safety provided in the building, to
i) actuate auxiliary equipment identified in Articles 3.2.6.2., 3.2.6.3. and 3.2.6.6., or
ii) communicate with a continually staffed auxiliary equipment control centre,
j) means to communicate with telephones in elevator cars, separate from connections to firefighters'
telephones, if elevator cars are required by the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations to be
equipped with a telephone,
k) means to indicate visually, individual sprinkler system waterflow signals,
l) means to indicate audibly and visually, sprinkler and standpipe system supervisory signals and
trouble signals,
m) a switch to silence the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal, and
n) visual indication that the audible portion of a supervisory signal or a trouble signal has been
silenced.
(See Note A-3.2.6.7.(2).)
3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System
1) A voice communication system conforming to Article 3.2.4.22. shall be provided in all buildings
conforming to 3.2.6.1.(1).
3.2.6.9. Testing
1) The systems for control of smoke movement and mechanical venting required by Articles 3.2.6.2.
and 3.2.6.6. shall be tested to ensure satisfactory operation. (See Note A-3.2.6.9.(1).)
3.2.7. Lighting and Emergency Power Systems
3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements
1) An accessible path of travel required by Section 3.8., an exit, a public corridor, or a corridor
providing access to exit for the public or serving patients' sleeping rooms or classrooms shall be equipped
to provide illumination to an average level not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at angles and
intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
2) The minimum level of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be 10 lx.
3) Rooms and spaces used by the public shall be equipped to provide illumination as described in
Sentences (4) to (7) and Article 9.34.2.7.
4) The minimum level of illumination over the entire length of escalators and moving walks shall be
not less than 100 lx at the level of the treads and walking surfaces.
241
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6) and except for light switches and internally illuminated
controls, the minimum level of illumination at controls required by Article 3.8.2.6. shall be not less than
100 lx.
6) Where visual information is provided at controls referred to in Sentence (5), the minimum level of
illumination at the controls shall be not less than 200 lx, except where the visual information is internally
illuminated.
7) Except for internally illuminated signs, the minimum level of illumination at signs displaying
visual information required by Clauses 3.4.6.10.(5)(b) and 3.4.6.16.(5)(g), Subclause 3.4.6.16.(5)(l)(ii),
Clause 3.4.6.16.(6)(d), Sentence 3.4.6.18.(3), Clause 3.4.6.18.(4)(a) and Articles 3.4.6.19. and 3.8.2.10. shall
be not less than 200 lx.
8) Lighting outlets in a building of residential occupancy shall be provided in conformance with
Subsection 9.34.2.
3.2.7.2. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
1) A recessed lighting fixture shall not be located in an insulated ceiling unless the fixture is
designed for this type of installation.
3.2.7.3. Emergency Lighting
1) Emergency lighting shall be provided to an average level of illumination not less than 10 lx at
floor or tread level in
a) exits,
b) principal routes providing access to exit in open floor areas and in service rooms,
c) corridors used by the public,
d) corridors serving sleeping rooms in a treatment occupancy,
e) corridors serving sleeping rooms in a care occupancy, except corridors serving sleeping rooms
within individual suites of care occupancy,
f) corridors serving classrooms,
g) underground walkways,
h) public corridors,
i) floor areas or parts thereof where the public may congregate
i) in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, or
ii) in Group A, Division 2 and 3 occupancies having an occupant load of 60 or more,
j) floor areas or parts thereof where persons are cared for that are within daycare facilities, including
daycare facilities for children,
k) food preparation areas in commercial kitchens,
l) public washrooms,
m) locations where doors are equipped with an electromagnetic lock as described in
Clauses 3.4.6.16.(5)(k) and (6)(g), and
n) universal washrooms, universal shower rooms and accessible change spaces required by
Article 3.8.2.8.
2) Emergency lighting to provide an average level of illumination of not less than 10 lx at floor or
catwalk level shall be included in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
242
3) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall be not less than 1
lx.
4) In addition to the requirements of Sentences (1) to (3), the installation of battery-operated
emergency lighting in buildings or part thereof where treatment is provided shall conform to the
appropriate requirements of CSA Z32, "Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health care
facilities."
3.2.7.4. Emergency Power for Lighting
1) An emergency power supply shall be
a) provided to maintain the emergency lighting required by this Subsection from a power source
such as batteries or generators that will continue to supply power in the event that the regular power
supply to the building is interrupted, and
b) so designed and installed that upon failure of the regular power it will assume the electrical load
automatically for a period of
i) 2 h for a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
ii) 1 h for a building of Group B major occupancy classification that is not within the scope of
Subsection 3.2.6.,
iii) 1 h for a building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60., and
iv) 30 min for a building of any other occupancy.
(See Note A-3.2.7.4.(1).)
2) If self-contained emergency lighting units are used, they shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 141,
"Emergency lighting equipment."
3.2.7.5. Emergency Power Supply Installation
1) Except as required by Articles 3.2.7.6. and 3.2.7.7., an emergency electrical power supply system
shall be installed in conformance with CSA C282, "Emergency electrical power supply for buildings."
(See Sentence 3.2.7.8.(1) for emergency electrical power supply for voice communication systems.)
3.2.7.6. Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies
1) Except as required by Article 3.2.7.7., an emergency electrical power supply system for emergency
equipment required by this Part for treatment occupancies shall be installed in conformance with CSA Z32,
"Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in health care facilities." (See Note A-3.2.7.6.(1).)
3.2.7.7. Fuel Supply Shut-off Valves
1) If a liquid or gas fuel-fired engine or turbine for an emergency electric power supply is dependent
on a fuel supply from outside the building, the fuel supply shall be provided with a suitably-identified
separate shut-off valve outside the building.
3.2.7.8. Emergency Power for Fire Alarm Systems
1) Fire alarm systems, including those incorporating a voice communication system, shall be
provided with an emergency power supply conforming to Sentences (2) to (4).
2) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be supplied from
a) a generator,
b) batteries, or
c) a combination thereof.
243
3) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be capable of providing
a) supervisory power for not less than 24 h, and
b) immediately following that period, emergency power under full load for not less than
i) 2 h for a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6.,
ii) 1 h for a building classified as a Group B major occupancy that is not within the scope of
Subsection 3.2.6.,
iii) 1 h for a building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60.,
iv) 5 min for a building not required to be equipped with an annunciator, and
v) 30 min for any other building.
(See Note A-3.2.7.8.(3).)
4) The emergency power supply required by Sentence (1) shall be designed so that, in the event of a
failure of the normal power source, there is an immediate automatic transfer to emergency power with
no loss of information.
3.2.7.9. Emergency Power for Building Services
1) An emergency power supply capable of operating under a full load for not less than 2 h shall be
provided by an emergency generator for
a) every elevator serving storeys above the first storey in a building that is more than 36 m high
measured between grade and the floor level of the top storey, other than in a building complying with
Sentence 3.2.6.1.(2), and every elevator for firefighters in conformance with Sentence (2),
b) except as provided in Sentence (4), equipment that supplies water for fire suppression as required
by Articles 3.2.5.7. and 3.2.5.8. and Sentences 3.2.5.12.(1) and (2) and 3.2.5.18.(1), if the supply depends
solely on electrical power supplied to the building,
c) fans and other electrical equipment that are installed to maintain the air quality specified in
Articles 3.2.6.2. and 3.3.3.6.,
d) fans required for venting by Article 3.2.6.6., and
e) fans required by Clause 3.2.8.4.(1)(c) and Article 3.2.8.7. in buildings within the scope of
Subsection 3.2.6.
(See Note A-3.2.7.9.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the emergency power supply for elevators required by
Clause (1)(a) shall be capable of operating all elevators for firefighters plus one additional elevator
simultaneously.
3) Sentence (2) does not apply if the time to recall all elevators under emergency power supply is not
more than 5 min, each from its most remote storey to
a) the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5.,
or
b) to a transfer lobby.
4) The emergency power supply required by Clause (1)(b) for the equipment that supplies water for
fire suppression need not be provided for sprinkler systems conforming to NFPA 13D, "Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes."
3.2.7.10. Protection of Electrical Conductors
244
1) The protection of electrical and emergency conductors referred to in Clauses (a) to (c) shall be
protected against exposure to fire, for a period of no less than 1 h, from the source of the emergency
power supply to the branch circuits serving equipment, for:
a) electrical conductors located within buildings identified in Article 3.2.6.1. serving
i) fire alarms,
ii) emergency lighting, or
iii) emergency equipment within the scope of Articles 3.2.6.2. to 3.2.6.8.,
b) emergency conductors serving fire pumps, and
c) electrical conductors serving mechanical systems serving
i) areas of refuge identified in Clause 3.3.3.6.(1)(b),
ii) contained use areas identified in Clauses 3.3.3.7.(4)(a) and (b), or
iii) intended for fire and life safety purposes.
(See Note A-3.2.7.10.(1).).
2) Except as otherwise required by Sentence (3) and permitted by this Article, electrical conductors
that are used in conjunction with systems identified in Sentence (1) shall
a) conform to CAN/ULC-S139, "Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power,
Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables," including the hose stream application, to provide a circuit
integrity rating of not less than 1 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)) (see also Clause 3.2.6.5.(6)(b)), or
b) be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3) Electrical conductors identified in Clause (1)(c) shall
a) conform to CAN/ULC-S139, "Standard for Fire Test for Circuit Integrity of Fire-Resistive Power,
Instrumentation, Control and Data Cables," including the hose stream application, to provide a circuit
integrity rating of not less than 2 h (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a)), or
b) be located in a service space that is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
that has a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
4) The service spaces referred to in Clauses (2)(b) and (3)(b) shall not contain any combustible materials
other than the conductors being protected.
5) Except as stated in Sentences (7) and (9), the electrical conductors referred to in Sentence (1) are
those that extend from the source of emergency power to
a) the equipment served, or
b) the distribution equipment supplying power to the equipment served, if both are in the same
room (see Note A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b)).
6) If a fire alarm transponder or annunciator in one fire compartment is connected to a central
processing unit or another transponder or annunciator located in a different fire compartment, the
electrical conductors connecting them shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2).
7) Fire alarm system branch circuits within a storey that connect transponders and individual
devices need not conform to Sentence (2). (See Note A-3.2.7.10.(7).)
245
8) Except as permitted in Sentence (9), if a distribution panel supplies power to emergency lighting,
the power supply conductors leading up to the distribution panel shall be protected in accordance with
Sentence (2).
9) Conductors leading from a distribution panel referred to in Sentence (8) to emergency lighting
units in the same storey need not conform to Sentence (2).
10) Distribution panels serving emergency lighting units located on other storeys shall be installed in
a service room separated from the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 h.
11) Conductors leading from a distribution panel to emergency lighting units located on other
storeys shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (2) between the distribution panel and the floor area
where the emergency lighting units are located.
3.2.8. Mezzanines and Openings through Floor
Assemblies
3.2.8.1. Application
1) Except as permitted by Article 3.2.8.2. and Sentence 3.3.4.2.(3), the portions of a floor area or a
mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or a vertical shaft shall
a) terminate at a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
floor assembly and extending from the floor assembly to the underside of the floor or roof assembly
above, or
b) be protected in conformance with the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8.
2) The penetration of a floor assembly by an exit or a vertical service space shall conform to the
requirements of Sections 3.4., 3.5. and 3.6.
3) A floor area containing sleeping rooms in a building of Group B, Division 2 major occupancy shall
not be constructed as part of an interconnected floor space.
3.2.8.2. Exceptions to Special Protection
1) A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation nor be protected in conformance with
the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the mezzanine
a) serves a Group A, Division 1 major occupancy,
b) serves a Group A, Division 3 major occupancy in a building not more than 2 storeys in building
height, or
c) serves a Group A, C, D, E or F major occupancy and
i) is 500 m2 or less in area, and
ii) conforms to Sentence 3.2.1.1.(3) or (4).
2) Except for floors referred to in Sentence 3.1.10.3.(1) and Article 3.2.1.2., openings through a
horizontal fire separation for vehicular ramps in a storage garage are not required to be protected with
closures and need not conform to this Subsection.
3) If a closure in an opening in a fire separation would disrupt the nature of a manufacturing process,
such as a continuous flow of material from storey to storey, the closure for the opening is permitted to be
omitted provided precautions are taken to offset the resulting hazard. (See Note A-3.2.8.2.(3).)
246
4) An interconnected floor space in a Group B, Division 1 occupancy need not conform to the
requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided the interconnected floor space does not interconnect
more than 2 adjacent storeys.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), openings for escalators and inclined moving walks need not
conform to the requirements in Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. provided
a) the opening for each escalator or walk does not exceed 10 m2,
b) the building is sprinklered throughout,
c) closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops are installed around the openings in
conformance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," and
d) the interconnected floor space contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3, Group D or Group E major
occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).
6) An interconnected floor space need not conform to the requirements of Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8.,
provided
a) it consists of the first storey and the storey next above or below it, but not both,
b) it is sprinklered throughout or, where the building area is not more than one half of the area
permitted by Subsection 3.2.2., the openings through the floor are used only for stairways, escalators or
moving walks (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b)), and
c) it contains only Group A, Division 1, 2 or 3, Group D, Group E, or Group F, Division 2 or 3 major
occupancies (see Note A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c)).
3.2.8.3. Sprinklers
1) A building containing an interconnected floor space shall be sprinklered throughout.
2) Except for large floor openings as defined in NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems," closely spaced sprinklers and associated draft stops shall be installed around floor openings in
conformance with NFPA 13.
3.2.8.4. Vestibules
1) An exit opening into an interconnected floor space shall be protected at each opening into the
interconnected floor space by a vestibule
a) with doorways that are not less than 1.8 m apart,
b) that is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation that is not required to have
a fire-resistance rating (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)), and
c) that is designed to limit the passage of smoke so that the exit stair shaft does not contain more
than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the fire floor, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the
January design temperature on a 2.5% basis determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. (see Note A-
3.2.8.4.(1)(c)).
2) An exit opening into an interconnected floor space shall conform to Sentence 3.4.3.2.(6).
3) If an elevator hoistway opens into an interconnected floor space and into storeys above the
interconnected floor space, either the elevator doors opening into the interconnected floor space or the elevator
doors opening into the storeys above the interconnected floor space shall be protected by vestibules
conforming to Sentence (1).
3.2.8.5. Protected Floor Space
1) A protected floor space used to satisfy the requirements of Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(b) shall
247
a) be separated from the interconnected floor space by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
less than that required for the floor assembly of the storey in which it is located,
b) have all openings in the vertical fire separation between a protected floor space and the adjacent
interconnected floor space protected by vestibules conforming to Sentence 3.2.8.4.(1), and
c) be designed so that it is not necessary to enter the interconnected floor space to reach an exit.
3.2.8.6. Draft Stops
1) A draft stop shall be provided at each floor level within an interconnected floor space, immediately
adjacent to and surrounding the opening, and shall be not less than 500 mm deep measured from ceiling
level down to the underside of the draft stop.
3.2.8.7. Mechanical Exhaust System
1) A mechanical exhaust system shall be provided to remove air from an interconnected floor space at
a rate of 4 air changes per hour. (See Note A-3.2.8.7.(1).)
2) The mechanical exhaust system required by Sentence (1) shall be actuated by a switch located on
the storey containing the entrance for firefighter access referred to in Articles 3.2.5.4. and 3.2.5.5. near the
annunciator for the fire alarm system.
3.2.8.8. Combustible Content Limits
1) An interconnected floor space shall be designed so that the combustible contents, excluding interior
finishes, in those parts of a floor area in which the ceiling is more than 8 m above the floor, are limited to
not more than 16 g of combustible material for each cubic metre of volume of the interconnected floor space.
3.2.9. Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety
Systems
3.2.9.1. Testing
1) Where fire protection and life safety systems and systems with fire protection and life safety
functions are integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole in accordance with CAN/ULC-
S1001, "Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems," to verify that
they have been properly integrated. (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)
Section 3.3. Safety within Floor Areas
(See Note A-3.3.)
3.3.1. All Floor Areas
3.3.1.1. Separation of Suites
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a suite shall be separated from adjoining suites by a
fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h. (See also Subsection 3.3.3. for care, treatment or
detention occupancies, Article 3.3.4.2. for residential occupancies, and Article 3.1.8.7. for fire dampers.)
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
248
3) Occupancies that are served by public corridors conforming to Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b) in a building that
is sprinklered throughout, are not required to be separated from one another by fire separations provided
the occupancies are
a) suites of business and personal services occupancy,
b) fast food vending operations that do not provide seating for customers,
c) suites of mercantile occupancy, or
d) any combination of these occupancies.
4) No fire separation is required between suites of business and personal services occupancy.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), each suite other than a residential suite, located at ground level
and having direct access to the street shall be separated from horizontally and vertically adjoining suites
by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
6) The fire separation required by Sentence (5) need not be provided to a storage garage (See Article
3.3.5.6.).
3.3.1.2. Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes
1) Except as provided in Subsections 3.3.5. and 3.3.6., the storage, handling and use of hazardous
substances shall be in conformance with
a) the Fire By-law, and
b) provincial regulations or other regulatory enactments.
(See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
2) Systems for the ventilation of cooking equipment that is not within a dwelling unit and is used in
processes producing grease-laden vapours shall be designed and installed in conformance with
Articles 3.6.3.5., 6.3.1.6. and 6.9.1.3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(2).)
3) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in a corridor serving as an access to exit.
3.3.1.3. Means of Egress
(See Note A-3.3.1.3.)1) Access to exit within floor areas shall conform to Subsections 3.3.2. to 3.3.5., in
addition to the requirements of this Subsection.
2) If a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall
conform to the appropriate requirements of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1) for rooms and suites.
3) Means of egress shall be provided from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space
used or intended for occupancy, to exits in conformance with the requirements of Section 3.4.
4) Means of egress from an occupancy on a roof serving only a single dwelling unit shall be provided in
conformance with Article 3.3.4.4.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (4) and except as required by Sentence (6), a means of egress at the
roof level, designed in conformance with the requirements for exits in Section 3.4., shall be provided from
an occupancy on a roof.
6) At least two separate means of egress at the roof level, designed in conformance with the
requirements for exits in Section 3.4., shall be provided from a roof used or intended for an occupant load
more than 60.
7) For the purposes of Sentences (5) and (6), the occupied area of the occupancy on a roof shall be
used in place of floor area.
249
8) A rooftop enclosure that does not serve as part of a means of egress for an occupancy on a roof in
accordance with Sentence (5) or (6) shall be provided with an access to exit that leads to an exit
a) at the roof level, or
b) on the storey immediately below the roof.
9) A rooftop enclosure which is more than 200 m2 in area shall be provided with at least 2 means of
egress.
10) Two points of egress shall be provided for a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) if
a) the area is more than 200 m2, or
b) the travel distance measured from any point in the service space to a point of egress is more than
25 m.
11) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.4.(5) and (6), each suite in a floor area that contains more
than one suite shall have
a) an exterior exit doorway, or
b) a doorway
i) into a public corridor, or
ii) to an exterior passageway.
12) Except as permitted by this Section and by Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2), at the point where a doorway
referred to in Sentence (11) opens onto a public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in
opposite directions to each of 2 separate exits.
3.3.1.4. Public Corridor Separations
1) Except as otherwise required by this Part or as permitted by Sentence (4), a public corridor shall be
separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and Clauses (4)(a) and (b), the fire separation between a public
corridor and the remainder of the storey shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
3) If a storey is sprinklered throughout, no fire-resistance rating is required for a fire separation between
a public corridor and the remainder of the storey, provided the corridor does not serve a care, treatment or
detention occupancy or a residential occupancy. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b).)
4) No fire separation is required in a sprinklered floor area between a public corridor and
a) except as required by Sentences 3.3.3.5.(8) and 3.3.4.2.(1), and notwithstanding
Sentence 3.4.2.4.(2), the remainder of a storey, provided the travel distance from any part of the floor area
to an exit is not more than 45 m,
b) a room or a suite, provided the public corridor complies with Sentence 3.3.1.9.(4) and
Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d), or
c) a space containing plumbing fixtures required by Subsection 3.7.2., provided the space and the
public corridor are separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance
rating not less than that required between the public corridor and the remainder of the storey.
3.3.1.5. Egress Doorways
1) Except for dwelling units, a minimum of 2 egress doorways located so that one doorway could
provide egress from the room or suite as required by Article 3.3.1.3. if the other doorway becomes
inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire which originates in the room or suite, shall be provided for
every room and every suite
250
a) that is used for a high-hazard industrial occupancy and whose area is more than 15 m2,
b) intended for an occupant load more than 60,
c) in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, and
i) the area of a room or suite is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
ii) the travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest egress doorway is more than the value
in Table 3.3.1.5.-A, or
d) in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout and does not contain a high-hazard industrial occupancy
and
i) the travel distance to an egress doorway is more than 25 m, or
ii) the area of the room or suite is more than the value in Table 3.3.1.5.-B.
2) Where 2 egress doorways are required by Sentence (1), they shall be placed at a distance from one
another equal to or greater than one third of the maximum overall diagonal dimension of the area to be
served, measured as the shortest distance that smoke would have to travel between the nearest required
egress doors.
Table 3.3.1.5.-A
Egress in Floor Area not Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)
Occupancy of Room or Suite
Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2
Maximum Distance to Egress
Doorway, m
Group A
150
15
Group C
100(1)
15(1)
Group D
200
25
Group E
150
15
Group F, Division 2
150
10
Group F, Division 3
200
15
Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-A:
(1) See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.
Table 3.3.1.5.-B
Egress in Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout
Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1)
Occupancy of Room or Suite
Maximum Area of Room or Suite, m2
Group A
200
Group B, Division 1
100
Group B, Division 2
sleeping rooms
100
other than sleeping rooms
200
Group B, Division 3
sleeping rooms not in suites
100
individual suites
150
other than sleeping rooms
200
251
Group C
150(1)
Group D
300
Group E
200
Group F, Division 2
200
Group F, Division 3
300
Notes to Table 3.3.1.5.-B:
(1) See Article 3.3.4.4. for dwelling units.
3.3.1.6. Travel Distance
1) If more than one egress doorway is required from a room or suite referred to in Article 3.3.1.5., the
travel distance within the room or suite to the nearest egress doorway shall not exceed the maximum
travel distances specified in Clauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(a), (b), (c) and (f) for exits.
3.3.1.7. Deleted
(see Article 11.3.8.1.)
3.3.1.8. Headroom and Protruding Objects
1) Except within the floor area of a storage garage, the minimum headroom clearance in every access to
exit shall conform to the requirements of Article 3.4.3.4. for exits. (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(5).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and except for paths of travel in service rooms and dwelling
units, protruding building elements located within 1 980 mm of the floor shall not project more than 100
mm horizontally into paths of travel in a manner that would create a hazard. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and
(3).)
3) The horizontal projection of a protruding building element referred to in Sentence (2) is permitted
to be more than 100 mm, provided the clearance between the protruding element and the floor is less
than 680 mm. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)
3.3.1.9. Corridors
1) The minimum width of a public corridor shall be 1 100 mm.
2) Except as required by Sentence 3.3.3.3.(3), the minimum unobstructed width of a corridor used by
the public or a corridor serving classrooms or patients' sleeping rooms shall be 1 100 mm.
3) If a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the unobstructed width of the
corridor to less than its required width.
4) If a public corridor conforming to Clause 3.4.2.5.(1)(d) contains an occupancy,
a) the occupancy shall be located so that for pedestrian travel there is an unobstructed width not less
than 3 m at all times adjacent and parallel to all rooms and suites that front onto the public corridor, and
b) the combined area of all occupancies in the public corridor shall be not more than 15% of the area of
the public corridor.
5) Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite or as permitted by
Sentences 3.3.3.3.(1) and 3.3.4.4.(6), a dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is not more than 6 m
long.
3.3.1.10. Aisles
1) Except as otherwise stated in this Section, aisles shall be provided in conformance with the Fire
By-law.
3.3.1.11. Door Swing
252
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into a corridor or other
facility providing access to exit from a suite or room not located within a suite shall swing on a vertical
axis.
2) Except as permitted by Article 3.3.1.12., a door that opens into a corridor or other facility
providing access to exit from a room or suite that is used or intended for an occupant load more than 60 or
for a high-hazard industrial occupancy shall swing in the direction of travel to the exit.
3) Every door that divides a corridor that is not wholly contained within a suite shall swing on a
vertical axis in the direction of travel to the exit.
4) If a pair of doors is installed in a corridor that provides access to exit in both directions, the doors
shall swing in opposite directions, with the door on the right hand side swinging in the direction of travel
to the exit.
5) Doors that serve storage suites not more than 28 m2 in area in warehousing buildings need not
conform to Sentence (1).
3.3.1.12. Sliding Doors
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.1.11.(5), a sliding door provided in the locations
described in Article 3.3.1.11. shall
a) be designed and installed to swing on the vertical axis in the direction of travel to the exit when
pressure is applied, and
b) be identified as a swinging door by means of a label or decal affixed to it.
2) In a Group B, Division 1 occupancy, or in an impeded egress zone in other occupancies, sliding doors
used in an access to exit need not conform to Sentence (1) and Article 3.3.1.11.
3) Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an adjacent business and personal services
occupancy or a mercantile occupancy need not conform to Sentence (1) and Sentences 3.3.1.11.(1) and (2),
provided the partitions are not located in the only means of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.12.(3).)
3.3.1.13. Doors and Door Hardware
(See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17).)
1) Except as required by Article 3.3.3.4., a door that opens into or is located within a public corridor or
other facility that provides access to exit from a suite shall
a) provide a clear opening of not less than 850 mm if there is only one door leaf,
b) in a doorway with multiple leaves, have the active leaf providing a clear opening of not less than
850 mm,
c) not open onto a step, and
d) have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the surrounding finished floor surface, and
where it is higher than 6 mm, shall be beveled to a slope not steeper than 1 in 2, except where it
i) is used to confine the spillage of flammable liquids within a service room or within a room in an
industrial occupancy, or
ii) provides access to an exterior balcony, unless the balcony is required by Clause 11.3.8.1.(1)(c).
2) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), a door in an access to exit shall be readily openable in
travelling to an exit without requiring keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the door-opening
mechanism.
253
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), door release hardware shall comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b)
and the door shall be openable with not more than one releasing operation. (See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4).)
4) An egress door from an individual dwelling unit or from a suite of residential occupancy is permitted
to be provided with additional devices that require a releasing operation additional to the main door
release hardware, provided the devices are readily operable from the inside without the use of keys,
special devices or specialized knowledge. (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(4).)
5) Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware shall be installed between 900
mm and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.
6) An egress door in an access to exit serving a contained use area or an impeded egress zone is permitted
to be equipped with locking devices, provided they can be released either locally or remotely in
conformance with Sentence (8) or (9). (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(6).)
7) Except as permitted by Sentence (11), a door in an access to exit is permitted to be equipped with
an electromagnetic lock conforming with Sentences 3.4.6.16.(5) or (6). (See Note A-3.3.1.13.(7).)
8) Local locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) shall be operable by a key from both sides of the
door.
9) Controls for the remote release of door locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) shall be located
in an area readily available to security personnel.
10) Locking devices permitted by Sentence (6) that are electrically operated shall be
a) designed to operate on emergency power, and
b) capable of manual release by security personnel.
11)
An egress door from a public corridor or lobby that provides a means of egress through a suite of
Group D occupancy to an exit may, where acceptable to the Chief Building Official, be provided with an
electromagnetic locking device where
a)
the egress door is designed to prevent locking during normal working hours and is provided
with signage stating "This door shall not be locked during the normal hours of business operation.",
b)
the public corridor or lobby, does not contain an occupancy and serves only suites of Group D
occupancy,
c)
the public corridor or lobby is provided with direct access to at least one exit,
d)
the building is sprinklered and provided with a fire alarm system, and
e)
all electromagnetic locking devices along the path to the exit are designed to
i) release immediately on an alarm signal or from a smoke detector in the public corridor or lobby, or
upon loss of power controlling the electromagnetic locking mechanism and its associated auxillary
control,
ii) release immediately upon actuation of a manually operated switch accessible only to authorized
personnel, and
iii) be reset manually by actuation of the switch referred to in Subclause (ii) upon its release.
(See Note A-3.3.1.13.(11).)
3.3.1.14. Ramps and Stairways
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), Article 3.3.4.7. and Subsection 3.3.2., ramps and stairways
that do not serve as exits shall conform to the requirements for exit ramps and stairways stated in
Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8) and Articles 3.4.3.4., and 3.4.6.1. to 3.4.6.9.
254
2) Ramps and stairways that serve service rooms, service spaces or industrial occupancies need not
comply with Sentence (1), provided
a) they are intended only for occasional use for servicing equipment and machinery, and
b) they do not serve as exits.
3.3.1.15. Exterior Passageways
1) An exterior passageway leading to a required exit shall conform to the requirements of
Section 3.4. for exterior exit passageways.
3.3.1.16. Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight
1) Flights of stairs shall consist solely of
a) straight flights, or
b) curved flights complying with Sentence (2).
2) Tapered treads in a curved flight that is not required as an exit shall have
a) a minimum run of 150 mm,
b) a run not less than 280 mm when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail
at the narrow end of the tread, and
c) a riser conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.8.(2).
3) Tapered treads shall have a consistent angle and uniform run and rise dimensions in accordance
with the construction tolerances stipulated in Article 3.4.6.8. when measured at a point 300 mm from the
centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread.
4) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.
3.3.1.17. Capacity of Access to Exits
(See Article 3.3.1.9. for minimum widths of corridors.)
1) The capacity of an access to exit shall be based on the occupant load of the portion of the floor area
served.
2) In an access to exit the required width of ramps with a slope not more than 1 in 8, doorways, and
corridors shall be based on not less than 6.1 mm per person.
3) In an access to exit the required width of a ramp with a slope more than 1 in 8 shall be based on not
less than 9.2 mm per person.
4) In an access to exit from a floor area used or intended to be used for patients in a Group B, Division
2 occupancy or residents in a Group B, Division 3 occupancy, the required width of corridors, doorways,
and ramps shall be based on not less than 18.4 mm per person.
5) The capacity of stairs in an access to exit shall conform to the requirements for stairs in
Sentences 3.4.3.2.(1) to (3).
6) In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), an access to
exit that is part of the principal entrance serving a dance hall or a licensed beverage establishment with an
occupant load more than 250 shall provide at least one half of the required exit width.
3.3.1.18. Guards
1) Except as provided in Sentence (5) and Article 3.3.2.9., a guard not less than 1 070 mm high shall
be provided
255
a) around any roof to which access is provided for purposes other than maintenance,
b) at openings into smoke shafts referred to in Subsection 3.2.6. that are less than 1 070 mm above
the floor, and
c) at each raised floor, mezzanine, balcony, gallery, interior or exterior vehicular ramp, and at other
locations where (see Note A-9.8.8.1.)
i) the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between the walking surface and the adjacent
surface, or
ii) the adjacent surface within 1.2 m of the walking surface has a slope of more than 1 in 2.
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and 3.3.2.9.(4) and Articles 3.3.4.7. and 3.3.5.10., openings
through guards shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is more
than 100 mm.
3) Openings through guards other than those required by Sentence (1) that serve occupancies other
than industrial occupancies shall be of a size that
a)prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 100 mm, or
b)permits the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 200 mm.
(See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)
4) Except for guards conforming to Article 3.3.5.10., guards that protect a level located more than one
storey or 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening
located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See
Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)
5) Sentence (1) does not apply
a) to the front edges of stages,
b) to floor pits in repair garages,
c) to loading docks, or
d) where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.
6) Swimming pools greater than 450 mm deep shall be protected in conformance with Article 9.8.8.1.
3.3.1.19. Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), tactile attention indicators complying with Clauses 4.3.5.3.1,
4.3.5.3.3 and 4.3.5.3.4 of CSA B651, "Accessible design for the built environment," shall be installed
a) at the top of flights of stairs that are unenclosed, and
b) at drop-off edges with a change in elevation greater than 300 mm that are unprotected by a guard.
(See Note A-3.3.1.19.(1).)
2) Sentence (1) does not apply to service spaces, bleachers addressed in Subsection 3.3.2., stages,
loading docks, industrial occupancies, within dwelling units, and to stairs and drop-off edges serving not
more than two dwelling units.
3.3.1.20. Transparent Doors and Panels
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), a glass or transparent door shall be designed and constructed
so that the existence and position of the door is readily apparent, by attaching visually contrasting
hardware, bars or other permanent fixtures to it.
256
2) The visibility of fully glazed transparent doors, sidelights and panels shall be enhanced through
the inclusion of mullions, markings or other elements that
a) are visually contrasting,
b) are at least 50 mm high,
c) extend the full width of the door, sidelight or panel, and
d) are located between 1 350 mm and 1 500 mm above the floor.
3) A glass door shall be constructed of
a) laminated or tempered safety glazing conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing," or
b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass."
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), transparent panels used in an access to exit that, because of
their physical configuration or design, could be mistaken as a means of egress shall be made inaccessible
by barriers or railings.
5) Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy and that are open
during normal working hours need not conform to Sentences (1) and (4), provided the partitions are
suitably marked in conformance with Sentence (2) to indicate their existence and position.
6) Where vision glass is provided in doors or transparent sidelights, the lowest edge of the glass
shall be no higher than 900 mm above floor level.
7) Glass in doors and in sidelights that could be mistaken for doors, within or at the entrances to
dwelling units and in public areas, shall conform to the requirements of Article 9.6.1.4.
8) A window in a public area that extends to less than 1 000 mm above the floor and is located above
the second storey in a building of residential occupancy, shall be protected by a barrier or railing to not less
than 1 070 mm above the floor, or the window shall be non-openable and designed to withstand the
lateral design loads for balcony guards required by Article 4.1.5.14.
9) An openable window which is located less than 1 070 mm above interior floor level, and which
opens to a space more than 600 mm below the level of the interior floor, shall be protected by
a) an opening mechanism that limits the unobstructed opening to no more than 100 mm measured
either vertically or horizontally, provided the opening is at least 100 mm above the floor, or
b) a guard in conformance with Article 3.3.1.18.
3.3.1.21. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), an exhaust ventilation system designed in conformance with
the appropriate requirements of Part 6 shall be provided in a building or part of a building in which dust,
fumes, gases, vapour or other impurities or contaminants have the potential to create a fire or explosion
hazard. (See also Article 4.2.4.13.)
2) Where a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating is penetrated by a ventilation system
required by Sentence (1) for power-ventilated enclosures in laboratories, the ducts shall be
a) continuously enclosed from the first penetrated fire separation to any subsequent fire separations or
concealed spaces and all the way through to the outdoors so that the highest fire-resistance rating of all the
penetrated fire separations is maintained, and
b) exempted from the requirement to be equipped with a fire damper, smoke damper and
combination smoke/fire damper as stated in Article 3.1.8.7.
257
3) Explosion relief devices, vents or other protective measures conforming to Subsection 6.3.1. and
Article 6.9.1.2. shall be provided for a space in which substances or conditions that have the potential to
create an explosion hazard are present as a result of the principal use of a building.
3.3.1.22. Janitors' Rooms
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), a room or space within a floor area for the storage of
janitorial supplies shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the floor
area in which the room or space is located is sprinklered throughout.
3.3.1.23. Common Laundry Rooms
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), in a building of residential occupancy, a laundry room
in a floor area that is not within a dwelling unit shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a
fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the floor
area in which the laundry room is located is sprinklered throughout.
3.3.1.24. Obstructions
1) No obstruction shall be permitted in any occupancy that would restrict the width of a normal
means of egress from any part of a floor area to less than 750 mm unless an alternative means of egress is
provided adjacent to, accessible from, and plainly visible from the obstructed means of egress. (See Note A-
3.3.1.24.(1).)
3.3.1.25. Signs in Service Spaces
1) Illuminated signs conforming to Sentences 3.4.5.1.(2) and (6) shall be provided to indicate the
direction to egress points in a service space referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
3.3.1.26. Welding and Cutting
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), welding and cutting operations shall be carried out in a room
a) separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
less than 1 h, or
b) protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system.
2) Sentence (1) shall not apply to industrial occupancies where the welding and cutting operations do
not present a fire or explosion hazard to adjacent areas.
258
3.3.2. Assembly Occupancy
3.3.2.1. Scope
1) This Subsection applies to assembly occupancies and to outdoor places of assembly.
2) Except as required in Sentence (3), provisions 12.2.3.2, 12.2.3.3, 12.2.5.4, 12.2.5.5, 12.2.5.6, 12.2.11.1,
12.4.1 and 12.4.2 of Chapter 12 of NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code," are permitted to be used in lieu of
Articles 3.3.2.4., 3.3.2.5., 3.3.2.9., 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12. (See Note A-3.3.2.1.(2).)
3) The minimum clear width of aisle accessways between rows of seats shall be calculated according
to provisions 12.2.5.5.2, 12.2.5.5.4.1 and 12.2.5.5.5.1 of Chapter 12 of NFPA 101, "Life Safety Code," except
that in no case shall the width be less than 400 mm.
3.3.2.2. Fire Separations
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the seating area of a Group A, Division 1 occupancy shall be
separated from adjacent occupancies in the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
less than 1 h if the occupant load in the seating area exceeds 200.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3) If usable space exists under tiers of seats in arena-type buildings, a fire separation with a fire-
resistance rating not less than 45 min shall be provided between the space and the seats or the space shall
be sprinklered.
3.3.2.3. Non-fixed Seating
1) Non-fixed seating shall conform to the Fire By-law.
3.3.2.4. Fixed Seats
1) Except for the requirements of Article 3.3.2.8. for bench-type seats and except as required or
permitted by Sentence (2) and Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., fixed seats in places of assembly shall be
a) attached or secured to the floor, platform or platform riser,
b) provided with arms and back, and
c) arranged in rows having an unobstructed passage not less than 400 mm wide measured
horizontally between plumb lines from the backs of the seats in one row and the edges of the furthest
forward projection of the seats in the next row in the unoccupied position.
2) For fixed seats with backs and with folding tablet arms, the value of 400 mm required by
Clause (1)(c) shall be measured when the tablet arms are in the use position, but is permitted to be
measured in the stored position provided
a) there are not more than 7 seats between any seat and the nearest aisle,
b) the seats are located in a lecture hall or an auditorium used for instructional purposes, and
c) the tablet arm, when raised manually to a vertical position, falls by the force of gravity to the
stored position.
(See Note A-3.3.2.4.(2).)
259
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), aisles shall be located so that there are not more than 7 seats
with backs or 20 seats without backs between any seat and the nearest aisle.
4) The requirements of Sentence (3) do not apply if
a) egress doorways are provided to serve both ends of rows of seats,
b) each doorway referred to in Clause (a) serves not more than 3 rows of seats, and
c) each row contains not more than 100 seats.
3.3.2.5. Aisles
1) Except as required by Articles 3.3.2.11. and 3.3.2.12., aisles leading to exits shall be provided in
conformance with Sentences (2) to (17) in places of assembly which contain fixed seats.
2) The minimum clear width of aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm, except that the width is
permitted to be reduced to not less than
a) 750 mm if serving not more than 60 seats, and
b) 900 mm if serving seats on one side only.
3) Except in the case of bleacher seats, the minimum clear width of aisles referred to in Sentence (2)
shall be measured at the point farthest from an exit, cross aisle or foyer and shall be increased by 25 mm
for each metre of distance toward the exit, cross aisle or foyer.
4) Aisles shall terminate in a cross aisle, foyer or exit, and the width of the cross aisle, foyer or exit
shall be not less than the required width of the widest aisle plus 50% of the total required width of the
remaining aisles that it serves.
5) Dead-end aisles shall be not more than 6 m long.
6) The length of travel to an exit door by any aisle shall be not more than 45 m.
7) Side aisles shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide if seating is provided in conformance with
Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4).
8) An aisle that has a slope not more than 1 in 8 shall not be stepped.
9) An aisle that slopes more than 1 in 8 shall be stepped.
10) The passageway between rows of seats served by a stepped aisle shall be level at right angles to
the line of travel.
11) The riser of a step in an aisle shall be
a) not less than 110 mm high, and
b) not more than 200 mm high.
12) Variations are permitted in riser height provided
a) the height of adjacent risers does not vary by more than 6 mm, and
b) the width of a tread or a platform in the direction of travel is not less than 430 mm.
13) Steps in an aisle shall
a) have a run not less than 230 mm exclusive of nosings,
b) have a tread width not less than 250 mm,
c) extend to the adjacent rows of seats in a manner that will not create a hazard from tripping, and
d) have a finish on the treads conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).
260
14) The location of every riser in an aisle shall be made apparent from both directions of travel by
strategically placed lighting or contrasting marking stripes.
15) A platform in an aisle shall be level, except that a slope not more than 1 in 50 is permitted for a
platform that is not less than 430 mm wide in the direction of exit travel.
16) If a step is used at the entry to a row of seats from a stepped aisle, an unobstructed platform not
less than 800 mm square shall be provided adjacent to the aisle.
17) The finish of the surface of a platform in or adjacent to a stepped aisle shall conform to
Sentence 3.4.6.1.(1).
3.3.2.6. Corridors
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), a corridor used by the public in an assembly occupancy
as an access to exit shall be separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3) The fire-resistance rating required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived if the floor area in
which the corridor is located is sprinklered throughout.
4) The requirement for a fire separation stated in Sentence (1) is permitted to be waived if the distance
from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of travel to the exit does not exceed the
travel distance permitted by Article 3.4.2.5.
3.3.2.7. Doors
1) A door equipped with a latching mechanism in an access to exit from a room or suite of assembly
occupancy containing an occupant load more than 100 shall be equipped with a device that complies with
Sentence 3.4.6.16.(3).
3.3.2.8. Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
1) If fixed bench-type seats without arms are provided, the seat width per person shall be assumed
to be 450 mm.
2) The centre-to-centre spacing between rows of bench-type seats shall be not less than 760 mm if
back rests are provided, and not less than 550 mm if back rests are not provided.
3) A clear space of not less than 300 mm shall be provided between the back of each seat and the
front of the seat immediately behind it.
3.3.2.9. Guards
1) Except as required by Sentences (2) to (4) for bleacher seats, guards shall be installed in outdoor
and indoor places of assembly with fixed seats so that
a) at the fascia of every box, balcony or gallery where the seats extend to the edge, the height of
guards is not less than
i) 760 mm in front of the seats, and
ii) 920 mm if located at the end of aisles or at the foot of steps,
261
b) the height of guards along every cross aisle other than those adjacent to the fascia of every box,
balcony or gallery is not less than 660 mm, except that guards need not be provided if the backs of the
seats along the front side of the aisle are not less than 600 mm above the floor of the aisle, and
c) where the seating is arranged in successive tiers and the height of rise between platforms is more
than 450 mm, the height of guards is not less than 660 mm along the entire row of seats at the edge of the
platform.
2) The backs and ends of bleacher seats more than 1 200 mm above the ground or floor that are not
adjacent to a wall shall be protected with a guard
a) not less than 1 070 mm high above an adjacent aisle surface or foot rest, and
b) not less than 920 mm high above the centre of an adjacent seat board.
3) If the front of a bleacher is more than 600 mm above the ground or floor, it shall be protected with
a guard not less than 840 mm high above the front foot rest.
4) The size of any opening in a guard required by Sentences (2) and (3) shall not allow the passage of
a sphere whose diameter is more than 300 mm.
3.3.2.10. Handrails in Aisles with Steps
(See Note A-3.3.2.10.)
1) Handrails shall be provided in aisles with steps in conformance with Table 3.3.2.10.
Table 3.3.2.10.
Types and Location of Handrails in Aisles with Steps
Forming Part of Sentence 3.3.2.10.(1)
Aisle Width
Aisle Serving Seating on One Side
Aisle Serving Seating on Both Sides
Handrail Requirements
Less than 1 100
mm
a continuous handrail located on the side of the aisle
opposite the seats that conforms to
Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)
a handrail located on one side at the end of each row of
seats that conforms to
Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14)
1 100 mm or more
a centre-line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2)
or a continuous handrail located on the side of the aisle
opposite the seats that conforms to
Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13) and (14), plus a
handrail located at the end of each row of seats that
conforms to Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (8), (11), (13)
and (14)
a centre line handrail that conforms to Sentence (2)
2) Handrails installed along aisle centre lines as required by Table 3.3.2.10. shall
a) comply with Sentences 3.4.6.5.(5) to (7) and (14),
b) have gaps not less than 560 mm and not more than 915 mm wide, measured horizontally, at
intervals not exceeding five rows,
c) comply with Sentence 3.4.6.5.(11) at terminations and required gaps, and
d) have an intermediate rail located 305 mm below the principal handrail.
3.3.2.11. Outdoor Places of Assembly
1) A Group A, Division 4 occupancy and each tier or balcony that has a capacity of more than
a) 1 000 persons shall have not less than 3 separate exits, or
262
b) 4 000 persons shall have not less than 4 separate exits.
2) In a Group A, Division 4 occupancy, every seat shall be located so that the travel distance is not
more than 45 m measured along the path of travel from the seat to
a) the ground,
b) an exit,
c) an opening to a passageway leading from the seating area, or
d) a portal, a vomitory or any other opening through the seating deck structure.
3) Exits from outdoor stadia or grandstands shall be located not more than 25 m apart.
4) The capacity of a means of egress for a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall conform to the
requirements of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(3).
5) Aisles in a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall
a) be located so that there are not more than 20 seats between any seat and the nearest aisle, and
b) be not less than 1 200 mm wide, except that an aisle serving less than 60 persons is permitted to
be 750 mm wide.
3.3.2.12. Bleachers
1) Steps provided in aisles of bleachers of the telescopic type shall
a) have risers not more than 250 mm high, and
b) have treads with a run not less than 280 mm.
2) If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than 280 mm, an
intermediate step shall be provided the full width of the aisle and proportioned to provide 2 equal risers
between platforms.
3) If the vertical distance between seating platforms in bleachers is more than 450 mm, 2
intermediate steps shall be provided the full width of the aisle so that there are 3 equal risers between
platforms.
4) If the passageway between rows of seats is not a closed deck, footboards shall be provided so that
a) the total width of the footboards shall be not less than three quarters of the centre-to-centre
spacing between rows of seats, and
b) the spacing between footboard members shall be not more than 25 mm.
5) Openings above footboards and below the seats in rows of bleacher seats shall be provided with
intermediate construction so that there is no opening that would permit the passage of a sphere of more
than 100 mm in diameter.
3.3.2.13. Libraries
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a library book storage room that is not normally accessible to
the public shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance
rating not less than 2 h if it
a) is more than 250 m2 in area, or
b) contains book stacks that
i) are more than 10 m high, or
ii) penetrate more than one floor assembly.
263
2) The fire separation required by Sentence (1) is not required if the book storage room is sprinklered.
3) Open book shelves are permitted above and below a mezzanine floor in a library building provided
the height of the shelves is not more than 2.1 m but not more than 75% of the floor-to-ceiling height of the
space above or below the mezzanine floor assembly.
3.3.2.14. Stages for Theatrical Performances
1) A stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms
and storage areas, shall be sprinklered.
2) A fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h shall be provided between a stage for
theatrical performances and ancillary spaces, including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), a stage for theatrical performances and ancillary spaces,
including workshops, dressing rooms and storage areas, shall be separated from the seating area by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, except for a proscenium opening protected with
a) a sprinkler deluge system conforming to the requirements of NFPA 13, "Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems,"
b) an unframed fire curtain if the opening is not more than 20 m wide, or
c) a semi-rigid fire curtain if the opening is more than 20 m wide.
4) A fire curtain required by Sentence (3) shall be of a type acceptable to the Chief Building Official and
designed to close
a) automatically upon the actuation of the sprinkler system,
b) automatically upon actuation of the fire alarm system, and
c) manually by remote control devices located at the curtain control panel and at each side of the
stage.
5) At least 2 vents for the purpose of venting fire and smoke to the outside of a building shall be
provided above a stage designed for theatrical performances and shall
a) have an aggregate area not less than one eighth of the area of the stage behind the proscenium
opening, and
b) be arranged to open automatically upon actuation of the sprinkler system.
6) The fire separation referred to in Sentence (3) is not required between a stage and a seating area in a
building that is sprinklered throughout, provided a sprinkler deluge system is installed at the boundary
between the stage and the seating area.
3.3.2.15. Risers for Stairs
1) In a Group A, Division 2 occupancy used for the serving of food and beverages, an interior flight of
stairs with fewer than 3 risers is permitted provided it
a) is not less than 900 mm wide,
b) is illuminated at all times that occupants are on the premises, and
c) has a handrail on each side.
3.3.2.16. Storage Rooms
1) Where storage rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the Fire By-law for the storage of
flammable liquids or combustible liquids in assembly occupancies, such rooms shall not be located above or
below the first storey.
264
3.3.2.17. Safety Glazing
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of doors shall
conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing."
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), glazing in all fixed and operable panels of windows shall
conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing."
3) Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a door need not comply with Sentence (1),
where
a) the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm above the walking surface
on each side of the door, or
b) the glazed opening in the door does not permit the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more
than 75 mm.
4) Glazing in individual fixed or operable panels of a window need not comply with Sentence (2),
where
a) the bottom exposed edge of the glazing is located more than 1 525 mm above the walking surface
on each side of the window, or
b) the glazing is located more than 915 mm away from the walking surface on each side of the
window measured perpendicular to the plane of the glazing.
3.3.2.18. Deleted
(See Article 3.1.2.8.)
3.3.3. Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies
3.3.3.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to care, treatment and detention occupancies. (See Note A-3.3.3.1.(1).)
3.3.3.2. Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies and Repair
Garages
1) The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.5.(1) between a care, treatment or detention occupancy
and a repair garage shall have no openings.
3.3.3.3. Corridors
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a corridor used by the public or serving patients' or residents'
sleeping rooms shall have no dead-end portion.
2) Corridors are permitted to have dead-portions, where
a) the area served by the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress, or
b) the corridor serves a suite of care occupancy and the dead-end portion does not exceed 6 m.
3) Corridors shall be not less than
a) 2 400 mm wide in buildings of treatment occupancy where the corridors may be used to move
patients or residents in beds,
b) 1 650 mm wide
i) in buildings of care or treatment occupancy where the corridors will not be used to move patients or
residents in beds, and
265
ii) in buildings of care occupancy with more than 10 residents and where the corridors serve the
residents, or
c) 1 100 mm wide in buildings of care occupancy with not more than 10 residents.
4) Paired doors in a corridor referred to in Clause (3)(a) shall
a) swing in opposite directions, the right-hand door swinging in the direction of travel, and
b) be not less than 1 100 mm wide.
3.3.3.4. Doorway Width
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and within individual suites of care occupancy, the minimum
clear width of a doorway shall be 850 mm where it opens into or is located within a public corridor or
other facility that provides access to exit for patients or residents in floor areas containing care or treatment
occupancies.
2) The minimum clear width of doorways through which it is necessary to move patients in bed
shall be 1 050 mm. (See Note A-3.3.3.4.(2).)
3.3.3.5. Compartments and Fire Separations
1) Floor areas containing patients' or residents' sleeping rooms in a care or treatment occupancy where
overnight sleeping accommodation is provided for more than a total of 10 patients or residents shall
conform to Sentences (2) to (13).
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a floor area described in Sentence (1) shall be divided into not
less than 2 fire compartments, each not more than 1 000 m2 in area.
3) The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit conforming to Article 3.4.6.10. is permitted to be
considered as a fire compartment in applying the requirements of this Article.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), fire separations separating fire compartments required by
Sentence (2) shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
5) The fire-resistance rating of a fire separation referred to in Sentence (4) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
6) The travel distance from any point within each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (2) to a
door to an adjoining fire compartment shall be not more than 45 m.
7) Each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (2) shall be capable of accommodating, in addition to
its own occupants, the occupants of the largest adjacent fire compartment based on a clear floor space of 2.5
m2 per patient in the adjacent fire compartment.
8) Except as provided in Sentences (9) to (13), walls between patients' or residents' sleeping rooms
and the remainder of the floor area shall be constructed as fire separations but are not required to have a
fire-resistance rating unless one is required by other provisions in this Part. (See Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b).)
9) The fire separation requirements of Sentence (8) do not apply to walls within a group of
intercommunicating patients' or residents' sleeping rooms, provided the group of rooms does not
a) contain more than 5 patients or residents, or
b) include storage, bathing or toilet facilities serving persons not occupying the group of rooms.
(See Note A-3.3.3.5.(9).)
266
10) The fire separation requirements of Sentence (8) do not apply to walls within individual suites of
care occupancy.
11) A door in a fire separation required by Sentence (8) is permitted to be equipped with a roller latch.
12) Except as permitted by Sentence (13), a fire separation required by Sentence (8) shall not have any
grilles, louvres or other openings.
13) A door or wall separating a patient's or resident's sleeping room from an ensuite toilet room,
shower room or similar ancillary space is permitted to incorporate grilles and louvres, provided
a) the adjacent rooms are not used to store flammable or combustible materials, and
b) the openings are located so that smoke cannot pass through these rooms to other parts of the
building.
(See Note A-3.3.3.5.(13).)
14) Walls between individual suites of care occupancy and the remainder of the floor area in buildings
of care occupancy shall be constructed as fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than that
specified for residential occupancies in Sentences 3.3.4.2.(1) and (2).
15) Floor assemblies within individual suites of care occupancy need not be constructed as fire
separations, provided the suites meet the conditions described in Clauses 3.3.4.2.(3)(a) and (b).
16) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is permitted to be
waived if the fire separation is located between individual suites of care occupancy and an attached storage
garage containing not more than 5 vehicles, provided the conditions described in Sentence 3.3.4.2.(4) are
met.
17) Fire dampers in fire separations between fire compartments described in Sentence (2) shall be
designed to close upon a signal from a smoke detector in either fire compartment. (See Note A-3.3.3.5.(17).)
3.3.3.6. Areas of Refuge
1) Compartments containing rooms such as operating rooms, recovery rooms, delivery rooms and
intensive care units, from which it is impracticable to move patients in an emergency, shall be
a) separated from adjacent spaces by fire separations having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
and
b) provided with a mechanical air supply so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in
another space, the compartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the
fire area.
3.3.3.7. Contained Use Areas
1) A contained use area shall conform to Sentences (2) to (5).
2) A contained use area shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), a building that includes a contained use area shall be sprinklered
throughout.
4) A contained use area, in a building for which Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.93. do not require the
installation of an automatic sprinkler system, is not required to be sprinklered as required by Sentence (3)
provided
a) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in the contained use
area other fire compartments will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the
contained use area,
267
b) the building is designed so that during a period of 2 h after the start of a fire in another part of the
building the contained use area will not contain more than 1% by volume of contaminated air from the
other part of the building,
c) all doors are designed to be remotely released in conformance with Sentence 3.3.1.13.(6), and
d) the contained use area does not contain any rooms lined with combustible padding.
5) A corridor serving a contained use area shall have no dead-end portion unless the area served by
the dead-end portion has a second and separate means of egress.
3.3.4. Residential Occupancy
3.3.4.1. Scope
1) This Subsection applies to residential occupancies.
3.3.4.2. Fire Separations
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), 3.2.2.9.(2), suites of residential occupancy shall be separated
from each other and the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
than 1 h.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
3) Floor assemblies within a dwelling unit need not be constructed as fire separations provided
a) the distance between the lowest floor level and the uppermost floor level within the dwelling unit
is not more than 6 m, and
b) the dwelling unit is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than
i) 1 h if the building is not sprinklered throughout,
ii) 45 min if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
or
iii) 1 h if the building is sprinklered throughout and it is more than 3 storeys in building height.
4) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is permitted to be
waived if the fire separation is located between a dwelling unit and an attached storage garage containing not
more than 5 vehicles, provided
a) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are sprinklered,
b) the dwelling unit and the attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building
in conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
c) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,
d) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to
gas and exhaust fumes, and
e) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
268
i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and
exhaust fumes,
ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and
iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.
5) The fire separation required by Sentence 3.3.5.6.(1) is not required between a dwelling unit and an
attached storage garage, serving that dwelling unit only, provided
a) the dwelling unit and its attached storage garage are separated from the remainder of the building in
conformance with Sentences (1) to (3),
b) there are no air duct systems connecting the storage garage and the dwelling unit,
c) the construction between the storage garage and the dwelling unit provides an effective barrier to
gas and exhaust fumes, and
d) every door between the storage garage and the dwelling unit is
i) tight fitting and weather-stripped to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and
exhaust fumes,
ii) fitted with a self-closing device, and
iii) not located in a room intended for sleeping.
3.3.4.3. Storage Rooms
1) Sprinklers shall be installed in a storage room provided for the use of tenants in a residential
occupancy within a floor area but not contained within a suite.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a storage room referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be less than 1
h but not less than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to
be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
4)E Except for the storage of flammable liquids and combustible liquids inside a building containing not
more than one principal dwelling unit and garages or sheds attached to these dwelling units, where storage
rooms are required by Part 4 of Division B of the Fire By-law for the storage of flammable liquids or
combustible liquids in residential occupancies, such rooms shall not be located above or below the first storey.
3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units
1) Single storey dwelling units in an apartment building need not lead to a public corridor or exterior
passageway on the same storey provided the dwelling units are served by private stairways leading
directly to a public access to exit on the storey
a) immediately above, and
b) immediately below.
(See Note A-3.3.4.4.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3), (4), and (7), a dwelling unit containing more than one storey
shall have an exit door or an egress door opening directly into a public access to exit from the uppermost
269
storey and from the lowest storey of the dwelling unit so that each of these storeys is served by an exit or
egress door located not more than 2.0 m above or below its floor level.
3) A single exit is permitted from a dwelling unit provided the exit is an exterior doorway not more
than 2.0 m above adjacent ground level and
a) it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the exit door,
b) in a sprinklered building, it is not necessary to travel up or down more than two storeys to reach the
exit door, provided the travel distance to a single exit door does not exceed 25 m, or
c) the uppermost floor level opens to a balcony not more than 6 m above adjacent ground level.
4) An egress door from either the uppermost storey or the lowest storey of a dwelling unit, as required
by Sentence (2), need not be provided if that storey is served by a stairway that
a) leads to a public access to exit,
b) has no direct access to any other storey in the dwelling unit, and
c) is separated from the other storeys in the dwelling unit by a fire separation having a fire-resistance
rating not less than 45 min.
5) In a building of residential occupancy not more than 3 storeys in building height, a doorway from a
dwelling unit is permitted to open directly into an exit stairway provided the dwelling unit has a second
and separate means of egress.
6) If a dwelling unit has a second and separate means of egress, one means of egress from a dwelling unit
is permitted to pass through
a) an interior corridor served by a single exit,
b) an exterior balcony served by a single exit stairway, or
c) an exterior passageway served by a single exit stairway.
7) A single means of egress is permitted from a dwelling unit in a sprinklered building if it is not necessary
to travel more than 18 m from the most remote point within the dwelling unit, and (See Note A-3.3.4.4.(7).)
a) one storey up or down, or
b) two storeys above the first storey of the building.
3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition
1) Except for hotels and motels, a door opening onto a public corridor which provides access to exit
from a suite shall be designed not to lock automatically. (See Note A-3.3.4.5.(1).)
3.3.4.6. Sound Transmission
1) Occupants of dwelling units shall be protected from airborne noise in conformance with
Section 5.8.
3.3.4.7. Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards for Dwelling Units
1) Except as required in Article 3.3.4.8., stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards within a dwelling
unit shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Section 9.8.
2) Exterior stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards serving a single dwelling unit, and loads on
guards serving not more than two dwelling units, shall conform to the appropriate requirements in
Section 9.8.
3.3.4.8. Protection of Openable Windows
270
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), openable windows in suites of residential occupancy shall be
protected by
a) a guard with a minimum height of 1 070 mm constructed in accordance with Article 3.3.1.18., or
b) a mechanism that can only be released with the use of tools or special knowledge to control the
free swinging or sliding operation of the openable part of the window so as to limit any clear
unobstructed opening to not more than 100 mm measured either vertically or horizontally.
2) Windows need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (1) where
a) the only opening having greater dimensions than those allowed by Clause (1)(b) is located higher
than 1 070 mm above the finished floor, or
b) the bottom edge of the openable portion of the window is located less than 1 800 mm above the
floor or ground on the other side of the window.
3.3.4.9. Resistance to Forced Entry
1) Dwelling units shall conform to Article 9.7.2.1. and Subsection 9.7.5.
3.3.5. Industrial Occupancy
3.3.5.1. Scope
1) This Subsection applies to industrial occupancies.
3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems
1) In addition to other requirements in this By-law for the installation of automatic fire
extinguishing systems, an appropriate fire extinguishing system shall be installed in every industrial
occupancy floor area to provide protection if required by
a) provincial or territorial regulations or other regulatory enactments, or
b) the Fire By-law, in the absence of the regulations or bylaws referred to in Clause (a).
3.3.5.3. Basements
1) A basement shall not be used for the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile solids, liquids or
gases that generate explosive air-vapour mixtures or for processes that involve explosive dusts.
2) Entrances and exits to a basement and to rooms containing building services shall be separate from
the remainder of the building in a building in which
a) the storage, manufacture or handling of volatile materials can generate explosive air-vapour
mixtures, or
b) processes occur that produce explosive dusts.
3) Basements and rooms referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from the remainder of the
building with a vapour-tight separation.
3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages
1) If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or elevator serving occupancies above the
level of the storage garage, the access shall be through a vestibule conforming to Sentence 3.3.5.7.(4).
2) Treads and landings in interior stairs that extend to the roof of a storage garage shall be designed to
be free of accumulations of ice and snow.
271
3) A mechanical storage garage not more than 4 storeys in building height, in which no persons other
than parking attendants are permitted above the street floor level, need not have a fire separation between
the exits and the remainder of the building.
4) A garage shall be provided with natural or mechanical ventilation in conformance with the
requirements of Subsection 6.3.1. and Article 6.9.1.2. to prevent excessive accumulation of carbon
monoxide, exhaust fumes or flammable and toxic vapours.
5) The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.
6) Where garage floors or ramps are 600 mm or more above the adjacent ground or floor level, every
opening through such floors and the perimeter of floors and ramps shall be provided with
a) a continuous curb not less than 140 mm high, a guard not less than 1 070 mm high, and a vehicle
guardrail not less than 500 mm high conforming to Sentence (7), or
b) a full-height wall conforming to Sentence (7).
7) Vehicle guardrails and full-height walls required in Sentence (6) shall be designed and
constructed to withstand the loading values stipulated in Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1).
8) Deleted.
3.3.5.5. Repair Garage Separation
1) A repair garage and any ancillary spaces serving it, including waiting rooms, reception rooms, tool
and parts storage areas and supervisory office space, shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
3.3.5.6. Storage Garage Separation
1) Except as permitted by Sentences 3.3.4.2.(4) and (5), a storage garage shall be separated from other
occupancies by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1.5 h.
3.3.5.7. Vestibules
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), if access is provided through a fire separation between a storage
garage and a Group A, Division 1 or Group B occupancy, the access shall be through a vestibule
conforming to Sentence (4).
2) If access is provided through a fire separation between a storage garage and a Group B, Division 3
occupancy with not more than 10 occupants, access need not be through a vestibule, provided the fire
separation complies with Clauses 3.3.4.2.(5)(b) to (d).
3) In a building more than 3 storeys in building height, access through a fire separation between a storage
garage and a Group A, Division 2, 3 or 4, or a Group C occupancy, shall be through a vestibule conforming
to Sentence (4).
4) If access is provided through a vestibule, as required by Sentences (1), (3) and 3.3.5.4.(1), the
vestibule shall
a) be not less than 1.8 m long,
b) be ventilated
i) naturally to outside air by a vent that has an unobstructed area of not less than 0.1 m2 for each
door that opens into the vestibule but not less than 0.4 m2, or
ii) mechanically at a rate of 14 m3/h for each square metre of vestibule floor surface area, and
c) have openings between the vestibule and an adjoining occupancy provided with self-closing doors
with no hold-open devices.
272
3.3.5.8. Dispensing of Fuel
1) Facilities for the dispensing of fuel having a flash point below 37.8°C shall not be installed above
any space intended for occupancy.
2) Facilities for the dispensing of fuel having a flash point below 37.8°C shall not be installed in any
building, except that this requirement does not apply to a canopy which is open on not less than 75% of its
perimeter.
3.3.5.9. Multiple-Tenant Self-Storage Warehouses
1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.9.3.1.(5) or unless the building is sprinklered throughout, each
individual tenancy in a multiple tenant self storage warehouse classified as an industrial occupancy shall
be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
than 45 min.
3.3.5.10. Guards
1) Except where they serve storage garages, guards in industrial occupancies are permitted to consist of
a) a top railing, and
b) one or more intermediate rails spaced such that openings through the guard are of a size that
prevents the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is 535 mm.
3.3.6. Design of Hazardous Areas
3.3.6.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to design and fire protection requirements for buildings or parts thereof
used for the storage, handling, use and processing of dangerous goods, including flammable liquids and
combustible liquids, in quantities in excess of those identified in Table 3.2.7.1. of Division B of the Fire By-
law. (See Note A-3.3.6.1.(1).)
3.3.6.2. Storage of Dangerous Goods
1) Solid and liquid dangerous goods classified as oxidizers or organic peroxides shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
2) Reactive materials shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having
a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h. (See Note A-3.3.6.2.(2).)
3) The design of buildings or parts thereof used for the storage of dangerous goods classified as
explosives shall conform to the "Explosives Act" and its Regulations, published by Natural Resources
Canada.
4) Where wiring or electrical equipment is located in areas in which flammable gases or vapours,
combustible dusts or combustible fibres are present in quantities sufficient to create a hazard, such wiring
and electrical equipment shall conform to the requirements for hazardous locations as required by the
Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations. (See Note A-3.3.6.2.(4).)
3.3.6.3. Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable, Toxic and Oxidizing
Gases
1) Where required by the Fire By-law, cylinders of dangerous goods classified as flammable gases
stored indoors shall be located in a room
a) that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating of at least 2 h,
b) that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
273
c) that can be entered from the exterior, and
d) whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
i) equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures closed when not in use, and
ii) constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the room into other parts of the building.
2) Where required by the Fire By-law, cylinders of anhydrous ammonia or dangerous goods classified
as toxic or oxidizing gases stored indoors shall be located in a room
a) that is separated from the remainder of the building by a gas-tight fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating of at least 1 h,
b) that is located on an exterior wall of the building,
c) that can be entered from the exterior, and
d) whose closures leading to the interior of the building are
i) equipped with self-closing devices that keep the closures closed when not in use, and
ii) constructed so as to prevent the migration of gases from the room into other parts of the building.
3.3.6.4. Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids and Combustible
Liquids
1) Fire separations for rooms where flammable liquids and combustible liquids are stored are required to
be constructed with a fire-resistance rating in conformance with Subsection 4.2.9. of Division B of the Fire
By-law.
2) Where Class IA or IB liquids specified in Subsection 4.1.2. of Division B of the Fire By-law are
dispensed within a storage room, the room shall be designed to prevent critical structural and mechanical
damage from an internal explosion in conformance with good engineering practice such as that described
in NFPA 68, "Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting." (See Note A-3.3.6.4.(2).)
3.3.6.5. Tire Storage
1) A tire storage area designed to contain more than 375 m3 of rubber tires shall be separated from
the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h. (See
Note A-3.3.6.5.(1).)
3.3.6.6. Ammonium Nitrate Storage
1) Where Article 3.2.9.1. of Division B of the Fire By-law applies due to the quantity and nature of
the stored product, and as stipulated in Sentences (2) to (6), buildings used for the storage of ammonium
nitrate shall be classified as medium-hazard industrial occupancies (Group F, Division 2).
2) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be not more than one storey in
building height.
3) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall not
a) have basements or crawl spaces, or
b) contain open floor drains, tunnels, elevator pits or other pockets that might trap molten
ammonium nitrate.
4) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall have not less than 0.007 m2 of vent
area for each square metre of storage area, unless mechanical ventilation is provided.
5) All flooring in storage areas described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed of noncombustible
materials.
274
6) Buildings intended for the storage of ammonium nitrate shall be designed to prevent the
ammonium nitrate from coming into contact with building materials that
a) will cause the ammonium nitrate to become unstable,
b) may corrode or deteriorate by reason of contact with the ammonium nitrate, or
c) will become impregnated with the ammonium nitrate.
(See Note A-3.3.6.6.(6).)
3.3.6.7. Flooring Materials
1) Floors in areas where dangerous goods are stored shall be constructed of impermeable materials to
prevent the absorption of chemicals.
3.3.6.8. Fire Separations in Process Plants
1) In process plants, areas where unstable liquids are handled or where small-scale unit chemical
processes occur shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
3.3.6.9. Basements and Pits
1) Process plants where Class I and II flammable liquids and combustible liquids are handled shall not be
constructed with basements or covered pits.
3.3.7. Building Security
3.3.7.7. Security for Storage Garage
1) The provisions of Sentences (2) to (7) shall apply to a storage garage with more than 19 parking
spaces.
2) If access is provided from a storage garage to a stair tower or to an elevator through a vestibule or
other intervening room or space, the stair tower, vestibules, and intervening room or space shall
a) be provided with glazing arranged to providing the greatest unobstructed view from the storage
garage into the stair tower or to the elevator,
b) if required by Subsection 3.2.6. to be constructed as a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating, a
vertical fire separation containing glazing may be constructed
i) as a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hr,
eii) with full or half glazed closures with a fire-protection rating of not less than 45 min between the
vestibule or other inventing room or space leading to the stair tower or elevator, and
diii) with a row of sprinkler heads running the full width of the glazing, installed on the garage
side of the vestibule at a spacing of 1800 mm on centre parallel to the glass, located between 150
mm to 300 mm perpendicular to the glazing and vertically installed on the garage ceiling in
conformance with NFPA requirements.
c) closures permitted by Clause (2)(b)(ii) may be glazed with clear wired glass in steel frames or fire
protective glazing in fire-resistive frames complying with 3.1.8.16.,
(See Note A-3.3.7.7.(2).)
3) A stair shaft serving a storage garage or portion of a storage garage with public access and which is
connected to a storey containing an occupancy other than a storage garage, shall terminate at that storey. (See
Note A-3.3.7.7.(3))
275
4) Except for open-air storage garages and buildings of residential occupancy, a storage garage shall be
provided with exits
a) which only serve the storage garage, do not provide a common path of travel for other floor areas,
and exit directly outside the building, or
b) serve the storage garage and floor areas at the exit level where
i) the exit from the stair extends to the exterior door without adjoining dead-ends corridors,
ii) interior and exterior doors in the exit from the storage garage to the exterior are designed to
maximize visibility of the egress route, adjoining spaces within the exit enclosure, and spaces
provided with door opening into the exit enclosure,
iii) doors providing access into the exit from floor areas other than the storage garage are provided
with hardware to prevent vandalism and unauthorized access to the building floor area, and
iv) the exit corridor has an average illumination level of at least 220 lx is maintained.
(see Note A-3.3.7.7.(3) and (4) )
5) Except as provided in Sentence 3.3.7.7.(6), an exterior stair shaft or elevator vestibule which serves
as access to a storage garage shall be unenclosed.
6) An enclosed exterior stair shaft or elevator vestibule which serves as access to a storage garage shall
conform to Clauses (2)(a) and (c) but need not conform to the fire separation and fire-resistance rating
requirements.
7) Where the stair shaft or vestibule in Sentence (5) or (6) is required to have a fire-resistance rating,
due to spatial separation requirements, the provisions of Clauses (2)(a), (b) and (c) shall apply.
8) Despite the provisions of Sentence 3.2.7.1.(2) and Table 9.34.2.7., storage garages shall meet the
following average lighting levels measured at floor level
a) 550 lx in the first 15 m of entrance roadway,
b) 110 lx in traffic aisles, and
c) 220 lx in pedestrian access vestibules, stairwells and elevator lobbies.
3.3.7.8. Washrooms in Public Buildings
1) Public access to washrooms in a public building shall be located in areas which are open to the
public and shall not be located in enclosed stairwells.
3.3.7.9. Mailbox Construction in Multi-Family Buildings
(See Note A-3.3.7.9.)
1) In a multi-family building or parts thereof, commonly accessible mailbox assembly serving at least
20 dwelling units shall
a) be constructed of heavy gauge metal,
b) designed to resist prying and tampering,
c) be well secured to framing members, blocking, or other solid construction,
d) have individual storage compartment access doors made of 16 gauge steel or 4.76 mm thick
aluminum,
e) be hinged so that the hinge or hinge pin cannot be removed from the outside when the doors are
closed, and
276
f ) be provided with a 5 pin cylinder cam lock that when locked, the bolt will engage with the frame
for each storage compartment.
3.3.8. Public Storage Facilities
3.3.8.1. Egress From Storage Lockers
1) Despite the provisions of this By-law, an egress door from a storage locker in a public storage
facility is not required to swing on a vertical axis if
a) the building is
i) fully sprinklered, and
ii) equipped with a fire alarm system in conformance with Subsection 3.2.4.,
b) each storage area is provided with
i) individual storage lockers separated from the remainder of the floor area by a solid wall
assembly without openings, and
ii) provided with a continuous steel mesh installed across the entire storage area,
c) the storage locker
i) does not exceed 50 m2 in floor area,
ii) travel distance to the egress door does not exceed 10 m, and
iii) is equipped with its own sprinkler head, no lower than 460 mm below the sprinkler head,
and
d) the storage locker door is
i) an overhead door serves a single storage locker, and
ii) equipped with a failsafe locking mechanism.
Section 3.4. Exits
3.4.1. General
3.4.1.1. Scope
1) Exit facilities complying with this Section shall be provided from every floor area that is intended
for occupancy. (See Note A-3.4.1.1.(1).)
3.4.1.2. Separation of Exits
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), if more than one exit is required from a floor area, each exit
shall be separate from every other exit leading from that floor area.
2) If more than 2 exits are provided from a floor area, exits are permitted to converge in conformance
with Sentence 3.4.3.1.(2), provided the cumulative capacity of the converging exits does not contribute
more than 50% of the total required exit width for the floor area.
3) Contiguous exit stairs (scissors stairs) are not permitted in a 5 or 6 storey wood frame building.
277
3.4.1.3. Access to Exits
1) Access to exits shall conform to Section 3.3.
3.4.1.4. Types of Exit
1) Subject to the requirements of this Section, an exit from any floor area shall be one of the following,
used singly or in combination:
a) an exterior doorway,
b) an exterior passageway,
c) an exterior ramp,
d) an exterior stairway,
e) a fire escape (conforming to Subsection 3.4.7.),
f) a horizontal exit,
g) an interior passageway,
h) an interior ramp, or
i) an interior stairway.
3.4.1.5. Exterior Exit Passageways
1) Access to an exterior exit passageway from a floor area shall be through exit doors at the floor level.
3.4.1.6. Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), horizontal exits shall not comprise more than one half of the
required number of exits from any floor area.
2) In a hospital or nursing home with treatment, horizontal exits serving patients' sleeping rooms shall
comprise not more than two thirds of the required number of exits from any floor area. (See Note A-
3.4.1.6.(2).)
3.4.1.7. Slide Escapes
1) A slide escape shall not be erected on any building as a required exit, but is permitted to be
provided as an additional egress facility if unusual hazards are foreseen.
3.4.1.8. Transparent Doors and Panels
1) Glass and transparent panels in an exit shall conform to the appropriate requirements of
Article 3.3.1.20. for glass and transparent panels in an access to exit.
3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits
1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit in a manner that would confuse the direction
of exit.
3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits
1) Combustible glazing is not permitted in wall or ceiling assemblies or in closures used to construct
an exit enclosure.
3.4.2. Number and Location of Exits from Floor Areas
3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (4), every floor area intended for occupancy shall be served
by at least 2 exits.
278
2) A floor area in a building not more than 2 storeys in building height, is permitted to be served by one
exit provided the total occupant load served by the exit is not more than 60, and
a) in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, the floor area and the travel distance are not more
than the values in Table 3.4.2.1.-A, or
b) in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout
i) the travel distance is not more than 25 m, and
ii) the floor area is not more than the value in Table 3.4.2.1.-B.
Table 3.4.2.1.-A
Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Not Sprinklered Throughout)
Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)
Occupancy of Floor Area
Maximum Floor Area, m2
Maximum Travel Distance, m
Group A
150
15
Group B
75
10
Group C
100
15
Group D
200
25
Group E
150
15
Group F, Division 2
150
10
Group F, Division 3
200
15
Table 3.4.2.1.-B
Criteria for One Exit (Floor Area Sprinklered Throughout)
Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2)
Occupancy of Floor Area
Maximum Floor Area, m2
Group A
200
Group B
100
Group C
150
Group D
300
Group E
200
Group F, Division 2
200
Group F, Division 3
300
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), if Sentence (2) permits a single exit from a floor area classified
as Group B or Group C occupancy, the exit shall be an exterior doorway not more than 1.5 m above
adjacent ground level.
4) The requirements of Sentences (1) and (2) are permitted to be waived for dwelling units that have
an access to exit conforming to Sentences 3.3.4.4.(1) to (4) and 3.3.4.4.(7).
5) Exits are not required directly from rooftop enclosures that comply with Sentences 3.3.1.3.(8)
and (9) or where they are served by means of egress in conformance with Sentences 3.3.1.3.(4) to (5).
3.4.2.2. Means of Egress from Mezzanines
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall be served by means
of egress leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level on the same basis as floor areas.
279
2) The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
a) the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as permitted in
Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1),
b) the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
c) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in Table 3.4.2.2., and
d) the distance limits stated in Table 3.4.2.2. measured along the path of travel are not exceeded
from any point on the mezzanine to
i) an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine overlooks, if the space is served by a single
egress door, or
ii) the egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space below if that space is required to be
served by 2 or more egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 3.3.1.5.(1).
3) At least half of the required means of egress from a mezzanine shall comply with Sentence (1) if the
mezzanine is not required to terminate at a fire separation as permitted by Sentence 3.2.8.2.(1).
Table 3.4.2.2.
Criteria for Egress from Mezzanine Space
Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.2.2.(2)
Occupancy of Space
Maximum Area, m2
Distance Limits, m
Assembly occupancy
150
15
Residential occupancy
100
15
Business and personal services occupancy
200
25
Mercantile occupancy
150
15
Medium-hazard industrial occupancy
150
10
Low-hazard industrial occupancy
200
15
3.4.2.3. Distance between Exits
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the least distance between 2 exits from a floor area shall be
a) one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but need not be more than 9 m for a
floor area having a public corridor, or
b) one half the maximum diagonal dimension of the floor area, but not less than 9 m for all other floor
areas.
(See Note A-3.4.2.3.(1).)
2) Exits need not comply with Sentence (1) where
a) the floor area is divided so that not less than one third of the floor area is on each side of a fire
separation, and
b) it is necessary to pass through the fire separation to travel from one exit to another exit.
3) The minimum distance between exits referred to in Sentence (1) shall be the shortest distance that
smoke would have to travel between the exits, assuming that the smoke will not penetrate an intervening
fire separation.
4) The distance between 2 exterior discharges of exit stairs serving the same floor area shall be
a) not less than 9 m, or
280
b) not less than 6 m, where
i) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
ii) the 2 exterior discharges are located within 15 m of a street.
3.4.2.4. Travel Distance
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), for the purposes of this Subsection, travel distance means the
distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of travel to the exit.
2) The travel distance from a suite or a room not within a suite is permitted to be measured from an
egress door of the suite or room to the nearest exit, provided
a) the suite or room is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation
i) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min in a floor area that is not sprinklered throughout, or
ii) which is not required to have a fire-resistance rating, in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout,
and
b) the egress door opens onto
i) an exterior passageway,
ii) a corridor used by the public that is separated from the remainder of the floor area in conformance
with the requirements in Article 3.3.1.4. for the separation of public corridors, or
iii) a public corridor that is separated from the remainder of the floor area in conformance with
Article 3.3.1.4. (see Note A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b)).
3) Travel distance to an exit shall be not more than 50 m from any point in a service space referred to
in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8).
3.4.2.5. Location of Exits
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.3.2.5.(6), if more than one exit is required from a floor
area, the exits shall be located so that the travel distance to at least one exit shall be not more than
a) 25 m in a high-hazard industrial occupancy,
b) 40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
c) 45 m in a floor area that contains an occupancy other than a high-hazard industrial occupancy,
provided it is sprinklered throughout,
d) 105 m in any floor area, served by a public corridor, in which rooms and suites are not separated
from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation, provided
i) the public corridor is not less than 9 m wide,
ii) the ceiling height in the public corridor is not less than 4 m above all floor surfaces,
iii) the building is sprinklered throughout, and
iv) not more than one half of the required egress doorways from a room or suite open into the public
corridor if the room or suite is required to have more than one egress doorway,
e) 60 m in any storage garage that conforms to the requirements of Article 3.2.2.92., and
f) 30 m in any floor area other than those referred to in Clauses (a) to (e).
2) Except for a high-hazard industrial occupancy, Sentence (1) need not apply if exits are placed along
the perimeter of the floor area and are not more than 60 m apart, measured along the perimeter, provided
each main aisle in the floor area leads directly to an exit.
281
3) Exits shall be located and arranged so that they are clearly visible or their locations are clearly
indicated and they are accessible at all times.
3.4.2.6. Principal Entrances
1) For the purposes of this Section, at least one door at every principal entrance to a building
providing access from the exterior at ground level shall be designed in accordance with the requirements
for exits.
2) In a building that is not sprinklered throughout in accordance with Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the
principal entrance serving a dance hall or a licensed beverage establishment with an occupant load more
than 250 shall provide at least one half of the required exit width.
3.4.3. Width and Height of Exits
3.4.3.1. Exit Width Based on Occupant Load
1) For the purpose of determining the aggregate width of exits, the occupant load of every room or
floor area shall be determined in conformance with Subsection 3.1.17.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.4.3.2.(4), the required exit width shall be cumulative if 2 or
more exits converge.
3.4.3.2. Exit Width
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the minimum aggregate required width of exits serving floor
areas intended for assembly occupancies, residential occupancies, business and personal services occupancies,
mercantile occupancies, and industrial occupancies shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of
the area served by
a) 6.1 mm per person for ramps with a slope of not more than 1 in 8, doorways, corridors and
passageways,
b) 8 mm per person for a stair consisting of steps whose rise is not more than 180 mm and whose
run is not less than 280 mm, or
c) 9.2 mm per person for
i) ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 8, or
ii) stairs, other than stairs conforming to Clause (b).
2) The minimum aggregate width of exits serving floor areas intended for a care, treatment or detention
occupancy shall be determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by 18.4 mm per person.
3) The minimum aggregate width of means of egress serving a Group A, Division 4 occupancy shall be
determined by multiplying the occupant load of the area served by
a) 1.8 mm per person for
i) aisles,
ii) stairs other than exit stairs, and
iii) ramps and passageways in vomitories and exits, and
b) 2.4 mm per person for exit stairs.
4) Except as required by Sentences 3.4.3.2.(5) and (6), the required exit width need not be cumulative
in an exit serving 2 or more floor areas located one above the other.
5) The required exit width for an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serving more than one
balcony level shall conform to Sentence (6).
282
6) The required exit width for exit stairs that serve interconnected floor space designed in accordance
with Articles 3.2.8.3. to 3.2.8.8. shall be cumulative, unless
a) the stairs provide not less than 0.3 m2 of area of treads and landings for each occupant of the
interconnected floor space (see Note A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a)), or
b) protected floor spaces conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. are provided at each floor level and the protected
floor space on a floor level has not less than 0.5 m2 of space for each occupant of that floor level of the
interconnected floor space.
(See Note A-3.4.3.2.(6).)
7) If more than one exit is required, every exit shall be considered as contributing not more than one
half of the required exit width.
8) The minimum widths of exits shall conform to Tables 3.4.3.2.-A and 3.4.3.2.-B.
Table 3.4.3.2.-A
Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways
in Group A, Group B, Division 1, and Groups C, D, E and F Occupancies
Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)
Occupancy Classification
Exit Corridors and
Passageways, mm
Ramps, mm
Stairs, mm
Doorways, mm
Group A, Group B, Division 1, Group C,
Group D, Group E, Group F
1 100
1 100
900(1)
1 100(2)
850
Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-A:
(1) Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
(2) Serving more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
Table 3.4.3.2.-B
Minimum Widths of Exit Corridors, Passageways, Ramps, Stairs and Doorways in Group B,
Division 2 and Division 3 Occupancies
Forming Part of Sentence 3.4.3.2.(8)
Occupancy Classification
Exit
Corridors
and
Passage-
ways, mm
Ramps, mm
Stairs, mm
Doorways, mm
Not
serving
patients'
or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Serving
patients' or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Not
serving
patients'
or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Serving
patients' or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Not
serving
patients'
or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Serving
patients' or
residents'
sleeping
rooms(1)
Group B, Division 2
1 100
1 100
1 650
900(2)
1 100(3)
1 650
850
1 050
Group B, Division 3
with more than 10 residents
1 100
1 100
1 100
900(2)
1 100(3)
1 100(2)
1 650(3)
850
850
with not more than 10 residents
1 100
1 100
1 100
900(2)
1 100(3)
900(2)
1 100(3)
850
850
Notes to Table 3.4.3.2.-B:
(1) Minimum widths of ramps, stairs and doorways do not apply within individual suites of care occupancy.
(2) Serving not more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or not more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
(3) Serving more than 2 storeys above the lowest exit level or more than 1 storey below the lowest exit level.
3.4.3.3. Exit Width Reduction
283
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (4), no fixture, turnstile or construction shall project into
or be fixed within the required width of an exit.
2) Swinging doors in their swing shall not reduce the required width of exit stairs or landings to less
than 750 mm or reduce the width of an exit passageway to less than the minimum required width.
3) Doors shall be installed so that, when open, they do not diminish nor obstruct the required width
of the exit.
4) Handrails and construction below handrails, including handrail supports and stair stringers, shall
not project more than 100 mm into the required width of a means of egress.
3.4.3.4. Headroom Clearance
(See Note A-3.4.3.4.)
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (4) and (5), every exit shall have a clear height over the clear
width of the exit of not less than 2 050 mm.
2) The clear height of stairways shall be measured vertically over the clear width of the stairway,
from the straight line tangent to the tread and landing nosings to the lowest element above. (See Note A-
9.8.7.4.)
3) The clear height of landings shall be measured within the clear width of the landing vertically to
the lowest element above.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), the headroom clearance for doorways shall be not less than
2 030 mm.
5) No door closer or other device shall be installed so as to reduce the headroom clearance of a
doorway to less than 1 980 mm.
3.4.4. Fire Separation of Exits
3.4.4.1. Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), 3.3.5.4.(3), 3.4.4.2.(2) and 3.4.4.3.(1), every exit shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
that required by Subsection 3.2.2., but not less than 45 min, for
a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
2) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separation referred to in Sentence (1) need not be more than 2 h.
3) If an exit stair in an assembly hall or theatre serves more than one balcony level, the exit stair shall
be separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Sentence (1).
3.4.4.2. Exits through Lobbies
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), no exit from a floor area above or below the first storey shall
lead through a lobby.
2) Not more than one exit from a floor area is permitted to lead through a lobby, provided
a) the lobby floor is not more than 4.5 m above grade,
b) the path of travel through the lobby to the outdoors is not more than 15 m,
c) the adjacent rooms or premises having direct access to the lobby do not contain a care, residential
or industrial occupancy,
284
d) the lobby is not located within an interconnected floor space other than as described in
Sentence 3.2.8.2.(6),
e) the lobby conforms to the requirements for exits, except that
i) rooms other than service rooms and storage rooms are permitted to open onto the lobby,
ii) the fire separation between the lobby and a room used for the sole purpose of control and
supervision of the building need not have a fire-resistance rating,
iii) the fire separation between the lobby and adjacent occupancies that are permitted to open onto the
lobby need not have a fire-resistance rating provided the lobby and adjacent occupancies are sprinklered, and
iv) passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby, provided the elevator doors are
designed to remain closed except while loading and unloading passengers, and
(see Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e))
f) a fire separation, constructed in accordance with Sentence 3.4.4.1.(1), is maintained between the
lobby and any exit permitted by this Sentence to lead through the lobby.
3.4.4.3. Exterior Passageway Exceptions
1) The requirements of Sentences 3.4.4.1.(1) and 3.2.3.13.(1) and (3) do not apply to an exterior exit
passageway provided
a) not less than 50% of the exterior side is open to the outdoors, and
b) an exit stair is provided at each end of the passageway.
3.4.4.4. Integrity of Exits
1) A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall have no openings
except for
a) standpipe and sprinkler piping,
b) electrical wires and cables, totally enclosed noncombustible raceways and noncombustible piping
that serve only the exit,
c) openings required by the provisions of Subsection 3.2.6.,
d) exit doorways, and
e) wired glass and glass block permitted by Article 3.1.8.16., and
f) wires, cables, totally enclosed noncombustible raceways, and distributed antenna for a radio antenna
system conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.20.(1).
2) Exits within scissors stairs and other contiguous exit stairways shall be separated from each other
by a smoke-tight fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor
assembly through which they pass.
3) Fire separations separating contiguous stairs described in Sentence (2) shall not be pierced by
doorways, ductwork, piping or any other openings that affect the continuity of the separation.
4) A fuel-fired appliance shall not be installed in an exit.
5) An exit shall not be used as a plenum for a heating, ventilating or air-conditioning system.
6) An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting, except that an exit is permitted
also to be designed to serve as an access to a floor area.
7) A service room shall not open directly into an exit.
285
8) Storage rooms, washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and similar ancillary rooms shall not
open directly into an exit.
9) Service spaces referred to in Sentence 3.2.1.1.(8) shall not open directly into an exit.
3.4.5. Exit Signs
3.4.5.1. Exit Signs
1) Every exit door shall have an exit sign providing visual information placed over or adjacent to it if
the exit serves
a) a building more than 2 storeys in building height,
b) a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
c) a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.
2) Every exit sign providing visual information shall
a) be visible on approach to the exit,
b) consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting the colour specifications
referred to in ISO 3864-1, "Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Part 1: Design principles
for safety signs and safety markings," and
c) conform to ISO 7010, "Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Registered safety
signs," for the following symbols (see Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):
i) E001 emergency exit (left hand),
ii) E002 emergency exit (right hand),
iii) E005 Direction, arrow (90° increments), safe condition, and
iv) E006 Direction, 45° arrow (90° increments), safe condition.
3) Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
a) where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance
with CSA C22.2 No. 141, "Emergency lighting equipment," or
b) where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, "Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and
Path Marking Systems."
(See Note A-3.4.5.1.(3).)
4) Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be constructed in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S572, "Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and
Path Marking Systems." (See Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)
5) The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit signs shall
a) serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
b) be connected to an emergency power supply as described in Article 3.2.7.4.
6) Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public in a Group A or B
major occupancy, or from principal routes serving an open floor area having an occupant load of more than
150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b) and (c) with an arrow or pointer indicating the direction of
egress shall be provided.
286
7) Except for egress doorways described in Sentence 3.3.2.4.(4), an exit sign conforming to
Sentences (2) to (5) shall be placed over or adjacent to every egress doorway from rooms with an occupant
load of more than 60 in Group A, Division 1 occupancies, dance halls, licensed beverage establishments,
and other similar occupancies that, when occupied, have lighting levels below that which would provide
easy identification of the egress doorway.
3.4.5.2. Exit Signs with Tactile Information
1) An exit sign displaying the word "EXIT" in tactile form that complies with Subsection 3.8.3. shall
be mounted on the approach side of exit doors described in Sentence 3.4.5.1.(1), in the direction of travel
to the exit.
3.4.5.3. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
1) In a building more than 2 storeys in building height, any part of an exit ramp or stairway that
continues up or down past the lowest exit level shall have a posted sign clearly indicating that it does not
lead to an exit.
3.4.6. Types of Exit Facilities
(See Note A-3.4.6.)
3.4.6.1. Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs
1) The surfaces of ramps, and landings and treads
a) shall have a finish that is slip resistant, and
b) if accessible to the public, shall have either a colour contrast or a distinctive pattern, readily
visible from both directions of travel, to demarcate the leading edge of the tread and the leading edge of
the landing, as well as the beginning and end of a ramp.
2) Treads and landings of exterior exit stairs more than 10 m high shall be designed to be free of ice
and snow accumulations.
3.4.6.2. Minimum Number of Risers
1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.3.2.15.(1), every flight of interior stairs shall have not less than 3
risers.
3.4.6.3. Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required Landings
1) No flight of stairs shall have a vertical rise of more than 3.7 m between floors or landings, except
that a flight of stairs serving as an exit in a Group B, Division 2 occupancy shall have a vertical rise not
more than 2.4 m between floors or landings.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a landing shall be provided
a) at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs,
b) at the top and bottom of every section of ramp,
c) where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
d) where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
e) where a stair opens onto a ramp.
3) A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided there is no gate,
door or fixed obstruction within the lesser of
a) the width of the stair or ramp, or
287
b) 1 100 mm.
3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings
(See Note A-3.4.6.4.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a landing shall be at least as wide and as long as the width of
the stairway in which it occurs.
2) In a straight stairway and in a stairway that turns less than 90°, the length of the landing need not
be more than the lesser of
a) the required width of stair, or
b) 1 100 mm.
3) The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosing of adjacent steps, at a
distance equal to half the length required in Sentence (2), from the narrow edge of the landing.
4) Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through a side wall, there shall be a level area
extending across the full width of the ramp, and for a distance of 300 mm on either side of the wall
opening, except one side if it abuts on an end wall.
5) Where a doorway or stairway empties onto a ramp through an end wall, there shall be a level area
extending across the full width of the ramp and along its length for not less than 900 mm.
3.4.6.5. Handrails
1) One handrail shall be provided on stairs that are less than 1 100 mm in width.
2) One handrail shall be provided on each side of
a) stairs that are 1 100 mm or more in width,
b) curved flights of any width, and
c) ramps.
3) In addition to Sentence (2), intermediate handrails shall be provided so that
a) a handrail is reachable within 750 mm of all portions of the required exit width,
b) at least one portion of the stair or ramp between two handrails is the minimum width required for
stairways or ramps (see Sentences 3.4.3.2.(8) and 3.4.3.3.(4)), and
c) all other portions of the stair or ramp between two handrails have a clear width of 510 mm or
more.
4) Where a stair or ramp is wider than its required exit width, handrails shall be located along the
most direct path of travel. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(4).)
5) Handrails shall be continuously graspable along their entire length, be free of any sharp or
abrasive elements, and have
a) a circular cross-section with an outside diameter not less than 30 mm and not more than 50 mm,
or
b) a non-circular cross-section with a perimeter not less than 100 mm and not more than 160 mm
and whose largest cross-sectional dimension is not more than 57 mm.
6) The height of handrails on stairs, on aisles with steps and on ramps shall be measured vertically
from the top of the handrail to
288
a) a straight line drawn tangent to the tread nosings of the stair or aisle step served by the handrail
(see Note A-9.8.7.4.), or
b) the surface of the ramp, floor or landing served by the handrail.
7) Except as provided in Sentence (8) and Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(e), the height of handrails on stairs, on
aisles with steps and on ramps shall be
a) not less than 865 mm, and
b) not more than 1 070 mm.
8) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with Sentence (7).
9) Required handrails shall be continuously graspable throughout the length of
a) a ramp, and
b) a flight of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser.
(See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
10) Except where interrupted by doorways, at least one handrail shall be continuous throughout the
length of a stairway or ramp, including at landings.
11) Handrails shall be terminated in a manner that will not obstruct pedestrian travel or create a
hazard. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11)).
12) At least one handrail at the side of a stairway or ramp shall extend horizontally not less than
300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the stairway or ramp.
13) The clearance between a handrail and any surface behind it shall be not less than
a) 50 mm, or
b) 60 mm if the surface behind the handrail is rough or abrasive.
14) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values
specified in Sentence 4.1.5.14.(7).
15) A ramp shall have handrails on both sides.
3.4.6.6. Guards
1) Every exit shall have a wall or a well-secured guard on each side, where
a) there is a difference in elevation of more than 600 mm between the walking surface and the
adjacent surface, or
b) the adjacent surface within 1.2 m of the walking surface has a slope of more than 1 in 2.
(See Note A-9.8.8.1.)
2) Except as required by Sentence (4), the height of guards for exit stairs and exit ramps as well as
their landings shall be not less than 1 070 mm.
3) The height of guards shall be measured vertically to the top of the guard from
a) a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings, or
b) the surface of the ramp or landing.
4) The height of guards for exterior stairs and landings more than 10 m above adjacent ground level
shall be not less than 1 500 mm measured vertically to the top of the guard from the surface of the landing
or from a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings.
289
5) Except as provided in Sentence 3.3.1.18.(3) and Articles 3.3.4.7. and 3.3.5.10., guards in exits shall
not have any openings that permit the passage of a spherical object whose diameter is more than 100 mm.
6) In a stairway, a window for which the distance measured vertically between the bottom of the
window and a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings is less than 900 mm, or a
window that extends to less than 1 070 mm above the landing, shall
a) be protected by a guard that is
i) located approximately 900 mm above a line drawn through the outside edges of the stair nosings,
or
ii) not less than 1 070 mm high measured to the top of the guard from the surface of the landing, or
b) be fixed in position and designed to resist the lateral design loads specified for guards and walls
in Articles 4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.16.
7) Except for guards conforming to Article 3.3.5.10., guards shall be designed so that no member,
attachment or opening located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the level being protected by the guard
facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)
3.4.6.7. Ramp Slope
(See also Article 3.8.3.5.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and (3) and as provided for aisles in Article 3.3.2.5., ramps shall
have a uniform slope along their length and a maximum slope of 1 in 12.
2) Except as provided in Section 3.8., ramps in industrial occupancies shall have a uniform slope along
their length and a maximum slope of
a) 1 in 6 for interior ramps, and
b) 1 in 10 for exterior ramps.
3) Curb ramps shall be designed in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.4.(1)(b).
3.4.6.8. Treads and Risers
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1) Except as permitted for dwelling units and by Sentence 3.4.7.5.(1) for fire escapes, steps for stairs
shall have a run of not less than 280 mm between successive steps.
2) Steps for stairs referred to in Sentence (1) shall have
a) a rise between successive treads not less than 125 mm and not more than 180 mm, and
b) a riser with either no rakeback or a rakeback of not more than 38 mm, or if nosing is provided, the
underside of the nosing with an angle of not less than 60° from the horizontal.
3) Except as provided in Article 3.3.4.7. and except for fire escape stairs, stairs that are principally
used for maintenance and service, and stairs that serve industrial occupancies other than storage garages,
steps for stairs shall have no open risers.
4) Except in fire escape stairs and where an exterior stair adjoins a walkway as permitted in
Sentence 3.4.6.3.(3), risers, measured as the vertical nosing-to-nosing distance, shall be of uniform height
in any one flight, with a maximum tolerance of
a) 5 mm between adjacent treads or landings, and
b) 10 mm between the tallest and shortest risers in a flight.
5) Except in fire escape stairs, treads shall have a uniform run with a maximum tolerance of
290
a) 5 mm between adjacent treads, and
b) 10 mm between the deepest and shallowest treads in a flight.
6) Treads and risers shall not differ significantly in run and rise in successive flights in any stair
system.
7) The slope of treads or landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.
8) Except as permitted by Sentence (10), the top of the nosing of stair treads shall have a rounded or
beveled edge extending not less than 6 mm and not more than 13 mm measured horizontally from the
front of the nosing.
9) The front edge of stair treads in exits and public access to exits shall be at right angles to the
direction of exit travel.
10) If resilient material is used to cover the nosing of a stair tread, the minimum rounded or beveled
edge required by Sentence (8) is permitted to be reduced to 3 mm.
3.4.6.9. Curved Flights in Exits
1) Exit stair flights shall consist solely of
a) straight flights, or
b) curved flights complying with Sentence (2).
2) A curved flight used as an exit shall have
a) a handrail on each side,
b) a minimum run of 240 mm,
c) a run that conforms to Article 3.4.6.8. when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of
the handrail at the narrow end of the tread, and
d) an inside radius that is not less than twice the stair width.
3) Tapered treads shall have a consistent angle and uniform run and rise dimensions in accordance
with the construction tolerances stipulated in Article 3.4.6.8. when measured at a point 300 mm from the
centre line of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread.
4) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.
3.4.6.10. Horizontal Exits
1) The floor area on each side of a horizontal exit shall be sufficient to accommodate the occupants of
both floor areas, allowing not less than 0.5 m2 of clear floor space per person, except that 1.5 m2 shall be
provided for each person in a wheelchair and 2.5 m2 for each bedridden patient.
2) If vestibules, enclosed balconies or bridges are used as parts of a horizontal exit, their clear width
shall be not less than that of the exit doorways opening into them, except that handrails are not permitted
to project into this clear width more than 100 mm.
3) In a horizontal exit where there is a difference in level between the connected floor areas, slopes not
more than those specified for ramps in Article 3.4.6.7. are permitted to be used.
4) No stairs or steps shall be used in a horizontal exit.
5) If 2 doors are provided in a horizontal exit that comprises a part of the required number of exits
from the floor areas on both sides of the exit
a) the doors shall be mounted adjacent to each other with the door on the right side in the direction
of travel through the horizontal exit swinging in the direction of travel through the horizontal exit, and
291
b) signs shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit to indicate the door that swings in the
direction of travel from that side.
(See Note A-3.4.6.10.(5).)
6) If a horizontal exit utilizes bridges between buildings or outside balconies, the bridges or balconies
shall conform to Article 3.2.3.19.
3.4.6.11. Doors
(See also Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17).)
1) The distance between a stair riser and the leading edge of a door during its swing shall be not less
than 300 mm.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and where doorways are used to confine the spillage of
flammable liquids within a service room or within a room in an industrial occupancy, a threshold for a
doorway in an exit shall be not more than 13 mm higher than the surrounding finished floor surface.
3) Except for doors providing access to ground level as required by Clauses 11.3.8.3.(1)(d) and (e), an
exit door is permitted to open onto not more than one step which shall be not more than 150 mm high
where there is a risk of blockage by ice or snow.
4) Exit doors shall be clearly identifiable. (See Note A-3.4.6.11.(4).)
5) No door leaf in an exit doorway with more than one leaf shall be less than 610 mm wide.
6) Where an exit door leading directly to the outside is subject to being obstructed by parked
vehicles or storage because of its location, a visible sign or a physical barrier prohibiting such
obstructions shall be installed on the exterior side of the door.
3.4.6.12. Direction of Door Swing
1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit and except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3),
and Article 3.4.6.14., every exit door shall
a) open in the direction of exit travel, and
b) swing on its vertical axis.
2) Exit doors need not conform to Sentence (1), where
a) they serve storage garages serving not more than one dwelling unit,
b) they serve accessory buildings serving not more than one dwelling unit,
c) they
i) serve storage suites not more than 28 m2 in area that are on the first storey in warehousing buildings,
and
ii) open directly outdoors at ground level, or
d) they serve individual self-service storage units referred to in Section 3.9.
3) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1), principal entrance doors opening to an acceptable open space
at ground level are not required to swing in the direction of exit travel if
a) the suite is located at ground level,
b) the suite does not serve a Group F, Division 1 occupancy, and
c) the occupant load is not more than 60 persons.
3.4.6.13. Self-closing Devices
292
1) An exit door that is normally required to be kept closed
a) shall be provided with a self-closing mechanism, and
b) shall never be secured in an open position except as permitted by Sentence 3.1.8.14.(1).
3.4.6.14. Sliding Doors
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and 3.4.6.12.(2), an exit door leading directly to outdoors at
ground level is permitted to be a sliding door provided it conforms to Sentence 3.3.1.12.(1).
2) An exit door serving a Group B, Division 1 occupancy, or an impeded egress zone in other
occupancies, is permitted to be a sliding door that does not conform to Sentence 3.3.1.12.(1) provided it is
designed to be released in conformance with Article 3.3.1.13.
3.4.6.15. Revolving Doors
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a revolving door, if used, shall
a) be collapsible,
b) have hinged doors providing equivalent exiting capacity located adjacent to it,
c) be used as an exit from the ground floor level only,
d) not be used at the foot of any stairway, and
e) have all glass in door leaves and enclosure panels conforming to
i) CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing," or
ii) CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass."
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), a revolving door shall not be considered to have an exiting
capacity for more than 45 persons.
3) An electrically powered revolving door is not required to conform to Sentences (1) and (2)
provided
a) the door leaves will collapse and stop automatic rotation of the door system and not obstruct the
doorway if a force not more than that specified in Sentence 3.4.6.16.(2) is applied at the centre of a door
leaf,
b) the door leaves are capable of being opened from inside the building without requiring keys,
special devices, or specialized knowledge of the door opening mechanism,
c) the allowable exiting capacity is based on the clear width of passage through the door enclosure
when the doors are fully collapsed,
d) a permanent sign, whose centre line is between 1 000 mm and 1 500 mm above the floor, is placed
on each face of each door leaf indicating the method for collapsing the door leaf in an emergency, and
e) glass used for door leaves and enclosure panels is safety glazing conforming to
i) CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing," or
ii) CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass."
3.4.6.16. Door Release Hardware
1) Except for devices on doors serving a contained use area or an impeded egress zone designed to be
remotely released in conformance with Article 3.3.1.13., and except as permitted by Sentences (5) and (6)
and Article 3.4.6.17., locking, latching and other fastening devices on a principal entrance door to a
building as well as those on every exit door shall include release hardware complying with
293
Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) to permit the door to be readily opened from the inside with not more than one
releasing operation and without requiring keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the door-
opening mechanism. (See Note A-3.4.6.16.(1).)
2) If a door is equipped with a latching mechanism, a device complying with Sentence (3) shall be
installed on
a) every exit door from a floor area containing an assembly occupancy having an occupant load more
than 100,
b) every door leading to an exit lobby from an exit stair shaft, and every exterior door leading from
an exit stair shaft in a building having an occupant load more than 100, and
c) every exit door from a floor area containing a high-hazard industrial occupancy.
3) The device required in Sentence (2) shall
a) extend across not less than one half of the width of the door,
b) release the latch, and
c) allow the door to swing wide open when a force not more than that specified in
Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8) is applied to the device in the direction of travel to the exit.
4) Except as required by Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8), every exit door shall be designed and installed so that,
when the latch is released, the door will open under a force of not more than 90 N, applied at the knob or
other latch releasing device.
5) Except as permitted in Sentence (8), electromagnetic locks that do not incorporate latches, pins or
other similar devices to keep the door in the closed position are permitted to be installed on doors, other
than those leading directly from a high-hazard industrial occupancy, provided
a) the building is equipped with a fire alarm system,
b) the locking device releases upon actuation of the alarm signal from the building's fire alarm system,
c) the locking device releases immediately upon loss of power controlling the electromagnetic
locking mechanism and its associated auxiliary controls,
d) except for locking devices installed in conformance with Sentence (6), the locking device releases
immediately upon actuation of a manually operated switch readily accessible only to authorized
personnel,
e) except as provided in Clause (l), a force of not more than 90 N applied to the door opening
hardware initiates an irreversible process that will release the locking device within 15 s and not re-lock
until the door has been opened,
f) upon release, the locking device must be reset manually by the actuation of the switch referred to
in Clause (d),
g) a visual information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted on the door
to indicate that the locking device will release within 15 s of applying pressure to the door-opening
hardware,
h) a tactile information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted near the door
to indicate that the locking device will release within 15 s of applying pressure to the door-opening
hardware,
i) the total time delay for all electromagnetic locks in any path of egress to release is not more than
15 s,
294
j) where a bypass switch is installed to allow testing of the fire alarm system, actuation of the switch
i) can prevent the release of the locking device by the fire alarm system, as stated in Clause (b),
during the test, and
ii) causes an audible and visible signal to be indicated at the fire alarm annunciator panel required
by Article 3.2.4.9. and at the monitoring station specified in Sentence 3.2.4.8.(4),
k) emergency lighting complying with Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1) is provided, and
l) where they are installed on doors providing emergency crossover access to floor areas from exit
stairs directly into a public corridor, or publicly accessed floor area acceptable to the Chief Building Official, in
accordance with Article 3.4.6.18.,
i) the locking device releases immediately upon the operation of a manual station for the fire alarm
system located on the wall on the exit stair side not more than 600 mm from the door,
ii) a visual information sign displaying the words "Re-entry door unlocked by fire alarm" that
complies with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted on the door on the exit stair side, and
iii) a tactile information sign displaying the words "Re-entry door unlocked by fire alarm" that
complies with Subsection 3.8.3. is permanently mounted near the door on the exit stair side.
(See Notes A-3.4.6.16.(5) and A-3.3.1.13.(7).)
6) Electromagnetic locks that do not incorporate latches, pins or other similar devices to keep the
door in the closed position are permitted to be installed on doors in Group B, Division 2 and Division 3
occupancies, provided
a) the building is
i) equipped with a fire alarm system, and
ii) sprinklered,
b) the electromagnetic lock releases upon
i) actuation of the alarm signal from the building's fire alarm system,
ii) loss of its power supply and of power to its auxiliary controls,
iii) actuation of a manually operated switch that is readily accessible at a constantly attended
location within the locked space, and
iv) actuation of the manual station installed within 0.5 m of each door and equipped with an
auxiliary contact, which directly releases the electromagnetic lock,
c) upon release, the electromagnetic lock requires manual resetting by actuation of the switch
referred to in Subclause (b)(iii),
d) a visual information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that displays the words "Emergency
exit unlocked by fire alarm" is permanently mounted on the door,
e) a tactile information sign complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that displays the words "Emergency
exit unlocked by fire alarm" is permanently mounted near the door,
f) the operation of any by-pass switch, where provided for testing of the fire alarm system, sets off
an audible signal and a visible signal at the fire alarm annunciator panel and at the monitoring station
referred to in Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and
g) emergency lighting complying with Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1) is provided.
(See Note A-3.4.6.16.(6).)
295
7) Except as provided in Sentence 3.4.6.17.(9), door release hardware for the operation of the doors
referred to in this Section shall be installed between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the finished floor.
8) As an alternative to the requirements of Clauses (e), (f) and (g) in Sentence (5), acceptable door
release hardware for an electromagnetic lock shall be located in close proximity to the egress door and
shall be equipped with
a) a push button together with a motion sensor or a pressure sensitive pad that will immediately
release the locking device,
b) a push button that is
i) directly connected to the electrical circuit that provides power to the locking device, without any
intervening mechanism,
ii) embossed with the word "EXIT" on the activation surface in text with dimensions of no less than
25 mm,
iii) internally illuminated by a permanent LED type light source, and
iv) labeled "DOOR RELEASE" in plain and legible characters, and
c) an electromagnetic lock that
i) will reset automatically, except as provided in (c)(ii),
ii) has an automatic reset feature that is not activated for at least 15 seconds, and
iii) can only be reset by manual means after the activation of the fire alarm system.
(See Note A-3.4.6.16.(8).)
3.4.6.17. Security for Banks and Mercantile Floor Areas
1) If a building is sprinklered throughout, the requirements of Sentence 3.4.6.16.(1) are permitted to be
waived for exit and egress doors complying with Sentences (2) to (9) that serve a floor area or part of a floor
area used exclusively for
a) a bank, or
b) the sale of retail merchandise.
(See Note A-3.4.6.17.(1).)
2) Exit and egress doors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be designed to prevent locking at any time
that the part of the floor area that they serve is open to the public.
3) A sign with the words "This door shall not be locked at any time that the public is present" in
letters not less than 50 mm high shall be permanently affixed to both sides of doors referred to in
Sentence (1).
4) Exit and egress facilities complying with Sentences (5) to (9) shall be incorporated for egress by
persons other than the public from a floor area or a part of a floor area referred to in Sentence (1) during
times when the public is neither present nor being admitted to the area that they serve.
5) In exit and egress facilities referred to in Sentence (4), at least one door at each exit and egress
location shall
a) be operable in conformance with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(1), or
b) be equipped with locks conforming to Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5) that release immediately
i) if an alert signal or alarm signal is initiated in the fire alarm system, or
296
ii) the sprinkler system is actuated.
6) A door referred to in Sentence (5) shall be permanently and distinctly marked to indicate that it is
an emergency exit.
7) Exit and egress facilities required for evacuation of persons other than the public from a floor area
or a part of a floor area referred to in Sentence (1) shall have an aggregate width based on the maximum
number of persons other than the public and determined in accordance with Articles 3.4.3.1. to 3.4.3.3.
8) Travel distance to an exit referred to in Sentence (7) shall not exceed the travel distance
determined in accordance with Subsection 3.4.2.
9) Exit and egress doors serving a floor area or part of a floor area referred to in Sentence (1) are
permitted to be equipped with locks that require keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the
door opening mechanism, provided
a) the doors do not lead into exit stairs,
b) the doors do not lead from exit stairs to the exterior of the building,
c) the doors do not serve any other occupancy,
d) the area served contains at least one telephone
i) that is accessible and in operation at all times,
ii) that is not coin or card operated, and
iii) marked to indicate that it is for emergency use,
e) the area served is illuminated by normal power or by emergency power when the doors are
locked,
f) there are provisions that enable an announcement to be made throughout the area served before
the locks are fastened, and
g) the locks are designed for use during times that the building is not occupied.
3.4.6.18. Emergency Crossover Access to Floor Areas
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), doors providing access to floor areas from exit stairs shall not
have locking devices to prevent entry into any floor area from which the travel distance up or down to an
unlocked door is more than 2 storeys.
2) Doors referred to in Sentence (1) are permitted to be equipped with electromagnetic locks,
provided they open directly into a public corridor, or publicly accessed floor area acceptable to the Chief
Building Official, and comply with Sentences 3.4.6.16.(5) and (6).
3) Doors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be identified by visual and tactile information signs
complying with Subsection 3.8.3. mounted on the stairway side to indicate that they are openable from
that side.
4) Locked doors intended to prevent entry into a floor area from an exit stair shall
a) be identified by visual and tactile information signs complying with Subsection 3.8.3. mounted on
the stairway side to indicate the location of the nearest unlocked door in each direction of travel, and
b) be openable with a master key that fits all locking devices and is kept in a designated location
accessible to firefighters or be provided with a wired glass panel not less than 0.0645 m2 in area and
located not more than 300 mm from the door opening hardware.
297
5) Where access to floor areas through unlocked doors is required by Sentence (1), it shall be possible
for a person entering the floor area to have access through unlocked doors within the floor area to at least
one other exit.
3.4.6.19. Floor Numbering and Identification of Stair Shafts
1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number in both visual and tactile forms in
accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be mounted permanently on the wall on the stair side and on the
floor side at the latch side of doors to exit stair shafts.
2) Upper case letters indicating the designation assigned to each exit stair shaft in both visual and
tactile forms in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be mounted permanently on the wall on the stair
side and on the floor side at the latch side of doors to exit stair shafts.
3.4.7. Fire Escapes
3.4.7.1. Scope
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), fire escapes shall not be erected on a building.
2) If it is impracticable to provide one or more of the exit facilities listed in Article 3.4.1.4., fire
escapes conforming to Articles 3.4.7.2. to 3.4.7.7. are permitted to serve floor areas in an existing building
provided the floor areas served are not more than
a) 2 storeys above ground level in care, treatment or detention occupancies, and
b) 5 storeys above ground level in other occupancies.
3.4.7.2. Fire Escape Construction
1) Fire escapes shall be of metal or concrete, of the stair type extending to ground level, constructed
throughout in a strong substantial manner and securely fixed to the building, except that wooden fire
escapes are permitted to be used on buildings of combustible construction if all posts and brackets are not
less than 89 mm in their least dimension and all other woodwork is not less than 38 mm in its least
dimension.
3.4.7.3. Access to Fire Escapes
1) Access to fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at floor level, except that access from
a dwelling unit is permitted to be through a casement window having an unobstructed opening not less
than 1 100 mm high by 550 mm wide with a sill height of not more than 900 mm above the inside floor.
2) The clear area of a fire escape balcony onto which a door opens, shall be not less than 1 m2.
3.4.7.4. Protection of Fire Escapes
1) If a fire escape serves any storey above the second, openings located in a zone described in
Sentence (2), including access doorways in the exterior walls of the building to which the fire escape is
attached, shall be protected by closures conforming to Subsection 3.1.8.
2) The zone referred to in Sentence (1) extends from any balcony, platform or stairway of a fire
escape to a distance
a) 3 m horizontally,
b) 10 m below, or
c) 1.8 m above.
3.4.7.5. Stairs
298
1) Stairs shall be inclined at an angle of not more than 45° with the horizontal, and their steps shall
have risers not more than 210 mm high and treads not less than 220 mm wide exclusive of nosing.
2) Stairway headroom shall be not less than 1 950 mm plus the height of one riser measured
vertically above the nosing of any tread or platform.
3) The width of a fire escape shall conform to Articles 3.4.3.1. to 3.4.3.3., except that the width is
permitted to be reduced to 550 mm provided the fire escape serves
a) not more than 3 storeys, and
b) not more than 15 persons.
4) If a flight of stairs leading to the ground at the foot of a fire escape is not fixed in position, it shall
be held in the raised position without a latch or locking device, and shall be fitted with a
counterbalancing device that will permit it to be easily and quickly brought into position for use.
3.4.7.6. Guards and Railings
1) The open sides of every platform, balcony and stairway forming part of a fire escape shall be
protected by guards not less than 920 mm high measured vertically above the nosing of any tread or
platform.
2) The top rail of a guard is permitted to serve as a handrail if it is free from obstructions which
could break a handhold.
3) A wall handrail shall be installed if the fire escape is more than 550 mm wide.
4) Unless it can be shown that the size of openings that exceed this limit does not present a hazard,
there shall be no opening that permits the passage of a sphere whose diameter is more than 100 mm
through a guard for a fire escape.
5) Unless it can be shown that the location and size of an opening do not present a hazard, a guard
for a fire escape shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening located between 140 mm
and 900 mm above a platform or the nosing of any tread will facilitate climbing.
3.4.7.7. Landings
1) Platforms for a fire escape shall be provided in conformance with the requirements for stair
landings in Articles 3.4.6.3. and 3.4.6.4.
Section 3.5. Vertical Transportation
3.5.1. General
3.5.1.1. Scope
1) This Section applies to vertical transportation facilities installed in a building, including elevators,
escalators and dumbwaiters.
2) Elevators in a building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall conform to
Articles 3.2.6.4., 3.2.6.5. and 3.2.6.6.
3.5.2. Standards
3.5.2.1. Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters
1) The design, construction, installation and alteration of every elevator, escalator and dumbwaiter
shall conform to the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
(See Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)
299
2) Before being placed in service, every elevator, escalator or dumbwaiter installation, including
safety and control devices, shall be inspected and tested in accordance with the Safety Standards Act and
pursuant regulations.
(See Note A-3.5.2.1.(1).)
3) Passenger elevators shall conform to Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, "Safety Code for
Elevators and Escalators."
3.5.3. Fire Separations
3.5.3.1. Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a vertical service space used as an elevator hoistway shall be
separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
conforming to Table 3.5.3.1. for the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
Table 3.5.3.1.
Fire Separation for Vertical Transportation Space
Forming Part of Articles 3.5.3.1. and 3.5.3.2.
Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation
Required for Floor Assembly
Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of
Vertical Service Space for Elevator
Hoistway
Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of
Vertical Service Space for
Dumbwaiters
less than 45 min
45 min
--
45 min
45 min
45 min
1 h
1 h
45 min
1.5 h
1.5 h
1 h
2 h or more
2 h
1 h
2) Passenger elevators, other than those provided for firefighters in accordance with Article 3.2.6.5.,
are permitted to be located within interconnected floor space without being enclosed in a hoistway
separated from the remainder of the building, provided the elevator machinery is located in a room
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
that required for hoistways by Sentence (1).
3.5.3.2. Vertical Service Spaces for Dumbwaiters
1) A vertical service space containing a dumbwaiter shall be separated from all other portions of each
adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating conforming to Table 3.5.3.1. for the fire-
resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
a) the floor assembly above the storey or
b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
3.5.3.3. Fire Separations for Elevator Machine Rooms
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a room containing elevator machinery shall be separated
from all other parts of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the vertical service space containing the elevator hoistway.
2) A room containing elevator machinery need not be separated from the elevator hoistway that it
serves provided the room and the hoistway are separated from all other parts of the building by a fire
300
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space containing
the elevator hoistway.
3.5.4. Dimensions and Signs
3.5.4.1. Elevator Car Dimensions
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), if one or more elevators are provided in a building, at least one
elevator on each storey with access to an elevator shall have inside dimensions that will accommodate
and provide adequate access for a patient stretcher 2 010 mm long and 610 mm wide in the prone
position. (See Note A-3.5.4.1.(1).)
2) The inside dimensions stipulated in Sentence (1) do not apply to limited-use/limited-application
elevators designed and installed in accordance with ASME A17.1/CSA B44, "Safety Code for Elevators
and Escalators."
3) An elevator satisfying the requirements of Sentence (1) shall be clearly identified on the main
entrance level of the building.
3.5.4.2. Floor Numbering
1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number shall be mounted permanently on both
jambs of passenger elevator hoistway entrances in conformance with Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA
B44, "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators."
Section 3.6. Service Facilities
3.6.1. General
3.6.1.1. Scope
1) The provisions of this Section apply to horizontal service spaces, vertical service spaces, attic or roof
spaces, ducts, crawl spaces, shaft spaces, service rooms, and mechanical penthouses, and facilities contained
therein.
3.6.1.2. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
1) The installation of electrical wiring and electrical equipment shall conform to the requirements of
the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
3.6.1.3. Lightning Protection Systems
1) A lightning protection system, when provided, shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CSA-
B72-M, "Installation Code for Lightning Protection Systems."
3.6.1.4. Storage Use Prohibition
1) Service spaces shall not be designed to facilitate subsequent use as storage space.
3.6.1.5. Appliances Installed outside a Building
1) A fuel-fired appliance installed on the roof of a building or in another location outside the building
shall be installed not less than
a) 1.2 m from a property line, measured horizontally, and
b) 3 m from an adjacent wall of the same building if that wall contains any opening within 3 storeys
above and 5 m horizontally from the appliance, unless every opening within these limits is protected
by
301
i) a closure having a fire-protection rating not less than 45 min determined in accordance with
Article 3.1.8.4., or
ii) a wired glass assembly permitted for use in a vertical fire separation and described in
Article D-2.3.15. of Appendix D.
3.6.2. Service Rooms
3.6.2.1. Fire Separations around Service Rooms
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (8), (9) and (10), fuel-fired appliances shall be installed in
service rooms separated from the remainder of the building by fire separations having a fire-resistance rating
not less than 1 h.
2) Except as required by Sentence (3), a fuel-fired appliance that serves only one room or suite is not
required to be installed in a service room separated from the remainder of the building.
3) A solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be located in a repair garage, a storage garage, or any other
location where it could be exposed to flammable vapours or gases, unless
a) it is enclosed in a service room that is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) it is supplied with combustion air directly from outside the building, and
c) the heat that it generates is supplied indirectly to the space served by means of ducts or piping.
4) A service room containing an incinerator shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a
fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
5) Equipment that uses a liquid having a flash point below 93.3°C shall be installed in a service room
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
1 h.
6) Electrical equipment that is required to be located in a service room according to the Safety
Standards Act and pursuant regulations shall be installed in a service room separated from the remainder
of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
7) Except as permitted by Sentence (8), in a storey that is not sprinklered throughout, a service room
that contains service equipment other than that addressed by Sentences (1) to (6) shall be separated from
the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
8) Where a service room contains a limited quantity of service equipment, and the service equipment
neither constitutes a fire hazard nor is essential to the operation of fire safety systems in the building, the
requirements for a fire separation shall not apply.
9) A fire separation is not required between a fireplace and the space it serves.
10) A fire separation is not required between a rooftop appliance and the building it serves.
3.6.2.2. Service Rooms under Exits
1) A service room containing service equipment subject to possible explosion, such as boilers
operating in excess of 100 kPa (gauge) and some types of refrigerating machinery and transformers, shall
not be located directly under a required exit.
3.6.2.3. Service Equipment
1) A service room containing space heating, space cooling and service water heating appliances is
permitted to contain other service equipment such as electrical service equipment.
3.6.2.4. Incinerator Rooms
302
1) A service room containing an incinerator shall not contain other fuel-fired appliances.
3.6.2.5. Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling
1) Except as required by Sentence 3.6.3.3.(9), a room for the temporary storage of combustible refuse
and materials for recycling shall be
a) separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less
than 1 h, except that a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min is permitted
where the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly is not required to exceed 45 min, and
b) sprinklered.
(See Note A-3.6.2.5.(1).)
3.6.2.6. Door Swing for Service Rooms
1) A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or incinerator shall swing outward from
the room, except that the door shall swing inward if the door opens onto a corridor or any room used for
an assembly occupancy. (See also Sentence 3.4.4.4.(7).)
3.6.2.7. Electrical Equipment Vaults
1) An electrical equipment vault required by the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations
shall conform to Sentences (2) to (8).
2) An electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be separated from the remainder of
the building by a fire separation of solid masonry or concrete construction having a fire-resistance rating not
less than
a) 3 h if the vault is not protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system, or
b) 2 h if the vault is protected by an automatic fire extinguishing system.
3) If a building is sprinklered throughout, an electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1)
need not be sprinklered provided
a) the vault is designed for no purpose other than to contain the electrical equipment, and
b) the vault contains a smoke detector which will actuate the building fire alarm system in the event of
a fire in the vault.
4) Only pipes or ducts necessary for fire protection or the proper operation of the electrical
installation shall penetrate the fire separation referred to in Sentence (2).
5) Explosion-relief devices and vents or other protective measures conforming to
Sentence 3.3.1.21.(3) shall be provided for an electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) that
contains dielectric-liquid-filled electrical equipment. (See Note A-3.6.2.7.(5).)
6) An electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be provided with a ventilation
system designed in conformance with Part 6 to prevent the ambient temperature in the vault from
exceeding 40°C.
7) The ventilation system required by Sentence (6) shall be separate from the system for the
remainder of the building and shall be designed so that it is automatically shut off in the event of a fire in
the vault.
8) The floor of an electrical equipment vault referred to in Sentence (1) shall be liquid tight and
surrounded by liquid tight walls and sills of sufficient height to confine within the vault all of the liquid
from the largest item of electrical equipment, but to a height of not less than 100 mm.
9) Electrical equipment vaults shall be secured against unauthorized entry.
303
3.6.2.8. Emergency Power Installations
1) Where a generator intended to supply emergency power for lighting, fire safety and life safety
systems is located in a building, except where such building is used solely for the purpose of housing the
generator and its ancillary equipment, it shall be located in a room that
a) is separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not
less than 2 h, and
b) contains only the generating set and equipment related to the emergency power supply system.
3.6.3. Vertical Service Spaces and Service Facilities
3.6.3.1. Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
1) Except as provided in Articles 3.6.3.3. and 3.6.3.5. and Section 3.5., a vertical service space shall be
separated from all other portions of each adjacent storey by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating
conforming to Table 3.6.3.1. for the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. for
a) the floor assembly above the storey, or
b) the floor assembly below the storey, if there is no floor assembly above.
(See Note A-3.6.3.1.(1).)
Table 3.6.3.1.
Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
Forming Part of Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1)
Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire Separation Required for Floor
Assembly
Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating of Vertical Service Space
less than 45 min
--
45 min
45 min
1 h
45 min
1.5 h
1 h
2 h or more
1 h
2) A vertical service space that does not extend through the roof of a building shall be enclosed at the
top with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space
walls.
3) A vertical service space that does not extend to the bottom of a building shall be enclosed at the
lowest level with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical
service space walls.
4) A vent from a vertical service space not extending to the roof shall be enclosed within the building
with construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the vertical service space
walls.
5) Only openings that are necessary for the use of the vertical service space shall be permitted through
a vertical service space enclosure.
3.6.3.2. Foamed Plastic Protection
1) Foamed plastic insulation in a vertical service space shall be protected in conformance with
Article 3.1.5.15.
3.6.3.3. Linen and Refuse Chutes
304
1) A linen chute or refuse chute shall
a) be impervious to moisture,
b) have a smooth internal surface,
c) be corrosion-resistant,
d) be constructed of noncombustible material, and
e) be located in a shaft in which there are no services other than noncombustible drain, waste and vent
piping or noncombustible water piping.
2) A shaft containing a linen chute or refuse chute shall have a fire-resistance rating conforming to
Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1), but not less than
a) 1 h if the chute outlet for the discharge room is protected by an automatic, self-latching closure
held open by a fusible link, or
b) 2 h if no closure is provided at the chute outlet into the discharge room.
3) An interior linen chute or refuse chute shall extend not less than 1 m above the roof and shall be
vented above the roof with a vent which
a) has an unobstructed area not less than the cross-sectional area of the chute, and
b) is equipped with a cover that will open automatically, or that can be opened manually, in the
event of a fire in the chute.
4) Intake openings for a linen chute or a refuse chute shall
a) have an area not more than 60% of the cross-sectional area of the chute, and
b) be fitted with closures designed to close automatically and latch after use.
5) Intake openings for a linen chute or a refuse chute shall be located in rooms or compartments that
a) have no dimension less than 750 mm,
b) are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not
less than 45 min,
c) are designed for no other purpose, and
d) do not open directly into an exit.
6) Sprinklers shall be installed at the top of each linen chute or refuse chute, at alternate floor levels
and in the room or bin into which the chute discharges.
7) The room into which a linen chute discharges shall be separated from the remainder of the
building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h.
8) A refuse chute shall be equipped at the top with spray equipment for washing-down purposes.
9) A refuse chute shall discharge only into a room or bin separated from the remainder of the
building by a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
10) The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be of sufficient size to contain the
refuse between normal intervals of emptying, be impervious to moisture and be equipped with a water
connection and floor drain for washing-down purposes.
11) A room into which a refuse chute discharges shall contain no service equipment that is not
related to refuse handling and disposal.
3.6.3.4. Exhaust Duct Negative Pressure
305
1) If a vertical service space contains an exhaust duct that serves more than one fire compartment,
a) the duct shall have a fan located at or near the exhaust outlet to ensure that the duct is under
negative pressure, and
b) the individual fire compartments shall not have individual fans that exhaust directly into the duct
in the vertical service space.
3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures
(See Note A-3.6.3.5.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), fire separations enclosing grease ducts for commercial cooking
operations shall conform to NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of
Commercial Cooking Operations."
2) The fire-resistance rating of field-applied and factory-built grease duct enclosure assemblies shall
be determined in conformance with CAN/ULC-S144, "Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test - Grease
Duct Assemblies."
3.6.4. Horizontal Service Spaces and Service
Facilities
3.6.4.1. Scope
1) This Subsection applies to horizontal service spaces and service facilities, including ceiling spaces,
duct spaces, crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces.
3.6.4.2. Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces
1) Except as provided in Article 3.6.3.5., a horizontal service space that penetrates a required vertical
fire separation shall be separated from the remainder of the building it serves in conformance with
Sentence (2).
2) If a horizontal service space or other concealed space is located above a required vertical fire
separation other than a vertical shaft, this space need not be divided at the fire separation as required by
Article 3.1.8.3. provided the construction between this space and the space below is a fire separation with a
fire-resistance rating equivalent to that required for the vertical fire separation, except that the fire-resistance
rating is permitted to be not less than 30 min if the vertical fire separation is not required to have a fire-
resistance rating more than 45 min. (See Note A-3.6.4.2.(2).)
3.6.4.3. Plenum Requirements
1) A concealed space used as a plenum within a floor assembly or within a roof assembly need not
conform to Sentence 3.1.5.18.(1) and Article 3.6.5.1., provided
a) all materials within the concealed space have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 and a smoke
developed classification not more than 50, except for
i) tubing for pneumatic controls,
ii) optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables with combustible insulation, jackets or
sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data and conform to
Sentences 3.1.4.3.(2) and 3.1.5.21.(2), and
iii) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways with an FT6 rating, when tested in accordance with
Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(a), in buildings required to be of noncombustible construction or in buildings or
parts of buildings permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, and
iv) Deleted
306
b) the supports for the ceiling membrane are of noncombustible material having a melting point not
below 760°C.
2) If a concealed space referred to in Sentence (1) is used as a return-air plenum and incorporates a
ceiling membrane that forms part of the required fire-resistance rating of the assembly, every opening
through the membrane shall be protected by a fire stop flap that
a) stops the flow of air into the concealed space in the event of a fire,
b) is supported in a manner that will maintain the integrity of the ceiling membrane for the duration
of time required to provide the required fire-resistance rating,
c) conforms to CAN/ULC-S112.2, "Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap
Assemblies," and
d) activates at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum temperature that
occurs in the return-air plenum, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down.
3) Notwithstanding Sentence (1), all optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables installed in a
concealed space used as a plenum shall:
a) have a flame spread of no more than 1.5 m, a smoke density of not more than 0.5 at peak optical
density and a smoke density not more than 0.15 at average optical density when tested in
conformance with the Horizontal Flame and Smoke Test referenced in Clause 4.11.6. of CAN/CSA
C22.2 No. 0.3, "Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables" (FT6 Rating),
b) be located in totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (See Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i).), or
c) be located in totally enclosed nonmetallic raceway conforming to Article 3.1.5.23.
4) Notwithstanding Clause (3)(a), minor components of wiring systems such as communication
conductors no more than 9 m in length, including the drop down to floor level, that exhibit a vertical char
of no more than 1.5 m when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test - Cables in Cable trough
in Clause 4.11.4. of the CAN/CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, "Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables" (FT4
Rating), may be installed in a concealed space used as a plenum.
3.6.4.4. Attic or Roof Space Access
1) An attic or roof space more than 600 mm high shall be provided with access from the floor
immediately below by a hatchway not less than 550 mm by 900 mm or by a stairway.
3.6.4.5. Horizontal Service Space Access
1) A horizontal service space, consisting of ceiling and duct spaces, which is more than 1 200 mm high
and 600 mm wide shall have inspection doors not less than 300 mm in both horizontal and vertical
dimensions placed so that the entire interior of the duct or space can be viewed.
3.6.4.6. Crawl Space Access
1) A crawl space shall have at least one access opening not less than 550 mm by 900 mm.
3.6.5. Air Duct and Plenum Systems
3.6.5.1. Duct Materials
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts, duct connectors,
associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be constructed of steel, aluminum alloy,
copper, clay or other noncombustible material.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), ducts, associated fittings and plenums are permitted to
contain combustible material provided they
307
a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, "Standard
Methods of Test for Air Ducts,"
b) conform to Article 3.1.5.18. in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a
building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
c) conform to Subsection 3.1.9.,
d) are used only in horizontal runs in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a
building or part of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction,
e) are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys in a building permitted to be of combustible
construction, and
f) are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature could be more than 120°C.
3) Combustible ducts which are part of a duct system conveying only ventilation air and are
contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) and (2).
4) Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating not more than 25 and a smoke developed
classification not more than 50.
5) Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between ducts and air outlet
units shall
a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110,
"Standard Methods of Test for Air Ducts,"
b) be not more than 4 m long,
c) be used only in horizontal runs, and
d) not penetrate a required fire separation.
3.6.5.2. Vibration Isolation Connectors
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), vibration isolation connectors in air duct systems shall be
noncombustible.
2) Combustible fabric vibration isolation connectors are permitted provided they
a) are not more than 250 mm long,
b) comply with the flame-resistance requirements of CAN/ULC-S109, "Standard Method for Flame
Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films," and
c) are not used in a location where they are exposed to heated air or radiation from heat sources that
could cause the exposed surface temperature to be more than 120°C.
3.6.5.3. Tape
1) Tape used to seal joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall meet the
flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109, "Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-
Resistant Fabrics and Films."
3.6.5.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation for air ducts, plenums and other parts
of air duct systems that would have an exposed surface temperature more than 120°C when exposed to
heated air or radiation from heat sources shall be of noncombustible material.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), combustible coverings and linings, including associated
adhesives and insulation, shall have
308
a) a flame-spread rating not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be
exposed by cutting through the material in any direction, and
b) a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
3) The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used within an assembly
of combustible construction is permitted to have
a) an exposed surface flame-spread rating not more than 75, and
b) a smoke developed classification not more than 50.
4) Combustible coverings and linings referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall not flame, glow,
smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with the method of test in ASTM C411, "Standard
Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation," at the maximum
temperature to which the coverings and linings are to be exposed in service.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), foamed plastic insulation shall not be used as part of an air
duct system or for insulating an air duct.
6) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be installed in a ceiling space that is used as a return air
plenum provided the foamed plastic insulation is protected from exposure to the plenum in accordance
with Article 3.1.5.15.
7) Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives and insulation, shall be
interrupted where the duct penetrates a fire separation and at the immediate area of operation of heat
sources in a duct system, including electric resistance heaters or fuel-burning heaters or furnaces.
3.6.5.5. Insulation and Coverings
1) Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds 120°C shall
a) be made of noncombustible material, or
b) not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C411, "Standard
Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation," at the
maximum temperature to which the insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where combustible insulation is used on piping in a horizontal
service space or a vertical service space, the insulation and coverings on that piping shall have a flame-spread
rating, on any exposed surface and on any surface that would be exposed by cutting through the material
in any direction,
a) not more than 25 in a building required to be of noncombustible construction or in a building or part
of a building permitted to be of encapsulated mass timber construction, or
b) not more than 75 in a building permitted to be of combustible construction.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), insulation and coverings on piping located in rooms and
spaces other than the service spaces described in Sentence (2) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than
that required for the interior finish of the ceiling of the room or space.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), combustible insulation and covering used on piping in a
building within the scope of Subsection 3.2.6. shall have a smoke developed classification not more than
100.
5) No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limits are required for combustible
insulation and coverings used on piping located within a
a) concealed space in a wall,
309
b) floor slab, or
c) noncombustible enclosure.
3.6.5.6. Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
1) The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the requirements of
the appropriate standards referenced in Sentence 6.2.1.5.(1).
2) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is not more than 75 mm, the
clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 450 mm from the plenum, and
b) 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum, except that this clearance is
permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the
remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
(See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)
3) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than 75 mm but not more
than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm from the plenum, and
b) 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except that this distance is
permitted to be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the
remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
(See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)
4) If the plenum clearance required in accordance with Sentence (1) is more than 150 mm, the
clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be not less than
a) the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 000 mm from the plenum,
b) 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 000 mm and 1 800 mm from the plenum, and
c) 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1 800 mm or more from the plenum, except that this distance is
permitted to be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the
remainder of the supply duct from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger.
(See Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)
5) If a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a double-walled register box
with not less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box with the warm-air passage completely
surrounded by the cold-air passage, shall be permitted instead of the clearances listed in Sentences (2)
to (4).
3.6.5.7. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
1) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for supply, return, and exhaust-air openings in
rooms shall conform to the flame-spread rating and smoke developed classification requirements for the
interior finish of the surface on which they are installed.
3.6.5.8. Return-Air System
1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), return ducts shall be constructed of material having a
flame-spread rating not more than 150.
2) If any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace heat exchanger or other
radiating part within the furnace, that part of a return duct directly above or within 600 mm of the outside
furnace casing shall be noncombustible.
310
3) Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
4) Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material
a) below floor registers,
b) at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
c) under furnaces having a bottom return.
3.6.5.9. Location of Exhaust Vents in a Building Containing not more than Two
Principal Dwelling Units
1) Exhaust vents serving heating and air conditioning equipment and similar appliances, other than
direct vented fireplaces, shall be directed
a) vertically through the roof of a building, with the discharge located at least 1.5 m away from any
property line, or
b) horizontally through an exterior wall which faces a street, with the discharge located at least 3 m
away from any property line.
Section 3.7. Health Requirements
3.7.1. Height of Rooms
3.7.1.1. Room and Space Height
1) The height of every room and space shall be sufficient so that the ceiling or ceiling fixtures do not
obstruct movement or activities below.
2) The unobstructed height in dwelling units shall conform to Subsection 9.5.3.
3.7.2. Plumbing Facilities
3.7.2.1. Plumbing and Drainage Systems
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), for the purpose of this Subsection, the occupant load shall be
determined in accordance with Subsection 3.1.17.
2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the occupant load for floor areas that are classified as an
industrial occupancy is permitted to be based solely on the total number of staff for which the floor area is
designed, where the floor area is only intermittently occupied or where the presence of occupants is
transitory. (See Note A-3.7.2.1.(2).)
3) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), if the installation of a sanitary drainage system is not possible
because of the absence of a water supply, sanitary privies, chemical closets or other means for the
disposal of human waste shall be provided.
4) Waterless urinals are permitted to be used in buildings provided with a water supply.
3.7.2.2. Water Closets
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and 3.7.2.9., water closets shall be provided for each sex
assuming that the occupant load is equally divided between males and females, unless the proportion of
each sex expected in the building can be determined with reasonable accuracy.
2) Both sexes are permitted to be served by a single water closet if the occupant load in an occupancy
referred to in Sentence (4), (8), (10), (11), (12) or (14) is not more than 25.
311
3) Urinals are permitted to be substituted for two thirds of the number of water closets required by
this Article for males, except that if only 2 water closets are required for males, one urinal is permitted to
be substituted for one of the water closets.
4) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (5), (6), (15) and (16) the number of water closets required
for assembly occupancies shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-A.
Table 3.7.2.2.-A
Water Closets for an Assembly Occupancy
Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(4)
Number of Persons of Each Sex
Minimum Number of Water Closets
Male
Female
1 - 25
1
1
26 - 50
1
2
51 - 75
2
3
76 - 100
2
4
101 - 125
3
5
126 - 150
3
6
151 - 175
4
7
176 - 200
4
8
201 - 250
5
9
251 - 300
5
10
301 - 350
6
11
351 - 400
6
12
Over 400
7, plus 1 for each additional increment of
200 males in excess of 400
13, plus 1 for each additional increment of
100 females in excess of 400
5) The number of water closets required for primary schools and daycare facilities, including
daycare facilities for children shall be at least one for each 30 males and one for each 25 females.
6) The number of water closets required for places of worship and undertaking premises shall be at
least one for each 150 persons of each sex.
7) The number of water closets required for a treatment or detention occupancy shall be determined on
the basis of the special needs of the occupancy.
8) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (5), the number of water closets required for a care or
residential occupancy shall be at least one for each 10 persons of each sex.
9) At least one water closet shall be provided for each dwelling unit.
10) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and (15), the number of water closets required for a business
and personal services occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-B.
Table 3.7.2.2.-B
Water Closets for a Business and Personal Services Occupancy
Forming Part of Sentences 3.7.2.2.(10) and (14)
Number of Persons of Each Sex
Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
312
1 - 25
1
26 - 50
2
Over 50
3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 50 persons of each sex in
excess of 50
11) Except as permitted by Sentences (2), (14), and (15), the number of water closets required for a
mercantile occupancy shall be at least one for each 300 males and one for each 150 females.
12) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and (15), the number of water closets required for an
industrial occupancy shall conform to Table 3.7.2.2.-C.
Table 3.7.2.2.-C
Water Closets for an Industrial Occupancy
Forming Part of Sentence 3.7.2.2.(12)
Number of Persons of Each Sex
Minimum Number of Water Closets for Each Sex
1 - 10
1
11 - 25
2
26 - 50
3
51 - 75
4
76 - 100
5
Over 100
6, plus 1 for each additional increment of 30 persons of each sex in
excess of 100
13) In a building whose floor area is more than 600 m2 and that includes one or more individual tenant
spaces for a business and personal services occupancy or mercantile occupancy, water closets shall be located so
that they are accessible to the public when the building is occupied.
14) The number of water closets required in a suite of mercantile occupancy whose area is not more
than 500 m2 is permitted to be determined in accordance with Table 3.7.2.2.-B based solely on the total
number of staff.
15) Two unisex toilet rooms may serve an assembly occupancy, a business and personal services occupancy,
a mercantile occupancy, or an industrial occupancy provided
a) the suite area of the occupancy is not more than 200 m2,
b) the total occupant load of the occupancy is no more than 60 persons,
c) each toilet room is fitted out with one water closet and one lavatory, and
d) at least one of the toilet rooms complies with the requirements of Article 3.8.3.13.
16) Three unisex toilet rooms are permitted to serve 61 to 100 persons in an assembly occupancy
provided
a) each toilet room is fitted out with one water closet and one lavatory, and
b) at least one of the unisex toilet rooms complies with the requirements of Article 3.8.3.13.
3.7.2.3. Lavatories
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), at least one lavatory shall be provided in a room containing
one or 2 water closets or urinals, and at least one additional lavatory shall be provided for each additional
2 water closets or urinals.
313
2) Wash fountains in circular form are permitted to be provided in lieu of lavatories required by
Sentence (1) provided each 500 mm of circumference is considered to be the equivalent of one lavatory.
3) Any shelf or projection above a lavatory shall be located so that it will not be a hazard.
4) Lavatories required by Sentence (1) shall be equipped with faucets that
a) operate automatically, or
b) have a manual control that
i) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
ii) does not require the application of continuous force to maintain water flow, and
iii) where metered, provides at least 10 s of water flow.
3.7.2.4. Safety Glazing
1) Glazing used for a shower or bathtub enclosure shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1,
"Safety Glazing."
3.7.2.5. Surface Protection
1) Wall and floor surfaces below the uppermost surfaces of a urinal shall be protected from
deterioration by impervious and durable material for a distance from the urinal to a point not less than
900 mm from the projected outline of the urinal on to the wall or floor.
2) Floor surfaces around a water closet shall be protected from deterioration by an impervious and
durable material for a distance not less than 900 mm from the projected outline of the water closet on the
floor.
3.7.2.6. Floor Drain
1) A floor drain shall be installed in a washroom containing a urinal equipped with an automatic
flushing device.
3.7.2.7. Grab Bars
1) Grab bars shall
a) be slip-resistant and free of any sharp or abrasive elements,
b) be mounted on surfaces that are free of any sharp or abrasive elements,
c) be able to resist a load of not less than 1.3 kN applied vertically or horizontally,
d) be 30 mm to 40 mm in diameter, and
e) where mounted on a wall, have a clearance of 35 mm to 45 mm from the wall.
3.7.2.8. Bathtubs and Showers
1) Where a bathtub is installed in a hotel or a motel, it shall
a) have a clear floor space at least 750 mm wide along its length, except that a water closet and a
lavatory are permitted to project into this space provided they do not restrict access to the bathtub,
b) have faucets and other controls that conform to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
c) have a slip-resistant bottom surface,
d) have grab bars that
i) conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
314
ii) are not less than 1 200 mm long located vertically at the end of the bathtub that is adjacent to the
clear floor space, with the lower end between 180 mm and 280 mm above the bathtub rim, and
iii) are not less than 1 200 mm long located horizontally along the length of the bathtub at 180 mm to
280 mm above the bathtub rim, and
e) be capable of being accessed along its full length with no tracks mounted on the bathtub rim.
2) A shower door that swings on a vertical axis shall be capable of opening outwards from a shower
stall forming part of a site constructed fixture.
3.7.2.9. Gender Neutral Washroom Requirements
(See Note A-3.7.2.9.)
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), a building or non-residential suite with an occupant load
exceeding 200 persons, at least one gender neutral washroom facility complying with Sentences (2)
through (6) shall be provided for the building or suite, providing at least one accessible water closet, plus
one additional water closet for each additional increment of 100 persons after the first 200 persons. (See
Note A-3.7.2.9.(1) ).
2) Waterclosets required by Article 3.7.2.2. may be substituted with individual toilet stalls in gender
neutral washroom facilities that
a) have partition walls and doors that are full height with a minimum height of 2000 mm (6'-7") and
clear space above of at least 50 mm,
b) have a locking devices equipped with
i) display mechanisms to indicates on the outside of the stall door if the stall is occupied, and
ii) means to enable the lock to be released from the outside in an emergency, and
c) have a duress alarm in the common area and within each stall in facilities intended for the use of
the public.
3) The entrance serving the gender neutral washroom facilities shall have
a) no door, or
b) fully or partially glazed doors with an open transom or louvered grill.
4) A gender neutral washroom shall
a) provide a minimum 42" zone of circulation space in front of the sink area,
b) be provided with a minimum lighting level of 200 lx at the floor, and
c) be provided with appropriate signage identifying the washroom.
5) Individual self-contained washroom facilities provided with a water closet, lavatory, shelf and
mirror may be substituted for gender neutral washroom stalls that would otherwise be required by
Sentence (1) on an equal basis.
6) At least one stall or a self-contained washroom facility in a gender neutral washroom provided in
accordance with this Article shall be designed to be accessible in conformance with Article 3.8.3.12. or
3.8.3.13. as applicable.
3.7.3. Medical Gas Piping Systems
3.7.3.1. Medical Gas Piping
315
1) If a non-flammable medical gas piping system is installed, it shall be installed in conformance
with
a) CSA Z7396.1, "Medical gas pipeline systems - Part 1: Pipelines for medical gases, medical
vacuum, medical support gases, and anaesthetic gas scavenging systems," and
b) Part 3 of Division B of the Fire By-law.
Section 3.8. Accessibility
(See Note A-3.8.)
3.8.1. Scope
3.8.1.1. Scope
1) This Section is concerned with the design and construction of buildings and occupancies to make
them accessible.
2) Buildings and facilities required to be accessible in accordance with Subsection 3.8.2. shall be
designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.
3) Alterations and additions to existing buildings shall be provided to the extent required in Division
B, Part 11.
4) Dwelling units required to be adaptable dwelling units shall be designed in accordance with
Subsection 3.8.5.
3.8.2. Application
3.8.2.1. Exceptions
(See Note A-3.8.2.1.)
1) Except as required by Sentence (2), the requirements of this Section apply to all buildings except
a) detached houses, semi-detached houses, duplexes, triplexes, townhouses, row housing, and
boarding houses (see Note A-1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A, Secondary Suite),
b) buildings of Group F, Division 1 major occupancy, and
c) buildings that are not intended to be occupied on a daily or full-time basis, including automatic
telephone exchanges, pumphouses and substations.
2) Adaptable dwelling units shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.5.
3.8.2.2. Entrances
(See Note A-3.8.2.2.)
1) Except for service entrances and entrances to suites described in Clause 3.8.2.3.(2)(l), all pedestrian
entrances to an accessible storey of a building referred to in Sentence 3.8.2.1.(1) shall be accessible and shall
connect to an accessible exterior path of travel complying with Sentence 3.8.2.5.(1).
2) An accessible entrance required by Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with
Subsection 3.8.3.
3) At an accessible entrance that includes more than one doorway, only one of the doorways is
required to be designed in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3.
4) If a walkway or pedestrian bridge connects two accessible storeys in different buildings, the path of
travel from one storey to the other storey by means of the walkway or bridge shall be accessible.
316
3.8.2.3. Areas Requiring Access
(See Note A-3.8.2.3.)
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), an accessible path of travel from the entrances required by
Sentence 3.8.2.2.(1) to be accessible shall be provided throughout the entrance storey and within all other
normally occupied areas of buildings. (See Article 11.3.8.1. for additional requirements regarding floor
areas which an accessible path of travel is required.)
2) Access is not required
a) to service rooms,
b) to elevator machine rooms,
c) to janitors' rooms,
d) to service spaces,
e) to crawl spaces,
f) to attic or roof spaces,
g) to the floor level above or below the entrance level in suites with more than one level, provided
the floor level above or below (see Note A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g))
i) is not served by a ramp, a passenger elevator, a platform-equipped passenger-elevating device, an
escalator or an inclined moving walk,
ii) is less than 600 m2 in floor area,
iii) contains only facilities that are also contained on the entrance level, and
iv) does not contain an assembly occupancy more than 100 m2 in floor area,
h) within a parking level with no accessible parking spaces,
i) within high-hazard industrial occupancies,
j) within portions of a floor area with fixed seats in an assembly occupancy where those portions are
not part of the accessible path of travel to spaces designated for wheelchair use,
k) within floor levels of a suite of residential occupancy that are not at the same level as the entry level
to the suite,
l) within a suite of residential occupancy that has not been designated by this By-law or an authority
having jurisdiction to be accessible or designed and constructed as an adaptable dwelling unit, or
m) in a building of residential occupancy that is not more than two storeys that contains multiple
dwelling units and common interior space served by a common building entrance, on a floor level that
i) is not served by a ramp, passenger elevator, a platform-equipped passenger-elevating device, an
escalator or an inclined moving walk,
ii) is less than 600 m2 in floor area,
iii) is not a building entrance level, and
iv) does not contain common facilities that are not also provided on an accessible level.
3) In an assembly occupancy, the number of spaces designated for wheelchair use within rooms or
areas with fixed seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See also Article 3.8.3.22. for additional
requirements.)
317
4) The number of spaces designated for wheelchair use within waiting rooms or areas with fixed
seats shall conform to Table 3.8.2.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(4).) (See also Article 3.8.3.22. for additional
requirements.)
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), in an assembly occupancy with more than 25 fixed seats, each
row of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located
adjacent to one of the aisles. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
6) At least 5% of the adaptable seats required by Sentence (5) but no more than 20 adaptable seats
shall adjoin an accessible path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
Table 3.8.2.3.
Designated Wheelchair Spaces
Forming Part of Sentences 3.8.2.3.(3) and (4)
Number of Fixed Seats in Seating Area
Number of Spaces Required for Wheelchairs
2 - 99
2
100 - 499
3, plus 1 for each additional increment of 70 seats in excess of 100
500 - 1 999
9, plus 1 for each additional increment of 80 seats in excess of 500
2 000 - 7 999
28, plus 1 for each additional increment of 95 seats in excess of 2
000
Over 7 999
91, plus 1 for each additional increment of 100 seats in excess of 8
000
3.8.2.4. Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks
1) In a building in which a ramp, escalator or inclined moving walk provides access to any floor
level, an interior accessible path of travel shall also be provided to that floor level. (See Note A-3.8.2.4.(1).)
2) The route from the ramp, escalator or inclined moving walk to the accessible path of travel that
leads from floor to floor as required by Sentence (1) shall be clearly indicated by appropriate signs.
3.8.2.5. Paths of Travel to Building Entrances and Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
(See Note A-3.8.2.5.)
1) A direct exterior accessible path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided
between an accessible entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2. and
a) a designated accessible parking area, where provided,
b) an exterior passenger-loading zone, where provided,
c) common ancillary buildings on the lot, and
d) a public thoroughfare.(See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)
2) In storage garages, an accessible path of travel that complies with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided
between each parking level with parking spaces designated for persons with disabilities and all other parts
of the building required to be provided with access in accordance with Subsection 3.8.2. that are served by
that storage garage. (See Note A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2).)
3) Exterior passenger-loading zones shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
3.8.2.6. Controls and Outlets
1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.5.2.1.(3), controls for the operation of building services or safety
devices, including electrical switches, thermostats, faucets, door and window hardware and intercom
318
systems and switches, that are intended to be operated generally by the occupant shall comply with
Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.6.(1).)
2) Electrical outlets that are intended for general occupant use shall be located in conformance with
Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.6.(2).)
3.8.2.7. Power Door Operators
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), and except for doors provided with hold-open
devices, doors equipped with a self-closing device shall be equipped with power door operators
complying with Subsection 3.8.3. that allow persons to activate the opening of the doors in the intended
direction of travel, where the doors are located
a) in an entrance referred to in Article 3.8.2.2., including the interior doors of a vestibule where
provided,
b) in an accessible path of travel, between the entrance referred to in Clause (a) and the entrance
doors to suites or rooms served by a public corridor or a corridor used by the public (see Note A-
3.8.2.7.(1)(b)), and
c) in an entrance to an accessible washroom.
2) Only the active leaf in a multiple leaf door in an accessible path of travel need conform to the
requirements of this Article.
3) Where more than one doorway is provided at an accessible entrance, only one of them is required
to comply with this Article. (See Note A-3.8.2.7.(3).)
3.8.2.8. Plumbing Facilities
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (3) and (16), at each location where washrooms are provided in a
storey to which an accessible path of travel is required in accordance with Article 3.8.2.3., at least one
universal washroom complying with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), where more than two water closets or a combination of more
than one water closet and one urinal are provided in a washroom located in a storey to which an accessible
path of travel is required in accordance with Article 3.8.2.3., at least one water-closet stall shall be
accessible in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
3) Except as required by Article 3.8.2.13., washrooms located within a suite of residential occupancy or
a suite of care occupancy need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) or (2). (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1)
to (4).)
4) In a building in which water closets are required in accordance with Subsection 3.7.2., at least one
universal washroom shall be provided in the entrance storey, unless
a) an accessible path of travel is provided to a universal washroom elsewhere in the building, or
b) the water closets required by Subsection 3.7.2. are for dwelling units only.
(See Note A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4).)
5) At least one water-closet stall or enclosure in a washroom required to be accessible shall comply
with Subsection 3.8.3.
6) Where urinals are provided in an accessible washroom, at least one urinal for persons with limited
mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided for every 10 urinals.
7) Where water-closet stalls are provided in an accessible washroom, at least one stall for persons
with limited mobility conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided for every 10 stalls.
8) An accessible washroom shall be provided with a lavatory that complies with Subsection 3.8.3.
319
9) Where mirrors are provided in an accessible washroom, at least one mirror shall comply with
Subsection 3.8.3.
10) At each location where one or more drinking fountains are provided, at least one of them shall
comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
11) At each location where one or more water-bottle filling stations are provided, at least one of
them shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
12) Except within a suite of care occupancy or a suite of residential occupancy, where showers are
provided in a building, at least one shower stall in each group of showers shall comply with
Subsection 3.8.3.
13) At each location where a showering facility is provided for use by the general public or
customers, or as part of a common-use area for employees, at least one universal dressing and shower
room conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. shall be provided. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(13).)
14) Where a bathtub is installed in a suite of residential occupancy required to be accessible, it shall
comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
15) In buildings containing Group A, Group B, Division 2 or Group E major occupancies where at least
one of these major occupancies has an occupant load of more than 500, at least one universal washroom on
the storey on which the main accessible entrance to the building is located shall incorporate an accessible
change space conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. (See Note A-3.8.2.8.(15).)
16) In occupancies or parts of occupancies designed to be accessible and used predominantly by
children, in patient areas in treatment occupancies, and in resident areas in care occupancies, it is permissible
to design and locate plumbing fixtures and grab bars differently than described in Subsection 3.8.3. to
accommodate the special needs of children, patients, residents, and care providers.
3.8.2.9. Assistive Listening Systems
1) In a building of assembly occupancy, all classrooms, auditoria, meeting rooms and theatres with an
area of more than 100 m2, including courtrooms of any size, shall be equipped with an assistive listening
system complying with Subsection 3.8.3.
2) In each location where information, goods or services are provided to the public at service
counters in buildings of assembly occupancy, at least one of the service counters shall be equipped with
a) an assistive listening system or adaptive technology conforming to Subsection 3.8.3., and
b) an amplification system, where there is a barrier to communication, such as a glass screen.
(See Note A-3.8.2.9.(2).)
3.8.2.10. Signs and Indicators
1) Unless the degree of access provided is such as to make these signs unnecessary, signs providing
visual information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be installed to indicate the location of
a) accessible entrances,
b) alternative access routes,
c) accessible spaces in seating areas,
d) accessible refreshment facilities,
e) accessible checkout lanes,
f) accessible public telephones,
g) accessible washrooms,
320
h) accessible showers,
i) accessible passenger-elevating devices,
j) accessible parking spaces,
k) accessible passenger loading zones, and
l) assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies.
2) Where a washroom is not designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities in a storey
to which an accessible path of travel is required, signs providing visual and tactile information in
accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. shall be installed to indicate the location of accessible washrooms.
3) Except for doors that serve service spaces or are located within a suite, signs installed at or near
doors shall provide the same information in both visual and tactile forms in accordance with
Subsection 3.8.3.
4) Directional signs shall provide visual information in accordance with Subsection 3.8.3. (See
Note A-3.8.2.10.(4).)
3.8.2.11. Counters
1) Where a service counter is provided, at least one section of it shall comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
(See Note A-3.8.2.11.(1).) (See also Note A-3.8.2.3.)
3.8.2.12. Telephones
1) In each location where one or more public telephones are installed, at least one telephone shall
comply with Subsection 3.8.3.
3.8.2.13. Sleeping Rooms and Bed Spaces
1) At least one for every 20 or part thereof of sleeping rooms or bed spaces shall conform to
Subsection 3.8.3. where provided in
a) hotels and motels (see also Clause 3.2.4.19.(1)(g) and Sentences 3.2.4.20.(7) and (8)), and
b) not including apartments and condominiums and the buildings described in 3.8.2.1.(1)(a), other
buildings or parts of buildings used for residential major occupancies (see also Sentence 3.2.4.20.(17)).
3.8.3. Design
3.8.3.1. Design Standards
1) Buildings or parts thereof and facilities that are required to be accessible shall be designed in
accordance with
a) this Subsection, or
b) for each accessible application listed independent of other accessible applications, the applicable
provisions of CSA B651, "Accessible design for the built environment," listed in Table 3.8.3.1..
(See Note A-3.8.3.1.(1).)
Table 3.8.3.1.
Accessible Design Provisions
Forming Part of Sentence 3.8.3.1.(1) and (2)
Accessible Application (By-law References)
Applicable CSA B651 Provisions
Interior accessible routes (3.8.3.2.)
4.3 and 5.1
Exterior accessible routes (3.8.3.3.)
8.2.1 to 8.2.5 and 8.2.7
321
Passenger pickup areas (3.8.3.4.)
9.3
Ramps (3.8.3.5.)
5.3 and 5.5
Doors and doorways (3.8.3.6.)
5.2
Passenger-elevating devices (3.8.3.7.)
5.6.2
Operating controls (3.8.3.8.)
4.2
Signage (3.8.3.9.)
4.5 and 9.4
Drinking fountains (3.8.3.10.)
6.1
Washroom facilities (3.8.3.12. to 3.8.3.16.)
6.2 and 6.3
Bathing facilities (3.8.3.17. and 3.8.3.18.)
6.5
Communication (3.8.3.19. and 3.8.3.21.)
6.6
Counters (3.8.3.20. and 3.8.3.21.)
6.7.1
Spaces in seating areas (3.8.3.22.)
6.7.3
2) The design of each accessible application listed in Table 3.8.3.1. shall comply entirely with Clause
(1)(a) or Clause (1)(b).
3.8.3.2. Accessible Path of Travel
1) Except as required elsewhere in this Part or as permitted by Sentence (2) and Article 3.8.3.6.
pertaining to doorways, the clear width of an accessible path of travel shall be not less than 1 000 mm.
2) The clear width of an accessible path of travel is permitted to be reduced to not less than 850 mm
for a length of not more than 600 mm, provided the clear floor space at either end of the reduced-clear
width section is level within a rectangular area
a) with a dimension parallel to each end of the reduced-clear width section is not less than 1 000
mm, and
b) with a dimension perpendicular to each end of the reduced-clear width section is not less than 1
500 mm.
(See Note A-3.8.3.2.(2).)
3) Interior and exterior walking surfaces that are within an accessible path of travel shall
a) have no opening that will permit the passage of a sphere more than 13 mm in diameter,
b) have any elongated openings oriented approximately perpendicular to the direction of travel,
c) be stable, firm and slip-resistant,
d) have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50,
e) be beveled at a maximum slope of 1 in 2 at changes in level between 6 mm and 13 mm,
f) be provided with sloped floors or ramps at changes in level more than 13 mm, and
g) be designed as a ramp complying with this Section where the path of travel has a slope steeper
than 1 in 20.
(See Note A-3.8.3.2.(3).)
4) An accessible path of travel is permitted to include ramps, passenger elevators or other platform-
equipped passenger-elevating devices to overcome a difference in level.
322
5) The width of an accessible path of travel that is more than 24 m long shall be increased to not less
than 1 700 mm for a length of 1 700 mm at intervals not exceeding 24 m.
6) Where a section of an accessible path of travel is less than 1 500 mm wide for a distance of more
than 12 m, it shall end in a clear floor space that is
a) not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
b) not less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm, or
c) T-shaped with overall dimensions measuring 1 700 mm wide by 1 500 mm long, where the two
arms of the "T" are not less than 1 000 mm wide and extend not less than 300 mm from each side of the
base of the "T" and the base is not less than 1 000 mm wide and extends not less than 500 mm from each
arm.
(See Note A-3.8.3.2.(6).)
7) An accessible path of travel shall be equipped to provide illumination in accordance with
Sentences 3.2.7.1.(1) and (2). (See also Sentences 3.2.7.1.(3) and Article 9.34.2.7.)
8) An exterior mechanical lift and its controls provided in accordance with Sentence (4), shall only be
provided
a) where existing exterior site constraints make use of a ramp or elevator infeasible, and
b) where sufficiently protected from inclement weather by
i) weather and moisture resistant construction, and
ii) sufficient cover or enclosure so as to ensure its continued safe operation.
(See Note A-3.8.3.2.(8)(a).)
3.8.3.3. Exterior Walks
1) Exterior walks that form part of an accessible path of travel shall
a) have a slip-resistant, continuous and even surface,
b) be not less than 1 600 mm wide,
c) have a level area conforming to Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) adjacent to an entrance doorway, and
d) be designed in accordance with Clause 8.2.1 of CSA B651, "Accessible design for the built
environment."
3.8.3.4. Passenger-Loading Zones and Parking Requirements
1) If a passenger-loading zone is provided, it shall have
a) an access aisle not less than 1 500 mm wide and 6 000 mm long adjacent and parallel to the
vehicle pull-up space,
b) a curb ramp, designed in accordance with Clause 8.3.3. of CSA B651, "Accessible design for the
built environment," where there are curbs between the access aisle and the vehicle pull-up space, and
c) a clear height of not less than 2 750 mm at the pull-up space and along the vehicle access and
egress routes.
2) Parking stalls for persons with disabilities shall comply with the Parking By-law, and shall
a) have a firm, slip-resistant and level surface,
b) be located adjacent to an accessible path of travel, and
323
c) be marked with signage or symbols identifying such stalls as exclusively for the use of persons with
disabilities.
3) Where parking stalls are provided for persons with disabilities, entry and exit controls, security
controls, ticketing equipment, and pay stations serving such parking stalls shall be designed and installed
so that all user functions are located no more than 1 200 mm above the finished paved area, and are
accessible.
4) This Article does not apply to existing buildings except for spaces created by
a) an addition,
b) the reconstruction of an existing space, and
c) the conversion of an existing space into an ancillary residential unit.
3.8.3.5. Ramps and Stairs
1) Except when designed as a curb ramp in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.4.(1)(b), a ramp located in
an accessible path of travel shall
a) have a clear width not less than 1 000 mm (see Note A-3.4.3.4.),
b) have a uniform slope along its length not more than 1 in 12 (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b)),
c) have a level area not less than 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm at the top and bottom and at intermediate
levels of a ramp leading to a door, so that on the latch side the level area extends not less than
i) 600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the door opens towards the ramp, or
ii) 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening where the door opens away from the ramp,
(see Note A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)),
d) have a level area not less than 1 350 mm long and at least the same width as the ramp
i) at intervals not more than 9 m along its length, and
ii) where there is an abrupt change in the direction of the ramp, and
e) except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be equipped with handrails conforming to
Article 3.4.6.5., except that they shall be not less than 865 mm and not more than 965 mm high, and
f) be equipped with guards conforming to Article 3.4.6.6.
2) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with the height
requirements stated in Clause (1)(e).
3) The requirement for handrails in Clause (1)(e) need not apply to a ramp serving as an aisle for
fixed seating.
4) The surfaces of ramps and landings shall
a) be hard or resilient where the ramp is steeper than 1 in 15 (see Note A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a)),
b) have a cross slope no steeper than 1 in 50, and
c) where exposed to water, be designed to drain.
5) Ramps and landings not at ground level or adjacent to a wall shall have edge protection consisting
of
a) a curb not less than 75 mm high, or
324
b) a raised barrier or rail located not more than 100 mm from the ramp or landing surface.
6) Interior and exterior stairs and ramps that are accessible to the public are to be provided with a
colour contrast or distinctive pattern, visible from both directions of travel, demarcating the leading edge
of treads.
3.8.3.6. Doorways and Doors
1) Except where stated otherwise, this Article applies to swinging and sliding doors.
2) Every doorway that is located in an accessible path of travel shall have a clear width not less than
850 mm
a) for swinging doors, when measured from the face of the active leaf, in the open position of 90° to
the doorway, to the outside edge of the stop on the door frame, and
b) for sliding doors, when measured from the edge of the door, in the open position, to the outside
of the stop on the door frame.
(See Note A-3.8.3.6.(2).)
3) Doorways in a path of travel to at least one bathroom within a suite of residential occupancy shall
have a clear width not less than 850 mm when measured in accordance with Sentence (2). (See Note A-
3.8.3.6.(3).)
4) Door-operating devices shall
a) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
b) be operable at a height between 900 mm and 1 100 mm above the floor.
(See also Sentence 3.3.1.13.(4) regarding additional devices.)
(See Note A-3.8.3.6.(4).)
5) A threshold for a doorway referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be not more than 13 mm
higher than the finished floor surface and shall be beveled to facilitate the passage of wheelchairs.
6) Power door operators required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(1) shall
a) activate automatically or through the use of controls that
i) are located in an accessible path of travel,
ii) are marked with the International Symbol of Access,
iii) are located clear of the door swing and not less than 600 mm and no more than 1 500 mm from
that door swing,
iv) comply with Subclause 3.8.3.8.(1)(a)(iii),
v) are operable from a height between 150 mm and 300 mm as well as between 900 mm and 1 100
mm above the floor, and
vi) are operable by touching or approaching any part of their surface with a fist, arm or foot, and
b) unless equipped with safety sensors,
i) fully open the door in not less than 3 s, and
ii) require a force not more than 65 N to stop movement of the door.
(See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)
325
7) A cane-detectable guard shall be installed on the hinged side of power-assisted doors that swing
open into the path of travel. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7).)
8) Except as provided in Sentence (9) and except for a door with a power door operator complying
with Sentence (6), when unlatched, a door in an accessible path of travel shall open when the force applied
to the handle, push plate or latch-releasing device is not more than
a) 38 N in the case of an exterior swinging door,
b) 22 N in the case of an interior swinging door, or
c) 22 N in the case of a sliding door.
9) Sentence (8) does not apply to a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, or where greater forces are
required in order to close and latch the door against the prevailing difference in air pressure on opposite
sides of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(9).)
10) Except for a door at the entrance to a dwelling unit, a closer for an interior door in an accessible
path of travel shall have a closing period of not less than 3 s measured from when the door is in an open
position of 70° to the doorway, to when the door reaches a point 75 mm from the closed position,
measured from the leading edge of the latch side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(10).)
11) Unless equipped with a power door operator complying with Sentence (6), a swinging door in
an accessible path of travel shall have a clear space on the latch side extending the height of the doorway
and not less than
a) 600 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings toward the approach side, and
b) 300 mm beyond the edge of the door opening if the door swings away from the approach side.
(See Note A-3.8.3.6.(11).)
12) A vestibule located in an accessible path of travel shall be arranged to allow the movement of
wheelchairs between doors and shall provide a distance between 2 doors in series of not less than 1
350 mm plus the width of any door that swings into the space in the path of travel from one door to
another.
13) Only the active leaf in a multiple-leaf door in an accessible path of travel need conform to the
requirements of this Article.
14) Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor space on the pull side
of a swinging door in an accessible path of travel shall be level within a rectangular area of not less than 1
700 mm by 1 500 mm measured from the hinged side of the door. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
15) Except as provided in Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(c) and Sentence (16), the clear floor space on the push
side of a swinging door and on each side of a sliding door in an accessible path of travel shall be level
within a rectangular area
a) whose dimension parallel to the closed door is not less than 1 200 mm, and
b) whose dimension perpendicular to the closed door is not less than 1 500 mm.
(See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
16) Where a door referred to in Sentences (14) and (15) is equipped with a power door operator
complying with Sentence (6), the width of the clear floor space parallel to the closed door is permitted to
be reduced to not less than 1 000 mm. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16).)
17) Except for facilities for persons with cognitive disabilities such as dementia, doorways leading
from a public corridor or a corridor used by the public that provide access to a public area or an exit shall
326
be provided with a door or door frame that has a readily apparent visual contrast with adjacent wall
surfaces. (See Note A-3.8.3.6.(17).) (See also Note A-3.4.6.11.(4).)
3.8.3.7. Passenger-Elevating Devices
1) A passenger-elevating device referred to in Article 3.8.2.3. located in an accessible path of travel
shall
a) conform to
i) Appendix E of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, "Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators," or
ii) CSA B355, "Platform lifts and stair lifts for barrier-free access,"
b) have a clear floor space not less than 1 500 mm long by 1 000 mm wide, and
c) have entry doors or gates
i) providing a clear width not less than 850 mm in the open position if located on the short side of
the passenger-elevating device, or
ii) providing a clear width not less than 1 000 mm in the open position if located at either end of the
long side of the passenger-elevating device.
3.8.3.8. Controls and Outlets
1) Controls described in this Section shall
a) where located in a storey where an accessible path of travel is required and unless otherwise stated,
i) be in or adjacent to the accessible path of travel,
ii) be mounted 400 mm to 1 200 mm above the floor, and
iii) be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width of a clear floor space of 1 350 mm by
800 mm,
b) be operable
i) with one hand in a closed fist position, without requiring tight grasping, pinching with fingers, or
twisting of the wrist, and
ii) unless otherwise stated, with a force not more than 22 N, and
c) where controls provide a feedback signal to the user, it shall be both audible and visible (see
Note A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c)).
2) Electrical outlets described in this Section shall be located in conformance with Subclause
(1)(a)(ii).
(See Note A-3.8.2.6.(2).)
3.8.3.9. Accessible Signs
1) Visual information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and Article 3.8.2.10. shall
comply with Clauses 4.5.1, 4.5.2, 4.5.3 and 4.5.4 of CSA B651, "Accessible design for the built
environment." (See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)
2) Tactile information signs required by Subsections 3.4.5. and 3.4.6. and Article 3.8.2.10. shall
a) have Braille and tactile characters in accordance with Clauses 4.5.6.2 and 4.5.6.3 of CSA B651,
"Accessible design for the built environment,"
b) be installed on the wall closest to the latch side of the door or on the nearest wall on the right side
of the door, where there is no wall at the latch side, and
327
c) be centred 1 500 mm above the finished floor with the edge of the sign located not more than 300
mm from the door.
(See Note A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2).)
3) Signs required by Article 3.8.2.10. shall incorporate the International Symbol of Access, Modified
International Symbol of Access, or the International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss and appropriate
graphical or textual information that clearly indicates the type of facilities available. (See Note A-
3.8.3.9.(3).)
3.8.3.10. Drinking Fountains
1) Drinking fountains required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(10) shall be equipped with controls that
a) activate automatically, or
b) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and are located on the front or on both sides of the fountain.
2) Where drinking fountains referred to in Sentence (1) are located in a storey where an accessible
path of travel is required, they shall
a) be located along the accessible path of travel,
b) have a minimum clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them,
c) where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e),
and
d) have a spout that
i) is located near the front of the unit, at a height between 750 mm and 915 mm above the floor, and
ii) directs water flow in a trajectory that is nearly parallel to the front of the unit, at a height not less
than 100 mm.
(See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)
3.8.3.11. Water-Bottle Filling Stations
1) Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) shall be equipped with controls that
a) activate automatically, or
b) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b).
2) Water-bottle filling stations required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(11) that are located in a storey where an
accessible path of travel is required shall
a) be located along the accessible path of travel,
b) have a clear floor space of 800 mm by 1 350 mm in front of them (see Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and
(d)),
c) where they have frontal access, provide a knee clearance in accordance with Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(e),
d) be operable at a height of not more than 1 200 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and
(d)), and
e) be equipped with controls that
i) activate automatically, or
ii) comply with Sentence 3.8.3.8.(1).
(See Sentences 3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) on horizontal projections.)
328
3.8.3.12. Accessible Water-Closet Stalls
1) Water-closet stalls and enclosures required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(5) shall
a) be not less than 1 500 mm wide by 1 500 mm deep,
b) have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that
i) is at least 1 500 mm long, measured from the wall behind the water closet, and
ii) is at least 900 mm wide, measured from the closest edge of the water closet seat,
(see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b))
c) have a clear floor space of 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm in front of the accessible stall,
d) be equipped with a door that
i) can be latched from the inside with a mechanism located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor that
conforms to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
ii) is aligned with either the transfer space adjacent to the water closet or with a clear floor space not
less than 1 700 mm by 1 700 mm within the stall,
iii) provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when it is open, measured in accordance
with Sentence 3.8.3.6.(2),
iv) is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not more than 50 mm beyond the jamb,
v) swings outward, unless there is sufficient floor space within the stall for the door to swing inward
in addition to a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)),
vi) where the door swings outward, is provided with a horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting
door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the inside such that its midpoint is 200 mm to 300 mm
from the hinged side of the door and 900 mm to 1100 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)),
and
vii) is provided with a horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting door pull not less than 140 mm
long located on the outside such that its midpoint is 120 mm to 220 mm from the latch side and 900 mm
to 1100 mm above the floor,
e) have a water closet located so that the distance between the centre line of the fixture and the wall
on one side is 460 mm to 480 mm,
f) be equipped with an L-shaped grab bar that
i) is mounted on the side wall closest to the water closet,
ii) has horizontal and vertical components not less than 760 mm long mounted with the horizontal
component 750 mm to 850 mm above the floor and the vertical component 150 mm in front of the water
closet (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii)), and
iii) complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
g) be equipped with either one grab bar at least 600 mm long and centred over the water closet, or
two grab bars at least 300 mm long and located either side of the flush valve, that
i) conform to Article 3.7.2.7.,
ii) are mounted on the rear wall, and
iii) are mounted at the same height as the grab bar on the side wall or 100 mm above the top of the
attached water tank, if applicable,
329
h) be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the floor on a side wall
and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall, and
i) be equipped with a toilet paper dispenser mounted on the side wall closest to the water closet
such that
i) the bottom of the dispenser is 600 mm to 800 mm above the floor, and
ii) the closest edge of the dispenser is not more than 300 mm from the front of the water closet.
3.8.3.13. Universal Washrooms
(See Note A-3.8.3.13.)
1) A universal washroom shall
a) be served by an accessible path of travel,
b) have a door complying with Article 3.8.3.6. that
i) has a latch-operating mechanism located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor that complies with
Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is capable of being locked from the inside, and released from the outside in case
of emergency, and
ii) if it is an outward swinging door that is not self-closing, has a horizontal, D-shaped, visually
contrasting door pull not less than 140 mm long located on the inside so that its midpoint is not less than
200 mm and not more than 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and not less than 900 mm and not
more than 1 100 mm above the floor (see Note A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)),
c) have one lavatory conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
d) have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. and Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(e),
e) have a clear lateral transfer space adjacent to the water closet that conforms to
Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b),
f) have grab bars conforming to Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(f) and (g),
g) have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h),
h) have a toilet paper dispenser conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(i),
i) unless a counter space of not less than 200 mm by 400 mm is provided, have a shelf located not
more than 1 200 mm above the floor with a useable surface of not less than 200 mm by 400 mm,
j) be designed to permit a wheelchair to turn in an open space not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
and
k) provide emergency lighting conforming to Article 3.2.7.3.
2) A universal washroom required to have an accessible change space as stipulated in
Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) shall
a) be equipped with an adult-sized change table that is
i) designed to carry a minimum load of 1.3 kN,
ii) impervious to water, and
iii) designed to be easily cleaned,
b) have a clear floor space to accommodate the adult-sized change table that is 810 mm wide by 1
830 mm long and does not overlap with the clear spaces required by Clauses (1)(e), (1)(j) and (c), and
330
c) have a clear transfer space of 900 mm by 1 350 mm adjacent to the long side of the clear floor
space for the adult-sized change table.
3.8.3.14. Water Closets
1) A water closet for a person with physical disabilities shall
a) be equipped with a seat located 430 mm to 480 mm above the floor,
b) flush automatically or be equipped with a flushing control that
i) is located 500 mm to 900 mm above the floor,
ii) is located no more than 350 mm from the transfer side, and
iii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b),
c) be equipped with a seat lid or other back support, and
d) where it has a tank, have a securely attached tank top.
(See Note A-3.8.3.14.(1).)
3.8.3.15. Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited Mobility
1) Water-closet stalls for persons with limited mobility required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(7) shall
a) be at least 1 500 mm deep and 890 mm to 940 mm wide,
b) be equipped with a door that
i) has a latch-operating mechanism conforming to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) that can be locked from the
inside and released from the outside in the event of an emergency,
ii) provides a clear opening not less than 850 mm wide when it is open, measured in accordance
with Sentence 3.8.3.6.(2),
iii) swings outward, unless the minimum dimensions required by Clause (a) do not overlap with the
area of the door swing,
iv) is self-closing so that, when at rest, the door is ajar by not more than 50 mm beyond the jamb,
and
v) has a horizontal, D-shaped, visually contrasting door pull on both sides of the door, near the latch
side, located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the finished floor,
c) have one water closet conforming to Article 3.8.3.14. centred within the stall,
d) have a horizontal grab bar conforming to Article 3.7.2.7. on each side of the water closet that
i) is located 750 mm to 850 mm above the floor,
ii) begins not more than 300 mm from the wall behind the water closet, and
iii) extends at least 450 mm in front of the toilet seat, and
e) be equipped with a coat hook mounted not more than 1 200 mm above the floor on a side wall
and projecting not more than 50 mm from the wall.
2) Urinals described in Sentence 3.8.2.8.(6) shall
a) be wall-mounted, with the rim located not more than 430 mm above the floor,
b) be adjacent to an accessible route,
331
c) have a clear width of approach that is at least 800 mm wide by 1 350 mm long centred on the
urinal and unobstructed by privacy screens,
d) have no step in front of it,
e) have a flush control that
i) is automatic, or
ii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the floor, and
f) have a vertically mounted grab bar installed on each side that
i) complies with Article 3.7.2.7.,
ii) is not less than 600 mm long, with its centre line 1 000 mm above the floor, and
iii) is located not more than 380 mm from the centre line of the urinal.
3.8.3.16. Lavatories and Mirrors
1) Lavatories required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(8) shall
a) be equipped with faucets complying with Sentence 3.7.2.3.(4),
b) be located so that the distance between the centre line of the lavatory and any side wall is not less
than 460 mm,
c) have a clear floor space in front of the lavatory that is at least
i) 800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory, and
ii) 1 350 mm long, of which no more than 430 mm is beneath the lavatory,
d) have a rim height not more than 865 mm above the floor,
e) have a clearance beneath the lavatory not less than
i) 800 mm wide, centred on the lavatory,
ii) 735 mm high at the front edge,
iii) 685 mm high at a point 200 mm back from the front edge, and
iv) 230 mm high over the distance from a point 280 mm to a point 430 mm back from the front edge,
(see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e))
f) have insulated water supply and drain pipes where these pipes are exposed (see Note A-
3.8.3.16.(1)(f)),
g) have a soap dispenser that
i) is automatic, or
ii) complies with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b) and is located not more than 1 100 mm above the floor, within
500 mm from the front of the lavatory (see Note A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g)), and
h) have a towel dispenser or other hand-drying equipment located close to the lavatory, with
operating controls not more than 1 200 mm above the floor in an area that is accessible to persons using
wheelchairs.
2) Mirrors required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(9) shall be
a) mounted with their bottom edge not more than 1 000 mm above the floor, or
b) fixed in an inclined position so as to be usable by a person using a wheelchair.
332
3.8.3.17. Showers
1) Showers required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(12) shall
a) be not less than 1 500 mm wide and 900 mm deep,
b) have a clear floor space at the entrance to the shower that is not less than 900 mm deep and the
same width as the shower, except that fixtures are permitted to project into that space provided they do
not restrict access to the shower (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)),
c) have no doors or curtains that obstruct the controls or the clear floor space at the entrance to the
shower,
d) have a slip-resistant floor surface,
e) have a threshold not more than 13 mm higher than the finished floor, and where it is higher than
6 mm, beveled to a slope no steeper than 1 in 2,
f) have 2 grab bars
i) that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
ii) one of which is not less than 1 000 mm long and located vertically on the side wall 50 mm to 80
mm from the adjacent clear floor space, with its lower end 600 mm to 650 mm above the floor, and,
iii) one of which is L-shaped and located on the wall opposite the entrance to the shower, with a
horizontal member not less than 1 000 mm long mounted 750 mm to 870 mm above the floor and a
vertical member not less than 750 mm long mounted 400 mm to 500 mm from the side wall on which the
other vertical grab bar is mounted,
(see Note A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f)),
g) have a hinged seat that is not spring-loaded or a fixed seat with a smooth, slip-resistant surface
and no rough edges, the seat being
i) not less than 450 mm wide and 400 mm deep,
ii) mounted on the same side wall as the vertical grab bar, at 460 mm to 480 mm above the floor,
iii) designed to carry a minimum load of 1.3 kN,
iv) impervious to water, and
v) designed to be easily cleaned,
h) have a pressure-equalizing or thermostatic-mixing valve and other controls that
i) comply with Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
ii) are mounted on the wall opposite the entrance to the shower at not more than 1 200 mm above
the floor and within reach of the seat,
i) have a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of flexible hose located so that it
i) can be reached from a seated position,
ii) can be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm and 2 030 mm, and
iii) does not obstruct the use of the grab bars, and
j) have recessed soap holders that can be reached from the seated position.
2) A universal dressing and shower room required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(13) shall
a) be located in an accessible path of travel,
333
b) have a door capable of being locked from the inside and released from the outside in the event of
an emergency,
c) have a lavatory and a mirror conforming to Article 3.8.3.16.,
d) have a shower conforming to Sentence (1),
e) have a bench that is
i) at least 1 830 mm long by 760 mm wide and 480 mm to 520 mm high,
ii) designed to carry a minimum load of 1.3 kN,
iii) impervious to water, and
iv) designed to be easily cleaned,
f) have a clear transfer space adjacent to the long side of the bench that is 900 mm wide and as long
as the bench (see Note A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f)),
g) have a coat hook conforming to Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(h), and
h) provide emergency lighting conforming to Article 3.2.7.3.
3.8.3.18. Accessible Bathtubs
1) A bathtub required by Sentence 3.8.2.8.(14) shall
a) be located in a room with a clear floor space not less than 1 700 mm in diameter,
b) be not less than 1 500 mm long,
c) have a clear floor space at the entrance to the bathtub that is not less than 900 mm deep and at
least the same length as the bathtub, except that fixtures are permitted to project into that space provided
they do not restrict access to the shower,
d) be capable of being accessed along its full length with no tracks mounted on its rim,
e) have a pressure-equalizing or thermostatic mixing valve and other controls that
i) conform to Clause 3.8.3.8.(1)(b), and
ii) are located on the centre line or between the centre line of the bathtub and the exterior edge of the
bathtub rim, at a maximum height of 450 mm above the rim,
f) have three grab bars
i) that conform to Sentence 3.7.2.7.(1),
ii) that are not less than 1 200 mm long,
iii) two of which are located vertically at each end of the bathtub, set 80 mm to 120 mm in from the
outside edge of the bathtub, with their lower end 180 mm to 280 mm above the bathtub rim, and
iv) one of which is located horizontally along the length of the bathtub at 180 mm to 280 mm above
the bathtub rim,
g) have a slip-resistant bottom surface, and
h) be equipped with a hand-held shower head with not less than 1 800 mm of flexible hose that can
be used in a fixed position at a height of 1 200 mm and 2 030 mm.
3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems
(See Note A-3.8.3.19.)
334
1) Assistive listening systems required by Sentence 3.8.2.9.(1) shall encompass the entire seating
area.
2) Assistive listening systems or adaptive technologies required by Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) shall provide
for the clear communication required for the exchange of information, goods and services.
3.8.3.20. Counters
1) A section of a service counter required to be accessible in accordance with Sentence 3.8.2.11.(1)
shall
a) be not less than 800 mm long centred over a knee space conforming to Clause (c),
b) have a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor, and
c) where forward-facing interaction with a person or a device is required, have a knee space
underneath it that is (see Note A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c))
i) not less than 800 mm wide,
ii) not less than 685 mm high, and
iii) not less than 485 mm deep.
3.8.3.21. Telephones
1) A telephone required to be accessible in accordance with Article 3.8.2.12. shall
a) be adjacent to and centred on either the length or the width of a clear floor space not less than 1
350 mm by 800 mm,
b) where a forward approach is provided, have a knee space underneath it conforming to
Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c), and
c) be located so that its receiver and operable parts are not more than 1 200 mm above the floor.
2) Where provided, shelves or counters for public telephones shall
a) be level,
b) be not less than 305 mm deep,
c) have, for each telephone provided, a clear space not less than 250 mm wide having no obstruction
within 250 mm above the surface, and
d) have a section with a surface not more than 865 mm above the floor serving at least one
telephone.
(See Note A-3.8.3.21.(2).)
3.8.3.22. Spaces in Seating Area
1) Spaces designated for wheelchair use in assembly occupancies as required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(3)
shall conform to the following:
a) at least one designated space shall be clear and level for each increment of 200 seats and the
remaining designated spaces shall be level and have removable seats,
b) they shall be not less than 900 mm wide and 1 700 mm long to permit a wheelchair to enter from a
side approach and 1 350 mm long where the wheelchair enters from the front or rear of the space,
c) they shall be arranged so that
i) at least two designated spaces are located side by side, and
335
ii) at least one fixed seat is located beside each designated space,
d) they shall be located adjoining an accessible path of travel without infringing on egress from any
row of seating or any aisle requirements, and
e) they shall be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a choice of viewing
location and a clear view of the event taking place.
(See Note A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
2) Spaces designated for wheelchair use in waiting rooms or areas as required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(4)
shall
a) be clear and level, and
b) comply with Clauses (1)(b) and (d).
3) Adaptable seats required by Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5) shall
a) be located adjoining an aisle without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any aisle
requirements,
b) be equipped with a movable or removable armrest on the side of the seat adjoining the aisle, and
c) be situated, as part of the designated seating plan, to provide a choice of viewing location and a
clear view of the event taking place.
4) Storage spaces for mobility aids shall be provided in a location
a) that is on the same level as and in proximity to the adaptable seats required by
Sentence 3.8.2.3.(5),
b) that is within the room side of the fire separation required by Article 3.3.2.2., and
c) where they will not infringe on egress.
(See Notes A-3.8.3.22.(4) and A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4).)
3.8.3.23. Sleeping Rooms and Bed Spaces
1) Sleeping rooms and bed spaces required by Sentence 3.8.2.13.(1) to be accessible shall have
a) a clear floor space that permits a turning area of not less than 1 700 mm in diameter, or not less
than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm, that could be adjacent a bed,
b) a pathway clearance of not less than 1 000 mm wide, that could be unobstructed by a bed, to
allow functional use of the bedroom,
c) at least one closet that provides
i) a clear opening width of not less than 900 mm,
ii) a clear floor space, that need not be separate from the turning areas required in Clause (a), of not
less than 1 700 mm by 1 500 mm on at least one side of the closet,
iii) clothes hanger rods capable of being lowered to a height of not more than 1 200 mm, and
iv) at least one shelf capable of being lowered to a height of not more than 1 200 mm,
d) when a balcony is provided, an accessible path of travel to an accessible balcony conforming to
Sentence 11.3.8.1.(4),
e) except for dedicated electrical outlets for equipment and appliances, where controls, switches and
outlets are intended for frequent operation, they shall conform to Subsection 3.8.3., and
336
f) a bathroom, where provided as part of the sleeping room or bed space, or access to a bathroom,
where not provided as part of the sleeping room or bed space
i) conforming to Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(a), (b), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) with a water closet conforming to
Article 3.8.3.14.,
ii) provided with a lavatory and mirror conforming to Article 3.8.3.16., and
iv) provided with a shower conforming to Article 3.8.3.17. or a bathtub conforming to Article
3.8.3.18., only to the extent of providing the same type of facilities provided in sleeping rooms and bed
spaces where access is not required.
3.8.4. Deleted
3.8.5. Adaptable Dwelling Units
3.8.5.1. Application
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), this Subsection applies to
a) the design and construction of dwelling units in residential occupancy buildings, and
b) the interior paths of travel and common facilities intended for use by the residents.
2) This Subsection need not apply to
a) hotels, motels, single room accommodation and similar commercial occupancies,
b) boarding houses, lodging houses, dormitories and similar facilities, or
c) dwelling units subsidiary to non-residential uses.
3) This Subsection does not apply to existing buildings, except for additions or spaces created by
a) the reconstruction of an existing space, or
b) the conversion of an existing space into a new dwelling unit.
4) Dwelling units required by Article 3.8.5.1. to comply with this Subsection shall be considered
adaptable dwelling units.
3.8.5.2. Construction Requirements
1) The construction of adaptable dwelling units and the building in which they are located shall conform
to the requirements in this Subsection and to access requirements for residential occupancy buildings
elsewhere in this By-law.
3.8.5.3. Entrance Doors to Dwelling Units
1) Adaptable dwelling units shall have at least one entrance door with a clear width of not less than 850
mm no less than 865 mm wide, equipped with
a) two peepholes, one located at 1067 mm above the floor and the other located at 1524 mm above the
floor,
or a glass sidelight or intercom security type system (See Note A-3.8.5.3.(1).),
b) a beveled threshold not more than 13 mm above the floor level, except for entrance doors serving
balconies and basements, and
337
c) door opening hardware that does not require a tight grasp or twisting action of the wrist, and can
be opened with a force of not more than 38 N.
3.8.5.4. Interior Doors, Corridors, and Stairs in Dwelling Units
1) Doorways in adaptable dwelling units shall have
a) a clear width of least 800 mm,
b) door opening hardware that does not require a tight grasp or twisting action of the wrist and can
be opened with a force of not more than 22 N, and
c) beveled thresholds no more than 13 mm above the floor.
2) Corridors in adaptable dwelling units shall have a clear width of at least 900 mm.
3) Except for interior stairs within laneway houses, at least one staircase within a adaptable dwelling unit
shall have a minimum width of 915 mm.
3.8.5.5. Adaptable Dwelling Unit Bathrooms
(See Note A-3.8.5.5.)
1) At least one bathroom in an adaptable dwelling unit that includes a floor level exceeding 40 m2 shall
a) have a washbasin,
b) have a toilet,
c) have either a bathtub, shower, or be configured to accommodate the future installation of a low
barrier shower and shall be constructed with
i) the addition of structural reinforcement of framed construction to accommodate the
subsequent change in load, or the removal or reduction of the capacity of structural elements to
facilitate the future installation of a low barrier shower,
ii) pre-plumbing of a drain connection to the greatest extent permitted by this By-law to facilitate
the future installation of a low barrier shower where it passes through a concrete floor or floor
topping, or
iii) alternative measures to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official where it can be
demonstrated that the future installation of a low barrier shower can be installed without
substantial changes to the building structure or layout,
d) be arranged so as to provide a minimum clear floor space of 750 mm by 1200 mm in front of a
washbasin, toilet, bathtub or shower required by Clause (c),
e) be located on
i) the principal floor exceeding 40 m2 contain living space with level access to an entry at the
adjacent ground level, or
ii) a floor provided with features that in the opinion of the Chief Building Official can readily be
modified to facilitate future use by persons with limited mobility (see Note A-3.8.5.5.(1)).
2) Walls adjacent to the water closet and bathtub or shower shall accommodate the future installation
of grab bars conforming to
a) Clauses 3.8.3.12.(1)(f) and (g ) for water closets, and
b) Clause 3.8.3.17.(1)(f ) for showers or 3.8.3.18.(1)(f ) for bathtubs.
(See Note A-3.8.5.5.(2).)
338
3) All bath and shower controls in adaptable dwelling units shall be
a) easily accessible from an open floor space or offset which does not require entry into the bath or
shower to operate, and
b) equipped with lever-type controls or hardware that does not require a tight grasp or twisting
action of the wrist.
4) All washbasins in adaptable dwelling units shall be equipped with lever-type faucets or hardware
that does not require a tight grasp or twisting action of the wrist.
3.8.5.6. Adaptable Dwelling Unit Kitchens
1) The kitchen in an adaptable dwelling unit shall be designed so that the cooktop and sink are adjacent
or can have a continuous counter between them.
2) Kitchen sinks in adaptable dwelling units, shall use lever-type faucets or hardware that does not
require a tight grasp or twisting action of the wrist.
3) All waste pipes running from under-sink "P" traps to drain stacks shall be installed no higher than
305 mm above the finished floor.
3.8.5.7. Controls, Switches, Outlets and Signalling Devices
1) Controls and switches in an adaptable dwelling unit intended for regular occupant use, including
electrical, telephone, cable and data outlets shall be mounted 455 mm to 1 200 mm above the floor, except
where
a) in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, a different height is necessary to accommodate
appliances or equipment, or
b) otherwise required for safety or other regulatory enactments.
2) Controls for the operation of building services or safety devices, electrical switches, thermostats and
intercoms in a adaptable dwelling unit shall be located no more than 1 200 mm above the finished floor,
except where, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, a different height is necessary for safety reasons.
3) At least one electrical receptacle shall be provided in the vicinity of the stair required by Sentence
3.8.5.4.(3).
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), each adaptable dwelling unit shall be provided with special
outlet boxes and cover plates as described in Sentence 3.2.4.19.(6). (See also Sentence 3.2.4.19.(7).)
5) Where a building is provided with an addressable fire alarm system, a special outlet box described
in Sentence (4) is not required provided that
a) the dwelling unit has been designed with fire alarm signaling devices located in accordance with
Clause 3.2.4.19.(6)(c), and
b) the fire alarm system and the signaling devices in clause (a) can accommodate the future
replacement of audible signaling devices with combination audible visual signaling devices. .
3.8.5.8. Living Room Window Requirements
1) In an adaptable dwelling unit, at least one window in a living room shall have a window sill no higher
than 800 mm above the finished floor.
Section 3.9. Self-service Storage Buildings
339
3.9.1. General
3.9.1.1. Definition
1) For the purpose of this Section, the term "self-service storage building" shall mean a building that
is open to the public for the sole purpose of providing individual self-service storage units.
3.9.1.2. Application
1) This Section applies to self-service storage buildings that
a) are not more than one storey in building height,
b) do not contain a basement or mezzanine,
c) consist of individual self-service storage units with external access only,
d) are used for no purpose other than storage, and
e) except as provided in Sentences 3.9.3.1.(2) and (4), contain no other major occupancy.
2) Where there is a conflict between the requirements of this Section and other requirements in Part
3, this Section shall govern.
3) The requirements in Part 3 regarding occupant load shall not apply to self-service storage buildings.
3.9.1.3. Occupancy Classification
1) Self-service storage buildings shall be classified as Group F, Division 2 major occupancies.
3.9.2. Building Fire Safety
3.9.2.1. Building Area
1) For the purpose of applying the requirements of Subsections 3.2.1. and 3.2.2. to self-service
storage buildings, building area shall mean
a) the building area of each building, or
b) the total of the building areas of all buildings as a group.
(See Note A-3.9.2.1.(1).)
3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation
(See Note A-3.9.2.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the spatial separation requirements in Subsection 3.2.3. shall
apply to self-service storage buildings.
2) The distance between each group of self-service storage buildings shall be not less than 9 m.
3) Subsection 3.2.3. need not apply between buildings within a group of self-service storage buildings,
where the distance between these buildings is at least 6 m.
3.9.2.3. Access Route
1) Where Clause 3.9.2.1.(1)(b) is applied to a group of buildings, Article 3.2.5.4. and
Sentence 3.2.5.5.(1) shall apply to that group of buildings as if they were a single building.
3.9.3. Floor Areas
3.9.3.1. Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas
340
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), the requirements of Section 3.3. shall apply. (See
Note A-3.9.3.1.(1).)
2) Not more than one dwelling unit is permitted to be contained within one of the self-service storage
buildings on a property.
3) A dwelling unit referred to in Sentence (2) shall be separated from individual self-service storage
units by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than 2 h.
4) Where an office not more than 50 m2 in area is adjacent to a dwelling unit referred to in
Sentence (2), it shall be considered as part of the dwelling unit.
5) Fire separations required by Sentences 3.3.1.1.(1) and 3.3.5.9.(1) need not be provided between
individual self-service storage units.
6) The floor area of self-service storage buildings shall be
a) subdivided into compartments not more than 500 m2 in area by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
b) sprinklered.
(See also Sentence 3.4.6.12.(2) for the exemption applying to exit doors of individual self-service
storage units.)
3.9.3.2. Sanitary Facilities
1) Except as provided in Sentence 3.7.2.1.(3), two public washrooms, each containing a water closet
and a lavatory, shall be provided within one of the self-service storage buildings on the property. (See
Note A-3.9.3.2.(1).)
Section 3.10. Objectives and Functional
Statements
3.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
3.10.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the
objectives and functional statements listed in Table 3.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 3.10.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 3
Forming Part of Sentence 3.10.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
3.1.2.8. Daycare Facilities for Children
(1)
[F02,F03,F05-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to the requirement for sprinklers.
[F11-OS1.5] Applies to fire alarm.
[F11-OS1.5] Applies to smoke and CO alarm.
[F03, F10-OS1.5] Applies to fire separations from the remainder of the building.
[F10-OS1.5] Applies to emergency lighting.
341
3.1.3.1. Separation of Major Occupancies
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
(3)
[F02,F03,F06-OS1.2] [F10,F05-OS1.5]
[F02,F03,F06-OP1.2]
3.1.3.2. Prohibition of Occupancy Combinations
(1)
[F02,F03-OS1.2] [F10-OS1.5]
(2)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
3.1.3.3. Artist Live/Work - Class A Artist Studio
(1)
[F03, F20-OS1.2, OS2.2, OP1.2]
3.1.3.4. Artist Live/Work - Class B Artist Studio
(1)
[F02, F03, F11, F12, F20, F73, F81-OS1.2, OS2.2, OA1, OP1.2, OP2.2]
3.1.3.5. Training School
(1)
[F02-OS3.7]
3.1.3.5. Industrial Flex Space
(1)
[F02, F03, F11-OS1.2, OS3.7]
3.1.4.1. Combustible Materials Permitted
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.2. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(1)
[F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1] [F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1] [F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.3. Wires and Cables
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(3)
Deleted.
Deleted.
3.1.4.5. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.4.8. Exterior Cladding
(1)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
342
(2)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
3.1.5.1. Noncombustible Materials
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.5.5. Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls
(2)
[F03,F02-OP3.1]
3.1.5.21. Wires and Cables
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(3)
Deleted.
Deleted.
3.1.5.23. Non-metallic Raceways
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.5.25. Di-electric Liquid Filled Equipment
(1)
(a) [F31-OS1.2]
(b) [F02, F03-OS1.1, 1.2, OP1.1, 1.2]
(c) [F03-OS1.2.
3.1.6.2. Materials Permitted
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements
(2)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.4. Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.6.5. Determination of Encapsulation Ratings
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F04-OS1.3]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F04-OP1.3]
343
3.1.6.9. Exterior Cladding
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.6.17. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.7.1. Determination of Ratings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.1.7.5. Rating of Supporting Construction
(1)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
(3)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.8.1. General Requirements
(1)
(a) [F03-OS1.2]
(a) [F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or other
means.
[F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that openings in fire separations be protected with closures, shafts or other
means.
3.1.8.2. Combustible Construction Support
(1)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
3.1.8.3. Continuity of Fire Separations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.4. Determination of Ratings and Classifications
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
344
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.5. Installation of Closures
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F81-OS1.2]
[F81-OP1.2]
(5)
[F81-OP1.2]
[F81-OS1.2]
(6)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.6. Maximum Openings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.7. Location of Fire Dampers and Smoke Dampers
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.10. Installation of Fire Dampers
(1)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
345
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F82-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to
provide access for the inspection of the damper ..."
[F82-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to
provide access for the inspection of the damper ..."
[F82-OH1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each fire damper to
provide access for ... the resetting of the release device."
3.1.8.11. Installation of Smoke Dampers
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F82-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper
... to provide access for ... inspection ..."
[F82-OH1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each smoke damper
... to provide access for ... inspection ..."
[F82-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A tightly fitted access door shall be installed for each ... fire damper
to provide access for ... the resetting of the release device."
3.1.8.12. Twenty-Minute Closures
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.13. Self-closing Devices
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.14. Hold-Open Devices
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
346
3.1.8.15. Door Latches
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.16. Wired Glass and Glass Block
(3)
[F04-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be ... reinforced with
steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint."
[F04-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Glass blocks permitted by Sentence (1) shall be ... reinforced with
steel reinforcement in each horizontal joint."
3.1.8.17. Temperature Rise Limit for Doors
(1)
[F03,F31-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.8.18. Area Limits for Wired Glass, Glass Block and Safety Glazing
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F05-OS1.5] [F31-OS1.2]
3.1.9.1. Firestops
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(6)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.9.3. Penetration by Outlet Boxes
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.9.4. Combustible Piping Penetrations
(3)
[F03-OS1.2] [F02,F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F02,F04-OP1.3]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2] [F02-OS1.3] [F04-OS1.3]
347
[F03-OP1.2] [F02-OP1.3] [F04-OP1.3]
3.1.9.5. Openings through a Membrane Ceiling
(1)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.10.1. Prevention of Firewall Collapse
(1)
[F04-OP1.2]
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03,F04-OP1.2]
[F03,F04-OS1.2]
[F03,F04-OP3.1]
(4)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
[F04-OP3.1]
3.1.10.2. Rating of Firewalls
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas
containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of
noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h ..."
[F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas
containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of
noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h ..."
[F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall that separates a building or buildings with floor areas
containing a Group E or a Group F, Division 1 or 2 major occupancy shall be constructed as a fire separation of
noncombustible construction having a fire-resistance rating not less than 4 h ..."
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F80,F04-OP1.2]
[F80,F04-OS1.2]
[F80,F04-OP1.3]
(4)
[F80,F04-OP1.2]
[F80,F04-OS1.2]
[F80,F04-OP3.1]
3.1.10.3. Continuity of Firewalls
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated ..."
[F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated ..."
[F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A firewall shall extend from the ground continuously through, or
adjacent to, all storeys of a building or buildings so separated ..."
348
3.1.10.4. Parapets
(1)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.10.5. Maximum Openings
(2)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.10.7. Combustible Projections
(1)
[F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall
..."
[F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall
..."
[F03-OP3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Combustible material shall not extend across the end of a firewall
..."
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
3.1.11.1. Separation of Concealed Spaces
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.2. Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.3. Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.4. Fire Blocks between Vertical and Horizontal Spaces
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.1.11.5. Fire Blocks in Horizontal Concealed Spaces
(1)
[F03,F04-OS1.2]
349
[F03,F04-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03,F04-OS1.2]
[F03,F04-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02,F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
[F02,F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
(4)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F04-OS1.3]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
[F04-OP1.3]
3.1.11.6. Fire Blocks in Crawl Spaces
(1)
[F03,F04-OS1.2]
[F03,F04-OP1.2]
3.1.11.7. Fire Block Materials
(1)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
(6)
[F04-OP1.2]
[F04-OS1.2]
(7)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
3.1.12.1. Determination of Ratings
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.2. Flame-Spread Rating
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.5. Skylights
(1)
[F02-OS1.5]
3.1.13.6. Corridors
(1)
[F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02-OP1.2]
(6)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.7. High Buildings
350
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.13.9. Underground Walkways
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.13.10. Exterior Exit Passageway
(1)
[F02-OS1.5]
3.1.13.11. Elevator Cars
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.14.1. Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood Roof Systems
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.3,OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.3]
3.1.14.2. Metal Roof Deck Assemblies
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.14.3. Overhead Skylight Glazing
(1)
[F20, F21, F23, F30-OS2.1, OS2.2, OS2.4, OS3.1]
3.1.14.4. Vegetated Roof Assemblies
(1)
[F02, F03, F61-OS1.1, OP1.1, OP2.3]
3.1.15.1. Roof Covering Classification
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.15.2. Roof Coverings
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F02-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F02-OP3.1]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
351
[F02-OP3.1]
3.1.16.1. Fabric Canopies and Marquees
(1)
[F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.1.17.1. Occupant Load Determination
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
3.1.18.2. Restrictions
(1)
[F10,F12,F36-OS3.7]
[F20-OS2.2]
(2)
[F10,F36-OS3.7] Applies to portion of By-law text: "An air-supported structure shall not be used for Groups B, C, ...
major occupancies or for classrooms."
[F01,F02,F36-OS1.5] Applies to portion of By-law text: "An air-supported structure shall not be used for ... Group
F, Division 1 major occupancies ..."
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.1.18.3. Clearance to Other Structures
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2]
(b) [F10-OS3.7]
(a) [F03-OP3.1]
3.1.18.4. Clearance to Flammable Material
(1)
[F01-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]
3.1.18.5. Flame Resistance
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.1.18.6. Emergency Air Supply
(1)
[F20-OS3.7]
3.1.18.7. Electrical Systems
(1)
[F34-OP1.1]
[F34-OS3.3]
[F34-OS1.1]
(2)
[F81-OP1.1]
[F81-OS1.1]
3.2.1.2. Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
352
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.2.1.4. Floor Assembly over Basement
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)
[F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.1.5. Fire Containment in Basements
(1)
[F02-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F02-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.1.7. Containment in Group C Combustible Buildings Greater than 2 Storeys
(1)
[F02, F03, F10-OS1.2, OS1.5]
(3)
[F05, F10-OS1.2, OS1.5]
(4)
[F02, F03-OS1.2]
[F05, F10-OS1.2, OS1.5]
3.2.2.2. Special and Unusual Structures
(1)
[F02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.6. Multiple Major Occupancies
(1)
[F02,F03,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F02,F03,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.10. Streets
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.2.15. Storeys below Ground
(2)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.18. Automatic Sprinkler System Required
(2)
[F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2, OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2, OP1.2]
353
3.2.2.20. Group A, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.21. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Limited Area, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy
timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy
timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations
... (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min ..." and to Clause (b).
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) floor assemblies shall be fire
separations... (a)(i) with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min ..." and to Clause (b).
3.2.2.22. Group A, Division 1, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.23. Group A, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: " ... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
354
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.24. Group A, Division 2, up to 6 Storeys, Any Area, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.25. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.26. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.27. Group A, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
3.2.2.28. Group A, Division 2, One Storey
(2)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
355
3.2.2.29. Group A, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.30. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to
in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Except as permitted by Clauses (c) and (d), the building referred to
in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not
less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall (c)(i) have a fire-resistance rating not
less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F02-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.31. Group A, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Except as permitted by Clause (c) ... the building referred to in
Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Except as permitted by Clause (c) ... the building referred to in
Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.32. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Increased Area
(2)
(a),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
356
(a),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (b) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (b) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F02-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.33. Group A, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
3.2.2.35. Group A, Division 4
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... a building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of
noncombustible construction."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... a building classified as Group A, Division 4 shall be of
noncombustible construction."
(4)
[F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.36. Group B, Division 1, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.37. Group B, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.38. Group B, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
357
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.39. Group B, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.40. Group B, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.41. Group B, Division 2, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
3.2.2.42. Group B, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
358
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.43. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys (Noncombustible), Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.44. Group B, Division 3, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.45. Group B, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.46. Group B, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
3.2.2.47. Group C, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
359
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.48. Group C, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
(2)
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.49. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.50. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Noncombustible Construction
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction ..."
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separation with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (d).
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (d).
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.51. Group C, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (e).
360
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (e).
(b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
(c) [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ..."
(c) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ..."
3.2.2.52. Group C, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (c).
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (c).
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.53. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Increased Area
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (d).
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (d).
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.54. Group C, up to 3 Storeys
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.55. Group C, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: " ... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
361
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (a) ... floor assemblies shall be fire
separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (c).
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.56. Group D, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.57. Group D, up to 12 storeys, Sprinklered
(2)
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.58. Group D, up to 6 Storeys
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction ..."
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
than 1 h ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
than 1 h, ..." and to Clause (d).
3.2.2.59. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered, Noncombustible Construction
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
362
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.60. Group D, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(2)
(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3,OS1.2]
(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d),(e) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d),(e) [F04-OP1.3]
(c) [F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ..."
(c) [F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: ".... the roof assembly shall be constructed of noncombustible
construction or fire-retardant-treated wood conforming to Article 3.1.4.5., ..."
3.2.2.61. Group D, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.62. Group D, up to 3 Storeys
(2)
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.63. Group D, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: " ... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
363
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.64. Group D, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.65. Group D, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.66. Group E, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.67. Group E, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.68. Group E, up to 3 Storeys
(2)
(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
364
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.69. Group E, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.70. Group E, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.71. Group E, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(b) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.72. Group F, Division 1, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(2)
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
3.2.2.73. Group F, Division 1, up to 3 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy
timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of heavy
timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
365
3.2.2.74. Group F, Division 1, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire separations ..."
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... [noncombustible] floor assemblies shall be fire separations ..."
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.76. Group F, Division 2, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.77. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Increased Area, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.78. Group F, Division 2, up to 3 Storeys
(2)
(a),(e) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(e) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
3.2.2.79. Group F, Division 2, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
366
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.80. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.81. Group F, Division 2, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.82. Group F, Division 3, Any Height, Any Area, Sprinklered
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building shall be sprinklered throughout ..."
(b),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.83. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of noncombustible
construction ..."
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
367
(c),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(c),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.84. Group F, Division 3, up to 6 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be of
noncombustible construction ..."
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.85. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys
(2)
[F04-OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min ..." and to Clause (d).
[F04-OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... (c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a
fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, ..." and to Clause (d).
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a),(d) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(d) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(d) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.86. Group F, Division 3, up to 4 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a),(c) [F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(a),(c) [F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OS1.3]
(b),(c) [F04-OP1.3]
3.2.2.87. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
368
3.2.2.88. Group F, Division 3, up to 2 Storeys, Sprinklered
(1)
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(2)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
(a) [F03-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement that noncombustible floor assemblies be fire separations.
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
3.2.2.89. Group F, Division 3, One Storey
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
3.2.2.90. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Sprinklered
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building classified as Group F, Division 3 is permitted to be of
heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
(a) [F02,F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the building is sprinklered throughout ..."
3.2.2.91. Group F, Division 3, One Storey, Any Area, Low Fire Load Occupancy
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.2.92. Group F, Division 3, Storage Garages up to 22 m High
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as
open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor, wall, ceiling and roof
assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction ..."
[F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A building used as a storage garage with all storeys constructed as
open-air storeys and having no other occupancy above it is permitted to have its floor,wall, ceiling and roof
assemblies constructed without a fire-resistance rating provided it is (a) of noncombustible construction ..."
3.2.2.93. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction, Various Heights and Occupancies, Sprinklered
(2)
(b), (c) [F04 - OS1.3]
(b), (c) [F04 - OP1.3]
(a), (c) [F03 - OS1.2][F04 - OS1.2, OS1.3]
(a), (c) [F03 - OP1.2][F04 - OP1.2, OP1.3]
3.2.3.1. Limiting Distance and Area of Unprotected Openings
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(5)
[F03-OP3.1]
(6)
[F03-OP3.1]
(8)
[F03-OP3.1]
(9)
[F03-OP3.1]
369
(10)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.4. Party Wall
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.5. Wall with Limiting Distance Less Than 1.2 m
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.6. Combustible Projections
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F03-OP3.1]
(5)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.7. Construction of Exposing Building Face
(1)
[F03,F02-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03,F02-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(4)
[F03,F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.8. Protection of Exterior Building Face
(1)
[F03,F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.9. Protection of Structural Members
(1)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
3.2.3.10. Unlimited Unprotected Openings
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.11. Low Fire Load, One Storey Building
(1)
(b) [F03-OP3.1]
(a) [F04-OP3.1]
3.2.3.12. Area Increase for Unprotected Openings
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.13. Protection of Exit Facilities
(4)
[F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(5)
[F10-OS1.5, OS3.7]
3.2.3.14. Wall Exposed to Another Wall
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
370
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.3.15. Wall Exposed to Adjoining Roof
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.2.3.16. Protection of Soffits
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.3.17. Canopy Protection for Vertically Separated Openings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.3.18. Covered Vehicular Passageway
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F02-OP3.1]
3.2.3.19. Walkway between Buildings
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F02-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02-OP3.1]
(4)
[F02,F12-OP3.1]
3.2.3.20. Underground Walkway
(1)
[F01,F02-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02-OP3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "An underground walkway shall be of noncombustible construction
..."
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to portion of By-law text: "An underground walkway shall be ... suitable for an underground
location."
(4)
(a) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2]
371
(b) [F10-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
3.2.3.22. Installation of Service Lines Under Buildings
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
3.2.4.1. Determination of Requirement for a Fire Alarm System
(1)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.2. Continuity of Fire Alarm System
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
(4)
[F10-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
(5)
[F11,F13-OS1.2]
(6)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.3. Types of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)
(a) [F11-OS1.5]
(b) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
(c),(d) [F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.4. Description of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
(a) [F11-OS1.4] [F13-OS1.5]
(b),(c) [F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F13-OS1.5]
(4)
[F13-OS1.5]
3.2.4.5. Installation and Verification of Fire Alarm Systems
(1)
[F11,F81-OS1.5] [F13,F12,F81-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12,F11-OS3.7] Applies to voice communication systems.
(2)
[F82-OS1.5]
3.2.4.6. Silencing of Alarm Signals
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F81,F34-OS1.5]
(3)
[F12-OS3.5]
3.2.4.7. Signals to Fire Department
(1)
[F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(2)
[F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
372
[F13-OP1.2]
(3)
[F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(4)
[F81,F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F81,F13-OP1.2]
(5)
[F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(6)
[F13-OP1.2]
[F13-OS1.2]
3.2.4.8. Annunciator and Zone Indication
(1)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(7)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(8)
[F12-OS1.5,OS3.7]
(9)
[F12-OS1.5,OS3.7]
(11)
[F12-OS1.2. OS1.5]
3.2.4.9. Electrical Supervision
(1)
[F82-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(2)
[F82-OS1.2]
[F82-OP1.2]
(3)
(a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OS1.2]
(a),(d),(e),(f),(g) [F82-OP1.2]
(b),(c) [F82-OS1.5]
(4)
[F81-OP1.2]
[F82-OS1.2]
(5)
[F81-OP1.2]
[F82-OS1.2]
(6)
[F82-OS1.2]
[F82-OP1.2]
(7)
[F82-OS1.2,OP1.2]
(8)
[F82-OS1.2,OP1.2]
(9)
[F82-OS1.2,OP1.2]
3.2.4.10. Fire Detectors
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5]
373
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.11. Smoke Detectors
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F12-OS1.5]
(4)
[F10-OS1.5]
(5)
[F11-OS1.5]
(7)
[F11-OS1.4,OS1.5]
3.2.4.12. Prevention of Smoke Circulation
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.2.4.13. Vacuum Cleaning System Shutdown
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.2.4.14. Deleted.
3.2.4.15. System Monitoring
(1)
[F11-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(3)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.4.16. Manual Stations
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F10-OS1.5]
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
(5)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.17. Alert and Alarm Signals
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.18. Audibility of Alarm Systems
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
(4)
[F33-OS3.5]
(5)
[F11-OS1.5]
(6)
[F11-OS1.5]
(7)
[F11-OS1.5]
(8)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
374
(9)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(10)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(11)
[F11-OS1.5]
(13)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.19. Visible Signals
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.20. Smoke Alarms
(2)
[F81,F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
(5)
[F11-OS1.5]
(6)
[F11-OS1.5]
(7)
[F11-OS1.5]
(8)
[F11-OS1.5]
(9)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(10)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(12)
[F11-OS1.5]
(13)
[F81,F11-OS1.5]
(14)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(16)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.21. Residential Fire Warning Systems
(1)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
3.2.4.22. Voice Communication Systems for High Buildings
(1)
[F12,F11-OS3.7]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.4,OS1.5]
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
(5)
[F12-OS3.7]
(6)
[F11-OS1.5]
(7)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.4.23. One-Way Voice Communication Systems
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
3.2.5.1. Access to Above-Grade Storeys
(1)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
375
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2, OS1.5, OS3.7]
3.2.5.2. Access to Basements
(1)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.3. Roof Access
(1)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.4. Access Routes
(1)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.5. Location of Access Routes and Path of Travel
(1)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F06-OS1.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(5)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(6)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.6. Access Route Design
(1)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F02,F12,F03-OP1.2]
[F02,F12,F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F12-OS1.5, OS3.1, OS3.7]
376
3.2.5.7. Water Supply
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F02-OP3.1]
3.2.5.8. Standpipe Systems
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.5.9. Standpipe System Design
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(6)
[F12-OS1.2,OP1.2]
(7)
[F12-OS1.2,OP1.2]
3.2.5.10. Hose Connections
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F05,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.5.11. Hose Stations
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F02,F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F10-OS1.5]
(6)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
377
(7)
[F01-OS1.1]
3.2.5.12. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
(1)
[F02,F81,F82-OS1.2]
[F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02,F81-OS1.2]
[F02,F81-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02,F81-OS1.2]
[F02,F81-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F81-OS1.2]
[F81-OP1.2]
(6)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
(8)
[F81-OS3.3,OS3.6]
(11)
[F03-OS1.2]
(12)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.2.5.13. Combustible Sprinkler Piping
(2)
[F02,F81-OS1.2]
[F02,F81-OP1.2]
(3)
[F06-OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F06-OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
3.2.5.14. Sprinklered Service Space
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.15. Fire Department Connections
(1)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
378
(2)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.16. Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1)
[F02,F12,F81-OS1.2]
[F02,F12,F81-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.5.17. Protection from Freezing
(1)
[F81-OS1.2]
[F81-OP1.2]
3.2.5.18. Fire Pumps
(1)
[F02,F81-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.4]
[F02,F81-OP1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
3.2.5.19. Location of Building Safety Facilities for Firefighters
(1)
[F03-OS1.2,OP1.2]
3.2.5.20. Radio Antenna Systems
(1)
[F12, F13 - OS1.2,OS1.5] [F12,F13 - OS3.7]
[F12,F13-OP1.2
3.2.6.2. Limits to Smoke Movement
(1)
[F02-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F05-OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
(6)
[F03,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03,F12-OP1.2]
3.2.6.3. Connected Buildings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
3.2.6.4. Emergency Operation of Elevators
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
379
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(5)
[F12-OS3.4]
(6)
[F12-OS3.4]
(7)
[F12-OS3.4]
3.2.6.5. Elevator for Use by Firefighters
(1)
[F12,F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12,F06-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(5)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(6)
Deleted.
Deleted.
3.2.6.6. Venting to Aid Firefighting
(1)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2] [F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
3.2.6.7. Central Alarm and Control Facility
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F11-OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.6.8. Voice Communication System
(1)
[F12,F11-OS3.7]
380
3.2.6.9. Testing
(1)
[F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F82-OP1.2]
3.2.7.1. Minimum Lighting Requirements
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F74-OA2]
(6)
[F74-OA2]
(7)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F74-OA2]
[F30-OS3.1]
3.2.7.2. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
(1)
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1,OP1.2]
3.2.7.3. Emergency Lighting
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.2.7.4. Emergency Power for Lighting
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30,F81-OS3.1] [F10,F81-OS3.7]
3.2.7.5. Emergency Power Supply Installation
(1)
[F81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
[F81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
[F81,F30-OS3.1] [F81,F11,F10,F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.6. Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies
(1)
[F81,F06,F11,F02,F03,F10,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F81,F06,F02,F03-OP1.2]
[F81,F06,F02-OP3.1]
[F81,F30-OS3.1] [F81,F11,F10,F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.7. Fuel Supply Shut-off Valves
(1)
[F12-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
[F12-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
[F12-OH5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified shut-off valve outside the building.
381
[F81-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
[F81-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies to the requirement for a suitably identified separate shut-off valve.
3.2.7.8. Emergency Power for Fire Alarm Systems
(1)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2] Applies to the requirement for fire alarm systems, including those with a voice communication system,
to be provided with an emergency power supply.
(2)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F13-OP1.2]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(4)
[F13-OP1.2]
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5]
3.2.7.9. Emergency Power for Building Services
(1)
[F12,F02,F03-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12,F02,F03-OP1.2]
(b) [F02-OP3.1]
(a) [F36-OS3.6] [F12,F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F36-OS3.6] [F12-OS3.7]
3.2.7.10. Protection of Electrical Conductors
(2)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(6)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(8)
[F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F06-OP1.2]
(10)
[F06-OS1.4]
[F06-OP1.2]
[F10-OS3.7]
3.2.8.1. Application
(1)
[F03,F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
382
3.2.8.2. Exceptions to Special Protection
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
3.2.8.3. Sprinklers
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F02,F13-OP1.2]
3.2.8.4. Vestibules
(1)
[F06-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F06,F03-OP1.2]
3.2.8.5. Protected Floor Space
(1)
[F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
3.2.8.6. Draft Stops
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F02,F13-OP1.2]
3.2.8.7. Mechanical Exhaust System
(1)
[F03-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.2.8.8. Combustible Content Limits
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.2.9.1. Testing
(1)
[F02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
3.3.1.1. Separation of Suites
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2, OP1.2]
3.3.1.2. Hazardous Substances, Equipment and Processes
(1)
[F01,F02,F03-OS1.1,OS1.2]
383
[F01,F02,F03-OP1.1,OP1.2]
[F43-OS3.4]
(3)
[F43-OS3.7]
[F05-OS1.5]
3.3.1.3. Means of Egress
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(7)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
(8)
[F05-OS1.5]
(9)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
3.3.1.4. Public Corridor Separations
(1)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(4)
(a),(b) [F03,F05,F10-OS1.5] [F06,F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(c) [F03,F05-OS1.5] [F03,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(a),(b) [F03,F06,F12-OP1.2]
(c) [F03,F06-OP1.2]
3.3.1.5. Egress Doorways
(1)
[F10,F05-OS1.5]
(2)
[F05,F10-OS1.5]
3.3.1.6. Travel Distance
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
3.3.1.7. Deleted
3.3.1.8. Headroom and Protruding Objects
(2)
[F30,F73-OS3.1]
3.3.1.9. Corridors
(1)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(4)
(a) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
(b) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
3.3.1.11. Door Swing
384
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.12. Sliding Doors
(1)
(b) [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.13. Doors and Door Hardware
(1)
(a),(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(c) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(d) [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
(8)
[F12-OS3.7]
(9)
[F12-OS3.7]
(10)
[F12-OS3.7]
(11)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.16. Tapered Treads in a Curved Flight
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.17. Capacity of Access to Exits
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.18. Guards
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1]H
(4)
[F30-OS3.1]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.19. Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.20. Transparent Doors and Panels
385
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F20-OS3.1]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)
[F30-OS3.1]
(9)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.1.21. Exhaust Ventilation and Explosion Venting
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
(a) [F02-OS1.2]
(a) [F02-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief devices and vents.
[F02-OP1.3] Applies to the requirement for explosion-relief devices and vents.
3.3.1.22. Janitors' Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.1.23. Common Laundry Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.1.24. Obstructions
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.25. Signs in Service Spaces
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.1.26. Welding and Cutting
(1)
[F03,F02-OS1.2]
[F03,F02-OP1.2]
3.3.2.1. Scope
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.2. Fire Separations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is not sprinklered.
[F03-OS1.2] Applies where space under tiers of seats is sprinklered.
386
3.3.2.4. Fixed Seats
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.5. Aisles
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F10-OS3.7]
(8)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(9)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(11)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(12)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(13)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(14)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(15)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(16)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.6. Corridors
(1)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.7. Doors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.8. Fixed Bench-Type Seats without Arms
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.10. Handrails in Aisles with Steps
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.3.2.11. Outdoor Places of Assembly
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
387
3.3.2.12. Bleachers
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.13. Libraries
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
3.3.2.14. Stages for Theatrical Performances
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02,F06-OP1.2]
(6)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.2.15. Risers for Stairs
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.16. Storage Rooms
(1)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.3.2.17. Safety Glazing
(1)
[F20,F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20,F30-OS3.1]
3.3.2.18. Daycare Facilities with Children under 30 Months
(1)
(a) [F02,F03,F05-OS1.2,OS1.3]
(b) [F10-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
388
(4)
[F11-OS1.5]
[F81-OS1.4]
(5)
[F11-OS1.5]
[F81-OS1.4]
3.3.3.2. Separations between Care, Treatment or Detention Occupancies and Repair Garages
(1)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.3.3. Corridors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(4)
(a) [F10-OS3.7]
(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
3.3.3.4. Doorway Width
(1)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
3.3.3.5. Compartments and Fire Separations
(2)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(6)
[F10-OS1.5]
(7)
[F10-OS1.5]
(8)
[F03,F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
(12)
[F03,F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5]
(16)
[F02,F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
(17)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.3.6. Areas of Refuge
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.3.7. Contained Use Areas
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F02,F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
389
[F02,F06-OP1.2]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.4.2. Fire Separations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F02,F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F02,F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
(a) [F03-OP1.2]
[F44-OS3.4]
3.3.4.3. Storage Rooms
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F12-OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
3.3.4.4. Egress from Dwelling Units
(2)
[F10,F05-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F05-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(5)
[F10,F05-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10,F05-OS3.7]
(7)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.4.5. Automatic Locking Prohibition
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.3.4.8. Protection of Openable Windows
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.5.2. Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.3. Basements
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F01-OS1.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances to basements and to rooms containing building services
from the remainder of the building.
[F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of entrances from the remainder of the building.
390
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.
[F06-OP1.2] Applies to the separation of exits from the remainder of the building.
(3)
[F44-OS1.1]
3.3.5.4. Repair and Storage Garages
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.3.5.5. Repair Garage Separation
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.6. Storage Garage Separation
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.5.7. Vestibules
(4)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OS1.1]
3.3.5.8. Dispensing of Fuel
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
3.3.5.9. Multiple-Tenant Self-Storage Warehouses
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.6.2. Storage of Dangerous Goods
(1)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F01,F02,F03,F81-OS1.1,OS1.2]
[F01,F02,F03,F81-OP1.1,OP1.2]
(4)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
3.3.6.3. Indoor Storage of Anhydrous Ammonia and Flammable, Toxic and Oxidizing Gases
(1)
(a) [F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
(a) [F03-OP1.2]
(a) [F44-OS1.2,OS1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire separations.
(b) [F12-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.3]
(b) [F02-OP1.3]
391
(c) [F12-OS1.1]
(d) [F44-OS1.1]
(2)
(a) [F03-OP1.2]
(a) [F03-OS1.2] [F44-OS1.1]
(a) [F44-OS1.2,OS1.5,OS1.1] Applies to gas-tight fire separations.
(b) [F12-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
(c) [F12-OS1.1]
(d) [F44-OS1.1]
3.3.6.4. Storage and Dispensing Rooms for Flammable Liquids and Combustible Liquids
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.3]
[F02-OP1.3]
3.3.6.5. Tire Storage
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.3.6.6. Ammonium Nitrate Storage
(2)
[F01-OS1.1] [F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1] [F02,F12-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2] [F01-OS1.1]
[F03-OP1.2] [F01-OP1.1]
(4)
[F12,F02-OS1.1]
[F12,F02-OP1.2]
(5)
[F44-OH5]
[F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
[F43-OS3.4]
(6)
[F01,F81-OS1.1]
3.3.6.7. Flooring Materials
(1)
[F43-OS3.4]
[F44-OH5]
[F01-OS1.1]
3.3.6.8. Fire Separations in Process Plants
(1)
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OS1.2]
3.3.6.9. Basements and Pits
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
392
3.3.7.2. Skylights
(1)
[F34-OS4.1]
(2)
[F34-OS4.1]
3.3.7.5. Exterior Sliding Windows
(1)
[F34-OS4.1]
3.3.7.6. Security Gates for Storage Garages
(1)
[F36-OS3.6]
3.3.7.7. Security for Storage Garages
(1)
[F34, F35-OS4.1]
(2)
[F34, F35-OS4.1] [F30-OS4.2]
(3)
[F34, F35-OS4.1] [F30-OS4.2]
(4)
[F34, F35-OS4.1] [F30-OS4.2]
(5)
[F34, F35-OS4.1] [F30-OS4.2]
(6)
[F34, F35-OS4.1] [F30-OS4.2]
(7)
[F34, F35-OS4.1]
(8)
[F30-OS4.2] [F35-OS4.2]
3.3.7.9. Mailbox Construction in Multi-Family Buildings
(1)
[F34-OS4.3]
3.3.8.1. Public Storage Facilities
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.2. Separation of Exits
(1)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
[F12,F06-OP1.2]
[F12,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10, F12, F05, F06-OS3.7]
[F12, F06-OP1.2]
[F12, F06-OS1.5, OS1.2]
3.4.1.5. Exterior Exit Passageways
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.6. Restricted Use of Horizontal Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10,F05-OS3.7]
3.4.1.7. Slide Escapes
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.1.9. Mirrors near Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
393
3.4.1.10. Combustible Glazing in Exits
(1)
[F05-OS1.2] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
3.4.2.1. Minimum Number of Exits
(1)
[F10,F12,F05,F06-OS3.7]
[F12,F06-OS1.2]
[F12,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.2. Means of Egress from Mezzanines
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
3.4.2.3. Distance between Exits
(1)
[F10,F05-OS1.5]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.4. Travel Distance
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.5. Location of Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.2.6. Principal Entrances
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.3.1. Exit Width Based on Occupant Load
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.3.2. Exit Width
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F10-OS3.7]
(8)
[F12,F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.3.3. Exit Width Reduction
(1)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(2)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
394
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(3)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(4)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.3.4. Headroom Clearance
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10,F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.4.1. Fire-Resistance Rating of Exit Separations
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
[F06,F03-OP1.2]
3.4.4.2. Exits through Lobbies
(1)
[F05,F06-OS1.5]
(2)
[F12,F10,F05,F06-OS1.5]
3.4.4.3. Exterior Passageway Exceptions
(1)
[F05,F06,F10-OS1.5]
3.4.4.4. Integrity of Exits
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
[F06,F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
[F43-OS3.7]
(5)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2] [F03-OS1.2]
395
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(6)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1] [F31-OS3.2] [F32-OS3.3] [F43-OS3.4]
[F10,F05-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
(7)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
[F43-OS3.7]
(8)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
(9)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06-OP1.2]
3.4.5.1. Exit Signs
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.5.2. Exit Signs with Tactile Information
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.5.3. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.1. Slip Resistance of Ramps and Stairs
(1)
(a) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(b) [F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
3.4.6.2. Minimum Number of Risers
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.3. Maximum Vertical Rise of Stair Flights and Required Landings
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings
(1)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
396
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(2)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(4)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.5. Handrails
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(9)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
(11)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(12)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
(13)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(15)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.6. Guards
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.7. Ramp Slope
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.8. Treads and Risers
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F73-OA1]
397
(4)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)
[F30-OS3.1]
(9)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(10)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.9. Curved Flights in Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.10. Horizontal Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10,F73-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.11. Doors
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
[F81,F10-OS3.7] Applies where there is a danger of blockage from ice or snow.
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.12. Direction of Door Swing
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.13. Self-closing Devices
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F06,F03-OP1.2]
3.4.6.14. Sliding Doors
(2)
[F12-OS3.7]
3.4.6.15. Revolving Doors
(1)
(a) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(b) [F10,F12-OS3.7]
(c) [F10-OS3.7]
(d) [F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
398
(e) [F20-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
(a),(b),(d),(e) [F10,F81-OS3.7] [F20,F30-OS3.1]
3.4.6.16. Door Release Hardware
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(8)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
3.4.6.17. Security for Banks and Mercantile Floor Areas
(1)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings.
[F10,F81-OS3.7] Applies to exit and egress doors that comply with the stated Sentences.
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F81-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS1.5]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
(9)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
3.4.6.18. Emergency Crossover Access to Floor Areas
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F12-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.4.6.19. Floor Numbering and Identification of Stair Shafts
(1)
[F10,F12,F73-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(2)
[F10,F12,F73-OS3.7]
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
3.4.7.1. Scope
399
(1)
[F10,F12-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
[F10-OS1.5] [F12-OS1.2]
3.4.7.2. Fire Escape Construction
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.2] Applies to the combustibility of materials used in the construction of fire escapes.
[F10,F12-OS3.7] [F20-OS3.1] Applies to the type and construction of fire escapes.
[F20-OS2.1] Applies to the type and construction of fire escapes.
3.4.7.3. Access to Fire Escapes
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of By-law text: "Access to fire escapes shall be from corridors through doors at floor
level ..."
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.4.7.4. Protection of Fire Escapes
(1)
[F05,F06-OS1.5]
3.4.7.5. Stairs
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7] Applies to the reduction in width permitted under certain conditions.
(4)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
3.4.7.6. Guards and Railings
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.5.2.1. Elevators, Escalators and Dumbwaiters
(1)
[F30,F81-OS3.1] [F32,F81-OS3.3] [F36,F81-OS3.6]
(2)
[F82-OS3.1,OS3.3,OS3.6]
(3)
[F73-OA1]
3.5.3.1. Fire Separations for Elevator Hoistways
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.5.3.2. Vertical Service Spaces for Dumbwaiters
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.5.3.3. Fire Separations for Elevator Machine Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
400
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.5.4.1. Elevator Car Dimensions
(1)
[F12-OS3.7]
(3)
[F12-OS3.7]
3.5.4.2. Floor Numbering
(1)
[F73-OA1]
3.6.1.2. Electrical Wiring and Equipment
(1)
[F01-OS1.1] [F02,F03-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.4]
[F01-OP1.1] [F02,F03-OP1.2] [F81-OP1.4]
[F32-OS3.3]
3.6.1.3. Lightning Protection Systems
(1)
[F01,F81-OS1.1]
[F01,F81-OP1.1]
3.6.1.4. Storage Use Prohibition
(1)
[F01-OS1.1] [F02-OS1.2]
3.6.1.5. Appliances Installed outside a Building
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
(b) [F03-OP1.2]
(a) [F03-OP3.1]
3.6.2.1. Fire Separations around Service Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
[F01-OP1.1] [F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(6)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
3.6.2.2. Service Rooms under Exits
(1)
[F06,F05-OS3.7]
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.2.4. Incinerator Rooms
401
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.2.5. Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.6.2.6. Door Swing for Service Rooms
(1)
[F10-OS1.5] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or
incinerator shall swing outward from the room ..."
[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "A swing-type door from a service room containing a boiler or
incinerator shall swing ... inward if the door opens onto a corridor or any room used for an assembly occupancy."
3.6.2.7. Electrical Equipment Vaults
(2)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] [F11-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.4]
[F02-OP1.2] [F03-OP1.4]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
(6)
[F81-OS1.1]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
(8)
[F44-OS1.1] [F03-OS1.2]
(9)
[F34-OS1.1]
[F34-OS3.3]
[F34-OP1.1]
3.6.2.8. Emergency Power Installations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.4] [F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4] [F06-OP1.2]
3.6.3.1. Fire Separations for Vertical Service Spaces
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.6.3.2. Foamed Plastic Protection
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
402
3.6.3.3. Linen and Refuse Chutes
(1)
(d),(e) [F02-OS1.2]
(a),(b),(c) [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
(4)
(b) [F03-OS1.2]
(a) [F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
(5)
(a) [F81,F03-OS1.2]
(a) [F81,F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
(a) [F81,F03-OP1.2]
(b) [F03-OS1.2]
(b) [F03-OP1.2]
(c) [F01,F02-OS1.2]
(c) [F01,F02-OP1.2]
(d) [F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(d) [F06-OP1.2]
(6)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(7)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(8)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F41-OH2.4,OH2.5]
(9)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(10)
[F81,F03-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall be
of sufficient size to contain the refuse between normal intervals of emptying ..."
[F81,F41-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges
shall be of sufficient size to contain the refuse between normal intervals of emptying ..."
[F41-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies to portion of By-law text: "The room or bin into which a refuse chute discharges shall
be ... impervious to moisture and be equipped with a water connection and floor drain for washing-down
purposes."
(11)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
3.6.3.4. Exhaust Duct Negative Pressure
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures
(1)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
403
(2)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
3.6.4.2. Fire Separations for Horizontal Service Spaces
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
3.6.4.3. Plenum Requirements
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(3)
[F02, F03-OS1.2.,OS3.4]
3.6.4.4. Attic or Roof Space Access
(1)
[F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.4.5. Horizontal Service Space Access
(1)
[F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.4.6. Crawl Space Access
(1)
[F01,F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F01,F02,F12-OP1.2]
3.6.5.1. Duct Materials
(1)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
(5)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.2. Vibration Isolation Connectors
(1)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.3. Tape
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
(5)
[F02-OS1.2]
(6)
[F02-OS1.2]
(7)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
404
3.6.5.5. Insulation and Coverings
(1)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.6. Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
(2)
[F01-OS1.2]
(3)
[F01-OS1.2]
(4)
[F01-OS1.2]
(5)
[F01-OS1.2]
3.6.5.7. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust-Air Openings
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.8. Return-Air System
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
(3)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
(4)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
3.6.5.9. Location of Exhaust Vents in a Building Containing not more than Two Principal Dwelling Units
(1)
[F50-OH5]
[F56-OH3.1]
3.7.1.1. Room and Space Height
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
3.7.2.1. Plumbing and Drainage Systems
(3)
[F72-OH2.1]
(4)
[F72-OH2.1]
3.7.2.2. Water Closets
(1)
[F72-OH2.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... water closets shall be provided ..."
(4)
[F72-OH2.1]
(5)
[F72-OH2.1]
(6)
[F72-OH2.1]
(7)
[F72-OH2.1]
(8)
[F72-OH2.1]
(9)
[F72-OH2.1]
(10)
[F72-OH2.1]
(11)
[F72-OH2.1]
(12)
[F72-OH2.1]
(13)
[F72-OH2.1]
405
(14)
[F72-OH2.1]
(15)
[F72-OH2.1]
(16)
[F72-OH2.1]
3.7.2.3. Lavatories
(1)
[F71-OH2.3]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F71-OH2.3]
3.7.2.4. Safety Glazing
(1)
[F20-OS3.1]
3.7.2.5. Surface Protection
(1)
[F72-OH2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
(2)
[F72-OH2.1] [F40-OH2.4]
3.7.2.6. Floor Drain
(1)
[F40-OH2.4]
[F30-OS3.1]
3.7.2.7. Grab Bars
(1)
[F20-OS3.1]
3.7.2.8. Bathtubs
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(b) [F31-OS3.2]
(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F31-OS3.7]
[F36-OS3.6]
3.7.2.11. Gender Neutral Washroom Requirements
(1)
[F30,F34,F35-OS4.2]
(2)
[F30,F34-OS3.1]
3.7.3.1. Medical Gas Piping
(1)
[F43,F81,F82-OS3.4]
(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]
3.8.2.2. Entrances
(1)
[F73-OA1]
(4)
[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.3. Areas Requiring a Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(1)
[F73-OA1]
(3)
[F74-OA2]
(4)
[F74-OA2]
406
(5)
[F74-OA2]
[F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... each row of seats served by two aisles shall have one adaptable
seat conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. located adjacent to one of the aisles."
(6)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.4. Access to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks
(1)
[F73-OA1]
(2)
[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.5. Exterior Barrier-Free Paths of Travel to Building Entrances and Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
(1)
[F73-OA1]
(2)
[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.7. Power Door Operators
(1)
[F73-OA1]
3.8.2.8. Plumbing Facilities
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(4)
[F72-OH2.1]
[F73-OA1]
(13)
[F74-OA2]
(15)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.9. Assistive Listening Systems
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.10. Signs and Indicators
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
(3)
[F74-OA2]
(4)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.11. Counters
(1)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.2.12. Telephones
(1)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.2. Barrier-Free Path of Travel
(1)
[F73-OA1]
(3)
(a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]
(a),(b) [F73-OA1]
(c),(d) [F73-OA1]
407
(e),(f) [F73-OA1]
(e),(f) [F30-OS3.1]
(c),(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F73-OA1]
(6)
[F73-OA1]
(8)
[F80, F82-OA1]
3.8.3.3. Exterior Walks
(1)
(a) [F73-OA1]
(a) [F30-OS3.1]
(b) [F73-OA1]
(d) [F30-OS3.1]
3.8.3.4. Exterior Passenger-Loading Zones
(1)
(a) [F74-OA2], [F30-OS3.1]
(b) [F73-OA1]
(c) [F74-OA2]
(2)
[F73, F74-OA1, OA2]
(3)
[F73, F74-OA1, OA2]
3.8.3.5. Ramps
(1)
(b),(e) [F73-OA1]
(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(c) [F73-OA1]
(d) [F73-OA1]
(b),(e) [F30-OS3.1]
(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(4)
(a) [F73-OA1]
(b),(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1]
(6)
[F73-OA1]
3.8.3.6. Doorways and Doors
(2)
[F73-OA1]
(3)
[F74-OA2]
[F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F74-OA2]
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F74-OA2]
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F73-OA1]
408
(7)
[F30-OS3.1]
(8)
[F73-OA1]
(10)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F73-OA1]
(11)
[F73-OA1]
(12)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F73-OA1]
(14)
[F73-OA1]
(15)
[F73-OA1]
(17)
[F74-OA2]
[F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.7. Passenger-Elevating Devices
(1)
[F73-OA1]
[F74-OA2]
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.8. Controls
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F10-OS3.7]
3.8.3.9. Accessible Signs
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F73-OA1]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
[F73-OA1]
(3)
[F74-OA2]
[F73-OA1]
3.8.3.10. Drinking Fountains
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.11. Water-Bottle Filling Stations
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.12. Accessible Water-Closet Stalls
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F72-OH2.1]
(d)(i) [F74-OA2]
(f),(g) [F30,F20-OS3.1]
409
(h) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be equipped with a coat hook ... projecting not more than 50
mm from the wall ..."
3.8.3.13. Universal Washrooms
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(b) [F10-OS3.7]
(g) [F30-OS3.1] Applies to the requirement for a coat hook.
(i) [F74-OA2] Applies to the requirement for a shelf.
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
(b) [F74-OA2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... a door ... capable of being locked from the inside ..."
(2)
[F72-OH2.1] [F71-OH2.3]
3.8.3.14. Water Closets
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F72-OH2.1]
3.8.3.15. Water-Closet Stalls and Urinals for Persons with Limited Mobility
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(d) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
(f) [F30-OS3.1]
3.8.3.16. Lavatories and Mirrors
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F71-OH2.3]
(f) [F31-OS3.2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.17. Showers
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(d),(e) [F30-OS3.1]
(f) [F30-OS3.1]
(h) [F31-OS3.2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
[F71-OH2.3]
(a) [F73-OA1]
(b) [F10-OS3.7]
(b) [F74-OA2]
(g) [F74-OA2]
3.8.3.18. Accessible Bathtubs
(1)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems
410
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F11-OS3.7]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.20. Counters
(1)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.21. Telephones
(1)
[F74-OA2]
(2)
[F74-OA2]
3.8.3.22. Spaces in Seating Area
(1)
[F74-OA2]
[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... level ... level and have removable seats, ..."
(d) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any
aisle requirements ..."
(2)
[F74-OA2]
[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... level, ..."
(3)
(a) [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... without infringing on egress from any row of seating or any
aisle requirements ..."
[F74-OA2]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
3.9.1.2. Application
(1)
(d) [F02-OS1.1]
3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation
(2)
[F12-OP3.1]
(3)
[F56-OH3.1]
3.9.3.1. Safety Requirements Within Floor Areas
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(6)
[F02-OP1.2]
3.9.3.2. Sanitary Facilities
(1)
[F72-OH2.1]
[F71-OH2.3]
Notes to Table 3.10.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
411
Notes to Part 3
Fire Protection, Occupant Safety and
Accessibility
A-3 Application of Part 3. In applying the requirements of this Part, it is intended that they be applied with discretion to
buildings of unusual configuration that do not clearly conform to the specific requirements, or to buildings in which processes are
carried out which make compliance with particular requirements in this Part impracticable. The definition of "building" as it applies
to this By-law is general and encompasses most structures, including those which would not normally be considered as buildings
in the layman's sense. This occurs more often in industrial uses, particularly those involving manufacturing facilities and
equipment that require specialized design that may make it impracticable to follow the specific requirements of this Part. Steel
mills, aluminum plants, refining, power generation and liquid storage facilities are examples. A water tank or an oil refinery, for
example, has no floor area, so it is obvious that requirements for exits from floor areas would not apply. Requirements for
structural fire protection in large steel mills and pulp and paper mills, particularly in certain portions, may not be practicable to
achieve in terms of the construction normally used and the operations for which the space is to be used. In other portions of the
same building, however, it may be quite reasonable to require that the provisions of this Part be applied (e.g., the office portions).
Similarly, areas of industrial occupancy which may be occupied only periodically by service staff, such as equipment penthouses,
normally would not need to have the same type of exit facility as floor areas occupied on a continuing basis. It is expected that
judgment will be exercised in evaluating the application of a requirement in those cases when extenuating circumstances require
special consideration, provided the occupants' safety is not endangered.
The provisions in this Part for fire protection features installed in buildings are intended to provide a minimum acceptable level of
public safety. It is intended that all fire protection features of a building, whether required or not, will be designed in conformance
with good fire protection engineering practice and will meet the appropriate installation requirements in relevant standards. Good
design is necessary to ensure that the level of public safety established by the By-law requirements will not be reduced by a
voluntary installation.
Firefighting Assumptions
The requirements of this Part are based on the assumption that firefighting capabilities are available in the event of a fire
emergency. These firefighting capabilities may take the form of a paid or volunteer public fire department or in some cases a
private fire brigade. If these firefighting capabilities are not available, additional fire safety measures may be required.
Firefighting capability can vary from municipality to municipality. Generally, larger municipalities have greater firefighting
capability than smaller ones. Similarly, older, well established municipalities may have better firefighting facilities than newly
formed or rapidly growing ones. The level of municipal fire protection considered to be adequate will normally depend on both
the size of the municipality (i.e., the number of buildings to be protected) and the size of buildings within that municipality. Since
larger buildings tend to be located in larger municipalities, they are generally, but not always, favoured with a higher level of
municipal protection.
Although it is reasonable to consider that some level of municipal firefighting capability was assumed in developing the fire safety
provisions in Part 3, this was not done on a consistent or defined basis. The requirements in the By-law, while developed in the
light of commonly prevailing municipal fire protection levels, do not attempt to relate the size of building to the level of municipal
protection. The responsibility for controlling the maximum size of building to be permitted in a municipality in relation to local
firefighting capability rests with the municipality. If a proposed building is too large, either in terms of floor area or building height,
to receive reasonable protection from the municipal fire department, fire protection requirements in addition to those prescribed
in this By-law, may be necessary to compensate for this deficiency. Automatic sprinkler protection may be one option to be
considered.
Alternatively, the municipality may, in light of its firefighting capability, elect to introduce zoning restrictions to ensure that the
maximum building size is related to available municipal fire protection facilities. This is, by necessity, a somewhat arbitrary
decision and should be made in consultation with the local firefighting service, who should have an appreciation of their
capability to fight fires.
412
The requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. are intended to prevent fire spread from thermal radiation assuming there is adequate
firefighting available. It has been found that periods of from 10 to 30 minutes usually elapse between the outbreak of fire in a
building that is not protected with an automatic sprinkler system and the attainment of high radiation levels. During this period,
the specified spatial separations should prove adequate to inhibit ignition of an exposed building face or the interior of an
adjacent building by radiation. Subsequently, however, reduction of the fire intensity by firefighting and the protective wetting of
the exposed building face will often be necessary as supplementary measures to inhibit fire spread.
In the case of a building that is sprinklered throughout, the automatic sprinkler system should control the fire to an extent that
radiation to neighbouring buildings should be minimal. Although there will be some radiation effect on a sprinklered building from
a fire in a neighbouring building, the internal sprinkler system should control any fires that might be ignited in the building and
thereby minimize the possibility of the fire spreading into the exposed building. NFPA 80A, "Recommended Practice for
Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures," provides additional information on the possibility of fire spread at building
exteriors.
The water supply requirements for fire protection installations depend on the requirements of any automatic sprinkler installations
and also on the number of fire streams that may be needed at any fire, having regard to the length of time the streams will have
to be used. Both these factors are largely influenced by the conditions at the building to be equipped, and the quantity and
pressure of water needed for the protection of both the interior and exterior of the building must be ascertained before the water
supply is decided upon. Acceptable water supplies may be a public waterworks system that has adequate pressure and
discharge capacity, automatic fire pumps, pressure tanks, manually controlled fire pumps in combination with pressure tanks,
gravity tanks, and manually controlled fire pumps operated by remote control devices at each hose station.
A-3.1.2. Use Classification. The purpose of classification is to determine which requirements apply. This By-law requires
classification in accordance with every major occupancy for which the building is used or intended to be used. Where necessary,
an application clause has been inserted in this Part to explain how to choose between the alternative requirements which
multiple occupancy classification may present.
A-3.1.2.1.(1) Major Occupancy Classification. The following are examples of the major occupancy classifications described
in Table 3.1.2.1.:
Group A, Division 1
Motion picture theatres
Opera houses
Television studios admitting a viewing audience
Theatres, including experimental theatres
Group A, Division 2
Art galleries
Auditoria
Bowling alleys
Churches and similar places of worship
Clubs, nonresidential
Community halls
Courtrooms
Dance halls
Daycare Facilities for Children
Exhibition halls (other than classified in Group E)
Gymnasia
Lecture halls
413
Libraries
Licensed beverage establishments
Museums
Passenger stations and depots
Recreational piers
Restaurants
Schools and colleges, nonresidential
Undertaking premises
Group A, Division 3
Arenas
Indoor swimming pools, with or without spectator seating
Rinks
Group A, Division 4
Amusement park structures (not elsewhere classified)
Bleachers
Grandstands
Reviewing stands
Stadia
Group B, Division 1
Jails
Penitentiaries
Police stations with detention quarters
Prisons
Psychiatric hospitals with detention quarters
Reformatories with detention quarters
Group B, Division 2
Care facilities with treatment
Convalescent /recovery/rehabilitation centres with treatment
Hospices with treatment
Hospitals
Infirmaries
Nursing homes with treatment
Psychiatric hospitals without detention quarters
Respite centres with treatment
Group B, Division 3
Assisted/supportive living facilities
414
Care facilities without treatment
Children's custodial homes
Convalescent/recovery/rehabilitation centres without treatment
Group homes
Hospices without treatment
Nursing homes without treatment
Reformatories without detention quarters
Respite centres without treatment
Group C
Apartments
Boarding houses
Clubs, residential
Colleges, residential
Convents
Dormitories
Hotels
Houses
Lodging houses
Monasteries
Motels
Schools, residential
Group D
Banks
Barber and hairdressing shops
Beauty parlours
Dental offices
Dry cleaning establishments, self-service, not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners
Laundries, self-service
Medical offices
Offices
Police stations without detention quarters
Radio stations
Small tool and appliance rental and service establishments
Group E
Department stores
Exhibition halls
415
Markets
Shops
Stores
Supermarkets
Group F, Division 1
Bulk plants for flammable liquids
Bulk storage warehouses for hazardous substances
Cereal mills
Chemical manufacturing or processing plants
Distilleries
Dry cleaning plants
Feed mills
Flour mills
Grain elevators
Lacquer factories
Mattress factories
Paint, varnish and pyroxylin product factories
Rubber processing plants
Spray painting operations
Waste paper processing plants
Group F, Division 2
Aircraft hangars
Box factories
Candy plants
Cold storage plants
Dry cleaning establishments not using flammable or explosive solvents or cleaners
Electrical substations
Factories
Freight depots
Helicopter landing areas on roofs
Laboratories
Laundries, except self-service
Mattress factories
Planing mills
Printing plants
Repair garages
416
Salesrooms
Service stations
Storage rooms
Television studios not admitting a viewing audience
Warehouses
Wholesale rooms
Woodworking factories
Workshops
Group F, Division 3
Creameries
Factories
Laboratories
Light-aircraft hangars (storage only)
Power plants
Salesrooms
Sample display rooms
Storage garages, including open air parking garages
Storage rooms
Warehouses
Workshops
A-3.1.2.3.(1) Arena Regulation. The use of an arena is regulated in the Fire By-law.
A-3.1.2.7. Group A, Division 2, Low Occupant Load. A suite of Group A, Division 2 assembly is permitted to be classified as a
Group D business and personal services occupancy provided the requirements of Article 3.1.2.6. are complied with. This re-
classification will permit the suite to be located in a building to which Part 9 of the By-law is applicable, or when the suite is
located in a building where the adjoining occupancy is a Group F, Division 1 high hazard occupancy.
A-3.1.2.8. Daycare Facilities for Children. A daycare facility for children is typically occupied for a period of less than 24 hours
each day (i.e., is not a residential facility). The term "daycare" is not meant to exclude facilities that provide short term care
during the night for a period of less than 24 hours each day. (See also A-3.3.2.18.)
A-3.1.4.1.(1) Combustible Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission to use combustible construction or
combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.4.1., 3.1.5.5., 3.1.5.14. and 3.1.5.15. does not waive the requirements regarding
construction type and cladding stated in Article 3.2.3.7.
A-3.1.4.2. Protection of Penetrations. Where foamed plastics are required to be protected from adjacent spaces within a
building, the protection should be continuous so as to cover the foamed plastics so they are not exposed to the interior of the
building. However, minor penetrations of the protective covering by small electrical and mechanical components, such as
electrical outlets and fixtures, sprinkler piping, and mechanical vents, are acceptable because the penetrant and associated
fittings and seals will prevent the small amount of foamed plastic surrounding the penetration from being exposed to the interior
of the building.
Foamed plastics that are penetrated by larger components or assemblies, such as windows, are unlikely to be exposed to the
interior of the building as they are protected by associated framing and finishes and/or the installation of a closure.
Small amounts of foamed plastics, such as air sealants used between major components of exterior wall construction, are not
required to be protected (see Sentence 3.1.5.2.(1)).
417
Penetrations of a fire separation or of a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating are
nevertheless required to be provided with a firestop in accordance with Subsection 3.1.9.
A-3.1.4.2.(1) Concealed Space. The term "concealed space" includes any space that is not visibly apparent and that is
provided with an opening to allow access for repair and periodic inspections.
A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c) Thermal Barrier in Combustible Construction. Any thermal barrier that is accepted under the requirements
of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2) for noncombustible construction is also acceptable for combustible construction.
A-3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3) Walk-in Coolers and Freezers. Sentences 3.1.4.2.(2) and 3.1.5.7.(3) are intended to apply to
walk-in coolers and freezers that are constructed as stand-alone structures within a building.
A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i) Raceway Definition. The term raceway is defined in CSA C22.1, "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I," and
includes both rigid and flexible conduit.
A-3.1.4.3.(1) Wire and Cable Equivalence. Electrical wires and cables that conform to the requirements of
Sentence 3.1.5.21.(1) are deemed to satisfy the requirements of Sentence 3.1.4.3.(1).
A-3.1.4.8.(1) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentence 3.1.4.8.(1) are intended to limit the potential for fire spread on
the exterior cladding of buildings of combustible construction through the use of noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the
wall assembly or the use of a cladding/wall assembly that has been assessed with regard to its ability to resist flame propagation
up the outside of a building. These cladding and wall assembly combinations can be used as infill or panel-type walls between
structural elements, or attached directly to a loadbearing structural system. Note that these requirements apply independently of
the provisions contained in Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.
A-3.1.5.4.(1) Skylight Spacing. The minimum spacing dimensions for skylight assemblies are based on the distance that flame
must travel along a flat ceiling surface. If ceilings have projecting beams or other features that would increase the distance the
flame would have to travel along the surface, the distances specified may be measured accordingly.
A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b) Combustible Cladding on Exterior Walls. The performance of the wall assembly is assessed with regard to
its ability to resist flame propagation up the outside of a building.
A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i) Flame-Spread Distance. The maximum flame-spread distance referred to in Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(i)
means the distance between the top of the opening and the highest observable instance of flaming along the wall assembly;
thus, intermittent flaming to a height of 5 m above the opening is acceptable.
A-3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) Heat Flux Measurement. The heat flux to the assembly referred to in Subclause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b)(ii) is the
maximum one-minute averaged heat flux measured by transducers located 3.5 m above the top of the opening. The intent of this
criterion is to limit the spread of fire on the wall assembly to a height of 3.5 m above the opening.
Fire tests have shown that flame does not spread on the exterior surface of a wall assembly where the heat flux is less than 35
kW/m2 above the opening.
A-3.1.5.14.(5)(d) Foamed Plastic Insulation Protection. The standard fire exposure temperature in CAN/ULC-S101,
"Standard Method of Fire Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials," is the same as in CAN/ULC-S124, "Standard
Method of Test for the Evaluation of Protective Coverings for Foamed Plastic." A thermal barrier that, when tested in
conformance with CAN/ULC-S101, does not exceed an average temperature rise of 140°C on its unexposed face after a period
of 10 min satisfies this requirement.
A-3.1.5.21.(1) Wire and Cable Flammability. In regulating the flammability characteristics of electrical wires and cables
installed in a building, it is intended that the requirements of this Sentence and of other similar Sentences in the By-law apply to
wires and cables that are essentially a part of the distribution systems for power or communications. These distribution systems
will normally include branch circuits that terminate at an outlet box in the space to be served and at that location cable
terminators or plugs for individual items of equipment will be plugged in.
A-3.1.5.25. Di-electric Liquid Filled Equipment. The Canadian Electric Code includes requirements in Rule 26-014, that
require the protection of a building from dielectric liquid-filled equipment. Where the limits of Rule 26-014 cannot be satisfied,
certain construction requiring noncombustable material and protection of openings are identified, but without specifying what is
considered acceptable. The requirements 3.1.5.25. provide a solution acceptable to the Chief Building Official. However, this is
not to suggest that other solutions are not acceptable. If an alternative approach is desired, then documentation support such an
approach and demonstrating that the intents of the CEC have been satisfied should be submitted to the Chief Building Official for
consideration.
418
A-3.1.6. Encapsulated Mass Timber Construction and Materials Permitted. The permission to use encapsulated mass
timber construction and other combustible materials stated in Articles 3.1.6.2., 3.1.6.3., 3.1.6.9. and 3.1.6.10. does not waive the
requirements regarding types of construction and cladding stated in Article 3.2.3.7.
A-3.1.6.3. Structural Mass Timber Elements. Structural timber elements may consist of any number of large cross-section
timber products, such as solid-sawn timber, glued-laminated timber (glulam), structural composite lumber (SCL), cross-laminated
timber (CLT), and nail-laminated timber (NLT).
The minimum dimensions required for structural timber elements in encapsulated mass timber construction were established so
that such elements will exhibit the fire performance characteristics of mass timber rather than those of lightweight, small-
dimensioned wood elements (e.g., lumber), including reduced-ignition propensity and reduced average rate of fuel contribution.
Note that the dimensions stated in Table 3.1.6.3. do not reflect a specific fire-resistance rating; larger dimensions may be
required to satisfy fire-resistance rating requirements.
The reference to Article 3.2.2.16. means that heavy timber construction is permitted to be used for the roof assembly (and its
supports) in buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction that are sprinklered and not more than 2 storeys in building
height. It follows that the minimum dimensions stated in Table 3.1.4.7. would apply to those elements rather than the ones stated
in Table 3.1.6.3. Furthermore, the roof elements and supports made of heavy timber construction do not need to conform to the
encapsulation requirements of Article 3.1.6.4., nor are they limited by the flame-spread rating or maximum thickness or cut-
through requirements of Article 3.1.6.14.
A-3.1.6.4.(1) Encapsulation of Mass Timber Elements. The general intent of Sentence 3.1.6.4.(1), which generally applies
for any building where a 50- or 70-minute encapsulation rating is otherwise required, is that all exposed surfaces of the mass
timber elements be encapsulated, including the upper surface of a mass timber floor assembly. However, for some buildings,
depending on the building height and occupancy, portions of mass timber elements are permitted to be exposed to varying
degrees in accordance with the permissions stated in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) to (8). Also, the exposed surfaces in certain
concealed spaces formed by or contained within mass timber elements are exempted from complying with this Sentence (see
Sentences 3.1.6.3.(4), 3.1.6.16.(2) and 3.1.6.17.(2), and Articles 3.1.6.7. and 3.1.6.12.). Moreover, the upper surface of a mass
timber roof assembly need not be encapsulated where there is no concealed space above it. As well, the exterior side of a mass
timber exterior wall assembly need not be encapsulated; however, the provisions of Article 3.1.6.9. and Subsection 3.2.3. for
exterior walls still need to be considered.
A-3.1.6.4.(3) to (8) Fire-Resistance Rating of Mass Timber with Exposed Surfaces. Portions of mass timber elements
required to have a fire-resistance rating are permitted to be exposed in accordance with the permissions stated in
Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3) to (68); however, it is important to note that applying those permissions does not waive the requirement for
these elements to have a fire-resistance rating.
In the calculation of the total wall area of the perimeter of a suite or fire compartment in Sentences 3.1.6.4.(3), (5) and (7), the
area of any wall openings, such as doors or windows, is included.
A-3.1.6.4.(4) Exposed Surfaces of Mass Timber Walls. The primary objective of encapsulating mass timber elements is to
limit the probability that these elements will significantly contribute to fire spread and fire duration in the event of a fire. Since
thick wood members require a source of imposed heat flux to burn, Clause 3.1.6.4.(4)(a) stipulates that, for any building where a
50-minute encapsulation rating is required, any portions of the exposed surfaces of different mass timber walls within a suite
either face the same direction or have a minimum horizontal distance between one another. If the sprinkler system fails to
operate or to control the fire, this directional orientation or minimum distance is intended to avoid or reduce the potential of for re-
radiation between portions of burning mass timber surfaces on different walls, and particularly those that either face or are in
close proximity to one another, which could sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire. Additionally, if the
sprinkler system fails to operate or to control the fire, the maximum percentage of exposed surface areas and maximum flame-
spread ratings stated in Article 3.1.6.4. are intended to be insufficient to sustain a ventilation-controlled fire that might provide the
radiation required to sustain flaming combustion into the decay phase of a fire.
A-3.1.6.6. Encapsulation Materials. Research has been conducted on different types of encapsulation materials, such as
gypsum board, gypsum concrete and cement board. The results of tests using an intermediate-scale furnace and of cone
calorimeter tests indicate that a combustible timber element protected with a 38 mm thick layer of gypsum-concrete topping or
with one (25 min), two (50 min) or three (80 min) layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or two layers (70 min) of 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board will not ignite or contribute significant heat to a fire until the time at which average temperatures of 325°C
to 380°C are attained at the interface between the encapsulation material or assembly of materials and the combustible
substrate. These temperatures are consistent with the ignition temperatures of wood-based materials.
419
A-3.1.6.6.(6) Protection of Gypsum Board from Foot Traffic. Where gypsum board is used as the encapsulation material on
the top of a mass timber floor assembly, it should be protected from physical impact arising from normal pedestrian traffic that
could damage it and possibly compromise its encapsulation rating.
A-3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6) Exterior Cladding. The requirements in Sentences 3.1.6.9.(1), (2), (4) and (6) are intended to
reduce the potential for fire spread on the exterior cladding of buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction through the
use of noncombustible finishes on the exterior of the wall assembly or the use of a cladding/wall assembly that has been proven
to resist flame propagation as a function of increasing building height, including provisions to allow 100% combustible cladding
where the height does not exceed 4 storeys. These cladding/wall assembly combinations can be used as infill or panel-type
walls between structural elements, or attached directly to a loadbearing structural system. Note that the requirements in
Article 3.1.6.9. do not supersede the provisions in Subsection 3.2.3. regarding spatial separation and exposure protection.
A-3.1.8.1.(1)(b) Barrier to Control Smoke Spread. Although a fire separation is not always required to have a fire-resistance
rating, the fire separation should act as a barrier to the spread of smoke and fire until some response is initiated.
When choosing products for firestopping, the physical characteristics of the material used at the joints as well as the nature of
the assembly and its potential movement should be taken into consideration.
If the fire-resistance rating of a fire separation is waived on the basis of the presence of an automatic sprinkler system, it is
intended that the fire separation will be constructed so that it will remain in place and act as a barrier against the spread of
smoke for a period of time until the sprinklers have actuated and controlled the fire.
A-3.1.8.1.(2) Installation of Closures. Although there is no explicit performance statement in the Building By-law that means
of egress should be free of smoke, it is the intent that during the period when occupants are using a means of egress to
evacuate from a floor area, the smoke contamination should not reach levels that would inhibit movement to the exit. This is
particularly critical for persons with disabilities, who may not move at the same rate as other persons and who could be more
susceptible to the effects of smoke contamination. NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives," requires
that a fire door protecting a means of egress be designed to minimize the possibility of smoke passing through the opening.
Although self-closing devices are not required for all doors in a fire separation (see Article 3.1.8.13.), it is assumed that in a fire
situation every door in a fire separation is closed. Article 3.3.3.5. prohibits grilles and similar openings for certain doors in
hospitals and nursing homes with treatment.
Although fire dampers that release on the fusion of a fusible link will help to control the spread of fire, a substantial quantity of
smoke could have passed through the opening before that event. They are frequently located below the upper levels of a room
and so the release of the fusible link of the fire damper that protects an opening will be delayed until the temperature at the level
of the opening becomes high enough to fuse the link.
Similar concern has to be considered for other closure devices that are permitted to remain open on fusible links, and their
location should be restricted in accordance with NFPA 80 and the Building By-law, except where their installation in another
location will not allow the products of combustion to spread into means of egress.
A-3.1.8.3.(2) Fire Separation Continuity. The continuity of a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating is maintained by
installing a firestop system at the juncture where it abuts against another fire separation, a floor, a ceiling or a roof assembly. The
continuity of a fire separation without a fire-resistance rating that abuts another fire separation is maintained by filling all
openings at the juncture of the assemblies with a fire-resistance-rated joint firestop system that will ensure the integrity of the fire
separation at that location.
Test methods for the evaluation of joint systems are described in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop
Systems," which covers joint systems between adjacent fire-resistance-rated assemblies and between a fire-resistance-rated
floor and a non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall. ASTM E2307, "Standard Test Method for Determining Fire Resistance of
Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus," is a test method applicable to joint systems
between a fire-resistance-rated floor and a non-fire-resistance-rated exterior wall.
Fire-resistance-rated joint firestop systems can be tested and listed as either static or dynamic. Dynamic joint firestop systems
are subjected to movement cycling prior to undergoing fire testing at maximum joint extension. This approach ensures that the
fire-resistance rating of the joint firestop system will be maintained even after the joint has cycled through its anticipated range of
movement over the service life of the building. Most joints between fire-resistance-rated assemblies, other than those between
loadbearing elements, experience some movement over the service life of the building.
420
A-3.1.8.3.(5) Joints. Firestops need not be installed between joints of interior finish materials that are arranged so as to create
a smoke-tight joint.
A-3.1.8.10.(1) Combination Smoke/Fire Dampers. A combination smoke/fire damper may be used in lieu of a fire damper to
meet the requirement of Sentence 3.1.8.10.(1).
A-3.1.8.10.(5) Damper Access. It is intended that an access door be provided in the duct and, if the duct is enclosed with an
architectural finish, that a second access door be provided through that finish.
A-3.1.8.18.(1) Wired Glass and Glass Block. The permission to include wired glass and glass block in doors and fire
separations between an exit and the adjacent floor area does not permit the inclusion of those items in fire separations between
exits and other parts of the building that are not included in the floor area. Examples include other exit facilities and vertical
service spaces, including those used for building services and elevator hoistways.
A-3.1.8.19.(1) Fire-Protection Rating for Doors. The provisions in Articles 3.1.8.17., 3.1.8.18. and 3.1.8.19. do not waive a
requirement for a door to have a fire-protection rating. To achieve this rating in a door test, it may be necessary to limit the area
of glass in the door. If this area is less than the area limits of Article 3.1.8.18., it is the governing criterion. Conversely, if the area
limits of Article 3.1.8.18. are less than the area required to achieve a fire-protection rating, then the area limits of this Article
govern.
A-3.1.9. Penetrations. In the application of Subsection 3.1.9., a building service or structural element is considered to
penetrate an assembly if it passes into or through the assembly. In some situations a service item enters an assembly through a
membrane at one location, runs within the assembly, and then leaves the assembly through a membrane at another location.
The term "membrane penetration" usually designates an opening made through one side (wall, floor or ceiling membrane) of an
assembly, whereas the term "through-penetration" designates an opening that passes through an entire assembly. Firestopping
of membrane penetrations and through-penetrations involves installing an assemblage of specific materials or products that are
designed, tested and fire-resistance-rated to resist for a prescribed period of time the spread of fire through the penetrations.
Products for firestopping within a barrier are required to address movement of the assembly and to control smoke spread; as
such, the flexibility of the material used at the flexible joints as well as the nature of the assembly and its potential movement
must be taken into consideration.
A-3.1.9.1.(1)(b) Penetration. The intention behind the use of the term "cast in place" is to reinforce that there are to be no gaps
between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly it penetrates. The term "cast in place" describes
a typical means of firestopping for a service penetration through a concrete slab or wall.
A-3.1.9.2.(1) Service Equipment Penetrations. The provisions dealing with outlet boxes assume size, quantities and
concentrations of partial depth penetrations that would not significantly affect the fire resistance of the assembly, including the
temperature rise on the unexposed side of a wall. Sentence 3.1.9.2.(1) is not intended to allow large electrical distribution and
control boxes to be recessed into an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating unless they are firestopped as described
in Sentence 3.1.9.3.(1).
The installation of fire dampers, smoke dampers or combination smoke/fire dampers is intended to comply with Subsection 3.1.8.
and Sentence 3.1.9.1.(5), and the conditions of their listing and labeling, which may or may not permit the installation of
firestopping around the duct.
A-3.1.9.3. Outlet Boxes. For the purposes of Article 3.1.9.3., outlet boxes include, but are not limited to, electrical boxes,
junction boxes, high and low voltage outlets, switches, enclosures for electrical equipment, laundry boxes, and shower diverters.
A-3.1.9.4.(8) Combustible Branches. Combustible branches for drain, waste and vent piping are permitted to be used to
connect to a plumbing fixture within a fire compartment. The integrity of the fire separation is maintained through the use of a
firestop system where the vertical stack piping penetrates the fire separation.
A-3.1.10.2.(4) Firewall Construction. Inherent in the use of a firewall is the intent that this specialized wall construction
provide the required fire-resistance rating while also being designed to resist physical damage--arising out of normal use--that
would compromise the rating of the assembly. Traditionally, this has been accomplished by prescribing the use of
noncombustible materials, which was in fact restricted to concrete or masonry. Sentences 3.1.10.2.(3) and (4) are intended to
retain both of the characteristics of firewalls, while permitting greater flexibility in the use of materials and designs. The fire-
resistance rating and damage protection attributes of a firewall may be provided by a single fire- and damage-resistant material
421
such as concrete or masonry, by a fire- and damage-resistant membrane on a structural frame, or by separate components--
one that provides the fire-resistance rating and another one that protects the firewall against damage.
If the firewall is composed of separate components, the fire-resistance rating of the fire-resistive component needs to be
determined for this assembly on its own. In addition, if the damage protection component is physically attached to the fire-
resistive component (for example, as a sacrificial layer), then for the purposes of determining the overall performance of the
assembly, it is also necessary to determine through testing whether failure of the damage protection component during a fire
affects the performance of the fire-resistive component.
A-3.1.11.3.(3) Fire Blocks between Nailing and Supporting Elements. Sentence 3.1.11.3.(3) applies to the portion of the
combustible ceiling finish that is attached using nailing elements and constructed in accordance with Sentence 3.1.6.14.(3),
which permits 10% of the ceiling finish within a fire compartment to have a flame-spread rating not more than 150. Where this
portion of ceiling finish creates a concealed space above it, exposed combustible elements within that space require fire blocks
to limit the spread of fire.
A-3.1.11.5.(1) Fire Blocks in Combustible Construction. Combustible construction referred to in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(1)
includes all types of construction that do not comply with the requirements for noncombustible construction or encapsulated
mass timber construction. All the elements within the concealed space can be combustible, unless required to be of
noncombustible materials (e.g., certain categories of pipework and ducts), but the value of the flame-spread rating of the
combustible materials determines the permitted extent of the concealed space between fire blocks. The materials to be
considered include all construction materials regulated by this By-law, including the framing and building services that are
located in the concealed space. When designing fire blocking, consideration should be given to avoid restricting venting
capabilities within concealed spaces. (See also Note A-5.6.2.1.)
A-3.1.11.5.(3) and (4) Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces. To reduce the risk of fire spread in combustible concealed spaces
within the types of buildings referred to in Sentences 3.1.11.5.(3) and (4), fire blocking is required regardless of whether the
horizontal concealed space is protected by sprinklers or not, unless the space is filled with noncombustible insulation so that any
air gap at the top of the insulation is very small. (See also Note A-3.1.11.5.(1) for roof venting.)
A 5- or 6-storey building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51. and buildings constructed in accordance with
Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57., 3.2.2.60., or 3.2.2.93. are required to be sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the
Installation of Sprinkler Systems" (see Article 3.2.5.12.). NFPA 13 generally requires sprinklering of any concealed spaces of
combustible construction or where large amounts of combustibles are present. However, NFPA 13 allows combustible concealed
spaces not to be sprinklered in certain cases, including where concealed spaces are filled almost entirely with noncombustible
insulation, where spaces contain only materials with a low flame-spread rating, and where limited access or the size of the space
makes it impractical to install sprinklers. For certain types of construction in combustible concealed spaces that are not
sprinklered, NFPA 13 mandates fire blocking beyond the minimum specified in Sentence 3.1.11.5.(3).
A-3.1.11.7.(7) Integrity of Fire Blocks. Sentence 3.1.11.7.(7), together with Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure that the
integrity of fire blocks is maintained at areas where they are penetrated. This requirement is satisfied by the use of generic
firestops such as mineral wool, gypsum plaster or Portland cement mortar, or by the use of sealants that form part of a firestop
tested in accordance with CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems."
A-3.1.11.7.(8) Fire Blocks. Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8) shows the location of the semi-rigid fibre insulation board at the intersection
between walls and floors in wood-frame construction. The figure is intended to illustrate the fire block detail and not a design of a
fire separation.
422
Figure A-3.1.11.7.(8)
Fire block
A-3.1.13.2.(2) Folding Partition. Folding partitions used to divide a space into separate rooms are not considered as doors for
the purposes of this Sentence.
A-3.1.14.3. Skylight Glazing. This sentence requires glazing to remain in place when fractured and when subject to impact by
flying objects for conditions not regulated elsewhere in this By-law. Other types of glazing such as tempered, annealed or heat
strengthened glass have long been recognized as a potential hazard when located overhead and normally requires protective
screens to protect occupants below from injury caused by falling glass.
A-3.1.17.1. Exercise Rooms. Fitness centres, yoga studios, tai-chi studios, martial arts training centres and other similar uses
are considered exercise rooms. Where an exercise room, without equipment, is exclusively used as a yoga studio, a tai-chi
studio or a martial arts training centre an occupant load factor of 4.6m2 per person is permitted.
A-3.1.18. Tents and Air-Supported Structures. The requirements in this Subsection are intended to be limited to certain
types of structure. For instance, the word "tent" as used in the By-law is intended to refer to a temporary shelter which is used at
an open air event such as a fair or an exhibition. A tent will normally be constructed of a fabric held up by poles and attached to
the ground by ties. The requirements for tents, however, are not intended to be applied to fabric structures located on buildings.
The term "air-supported structure," as used in the By-law, refers to an envelope which is held up by air pressure alone and which
is erected on the ground or above a basement. The structure will usually require ballast or a positive ground anchorage system
around the entire perimeter to secure it to the ground or basement. To reinforce this intent, the By-law prohibits the location of an
air-supported structure above the first storey of any building.
The requirements of Subsection 3.1.18. are not intended to apply to air-supported roof assemblies on buildings, such as domed
stadia, or to other types of air-supported structures, such as those over swimming pools situated on the roofs of buildings, which
would not be anchored at or near ground level. These assemblies or structures are normally designed and evaluated on the
basis of alternative solutions as permitted by Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.
A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a) Mezzanine Area. The permitted area of the mezzanine for the purposes of determining the allowable
percentage is to be based on the open area of the floor of the space in which the mezzanine is located. The By-law does not
restrict the enclosing of space below the mezzanine but the enclosed area must be deducted from the area of the overall space
before applying the percentage allowance.
A-3.2.1.1.(8) Accessible Service Space. These service spaces are often referred to as interstitial spaces and are designed to
allow service personnel to enter and undertake maintenance or installation within the space. Catwalks or flooring are usually
included to provide a walking or access surface. Even when flooring is included, it is not intended that the interstitial space
423
should be considered as a storey for the purposes of the By-law unless the space is used for purposes other than servicing or
the storage of materials and equipment to be used for building services within that space.
A-3.2.1.7.(4) Major Occupancies Other than Group C or D in 6 Storey Combustible Buildings. The requirements of 3.2.2.51.
and 3.2.2.60. enable the introduction of major occupancies into buildings of predominantly residential or office occupancy that
exceed the normal size limits permitted under the present construction requirements of Subsection 3.2.2. In order to ensure that
an appropriate level of fire and life safety is being met, additional fire compartmentation and protection of floor areas above the
3rd storey is required by this By-law.
The requirements of 3.2.1.7.(4) are intended to supplement the requirements of 3.2.1.7.(1) by creating further compartmentation
by subdividing a building into floor areas not exceeding 1,000 m2 . The terminology "horizontal fire compartment on each storey"
is intended to require that floor areas on each storey be individually broken up into fire compartments that are both horizontally
and vertically separated from each other. Furthermore, each compartment thus created is required to have direct access to at
least one exit in addition to the applicable requirements of Sections 3.3. and 3.4. of this By-law. In the case of ground level
suites, this may be achieved by exits directly to the exterior, in addition to protected exits as otherwise required by this By-law.
A-3.2.2.2.(1) Special and Unusual Structures. Examples of structures which cannot be identified with the descriptions of
buildings in Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.92. include grain elevators, refineries and towers. Publications that may be consulted to
establish good engineering practice for the purposes of Article 3.2.2.2. include the NFPA "Fire Protection Handbook," Factory
Mutual Data Sheets, and publications of the Society for Fire Protection Engineering.
A-3.2.2.7.(2) Fire Separations and Fire-Resistance Ratings. Fire separations and their corresponding fire resistance rating if
required may or may not be governed by the structural fire requirements under Subsection 3.2.2. In establishing the fire
separation and fire-resistance rating requirements the practitioner must remember to consult all requirements for fire separations
and fire resistance ratings as detailed in Division B Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5. (See Article 3.1.3.1.)
A-3.2.2.15.(2) Storeys below Ground. Occupancies located below grade represent an unusual level of challenge for both
occupant egress and emergency response since the availability of paths of travel to enter or leave the underground space is
usually limited. This may subject occupants to a greater risk of exposure to untenable conditions during evacuation. Similarly,
emergency responders must share limited means of egress with occupants which could further impact occupant evacuation,
impede an effective response, or expose first responders to unsafe conditions.
It is not the intent of the Building By-law to limit the inclusion of occupancies below grade where they can be shown to
demonstrate an appropriate level of fire and life safety. Rather the intent of this requirement is to cause a conscientious review of
certain underground occupancies to ensure that they are sufficiently protected, and that the arrangement can provide an
acceptable level of emergency response for a variety of conditions. The measures described in Sentence 3.2.2.15.(2) provide a
minimum for fire safety under many circumstances, but may not be sufficient to address all potential uses or occupancies below
grade. It should be confirmed that the proposed use and building design is acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
A-3.2.2.17.(1) Roof Assemblies in Gymnasiums, Swimming Pools, Arenas and Rinks. The permission to waive the fire-
resistance rating requirements for roof assemblies over gymnasiums, swimming pools, arenas and rinks that meet the conditions
of Sentence 3.2.2.17.(1) includes the permission to waive the requirements relating to minimum size and construction details
stated in Article 3.1.4.7. for wood elements in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings conforming to
Articles 3.2.2.25. and 3.2.2.32. However, wood elements in roof assemblies of heavy timber construction on buildings
conforming to Article 3.2.2.30. must nevertheless meet the requirements of Article 3.1.4.7.
A-3.2.2.18.(2) Sprinkler Extent. A literal interpretation of Article 3.2.2.6. and Sentences 3.2.2.4.(1) and (2) could require
installation of an automatic sprinkler system throughout all storeys of a building regardless of options in Articles 3.2.2.20.
to 3.2.2.92. to construct one or more storeys without installation of sprinklers. It is the intent of the By-law that all storeys below a
storey in which an automatic sprinkler system is installed should also be protected by an automatic sprinkler system to ensure
that a fire in a lower storey does not incapacitate the automatic sprinkler system or overwhelm an automatic sprinkler system in
an upper storey. Persons in an upper storey in which waivers or reductions of other fire safety systems are permitted would be
exposed to an increased risk from a fire on a lower storey. This concept also applies to situations in which an automatic sprinkler
system has been installed within a floor area in order to modify other safety requirements applying within the floor area. If the
uppermost storey or storeys of a building can be constructed without the installation of an automatic sprinkler system it is not
necessary that an automatic sprinkler system required in a lower storey be extended into the upper storey or storeys.
A-3.2.2.35.(4) Sprinkler Requirements. Spaces in a building of Group A, Division 4 occupancy that are intended to be
equipped with sprinklers include, but are not limited to, dressing and changing rooms, concession stands and areas, toilet rooms,
locker rooms, storage areas, service rooms, offices and other spaces that provide service to the building. The enclosure of
424
seating areas with glazing needs special consideration in determining the requirements for sprinklers. For example, if the
enclosed area is used for the consumption of food and beverages, it should be classified as Group A, Division 2 and the
appropriate requirements of that classification applied. Enclosure of limited spaces above seating areas for press and media
purposes is not considered to require the installation of sprinklers.
Note A-3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) and 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed Construction.
Buildings conforming to the building height and area limits and the other fire protection requirements of Article 3.2.2.48., 3.2.2.57.
or 3.2.2.93. may be entirely constructed of encapsulated mass timber construction and incorporate the occupancies specifically
permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.48.(4), 3.2.2.57.(3) or 3.2.2.93.(5) to (7): e.g., Group A, Division 2 major occupancies on the first to
third storeys, Group E major occupancies on the first and second storeys, and a parking garage on the first to fourth storeys.
Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be applied, resulting in
buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits for encapsulated mass timber construction and
in which the lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and the upper storeys are of encapsulated mass timber
construction. For example, a Group A, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys
of a 12-storey Group C building constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.48., as long as these first 4 storeys were
constructed of noncombustible construction in accordance with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles
3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)
A-3.2.2.51.(5) and 3.2.2.60.(4) Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed Construction. Buildings conforming to the
building height and area limits and the other fire protection requirements of Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. are permitted to be
entirely constructed of combustible construction and incorporate the occupancies specifically permitted by Sentence 3.2.2.51.(5)
or 3.2.2.60.(4): for example, Group A, Division 2 and Group E major occupancies on the first and second storeys, and a parking
garage on the first to third storeys.
Alternatively, the requirements of Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.8. for superimposed major occupancies can be applied, resulting in
buildings of mixed construction conforming to the building height and area limits of Article 3.2.2.51. or 3.2.2.60. and in which the
lower storeys are of noncombustible construction and the upper storeys are of combustible construction. For example, a Group
A, Division 2 or Group B, Division 3 major occupancy could be located on the first 4 storeys of a 6-storey Group C building
constructed in accordance with Article 3.2.2.51., as long as these first 4 storeys were constructed of noncombustible construction
in accordance with Article 3.2.2.23. or 3.2.2.42., as applicable. (See also Articles 3.2.2.6. and 3.2.2.7.)
A-3.2.2.93.(1) and Table 3.2.2.93. Occupancy Combinations in Buildings of Mixed Encapsulation Ratings. Buildings
conforming to the building height and minimum encapsulation rating requirements and the other fire protection requirements of
Article 3.2.2.93. may be entirely constructed of encapsulated mass timber construction and incorporate the multiple major
occupancies otherwise permitted by Articles 3.2.2.4. to 3.2.2.6. This would also include permitting mixing of major occupancies
that require different levels of encapsulation for structural mass timber elements in accordance with Table 3.2.2.6.
A-3.2.3. Fire Protection Related to Limiting Distance versus Separation Between Buildings. By-law provisions that
address protection against fire spread from building to building use the limiting distance (see the definition in Article 1.4.1.2. of
Division A) for a building rather than using the distance between adjacent buildings on separate properties, since this would
result in situations where the design and construction of a building on one property affects the design and construction of a
building on an adjacent property.
The By-law requirements that deal with reducing the probability of building-to-building fire spread were originally developed
based on the assumption that the exposing building faces of adjacent buildings are of similar size and configuration, and are
equidistant from the shared property line. Where buildings are of different sizes, the smaller building may be subject to a higher
heat flux in the event of a fire compared to the larger building. Where buildings are closely spaced and not equidistant from the
property line, the construction of the building with the greater limiting distance does not recognize the proximity of the building
with the lesser limiting distance.
The By-law has more stringent requirements for buildings with lesser limiting distance as regards the maximum area and spacing
of unprotected openings, and the construction, cladding and fire resistance of walls. This increased stringency recognizes that
the fire hazard is greater where buildings are closer together and that adjacent buildings may have exposing building faces of
different sizes, configurations or limiting distances, which could further increase the hazard.
The authority having jurisdiction may also address limiting distances through legal agreements with the parties involved that
stipulate that the limiting distance be measured to a line that is not the property line. Such agreements would normally be
registered with the titles of both properties.
425
A-3.2.3.1.(4) Spatial Separation Design. In the application of Sentences 3.2.3.1.(3) and (4), it is intended that Sentence (3) be
used first to establish the basic requirements for the exterior wall in terms of fire-resistance rating, type of construction and type
of cladding. The percentage of unprotected openings determined from the application of Sentence (3) would be unnecessarily
restrictive if the actual unprotected openings occur in a plane that is set back from the front of the building face.
Sentence (4) applies to the calculation of the allowable percentage of unprotected openings based upon projection onto a plane
that is in front of all unprotected openings. The application of these two Sentences is shown in Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4). The
modifications permitted by Article 3.2.3.12. would be applied, if applicable, to the area of unprotected openings derived from
Sentence (4).
Figure A-3.2.3.1.(4)
Spatial separation design
A-3.2.3.1.(8) Intervention Time and Limiting Distance. The total time from the start of a fire until fire suppression by the fire
department depends on the time taken for a series of actions. Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8) is only concerned with the time from receipt
of notification of a fire by the fire department until the arrival of the first fire department vehicle at the building. It specifies a 10-
min time limit which must be met in more than 90% of the calls to the building served by the fire department. This reliability level
and provision for flexibility is essentially consistent with NFPA 1710, "Standard for the Organization and Deployment of Fire
Suppression Operations, Emergency Medical Operations, and Special Operations to the Public by Career Fire Departments."
Clause 4.1.2.1 of NFPA 1710 establishes "time objectives" for fire incidents as follows:
- 1 min (60 s) for turn-out of responders after receipt of notification of a fire, and
- 4 min (240 s) or less for arrival of the first arriving engine company at a fire suppression incident and/or 8 min (480 s) or less
for the deployment of a full first alarm assignment at a fire suppression incident.
The standard requires that the fire department establish a "performance objective" of not less than 90% for each response time
objective. This reliability level is referred to in NFPA 1710 as a "performance objective."
Where the 10-min limit cannot be met by the fire department at least 90% of the time, Sentence 3.2.3.1.(8) specifies that a value
corresponding to half the actual limiting distance be used in requirements that depend on limiting distance to define other criteria.
For new subdivisions, legal agreements may be made for the construction of fire stations to serve those areas. The fire
department response time in those subdivisions may temporarily exceed 10 min until the fire station is constructed.
See also Sentences 9.10.14.3.(1) and 9.10.15.3.(1).
A-3.2.3.4.(1) Party Walls. By definition, a party wall is a wall jointly owned and used by two parties under easement agreement
or by right in law, and is erected at or upon a line that separates two parcels of land that are, or are capable of being, separate
real estate entities. With the exception of some Part 9 residential occupancies, both Part 3 and Part 9 of the By-law require that,
426
where party walls are constructed on property lines, they be constructed as a 2- or 4-hour firewall (see also Article 9.10.11.1.).
Buildings on each side of a party wall that is constructed as a firewall are considered as separate buildings (see
Article 1.3.3.4. of Division A).
In a Part 9 residential building that has no dwelling unit above another, a party wall constructed on a property line between two
dwelling units need not be constructed as a firewall, but must be constructed as a continuous fire separation that extends from
the top of the footings to the underside of the roof, with a fire-resistance rating of at least 1 hour (see Article 9.10.11.2.). These
party walls do not create separate buildings.
Where two parties share a party wall on a property line, each party is responsible for fire safety in their unit, but is still subject to
possible fire risks from activities in the adjoining units. The separating party wall is intended to provide a significant degree of fire
protection between the adjacent units, often exceeding even that required between suites in multiple-unit residential and non-
residential occupancies.
When a building spans a property line, constructing a party wall on the property line is not mandated by the By-law, but
subdividing the building at the property line is an option the owner can consider. The By-law permits a building constructed on
more than one property to be designed as a single undivided building, whether the properties have a common owner or not.
However, if a subdividing wall is constructed on the property line within the building for the purpose of separating the two real
estate entities and is shared by two different owners, the wall would, by definition, be deemed a party wall. As such, this party
wall would need to meet the construction requirements described above, depending on the building's occupancy classification
and size.
A building that spans two or more properties, but that does not have a party wall at the property line, may need to address the
By-law requirements for party walls in the future.
A-3.2.3.6.(2) Protection of Roof Soffits Near Property Lines. Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2) to (5) and parallel
Sentences 9.10.14.5.(5) to (7) and 9.10.15.5.(5) to (7) provide requirements for the protection of soffits where the soffit of the
subject building is located close to the property line or to an imaginary line between two buildings on the same property. Fire
from inside the roof space of the subject building can exit unprotected soffits and expose the adjacent building to flames.
A-3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) Thickness of Cladding. In the case of insulated vinyl siding, the maximum 2 mm thickness stated in
Subclause 3.2.3.7.(4)(d)(iv) refers to the total thickness of the siding and the insulation, not of the siding alone.
A-3.2.3.14.(1) Wall Exposed to Another Wall. The requirements of Article 3.2.3.14. are to ensure that the control of fire
spread by the interior fire separations between fire compartments is not defeated through the spread of fire by thermal radiation
outside the building. Minimum spatial separations are specified between the openings in separate fire compartments where the
exterior faces of these compartments are deemed to expose each other to a thermal radiation hazard. This situation may arise
where the angle, θ, between the intersecting planes of the exposing building faces is 135° or less. Examples of situations that
would be addressed by this Article are shown in Figures A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A, A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B and A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C.
Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-A
Openings in walls at a right-angle corner
427
Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-B
Openings in walls that are parallel to one another
Figure A-3.2.3.14.(1)-C
Openings in walls with an included angle of 45°
A-3.2.4. Fire Alarm System. The term "fire alarm system" used in this Subsection applies to fire alarm systems with or without
voice communication capability.
A-3.2.4.4.(1) Single Stage Fire Alarm System. This requirement, in combination with Article 3.2.4.22., is intended to allow for
the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a single stage fire alarm system.
A-3.2.4.4.(2)(c) Fire Alarm Alert Signal. In a 2-stage fire alarm system described in Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), the alert signal may
be transmitted to audible signal devices in designated locations or to audible signal devices throughout the building. If actuated,
the second stage alarm signal in a 2-stage fire alarm system may sound throughout all zones in the building. All manual station
key switches would typically initiate the alarm signal.
Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2) also allows the implementation of a "zoned 2-stage" sequence of operation, whereby the alarm signal
sounds in the zone of key switch actuation (and perhaps in the adjacent zones, which may be the storey above and the storey
below) and the alert signal sounds throughout the rest of the building. This sequencing would be created automatically by the fire
alarm control unit.
428
The key or special device referred to in Clause 3.2.4.4.(2)(c) should be immediately available to all persons on duty who have
been given authority to sound an alarm signal.
A-3.2.4.4.(2) Two-Stage Fire Alarm System. Sentence 3.2.4.4.(2), in combination with Article 3.2.4.22. or 3.2.4.23., is
intended to allow for the provision of voice communication capability as an integral part of a 2-stage fire alarm system.
A-3.2.4.6.(2) Access to Silencing Switches. This requirement is intended to prevent easy access to silencing switches. The
satisfactory operation of a fire alarm system to alert the occupants of a building to an emergency is predicated on the assumption
that the alarm signal will be silenced only after responsible staff have verified that no emergency exists. Details on the
emergency procedures to be used in case of fire are contained in the Fire By-law.
A-3.2.4.6.(3) Silencing Alarms. This requirement is intended to provide the Vancouver Fire Department and building
management the ability to silence the fire alarm at the main annunciator (in addition to the main control panel). A special keyed
switch is considered to meet the intent of this requirement.
A-3.2.4.7.(4) Design and Installation of Fire Department Notification. In some jurisdictions, the fire department may utilize,
or have available, a municipal fire alarm system or equipment intended for receiving notification by means of a direct connection.
If used, it is expected that these systems and installations conform to the requirements of Sentence (4) so as to achieve and
provide a uniform and reliable level of service. It is also intended that a proprietary central station as well as a fire brigade used
by a large corporation, university campus or similar site comply with Sentence (4).
CAN/ULC-S561, "Standard for Installation and Services for Fire Signal Receiving Centres and Systems," which is referenced in
Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems," which is referenced in
Sentence 3.2.4.5.(1), go hand-in-hand: conformity to CAN/ULC-S561 entails conformity with the fire alarm system components
required in that standard, which include the fire alarm transmitter (signal transmitting unit), the interconnections, and the
communication path.
A-3.2.4.7.(5)(b) Emergency Telephone Number. In many municipalities an emergency telephone number, for example 911,
is used for all emergency services and it is preferable to post that number.
A-3.2.4.8.(2) Fire Alarm Zones. Alarm initiating devices referred to in this Sentence include fire detectors, waterflow switches
and manual stations. If a room or space in a building extends through more than one storey of the building, as in the case of
multi-level dwelling units and machinery rooms, judgment must be exercised in the zoning and annunciation of the fire detectors
in that room or space. In general, the lowest storey on which access is provided into the room or space should be indicated on
the annunciator to avoid unnecessary delays for the responding firefighters. Consideration should also be given to the use of
numbers or letters on the annunciator that correspond to those used in the building elevators.
A-3.2.4.8.(11) Annunciator Zone Indication. Although an alphanumeric display can identify any specific alarm initiating device
that is activated or requires maintenance service, an annunciator panel provided with an alphanumeric display only is not
acceptable to the fire department in emergency situations. In emergency situations, indicator lamps provide status information of
all zones at a single glance without having to scroll through the information provided by an alphanumeric display.
A-3.2.4.9.(3)(f) Supervision for Fire Pumps. Specific electrical supervision for fire pumps is stated in NFPA 20, "Standard for
the Installation of Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection," which is referenced in NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems."
A-3.2.4.11.(1) Smoke Detector Location. In the design and installation of the smoke detection system, consideration must be
given to all features which could have a bearing on the location and sensitivity of the detectors, including ceiling height, sloped
ceilings, diffusion from air conditioning and ventilating currents, obstructions, baffles, and other pertinent physical configurations
that might interfere with the proper operation of the system.
A-3.2.4.11.(3) Visible Signals. If staff located in each zone or compartment can see each sleeping room door, visible signals
may be located above each door. If staff cannot see every door, it is intended that the visible signals be provided at the location
where the staff are normally in attendance. The audible signal is intended to alert staff of the need to check the visible signals.
A-3.2.4.16.(1) Manual Station. Only one manual station need be provided near a group of doors serving as a principal
entrance or as a single exit facility. Egress facilities that are provided for convenience and that do not include all the features of
required exits need not be provided with a manual pull station.
A-3.2.4.18. Acoustic Measurement and Terminology. The following notes on acoustic measurement and terminology are
intended to assist in the application of the requirements for audibility of fire alarm system sounding devices.
429
The background or ambient measurement should be a spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level measured for 60 s.
This can be obtained using an integrating sound level meter with the integration time set to 60 s. During the measurement period
the meter should be slowly moved about so as to sample the space uniformly but coming no closer than 0.5 m from any solid
wall, floor or ceiling. Alternatively, measurements can be made at 3 or more positions throughout the space and an energy
average calculated.
The measurement of the alarm level depends on the type of alarm signal. If the signal is a continuous signal from a bell or siren,
the spatial averaged A-weighted equivalent sound level should be obtained. The integration time should be long enough to
obtain a reasonable spatial average of the space, but not less than 10 s.
If the alarm has a temporal pattern, then the A-weighted sound level should be measured using the 'fast' time constant during the
'on' part of the cycle. In this situation it is not appropriate to use an integrating sound level meter. Since the duty cycle of the
alarm is only 37.5% at best, that type of meter would give a reading that is 4 or more decibels lower than the level while the
alarm is 'on.' A number of measurements should be made about the space in question and the average value used to obtain a
good spatial representation. Strictly speaking, the energy average of the measurements should be used; however, the frequency
spectrum associated with most alarms is of a type that should give little variation about the space. If the measured levels don't
vary by more than 2 to 3 dB, then an arithmetic average rather than an energy average can be used.
Effect of Furnishings
The final inspection of a fire alarm system is seldom made when the building is furnished and ready for occupancy. This results
in measured levels which may be several decibels higher than will be found in the occupied building. The importance of this
difference depends on the situation.
If the building is complete except for furnishings, so that the sources of ambient noise are present, then the amount by which the
alarm signal exceeds the ambient level will not change appreciably with the introduction of furnishings. In this case both levels
will be reduced by about the same amount.
If the primary source of ambient noise will be office equipment and workers, as would be expected in an open plan office, then
measurements made prior to occupancy may differ substantially from those made afterwards. This may be true for both the
absolute sound levels and the difference between the alarm level and the ambient.
A problem arises in trying to estimate what the absolute sound levels will be after the building is occupied.
In general, if the measurement is made in a totally bare room then the level will be about 3 dB higher than if the room were
carpeted, assuming a reasonable carpet with an underlay. In most cases this will account for most of the absorption in the room
and no further correction will be necessary. Adding heavy drapes and absorptive furnishings to a carpeted room can reduce the
sound level by a further 2 to 3 dB.
Commercial buildings are more problematic. For example, if an open plan office is measured before any office screens are
installed, there could be a substantial difference in the before and after levels, depending on the distance to the nearest alarm
device.
Glossary of Acoustical Terms
Audible: A signal is usually considered to be clearly audible if the A-weighted sound level exceeds the level of ambient noise by
15 dB or more.
Awakening threshold: The level of sound that will awaken a sleeping subject 50% of the time.
A-weighted: A frequency weighting network which emphasizes the middle frequency components similar to the response of the
human ear. The A-weighted sound level correlates well with subjective assessment of the disturbing effects of sounds. The
quantity is expressed in dBA.
Masked threshold: The level of sound at which a signal is just audible in ambient noise.
Sound level: A sound pressure level obtained using a signal to which a standard frequency-weighting has been applied.
Sound pressure: A fluctuating pressure superimposed on the static pressure by the presence of sound. The unqualified term
means the root-mean-square sound pressure. In air, the static pressure is barometric pressure.
Sound pressure level: Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the sound pressure under consideration to
the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 mPa. The quantity obtained is expressed in decibels.
430
A-3.2.4.18.(1) Alert and Alarm Signals. Alert signals are part of a 2 stage fire alarm system. The intent of the first, alert, stage
is to notify persons in authority of a potential threat to building occupants. If a continuously staffed location is available, the alert
signal can be restricted to that location.
A-3.2.4.18.(2) Alarm Signal Temporal Pattern. The temporal pattern of an alarm signal relates to the time during which the
signal is produced and the intervals between the individual signal pulses. The international standard ISO 8201, "Acoustics -
Audible emergency evacuation signal," includes a pattern that is becoming widely used in different countries and it is appropriate
for this pattern to be adopted in Canada. The temporal pattern can be produced on most signalling devices. Most existing alarm
systems can be modified, and this pattern could be phased in when the systems require modification. The characteristic of the
pattern is a 3-pulse phase followed by an off phase. The 3 pulses each consist of an on phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s followed
by an off phase lasting for 0.5 ± 0.05 s sounded for 3 successive on periods and then followed by an off phase lasting for 1.5 ±
0.15 s. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A indicates the pattern that is intended.
Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-A
Temporal pattern for fire alarm signal
Although the diagram shows a square wave form, the wave can have other shapes that produce a similar effect.
If single stroke bells are to be used, the temporal pattern can be produced by having the bell struck three times at a rate of one
stroke per second followed by an interval of 2 s of silence. Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B shows the pattern that results.
Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B
Temporal pattern imposed on a single stroke bell or chime
Note to Figure A-3.2.4.18.(2)-B:
(1) The on phase represents the time that the striker mechanism is actuated. The sound produced by the bell or chime will continue
at a level that decreases until the striker mechanism is re-actuated.
A-3.2.4.18.(3) Audibility of Alarm Systems. It is very difficult to specify exactly what types of sound patterns are considered to
be "significantly different" from one another. The intent is to ensure that there is a noticeable or measurable difference between
the alert signals and the alarm signals such that it reduces the possibility of confusion.
A-3.2.4.18.(4) Sound Pressure Level. For the purposes of this requirement, an audible signalling device should not produce a
sound pressure level more than 110 dBA when measured at a distance of 3 m.
A-3.2.4.18.(5) Residential Sound Level. In a building in which corridors or hallways serve more than one suite or dwelling
unit, there will be situations in which an audible signal device cannot be placed in the corridor or hallway to alert persons
sleeping in suites and dwelling units, because the sound level in the vicinity of the device would exceed that permitted by
Sentence 3.2.4.18.(4). In these situations it will be necessary to supplement the building fire alarm system with an audible signal
device in the suite or dwelling unit. These devices could be piezoelectric devices similar to the sounding units in many smoke
alarms, subject to the device emitting the appropriate temporal pattern required by Sentence 3.2.4.18.(2).
431
A-3.2.4.18.(6) Low Frequency Signal. Audible signal devices that emit a low frequency signal in the range of 470 Hz to 570
Hz have been shown to be more effective in waking people.
A-3.2.4.18.(8) Disconnect Device for Dwelling Units. In order to minimize the annoyance caused by false and unwanted
alarms, the disconnect will permit a person to silence the local audible device within the dwelling unit. At that time the person
would be aware of sounds from devices in common spaces and could plan appropriate action. The disconnect will reduce the
possibility of tampering with the audible devices.
A-3.2.4.18.(9) and (10) Signal Circuits. Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(a) permits Class A wiring, or Class B wiring with signal circuit
isolators located outside of the suites, to serve audible signal devices within residential suites.
Clause 3.2.4.18.(9)(b) permits a separate signal circuit to serve each suite without the need for signal circuit isolators or Class A
wiring.
Open circuits and Class A and Class B wiring circuits are terms defined in CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire
Alarm Systems."
A-3.2.4.18.(14) Deck and Balcony Audible Signal Devices. Deck and balcony spaces are dependent upon the building
egress system. If occupants are not provided with adequate notification of conditions within the building, then the safe and
orderly egress of persons from these spaces may be compromised be evolving conditions. This By-law require that provisions for
notification of the occupants of these spaces be provided.
Because these are areas exterior to the building envelope, establishing an ambient level of sound for the purposes of satisfying
the sound pressure requirements of Article 3.2.4.18. will challenging at best. Therefore, the provisions of Sentence 3.2.4.18.(14)
address this only generally, by requiring audible notification devices be provided in a location proximate to deck or balcony so
that occupants will be able to distinguish an alarm signal under reasonably expected conditions. It is not intended that a specific
sound pressure level be achieved for the deck or balcony occupants, only that good design practices be followed and that
minimum measures to facilitate the timely notification of persons on a deck or balcony be provided.
A-3.2.4.19.(1)(g) Visible Alarm Signals in Hotels and Motels. Visible signal devices should be installed in a combination of
regular suites and designated accessible suites in hotels and motels so that people who are deaf or hard of hearing can safely
occupy either type of suite.
Visible signal devices are not required to be installed in all the rooms of the suite. The signal should be visible from any room in
the suite, which can be accomplished by installing glazing panels between the rooms or additional visible signal devices.
In addition, CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems," requires that high-intensity strobes be used in
sleeping rooms.
A-3.2.4.19.(3) Visible Alarm Signal. CAN/ULC-S526, "Visible Signaling Devices for Fire Alarm and Signaling Systems,
Including Accessories," applies to visible signalling units. This document is referenced by the most recent standard for the
installation of fire alarm systems and would automatically apply. Current Canadian technology does not integrate visible and
audible alarms to have the same temporal pattern. Visible and audible alarms should have as close a temporal pattern as
possible but without interference beats that might have a deleterious effect on some persons. Visible signalling devices with the
same temporal pattern as required for audible devices are available from some sources and they should become available in
Canada. Not all units that comply with the ULC standard will have sufficient power to adequately cover large areas; care will
have to be taken to specify units with adequate power when large spaces are being designed.
A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a) Smoke Alarm Installation. CSA C22.1, "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I," which is adopted by the Electrical
Safety Regulation, permits a smoke alarm to be installed on most residential circuits that carry lighting outlets and receptacles. It
is the intent of the Building By-law that any other item on a circuit with a smoke alarm should be unlikely to be overloaded and
trip the breaker with a resultant loss of power that is not sufficiently annoying for the breaker to be restored to the on position. It
is considered that an interior bathroom light or a kitchen light fulfills this intent, but that circuits restricted to receptacles do not
fulfill this intent.
A-3.2.4.20.(10) Smoke Detectors in lieu of Smoke Alarms. It is intended that the smoke detector in this application will
function as per the requirements of a smoke alarm; specifically, it will be a localized alarm to that suite. The advantage of this
type of installation is that the detector would be monitored by the fire alarm panel, which would provide notification to supervisory
personnel and be inspected as per CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm Systems."
432
A-3.2.4.22.(1)(b) Voice Messages. The concept of intelligibility expressed in Clause 3.2.4.22.(1)(b) is intended to mean that a
person with average hearing and cognitive abilities is able to understand the messages that are transmitted into the space
occupied by the person. There is no absolute measure to predetermine the effect of loudspeakers and it may be necessary, once
the building has been furnished and occupied, to increase the number of loudspeakers to improve the quality of the messages.
The intelligibility of the message depends on the speech level, the background level, and the reverberation time of the space.
ISO 7731, "Ergonomics - Danger signals for public and work areas - Auditory danger signals," addresses audibility. The
standard suggests that an A-weighted sound level at least 15 dBA above the ambient is required for audibility, but allows for
more precise calculations using octave or 1/3 octave band frequencies to tailor the alarm signal for particular ambient noise
conditions. Design of the alarm system is limited to ensuring that all areas receive an adequately loud alarm signal.
If a public address system is to be used to convey instructions during an emergency, then the requirements of the system are
less straightforward. In general, however, a larger number of speakers operating at lower sound levels would be required.
Additional guidance on how to design and evaluate the intelligibility of a communication system can be found in the following
documents:
- IEC 60268-16, "Sound system equipment - Part 16: Objective rating of speech intelligibility by speech transmission index"
- ISO 7240-19, "Fire detection and alarm systems - Part 19: Design, installation, commissioning and service of sound systems
for emergency purposes"
- NEMA SB 50, "Emergency Communications Audio Intelligibility Applications Guide"
- Annex D of NFPA 72, "National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code"
A-3.2.5.4.(1) Fire Department Access for Detention Buildings. Buildings of Group B, Division 1 used for housing persons
who are under restraint include security measures that would prevent normal access by local fire departments. These security
measures include fencing around the building site, exterior walls without openings or openings which are either very small or
fitted with bars, and doors that are equipped with security hardware that would prevent easy entry. These buildings would have
firefighting equipment installed and the staff would be trained to handle any small incipient fires. It is expected that appropriate
fire safety planning would be undertaken in conjunction with local fire departments in order that special emergencies could be
handled in a cooperative manner.
A-3.2.5.5. Location of Access Routes and Paths of Travel. The national building code and the provincial building code
prescriptive requirements for access routes, paths of travel and hydrant locations, currently, do not reflect the operational
requirements of the Vancouver Fire and Rescue Services nor the existing City of Vancouver fire hydrant locations. Therefore, the
VBBL has been modified from the national and provincial building codes to reflect the unique to Vancouver requirements.
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-A
433
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-B
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-C
434
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-D
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-E
435
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-F
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-G
1 m
1 m
1 m
1 m
Exposed type FDC
Flush type FDC
Figure 1. Working Space for FDC
0.5 m
min
0.4 m
min
436
Figure A-3.2.5.5.-H
A-3.2.5.6.(1) Fire Department Access Route. The design and construction of fire department access routes involves the
consideration of many variables, some of which are specified in the requirements in the By-law. All these variables should be
considered in relation to the type and size of fire department vehicles available in the municipality or area where the building will
be constructed. It is appropriate, therefore, that the local fire department be consulted prior to the design and construction of
access routes.
A-3.2.5.6.(3) Width of Fire Department Access Path. The required unobstructed width of the fire department access path
assumes that the access path serving one or more dwelling units may be shared. Portions of a path serving only one dwelling
unit (whether principal or ancillary) may be 900 mm in width, but where those path are conjoined thereby serving more than one
dwelling unit, the path is to be increased from that point to a minimum 1200 mm until it reaches the curb of the access route.
A-3.2.5.7.(1) Water Supply. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1) is that an adequate water supply for firefighting be readily
available and of sufficient volume and pressure to enable emergency response personnel to control fire growth so as to enable
the safe evacuation of occupants and the conduct of search and rescue operations, prevent the fire from spreading to adjacent
buildings, and provide a limited measure of property protection.
The water supply requirements for buildings containing internal fire suppression systems, including sprinkler systems and
standpipe systems, are contained in specific standards referenced in the By-law. Compliance with the referenced standard,
including any variations made by this By-law, is deemed to satisfy the intent of Sentence 3.2.5.7.(1). However, it will be
necessary to verify that an adequate source of water is available at the building site to meet the required quantities and
pressures.
For a building with no internal fire suppression system, the determination of the minimum requirements applicable to the water
supply for firefighting is relevant mainly to building sites not serviced by municipal water supply systems. For building sites
serviced by municipal water supply systems, where the water supply duration is not a concern, water supply flow rates at
minimum pressures is the main focus of this provision. However, where municipal water supply capacities are limited, it may be
necessary for buildings to have supplemental water supplies on site or readily available.
The sources of water supply for firefighting purposes may be natural or developed. Natural sources may include ponds, lakes,
rivers, streams, bays, creeks, and springs. Developed sources may include aboveground tanks, elevated gravity tanks, cisterns,
swimming pools, wells, reservoirs, aqueducts, artesian wells, tankers, hydrants served by a public or private water system, and
canals. Consideration should be given to ensuring that water sources will be accessible to fire department equipment under all
climatic conditions.
The volume of on-site water supply is dependent on the building size, construction, occupancy, exposure and environmental
impact potential, and should be sufficient to allow at least 30 minutes of fire department hose stream use.
For the purposes of calculating adequate water supply requirements for fire fighting, the following documents may be useful:
-
Insurance Services Office (ISO), "Needed Fire Flow Guide,"
Max 5 m
FDC shall be within 5 m
horizontally from the
principal entrance and
visible from the
approach to the
principal entrance
Figure 2. Location of Fire Department Connection
Principal Entrance
Approach from
the street to the
principal entrance
437
-
NFPA 1142, "Standard on Water Supplies for Suburban and Rural Fire Fighting," and
-
American Water Works Association, "Distribution Requirements for Fire Protection."
A-3.2.5.9.(4)(c) Fire Department Pumping Equipment. Availability of appropriate pumping equipment from the local fire
department or, in the case of industrial plants or complexes, from their fire brigade, is considered sufficient to meet the intent of
this requirement.
A-3.2.5.11.(2) Hose Stations. A building that is partially sprinklered may have some floor areas where local sprinklers are
installed that do not cover the entire floor area. It is intended that hose stations be provided in these floor areas to allow
emergency responders to fight fires that cannot be controlled by local sprinklers.
A-3.2.5.12.(1) Sprinkler System Design. In NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," reference is made
to other NFPA standards that contain additional sprinkler design criteria. These criteria apply to industrial occupancies with high
fire loads and industrial occupancies intended for the use, manufacture or storage of highly flammable materials. Therefore,
while only NFPA 13 is called up directly by Sentence 3.2.5.12.(1), the additional criteria in the other NFPA standards are
included automatically.
In some NFPA standards, certain aspects of sprinkler protection are dependent on the fire-resistance rating of the vertical
structural members. In these cases, the sprinkler system design options can be affected by the fire-resistance rating of these
elements. For example, in buildings used for the storage of rubber tires, sprinklers directed at the sides of a column are required
if the column does not have the required fire-resistance rating.
Other NFPA standards may require that certain occupancies be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA 13, as in the case of
some garages. These requirements do not supersede the requirements in the By-law. An occupancy is required to be
sprinklered only when this is specified in the By-law, but when it is so required, it must be sprinklered in conformance with NFPA
13 and its referenced standards.
Additionally, while Part 4 contains seismic force provisions that apply to the design of sprinklers, NFPA 13 contains other
structural requirements for sprinklers that are also required to be met.
A-3.2.5.12.(2) Sprinklering of Residential Buildings above a Storage Garage Considered as a Separate Building. For the
purpose of determining whether NFPA 13R, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential
Occupancies," applies to a residential building constructed over a storage garage, it is not intended that a storage garage
constructed as a separate building in accordance with Article 3.2.1.2. be considered as a storey when determining the building
height of the residential building. Similarly, this would not preclude the use of NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of
Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," for any one- or two-family home constructed
above such a storage garage.
A-3.2.5.12.(3) Superimposed Residential Suites. Sentence 3.2.5.12.(3) provides for the application of NFPA 13D, "Installation
of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," where a residential building contains not
more than two principal dwelling units or row housing. However, designers should recognize that the provisions of NFPA 13D are
based in fire testing of conventional single dwelling arrangements of the 1970's and U.S. NFIRS statistical data through to 2009
for conventional single dwellings, duplex, and mobile home arrangements as evidenced in the Annex notes to NPFA 13D. They
are therefore intended only to allow for arrangements where dwelling units are located in a side-by-side (horizontally connected)
configuration.
Residential arrangements wherein which dwelling units are superimposed above another unit (residential or commercial) are to
be designed to NFPA 13 or 13R as permitted by Article 3.2.5.12. Ancillary Residential Units are the notable exception to these
requirements and are addressed separately in Section 9.37.
A-3.2.5.12.(6) Sprinklering of Roof Assemblies. Sprinkler protection for roof assemblies in lieu of fire resistance is based on
the assumption that the sprinklers will protect the roof assembly from the effects of fire in spaces below the roof. If a ceiling
membrane is installed, the sprinklers would have to be located below the membrane in order to react quickly to the fire. In certain
instances, however, sprinklers may be required within the concealed spaces as well as below the membrane. NFPA 13,
"Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," requires sprinklers in certain concealed spaces.
According to NFPA 13 and 13R, some small rooms and closets within a dwelling unit in a sprinklered building, including those
that may be in the storey immediately below the roof assembly, do not require sprinklers. However, the Building By-law requires
sprinkler protection within all rooms and closets immediately below the roof so as to control any fire that might start in that space
and thereby limit the probability of the fire spreading into the roof assembly.
438
Moreover, NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured
Homes," also allows the omission of sprinklers in such rooms and closets under certain circumstances, provided the building is
sprinklered in conformance with this standard. In this case, the Building By-law concurs with the provisions of the NFPA 13D
standard.
A-3.2.5.12.(7) Balconies and Decks. The intent of Sentence 3.2.5.12.(7) is to suppress or control the spread of a fire
originating from a balcony or deck to the roof assembly or other parts of the building.
A-3.2.5.12.(8) Sprinkler Rating. The requirements of this Sentence can be met by using sprinklers with a rating of 79°C to
107°C.
A-3.2.5.12.(10) Fast-Response Sprinklers. Several types of sprinkler will respond to a fire faster than a conventional standard
response sprinkler. The Response Time Index (RTI) is used to quantify the sensitivity of the sprinkler link for any given sprinkler.
The RTI for the group of fast-response sprinklers described below will on average range from 22 s0.5-m0.5 to 33 s0.5-m0.5. RTI
values for standard response sprinklers will typically be in the range of 83 s0.5-m0.5 to 110 s 0.5-m0.5.
Any confusion as to the appropriate type of fast-response sprinkler for different types of building should be alleviated by
considering the testing criteria described below and the reference to the appropriate NFPA installation standards.
Although the By-law specifies where fast-response sprinklers are required, it does not prevent the appropriate use of fast-
response sprinklers in other occupancies.
Residential sprinklers are tested in accordance with ANSI/UL-1626, "Residential Sprinklers for Fire-Protection Service." They are
installed in accordance with NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and Including Four
Stories in Height," with NFPA 13D, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured
Homes," and with Section 5-4.5 of NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," for residential occupancies and for dwelling
units.
Quick-response sprinklers are tested in accordance with ANSI/UL-199, "Automatic Sprinklers for Fire-Protection Service." They
are installed in accordance with NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," for spacing, density and location. They are
acceptable for limited use as described in NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential Occupancies up to and
Including Four Stories in Height," but are not permitted for use under NFPA 13D, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and
Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes."
Early-suppression fast-response sprinklers are tested in accordance with FM Approvals Class Number 2008, "Approval Standard
for Quick Response Storage Sprinklers for Fire Protection." They are installed in accordance with NFPA 13, "Installation of
Sprinkler Systems," but are not accepted for use under either NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential
Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height," or NFPA 13D, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-
Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes."
Quick-response extended-coverage sprinklers are tested in accordance with ANSI/UL 199, "Automatic Sprinklers for Fire-
Protection Service." They are installed in accordance with NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems," for spacing, density and
location. They are acceptable for limited use as permitted by NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Residential
Occupancies up to and Including Four Stories in Height," but are not permitted for use under NFPA 13D, "Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes."
A-3.2.5.13.(1) Hazard Classification for Sprinkler Selection. The reference to light hazard occupancies is based on the
descriptions of these occupancies given in NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," and is intended only for
use in the design of sprinkler systems. These descriptions should not be confused with the occupancy classifications in the By-
law.
In NFPA 13, a light hazard occupancy is one in which the quantity or combustibility of contents is low and fires with relatively low
rates of heat release are expected. Typical buildings or parts of buildings include: churches; clubs; eaves and overhangs, if of
combustible construction with no combustibles beneath; educational buildings; hospitals; institutional buildings; libraries, except
very large stack rooms; museums; nursing or convalescent homes; offices, including data processing rooms; residential
buildings; restaurant seating areas; theatres and auditoria, excluding stages and proscenia; and unused attics.
Although NFPA 13R, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies," and NFPA 13D,
"Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," as referenced
by NFPA 13, are concerned with specific types of residential occupancy, namely apartment buildings up to four storeys, one and
439
two family dwellings, and mobile homes, for the purpose of acceptance of combustible sprinkler piping these occupancies are
considered to be included in the category of residential buildings under light hazard occupancies.
A-3.2.5.18.(1) Fire Pumps. In order to ensure an adequate water supply, it may be necessary to install a fire pump for a
building that has either a standpipe system or an automatic sprinkler system installed.
A-3.2.5.20. Radio Antenna System. Buildings of noncombustible construction or buildings that have glazing with a low
emissivity rating can cause interference with radio signals that are necessary for emergency, firefighting and rescue operations.
The installation of a radio antenna system should be shown on drawings submitted for building permit, and related permits. A
complete design of the radio antenna system will be required on plans to be submitted for the building permit and should be
design in accordance with the general specification provided by Vancouver Fire and Rescue Services. See Fire Department
publication "Vancouver Fire Rescue Services Specifications for Radio Antenna System Design, Installation and Acceptance
Testing" as updated from time to time. By-law users are advised to keep up-to-date. The technical specifications as of May 2019
are reproduced here for convenience.
Specifications for Radio Antenna System - Design, Installation and Acceptance Testing (May 2019)
1. SCOPE
1.1. This Specification describes the requirements for the design, installation, and acceptance testing of a radio antenna
system in a building.
1.2. The installation of radio antenna system equipment and devices not covered by this Specification shall be in accordance
with good engineering practice and the manufacturer's installation instructions.
1.3. The work in this section shall be performed under the supervision of a registered professional engineer in British Columbia
2. REQUIREMENTS OF RADIO ANTENNA SYSTEMS
2.1. GENERAL
2.1.1. Radio antenna systems for emergency responders are an integral component of the life safety equipment of a
building or structure. The primary function is to provide reliable emergency responder communications at the required
signal strength within the specified areas.
2.1.2. Provide an in-building radio antenna system to provide coverage in the building for the public safety agencies as
required by the local fire department and other agencies and authorities having jurisdiction. System users shall receive and
transmit radio broadcasts from their portable radio units within the building. This shall be accomplished utilizing the
following components, which if applicable shall conform to UL 2524 "Standard for In-building 2-Way Emergency Radio
Communication Enhancement Systems":
a) Bi Directional Amplifiers (Signal Boosters)
b) Coaxial Cable
c) Frequency filters
d) Donor and discrete antennas
e) Other components and interconnecting circuitry as required
2.1.3. Radio antenna systems shall not rely on mobile repeaters installed on fire department apparatus.
2.1.4. The entire system shall meet with approval of the Fire Chief, Chief Building Official, and Director of Planning for the
City of Vancouver (the authorities having jurisdiction, AHJ).
2.1.5. All permits necessary for the installation of the work shall be obtained from the AHJ prior to the commencement of
the work. All permit costs and inspection fees shall be included as the part of the required work.
2.2. FEDERAL LICENSE
2.2.1. All active systems shall be licensed by the federal regulator, Innovation, Science & Economic Development
Canada (ISED), and shall comply with the applicable Standard Radio Systems Plan (SRSP).
2.2.2. The installing contractor shall arrange to obtain the federal license to operate on behalf of the owner.
2.2.3. The installing contractor shall be responsible for any fees and costs to obtain the federal license for the first year of
operation.
2.2.4. Any license required shall be renewed annually by the building owner and the cost of the licensing borne solely by
the building owner.
3. PLANS AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS
3.1 The plans and supporting documents for the radio antenna system shall include a complete and detailed description of the
following:
a) Installation instructions
b) Location of in-building antenna
c) Location of donor antenna
d) Location of riser and trunk on each floor
440
e) Location of amplifier, repeater, and head-end equipment
f) Connection to the fire alarm system for a common trouble zone
g) Critical locations requiring coverage
h) Method of Acceptance Testing
4. INSTALLATION OF RADIO ANTENNA EQUIPMENT
4.1 AMPLIFIERS, REPEATERS AND HEAD-END EQUIPMENT
4.1.1. Amplifiers, repeaters, and head-end equipment shall be located in a service room that is provided with not less than
1 h fire-resistance rating.
4.1.2. All amplifiers, repeaters, and head-end equipment required by the radio antenna system shall be protected by
enclosures rated CSA Type 3 or higher.
4.1.3. All amplifiers, repeaters and head-end equipment shall be provided with drip shield to guard against water spray
from fire sprinklers located in the room unless the enclosures are rated CSA Type 4 or higher.
4.2 DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM
4.2.1. One in-building antenna shall be located within 20 m of the elevator door opening at each odd-numbered storey.
4.2.2. One in-building antenna shall be located inside each exit stair shaft at the landing of each even numbered storey.
4.2.3. Additional in-building antennas shall be installed to provide 98 percent radio coverage inside each critical area as
described in the Vancouver Building By-law. 4.2.4. Sufficient antenna isolation shall be maintained between the donor
antenna and all in-building antenna (D.A.S.) under all operating conditions 4.3 WIRING 4.3.1. Cables and wires shall be
FT-4 rated, and where installed inside plenums, cables and wires shall be FT-6 rated. 4.3.2. Except within service rooms
containing the amplifiers, repeaters and head-end equipment, cables and wires installed in the risers shall be mechanically
protected per the Electrical Code. 4.4 CONNECTION TO THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 4.4.1. The radio antenna system
shall be monitored by the building fire alarm system for common trouble 4.5 PROVISION FOR RADIO ANTENNA
SYSTEM EXPANSION 4.5.1. Raceways shall be installed to allow installation of future in-building antenna in the floor area
of each storey not
already provided with wiring or horizontal distribution.
5. ACCEPTANCE TESTING
5.1 Adequate Radio Coverage
5.1.1. The intent is to achieve -95 dBm on the current public safety bands. Good design should provide a margin of not
less than 10 dB to allow for uncontrolled variables. Based on the foregoing, the design target for indoor coverage should
be -85 dBm.
5.1.2. The radio frequency range to be supported shall be any frequencies used by the public safety communications
service provider's network. If signal amplifiers are used, they shall include filters that will protect the amplifiers from
overload and the system from interference by out-of-band signals.
5.1.3. In the event that active amplification is required to meet the foregoing communication quality requirements in the
building, coordination with the public safety communications service provider is required to ensure that its outdoor radio
communication performance is not degraded. If there is a trade-off to be made between maintaining the public safety
communications service provider's outdoor radio communication performance and restoration of signal strength in the
building, the trade-off decision shall be made by the public safety communications service provider and communicated to
the Fire Chief by the building owner.
5.2 System Verification Procedures
5.2.1. Tests shall be performed by RF technicians under supervision of a professional engineer registered in the Province
of British Columbia. Test reports shall bear the seal of the engineer.
5.2.2. If required by the engineer, during the engineer's acceptance test, portable handheld radios used for speech and
coverage acceptance shall be the same type used by Vancouver Fire and Rescue Services.
5.2.3. Acceptance tests and measurements shall be performed after completion of installation of the Radio Antenna
System. Tests shall be performed using radio frequencies assigned by the public safety communications service provider,
after proper coordination with an authorized representative of that system and with the Fire Chief.
5.2.4. Where the floor area of a critical location is greater than 4,500 m² the area shall be divided into a uniform grid of not
more than 15 m on a side, or if the floor area is smaller than 4,500 m² it shall be divided into a uniform grid of
approximately 20 equal areas, to a minimum of 9 m², and measurements shall be taken in each grid area. The size of the
grids shall also be reduced, or the number of grids increased, upon recommendation of the Fire Chief or inspector in areas
where special construction or other obstruction may significantly affect communications.
5.2.5. If the Radio Antenna System fails to provide acceptable communication in any of the critical locations as stipulated
in the Building By-law, the building owner shall have the system rectified to meet the 98% coverage requirement for these
areas; otherwise the Radio Antenna System will not be accepted.
441
5.3 Tests for Optimization
5.3.1. The radio antenna system shall be optimized to provide maximum coverage of the remainder of the floor areas while
providing 98 % coverage in the critical locations.
5.4 Tests of Power Supply
5.4.1. Backup batteries and power supplies shall be tested under full load using a minimum of a 90% duty cycle for a
period of at least one hour. If within the one-hour period, the battery shows no symptom of failure or impending failure, the
test shall be continued for additional one-hour periods to determine the integrity of the battery. The battery shall not fail
within a four-hour continuous test period.
5.4.2. Alternatively, the power supply may be connected to the building emergency generator with the backup batteries to
supply a four-hour continuous power supply.
6. DOCUMENTATION
6.1 DOCUMENTATION REQUIRED 6.1.1. The documentation required by this section shall be maintained on site in a box
located in a location acceptable to the Fire Chief.
6.1.2. Documentation for the radio antenna system shall include the following description of the radio antenna system:
a) Instructions for resetting the system
b) Equipment operating instructions or manuals
c) Equipment maintenance instructions
d) Equipment testing instructions
e) Optimization tests
f) Signal strength tests at critical locations
g) Results of battery test
h) Results of testing of connection to the fire alarm system
6.1.3. The designer of the radio antenna system shall prepare the Health SC6 report which certifies the system meets
Safety Code 6.
6.1.4. After installation of the radio antenna system is completed, the designer shall provide confirmation that the radio
antenna system meets Safety Code 6.
6.1.5. A copy of the annual operating licence issued by Federal communications agency shall be included in the fire safety
plan for the building
A-3.2.6. Smoke Control for High Buildings. Experience with high buildings has shown that the time required for complete
evacuation can exceed that which is considered necessary for the safe egress of all occupants. Studies of the "chimney effect"
and observations of smoke movement in actual fires have shown that fire compartmentation to contain a fire on any one storey
will not usually prevent the movement of smoke through elevator, stair and other vertical shafts to the upper floors of a high
building. Occupants of a high building in which an automatic sprinkler system is not installed, and particularly those on upper
storeys, could be faced with severe smoke conditions from fires occurring in storeys below them before their own evacuation is
possible. The requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to maintain safe conditions for occupants of a high building who
may have to remain in the building during a fire, and to assist the firefighters by providing efficient access to the fire floor. The
Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. are intended to assist a designer in complying with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. The
knowledge requirements are well within the capabilities of a competent designer. The designer should appreciate, however, that
successful application requires a clear understanding of the principles that govern smoke movement. Subsection 3.2.6. contains
only those items that relate to the design and construction of a building; operation of the facilities and recommended actions to
be taken by the building owner, occupant and fire department are covered by the Fire By-law.
The designer is cautioned that the tabular and graphical information in the Notes for Subsection 3.2.6. was developed for
buildings having conventional configurations. The designer has to judge the extent to which the building under consideration has
characteristics that will allow the application of this information; this is particularly true of designs employing air-handling systems
for which a realistic assessment of the leakage characteristics of the enclosures of spaces may be critical.
It is assumed that buildings regulated by Subsection 3.2.6. will be in an area served by a fire department capable of an early
response and that all firefighting and rescue situations will be under the direct control of the officer-in-charge of the fire
department responding to the emergency. It is important that firefighters be provided with a smoke-free access to fire floors
below grade. Provisions are included to separate exit stairways serving storeys above grade from those serving storeys below
grade, and to limit entry of smoke into these shafts. Similarly, elevator hoistways and service shafts are required to be provided
with a separation near grade, or be designed to limit their functioning as paths of smoke movement into upper floor areas from
storeys below grade.
442
It is assumed that in the event of fire, occupants of the floor on which the fire occurs will leave by exit stairs immediately following
the sounding of a fire alarm, and that occupants of the floor immediately above the floor on which the fire occurs will be advised
to leave by the first fire department officer on the scene or other person assigned this responsibility. Occupants of all other floors
may remain on their floors unless otherwise directed. It is also assumed that the owner of the building has complied with the
Emergency Planning Section of the Fire By-law by preparing a comprehensive fire safety plan to safeguard the building
occupants and that the building supervisory staff are familiar with the requirements of Subsection 3.2.6. and with their
responsibilities under the fire safety plan.
The Building By-law requires that a check be made of the smoke control and mechanical venting systems. Testing will indicate
deficiencies caused by inexact estimates of the leakage characteristics or of air supply requirements and, in all but the most
extreme cases, will provide an opportunity for appropriate adjustments before the system is put into service.
A-3.2.6.1.(2) Six Storey Buildings. One of the key concerns for high-buildings is the potential for increased smoke movement in
a fire as a consequence of stack-effect. One of the provisions of 3.2.6.1.(2) is to prohibit stairs or elevators from directly
connecting more than 6 storeys consecutively. This prohibition is intended to limit the potential for smoke to enter the stairs or
elevator shafts and contaminate floor areas above. However, this prohibition is not intended to restrict the potential for stairs or
elevators to serve other floors or levels as long as they are provided with acceptable measures to limit the uncontrolled
movement of smoke between floor levels. Designers may wish to consider the use of vestibules or other measures described in
note A-3.2.6.2.(4) as part of a design solution to control smoke movement.
A-3.2.6.1.(2)(c) Principal Entry for Firefighting. The limitation on vertical travel of 18 m describes the acceptable travel from
the principal entry to the uppermost floor area. However this does not account for changes of height or specific entry
arrangements outside of the building. In order to accomodate the potential need to set up hoses and other fire fighting
equipment, or the movement of stretchers or other equipment, the route from the designed fire departement route to the principal
entry assumes a clear and relatively level entry with only modest change in elevation throughout. The acceptability of
complicated entry arrangements, or of significant slopes or changes in grade should be discussed with the fire department and
other first responders in applying the provision of this Article.
A-3.2.6.2.(2) Stairway Protection Below Lowest Exit Level. A stairway serving floors below the lowest exit level is
considered to comply with the intent of Sentence 3.2.6.2.(2) if the following conditions are satisfied.
1) The stairway has a vent or door to the outdoors at or near the top of the stair shaft that has an openable area of not less
than 0.1 m2 for each storey served by the stairway, less 0.01 m2 for each weatherstripped door and 0.02 m2 for each door that is
not weatherstripped opening into the stairway.
2) The stairway is enclosed in a shaft that
a) does not pass through the floor above the lowest exit level and is separate from a shaft that contains a stairway serving
upper storeys, or
b) contains a stairway serving upper storeys, but is separated from that stairway at the lowest exit level by a fire separation
having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the shaft enclosure.
3) The stairway is provided with equipment capable of maintaining a flow of air introduced at or near the bottom of the stair
shaft, at a rate equal to 0.47 m3/s for each storey served by the stairway.
A-3.2.6.2.(3) Pressurization of Stair Shafts. The purpose of providing open doors and vents at the bottom of a stair shaft is to
create a positive pressure in the shaft relative to adjacent floor areas and thus keep it free of smoke. The pressure depends on
the temperature differential between the interior and the exterior of the building which is most pronounced during winter months
when stack effect is greatest. If a shaft does not have a direct opening to the exterior, alternative means must be provided to
achieve smoke control. If a corridor or vestibule is used as a link between the exit level of an interior stair shaft and the outdoors
to provide a venting system, it will be necessary to assess the reliability of the overall system. The probability of all doors or
closures being opened at the same time has to be addressed, as well as the size of the vestibule and its impact on the overall
smoke control system.
If mechanical methods are used to develop a positive pressure in a stair shaft, a minimum pressure differential of 12 Pa is
recommended to prevent smoke migration from floor areas in a sprinklered building where fire temperatures are controlled and
smoke movement may be dominated by stack effect in a stair shaft. During a fire emergency, persons will be entering and exiting
a stair shaft as they move to a place of safety and under these conditions the number of doors open to the stair shaft cannot be
predetermined. The number will vary depending on the occupancy of the building, population density and the evacuation plan for
443
the building. It should be assumed that two doors are open. This is based in part as a practical level for most buildings and
considers the positive fire experience in sprinklered buildings.
The maximum pressure differential created by a mechanical system should not prevent doors to the stair shafts from being
opened. A specific maximum value cannot be given, as this value will depend on the door opening force and size of the door.
These values should be calculated for each specific case. Although a maximum value of 130 N is suggested by research as the
force that can be opened by the majority of people in most occupancies, this value is above the maximum value of 90 N
generally specified in this By-law. The use of values below 130 N can create a practical problem in achieving effective smoke
control as it is difficult to design for the acceptable minimum and maximum pressure differential range. Special consideration
may need to be given for doors located in an accessible path of travel.
Care should be taken by designers and by building and fire officials in implementation of these requirements. Assumptions
involved in the design of a smoke control system may be different from final construction conditions. For this reason each system
should be tested after installation to ensure that the design intent is met. The minimum pressure differential is not intended to
apply to locations in stair shafts when doors in their proximity are open to adjacent floor areas.
A-3.2.6.2.(4) Limiting Smoke Movement. Measures to prevent the migration of smoke from floor areas below the lowest exit
storey into upper storeys include the following.
1) An elevator hoistway that passes through the floor above the lowest exit storey should not penetrate the floor of the storey
immediately below the lowest exit storey, unless there is a vestibule between the shaft and each floor area below the lowest exit
storey that
a) has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, between the vestibule and any public corridor,
b) has a fire separation, with a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for an exit by Article 3.4.4.1., between the
vestibule and any stair or elevator enclosure or any part of a floor area, other than a public corridor, and
c) except for elevator hoistway entrances, has a self-closing device on any door through the fire separation required by
Clauses (a) and (b), with the door opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.
Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A
Vent to a vertical service space with no other pressurized shaft in the building
Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A:
(1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all openings in the shaft
sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
(2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft sealed tightly to
minimize air leakage.
(3) A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the appropriate
curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
444
(4) The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve A
and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.
2) A vertical service space, other than an elevator hoistway, that passes through the floor assembly above the lowest exit
storey, should be provided with a tight-fitting noncombustible seal or firestop at the floor assembly of the storey immediately
below the lowest exit storey, unless
a) the vertical service space is vented to the outdoors at the top and the vent has an openable area that is not less than
i) that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are not
mechanically pressurized, or
ii) that obtained from Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B if the vertical service space is in a building in which other shafts are mechanically
pressurized,
b) for a shaft that serves floor areas above the lowest exit storey, a vent is located
i) at or near the top of the shaft if the shaft is above the mid-height of the building, or
ii) at or near the foot of the shaft at or near the exit level if the top of the shaft is below the mid-height of the building, or
c) for a shaft that serves floor areas below the lowest exit storey, a vent is located at or near the top of the shaft.
3) Any closure provided for a vent opening referred to in Sentence (2) must be openable:
a) manually,
b) on a signal from a smoke detector located at or near the top of the shaft, and
c) by a control device located at the central alarm and control facility.
Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B
Vent to a vertical service space with other pressurized shafts in the building
Notes to Figure A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B:
(1) Curve A applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by unplastered unit masonry or by plaster and steel stud construction with all openings in the shaft
sealed to the degree required by Articles 3.1.9.1. to 3.1.9.4.
(2) Curve B applies to a vertical service space that is enclosed by monolithic concrete or by plastered unit masonry with all openings in the shaft sealed tightly to
minimize air leakage.
(3) A shaft having a vent that is 100% of the cross-sectional area of the shaft is acceptable for buildings up to 1.5 times the height shown by the appropriate
curve in Figures A-3.2.6.2.(4)-A and A-3.2.6.2.(4)-B.
(4) The total leakage area, based on measurements in typical high buildings, is assumed to be 0.025 m2 for every 10 m 2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve A
and 0.015 m2 for every 10 m2 of shaft wall area in the case of Curve B.
445
A-3.2.6.3.(1) Connected Buildings. The measures described here are intended to prevent movement of smoke from one
building to another. They are of particular significance for two buildings of unequal height that are joined together. The
techniques suggested are the provision of a large opening to the outdoors in a connecting vestibule so that smoke entering
through leakage areas around doors will be vented to the outdoors, or pressurization to maintain a higher pressure in the
vestibule than in adjacent spaces, as illustrated in Figures A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A, A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C.
The provisions for protection of openings are described in terms appropriate to a doorway. Openings other than doorways should
be avoided if possible. Openings should be protected by an airlock that gives the same standard of protection as the vestibule
referred to below.
The requirement of Article 3.2.6.3. that limits movement of smoke from one building to another may be met by incorporating in
the link between the buildings the provisions of Sentences (1) and (2).
1) A firewall conforming to Subsection 3.1.10. is constructed between one building and the other with any opening in the
firewall protected against the passage of smoke by a vestibule that has
a) a fire separation between the vestibule and a public corridor with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) a fire separation between the vestibule and the remainder of the floor area, other than a public corridor, with a fire-resistance
rating not less than that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit,
c) a fire separation between the vestibule and a stair enclosure or elevator hoistway with a fire-resistance rating not less than
that required by Article 3.4.4.1. for an exit, and
d) any door in the fire separation required by Clause (a), (b) or (c), except for an elevator entrance, provided with a self-closing
device as required by Article 3.1.8.13. and opening in the direction of travel from the floor area to the exit stairway.
2) The vestibule referred to in Sentence (1) should have
a) a vent to the outdoors that has a net area of 10(0.023 d + 0.00045 a) m2, where 'd' is the number of doors having a
perimeter not more than 6 m that open into the vestibule, or if the perimeter of doors exceeds 6 m, the value 'd' is increased in
direct proportion to the increase in the perimeter, and 'a' is the area in square metres of enclosing walls, floors and ceilings
whose outer face is in contact with the outside air, except that where the outer face of a wall is in contact with the ground or fill, it
is assumed that there is no leakage through that portion, and the value of 'a' is assumed to be zero, or
b) equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into the vestibule sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule
when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12 Pa than that in adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to
the January design temperature on a 2.5% basis.
Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-A
Buildings connected by a tunnel
446
Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-B
Buildings connected at a firewall
Figure A-3.2.6.3.(1)-C
Buildings connected by a bridge
A-3.2.6.5.(6)(b) Protection of Electrical Conductors. Electrical conductors are part of a system that includes, among other
components, raceways, conduits, splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds and pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical
conductors to provide a circuit integrity rating, it is important to understand how they will be installed and to know if the fire
performance of the system as a whole was tested.
A-3.2.6.6.(1) Venting to Aid Firefighting. The requirements of Sentence 3.2.6.6.(1) are met by incorporating in a floor area
windows or wall panels, as described in Sentence (1), by smoke shafts as described in Sentences (2) to (8), or by the use of
building exhaust systems as described in Sentence (9).
1) If windows or wall panels are used for venting, they must
a) be uniformly distributed along the exterior wall of each storey,
b) have a total area not less than 1% of the exterior wall area of each storey,
c) be readily openable from the interior without the use of wrenches or keys,
d) be readily identified from the interior, and from the exterior where they are accessible to firefighters, and
e) be designed so that when opened they will not endanger persons outside the building during a fire.
2) If one or more smoke shafts or vertical service spaces are used for venting, they must
a) have an opening or openings into each storey with an aggregate area not less than that obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A
for the height of the building and the area of the largest floor area served by the smoke shaft, and the leakage characteristics of
the shaft wall and closures obtained from Tables A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C,
b) have an aggregate unobstructed cross-sectional area equal to that required by Clause (a), and
c) be designed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (3).
3) Each smoke shaft or vertical service space described in Sentence (2) must
447
a) be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation that has a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the floor assembly through which it passes, or be designed as a chimney conforming to Part 6, except that flue liners
need not be provided,
b) have an opening to the outdoors at the top that has an area not less than the cross-sectional area of the shaft, with the
opening protected from the weather,
c) terminate not less than 900 mm above the roof surface where it penetrates the roof, and
d) contain no combustible material, fuel lines or services that are required for use in an emergency.
4) Each opening required by Clause (2)(a) must be located so that the top of the opening is not more than 250 mm below the
ceiling, except that the opening may be above the ceiling if the ceiling freely allows passage of air.
5) The opening into the smoke shaft must be provided with a closure that
a) has a fire-protection rating conforming to Sentence 3.1.8.4.(2), except that the temperature on the unexposed face of the
closure shall be not more than 250 °C after 30 min during the fire test used to determine its rating,
b) is no closer to combustible material, except for paint or tightly-adhering paper covering not more than 1 mm thick applied to
a noncombustible backing, than the distances described in Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D,
c) can be opened from a remote location such as a stair shaft, the storey immediately below, or the central alarm and control
facility, and
d) does not open automatically on any floor, other than the fire floor, when smoke and hot gases pass through the shaft.
6) Closures for openings described in Clause (3)(b) must
a) be openable from outside the shaft, and
b) open automatically
i) on a signal from a smoke detector in the shaft,
ii) by operation of the fire alarm system, and
iii) when the closure required by Sentence (5) opens.
7) A smoke shaft opening referred to in Sentence (2) that is less than 1 070 mm above the floor must conform to
Article 3.3.1.18.
8) If a closure is required to comply with Sentence (5), the leakage area between closure components and between closure
and frame must not be more than 3% of the openable area of the closure.
9) The building air handling system may be used for smoke venting, provided
a) the system can maintain an exhaust to the outdoors at the rate of 6 air changes per hour from any floor area, and
b) emergency power to the fans providing the exhaust required by Clause (a) is provided as described in Article 3.2.7.9.
Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A
Minimum Size of Vent Openings into Smoke Shafts from Each Floor Area, m2(1)(2)
Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)
Floor
Area,
m2
Leakage
Area,
%(3)
Building Height, m
18
37
73
110
146
183
220
256
293
200
0.10
0.11
0.13
0.15
0.16
0.18
0.19
0.20
0.22
500
0.22
0.25
0.29
0.32
0.36
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.43
1 000
0.43
0.48
0.53
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.77
2 000
0.83
0.91
1.01
1.08
1.16
1.22
1.29
1.34
1.39
448
3 000
0
1.21
1.33
1.46
1.55
1.67
1.75
1.82
1.90
1.97
4 000
1.62
1.75
1.90
2.02
2.15
2.25
2.35
2.44
2.53
5 000
2.01
2.17
2.34
2.46
2.63
2.74
2.86
2.88
3.07
6 000
2.39
2.57
2.76
2.91
3.10
3.23
3.37
3.47
3.58
200
0.10
0.12
0.15
0.19
0.22
0.27
0.35
0.43
0.55
500
0.23
0.27
0.35
0.40
0.49
0.57
0.69
0.83
1.04
1 000
0.44
0.50
0.71
0.72
0.86
1.01
1.19
1.43
1.73
2 000
0.85
0.97
1.15
1.33
1.56
1.81
2.10
2.48
2.95
3 000
1
1.26
1.42
1.67
1.91
2.23
2.56
2.97
3.47
4.08
4 000
1.66
1.88
2.18
2.49
2.37
3.28
3.79
4.40
5.16
5 000
2.07
2.32
2.69
3.05
3.51
3.99
4.60
5.32
6.21
6 000
2.47
2.76
3.18
3.59
4.14
4.68
5.37
6.20
7.23
200
0.10
0.13
0.18
0.24
0.37
0.61
1.28
4.60
89.57
500
0.24
0.29
0.39
0.52
0.75
1.13
2.10
6.11
94.50
1 000
0.46
0.55
0.72
0.94
1.30
1.90
3.27
8.29
102.11
2 000
0.88
1.05
1.34
1.73
2.32
3.28
5.36
12.14
116.80
3 000
2
1.31
1.53
1.95
2.47
3.29
4.58
7.28
15.63
130.83
4 000
1.73
2.01
2.55
3.20
4.23
5.83
9.12
19.97
144.03
5 000
2.15
2.49
3.13
3.92
5.15
7.05
10.90
22.15
157.05
6 000
2.57
2.96
3.73
4.63
6.07
8.26
12.65
25.39
169.29
200
0.11
0.14
0.21
0.37
0.88
2.06
500
0.25
0.31
0.47
0.76
1.58
9.00
1 000
0.47
0.59
0.86
1.33
2.60
11.99
2 000
0.91
1.12
1.60
2.41
4.47
17.46
3 000
3
1.35
1.64
2.31
3.43
5.21
22.48
4 000
1.79
2.17
3.02
4.43
7.91
27.29
5 000
2.22
2.68
3.71
5.42
9.55
31.95
6 000
2.65
3.20
4.40
6.39
11.18
36.47
200
0.11
0.15
0.28
0.70
24.83
500
0.25
0.34
0.58
1.33
29.18
1 000
0.49
0.63
1.06
2.27
36.07
2 000
0.95
1.21
1.97
3.99
48.56
3 000
4
1.41
1.78
2.84
6.63
60.15
4 000
1.86
2.34
3.70
7.22
71.15
449
5 000
2.21
2.90
4.55
8.79
81.81
6 000
2.75
3.46
5.40
10.33
90.05
200
0.11
0.16
0.36
3.33
500
0.28
0.36
0.76
5.09
1 000
0.50
0.69
1.37
7.67
2 000
0.99
1.31
2.54
12.35
3 000
5
1.46
1.94
3.65
16.75
4 000
1.92
2.55
4.75
20.99
5 000
2.40
3.16
5.84
25.11
6 000
2.87
3.74
6.92
29.11
Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A:
(1) The minimum size of a vent opening into a smoke shaft is obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-A and is dependant on
the floor area and total leakage area of the smoke shaft walls and closures. This total leakage area may be estimated
by adding the leakage areas for the shaft wall obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and for the dampered openings
obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C, provided the cross-sectional area of the smoke shaft, the opening into the shaft
and the opening to the outdoors at the top of the shaft are equal.
(2) The size of the vent opening refers to the free or unobstructed area of the opening.
(3) Leakage area is the total of the leakage area of smoke shaft wall obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B and the
leakage area of openings in smoke shafts obtained from Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C.
Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-B
Leakage Area of Smoke Shaft Wall
Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)
Wall Construction
Leakage Area as % of Wall Area
Monolithic concrete
0.5
Masonry wall unplastered
1.5
Masonry wall plastered
0.5
Gypsum board on steel studs
1.0
Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C
Leakage Area of Closures in Openings into Smoke Shaft
Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)
Type of Closure
Leakage Area as % of Closure Area(1)(2)
Curtain fire damper
2.5
Single-blade fire damper
3.5
Multi-blade fire damper
4.5
Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-C:
(1) Values include allowance for 0.5% leakage between frame and wall construction.
(2) These leakage data are based on clearances applicable to closures that have been tested in accordance with
CAN/ULC-S112, "Standard Method of Fire Test of Fire Damper Assemblies."
Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D
Minimum Distance from Closure to Combustible Material
Forming Part of Note A-3.2.6.6.(1)
Area of Closure(1), m2
Minimum Distance in Front of or Above
Closure, m
Minimum Distance to the Sides or
Below Closure, m
450
0.5
0.35
0.20
1.0
0.50
0.25
1.5
0.60
0.30
2.0
0.70
0.35
2.5(2)
0.80
0.40
Notes to Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D:
(1) For closure areas between those given in Table A-3.2.6.6.(1)-D, interpolation may be used to determine the appropriate distances.
(2) For closure areas greater than 2.5 m2, the minimum distance in front of or above the closure shall be one half of the square root of the closure area, and the
minimum distance to the sides or below the closure shall be one quarter of the square root of the closure area.
A-3.2.6.7.(1) Protection of Central Control Room. The design of a room provided for a central alarm and control facility
should take into account the nature and sensitivity of the electronic components of the equipment and the room should be
adequately protected from fire and smoke. The room should be ventilated with a supply of fresh air so that it has a clean
environment and should be provided with adequate lighting.
A-3.2.6.7.(2) Central Control Room Air Control. Depending on the method of mechanical venting and air control that is
selected for the building, additional controls may be required at the central alarm and control facility. These additional controls
include those with a capability of opening closures to vents in shafts, stopping air-handling systems, and initiating mechanical air
supply to stair shafts.
A-3.2.6.9.(1) Testing for Smoke Control. The efficiency of a smoke control system may be checked by measuring pressure
differences and the directions of airflow around doors and through separating walls of compartments. A pressure meter can be
used to measure pressure differences on either side of a door or partition. Where this is impracticable, a punk stick held near a
crack will indicate the direction of airflow. Measurements of airflow may be taken on the intake side of supply fans or in supply
ducts to determine whether the specified airflow is being provided. In general, airflow should be from the spaces which may be
occupied for various lengths of time during a fire emergency (e.g., vestibules, stair shafts, and elevator hoistways) toward the
space in which the fire is assumed to have occurred. Measurements may be taken at certain critical locations to check the
overall efficiency of the smoke control system.
In buildings where protection is obtained by venting corridors or vestibules to the outdoors, inspection of the building to
determine whether the requirements have been met should be sufficient. Where service shafts are vented to the outdoors at the
top, a check may be made of the wall between the shaft and the uppermost occupied floor areas, to ensure that the direction of
flow is from each floor area into the shaft, when the vent to the outside is open and the outdoor air temperature is significantly
less than that indoors. Where mechanically pressurized vestibules are used, a check may be made to ensure that the pressure
in each vestibule or area of refuge is greater than that in the adjacent floor areas at each floor level.
Doors to stair shafts, elevator hoistways and vestibules in locations subject to pressure differences that may interfere with normal
opening should be checked when the outdoor temperature is near the January design temperature, with the air injection system
operating and a number of windows open to the outdoors on each floor in turn.
A-3.2.7.4.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be of long duration. These
local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for supplying emergency power for lighting. This
should be studied at the planning stage of a building project in conjunction with the local fire safety and building officials.
A-3.2.7.6.(1) Emergency Power for Treatment Occupancies. CSA Z32, "Electrical safety and essential electrical systems in
health care facilities," contains requirements for three classes of health care facilities--Class A, Class B and Class C. The intent
of Article 3.2.7.6. is to apply specific requirements to emergency equipment for Class A facilities, which are designated as
hospitals by the authorities having jurisdiction and where patients are accommodated on the basis of medical need and are
provided with continuing medical care and supporting diagnostic and therapeutic services.
A-3.2.7.8.(3) Emergency Power Duration. The times indicated in this Sentence are the durations for which emergency power
must be available for a building under fire emergency conditions. Additional fuel for generators or additional battery capacity is
required to handle normal testing of the equipment, as indicated in the NFC. If the operation of emergency generators or
batteries is intended for other than fire emergency conditions, such as power failures, fuel supplies or battery capacity must be
increased to compensate for that use.
451
A-3.2.7.9.(1) Emergency Power Reliability. In some areas power outages are frequent and may be of long duration. These
local conditions should be taken into account in determining the type of system for supplying emergency power for building
services. This should be studied at the planning stage of a building project in conjunction with the local fire safety and building
officials.
A-3.2.7.10.(1) Electrical Conductors. The intent of this Sentence is to provide protection of riser conductors serving
components of a building fire alarm and voice communication system and equipment required for smoke control and smoke
venting such as fans and dampers. Conductors supplying fire alarm and voice communication system devices, smoke control
and smoke venting equipment on individual floors are not intended to be protected in conformance with this requirement.
Conductors supplying fire-fighters' elevators and fire pumps are intended to be protected in accordance with this requirement
from the source of the emergency power supply (emergency generator) to the terminals of the equipment (fire pump or elevator
motors).
The following issues for conductor protection are required to be considered:
1. A list of emergency equipment served by the protected conductors,
2. Specific methods of the conductor protection utilized for the project. (See note (a).)
3. Electrical plans indicating the routes for protected conductors from the emergency power supply to the equipment served.
4. The satisfactory operation of electrical equipment supplied by the protected conductors while operating at elevated
temperatures (more than 30° C).
5. The protection of riser conductors from potential pressurized hot gases which could travel inside the electrical conduits
originating from the fire floor. (See note (b).)
6. Access to electrical riser conductor junctions for maintenance or testing. (See notes (a) & (c).)
(a) Acceptable protection methods for electrical conductors to ensure the operation of equipment for a period of at least one
(1) hour are illustrated in the table below.
(b) Derating of a conductors' ampacity may be required. Where conductors are protected in accordance with methods B to F,
as illustrated in the table below and where the conductors are sized to accommodate 110% of the rated load current, then no
additional derating of conductors is required. Where conductors are protected in accordance with method A, an assessment of
the conductors performance (MI cables) under exposure to fire, would need to be provided by an electrical engineer.
(c) Location of riser conductor junctions in exit stairwells is not acceptable. Submission of the chosen methods of compliance
and the submission of a Schedule B Letter of Assurance needs to be provided by the professional electrical engineer
responsible for the project at the design stage. Upon completion of the installation, a Schedule C-B Letter of Assurance would
be required. Acceptable methods for the protection of electrical conductors from fire exposure to ensure operation of the
emergency equipment for a period of at least one (1) hour (based on a sprinklered building) are illustrated in the table below.
Table A-3.2.7.10.
Method of Protection
A
Provide mineral insulated cables or other cables that conform with the ULC S139 circuit integrity test and
are marked "ULC S139 2 hr fire rated" cables
B
Provide a minimum cover over the conduit of at least 100 mm in concrete. Floor slabs or walls that form
part of fire separations. Cover from the ends of slabs or walls that form part of the fire separations shall be
at least 125 mm.
C
Provide a minimum cover over the conduit of at least 125 mm in concrete columns, beams or walls that are
not forming part of a fire separation.
D
Enclose conductors in a shaft enclosure of at least two hour fire resistance construction. These shaft
enclosure walls can be of concrete or any ULC, cUL or WH listed wall or shaft wall assembly.
E
Any junction boxes or access points required for the protected conductors shall be protected with listed
access panels which have been tested to limit the temperature rise on unexposed side to less than 90° C
452
for one (1) hour. An air space shall be provided between the access panel and the conductors, to ensure
that there will be no contact
F
Conduits leading from protected enclosures to branch circuits must be protected at junction boxes at both
ends of the connecting conduit. This protection will consist of plugging the conduits to a depth of at least 12
mm with an approved firestop caulking. An acceptable alternative to the above is to use an EYS fitting at
the protected enclosure end
The above provides options for the protection of electrical conductors. Other solutions may be proposed by a Fire Protection
Engineer retained to analyze the arrangement and develop a solution on an equivalency basis for acceptance by the Chief
Building Official.
A-3.2.7.10.(2)(a) and (3)(a) Protection of Electrical Conductors. It is important to understand that electrical conductors are
part of a system that includes--among other components--raceways, conduits, splices, couplings, vertical supports, grounds
and pulling lubricants. When selecting electrical conductors to provide a circuit integrity rating, it is therefore important to
understand how they will be installed and to know if the fire performance of the system as a whole was tested.
A-3.2.7.10.(5)(b) Electrical Conductors in the Same Room. If the distribution panel and the equipment it serves are within
the same room, only the electrical conductors leading up to the distribution panel need to be protected. It is assumed that the
distribution panel and the equipment it serves are within sufficient proximity to each other such that a fire in the same area of
origin would affect both.
A-3.2.7.10.(7) Fire Alarm Branch Circuits. In order to ensure continuous operation of the fire alarm and voice communication
systems in a high-rise building for a sufficient duration of time to control and direct the evacuation of building occupants, a level
of protection is required by Sentence 3.2.7.10.(2) for those electrical conductors interconnecting the major elements of the fire
alarm system. Sentence 3.2.7.10.(7) permits the protection of electrical conductors to be waived for portions connecting a
transponder or fault isolation device to fire alarm input devices (fire detectors, manual stations, etc.) or a voice communication
transponder to a fire alarm audible signalling device, provided all circuits or portions of the circuits are contained within the same
storey.
A-3.2.8.2.(3) Special Protection of Opening. In manufacturing operations involving the use of conveyor systems to transport
material through fire separations, it may not be possible to use standard closure devices. NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire Doors and
Other Opening Protectives," includes appendix information concerning protection of openings through vertical fire separations.
NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems," includes methods of protecting openings through floor assemblies,
however, it is assumed by that standard that the remainder of the building would be sprinklered. Combinations of methods may
be required to ensure that the level of safety inherent in the requirements of the By-law is maintained.
A-3.2.8.2.(6)(b) Restriction on Size of Openings Through Floors. The phrase "used only for stairways, escalators or moving
walks" is intended to restrict the size of a floor opening to what is necessary to accommodate the stairway, escalator or moving
walk.
A-3.2.8.2.(6)(c) Waiver of Occupancy Separation Continuity. The typical application of this Sentence is to buildings with a
mixture of occupancies that are randomly located throughout the building. Examples include shopping centres, podia of large
commercial and business complexes, and recreational buildings that are combined with mercantile and business operations. A
shopping mall with two interconnected storeys is an example that is frequently encountered in many jurisdictions. The permission
to breach the floor assembly between the storeys does not override requirements for separation of specific suites or
occupancies. For instance, although storage garages are Group F, Division 3 occupancies, the requirement in Article 3.3.5.6. for
the storage garage to be separated from other occupancies by a fire separation with at least a 1.5 h fire-resistance rating must
be observed. In a similar manner, a theatre or cinema (Group A, Division 1 occupancy) must be separated from other
occupancies in accordance with Sentence 3.3.2.2.(1) and seats in an arena-type building (Group A, Division 3) must be
separated from space below in accordance with Sentence 3.3.2.2.(3).
A-3.2.8.4.(1)(c) Contamination of Vestibule. The vestibule should have equipment capable of maintaining a supply of air into
the vestibule that is sufficient to ensure that the air pressure in the vestibule when the doors are closed is higher by at least 12
Pa than the air pressure in the adjacent floor areas when the outdoor temperature is equal to the January design temperature on
a 2.5% basis.
453
A-3.2.8.7.(1) Smoke Exhaust System. The mechanical exhaust system is intended as an aid to firefighters in removing smoke
and is to be designed to be actuated manually by the responding fire department. Although smoke is normally removed from the
top of the interconnected floor space, exhaust outlets at other locations may be satisfactory.
A-3.2.9.1.(1) Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems. Building owners should verify that fire protection and life safety
systems and their components (i.e. fire alarm systems, sprinklers, standpipes, smoke control, ventilation, pressurization, door
hold-open devices, elevator recalls, smoke and fire shutters and dampers, emergency power, emergency lighting, fire pumps,
generators, etc.), including their interconnections with other building systems, are functioning according to the intent of their
design. CAN/ULC-S1001, "Standard for Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems," provides the
methodology for verifying and documenting that interconnections between building systems satisfy the intent of their design and
that the systems function as intended by the By-law.
Clause 6.1.5 of CAN/ULC-S1001 allows the Integrated Testing Coordinator to accept documented evidence of any tests that
have been performed on a system as part of its acceptance testing for the purpose of demonstrating compliance with the
integrated testing requirements of that standard, so as to avoid duplication of work.
A-3.3. Safety Within Floor Areas. Section 3.3. regulates safety within floor areas including rooms and other spaces within a
building. The requirements are grouped according to the occupancy of the floor area, room or space, which is not necessarily the
same as the major occupancy for which the building is classified. For example, a building may be classified by major occupancy
as an office building: therefore, the provisions for structural fire protection and fire protection equipment for office buildings
prescribed in Section 3.2. apply. However, within that building, a room or floor area may be used for mercantile, care, treatment,
detention, business, residential, industrial or other occupancy.
Life safety for the occupants of any floor area depends in the first instance on the use or occupancy of that floor area. The risks
to the occupants occur in the early stages of a fire. These special life risks differ from one occupancy to another and,
consequently, must be regulated differently. Section 3.3. regulates risks within floor areas: these requirements apply regardless
of the major occupancy of the building that contains the floor areas. For example, an assembly room must comply with the
requirements for assembly occupancy whether it is contained in an office building, hospital, hotel, theatre, industrial building or
other major occupancy.
Since this By-law regulates new construction, alterations and changes of occupancy, the construction of kiosks and similar
structures in public corridors must take into consideration all the requirements that apply to the remainder of the building,
including structural fire protection, construction type, finish materials, egress widths and sprinkler installations. Special activities
of an occasional nature that were not contemplated in the original design of a public corridor and that represent only a temporary
change in occupancy are regulated by the NFC. These regulations include maintaining egress paths clear of obstructions,
controlling combustible contents and providing measures to ensure quick response for firefighting.
A-3.3.1.2.(1) Hazardous Substances. The term "hazardous substances" refers to dangerous goods that are regulated by
"Transportation of Dangerous Goods Regulations (TDGR)" or that are classified as "controlled products" under the "Workplace
Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS)" established to meet the requirements of HC SOR/2015-17, "Hazardous
Products Regulations." It also refers to materials and products that are not regulated by the TDGR or WHMIS, but that pose a
fire or explosion hazard due to their own properties or because of the manner in which they are stored, handled or used. These
include combustible products, rubber tires, combustible fibres, combustible dusts, products producing flammable vapours or
gases, etc.
A-3.3.1.2.(2) Cooking Equipment Ventilation. Cooking equipment manufactured for use in dwelling units and other residential
suites is often installed in buildings used for assembly and care, treatment or detention purposes. It is not obvious from the By-
law requirements or those of NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations,"
whether a ventilation and grease removal system is required in all assembly and care, treatment or detention uses. If the
equipment is to be used in a manner that will produce grease-laden vapours that are substantially more than would be produced
in a normal household environment, then it would be appropriate to apply the requirements of NFPA 96. If the equipment is used
primarily for reheating food prepared elsewhere or is used occasionally for demonstration or educational purposes, there would
be no expectation of applying the requirements of NFPA 96. In all cases the circumstances should be reviewed with the authority
having jurisdiction.
A-3.3.1.3 Means of Egress Serving Podiums and Terraces. The requirements for podiums and terraces in Sentence 3.3.1.3.(2)
and (3) are intended for areas situated on a level that is not at the highest elevation in a building, and where the area can be
accessed by a storey of the building. The requirements of Sentence 3.3.1.3.(4) to (9) are intended for roof-top areas, including
"terraces" where the area is at the highest elevation of the building, and there is no access to a storey of the building at that level.
454
A-3.3.1.7.(1) Temporary Refuge for Persons with Disabilities. These measures are intended to provide temporary refuge for
persons with disabilities. It is acknowledged, however, that the measures cannot provide absolute safety for all occupants in the
fire area. It may, therefore, be necessary to develop special arrangements in the fire safety plan to evacuate persons with
disabilities from these areas. Details for a suitable plan are contained in the Fire By-law.
The protected elevator referred to in Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(a) is intended to be used by firefighters as a means for evacuating
persons with disabilities. It is not intended that this elevator be used by persons with disabilities as a means of egress without the
assistance of firefighters.
If an estimate is to be made of the number of persons with disabilities in a floor area who can be accommodated in each zone in
Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(b), this estimate may be based on Table 3.8.2.3., which is used to determine the minimum number of spaces
to be provided for persons using wheelchairs in fixed seating areas. If more precise information is available, it should be used for
sizing the zones.
For residential occupancies, the choice of protection include the option to provide an accessible balcony, but it is not required
that balconies be the chosen means of protection.
A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3) Protruding Building Elements in Paths of Travel. The term "protruding building elements" refers to
elements regulated by this By-law that are permanently affixed to the building and protrude into the path of travel.
The sweep of a cane normally detects protruding building elements that are within 680 mm of the floor. Any protruding element
above this height would not normally be detected and can, therefore, create a hazard if it projects more than 100 mm into the
path of travel.
A-3.3.1.12.(3) Movable Partitions. Should an emergency situation arise outside of normal working hours but when occupants
are still in the space, they could be left without a clear way out. This could occur during inventory or after closing time when all
occupants have not yet left, but staff close the door to prevent other persons from entering. In many small tenant areas, the
movable partitions (store fronts) provide the only way out. There should always be a second way out or a swinging door within or
adjacent to the sliding partitions.
A-3.3.1.13.(4) Door Hardware. The permission to have additional door releasing devices is intended to allow the use of a
security chain, night latch or dead bolt to supplement the normal door latching device. These are permitted for dwelling units and
locations where guests in a hotel or motel require additional security. The height of these items is also governed by the
maximum height stipulated in Sentence 3.3.1.13.(5) to ensure that they can be operated by persons with physical disabilities.
This additional hardware should not require appreciable dexterity by the user and the general requirements on the ability to
operate the device without the use of keys, special tools or specialized knowledge still apply.
A-3.3.1.13.(6) Controlled Egress Doors. It is intended that Sentence 3.3.1.13.(6) apply to doors used at the perimeter of a
contained use area or an impeded egress zone. If the contained use area consists of a single room, the requirements would
apply to that room. In the case of individual cells within a contained use area, exterior keyed locks could be used on the cell
doors consistent with the fire safety plan and continuous supervision by staff who can release the doors in an emergency.
A-3.3.1.13.(7) Electromagnetic Locking Devices. Electromagnetic locks and similar door control security devices are not
intended to be used indiscriminately as alternative to proper security design. Where improperly designed or installed, these may
inadvertently entrap or delay persons during an emergency as a result of physically impeding egress or confining egress to high
traffic areas. Designers and installers wishing to install electromagnetic locking devices are to demonstrate that the requirements
of the By-law have been met. This demonstration is to include a sequence of operation for the installation of any new maglocks
and similar security devices that could singly or in combination, prevent, impede, or otherwise delay occupant egress or
emergency responder access. This is to be provided to the Chief Building Official for acceptance, along with any necessary
supporting documentation to demonstrate by-law compliance. (See also note A-3.4.6.16.(4).)
A-3.3.1.13.(11) Access to Exit from Elevator Lobbies. The intent of Sentence 3.3.1.13.(11) is to address frequent requests by
building owners and tenants to secure the suite entry doors on a floor of office occupancy, which contains at least one exit which
is not directly accessible from the common corridor system outside of the regular hours of business operations.
Conceptually, the public corridor and lobby are a floor areas containing only a transitory occupancy, and not otherwise occupied
after hours. However, because operating hours for a given business may vary or change over time, signage and other measures
to limit the probability of the doors in the means of egress leading to an exit must be provided by the owner/operator. Significant
discretion may be required on the part of the Chief Building Official to assess the reliability of such measures.
455
Owner/operators should expect to demonstrate how the locking system occupancy will be controlled during and after hours of
operation so that unimpeded egress to two exit is provided when occupant are expected to be present on the storey. This may
be difficult to achieve in a practical manner where a storey includes more than one suite.
A-3.3.1.19.(1) Tactile Attention Indicators at Unenclosed Stairs and at Drop-off Edges. Stairs in open spaces, stairs from
mezzanines, and stairs that are not separated from the floor area by an element, such as a door or gate, are examples of stairs
that are unenclosed. Transit platforms and the edges of a reflecting pool are examples of locations with drop-off edges where
tactile attention indicators should be installed.
A-3.3.1.24.(1) Obstructions in Means of Egress. Obstructions including posts, counters or turnstiles should not be located in
a manner that would restrict the width of a normal means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area unless an alternative
means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted means of egress.
A-3.3.2.1.(2) Use of NFPA 101. The intention of Sentence (2) is to allow By-law users the option of using NFPA 101, "Life
Safety Code," to address the following issues: means of egress; egress routes within assembly occupancies; aisles and access
serving seating not at tables; guards and railings; life safety evaluation; and smoke-protected assembly seating. However, opting
to use NFPA 101 under this application entails adherence to all the provisions listed in Sentence (2): it is not intended that By-
law users randomly select and apply a mix of provisions from both the Building By-law and the NFPA.
A-3.3.2.4.(2) Tablet Arms. Although it is intended that the motion to raise the tablet arm be essentially a single fluid motion, it is
acceptable that the motion be a compound motion of raising the tablet arm and including an articulation to allow the tablet to fall
back alongside the arm rest.
A-3.3.2.10. Installation Configurations of Handrails in Aisles with Steps. Figure A-3.3.2.10. illustrates possible installation
configurations of handrails serving aisles with steps.
456
Figure A-3.3.2.10.
Handrail installation configurations
A-3.3.2.18. Daycare Facilities for Children under 30 Months. These daycare facilities are subject to additional requirements
to address the unique profile of the occupants. The Community Care and Assisted Living Act and pursuant regulations establish
care programs and prescribes the ages for children in those various programs. The By-law's requirements for daycare facilities
for children under 30 months is intended to coordinate with those care programs, which inform the intended use and applicable
By-law requirements, but the By-law does not regulate the actual ages of children in those care programs or in the facility (See
Note A-3.1.2.8.)
A-3.3.3.1.(1) Safety in Care, Treatment and Detention Occupancies. Fire safety for patients in bedroom areas in hospitals
and nursing homes with treatment is predicated on the ability of staff to carry out at all times essential life safety functions in
accordance with the fire safety plan. Details for a plan are contained in the Fire By-law.
Many factors may affect the ability of staff to carry out life safety functions, including the mobility of patients who cannot fend for
themselves and the built-in protection for patients who cannot be moved except under exceptional circumstances.
Should a patient area in a hospital or nursing home with treatment contain factors which would increase the time normally
required for staff to evacuate patients or to undertake other life safety measures, consideration should be given to providing
additional fire protection measures to ensure that equivalent safety is available.
A-3.3.3.4.(2) Doorway Width. The 1 050 mm minimum clear width of doorways accounts for door stops and, thus, is intended
to allow for the use of 1 100 mm doors.
A-3.3.3.5.(9) Intercommunicating Rooms. Rooms that are interconnected can include more than one sleeping room, together
with ensuite toilet rooms, shower rooms, and storage closets used for the storage of personal items of the persons occupying the
sleeping rooms. It is not intended that storage rooms for other purposes be included within the group of interconnected rooms.
A-3.3.3.5.(13) Grilles and Louvres. In order to permit the supply of make-up air to compensate for the removal of exhaust air
from these toilet rooms, shower rooms and similar spaces, it is permitted to incorporate grilles and louvres for the transfer of air
provided the air movement cannot allow smoke to pass through these spaces to other parts of the building. It is considered that
in normal designs the air is exhausted directly to the exterior and is not circulated. If air is to be circulated back to other parts of
the building, smoke operated dampers should be included in the air circulating system.
A-3.3.3.5.(17) Fire Damper Activation. This requirement is to ensure that fire dampers are activated by any smoke detector in
either zone or fire compartment.
A-3.3.4.4.(1) Landing in Egress Stairway. A landing level used in an egress stairway from a dwelling unit is not considered to
be a storey of that dwelling unit if the landing is used only for pedestrian travel purposes.
A-3.3.4.4.(7) Travel Distance in a Dwelling Unit. The egress requirements of 3.3.4.4.(7)(a) are limited by the total travel
distance within the dwelling unit. For the purposes of determining this travel distance, only the horizontal component of the travel
of travel within the exterior envelope, including any stairs, need be considered.
A-3.3.4.5.(1) Automatic Locking Prohibited. Doors that must be manually reset to lock them when they are opened from the
inside meet the intent of this requirement.
A-3.3.6.1.(1) Design of Buildings Containing Dangerous Goods. Subsection 3.3.6. applies to the short- or long-term storage
of products, whether raw or waste materials, goods in process, or finished goods.
This Subsection does not deal with products or materials that are directly supplied to appliances, equipment or apparatus
through piping, hose, ducts, etc. For example, the gas cylinders that are mounted on propane barbecues are not covered by
Subsection 3.3.6.; they are considered to be "in use" as opposed to "in storage" and are not intended to be regulated by the
storage requirements stated in the Fire By-law.
A-3.3.6.2.(2) Storage of Reactive Materials. Reactive materials include various classes of unstable or reactive dangerous
goods, such as flammable solids, pyrophoric materials, oxidizers, corrosives, water-reactive substances and organic peroxides.
457
In general, it is unsafe to store highly reactive oxidizers close to liquids with low flash points, combustible products or chemically
incompatible products. Quantities of oxidizers or other dangerously reactive materials should therefore be limited and the storage
area should be constructed of noncombustible materials, should be kept cool and ventilated, and should not impede egress.
In some cases, depending on the quantity and nature of the oxidizing agent, normal fire protection measures (e.g. sprinklers, fire
hose and extinguishers) are ineffective due to the self-yielding of oxygen by the oxidizing agent.
When containers of highly reactive oxidizers become damaged or are exposed to excessive heat, humidity or contamination (e.g.
sawdust, petroleum products, or other chemicals), a very violent fire or explosion can result.
The following oxidizing substances, among others, are known to supply oxygen: organic and inorganic peroxides; pool chemicals
(e.g. calcium hypochlorite, sodium dichloroisocyanurate); oxides; permanganates; perrhenates; chlorates; perchlorates;
persulfates; organic and inorganic nitrates; bromates; iodates; periodates; perselenates; chromates, dichromates; ozone;
perborates.
When containers of dangerously reactive materials become damaged or are exposed to water or humidity, a flammable gas
(such as hydrogen, ammonia or methane) or a toxic gas (such as hydrogen chloride, hydrogen bromide or phosphine) can be
released.
The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a flammable gas in reaction to contact with
water or humidity: alkali metals (e.g. sodium, potassium, cesium); reactive metals (e.g. zinc, aluminum, magnesium); metallic
hydride (e.g. sodium borohydride, germanium tetrahydride, calcium hydride).
The following dangerously reactive materials, among others, are known to release a toxic gas in reaction to contact with water or
humidity: organic and inorganic chloride (e.g. phosphorus trichloride, phosphorus oxide trichloride, acetyl chloride); organic and
inorganic bromide (e.g. phosphorus tribromide, aluminum tribromide, acetyl bromide).
A-3.3.6.2.(4) Wiring and Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Locations. In addition to the general requirements of CSA
C22.1, "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I," special attention must be given to Sections 18, 20 and 22: Section 18 specifies wiring
requirements for Class I, II and III hazardous locations; Section 20 provides specific requirements for areas where flammable or
combustible liquids are stored or dispensed; Section 22 specifies wiring requirements for areas where corrosive liquids or
vapours or excessive moisture are present.
A-3.3.6.4.(2) Explosion Venting in Hazardous Locations. When a flammable mixture of air and vapour/gas/dust is ignited
and causes an explosion, the exothermic reaction results in the rapid expansion of heated gases and the corresponding
pressure waves travel through the mixture at sonic or supersonic velocities. The pressures developed by an explosion very
rapidly reach levels that most buildings and equipment cannot withstand unless specifically designed to do so. Explosion venting
consists of devices designed to open at a predetermined pressure to relieve internal pressure build-up inside a room or
enclosure, hence limiting the structural and mechanical damage.
The major parameters to be considered in designing an explosion venting system for a building are:
- the physical and chemical properties of the flammable air mixture, such as the particle size or the droplet diameter, the
moisture content, the minimum ignition temperature and explosive concentration, the burning velocity or explosibility
classification, the maximum explosion pressure and the rate of pressure rise,
- the concentration and dispersion of the flammable mixture in the room,
- the turbulence and physical obstructions in the room,
- the size and shape of the room, the type of construction and its ability to withstand internal pressures, and
- the type, size and location of relief panels, which should also be designed to reduce the possibility of injury to people in the
immediate vicinity of the panels.
A-3.3.6.5.(1) Measurement of Tire Storage Volume. The volume of tires in a storage area can be determined by measuring to
the nearest 0.1 m the length, width and height of the piles or racks intended to contain the tires. In racks, the top shelf is
assumed to be loaded to maximum possible height, while observing required clearances between structural elements and
sprinklers.
A-3.3.6.6.(6) Products Stored with Ammonium Nitrate. Copper and its alloys should not be used where they can come into
contact with ammonium nitrate. The presence of copper represents the single biggest hazard with respect to the accidental
detonation of ammonium nitrate during a fire.
458
Steel and wood can be protected with special coatings such as sodium silicate, epoxy, or polyvinyl chloride.
Asphalt and similar hydrocarbon-based roof coverings should not be used. Stored ammonium nitrate may become sensitized
during a fire if such roof coverings melt and leak into the interior of the building, causing burning droplets to fall on the stored
product.
A-3.3.7.7.(2) Security for Storage Garage. The requirements of Sentence 3.3.7.7.(2) are intended to provide improved visibility
into or out of a stair tower or vestibule which might otherwise occlude the line of sight of building occupants as a result of
intervening construction. Glazing must provide the maximum practical improvement to visibility to improve occupant safety. The
term 'stair tower' used in this Sentence is intended to apply to vertical stair enclosures connecting more than one floor or
containing superimposed flights of stairs.
A-3.3.7.7.(3) and (4) Security for Storage Garage. The provision of Sentence 3.3.7.7.(3) and (4) are to intended restrict access
from the parking storeys to adjacent non-parking storeys of the building by mandating that the exits serving a parking storeys
discharge directly to the exterior.
Clause (4)(b) is intended to provide a relaxation for mixed use buildings where reasonable security features have been
implemented to ensure that occupant are not subject to an unacceptable risk of physical assault. Occupants may be made aware
of conditions in the exit by means of increased glazing and clear lines of sight, and can remain in a place of safety until they exit.
In situation where direct lines of sight cannot be maintained, mirrors or other means to increase visibility for occupants are to be
implemented.
Figure A-3.3.7.7.(3) & (4)
A-3.4.1.1.(1) Type of Exit Facility. The requirements for exits in Section 3.4. were developed for new construction. If
alterations are made to an existing building or changes of occupancy occur, other design solutions than those in Section 3.4.
may have to be developed to maintain an acceptable level of safety if it is not practicable to fully conform to the requirements of
this Section. In some cases the use of fire escapes to supplement the existing exit facilities may be the only practicable solution.
Because of the variety of conditions that may be encountered in existing buildings, it is difficult to standardize or codify such
requirements. Alternative means of providing acceptable levels of safety may have to be tailored to the particular building design.
In all cases, however, the requirements described in Section 3.4. are intended to provide the level of safety to be achieved. If
alternative measures are used, they should develop the level of safety implied in these requirements.
A-3.4.1.6.(2) Sleeping Area. Areas serving patients' sleeping rooms include sleeping areas and areas where patients are
taken for treatment.
A-3.4.2.3.(1) Least Distance Between Exits. The least distance measurement does not apply to each combination of exits on
a multi-exit storey. It only applies to at least 2 of the required exits from that storey.
The intent of this Sentence is to permit a reduced distance between exits where a public corridor exists. However in some
buildings, due to prevailing business conditions the entire floor area of a storey may be converted into a full storey tenant
space.This may be challenging when the location of the existing exits have been established based on the presumption that a
public corridor remains in place. Provided that the existing corridor arrangement is maintained in its current state, it is considered
reasonable to maintain the existing condition as a corridor used by the public for the purposes of determining compliance with
this Sentence as this can readily be shown not to reduce the existing level of performance.
A-3.4.3.2.(6) Evacuation of Interconnected Floor Space. This Sentence ensures that egress facilities allow for the
simultaneous evacuation of all portions of an interconnected floor space. It does not contemplate the phased evacuation of
459
occupants; thus in buildings where that type of evacuation is intended, fire protection requirements in addition to those
prescribed in the By-law may be necessary.
In the first instance, this Sentence provides for cumulative exiting that can accommodate the efficient movement of all occupants
in the exit stairs. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) permits an alternative approach that will accommodate all the occupants in the stairs but
will restrict the egress flow rate. Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(b) provides a second alternative that assumes the occupants must queue
before entering the stair. A "protected floor space" conforming to Article 3.2.8.5. is intended to provide an intermediate area of
safety that is protected from the hazards of the interconnected floor space. It does not provide a holding or refuge area for all
occupants of a floor area for an extended period of time.
To ensure that evacuation is not unduly delayed and that queuing of the occupants in the protected floor space can be
accommodated, requires careful consideration in the design of the interface between the interconnected floor space/protected
floor space/exit.
It is not appropriate, for example, to share a common vestibule in complying with Sentences 3.2.8.4.(1) and 3.2.8.5.(1). Under
evacuation conditions, occupants entering the vestibule would flow towards the exit, as opposed to the protected floor space,
thus resulting in queuing outside the vestibule and potential exposure to fire. To comply with the intent, it is necessary to design
the egress path such that the occupants enter the protected floor space through a vestibule, then in turn enter the exit stair from
the protected floor space. In addition, sufficient space should be provided between the vestibule and the exit to allow for the
queuing of occupants in the protected floor space.
A-3.4.3.2.(6)(a) Temporary Safety Area. The objective of Clause 3.4.3.2.(6)(a) is to provide an area of temporary safety in the
exit stair shafts for the occupants of the interconnected floor space. This requirement is considered to be met if 0.3 m2 per person
is provided in the stair shaft between the floor level served and the floor level immediately beneath it.
A-3.4.3.4. Clear Height and Width. Clear height is intended to be measured from a line tangent to the nosings extended to the
underside of the lowest element above the walking surface, over the clear width of the exit (see Figure A-3.4.3.4.). Examples of
low elements above the walking surface include light fixtures or sprinkler heads and piping.
Clear width is intended to be measured from a line tangent to horizontal protrusions such as handrails.
Figure A-3.4.3.4.
Measuring clear height
A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e) Requirements for Lobby. If an exit is permitted to lead through a lobby, the lobby must provide a level of
protection approaching that of the exit. As well as meeting the width and height requirements for exits, the lobby must be
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required for
the exit, unless one of the exceptions in this Clause is applied.
A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c) Graphical Symbols for Exit Signs. ISO 7010, "Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs -
Registered safety signs," identifies the following internationally recognized symbols for use at required exits.
460
Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-A
"E001 Emergency exit (left hand)" symbol from ISO 7010
Figure A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)-B
"E005 Direction, arrow (90º increments), safe condition" symbol from ISO 7010
A-3.4.5.1.(3) Internally Illuminated Signs. Photoluminescent signs are not internally illuminated and therefore must conform to
Sentence 3.4.5.1.(4).
A-3.4.5.1.(4) Externally Illuminated Signs. An external lighting source is required to properly charge photoluminescent signs.
In addition to being continuously illuminated as required by Sentence 3.4.5.1.(4), these types of signs must be lit in conformance
with the charging requirements indicated on the exit signs in accordance with CAN/ULC-S572, "Standard for Photoluminescent
and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems."
A-3.4.6. Application to Means of Egress. The requirements in Subsection 3.4.6. apply to interior and exterior exits, as well as
to ramps, stairways and passageways used by the public as access to exit. The treads, risers, landings, handrails and guards for
the latter access to exit facilities must thus be provided in conformance with the appropriate requirements for exit facilities.
A-3.4.6.4. Dimensions of Landings. A landing is a floor area provided at the top or bottom of a flight of stairs or a ramp, or a
platform built as part of a stairway or ramp. Landings provide a safe surface for users to rest upon, allow design flexibility, and
facilitate a change in direction.
Figure A-3.4.6.4. illustrates how to measure the length of a landing for various landing configurations turning less than 90°,
including straight landings.
461
Figure A-3.4.6.4.
Landing configurations
Notes to Figure A-3.4.6.4.:
(1) L1 + L2 = length of the landing
= the lesser of the required width of the stair or ramp, or 1 100 mm
See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(2) and 9.8.6.3.(2).
(2) D = distance from the narrow edge where the length of the landing is measured
= half the required length of the landing
462
See Sentences 3.4.6.4.(3) and 9.8.6.3.(3).
A-3.4.6.5.(4) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 3.4.6.5.(4) is that handrails be installed in relation to the
required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The required handrails are provided along the
assumed natural path of travel to, from, and within the building.
A-3.4.6.5.(11) Termination of Handrails. Handrails should terminate at the wall, floor or post so as not to constitute a hazard
to persons.
A-3.4.6.10.(5) Door Swing. Although it is required that the door on the right hand side of a pair of doors shall swing in the
direction of travel through the exit, the direction of swing of the door on the left side will depend on the function of the horizontal
exit. If the horizontal exit provides for movement from one building to the adjacent building but does not require movement in the
reverse direction, both doors must swing in the direction of travel to the adjacent building. If the design is based upon both
buildings providing complementary movement in either direction, then the doors must swing in opposite directions. Location of a
required exit sign directly above a door that swings in the direction of travel is deemed to meet the intent of
Clause 3.4.6.10.(5)(b).
A-3.4.6.11.(4) Exit Concealment. Hangings or draperies placed over exit doors may conceal or obscure them.
Exit Doors Concealed with Murals
Some people with cognitive disabilities such as dementia are at risk of wandering away from the residence or healthcare facility
in which they are being treated. To reduce this risk, some residences and healthcare facilities install special hardware on egress
and exit doors that can only be operated by designated persons. This solution keeps residents/patients from wandering, but the
doors can still trigger anxiety in residents/patients who may nevertheless try to leave the space through them, without success.
Recent studies have shown that applying murals (of a landscape, for example) on exit and egress doors in these environments
can help reduce anxiety in people with cognitive disabilities who tend to view them as a pleasant natural barrier rather than as a
means of escape.
Where this approach is implemented and the doors are not reasonably discernible, an alternative means of egress from the
space should be provided. It is expected that the designers and authorities having jurisdiction will use judgement in determining
whether or not an alternative means of egress is required. Where this approach is implemented, the murals should be applied
with care so that they do not conceal or impair the operation of any fire and life safety systems installed nearby, including, but not
limited to, exit signage, emergency lighting, fire alarm devices, sprinklers or door hardware. Egress and exit doors with murals
should be reasonably discernible to residential care or healthcare staff who will be required to assist residents/patients in the
event that the space must be evacuated, and to visitors who will be expected to evacuate on their own.
A-3.4.6.16.(1) Fastening Device. Turnpieces of a type which must be rotated through an angle of more than 90° before
releasing a locking bolt are not considered to be readily openable. The release of a locking bolt should allow the door to open
without having to operate other devices on the door.
A-3.4.6.16.(4)(h) Time Delay for Electromagnetic Locks with Proximity Sensors. For the purposes of Clause 3.4.6.16.(4)(h),
a door provided with a hardware arrangement complying with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(7) is not considered to have a delay.
A-3.4.6.16.(5) Electromagnetic Lock. Electromagnetic locks are intended for use where there is a need for security additional
to that provided by traditional exit hardware. They are not intended for indiscriminate use as alternative locking devices. The
design of these devices requires evaluation to ensure that their operation will be fail-safe in allowing exiting in the event of
foreseeable emergencies. If more than one locking device is used in a building, it is expected that one switch will release and
reset all devices simultaneously.
A-3.4.6.16.(6) Electromagnetic Locks in Care and Treatment Occupancies. The installation of electromagnetic locks in care
and treatment occupancies requires special provisions to address the compromised condition of residents and the nature of daily
operations. Accordingly, to reduce the incidence of false operation by residents, transparent boxes that set off an audible signal
when opened can be installed to cover the manual stations. Also, one optional additional release device (e.g. swipe card device,
key pad) can be installed to facilitate the free movement of staff and visitors in the building.
A-3.4.6.16.(8) Electromagnetic Lock for Main Entry Doors. The provisions of Sentence 3.4.6.16.(8) are intended to provide
an alternative arrangement for electromagnetic locking devices installed on doors in high-traffic locations, such as the main
entry of buildings. This arrangement permits the use of automatic sensing devices that can release the electromagnetic locking
device as an occupant approaches, and then relock that door after a period of time, provided that a backup means to request
exit is provided in the immediate vicinity should the primary means of release be non-functional. In order to minimize user
463
confusion, the design of the means to release the electromagnetic lock has been standardized in order to facilitate its recognition
throughout the City.
In an emergency, it is possible that persons may be approaching the doors quickly in order to egress, and the sensors may be
unable to recognize oncoming traffic before occupants reach the doors. As a result, the electromagnetic locking device is
required to design to be disengaged and remain disengage on an alarm signal from the building fire alarm system.
A-3.4.6.17.(1) Special Security for Doors. The need for security in banks and in mercantile occupancies requires the ability to
use positive locking devices on doors that may not readily be opened from inside the building. In a fully sprinklered building, the
risk to persons inside the building is substantially reduced. The provisions of Sentences 3.4.6.17.(2) to (9) assume that the area
is illuminated and that a means of communication is available to any occupant during times that the doors are locked.
A-3.5.2.1.(1) Elevator Design. The reference to the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations in this Sentence implies
conformance with all requirements of the pursuant regulations for elevator cars, hoistways, pits and machine rooms, including
restrictions on other services in these areas and detailed design criteria.
A-3.5.4.1.(1) Elevator Car Dimensions. In some circumstances it is necessary to maintain a patient on a stretcher in the prone
position during transit to a hospital or to treatment facilities. Inclining the stretcher to load it into an elevator could be fatal or at
the very least detrimental to the patient's health. Many ambulance services use a mobile patient stretcher whose size is 2 010
mm long and 610 mm wide. As well as space for the stretcher in the elevator, there should be sufficient additional space for at
least two attendants who may also be providing treatment during transit.
Limited-use/limited-application (LULA) elevators are limited in size, capacity, speed and rise and are not expected to meet the
minimum elevator car dimensions stated in Sentence (1).
A-3.6.2.5.(1) Storage of Combustible Refuse and Recycling. Storage of refuse consisting of combustible materials including
waste paper, cardboard and plastic, and noncombustible materials such as glass and metallic containers can be accumulated in
these rooms for the purpose of recycling. The storage of hazardous materials destined for recycling may need to satisfy other
requirements than those stated in Sentence 3.6.2.5.(1).
A-3.6.2.7.(5) Explosion Relief. Examples of good engineering practice for this application can be found in NFPA 68, "Standard
on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting," NFPA 69, "Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems," and the NFPA "Fire
Protection Handbook."
A-3.6.3.1.(1) Vertical Service Spaces. Sentence 3.6.3.1.(1) does not prohibit the internal subdivision of a vertical service
space to allow different building services to be installed in physically separated spaces unless other requirements apply (see, for
example, Sentences 3.2.7.10.(2) and (3)). Fire separation requirements apply to the perimeter of the group of service spaces.
Article 3.6.3.3. has special requirements for linen chutes and refuse chutes.
A-3.6.3.5. Grease Duct Enclosures. NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations," presents two options for enclosing grease ducts for commercial cooking equipment: the first option is to use
continuous fire-rated building component assemblies to enclose the ducts and the second one consists of installing proprietary,
fire-rated, field-applied or factory-built grease duct assemblies in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. These types of
enclosure assemblies are evaluated for their resistance to fire and their ability to protect adjacent combustibles through reduced
clearances. Although NFPA 96 references other standards that deal with grease duct assemblies, Sentence 3.6.3.5.(2) requires
that CAN/ULC-S144, "Standard Method of Fire Resistance Test - Grease Duct Assemblies," be used to determine the fire-
resistance rating of factory-built and field-applied grease duct assemblies.
A-3.6.4.2.(2) Ceiling Membrane Rating. In construction assemblies that utilize membrane ceiling protection and have been
assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of a fire test, the membrane is only one of the elements that contribute to the
performance of the assembly and does not in itself provide the protection implied by the rating. For the fire-resistance rating of
membrane materials used in this form of construction, reference should be made to the results of fire tests which have been
conducted to specifically evaluate the performance of this element.
A-3.6.5.6.(2) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible clearance C above
plenum is 75 mm or less.
464
Figure A-3.6.5.6.(2)
Clearance for warm-air supply ducts
A-3.6.5.6.(3) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible
clearance C above plenum is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm.
Figure A-3.6.5.6.(3)
Clearance for warm-air supply ducts
A-3.6.5.6.(4) Clearance for Warm-Air Supply Ducts. Applicable to forced-air furnaces where permissible clearance C above
plenum is more than 150 mm.
Figure A-3.6.5.6.(4)
Clearance for warm-air supply ducts
A-3.7.2.1.(2) Washroom Units in Industrial Occupancies. Substations and parking garages are examples of industrial
occupancies where staff presence may be permanent or may be intermittent. In the case of parking garages, the presence of
occupants other than staff is transitory.
A-3.7.2.9. Gender Neutral Washroom Requirements. The gender neutral washroom requirements of the Building Bylaw
introduce a new option for owners, operators, and employers to provide washroom facilities that do not impose unreasonable
restrictions on persons who wish to use the washroom facility. The requirements of the Building Bylaw represent the minimum
level of performance necessary to achieve the goals of personal security and functionality for all persons.
The intent of the gender neutral washroom is that they may replace washrooms that would otherwise be required by the Building
By-law. Where gender neutral washrooms are provided, these are to be assigned proportionally as male or female, for the
465
purposes of determining the building washroom capacity under Section 3.7 of the Building By-law. It is not intended that the
gender neutral washrooms be assigned solely as contributing to the male or female washroom capacity exclusively, nor were
these to be considered supplemental to the minimum washroom requirements of the building.
Signage for gender neutral washrooms are to reflect the intended use not only by persons outside the gender binary, but also by
people with disabilities, the elderly, and anyone else who may require the assistance from someone of another gender. As such,
signage denoting this use is recommended to be neutral in tone and nature. Likewise, the iconography associated with these
signs is also suggested to be indicative of the facility usage and function, and not of the individual who may use the facility.
The provision of regulations for gender neutral washrooms does not mean the elimination of gender-type washrooms. Typed
washrooms, such as men's or women's multi-stall washrooms, and universal single-user washrooms may remain. It is up to each
person to self-determine which washroom is most appropriate for them based on their gender identity. Further clarifying text may
be added to washroom signage to signal that all persons are welcome.
Example signage from Public Service and Procurement Canada's Guide for Supporting Trans Employees is included below.
Figure 3.7.2.9.-A
Example Gender-Inclusive Signage.
3.7.2.9.(1) Gender Neutral Washrooms in Large Suites. The provisions of Sentence 3.7.2.9.(1) establish a minimum number
of gender neutral washrooms for larger suites or buildings without suites where the occupant loads exceed 200 persons. This
requirement can be satisfied by a universal washroom required by Article 3.8.2.8., provided that the suite or floor area includes
access to the universal washroom.
3.7.2.9.(2)(c) Duress Alarms. The duress alarm referenced by Clause 3.7.2.9.(2)(c) is a safety device designed to assist
individuals in emergencies or dangerous situations. These alarms typically consist of a button or pull cord that, when activated,
sends an alert to a designated location, such as a constantly attended location or locally if no such location exists. The primary
purpose of these alarms is to provide a quick way to summon assistance, to ensuring the safety and well-being of users.
A-3.8. Accessible Design Principles. This Section contains minimum requirements for the design of buildings that
accommodate people with diverse abilities, across their lifespan, including, but not limited to, people who use wheelchairs or
466
other assistive mobility devices (e.g., walking aids, canes, crutches, braces, prosthetics), people with personal care providers,
people with hearing or vision loss, and people with service animals, so they can access and use buildings.
Building Access Handbook
An illustrated guide and commentary has been produced to assist users of Section 3.8. and other access requirements of the
Building By-law. This handbook contains the entire text of Section 3.8. and other access requirements, and is supplemented by
commentary and illustrations on specific requirements.
Examples of basic accessibility requirements of the By-law are as follows:
- a clear floor space of at least 800 mm by 1 350 mm,
- a 1 000 mm clear width allowing a 90° turn,
- a 2 100 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in one motion, and
- a 1 700 mm diameter clear floor space allowing a 180° turn in multiple motions.
A-3.8.2.1. Accessibility. Industrial buildings often pose a greater risk to their occupants due to the presence of significant
quantities of dangerous materials or the use of hazardous processes. For example, plants which are classified as Group F,
Division 2 or 3, may store and use toxic or highly flammable substances in significant quantities, or house processes which
involve very high temperatures and which have a high degree of automation. In some facilities, particularly in primary industries
such as forestry and metallurgy, the construction normally used and the operations carried out within the space can make
compliance with the requirements of Section 3.8. impracticable. It is therefore intended that these requirements be applied with
discretion in buildings of Group F, Division 2 or 3 major occupancy. However, where industrial buildings contain subsidiary
occupancies, such as offices or showrooms, it is reasonable to require that accessibility be provided in these spaces.
A-3.8.2.2. Entrances. An accessible route should exist from the sidewalk or roadway and parking area to an accessible
building entrance. This route should be located so that people do not have to pass through dedicated smoking areas or behind
parked cars. Accessible routes should coordinate with the routes to other buildings and to public transportation stops.
Article 3.8.2.2. applies to all entrances, including public and employee entrances, that provide access to an accessible storey.
Doors that open onto exterior facilities that are only accessible from inside the building (e.g., hotel pools) are not considered
entrances in the context of Article 3.8.2.2.
If an intercom system is provided, the system shall comply with the requirements for controls and should be useable by persons
who communicate using visual language such as a video system.
A-3.8.2.3. Access to Rooms and Facilities. If access is required into suites or rooms in Subsection 3.8.2., it is intended that
access be provided, with some exceptions identified in Sentence 3.8.2.3.(2), throughout each room or suite including access to
all facilities and areas. Some examples of where access is required are as follows:
- within each suite (subject to Clauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(k) and (l)),
- within rooms or areas that serve the public or are designated for use by visitors, including interview rooms, holding rooms,
changing rooms, areas in assembly occupancies with fixed seats so as to provide viewing of any entertainment areas, display
areas and merchandising departments,
- within each type of membership facility,
- within rooms or areas for student use in assembly occupancies,
- within general work areas, including office areas and areas with lockers,
- within general use or general service areas, including shared laundry areas in residential occupancies, recreational areas,
cafeterias, lounge rooms, lunch rooms and infirmaries,
- within sleeping rooms in hospitals and nursing homes with treatment,
- (if installed), into at least one passenger elevator or elevating device conforming to Articles 3.5.2.1. and 3.8.3.7.,
- into washrooms described in Sentences 3.8.2.8.(1) to (4),
- to any facility required by this Section to be designed to accommodate persons with physical disabilities,
467
- onto every balcony provided in conformance with Clause 3.3.1.7.(1)(c), and
- to service counters used by the general public (examples include ticket counters, refreshment stands, drinking fountains,
cafeteria counters, checkout counters and bank service counters), and
- to equipment designed to serve the public including self-serve kiosks, automated banking machines and night deposit boxes,
Where one or more hairdressing sinks are provided in barber shops, hairdressing shops and beauty parlors, at least one shall be
useable by persons using in wheelchairs. Where fitting rooms are provided in a store, an accessible fitting room is required. An
enclosure with not less than a 1700 diameter clear floor area is suggested.
The permission to waive an accessible path of travel for wheelchair access to certain specified areas of a building is not intended
to waive accessibility requirements for persons whose physical disabilities do not require special provision for access to raised or
sunken levels. Persons with vision impairments or who are deaf or hard of hearing that do not require the use of a wheelchair
can be expected to move throughout a building.
Seating booths and banquettes in restaurants and bars are considered furniture, which is beyond the scope of the By-law.
However, various types of seating should be considered to ensure the availability of accessible options. Policies for seating such
as those based on reservations or sequence of when patrons arrive is beyond the scope of the By-law.
The concept of wheelchair accessibility does not extend to building service facilities, nor to all floor levels within a storey, e.g.,
mezzanines not served by an elevator. Mezzanines that are accessible by an elevator are therefore not excluded.
A-3.8.2.3.(2)(g) Access to Facilities on a Floor Level other than the Entrance Level. Subclauses 3.8.2.3.(2)(g)(ii) to (iv) are
intended to exempt certain storeys other than the entrance level--including basements and mezzanines that are less than 600
m2 in floor area or 100 m2 or less in floor area in assembly occupancies, that are self-contained and that contain the same
facilities as the entrance level-- from the requirement to have an accessible path of travel. Examples of buildings and spaces to
which this exemption may apply are small office buildings with additional workspaces on the second storey and small restaurants
with a second storey that contains only additional seating. However, if a restaurant's only washrooms are in the basement, they
must have an accessible path of travel as they are an integral part of the principal function of the first storey. Similarly, staff
lunchrooms and washrooms are also integral to the principal function of a restaurant; as such, if they are located in a floor area
such as a second storey, basement or mezzanine that contains the only facilities, they must have an accessible path of travel for
potential employees with disabilities.
Mezzanines that are not considered as stories for the purpose of determining building height are considered as stories for the
purpose of applying Clause 3.8.2.3.(2)(g).
A-3.8.2.3.(4) Waiting Areas with Fixed Seats. Many types of buildings have waiting areas, such as airports, hospitals, and
government office buildings. Waiting areas should have a sufficient number of spaces designated for persons using wheelchairs
so they can use the waiting area without blocking any means of egress.
The number of people using wheelchairs is typically much higher in treatment occupancies than in other types of occupancies.
Designers should consider adding more designated wheelchair spaces in waiting areas than the numbers indicated in
Table 3.8.2.3. in occupancies where a higher number of persons using wheelchairs is expected due to the types of services
provided.
A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4) Distribution of Adaptable Seats, Designated Wheelchair Spaces, and Mobility
Aid Storage Spaces in Assembly Occupancies.
468
Figure A-3.8.2.3.(5) and (6) and 3.8.3.22.(1) and (4)
Example of distribution of adaptable seats, designated wheelchair spaces, and mobility aid storage
spaces in an auditorium
A-3.8.2.4.(1) Accessible Path of Travel to Storeys Served by Escalators and Moving Walks. In some buildings, escalators
and inclined moving walks are installed to provide transportation from one floor level to another floor level so as to increase the
capacity to move large numbers of persons. Some buildings located on a sloping site are accessible from street level on more
than one storey and an escalator or inclined moving walk is provided for internal movement from floor to floor. In both these
situations, people must be provided with an equally convenient means of moving between the same floor levels within the
building. This may be accomplished by providing elevators, platform-equipped passenger-elevating devices, or ramps, for
example.
A-3.8.2.5. Parking Areas. In Vancouver, the design, adequacy, and number of accessible parking spaces for persons with
physical disabilities determined in accordance with the Parking By-law (see Sentence 3.8.3.4.(2) for additional details). Further to
the Parking By-law requirements, where feasible designers should consider maintaining consistency with provincial guidelines.
The CSA B651, "Accessible design for the built environment," standard as well as the following provides guidance to determine
appropriate provisions. If parking spaces are provided, parking spaces for use by persons with physical disabilities should be
provided in proportion considerate of anticipated use. Where parking spaces are provided, parking spaces for use by persons
with physical disabilities should be provided for each accessible viewing position and for each accessible sleeping room or bed
space. Parking spaces for use by persons with physical disabilities should
469
(1) be not less than 2 600 mm wide, provided on one side with an access aisle not less than 2 000 mm wide, provided a
perpendicular and adjacent rear access aisle not less than 2 000 mm wide, and have a clear height contiguous with the routes of
the vehicular approach and exit of not less than 2 750 mm,
(2) have a firm, slip-resistant and level surface,
(3) be located close to an entrance required to conform to Article 3.8.2.2.,
(4) be clearly marked as being for the use of persons with physical disabilities, and
(5) be identified by a sign located not less than 1 500 mm above ground level, with the International Symbol of Access
Shared access aisle
Asphalt, concrete and firm, compacted gravel are acceptable parking surfaces. Curb ramps should be not less than 1500 mm
wide. Parallel parking spaces should be not less than 7 000 mm long. If more than one parking space is provided for persons
with physical disabilities, a single access aisle can serve two adjacent parking spaces. Parking to accommodate vans and other
vehicles equipped with platform lifts or side ramps should be provided greater dedicated space. The design of the path of travel
should accommodate loading to and from lifts and ramps including the necessary vehicle clearances.
A-3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) Exterior Accessible Paths of Travel. The intent of Sentences 3.8.2.5.(1) and (2) is to ensure that
exterior accessible paths of travel are readily available, direct and accessible so that persons of all abilities can move to and from
a building with minimal effort.
A-3.8.2.6.(1) Application to Security Access Systems. Sentence 3.8.2.6.(1) is not intended to reduce the functionality of
security devices that limit access to secure areas and are addressed by other Sections of this By-law.
A-3.8.2.6.(2) Electrical Outlets. Electrical outlets intended for occupant use shall be located so that their height above the
finished floor is not a barrier to use. Outlets that are dedicated for specific equipment or functions and not intended to be readily
available to occupants need not conform to the location requirements.
A-3.8.2.7.(1)(b) Power Door Operators for Interior Doors. It is not intended that all doors located in an accessible path of
travel be equipped with a power door operator, but rather those that are located within public areas of the building, such as
public corridors or corridors used by the public. Doors of suites served by a public area do not need to be equipped with a power
door operator.
A-3.8.2.7.(3) Accessible Entrances with Multiple Doorways. In selecting which doorway to equip with a power door operator
as required by Sentence 3.8.2.7.(3), consideration should be given to the location of accessible paths of travel, to the ease of
access, and to minimizing congestion.
A-3.8.2.8.(1) to (4) Accessible and Universal Washrooms. A universal washroom is an accessible space providing privacy
for one person and their care attendant(s), regardless of their gender. It is intended that a universal washroom be available in
close proximity to each bank of washrooms in a floor area. In the case where only one water closet is provided, a universal
washroom would satisfy the requirement of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(1).
A-3.8.2.8.(13) Universal Dressing and Shower Rooms. A universal dressing and shower room is an accessible space that
contains a shower and a space for dressing for one person and their care attendant(s) and provides privacy, regardless of
gender.
It is intended that a universal dressing and shower room be available within close proximity to each bank of showers in a floor
area. In cases where only one shower is provided, a universal dressing and shower room would satisfy the requirement.
A-3.8.2.8.(15) Accessible Change Spaces. The intent of Sentence 3.8.2.8.(15) is to ensure that in large major occupancies,
such as large shopping malls, public pools and libraries, occupants who may need assistance with personal hygiene will have
access to an accessible change space that can be found in a consistent location.
Universal washrooms containing an accessible change space should be located so that they are available to the public when the
large major occupancy is occupied. A suitable location could be in the lobby of a building housing the large major occupancy that
remains open during that major occupancy's business hours, for example.
A-3.8.2.9.(2) Assistive Listening Systems and Adaptive Technologies. The intent of Sentence 3.8.2.9.(2) is to require that
at least one counter with an assistive listening system or adaptive technology be provided at each group of service counters
providing the same exchange of information, goods or services. For example, in a stadium with ticket counters at multiple
470
building entrances, at least one ticket counter at each entrance should be equipped with an assistive listening system or adaptive
technology.
A-3.8.2.10.(4) Directional Signage. This By-law requires that directional signs be provided in a number of situations. Although
they are only required to provide visual information, tactile directional signs should also be provided where practicable.
In some buildings, it may be necessary to supplement signs that provide visual and tactile information with visual displays, such
as information displays and electronic interactive displays (e.g., wayfinding, exhibits and self-serve points-of-sale). Visual
displays are common in motion picture theatres, law courts, exhibition halls, passenger stations/depots, museums, conference
facilities, shops, stores and markets.
Wherever practicable, visual displays should be designed so that they are accessible to all people. In order to be accessible to
people with low vision, visually displayed information should also be audibly communicated, either electronically or orally. Where
touch screens are installed, an alternative means of accessing the information should be provided, for example by providing
tactile buttons on an interactive display or by ensuring an attendant is always available to assist customers or visitors. Visual
displays should also be accessible to people who use mobility devices. The degree of operability should accommodate people
using a wide range of mobility devices (e.g., wheelchairs, scooters, walkers, canes) and people with a wide range of arm and
hand mobility. Approach side, mounting height above the finished floor, amount of knee space, types of controls and the ability to
reach them are particularly important considerations.
A-3.8.2.11.(1) Counters with Work Surfaces. It is not intended that all counters be accessible, but that sufficient accessible
counter space be available. Examples of counters that should be accessible include check-in counters and those in financial
institutions and reception areas as well as any counter at which processing and signing of documents takes place. The provision
is not intended to apply to work surfaces in industrial occupancies.
A-3.8.3.1.(1) Accessible Design Standards. By-law users who opt to apply the provisions of CSA B651, "Accessible design
for the built environment," listed in Table 3.8.3.1. must do so without exception: they cannot randomly select and apply a mix of
provisions from this By-law and that standard.
A-3.8.3.2.(2) Reduction in Clear Width of an Accessible Path of Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2) presents schematic examples
of accessible paths of travel with a section whose clear width is reduced as permitted by Sentence 3.8.3.2.(2).
Figure A-3.8.3.2.(2)
Accessible paths of travel with a reduced clear-width section
A-3.8.3.2.(3) Surfaces in an Accessible Path of Travel. Floor finishes, including walk-off matts and carpet, should be
selected, installed and securely fixed to provide a firm and stable surface so that people, including those who use mobility aids,
can easily travel over them without tripping or expending undue energy. Other than very high-density, short-pile carpeting, most
carpeting does not meet these criteria.
471
Furthermore, where the path of travel is exposed to intense light conditions, such as daylight or directional lighting, a low-glare or
matte floor surface should be selected, as glare from floor surfaces can influence all users' perception, particularly those with
vision loss. For the same reasons, heavily patterned flooring should also be avoided.
A-3.8.3.2.(6) Wheelchair-Turning Space. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(6) presents three options for the design of clear floor spaces at
the end of long narrow sections of accessible paths of travel to allow persons using a wheelchair to turn around instead of having
to back up.
Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6) illustrates one possible configuration of a T-shaped wheelchair-turning space.
Figure A-3.8.3.2.(6)
T-shaped wheelchair-turning space
A-3.8.3.2.(8)(a) Mechanical Lifts. The provisions for mechanical lifts are not intended for general use to provide accessibility in
an exterior location due to its susceptibility to weather or lack of maintenance. It is therefore intended that these be installed only
where topography or other similar existing site constraints necessitate the use of a platform lift as the only feasible alternative.
US ADA While the site constraint must reflect exterior conditions, the lift can be installed in the interior of a building. For
example, a new building constructed between and connected to two existing buildings may have insufficient space to coordinate
floor levels and also to provide ramped entry from the public way. In this example, an exterior or interior platform lift could be
used to provide an accessible entrance or to coordinate one or more interior floor levels.
A-3.8.3.4.(1) Passenger-Loading Zones. The provision of the VBBL regarding Passenger-Loading Zones are applicable to
dedicated spaces for the loading and unloading of passengers from vehicles which may require additional clearances due the
use of lifts, or a larger than usual door swing to facilitate accessibility.
Sentence 3.8.3.4.(1) is intended to be applied to space for the standing of a vehicle for the purpose of discharging or taking on
passengers - exterior on-site with direct grade level access such as a porte-cochere or covered loading area, or interior within
the building floor area, where a bus, accessible passenger directed vehicle, or similar commercial passenger vehicle may be
expected to be present. As such, this aligns with the requirements of the Parking By-law, where Passenger Class B or larger
loading spaces are required by Section 7, or as otherwise required by the Director of Planning, in consultation with the City
Engineer.
Note that the design of vehicular access, ingress and egress routes to and from these loading areas, are required to comply with
the appropriate provision of the Parking By-law.
A-3.8.3.5.(1)(b) Ramp Slopes. Ramps with a slope of more than 1 in 16 can be very difficult for persons with certain physical
disabilities with upper body mobility to manage. Even though they pose less of a problem for persons using motorized
wheelchairs, these ramps can be unsafe to descend, especially in cold climates. Although Article 3.8.3.5. permits slopes on
472
ramps as great as 1 in 12 for distances of up to 9 m, slopes of 1 in 20 are safer and less strenuous. When limited space is
available, as may be the case during renovations, ramps with a slope of up to 1 in 12 should be restricted to lengths not
exceeding 3 m whenever possible. A strip contrasting in colour and texture should be used at the top and bottom of ramps to
warn persons with low or no vision.
The phrase "uniform slope along its length" is intended to mean that the slope remains constant along the length of individual
ramp segments.
A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c) Landing Design at Doorways Leading to Ramps.
Figure A-3.8.3.5.(1)(c)
Landing design at doorways leading to ramps
A-3.8.3.5.(4)(a) Surface of Ramps. Sentence 3.8.3.2.(3) requires that all walking surfaces in an accessible path of travel be
stable and firm to limit the effort required by persons using wheelchairs or other mobility aids. Therefore, Sentence 3.8.3.5.(4)
requires that hard or resilient flooring be used on the surfaces of steeper ramps. Furthermore, carpet and like materials should
not be installed on any ramp.
A-3.8.3.6.(2) Doorway Width. Standard wheelchair width specifications indicate a range of sizes from 584 mm overall to 685
mm overall. Every doorway that is located in an accessible path of travel must have a clear width of not less than 850 mm when
the door is in the open position and therefore it is important that this dimension be measured correctly. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2)
shows a door opened to 90°. It is clear that the door, and to a lesser extent the stop, impinges on the space within the door
frame. The clear width of not less than 850 mm is measured from the face of the door in the open position of 90° to the doorway
to the outside edge of the stop on the door frame. It is not sufficient just to measure the inside width of the door frame. The
hardware selected on sliding doors, such as D-shaped handles, may result in a clear width being substantially less than the
inside dimension of the door frame. The clear width for sliding doors is measured from the edge of the open door to the outside
edge of the stop on the door frame. Other factors should be taken into account, including the location of door stops other than on
the door frame, and the installation of door closers and exit devices, even if they do not span the width of the entire door. The
intrusion of a door handle or an exit device into the space is of lesser importance because its height above the floor does not
typically obstruct passage using a wheelchair. It is recognized that there are many types of door frames and door mounts, but
the overall objective is to maintain a clear width of not less than 850 mm.
Figure 3.8.3.6.(2) depicts a somewhat restrictive scenario, as many doors can open wider than 90° to ensure the minimum clear
width of 850 mm that is required. Swing of a door beyond 90° may be of less benefit as extended reach to close the door may be
required once the doorway is passed through.
In a doorway with multiple swinging leaves, the active leaf must be capable of providing the required clear width in the open
position. The clear width is then measured from the face of the active leaf, in the open position of 90° to the doorway, to the
outside edge of the adjacent leaf when the adjacent leaf is in the closed position.
473
Figure A-3.8.3.6.(2)
Clear doorway width
A-3.8.3.6.(3) Washrooms in Residential Occupancies. This requirement ensures that the doorway to the washroom in a
hotel or motel suite is at least large enough to accommodate someone using a wheelchair. The By-law does not require these
washrooms to be accessible, in order to avoid a set of prescriptive requirements which could limit design flexibility. It is relatively
simple to make washrooms accessible through careful planning and positioning of fixtures and this can be achieved in an area
not much larger than that of conventional washrooms.
Figure A-3.8.3.6.(3)
Residential washrooms
A-3.8.3.6.(4) Lever Handles. Lever handles are usable by most people and will meet the intent of this requirement. Lever
handles with an end return towards the door are less prone to catch the clothing of someone passing through the doorway.
Large D-shaped handles should be used on sliding doors.
A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7) Doors with Power Operators. Doors equipped with a power operator actuated by a pressure plate
identified with the International Symbol of Access or, where security is required, by a key, card or radio transmitter, and that can
otherwise be opened manually, meet the intent of the requirement. The location of these actuating devices should ensure that a
wheelchair will not interfere with the operation of the door once it is actuated. Swinging doors equipped with power operators
which are actuated automatically and open into passing pedestrian traffic should be provided with a guard or other device
designed to prevent pedestrians from stepping in the swing area of the door. These guards or devices should be detectable by
474
blind persons. For example, inverted U-shaped guards should have an additional rail at a height not more than 680 mm so that it
is detectable by the long cane. These doors should also have a device (mat or other sensor) on the swing side to prevent the
door from opening if someone is standing in the swing area.
Figure A-3.8.3.6.(6) and (7)
Power operated doors
A-3.8.3.6.(9) Air Pressure Differences. Differences in air pressure on opposite sides of a door may be due to the operation of
mechanical systems such as those associated with smoke control. So-called "stack action" in buildings in winter can also cause
differential pressures due to the buoyancy of warm air. Stack action is usually most noticeable between stairwells and the
remainder of the building, and at the entrances to buildings; the taller the building, the greater the effect. Doors with automatic
closers have to operate with sufficient opening force to allow the return action to overcome the differential pressure.
A-3.8.3.6.(10) Delayed Action on Door Closers. In some circumstances, closers with a delay feature which keeps the door
open for several seconds before it begins to close might be desirable. However, closers with this feature have limited back-
check, a feature of a normal door closer where resistance to opening increases as the door reaches the full arc of swing. Doors
equipped with a delayed action closer are therefore more susceptible to damage should the door be opened with too much force
or should someone try to force it closed, thinking the closer has failed to operate. Delayed action closers are not recommended
for such occupancies as schools.
475
A-3.8.3.6.(11) Clearance at Doorways. Sufficient clearance must be provided on the latch side of doors for a user to operate
the door-opening mechanism and open the door without interference from the wheelchair. This is particularly important for a door
swinging towards the approach side. See Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11).
Figure A-3.8.3.6.(11)
Doorway clearance
A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16) Minimum Clear Floor Space at Doors in an Accessible Path of Travel. Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)
presents schematic examples of the minimum clear floor space required at doors in an accessible path of travel. Power door
operators serving doorways with a reduced width of the clear floor space should be operational at all times when the space is
intended to be occupied.
476
Figure A-3.8.3.6.(14) to (16)
Minimum clear floor space required at doors in an accessible path of travel
A-3.8.3.6.(17) Public Area. In the context of Sentence 3.8.3.6.(17), "public area" is intended to refer to a suite, room or area
that is generally open to building occupants, such as a cafeteria, lounge room, washroom or office, but is not intended to include
a space such as a janitor's room, service space or service room.
A-3.8.3.8.(1)(c) Controls with Feedback Signals. Security access systems are a typical example of systems that have
controls that provide feedback signals, such as illumination and an audible cue, which should be accessible to all users.
A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2) Visual and Tactile Information Signs.
477
Figure A-3.8.3.9.(1) and (2)
Positioning of visual and tactile information signs on and near doors
A-3.8.3.9.(3) Accessibility Signs. The International Symbol of Access shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A indicates to persons
with physical disabilities that they will have reasonable freedom of movement within a building so signed. The symbol is usually
white on a blue background; where these colours do not stand out, the sign can be set on a white background. An arrow can be
added to indicate direction or the location of an accessible space or facility.
Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-A
Signs indicating accessible facilities
478
The International Symbol of Access for Hearing Loss shown in Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B, which indicates accessibility for persons
who are deaf or hard of hearing, should be used to indicate the availability of variable volume controls on telephones, assistive
listening systems, and text telephones (TT). These latter devices may also be referred to as teletypewriters (TTY) or
telecommunications devices for the deaf (TDD).
Figure A-3.8.3.9.(3)-B
Signs for assistive listening facilities
When characters are used on signs to indicate accessible features, Arabic numerals and sans-serif letters with a stroke width to
height ratio from 1 in 6 to 1 in 10 and a character width to height ratio from 3 in 5 to 1 in 1 should be used. Characters identifying
doors and openings that lead from public areas and through which the public is permitted to pass should consist of Arabic
numerals or sans-serif letters or both, be not less than 25 mm high and raised between 0.7 mm and 3 mm with a stroke to height
ratio for ease of reading by touch. This identification should be located at the side of the doors or openings, centred 1 500 mm
above the finished floor and within 150 mm of the jamb.
A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d) Water-Bottle Filling Stations.
Figure A-3.8.3.11.(2)(b) and (d)
Clear floor space and operating height requirements for water-bottle filling stations
479
A-3.8.3.12.(1)(b) Lateral Transfer Space on Alternate Sides of Water Closet. The lateral transfer space required by
Clause 3.8.3.12.(1)(b) should be provided on the right side in one accessible stall or universal washroom and on the left side in
another so that users can choose the facility with a transfer space on the side they prefer to use.
A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v) Water-closet Stalls. Doors to water-closet stalls for persons with physical disabilities should swing
outward, preferably against a side wall.
Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(v)
Water-closet stalls
A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi) Door Pulls. The door pull should consist of a D-shaped handle mounted horizontally. The centre lines are
the lines drawn through the long axis and the short axis of the handle. The midpoint of the handle must be located horizontally at
200 to 300 mm from the hinged side of the door and vertically at 900 to 1 100 mm above the finished floor surface.
480
Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-A
Door pull location
Figure A-3.8.3.12.(1)(d)(vi)-B
Door pull details
A-3.8.3.12.(1)(f)(ii) Additional Grab Bars. It is the designer's prerogative to exceed the minimum requirements found in this
By-law and specify the installation of additional grab bars in other locations. These additional grab bars may be of different
configurations and can be installed in other orientations.
A-3.8.3.13. Clear Floor Space in Universal Washrooms. Unobstructed areas in front of the lavatory, in front of the water
closet and on one side of the water closet are necessary for maneuverability of a wheelchair. Wall-mounted fixtures may project
into the required floor space, provided that such projections do not restrict the maneuvering space required for persons using
wheelchairs. Although outward swinging doors are preferable for accessibility, inward swinging doors are also permitted.
Figures A-3.8.3.13.-A and A-3.8.3.13.-B show design options that meet the intent of Article 3.8.3.13.
481
Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A
Universal washroom with outward swinging door
Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-A:
(1) See Article 3.8.3.12.
(2) See Article 3.8.3.13.
(3) See Article 3.8.3.16.
(4) See Article 3.8.3.6.
482
Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B
Universal washroom with inward swinging door
Notes to Figure A-3.8.3.13.-B:
(1) See Article 3.8.3.12.
(2) See Article 3.8.3.13.
(3) See Article 3.8.3.16.
(4) See Article 3.8.3.6.
A-3.8.3.14.(1) Water Closets. Wall- or floor-mounted water closets with recessed bases are preferable because they provide
the least amount of obstruction.
A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e) Clearances Beneath a Lavatory.
483
Figure A-3.8.3.16.(1)(e)
Clearances beneath a lavatory
A-3.8.3.16.(1)(f) Pipe Protection. The pipes referred to in Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(f) include both supply and waste pipes. The
hazard can be prevented by insulating the pipes, by locating the pipes in enclosures, or avoided by limiting the temperature of
the hot water to a maximum of 45°C.
A-3.8.3.16.(1)(g) Soap Dispenser Location. The location of accessories, such as soap dispensers and faucets, serving
accessible lavatories should be established while taking into consideration that their controls must be usable by and within the
direct reach of a person in a seated position directly in front of the accessible lavatory.
A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b) Clear Space at Entrances to Showers. The clear space at the entrance to a shower may be encroached
upon by fixtures such as a wall hung sink which does not interfere with the leg rests of the wheelchair. However, this sink could
restrict movement for persons who need to make a lateral transfer if it were installed at the seat end of the shower.
Figure A-3.8.3.17.(1)(b)
Shower design
484
A-3.8.3.17.(1)(f) Grab Bars. One L-shaped grab bar is required to be installed on the wall next to the seat. A grab bar behind
the seat would prevent the user from leaning back against the wall, while one located on the wall opposite the seat cannot be
reached from the seated position. The seat itself may be used in conjunction with the bar for transfer. If design flexibility is
required, fold away grab bars can be used as an alternative.
A-3.8.3.17.(2)(f) Grab Bar at Bench. Where a bench in a universal dressing and shower room is located adjacent to a wall, it is
recommended that a grab bar be installed to assist users in transferring to the bench.
A-3.8.3.19. Assistive Listening Systems. Examples of assistive listening systems include FM, infrared and induction loop
systems. However, the technology in this field is advancing rapidly; as such, other types of assistive listening systems could be
considered in the design of a space. In choosing the most appropriate system, a number of factors must be taken into account
including cost, installation and maintenance requirements, suitability for the intended user or audience, ease of operation, and
the need for privacy. Information on designers and suppliers of such systems can be obtained from the Canadian Hearing
Society. The intent of Article 3.8.3.19. is to provide clear communication where information, goods or services are provided to the
public.
Wireless sound transmission systems, including FM, infrared and magnetic induction loop systems, improve sound reception for
persons who are hard of hearing by providing amplification that can be adjusted by each user while blocking out unwanted
background noise. Some of these systems transmit a signal that is picked up by a special receiver (FM, infrared) available for
use by a person who is hard of hearing, whether or not a hearing aid is used. None of the systems interfere with the listening
enjoyment of others.
The transmitter can be connected into an existing public address (P.A.) system amplifier or used independently with
microphones. The induction loop system (see Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C) requires users with a hearing aid or cochlear implant to be in
the area circumscribed by the loop; though installation of the loop is relatively simple, the installer should be knowledgeable
about these systems if proper functioning is to be achieved. FM and infrared systems can be designed to broadcast signals that
cover the entire room and thus do not restrict seating to any one area. Figures A-3.8.3.19.-A and A-3.8.3.19.-B show the general
configuration of FM and infrared systems. Although portable systems (FM systems, in particular) are available, these are best
suited to small audiences. Generally, the systems installed in church halls, auditoria, theatres and similar places of assembly are
not easily portable, as they are installed in a fixed location by a sound technician and form an integral part of the P.A. system of
the room or building.
Hard-wired systems (where a connection is provided at a particular seat in an auditorium, for example) might meet this
requirement when adequate provisions are made to accommodate persons with hearing aids.
Figure A-3.8.3.19.-A
FM sound transmission system
485
Figure A-3.8.3.19.-B
Infrared sound transmission system
Figure A-3.8.3.19.-C
Induction loop sound transmission system
A-3.8.3.20.(1)(c) Knee Space at Service Counters. Where forward-facing interaction with a person is required, the knee
space requirement of Clause 3.8.3.20.(1)(c) applies to both sides of the service counter to ensure accessibility for both service
providers and those receiving services.
A-3.8.3.21.(2) Telephone Shelves or Counters. Built-in shelves or counters for public telephones must be designed to
accommodate persons using text telephones (TT). These devices may also be referred to as teletypewriters (TTY) or
telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD). These devices require a level surface at least 305 mm deep by 250 mm wide with
no obstruction above that space within 250 mm. If a wall-hung telephone or other obstruction extends to less than 250 mm from
486
the shelf or counter, an equivalent clear space must be provided on either side of each telephone. At least one telephone should
be equipped with a volume control on a receiver that generates a magnetic field compatible with the T-switch of a hearing aid.
The lower portion of the shelf or counter is intended for persons using a wheelchair; therefore all parts of the operating
mechanism of the telephone above this portion should be within reach of a person using a wheelchair.
A-3.8.3.22.(4) Storage Spaces for Mobility Aids. The intent of Sentence 3.8.3.22.(4) is that a sufficient number of storage
spaces for mobility aids other than wheelchairs and scooters (e.g., walkers) be located such that they can be accessed without
leaving the seating area. These storage spaces should preferably be visible from the adaptable seats. The storage spaces may
be located adjacent to an aisle but must not reduce the required egress width of the aisle or obstruct egress from the rows of
seats.
A-3.8.5.3.(1) Entrance Doors to Dwelling Units. The Chief Building Official will accept the addition of one or two peepholes in
a listed door in order to meet the requirements of Clause (1)(a) and to meet the required fire protection rating.
A-3.8.5.4.(1). Adaptable Dwelling Unit Doorways. Where sliding doors are used to provide access, it is necessary to consider
the door hardware when determining clear width. Accessible hardware described in Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4) may result in a sliding
door standing out from the jamb when in the open position. If not provided with the door during initial construction, accessible
hardware when installed must not reduce the clear width of opening to less than required for access.
A-3.8.5.5. Adaptable Dwelling Unit Bathrooms. Figure A-3.8.5.5. illustrates an acceptable layout of an
adaptable dwelling unit bathroom.
Figure A-3.8.5.5.
Adaptable Dwelling Unit Bathrooms
Despite the requirements of Article 3.8.5.5., the Chief Building Official may accept a lesser standard.
A-3.8.5.5.(1) Location of Adaptable Dwelling Unit Bathrooms. One of the fundamental objectives of the Adaptable Dwelling
Unit provisions is to allow for the future installation of a three piece bathroom on the principal floor of each unit with features
facilitating use for a persons with a range of abilities. Consequently, the requirements of Article 3.8.5.5.(1) are intended to ensure
487
that sufficient space is allocated at the outset so that the principal floor of the dwelling unit can accommodate a future three piece
bathroom and space for the effective use of its fixtures. This allows for the flexible use of the living space most readily providing
access to the exterior for persons with varying degrees of mobility.
In the event that the specific design constraints of the ground floor does not allow for the effective inclusion of a bathroom, the
Chief Building Official may permit the allocation of space for the piece washroom on another floor. Similarly, a minimum 40 m2
floor area has been established to account for the decreasing efficiency in space use and impact on livability in smaller units.
CBO's Interim Position on the design of spaces for the future accommodation of low barrier showers (Updated April 15, 2025):
1.
That the triggering requirement for the adaptable bathroom would be based upon an assessment of the size of the livable
floor space of a suite on a floor-by-floor basis, meaning that:
a.
at least one adaptable bathroom in a suite is required where any livable floor space exceeds 40 m2,
b.
the determination of livable floor space is based upon that portion of the floor area of a given storey of the building
which is intended for daily use containing kitchen, living, or dining facilities,
c.
that the adaptable washroom should be provided on the principal living space with ground level access, on a floor area
that is 40 m2 or more in order to perform its intended function, and
d.
the current extent of the adaptable bathroom requirements for 3.8.5.5. require either a 3 piece bathroom set, or a sink
and toilet plus suitable provision for future installation of a low barrier shower.
2.
The underlying general intent of the adaptable bathroom provisions of 3.8.5.5. are to require a dedicated bathroom space
ready for future adaptation to accommodate an occupant whose may have physical needs have changes such that they
differ from what the present arrangement can accommodate at a minimal cost to the owner.
3.
Where an owner opts to forego a 3 piece bathroom, a proposal for a two piece adaptable washroom generally complying
with Article 3.8.5.5. shall include the following:
a.
a washbasin and toilet;
b.
the pre allocation of a dedicated space for the installation of a low barrier shower which:
i. is a dedicated separate space that is not currently a part of the 2 piece bathroom, (such as a 3'X3' / 3'X 4' / 3'X5' /
5'x2.5' bathtub size);
ii.
may include storage space or similar non-essential space;
iii. may not include the current washer and dryer location, service rooms or spaces,
iv. shall have suitable structural support to accommodate the future installation of the low barrier shower and
surrounds; and
v.
where the floor is concrete or has a concrete topping, it shall be constructed to accommodate for the future
installation of the shower that does not require extensive demolition or cutting of the concrete.
c.
a minimum clear floor space of 750mm X 1200mm for maneuvering shall be provided in front of the washbasin, toilet,
and the dedicated bathtub / shower space.
i.
The clear floor space is to be designed to allow sufficient maneuvering room for the occupant to readily transition
to and from the future low barrier shower from dedicated separate space without unusual effort; and
ii.
The minimum clear floor space may not overlap the sink, toilet, or the dedicated space for the lower barrier
shower.
d. The washroom fixtures shall not overlap nor shall they overlap the dedicated space.
e. Preplumbing shall be required to support the future installation of a low barrier shower:
i.
with domestic cold and hot water;
ii.
with a drain intended for the future installation of a low barrier shower; and
iii. without requiring extensive or costly modification to a facilitate the future installation of the low barrier shower.;
and
f.
The design drawings shall indicate:
i. the location and extents of the dedicated space for the low barrier shower and indicate the location of all pre-plumbing
roughed-in at the dedicated separate space on the initial permit application drawings,
ii.
walls intended to be demolished or renovated to make way for a future low barrier shower shall not contain
equipment, service panels, wiring, piping, or other services that cannot be readily relocated.
A-3.8.5.5.(2) Grab Bar Installation. This provision is intended to ensure there is adequate backing for the installation of grab
bars by the occupant of the adaptable dwelling unit in the future. For example, plywood or solid lumber behind the wall finish and
encompassing the location of future grab bars located as described in Clause 3.8.3.11.(1)(e) and Clause 3.8.3.16.(1)(f) or
3.8.3.17.(1)(f) would provide suitable backing for the grab bar fasteners.
488
A-3.8.5.5.(3)(a) Offset controls. The intent of offset controls is to facilitate access to fixture controls for persons in a
wheelchair, having limited mobility, or requiring a mobility aid. The offset typically includes a change in position of the controls
from the traditional halfway mark at the centreline of the bathtub or shower to towards the exterior edge adjacent to the clear
floor area. It should not be required for a person in a wheelchair to transfer to an adjacent fixture in order to reach the controls
(see CSA-B651 for examples of good design practice).
A-3.9.2.1.(1) Building Area of Self-service Storage Buildings. Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1) permits a group of self-service storage
buildings to be treated as a single building for determining the construction requirements and number of streets that the group
faces under Subsection 3.2.2. This can often result in more stringent construction criteria for the individual buildings than would
be required if their construction requirements were determined based on each building's individual area.
Figure A-3.9.2.1.(1)
Building area of self-service storage buildings
A-3.9.2.2. Spatial Separation Between Self-service Storage Buildings. Where a group of self-service storage buildings is
treated as a single building as permitted in Sentence 3.9.2.1.(1), buildings within the same group are exempted from the spatial
separation requirements in Subsection 3.2.3. as long as a minimum distance of 6 m is provided between each of them. If the
owner wants less distance between the buildings, the requirements of Subsection 3.2.3. must be applied.
In addition, where there are multiple groups of buildings on a single property, the minimum distance required to separate one
group from another group is the greater of 9 m and the limiting distance calculated in Subsection 3.2.3.
Except as provided in Article 3.9.2.2., Subsection 3.2.3. applies to each building within a group.
489
Figure A-3.9.2.2.
Spatial separation between self-service storage buildings
Notes to Figure A-3.9.2.2.:
(1) x = 9 m, or the distance calculated in Subsection 3.2.3., whichever is greater.
(2) y ≥ 6 m, or Subsection 3.2.3. applies.
A-3.9.3.1.(1) Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids. Refer to Subsection 4.2.12. of Division B of the NFC for
requirements regarding the storage of flammable and combustible liquids in individual self-service storage units.
A-3.9.3.2.(1) Sanitary Facilities. Properties with self-service storage buildings on them may have multiple buildings or one
large building. Due to the low occupant load of these types of buildings, only one building on the property is required to have a
pair of washrooms.
490
Part 4
Structural Design
Section 4.1. Structural Loads and Procedures
4.1.1. General
4.1.1.1. Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
4.1.1.2. Definitions
1) Words that appear in italics in this Part are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
4.1.1.3. Design Requirements
1) Buildings and their structural members and connections, including formwork and falsework, shall
be designed to have sufficient structural capacity and structural integrity to safely and effectively resist
all loads, effects of loads and influences that may reasonably be expected, having regard to the expected
service life of buildings, and shall in any case satisfy the requirements of this Section. (See Note A-
4.1.1.3.(1).)
2) Buildings and their structural members shall be designed for serviceability, in accordance with
Articles 4.1.3.4., 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. (See Note A-4.1.1.3.(2).)
3) All permanent and temporary structural members, including the formwork and falsework of a
building, shall be protected against loads exceeding the specified loads during the construction period
except when, as verified by analysis or test, temporary overloading of a structural member would result
in no impairment of that member or any other member.
4) Falsework, scaffolding, and formwork shall be designed in conformance with
a) CSA S269.1, "Falsework and formwork,"
b) CSA S269.2, "Access scaffolding for construction purposes," or
c) CAN/CSA-S269.3-M, "Concrete Formwork."
5) Precautions shall be taken during all phases of construction to ensure that the building is not
damaged or distorted due to loads applied during construction.
4.1.1.4. Structural Drawings and Related Documents
1) Structural drawings and related documents shall conform to the appropriate requirements of
Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Subsection 2.2.4. of Division C.)
4.1.1.5. Design Basis
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), buildings and their structural members shall be designed in
conformance with the procedures and practices provided in this Part.
2) Provided the design is carried out by a person especially qualified in the specific methods applied
and provided the design demonstrates a level of safety and performance in accordance with the
491
requirements of Part 4, buildings and their structural components falling within the scope of Part 4 that
are not amenable to analysis using a generally established theory may be designed by
a) evaluation of a full-scale structure or a prototype by a loading test, or
b) studies of model analogues.
(See Note A-4.1.1.5.(2).)
4.1.2. Specified Loads and Effects
4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects
(See Note A-4.1.2.1.)
1) Except as provided in Article 4.1.2.2., the following categories of loads, specified loads and effects
shall be taken into consideration in the design of a building and its structural members and connections:
D dead load - a permanent load due to the weight of building components, as specified in
Subsection 4.1.4.,
E earthquake load and effects - a rare load due to an earthquake, as specified in Subsection 4.1.8.,
H a permanent load due to lateral earth pressure, including groundwater,
L live load - a variable load due to intended use and occupancy (including loads due to cranes and
the pressure of liquids in containers), as specified in Subsection 4.1.5.,
LXC live load exclusive of crane loads,
C live load due to cranes including self weight,
Cd self weight of all cranes positioned for maximum effects,
C7 crane bumper impact load,
P permanent effects caused by pre-stress,
S variable load due to snow, including ice and associated rain, as specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or due
to rain, as specified in Article 4.1.6.4.,
T effects due to contraction, expansion, or deflection caused by temperature changes, shrinkage,
moisture changes, creep, ground settlement, or a combination thereof (see Note A-4.1.2.1.(1)), and
W wind load - a variable load due to wind, as specified in Subsection 4.1.7.,
where
a) load means the imposed deformations (i.e. deflections, displacements or motions that induce
deformations and forces in the structure), forces and pressures applied to the building structure,
b) permanent load is a load that changes very little once it has been applied to the structure, except
during repair,
c) variable load is a load that frequently changes in magnitude, direction or location, and
d) rare load is a load that occurs infrequently and for a short time only.
2) Minimum specified values of the loads described in Sentence (1), as set forth in Subsections 4.1.4.
to 4.1.8., shall be increased to account for dynamic effects where applicable.
492
3) For the purpose of determining specified loads S, W or E in Subsections 4.1.6., 4.1.7. and 4.1.8.,
buildings shall be assigned an Importance Category based on intended use and occupancy, in accordance
with Table 4.1.2.1. (See Note A-4.1.2.1.(3).)
Table 4.1.2.1.
Importance Categories for Buildings(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.2.1.(3)
Type of Building
Importance Category
A Low Importance Category building is a building that represents a low direct or indirect
hazard to human life in the event of structural failure.
Low
A Normal Importance Category building is a building that does not meet the criteria for a Low
Importance Category building, High Importance Category building or post-disaster building.
Normal
A High Importance Category building is a building that provides a greater degree of safety to
human life than a Normal Importance Category building. Community centres and elementary,
middle and secondary schools are High Importance Category buildings.
High
A post-disaster building.
Post-disaster
Notes to Table 4.1.2.1.:
(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.2.1.
4.1.2.2. Loads Not Listed
1) Where a building or structural member can be expected to be subjected to loads, forces or other
effects not listed in Article 4.1.2.1., such effects shall be taken into account in the design based on the most
appropriate information available. (See Note A-4.1.2.2.(1).)
4.1.3. Limit States Design
(See Note A-4.1.3.)
4.1.3.1. Definitions
1) In this Subsection, the term
a) limit states means those conditions of a building structure that result in the building ceasing to
fulfill the function for which it was designed (those limit states concerning safety are called ultimate limit
states (ULS) and include exceeding the load-carrying capacity, overturning, sliding and fracture; those
limit states that restrict the intended use and occupancy of the building are called serviceability limit states
(SLS) and include deflection, vibration, permanent deformation and local structural damage such as
cracking; and those limit states that represent failure under repeated loading are called fatigue limit
states),
b) specified loads (C, D, E, H, L, P, S, T and W) means those loads defined in Article 4.1.2.1.,
c) principal load means the specified variable load or rare load that dominates in a given load
combination,
d) companion load means a specified variable load that accompanies the principal load in a given
load combination,
e) service load means a specified load used for the evaluation of a serviceability limit state,
f) principal-load factor means a factor applied to the principal load in a load combination to account
for the variability of the load and load pattern and the analysis of its effects,
493
g) companion-load factor means a factor that, when applied to a companion load in the load
combination, gives the probable magnitude of a companion load acting simultaneously with the factored
principal load,
h) importance factor, I, means a factor applied in Subsections 4.1.6., 4.1.7. and 4.1.8. to obtain the
specified load and take into account the consequences of failure as related to the limit state and the use
and occupancy of the building,
i) factored load means the product of a specified load and its principal-load factor or companion-
load factor,
j) effects refers to forces, moments, deformations or vibrations that occur in the structure,
k) nominal resistance, R, of a member, connection or structure, is based on the geometry and on the
specified properties of the structural materials,
l) resistance factor, φ, means a factor applied to a specified material property or to the resistance of a
member, connection or structure, and that, for the limit state under consideration, takes into account the
variability of dimensions and material properties, workmanship, type of failure and uncertainty in the
prediction of resistance, and
m) factored resistance, φR, means the product of nominal resistance and the applicable resistance
factor.
4.1.3.2. Strength and Stability
1) A building and its structural components shall be designed to have sufficient strength and
stability so that the factored resistance, φR, is greater than or equal to the effect of factored loads, which
shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (2).
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the effect of factored loads for a building or structural
component shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of this Article and the following
load combination cases, the applicable combination being that which results in the most critical effect:
a) for load cases without crane loads, the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and
b) for load cases with crane loads, the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.2.-B.
(See Note A-4.1.3.2.(2).)
3) Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads acting with the
companion loads taken as zero.
4) Where the effects due to lateral earth pressure, H, restraint effects from pre-stress, P, and imposed
deformation, T, affect the structural safety, they shall be taken into account in the calculations, with load
factors of 1.5, 1.0 and 1.25 assigned to H, P and T respectively. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(4).)
5) Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.8.16.(2), the counteracting factored dead load--0.9D in load
combination cases 2, 3 and 4 and 1.0D in load combination case 5 in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, and 0.9D in load
combination cases 1 to 5 and 1.0D in load combination case 6 in Table 4.1.3.2.-B--shall be used when the
dead load acts to resist overturning, uplift, sliding, failure due to stress reversal, and to determine
anchorage requirements and the factored resistance of members. (See Note A-4.1.3.2.(5).)
6) The principal-load factor 1.5 for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in Table 4.1.3.2.-B may be
reduced to 1.25 for liquids in tanks.
494
7) The companion-load factor for live loads L in Table 4.1.3.2.-A and LXC in Table 4.1.3.2.-B shall be
increased by 0.5 for storage areas, and equipment areas and service rooms referred to in Table 4.1.5.3.
Table 4.1.3.2.-A
Load Combinations Without Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) and (5) to (10), and 4.2.4.1.(3)
Case
Load Combination(1)
Principal Loads
Companion Loads
1
1.4D(2)
--
2
(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.5L(5)
1.0S(6) or 0.4W
3
(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.5S
1.0L(6)(7) or 0.4W
4
(1.25D(3) or 0.9D(4)) + 1.4W
0.5L(7) or 0.5S
5
1.0D(4) + 1.0E(8)
0.5L(6)(7) + 0.25S(6)
Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-A:
(1) See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).
(2) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(9).
(3) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).
(4) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).
(5) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).
(6) See Article 4.1.5.5.
(7) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).
(8) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).
Table 4.1.3.2.-B
Load Combinations With Crane Loads for Ultimate Limit States
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2), (5) to (8), and (10)
Case
Load Combination(1)
Principal Loads
Companion Loads
1
(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + (1.5C + 1.0LXC)
1.0S(4) or 0.4W
2
(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + (1.5LXC(5) + 1.0C)
1.0S(4) or 0.4W
3
(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + 1.5S
1.0C + 1.0LXC(4)(6)
4
(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + 1.4W
1.0C(7) + 0.5LXC(4)(6)
5
(1.25D(2) or 0.9D(3)) + C7
--
6
1.0D(3) + 1.0E(8)
1.0Cd + 0.5LXC(4)(6) + 0.25S(4)
Notes to Table 4.1.3.2.-B:
(1) See Sentences 4.1.3.2.(2) to (4).
(2) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(8).
(3) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(5).
(4) See Article 4.1.5.5.
(5) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(6).
(6) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(7).
(7) Side thrust due to cranes need not be combined with full wind load.
(8) See Sentence 4.1.3.2.(10).
8) Except as provided in Sentence (9), the load factor 1.25 for dead load, D, for soil, superimposed
earth, plants and trees given in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B shall be increased to 1.5, except that when
the soil depth exceeds 1.2 m, the factor may be reduced to 1 + 0.6/hs but not less than 1.25, where hs is the
depth of soil, in m, supported by the structure.
495
9) A principal-load factor of 1.5 shall be applied to the weight of saturated soil used in load
combination case 1 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A.
10) Earthquake load, E, in load combination cases 5 of Table 4.1.3.2.-A and 6 of Table 4.1.3.2.-B
includes horizontal earth pressure due to earthquake determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.16.(7).
11) Provision shall be made to ensure adequate stability of the structure as a whole and adequate
lateral, torsional and local stability of all structural parts.
12) Sway effects produced by vertical loads acting on the structure in its displaced configuration
shall be taken into account in the design of buildings and their structural members.
4.1.3.3. Fatigue
1) A building and its structural components, including connections, shall be checked for fatigue
failure under the effect of cyclical loads, as required in the standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-
4.1.3.3.(1).)
2) Where vibration effects, such as resonance and fatigue resulting from machinery and equipment,
are likely to be significant, a dynamic analysis shall be carried out. (See Note A-4.1.3.3.(2).)
4.1.3.4. Serviceability
1) A building and its structural components shall be checked for serviceability limit states as defined
in Clause 4.1.3.1.(1)(a) under the effect of service loads for serviceability criteria specified or
recommended in Articles 4.1.3.5. and 4.1.3.6. and in the standards listed in Section 4.3. (See Note A-
4.1.3.4.(1).)
2) The effect of service loads on the serviceability limit states shall be determined in accordance with
this Article and the load combinations listed in Table 4.1.3.4., the applicable combination being that
which results in the most critical effect.
3) Other load combinations that must also be considered are the principal loads acting with the
companion loads taken as zero.
4) Deflections calculated for load types P, T and H, if present, with load factors of 1.0 shall be
included with the calculated deflections due to principal loads.
5) The determination of the deflection shall consider the following:
a) for materials that result in increased deformations over time under sustained loads, the deflection
calculation shall consider the portion of live load, L, that is sustained over time, Ls, and the portion that is
transitory, Lt, and
b) the calculated deflection due to dead load, D, and sustained live load, Ls, shall be increased by a
creep factor as specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3. to obtain the additional long-term
deflection.
6) The determination of the long-term settlement of foundations shall consider the following:
a) for foundation soil types that result in increased settlement over time under sustained loads, the
additional long-term settlements shall be determined for the portion of live load, L, that is sustained over
time, Ls, and the portion that is transitory, Lt, and
b) the additional long-term settlements due to dead load, D, and sustained live loads, Ls, shall be
calculated from the foundation soil properties provided by a qualified professional geotechnical engineer.
Table 4.1.3.4.
496
Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.3.4.(2)
Limit State
Structural Parameter
Load Case
Load Combinations
Principal Loads
Companion Loads
Deflection for materials
not subject to creep
Deflection of the
structure or of
components of the
structure(1)
1
1.0D + 1.0L
0.3W or 0.35S
2
1.0D + 1.0W
0.35L(2) or 0.35S
3
1.0D + 1.0S
0.3W or 0.35L(2)
Deflection for materials
subject to creep
Total deflection of the
structure or of
components of the
structure(3)
1
1.0D + 1.0Ls(4) + 1.0Lt(5)
0.3W or 0.35S
2
1.0D + 1.0W
0.35L(2) or 0.35S
3
1.0D + 1.0S
0.3W or 0.35L(2)
Vibration serviceability
Acceleration
(6)
Notes to Table 4.1.3.4.:
(1) The calculated deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in Section 4.3.
(2) The companion load factor of 0.35 for live load, L, shall be increased to 0.5 for storage areas, equipment areas and service
rooms.
(3) The calculated immediate deflection due to dead load, D, is permitted to be excluded where specified in the standards listed in
Section 4.3.
(4) Ls = sustained portion of the live load, L.
(5) Lt = transitory portion of the live load, L.
(6) See Note A-Table 4.1.3.4.
4.1.3.5. Deflection
1) In proportioning structural members to limit serviceability problems resulting from deflections,
consideration shall be given to
a) the intended use of the building or member,
b) limiting damage to non-structural members made of materials whose physical properties are
known at the time of design,
c) limiting damage to the structure itself, and
d) creep, shrinkage, temperature changes and pre-stress.
(See Note A-4.1.3.5.(1).)
2) The lateral deflection of buildings due to service wind and gravity loads shall be checked to
ensure that structural elements and non-structural elements whose nature is known at the time the
structural design is carried out will not be damaged.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the total drift per storey under service wind and gravity loads
shall not exceed 1/500 of the storey height unless other drift limits are specified in the design standards
referenced in Section 4.3. (See Note A-4.1.3.5.(3).)
4) The deflection limits required in Sentence (3) do not apply to industrial buildings or sheds if
experience has proven that greater movement will have no significant adverse effects on the strength and
function of the building.
5) The building structure shall be designed for lateral deflection due to E, in accordance with
Article 4.1.8.13.
4.1.3.6. Vibration
497
1) Floor systems susceptible to vibration shall be designed so that vibrations will have no significant
adverse effects on the intended occupancy of the building. (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(1).)
2) Where floor vibrations caused by resonance with operating machinery or equipment are
anticipated, dynamic analysis of the floor system shall be carried out. (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(2).)
3) Where the fundamental vibration frequency of a structural system supporting an assembly
occupancy used for rhythmic activities, such as dancing, concerts, jumping exercises or gymnastics, is less
than 6 Hz, the effects of resonance shall be investigated by means of a dynamic analysis. (See Note A-
4.1.3.6.(3).)
4) A building susceptible to lateral vibration under wind load shall be designed in accordance with
Article 4.1.7.1. so that the vibrations will have no significant adverse effects on the intended use and
occupancy of the building. (See Note A-4.1.3.6.(4).)
4.1.4. Dead Loads
4.1.4.1. Dead Loads
1) The specified dead load for a structural member consists of
a) the weight of the member itself,
b) the weight of all materials of construction incorporated into the building to be supported
permanently by the member,
c) the weight of partitions,
d) the weight of permanent equipment, and
e) the vertical load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees.
2) In areas of a building for which partitions are shown on the drawings, the weight of partitions
referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be taken as the actual weight of such partitions. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(2).)
3) In areas of a building for which partitions are not shown on the drawings, the weight of partitions
referred to in Clause (1)(c) shall be a partition weight allowance determined from the anticipated weight
and position of the partitions, but shall not be less than 1 kPa over the area of floor being considered. (See
Note A-4.1.4.1.(3).)
4) The weights of partitions and partition weight allowances used in the design shall be shown on the
drawings as provided in Clause 2.2.4.3.(1)(d) of Division C.
5) Where the partition weight allowance referred to in Sentence (3) is counteractive to other loads, it
shall not be included in the design calculations.
6) Except for structures where the dead load of soil is part of the load-resisting system, where the dead
load due to soil, superimposed earth, plants and trees is counteractive to other loads, it shall not be
included in the design calculations. (See Note A-4.1.4.1.(6).)
4.1.5. Live Loads Due to Use and Occupancy
4.1.5.1. Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the specified live load on an area of floor or roof depends on
the intended use and occupancy, and shall not be less than either the uniformly distributed load patterns
listed in Article 4.1.5.3., the loads due to the intended use and occupancy, or the concentrated loads listed
in Article 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.5.1.(1).)
498
2) For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a factor of 0.8 may be
applied to the live load.
4.1.5.2. Uses Not Stipulated
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where the use of an area of floor or roof is not provided for in
Article 4.1.5.3., the specified live loads due to the use and occupancy of the area shall be determined from
an analysis of the loads resulting from the weight of
a) the probable assembly of persons,
b) the probable accumulation of equipment and furnishings, and
c) the probable storage of materials.
2) For buildings in the Low Importance Category as described in Table 4.1.2.1., a factor of 0.8 may be
applied to the live load.
4.1.5.3. Full and Partial Loading
1) The uniformly distributed live load shall be not less than the value listed in Table 4.1.5.3., which
may be reduced as provided in Article 4.1.5.8., applied uniformly over the entire area or on any portions
of the area, whichever produces the most critical effects in the members concerned.
Table 4.1.5.3.
Specified Uniformly Distributed Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.3.(1)
Use of Area of Floor or Roof
Minimum Specified Load, kPa
Assembly Areas
4.8
a)
Except for the areas listed under b), c), d) and e), assembly areas with or without
fixed
seats including
Arenas(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Auditoria
Churches (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Dance floors
Dining areas(2)
Foyers and entrance halls
Grandstands(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs), reviewing stands and bleachers
Gymnasia
Lecture halls(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Promenades
Rinks
Stadia(1) (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Theatres (areas without fixed seats that have backs)
Other areas with similar uses
b) Classrooms and courtrooms with or without fixed seats(1)
2.4
c) Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses:
2.9
499
Arenas(1)
Grandstands(1)
Stadia(1)
d) Portions of assembly areas with fixed seats that have backs for the following uses:
2.4
Churches
Lecture halls(1)
Theatres
e) Vomitories, exits, lobbies and corridors(1)
4.8
Attics(1)
Accessible by a stairway in residential occupancies only
1.4
Having limited accessibility so that there is no storage of equipment or material
0.5
Balconies
Exterior
4.8
Interior and mezzanines that could be used by an assembly of people as a viewing
area(1)
4.8
Interior and mezzanines other than above
(3)
Corridors, lobbies and aisles(1)
Other than those listed below
4.8
Not more than 1 200 mm in width, and all upper floor corridors of residential areas
only of
apartments, hotels and motels (that cannot be used by an assembly of people
as a viewing
area)
(3)
Equipment areas and service rooms including
3.6(4)
Generator rooms
Mechanical equipment exclusive of elevators
Machine rooms
Pump rooms
Transformer vaults
Ventilating or air-conditioning equipment
Exits and fire escapes
4.8
Factories
6.0(4)
Footbridges
4.8
Garages for
Vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross weight
2.4
Vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight
6.0
Vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight(1)
12.0
Kitchens (other than residential)
4.8
Libraries
Stack rooms
7.2
Reading and study rooms
2.9
500
Office areas(1) (not including record storage and computer rooms) located in
Basements, and floors, including mezzanines, with direct access to the exterior at
ground
level
4.8
Other floors
2.4
Operating rooms and laboratories
3.6
Patients' bedrooms
1.9
Recreation areas that cannot be used for assembly purposes including
3.6
Billiard rooms
Bowling alleys
Pool rooms
Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A)
Sleeping and living quarters in apartments, hotels, motels, boarding schools and
colleges
1.9
Residential areas (within the scope of Article 1.3.3.3. of Division A)
1.9
Bedrooms
Other areas
Stairs within dwelling units
Retail and wholesale areas
4.8
Roofs(1)
1.0(5)
Sidewalks and driveways over areaways and basements(1)
12.0(5)
Storage areas
4.8(4)
Toilet areas
2.4
Underground slabs with earth cover
(5)
Warehouses
4.8(4)
Notes to Table 4.1.5.3.:
(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) See Article 4.1.5.6.
(3) See Article 4.1.5.4.
(4) See Sentence 4.1.5.1.(1).
(5) See Article 4.1.5.5.
4.1.5.4. Loads for Occupancy Served
1) The following shall be designed to carry not less than the specified load required for the
occupancy they serve, provided they cannot be used by an assembly of people as a viewing area:
a) corridors, lobbies and aisles not more than 1 200 mm wide,
b) all corridors above the first storey of residential areas of apartments, hotels and motels, and
c) interior balconies and mezzanines.
4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas
(See Note A-4.1.5.5.)
1) Exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be designed for their intended use, including the
weight of firefighting equipment, but not for less than the snow and rain loads prescribed in
Subsection 4.1.6.
501
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), roofs shall be designed for either the uniform live
loads specified in Table 4.1.5.3., the concentrated live loads listed in Table 4.1.5.9., or the snow and rain
loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6., whichever produces the most critical effect.
3) Exterior areas accessible to pedestrian traffic, but not vehicular traffic, shall be designed for their
intended use, but not for less than the greater of
a) the live load prescribed for assembly areas in Table 4.1.5.3., or
b) the snow and rain loads prescribed in Subsection 4.1.6.
4) Roof parking decks and exterior areas accessible to vehicular traffic shall be designed
a) for the appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live load, L, consisting of
either a uniformly distributed live load as specified in Table 4.1.5.3. or a concentrated live load as listed in
Table 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect, and a companion snow load, S, as prescribed in
Subsection 4.1.6., but with the companion-load factor reduced to 0.2, and
b) such that the load combination in Clause (a) is not less than the snow and rain loads prescribed in
Subsection 4.1.6. with the live load taken as zero.
5) Roof parking decks that are used for the long-term storage of vehicles shall be designed for the
appropriate load combination listed in Sentence 4.1.3.2.(2) with a live load, L, consisting of either a
uniformly distributed live load as specified in Table 4.1.5.3. or a concentrated live load as listed in
Table 4.1.5.9., whichever produces the most critical effect, and a snow load, S, as prescribed in
Subsection 4.1.6.
4.1.5.6. Loads for Dining Areas
1) The minimum specified live load listed in Table 4.1.5.3. for dining areas may be reduced to 2.4
kPa for areas in buildings that are being converted to dining areas, provided that the floor area does not
exceed 100 m2 and the dining area will not be used for other assembly purposes, including dancing.
4.1.5.7. More Than One Occupancy
1) Where an area of floor or roof is intended for 2 or more occupancies at different times, the value to
be used from Table 4.1.5.3. shall be the greatest value for any of the occupancies concerned.
4.1.5.8. Variation with Tributary Area
(See Note A-4.1.5.8.)
1) One- and two-way floor slabs shall have no reduction for tributary area applied to live load.
2) An area used for assembly occupancies designed for a live load of less than 4.8 kPa and roofs
designed for the minimum loading specified in Table 4.1.5.3. shall have no reduction for tributary area.
3) Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a combination
thereof, that is greater than 80 m2 and either used for assembly occupancies designed for a live load of 4.8
kPa or more, or used for storage, manufacturing, retail stores, garages or as a footbridge, the specified live
load due to use and occupancy is the load specified in Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by
where A is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.
4) Where a structural member supports a tributary area of a floor or a roof, or a combination
thereof, that is greater than 20 m2 and used for any use or occupancy other than those indicated in
502
Sentences (2) and (3), the specified live load due to use and occupancy is the load specified in
Article 4.1.5.3. multiplied by
where B is the tributary area in square metres for this type of use and occupancy.
5) Where the specified live load for a floor is reduced in accordance with Sentence (3) or (4), the
structural drawings shall indicate that a live load reduction factor for tributary area has been applied and
which structural elements are impacted by this factor.
4.1.5.9. Concentrated Loads
1) The specified live load due to possible concentrations of load resulting from the use of an area of
floor or roof shall not be less than that listed in Table 4.1.5.9. applied over the loaded area noted and
located so as to cause maximum effects, except that for occupancies not listed in Table 4.1.5.9., the
concentrations of load shall be determined in accordance with Article 4.1.5.2.
Table 4.1.5.9.
Specified Concentrated Live Loads on an Area of Floor or Roof
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.9.(1)
Area of Floor or Roof
Minimum Specified
Concentrated Load, kN
Loaded Area, mm × mm
Roof surfaces
1.3
200 × 200
Floors of classrooms
4.5
750 × 750
Floors of offices, manufacturing buildings, hospital wards and
stages
9.0
750 × 750
Floors and areas used by vehicles not exceeding 4 000 kg gross
weight
18
120 × 120
Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 4 000 kg but not
exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight
36
120 × 120
Floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross
weight
54(1)
250 × 600(1)
Driveways and sidewalks over areaways and basements
54(1)
250 × 600(1)
Notes to Table 4.1.5.9.:
(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.5.9.
4.1.5.10. Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies
1) The floor assembly and other structural elements that support fixed seats in any building used for
assembly occupancies accommodating large numbers of people at one time, such as grandstands, stadia
and theatre balconies, shall be designed to resist a horizontal force equal to not less than 0.3 kN for each
metre length of seats acting parallel to each row of seats, and not less than 0.15 kN for each metre length
of seats acting at right angles to each row of seats, based on the assumption that these forces are acting
independently of each other.
4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery and Equipment
(See Note A-4.1.5.11.)
1) The minimum specified load due to equipment, machinery or other objects that may produce
impact shall be the sum of the weight of the equipment or machinery and its maximum lifting capacity,
multiplied by an appropriate factor listed in Table 4.1.5.11.
503
2) Crane-supporting structures shall be designed for the appropriate load combinations listed in
Article 4.1.3.2.
3) Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied normal to the top
of the rails equal to not less than 20% of the sum of the weights of the lifted load and the crane trolley
(excluding other parts of the crane).
4) The force described in Sentence (3) shall be equally distributed on each side of the runway and
shall be assumed to act in either direction.
5) Crane runway structures shall be designed to resist a horizontal force applied parallel to the top
of the rails equal to not less than 10% of the maximum wheel loads of the crane.
Table 4.1.5.11.
Factors for the Calculation of Impact Loads
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.5.11.(1)
Cause of Impact
Factor
Operation of cab or radio-operated cranes
1.25
Operation of pendant or hand-operated cranes
1.10
Operation of elevators
(1)
Supports for light machinery, shaft or motor-driven
1.20
Supports for reciprocating machinery (e.g., compressors)
1.50
Supports for power-driven units (e.g., piston engines)
1.50
Notes to Table 4.1.5.11.:
(1) See the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
4.1.5.12. Bleachers
1) Bleacher seats shall be designed for a uniformly distributed live load of 1.75 kN for each linear
metre or for a concentrated load of 2.2 kN distributed over a length of 0.75 m, whichever produces the
most critical effect on the supporting members.
2) Bleachers shall be checked by the erector after erection to ensure that all structural members,
including bracing specified in the design, have been installed.
3) Telescopic bleachers shall be provided with locking devices to ensure stability while in use.
4.1.5.13. Helicopter Landing Areas
1) Helicopter landing areas on roofs shall be constructed in conformance with the requirements for
heliports contained in TC SOR/96-433, "Canadian Aviation Regulations - Part III."
4.1.5.14. Loads on Guards and Handrails
(See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
1) The minimum horizontal specified live load applied outward at the minimum required height of
every required guard shall be
a) 3.0 kN/m for open viewing stands without fixed seats and for means of egress in grandstands,
stadia, bleachers and arenas,
b) 1.0 kN applied at any point, so as to produce the most critical effect, for access ways to equipment
platforms, contiguous stairs and similar areas where the gathering of many people is improbable, and
504
c) 0.75 kN/m or 1.0 kN applied at any point so as to produce the most critical effect, whichever
governs, for locations other than those described in Clauses (a) and (b).
2) The minimum horizontal specified live load applied inward at the minimum required height of
every required guard shall be half that specified in Sentence (1).
3) Individual elements within the guard, including solid panels and pickets, shall be designed for a
horizontal specified live load of 0.5 kN applied outward over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm located at any
point on the element or elements so as to produce the most critical effect.
4) The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a guard shall not
exceed the limits required by Part 3 when each of these elements is subjected to a horizontal specified live
load of 0.1 kN applied in opposite directions in the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the
most critical effect.
5) The specified live loads required in Sentence (3) need not be considered to act simultaneously with
the loads provided for in Sentences (1), (2), (6) and (7).
6) The minimum specified live load applied vertically at the top of every required guard shall be 1.5
kN/m and need not be considered to act simultaneously with the horizontal specified live load provided
for in Sentences (1), (3) and (7).
7) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following
minimum specified live loads, which need not be considered to act simultaneously:
a) 0.9 kN applied at any point and in any direction for all handrails, and
b) 0.7 kN/m applied in any direction for handrails not located within dwelling units.
4.1.5.15. Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
1) Vehicle guardrails shall be designed for a concentrated load of 22 kN applied horizontally
outward at any point 500 mm above the floor surface so as to produce the most critical effect. (See
Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
2) The loads required in Sentence (1) need not be considered to act simultaneously with the loads
provided for in Article 4.1.5.14.
4.1.5.16. Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
1) Where the floor elevation on one side of a wall, including a wall around a shaft, is more than 600
mm higher than the elevation of the floor or ground on the other side, the wall shall be designed to resist
the appropriate outward lateral design loads prescribed elsewhere in Subsection 4.1.5. or 0.5 kPa acting
outward, whichever produces the more critical effect.
4.1.5.17. Firewalls
(See Note A-4.1.5.17.)
1) Firewalls shall be designed to resist the maximum effect due to
a) the appropriate lateral design loads prescribed elsewhere in this Section, or
b) a factored lateral load of 0.5 kPa under fire conditions, as described in Sentence (2).
2) Under fire conditions, where the fire-resistance rating of the structure is less than that of the
firewall,
505
a) lateral support shall be assumed to be provided by the structure on one side only, or
b) another structural support system capable of resisting the loads imposed by a fire on either side
of the firewall shall be provided.
4.1.5.18. Loads for Building Maintenance
1) Buildings shall be designed to support the loads and forces required to support building
maintenance equipment.
4.1.6. Loads Due to Snow and Rain
4.1.6.1. Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain
1) The specified load on a roof or any other building surface subject to snow and associated rain
shall be the snow load specified in Article 4.1.6.2., or the rain load specified in Article 4.1.6.4., whichever
produces the more critical effect. (See Note A-4.1.6.1.(1).)
4.1.6.2. Specified Snow Load
(See Note A-4.1.6.2.)
1) The specified load, S, due to snow and associated rain accumulation on a roof or any other
building surface subject to snow accumulation shall be calculated using the formula
where
Is = importance factor for snow load, as provided in Table 4.1.6.2.-A,
Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load, in kPa, determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3.,
Cb = basic roof snow load factor in Sentence (2),
Cw = wind exposure factor in Sentences (3) and (4),
Cs = slope factor in Sentences (5) to (7),
Ca = accumulation factor in Sentence (8), and
Sr = 1-in-50-year associated rain load, in kPa, determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3., but
not greater than Ss(C bCwCsCa).
Table 4.1.6.2.-A
Importance Factor for Snow Load, IS
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1)
Importance Category
Importance Factor, Is
ULS
SLS
Low
0.8
0.9
Normal
1
0.9
High
1.15
0.9
Post-disaster
1.25
0.9
2) The basic roof snow load factor, Cb, shall
a) be determined as follows:
506
i)
ii)
where
lc = characteristic length of the upper or lower roof, defined as 2w − w2/l, in m,
w = smaller plan dimension of the roof, in m, and
l = larger plan dimension of the roof, in m,
b) conform to Table 4.1.6.2.-B, using linear interpolation for intermediate values of
, or
c) be taken as equal to 1 for any roof structure with a mean height of less than 1 + Ss/γ, in m, above
grade, where γ is the specific weight of snow determined in accordance with Article 4.1.6.13.
(See Note A-4.1.6.2.(2).)
3) Except as provided for in Sentence (4), the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be 1.0.
4) For buildings in the Low and Normal Importance Categories as set out in Table 4.1.2.1., the wind
exposure factor, Cw, given in Sentence (3) may be reduced to 0.75 for rural areas only, or to 0.5 for
exposed areas north of the treeline, where
a) the building is exposed on all sides to wind over open terrain as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a),
and is expected to remain so during its life,
b) the area of roof under consideration is exposed to the wind on all sides with no significant
obstructions on the roof, such as parapet walls, within a distance of at least 10 times the difference
between the height of the obstruction and CbCwSs/γ, in m, where γ is the specific weight of snow on roofs
as specified in Article 4.1.6.13., and
c) the loading does not involve the accumulation of snow due to drifting from adjacent surfaces.
5) Except as provided for in Sentences (6) and (7), the slope factor, Cs, shall be
a) 1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 30°,
b) (70° − α)/40° where α is greater than 30° but not greater than 70°, and
c) 0 where α exceeds 70°.
Table 4.1.6.2.-B
Basic Roof Snow Load Factor for
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.2.(2)
Value of
Value of Cw
1.0
0.75
0.5
Value of Cb
70
0.80
0.80
0.80
507
80
0.82
0.85
0.91
100
0.85
0.94
1.11
120
0.88
1.01
1.27
140
0.90
1.07
1.40
160
0.92
1.12
1.51
180
0.93
1.16
1.60
200
0.95
1.19
1.67
220
0.96
1.21
1.73
240
0.96
1.24
1.78
260
0.97
1.25
1.82
280
0.98
1.27
1.85
300
0.98
1.28
1.88
320
0.98
1.29
1.90
340
0.99
1.30
1.92
360
0.99
1.30
1.93
380
0.99
1.31
1.95
400
0.99
1.31
1.96
420
0.99
1.32
1.96
440
1.00
1.32
1.97
460
1.00
1.32
1.98
480
1.00
1.32
1.98
500
1.00
1.33
1.98
520
1.00
1.33
1.99
540
1.00
1.33
1.99
560
1.00
1.33
1.99
580
1.00
1.33
1.99
600
1.00
1.33
1.99
620
1.00
1.33
2.00
6) The slope factor, Cs, for unobstructed slippery roofs where snow and ice can slide completely off
the roof shall be
a) 1.0 where the roof slope, α, is equal to or less than 15°,
b) (60° − α)/45° where α is greater than 15° but not greater than 60°, and
c) 0 where α exceeds 60°.
7) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, the slope factor, Cs, shall be 1.0 when used in
conjunction with accumulation factors for increased snow loads.
508
8) The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, which corresponds to the uniform snow load case,
except that where appropriate for the shape of the roof, it shall be assigned other values that account for
a) increased non-uniform snow loads due to snow drifting onto a roof that is at a level lower than
other parts of the same building or at a level lower than another building within 5 m of it horizontally, as
prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.5., 4.1.6.6. and 4.1.6.8.,
b) increased non-uniform snow loads on areas adjacent to roof projections, such as penthouses,
large chimneys and equipment, as prescribed in Articles 4.1.6.7. and 4.1.6.8.,
c) non-uniform snow loads on gable, arch or curved roofs and domes, as prescribed in
Articles 4.1.6.9. and 4.1.6.10.,
d) increased snow or ice loads due to snow sliding as prescribed in Article 4.1.6.11.,
e) increased snow loads in roof valleys, as prescribed in Article 4.1.6.12., and
f) increased snow or ice loads due to meltwater draining from adjacent building elements and roof
projections.
9) For shapes not addressed in Sentence (8), Ca corresponding to the non-uniform snow load case
shall be established based on applicable field observations, special analyses including local climatic
effects, appropriate model tests, or a combination of these methods.
4.1.6.3. Full and Partial Loading
1) A roof or other building surface and its structural members subject to loads due to snow
accumulation shall be designed for the specified load given in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), distributed over the
entire loaded area.
2) In addition to the distribution mentioned in Sentence (1), flat roofs and shed roofs, gable roofs of
15° slope or less, and arch or curved roofs shall be designed for the specified uniform snow load
indicated in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), which shall be calculated using the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0,
distributed on any one portion of the loaded area and half of this load on the remainder of the loaded
area, in such a way as to produce the most critical effects on the member concerned. (See Note A-
4.1.6.3.(2).)
4.1.6.4. Specified Rain Load
1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the specified load, S, due to the accumulation of rainwater on
a surface whose position, shape and deflection under load make such an accumulation possible, is that
resulting from the one-day rainfall determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. and applied over
the horizontal projection of the surface and all tributary surfaces. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(1).)
2) The provisions of Sentence (1) apply whether or not the surface is provided with a means of
drainage, such as rainwater leaders.
3) Except as provided in Sentence 4.1.6.2.(1), loads due to rain need not be considered to act
simultaneously with loads due to snow. (See Note A-4.1.6.4.(3).)
4) Where scuppers are provided as secondary drainage systems and where the position, shape and
deflection of the loaded surface make an accumulation of rainwater possible, the loads due to rain shall
be the lesser of either the one-day rainfall determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. or a depth of
rainwater equal to 30 mm above the bottom of the scuppers, applied over the horizontal projection of the
surface and tributary areas.
4.1.6.5. Multi-level Roofs
509
1) The drifting load of snow on a roof adjacent to a higher roof shall be taken as trapezoidal, as
shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be determined as follows:
where
Ca0 = peak value of Ca at x = 0 determined in accordance with Sentences (3) to (5) and as shown in
Figure 4.1.6.5.-B,
x = distance from roof step as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and
xd = length of drift determined in accordance with Sentence (2) and as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A.
2) The length of the drift, xd, shall be calculated as follows:
where
γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Article 4.1.6.13.
Figure 4.1.6.5.-A
Snow load factors for lower level roofs
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1) and (3), Table 4.1.6.5.-A and Sentence 4.1.6.6.(1)
Notes to Figure 4.1.6.5.-A:
(1) If a > 5 m or h ≤ 0.8Ss/γ, drifting from the higher roof need not be considered.
(2) If h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(4).
Table 4.1.6.5.-A
Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A
510
Distance from Roof Step, x
Factors
Cw
Cs(1)
Ca
0
1.0
f(α)
Ca0
0 < x ≤ xd
1.0
f(α)
Ca0 − (Ca0 − 1)(x/xd)
xd < x ≤ 10h′
1.0
f(α)
1.0
x> 10h′
1.0 for unexposed roof areas
f(α)
1.0
0.75 for exposed roof areas
0.5 for exposed roof areas
north of tree line
Notes to Table 4.1.6.5.-A:
(1) For lower roofs with parapets, Cs = 1.0; otherwise, Cs varies as a function of slope, α, as defined in
Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the value of Ca0 for each of Cases I, II and III shall be the lesser
of
where
β = 1.0 for Case I, and 0.67 for Cases II and III,
h = difference in elevation between the lower roof surface and the top of the parapet on the upper
roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, and
where
Cws = value of Cw applicable to the source of drifting,
lcs = characteristic length of the source area for drifting, defined as
, where ws and ls
are respectively the shorter and longer dimensions of the relevant source areas for snow drifting shown
in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B for Cases I, II and III, and
where
hp = height of the roof perimeter parapet of the source area, to be taken as zero unless all the roof
edges of the source area have parapets.
4) Where h ≥ 5 m, the value of Ca0 for Case I is permitted to be taken as
511
5) The value of Ca0 shall be the highest of Cases I, II and III, considering the different roof source
areas for drifting snow, as specified in Sentences (3) and (4) and Figure 4.1.6.5.-B.
Figure 4.1.6.5.-B
Snow load cases I, II and III for lower level roofs
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.5.(1), (3) and (5), and Table 4.1.6.5.-B
Table 4.1.6.5.-B
Parameters for Snow Load Cases in Figure 4.1.6.5.-B
Parameter
Case I
Case II
Case III
β
1.0
0.67
0.67
hp
parapet height of upper-roof
source area
parapet height of lower-roof
source area
parapet height of lower-roof
source area
with ws and ls being the shorter
and longer dimensions of the
upper roof
with ws and ls being the shorter
and longer dimensions of the
source area on the lower roof
for upwind-facing step
with ws and ls being the shorter
and longer dimensions of the
source area on the lower roof
for downwind-facing step
4.1.6.6. Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof
1) Where the roof of one building is separated by a distance, a, from an adjacent building with a
higher roof as shown in Figure 4.1.6.5.-A, the influence of the adjacent building on the value of the
accumulation factor, Ca, for the lower roof shall be determined as follows:
a) if a > 5 m, the influence of the adjacent building on Ca for the lower roof can be ignored, and
512
b) if a ≤ 5 m, Ca for the lower roof shall be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. for values of
x ≥ a.
4.1.6.7. Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the accumulation factor, Ca, for areas adjacent to
roof-mounted vertical projections shall be calculated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.6.5.(1) using the
following values for the peak accumulation factor, Ca0, and the drift length, xd:
a) Ca0 shall be taken as the lesser of
b) xd shall be taken as the lesser of 3.35h and (2/3)l0, where
h = height of the projection, and
l0 = longest horizontal dimension of the projection.
(See Note A-4.1.6.7.(1).)
2) Ca is permitted to be calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5. for larger projections. (See
Note A-4.1.6.7.(2).)
3) Where the longest horizontal dimension of the roof projection, l0, is less than 3 m, the drift
surcharge adjacent to the projection need not be considered.
4.1.6.8. Snow Drift at Corners
1) The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an outside corner of an upper level
roof or roof obstruction shall be extended radially around the corner as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-A and
may be taken as the least severe of the drift loads lying against the two faces of the corner.
2) The drift loads on the lower level roof against the two faces of an inside corner of an upper level
roof or a parapet shall be calculated for each face and the higher of the two loads shall be applied where
the drifts overlap as shown in Figure 4.1.6.8.-B
513
Figure 4.1.6.8.-A
Snow load at outside corner
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(1)
514
Figure 4.1.6.8.-B
Snow load at inside corner
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.8.(2)
4.1.6.9. Gable Roofs
(See Note A-4.1.6.9.)
1) For all gable roofs, the full and partial load cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3. shall be considered.
2) For gable roofs with a slope α > 15°, the unbalanced load case shall also be considered by setting
the values of the accumulation factor, Ca, as follows:
a) on the upwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as 0, and
b) on the downwind side of the roof peak, Ca shall be taken as
i) 0.25 + α/20, where 15° ≤ α ≤ 20°, and
ii) 1.25, where 20° < α ≤ 90°.
3) For all gable roofs, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
4) For all gable roofs, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be
a) as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4) for the full and partial load cases, and
b) 1.0 for the unbalanced load case referred to in Sentence (2).
4.1.6.10. Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes
1) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the full and partial load cases defined in
Article 4.1.6.3. shall be considered.
515
2) For arch roofs, curved roofs and domes with a rise-to-span ratio h/b > 0.05 (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-
A), the load cases provided in Sentences (3) to (7) shall also be considered.
3) For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe ≤ 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall
be
a) taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
b) on the downwind side of the peak, taken as
where
x = horizontal distance from the roof peak,
h = height of arch, and
b = width of arch.
516
Figure 4.1.6.10.-A
Accumulation factors for arch roofs and curved roofs
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(2) to (4)
Note to Figure 4.1.6.10.-A:
(1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values of Cs.
4) For arch roofs with a slope at the edge αe > 30° (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-A and Table 4.1.6.10.), Ca shall
be
a) taken as 0 on the upwind side of the peak, and
b) on the downwind side of the peak,
i) for the part of the roof between the peak and point where the slope α = 30°, taken as
517
where
x, h, b = as specified in Sentence (2), and
x30 = value of x where the slope α = 30°, and
ii) for the part of the roof where the slope α > 30°, taken as
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), Ca for curved roofs shall be determined in accordance with
the requirements for arch roofs stated in Sentences (3) and (4).
Table 4.1.6.10.
Load Cases for Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3), (4) and (9)
Load
Case
Range of
Application
Factors
All Arch or
Curved
Roofs and
Domes
Arch and Curved Roofs
Domes
Cw
Ca
Upwind
Side
Ca
Downwind Side
Ca
Downwind Side
Case
I
All values of
h/b
As stated
in 4.1.6.2.(3)
and (4)
1.0
1.0
1.0
Case
II
Slope at
edge ≤ 30°
h/b > 0.05
all values of
x
1.0
0.0
Slope at
edge > 30°
h/b > 0.05
0 < x < x30
1.0
0.0
Slope at
edge > 30°
h/b > 0.05
x ≥ x30
1.0
0.0
6) Where the slope, α, of a curved roof at its peak is greater than 10°, Ca shall be determined in
accordance with the requirements for gable roofs stated in Article 4.1.6.9. using a slope equal to the mean
slope of the curved roof.
7) For domes of circular plan form (see Figure 4.1.6.10.-B), Ca shall
518
a) along the central axis parallel to the wind, vary in the same way as for an arch roof with the same
rise-to-span ratio, h/b, and
b) off this axis, vary according to
where
Ca(x,y) = value of Ca at location (x,y),
Ca(x,0) = value of Ca on the central axis parallel to the wind,
x = distance along the central axis parallel to the wind,
y = horizontal coordinate normal to the x direction, and
r = radius of dome.
8) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the slope factor, Cs, shall be as prescribed in
Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
9) For all arch roofs, curved roofs and domes, the wind exposure factor, Cw, shall be as prescribed in
Table 4.1.6.10.
Figure 4.1.6.10.-B
Unbalanced snow accumulation factor on a circular dome
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.10.(7)
Notes to Figure 4.1.6.10.-B:
(1) Refer to Table 4.1.6.10. for applicable values of Cw and Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6) for applicable values of Cs.
(2) Refer to Sentences 4.1.6.10.(3) and (4) for the calculation of Ca(x,0).
4.1.6.11. Snow Loads Due to Sliding
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where an upper roof, or part thereof, slopes downwards with
a slope α > 0 towards a lower roof, the snow load, S, on the lower roof, determined in accordance with
519
Articles 4.1.6.2. and 4.1.6.5., shall be augmented in accordance with Sentence (3) to account for the
additional load resulting from sliding snow.
2) Sentence (1) need not apply where
a) snow from the upper roof is prevented from sliding by a parapet or other effective means, or
b) the upper roof is not considered slippery and has a slope of less than 20°.
3) The total weight of additional snow resulting from sliding shall be taken as half the total weight
of snow resulting from the uniform load case prescribed in Article 4.1.6.2. with
a) the accumulation factor Ca = 1.0 for the relevant part of the upper roof,
b) the slope factor, Cs, based on the slope of the lower roof, as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5)
and (6), and
c) the sliding snow distributed on the lower roof such that it is a maximum for x = 0 and decreases
linearly to 0 at x = xd, as shown in Figure 4.1.6.11., where x and xd are as defined in Article 4.1.6.5.
Figure 4.1.6.11.
Snow distribution on lower roof with sloped upper roof
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.6.11.(3)
4.1.6.12. Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs
1) For valleys in curved or sloped roofs with a slope α > 10°, in addition to the full and partial load
cases defined in Article 4.1.6.3., the non-uniform load cases II and III presented in Sentences (2) and (3)
shall be considered to account for sliding, creeping and movement of meltwater.
2) For case II (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be calculated as follows:
520
where
x = horizontal distance from the bottom of the valley, and
b = twice the horizontal distance between the bottom of the valley and the peak of the roof surface
in question.
3) For case III (see Figure 4.1.6.12.), Ca shall be calculated as follows:
where
x, b = as specified in Sentence (2).
Figure 4.1.6.12.
Snow loads in valleys of sloped or curved roofs
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.6.12.(2) and (3)
Notes to Figure 4.1.6.12.:
(1) Cw = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(3).
(2) Cs = 1, as per Sentence 4.1.6.2.(7).
4.1.6.13. Specific Weight of Snow
1) For the purposes of calculating snow loads in drifts, the specific weight of snow, γ, shall be taken
as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3, whichever is lesser.
4.1.6.14. Snow Removal
521
1) Snow removal by mechanical, thermal, manual or other means shall not be used as a rationale to
reduce design snow loads.
4.1.6.15. Ice Loading of Structures
1) For lattice structures connected to the building, and other building components or appurtenances
involving small width elements subject to significant ice accretion, the weight of ice accretion and the
effective area presented to wind shall be as prescribed in CAN/CSA-S37, "Antennas, towers, and
antenna-supporting structures."
4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels
(See Note A-4.1.6.16.)
1) Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance
with Sentences (2) to (6) or with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, whichever produces the
most critical effect.
2) For the purposes of this Article, solar panels shall be classified as
a) Parallel Flush, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface
less than or equal to CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface,
b) Parallel Raised, where the panels are installed parallel to the roof surface with their upper surface
greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface, or
c) Tilted, where the panels are installed at an angle to the roof surface with their highest edge
greater than CbCwSs/γ above the roof surface.
3) For sloped roofs with solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with the
requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that the slope factor, Cs, shall be
a) taken as 1.0 for roof areas extending upslope from the downslope edge of a panel or array of
panels at an angle of 45° from each side edge of the panel or array, and
b) as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7) for all other roof areas.
(See Note A-4.1.6.16.(3).)
4) For sloped roofs with Parallel Flush solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in
accordance with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
a) Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
b) where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is greater than or equal to the
panel width, wp, along the roof slope, the accumulation factor, Ca, shall be taken as
i) 0.0 for the panels,
ii) 2.0 for roof areas within a distance of wp downslope from a downslope panel edge, and
iii) 1.0 for all other roof areas
(see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)), and
c) where the gap width, wg, between the panels along the roof slope is less than the panel width, wp,
along the roof slope, Ca shall be taken as
i) 0.0 for panel areas within a distance of wg downslope from an upslope panel edge,
522
ii) 1.0 for other panel areas,
iii) 2.0 for roof areas in gaps between the panels, and
iv) 1.0 for all other roof areas
(see Note A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)).
5) For roofs with Parallel Raised solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance
with the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
a) where the roof is flat, Ca shall be taken as
i) 1.0 for the panels,
ii) 1.0 for roof areas not under the panels,
iii) 1.0 for roof areas under the panels within a distance of min(2hg,2wg) from a panel edge, where hg
is the gap height between the lower surface of the panels and the roof surface, and wg is the gap width
between the panels, and
iv) 0.0 for other roof areas under the panels
(see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)), and
b) where the roof is sloped, the snow loads, S, derived from Clause (a) shall be used, except that
i) Cs shall be determined in accordance with Sentence (3),
ii) S shall be taken as 0.0 on the panels, and
iii) S for all roof areas shall be taken as the sum of S on the panels, as derived from Subclause (a)(i)
and shifted by a distance of wp downslope onto the roof, where wp is the panel width along the roof
slope, and S on the roof areas, as derived from Subclauses (a)(ii) to (a)(iv)
(see Note A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)).
6) For flat roofs with Tilted solar panels, the snow loads, S, shall be determined in accordance with
the requirements for roofs without solar panels, except that
a) Ca shall be taken as 0.0 for the panels,
b) Ca shall be taken as 1.0 for roof areas beyond a distance of 5(h - CbCwSs/γ) from the lowest edge
of the panels, where h is the height of the highest edge of the panels above the roof surface,
c) except as provided in Clauses (d) and (e), for roof areas within a distance of 5(h - CbCwSs/γ) from
the lowest edge of the panels, Ca shall be taken as
i) 1.25 for (hg - CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 0.3 m, where hg is the gap height between the lowest edge of the panels
and the roof surface,
ii) 1.294 - 0.1471(hg - CbCwSs/γ) for 0.3 < (hg - CbCwSs/γ) ≤ 2.0 m, and
iii) 1.0 for (hg - CbCwSs/γ) > 2.0 m
(see Note A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)),
523
d) except as provided in Clause (e), Ca shall be taken as 2.0 for roof areas within a distance of wph
beyond the lowest edge of the panels, where wph is the horizontal projection of the panel width, wp,
along the sloped panel edges, and
e) where the panels, panel supports or back plates obstruct snow from sliding under the panels, the
load of the increased volume of snow in the gaps between the panels shall be considered to be uniformly
distributed.
(See Note A-4.1.6.16.(6).)
4.1.7. Wind Load
4.1.7.1. Specified Wind Load
1) The specified wind loads for a building and its components shall be determined using the Static,
Dynamic or Wind Tunnel Procedure as stated in Sentences (2) to (5).
2) For the design of buildings that are not dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(1),
one of the following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
a) the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3.,
b) the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
c) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
3) For the design of buildings that are dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(2), one of
the following procedures shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
a) the Dynamic Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.8., or
b) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
4) For the design of buildings that may be subject to wake buffeting or channelling effects from
nearby buildings, or that are very dynamically sensitive, as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.2.(3), the Wind
Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14., shall be used to determine the specified wind loads.
5) For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, one of the following procedures
shall be used to determine the specified wind loads:
a) the Static Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.3., or
b) the Wind Tunnel Procedure described in Article 4.1.7.14.
6) Computational fluid dynamics shall not be used to determine the specified wind loads for a
building and its components. (See Note A-4.1.7.1.(6).)
4.1.7.2. Classification of Buildings
(See Note A-4.1.7.2.(2))
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a building is permitted to be classified as not
dynamically sensitive.
2) A building shall be classified as dynamically sensitive if
a) its lowest natural frequency is less than 1 Hz and greater than 0.25 Hz,
b) its height is greater than 60 m, or
524
c) its height is greater than 4 times its minimum effective width, where the effective width, w, of a
building shall be taken as
where the summations are over the height of the building for a given wind direction, hi is the height
above grade to level i, and wi is the width normal to the wind direction at height hi; the minimum
effective width is the lowest value of the effective width considering all wind directions.
3) A building shall be classified as very dynamically sensitive if
a) its lowest natural frequency is less than or equal to 0.25 Hz, or
b) it contains a human occupancy, and its height is more than 6 times its minimum effective width as
defined in Clause (2)(c).
4.1.7.3. Static Procedure
1) The specified external pressure or suction due to wind on part or all of a surface of a building
shall be calculated as follows:
where
p = specified external pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the surface, considered
positive when the pressure acts towards the surface and negative when it acts away from the surface,
IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3.,
q = reference velocity pressure, as provided in Sentence (4),
Ce = exposure factor, as provided in Sentences (5) and (7),
Ct = topographic factor, as provided in Article 4.1.7.4.,
Cg = gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (8), and
Cp = external pressure coefficient, as provided in Articles 4.1.7.5. and 4.1.7.6.
Table 4.1.7.3.
Importance Factor for Wind Load, IW
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.3.(1) and 4.1.7.8.(4)
Importance Category
Importance Factor, IW
ULS
SLS
Low
0.8
0.75
Normal
1
0.75
High
1.15
0.75
Post-disaster
1.25
0.75
2) The net wind load for the building as a whole shall be the algebraic difference of the loads on the
windward and leeward surfaces, and in some cases, may be calculated as the sum of the products of the
external pressures or suctions and the areas of the surfaces over which they are averaged as provided in
Sentence (1).
525
3) The net specified pressure due to wind on part or all of a surface of a building shall be the
algebraic difference, such as to produce the most critical effect, of the external pressure or suction
calculated in accordance with Sentence (1) and the specified internal pressure or suction due to wind
calculated as follows:
where
pi = specified internal pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the surface, either as a
pressure directed towards the surface or as a suction directed away from the surface,
IW, q, Ct = as defined in Sentence (1),
Cei = exposure factor for internal pressure, as provided in Sentence (7),
Cgi = internal gust effect factor, as provided in Sentence (10), and
Cpi = internal pressure coefficient, as provided in Article 4.1.7.7.
4) The reference velocity pressure, q, shall be the appropriate value determined in conformance
with Subsection 1.1.3., based on a probability of being exceeded in any one year of 1 in 50.
5) The exposure factor, Ce, shall be based on the reference height, h, determined in accordance with
Sentence (6), for the surface or part of the surface under consideration and shall be
a) (h/10)0.2 but not less than 0.9 for open terrain, where open terrain is level terrain with only
scattered buildings, trees or other obstructions, open water or shorelines thereof,
b) 0.7(h/12)0.3 but not less than 0.7 for rough terrain, where rough terrain is suburban, urban or
wooded terrain extending upwind from the building uninterrupted for at least 1 km or 20 times the
height of the building, whichever is greater, or
c) an intermediate value between the two exposures defined in Clauses (a) and (b) in cases where
the site is less than 1 km or 20 times the height of the building from a change in terrain conditions,
whichever is greater, provided an appropriate interpolation method is used (see Note A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c)).
6) The reference height, h, shall be determined as follows:
a) for buildings whose height is less than or equal to 20 m and less than the smaller plan dimension,
h shall be the mid-height of the roof above grade, but not less than 6 m,
b) for other buildings, h shall be
i) the actual height above grade of the point on the windward wall for which external pressures are
being calculated,
ii) the mid-height of the roof for pressures on surfaces parallel to the wind direction, and
iii) the mid-height of the building for pressures on the leeward wall, and
c) for any structural element exposed to wind, h shall be the mid-height of the element above the
ground.
7) The exposure factor for internal pressures, Cei, shall be determined as follows:
526
a) for buildings whose height is greater than 20 m and that have a dominant opening, Cei shall be
equal to the exposure factor for external pressures, Ce, calculated at the mid-height of the dominant
opening, and
b) for other buildings, Cei shall be the same as the exposure factor for external pressures, Ce,
calculated for a reference height, h, equal to the mid-height of the building or 6 m, whichever is greater.
8) Except as provided in Sentences (9) and 4.1.7.6.(1), the gust effect factor, Cg, shall be one of the
following values:
a) 2.0 for the building as a whole and main structural members, or
b) 2.5 for external pressures and suctions on secondary structural members, including cladding.
9) For cases where Cg and Cp are combined into a single product, CgCp, the values of Cg and Cp
need not be independently specified. (See Article 4.1.7.6.)
10) The internal gust effect factor, Cgi, shall be 2.0, except it is permitted to be calculated using the
following equation for large structures enclosing a single large unpartitioned volume that does not have
numerous overhead doors or openings:
where
V0 = internal volume, in m3, and
A = total area of all exterior openings of the volume, in m2.
(See Note A-4.1.7.3.(10).)
4.1.7.4. Topographic Factor
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the topographic factor, Ct, shall be taken as 1.0.
2) For buildings on hills or escarpments with a slope, Hh/(2Lh), greater than 0.1 (see Figure 4.1.7.4.),
the topographic factor, Ct, shall be calculated as follows:
where
where
ΔSmax = applicable value from Table 4.1.7.4.,
x = horizontal distance from the peak of the hill or escarpment,
Lh = horizontal distance upwind from the peak to the point where the ground surface lies at half the
height of the hill or escarpment, or 2Hh (where Hh = height of hill or escarpment), whichever is greater,
z = height above ground, and
k and α = applicable constants from Table 4.1.7.4. based on shape of hill or escarpment.
527
Table 4.1.7.4.
Parameters for Maximum Speed-up Over Hills and Escarpments
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)
Shape of Hill or Escarpment
ΔSmax(1)
α
k
x < 0
x ≥ 0
2-dimensional hill
2.2Hh/Lh
3
1.5
1.5
2-dimensional escarpment
1.3Hh/Lh
2.5
1.5
4
3-dimensional axi-symmetrical hill
1.6Hh/Lh
4
1.5
1.5
Notes to Table 4.1.7.4.:
(1)
For Hh/Lh > 0.5, assume Hh/Lh = 0.5 and substitute 2Hh for Lh in the equation for ΔS.
Figure 4.1.7.4.
Speed-up of mean velocity on a hill or escarpment
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.4.(2)
Note to Figure 4.1.7.4.:
(1) V(z) = wind speed
4.1.7.5. External Pressure Coefficients
1) Applicable values of external pressure coefficients, Cp, are provided in
a) Sentences (2) to (9), and
b) Article 4.1.7.6. for certain shapes of low buildings.
528
2) For the design of the main structural system, the value of Cp shall be established as follows,
where H is the height of the building and D is the width of the building parallel to the wind direction:
a) on the windward face,
Cp = 0.6 for H/D < 0.25
= 0.27(H/D + 2) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
= 0.8 for H/D ≥ 1.0,
b) on the leeward face,
Cp = -0.3 for H/D < 0.25,
= -0.27(H/D + 0.88) for 0.25 ≤ H/D < 1.0, and
= -0.5 for H/D ≥ 1.0, and
c) on the walls parallel to the wind, Cp = -0.7.
(See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)
3) For the design of roofs, the value of Cp shall be established as follows, where x is the distance
from the upwind edge of the roof:
a) for H/D ≥ 1.0, Cp = -1.0, and
b) for H/D < 1.0,
Cp = -1.0 for x ≤ H, and
= -0.5 for x > H.
(See Note A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3).)
4) For the design of the cladding and of secondary structural elements supporting the cladding, the
value of Cp shall be established as follows, where W and D are the widths of the building:
a) on walls, Cp shall be taken as ±0.9, except that within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1D and
0.1W from a building corner, the negative value of Cp shall be taken as -1.2,
b) on walls where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are placed on the facade, Cp shall be taken as ±0.9,
except that, within a distance equal to the larger of 0.2D and 0.2W from a building corner, the negative
value of Cp shall be taken as -1.4, and
c) on roofs, Cp shall be taken as -1.0, except that
i) within a distance equal to the larger of 0.1D and 0.1W from a roof edge, Cp shall be taken as -1.5,
ii) in a zone that is within a distance equal to the larger of 0.2W and 0.2D from a roof corner, Cp
shall be taken as -2.3 but is permitted to be taken as -2.0 for roofs with perimeter parapets that are higher
than 1 m, and
iii) on lower levels of flat stepped roofs, positive pressure coefficients established for the walls of the
steps apply for a distance b (see Figure 4.1.7.6.-D for the definition of b).
(See Note A-4.1.7.5.(4).)
529
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), for the design of balcony guards, the internal pressure
coefficient, Cpi, shall be taken as zero and the value of Cp shall be taken as ±0.9, except that, within a
distance equal to the larger of 0.1W and 0.1D from a building corner, Cp shall be taken as ±1.2.
6) Where the top of the balcony guard is 2.0 m or less below the roof surface, the values of Cp shall
be taken as equal to those determined for parapets in Sentences (7) and (8).
7) To determine the contribution from parapets to the wind loads on the main structural system, the
values of Cp shall be taken as
a) on the outer faces, equal to those on the walls below,
b) on the inner face of the windward parapet, equal to that on the upwind edge of a roof surface at
the level of the top of the parapet, and
c) on the inner faces of the other parapets, zero.
8) For the structural design of parapets themselves, the values of Cp shall be taken as equal to those
specified in Sentence (7), except that the value of Cp on the inner face of the leeward parapet shall be
taken as equal to that on the outer face of the windward parapet.
9) For the design of cladding on parapets, the values of Cp shall be taken as
a) on the outer vertical surfaces, equal to those on the cladding on the walls below, and
b) on the inner and top surfaces, equal to those on the cladding of a roof surface at the level of the
top of the parapet.
4.1.7.6. External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings
1) For the design of buildings with a height, H, that is both less than or equal to 20 m and less than
the smaller plan dimension, the values of the product of the pressure coefficient and gust factor, CgCp,
provided in Sentences (2) to (9) are permitted to be used.
2) For the design of the main structural system of the building, which is affected by wind pressures
on more than one surface as shown in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A, the values of CgCp are provided in Table 4.1.7.6.
530
Figure 4.1.7.6.-A
Primary structural actions arising from wind load acting simultaneously on all surfaces of low
buildings (H ≤ 20 m)
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(2) and Table 4.1.7.6.
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-A:
(1) The building must be designed for all wind directions. Each corner must be considered in turn as the windward
corner shown in the sketches. For all roof slopes, Load Case A and Load Case B are required as two separate
loading conditions to generate the wind actions, including torsion, to be resisted by the structural system.
(2) For the design of foundations, exclusive of anchorages to the frame, only 70% of the effective load is to be
considered.
(3) The reference height, h, for pressures is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater. The eave height,
H, may be substituted for the mid-height of the roof if the roof slope is less than 7°.
(4) End-zone width y should be the greater of 6 m or 2z, where z is the width of the gable-wall end zone defined for
Load Case B below. Alternatively, for buildings with frames, the end-zone width y may be the distance between the
end and the first interior frame.
531
(5) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(6) For B/H > 5 in Load Case A, the negative coefficients listed for surfaces 2 and 2E in Table 4.1.7.6. should only be
applied on an area whose width is 2.5H measured from the windward eave. The pressures on the remainder of the
windward roof should be reduced to the pressures for the leeward roof.
Table 4.1.7.6.
External Peak Values of CgCp in Figure 4.1.7.6.-A
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(2)
Load
Case
Roof
Slope
External Peak Values of CgCp(1)(2)
Building Surfaces
1
1E
2
2E
3
3E
4
4E
5
5E
6
6E
A
0° to
5°
0.75
1.15
−1.3
−2.0
−0.7
−1.0
−0.55
−0.8
-
-
-
-
20°
1.0
1.5
−1.3
−2.0
−0.9
−1.3
−0.8
−1.2
-
-
-
-
30° to
45°
1.05
1.3
0.4
0.5
−0.8
−1.0
−0.7
−0.9
-
-
-
-
90°
1.05
1.3
1.05
1.3
−0.7
−0.9
−0.7
−0.9
-
-
-
-
B
0° to
90°
−0.85
−0.9
−1.3
−2.0
−0.7
−1.0
−0.85
−0.9
0.75
1.15
−0.55
−0.8
Notes to Table 4.1.7.6.:
(1) For values of roof slope not shown, the coefficient CgCp can be interpolated linearly.
(2) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the
surface.
3) For the design of individual walls and wall cladding, the values of CgCp are provided in
Figure 4.1.7.6.-B.
4) For the design of roofs with a slope less than or equal to 7°, the values of CgCp are provided in
Figure 4.1.7.6.-C.
5) For the design of flat roofs with steps in elevation, the values of CgCp are provided in
Figure 4.1.7.6.-D.
6) For the design of gabled or hipped, single-ridge roofs with a slope greater than 7°, the values of
CgCp are provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-E.
7) For the design of gabled, multi-ridge roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-F for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.
8) For monosloped roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 3°, and
b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-G for roofs with a slope greater than 3° and less than or equal to 30°.
9) For sawtooth roofs, the values of CgCp are provided in
a) Figure 4.1.7.6.-C for roofs with a slope less than or equal to 10°, and
b) Figure 4.1.7.6.-H for roofs with a slope greater than 10°.
532
10) The wind loads on balcony guards on low buildings shall be as specified in Sentences 4.1.7.5.(5)
and (6).
11) The wind loads on parapets on low buildings shall be as specified in Sentences 4.1.7.5.(7) to (9).
Figure 4.1.7.6.-B
External peak values of CgCp on individual walls for the design of cladding and secondary
structural members
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(3)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-B:
(1) These coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
(2) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(3) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
(4) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the
surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
(5) Pressure coefficients generally apply for facades with architectural features; however, where vertical ribs deeper
than 1 m are placed on a facade, a local CgCp of -2.8 applies to zone e.
533
Figure 4.1.7.6.-C
External peak values of CgCp on roofs with a slope of 7° or less for the design of structural
components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.7.6.(4), (7), (8) and (9)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-C:
(1) Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix "o" and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the
corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces. In the case of
overhangs, the walls are inboard of the roof outline.
(2) s and r apply to both roofs and upper surfaces of canopies.
(3) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(4) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
(5) Positive coefficients denote forces toward the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from the
surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
(6) For calculating the uplift forces on tributary areas larger than 100 m2 on unobstructed nearly-flat roofs with low
parapets, and where the centre of the tributary area is at least twice the height of the building from the nearest edge,
the value of CgCp may be reduced from -1.5 to -1.1 at x/H = 2 and further reduced linearly to -0.6 at x/H = 5, where
x is the distance to the nearest edge and H is the height of the building.
(7) For roofs having a perimeter parapet with a height of 1 m or greater, the corner coefficients CgCp for tributary
areas less than 1 m2 can be reduced from -5.4 to -4.4.
534
Figure 4.1.7.6.-D
External peak values of CgCp for the design of the structural components and cladding of
buildings with stepped roofs
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(5)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-D:
(1) The zone designations, pressure-gust coefficients and notes provided in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply on both the upper
and lower levels of flat stepped roofs, except that on the lower levels, positive pressure-gust coefficients equal to
those in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B for walls apply for a distance, b, where b is equal to 1.5h1 but not greater than 30 m. For all
walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-D, zone designations and pressure coefficients provided for walls in Figure 4.1.7.6.-B apply.
(2) Note (1) above applies only when the following conditions are met: h1 ≥ 0.3H, h1 ≥ 3 m, and W1, W2 or W3 is
greater than 0.25W but not greater than 0.75W.
535
Figure 4.1.7.6.-E
External peak values of CgCp on single-span gabled and hipped roofs with a slope greater than
7° for the design of structural components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(6)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-E:
(1) Coefficients for overhung roofs have the prefix "o" and refer to the same roof areas as referred to by the
corresponding symbol without a prefix. They include contributions from both upper and lower surfaces.
(2) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(3) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
(4) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from
the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
536
(5) For hipped roofs with 7° < α ≤ 27°, edge/ridge strips and pressure-gust coefficients for ridges of gabled roofs apply
along each hip.
Figure 4.1.7.6.-F
External peak values of CgCp on multi-span gabled (folded) roofs with a slope greater than 10°
for the design of structural components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(7)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-F:
(1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
537
(3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from
the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
(4) For α ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where α > than 7°, use α = 7°.
Figure 4.1.7.6.-G
External peak values of CgCp on monoslope roofs for the design of structural components and
cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(8)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-G:
(1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
(3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from
the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
538
(4) For α ≤ 3°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply.
Figure 4.1.7.6.-H
External peak values of CgCp on sawtooth roofs with a slope greater than 10° for the design of
structural components and cladding
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.6.(9)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.6.-H:
(1) End-zone width z is the lesser of 10% of the least horizontal dimension and 40% of height, H, but not less than
4% of the least horizontal dimension or 1 m.
(2) Combinations of external and internal pressures must be evaluated to obtain the most severe loading.
(3) Positive coefficients denote forces towards the surface, whereas negative coefficients denote forces away from
the surface. Each structural element must be designed to withstand forces of both signs.
(4) Negative coefficients on the corner zones of Span A differ from those on Spans B, C and D.
(5) For α ≤ 10°, the coefficients given in Figure 4.1.7.6.-C apply, but for cases where α > than 7°, use α = 7°.
4.1.7.7. Internal Pressure Coefficient
1) The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for buildings shall be as prescribed in Table 4.1.7.7.
Table 4.1.7.7.
Internal Pressure Coefficients
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.7.(1)
Building Openings
Values for Cpi
Uniformly distributed small openings amounting to less than 0.1%
of the total surface area of the building
-0.15 to 0.0
Non-uniformly distributed openings of which none is significant or
significant openings that are wind-resistant and closed during
storms
-0.45 to +0.30
539
Large openings likely to remain open during storms
-0.70 to +0.70
2) The internal pressure coefficient, Cpi, for cladding on parapets shall be -0.70 to +0.70. (See
Note A-4.1.7.7.(2).)
4.1.7.8. Dynamic Procedure
1) For the application of the Dynamic Procedure, the provisions of Article 4.1.7.3. shall be followed,
except that the exposure factor, Ce, shall be as prescribed in Sentences (2) and (3), and the gust effect
factor, Cg, shall be as prescribed in Sentence (4), when determining the wind loads on the main structural
system.
2) For buildings in open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a), the value of Ce for the design of
the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:
(See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
3) For buildings in rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b), the value of Ce for the design of
the main structural system shall be calculated as follows:
(See Note A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3).)
4) For the design of the main structural system, Cg shall be calculated as follows:
where
gp = peak factor calculated as
, and
σ/μ
where
ν = average fluctuation rate calculated as
,
T = 3 600 s,
K = 0.08 for open terrain and 0.10 for rough terrain,
CeH = exposure factor evaluated at reference height h = H,
B = background turbulence factor, a function of w/H determined from Figure 4.1.7.8.,
s = size reduction factor calculated as
,
540
F = gust energy ratio calculated as
, where x0 = (1 220fnD/VH), and
β = damping ratio, which shall be determined by a rational method, or may be taken to be 0.01 for
steel structures, 0.02 for concrete structures, and 0.015 for composite structures,
where
fnD = natural frequency of vibration of the building in the along-wind direction, in Hz,
H = height of the building,
w = effective width of windward face of the building calculated as
, where wi = width normal
to wind direction at height hi, and
VH = mean wind speed at the top of the structure, in m/s, calculated as
,
Where
= reference wind speed at a height of 10 m, in m/s, calculated as
,
where
IW = importance factor for wind load, as provided in Table 4.1.7.3.,
q = reference velocity pressure, in Pa, and
ρ = air density = 1.2929 kg/m3.
(See Note A-4.1.7.8.(4).)
541
Figure 4.1.7.8.
Background turbulence factor, B
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.8.(4)
4.1.7.9. Full and Partial Wind Loading
1) Except where the wind loads are derived from the combined CgCp values determined in
accordance with Article 4.1.7.6., buildings and structural members shall be capable of withstanding the
effects of the following loads:
a) the full wind loads acting along each of the 2 principal horizontal axes considered separately,
b) 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but offset from the central geometric axis of the
building by 15% of its width normal to the direction of the force to produce the worst load effect,
c) 75% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered simultaneously, and
d) 56% of the wind loads described in Clause (a) but with both axes considered simultaneously and
offset from the central geometric axis of the building by 15% of its width normal to the direction of the
force.
(See Note A-4.1.7.9.(1).)
4.1.7.10. Interior Walls and Partitions
1) In the design of interior walls and partitions, due consideration shall be given to differences in air
pressure on opposite sides of the wall or partition which may result from
542
a) pressure differences between the windward and leeward sides of a building,
b) stack effects due to a difference in air temperature between the exterior and interior of the
building, and
c) air pressurization by the mechanical services of the building.
4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages
(See Note A-4.1.7.11.)
1) The effects of wind loads on exterior ornamentations, equipment and appendages, including the
increase in exposed area as a result of ice buildup as prescribed in CAN/CSA-S37, "Antennas, towers,
and antenna-supporting structures," shall be considered in the structural design of the connections and
the building.
2) Where there are a number of similar components, the net increase in force is permitted to be
based on the total area for all similar components as opposed to the summation of forces of individual
elements.
4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height H ≤ 20 m
(See Note A-4.1.7.12.)
1) For the purposes of this Article, "attached canopy" shall mean a horizontal canopy with a
maximum slope of 2% that is attached to a building wall at any height, hc, above ground level.
2) The specified external wind pressure, p, and the specified net external wind pressure, pnet, for
attached canopies on exterior walls of low buildings with a height H ≤ 20 m shall be determined as
follows:
where
p = specified external wind pressure acting statically and in a direction normal to the upper or
lower surface of the canopy, considered positive when acting towards the surface and negative when
acting away from the surface,
pnet = specified net external wind pressure acting statically on the canopy, considered positive when
acting in a downward direction and negative when acting in an upward direction,
IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1),
CgCp = gust pressure coefficient on the upper or lower surface of the canopy, as given in
Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, and
(CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient on the canopy, considering simultaneous contributions from
the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy, as given in Figure 4.1.7.12.-B.
543
Figure 4.1.7.12.-A
Gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of attached canopies with no gap
between the canopy and the building
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-A:
(1) The coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
(2) The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
(3) Positive CgCp values denote forces acting towards the upper or lower surface of the canopy, whereas negative
CgCp values denote forces acting away from the surface. Each structural element must be designed to resist both the
positive and negative forces.
544
Figure 4.1.7.12.-B
Net gust pressure coefficients on attached canopies, considering simultaneous contributions
from the upper and lower surfaces of the canopy
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.12.(2)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.12.-B:
(1) The coefficients apply for any roof slope, α.
(2) The reference height, h, is the mid-height of the roof or 6 m, whichever is greater.
(3) Positive (CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in a downward direction on the canopy, whereas negative
(CgCp)net values denote net forces acting in an upward direction on the canopy. The canopy must be designed to
resist both the positive and negative net forces.
4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height
(See Note A-4.1.7.13.)
1) Where solar panels are installed on a roof, the roof wind loads shall account for the wind loads on
the solar panels, as determined in accordance with Sentences (2) to (7), or shall be determined in the same
way as for the roof without solar panels, whichever approach results in the most critical effect.
2) For an array of solar panels where the panels are installed close and parallel to the roof surface
with their upper surface not more than 250 mm above the roof surface and with gaps around the panels
of not less than 6 mm, the net positive or negative pressure difference between the upper and lower
surfaces of a panel or the array shall be calculated as follows:
where
IW, q, Ce, Ct, Cg, Cp = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner as for the
roof cladding,
545
E = edge factor, as provided in Sentence (4), and
γa = pressure equalization factor, as provided in Sentence (3).
3) The pressure equalization factor, γa, in Sentence (2) shall be
a) for a panel or an array where the panel chord length, Lp, is greater than 2 m or for a panel or an
array that is within a distance of 2h2 from the roof edge or ridge, where h2 is the height of the panel's
highest point above the roof surface, taken as 1.0, and
b) for other panels or arrays, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-A based on the area of the panel or
array over which the wind load is being calculated.
Figure 4.1.7.13.-A
Pressure equalization factor, γa, for solar panels or arrays mounted on roofs of buildings of any
height
Forming Part of Clause 4.1.7.13.(3)(b)
4) The edge factor, E, in Sentence (2) shall be taken as
a) 1.5 within a distance of 1.5Lp from an exposed edge of the array of solar panels, as defined in
Sentence (5), and
b) 1.0 elsewhere.
5) For the purposes of Clause (4)(a), an exposed edge of the array of solar panels shall be considered
to occur
a) where the distance to the next row of panels or the distance across a gap in the same row of
panels exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is greater, or
b) where the distance to the roof edge exceeds 4h2 or 1.2 m, whichever is greater, and exceeds 0.5h,
where h is the reference height of the roof.
6) For an array of solar panels mounted on a roof with a slope, α, less than or equal to 7°, where the
panels are tilted relative to the roof surface, have a chord length, Lp, not greater than 2 m, and are
installed such that the height of their lowest point above the roof surface, h1, is not greater than 0.6 m, the
height of their highest point above the roof surface, h2, is not greater than 1.2 m, and their tilt angle
relative to the roof surface, ω, is not greater than 35°, or where the panels are installed parallel to the roof
surface with their upper surface greater than 250 mm above the roof surface and with gaps not less than 6
546
mm between the panels, the net positive or negative pressure difference between the upper and the lower
surfaces of a panel or the array shall be calculated as follows:
where
IW, q, Ce, Ct = as defined in Sentence 4.1.7.3.(1), determined in the same manner as for the roof
cladding, and
(CgCp)net = net gust pressure coefficient, as provided in Sentence (7).
7) The net gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)net, in Sentence (6) shall be calculated as follows:
where
γp = parapet factor, determined as the lesser of 1.2 and (0.9 + hpt/h),
γc = chord factor, determined as the greater of (0.6 + 0.2Lp) and 0.8,
E = as defined in Sentence (2), and
(CgCp)n = normalized gust pressure coefficient, determined from Figure 4.1.7.13.-B based on ω and
AN,
where
hpt = height of the parapet above the roof surface, in m,
h = reference height of the roof, in m,
Lp = panel chord length, in m,
ω = panel tilt angle relative to the roof surface, and
AN = normalized panel or array area, calculated as
where
A = panel or array area over which the wind load is being calculated, in m2, and
Lb = normalized building length, in m, determined as the lesser of
, h and WS,
where
WL = longest horizontal dimension of the building, in m, and
WS = smallest horizontal dimension of the building, in m.
547
Figure 4.1.7.13.-B
Normalized gust pressure coefficient, (CgCp)n, for solar panels or arrays mounted on low-sloped
roofs of buildings of any height
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.7.13.(7)
Notes to Figure 4.1.7.13.-B:
(1) H = height of the building.
(2) h = reference height of the roof.
(3) (CgCp)n values are for both positive and negative values.
(4) For panels with 5° < ω <15°, linear interpolation is permitted.
4.1.7.14. Wind Tunnel Procedure
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), wind tunnel tests on scale models to determine wind
loads on buildings shall be conducted in accordance with ASCE/SEI 49, "Wind Tunnel Testing for
Buildings and Other Structures."
548
2) Where an adjacent building provides substantial sheltering effect, the wind loads for the main
structural system shall be no lower than 80% of the loads determined from tests referred to in
Sentence (1) with the effect of the sheltering building removed as applied to
a) the base shear force for buildings with a ratio of height to minimum effective width, as defined in
Sentence 4.1.7.2.(2), less than or equal to 1.0, or
b) the base moment for buildings with a ratio of height to minimum effective width greater than 1.0.
3) For the design of cladding and secondary structural members, the exterior wind loads
determined from the wind tunnel tests shall be no less onerous than those determined by analysis in
accordance with Article 4.1.7.3. using the following assumptions:
a) Cg = 2.5 and Cp = ±0.72, where the building's height is greater than 20 m or greater than its
minimum effective width, and
b) CgCp = 80% of the values for zones w and r provided in Article 4.1.7.6., where the building's
height is less than or equal to 20 m and no greater than its minimum effective width.
4.1.8. Earthquake Load and Effects
4.1.8.1. Analysis
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the deflections and specified loading due to earthquake
motions shall be determined according to the requirements of Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.23.
2) Where IEFsSa(0.2,X450) and IEFsSa(2.0,X450) are less than 0.16 and 0.03 respectively, the deflections
and specified loading due to earthquake motions are permitted to be determined in accordance with
Sentences (3) to (15), where
a) IE is the earthquake importance factor and has a value of 0.8, 1.0, 1.3 and 1.5 for buildings in the
Low, Normal, High and Post-disaster Importance Categories respectively,
b) Fs is the site coefficient based on the average
60 or , as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., for the top 30
m of soil below the footings, pile caps, or mat foundations and has a value of
i) 1.0 for rock sites or when
60 > 50 or > 100 kPa,
ii) 1.6 when 15 ≤
60 ≤ 50 or 50 kPa ≤ ≤ 100 kPa, and
iii) 2.8 for all other cases, and
c) Sa(T,X450) is the 5%-damped spectral acceleration value at period T for site designation X450, as
defined in Article 4.1.8.2., determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3. and corresponding to a 2%
probability of exceedance in 50 years.
3) The structure shall have a clearly defined
a) seismic force resisting system (SFRS) to resist the earthquake loads and their effects, and
b) load path (or paths) that will transfer the inertial forces generated in an earthquake to the
supporting ground.
4) An unreinforced masonry SFRS shall not be permitted where
a) IE is greater than 1.0, or
b) the height above grade is greater than or equal to 30 m.
549
5) The height above grade of an SFRS designed in accordance with CSA S136, "North American
Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using the Appendix B provisions
applicable to Canada)," shall be less than 15 m.
6) Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act horizontally and independently about any two
orthogonal axes.
7) The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, at the base of the structure in the direction under
consideration shall be calculated as follows:
where
Sa(Ts,X450) = value of Sa(Ts,X450) determined by linear interpolation between the values of Sa(0.2,X450
), Sa(0.5,X450) and Sa(1.0,X450),
= Sa(0.2,X450) for Ts ≤ 0.2 s, and
= Sa(1.0,X450) for Ts ≥ 1.0 s,
W = sum of Wi over the height of the building, where Wi is defined in Article 4.1.8.2., and
Rs = 1.5, except Rs = 1.0 for structures where the storey strength is less than that in the storey above
and for an unreinforced masonry SFRS,
where
Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.,
= 0.085(hn)¾ for steel moment frames,
= 0.075(hn)¾ for concrete moment frames,
= 0.1N for other moment frames,
= 0.025hn for braced frames, and
= 0.05(hn)¾ for shear walls and other structures,
where
hn = height, in m, above the base to level n, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2., and
N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.,
except that, in cases where Rs = 1.5, Vs need not be greater than FsSa(0.5,X450)IEW/Rs.
8) The specified lateral earthquake force, Vs, shall be distributed over the height of the building in
accordance with the following formula:
where
Fx = force applied through the centre of mass at level x,
Wx, Wi = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level x or i respectively, and
hx, hi = height, in m, above the base to level x or i respectively, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
550
9) Accidental torsional effects applied concurrently with Fx shall be considered by applying
torsional moments about the vertical axis at each level for each of the following cases considered
separately:
a) +0.1DnxFx, and
b) −0.1DnxFx.
10) Deflections obtained from a linear analysis shall include the effects of torsion and be multiplied
by Rs/IE to get realistic values of expected deflections.
11) The deflections referred to in Sentence (10) shall be used to calculate the largest interstorey
deflection, which shall not exceed
a) 0.01hs for post-disaster buildings,
b) 0.02hs for High Importance Category buildings, and
c) 0.025hs for all other buildings,
where hs is the interstorey height as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
12) When earthquake forces are calculated using Rs = 1.5, the following elements in the SFRS shall
have their design forces due to earthquake effects increased by 33%:
a) diaphragms and their chords, connections, struts and collectors,
b) tie downs in wood or drywall shear walls,
c) connections and anchor bolts in steel- and wood-braced frames,
d) connections in precast concrete, and
e) connections in steel moment frames.
13) Except as provided in Sentence (14), where cantilever parapet walls, other cantilever walls,
exterior ornamentation and appendages, towers, chimneys or penthouses are connected to or form part of
a building, they shall be designed, along with their connections, for a lateral force, Vsp, distributed
according to the distribution of mass of the element and acting in the lateral direction that results in the
most critical loading for design using the following equation:
where
Wp = weight of a portion of a structure as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
14) The value of Vsp shall be doubled for unreinforced masonry elements.
15) Structures designed in accordance with this Article need not comply with the seismic
requirements stated in the applicable design standard referenced in Section 4.3.
4.1.8.2. Notation
1) In this Subsection
Ar = element or component force amplification factor to account for type of attachment, as defined
in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
551
Ax = height factor at level x to account for variation of response of an element or component with
elevation within the building, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
Bx = ratio at level x used to determine torsional sensitivity, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
B = maximum value of Bx, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10),
Cp = seismic coefficient for an element or component, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
Dnx = plan dimension of the building at level x perpendicular to the direction of seismic loading
being considered,
ex = distance measured perpendicular to the direction of earthquake loading between centre of mass
and centre of rigidity at the level being considered (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
Fa = acceleration-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., as
defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
Fs = site coefficient as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(2) for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
Ft = portion of V to be concentrated at the top of the structure, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
Fv = velocity-based site coefficient for application in standards referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., as
defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(7),
Fx = lateral force applied to level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7),
hi, hn, hx = height, in m, above the base (i = 0) to level i, n, or x respectively, where the base of the
structure is the level at which horizontal earthquake motions are considered to be imparted to the
structure,
hs = interstorey height (hi − hi−1),
IE = earthquake importance factor of the structure, as described in Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1),
J = numerical reduction coefficient for base overturning moment, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
Jx = numerical reduction coefficient for overturning moment at level x, as defined in
Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8),
Level i = any level in the building, i = 1 for first level above the base,
Level n = level that is uppermost in the main portion of the structure,
Level x = level that is under design consideration,
Mv = factor to account for higher mode effects on base shear, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6),
Mx = overturning moment at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(8),
N = total number of storeys above exterior grade to level n,
= average standard penetration resistance, in blows per 0.3 m, in the top 30 m of soil, corrected
to a rod energy efficiency of 60% of the theoretical maximum,
PGA(X) = peak ground acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, for site
designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
552
PGV(X) = peak ground velocity, in m/s, for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
PI = plasticity index for soil,
Rd = ductility-related force modification factor reflecting the capability of a structure to dissipate
energy through reversed cyclic inelastic behaviour, as defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
Ro = overstrength-related force modification factor accounting for the dependable portion of reserve
strength in a structure designed according to these provisions, as defined in Article 4.1.8.9.,
Rp = element or component response modification factor, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
Rs = combined overstrength and ductility-related modification factor, as defined in
Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
Sa(T,X) = 5%-damped spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, at
period T for site designation X, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(1),
SC = Seismic Category assigned to a building based on its Importance Category and the design
spectral acceleration values at periods of 0.2 s and 1.0 s, as defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
Sp = horizontal force factor for part or portion of a building and its anchorage, as given in
Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1),
S(T) = design spectral acceleration, expressed as a ratio to gravitational acceleration, at period T, as
defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),
= average undrained shear strength, in kPa, in the top 30 m of soil,
T = period, in s,
Ta = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in the direction under
consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(3),
Ts = fundamental lateral period of vibration of the building or structure, in s, in the direction under
consideration, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7),
Tx = floor torque at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(11),
V = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11.,
Vd = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
Ve = lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as determined in Article 4.1.8.12.,
Ved = adjusted lateral earthquake elastic force at the base of the structure, as determined in
Article 4.1.8.12.,
Vp = specified lateral earthquake force on an element or component, as determined in
Article 4.1.8.18.,
Vs = specified lateral earthquake force at the base of the structure, as determined in
Sentence 4.1.8.1.(7), for application in Article 4.1.8.1.,
Vs30 = average shear wave velocity, in m/s, in the top 30 m of soil or rock,
W = specified dead load, as defined in Article 4.1.4.1., except that the minimum partition weight as
defined in Sentence 4.1.4.1.(3) need not exceed 0.5 kPa, plus 25% of the specified snow load as defined in
553
Subsection 4.1.6., plus 60% of the storage load for areas used for storage, except that storage garages need
not be considered storage areas, and the full contents of any tanks (see Note A-4.1.8.2.(1)),
Wi, Wx = portion of W that is located at or is assigned to level i or x respectively,
Wp = weight of a part or portion of a structure, e.g., cladding, partitions and appendages,
X = site designation, either XV or XS,
XS = site designation in terms of Site Class, where S is the Site Class determined in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3),
XV = site designation in terms of Vs30, where V is the Vs30 value calculated from in situ
measurements of shear wave velocity,
X450 = site designation XV with Vs30 = 450 m/s,
δave = average displacement of the structure at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), and
δmax = maximum displacement of the structure at level x, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10).
4.1.8.3. General Requirements
1) The building shall be designed to meet the requirements of this Subsection and of the design
standards referenced in Section 4.3.
2) Structures shall be designed with a clearly defined load path, or paths, that will transfer the
inertial forces generated in an earthquake to the supporting ground.
3) The structure shall have a clearly defined SFRS, as defined in Article 4.1.8.2.
4) The SFRS shall be designed to resist 100% of the earthquake loads and their effects. (See Note A-
4.1.8.3.(4).)
5) All structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS must be investigated and
shown to behave elastically or to have sufficient non-linear capacity to support their gravity loads while
undergoing earthquake-induced deformations calculated from the deflections determined in
Article 4.1.8.13.
6) Stiff elements that are not considered part of the SFRS, such as concrete, masonry, brick or precast
walls or panels, shall be
a) separated from all structural elements of the building such that no interaction takes place as the
building undergoes deflections due to earthquake effects as calculated in this Subsection, or
b) made part of the SFRS and satisfy the requirements of this Subsection.
(See Note A-4.1.8.3.(6).)
7) Stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS, other than those described
in Sentence (6), shall not be used to resist earthquake deflections but shall be accounted for
a) in calculating the period of the structure for determining forces if the added stiffness decreases
the fundamental lateral period by more than 15%,
b) in determining the irregularity of the structure, except the additional stiffness shall not be used to
make an irregular SFRS regular or to reduce the effects of torsion (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)), and
554
c) in designing the SFRS if inclusion of the elements not part of the SFRS in the analysis has an
adverse effect on the SFRS (see Note A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c)).
8) Structural modeling shall be representative of the magnitude and spatial distribution of the mass
of the building and of the stiffness of all elements of the SFRS, including stiff elements that are not
separated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6), and shall account for
a) the effect of cracked sections in reinforced concrete and reinforced masonry elements,
b) the effect of the finite size of members and joints,
c) sway effects arising from the interaction of gravity loads with the displaced configuration of the
structure, and
d) other effects that influence the lateral stiffness of the building.
(See Note A-4.1.8.3.(8).)
4.1.8.4. Site Properties
1) For site designation X, as determined in accordance with Sentence (2) or (3), the peak ground
acceleration, PGA(X), the peak ground velocity, PGV(X), and the 5%-damped spectral acceleration
values, Sa(T,X), at periods T of 0.2 s, 0.5 s, 1.0 s, 2.0 s, 5.0 s and 10.0 s shall
a) except as provided in Sentence (4), be determined in accordance with Subsection 1.1.3., and
b) except as provided in Article 4.1.8.23., correspond to a 2% probability of exceedance in 50 years.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the site designation referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
determined using the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated from in situ measurements of shear
wave velocity, as follows:
a) for the ground profiles described in Table 4.1.8.4.-A, the site designation shall be determined in
accordance with the Table, and
b) for all other ground profiles, the site designation shall be XV, where V is the value of Vs30.
(See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)
Table 4.1.8.4.-A
Exceptions for Site Designation Using Vs30 Calculated from In Situ Measurements
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(2)
Ground Profile Characteristics
Site
Designation
Average Shear Wave
Velocity in Top 30 m,
Vs30, Calculated from In
Situ Measurements, in
m/s
Additional Characteristics
Vs30 > 760
Ground profile contains more than 3 m of softer materials between rock and the underside
of footing or mat foundations
X760
Vs30 > 140
Ground profile contains more than 3 m of soil with all the following characteristics:
- plasticity index, PI > 20,
- moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
- undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa
XE
Vs30 > 140
Ground profile contains
XF
555
- liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented soil, or
other soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,
- more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
- more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI > 75), or
- more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay
Vs30 ≤ 140
n/a
XF
3) Where Vs30 calculated from in situ measurements is not available, the site designation referred to
in Sentence (1) shall be XS, where S is the Site Class determined using the energy-corrected average
standard penetration resistance,
60, or the average undrained shear strength, , in accordance with
Table 4.1.8.4.-B,
60 and being calculated based on rational analysis. (See Notes A-4.1.8.4.(3) and A-
4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).)
Table 4.1.8.4.-B
Site Classes, S, for Site Designation XS
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3)
Site Class, S
Ground Profile
Ground Profile Characteristics
Average Shear Wave
Velocity in Top 30 m,
Vs30, in m/s(1)
Average Standard
Penetration
Resistance in Top 30
m,
60, in Blows per
0.3 m
Average Undrained
Shear Strength in Top
30 m,
, in kPa
A
Hard rock(2)
Vs30 > 1 500
n/a
n/a
B
Rock(2)
760 < Vs30 ≤ 1 500
n/a
n/a
C
Very dense soil and soft
rock
360 < Vs30 ≤ 760
60 > 50
> 100
D
Stiff soil
180 < Vs30 ≤ 360
15 <
60 ≤ 50
50 <
≤ 100
E
Soft soil
140 < Vs30 ≤ 180
10 <
60 ≤ 15
40 <
≤ 50
Any ground profile other than Site Class F that contains more than 3 m of soil with
all the following characteristics:
- plasticity index, PI > 20,
- moisture content, w ≥ 40%, and
- undrained shear strength, su < 25 kPa
F
Other soils(3)
Vs30 ≤ 140
60 ≤ 10
≤ 40
Any ground profile that contains
- liquefiable soil, quick and highly sensitive clay, collapsible weakly cemented
soil, or other soil susceptible to failure or collapse under seismic loading,
- more than 3 m of peat and/or highly organic clay,
- more than 8 m of highly plastic soil (with PI > 75), or
- more than 30 m of soft to medium-stiff clay
Notes to Table 4.1.8.4.-B:
(1) See Note A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3).
(2) Site designations XA and XB, corresponding to Site Classes A and B, are not to be used in cases where the ground
profile contains more than 3 m of softer materials between rock and the underside of footing or mat foundations. The
appropriate site designation for such cases is X760.
(3) Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required.
556
4) Site-specific geotechnical evaluation is required to determine the values of PGA(XF), PGV(XF) and
Sa(T,XF) for site designation XF.
5) Where structures on liquefiable soils have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, of 0.5 s or less, the site
designation X and the corresponding values of Sa(T,X) and PGA(X) are permitted to be determined in
accordance with Sentence (1) by assuming that the soils are not liquefiable.
6) The design spectral acceleration, S(T), shall be determined in accordance with Table 4.1.8.4.-C,
using log-log or linear interpolation for intermediate values of T. (See Note A-4.1.8.4.(6).)
Table 4.1.8.4.-C
Design Spectral Acceleration
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6)
Period, T, in s
Design Spectral Acceleration, S(T)
≤ 0.2
Sa(0.2,X) or Sa(0.5,X), whichever is greater
0.5
Sa(0.5,X)
1.0
Sa(1.0,X)
2.0
Sa(2.0,X)
5.0
Sa(5.0,X)
10.0
Sa(10.0,X)
7) Where required for the application of a standard referenced in this Subsection, the acceleration-
based site coefficient, Fa, for site designation X shall be taken as S(0.2)/Sa(0.2,X450) and the velocity-based
site coefficient, Fv, for site designation X shall be taken as S(1.0)/Sa(1.0,X450).
4.1.8.5. Importance Factor and Seismic Category
1) The earthquake importance factor, IE, shall be determined according to Table 4.1.8.5.-A
Table 4.1.8.5.-A
Importance Factor for Earthquake Loads and Effects, IE
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(1)
Importance Category
Importance Factor, IE
ULS
SLS(1)
Low
0.8
(2)
Normal
1.0
High
1.3
Post-disaster
1.5
Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-A:
(1) See Article 4.1.8.13.
(2) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A.
2) Buildings shall be assigned a Seismic Category in accordance with Table 4.1.8.5.-B.
Table 4.1.8.5.-B
Seismic Categories for Buildings
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.5.(2)
Seismic Category(1)
IES(0.2)
IES(1.0)
SC1
IES(0.2) < 0.2
IES(1.0) < 0.1
557
SC2
0.2 ≤ IES(0.2) < 0.35
0.1 ≤ IES(1.0) < 0.2
SC3
0.35 ≤ IES(0.2) ≤ 0.75
0.2 ≤ IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3
SC4
IES(0.2) > 0.75
IES(1.0) > 0.3
Notes to Table 4.1.8.5.-B:
(1) The Seismic Category of a building shall be taken as the more severe of the categories determined on the basis of
IES(0.2) and IES(1.0), irrespective of the fundamental lateral period of the building, Ta.
4.1.8.6. Structural Configuration
1) Structures having any of the features listed in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be designated irregular.
2) Structures not classified as irregular according to Sentence (1) may be considered regular.
3) Except as required by Article 4.1.8.10., where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, structures
designated as irregular must satisfy the provisions referenced in Table 4.1.8.6.
Table 4.1.8.6.
Structural Irregularities(1)(2)
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.6.(1) and (3), Clause 4.1.8.7.(1)(c) and Article 4.1.8.10.
Type
Irregularity Type and Definition
Notes
1
Vertical Stiffness Irregularity
For concrete and masonry shear walls, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist
where the lateral stiffness of the SFRS in any storey is less than 70% of the stiffness in an
adjacent storey, or less than 80% of the average stiffness in the three storeys above or below.
For all other types of SFRS, vertical stiffness irregularity shall be considered to exist where the
interstorey deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, of any
storey is greater than 130% of that of an adjacent storey.
(3)(4)(5)
2
Weight (mass) Irregularity
Weight irregularity shall be considered to exist where the weight, Wi, of any storey is more than
150% of the weight of an adjacent storey. A roof that is lighter than the floor below need not be
considered.
(3)
3
Vertical Geometric Irregularity
Vertical geometric irregularity shall be considered to exist where the horizontal dimension of the
SFRS in any storey is more than 130% of that in an adjacent storey.
(3)(4)(6)
4
In-Plane Discontinuity in Vertical Lateral-Force-Resisting Element
Except for braced frames and moment-resisting frames, an in-plane discontinuity shall be
considered to exist where there is an offset of a lateral-force-resisting element of the SFRS or a
reduction in lateral stiffness of the resisting element in the storey below.
(3)(4)(6)
5
Out-of-Plane Offsets
Discontinuities in a lateral force path, such as out-of-plane offsets of the vertical elements of the
SFRS.
(3)(4)(6)
6
Discontinuity in Capacity - Weak Storey
A weak storey is one in which the storey shear strength is less than that in the storey above.
The storey shear strength is the total strength of all seismic-resisting elements of the SFRS
sharing the storey shear for the direction under consideration.
(3)(4)
7
Torsional Sensitivity (to be considered when diaphragms are not flexible)
Torsional sensitivity shall be considered to exist when the ratio B calculated according to
Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10) exceeds 1.7.
(3)(4)(7)
8
Non-orthogonal Systems
A non-orthogonal system irregularity shall be considered to exist when the SFRS is not oriented
along a set of orthogonal axes.
(3)(8)
9
Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand Irregularity
Gravity-induced lateral demand irregularity on the SFRS shall be considered to exist where the
(3)(4)(8)
558
ratio α calculated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.10.(7) exceeds 0.1 for an SFRS with self-
centering characteristics and 0.03 for other systems.
10
Sloped Column Irregularity
Sloped column irregularity shall be considered to exist where a vertical member that is inclined
more than 2° from the vertical supports a portion of the weight of the building in axial
compression.
(4)
Notes to Table 4.1.8.6.:
(1) One-storey penthouses with a weight of less than 10% of the level below need not be considered in the application
of this Table.
(2) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.6.
(3) See Article 4.1.8.7.
(4) See Article 4.1.8.10.
(5) Increased stiffness in storeys below grade need not be considered in the determination of vertical stiffness
irregularity.
(6) See Article 4.1.8.15.
(7) See Sentences 4.1.8.11.(10) and (11), and 4.1.8.12.(4).
(8) See Article 4.1.8.8.
4.1.8.7. Methods of Analysis
1) Analysis for earthquake actions shall be carried out in accordance with the Dynamic Analysis
Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.7.(1)), except that the Equivalent Static Force
Procedure described in Article 4.1.8.11. may be used for structures that meet any of the following criteria:
a) where the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,
b) regular structures that are less than 60 m in height and have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, less
than 2 s in each of two orthogonal directions as defined in Article 4.1.8.8., or
c) structures with a structural irregularity of Type 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 or 8 as defined in Table 4.1.8.6. that are
less than 20 m in height and have a fundamental lateral period, Ta, less than 0.5 s in each of two
orthogonal directions as defined in Article 4.1.8.8.
4.1.8.8. Direction of Loading
1) Earthquake forces shall be assumed to act in any horizontal direction, except that the following
shall be considered to provide adequate design force levels in the structure:
a) where components of the SFRS are oriented along a set of orthogonal axes, independent analyses
about each of the principal axes of the structure shall be performed,
b) where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal axes and the Seismic
Category is SC1 or SC2, independent analyses about any two orthogonal axes is permitted, or
c) where the components of the SFRS are not oriented along a set of orthogonal axes and the Seismic
Category is SC3 or SC4, analysis of the structure independently in any two orthogonal directions for
100% of the specified earthquake loads applied in one direction plus 30% of the specified earthquake
loads in the perpendicular direction, with the combination requiring the greater element strength being
used in the design.
4.1.8.9. SFRS Force Modification Factors and General Restrictions
1) Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.20. and 4.1.8.22., the values of Rd and Ro and the
corresponding system restrictions shall conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and the requirements of this Subsection.
2) When a particular value of Rd is required by this Article, the corresponding Ro shall be used.
3) For combinations of different types of SFRS acting in the same direction in the same storey, RdRo
shall be taken as the lowest value of RdRo corresponding to these systems.
559
4) For vertical variations of RdRo, excluding rooftop structures not exceeding two storeys in height
whose weight is less than the greater of 10% of W and 30% of Wi of the level below, the value of RdRo
used in the design of any storey shall be less than or equal to the lowest value of RdRo used in the given
direction for the storeys above, and the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.15.(6) must be satisfied. (See
Note A-4.1.8.9.(4).)
5) If it can be demonstrated through testing, research and analysis that the seismic performance of a
structural system is at least equivalent to one of the types of SFRS defined in Table 4.1.8.9., then such a
structural system will qualify for values of Rd and Ro corresponding to the equivalent type in that Table.
(See Note A-4.1.8.9.(5).)
560
Table 4.1.8.9.
SFRS Ductility-Related Force Modification Factors, Rd, Overstrength-Related Force Modification
Factors, Ro, and General Restrictions(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.9.(1) and (5), 4.1.8.10.(5) and (6), 4.1.8.11.(12), 4.1.8.15.(9)
and 4.1.8.20.(8)
Type of SFRS
Rd
Ro
Restrictions(2)
Seismic Category
SC1
SC2
SC3
SC4
Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S16(3)(4)
Ductile moment-resisting frames
5.0
1.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames
3.5
1.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
Limited ductility moment-resisting frames
2.0
1.3
NL
NL
60
30
Moderately ductile truss moment-resisting frames
3.5
1.6
NL
NL
50
30
Moderately ductile concentrically braced frames
Tension-compression braces
3.0
1.3
NL
NL
40
40
Tension only braces
3.0
1.3
NL
NL
20
20
Limited ductility concentrically braced frames
Tension-compression braces
2.0
1.3
NL
NL
60
60
Tension only braces
2.0
1.3
NL
NL
40
40
Ductile buckling-restrained braced frames
4.0
1.2
NL
NL
40
40
Ductile eccentrically braced frames
4.0
1.5
NL
NL
NL
NL
Ductile plate walls
5.0
1.6
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile plate walls
3.5
1.3
NL
NL
40
40
Limited ductility plate walls
2.0
1.3
NL
NL
60
60
Conventional construction of moment-resisting
frames, braced frames or plate walls
Assembly occupancies
1.5
1.3
NL
NL
15
15
Other occupancies
1.5
1.3
NL
NL
60
40
Other steel SFRSs not defined above
1.0
1.0
15
15
NP
NP
Concrete Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA A23.3
Ductile moment-resisting frames
4.0
1.7
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile moment-resisting frames
2.5
1.4
NL
NL
60
40
Ductile coupled walls
4.0
1.7
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile coupled walls
2.5
1.4
NL
NL
NL
60
Ductile partially coupled walls
3.5
1.7
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile partially coupled walls
2.0
1.4
NL
NL
NL
60
Ductile shear walls
3.5
1.6
NL
NL
NL
NL
Moderately ductile shear walls
2.0
1.4
NL
NL
NL
60
Conventional construction
561
Moment-resisting frames
1.5
1.3
NL
NL
20
10(5)(6)
Shear walls
1.5
1.3
NL
NL
40
30
Two-way slabs without beams
1.3
1.3
20
15
NP
NP
Tilt-up construction
Moderately ductile walls and frames
2.0
1.3
30
25
25
25
Limited ductility walls and frames
1.5
1.3
30
25
20
20(7)
Conventional walls and frames
1.3
1.3
25
20
NP
NP
Other concrete SFRSs not listed above
1.0
1.0
15
15
NP
NP
Timber Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA O86
Shear walls
Nailed shear walls: wood-based panel
3.0
1.7
NL
NL
30
20
Shear walls: wood-based and gypsum panels in
combination
2.0
1.7
NL
NL
20
20
Moderately ductile cross-laminated timber shear
walls: platform-type construction
2.0
1.5
30
30
30
20
Limited ductility cross-laminated timber shear walls:
platform-type construction
1.0
1.3
30
30
30
20
Braced or moment-resisting frames with ductile
connections
Moderately ductile
2.0
1.5
NL
NL
20
20
Limited ductility
1.5
1.5
NL
NL
15
15
Other wood- or gypsum-based SFRSs not listed
above
1.0
1.0
15
15
NP
NP
Masonry Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S304
Ductile shear walls
3.0
1.5
NL
NL
60
40
Moderately ductile shear walls
2.0
1.5
NL
NL
60
40
Conventional construction
Shear walls
1.5
1.5
NL
60
30
15
Moment-resisting frames
1.5
1.5
NL
30
NP
NP
Unreinforced masonry
1.0
1.0
30
15
NP
NP
Other masonry SFRSs not listed above
1.0
1.0
15
NP
NP
NP
Cold-Formed Steel Structures Designed and Detailed According to CSA S136
Shear walls
Screw-connected shear walls - wood-based panels
2.5
1.7
20
20
20
20
Screw-connected shear walls - wood-based and
gypsum panels in combination
1.5
1.7
20
20
20
20
Diagonal strap concentrically braced walls
Limited ductility
1.9
1.3
20
20
20
20
Conventional construction
1.2
1.3
15
15
NP
NP
562
Other cold-formed SFRSs not defined above
1.0
1.0
15
15
NP
NP
Notes to Table 4.1.8.9.:
(1) See Article 4.1.8.10.
(2) NP = system is not permitted.
NL = system is permitted and not limited in height as an SFRS.
Numbers in this Table are maximum height limits above grade, in m.
Height may be limited in other Parts of the Code.
The most stringent requirement governs.
(3) Higher design force levels are prescribed in CSA S16 for some heights of buildings.
(4) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.9.
(5) Frames are limited to a maximum of 2 storeys.
(6) The maximum height limit is permitted to be increased to 15 m where IES(1.0) ≤ 0.3.
(7) Frames are limited to a maximum of 3 storeys.
4.1.8.10. Additional System Restrictions
1) Except as required by Clause (2)(b), structures with a Type 6 irregularity, Discontinuity in
Capacity - Weak Storey, as described in Table 4.1.8.6., are not permitted unless the Seismic Category is
SC1 and the forces used for design of the SFRS are multiplied by RdRo.
2) Post-disaster buildings shall
a) not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6., where the Seismic
Category is SC3 or SC4,
b) not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
c) have an SFRS with an Rd of 2.0 or greater,
d) where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no storey with a lateral
stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
e) where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for which the interstorey
deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the
storey above it.
3) High Importance Category buildings shall
a) not have Type 1, 3, 4, 5, 7, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6., where the Seismic
Category is SC4,
b) not have a Type 6 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6.,
c) have an SFRS with an Rd of at least
i) 2.0 where the Seismic Category is SC4, and
ii) 1.5 otherwise,
d) where they are constructed with concrete or masonry shear walls, have no storey with a lateral
stiffness that is less than that of the storey above it, and
e) where they are constructed with other types of SFRS, have no storey for which the interstorey
deflection under lateral earthquake forces divided by the interstorey height, hs, is greater than that of the
storey above it.
4) Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is greater than or equal to 1.0 s and IES(1.0) is greater
than 0.25, shear walls that are other than wood-based and form part of the SFRS shall be continuous from
their top to the foundation and shall not have Type 4 or 5 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6.
563
5) For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more than 4 storeys of
continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or of
braced or moment-resisting frames as defined in Table 4.1.8.9. within the continuous wood construction
shall not have Type 4 or 5 irregularities as described in Table 4.1.8.6. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
6) For buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 that are constructed with more than 4 storeys of
continuous wood construction, timber SFRSs consisting of moderately ductile or limited ductility cross-
laminated timber shear walls, platform-type construction, as defined in Table 4.1.8.9. within the
continuous wood construction shall not have Type 4, 5, 6, 8, 9 or 10 irregularities as described in
Table 4.1.8.6. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
7) The ratio α for a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. shall be determined
independently for each orthogonal direction using the following equation:
where
QG = gravity-induced lateral demand on the SFRS at the critical level of the yielding system, and
Qy = the resistance of the yielding mechanism required to resist the earthquake loads, which need
not be taken as less than Ro multiplied by the specified lateral earthquake force as determined in
Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12., as appropriate.
(See Note A-4.1.8.10.(7).)
8) For buildings with a Type 9 irregularity as described in Table 4.1.8.6. and where IES(0.2) is equal to
or greater than 0.5, deflections determined in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. shall be multiplied by 1.2.
9) For buildings where the value of α, as determined in accordance with Sentence (7), exceeds twice
the appropriate limit specified in Table 4.1.8.6. for a Type 9 irregularity and where IES(0.2) is equal to or
greater than 0.5, a Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be carried out in accordance with
Article 4.1.8.12. and the following criteria:
a) the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of the building mass,
b) the analysis shall account for the effects of the vertical response of building components that
undergo a vertical displacement when displaced laterally,
c) the analysis shall use vertical ground motion time histories that are compatible with horizontal
ground motion time histories scaled to the target response spectrum and that are applied concurrently
with the horizontal ground motion time histories,
d) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building as determined from the analysis
shall not be greater than 60% of the appropriate limit stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3), and
e) the results of an analysis using the ground motion time histories in Clause (c) multiplied by 1.5
shall satisfy the non-linear acceptance criteria.
(See Note A-4.1.8.10.(9).)
10) The design of buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 with a Type 10 irregularity as described
in Table 4.1.8.6. shall satisfy the following requirements:
a) the structure shall be designed to resist the additional earthquake forces due to the vertical
accelerations of the mass supported by inclined vertical members (see Note A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a)), and
564
b) the effects of the horizontal and vertical movements of inclined vertical members, while
undergoing earthquake-induced deformations, on the floor systems they support shall be considered in
the design of the building and accounted for in the application of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(5).
4.1.8.11. Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures Satisfying the Conditions
of Article 4.1.8.7.
1) The static loading due to earthquake motion shall be determined according to the procedures
given in this Article.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (12), the specified lateral earthquake force, V, shall be calculated
using the following formula:
except
a) for walls, coupled walls and wall-frame systems, V shall not be less than
b) for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other systems, V shall not be less than
c) for buildings located on a site designated as other than XF and having an SFRS with an Rd equal to
or greater than 1.5, V need not be greater than the larger of
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in the direction under
consideration in Sentence (2), shall be determined as:
a) for moment-resisting frames that resist 100% of the lateral earthquake forces and where the frame
is not enclosed by or adjoined by more rigid elements that would tend to prevent the frame from
resisting lateral forces:
i) 0.085(hn)3/4 for steel moment frames,
ii) 0.075(hn)3/4 for concrete moment frames, or
iii) 0.1N for other moment frames,
b) 0.025hn for braced frames,
c) 0.05(hn)3/4 for shear wall and other structures, or
d) other established methods of mechanics using a structural model that complies with the
requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that
i) for moment-resisting frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater than 1.5 times that determined in
Clause (a),
ii) for braced frames, Ta shall not be taken as greater than 2.0 times that determined in Clause (b),
iii) for shear wall structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater than 2.0 times that determined in
Clause (c),
565
iv) for other structures, Ta shall not be taken as greater than that determined in Clause (c), and
v) for the purpose of calculating the deflections, the period without the upper limit specified in
Subclauses (d)(i) to (d)(iv) may be used, except that, for walls, coupled walls and wall-frame systems, Ta
shall not exceed 4.0 s, and for moment-resisting frames, braced frames, and other systems, Ta shall not
exceed 2.0 s.
(See Note A-4.1.8.11.(3).)
4) For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms, the fundamental lateral
period, Ta, in the direction under consideration is permitted to be taken as
a) 0.05(hn)3/4 + 0.004L for shear walls,
b) 0.035hn + 0.004L for steel moment frames and steel braced frames, or
c) the value obtained from methods of mechanics using a structural model that complies with the
requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8), except that Ta shall not be greater than 1.5 times the value
determined in Clause (a) or (b), as applicable,
where L is the shortest length of the diaphragm, in m, between adjacent vertical elements of the SFRS
in the direction perpendicular to the direction under consideration.
5) The weight, W, of the building shall be calculated using the following formula:
6) The higher mode factor, Mv, and its associated base overturning moment reduction factor, J, shall
conform to Table 4.1.8.11.
7) The specified lateral earthquake force, V, shall be distributed such that
a) a portion, Ft, is concentrated at the top of the building, where Ft is equal to 0.07TaV but need not
exceed 0.25V and may be considered as zero where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, does not exceed
0.7 s, and
b) the remainder, V − Ft, is distributed along the height of the building, including the top level, in
accordance with the following formula:
Table 4.1.8.11.
Higher Mode Factor, Mv, and Base Overturning Moment Reduction Factor, J(1)(2)(3)(4)
Forming Part of Sentence 4.1.8.11.(6)
S(0.2)/S(5.0)
Mv for Ta ≤
0.5
Mv for Ta =
1.0
Mv for Ta =
2.0
Mv for Ta ≥
5.0
J for Ta ≤
0.5
J for Ta =
1.0
J for Ta =
2.0
J for Ta ≥ 5.0
Moment-Resisting Frames
5
1
1
1
(5)
1
1
0.95
(5)
20
1
1
1
(5)
1
0.97
0.88
(5)
40
1
1
1
(5)
1
0.90
0.79
(5)
566
70
1
1
1
(5)
0.98
0.88
0.70
(5)
Coupled Walls(6)
5
1
1
1
1(7)
1
1
0.95
0.80(8)
20
1
1
1
1.09(7)
1
0.97
0.88
0.66(8)
40
1
1
1
1.33(7)
1
0.90
0.79
0.52(8)
70
1
1
1
1.90(7)
0.98
0.88
0.70
0.40(8)
Braced Frames
5
1
1
1
(5)
1
0.98
0.93
(5)
20
1
1
1
(5)
1
0.91
0.80
(5)
40
1
1
1
(5)
0.91
0.82
0.72
(5)
70
1
1
1.19
(5)
0.91
0.77
0.61
(5)
Walls, Wall-Frame Systems
5
1
1
1
1.30(7)
1
1
0.85
0.59(8)
20
1
1
1.18
2.50(7)
1
0.80
0.60
0.35(8)
40
1
1.25
1.85
4.10(7)
0.80
0.59
0.42
0.23(8)
70
1
1.25
2.30
6.40(7)
0.80
0.56
0.30
0.18(8)
Other Systems
5
1
1
1
(5)
1
1
0.85
(5)
20
1
1
1.18
(5)
1
0.80
0.60
(5)
40
1
1.25
1.85
(5)
0.80
0.59
0.44
(5)
70
1
1.37
2.30
(5)
0.80
0.56
0.30
(5)
Notes to Table 4.1.8.11.:
(1) For intermediate values of the spectral ratio S(0.2)/S(5.0), Mv and J shall be obtained by linear interpolation. For
spectral ratios less than 5, Mv and J shall be obtained by linear interpolation with their values at a spectral ratio of 0
taken as equal to 1. For spectral ratios greater than 70, Mv and J shall be taken as equal to their values at a spectral
ratio of 70.
(2) For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, in cases where S(Ta) is obtained by log-log
interpolation, Mv shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1).
In cases where S(Ta) is obtained by linear interpolation, the product S(Ta)Mv shall be obtained by linear interpolation
using the values of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1).
(3) For intermediate values of the fundamental lateral period, Ta, J shall be obtained by linear interpolation using the
values of J obtained in accordance with Note (1).
(4) For a combination of different SFRSs not given in Table 4.1.8.11. that are in the same direction under consideration,
use the highest Mv factor of all the SFRSs and the corresponding value of J.
(5) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta , greater than 2.0 s, use the 2.0 s values obtained in accordance with Note (1).
See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(b).
(6) A "coupled" wall is a wall system with coupling beams, where at least 66% of the base overturning moment resisted
by the wall system is carried by the axial tension and compression forces resulting from shear in the coupling beams.
(7) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of S(Ta)Mv obtained by interpolation
between 2.0 s and 5.0 s using the value of Mv obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).
(8) For fundamental lateral periods, Ta, greater than 4.0 s, use the 4.0 s values of J obtained by interpolation between
2.0 s and 5.0 s using the value of J obtained in accordance with Note (1). See Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(a).
8) The structure shall be designed to resist overturning effects caused by the earthquake forces
determined in Sentence (7) and the overturning moment at level x, Mx, shall be determined using the
following equation:
567
where
Jx = 1.0 for hx ≥ 0.6hn, and
Jx = J + (1 − J)(hx/0.6hn) for hx < 0.6hn,
where
J = base overturning moment reduction factor conforming to Table 4.1.8.11.
9) Torsional effects that are concurrent with the effects of the forces determined in Sentence (7) and
are caused by the simultaneous actions of the following torsional moments shall be considered in the
design of the structure according to Sentence (11):
a) torsional moments introduced by eccentricity between the centres of mass and resistance and
their dynamic amplification, and
b) torsional moments due to accidental eccentricities.
10) Torsional sensitivity shall be determined by calculating the ratio Bx for each level x according to
the following equation for each orthogonal direction determined independently:
where
B = maximum of all values of Bx in both orthogonal directions, except that the Bx for one-storey
penthouses with a weight less than 10% of the level below need not be considered,
δmax = maximum storey displacement at the extreme points of the structure at level x in the direction
of the earthquake induced by the forces determined in Sentence (7) acting at distances ±0.10Dnx from the
centres of mass at each floor, and
δave = average of the displacements at the extreme points of the structure at level x produced by the
forces determined in Sentence (7).
11) Torsional effects shall be accounted for as follows:
a) for a building with B ≤ 1.7 or in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, by applying torsional moments
about a vertical axis at each level throughout the building, derived for each of the following load cases
considered separately:
i) Tx = Fx(ex + 0.10Dnx), and
ii) Tx = Fx(ex − 0.10Dnx)
where Fx is determined in accordance with Sentence (7) and where each element of the building is
designed for the most severe effect of the above load cases, or
b) for a building with B > 1.7 in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4, by a Dynamic Analysis Procedure as
specified in Article 4.1.8.12.
12) Where the fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with Clause (3)(d) and
the building is constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction and has a timber
SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or of braced or moment-resisting frames as
defined in Table 4.1.8.9., the specified lateral earthquake force, V, as determined in Sentence (2) shall be
568
multiplied by 1.2 but need not exceed the value determined by using Clause (2)(c). (See Note A-
4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
4.1.8.12. Dynamic Analysis Procedure
1) Except as provided in Articles 4.1.8.19. and 4.1.8.21., the Dynamic Analysis Procedure shall be in
accordance with one of the following methods:
a) Linear Dynamic Analysis by either the Modal Response Spectrum Method or the Numerical
Integration Linear Time History Method using a structural model that complies with the requirements of
Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) (see Note A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a)), or
b) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis, in which case a special study shall be performed (see Note A-
4.1.8.12.(1)(b)).
2) The spectral acceleration values used in the Modal Response Spectrum Method shall be the
design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6).
3) The ground motion time histories used in the Numerical Integration Linear Time History Method
shall be compatible with a response spectrum constructed from the design spectral acceleration values,
S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6). (See Note A-4.1.8.12.(3).)
4) The effects of accidental torsional moments acting concurrently with the lateral earthquake forces
that cause them shall be accounted for by the following methods:
a) the static effects of torsional moments due to (±0.10Dnx)Fx at each level x, where Fx is either
determined from the elastic dynamic analysis or determined from Sentence 4.1.8.11.(7) multiplied by
RdRo/IE, shall be combined with the effects determined by dynamic analysis (see Note A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a)),
or
b) if B, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), is less than 1.7, it is permitted to use a three-dimensional
dynamic analysis with the centres of mass shifted by a distance of −0.05Dnx and +0.05Dnx.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the adjusted elastic base shear, Ved, shall be equal to the elastic
base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis.
6) For buildings located on a site designated as other than XF that have an SFRS with Rd equal to or
greater than 1.5, the elastic base shear, Ve, obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis may be multiplied
by the larger of the following factors to obtain Ved:
7) Ved shall be multiplied by the earthquake importance factor, IE, as determined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
and shall be divided by RdRo, as determined in Article 4.1.8.9., to obtain the specified lateral earthquake
force, Vd.
8) Except as required by Sentence (9) or (12), if Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), is less than 80% of
V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11., Vd shall be taken as 0.8V.
9) For irregular structures requiring dynamic analysis in accordance with Article 4.1.8.7., Vd shall be
taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and 100% of V, as determined in Article 4.1.8.11.
10) Except as required by Sentence (11), the values of elastic storey shears, storey forces, member
forces, and deflections obtained from the Linear Dynamic Analysis, including the effect of accidental
torsion determined in Sentence (4), shall be multiplied by Vd/Ve to determine their design values.
569
11) For the purpose of calculating deflections, it is permitted to use a value of V based on the value
of Ta determined in Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d) to obtain Vd in Sentences (8) and (9).
12) For buildings constructed with more than 4 storeys of continuous wood construction, having a
timber SFRS consisting of shear walls with wood-based panels or braced or moment-resisting frames as
defined in Table 4.1.8.9., and whose fundamental lateral period, Ta, is determined in accordance with
Clause 4.1.8.11.(3)(d), Vd shall be taken as the larger of Vd, as determined in Sentence (7), and 100% of V,
as determined in Article 4.1.8.11. (See Note A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6).)
4.1.8.13. Deflections and Drift Limits
1) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), lateral deflections of a structure shall be calculated in
accordance with the loads and requirements defined in this Subsection.
2) Lateral deflections obtained from a linear elastic analysis using the methods given in
Articles 4.1.8.11. and 4.1.8.12. and incorporating the effects of torsion, including accidental torsional
moments, shall be multiplied by RdRo/IE and increased as required in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(8) and
4.1.8.16.(1) to give realistic values of anticipated deflections.
3) Based on the lateral deflections calculated in Sentences (2), (5) and (6), the largest interstorey
deflection at any level shall be limited to 0.01hs for post-disaster buildings, 0.02hs for High Importance
Category buildings, and 0.025hs for all other buildings.
4) The deflections calculated in Sentence (2) shall be used to account for sway effects as required by
Sentence 4.1.3.2.(12). (See Note A-4.1.8.13.(4).)
5) The lateral deflections of a seismically isolated structure shall be calculated in accordance with
Article 4.1.8.20.
6) The lateral deflections of a structure with supplemental energy dissipation shall be calculated in
accordance with Article 4.1.8.22.
4.1.8.14. Structural Separation
1) Adjacent structures shall be
a) separated by a distance equal to at least the square root of the sum of the squares of their
individual deflections calculated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2), or
b) connected to each other.
2) The method of connection required in Sentence (1) shall take into account the mass, stiffness,
strength, ductility and anticipated motion of the connected buildings and the character of the connection.
3) Rigidly connected buildings shall be assumed to have the lowest RdRo value of the buildings
connected.
4) Buildings with non-rigid or energy-dissipating connections require special studies.
4.1.8.15. Design Provisions
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), diaphragms, collectors, chords, struts and
connections shall be designed so as not to yield, and the design shall account for the shape of the
diaphragm, including openings, and for the forces generated in the diaphragm due to the following
cases, whichever one governs:
a) forces determined in Article 4.1.8.11. or 4.1.8.12. applied to the diaphragm are increased to reflect
the lateral load capacity of the SFRS, plus forces in the diaphragm due to the transfer of forces between
570
elements of the SFRS associated with the lateral load capacity of such elements and accounting for
discontinuities and changes in stiffness in these elements, or
b) a minimum force corresponding to the specified lateral earthquake force, V, divided by N for the
diaphragm at level x.
(See Note A-4.1.8.15.(1).)
2) Steel deck roof diaphragms in buildings of less than 4 storeys or wood diaphragms that are
designed and detailed according to the applicable referenced design standards to exhibit ductile
behaviour shall meet the requirements of Sentence (1), except that they may yield and the forces shall be
a) for wood diaphragms acting in combination with vertical wood shear walls, equal to the specified
lateral earthquake force, V,
b) for wood diaphragms acting in combination with other SFRSs, not less than the force
corresponding to RdRo = 2.0, and
c) for steel deck roof diaphragms, not less than the force corresponding to RdRo = 2.0.
3) Where diaphragms are designed in accordance with Sentence (2), the struts shall be designed in
accordance with Clause (1)(a), and the collectors, chords and connections between the diaphragms and
the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be designed for forces corresponding to the capacity of the
diaphragms in accordance with the applicable CSA standards. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(3).)
4) For single-storey buildings with steel deck or wood roof diaphragms designed with a value of Rd
greater than 1.5 and where the calculated maximum relative deflection, ΔD, of the diaphragm under
lateral loads exceeds 50% of the average storey drift, ΔB, of the adjoining vertical elements of the SFRS,
dynamic magnification of the inelastic response due to the in-plane diaphragm deformations shall be
accounted for in the design as follows:
a) the vertical elements of the SFRS shall be designed and detailed to any one of the following:
i) to accommodate the anticipated magnified lateral deformations taken as RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD,
ii) to resist the forces magnified by Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB), or
iii) by a special study, and
b) the roof diaphragm and chords shall be designed for in-plane shears and moments determined
while taking into consideration the inelastic higher mode response of the structure.
(See Note A-4.1.8.15.(4).)
5) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the elements supporting any discontinuous wall,
column or braced frame shall be designed for the lateral load capacity of the components of the SFRS they
support. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(5).)
6) Where structures have vertical variations of RdRo satisfying Sentence 4.1.8.9.(4), the elements of
the SFRS below the level where the change in RdRo occurs shall be designed for the forces associated with
the lateral load capacity of the SFRS above that level. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(6).)
7) Where earthquake effects can produce forces in a column or wall due to lateral loading along
both orthogonal axes, account shall be taken of the effects of potential concurrent yielding of other
elements framing into the column or wall from all directions at the level under consideration and as
appropriate at other levels. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(7).)
571
8) The design forces associated with the lateral capacity of the SFRS need not exceed the forces
determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) with RdRo taken as 1.0, unless otherwise provided by
the applicable referenced design standards for elements, in which case the design forces associated with
the lateral capacity of the SFRS need not exceed the forces determined in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) with RdRo taken as less than or equal to 1.3. (See Note A-4.1.8.15.(8).)
9) Foundations need not be designed to resist the lateral load overturning capacity of the SFRS,
provided the design and the Rd and Ro for the type of SFRS used conform to Table 4.1.8.9. and that the
foundation is designed in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.16.(4).
10) Foundation displacements and rotations shall be considered as required by Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1).
4.1.8.16. Foundation Provisions
1) The increased displacements of the structure resulting from foundation movement shall be shown
to be within acceptable limits for both the SFRS and the structural framing elements not considered to be
part of the SFRS. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), foundations shall be designed to have factored shear
and overturning resistances greater than the lateral load capacity of the SFRS. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(2).)
3) The shear and overturning resistances of the foundation determined using a bearing stress equal to
1.5 times the factored bearing strength of the soil or rock and all other resistances equal to 1.3 times the
factored resistances need not exceed the forces determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using RdRo = 1.0, except
that the factor of 1.3 shall not apply to the portion of the resistance to uplift or overturning resulting from
gravity loads.
4) A foundation is permitted to have a factored overturning resistance less than the lateral load
overturning capacity of the supported SFRS, provided the following requirements are met:
a) neither the foundation nor the supported SFRS are constrained against rotation, and
b) the design overturning moment of the foundation is
i) not less than 75% of the overturning capacity of the supported SFRS, and
ii) not less than that determined in Sentence 4.1.8.7.(1) using RdRo = 2.0.
(See Note A-4.1.8.16.(4).)
5) The design of foundations shall be such that they are capable of transferring earthquake loads and
effects between the building and the ground without exceeding the capacities of the soil and rock.
6) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
a) piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons shall be interconnected by continuous ties in not less
than two directions (see Note A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a)),
b) piles, drilled piers, and caissons shall be embedded a minimum of 100 mm into the pile cap or
structure, and
c) piles, drilled piers, and caissons, other than wood piles, shall be connected to the pile cap or
structure for a minimum tension force equal to 0.15 times the factored compression load on the pile.
7) Where the Seismic Category is SC3 or SC4, basement walls shall be designed to resist earthquake
lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(7).)
8) Where the Seismic Category is SC4, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
572
a) piles, drilled piers, or caissons shall be designed and detailed to accommodate cyclic inelastic
behaviour when the design moment in the element due to earthquake effects is greater than 75% of its
moment capacity (see Note A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a)), and
b) spread footings founded on soil designated as XV, where Vs30 is less than or equal to 180 m/s, XE
or XF shall be interconnected by continuous ties in not less than two directions.
9) Each segment of a tie between elements that is required by Clause (6)(a) or (8)(b) shall be
designed to carry by tension or compression a horizontal force at least equal to the greatest factored pile
cap or column vertical load in the elements it connects, multiplied by a factor of 0.1IES(0.2), unless it can
be demonstrated that equivalent restraints can be provided by other means. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(9).)
10) The potential for liquefaction of the soil and its consequences, such as significant ground
displacement and loss of soil strength and stiffness, shall be evaluated based on the ground motion
parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by Article 4.1.8.4., and shall be taken into account
in the design of the structure and its foundations. (See Note A-4.1.8.16.(10).)
4.1.8.17. Site Stability
1) The potential for slope instability and its consequences, such as slope displacement, shall be
evaluated based on site-specific material properties and ground motion parameters referenced in
Subsection 1.1.3., as modified by Article 4.1.8.4., and shall be taken into account in the design of the
structure and its foundations. (See Note A-4.1.8.17.(1).)
4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment
(See Note A-4.1.8.18.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (7) and (16), elements and components of buildings described
in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall be designed to accommodate the building
deflections calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. and the element or component deflections
calculated in accordance with Sentence (9), and shall be designed for a specified lateral earthquake force,
Vp, distributed according to the distribution of mass:
where
S(0.2) = design spectral acceleration value at a period of 0.2 s, as defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6),
IE = earthquake importance factor for the building, as defined in Article 4.1.8.5.,
Sp = CpArAx/Rp (the maximum value of Sp shall be taken as 4.0 and the minimum value of Sp shall
be taken as 0.7), where
Cp = element or component factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,
Ar = element or component force amplification factor from Table 4.1.8.18.,
Ax = height factor (1 + 2hx/hn),
Rp = element or component response modification factor from Table 4.1.8.18., and
Wp = weight of the component or element.
Table 4.1.8.18.
Elements of Structures and Non-structural Components and Equipment(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 4.1.8.18.(1) to (3), (6), (7) and (16), and Clauses 4.1.8.23.(2)(c)
and (3)(c)
573
Category
Part or Portion of Building
Cp
Ar
Rp
Architectural and Structural Components
1
All exterior and interior walls, and cladding panels, except those in Category 2 or 3
1.00
1.00
2.50
2
Cantilever parapet and other cantilever walls, including cantilever cladding panels, except
retaining walls
1.00
2.50
2.50
3
Exterior and interior ornamentations and appendages
1.00
2.50
2.50
4
Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms(2)
-
-
-
5
Towers, chimneys, smokestacks and penthouses when connected to or forming part of a
building
1.00
2.50
2.50
6
Horizontally cantilevered floors, balconies, beams, etc.
1.00
1.00
2.50
7
Suspended ceilings, light fixtures and other attachments to ceilings with independent vertical
support
1.00
1.00
2.50
8
Masonry veneer connections
1.00
1.00
1.50
9
Access floors
1.00
1.00
2.50
10
Masonry or concrete fences more than 1.8 m tall
1.00
1.00
2.50
Mechanical and Electrical Components
11
Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents)
that are rigid and rigidly connected
1.00
1.00
1.25
that are flexible or flexibly connected
1.00
2.50
2.50
12
Machinery, fixtures, equipment and tanks (including contents) containing toxic or explosive
materials, materials having a flash point below 38°C or firefighting fluids
that are rigid and rigidly connected
1.50
1.00
1.25
that are flexible or flexibly connected
1.50
2.50
2.50
13
Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a
building
0.70
1.00
2.50
14
Flat bottom tanks (including contents) attached directly to a floor at or below grade within a
building containing toxic or explosive materials, materials having a flash point below 38°C or
firefighting fluids
1.00
1.00
2.50
15
Pipes, ducts (including contents)
1.00
1.00
3.00
16
Pipes, ducts (including contents) containing toxic or explosive materials
1.50
1.00
3.00
17
Electrical cable trays, bus ducts, conduits
1.00
2.50
5.00
Other System Components
18
Rigid components with ductile material and connections
1.00
1.00
2.50
19
Rigid components with non-ductile material or connections
1.00
1.00
1.00
20
Flexible components with ductile material and connections
1.00
2.50
2.50
21
Flexible components with non-ductile material or connections
1.00
2.50
1.00
22
Elevators and escalators(3)
machinery and equipment
as per Category 11
elevator rails
1.00
1.00
2.50
23
Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks(4)
1.00
2.50
2.50
574
24
Floor-mounted steel pallet storage racks on which are stored toxic or explosive materials or
materials having a flash point below 38°C(4)
1.50
2.50
2.50
Notes to Table 4.1.8.18.:
(1) See Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.
(2) See Sentence (8).
(3) See also the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
(4) See Sentence (13) and Note A-Table 4.1.8.18.
2) For buildings in Seismic Category SC1 or SC2, other than post-disaster buildings, seismically
isolated buildings, and buildings with supplemental energy dissipation systems, the requirements of
Sentence (1) need not apply to Categories 6 through 22 of Table 4.1.8.18.
3) For the purpose of applying Sentence (1) for Categories 11 and 12 of Table 4.1.8.18., elements or
components shall be assumed to be flexible or flexibly connected unless it can be shown that the
fundamental period of the element or component and its connection is less than or equal to 0.06 s, in
which case the element or component is classified as being rigid and rigidly connected.
4) The weight of access floors shall include the dead load of the access floor and the weight of
permanent equipment, which shall not be taken as less than 25% of the floor live load.
5) When the mass of a tank plus its contents or the mass of a flexible or flexibly connected piece of
machinery, fixture or equipment is greater than 10% of the mass of the supporting floor, the lateral forces
shall be determined by rational analysis.
6) Forces shall be applied in the horizontal direction that results in the most critical loading for
design, except for Category 6 of Table 4.1.8.18., where the forces shall be applied up and down vertically.
7) Connections to the structure of elements and components listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be
designed to support the component or element for gravity loads, shall conform to the requirements of
Sentence (1), and shall also satisfy these additional requirements:
a) except as provided in Sentence (17), friction due to gravity loads shall not be considered to
provide resistance to earthquake forces,
b) Rp for non-ductile connections, such as adhesives or power-actuated fasteners, shall be taken as
1.0,
c) Rp for shallow post-installed mechanical, post-installed adhesive, and cast-in-place anchors in
concrete shall be 1.5, where shallow anchors are those with a ratio of embedment length to diameter of
less than 8,
d) post-installed mechanical, drop-in and adhesive anchors in concrete shall be pre-qualified for
seismic applications by cyclic load testing in accordance with
i) CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete structures," and
ii) ACI 355.2, "Qualification of Post-Installed Mechanical Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.2-19) and
Commentary," or ACI 355.4, "Qualification of Post-Installed Adhesive Anchors in Concrete (ACI 355.4-
19) and Commentary," as applicable,
e) post-installed mechanical and adhesive anchors in masonry and post-installed mechanical
anchors in structural steel shall be pre-qualified for seismic applications by cyclic tension load testing (see
Note A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e)),
f) power-actuated fasteners shall not be used for cyclic tension loads,
575
g) connections for non-structural elements or components of Category 1, 2 or 3 of Table 4.1.8.18.
attached to the side of a building and above the first level above grade shall satisfy the following
requirements:
i) for connections where the body of the connection is ductile, the body shall be designed for values
of Cp, Ar and Rp given in Table 4.1.8.18., and all of the other parts of the connection, such as anchors,
welds, bolts and inserts, shall be capable of developing 2.0 times the nominal yield resistance of the body
of the connection, and
ii) connections where the body of the connection is not ductile shall be designed for values of Cp =
2.0, Rp = 1.0 and Ar given in Table 4.1.8.18., and
h) a ductile connection is one where the body of the connection is capable of dissipating energy
through cyclic inelastic behaviour.
8) Floors and roofs acting as diaphragms shall satisfy the requirements for diaphragms stated in
Article 4.1.8.15.
9) Lateral deflections of elements or components shall be based on the loads defined in Sentence (1)
and lateral deflections obtained from an elastic analysis shall be multiplied by Rp/IE to give realistic
values of the anticipated deflections.
10) The elements or components shall be designed so as not to transfer to the structure any forces
unaccounted for in the design, and rigid elements such as walls or panels shall satisfy the requirements of
Sentence 4.1.8.3.(6).
11) Seismic restraint for suspended equipment, pipes, ducts, electrical cable trays, etc. shall be
designed to meet the force and displacement requirements of this Article and be constructed in a manner
that will not subject hanger rods to bending.
12) Isolated suspended equipment and components, such as pendent lights, may be designed as a
pendulum system provided that adequate chains or cables capable of supporting 2.0 times the weight of
the suspended component are provided and the deflection requirements of Sentence (10) are satisfied.
13) Free-standing steel pallet storage racks are permitted to be designed according to CSA A344.2,
"Standard for the design and construction of steel storage racks," and to resist earthquake effects using
rational analysis, provided the design achieves the minimum performance level required by
Subsection 4.1.8. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1).)
14) Except as provided in Sentence (15), the relative displacement of glass in glazing systems,
Dfallout, shall be equal to the greater of
a) Dfallout ≥ 1.25IEDp, where
Dfallout = relative displacement at which glass fallout occurs, and
Dp = relative earthquake displacement that the component must be designed to accommodate,
calculated in accordance with Article 4.1.8.13. and applied over the height of the glass component, or
b) 13 mm.
(See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)
15) Glass need not comply with Sentence (14), provided at least one of the following conditions is
met:
576
a) the Seismic Category is SC1 or SC2,
b) the glass has sufficient clearance from its frame such that Dclear ≥ 1.25Dp calculated as follows:
where
Dclear = relative horizontal displacement measured over the height of the glass panel, which causes
initial glass-to-frame contact,
C1 = average of the clearances on both sides between the vertical glass edges and the frame,
hp = height of the rectangular glass panel,
C2 = averages of the top and bottom clearances between the horizontal glass edges and the frame,
and
bp = width of the rectangular glass panel,
c) the glass is fully tempered, monolithic, installed in a non-post-disaster building, and no part of the
glass is located more than 3 m above a walking surface, or
d) the glass is annealed or heat-strengthened laminated glass in a single thickness with an interlayer
no less than 0.76 mm and captured mechanically in a wall system glazing pocket with the perimeter
secured to the frame by a wet, glazed, gunable, curing, elastomeric sealant perimeter bead of 13 mm
minimum glass contact width.
(See Note A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15).)
16) For structures with supplemental energy dissipation, elements and components of buildings
described in Table 4.1.8.18. and their connections to the structure shall be designed for a specified lateral
earthquake force, Vp, determined at each floor level as follows:
where
Ssed = peak spectral acceleration, Sa(T,X), in the period range of T = 0 s to T = 0.5 s determined from
the mean 5%-damped floor spectral acceleration values by averaging the individual 5%-damped floor
response spectra at the centroid of the floor area at that floor level determined using Non-linear Dynamic
Analysis, and
IE, Cp, Ar, Rp, Wp = as defined in Sentence (1).
(See Note A-4.1.8.18.(16).)
17) For a ballasted array of interconnected solar panels mounted on a roof, where IES(0.2) is less
than or equal to 1.0, friction due to gravity loads is permitted to be considered to provide resistance to
seismic forces, provided
a) the roof is not normally occupied,
b) the roof is surrounded by a parapet extending from the roof surface to not less than the greater of
i) 150 mm above the centre of mass of the array, and
ii) 400 mm above the roof surface,
577
c) the height of the centre of mass of the array above the roof surface is less than the lesser of
i) 900 mm, and
ii) one half of the smallest plan dimension of the supporting base of the array,
d) the roof slope at the location of the array is less than or equal to 3°,
e) the factored friction resistance calculated using the kinetic friction coefficient determined in
accordance with Sentence (18) and a resistance factor of 0.7 is greater than or equal to the specified lateral
earthquake force, Vp, on the array determined in accordance with Sentence (1) using values of Ar = 1.0, Ax
= 3.0, Cp = 1.0, and Rp = 1.25,
f) the minimum clearance between the array and other arrays or fixed objects is the greater of
i) 225 mm, and
ii) 1 500(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm, and
g) the minimum clearance between the array and the roof parapet is the greater of
i) 450 mm, and
ii) 3 000(IES(0.2) − 0.4)2, in mm.
18) For the purpose of Clause (17)(e), the kinetic friction coefficient shall be determined in
accordance with ASTM G115, "Standard Guide for Measuring and Reporting Friction Coefficients,"
through experimental testing that
a) is carried out by an accredited laboratory on a full-scale array or a prototype of the array,
b) models the interface between the supporting base of the array and the roof surface, and
c) accounts for the adverse effects of anticipated climatic conditions on the friction resistance.
(See Note A-4.1.8.18.(18).)
4.1.8.19. Seismic Isolation
1) For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.20., the following terms shall have the meanings
stated herein:
a) "seismic isolation" is an alternative seismic design concept that consists of installing an isolation
system with low horizontal stiffness, thereby substantially increasing the fundamental period of the
structure;
b) "isolation system" is a collection of structural elements at the level of the isolation interface that
includes all individual isolator units, all structural elements that transfer force between elements of the
isolation system, all connections to other structural elements, and may also include a wind-restraint
system, energy-dissipation devices, and a displacement restraint system;
c) "seismically isolated structure" includes the upper portion of the structure above the isolation
system, the isolation system, and the portion of the structure below the isolation system;
d) "isolator unit" is a structural element of the isolation system that permits large lateral
deformations under lateral earthquake forces and is characterized by vertical-load-carrying capability
combined with increased horizontal flexibility and high vertical stiffness, energy dissipation (hysteretic
578
or viscous), self-centering capability, and lateral restraint (sufficient elastic stiffness) under non-seismic
service lateral loads;
e) "isolation interface" is the boundary between the isolated upper portion of the structure above
the isolation system and the lower portion of the structure below the isolation system; and
f) "wind-restraint system" is the collection of structural elements of the isolation system that
provides restraint of the seismically isolated structure for wind loads and is permitted to be either an
integral part of the isolator units or a separate device.
2) Every seismically isolated structure and every portion thereof shall be analyzed and designed in
accordance with
a) this Article and Article 4.1.8.20.,
b) other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
c) appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice.
(See Note A-4.1.8.19.(2))
3) For the analysis and modeling of the seismically isolated structure, the following criteria shall
apply:
a) a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be performed in
accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a)),
b) unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous damping--excluding the
hysteretic damping provided by the isolation system or supplemental energy dissipation devices--used
in the analysis shall not be taken as more than 2.5% of the critical damping at the significant modes of
vibration,
c) all individual isolator units shall be modeled with sufficient detail to account for their non-linear
force-deformation characteristics, including effects of the relevant loads, and with consideration of
variations in material properties over the design life of the structure, and
d) except for elements of the isolation system, other components of the seismically isolated structure
shall be modeled using elastic material properties in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).
4) The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (3) shall be
a) appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
b) compatible with
i) a response spectrum derived from the design spectral acceleration values, S(T), defined in
Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6) for site designations XV, where Vs30 is greater than 360 m/s, XA, XB and XC, and
ii) a 5%-damped response spectrum based on a site-specific evaluation for site designations XV,
where Vs30 is less than or equal to 360 m/s, XD, XE and XF, and
c) amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1 to 1.5T1, where T1 is
the period of the isolated structure determined using the post-yield stiffness of the isolation system in the
horizontal direction under consideration, or the period specified in Sentence 4.1.8.20.(1) if the post-yield
stiffness of the isolation system is not well defined.
(See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)
579
580
4.1.8.20. Seismic Isolation Design Provisions
1) The period of the isolated structure, determined using the post-yield stiffness of the isolation
system in the horizontal direction under consideration, shall be greater than three times the period of the
structure above the isolation interface calculated as a fixed base.
2) The isolation system shall be configured to produce a restoring force such that the lateral force at
the TDD at the centre of mass of the isolated structure above the isolation interface is at least 0.025Wb
greater than the lateral force at 50% of the TDD at the same location, in each horizontal direction, where
Wb is the portion of W above the isolation interface.
3) The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections used in the design of all
structural framing elements and components of the isolation system shall be obtained from analysis
conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.19.(3) using one of the following values, whichever produces the most
critical effect:
a) mean plus IE times the standard deviation of results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses, or
b) √IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.
4) The force-deformation and damping characteristics of the isolation system used in the analysis
and design of seismically isolated structures shall be validated by testing at least two full-size specimens
of each predominant type and size of isolator unit of the isolation system, which shall include
a) the individual isolator units,
b) separate supplemental damping devices, if used, and
c) separate sacrificial wind-restraint systems, if used.
5) The force-deformation characteristics and damping value of a representative sample of the
isolator units installed in the building shall be validated by tests prior to their installation.
6) A diaphragm or horizontal structural elements shall provide continuity immediately above the
isolation interface to transmit forces due to non-uniform ground motions from one part of the structure to
another.
7) All structural framing elements shall be designed for the forces described in Sentence (3) with
RdRo = 1.0, except
a) for structures with IE < 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd
≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced design standards, and
b) for structures with IE = 1.5, all SFRSs shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd
≥ 2.0 and the applicable referenced design standards.
8) The height restrictions noted in Table 4.1.8.9. need not apply to seismically isolated structures.
9) All isolator units shall be
a) designed for the forces described in Sentence (3), and
b) able to accommodate the TDD determined at the specific location of each isolator unit.
10) The isolation system, including a separate wind-restraint system if used, shall limit lateral
displacement due to wind loads across the isolation interface to a value equal to that required for the
least storey height in accordance with Sentence 4.1.3.5.(3).
581
4.1.8.21. Supplemental Energy Dissipation
1) For the purposes of this Article and Article 4.1.8.22., the following terms shall have the meanings
stated herein:
a) "supplemental energy dissipation device" is a dedicated structural element of the supplemental
energy dissipation system that dissipates energy due to relative motion of each of its ends or by
alternative means, and includes all pins, bolts, gusset plates, brace extensions and other components
required to connect it to the other elements of the structure; a device may be classified as either
displacement-dependent or velocity-dependent, or a combination thereof, and may be configured to act
in either a linear or non-linear manner; and
b) "supplemental energy dissipation system" is a collection of energy dissipation devices installed
in a structure that supplement the energy dissipation of the SFRS.
2) Every structure with a supplemental energy dissipation system and every portion thereof shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with
a) this Article and Article 4.1.8.22.,
b) other applicable requirements of this Subsection, and
c) appropriate engineering principles and current engineering practice.
(See Note A-4.1.8.21.(2).)
3) Where supplemental energy dissipation devices are used across the isolation interface of a
seismically isolated structure, displacements, velocities, and accelerations shall be determined in
accordance with Article 4.1.8.20.
4) For the analysis and modeling of structures with supplemental energy dissipation devices, the
following criteria shall apply:
a) a three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis of the structure shall be performed in
accordance with Article 4.1.8.12. (see Note A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a)),
b) for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, the non-linear hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS shall be explicitly--
with sufficient detail--accounted for in the modeling and analysis of the structure,
c) unless verified from rational analysis, the inherent equivalent viscous damping--excluding the
damping provided by the supplemental energy dissipation devices--used in the analysis shall not be
taken as more than 2.5% of the critical damping at the significant modes of vibration,
d) all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be modeled with sufficient detail to account for
their non-linear force deformation characteristics, including effects of the relevant loads, and with
consideration of variations in their properties over the design life of the structure, and
e) except for the SFRS and elements of the supplemental energy dissipation system, other
components of the structure shall be modeled using elastic material properties in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8).
5) The ground motion time histories used in Sentence (4) shall be
a) appropriately selected and scaled following good engineering practice,
b) compatible with a 5%-damped response spectrum derived from the design spectral acceleration
values, S(T), defined in Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6), and
582
c) amplitude-scaled in an appropriate manner over the period range of 0.2T1 to 1.5T1, where T1 is
the fundamental lateral period of the structure with the supplemental energy dissipation system.
(See Note A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5).)
4.1.8.22. Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design Considerations
1) The values of storey shears, storey forces, member forces, and deflections for the design of all
structural framing elements and all supplemental energy dissipation devices shall be obtained from
analysis conforming to Sentence 4.1.8.21.(4) using one of the following values, whichever produces the
most critical effect:
a) mean plus IE times the standard deviation of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses, or
b) √IE times the mean of the results of all Non-linear Dynamic Analyses.
2) The largest interstorey deflection at any level of the structure as determined in accordance with
Sentence (1) shall conform to the limits stated in Sentence 4.1.8.13.(3).
3) The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics of the supplemental energy dissipation
devices used in the analysis and design of structures with supplemental energy dissipation systems shall
be validated by testing at least two full-size specimens of each type of supplementary energy dissipation
device.
4) The force-deformation and force-velocity characteristics and damping values of a representative
sample of the supplemental energy dissipation devices installed in the building shall be validated by tests
prior to their installation.
5) All components of a supplemental energy dissipation device, except that portion of the device
that dissipates energy, shall be designed to remain elastic.
6) All structural framing elements shall be designed
a) for an SFRS with Rd = 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with RdRo = 1.0, except that
the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for Rd ≥ 1.5 and the applicable referenced
design standards, or
b) for an SFRS with Rd > 1.0, using the forces referred to in Sentence (1) with RdRo = 1.0, except that
the SFRS shall be detailed in accordance with the requirements for the selected Rd and the applicable
referenced design standards.
7) Supplemental energy dissipation devices and other components of the supplemental energy
dissipation system shall be designed in accordance with Sentence (1) with consideration of the following:
a) low-cycle, large-displacement degradation due to earthquake loads,
b) high-cycle, small-displacement degradation due to wind, thermal, or other cyclic loads,
c) forces or displacements due to gravity loads,
d) adhesion of device parts due to corrosion or abrasion, biodegradation, moisture, or chemical
exposure,
e) exposure to environmental conditions, including, but not limited to, temperature, humidity,
moisture, radiation (e.g., ultraviolet light), and reactive or corrosive substances (e.g., salt water),
f) devices subject to failure due to low-cycle fatigue must resist wind forces without slip, movement,
or inelastic cycling,
583
g) the range of thermal conditions, device wear, manufacturing tolerances, and other effects that
cause device properties to vary during the design life of the device, and
h) connection points of devices must provide sufficient articulation to accommodate simultaneous
longitudinal, lateral, and vertical displacements of the supplemental energy dissipation system.
8) Means of access for inspection and removal for replacement of all supplemental energy
dissipation devices shall be provided.
4.1.8.23. Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster Buildings, High
Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of Normal Importance Category
Buildings
1) Buildings designed in accordance with Articles 4.1.8.19. to 4.1.8.22. need not comply with this
Article.
2) The design of post-disaster buildings in Seismic Category SC2, SC3 or SC4 shall be verified using
5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 5% probability of exceedance in 50 years and shall
satisfy the following requirements:
a) the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, V,
determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
b) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall not exceed 0.005hs, and
c) the connections of elements and components of the building described in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp >
1.5 shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in
accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1) using Rp = 1.5.
3) The design of High Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC3 or SC4 shall be
verified using 5%-damped spectral acceleration values based on a 10% probability of exceedance in 50
years and shall satisfy the following requirements:
a) the building shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, V,
determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.3,
b) the largest interstorey deflection at any level of the building, as determined in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.13.(2) using IE = 1.0 and RdRo = 1.0, shall not exceed 0.005hs, and
c) the connections of elements and components of the building described in Table 4.1.8.18. with Rp >
1.3 shall be shown to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, Vp, determined in
accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.18.(1) using Rp = 1.3.
4) For Normal Importance Category buildings in Seismic Category SC4 with a height above grade of
more than 30 m, the structural framing elements not considered to be part of the SFRS shall be designed
to behave elastically for a specified lateral earthquake force, V, determined in accordance with
Sentence 4.1.8.11.(2) using spectral acceleration values based on a 10% probability of exceedance in 50
years and RdRo = 1.3.
5) For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), torsional moments due to accidental
eccentricities need not be considered if B, as determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.11.(10), does
not exceed 1.7.
584
6) For the purposes of applying Sentences (2) to (4), elements of the SFRS and structural framing
elements not considered to be part of the SFRS, when included in the analysis, shall be modeled in
accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.3.(8) using elastic properties.
7) All other requirements of Articles 4.1.8.2. to 4.1.8.18. shall be satisfied in meeting the additional
requirements of this Article.
Section 4.2. Foundations
4.2.1. General
4.2.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to excavations and foundation systems for buildings.
4.2.2. Subsurface Investigations, Drawings and Reviews
4.2.2.1. Subsurface Investigation
1) A subsurface investigation, including groundwater conditions, shall be carried out by or under
the direction of a professional engineer having knowledge and experience in planning and executing
such investigations to a degree appropriate for the building and its use, the ground and the surrounding
site conditions. (See Note A-4.2.2.1.(1).)
4.2.2.2. Drawings
1) Drawings associated with foundations and excavations shall conform to the appropriate
requirements of Section 2.2. of Division C. (See Article 2.2.4.6. of Division C.)
4.2.2.3. Field Review
1) A field review shall be carried out by the designer or by another suitably qualified person to
ascertain that the subsurface conditions are consistent with the design and that construction is carried out
in accordance with the design and good engineering practice. (See Note A-4.2.2.3.(1).)
2) The review required by Sentence (1) shall be carried out
a) on a continuous basis
i) during the construction of all deep foundation units with all pertinent information recorded for
each foundation unit,
ii) during the installation and removal of retaining structures and related backfilling operations, and
iii) during the placement of engineered fills that are to be used to support the foundation units, and
b) as required, unless otherwise directed by the Chief Building Official,
i) in the construction of all shallow foundation units, and
ii) in excavating, dewatering and other related works.
4.2.2.4. Altered Subsurface Condition
1) If, during construction, the soil, rock or groundwater is found not to be of the type or in the
condition used in design and as indicated on the drawings, the design shall be reassessed by the
designer.
2) If, during construction, climatic or any other conditions change the properties of the soil, rock or
groundwater, the design shall be reassessed by the designer.
4.2.3. Materials Used in Foundations
585
4.2.3.1. Wood
1) Wood used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the appropriate
requirements of Subsection 4.3.1.
4.2.3.2. Preservation Treatment of Wood
1) Wood exposed to soil, rock or air above the lowest anticipated groundwater table shall be treated
with preservative in conformance with CAN/CSA-O80 Series, "Wood preservation," and the
requirements of the appropriate standard as follows:
a) CAN/CSA-O80.1, "Specification of treated wood,"
b) CAN/CSA-O80.2, "Processing and treatment," or
c) CAN/CSA-O80.3, "Preservative formulations."
2) Wood treated as required in Sentence (1) shall be cared for as provided in Clause 4 of CAN/CSA-
O80.0, "General requirements for wood preservation."
4.2.3.3. Plain and Reinforced Masonry
1) Plain or reinforced masonry used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with
the requirements of Subsection 4.3.2.
4.2.3.4. Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
1) Where plain or reinforced masonry in foundations or in structures supporting soil or rock may be
subject to conditions conducive to deterioration, protection shall be provided to prevent such
deterioration.
4.2.3.5. Concrete
1) Plain, reinforced or pre-stressed concrete used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall
conform with the requirements of Subsection 4.3.3.
4.2.3.6. Protection Against Chemical Attack
1) Where concrete in foundations may be subject to chemical attack, it shall be treated in conformance
with the requirements in CSA A23.1, "Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction."
4.2.3.7. Steel
1) Steel used in foundations or in support of soil or rock shall conform with the appropriate
requirements of Subsection 4.3.3. or 4.3.4., unless otherwise specified in this Section.
4.2.3.8. Steel Piles
1) Where steel piles are used in deep foundations and act as permanent load-carrying members, the
steel shall conform with one of the following standards:
a) ASTM A252, "Standard Specification for Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles,"
b) ASTM A283/A283M, "Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon
Steel Plates,"
c) ASTM A1008/A1008M, "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold-Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, Solution Hardened,
and Bake Hardenable,"
586
d) ASTM A1011/A1011M, "Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Carbon,
Structural, High-Strength Low-Alloy, High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability, and Ultra-
High Strength," or
e) CSA G40.21, "Structural quality steel."
4.2.3.9. High Strength Steel Tendons
1) Where high strength steel is used for tendons in anchor systems used for the permanent support
of a foundation or in the erection of temporary support of soil or rock adjacent to an excavation, it shall
conform with the requirements of CSA A23.1, "Concrete materials and methods of concrete
construction."
4.2.3.10. Corrosion of Steel
1) Where conditions are corrosive to steel, adequate protection of exposed steel shall be provided.
(See Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A for use of other materials.)
4.2.4. Design Requirements
4.2.4.1. Design Basis
1) The design of foundations, excavations and soil- and rock-retaining structures shall be based on a
subsurface investigation carried out in conformance with the requirements of this Section, and on any of
the following, as appropriate:
a) application of generally accepted geotechnical and civil engineering principles by a professional
engineer especially qualified in this field of work, as provided in this Section and other Sections of Part 4,
b) established local practice, where such practice includes successful experience both with soils and
rocks of similar type and condition and with a foundation or excavation of similar type, construction
method, size and depth, or
c) in situ testing of foundation units, such as the load testing of piles, anchors or footings, carried out
by a person competent in this field of work.
(See Note A-4.2.4.1.(1).)
2) The foundations of a building shall be capable of resisting all the loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in
accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
3) For the purpose of the application of the load combinations given in Table 4.1.3.2.-A, the
geotechnical components of loads and the factored geotechnical resistances at ULS shall be determined
by a suitably qualified and experienced professional engineer. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(3).)
4) Geotechnical components of service loads and geotechnical reactions for SLS shall be determined
by a suitably qualified and experienced professional engineer.
5) The foundation of a building shall be designed to satisfy SLS requirements within the limits that
the building is designed to accommodate, including total settlement and differential settlement, heave,
lateral movement, tilt or rotation. (See Note A-4.2.4.1.(5).)
6) Communication, interaction and coordination between the designer and the professional
engineer responsible for the geotechnical aspects of the project shall take place to a degree commensurate
with the complexity and requirements of the project.
4.2.4.2. Subsurface Investigation
587
1) A subsurface investigation shall be carried out to the depth and extent to which the building or
excavation will significantly change the stress in the soil or rock, or to such a depth and extent as to
provide all the necessary information for the design and construction of the excavation or the foundations.
4.2.4.3. Identification
1) The identification and classification of soil, rock and groundwater and descriptions of their
engineering and physical properties shall be in accordance with a widely accepted system.
4.2.4.4. Depth of Foundations
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the bearing surface of a foundation shall be below the level of
potential damage, including damage resulting from frost action, and the foundation shall be designed to
prevent damage resulting from adfreezing and frost jacking. (See Note A-4.2.4.4.(1).)
2) The bearing surface of a foundation need not be below the level of potential damage from frost
where the foundation
a) is designed against frost action, or
b) overlies material not susceptible to frost action.
4.2.4.5. Sloping Ground
1) Where a foundation is to rest on, in or near sloping ground, this particular condition shall be
provided for in the design.
4.2.4.6. Eccentric and Inclined Loads
1) Where there is eccentricity or inclination of loading in foundation units, this effect shall be fully
investigated and provided for in the design.
4.2.4.7. Dynamic Loading
1) Where dynamic loading conditions apply, the effects shall be assessed by a special investigation
of these conditions and provided for in the design.
4.2.4.8. Hydrostatic Uplift
1) Where a foundation or any part of a building is subject to hydrostatic uplift, the effects shall be
provided for in the design.
4.2.4.9. Groundwater Level Change
1) Where proposed construction will result in a temporary or permanent change in the groundwater
level, the effects of this change on adjacent buildings shall be fully investigated and provided for in the
design.
4.2.4.10. Permafrost
1) Where conditions of permafrost are encountered or proven to exist, the design of the foundation
shall be based upon analysis of these conditions by a person especially qualified in that field of work.
4.2.4.11. Swelling and Shrinking Soils
1) Where swelling or shrinking soils, in which movements resulting from moisture content changes
may be sufficient to cause damage to a structure, are encountered or known to exist, such a condition
shall be fully investigated and provided for in the design.
4.2.4.12. Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
1) Where rock that expands or deteriorates when subjected to unfavourable environmental
conditions or to stress release is known to exist, this condition shall be fully investigated and provided for
in the design.
588
4.2.4.13. Construction on Fill
1) Buildings may be placed on fill if it can be shown by subsurface investigation that
a) the fill is or can be made capable of safely supporting the building,
b) detrimental movement of the building or of services leading to the building will not occur, and
c) explosive gases can be controlled or do not exist.
4.2.4.14. Structural Design
1) The structural design of the foundation of a building, the procedures and construction practices
shall conform with the appropriate Sections of this By-law unless otherwise specified in this Section.
4.2.5. Excavations
4.2.5.1. Design of Excavations
1) The design of excavations and of supports for the sides of excavations shall conform with
Subsection 4.2.4. and with this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.5.1.(1).)
4.2.5.2. Excavation Construction
1) Every excavation shall be undertaken in such a manner as to
a) prevent movement that would cause damage to adjacent buildings at all phases of construction,
and
b) comply with the appropriate requirements of Part 8.
2) Material shall not be placed nor shall equipment be operated or placed in or adjacent to an
excavation in a manner that may endanger the integrity of the excavation or its supports.
4.2.5.3. Supported Excavations
1) The sides of an excavation in soil or rock shall be supported by a retaining structure conforming
with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2., except as permitted in Article 4.2.5.4.
4.2.5.4. Unsupported Excavations
1) The sides of an excavation in soil or rock may be unsupported where a design is prepared in
conformance with the requirements of Articles 4.2.5.1. and 4.2.5.2.
4.2.5.5. Control of Water around Excavations
1) Surface water, all groundwater, perched groundwater and in particular artesian groundwater
shall be kept under control at all phases of excavation and construction.
4.2.5.6. Loss of Ground
1) At all phases of excavation and construction, loss of ground due to water or any other cause shall
be prevented.
4.2.5.7. Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
1) All sides of an excavation, supported and unsupported, shall be continuously maintained and
protected from possible deterioration by construction activity or by the action of frost, rain and wind.
4.2.5.8. Backfilling
1) Where an excavation is backfilled, the backfill shall be placed so as to
a) provide lateral support to the soil adjacent to the excavation, and
589
b) prevent detrimental movements.
2) The material used as backfill or fill supporting a footing, foundation or a floor on grade shall be of
a type that is not subject to detrimental volume change with changes in moisture content and
temperature.
4.2.6. Shallow Foundations
4.2.6.1. Design of Shallow Foundations
1) The design of shallow foundations shall be in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4. and the
requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-4.2.6.1.(1).)
4.2.6.2. Support of Shallow Foundations
1) Where a shallow foundation is to be placed on soil or rock, the soil or rock shall be cleaned of loose
and unsound material and shall be adequate to support the design load taking into account temperature,
precipitation, construction activities and other factors that may lead to changes in the properties of soil or
rock.
4.2.6.3. Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
1) Where a shallow foundation unit has not been placed or located as indicated on the drawings,
a) the error shall be corrected, or
b) the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the altered conditions by the designer
and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
4.2.6.4. Damaged Shallow Foundations
1) If a shallow foundation unit is damaged,
a) it shall be repaired, or
b) the design of the foundation unit shall be recalculated for the damaged condition by the designer
and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
4.2.7. Deep Foundations
4.2.7.1. General
1) A deep foundation shall provide support for a building by transferring loads by end-bearing to a
competent stratum at considerable depth below the structure, or by mobilizing resistance by adhesion or
friction, or both, in the soil or rock in which it is placed. (See Note A-4.2.7.1.(1).)
4.2.7.2. Design of Deep Foundations
1) Deep foundations shall be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.2.4. and this Subsection.
(See Note A-4.2.7.2.(1).)
2) Where deep foundation units are load tested, as required in Clause 4.2.4.1.(1)(c), the determination
of the number and type of load test and the interpretation of the results shall be carried out by a
professional engineer especially qualified in this field of work. (See Note A-4.2.7.2.(2).)
3) The design of deep foundations shall be determined on the basis of geotechnical considerations
taking into account
a) the method of installation,
b) the degree of inspection,
590
c) the spacing of foundation units and group effects,
d) other requirements in this Subsection, and
e) the appropriate structural requirements in Section 4.1. and Subsections 4.3.1., 4.3.3. and 4.3.4.
4) The portion of a deep foundation unit permanently in contact with soil or rock shall be structurally
designed as a laterally supported compression member.
5) The portion of a deep foundation unit that is not permanently in contact with soil or rock shall be
structurally designed as a laterally unsupported compression member.
6) The structural design of prefabricated deep foundation units shall allow for all stresses resulting
from driving, handling and testing.
4.2.7.3. Tolerance in Alignment and Location
1) Permissible deviations from the design alignment and the location of the top of deep foundation
units shall be determined by design analysis and shall be indicated on the drawings.
4.2.7.4. Incorrect Alignment and Location
1) Where a deep foundation unit has not been placed within the permissible deviations referred to in
Article 4.2.7.3., the condition of the foundation shall be assessed by the designer, any necessary changes
made and action taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
4.2.7.5. Installation of Deep Foundations
1) Deep foundation units shall be installed in such a manner as not to impair
a) the strength of the deep foundation units and the properties of the soil or rock on or in which they
are placed beyond the calculated or anticipated limits,
b) the integrity of previously installed deep foundation units, or
c) the integrity of neighbouring buildings.
4.2.7.6. Damaged Deep Foundation Units
1) Where inspection shows that a deep foundation unit is damaged or not consistent with design or
good engineering practice,
a) such a unit shall be reassessed by the designer,
b) any necessary changes shall be made, and
c) action shall be taken as required in Article 2.2.4.7. of Division C.
4.2.8. Special Foundations
4.2.8.1. General
1) Where special foundation systems are used, such systems shall conform to Subsection 4.2.4.,
Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A.
4.2.8.2. Use of Existing Foundations
1) Existing foundations may be used to support new or altered buildings provided they comply with
all pertinent requirements of this Section.
Section 4.3. Design Requirements for Structural Materials
4.3.1. Wood
591
4.3.1.1. Design Basis for Wood
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), buildings and their structural members made of wood shall
conform to CSA O86, "Engineering design in wood." (See also the applicable row in Table 1.3.1.2.)
2) Buildings or parts of buildings of encapsulated mass timber construction and their structural
members made of wood shall conform to CSA O86, "Engineering Design in Wood ." (See also the
applicable row in Table 1.3.1.2.)
4.3.1.2. Glued-Laminated Members
1) Glued-laminated members shall be fabricated in plants conforming to CSA O177, "Qualification
Code for Manufacturers of Structural Glued-Laminated Timber."
4.3.1.3. Termites
1) In areas known to be infested by termites, the requirements in Articles 9.3.2.9., 9.12.1.1.
and 9.15.5.1. shall apply.
4.3.2. Plain and Reinforced Masonry
4.3.2.1. Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry
1) Buildings and their structural members made of plain and reinforced masonry shall conform to
CSA S304, "Design of masonry structures."
4.3.3. Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
4.3.3.1. Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
1) Buildings and their structural members made of plain, reinforced and pre-stressed concrete shall
conform to CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete structures." (See Note A-4.3.3.1.(1).)
4.3.4. Steel
4.3.4.1. Design Basis for Structural Steel
1) Buildings and their structural members made of structural steel shall conform to CSA S16,
"Design of steel structures." (See Note A-4.3.4.1.(1).)
4.3.4.2. Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
1) Buildings and their structural members made of cold-formed steel shall conform to CSA S136,
"North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (using the
Appendix B provisions applicable to Canada)." (See Note A-4.3.4.2.(1).)
4.3.4.3. Steel Building Systems
1) Steel building systems shall be manufactured by companies certified in accordance with the
requirements of CSA A660, "Certification of manufacturers of steel building systems."
4.3.5. Aluminum
4.3.5.1. Design Basis for Aluminum
1) Buildings and their structural members made of aluminum shall conform to CSA S157/S157.1,
"Strength design in aluminum/Commentary on CSA S157-17, Strength design in aluminum," using the
loads stipulated in Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
4.3.6. Glass
4.3.6.1. Design Basis for Glass
1) Glass used in buildings shall be designed in conformance with
592
a) CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, "Structural Design of Glass for Buildings," using an adjustment factor on
the wind load, W, of not less than 0.75, or
b) ASTM E1300, "Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings," using an
adjustment factor on the wind load, W, of not less than 1.0.
(See Note A-4.3.6.1.(1).)
Section 4.4. Design Requirements for Special Structures
4.4.1. Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
4.4.1.1. Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
1) The structural design of air-, cable- and frame-supported membrane structures shall conform to
CSA S367, "Air-, cable-, and frame-supported membrane structures," using the loads stipulated in
Section 4.1., in accordance with limit states design in Subsection 4.1.3.
4.4.2. Parking Structures
4.4.2.1. Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
1) Storage garages and repair garages, including associated ramps and pedestrian areas, shall be
designed in conformance with the performance requirements of CSA S413, "Parking structures." (See
Note A-4.4.2.1.(1).)
4.4.3. Storage Racks
4.4.3.1. Design Basis for Storage Racks
1) Storage racks, including anchorage of racks, shall be designed for loads in accordance with this
Part. (See Note A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1).)
Section 4.5. Objectives and Functional Statements
4.5.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
4.5.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the
objectives and functional statements listed in Table 4.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 4.5.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 4
Forming Part of Sentence 4.5.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
4.1.1.3. Design Requirements
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] Applies to structural members where temporary overloading during construction may result in
impairment of that or any other member.
(4)
[F20,F80,F82-OS2.1]
(5)
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F20-OS2.3,OS2.4]
593
4.1.1.5. Design Basis
(2)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.2.2. Loads Not Listed
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.2. Strength and Stability
(1)
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance of the dead load.
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies to the stabilizing resistance of the dead load.
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
(12)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.3.3. Fatigue
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
594
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.4. Serviceability
(1)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(5)
(b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(6)
[F21-OS2.5]
[F21-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.3.5. Deflection
(1)
(b),(c),(d) [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.3.6. Vibration
(1)
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
595
4.1.4.1. Dead Loads
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
4.1.5.1. Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.2. Uses Not Stipulated
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.3. Full and Partial Loading
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.4. Loads for Occupancy Served
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
596
[F22-OH4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.7. More Than One Occupancy
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.8. Variation with Tributary Area
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.5.9. Concentrated Loads
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.5.10. Sway Forces in Assembly Occupancies
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures and Impact of Machinery and Equipment
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
4.1.5.12. Bleachers
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.4]
4.1.5.13. Helicopter Landing Areas
597
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.5.14. Loads on Guards and Handrails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
(4)
[F22-OS2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.5.15. Loads on Vehicle Guardrails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.5.16. Loads on Walls Acting As Guards
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.5.17. Firewalls
(1)
[F20-OS1.2]
[F20-OP1.2]
[F20-OP3.1]
(2)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
[F04-OP3.1]
4.1.5.18. Loads for Building Maintenance
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.6.2. Specified Snow Load
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
598
(8)
[F20-OS2.1] Applies to portion of Code text: "The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, ..."
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: "The accumulation factor, Ca, shall be 1.0, ..."
(a) to (f) [F20-OS2.1] Applies to roof shapes and configurations that call for a higher accumulation factor.
(a) to (f) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] Applies to roof shapes and configurations that call for a higher accumulation
factor.
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.3. Full and Partial Loading
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.4. Specified Rain Load
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.5. Multi-level Roofs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.6. Horizontal Gap between a Roof and a Higher Roof
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.7. Areas Adjacent to Roof Projections
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
599
4.1.6.8. Snow Drift at Corners
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.9. Gable Roofs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.10. Arch Roofs, Curved Roofs and Domes
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.11. Snow Loads Due to Sliding
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.12. Valleys in Curved or Sloped Roofs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
600
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.13. Specific Weight of Snow
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.14. Snow Removal
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.15. Ice Loading of Structures
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.1. Specified Wind Load
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
601
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.2. Classification of Buildings
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.3. Static Procedure
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
602
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(10)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.4. Topographic Factor
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.5. External Pressure Coefficients
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.6. External Pressure Coefficients for Low Buildings
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
603
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.7. Internal Pressure Coefficient
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.1.7.8. Dynamic Procedure
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
604
4.1.7.9. Full and Partial Wind Loading
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
4.1.7.10. Interior Walls and Partitions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings with a Height H ≤ 20 m
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.7.14. Wind Tunnel Procedure
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
605
4.1.8.1. Analysis
(2)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(12)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(13)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(14)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.3. General Requirements
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
606
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.4. Site Properties
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.5. Importance Factor and Seismic Category
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.6. Structural Configuration
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.7. Methods of Analysis
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.8. Direction of Loading
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.9. SFRS Force Modification Factors and General Restrictions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
607
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.10. Additional System Restrictions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
(a) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(c) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(d) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
(a) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(c) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(d) [F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(9)
[F22-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.11. Equivalent Static Force Procedure for Structures Satisfying the Conditions of Article 4.1.8.7.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
608
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(11)
(a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(12)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.12. Dynamic Analysis Procedure
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
609
(12)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.13. Deflections and Drift Limits
(1)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(2)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(3)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.14. Structural Separation
(1)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F22-OP4.3]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP4.3]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP4.3]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP4.3]
4.1.8.15. Design Provisions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
610
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.16. Foundation Provisions
(1)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(5)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
(6)
(a) [F22-OS2.4]
(a) [F22-OP2.4]
(b) [F22-OS2.4]
(b) [F22-OP2.4]
(c) [F20-OS2.4]
(c) [F20-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(8)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20-OP2.1]
(b) [F22-OS2.4]
(b) [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.4]
(10)
[F20-OS2.2] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.17. Site Stability
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment
(1)
[F20,F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(4)
[F20,F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(5)
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(6)
[F20,F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
611
(7)
[F20,F22-OS2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: "Connections to the structure of elements and components listed
in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity loads, shall conform to the
requirements of Sentence (1) ..."
[F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to portion of Code text: "Connections to the structure of elements and components
listed in Table 4.1.8.18. shall be designed to support the component or element for gravity loads, shall conform to
the requirements of Sentence (1) ..."
(a) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
(a) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(b),(c) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
(b),(c) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(d),(f) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
(d),(f) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(g) [F20,F22-OS2.4]
(g) [F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(9)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(10)
[F22-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
(11)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(12)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.3]
(14)
[F22-OS2.4]
(16)
[F20,F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.19. Seismic Isolation
(2)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.20. Seismic Isolation Design Provisions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
612
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(9)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(10)
[F22-OS2.4]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.1.8.21. Supplemental Energy Dissipation
(2)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.22. Supplemental Energy Dissipation Design Considerations
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.1.8.23. Additional Performance Requirements for Post-disaster Buildings, High Importance Category Buildings, and a Subset of Normal
Importance Category Buildings
613
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
4.2.2.1. Subsurface Investigation
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.2.3. Field Review
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.2.4. Altered Subsurface Condition
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.3.2. Preservation Treatment of Wood
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F82-OS2.3]
[F82-OP2.3]
4.2.3.4. Prevention of Deterioration of Masonry
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
4.2.3.6. Protection Against Chemical Attack
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
4.2.3.8. Steel Piles
(1)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.3]
4.2.3.9. High Strength Steel Tendons
614
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.5,OS2.6]
[F20,F80-OP2.6,OP2.5]
[F20,F80-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.3.10. Corrosion of Steel
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
[F80-OP4.1]
4.2.4.1. Design Basis
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.5]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
(5)
[F21-OS2.5]
[F21-OP2.4,OP2.5]
4.2.4.2. Subsurface Investigation
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.4.3. Identification
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.6] [F21-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.2] [F21-OP2.6]
[F21-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.4.4. Depth of Foundations
(1)
[F21-OP2.4] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the bearing surface of a foundation shall be below the level of
potential damage, including damage resulting from frost action ..."
[F21-OP2.4] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... the foundation shall be designed to prevent damage resulting
from adfreezing and frost jacking."
(2)
[F21-OP2.4]
4.2.4.5. Sloping Ground
(1)
[F21-OS2.2]
[F21-OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.6. Eccentric and Inclined Loads
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.4]
4.2.4.7. Dynamic Loading
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.6,OP2.4]
615
[F20-OH4]
4.2.4.8. Hydrostatic Uplift
(1)
[F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
4.2.4.9. Groundwater Level Change
(1)
[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.4.10. Permafrost
(1)
[F20-OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.11. Swelling and Shrinking Soils
(1)
[F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.12. Expanding and Deteriorating Rock
(1)
[F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
4.2.4.13. Construction on Fill
(1)
(a) [F20-OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
(b) [F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.6,OP2.4]
(c) [F01-OS1.1]
4.2.5.2. Excavation Construction
(1)
[F21-OP4.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.6]
[F20-OP2.3]
[F20,F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.3. Supported Excavations
(1)
[F20-OS2.6]
[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.4. Unsupported Excavations
(1)
[F20-OS2.6]
[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.5. Control of Water around Excavations
(1)
[F60-OS2.6]
[F60-OP4.1,OP4.4]
4.2.5.6. Loss of Ground
(1)
[F21-OP4.1]
4.2.5.7. Protection and Maintenance at Excavations
(1)
[F80-OS2.6]
616
[F80-OP4.1]
4.2.5.8. Backfilling
(1)
(a) [F21-OS2.1]
(a) [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP4.1]
(2)
[F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.2. Support of Shallow Foundations
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.3. Incorrect Placement of Shallow Foundations
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.4]
4.2.6.4. Damaged Shallow Foundations
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.7.2. Design of Deep Foundations
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2] [F21-OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
(6)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
4.2.7.3. Tolerance in Alignment and Location
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.7.4. Incorrect Alignment and Location
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.7.5. Installation of Deep Foundations
(1)
[F81-OS2.1] [F21-OS2.2,OS2.6]
(c) [F21-OP4.1]
(a),(b) [F81-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F21-OP2.2,OP2.4]
4.2.7.6. Damaged Deep Foundation Units
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
4.2.8.2. Use of Existing Foundations
617
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2] [F22-OP2.4]
4.3.1.1. Design Basis for Wood
(1)
[F22,F21,F80-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(2)
[F22,F21,F80-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.3.1.2. Glued-Laminated Members
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4]
[F21,F22-OH4]
4.3.2.1. Design Basis for Plain and Reinforced Masonry
(1)
[F21,F22,F80-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22,F21-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
4.3.3.1. Design Basis for Plain, Reinforced and Pre-stressed Concrete
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F80,F81-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F21,F22-OP2.4] [F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21,F22,F80,F81-OH4]
4.3.4.1. Design Basis for Structural Steel
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F22,F80-OH4]
4.3.4.2. Design Basis for Cold-Formed Steel
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F22,F80-OH4]
4.3.5.1. Design Basis for Aluminum
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F22,F80-OH4]
4.3.6.1. Design Basis for Glass
618
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
4.4.1.1. Design Basis for Air-, Cable- and Frame-Supported Membrane Structures
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4] [F80-OP2.3]
[F22-OH4]
4.4.2.1. Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages
(1)
[F21,F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F21,F61,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21,F61,F80-OH4]
Notes to Table 4.5.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
619
Notes to Part 4
Structural Design
A-4.1.1.3.(1) Structural Integrity. The requirements of Part 4, including the CSA design standards,
generally provide a satisfactory level of structural integrity. Additional considerations may, however, be
required for building systems made of components of different materials, whose interconnection is not
covered by existing CSA design standards, buildings outside the scope of existing CSA design standards,
and buildings exposed to severe accidental loads such as vehicle impact or explosion. Further guidance
can be found in the Commentary entitled Structural Integrity in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.1.3.(2) Serviceability. Information on serviceability can be found in the Commentary entitled
Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.1.5.(2) Structural Equivalents. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) provides for the use of design methods not
specified in Part 4, including full-scale testing and model analogues. This provision is usually used to
permit the acceptance of new and innovative structures or to permit the acceptance of model tests such as
those used to determine structural behaviour, or snow or wind loads. Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) specifically
requires that the level of safety and performance be at least equivalent to that provided by design to Part
4 and requires that loads and designs conform to Section 4.1.
Sentence 4.1.1.5.(2) and the provision for alternative solutions stated in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A
are not intended to allow structural design using design standards other than those listed in Part 4. The
acceptance of structures that have been designed to other design standards would require the designer to
prove to the appropriate authority that the structure provides the level of safety and performance
required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A. The equivalence of safety and performance can only be
established by analyzing the structure for the loads and load factors set out in Section 4.1. and by
demonstrating that the structure at least meets the requirements of the design standards listed in
Sections 4.3. and 4.4.
A-4.1.2.1. Loads and Effects. Information on the definitions can be found in the Commentary entitled
Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.2.1.(1) Temperature Changes. Information on effects due to temperature changes can be found in
the Commentary entitled Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.2.1.(3) Major Occupancies. In a building containing more than one major occupancy and classified
in more than one Importance Category, the classification of each independent structural system shall be
the same as for any part of the building that is dependent on that structural system and for the highest
usage group according to Table 4.1.2.1.
A-Table 4.1.2.1. Importance Categories for Buildings.
Low Importance Category
A minor storage building is an example of a Low Importance Category building.
Low-human-occupancy farm buildings with an occupant load of 1 person or less per 40 m2 of floor area
are also examples of Low Importance Category buildings.
620
Normal Importance Category
Most buildings will fall into the Normal Importance Category.
The following types of buildings may be classified in the Normal Importance Category: buildings that are
equipped with secondary containment of dangerous goods, including, but not limited to, double-walled
tanks, dikes of sufficient size to contain a spill, and other means to contain a spill or a blast within the
property boundary of the facility and prevent the release of harmful quantities of contaminants to the air,
soil, groundwater, surface water or atmosphere, as the case may be.
High Importance Category
The following buildings may contain sufficient quantities of dangerous goods to be classified in the High
Importance Category:
- petrochemical facilities,
- fuel storage facilities (other than those required for post-disaster use), and
- manufacturing or storage facilities containing dangerous goods.
Information on community centres can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Post-disaster Importance Category
Before classifying a building as a post-disaster building, Code users should consider the intent of the
classification and look beyond the name of the building. For example, a building that is named "ABC
Treatment" but is used for emergency care should be considered as a hospital and, as such, classified as a
post-disaster building. Conversely, a building named "XYZ Hospital" that is only used for walk-in
medical services could be classified as a Normal Importance Category building.
A-4.1.2.2.(1) Loads Not Listed. The intent of Sentence 4.1.2.2.(1) is to draw attention to the fact that there
are loads, forces and effects that need to be considered in addition to those specified in the Code. These
loads, forces and effects will vary in need, application, and magnitude for each use and location. Some
may result from environmental considerations (e.g., ice accretion, wave and ice action, water flow) while
others will result from the use and occupancy of the facility (e.g., dangerous goods storage,
manufacturing and mining operations). The reasonable determination of the probability, type and
magnitude of project-specific loads must be assessed by a knowledgeable project team that includes the
building owner/operator and experienced design professionals, and incorporated into the design where
deemed necessary to maintain the safety and integrity of the facility.
In recent years, security issues have prompted the consideration of loads and effects due to improvised
explosive devices and other methods of sabotage. Consideration of these loads is driven by operational
and public safety requirements, and their incorporation in the design is not considered a mandatory
provision of the Code.
A-4.1.3. Limit States Design. Information on limit states design can be found in the Commentary
entitled Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.2.(2) Load Combinations.
Load Combination Equations
The load combinations in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B apply to most situations for loadbearing
building structures. Guidance on special situations such as load combinations for fire resistance and
621
building envelopes is given in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Load Cases and Crane Load Effects
The load combinations in Table 4.1.3.2.-A are to be evaluated for structures with crane load effects for the
scenario where the crane loads are zero, and for structures without crane loads. The load combinations in
Table 4.1.3.2.-B are to be evaluated for structures with crane loads for the scenario where the crane load
effects are other than zero.
Crane Loads
Crane-supporting structures that have cranes in multiple parallel bays should be designed for the
maximum vertical crane load with the cranes positioned for the most critical effect in conjunction with a
lateral load with each crane in turn positioned for the most critical effect. For load combinations that
include crane loads, additional guidance can be found in CISC/ICCA 2018, "Crane-Supporting Steel
Structures: Design Guide (Third Edition)."
A-4.1.3.2.(4) Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation, T, in Design
Calculations.
Effects of Lateral Earth Pressure, H, in Design Calculations
For common building structures below ground level, such as walls, columns and frames, 1.5H is added to
load combinations 2 to 4. For cantilever retaining wall structures, see the Commentary entitled Limit
States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Effects of Pre-stress, P, and Imposed Deformation, T, in Design Calculations
For structures and building envelopes designed in accordance with the requirements specified in the
standards listed in Section 4.3., with the exception of Clauses 8 and 18 of CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete
structures," P and T need not be included in the load combinations of Table 4.1.3.2.-A. For structures not
within the scope of the standards listed in Section 4.3., including building envelopes, P and T must be
taken into account in the design calculations. For recommended load combinations including T, see the
Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.2.(5) Overturning, Uplift or Sliding. Information on overturning, uplift and sliding can be found
in the Commentary entitled Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.3.(1) Failure due to Fatigue. Failure due to fatigue of building structures referred to in
Section 4.3. and designed for serviceability in accordance with Article 4.1.3.6. is, in general, unlikely
except for girders supporting heavily used cranes, on which Article 4.1.5.11. provides guidance.
A-4.1.3.3.(2) Vibration Effects. Guidance on vibration effects can be found in the Commentary entitled
Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.4.(1) Loads and Load Combinations for Serviceability. The loads and load combinations for
serviceability depend on the serviceability limit states and on the properties of the structural materials.
Information on loads and load combinations for the serviceability limit states, other than those controlled
by deflection, can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for
Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
622
A-Table 4.1.3.4. Acceleration due to Vibrations. Information on the determination of acceleration due to
vibrations resulting from loads L and W can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects
in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.5.(1) Deflections. Serviceability criteria for deflections that cause damage to non-structural
building components can be found in the standards listed in Section 4.3. Information on deflections can
be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue
Limit States in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Information on loads and load combinations for calculating deflection can be found in the Commentary
entitled Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.5.(3) Lateral Deflection of Buildings. The limitation of 1/500 drift per storey may be exceeded if
it can be established that the drift as calculated will not result in damage to non-structural elements.
Information on lateral deflection can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.6.(1) Floor Vibration. Information on floor vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled
Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)." Information on loads and load
combinations for the calculation of vibration can be found in the Commentary entitled Limit States
Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.6.(2) Floor Vibrations Caused by Resonance with Operating Machinery or Equipment. Guidance
on floor vibration effects caused by operating machinery and equipment can be found in the
Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.6.(3) Dynamic Analyses of Floor Vibrations. Information on a dynamic analysis of floor
vibrations from rhythmic activities can be found in the Commentary entitled Deflection and Vibration
Criteria for Serviceability and Fatigue Limit States in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.3.6.(4) Lateral Vibration Under Wind Load. Information on lateral vibrations and accelerations
under dynamic wind loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.4.1.(2) Permanent Partitions Fixed to the Structure. Partitions in residential buildings, including
condominiums, apartments and hotels, are typically permanent and fixed to the structure. In such cases,
the weight of partitions referred to in Clause 4.1.4.1.(1)(c) is the actual weight of the partitions that are
shown on the drawings.
A-4.1.4.1.(3) Partitions Not Shown on the Drawings. The potential locations of partitions in work areas,
such as offices, are not typically shown on the drawings. For such areas, a partition weight allowance
must be considered based on the anticipated weight and location of partitions, but not less than 1 kPa
over the area of floor being considered.
A-4.1.4.1.(6) Counteracting Dead Load Due to Soil. Examples of structures that traditionally employ the
dead load of soil to resist loadings are pylon signs, tower structures, retaining walls, and deadmen, which
resist wind uplift and overturning in light structures.
A-4.1.5.1.(1) Loads Due to Use of Floors and Roofs. In many areas of buildings, such as equipment
areas, service rooms, factories, storage areas, warehouses, museums, and office filing areas, live loads due
to their intended use may exceed the minimum specified loads listed in Table 4.1.5.3. In these instances,
623
the probable live load shall be calculated and used as the specified live load for the design of that
particular area.
A-Table 4.1.5.3. Considerations for Live Loads.
Arenas, Grandstands and Stadia
The designer should give special consideration to the effects of vibration.
Attics - Limited Accessibility
Attic live loading is not required when the ceiling below the attic consists of removable panels that permit
access to the ceiling space without loading the ceiling supporting members. Attic live loading is not
required in any area of the attic where the least dimension of the attic space is less than 500 mm.
Corridors, Aisles and Rows of Seats
The spaces between rows of seats are typically designed for the loads of the occupancy they serve. Rows
of seats typically discharge into aisles that are designed for the loads used for the rows of seats. Corridors
have a minimum width of 1 100 mm and may serve as collectors for aisles; they are therefore part of the
exit system and are required to be designed for a minimum live load of 4.8 kPa.
Floor Areas That Could Be Used As Viewing Areas
Some interior balconies, mezzanines, corridors, lobbies and aisles that are not intended to be used by an
assembly of people as viewing areas are sometimes used as such; consequently, they are subject to
loadings much higher than those for the occupancies they serve. Floor areas that may be subject to such
higher loads must, therefore, be designed for a loading of 4.8 kPa.
Lecture Halls and Classrooms
For the purposes of applying the requirements of Table 4.1.5.3., lecture halls with fixed seats are similar to
theatres in configuration (the seats may have a writing tablet affixed to one arm). Classrooms are
typically furnished with full-sized desks having separate or integrated seats.
Minimum Roof Live Load
Articles 4.1.5.3. and 4.1.5.10. stipulate a minimum uniform roof live load of 1.0 kPa and a minimum
concentrated live load of 1.3 kN. These live loads are "use and occupancy loads" intended to provide for
maintenance loadings: they are not reduced as a function of area or as a function of the roof slope due to
their variability in distribution and location.
Office Areas
The general minimum specified load for office areas, including mezzanines, is 2.4 kPa.
A minimum specified load of 4.8 kPa applies to office areas in basements, which are normally slab-on-
grade, and to office areas in floor areas that may be subject to an increase in loading for brief periods, for
example, when tenants temporarily use that floor area to store furniture, equipment and files while
moving in or out of the building.
Where an office building is situated on a level site, all floors are uniform in elevation, and there are no
mezzanines, allocating the correct loads is straightforward. However, where the site is steeply sloped, the
situation is more complex--even more so where there are also mezzanines.
The principle is that floor levels and mezzanines with access to the exterior at ground level could be used
as staging areas during a move, and so, must be designed for a minimum of 4.8 kPa. Also, there is usually
an area adjacent to the exterior exit that can accommodate trucks.
Vehicle Loads
624
A special study should be undertaken to determine the distributed loads to be used for the design of
floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight and of driveways and sidewalks over
areaways and basements. Where appropriate, the designer should refer to CSA S6, "Canadian Highway
Bridge Design Code."
A-4.1.5.5. Loads on Exterior Areas. In Article 4.1.5.5., "accessible" refers to the lack of a physical barrier
that prevents or restricts access by vehicles or persons to the site in the context of the specific use.
Information on the design of roof parking decks and exterior areas that are accessible to vehicular traffic
can be found in the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.5.8. Tributary Area. Information on tributary area can be found in the Commentary entitled Live
Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-Table 4.1.5.9. Loads Due to Concentrations. Special study is required to determine concentrated loads
for the design of floors and areas used by vehicles exceeding 9 000 kg gross weight, and of driveways and
sidewalks over areaways and basements. Where appropriate the designer should refer to CSA S6,
"Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code."
A-4.1.5.11. Crane-Supporting Structures. Guidance on crane-supporting structures can be found in CSA
S16, "Design of steel structures."
A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1) Design of Guards. In the design of guards, due consideration should be given
to the durability of the members and their connections.
A-4.1.5.17. Loads on Firewalls. Information on loads on firewalls can be found in the Commentary
entitled Structural Integrity of Firewalls in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.1.(1) Specified Load Due to Rain or to Snow and Associated Rain. The location of a new building
or obstruction may affect the snow loads on the roof of an adjacent existing building--on the same
property or on an adjacent one--that is lower in height. In such cases, designers should consider
Sentence 2.2.2.1.(1) of Division C.
Additional guidance can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.2. Coefficients for Snow Loads on Roofs. Information on coefficients for snow loads on roofs can
be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.2.(2) Basic Roof Snow Load Factor. Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2) shows the basic roof snow load factor, Cb,
plotted against
.
625
Figure A-4.1.6.2.(2)
Basic roof snow load factor, Cb
A-4.1.6.3.(2) Full and Partial Loading under Snow Loads. Information on full and partial snow loading
on roofs can be found in the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.4.(1) Rain Loads. Information on rain loads can be found in the Commentary entitled Rain Loads
in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.4.(3) Flow Control Drains. The National Plumbing Code (NPC) contains requirements regarding
the use of flow control roof drains. The designer must ensure that the building complies with the
Vancouver Building By-law Book I and Book II: Plumbing Systems
A-4.1.6.7.(1) Roof Projections. Elevator, air-conditioning and fan housings, small penthouses and wide
chimneys are examples of roof projections.
Figure A-4.1.6.7.(1)
Roof projections
626
A-4.1.6.7.(2) Values of Ca for Small Roof Projections. Calculating Ca in accordance with Article 4.1.6.5.
rather than Sentence 4.1.6.7.(1) results in lower values for small projections.
A-4.1.6.9. Snow on Gable Roofs.
Figure A-4.1.6.9.
Load cases for gable roofs
Table A-4.1.6.9.
Wind Exposure, Slope and Accumulation Factors for Load Cases in Figure A-4.1.6.9.
Load Case
Roof Slope, α
Factors
Cw
Cs(1)
Ca
Upwind Side
Downwind Side
I
0° ≤ α ≤ 90°
(2)
f(α)
1.0
1.0
II(3)
15° < α ≤ 20°
1.0
f(α)
0.0
0.25 + α/20
20° < α ≤ 90°
1.25
Notes to Table A-4.1.6.9.:
(1) Cs varies as a function of slope, α, as defined in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) and (6).
(2) The value of Cw for load case I is as prescribed in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(3) and (4).
(3) Case II loading does not apply to gable roofs with slopes of 15° or less, to single-sloped (shed) roofs, or to flat
roofs.
A-4.1.6.16. Roofs with Solar Panels. Information on the design of roofs with solar panels can be found in
the Commentary entitled Snow Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.6.16.(3) Snow Obstructed from Sliding by Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3) shows the areas on
sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is considered to be obstructed from sliding by the solar panels
and the slope factor, Cs, must be taken as 1.0.
627
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3)
Areas on sloped roofs with solar panels where snow is obstructed from sliding by the solar panels
Note to Figure A-4.1.6.16.(3):
(1) Cs = as specified in Sentences 4.1.6.2.(5) to (7)
A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where
wg ≥ wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels
where the gap width, wg, between the panels is greater than or equal to the panel width, wp.
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(b)
Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg ≥ wp
A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Flush Solar Panels Where
wg < wp. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c) shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels
where the gap width, wg, between the panels is less than the panel width, wp.
628
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(4)(c)
Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Flush solar panels where wg < wp
A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Parallel Raised Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)
shows the snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(a)
Snow loads for a flat roof with Parallel Raised solar panels
A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b) Snow Loads for a Sloped Roof with Parallel Raised Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)
shows the snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels.
629
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(5)(b)
Snow loads for a sloped roof with Parallel Raised solar panels
A-4.1.6.16.(6) Snow Loads for a Flat Roof with Tilted Solar Panels. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6) shows the snow
loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)
Snow loads for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels
A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/γ. Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c) shows the variation of the
accumulation factor, Ca, with the height of the lowest edge of the panels above the surface of the uniform
snow load, hg − CbCwSs/γ, for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels.
Figure A-4.1.6.16.(6)(c)
630
Variation of Ca with hg − CbCwSs/γ for a flat roof with Tilted solar panels
A-4.1.7.1.(6) Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD). It is not currently possible to verify the reliability
and accuracy of CFD and no standards address it; as such, this method is not permitted to be used to
determine specified wind loads.
A-4.1.7.2.(2) Natural Frequency. Information on calculating the natural frequency of a building can be
found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide
- NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.7.3.(5)(c) Procedure for Calculating Intermediate Ce. Information on calculating intermediate
values of Ce between two exposures can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in
the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.7.3.(10) Internal Gust Effect Factor, Cgi. The effect of building envelope flexibility can be included
in the calculation of Cgi. See the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3) Pressure Coefficients for Main Structural System on Rectangular Buildings.
Figure A-4.1.7.5.(2) and (3)
631
Values of Cp for main structural system on rectangular buildings
A-4.1.7.5.(4) Pressure Coefficients for Roof and Wall Claddings and Secondary Structural Supports of
Cladding on Rectangular Buildings.
Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4)
Values of Cp for roof and wall claddings and secondary structural supports of cladding on
rectangular buildings
Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.5.(4):
(1) The larger of W or D is to be used.
(2) Where vertical ribs deeper than 1 m are present on the walls, the dimensions 0.1D and 0.1W must be changed to
0.2D and 0.2W and the negative value of Cp must be changed from -1.2 to -1.4.
A-4.1.7.7.(2) Cladding on Parapets. Information on the design of cladding on parapets can be found in
the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3) Exposure Factor for Dynamic Procedure.
632
Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3)
Exposure factor, Ce, for dynamic procedure
Notes to Figure A-4.1.7.8.(2) and (3):
(1) Curve A represents Ce for open terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(a).
(2) Curve B represents Ce for rough terrain, as defined in Clause 4.1.7.3.(5)(b).
A-4.1.7.8.(4) Peak Factor, Size Reduction Factor and Gust Energy Ratio.
Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-A
Peak factor, gp
633
Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-B
Size reduction factor, s
Figure A-4.1.7.8.(4)-C
Gust energy ratio, F
A-4.1.7.9.(1) Full and Partial Wind Loading. Information on full and partial loading under wind loads
can be found in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
634
Figure A-4.1.7.9.(1)
Full and partial wind loading
A-4.1.7.11. Exterior Ornamentations, Equipment and Appendages. Appendages may increase the
overall forces in the design of the building structure and need to be accounted for.
A-4.1.7.12. Attached Canopies on Low Buildings (H ≤ 20 m). An attached canopy is different from an
overhang, which is an extension of the roof surface.
Figure 4.1.7.12.-A, which provides the gust pressure coefficients on the upper and lower surfaces of the
canopy, is used to design the cladding for the canopy and the associated fasteners. Figure 4.1.7.12.-B,
635
which provides the net gust pressure coefficients on the canopy, is used to design the structure of the
canopy (e.g., joists, posts, building fasteners).
In addition to the external wind pressure addressed in Article 4.1.7.12., the internal pressure addressed in
Table 4.1.7.7. should also be considered, where applicable to the canopy.
A-4.1.7.13. Roof-Mounted Solar Panels on Buildings of Any Height. Article 4.1.7.13. provides
procedures for calculating the wind loads on roof-mounted arrays of solar panels that satisfy particular
geometrical requirements.
The area of the roof that is covered by a solar array does not need to be designed for the simultaneous
application of the solar array wind loads and the roof wind loads. However, the cumulative load effect of
all solar panels does need to be accounted for in accordance with Article 4.1.7.11. Furthermore, the roof
needs to be designed for the case where the solar array has been removed.
Solar arrays that are mechanically fastened to the underlying roof structure can modify the load
distribution on the roof. The loads from such arrays must be applied to the structural components of the
roof as concentrated loads at the points of attachment.
The calculations in Article 4.1.7.13. assume that the solar panels and their mounting system are rigid.
Therefore, there is no allowance for wind-induced vibration of these components. However, if the panels
and their mounting system have a natural frequency less than about 10 Hz, it is possible that loads will be
magnified as a result of wind-induced vibration. In such cases, it is recommended that expert opinion be
sought and that the dynamic effects be investigated in more detail.
Figure A-4.1.7.13. shows an example of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels.
For the purpose of determining the edge factor, E, to be applied in the calculations of Article 4.1.7.13., a
panel is defined as exposed if it is located within a distance of 1.5 times the panel chord length, Lp, from
an exposed edge of the array. An exposed edge of the array is considered to occur where the horizontal
distance, d1, from the panel edge to the roof edge (ignoring any rooftop equipment) is greater than 0.5h, h
being the reference height of the roof, and greater than max(4h2,1.2 m), h2 being the height of the panel's
highest point above the roof surface. An exposed edge is also considered to occur where the horizontal
distance, d2, from the panel edge to the nearest edge in the next panel row (or across a gap in the same
panel row) is greater than max(4h2,1.2 m).
Figure A-4.1.7.13.
Plan view of a roof-mounted solar array with exposed and unexposed panels
636
A sample calculation of net design wind pressure for roof-mounted solar panels is provided in the
Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
The installation of solar arrays on a roof can significantly affect the distribution of snow loads on the roof.
Designers should be aware that the accumulation of snow and ice around solar panels can influence the
calculations described in Article 4.1.7.13. For example, accumulated snow may obstruct the ventilation
areas between the roof and the underside of the panels, thereby increasing wind loads on the panels. For
the design of the anchorage of a solar array to the roof and of the array itself, the pressure equalization
factor, γa, in Sentence 4.1.7.13.(2) should be taken as 1.0, unless it can be shown that the accumulation of
snow and ice will not obstruct the gaps between the panels in the array.
A-4.1.8.2.(1) Notation.
Definition of ex
Information on the calculation of torsional moments can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Definition of W
Information on the definition of specified dead load, W, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design
for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.3.(4) General Design of the SFRS. Information on the general design requirements for the SFRS
can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries
(User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.3.(6) General Design of Stiff Elements. Information on the general design requirements for stiff
elements can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.3.(7)(b) and (c) Stiffness Imparted to the Structure from Elements Not Part of the
SFRS. Information on stiffness imparted to the structure from elements not part of the SFRS can be found
in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.3.(8) Structural Modeling. Information on structural modeling can be found in the Commentary
entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.4.(2) and (3) Site Designation. It is preferable to determine the site designation as XV on the basis
of the average shear wave velocity, Vs30, calculated from in situ measurements of shear wave velocity.
This site designation will typically result in a lower seismic demand than a site designation XS
determined using the energy-corrected average standard penetration resistance,
60, or the average
undrained shear strength, . Further information on site designation can be found in the Commentary
entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.4.(3) Site Class. The Vs30 ranges in Table 4.1.8.4.-B are retained from the NBC 2015. Where
required for the application of a standard referenced in Subsection 4.1.8., the Site Class for a particular
site designation Xv can be determined from Table 4.1.8.4.-B on the basis of the value of Vs30. Further
information on Site Class can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
637
A-4.1.8.4.(6) Log-Log Interpolation. The value of S(T) for Ti < T < Tj can be determined using log-log
interpolation as follows:
where
log = logarithm to base 10.
A-Table 4.1.8.5.-A Serviceability Limit States for Earthquake. Information on serviceability limit states
for earthquake can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-Table 4.1.8.6. Structural Irregularities.
Structural Irregularities
Information on structural irregularities can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic
Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand - Type 9 Irregularity
Uncoupled concrete and masonry shear walls where a large fraction of the overturning resistance is
provided by axial compression, rather than through yielding of the longitudinal reinforcement, are less
susceptible to amplified displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands because the axial loads
have a self-centering effect on the shear walls. Walls that are stronger than the foundation and other
systems such as coupled walls, braced frames, and moment frames are more susceptible to amplified
displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands. A lower limit on α is thus specified for such
systems. Further information on the impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response
of buildings can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.7.(1) Dynamic Analysis Procedures. Information on dynamic analysis procedures can be found
in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-Table 4.1.8.9. Industrial-Type Steel Structures. Guidance on the height limits, system restrictions and
additional analysis and design requirements for steel SFRSs in industrial-type structures, intended
essentially to support equipment, tanks or an industrial process, can be found in Annex M, Seismic
Design of Industrial Steel Structures, of CSA S16, "Design of steel structures."
A-4.1.8.9.(4) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on vertical variations in RdRo can be found in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.9.(5) RdRo and Equivalent Systems. Information on the RdRo of equivalent systems can be found
in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.10.(5) and (6) Mid-rise Timber SFRSs. Information on structural irregularities in mid-rise wood
construction and on how to determine the number of storeys for application in Sentences 4.1.8.10.(5)
and (6) can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
638
A-4.1.8.10.(7) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand - Type 9 Irregularity. Structural systems that include
components such as inclined columns or horizontal floor cantilevers can induce lateral force demands on
the SFRS under gravity loads. Buildings with such gravity-induced lateral demands on the SFRS are more
likely to experience severe damage during strong ground shaking due to their tendency to drift only in
one direction, leading to large residual displacements or instability. To determine if a building is
susceptible to amplification of displacements due to gravity-induced lateral demands, the lateral
resistance of the yielding mechanism to resist earthquake forces alone, Qy, must be compared with the
gravity-induced lateral demand, QG, at the same location. The force component selected for this
comparison depends on the yielding mechanism for the SFRS. For example, for a coupled wall, the
overturning moment resistance at the level of the expected plastic hinges should be compared with the
overturning moment demand (at the same level) due to gravity loads alone, whereas for a steel-braced
frame, the storey shear at the critical level of the yielding system should be compared with the storey
shear demand (at the same level) due to the gravity loads alone. If the gravity-induced lateral demands
exceed the limits prescribed in Sentence 4.1.8.10.(9), amplifications in seismic displacements due to
gravity-induced lateral demands can only be identified through non-linear dynamic analyses using
models that adequately represent the hysteretic behaviour of the SFRS. Further information on the
impacts of gravity-induced lateral demands on the seismic response of buildings can be found in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.10.(9) Gravity-Induced Lateral Demand - Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Non-
linear Dynamic Analysis, including ground motion time histories, target response spectra and acceptance
criteria, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.10.(10)(a) Sloped Column Irregularity. The presence of inclined vertical members in a building
leads to a coupling of its horizontal and vertical vibrational modes. As a result of this coupling, horizontal
accelerations of the building cause vertical accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined vertical
members. Vertical ground motions cause additional vertical accelerations of the mass.
The additional earthquake forces resulting from both the coupling of horizontal and vertical vibrational
modes and the vertical ground motions can be determined using the Dynamic Analysis Procedure
described in Article 4.1.8.12. with RdRo = 1.0. The structural model used in the analysis must account for
the vertical accelerations of all mass supported by inclined vertical members and must include the SFRS,
the inclined vertical members, and all structural framing elements that transfer inertial forces generated
by the vertical accelerations of the mass supported by the inclined vertical members.
The additional earthquake forces are sensitive to the degree of coupling between the vertical and
horizontal vibrational modes of the building. Thus, to determine the maximum additional earthquake
forces for design, the range of possible stiffness values for all structural members must be considered.
Further information on the analysis of structures with a sloped column irregularity, including a simple
procedure for scaling the analysis results to avoid having to perform multiple analyses with a range of
stiffness values and vertical ground motions, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.11.(3) Determination of the Fundamental Period, Ta. Information on the determination of the
fundamental period, Ta, can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.12.(1)(a) Linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
639
A-4.1.8.12.(1)(b) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Information on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be
found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.12.(3) Ground Motion Time Histories. Information on ground motion time histories can be
found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.12.(4)(a) Accidental Torsional Moments. Information on accidental torsional moments can be
found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.13.(4) Deflections and Sway Effects. Information on deflections and sway effects can be found in
the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(1) Diaphragms and Their Connections. Information on diaphragms and their connections
can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries
(User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(3) Ductile Diaphragms. Information on the design of struts, collectors, chords and
connections for ductile diaphragms can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects
in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(4) Influence of Dynamic Diaphragm In-Plane Response.
Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)
In lieu of carrying out a special study as stated in Subclause 4.1.8.15.(4)(a)(iii), the anticipated total
deformation demand on the vertical elements of the SFRS, including inelastic deformations, may be taken
as equal to RoRd(ΔB + ΔD) − RoΔD, i.e., the difference between the total storey drift including inelastic
deformation effects and diaphragm deformations, RoRd(ΔB + ΔD), and the diaphragm deformation under
Ro times the seismic load, where Ro may be replaced by the actual overstrength of the SFRS vertical
elements. The design engineer must verify that the SFRS vertical elements have sufficient deformation
capacity to accommodate the computed deformation demand. If the vertical elements of the SFRS do not
have sufficient deformation capacity, the design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS must be
magnified by Rd(1 + ΔD/ΔB)/(Rd + ΔD/ΔB). The calculation of the magnified design forces is iterative as
the ΔD/ΔB ratio may change when using higher design forces for the vertical elements of the SFRS.
Reducing the ΔD/ΔB ratio by increasing the stiffness of the roof diaphragm relative to that of the vertical
elements of the SFRS may be considered to reduce the deformation demand on the vertical elements of
the SFRS. Additional information can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in
the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Clause 4.1.8.15.(4)(b)
The dynamic response of the diaphragm with the vertical elements of the SFRS under seismic excitation
involves several modes of vibration that affect both the amplitude and distribution of in-plane shears and
bending moments in the roof diaphragm. The shape of the fundamental mode of vibration resembles the
deflected shape of the diaphragm/vertical SFRS elements under a distributed lateral load while higher
modes involve increasing numbers of zero crossings of the deflected shapes along the length of the
diaphragm, similar to the modes of a simply supported beam with distributed mass. Shears and bending
moments therefore deviate from the values obtained from the equivalent static force procedure
essentially due to higher mode response. Modal contributions to shears and bending moments in the
diaphragms can be obtained from a Linear Dynamic Analysis. The contribution from the higher modes is
generally more pronounced when the ΔD/ΔB ratio, the period in the first mode, or the ratio S(0.2)/S(2.0)
640
is increased. It also increases when the SFRS is designed with a higher Rd factor as inelastic deformations
of the vertical elements of the SFRS attenuate the first mode response. Methods to take into account the
inelastic higher mode effects on in-plane diaphragm shears and moments are discussed in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(5) Discontinuities. Information on elements supporting discontinuities can be found in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(6) Vertical Variations in RdRo. Information on elements of the SFRS below the variation in
RdRo can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(7) Concurrent Yielding. Information on the effects of concurrent yielding of elements can be
found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's
Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.15.(8) Design Force in Elements. Information on the design force in elements can be found in the
Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.16.(1) Foundation Movement. The bearing stress distribution in soil or rock that is used to
determine the factored overturning resistance of the foundation influences the rotation of the foundation,
which occurs due to the forces applied by the SFRS. Generally, all foundations will rotate on soil or rock.
In particular, footings (a type of foundation unit) often undergo uplift at one end, and if the factored
bearing stress at the other end is only over a short length, then the uplift and rotation of the footing can
be significant. CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete structures," contains design requirements for footings that
rotate and uplift; see also the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural
Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)" for guidance and methods to account for
foundation movement.
A-4.1.8.16.(2) Actual Lateral Load Capacity of the SFRS. The actual lateral load capacity of the SFRS
includes the effects of member overstrengths similar to those used to determine the Ro factors. The
applicable CSA design standards include requirements on calculating the overstrengths and capacities,
which may be based on the members' nominal or probable resistance. The actual capacities are larger
than the factored loads and factored resistances and, in many cases, can be significantly larger. Note that
the foundations designed to develop the capacity of the SFRS will undergo movements and
Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.
A-4.1.8.16.(4) Overturning Resistance of the Foundation. For the special case where the foundation is a
footing, and where it and the attached SFRS are not constrained against rotation, it is permitted, with
certain limitations, to size the footing to have a factored overturning resistance less than the overturning
capacity of the supported SFRS. This approach results in a smaller footing, increased footing rotations,
increased drifts in the structure, and increased soil stresses, all of which are over and above those
associated with footings sized to have a factored overturning resistance equal to or greater than the
overturning capacity of the SFRS. The footing itself must have a factored resistance capable of developing
the required soil or rock reactions. An example of a footing and SFRS that are not constrained against
rotation is an SFRS on a footing near the ground surface such that it can rotate freely and is attached to a
gravity-load-resisting system (non-SFRS) that is laterally flexible and provides little lateral resistance. For
this case, the SFRS is usually analyzed on its own and the resulting displacements are imposed on the
non-SFRS elements in order to assess the effects on them. Cases where the footing and SFRS are attached
641
to a system that has significant lateral stiffness require careful analysis and engineering judgement, or the
footing can be capacity-designed.
Limiting the overturning moment on the foundation and the RdRo value provides some control on the
increase in lateral displacement, drift and stress in the soil or rock. Cases that exceed these limits require
special study.
For the common case where the SFRS and/or the footing are constrained in some way against rotation,
the footing's factored resistance must be equal to or greater than the capacity of the supported SFRS. An
example of an SFRS constrained against freely rotating with the footing is an SFRS attached to adjacent
foundation walls by below-grade diaphragms. Examples of footings constrained against free rotation are
footings that use soil anchors to resist overturning, footings on piles, and raft foundations. Note that
Sentence 4.1.8.16.(1) still applies.
See CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete structures," and the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects
in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.16.(6)(a) Interconnection of Foundation Elements. Information on the interconnection of piles or
pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects
in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.16.(7) Earthquake Lateral Pressures from Backfill or Natural Ground. Information on methods of
computing the seismic lateral pressures from backfill or natural ground can be found in the Commentary
entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.16.(8)(a) Cyclic Inelastic Behaviour of Foundation Elements. Information on the cyclic inelastic
behaviour of piles or pile caps, drilled piers, and caissons can be found in the Commentary entitled
Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.16.(9) Alternative Foundation Ties. Alternative methods of tying foundations together, such as a
properly reinforced floor slab capable of resisting the required tension and compression forces, may be
used. Passive soil pressure against buried pile caps may not be used to resist these forces.
A-4.1.8.16.(10) Liquefaction. Information on liquefaction can be found in the Commentary entitled
Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.17.(1) Slope Stability. Information on slope instability can be found in the Commentary entitled
Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.18. Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment. Information on the
requirements of Article 4.1.8.18. can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in
the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-Table 4.1.8.18. Non-structural Components and Equipment. The failure or detachment of non-
structural components and equipment during an earthquake can present a major threat to life safety. The
design requirements presented in Article 4.1.8.18. are intended to ensure that such components and their
connections to the building will retain their integrity during strong ground shaking. Guidelines for the
seismic risk reduction of such components are given in CSA S832, "Seismic risk reduction of operational
and functional components (OFCs) of buildings."
642
A-4.1.8.18.(7)(e) Post-installed Anchors. Information on the cyclic tension load testing of anchors
referred to in Clause 4.1.8.18.(7)(e) can be found in International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-
ES) Evaluation Reports. Additional information can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.18.(13) and 4.4.3.1.(1) Storage Racks. Free-standing storage racks contain materials typically
loaded by forklift. Some are designed to store loaded pallets; however, in some cases, the stored material
does not sit on a pallet. Information on storage racks can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.18.(14) and (15) Glass Fallout and Failure. Information on glass fallout and testing for glass
fallout can be found in AAMA 501.6, "Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic
Drift Causing Glass Fallout from a Wall System." Every surface other than inaccessible areas or areas
where occupancy is prevented or access is prevented should be considered a "walking surface."
Additional information can be found in ASCE/SEI 7, "Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other
Structures," in FEMA P-750, "NEHRP Recommended Seismic Provisions for New Buildings and Other
Structures," and FEMA 450-1, "NEHRP Recommended Provisions for Seismic Regulations for New
Buildings and Other Structures," and related commentaries, and in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.18.(16) Elements of Structures, Non-structural Components and Equipment in Structures with
Supplemental Energy Dissipation. Information on the requirements of Sentence 4.1.8.18.(16) can be found
in the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.18.(18) Climatic Conditions. Climatic conditions leading to wetness or frost at the interface
between the supporting base of the array and the roof surface may adversely affect the resistance
provided by friction due to gravity loads.
A-4.1.8.19.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the seismically
isolated structure and its isolation system be carried out by an independent team of professional
engineers and geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of
seismic isolation. The design review should include, but not be limited to, the following:
(a) site-specific spectra,
(b) ground motion time histories,
(c) modeling and analyses,
(d) testing program and results, and
(e) final design of all structural framing elements and isolation system components.
A-4.1.8.19.(3)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is a
complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in
the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.1.8.19.(4) and 4.1.8.21.(5) Ground Motion Time Histories. Ground motion time histories and their
horizontal and vertical components must be appropriately selected and scaled according to accepted
practice. Further information on ground motion time histories can be found in the Commentary entitled
Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
643
A-4.1.8.21.(2) Design Review. It is strongly recommended that a design review of the structure and the
supplementary energy dissipation system be carried out by an independent team of professional
engineers and geoscientists experienced in seismic analysis methods and the theory and application of
supplementary energy dissipation. The design review should include, but not be limited to, the
following:
(a) ground motion time histories,
(b) modeling and analyses,
(c) testing program and results, and
(d) final design of all structural framing elements and supplemental energy dissipation system
components.
A-4.1.8.21.(4)(a) Non-linear Dynamic Analysis. Three-dimensional Non-linear Dynamic Analysis is a
complex process requiring special expertise. Guidance on Non-linear Dynamic Analysis can be found in
the Commentary entitled Design for Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide -
NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.2.2.1.(1) Subsurface Investigation. Where acceptable information on subsurface conditions already
exists, the investigation may not require further physical subsurface exploration or testing.
A-4.2.2.3.(1) Responsibilities of the Designer as Defined in Part 4. In certain situations, such as when the
design is highly technical, it may be necessary for the "other suitably qualified person" to be someone
responsible to the designer. In such cases the Chief Building Official may wish to order that the review be
done by the designer.
A-4.2.4.1.(1) Innovative Designs. It is important that innovative approaches to foundation design be
carried out by a person especially qualified in the specific method applied and that the design provide a
level of safety and performance at least equivalent to that provided for or implicit in the design carried
out by the methods referred to in Part 4. Provision must be made for monitoring the subsequent
performance of such structures so that the long-term sufficiency of the design can be evaluated.
A-4.2.4.1.(3) Ultimate Limit States for Foundations. Information on ultimate limit states for foundations,
including terminology and resistance factors, can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in
the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.2.4.1.(5) Design of Foundations for Differential Movements. Information on the design of
foundations for differential movements can be found in the Commentary entitled Foundations in the
"Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.2.4.4.(1) Depth of Foundations. When adfreezing has occurred and subsequent freezing results in
soil expansion beneath this area, the resulting uplift effect is sometimes referred to as frost jacking.
A heated building that is insulated to prevent heat loss through the foundation walls should be
considered as an unheated structure unless the effect of the insulation is taken into account in
determining the maximum depth of frost penetration.
A-4.2.5.1.(1) Excavations. Information on excavations can be found in the Commentary entitled
Foundations in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.2.6.1.(1) Shallow Foundations. Information on shallow foundations can be found in the
Commentary entitled Foundations in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
644
A-4.2.7.1.(1) Deep Foundation Units. A deep foundation unit can be pre-manufactured or cast-in-place;
it can be driven, jacked, jetted, screwed, bored or excavated; it can be of wood, concrete, steel or a
combination thereof.
A-4.2.7.2.(1) Deep Foundations. Information on deep foundations can be found in the Commentary
entitled Foundations in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.2.7.2.(2) Load Testing of Piles. ASTM D1143/D1143M, "Standard Test Methods for Deep
Foundations Under Static Axial Compressive Load," defines routine load test procedures that have been
extensively used.
A-4.3.1.1. Wood. The design criteria for wood, CAN/CSA 086 "Engineering Design in Wood", makes
assumptions that the wood products being used are in a condition as intended by their grading. This
includes the limits of moisture content as specified by the grade. However, conditions such as
transportation, site storage, and construction conditions can impact the original design assumptions.
Design considerations should include and be specific to shrinkage that may occur due to changes in
moisture content of the wood. This is of particular concern where the building height can be up to 6
storeys, such as being built under Article 3.2.2.50. and 3.2.2.58. The potential building movement due to
shrinkage should be indicated to other design professionals for their considerations such as cladding
systems, mechanical systems, hold-down devices for structural walls and connections to non-shrinking
elements including firewalls and elevator shafts.
Many wood designs now incorporate mass timber elements as part of the primary structural elements or
seismic force resistance systems. Such products may include glue or mechanically laminated wood
elements such as Glulam, Cross and Dowel Laminated Timbers, or other proprietary products or systems
which may not exhibit the properties assumed by the by-law or its referenced standards. Where such
elements are used, compliance with CAN/CSA-O86 may not be sufficient to demonstrate compliance
with the objective of the By-law. In such cases, where in the opinion of the Chief Building Official the
potential consequence of failure is considered to be significant, they may require that such designs be
supported by the third party review of the structural design under the most credible fire impaired or
unimpaired scenarios. This will include the assessment of the performance of the specified materials, fire-
protective features, and expected behavior of the structure under each of these scenarios.
A-4.3.3.1.(1) Precast Concrete. CSA A23.3, "Design of concrete structures," requires precast concrete
members to conform to CSA A23.4, "Precast concrete - Materials and construction."
A-4.3.4.1.(1) Welded Construction. Qualification for fabricators and erectors of welded construction is
found in Clause 24.3 of CSA S16, "Design of steel structures."
A-4.3.4.2.(1) Cold-Formed Stainless Steel Members. There is currently no Canadian standard for the
design of cold-formed stainless steel structural members. As an interim measure, design may be carried
out using the limit states design provisions of ASCE/SEI 8, "Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed
Stainless Steel Structural Members," except that load factors, load combinations and load combination
factors shall be in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3.
A-4.3.6.1.(1) Design Basis for Glass. The load factors in Tables 4.1.3.2.-A and 4.1.3.2.-B must be applied
to the adjusted wind load before designing in accordance with the referenced standard. Additional
information is given in the Commentary entitled Wind Load and Effects in the "Structural Commentaries
(User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-4.4.2.1.(1) Design Basis for Storage Garages and Repair Garages. Although the scope of CSA S413,
"Parking structures," is limited to structural steel and reinforced concrete (including prestressed and
post-tensioned), the intent of Sentence 4.4.2.1.(1) is to require any type of material used in the
645
construction of storage garages and repair garages to conform to the performance level outlined in the
standard.
See the Commentary entitled Live Loads in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020:
Part 4 of Division B)."
646
Part 5
Environmental Separation
Section 5.1. General
5.1.1. Scope
5.1.1.1. Scope
1) This Part is concerned with
a) the control of condensation
i) in building components and assemblies, and
ii) on building materials, components and assemblies, and
b) the transfer of heat, air, moisture and sound through
i) building materials, components and assemblies, and
ii) interfaces between building materials, components and assemblies.
(See Note A-5.1.1.1.(1).)
5.1.1.2. Maritime Climate
1) This Part includes special provisions to deal with the potentially damaging effects of Vancouver's
maritime climate, including the possibility of rapid decay in structural members.
(See Note A-5.1.1.2.)
5.1.2. Application
5.1.2.1. Exposure to Exterior Space or the Ground and Separation of Dissimilar
Environments
1) This Part applies, as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A, to
a) building materials, components and assemblies exposed to exterior space or the ground, including
those separating interior space from exterior space or separating interior space from the ground,
b) building materials, components and assemblies separating environmentally dissimilar interior
spaces (see Note A-5.8.), and
c) site materials, components, assemblies and grading that may affect environmental loads on
building materials, components and assemblies exposed to exterior space or the ground.
(See Note A-5.1.2.1.(1).)
2) Buildings or portions of buildings not required to provide environmental separation, not exposed to
exterior environmental loads or intended only for summer seasonal use need not conform to this Part
where it can be shown, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official that the health or safety of building
users, the intended use of the building and the operation of building services will not be adversely affected.
(See Note A-5.1.2.1.(2).)
647
5.1.2.2. Building Envelope Professional Requirements
1) The Building Envelope Professional shall conduct reviews, and provide letters as required in
Sentences (2) and (3), on buildings or portions of buildings with a cladding system over wood framing or
light steel framing and on all residential buildings within the scope of Part 5 with respect to Section 5.4.,
5.5. and 5.6. (See Note A-5.1.2.2.(1).)
2) The Building Envelope Professional shall, prior to issuance of a building permit, provide the Chief
Building Official with a completed, signed and sealed commitment letter in the form attached as Schedule
D at the end of this part.
3) The Building Envelope Professional shall, prior to issuance of an occupancy permit, provide the Chief
Building Official with a completed, signed and sealed completion letter in the form attached as Schedule
C-D at the end of this Part
5.1.3. Definitions
5.1.3.1. Defined Words
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
5.1.4. Resistance to Loads and Deterioration
5.1.4.1. Structural and Environmental Loads
(See Note A-5.1.4.1.)
1) Building materials, components and assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are
exposed to the exterior shall have sufficient capacity and integrity to resist or accommodate
a) all environmental loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be expected having
regard to
i) the intended use of the building, and
ii) the environment to which the materials, components and assemblies are subject, and
b) all structural loads, and effects of those loads, that may reasonably be expected.
2) Where building materials, components or assemblies perform more than one function, they shall
satisfy the requirements of all of those functions. (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(2).)
3) Compliance with Clause (1)(a) shall be demonstrated by design complying with Subsection 5.2.1.
and construction conforming to that design.
4) Compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated by design complying with Subsection 5.2.2.,
and construction conforming to that design, with regard to
a) materials, components and assemblies, and associated loads, that are identified in Part 4,
b) air pressure loads imposed on air barrier systems,
c) wind up-lift imposed on roofing, and
d) hydrostatic pressure imposed on the means of protection from moisture in the ground.
5) For materials, components, assemblies and loads to which Sentence (4) does not apply,
compliance with Clause (1)(b) shall be demonstrated
648
a) by design complying with Subsection 5.2.2. for individual applicable loads and construction
conforming to that design, or
b) in the case of common materials, components and assemblies, and their installation, by proven
past performance over a period of several years for individual applicable loads.
(See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)
6) Materials, components and assemblies separating dissimilar environments and assemblies
exposed to the exterior, including their connections, that are subject to structural loads as defined in
Article 5.2.2.1. shall
a) transfer such loads to the building structure without adverse effects on the performance of other
materials, components or assemblies,
b) not deflect to a degree that adversely affects the performance of other materials, components or
assemblies (see Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c)), and
c) be designed, and constructed according to that design, to accommodate (see Note A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b)
and (c))
i) the maximum relative structural movement that may reasonably be expected, and
ii) construction tolerances that may be reasonably expected.
(See Article 4.1.3.5., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8. for information on different types of
structural movements.) (See Note A-5.1.4.1.)
5.1.4.2. Resistance to Deterioration
(See Note A-5.1.4.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), materials used in building components and assemblies that
separate dissimilar environments, or in assemblies exposed to the exterior, shall be
a) compatible with adjoining materials, and
b) resistant to any mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected, given
i) the nature and function of the materials, and
ii) the exposure and climatic conditions in which they will be installed.
2) Material compatibility and deterioration resistance are not required where it can be shown that
incompatibility or uncontrolled deterioration will not adversely affect any of
a) the health or safety of building users,
b) the intended use of the building, or
c) the operation of building services.
5.1.5. Other Requirements
5.1.5.1. Requirements in Other Parts of the Code
1) Structural, fire safety and energy efficiency requirements in other Parts of this By-law shall apply.
Section 5.2. Loads and Procedures
5.2.1. Environmental Loads and Design Procedures
649
5.2.1.1. Exterior Environmental Loads
1) Above ground climatic loads shall be determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), below ground exterior environmental loads not described in
Subsection 1.1.3. shall be determined from existing geological and hydrological data or from site tests.
3) Where local design and construction practice has shown soil temperature analysis to be
unnecessary, soil temperatures need not be determined. (See Note A-5.2.1.1.(3).)
5.2.1.2. Interior Environmental Loads
1) Interior environmental loads shall be determined in accordance with good practice as described
in Sentence 6.2.1.1.(1) based on the intended use of the space. (See Note A-5.2.1.2.(1).)
5.2.1.3. Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations
1) Calculations related to the transfer of heat, air and moisture and the transmission of sound shall
conform to good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks.
2) For the purposes of any analysis conducted to indicate conformance to the thermal resistance
levels required in Article 5.3.1.2., soil temperatures shall be determined based on annual average soil
temperature, seasonal amplitude of variation and attenuation of variation with depth.
3) Wind load calculations shall conform to Subsection 4.1.7.
5.2.2. Structural Loads and Design Procedures
5.2.2.1. Determination of Structural Loads and Effects
1) Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed
to the exterior, or their connections, are required to be designed to withstand structural loads, these loads
shall be determined in accordance with Part 4. (See also Subsection 2.2.5. of Division C.)
2) Except as provided in Article 4.1.8.18., the structural loads referred to in Sentence (1) and their
related effects shall include
a) dead loads transferred from structural elements,
b) wind, snow, rain, hydrostatic and earth pressures,
c) earthquake effects for post-disaster buildings, depending on their intended function (see Note A-
5.2.2.1.(2)(c)),
d) live loads due to use and occupancy, and
e) loads due to thermal or moisture-related expansion and contraction, deflection, deformation,
creep, shrinkage, settlement, and differential movement.
3) Where materials, components or assemblies that separate dissimilar environments or are exposed
to the exterior, or their connections, can be expected to be subject to loads or other effects not described in
this Subsection or in Part 4, such loads or effects shall be taken into account in the design based on the
most current and applicable information available.
5.2.2.2. Determination of Wind Load
(See Note A-5.2.2.2.)
650
1) This Article applies to the determination of wind load to be used in the design of materials,
components and assemblies, including their connections, that separate dissimilar environments or are
exposed to the exterior, where these are
a) subject to wind load, and
b) required to be designed to resist wind load.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the wind load referred to in Sentence (1) shall be 100% of the
specified wind load determined in accordance with Article 4.1.7.1.
3) Where it can be shown by test or analysis that a material, component, assembly or connection
referred to in Sentence (1) will be subject to less than 100% of the specified wind load, the wind load
referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than the load determined by test or analysis.
4) Except as provided in Sentences (5) and (6), the wind uplift resistance of membrane roofing
assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A123.21, "Standard
test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of membrane-roofing systems." (See Note A-
5.2.2.2.(4).)
5) Membrane roofing assemblies with proven past performance for the anticipated wind loads need
not comply with Sentence (4). (See Note A-5.1.4.1.(5).)
6) The wind resistance of vegetated roof assemblies shall be determined in accordance with the
requirements of CAN/CSA-A123.24, "Standard test method for wind resistance of vegetated roof
assembly." (See Note A-5.2.2.2.(6).)
5.2.2.3. Design Procedures
1) Structural design shall be carried out in accordance with Subsection 4.1.3. and other applicable
requirements in Part 4.
Section 5.3. Heat Transfer
(See Note A-5.3.)
5.3.1. Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer
(See Note A-5.3.1.1.)
1) Where a building component or assembly will be subjected to an intended temperature
differential, the component or assembly shall include materials to resist heat transfer or a means to
dissipate transferred heat in accordance with the remainder of this Subsection, and Part 10 of Division B.
2) Deleted.
5.3.1.2. Properties to Resist Heat Transfer or Dissipate Heat
(See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
1) Taking into account the conditions on either side of the environmental separator, materials and
components installed to provide the required resistance to heat transfer or the means implemented to
dissipate heat shall provide sufficient resistance or dissipation,
a) to minimize surface condensation on the warm side of the component or assembly,
b) in conjunction with other materials and components in the assembly, to minimize condensation
within the component or assembly,
651
c) in conjunction with systems installed for space conditioning, to meet the interior design thermal
conditions for the intended occupancy, and
d) to minimize ice damming on water-shedding roofs.
(See Note A-5.3.1.2.(1).)
5.3.1.3. Location and Installation of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance
1) Where a material required by Article 5.3.1.1. is intersected by a building assembly, penetrated by a
high conductance component or interrupted by expansion, control or construction joints, and where
condensation is likely to occur at these intersections, penetrations or interruptions, sufficient thermal
resistance shall be provided so as to minimize condensation at these locations.
2) Materials providing required thermal resistance shall have sufficient inherent resistance to
airflow or be positioned in the assembly so as to prevent convective airflow through and around the
material. (See Note A-5.3.1.3.(2).)
Section 5.4. Air Leakage
5.4.1. Air Barrier Systems
(See Note A-5.4.1.)
5.4.1.1. Required Resistance to Air Leakage
(See Note A-5.4.1.1.)
1) Where a building component or assembly separates interior conditioned space from exterior
space, interior space from the ground, or environmentally dissimilar interior spaces, the properties and
position of the materials and components in those components or assemblies shall be such that they
control air leakage or permit venting to the exterior so as to
a) provide acceptable conditions for the building occupants,
b) maintain appropriate conditions for the intended use of the building,
c) minimize the accumulation of condensation in and the penetration of precipitation into the
building component or assembly,
d) control heat transfer to roofs where ice damming can occur,
e) minimize the ingress of airborne radon and other soil gases from the ground with an aim to
controlling the indoor concentrations of these gases to an acceptable level, and
f) not compromise the operation of building services.
2) An air barrier system shall be designed and constructed to provide the principal resistance to air
leakage to meet the requirements of Sentence (1).
3) The air barrier system shall incorporate air barrier assemblies that meet the appropriate
Performance Class as defined in Table 5.4.1.1. (See Note A-5.4.1.1.(3).)
Table 5.4.1.1.
Maximum Air Leakage Rates for Air Barrier Assemblies
Forming Part of Sentences 5.4.1.1.(3) and (6) and 5.4.1.2.(1) and (2)
Performance Class
Maximum Air Leakage Rate, L/(s×m2), at a Pressure Differential
of 75 Pa
1
0.05
652
2
0.10
3
0.15
4
0.20
5
0.50
4) The air barrier system shall be designed and constructed to be continuous
a) across construction, control and expansion joints,
b) across junctions between different air barrier assemblies, and
c) around penetrations through air barrier assemblies.
(See Note A-5.4.1.1.(4).)
5) The structural design of air barrier assemblies, including junctions between air barrier assemblies,
subject to air pressure loads shall comply with Article 5.1.4.1. and Subsection 5.2.2.
6) The maximum air leakage rates specified in Table 5.4.1.1. are permitted to be increased where it
can be shown that the higher rate will not adversely affect any of
a) the health or safety of the building users,
b) the intended use of the building, or
c) the operation of building services.
7) An air barrier system is not required where it can be shown that uncontrolled air leakage will not
adversely affect any of
a) the health or safety of building users,
b) the intended use of the building, or
c) the operation of building services.
(See Note A-5.4.1.1.(7).)
5.4.1.2. Air Barrier Assemblies
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), air barrier assemblies not in contact with the ground
shall
a) conform with CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies - Specification," and
b) meet the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1.
(See Note A-5.4.1.2.(1).)
2) Air barrier assemblies not evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air
Barrier Assemblies - Specification," shall be designed and constructed
a) to meet or exceed the selected Performance Class of Table 5.4.1.1., and
b) with at least one air barrier material intended to provide the primary resistance to air leakage that
meets the requirements of CAN/ULC-S741, "Standard for Air Barrier Materials - Specification."
(See Note A-5.4.1.2.(2).)
653
3) Air barrier assemblies covered in Subsections 5.9.2., 5.9.3. and 5.9.4. shall meet the air barrier
performance criteria defined in those Subsections.
4) Below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground shall minimize the ingress of
airborne radon and other soil gases. (See Note A-5.4.1.2.(4).)
Section 5.5. Vapour Diffusion
5.5.1. Vapour Barriers
5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion
(See Note A-5.5.1.1.)
1) Where a building component or assembly is subjected to differentials in temperature and water
vapour pressure, the properties and position of the materials and components in those components or
assemblies shall be such that they control vapour diffusion or permit venting to the exterior so as to
minimize the accumulation of condensation in the building component or assembly.
2) A vapour barrier shall be installed to provide the principal resistance to water vapour diffusion.
3) Delete.
5.5.1.2. Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation
(See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
1) The vapour barrier shall have sufficiently low permeance and shall be positioned in the building
component or assembly so as to
a) minimize moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly that would be cold
enough to cause condensation at the design temperature and humidity conditions, or
b) reduce moisture transfer by diffusion, to surfaces within the assembly that would be cold enough
to cause condensation at the design temperature and humidity conditions, to a rate that will not allow
sufficient accumulation of moisture to cause deterioration or otherwise adversely affect any of
i) the health or safety of building users,
ii) the intended use of the building, or
iii) the operation of building services.
(See Note A-5.5.1.2.(1).)
2) Coatings applied to gypsum board to provide required resistance to vapour diffusion shall
conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M,
"Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard."
3) Coatings applied to materials other than gypsum board to provide required resistance to vapour
diffusion shall conform to the requirements of Sentence (1) when tested in accordance with ASTM
E96/E96M, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials," by the desiccant
method (dry cup).
Section 5.6. Precipitation
5.6.1. Protection from Precipitation
5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation
(See Note A-5.6.1.1.)
654
1) Where a building component or assembly is exposed to precipitation, the component or assembly
shall
a) minimize ingress of precipitation into the component or assembly, and
b) prevent ingress of precipitation into interior space.
2) Deleted.
5.6.1.2. Installation of Protective Materials
1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and (4), where protective materials are applied to assemblies
to provide the required protection from precipitation, they shall be installed so as to shed precipitation or
otherwise minimize its entry into the assembly and prevent its penetration through the assembly. (See
Note A-5.6.1.2.(1).) (See also Clause 5.3.1.2.(1)(d).)
2) A vegetated roof assembly shall be permitted if
a) the vegetated roof assembly conforms to the requirements of Article 3.1.14.4.,
b) gravity loads on the building structure are determined by ASTM E 2397/E 2397M-19 "Standard
Practice for Determination of Dead loads and Live loads Associated with Vegetative (Green) Roof Systems",
c) the roof that supports the vegetated roof system is waterproof (see Note A-1.4.1.1. of Division A),
d) the vegetated roof assembly is designed and constructed with a root barrier, or the roofing membrane
is resistant to root and rhizome penetration when tested in accordance with ANSI/SPRI VR-1,
"Procedure for Investigating Resistance to Root or Rhizome Penetration on Vegetative Roofs", and
e) the vegetated roof assembly is designed and constructed with water retention materials to support
vegetative growth, and with drainage materials to convey water to roof drains. (See Note A-5.6.1.2.(2).)
3) Flashings, drips, or overhangs shall be incorporated to deflect accumulated water from the building
face where there are changes in planes of walls and roofs, changes in cladding material, or window or
door heads or sills. (See Note A-5.6.1.2.(3).)
4) A roof assembly shall resist the entry of water into the building, and where the roof assembly
incorporates a membrane, the roof assembly shall be designed and constructed to conform to the
requirements of Article 5.2.2.2.
5) Each material, component, or assembly, including electrical services, that penetrates through a roof
assembly shall pass through a flashing that can be sealed against both air leakage and the weather, and
which is suitable for its purpose.
6) Ballasted membrane roofs not subject to the requirements in Sentence 5.2.2.2.(4) shall be designed
and constructed to resist wind loads.
5.6.2. Sealing, Drainage, Accumulation and Disposal
5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage
(See Note A-5.6.2.1.)
1) Materials, components, assemblies, joints in materials, junctions between components and
junctions between assemblies exposed to precipitation shall be
a) designed to shed precipitation or, where a waterproofing roof assembly is concerned, sealed to
prevent ingress of precipitation, and
b) drained to direct precipitation to the exterior.
655
2) Deleted.
5.6.2.2. Accumulation and Disposal
1) Where water, snow or ice can accumulate on a building, provision shall be made to minimize the
likelihood of hazardous conditions arising from such accumulation.
2) Where precipitation can accumulate on sloped or horizontal assemblies, provision shall be made
for drainage conforming with Article 2.4.10.4. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.
3) Where downspouts are provided and are not connected to a sewer, provisions shall be made to
a) divert the water from the building, and
b) prevent soil erosion.
4) Junctions between vertical assemblies, and sloped or horizontal assemblies, shall be designed and
constructed to minimize the flow of water from the sloped or horizontal assembly onto the vertical
assembly.
5) Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls, there shall be a sufficient number of
overflow outlets installed in the parapet walls in order to properly drain the roof or balcony in the event
that any rainwater conductors become obstructed. (See Note A-5.6.2.2.(5).)
6) Where roof drains connected to a drainage system are used to satisfy the requirements in this Section,
they shall be suitable for the type of roof assembly and shall be sealed against the weather following the
requirements of Article 5.6.1.2.
Section 5.7. Surface and Ground Water
(See Note A-5.7.)
5.7.1. Site Factors
5.7.1.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to the location of buildings, the grading of building sites, the directing of
water away from building assemblies, and the provision of means for drainage.
5.7.1.2. Required Protection
1) The building shall be located, the building site shall be graded, or water shall be directed away
from building assemblies so as to prevent or accommodate the accumulation of surface water against the
building or adjacent buildings.
2) Drainage shall be provided to direct water away from assemblies separating interior space from
the ground, except
a) where the assembly is designed in accordance with Subsection 5.7.2. to withstand continuous
hydrostatic pressure, or
b) Deleted.
(See Note A-5.7.1.2.(2).)
5.7.2. Protection against Hydrostatic Pressure
5.7.2.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems applied
to building assemblies that separate dissimilar environments and are subjected to hydrostatic pressure.
5.7.2.2. Design of Building Elements Under Hydrostatic Loads
656
1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in Article 5.7.2.1. shall
be designed in accordance with Subsection 5.1.4.
2) Hydrostatic design loads shall be determined in accordance with Subsection 5.2.2.
5.7.2.3. Required Protection
1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies and systems described in Article 5.7.2.1. shall
comply with Article 5.7.3.2.
5.7.3. Protection against Ground Water
5.7.3.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to the protection of building assemblies that separate interior space from
the ground.
5.7.3.2. Required Protection
1) Except as provided in Article 5.7.3.4., building assemblies described in Article 5.7.3.1. shall be
protected by waterproofing in accordance with Article 5.7.3.3. so as to prevent the ingress of water into
the building or the accumulation of water against the building.
2) Deleted.
5.7.3.3. Waterproofing
1) Waterproofing materials, components, assemblies, or systems installed to provide the required
protection shall form a continuous and impervious barrier to the ingress of water and be capable of
accommodating
a) imperfections, construction joints, control joints and expansion joints (see Note A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a)),
b) junctions between different building assemblies, and
c) elements penetrating building assemblies.
5.7.3.4. Where Dampproofing is Permitted
1) Vertical building assemblies that separate interior space from the ground are permitted to be
dampproofed where
a) such assemblies are not subjected to hydrostatic pressure,
b) the substrate is cast-in-place concrete, and
c) a drainage layer is installed between the building assembly and the soil.
(See Note A-5.7.3.4.(1).)
2) Joints, junctions and penetrations shall be designed and constructed to maintain the continuity of
the dampproofing.
Section 5.8. Sound Transmission
(See Note A-5.8.)
5.8.1. Protection from Airborne Noise
5.8.1.1. Required Protection
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in a
building in which noise may be generated by
657
a) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which, together, provide an apparent sound
transmission class (ASTC) rating not less than 47, or
b) a separating assembly that provides a sound transmission class (STC) rating of not less than 50 and
adjoining constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
2) Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or a refuse chute shall have an STC
rating not less than 55.
5.8.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
(See Note A-5.8.1.2.)
1) The STC ratings of separating assemblies shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413,
"Classification for Rating Sound Insulation," using the results from measurements carried out in
accordance with ASTM E90, "Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements."
2) The ASTC ratings of separating assemblies and adjoining constructions shall be
a) determined in accordance with ASTM E413, "Classification for Rating Sound Insulation," using
the results from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E336, "Standard Test Method for
Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings," or
b) calculated in accordance with
i) the detailed method described in Article 5.8.1.4., or
ii) the simplified method described in Article 5.8.1.5.
5.8.1.3. Compliance with Required Ratings
1) Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
a) measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 5.8.1.2.(1), or
b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented in Table 9.10.3.1.-A
or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.
2) Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
a) measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with Sentence 5.8.1.2.(2), or
b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to those presented in Table 9.10.3.1.-A
or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that have an STC rating of not less than 50 in conjunction with flanking
assemblies constructed in accordance with Article 9.11.1.4.
5.8.1.4. Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
(See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
1) The sound transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM E90, "Standard Test Method for
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements,"
shall be used in lieu of the sound reduction index required in ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics -
Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne
Sound Insulation Between Rooms."
2) The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies shall be
658
a) determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics -
Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne
Sound Insulation Between Rooms," or
b) measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, "Acoustics - Laboratory measurement
of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms - Part 1: Frame
document."
3) The normalized flanking level difference shall be measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO
10848-1, "Acoustics - Laboratory measurement of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact
sound between adjoining rooms - Part 1: Frame document."
4) The direct sound reduction index for the separating assembly in situ shall be determined using
Clause (a) or (b), depending on the type of construction:
a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be
taken as equal to the sound transmission loss, without correction;
b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be
determined in accordance with the detailed method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO
15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of
Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms" (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
5) The flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each edge of the separating
assembly shall be determined using Clause (a), (b) or (c), depending on the type of construction:
a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing and connected
flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the
normalized flanking level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in accordance with
Annex F of ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the
Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms,"
b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel and connected
flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance
with the detailed method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics
- Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne
Sound Insulation Between Rooms" (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)),
c) for a mixture of assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing and assemblies that behave
like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance with Clause (a) or (b) (see
Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
6) Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) have been
determined based on the type of construction, the apparent sound reduction index shall then be
determined in accordance with ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of
Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms."
7) The ASTC shall be calculated in accordance with ASTM E413, "Classification for Rating Sound
Insulation," using the apparent sound reduction index determined in Sentence (6), which shall be treated
as equivalent to the values of apparent sound transmission loss measured in accordance with ASTM
E336, "Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in
Buildings."
5.8.1.5. Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
659
(See Note A-5.8.1.4.)
1) The STC rating shall be used in lieu of the weighted sound reduction index required in ISO
15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of
Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms."
2) The vibration reduction index for the junctions between separating assemblies shall be
a) determined using the equations presented in Annex E of ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics -
Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne
Sound Insulation Between Rooms," or
b) measured in accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, "Acoustics - Laboratory measurement
of the flanking transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms - Part 1: Frame
document."
3) The weighted normalized flanking level difference shall be determined in accordance with ASTM
E413, "Classification for Rating Sound Insulation," using the results from measurements carried out in
accordance with Parts 1 to 4 of ISO 10848-1, "Acoustics - Laboratory measurement of the flanking
transmission of airborne and impact sound between adjoining rooms - Part 1: Frame document."
4) The direct weighted sound reduction index for the separating assembly shall be taken as equal to
the STC, without correction.
5) The weighted flanking sound reduction index for each flanking path at each edge of the
separating assembly shall be determined using Clause (a) or (b), depending on the type of construction:
a) for a separating wall or floor assembly with lightweight wood or steel framing and connected
flanking assemblies with lightweight wood or steel framing, the index shall be taken as equal to the
weighted normalized flanking level difference re-normalized for the ASTC field situation in accordance
with Annex F of ISO 15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings
From the Performance of Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms" ;
b) for a separating wall or floor assembly that behaves like a homogeneous panel and connected
flanking assemblies that behave like a homogeneous panel, the index shall be determined in accordance
with the simplified method for structure-borne transmission presented in ISO 15712-1, "Building
Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of Elements - Part 1:
Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms" (see Note A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b)).
6) Once the pertinent indices and measurements referred to in Sentences (1) to (5) have been
determined based on the type of construction, the ASTC shall then be calculated in accordance with ISO
15712-1, "Building Acoustics - Estimation of Acoustic Performance of Buildings From the Performance of
Elements - Part 1: Airborne Sound Insulation Between Rooms."
Section 5.9. Standards
5.9.1. Applicable Standards
5.9.1.1. Compliance with Applicable Standards
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and elsewhere in this Part, materials and components, and
their installation, shall conform to the requirements of the applicable standards in Table 5.9.1.1. where
those materials or components are
a) incorporated into environmental separators or assemblies exposed to the exterior, and
b) installed to fulfill the requirements of this Part.
660
(See Note A-5.9.1.1.(1).)
2) The requirements for flame-spread ratings contained in thermal insulation standards shall be
applied only as required in Part 3.
Table 5.9.1.1.
Standards Applicable to Environmental Separators and Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior
Forming Part of Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1)
Issuing
Agency
Document Number
Title of Document
ANSI
A135.6
Engineered Wood Siding
ASME
B18.6.1
Wood Screws (Inch Series)
ASTM
A123/A123M
Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and
Steel Products
ASTM
A153/A153M
Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
ASTM
A653/A653M
Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron
Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process
ASTM
C4
Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile
ASTM
C73
Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick)
ASTM
C126
Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry
Units
ASTM
C212
Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile
ASTM
C412M
Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile
ASTM
C444M
Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe
ASTM
C553
Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for
Commercial and Industrial Applications
ASTM
C612
Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation
ASTM
C700
Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard
Strength, and Perforated
ASTM
C726
Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board
ASTM
C834(1)
Standard Specification for Latex Sealants
ASTM
C840
Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board
ASTM
C920(1)
Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants
ASTM
C991
Standard Specification for Flexible Fibrous Glass Insulation for Metal Buildings
ASTM
C1002
Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the
Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs
or Steel Studs
ASTM
C1177/C1177M
Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing
ASTM
C1178/C1178M
Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum
Backing Panel
ASTM
C1184(1)
Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants
ASTM
C1280
Standard Specification for Application of Exterior Gypsum Panel Products for
Use as Sheathing
ASTM
C1311(1)
Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants
661
ASTM
C1330(1)
Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use with Cold
Liquid-Applied Sealants
ASTM
C1396/C1396M(2)
Standard Specification for Gypsum Board
ASTM
C1658/C1658M(3)
Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Panels
ASTM
D1227/D1227M
Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for
Roofing
ASTM
D2178/D2178M
Standard Specification for Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and
Waterproofing
ASTM
D3019/D3019M(4)
Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-
Fibered, and Fibered
ASTM
D4479/D4479M
Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free
ASTM
D4637/D4637M
Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane
ASTM
D4811/D4811M
Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as
Roof Flashing
ASTM
D6878/D6878M
Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing
ASTM
E2190
Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation
ASTM
E 2397/E 2397M
Standard Practice for Determination of Dead Loads and Live Loads Associated
with Vegetative (Green) Roof Systems
BNQ
BNQ 3624-115
Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-11.3-M
Hardboard
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.1
Safety Glazing
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.2-M
Flat, Clear Sheet Glass
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.3-M
Flat, Clear Float Glass
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.4-M
Heat Absorbing Glass
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.8
Insulating glass units
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-12.9
Spandrel glass
CGSB
37-GP-9Ma
Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and
Waterproofing
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.50-M
Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.54
Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-37.58-M
Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing
and Waterproofing
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-41.24
Rigid Vinyl Siding, Soffits and Fascia
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.32-M
Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.33-M
Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-51.34-M
Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-93.1-M
Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential
CGSB
CAN/CGSB-93.2-M
Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use
CSA
A23.1
Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction
CSA
CAN/CSA-A82
Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale
662
CSA
CAN3-A93-M
Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.2
Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets
CSA
A123.3
Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.4
Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems
CSA
A123.5
Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.16
Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets
CSA
A123.17
Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.21
Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift resistance of membrane-
roofing systems
CSA
A123.23
Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and
reinforced
CSA
CAN/CSA-A123.24
Standard test method for wind resistance of vegetated roof assembly
CSA
A123.51
Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper
CSA
A165.1
Concrete block masonry units
CSA
A165.2
Concrete brick masonry units
CSA
A165.3
Prefaced concrete masonry units
CSA
CAN/CSA-A179
Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry
CSA
CAN/CSA-A220 Series
Concrete Roof Tiles
CSA
CAN/CSA-A371
Masonry Construction for Buildings
CSA
A3001
Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete
CSA
B182.1
Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings
CSA
G40.21
Structural quality steel
CSA
CAN/CSA-G401
Corrugated steel pipe products
CSA
CAN/CSA-O80 Series
Wood preservation
CSA
O118.1
Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles
CSA
O118.2
Eastern White Cedar Shingles
CSA
O121
Douglas fir plywood
CSA
O141
Softwood Lumber
CSA
O151
Canadian softwood plywood
CSA
O153
Poplar plywood
CSA
O325
Construction sheathing
CSA
O437.0
OSB and Waferboard
HPVA
ANSI/HPVA HP-1
American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood
SPRI
ANSI/SPRI
VR-1
Procedure for Investigating Resistance to Root or Rhizome Penetration on
Vegetative Roofs
ULC
CAN/ULC-S701.1
Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards
ULC
CAN/ULC-S702.1
Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
Specification
663
ULC
CAN/ULC-S703
Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings
ULC
CAN/ULC-S704.1
Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards,
Faced
ULC
CAN/ULC-S705.1
Standard for Thermal Insulation - Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam,
Medium Density - Material Specification
ULC
CAN/ULC-S705.2
Standard for Thermal Insulation - Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam,
Medium Density - Application
ULC
CAN/ULC-S706.1
Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings
ULC
CAN/ULC-S710.1
Standard for Bead-Applied One Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam,
Part 1: Material Specification
ULC
CAN/ULC-S711.1
Standard for Bead-Applied Two Component Polyurethane Air Sealant Foam,
Part 1: Material Specification
ULC
CAN/ULC-S717.1
Standard for Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units - Material
Properties
Notes to Table 5.9.1.1.:
(1) See Note A-Table 5.9.1.1.
(2) The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84
as indicated in ASTM C1396/C1396M.
(3) The flame-spread rating of gypsum panels shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102 in lieu of ASTM E84
as indicated in ASTM C1658/C1658M.
(4) For the purpose of compliance with Part 5, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-
asbestos-fibered types of asphalt roll roofing.
5.9.2. Windows, Doors and Skylights
5.9.2.1. General
1) This Subsection applies to windows, doors and skylights, including their components, that
separate
a) interior space from exterior space, or
b) environmentally dissimilar interior spaces.
2) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term "skylight" refers to unit skylights, roof windows and
tubular daylighting devices.
3) Windows, doors and skylights, including their components, that are required to have a fire-
protection rating need not conform to the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-5.9.2.1.(3).)
5.9.2.2. Applicable Standards
(See Note A-5.9.2.2.)
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (5) and 5.9.2.3.(1), windows, doors, skylights, including their
components, shall conform to the requirements in
a) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
windows, doors, and skylights" (Harmonized Standard), and
b) except as permitted in Sentence (4), CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to
AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
windows, doors, and skylights."
664
2) Performance grades for windows, doors and skylights shall be selected according to the
Canadian Supplement referenced in Clause (1)(b) so as to be appropriate for the conditions and
geographic location in which the window, door or skylight will be installed.
3) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the performance grades selected in Sentence (2)
when tested in accordance with the Harmonized Standard referenced in Clause (1)(a).
4) For the purposes of conformance with Clause (1)(b), loads and procedures from Section 5.2 may
be used instead of the loads and procedures set out in the standard. (See Note 5.9.2.2.(4).)
5) A door designated as a "Limited Water" door in accordance with the standard referenced in
Clause (1)(a) shall not be used unless the door
a) separates a dwelling unit from an unconditioned storage garage or a carport,
b) is designed with a clear width, a clear and level space, a door-opening device and a door closer in
conformance with Subsection 3.8.3. (see Article 3.8.3.6.), or
c) meets the criteria in Sentence 9.27.3.8.(3) such that flashing would not be required.
5.9.2.3. Structural and Environmental Loads, Air Leakage and Water Penetration
1) Windows, doors, skylights and their components that do not conform to Article 5.9.2.2. shall be
designed and constructed in accordance with Subsection 5.1.4., Section 5.4. and Section 5.6.
(See Note A-5.9.2.3.(1).)
5.9.2.4. Heat Transfer
1) Windows, doors and skylights shall meet the heat transfer performance requirements stated in
Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.3.1.2.)
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), all metal-framed glazed assemblies separating interior
conditioned space from interior unconditioned space or exterior space shall incorporate a thermal break
to minimize condensation.
3) Metal-framed glazed assemblies need not comply with Sentence (2) where these assemblies are
a) storm windows or doors, or
b) windows or doors that are required to have a fire-protection rating.
(See Note A-5.9.2.4.(3).)
5.9.3. Other Fenestration Assemblies
(See Note A-5.9.3.)
5.9.3.1. General
1) For the purpose of this Subsection, the term "other fenestration assemblies" refers to curtain
walls, window walls, storefronts and glazed architectural structures. (See Note A-5.9.3.1.(1).)
2) Other fenestration assemblies and their components that are required to have a fire-protection rating
need not conform to the requirements of this Subsection. (See Note A-5.9.2.1.(3).)
5.9.3.2. Structural and Environmental Loads
1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with Subsection 5.1.4. (See Note A-5.9.3.2.(1).)
665
5.9.3.3. Heat Transfer
1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall meet the heat transfer performance
requirements stated in Section 5.3. (See Note A-5.9.3.3.(1).)
2) Other fenestration assemblies using metal framing that separate interior conditioned space from
interior unconditioned space or exterior space shall incorporate a thermal break to minimize
condensation.
5.9.3.4. Air Leakage
1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with Section 5.4.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), other fenestration assemblies and their components shall have
an air leakage characteristic, measured at an air pressure difference of 75 Pa, when tested in accordance
with ASTM E283, "Standard Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior
Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen," that is
not greater than
a) 0.2 L/(s×m2) for fixed portions, including any opaque portions, and
b) 1.5 L/(s×m2) for operable portions.
(See Note A-5.9.3.4.(2).)
3) The following systems need not comply with Sentence (2):
a) interior windows and interior doors that do not serve as environmental separators,
b) vehicular access doors (garage doors),
c) storm windows and storm doors,
d) commercial entrance systems,
e) revolving doors,
f) smoke and relief air vents,
g) site-built door systems, and
h) commercial steel doors.
(See Note A-5.9.3.4.(3).)
5.9.3.5. Water Penetration
1) Other fenestration assemblies and their components shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with Section 5.6.
5.9.4. Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
5.9.4.1. Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour Diffusion and Water
Penetration
1) Exterior insulation finish systems and their components shall comply with
a) Subsection 5.1.4. and Sections 5.3. to 5.6., and
666
b) CAN/ULC-S716.1, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and
Systems," where covered in the scope of that standard.
(See Note A-5.9.4.1.(1).)
Section 5.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
5.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
5.10.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the
objectives and functional statements listed in Table 5.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 5.10.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 5
Forming Part of Sentence 5.10.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
5.1.4.1. Structural and Environmental Loads
(1)
(a) [F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to snow fences and sloped glazing.
[F61-OH4]
(a) [F60,F61,F63-OS2.2,OS2.3]
(a) [F20,F51,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(b) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
(b) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F20-OH4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)
(a) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
(a) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
(b) [F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(6)
[F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(a) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(b),(c) [F21,F22-OS2.3]
(b),(c) [F22-OH4]
5.1.4.2. Resistance to Deterioration
(1)
[F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floor assemblies.
[F80,F81-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
[F80,F81-OS2.3]
[F80,F81-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
667
5.2.1.1. Exterior Environmental Loads
(2)
[F40,F20-OH1.1] [F20-OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1]
5.2.1.2. Interior Environmental Loads
(1)
[F51,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F55,F61,F63-OS2.3]
[F51,F61,F63,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.2.1.3. Environmental Load and Transfer Calculations
(1)
[F56-OH3.1] Applies to sound transmission calculations.
[F61,F51,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F51,F61-OH1.3] Applies to heat, air and moisture transfer calculations.
[F61,F51,F63-OS2.3] Applies to heat, air and moisture transfer calculations.
(3)
[F61,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F61,F55-OH1.3]
[F20-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
[F20-OS2.1]
5.2.2.1. Determination of Structural Loads and Effects
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F21,F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] [F21,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F21,F22-OH4]
5.2.2.2. Determination of Wind Load
(2)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4]
(4)
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(6)
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
5.2.2.3. Design Procedures
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
668
[F20,F22-OH4]
5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer
(1)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.3.1.2. Properties to Resist Heat Transfer or Dissipate Heat
(1)
(a),(b) [F51,F63-OH1.1]
(c) [F51-OH1.2]
(b),(d) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
(b) [F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(d) [F30-OS3.1]
5.3.1.3. Location and Installation of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance
(1)
[F51,F63-OH1.1]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.4.1.1. Required Resistance to Air Leakage
(1)
(a),(b),(f) [F51,F52,F54,F55-OH1.2]
(a),(b),(c),(e) [F40,F55-OH1.1]
(c) [F55,F61,F63-OH1.3]
(c),(d) [F61,F62,F63,F55-OS2.3]
(d) [F55,F62-OS3.1]
(f) [F55,F62-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(2)
[F40-OH1.1] [F52,F54-OH1.2]
[F51,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F63-OS2.3]
[F51,F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(3)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F55-OS2.3]
[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(4)
[F61,F51,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F55,F61-OH1.3]
[F61,F63-OS2.3]
[F61,F51,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.4.1.2. Air Barrier Assemblies
(1)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F55-OS2.3]
669
[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(2)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F55-OS2.3]
[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
(4)
[F55-OH1.1]
5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion
(1)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
5.5.1.2. Vapour Barrier Properties and Installation
(1)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
5.6.1.2. Installation of Protective Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(5)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(6)
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F55,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage
(1)
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
670
5.6.2.2. Accumulation and Disposal
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
(b) [F21-OP2.6]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(6)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.1.2. Required Protection
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.3]
(2)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.2,OS2.3]
5.7.3.2. Required Protection
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.3.3. Waterproofing
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
5.7.3.4. Where Dampproofing is Permitted
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
5.8.1.1. Required Protection
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.4. Detailed Method for Calculating ASTC
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
671
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
(3)
[F56-OH3.1]
(4)
[F56-OH3.1]
(5)
[F56-OH3.1]
(6)
[F56-OH3.1]
(7)
[F56-OH3.1]
5.8.1.5. Simplified Method for Calculating ASTC
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
(3)
[F56-OH3.1]
(4)
[F56-OH3.1]
(5)
[F56-OH3.1]
(6)
[F56-OH3.1]
5.9.1.1. Compliance with Applicable Standards
(1)
[F20,F22,F51,F54,F55,F61,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F41,F55-OH1.1] [F55,F61,F80-OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.1] [F20,F22,F51,F61,F63,F80-OS2.3] [F51-OS2.5]
[F20-OS2.2] [F80-OS2.3]
[F80,F61,F63-OS3.1]
[F80,F61,F63-OH4] Applies to floor assemblies.
(a) [F61,F63-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
[F42-OH2.5]
5.9.2.2. Applicable Standards
(1)
[F20,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.3]
[F20,F55,F61,F63,F81-OH1.2]
[F20,F55,F61-OS2.3]
[F20,F55,F61-OP2.3]
5.9.2.4. Heat Transfer
(2)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
5.9.3.3. Heat Transfer
(2)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
5.9.3.4. Air Leakage
(2)
[F55,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F55,F63-OS2.3]
672
[F55-OS1.4] Applies where required life safety systems are incorporated in environmental separators.
5.9.4.1. Structural Loads, Heat Transfer, Air Leakage, Vapour Diffusion and Water Penetration
(1)
(b) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F61,F62-OS2.3]
Notes to Table 5.10.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
673
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE D
Forming Part of Sentence 5.1.2.2.(2), Division B of the Building By-law
COMMITMENT FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE PROFESSIONAL REVIEW
Notes:
i) This letter must be submitted before issuance of a building permit.
ii) This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province
of British Columbia.
iii) In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law.
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
The undersigned Building Envelope Professional has been retained with respect to the above referenced project, and gives a commitment of
responsibility for Building Envelope Professional design review and enhanced field review for components and assemblies as required in Article
5.1.2.2. in Part 5 of Division B, of the Building By-law, and as the Building Envelope Professional in their professional discretion considers to be
necessary,
for the project designed by,
_______________________________________________________________
Name of registered professional signing for 'Architectural' items of Schedule B letter (Print)
who is providing the Chief Building Official with a Schedule B 'ASSURANCE OF PROFESSIONAL DESIGN AND COMMITMENT FOR FIELD
REVIEW' letter covering 'Architectural' items. The undersigned will sign and provide copies of all reports to the registered professional
responsible for 'Architectural' items, and copies of these reports shall also be available on site, for review by the City of Vancouver District
Building Inspector. The undersigned undertakes to notify the Chief Building Official in writing as soon as practical if their contract is terminated
at any time.
1 of 1
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
CRP Initials
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Date
Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
674
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE C-D
Forming Part of Sentence 5.1.2.2.(3), Division B of the Building By-law
COMPLETION OF BUILDING ENVELOPE PROFESSIONAL REVIEW
Notes:
i) This letter must be submitted after the completion of the project at final inspection.
ii) This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province
of British Columbia.
iii) In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
I have fulfilled my obligations for Building Envelope Professional design review and enhanced field review as per my previously submitted letter
of COMMITMENT FOR BUILDING ENVELOPE PROFESSIONAL REVIEW. The components and assemblies of the project reviewed
substantially comply with Article 5.1.2.2. in Part 5 of Division B, of the Building By-law, and with the plans and supporting documents, including
all amendments thereto, which were accepted by the City of Vancouver in support of the application for the building permit.
(If the Building Envelope Professional is a member of a firm, complete the following.)
I am a member of the firm; ______________________________________and I sign this letter on behalf of the firm.
(Print Name of Firm)
NOTE:
The above letter must be signed by a Building Envelope Professional. The Building By-Law defines a Building Envelope Professional to mean a person who is a
member of the Architectural Institute of British Columbia or the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia
qualified by virtue of training or experience to provide building enclosure services.
1 of 1
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Date
CRP Initials
675
Notes to Part 5
Environmental Separation
A-5 Environmental Separation. The requirements provided in Part 5 pertain to the separation of
environmentally dissimilar spaces. Most obvious is the need to separate indoor conditioned spaces from
unconditioned spaces, the outdoors or the ground. There are also cases where separation is needed
between interior spaces which are intended to provide different environments. (See also Notes A-
5.1.1.1.(1) and A-5.1.2.1.(1).)
A-5.1.1.1.(1) Scope. Part 5 provides explicit requirements related to the transfer of heat, air, moisture
and sound in various forms. Control of the ingress of radon and other soil gases is addressed by the
requirements related to air leakage.
A-5.1.1.2. Maritime Climate. The effects of Vancouver's maritime climate are well documented. The
City's prolonged stretches of near continuous rainfall, combined with driving winds produce extended
periods of wetting of building exteriors. This extended wetting combined with very mild year round
temperatures means that there are limited periods in which the drying of an envelope assembly might
occur. These factors create an environment where the possibility of moisture induced deterioration of
materials is very high. The choice of appropriate materials and assemblies for building envelopes is
therefore extremely important in Vancouver.
Consistent application of basic water management principles; deflection, drainage, drying and durability
of materials throughout the design and construction process is critical for a successful building envelope
assembly in Vancouver's climate. Although excess moisture in an envelope assembly can come from
construction sources, exterior sources such as rainwater, or interior humidity sources, it has been shown
that most performance problems in Vancouver have resulted from a failure to control exterior sources. In
Vancouver, the first consideration in envelope design should be the deflection of incident rain with
elements such as roof overhangs and the use of flashings with drip edges to direct water away from a
building face. The ability to effectively drain water, which does penetrate through the cladding, should be
the next consideration for successful envelope assemblies. Since many materials used in the construction
of building envelope assemblies are susceptible to deterioration or decay if they remain wet, the ability of
the assembly to allow for drying should be considered in the design. However, as the potential for drying
in this climate is relatively limited, it should not be relied upon as the primary mechanism, and it should
be ensured that materials placed in an exterior envelope assembly do not contain excess moisture before
the assembly is enclosed. Lastly, where the probability exists that materials may be exposed to moisture
sources, it is critical to choose materials which are durable enough to withstand the moisture until it is
dissipated.
Selection and specification of performance criteria for components such as windows should ensure that
the components are also capable of meeting the overall envelope performance requirements. In addition,
the integration of components into the overall envelope assembly should be carefully considered in the
drafting of design documents and throughout the construction process, particularly at the interfaces
between components such as windows and the adjacent wall system. All envelope details should be
clearly shown in the construction documents, using a progressive series of three dimensional details
where correct layering and overlapping of materials needs to be clarified. For critical building envelope
assembly details or new and unique assemblies, full-scale mock-ups and testing on site are extremely
valuable in confirming the performance of an assembly and in establishing construction standards for the
balance of the envelope construction.
676
The requirements in Part 5 outline a performance standard for the building envelopes, but good design
practice should go beyond the requirements in these regulations. Issues such as the quality of detailing,
the compatibility of materials used in assemblies, and a design that allows for the simplicity of on-going
maintenance are concerns that a professional designer should take into account in the design of a
successful building envelope assembly.
Guidance with respect to building science principles and envelope assembly performance for maritime
climates is available from a variety of sources. The Canadian Building Digest series and many other
publications from the National Research Council (NRC) and in particular from the Institute for Research
in Construction (IRC) are valuable resources. Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (CMHC) has
also published a wide variety of documents which are useful in understanding building science
principles and the application of these principles to residential design and construction. Locally, courses
in building envelope basics, offered as the educational component towards a Building Envelope
Professional accreditation, are administered by the Architectural Institute of BC. Regular seminars on
building envelope issues are also offered on an industry wide basis by the BC Building Envelope Council.
A-5.1.2.1.(1) Application. Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A specifies that Part 5 applies to all buildings
except those within the scope of Part 9 but not including all Group C multi-family buildings and Artist
Live/Work Studios that are more than 2 storeys in building height or more than 600 m2 in building area
excluding firewalls or the National Farm Building Code of Canada 1995. Because of their intended use,
many buildings need only provide a limited degree of separation from the outdoor environment, the
ground, or between interior spaces. The provisions in Part 5 are written to allow exemptions for these
buildings.
Part 5 applies to building elements that separate dissimilar environments and to site conditions that may
affect environmental loading on the building envelope.
The provisions address
- the design and construction, or selection, of building components, such as windows and doors,
- the design and construction of building assemblies, such as walls, floors and roofs,
- the design and construction of the interfaces between the above-mentioned elements, and
- the design or selection, and installation, of site materials, components and assemblies, such as backfill
and drainage, and grading.
Part 5 applies not only to building elements that separate indoor space from outdoor space, but also to
those elements that separate indoor space from the ground and that separate adjacent indoor spaces
having significantly different environments.
Indoor spaces that require separation include interior conditioned spaces adjacent to indoor
unconditioned spaces, and adjacent interior conditioned spaces that are intended to provide different
environments. An extreme example of the last would be a wall that separates an indoor ice rink from a
swimming pool.
Some building elements are exposed to exterior environmental loads but do not separate dissimilar
environments. Solid guards on exterior walkways are one example. Such constructions are subject to the
application of Part 5.
A-5.1.2.1.(2) Exemptions. This sentence is intended to allow for the exemption of the application of Part 5
to buildings or parts of buildings where it can be shown that due to the intended use of a building, the
full provisions of Part 5 are not necessary. As an example, buildings such as open parking garages, stadia,
and certain park buildings intended for summer use would only require a limited degree of separation
677
from the exterior environment. Any proposed exemptions should be discussed with the City of
Vancouver prior to implementation.
A-5.1.2.2.(1) Building Envelope Professional Reviews Scope of Application and Letters of
Commitment and Completion. The specific areas of focus for which a Building Envelope Professional is
required to perform reviews are Sections 5.4., 5.5. and 5.6. The duties are described as Building Envelope
Professional design review and enhanced field review. The design review is required to be completed by
a Building Envelope Professional. This review is intended to ascertain that the design for which they will
be giving a commitment of responsibility for review in the field substantially complies with Part 5 with
respect to Sections 5.4., 5.5. and 5.6.
The term enhanced field review is used to differentiate the level of review for which a Building Envelope
Professional is responsible, from that which a registered professional signing for architectural items in
Schedules B would be responsible. The requirements in Part 5 outline a minimum performance standard,
but these requirements cannot address the specific detail concerns which experience has shown are the
primary source of problems which have resulted in the deterioration of building envelopes. Building
Envelope Professional enhanced field review is intended to address this concern. It requires that the
professional performs field reviews at a sufficient frequency and reviews a substantial number of the
details, which could be potential problem sources, in order to ascertain that the performance
requirements of Part 5 are satisfied. While a professional may not be able to see all of the details, the level
of duty intended for this enhanced field review is to review as many details as possible rather than just a
representative sampling.
An additional duty of the Building Envelope Professional involves the review of moisture content present
in envelope assemblies prior to enclosure. Exterior walls, in buildings of structural light framing systems,
should not be enclosed when there is sufficient moisture present to initiate deterioration. While wood
may have been delivered to a construction site kiln dried, exposure to rain during construction may raise
the moisture content to an unacceptable level (above 19 per cent). Water may also have collected in
elements of wall assemblies, such as steel stud tracks, and may lead to deterioration if not dried out prior
to the wall assembly being enclosed.
The Building Envelope Professional is required to assure that all wood framing, structural members, and
sheathing do not exceed 19% moisture content, and all other materials are dry, prior to the wall assembly
being enclosed.
The Articles in Section 5.4 do not define the air tightness limits of a completed assembly, but only that of
the components in an assembly. Therefore, it is a critical responsibility of the Building Envelope
Professional to conduct sufficient design and field review work in order to be able to ascertain that the
continuity of the air barrier system meets the performance requirements of this Part.
The Building Envelope Professional is required to perform sufficient design and field review work to
ascertain that the installed vapour barrier system meets the performance requirements of Part 5. The
Building Envelope Professional is required to confirm adequate completeness of the system in order to
ensure that vapour diffusion is retarded at an appropriate wall location and that all inappropriate
barriers to diffusion are eliminated.
Preventing inappropriate barriers to diffusion requires careful attention to detail. While it is often
unintended, envelope assemblies may end up with more than one functional vapour barrier. As it can
never be ensured that an exterior envelope assembly will always be free of moisture, the drying
mechanism must not be blocked, or the trapped moisture may lead to deterioration of moisture sensitive
materials. Drying potential in the system requires that vapour, driven by a vapour pressure differential
(i.e. from high interior vapour pressure to low exterior vapour pressure) be allowed to pass to a location
in the assembly which is open to exterior air (such as a cavity) where drying may occur. Plywood
sheathing for instance has sufficiently low permeance that care must be taken in the design of an
assembly to ensure that vapour is allowed to pass the sheathing if it is not intended to act as a vapour
678
barrier. Caution may also be needed with the over use of impermeable sheet membrane materials at
details such as windows. If the application is too extensive, the potential for moisture diffusion out of the
assembly may be locally impeded, with a resultant increase in the likelihood of deterioration.
The Building Envelope Professional is required to perform sufficient design and field review work to
ascertain that the installed exterior cladding system meets the performance requirements of Part 5. The
Building Envelope Professional is required to confirm that the cladding system will provide continuous
precipitation protection, the drainage paths are complete and the flashings as installed over the complete
exterior envelope will function properly.
A-5.1.4.1. Application of Structural Design to Other Building Elements. Part 4, as currently written,
applies primarily to buildings as a whole and to structural members. Requirements defining structural
loads and design to accommodate or resist those loads, however, apply not only to buildings as a whole
and components that are traditionally recognized as structural members, but also apply to other elements
of the building that are subject to structural loading. This is addressed to some extent in Part 4 by the
requirements that pertain, for example, to wind loads on cladding. A range of structural loads and effects,
as defined in Subsection 4.1.2., may be imposed on non-loadbearing elements such as backing walls,
roofing, interior partitions and their connections. These must generally be addressed using the same load
determination and structural design procedures as used for structural members.
Responsibility for the structural design of buildings as a whole and their structural members is
commonly assigned to the engineer of record. The application of Part 4 reflects this, and as such, "non-
structural" elements are not explicitly identified in the Part 4 provisions. Rather the application of Part 4
to these elements is specified in cross-references from other Parts of the By-law, e.g. Part 5, which
recognizes the fact that the structural design of these elements is often carried out by engineers other than
the engineer of record.
Part 4 does not generally apply to the structural design of building services, such as heating, ventilating,
air-conditioning, plumbing, electrical, electronic or fire safety systems, though these may be subject to
structural loads. It does, however, apply to the design of the connections of building services to address
earthquake loads (see Article 4.1.8.18.).
A-5.1.4.1.(2) Materials, Components and Assemblies with Multiple Functions. Where materials,
components or assemblies are used to fulfill multiple functions, the designer may have to take into
account their function with regard to structural loads, heat transfer, air leakage, vapour diffusion, and
protection from precipitation, surface and ground water, and sound transmission. Materials should be
selected taking into account the environmental loads to which they will be subjected, their physical and
chemical characteristics, and their installation. Design and construction details should satisfy all intended
functions and ensure continuity within and between assemblies, without adversely impacting adjacent
materials, components or assemblies. The designer should also anticipate unintended consequences when
materials that may fulfill multiple functions are used. For example, building membranes consisting of
modified bitumen compounds, which are commonly used to control both water ingress and air leakage,
also typically have low vapour transmission characteristics. Similarly, extruded polystyrene boards,
which are used as thermal insulation, may also act as a component of an air barrier assembly, thus
requiring wind loads to be considered.
An increasing number of manufactured systems are being used to serve more than one (and sometimes
all) of the functions of an environmental separator: examples include pre-engineered building systems,
exterior insulation finish systems, insulated metal panel systems, windows, other fenestration assemblies,
and insulated precast concrete wall panels. These systems consist of combinations of pre-manufactured
and/or site-built components, which are supposed to be assembled in a prescribed manner.
Ensuring compliance with one Section of Part 5 may impact compliance with other Sections of Part 5: for
example, air barriers that are integral to some systems may also act as vapour barriers and impact
679
condensation control. By extension, ensuring compliance with the requirements of Part 5 may impact
compliance with other Parts of the By-law: for example, increasing the thickness of the insulation to
improve an assembly's thermal performance may impact its compliance with Part 3 with regard to fire
resistance.
Compliance with a standard listed in Section 5.9. does not ensure that a system is appropriate for the
intended application. The designer should consider all relevant criteria, beyond the standard tests, when
selecting an appropriate product for a project.
A-5.1.4.1.(5) Past Performance as Basis for Compliance with Respect to Structural Loads. As discussed
in Note A-5.1.4.1., a range of structural loads and effects can be imposed on materials, components and
assemblies in environmental separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior. In many instances,
compliance with Sentence 5.1.4.1.(1) for structural loads must be determined based on the loads and
calculation methods described in Part 4 as specified in Sentence 5.1.4.1.(3) and the referenced
Subsection 5.2.2., e.g. for cladding. In practice, compliance for some materials, components or assemblies
of environmental separators and assemblies exposed to the exterior is determined by relying on
provisions governing the use of alternative solutions (such as Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A).
For some very common building elements and installations, however, there is a very large body of
evidence of proven performance over a long period of time. In these cases, imposing the degree of
analysis, or documentation of performance, required by Part 4 or Section 2.3. of Division C would be
unnecessary and onerous. Clause 5.1.4.1.(5)(b) is intended to address these particular cases. Because the
constructions are so widely accepted throughout the industry and the body of evidence is so substantial
(though not necessarily documented in an organized fashion), there should be no question that detailed
analysis or documentation is unnecessary.
Whether compliance of a particular material, component or assembly may be determined based on past
performance depends not only on the type of material, component or assembly, but also on its intended
function, the particular loads to which it will be subject and the magnitude of those loads. Because the
possible combinations and permutations are infinite, only guidelines can be provided as to when past
performance is a reasonable basis for determining compliance.
In determining compliance based on past performance, the period of past performance considered should
be a substantial number of years. For example, 30 years is often used to do life-cycle cost analysis of the
viability of investments in building improvements. This period is more than long enough for most
deficiencies to show up. There should be no question as to the structural adequacy of a material,
component or assembly that has been successfully used in a given application for such a period.
The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the function of the
material, component or assembly is identical to that of the materials, components or assemblies used as a
reference, and where the expected loads do not exceed those imposed on the reference materials,
components or assemblies. For example, the acceptance of gypsum board, and its fastening, to serve as
part of the backing wall supporting cladding cannot be based on the performance of gypsum board that
has served only as an interior finish.
The determination of compliance may be based on past performance only where the properties of the
material, component or assembly are identical or superior to those of the materials, components or
assemblies used as a reference. For example, where a component of a certain gauge of a particular metal
has provided acceptable performance, the same component made of the same metal or a stronger one
would be acceptable.
Compliance with respect to various loads may be determined individually. A particular material may
have to be designed to Part 4 to establish acceptable resistance to wind or earthquake loads, for example,
but past performance may be adequate to determine that the material and normal fastening will support
680
the material's dead load and will resist loads imposed by thermal and moisture-related expansion and
contraction.
Past performance is a reasonable basis for determining compliance for lighter materials, components or
assemblies not subject to wind load; for example, semi-rigid thermal insulation installed in wall
assemblies where other materials, components or assemblies are installed to resist air pressure loads.
Past performance is an appropriate basis for determining compliance for some smaller elements that will
be subject to wind loads but are continually supported or fastened behind elements that are designed for
wind loads, for example, standard flashing over wall penetrations.
It should be noted that this particular approach to demonstrating compliance pertains only to the
resistance or accommodation of structural loads described in Part 4. The resistance or accommodation of
environmental loads, resistance to deterioration, and material compatibility must still be addressed in
accordance with Part 5.
A-5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) Accommodating Movement. It is well understood that the deflection of the
backing assembly in a wall can have significant effects on the performance of the cladding. For example,
CSA S304, "Design of masonry structures," specifies the maximum deflection criteria for backing
assemblies to masonry veneer. Clauses 5.1.4.1.(6)(b) and (c) are written in very general terms in
recognition of the fact that not only can the deflection of cladding affect the performance of the backing
assembly, but that the excessive deflection of any element has the potential to adversely affect the
performance of any adjacent element. Similarly, inter-storey drift has the potential to adversely affect the
performance of components and assemblies of environmental separators. CSA O86, "Engineering design
in wood," specifies a method for calculating building movement due to changes in moisture content. The
effects of movement should be avoided or accommodated.
A-5.1.4.2. Deterioration. Environmental loads that must be considered include but are not limited to:
sound, light and other types of radiation, temperature, moisture, air pressure, acids and alkalis.
Mechanisms of deterioration include:
- structural (impact, air pressure)
- hygrothermal (freeze-thaw, differential movement due to thermal expansion and contraction, ice
lensing)
- electrochemical (oxidation, electrolytic action, galvanic action, solar deterioration)
- biochemical (biological attack, intrusion by insects and rodents).
Information on the effects of deformations in building elements can be found in the Commentary entitled
Effects of Deformations in Building Components in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC
2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
Resistance to deterioration may be determined based on rational analysis, such as hygrothermal
modeling, field performance, accelerated testing, or compliance with guidelines provided by evaluation
agencies recognized by the authority having jurisdiction. Designers of buildings covered in Part 5 can
find design guidance in the NRC publication entitled "Guideline on Design for Durability of Building
Envelopes," and in CSA S478, "Durability in buildings," which presents updated methodologies for
analyzing resistance to deterioration that provide quantitative results to support informed design
decisions.
It is noted that the effects of future climate change and their potential impact on the durability of
buildings are not fully known and, as such, are still being researched and studied. How future climate
change and the issues of climate resilience are incorporated in building design should be carefully
681
considered within the context of existing Code provisions related to structural design, fire and life safety,
etc.
It is also noted that CSA S478 contains requirements for actions beyond the scope of the British Columbia
Building Code, which may not be the responsibility of the designer, builder or authority having
jurisdiction. These include requirements relating to quality assurance, inspection, maintenance, minimum
design service lives and potential impacts of climate change, which are not addressed in the Code. The
reference herein to CSA S478 is not intended to imply that the designer, builder or authority having
jurisdiction adopt, apply or enforce any of these requirements.
Building components should be designed with some understanding of the length of time over which they
will effectively perform their intended function. Actual service life will depend on the materials used and
the environment to which they are exposed. The design should take into consideration these factors, the
particular function of the component and the implications of premature failure, the ease of access for
maintenance, repair or replacement, and the cost of repair or replacement.
Many buildings are designed such that access for maintenance, repair or replacement is not possible
without damaging--or seriously risking damaging--other building elements. This can become a
considerable deterrent to proper maintenance thus compromising the performance of the subject
materials, components and assemblies, or other elements of the building. In cases where it is known or
expected that maintenance, repair or replacement is likely to be required for certain elements before such
time as the building undergoes a major retrofit, special consideration should be given to providing easy
access to those elements. Anchorage points for maintenance personnel should be considered during the
design of multi-storey buildings, including those of wood-frame construction, as adding them post-
construction can be difficult.
Where the use of a building or space, or the services for a building or space, are changed significantly, an
assessment of the impact of the changes on the environmental separators should be conducted to
preclude premature failures that could create hazardous conditions.
A-5.2.1.1.(3) Soil Temperatures. In theory, soil temperatures are needed to determine the conformance
of a design to the requirements related to heat transfer and vapour diffusion. In practice, standard
construction in a particular area may have proven to perform quite adequately and detailed calculations
of soil temperature are unnecessary. (See also Sentence 5.2.1.3.(2).)
A-5.2.1.2.(1) Interior Environmental Loads. The interior environmental conditions required depend on
the intended use of the spaces in the building as defined in the building program. Spaces in different
types of buildings and different spaces within a single building may impose different loads on the
separators between interior and exterior spaces and between adjacent interior spaces. The separators
must be designed to withstand the expected loads.
A-5.2.2.1.(2)(c) Determination of Structural Loads and Effects. As regards materials, components and
assemblies and their interfaces that are installed in buildings to which Part 5 applies, the effects of
earthquake loads on their ability to resist or accommodate environmental loads are generally only taken
into account in the design of post-disaster buildings. For all other buildings, damage to building
components during seismic events is anticipated and these buildings are not intended to be functional
after the event. However, for post-disaster buildings, seismic effects must be taken into account in the
design for environmental separation, as these buildings are required to have an adequate degree of
functionality after the design event to meet their intended function (see Article 4.1.8.13. for deflections
and drift limits for post-disaster buildings).
However, it is important to note that earthquake effects must be taken into account in the seismic design
of all building materials, components and assemblies and their interfaces covered by Article 4.1.8.18. to
address life safety and the structural protection of buildings.
682
A-5.2.2.2. Resistance to Wind and Other Air Pressure Loads. The wind load provisions apply to
roofing and other materials subject to wind-uplift loads.
Note that, although Article 5.2.2.2. is specifically concerned with wind loads and directly references only
one Article from Part 4, Sentence 5.2.2.1.(1) references all of Part 4 and would invoke Article 4.1.7.10. for
example, which is concerned with air pressure loads on interior walls and partitions.
A-5.2.2.2.(4) Membrane Roofing Systems. Wind loads for membrane roofing systems must be
calculated in accordance with Part 4 (see Note A-1.4.1.1. of Division A concerning roof terminology). The
tested uplift resistance and factored load should satisfy the requirements of the Commentary entitled
Limit States Design in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
The test method described in CAN/CSA-A123.21, "Standard test method for the dynamic wind uplift
resistance of membrane-roofing systems," applies only to sheet membrane roofing systems whose
components' resistance to wind uplift is achieved by fasteners or adhesives. It does not apply to liquid-
applied membranes or to membrane roofing systems that use ballasts, such as gravel or pavers, to secure
the membrane against wind uplift.
In the case of sheet membrane roofing systems in which the waterproof membrane is attached to the
structural deck using mechanical fasteners, the wind-induced forces and the roofing system's response
are time- and space-dependent and, thus, dynamic in nature. Further information on the design and
evaluation of such systems can be found in "A Guide for the Wind Design of Mechanically Attached
Flexible Membrane Roofs," published by NRC.
The wind uplift resistance obtained from the test method in CAN/CSA-A123.21 is limited to
configurations with specific fastener or adhesive patterns. To extrapolate the test data to non-tested
configurations, refer to ANSI/SPRI WD-1, "Wind Design Standard Practice for Roofing Assemblies," for
a rational calculation procedure. However, in using this extrapolation procedure, wind loads should be
calculated in accordance with the By-law. NRC's guide for wind design referenced above provides
further guidance and examples of wind load calculations.
Wind resistance of ballasted roofs may be calculated using ANSI/SPRI RP-4, "Wind Design Standard for
Ballasted Single-ply Roofing Systems". However, its methods are based on wind speeds, not wind
pressures. Conversely, wind pressures, not wind speeds, are used in Appendix C of this By-law.
Therefore, a registered professional skilled in the work of Part 4 should use the ANSI/SPRI standard in
conjunction with wind speeds listed in Table C-1, applying wind loads calculated in accordance with
Subsection 4.1.7. of Division B (see the commentary on Wind Effects in Appendix C of Division B). Where
ballast is used to resist other structural loads in a building, a registered professional is responsible to
review these, particularly in replacement roofing.
Technical Bulletin Volume 40 "Design of Loose-Laid Gravel Stone Ballasted Roofs" published by the
Canadian Roofing Contractors Association (CRCA) provides some guidance for using the ANSI/SPRI
standard to determine ballast requirements. Note that the exposure categories are different from those
used in this By-law. A registered professional may select the appropriate ballast size and weight
guidelines based on roof zones and zone dimensions.
The ballast values published in CRCA Technical Bulletin Volume 40 are minimum values that will
address many roof designs where the roof deck is air-impermeable. If the roof deck is air-permeable, or if
flow control drains are present (these may retain water on the roof, thereby introducing added
buoyancy), the design may require higher ballast weights (and correspondingly higher volumes). A
registered professional should ensure that the structural design of the building can accommodate the
necessary ballast weight, together with anticipated live loads including those loads imposed on the
building during construction.
683
While gravel ballast is commonly used on protected membrane roof systems, wind scour can dislodge
rocks from the roof, rendering them a public safety hazard. Consequently, a roof may need to be
designed with higher parapets or with a different ballast material, such as concrete pavers. See also
CRCA Technical Bulletin Volume 35 "Ballast For Protected Membrane Roofing" on ballast design
requirements for protected membrane roofs.
A-5.2.2.2.(6) Vegetated Roof Assemblies. When a vegetated system is added on the top of a membrane
roofing assembly, a vegetated roof assembly is formed. The test methods described in CAN/CSA-A123.24,
"Standard test method for wind resistance of vegetated roof assembly," determine both the wind uplift
resistance and the wind flow resistance of the vegetated roof assembly. If the wind uplift resistance of the
membrane roofing assembly used in the vegetated roof assembly has already been determined in
accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A123.21, "Standard test method for the dynamic wind
uplift resistance of membrane-roofing systems," as required by Sentence 5.2.2.2.(4), then this resistance
can be used as an acceptable conservative wind uplift resistance of the vegetated roof assembly; in such
cases, only the wind flow resistance of the vegetated roof assembly has to be determined in accordance with
CAN/CSA-A123.24. However, if any variations in the components or methods of construction of the
membrane roofing assembly used in the vegetated roof assembly are made after the wind uplift resistance
was determined in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A123.21, then the wind uplift
resistance of the vegetated roof assembly must be determined in accordance with CAN/CSA-A123.24.
A-5.3. Heat Transfer. In addressing issues related to health and safety, Section 5.3. calls up levels of
thermal resistance needed to minimize condensation on or within environmental separators, and to
ensure thermal conditions appropriate for the building use. Energy regulations, where they exist, specify
levels of thermal resistance required for energy efficiency or call up energy performance levels, which
relate to levels of thermal resistance. Where Part 5 calls for levels of thermal resistance higher than those
required by the energy regulations, the requirements of Part 5 take precedence.
A-5.3.1.1. Required Resistance to Heat Transfer. The control of heat flow is required wherever there is
an intended temperature difference across the building assembly. The use of the term "intended" is
important since, whenever interior space is separated from exterior space, temperature differences will
occur.
The interior of an unheated warehouse, for example, will often be at a different temperature from the
exterior due to solar radiation, radiation from the building to the night sky and the time lag in
temperature change due to the thermal mass of the building and its contents. If this temperature
difference is not "intended," no special consideration need be given to the control of heat flow.
If the warehouse is heated or cooled, thus making the temperature difference "intended," some
consideration would have to be given to the control of heat flow.
It should be noted, however, that in many cases, such as with adjacent interior spaces, there will be an
intended temperature difference but the difference will not be great. In these cases, the provisions to
control heat flow may be little or no more than would be provided by any standard interior separator.
That is, materials typically used in the construction of partitions may provide the separation needed to
meet the requirements of Section 5.3. without adding what are generally considered to be "insulating"
materials.
A-5.3.1.2. Material and Component Properties and Condensation. Total prevention of condensation is
generally unnecessary and its achievement is rarely a certainty at design conditions. Part 5, therefore,
requires that condensation be minimized. The occurrence of condensation should be sufficiently rare, or
the quantities accumulated should be sufficiently small and dry rapidly enough, to avoid material
deterioration and the growth of mould and fungi.
The Harmonized North American Fenestration Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North
American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," identifies procedures
684
to determine the condensation resistance and thermal transmittance of windows, doors and skylights
though testing for condensation resistance is presented as optional in the standard. As such, a
fenestration product that meets the standard's requirements on air leakage, water penetration, uniform
load and other performance requirements may not meet the condensation resistance performance level
needed for a given application. Only the physical test procedure presented in CSA A440.2, "Fenestration
energy performance," can be used to establish the temperature index (I) value, which denotes
condensation resistance performance evaluation criteria. It is recommended that designers specify I
values for a given application to minimize the potential for condensation. Further guidance on the
selection of the correct I value is provided in CSA A440.3, "User guide to CSA A440.2:19, Fenestration
energy performance."
The scope of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, which is referenced in Subsection 5.9.2., includes
skylights and tubular daylighting devices (TDD). Where skylights and TDDs pass through unconditioned
space, their wells and shafts may become the environmental separator and would therefore have to
comply with the requirements of Part 5.
A-5.3.1.2.(1) Use of Thermal Insulation or Mechanical Systems for Environmental Control. The level
of thermal resistance required to avoid condensation on the warm side of an assembly or within an
assembly (at the vapour barrier), and to permit the maintenance of indoor conditions appropriate for the
occupancy depends on
- the occupancy,
- the exterior design air temperature,
- the interior design air temperature and relative humidity,
- the capacity of the heating system, and
- the means of delivering heat.
To control condensation on the interior surface of an exterior wall, for example, the interior surface must
not fall below the dew point of the interior air. If, for instance, the interior air is 20°C and 35% RH, the
dew point will be 4°C. If the interior air is 20°C and 55% RH, the dew point will be 11°C.
Where the exterior design temperature is mild, such as in the City of Vancouver, the interior RH during
the heating season may well be around 55%. With an exterior temperature of -7°C, the materials in the
environmental separator would have to provide a mere RSI 0.082 to avoid condensation on the interior
surface. Depending on the specific properties of the material, this RSI might be provided by 10-mm
plywood. Therefore, materials generally recognized as thermal insulation would not be required only to
limit condensation on the warmer side of the building envelope.
In certain areas, design conditions may be different. In these cases, maintaining temperatures inboard of
the vapour barrier above the dew point will require insulation or increased heat delivery to the
environmental separator. Direct delivery of heat over the entire surface of the environmental separator is
generally impractical. Indirect heat delivery may not be possible without raising the interior air
temperatures above the comfort level. In any case, increased heat delivery would often entail excessive
energy costs.
In addition to controlling condensation, interior surface temperatures must be warm enough to avoid
occupant discomfort due to excessive heat loss by radiation. Depending on the occupancy of the subject
spaces, this may require the installation of insulation even where it is not needed to control condensation.
A-5.3.1.3.(2) Position of Materials Providing Thermal Resistance. For a material providing thermal
resistance to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by convective airflow through or around the
material. The material must therefore be either
685
- the component of the air barrier system providing principal resistance to air leakage, or
- installed in full and continuous contact with a continuous low air permeance component.
A-5.4.1. Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system is required in most buildings to control air
movement through the environmental separator to minimize
- the condensation of airborne moisture within the environmental separator,
- discomfort from drafts,
- the infiltration of dust, soil gases, and other pollutants,
- interference in the performance of building services, such as HVAC and plumbing,
- the infiltration of exterior precipitation, and
- the loss of airborne heat energy.
The requirements for air barrier systems in Part 5 address all of these issues, except the loss of airborne
heat energy, which is an energy performance issue and, as such, is addressed in the NECB. Failure to
manage the issues addressed in Part 5 can lead to serious health or safety hazards.
The most significant issues are those with the potential to cause moisture-related material deterioration,
such as rot and corrosion, which can lead to the failure of component connections. Where the
environmental separator is subject to high moisture levels, mould can grow if spores and organic
materials are present.
A-5.4.1.1. Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Required. Where the hygrothermal environments
in adjacent interior spaces are sufficiently different, an air barrier system is required to control the airflow
between the spaces in order to maintain the different environments. Examples of such adjacent spaces
include skating arenas adjoining swimming pools, and industrial office spaces adjoining industrial
production spaces.
An air barrier system is also required in building assemblies in contact with the ground to control the
ingress of radon and other soil gases, such as methane.
In addition to an air barrier system, other measures may be required in certain regions to reduce the
radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by Health Canada. Further information on
protection from radon ingress can be found in:
- "Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners" (CMHC/HC),
- "Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention
Centres)" (HC), and
- EPA 625/R-92/016, "Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other Large
Buildings."
A-5.4.1.1.(3) Air Leakage Performance Classes for Air Barrier Assemblies. The selection of a
Performance Class for an air barrier assembly is intended to ensure that the air leakage performance level
of the assembly is sufficient to minimize condensation and reduce the uncontrolled movement of air
across the environmental separator.
The accumulation of condensation within a building assembly as a result of air leakage through the
environmental separator depends on the following:
- the air leakage rate of the air barrier assembly,
686
- the location of the accumulation of condensation within the building assembly, and
- the drying potential of the building assembly (i.e., its ability to release moisture through vapour
diffusion and surface evaporation, both inward and outward).
Critical to the rates of both drying and the accumulation of condensation is the location where moisture
may occur within the building assembly. The location and amount of accumulation of condensation due
to air leakage are influenced by the materials used in the building assembly and the temperatures within
the assembly. The location of insulation within the building assembly is critical and can directly influence
whether condensation occurs and how much moisture condensation actually accumulates.
The drying potential of the building assembly is dependent on the water vapour permeance of the
various layers in the building assembly (e.g., exterior sheathing, sheathing membrane, unvented
cladding, vapour barrier).
CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies - Specification," contains requirements and test
methods for air barrier assemblies used in high- and low-rise buildings. The standard classifies the air
leakage performance of air barrier assemblies on the basis of air leakage rate, building height, and wind
pressure loading. The approach in the standard is consistent with limit states design principles to allow
for the direct incorporation of test results into the overall structural design of the building.
Unlike ASTM E2357, "Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate of Air Barrier
Assemblies," CAN/ULC-S742 measures air leakage under two temperature conditions:
(1) at ambient temperatures with no temperature differential across the test assembly, and
(2) with the exterior side of the test assembly at a temperature of −20°C and the interior side at a
temperature of +20°C (i.e., with a temperature differential of 40°C across the test assembly).
This difference makes the testing approach in CAN/ULC-S742 more appropriate for the climate in most
regions of Canada.
CAN/ULC-S742 does not address the structural transfer of air pressure loads from air barrier assemblies
to adjoining air barrier assemblies or the primary structure. Nevertheless, this transfer of loads must be
addressed by the designer.
The Performance Class of an air barrier assembly is selected on the basis of the following:
- the moisture loads on the building assembly due to the hygrothermal characteristics of the air,
- the ability of the materials and components of the building assembly to absorb and distribute
moisture,
- the ability of the building assembly to dissipate moisture before it can lead to harm to the occupants or
damage to the materials and components of the building assembly, and
- the moisture tolerance of the materials from which the building assembly is constructed.
Air barrier assemblies with lower air leakage rates are typically necessary where the drying potential of
the building assembly is low and/or the moisture sensitivity of components of the building assembly is
high.
Before selecting the appropriate Performance Class, the designer should consider formal study, analysis
and/or modeling to establish performance criteria for each air barrier assembly. Further guidance can be
found in the NRC publication entitled "Guideline on Design for Durability of Building Envelopes." This
recommendation is particularly important for buildings with
687
- higher than normal operating hygrothermal characteristics, e.g., museums, swimming pools and
laboratories,
- building assemblies made from materials and components with lower than normal moisture
tolerances, e.g., wood and other organic materials, or
- occupancies with a low tolerance for the potential health risks associated with condensation, e.g.,
hospitals, long-term care facilities and laboratories.
In such cases, Performance Classes with lower air leakage rates should be selected.
A-5.4.1.1.(4) Continuity of Air Barrier Systems. An air barrier system can only function properly if all
the materials, components and assemblies intended to provide the air barrier functions are continuously
connected and structurally capable of resisting applied loads. Historically, most failures of air barrier
systems in buildings have been directly related to improper or insufficient connections between adjacent
air barrier materials, components and assemblies.
A-5.4.1.1.(7) Locations Where an Air Barrier System Is Not Required. In Canada, there are few
buildings intended for human occupancy where the interior space is conditioned but an air barrier
system is not required. Any exemption from installing an air barrier system would depend on the level of
interior conditioning provided, the ventilation level, the protection provided for the building's occupants,
and the tolerance of the building's construction to the accumulation of condensation and potential
precipitation ingress.
In some industrial buildings, limited conditioning (e.g., radiant heating) is provided, and ventilation
levels are sufficient to reduce the relative humidity to a level at which condensation will not accumulate
to an unacceptable degree. Conversely, some industrial buildings, due to the processes they contain,
operate at very high temperatures and high ventilation levels. In such cases, the building envelope may
be maintained at temperatures required to avoid condensation. In both of these examples, either the
ventilation levels or protective means required in the work environment would protect the building's
occupants from unacceptable levels of pollutants.
A-5.4.1.2.(1) Low-Sloped Membrane Roof Assemblies. For low-sloped membrane roof assemblies,
CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies - Specification," provides pre-tested prescriptive
solutions that have an air leakage rate not exceeding 0.2 L/(s×m2). The air leakage rate of low-sloped
membrane roof assemblies not identified in CAN/ULC-S742 should be determined in accordance with
ASTM D8052/D8052M, "Standard Test Method for Quantification of Air Leakage in Low-Sloped
Membrane Roof Assemblies."
A-5.4.1.2.(2) Air Barrier Assemblies Not Evaluated in Accordance with CAN/ULC-S742. Air barrier
assemblies that have not been evaluated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air Barrier
Assemblies - Specification," must nevertheless provide the air leakage performance required for the
selected Performance Class. Field testing may be required to verify their performance.
Field assessment of the air leakage characteristics of both the primary air barrier assemblies and the
connections between adjacent air barrier assemblies can be a useful tool in establishing whether the
acceptable minimum performance level is met.
Field testing of installed air barrier assemblies can be conducted in accordance with test standards such as
- ASTM E783, "Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior
Windows and Doors," and
- ASTM E1186, "Standard Practices for Air Leakage Site Detection in Building Envelopes and Air
Barrier Systems."
688
Even though some test standards are intended for specific types of air barrier assemblies (e.g., windows
and doors), the test methodology used to assess air leakage rates may be acceptable for use with other
types of air barrier assemblies. However, with this approach, it is important to establish rational
acceptance criteria that reflect the test methodology and the types of air barrier assemblies being tested.
Qualitative testing can be used to identify locations in air barrier assemblies where air leakage is
occurring so that field repairs can be made to improve the assembly's airtightness performance. ASTM
E1186 provides guidance on a number of approaches for identifying locations of air leakage, including
the following:
- infrared scanning,
- smoke tracer observation,
- airflow measurement,
- sound detection,
- tracer gas detection, and
- liquid leak detection.
Each of these techniques has benefits and limitations, as described in the standard. The most suitable
approach for a particular situation is selected by the testing agency on the basis of their experience in
relation to the type of construction being assessed and the weather conditions at the time of testing.
Regardless of the approach selected, the testing of air barrier assemblies must be properly coordinated
with the construction process so that any air leaks identified can be addressed without adversely
affecting progress.
A-5.4.1.2.(4) Testing of Below-Grade Air Barrier Assemblies. To ensure that they minimize the ingress
of radon and other soil gases, below-grade air barrier assemblies in contact with the ground can be tested
in accordance with CAN/ULC-S742, "Standard for Air Barrier Assemblies - Specification," using the air
leakage limit for Performance Class 1 or a more stringent limit. In such air barrier assemblies, as in all air
barrier assemblies, penetrations and junctions are the most likely locations for air leakage. These points of
weakness must be properly detailed and constructed to minimize the ingress of soil gases.
A-5.5.1.1. Required Resistance to Vapour Diffusion. Resistance to vapour diffusion is required to
reduce the likelihood of condensation within building assemblies, and the consequent potential for
material deterioration and fungal growth. Deterioration such as rot and corrosion can lead to the failure
of building components and connections, and interfere with the performance of building services. Some
fungi can have very serious effects on health.
In Canada, relatively few buildings that are subject to temperature and vapour pressure differences
would be constructed or operated in such a manner that the control of vapour diffusion would not need
to be addressed in their design. Assemblies enclosing certain industrial spaces, as described in Note A-
5.4.1.1.(7) for example, may be exempt.
For residential spaces, and most other spaces that are conditioned for human occupancy, a means of
vapour diffusion control is generally agreed to be necessary, even in milder climates. The questions in
those cases pertain to the degree of control needed.
The word "minimize" is used in Sentence 5.5.1.1.(1) because not all moisture accumulation in an
assembly need be of concern. Incidental condensation is normal but should be sufficiently rare and in
sufficiently limited quantities, and should dry rapidly enough, to avoid material deterioration and the
growth of mould or fungi. Here are some references regarding the effects of fungi on health:
689
- "Fungal Contamination in Public Buildings: Health Effects and Investigation Methods," Health
Canada
- "Guidelines on Assessment and Remediation of Fungi in Indoor Environments," New York City
Department of Health and Mental Hygiene (NYCDH)
A-5.5.1.2.(1) Vapour Barrier Materials and Installation. In the summer, many buildings are subject to
conditions where the interior temperature is lower than the exterior temperature. Vapour transfer during
these periods is from the exterior to the interior. In general, in Canada, the duration of these periods is
sufficiently short, the driving forces are sufficiently low, and assemblies are constructed such that any
accumulated moisture will dissipate before deterioration will occur.
Buildings such as freezer plants, however, may operate for much of the year at temperatures that are
below the ambient exterior temperature. In these cases, the "warm" side of the assembly would be the
exterior and a detailed analysis on an annual basis is required.
Steady state heat transfer and vapour diffusion calculations may be used to determine acceptable
permeance levels for the vapour barrier and to identify appropriate positions for the vapour barrier
within the building assembly.
A-5.6.1.1. Required Protection from Precipitation. Windows, cast-in-place concrete walls, and metal
and glass curtain wall systems are examples of components and assemblies that, when properly designed
and constructed, are expected to prevent the ingress of precipitation into a building. Assemblies such as
roofs and veneer walls consist of materials specifically intended to screen precipitation.
Components and assemblies separating interior conditioned space from the exterior are generally
required to provide protection from the ingress of precipitation. Components and assemblies separating
interior unconditioned space from the exterior may or may not be required to provide protection from the
ingress of precipitation. Buildings such as stadia, parking garages and some seasonally occupied
buildings, for example, may not require complete protection from the ingress of precipitation. The degree
of protection will depend to a large extent on the materials selected for the building elements that will be
exposed to precipitation.
The word "minimize" is used in Sentence 5.6.1.1.(1) because not all moisture ingress or accumulation in
an assembly need be of concern. The penetration of wind-driven rain past the cladding may not affect the
long-term performance of the assembly, provided the moisture dries out or is drained away before it
initiates any deterioration of building materials. When the design service life of a material or component
is longer than the design service life of the overall assembly, taking into account the expected exposure to
moisture, initiating deterioration of the material should not be of concern. That is to say, provided the
material or component continues to provide the necessary level of performance for its intended service
life and does not adversely affect the service life of the assembly of which it is a part, the deterioration of
the material or component is not an issue.
A-5.6.1.2. Protective Material.
Draining Moisture with Protective Materials
The City of Vancouver's past experience has shown that it is virtually impossible to make face sealed
walls work in the Vancouver climate, in anything beyond a very low exposure condition. The intent of
Section 5.6. is to illustrate to the designer that a rainscreen design is the minimum acceptable option for
vertical exterior envelope assemblies in Part 5 buildings. Where there is a slope in any element of the
envelope, it should be considered a roof and treated accordingly.
Where the system is a mass wall construction type, and does not include a cladding, all joints between
panels (and junctions to other elements such as windows) are required to be two-stage or rainscreen
joints with an appropriate means to drain any accumulated moisture to the exterior.
690
Exterior Cladding over Structural Light Framing
Exterior cladding shall be installed over a cavity with all the necessary through wall flashings designed to
drain accumulated moisture to the exterior, where the wall system incorporates exterior cladding over
structural light wood or steel framing systems,. This cavity, a water shedding plane on the interior side of
the cavity and a complete air barrier system to achieve pressure moderation, constitute the primary
elements of a required rainscreen design. Compartmentalization of the cavity, in particular at corners, is
required to achieve effective pressure moderation. Where the cladding material is stiffer than the
supporting light frame structure, such as in a stucco application, the compartmentalization should
include though wall flashing at each floor. The design of the cavity should minimize the potential for
water to bridge across this gap and maximize the free air space.
While there is agreement on the need for a cavity, current research is not conclusive on the optimal width
of a cavity to maximize drying potential, however a conservative approach would suggest that the widest
allowable cavity would be prudent in this environment, where drying is an issue. As other Sections of
this By-law limit a cavity in a wall to 25 mm before requiring fire blocks, a 19 mm (3/4") cavity is the
minimum width recommended which will satisfy this requirement, while still maximizing the drying
potential for an assembly with insulation in the stud space. [See Clause 3.1.11.2.(2)(d)]
Where the envelope system employs a full membrane application on the outside of the sheathing and
where all of the insulation is installed outboard, then the width of the cavity may be reduced, since the
drying potential is not as critical in this configuration. Research has shown that a 10 mm gap is sufficient
to prevent liquid water from bridging across a cavity. Therefore, a cavity width of 12 mm (1/2") is the
minimum recommended for this configuration, provided that the application of the cladding and the
insulation is constructed so that the Building Envelope Professional can assure that this 12 mm (1/2") gap
can be maintained.
Exterior columns, beams, walkways, guardrails, or other elements, which do not form a direct
continuation of the building enclosure, may not be required to be constructed as rainscreen assemblies.
For this approach to be acceptable, these elements must be totally constructed with pressure treated
lumber and sheathing (field treated at cuts and boltholes) or other durable materials, with corrosion
resistant fasteners and be provided with proper ventilation.
Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
Subject to specific limitations, the required cavities in Exterior Insulation Finish Systems may be reduced
in dimension provided they form part of a pressure moderated rainscreen system. This approach would
not be acceptable where the application is over wood framing.
A-5.6.1.2.(1) Ice Damming. Water leakage through water-shedding roofs is often due to the formation of
ice dams at the eaves, which can be limited by controlling the transfer of heat to the roof through a
combination of insulation and venting to dissipate heat. See Clause 5.3.1.2.(1)(d).
A-5.6.1.2.(2) Integrity and Performance of Vegetated Roof Assemblies. The integrity of some assemblies
installed to provide the required protection from the ingress of precipitation in vegetated roofing systems
can be compromised due to an inadequate resistance to the penetration of plant roots and rhizomes.
Additional information on vegetated roofing systems and the performance of protective materials can be
found in the German Landscape Research, Development and Construction Society's (FLL) "Guidelines
for the Planning, Construction and Maintenance of Green Roofing" and in the National Roofing
Contractors Association's "The NRCA Vegetative Roof Systems Manual" and in the standards published
in the "Roofing Practices Manual" by the Roofing Contractors Association of British Columbia.
A vegetated roof assembly is intended to both grow and flourish, and is often used to control the rate of
rainwater discharged through a storm drainage system. Maintenance of a vegetated roof assembly is
691
necessary. This includes removal of dead vegetation that does not compost quickly, to reduce fire risk,
and regular removal of biomass from around roof drains, to prevent clogging and ponding.
A-5.6.1.2.(3) Flashings, Drips or Overhangs.
As the first principle for water management in a
building envelope is deflection, the appropriate use of flashings, drips or overhangs is a critical part of
any precipitation protection system. The 1996 CMHC survey of envelope failures in B.C. found a striking
inverse relationship between the length of overhang, and the percentage of walls which experienced
water induced problems. Roof overhangs perform a more complex function than that as a simple
'umbrella' shielding the wall below. Studies have shown that a large proportion of the precipitation
incident on any building face will be deposited on an overhang at the top of a wall due to wind
movement and water deposition patterns. If the overhang includes a means to shed this water, a large
portion of the precipitation can be deflected without it ever touching the rest of the building face. Proper
detailing and lapping of flashings with other materials is also critical to prevent the ingress of
precipitation where there are changes in planes of walls and roofs, changes in cladding material, or
window or door heads and sills.
Information on the installation of flashing to drain water to the exterior of roof or wall assemblies may be
found in a number of publications including, but not limited to:
- "Roofing Practices Manual," Roofing Contractors Association of British Columbia - "Best
Practice Guide: Flashings," Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation
- "Technical Notes," Masonry Institute of British Columbia
- "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual," Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors National
Association, Inc.
A-5.6.2.1. Sealing and Drainage. A number of different design solutions can provide an environmental
separator with the minimum performance level necessary to effectively control environmental and
structural loads and their effects. An appropriate solution is selected on the basis of the applied load
characteristics, the performance achieved by the solution, and its durability over the design service life. It
is incumbent on the designer to balance the performance of a particular design solution against the
required performance level, the risk of failure, and the consequences of failure for the building and its
users.
Article 5.6.2.1. recognizes that acceptable solutions can use various strategies and single or multiple
elements within the design to control precipitation. However, as indicated by research and the
documentation of failures, some of these solutions are more effective than others.
One solution--a face-sealed assembly--relies on a continuous watertight surface on the outside of a
building to control all precipitation over the life of the building; there is no redundancy in this design.
The watertight surface can be difficult to both design and construct, and its long-term durability depends
on proper preventive maintenance over its service life. This solution has a well-documented history of
unsatisfactory performance in most regions of Canada.
A solution with redundancy in its design provides more effective and reliable resistance to water
penetration. For example, in a rainscreen assembly, multiple water-resistive layers are combined with
means to drain any water that has penetrated the outer layer and means to redirect this water to the
exterior before it can affect moisture-sensitive materials within the assembly. Another solution--a mass
wall assembly--accumulates and stores moisture, which is re-released to the exterior when conditions
allow. Depending on the solution selected, means to facilitate the drying of materials may be
incorporated in the assembly.
In selecting an acceptable solution for precipitation control, it is important to consider the structural and
environmental loads that are referenced in Subsection 5.1.4. The resistance provided by the design
solution must exceed these loads and their effects. The greater the intensity of the load, the higher the
692
performance level required to provide the necessary resistance and an acceptable level of risk. Design
considerations that should be addressed include the following:
- intended building use(s),
- building exposure during service life (height, orientation and surrounding terrain),
- building exposure during construction,
- current and future local climate characteristics affecting wetting and drying, including
-wind loads,
-precipitation loads (including wind-driven precipitation loads),
-relative humidity,
-temperature variations, and
-solar exposure,
- imposed load intensity, both in isolation and in combination (type, number, magnitude, frequency
and duration),
- material types and moisture tolerances,
- resistance to the mechanisms of deterioration,
- effects of deformations, displacements and deflections of the building structure, and of materials,
components and assemblies,
- constructability of materials, components and assemblies,
- expected construction tolerances,
- level of maintenance required to maintain resistance to loads and deterioration,
- intended service life of materials, components and assemblies, and
- reliability of materials, components and assemblies.
All the materials in an environmental separator must be able to resist the mechanisms of deterioration
that are expected to occur over the design service life of the separator. For example, with respect to
deterioration caused by moisture, a material used in a design must not be exposed to moisture in
sufficient quantity and/or for sufficient length of time to reduce its ability to perform its required
function(s) to a level below the required performance level. This concern is particularly important for
materials that are known to be susceptible to moisture deterioration.
An environmental separator must also be designed to be suitably resistant to failure caused by
- uncertainty or variation in load intensity,
- uncertainty in the effects of loads on materials, components and assemblies,
- uncertainty in the predicted service lives of materials, components and assemblies, and
- construction deficiencies that can reasonably be anticipated.
The building structure and the environmental separator are mutually dependent in managing
precipitation. The choice of materials for the building structure and the structural support/backing for
693
the environmental separator can influence the choice of materials, components and assemblies for the
environmental separator. Materials, components and assemblies with higher performance levels may be
required for the environmental separator where the building structure and the structural
support/backing have lower material strengths, undergo higher in-service movements (e.g., shrinkage or
deflection), or have lower resistance to deterioration.
The design and construction of details at penetrations, at joints and junctions between assemblies, and at
transitions between planes are of critical importance to the long-term performance and durability of the
environmental separator. Designers should provide sufficient detail on drawings to illustrate how the
design solution for precipitation control is to be integrated into the building (see Subsection 2.2.5. of
Division C).
A-5.6.2.2.(5) Overflow Outlets.
Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls there is a likelihood of drains becoming
obstructed with materials such as leaves falling during heavy autumn rains. It is recommended that a
secondary means of drainage such as scuppers be provided. Overflow outlets should be installed in the
parapet walls in sufficient number and at an appropriate height to drain the roof or balcony, to avoid
water backing up into moisture sensitive assemblies, and to prevent structural collapse from ponding.
Refer also to Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems), Sentence 2.4.10.4.(2). (For climate resiliency
requirements see CAN/CSA-A123.26, "Performance requirements for climate resilience of low slope
membrane roofing systems", together with the Standards published in the "Roofing Practices Manual" by
the Roofing Contractors Association of British Columbia.)
A-5.7. Protection from Interior Sources of Water. Protection similar to that prescribed in Section 5.7.
may be required where interior assemblies are in contact with water (such as site-built showers, steam
rooms, swimming pool areas) and where adjacent interior spaces need to be protected from the transfer
of water through these assemblies.
A-5.7.1.2.(2) Drainage. Water should be directed away from the building and, ultimately, to a municipal
drainage system, drainage ditch, swale, or other acceptable water management means. This can be
accomplished by setting the building grade higher than the surrounding grades, by sloping the grade
away from the building, by installing a surface water drainage system, or by a combination of these
approaches. The chosen approach should follow generally accepted guidelines, such as the Rational
Method of Stormwater Design by David B. Thompson, or other design methods acceptable to the
authority having jurisdiction.
A-5.7.3.3.(1)(a) Imperfections. Examples of imperfections include shrinkage cracks, air holes,
honeycombing, form-tie cone holes, and form joint ridges.
A-5.7.3.4.(1) Dampproofing. Dampproofing refers to the application of a material or materials to an
environmental separation assembly to protect it and the interior space against the transfer of moisture
due to the mechanisms of water vapour transmission, capillary action and pressure differences other than
hydrostatic pressure.
A dampproofed assembly should be designed such that it can provide short-term resistance to the ingress
of water due to occasional hydrostatic pressure from ground water.
A-5.8. Required Protection from Noise. Section 5.8. applies to the separation of dwelling units from
other dwelling units and from spaces where noise may be generated with regard to sound transmission
irrespective of Clause 5.1.2.1.(1)(b), which deals with the separation of dissimilar environments. It is
understood that, at any time, there is the potential for sound levels to be quite different in adjoining
dwelling units.
694
A-5.8.1.2. Using ASTC in lieu of STC. A designer may choose to use an ASTC rating of equal or higher
numerical value than the required STC to show compliance where STC ratings are required.
An ASTC measurement or calculation will always yield a value equal to or lower than the STC for the
same configuration, as the ASTC includes flanking transmission.
A-5.8.1.4. Methods of Calculating ASTC. The technical concepts, terminology, and calculation
procedures relating to the detailed and simplified ASTC calculation methods are discussed in detail, with
numerous worked examples, in the NRC publication entitled "Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound
Transmission in Buildings." This Guide includes references to readily-available sources of pertinent data.
For many common constructions, the calculations required by Article 5.8.1.4. can be performed using
software tools, such as soundPATHS, which is available on the NRC's website.
The simplified calculation method may not always identify the prominent flanking paths. Furthermore, it
corresponds more closely with the results of the detailed calculation method where the separating
assembly and the flanking constructions are both constructed according to the same method, i.e. either
both are lightweight construction (steel or wood framing) or both are heavyweight construction (masonry
or concrete).
A-5.8.1.4.(4)(b) Assemblies that Behave Like Homogeneous Panels. Examples of assemblies that
behave like homogeneous panels include cast-in-place concrete, precast concrete, precast hollow-core
concrete, concrete block masonry, and mass timber panels. For the purpose of calculating the ASTC rating
for construction using mass timber panel walls or floor assemblies in accordance with the detailed
method described in Sentence 5.8.1.4.(4), a mass timber panel behaves as a homogeneous panel,
notwithstanding that it has an average structural loss factor greater than 0.03. Further information on the
calculation of the ASTC rating for mass timber panel assemblies can be found in the NRC publication
entitled "Guide to Calculating Airborne Sound Transmission in Buildings."
A-5.9.1.1.(1) Selection of Materials and Components and Compliance with Referenced Standards. It is
important to note that Sentence 5.9.1.1.(1) is stated in such a way that the selection of materials and
components is not limited to those traditionally recognized as serving particular functions or those for
which a standard is identified in Table 5.9.1.1. This approach permits more flexibility than is provided by
similar requirements in Part 9. As long as the selected material meets the performance requirements
stated elsewhere in Part 5, the material may be used to serve the required function.
However, where the selected material or component, or its installation, falls within the scope of any of the
standards listed in Table 5.9.1.1., the material, component or installation must comply with that standard.
For example, if some resistance to heat transfer is required between two interior spaces and standard
partition construction will provide the necessary resistance, the installation of one of the "thermal
insulation" materials identified in the standard list is not required. If, on the other hand, one decides to
install glass fibre insulation, the material must conform to CAN/ULC-S702.1, "Standard for Mineral Fibre
Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification."
A-Table 5.9.1.1. Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures indicates
that the majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation of
the sealant and various joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that
should be considered when applying sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable
application:
- ASTM C1193, "Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants," and
- ASTM C1472, "Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing
Sealant Joint Width."
695
The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and
materials.
A-5.9.2.1.(3) Airtightness and Watertightness of Windows, Doors, Skylights, Other Fenestration
Assemblies and their Components Required to have a Fire-Protection Rating. The airtightness and
watertightness requirements are waived for these products when used in such an application, in
recognition of the fact that the availability of assemblies that meet both the requirements of the applicable
standards and the requirements for fire resistance may be limited. However, control of air and water
leakage should not be ignored: measures should be taken to attempt to comply with applicable
requirements.
A-5.9.2.2. Manufactured Windows, Doors and Skylights.
Two Compliance Paths. It is intended that any fenestration product that conforms to this Subsection may
choose to comply with either Article 5.9.2.2. or Article 5.9.2.3. Even if a product is in scope of the
standards referenced in Article 5.9.2.2. (NAFS and the Canadian Supplement to NAFS), the compliance
path in Article 5.9.2.3. may be used. However, it is not intended that the compliance path in Article
5.9.2.2. be used where fenestration products are not within the scope of the referenced standards.
Design Values
CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, North American
Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," requires that the individual
performance levels achieved by the product for structural resistance, water penetration resistance and air
leakage resistance be reported on the product's performance label.
Storm Doors and Windows
Where storm doors and storm windows are not incorporated in a rated window or door assembly, they
should be designed and constructed to comply with the applicable requirements of Part 5 regarding such
properties as appropriate air leakage and structural loads.
Forced Entry Test
Even though the performance label on rated windows, doors and skylights does not explicitly indicate
that the product has passed the forced entry resistance test, products are required to pass this test in
order to be rated.
A-5.9.2.2.(4) Loads and Procedures. For windows within the scope of the "Canadian Supplement"
referred to in Sentence 5.9.2.2.(1), structural and wind loads are included and may be calculated in
accordance with that standard. As an alternative, structural and wind loads from Section 5.2. may be
used to select fenestration products that are appropriate for the point of
installation. Values derived from the referenced standard, which uses a simplified calculation method,
are typically higher than those derived from calculations done in conformance with Section 5.2.
A-5.9.2.3.(1) Installation and Field Testing of Windows, Doors and Skylights.
Installation
The installation details of windows, doors, skylights and their components must be appropriately
designed and implemented for the building envelope assembly to perform acceptably overall. The proper
design of the installation details provides the information necessary to integrate the structure and air,
vapour and moisture barrier functions of windows, doors and skylights into the overall design of the
building envelope assembly. Construction should be carried out in accordance with these details to
achieve an appropriate level of long-term performance. Further guidance on installation detailing can be
found in CSA A440.4, "Window, door, and skylight installation."
696
Field Testing
It is recommended that the performance of installed windows, doors and skylights be field tested early in
the envelope construction phase so that any discontinuities can be readily identified and corrected before
construction of the building envelope assembly is completed. Additional field testing during subsequent
construction phases to monitor installation consistency is also recommended. Field test procedures
should be carried out in accordance with test standards such as ASTM E783, "Standard Test Method for
Field Measurement of Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors," and ASTM E1105,
"Standard Test Method for Field Determination of Water Penetration of Installed Exterior Windows,
Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls, by Uniform or Cyclic Static Air Pressure Difference." Further
guidance can be found in CSA A440.4, "Window, door, and skylight installation," which also includes
performance requirements developed in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North
American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," to be used when
performing field testing.
A-5.9.2.4.(3) Heat Transfer through Fire-Rated Glazed Assemblies. Thermal bridging through fire-
rated glazed assemblies should not be ignored; measures should be taken to minimize condensation
consistent with the intent of Sentence 5.9.2.4.(2).
A-5.9.3. Testing Standards for Other Fenestration Assemblies. Subsection 5.9.3. references ASTM test
methods. The following AAMA standards can also be used to evaluate the performance characteristics of
other fenestration assemblies:
- AAMA 501, "Methods of Test for Exterior Walls,"
- AAMA 501.1, "Standard Test Method for Water Penetration of Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors
Using Dynamic Pressure,"
- AAMA 501.2, "Quality Assurance and Diagnostic Water Leakage Field Check of Installed Storefronts,
Curtain Walls, and Sloped Glazing Systems,"
- AAMA 501.4, "Recommended Static Test Method for Evaluating Curtain Wall and Storefront Systems
Subjected to Seismic and Wind-Induced Inter-Story Drifts,"
- AAMA 501.5, "Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls," and
- AAMA 501.6, "Recommended Dynamic Test Method for Determining the Seismic Drift Causing Glass
Fallout from a Wall System."
- ASTM E 331, "Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by
Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference."
- ASTM E 547, "Water Penetration of Exterior Windows, Skylights, Doors, and Curtain Walls by Cyclic
Static Air Pressure Difference."
A-5.9.3.1.(1) Terminology for Other Fenestration Assemblies.
Curtain Wall
A curtain wall is considered to be a continuous wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration
and opaque portions) that is hung away from the edge of the primary floor structure. Curtain wall
assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Anchorage is typically
provided by anchors that connect back to the floor structure. Curtain wall assemblies can be either "stick
built," meaning each main unit is assembled on-site, or a "unitized" system, meaning factory-assembled
main units are installed and connected together on-site.
Window Wall
697
A window wall is considered to be a wall cladding assembly (which may include fenestration and
opaque portions) that spans from the top of a primary floor structure to the underside of the next higher
primary floor structure. Window wall assemblies do not generally support vertical loads other than their
own weight. Primary provision for anchorage occurs at head and sill connections with the adjoining floor
structure. Window wall assemblies may include separate or integral floor edge covers.
Storefront
A storefront is considered to be a non-residential assembly (which may include fenestration and opaque
portions) consisting of one or more elements that could include doors, windows and curtain wall
framing. Storefronts do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight. Storefront
profiles are typically narrow, rectilinear framing members that hold a combination of pocket glazing and
applied glazing stops to securely retain the infills. Vertical framing members typically span the height of
one floor or are retained within a structural punched opening.
Storefront assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure
conditions, which may be different than those for other portions of the building.
Glazed Architectural Structures
Glazed architectural structures are considered glazing assemblies that are supported in a non-traditional
manner, such as corner-clamped, point-supported, linear-supported and edge-clamped glazing.
Structural support systems can include, but are not limited to, tension cables, tension rods, steel and
glass. Glazed architectural structures do not generally support vertical loads other than their own weight.
These assemblies are designed/selected to take into account the anticipated service and exposure
conditions, which may be different than those for other portions of the building.
Skylights that are not covered by AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North American Fenestration
Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," are considered glazed architectural
structures.
A-5.9.3.2.(1) Structural and Environmental Loads. The applicable laboratory test method for
demonstrating adequate structural performance of other fenestration assemblies is ASTM E330/E330M,
"Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Doors, Skylights and Curtain
Walls by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference."
A-5.9.3.3.(1) Resistance to Condensation. Notwithstanding that other fenestration assemblies are not
fully covered under the testing scope of CSA A440.2, "Fenestration energy performance," the test method
described therein can be used to evaluate their resistance to condensation, with technical modifications to
accommodate differences in the size and configuration of the specimen. It is also common practice to use
one cold cycle of AAMA 501.5, "Test Method for Thermal Cycling of Exterior Walls," to assess the
potential for condensation. Both methods can be used for mock-ups in laboratory performance
evaluations, however, only the test method in CSA A440.2 should be used if a Temperature Index is
required. In most cases, the project specification documents establish the hygrothermal conditions (i.e.,
exterior temperature, interior temperature, interior relative humidity) for which the potential for
condensation should be minimized. Under these conditions, the aforementioned test methods can be
used to aid in the selection of the appropriate system performance to minimize the potential for interior
surface condensation. In all cases, care should be taken in the construction and configuration of the
specimen, as these parameters may have an impact on its thermal performance and resistance to
condensation. These parameters may include, without limitation, interior wall construction and finishes,
heating systems, ventilation systems, etc., to simulate the actual in-service conditions as closely as
practicable.
A-5.9.3.4.(2) Air Leakage.
Air Leakage Rate and Test Pressure
698
A lower air leakage rate and/or higher differential test pressure can be selected for specific applications
of other fenestration assemblies where tight control of airflow is required to prevent interstitial
condensation (e.g., in concealed spaces), improve thermal comfort (e.g., in hospitals, seniors' residences),
or prevent the migration of airborne contaminants (e.g., in food and drug research, manufacturing
applications, biological laboratories). It is typical of other fenestration assemblies to be used as the sole
building envelope component; where this is the case, a correspondingly higher degree of airtightness
may be required.
In addition, higher test pressure differentials can be used to evaluate assemblies with low air leakage,
such as non-operable or fixed fenestration systems whose air leakage rates are not easily measurable at
the lower standard pressure differentials.
Standard Test Methods
The applicable laboratory test method for determining the rate of air leakage is ASTM E283, "Standard
Test Method for Determining Rate of Air Leakage Through Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls, and Doors
Under Specified Pressure Differences Across the Specimen." If field testing for air leakage is to be
conducted, the applicable test method is ASTM E783, "Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of
Air Leakage Through Installed Exterior Windows and Doors."
A-5.9.3.4.(3) Systems Excluded from Air Leakage Requirements. The systems listed in
Sentence 5.9.3.4.(3) perform different functions than other fenestration assemblies and are therefore
exempted from complying with the air leakage requirements.
A-5.9.4.1.(1) Exterior Insulation Finish Systems (EIFS). The reference to CAN/ULC-S716.1, "Standard
for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems," in Clause 5.9.4.1.(1)(b) does
not preclude the use of other component materials that may also meet the intent of the Code. For
example, using mineral-fibre insulation in lieu of other rigid insulation types, mechanical fastening
methods for the insulation component in lieu of adhesive, or a type of water-resistive barrier other than a
liquid-applied water-resistive barrier could be acceptable.
The following two companion standards facilitate the application of and conformance with CAN/ULC-
S716.1:
- CAN/ULC-S716.2, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS
Components and Water Resistive Barrier," and
- CAN/ULC-S716.3, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) - Design Application."
Additional information on EIFS design and installation can be found in the EIFS Council of Canada's
"EIFS Practice Manual" and the manufacturer's literature.
EIFS Selection
CAN/ULC-S716.1 provides minimum performance criteria for EIFS materials and systems that are tested
under specific laboratory test protocols identified in the standard. However, compliance with this
standard does not ensure that a system is appropriate for all projects. When selecting an EIFS product,
designers should consider all relevant criteria--not only those covered by the tests in CAN/ULC-
S716.1--including, but not limited to,
- building exposure
- local climate characteristics (wind, precipitation, temperature variations, solar exposure)
- intended building use
- intended resistance to damage and deterioration
699
- construction tolerances
- constructability
Design and Construction of EIFS Drainage Cavity
The drainage capacity and thermal performance of the EIFS assembly can be affected by the dimensions
and configuration of the EIFS drainage cavity.
EIFS are installed over other building materials such as sheathing and primary structural components,
which have various construction installation tolerances. Designers should take into consideration the
cumulative effects of construction tolerances and sequencing when specifying the drainage method and
the cavity dimensions and configuration in order to ensure adequate drainage.
Designers should also take into account the impact of air movement, which varies depending on cavity
size and the extent of venting, on the EIFS' thermal performance when reviewing the overall thermal
performance of the building envelope. ASTM C1363, "Standard Test Method for Thermal Performance of
Building Materials and Envelope Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus," presents one method
for assessing the thermal performance of assemblies.
Where an Exterior Insulation Finish System (EIFS) is used, design review and enhanced field review is
required to be conducted by a Building Envelope Professional who has specialized training and
experience with EIFS. The professional is required to review the project specific design, and confirm that
the whole system including the required thermal expansion/contraction joints, joints around doors or
windows, or any other penetrations of the finish will allow for drainage back to the exterior, without
reliance on surface sealing. The professional is also responsible for reviewing the pressure moderating
system including compartmentalization, vent location, sizing, and confirming the required stiffness of the
substrate, using calculations based on the manufacturer's data or by testing demonstrating that sufficient
pressure equalization has been achieved as defined by the Institute for Research in Construction,
Construction Technology Update No. 17; "Pressure Equalization in Rainscreen Wall Systems," July 1998.
The quality provisions of the CCMC Technical Guide for "Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS)
Class PB Masterformat Section 07240", Section 7.0 "Quality Assurance Program" must be adhered to.
Buildings are required to be designed incorporating devices such as davit bases or other design elements,
so that any required maintenance could be provided without causing undue damage to the EIFS.
700
Part 6
Heating, Ventilating and Air-
conditioning
Section 6.1. General
6.1.1. Application
6.1.1.1. Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
6.1.1.2. Application
1) This Part applies to systems and equipment for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning services.
6.1.2. Definitions
6.1.2.1. Defined Terms
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
6.1.3. Plans and Specifications
6.1.3.1. Required Plans and Specifications
1) Plans, specifications and other information for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems
shall conform to Subsection 2.2.6. of Division C.
Section 6.2. Planning
6.2.1. General
6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice
(See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
1) Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, including mechanical refrigeration equipment,
shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance with good engineering practice such as that
described in, but not limited to,
a) the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards,
b) the HRAI Digest,
c) the Hydronics Institute Manuals,
d) the NFPA Standards,
e) the SMACNA Manuals,
f) the ACGIH manual entitled "Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended Practice for
Design,"
g) CSA B214, "Installation code for hydronic heating systems,"
h) CAN/CSA-Z317.2, "Special requirements for heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC)
systems in health care facilities,"
701
i) EPA 625/R-92/016, "Radon Prevention in the Design and Construction of Schools and Other
Large Buildings," and
j) ASHRAE Guideline 12, "Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water
Systems."
2) Indoor design temperatures for residential buildings shall be those established in Article 9.33.3.1.
6.2.1.2. Outdoor Design Conditions
1) The outdoor conditions to be used in designing heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems
shall be determined in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3. (See Note A-6.2.1.2.(1).)
2) Reserved
3) Reserved
6.2.1.3. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
1) Heating and cooling systems shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction of the heat
transfer fluid and to maintain the system pressure within the rated working pressure limits of all
components of the system.
6.2.1.4. Structural Movement
(See Note A-6.2.1.4.)
1) Mechanical systems and equipment shall be designed and installed to accommodate the maximum
relative structural movement provided for in the construction of the building.
6.2.1.5. Installation Standards
1) Except as provided in Articles 6.9.4.2. and 6.3.1.4., the installation of heating and air-conditioning
equipment, including mechanical refrigeration equipment, and including provisions for mounting,
clearances and air supply, shall conform to the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
2) A solid-fuel burning boiler accepted for use under section 10 of the Safety Standards Act satisfies
section 4.1 of CAN/CSA-B365, "Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment."
6.2.1.6. Installation - General
1) Equipment requiring periodic maintenance and forming part of a heating, ventilating or air-
conditioning system shall be installed with provision for access for inspection, maintenance, repair and
cleaning. (See Note A-6.2.1.6.(1).)
2) Mechanical equipment shall be provided with guards so as to prevent injury.
3) Heating, ventilating or air-conditioning systems shall be protected from freezing if they may be
adversely affected by freezing temperatures.
6.2.1.7. Asbestos
1) Asbestos shall not be used in HVAC systems and equipment.
6.2.2. Incinerators
6.2.2.1. Applicable Standard
1) The design, construction, installation and alteration of every indoor incinerator shall conform to
NFPA 82, "Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment."
6.2.3. Solid Fuel Storage
6.2.3.1. Solid Fuel Storage Bins
702
1) A storage bin for solid fuel shall not be located above a sewer opening or drain opening.
2) Storage bins for solid fuel shall be designed and constructed so that the air temperature in the bin
or the surface temperature of any part of the floor or walls is below 50°C.
Section 6.3. Ventilation Systems
6.3.1. Ventilation
6.3.1.1. Required Ventilation
1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), all buildings shall be ventilated in accordance with this
Section.
2) Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., outdoor air shall be supplied to buildings for
ventilation purposes in accordance with one of the following Sections of ANSI/ASHRAE 62, "Ventilation
for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality," as a minimum:
a) Section 6.2, Ventilation Rate Procedure, excluding the exception stated in Section 6.2.7.1.2 and
note H of Table 6.2.2.1,
b) Section 6.3, Indoor Air Quality Procedure, or
c) Section 6.4, Natural Ventilation Procedure, excluding residential occupancies.
3) Except in storage garages covered by Article 6.3.1.3., exhaust ventilation shall be provided in
accordance with Section 6.5, Exhaust Ventilation, of ANSI/ASHRAE 62, "Ventilation for Acceptable
Indoor Air Quality," as a minimum.
4) Self-contained heating-season mechanical ventilation systems serving only one dwelling unit shall
comply with Subsection 9.32.3.
5) For suites in buildings conforming to Part 10, the outdoor air required by Sentence (2) shall be
supplied directly to each suite by mechanical ventilation through ducting. (See Note A-6.3.1.1.(5).)
6.3.1.2. Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces
1) Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces shall be ventilated by
natural or mechanical means as required by Part 5. (See Note A-6.3.1.2.(1).)
6.3.1.3. Ventilation of Storage Garages
1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (6), an enclosed storage garage for five or more motor
vehicles shall have a mechanical ventilation system designed to
a) limit the concentration of carbon monoxide to not more than 100 parts per million parts of air,
b) limit the concentration of nitrogen dioxide to not more than 3 parts per million parts of air, where
the majority of the vehicles stored are powered by diesel-fuelled engines, or
c) provide, during operating hours, a continuous supply of outdoor air at a rate of not less than 3.9
L/s for each square metre of floor area (see Article 3.3.1.21.).
(See Note A-6.3.1.3.(1).) (See also Sentence 3.3.5.4.(4).)
2) Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Clause (1)(a) shall be controlled by
carbon monoxide monitoring devices, and systems provided in accordance with Clause (1)(b) shall be
controlled by nitrogen dioxide or other acceptable monitoring devices. (See Note A-6.3.1.3.(2).)
703
3) Mechanical ventilation systems provided in accordance with Sentence (1) shall be designed such
that the pressure in the storage garage is less than the pressure in adjoining buildings of other occupancy,
or in adjacent portions of the same building having a different occupancy.
4) In storage garages subject to the requirements of Sentences (1) and (2), where motor vehicles are
parked by mechanical means, the ventilation requirements may be reduced by one half.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), ticket and attendant booths of storage garages shall be
pressurized with a supply of uncontaminated air.
6) The requirements of Sentences (1) to (5) shall not apply to open-air storeys in a storage garage.
6.3.1.4. Heat Recovery Ventilators
1) Heat recovery ventilators with rated capacities of not less than 25 L/s and not more than 200 L/s
shall be installed in accordance with Subsection 9.32.3.
6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants
(See Note A-6.3.1.5.)
1) Air contaminants of concern within buildings shall
a) be removed insofar as is possible at their points of origin, and
b) not be permitted to accumulate in concentrations greater than those permitted by applicable by-
laws or regulatory enactments or, in the absence of such requirements, by good engineering practice such
as that described in the publications listed in Sentence 6.2.1.1.(1), measured using the methodology
described therein.
2) Systems serving spaces that contain sources of contamination and systems serving other occupied
parts of the building but located in or running through spaces that contain sources of contamination shall
be designed in such a manner as to prevent the spread of such contamination to other occupied parts of
the building.
3) Heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be designed to minimize the growth and
spread of bio-contaminants.
6.3.1.6. Commercial Cooking Equipment
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), Article 3.6.3.1. and Article 3.6.3.5., systems for the
ventilation of commercial cooking equipment shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to
NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations."
2) The exhaust from a commercial cooking unit shall discharge through an ecology unit or acceptable
equipment complying with Sentence (4), where the exterior wall termination of the exhaust is within 3 m
of a lane, property line or street property line. (See Note A-6.31.7.(2).)
3) The exhaust from a commercial cooking unit which is discharged from an exterior wall
termination shall not a) be discharged in a location or manner which causes a concentrated stream of air
to fall directly onto pedestrians, b) be discharged in a location or manner which causes exhaust to
accumulate in an area with outdoor seating, and c) generate a sound pressure level which exceeds noise
levels permitted by the Noise Control By-law. (See Note A-6.3.1.7.(3).)
4) Equipment provided in compliance with Sentence (3) shall
a) remove 99.97% of the grease entering the equipment,
b) be of continuously welded 1.5 mm thick carbon steel or 1.1 mm stainless steel,
704
c) prevent the leakage of flame, smoke, or grease from the equipment at normal or abnormal
temperatures,
d) limit the temperature rise of adjacent combustible materials to no more than 97°C above room
temperature, and
e) limit the temperature of exhaust air at the exhaust outlet to no more than 138°C. (See Note A-
6.3.1.7.(4).)
6.3.2. Air Duct Systems
6.3.2.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to the design, construction and installation of air duct distribution
systems serving heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems other than those in dwelling units
covered by Part 9.
6.3.2.2. Drain Pans
(See Note A-6.3.2.2.)
1) HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the airstream in the ducts
shall be equipped with drain pans that are
a) designed in accordance with Section 5.10, Drain Pans, of ANSI/ASHRAE 62.1, "Ventilation for
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality,"
b) provided with an outlet that is piped to the outside of the airstream in a location where
condensate can be safely disposed of,
c) installed so that water does not stagnate and drains from the pan, and
d) designed and installed so as to be accessible for cleaning and maintenance.
2) Drain pans and associated piping shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous
materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms.
6.3.2.3. Materials in Air Duct Systems
1) All ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings and plenums used in air duct systems shall be
constructed of materials as described in Article 3.6.5.1.
2) Ducts that are used in a location where they may be subjected to excessive moisture shall have no
appreciable loss of strength when wet and shall be resistant to moisture-induced corrosion.
3) All ductwork and fittings shall be constructed and installed as recommended in SMACNA
Manuals and ASHRAE Standards.
4) All duct materials shall be suitable for exposure to the temperature and humidity of the air being
carried and shall be resistant to corrosion caused by contaminants in the air being conveyed in the duct.
6.3.2.4. Connections in Air Duct Systems
1) Air duct systems shall have tight-fitting connections throughout.
6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings
(See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation used in air ducts, plenums and other
parts of air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.4.
705
2) Duct linings shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the operation of volume or
balancing dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other closures.
6.3.2.6. Clearance of Ducts and Plenums
1) The clearance of ducts and plenums from combustible materials shall comply with Article 3.6.5.6.
6.3.2.7. Interconnection of Systems
1) In a care or residential occupancy, air from one suite shall not be circulated to any other suite or to a
public corridor.
2) Except as permitted by Sentences (3) and 6.3.2.10.(6), air duct systems serving storage garages
shall not be directly interconnected with other parts of the building.
3) Exhaust ducts referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.10.(10) are permitted to exhaust through an enclosed
storage garage prior to exhausting to the outdoors, provided
a) the storage garage's exhaust system runs continuously,
b) the capacity of the storage garage's exhaust system is equal to or exceeds the volume of the
exhaust entering the garage, and
c) a leakage rate 1 smoke/fire damper rated in accordance with CAN/ULC-S112.1, "Standard for
Leakage Rated Dampers for Use in Smoke Control Systems," is provided near the duct outlet location in
the storage garage to prevent air from the storage garage from entering the exhaust ductwork system in
the event the building's exhaust fan is shut down.
6.3.2.8. Makeup Air
(See Note A-6.2.1.1.)
1) In ventilating systems that exhaust air to the outdoors, provision shall be made for the admission
of a supply of makeup air in sufficient quantity so that the operation of the exhaust system and other
exhaust equipment or combustion equipment is not adversely affected.
2) Makeup air facilities required by Sentence (1) shall be interlocked with the exhaust devices they
serve so that both operate together.
3) Where makeup air facilities are intended to introduce air directly from the outdoors to occupied
parts of the building in winter, they shall incorporate means of tempering that air to maintain the indoor
design temperature.
6.3.2.9. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings
1) Supply, return and exhaust air openings located less than 2 m above the floor in rooms or spaces
in buildings shall be protected by grilles having openings of a size that will not allow the passage of a 15
mm diam sphere.
2) Outdoor air intakes shall be located so that
a) reserved,
b) they are separated a minimum distance from sources of contaminants in accordance with
Table 6.3.2.9.
Table 6.3.2.9.
Minimum Distances of Air Intakes from Sources of Contaminants
Forming Part of Sentence 6.3.2.9.(2)
706
Source of Contaminants
Minimum Distance of Outdoor Air Intake, m
Garage entry of a garage for 5 or more motor vehicles, automobile
loading area and drive-in queue
4.5
Truck loading area or dock, and bus parking
7.6
Driveway, street, and parking space
1.5
Thoroughfare, arterial road, freeway, and highway
7.6
Garbage storage/pick-up area and dumpsters
4.5
Discharge from evaporative heat rejection systems
7.6
Sanitary vent
3.5
Kitchen cooking exhaust
3.0
Vent for combustion products
3.0
3) Outdoor air intakes shall be installed not less than 0.3 m above roofs, landscape grades or other
surfaces, taking into account anticipated snow accumulation levels.
4) Exterior openings for outdoor air intakes and exhaust outlets shall be shielded from the entry of
snow and rain and shall be fitted with corrosion-resistant screens of mesh having openings not larger
than 15 mm, except where experience has shown that climatic conditions require larger openings to
prevent the screen openings from icing over.
5) Screens required in Sentence (4) shall be accessible for maintenance.
6) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices covering supply, return, intake and exhaust
openings shall comply with Article 3.6.5.7.
6.3.2.10. Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating systems serving
separate rooms or spaces shall not be combined.
2) Exhaust ducts of non-mechanical ventilating systems serving similar occupancies may be
combined immediately below the point of final delivery to the outdoors, such as at the base of a roof
ventilator.
3) Exhaust ducts of ventilating systems shall have provision for the removal of condensation where
this may be a problem.
4) Exhaust outlets shall be designed to prevent backdraft under wind conditions.
5) Except as permitted in Sentence (6), exhaust systems shall discharge directly to the outdoors. (See
Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
6) Exhaust systems are permitted to exhaust into a storage garage, provided
a) they serve rooms that are accessible only from that storage garage,
b) the exhaust contains no contaminants that would adversely affect the air quality in the storage
garage (see Note A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b)), and
c) they are designed in accordance with Sentence 6.3.2.7.(3).
(See Note A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6).)
707
7) Exhaust ducts connected to laundry-drying equipment shall be
a) independent of other exhaust ducts,
b) accessible for inspection and cleaning, and
c) constructed of a smooth corrosion-resistant material.
(See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
8) Where collective venting of multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment is used, the
ventilation system shall
a) be connected to a common exhaust duct that is vented by one central exhaust fan,
b) include an interlock to activate the central exhaust fan when laundry-drying equipment is in use,
and
c) be provided with make-up air.
(See Note A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8).)
9) Exhaust ducts or vents connected to laundry-drying equipment shall discharge directly to the
outdoors.
10) Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems serving individual
dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing water closets, urinals, basins, showers or slop
sinks shall be independent of other exhaust ducts.
11) Except as provided in Sentence (12) and except for self-contained systems serving individual
dwelling units, exhaust ducts serving rooms containing residential cooking equipment shall be
independent of other exhaust ducts.
12) Two or more exhaust systems described in Sentences (10) and (11) may be interconnected or
connected with exhaust ducts serving other areas of the building, provided
a) the connections are made at the inlet of an exhaust fan, and all interconnected systems are
equipped with suitable back pressure devices to prevent the passage of odours from one system to
another when the fan is not in operation, or
b) the exhaust ducts discharge to a shaft that is served by an exhaust fan having a capacity that is
equal to or greater than the combined capacity of the exhaust fans discharging to the plenum multiplied
by the operation diversity factor, provided that the exhaust fan serving the shaft operates continuously
(see Note A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)).
13) Where exhaust ducts containing air from conditioned spaces pass through or are adjacent to
unconditioned spaces, the ducts shall be constructed to prevent condensation from forming on the inside
or outside of the ducts.
6.3.2.11. Return-Air System
1) Return-air systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.8.
2) Where a ceiling space is used as a return-air plenum, the requirements of Article 3.6.4.3. shall
apply.
3) A public corridor or exit shall not be used as a return-air plenum.
6.3.2.12. Underground Ducts
708
1) Underground ducts shall
a) be constructed and installed to provide interior drainage from and access to all low points,
b) not be connected directly to a sewer, and
c) be installed and constructed of materials recommended by ASHRAE and SMACNA Standards
and HRAI Manuals.
2) A clean-out or pump-out connection shall be provided in an underground duct system at every
low point of the duct system.
6.3.2.13. Filters
1) Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2 air filter units as
described in CAN/ULC-S111, "Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units."
2) When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure that the electric
circuit is automatically de-energized when filter access doors are opened or, in dwelling units, when the
furnace circulation fan is not operating.
6.3.2.14. Cleaning Devices
1) Ventilation required by Sentence 6.3.1.1.(1) shall be provided by a ventilation system designed to
include filtration devices with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 13, as defined by
ANSI/ASHRAE 52.2, prior to introduction of outdoor air into indoor occupied spaces.
6.3.2.15. Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems
(See Article 2.2.11.6. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.)
1) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall
a) incorporate a drift eliminator or other means to minimize the dispersion of entrained water
droplets, and
b) have a design discharge velocity that does not exceed the maximum discharge velocity
recommended by the manufacturer.
2) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be designed so that water continuously circulates
through all parts of the system that are normally wetted when the system is operating.
3) Evaporative heat rejection systems and their components shall be constructed of corrosion-
resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms
and that are compatible with disinfectants, biocides and other cleaning agents.
4) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be installed such that
a) no discharge air bypasses the drift eliminator or other means referred to in Clause (1)(a), and
b) the systems are accessible for cleaning, inspection and maintenance.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), air discharged from evaporative heat rejection systems shall
discharge away from the building, so as to not re-enter it, to a distance not less than
a) 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
b) 7.6 m from outdoor air intakes,
709
c) 3 m horizontally or vertically from exterior doors and operable windows, and
d) 3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding maintenance spaces.
(See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6).)
6) Air discharged from evaporative heat rejection systems in health care facilities shall discharge
away from the building in compliance with CAN/CSA-Z317.2, "Special requirements for heating,
ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) systems in health care facilities." (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(5) and
(6).)
7) Air intakes of evaporative heat rejection systems shall incorporate protective measures to
minimize the entrainment of vegetation and other organic matter.
8) Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices that conform to
Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of Book II, (Plumbing Systems), of this By-law. (See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8) and
(9).)
9) Water treatment systems and equipment for controlling the proliferation of disease-causing
micro-organisms shall
a) be provided in accordance with Section 8.2.4. of ASHRAE Guideline 12, "Minimizing the Risk of
Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems," and
b) include means for drainage, dilution, cleaning, and application of chemicals for the control of
scale, corrosion and biological contamination.
(See Note A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9).)
10) Drains, overflows and blow-downs shall be connected to the building's drainage system in
accordance with Clause 2.4.2.1.(1)(e) of Division B of Book II, (Plumbing Systems), of this By-law.
11) Evaporative heat rejection systems shall be provided with access openings, service platforms,
fixed ladders and fall-restraint connections to allow inspection, maintenance and testing, and a sampling
port shall be installed at a point in the recirculation loop just prior to the point where treatment chemicals
are injected.
6.3.2.16. Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air Washers and Humidifiers
1) Evaporative air coolers, misters, atomizers, air washers and humidifiers shall be designed in
accordance with Sections 9 and 10 of ASHRAE Guideline 12, "Minimizing the Risk of Legionellosis
Associated with Building Water Systems."
2) Systems referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be designed so that water continuously circulates through all parts of the system that are
normally wetted when the system is operating, and
b) incorporate a method of preventing water stagnation within the system itself and the internal
plumbing when the system is not operating.
(See Note A-6.3.2.16.(2).)
3) All components of systems referred to in Sentence (1), including filters and evaporation media,
shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of
disease-causing micro-organisms.
4) Associated sumps shall
710
a) be constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation
of disease-causing micro-organisms,
b) include auxiliary drains to prevent the overflow of water into ductwork, and
c) be installed so that they can be flushed, drained, cleaned and disinfected.
5) Where misters, atomizers or air washers are used in ductwork, the affected duct section shall be
a) designed to ensure drainage of unevaporated and accumulated water, and
b) constructed of corrosion-resistant, non-porous materials that do not promote the proliferation of
disease-causing micro-organisms.
6) Make-up water connections shall be equipped with backflow prevention devices that conform to
Article 2.6.2.1. of Division B of Book II, (Plumbing Systems), of this By-law. (See Note A-6.3.2.16.(6).)
6.3.2.17. Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment
1) Fans for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall be located and installed so that
their operation
a) does not adversely affect the draft required for proper operation of fuel-fired appliances, and
b) does not allow the air in the duct system to be contaminated by air or gases from the boiler room
or furnace room.
2) Fans and associated air-handling equipment, such as air washers, filters and heating and cooling
units, when installed on the roof or elsewhere outside the building, shall be of a type designed for outdoor
use.
6.3.2.18. Vibration Isolation Connectors
1) Vibration isolation connectors in air duct systems shall comply with Article 3.6.5.2.
6.3.2.19. Tape
1) Tape used for sealing joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall comply
with Article 3.6.5.3.
6.3.3. Chimneys and Venting Equipment
6.3.3.1. Requirement for Venting
1) Except as provided in Articles 6.3.3.2. and 6.3.3.3., the products of combustion from oil-, gas- and
solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be vented in conformance with the requirements in the applicable
appliance installation standard listed in Article 6.2.1.5.
2) Except as provided in Article 6.2.1.5., vented products of combustion, other than those referred to
in Sentence (1), shall be discharged away from the building, so as not to re-enter it, to a distance not less
than
a) 2.15 m above sidewalks and driveways,
b) 3 m from outdoor air intakes,
c) 3 m horizontally or vertically from doors and operable windows, and
d) 3 m horizontally or vertically from occupiable outdoor spaces, excluding maintenance spaces.
(See Note A-6.3.3.1.(2).)
711
6.3.3.2. Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
1) Rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height shall conform to Part 9 if
they serve
a) appliances with a combined total rated heat output of 120 kW or less, or
b) fireplaces.
2) Masonry or concrete chimneys other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be designed and
installed in conformance with the appropriate requirements in NFPA 211, "Standard for Chimneys,
Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances."
6.3.3.3. Metal Smoke Stacks
1) Single wall metal smoke stacks shall be designed and installed in conformance with NFPA 211,
"Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances."
6.3.3.4. Access Ladders
1) Access ladders for chimneys, when provided, shall consist of steel or bronze rungs, built into the
walls of the chimneys.
2) Rungs for external ladders shall begin at not less than 2.5 m from ground level.
6.3.4. Ventilation for Laboratories
6.3.4.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to laboratories where dangerous goods, including flammable liquids and
combustible liquids, are used in normal laboratory operations in quantities or in a manner that creates a fire
or explosion hazard.
6.3.4.2. General Ventilation
1) A laboratory shall be provided with continuous mechanical ventilation designed to ensure that
dangerous goods vapours and particles
a) do not accumulate in the laboratory,
b) are prevented from migrating to other parts of the building,
c) do not accumulate in the ventilation system,
d) are exhausted to the outdoors, and
e) are not returned to the building.
2) A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be provided with monitoring devices to
a) indicate that the ventilation system is in operation, and
b) sound an alarm if the ventilation system is malfunctioning.
3) A ventilation system required by this Subsection shall be maintained in conformance with Article
5.5.4.1. of Division B of the Fire By-law.
6.3.4.3. Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation
1) The ventilation system for a power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence 5.5.4.2.(1) of
Division B of the Fire By-law shall
712
a) conform to NFPA 91, "Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists,
and Particulate Solids,"
b) provide continuous exhaust ventilation at an air velocity sufficient to prevent the accumulation of
combustible or reactive deposits in the power-ventilated enclosure and its exhaust duct system,
c) confine dangerous goods vapours and particles to the area where they are generated and exhaust
them to the outdoors,
d) not return the exhausted air to the building, and
e) be provided with well identified control switches that are
i) located outside of the power-ventilated enclosure, and
ii) readily accessible in case of an emergency.
6.3.4.4. Enclosure Construction
1) The power-ventilated enclosure required by Sentence 5.5.4.2.(1) of Division B of the Fire By-law
and its exhaust duct system shall
a) except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), be constructed of noncombustible materials compatible
with and chemically resistant to the dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted, and
b) be provided with access doors to permit inspection and maintenance of the fan assembly and
exhaust ducts.
2) Combustible materials are permitted in systems described in Clause (1)(a) if
a) such materials are required by the corrosive or reactive properties of the dangerous goods being
used, and
b) their flame-spread rating is not more than 25.
3) The flame-spread rating required by Sentence (2) is permitted to be greater than 25 if an
automatic fire suppression system is provided inside the power-ventilated enclosure and its exhaust duct
system.
Section 6.4. Heating Systems
6.4.1. Heating Appliances, General
6.4.1.1. Location of Appliances
1) Except for appliances installed in dwelling units, fuel-fired heating appliances shall be located,
enclosed or separated from the remainder of the building in conformance with Section 3.6. (See also
Subsection 9.10.10.)
6.4.1.2. Appliances Installed Outside the Building
1) Fuel-fired appliances installed outside a building shall be designed and constructed for outdoor
use.
6.4.2. Unit Heaters
6.4.2.1. Clearances
1) Every unit heater using either steam or hot water as the heating medium shall be installed such
that the clearances between the appliance and adjacent combustible material conform to Table 6.7.1.2.
6.4.3. Radiators and Convectors
713
6.4.3.1. Lining or Backing
1) A noncombustible lining or backing shall be provided for every steam or hot water radiator and
convector
a) located in a recess or concealed space, or
b) attached to the face of a wall of combustible construction or encapsulated mass timber
construction.
2) Every steam or hot water radiator and convector shall be installed so as to conform to the
clearance requirements of Table 6.7.1.2.
Section 6.5. Thermal Insulation Systems
6.5.1. Insulation
6.5.1.1. Insulation and Coverings
(See Note A-6.3.2.5.)
1) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall comply with Article 3.6.5.5.
2) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material that will withstand deterioration
from softening, melting, mildew and mould at the operating temperature of the system.
3) Exposed piping or equipment subject to human contact shall be insulated so that the temperature
of the exposed surface does not exceed 52°C. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)
Section 6.6. Refrigeration and Cooling Systems
6.6.1. Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning
6.6.1.1. Cooling Units
1) Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct system, the cooling
unit shall be installed
a) in parallel with the heating furnace,
b) upstream of the furnace provided the furnace is designed for such application, or
c) downstream of the furnace provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent excessive temperature
or pressure in the refrigeration system.
Section 6.7. Piping Systems
6.7.1. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
6.7.1.1. Piping Materials and Installation
1) Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the effects of temperatures and
pressures that may occur in the system. (See Articles 3.1.5.19., 3.1.9.1., 9.10.9.6. and 9.10.9.7. for fire safety
requirements.)
2) Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to allow for expansion
and contraction due to temperature changes.
3) Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be designed and
installed to ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting structure.
6.7.1.2. Clearances
714
1) Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot water shall
conform to Table 6.7.1.2.
Table 6.7.1.2.
Clearance Between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
Forming Part of Articles 6.4.2.1. and 6.7.1.2., and Sentence 6.4.3.1.(2)
Steam or Water Temperature, °C
Minimum Clearance, mm
Up to 95
No clearance
Above 95 to 120
15
Above 120
25
6.7.1.3. Surface Temperature
1) The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall not exceed 70°C unless
precautions are taken to prevent human contact. (See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)
6.7.1.4. Protection
1) Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature above 120°C passes through a
combustible floor, ceiling or wall, the construction shall be protected by a sleeve of metal or other
noncombustible material not less than 50 mm larger in diameter than the pipe.
6.7.1.5. Piping in Shafts
1) Where piping for heating or air-conditioning systems is enclosed in a shaft, the requirements of
Article 3.6.3.1. for shafts shall apply.
6.7.2. Storage Bins
6.7.2.1. Storage Bins
1) Service pipes passing through a storage bin for solid fuel shall be protected or so located as to
avoid damage to the pipes.
2) Except for fuel-thawing pipes, every pipe designed to operate at a temperature of 50°C or above
shall be located where solid fuel cannot be stored in contact with it.
Section 6.8. Equipment Access
6.8.1. Openings
6.8.1.1. Access Openings
1) Any covering of an access opening through which a person could enter shall be openable from
the inside without the use of keys where there is a possibility of the opening being accidentally closed
while the system or equipment is being serviced.
6.8.1.2. Openings in Air Duct Systems
1) Air duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the proper operation and
maintenance of the system.
2) Access openings shall be provided in duct systems to allow the removal of material that may
accumulate in plenums and ducts.
6.8.1.3. Odour Removal Equipment
1) When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used, it shall be
a) installed to allow access so that adsorption material can be reactivated or renewed, and
715
b) protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.
2) Facilities for flushing and drainage shall be provided where filters are designed to be washed in
place.
Section 6.9. Fire Safety Systems
6.9.1. General
6.9.1.1. Fire Safety Requirements
1) The fire safety characteristics of heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems shall comply
with Subsection 3.6.5.
2) Characteristics referred to in Sentence (1) include but are not limited to
a) use of combustible materials in duct systems,
b) flame-spread ratings and smoke-developed ratings of duct and pipe materials and coverings,
c) installation of equipment relative to property lines, and
d) requirements for fire dampers and fire stop flaps.
6.9.1.2. Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
1) Except as provided in Subsection 6.3.4., systems serving spaces that contain hazardous gases,
dusts or liquids shall be designed, constructed and installed to conform to the requirements of the Fire
By-law and all applicable by-laws or regulatory enactments or, in the absence of such regulations or
bylaws, to good engineering practice such as that described in the publications of the National Fire
Protection Association. (See Note A-6.9.1.2.(1).)
2) When indoor piping for Class I flammable liquids is installed in a trench, the trench shall be
a) provided with positive ventilation to the outdoors, or
b) designed to prevent the accumulation of flammable vapours.
6.9.1.3. Commercial Cooking Equipment
1) Fire protection systems for commercial cooking equipment referred to in Sentence 6.3.1.6.(1)
using vegetable oil or animal fat shall conform to
a) ANSI/CAN/UL/ULC 300, "Standard for Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishing Systems for
Protection of Commercial Cooking Equipment," or
b) ULC/ORD-C1254.6, "Fire Testing of Restaurant Cooking Area Fire Extinguishing System Units."
6.9.2. Dampers and Ductwork
6.9.2.1. Fire Dampers
1) Fire dampers shall conform to Article 3.1.8.10.
6.9.2.2. Smoke Detectors
1) Air handling systems shall incorporate smoke detectors where and as required by Article 3.2.4.12.
6.9.2.3. Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
1) Where an exhaust duct system is used for smoke removal in a high building, the requirements of
Article 3.2.6.6. shall apply.
716
2) Where exhaust duct systems from more than one fire compartment are connected to an exhaust
duct in a vertical service space, the requirements of Article 3.6.3.4. shall apply.
6.9.2.4. Ducts in Exits
1) Where ducts penetrate fire separations separating exits from the remainder of the building, they
shall be in accordance with Article 3.4.4.4.
6.9.3. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
6.9.3.1. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
1) This Article applies to every building that contains an assembly occupancy, a care occupancy with
individual suites or containing sleeping rooms or bed spaces not within a suite, a residential occupancy, a
business and personal services occupancy, or a mercantile occupancy, and that
a) is served by or contains a fuel-burning appliance, or
b) contains a storage garage.
2) Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms installed in a residential occupancy or a care occupancy as required
by this Article shall
a) conform to CSA 6.19, "Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,"
b) be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements of CSA 6.19,
"Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,"
c) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO alarm, where the CO
alarm is powered by the electrical system serving the suite (see Note A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c)), and
d) be installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of
residential occupancy or in a suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) inside each sleeping room or bed space, or
b) outside each sleeping room or bed space, within 5 m of each door serving a sleeping room or bed
space, measured following corridors and doorways.
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), where a fuel-burning appliance serves a residential occupancy
or a care occupancy and is installed in a service room that is not in a suite of residential occupancy nor in a
suite of care occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) either inside each sleeping room or bed space, or if outside, within 5 m of each door serving a
sleeping room or bed space, measured following corridors and doorways, in every suite of residential
occupancy or suite of care occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with the service room, and
b) in the service room.
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), for each suite of residential occupancy or suite of care occupancy
that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage or that is adjacent to an attic or crawl
space to which the storage garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) inside each sleeping room or bed space, or
b) outside each sleeping room or bed space, within 5 m of each bedroom door serving a sleeping
room or bed space, measured following corridors and doorways.
717
6) CO alarms installed in an assembly occupancy, a business and personal services occupancy, or a
mercantile occupancy as required by this Article shall conform to
a) CAN/CSA-6.19, "Residential Carbon Monoxide Alarming Devices," notwithstanding the scope
of that standard,
b) UL 2034, "Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms," notwithstanding
the scope of that standard, or
c) good engineering practice. (See Note A-6.9.3.1.(6).)
7) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), where a fuel-burning appliance serves an assembly occupancy,
business and personal services occupancy, or mercantile occupancy, a CO alarm shall be,
a) where the fuel-burning appliance is part of a system that could circulate or distribute CO to a suite
of assembly occupancy, business and personal services occupancy or mercantile occupancy, installed
i) on each storey of each suite that may be exposed, and
ii) in a suite containing an assembly major occupancy, each classroom and dedicated gathering room or
space, and
b) installed in the room or space in which the fuel-burning appliance is located. (See Note A-
6.9.3.1.(7).)
8) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), for each suite of assembly occupancy, business and personal
services occupancy, or mercantile occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with either a storage
garage or a service room containing a fuel-burning appliance, or that is adjacent to either an attic or crawl
space to which the storage garage or a service room containing a fuel-burning appliance is also adjacent, a CO
alarm shall be installed
a) on each storey of the adjacent suite,
b) where the adjacent suite contains an assembly major occupancy, each classroom and dedicated room
or space, and
c) in each service room containing a fuel-burning appliance. (See Note A-6.9.3.1.(8).)
9) CO detectors are permitted to be installed in lieu of CO alarms required by this Article provided
the CO detectors
a) sound audible signals within the location they serve, as described in Sentences (3) to (5), (7) and
(8),
b) are installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Installation of Fire Alarm Systems," and
c) form part of the fire alarm system.
6.9.4. Ash Storage
6.9.4.1. Ash Storage Bins
1) Every ash storage bin shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
2) Every opening in an ash storage bin shall be protected by a tight-fitting metal door with metal
frame securely fastened to the bin.
718
6.9.4.2. Fireplaces
1) Fireplaces shall conform to the requirements of Section 9.22.
Section 6.10. Objectives and Functional Statements
6.10.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
6.10.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the
objectives and functional statements listed in Table 6.10.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 6.10.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 6
Forming Part of Sentence 6.10.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice
(1)
(a) to (e) [F31,F51-OP1.1]
(a) to (c),(e) to (i) [F40,F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OH1.1]
(a) to (c),(e) to (h) [F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F31,F50,F51,F52,F54,F63-OS3.2,OS3.4]
(d) [F01-OS1.1]
6.2.1.2. Outdoor Design Conditions
(2)
[F40,F50-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40,F43,F44,F50-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
6.2.1.3. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
(1)
[F20-OS3.2]
6.2.1.4. Structural Movement
(1)
[F23-OS3.1]
[F51,F63,F50-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
6.2.1.5. Installation Standards
(1)
[F43-OS1.1]
[F43-OS3.4]
[F43-OP1.1]
6.2.1.6. Installation - General
(1)
[F82-OS1.1]
[F82-OS3.4]
[F82-OP1.1]
(2)
[F31-OS3.1]
(3)
[F81-OS3.2,OS3.3,OS3.4]
719
[F81-OS1.1]
6.2.1.7. Asbestos
(1)
[F43-OH1.1]
6.2.2.1. Applicable Standard
(1)
[F81-OS1.1]
6.2.3.1. Solid Fuel Storage Bins
(1)
[F30-OH2.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.1.1. Required Ventilation
(2)
[F50,F41,F52,F53,F63-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40,F41,F50,F52,F53,F63-OH1.1]
(5)
[F50-OH1.1]
6.3.1.2. Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces
(1)
[F61,F63,F41-OH1.1,OH1.3]
6.3.1.3. Ventilation of Storage Garages
(1)
[F50,F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F44-OS3.4]
(3)
[F44-OS3.4]
(4)
[F50,F44-OS3.4]
(5)
[F50,F44-OH1.1]
[F50,F44-OS3.4]
6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants
(1)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OH1.1]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
(3)
[F52-OH1.1]
6.3.1.6. Commercial Cooking Equipment
(1)
[F01,F44-OS1.1]
[F01,F44-OP1.1]
(2)
[F44-OS1.1,OH5]
(3)
[F01,F44-OS1.1]
[F01,F44-OP1.1]
[F56-OH3]
720
6.3.2.2. Drain Pans
(1)
[F41,F44,F50,F82-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40,F41,F44,F50-OH1.1]
6.3.2.3. Materials in Air Duct Systems
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(3)
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
[F81-OH1.1]
(4)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
6.3.2.4. Connections in Air Duct Systems
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings
(2)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F81-OS1.1]
[F81-OP1.1]
6.3.2.7. Interconnection of Systems
(1)
[F44-OS1.1]
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
[F81,F44-OS1.1]
[F81,F44-OP1.1]
(3)
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
6.3.2.8. Makeup Air
(1)
[F50,F81-OH1.1]
[F44,F81-OS3.4]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1]
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
(3)
[F81-OH1.2]
6.3.2.9. Supply, Return, Intake and Exhaust Air Openings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F81-OH1.2]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1]
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
[F41,F44-OH1.1]
(3)
[F44,F81-OH1.1]
721
[F44,F81-OS3.4]
(4)
[F81-OH1.1]
(5)
[F82,F81-OH1.1]
[F82-OS3.4]
6.3.2.10. Exhaust Ducts and Outlets
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
(3)
[F81-OH1.1]
[F81-OH1.2]
(4)
[F81-OH1.1]
[F81-OH1.2]
(5)
[F81-OH1.1]
(6)
[F81-OH1.1]
(7)
[F81-OS1.1]
(8)
[F52-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(9)
[F52-OH1.1]
(10)
[F81-OH1.1]
(11)
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
[F81,F44-OS1.1]
(12)
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
(13)
[F81-OH1.2]
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
6.3.2.11. Return-Air System
(3)
[F10-OS1.5]
6.3.2.12. Underground Ducts
(1)
(a) [F44,F81-OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F44,F81-OH1.1]
(c) [F44,F81-OH1.1]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
6.3.2.13. Filters
(1)
[F80-OS1.1]
[F80-OP1.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.3]
[F81,F43-OH1.1]
722
6.3.2.14. Cleaning Devices
(1)
[F40,F50-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40,F43,F44,F50-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
6.3.2.15. Evaporative Heat Rejection Systems
(1)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(4)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(5)
[F40,F41-OH1.1]
(6)
[F40,F41-OH1.1]
(7)
[F40,F41-OH1.1]
(8)
[F46-OH2.2]
(9)
[F41,F44-OH1.1]
(10)
[F46,F81-OH2.1]
(11)
[F40,F41,F50,F82-OH1.1]
[F82-OS3.1]
6.3.2.16. Evaporative Air Coolers, Misters, Atomizers, Air Washers and Humidifiers
(1)
[F44,F50-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(4)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
[F40,F41,F50,F82-OH1.1]
(5)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(6)
[F46-OH2.2]
6.3.2.17. Fans and Associated Air-Handling Equipment
(1)
[F81,F44-OH1.1]
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1]
6.3.3.1. Requirement for Venting
(2)
[F40,F44,F50-OH1.1]
6.3.3.2. Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.3.3. Metal Smoke Stacks
723
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.3.3.4. Access Ladders
(1)
[F20,F80-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
6.3.4.2. General Ventilation
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F02-OP1.2]
[F02-OS1.2] [F81,F82-OS1.1]
(2)
[F11,F81-OS1.1]
6.3.4.3. Enclosure Exhaust Ventilation
(1)
(a),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
(b) [F02-OP1.2]
(e) [F12-OP1.1,OP1.2]
(a) [F02-OP1.2]
(b) [F02-OS1.2] [F81-OS1.1]
(e) [F12-OS1.1,OS1.2]
(a) [F02-OS1.2]
(a) [F01-OS1.1]
6.3.4.4. Enclosure Construction
(1)
(a) [F02-OS1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be constructed of noncombustible materials ..."
(b) [F02-OP1.2]
(a) [F02-OP1.2] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be constructed of noncombustible materials ..."
(a) [F80-OS3.4] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be constructed of ... materials ... chemically resistant to the
dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted ..."
(b) [F02-OS1.2] [F82-OS1.1]
(a) [F80-OS1.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be constructed of ... materials ... chemically resistant to the
dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted ..."
(a) [F01-OS1.1] Applies to portion of By-law text: "... be constructed of ... materials compatible with ... the
dangerous goods vapours and particles being exhausted ..."
(3)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
6.4.1.2. Appliances Installed Outside the Building
(1)
[F81-OP1.1]
[F81-OH1.1]
[F81-OS1.1]
724
6.4.2.1. Clearances
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
6.4.3.1. Lining or Backing
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
6.5.1.1. Insulation and Coverings
(2)
[F20,F30-OS3.2,OS3.4]
(3)
[F31-OS3.2]
6.6.1.1. Cooling Units
(1)
[F43,F81-OS3.4]
6.7.1.1. Piping Materials and Installation
(1)
[F20-OS3.2,OS3.4]
(2)
[F21-OH1.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.2]
6.7.1.2. Clearances
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.7.1.3. Surface Temperature
(1)
[F31-OS3.2]
6.7.1.4. Protection
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.7.2.1. Storage Bins
(1)
[F30,F31,F43-OS3.2,OS3.4]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.8.1.1. Access Openings
(1)
[F36-OS3.6]
6.8.1.2. Openings in Air Duct Systems
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F81,F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F82-OS1.1]
725
6.8.1.3. Odour Removal Equipment
(1)
[F82-OH1.1]
(2)
[F82-OH1.1]
6.9.1.2. Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
6.9.1.3. Commercial Cooking Equipment
(1)
[F02,F81-OS1.2]
[F02,F81-OP1.2]
6.9.3.1. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(2)
(a),(b),(d) [F44-OS3.4]
(c) [F81-OS3.4]
(3)
[F44-OS3.4]
(4)
[F44-OS3.4]
(5)
[F44-OS3.4]
6.9.4.1. Ash Storage Bins
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
Notes to Table 6.10.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
726
Notes to Part 6
Heating, Ventilating and Air-
conditioning
A-6.2.1.1. Good Engineering Practice.
Building Pressurization
New buildings tend to be considerably more airtight than older ones. Consequently, these buildings may
have a reduced pressurization requirement compared to the normal requirement in order to limit drafts
and provide a reasonable level of comfort.
The humidification and relative pressurization of buildings and individual spaces in buildings can be
significant factors in compromising the ongoing performance of the building envelope and other
environmental separators.
In new construction, HVAC designers should take this issue into consideration and confer with those
responsible for the design of the environmental separators so as to limit unintended effects on the
environmental separators. In existing buildings, the ability of the environmental separators to resist or
accommodate increases in pressure differential or moisture loading should be considered before changes
are made to the HVAC system.
Legionella Control
HVAC designers should either develop a water management plan or complete a formal risk and hazard
assessment to determine what measures are required for the control of legionella. The risk and hazard
assessment should include inspections of the building and its surroundings to locate potential sources of
legionella and to identify equipment or systems that could promote the growth and spread of legionella.
The assessment should also evaluate the risk to building occupants that is associated with any identified
equipment or systems, taking into account their design, location and operating conditions.
Further information on minimizing the growth and spread of legionella can be found in the following
publications:
- ANSI/ASHRAE 188-2018, "Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems,"
- "Developing a Water Management Program to Reduce Legionella Growth and Spread in Buildings"
(U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 2017),
- "Legionella and Legionnaires' Disease: A Policy Overview" (European Agency for Safety and Health
at Work, 2011),
- "Legionella and the Prevention of Legionellosis" (World Health Organization, 2007),
- "Legionnaires' Disease: Technical Guidance: Part 1: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Evaporative
Cooling Systems, and Part 3: The Control of Legionella Bacteria in Other Risk Systems" (U.K. Health and
Safety Executive, 2013), and
- "Recognition, Evaluation and Control of Legionella in Building Water Systems" (American Industrial
Hygiene Association, 2020).
Radon Control
727
Measures may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level below the guideline specified by
Health Canada.
Further information on reducing the indoor concentration of radon can be found in the following Health
Canada publications:
- "Guide for Radon Measurements in Public Buildings (Schools, Hospitals, Care Facilities, Detention
Centres)," and
- "Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners."
A-6.2.1.2.(1) Outdoor Design Conditions. In the past, the practice of ventilating buildings with outdoor
air assumed that the outdoor air was of better quality than the indoor air. It has become evident that the
outdoor air in some areas of Canada may not be of an acceptable quality for ventilating buildings unless
certain particles and gases are first removed or reduced. In order to manage the air quality of a building's
indoor environment, thus reducing the potential for adverse effects on occupants' health, the quality of
outdoor air for building ventilation purposes must be addressed.
A-6.2.1.4. Structural Movement. This Article is intended to remind designers and installers of
mechanical systems of one aspect of the "good engineering practice" referred to in Article 6.2.1.1.
In determining how to accommodate structural movement, there are two important principles to bear in
mind:
- The prime concern of the Building By-law is the safety of people in and around the building, as
opposed to protection of the mechanical systems and equipment.
- The nature of the accommodation will vary with the type of movement being considered, taking into
account particularly how often the movement is likely to be encountered over the life of the building.
For example, a gas line supported on columns that also support a crane must be installed in such a way
that the movement of the columns, which occurs many times daily, does not cause the lines to break, thus
creating a hazard. Even if the gas line installation could somehow be designed to break in a non-
hazardous manner, it would hardly be recognized as good engineering practice if movement that occurs
so frequently could disrupt the operation of the mechanical system.
On the other hand, earthquakes occur far less frequently and it would not be surprising to have a non-
critical mechanical system fail as a result of an earthquake. However, even in this situation, the failure
must occur in a manner that does not create a hazard to building occupants. For example, heavy
mechanical equipment should be properly anchored so that it does not topple on building occupants
during an earthquake. The design of the anchors should take into account accelerations consistent with
the seismic data given in Appendix C for the location of the building. Part 4 provides guidance on the
calculation of the loads such equipment would exert on the building structure during an earthquake;
these same loads can be used in designing the anchors.
Some mechanical equipment can be an important component of post-disaster life safety systems. In these
cases, the measures needed to accommodate the movements caused by an earthquake become even more
critical since failure of the equipment would not be acceptable.
Clearly, complying with this requirement will, in most cases, necessitate close coordination between the
mechanical designer and the structural designer.
For additional information on the types of structural movement that may be encountered, see
Article 4.1.3.5., Sentence 4.1.3.3.(2) and Subsection 4.1.8.
728
A-6.2.1.6.(1) Installation - General. Ducts or pipes without dampers or valves are generally not
considered to constitute "equipment" and are therefore not subject to this requirement.
A-6.3.1.1.(5) Ventilation Air Supplied to Suites. The indirect supply of required outdoor ventilation air to
normally occupied spaces through corridor pressurization or other indirect systems is not permitted.
A-6.3.1.2.(1) Ventilation and Venting of Crawl Spaces and Attic or Roof Spaces. The cross-reference to
Part 5 pertains to unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces, and attic or roof spaces, which are
effectively within the building envelope. That is, unconditioned and unoccupied attic or roof spaces are
located between the roof deck and roofing above, and the insulation, air barrier system and vapour
barrier below. Unconditioned and unoccupied crawl spaces are located between the ground cover below
and the insulation, air barrier system and vapour barrier above. Venting of these spaces has implications
for the performance of the building envelope rather than having direct effects on indoor conditions. The
ventilation of conditioned or occupied crawl spaces and attic or roof spaces must comply with Part 6.
The requirements in Part 5 are stated in terms of loads that must be resisted rather than in terms of
building elements. Thus, the By-law user will not find explicit references in Part 5 to crawl spaces, or attic
or roof spaces. Part 5 makes reference to the need for venting environmental separators, i.e., the
dissipation of heat or moisture.
Sentence 6.3.1.2.(1) requires that crawl spaces be ventilated either by natural (above-grade only) or
mechanical means. High moisture levels within the crawl space can lead to problems such as the
formation of mould, lifting of flooring or long-term damage to structural components.
Crawl space ventilation cannot be expected to correct moisture-related problems caused by other factors
like inadequate surface drainage from the foundation walls or improper protection against moisture from
the ground. These conditions must be properly addressed so that crawl space ventilation can meet its
intended objectives.
Several factors favour the use of mechanical ventilation rather than reliance on natural drafts. Local
conditions, such as areas with high water tables, may dictate the need for mechanical ventilation to
remove excessive moisture.
Crawl spaces should be maintained at a negative pressure relative to the conditioned area above to
prevent the migration of moisture into occupied areas. This can be achieved through the use of an
exhaust fan and relying on air transfer through floor penetrations, such as pipes.
A-6.3.1.3.(1) Storage Garages. Car dealership showrooms are not considered as storage garages.
A-6.3.1.3.(2) Ventilation of Storage Garages. Storage garages are ventilated to protect occupants from
exposure to carbon monoxide and other vehicular exhaust fumes. In certain cases, such as small two- or
three-bay storage garages that are used for occasional vehicle storage, and where occupants are not
present, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide monitoring devices may be omitted if the ventilation
system is interlocked with a local light switch or other controls to ensure continuous system operation
whenever the area is occupied. In any event, the ventilation system capacity must be designed to limit the
concentrations of carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide at or below the prescribed values.
A-6.3.1.5. Indoor Air Contaminants.
Contaminants of Concern
Indoor air can contain complex mixtures of contaminants of concern such as formaldehyde, legionella,
mould and emissions from building materials. While some contaminants may be knowingly
introduced--as in the case of processing and manufacturing environments--others may be
unintentionally released into indoor environments. "Industrial Ventilation: A Manual of Recommended
Practice for Design," published by the ACGIH, and the "Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air
729
Quality," published by Health Canada, are useful references on the control of contaminants in industrial
workplace environments and residential settings, respectively. These and other guidelines and manuals
should be interpreted while keeping in mind the settings and purposes for which they were developed
compared to those to which they will be applied. Note that such documents do not necessarily consider
the interactions between various contaminants.
Minimizing the Growth and Spread of Bio-contaminants
Bio-contaminants, such as bacteria, mould, mildew, fungi, viruses, and pollen, can thrive in or be spread
by sources like drain pans, spray-water air-washers, contaminated filters, poorly maintained cooling
coils, water incursion into ductwork, high humidity and stagnant water, potentially causing a wide range
of adverse health effects including respiratory allergic reactions, asthma, and diseases ranging from
influenza to legionellosis.
Some of the control measures are as follows:
(a) Air-handling equipment should be accessible for the maintenance of filters, cooling coils and
condensate drain pans located below the cooling coils. Access doors should be large and easy to open to
facilitate thorough and regular maintenance.
(b) If moisture is added to building ventilation air to maintain humidity levels in a designated range,
humidifiers that inject steam or water vapour into central air-handling units or main supply ducts are
normally used. Injection nozzles should not be located in air-handling unit plenums or ductwork that is
insulated with internal fibrous lining. If the lining becomes wet, conditions conducive to the growth and
spread of bio-contaminants will result.
(c) HVAC systems that generate condensate or introduce liquid water into the airstream in the ducts
require adequate drainage of excess water and, in some cases, a means of capturing air-entrained water
droplets. These measures reduce the potential for bio-contaminants, including legionella, to proliferate in
stagnant water and for water droplets containing bio-contaminants to be introduced into the airstream
and contaminate the indoor environment. (See also Article 6.3.2.2.)
The above only addresses built-in features of an HVAC system that can help to minimize the growth and
spread of bio-contaminants. Even more important than the built-in features is a program of regular
maintenance and cleaning of those portions of the system where such growth is likely to occur.
A-6.3.1.7.(2) Commercial Cooking Equipment. Refer to the City of Vancouver's Kitchen Ventilation
Guidelines for further information. Included is information on Design Considerations for Development
Permit, Vancouver Coastal Health policy, checklists for inspections, and requirements for maintenance.
This guideline is available on the City of Vancouver website. A-6.3.1.7.(3) Commercial Cooking
Equipment. The termination is also to be designed to the satisfaction of the Director of Planning. Where
there is a canopy or awning, the discharge should be located above the canopy or awning. The exhaust
and make-up air locations should be determined respectful of existing discharge, make-up air, operable
window, and door locations of neighbouring properties. In some cases, the Director of Planning may not
approve exhaust or make-up air wall terminations on street frontages. Wall terminations should be
located where they have the least impact on nearby properties, suites, amenity areas, the public realm,
windows, and building design. Generally, roof terminations are preferred and wall terminations should
be located in the lane. Rev. 12717 Rev. 12717 Notes to Part 6 - Heating, Ventilation and Air-conditioning
Division B: Acceptable Solutions Division B Consolidated changes to January 1, 2022 Vancouver Building
By-law 2019 A-6.3.1.7.(4) Ecologizers and Alternative Technologies. It is not the intention of the Article
6.3.1.7.(2) to prohibit technologies other than ecologizers. Other technologies that are capable of
demonstrating an equivalent or better level of performance to devices listed to ULC-S647, "Standard for
Exhaust Cleaning and Recirculation Assemblies for Commercial and Institutional Kitchen Exhaust
Systems," may be permitted at the discretion of the Chief Building Official provided that an acceptable
technical demonstration of performance has been provided as part of a building permit submission. Such
730
devices must also comply with all applicable metro Vancouver regulations related to air emissions,
odour, and low level ozone.
A-6.3.2.2. Stagnant Water in Drain Pans. It is important to eliminate stagnant water as it can promote
the proliferation of disease-causing micro-organisms, such as legionella.
Of particular concern is the potential for legionella bacteria in water to become airborne in water droplets
or mist that can be inhaled by humans or can contaminate other water sources or systems.
A-6.3.2.5. Duct Coverings and Linings. The TIAC "Mechanical Insulation Best Practices Guide" is a
comprehensive source of information on the selection, installation and proper use of thermal insulation
materials. (Note that Section 4 of this Guide is not included in the scope of this Note as it contains
information on proprietary products, which are not within the mandate of the Code.)
A-6.3.2.10.(5) and (6) Exhausting to Garages. A frequent practice in the design of ventilation systems
serving buildings which have associated parking garages is to discharge exhaust air from the building to
the garage in order to reduce the cost of heating the garage or reduce the length of the exhaust ducts.
However, this practice entails a certain amount of risk since, when the exhaust system is not running,
stack effect may turn the exhaust outlets into intakes and exhaust fumes (including carbon monoxide) can
be drawn from the garage into the building. Incorporating a backdraft damper at the exhaust outlet
provides some additional protection but backdraft dampers are generally not regarded as being very
reliable. Therefore this practice is only permitted in very limited circumstances.
A-6.3.2.10.(6)(b) Air Contaminants. For the purpose of Clause 6.3.2.10.(6)(b), washroom exhaust air is
not considered to contain contaminants that would adversely affect the air quality in the storage garage.
A-6.3.2.10.(7) and (8) Exhaust Ducts Connected to Laundry-Drying Equipment. Clothes dryers are a
major cause of fires in buildings often due to a build-up of lint in the system, which then ignites or
obstructs the venting or ventilation. Proper cleaning and regular maintenance of lint traps is directly
proportional to the ease of access to the lint traps. It is therefore important to ensure that lint traps in
multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment are installed in such a way as to allow easy access for
inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.
A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b) Operation Diversity Factor. The operation diversity factor has to be assessed for each
specific application. Good engineering practice (see Article 6.2.1.1.) design guidelines can provide
information on the subject. Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b), which originates from ASHRAE handbooks,
provides an example of factors that can be used for general applications.
731
Figure A-6.3.2.10.(12)(b)
Operation diversity factor
A-6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) Minimum Distances. Ensuring adequate distance between the air discharge
locations of evaporative heat rejection systems and certain outdoor spaces and building components
minimizes the potential for contamination of the air of occupiable spaces. For example, if a building's
ventilation air intake were located too close to an air discharge location of an evaporative heat rejection
system, warm discharge air and associated drift, which could contain biological contaminants, could be
introduced to the indoor environment through the air intake.
The minimum distances stated in Sentences 6.3.2.15.(5) and (6) may need to be increased where
warranted by local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent structures, or special processes being
carried out, any of which would make further analysis necessary. (See also Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2).)
A-6.3.2.15.(8) and (9) Assessment of System and Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics of the
water in the evaporative heat rejection system and of the make-up water should be assessed to select a
suitable water treatment system.
A-6.3.2.16.(2) Prevention of Water Stagnation. Common strategies to prevent water stagnation include
flushing, providing an inactivity drain, and periodic activation, even with no load.
A-6.3.2.16.(6) Assessment of Make-Up Water. The chemical characteristics of the make-up water should
be assessed to ensure that any chemicals added to a system referred to in Sentence 6.3.2.16.(1) for
precipitation control, disinfection or another purpose will not adversely affect the system.
A-6.3.3.1.(2) Requirement for Venting. Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) requires that vented products of combustion
from appliances be discharged a minimum distance away from certain outdoor spaces and building
components in cases where the vented products could contaminate the air of occupiable spaces. These
minimum distances may need to be increased due to local conditions such as prevailing winds, adjacent
structures, special processes being carried out, specific contaminants or effluent discharges, all of which
would require further analysis.
"Occupiable outdoor spaces" refers to areas that could be occupied for a duration of more than fifteen
minutes at any time, but does not include maintenance spaces. Occupiable outdoor spaces are located
732
adjacent to an indoor space and are considered to be an extension of this indoor space: e.g. main entries,
balconies, patios, decks, green roofs and other public assembly areas. Although sidewalks and driveways
are mentioned in the provision, these areas are not considered as occupiable outdoor spaces since they
are used as transport routes to and from the building, and people are not expected to remain there for
extended periods of time.
The requirements of Sentence 6.3.3.1.(2) are not meant to override similar requirements found in the
installation standards referenced in Article 6.2.1.5. that address identical situations.
A-6.5.1.1.(3) Temperature of Exposed Piping. Piping carrying steam, high-temperature hot water, or
another heat transfer fluid at high temperature is usually insulated to reduce heat losses as an economy
measure. Above a temperature of approximately 52°C, however, a bare pipe can cause a burn to human
skin coming in contact with the pipe. According to ASTM C1055, "Standard Guide for Heated System
Surface Conditions that Produce Contact Burn Injuries," skin can be in contact with a surface at a
temperature of 52°C for up to 60 s without experiencing irreversible damage. If pipes above this
temperature are normally out of reach of all persons other than maintenance personnel or are properly
guarded, it would be expected that no insulation would be needed for public safety.
A-6.9.1.2.(1) NFPA Publications Pertaining to the Heating, Ventilating and Air-Conditioning of Spaces
Containing Hazardous Gases, Dusts or Liquids.
NFPA 30, "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code"
NFPA 30A, "Code for Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities and Repair Garages"
NFPA 32, "Standard for Drycleaning Facilities"
NFPA 33, "Standard for Spray Application Using Flammable or Combustible Materials"
NFPA 34, "Standard for Dipping, Coating, and Printing Processes Using Flammable or Combustible
Liquids"
NFPA 35, "Standard for Manufacture of Organic Coatings"
NFPA 36, "Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants"
NFPA 40, "Standard for the Storage and Handling of Cellulose Nitrate Film"
NFPA 51, "Standard for the Design and Installation of Oxygen-Fuel Gas Systems for Welding, Cutting,
and Allied Processes"
NFPA 51A, "Standard for Acetylene Cylinder Charging Plants"
NFPA 55, "Compressed Gases and Cryogenic Fluids Code"
NFPA 61, "Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Dust Explosions in Agricultural and Food Processing
Facilities"
NFPA 68, "Standard on Explosion Protection by Deflagration Venting"
NFPA 69, "Standard on Explosion Prevention Systems"
NFPA 85, "Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code"
NFPA 86, "Standard for Ovens and Furnaces"
NFPA 88A, "Standard for Parking Structures"
NFPA 91, "Standard for Exhaust Systems for Air Conveying of Vapors, Gases, Mists, and Particulate
Solids"
NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations"
733
NFPA 204, "Standard for Smoke and Heat Venting"
NFPA 303, "Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards"
NFPA 307, "Standard for the Construction and Fire Protection of Marine Terminals, Piers, and Wharves"
NFPA 409, "Standard on Aircraft Hangars"
NFPA 415, "Standard on Airport Terminal Buildings, Fueling Ramp Drainage, and Loading Walkways"
NFPA 484, "Standard for Combustible Metals"
NFPA 654, "Standard for the Prevention of Fire and Dust Explosions from the Manufacturing, Processing,
and Handling of Combustible Particulate Solids"
NFPA 655, "Standard for Prevention of Sulfur Fires and Explosions"
NFPA 664, "Standard for the Prevention of Fires and Explosions in Wood Processing and Woodworking
Facilities"
NFPA "Fire Protection Guide to Hazardous Materials"
A-6.9.3.1.(2)(c) Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Battery-powered carbon monoxide alarms are acceptable
provided that they are installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
A-6.9.3.1.(6) Carbon Monoxide Devices. Although the scope of CAN/CSA-6.19, "Residential Carbon
Monoxide Alarming Devices," and UL 2034, "Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide
Alarms," is limited to carbon monoxide alarms for residential applications, their use may be appropriate
in some other locations where they are not subject to excessive contaminants or risk of damage, such as in
classrooms and meeting spaces. The designer is also given the option to follow good engineering practice.
For example, some carbon monoxide devices used in storage garages may be suitable for use in other
applications.
A-6.9.3.1.(7) Spaces Served by a Fuel-Burning Appliance. Where a fuel-burning appliance such as a
furnace circulates or distributes air to a space there is the potential for leakage of combustion products
into the duct system which could then circulate combustion products including carbon monoxide (CO) to
that space, so a CO alarm is required to protect occupants of that space. Fuel-burning appliances such as a
boiler do not have the same potential of the system circulating or distributing CO to the spaces served via
the piping system. In both examples of a fuel-burning furnace and a fuel-burning boiler, a CO alarm is
required in the service room containing the appliances.
A-6.9.3.1.(8) Adjacent Suites. Suites that share a common attic or crawl space with a storage garage or
service room, as well as suites that share a common wall or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage
or service room are considered adjacent for the application of Sentence (8).
734
Part 7
Plumbing Services
Section 7.1. General
7.1.1. Scope
7.1.1.1. Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
7.1.1.2. Application
1) This Part applies to the design, construction, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing
systems.
7.1.2. Design and Installation
7.1.2.1. Conformance
1) Every plumbing system shall be designed and installed in conformance with the Vancouver
Building By-law Book II (Plumbing Systems), that being the National Plumbing Code of Canada as
amended by Subsection 7.1.5.
2) References to the following documents in the Vancouver Building By-law Book II (Plumbing
Systems) shall be replaced as follows:
a) references to the National Building Code of Canada and the National Energy Code of Canada for
Buildings shall be replaced with the Vancouver Building By-law, and
b) references to the National Fire Code of Canada shall be replaced with the Vancouver Fire By-law.
3) Compliance with the Vancouver Building By-law Book II (Plumbing Systems) may be achieved
using alternative solutions as described in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A of this By-law, using the
objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B of the
Vancouver Building By-law Book II (Plumbing Systems).
7.1.3. Required Facilities
7.1.3.1. All Buildings Except Dwelling Units
1) Buildings shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in Subsection 3.7.2. and
Article 3.8.2.8.
7.1.3.2. Dwelling Units
1) Dwelling units shall be equipped with plumbing facilities as required in Section 9.31.
7.1.4. Definitions
7.1.4.1. Defined Terms
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
735
7.1.5. Unique to Vancouver Requirements
7.1.5.1. Division A
1) The provisions of Part 1 of Division A of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by
a) striking out Subsection 1.2.1. and substituting:
"1.2.1. Compliance with this By-law
1.2.1.1. Compliance with this By-law
1) Compliance with this By-law shall be achieved by
a) complying with the applicable acceptable solutions in Division B (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(a)), or
b) except as required by Sentence (3) and Sentence 3.3.1.3.(1) of Division C, using alternative solutions, accepted by
the Chief Building Official under Section 2.3 of Division C, that will achieve at least the minimum level of performance
required by Division B in the areas defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable
acceptable solutions (see Note A-1.2.1.1.(1)(b)).
2) For the purposes of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b), the objectives and functional
statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in Division B shall be the objectives and functional statements referred to
in Subsection 1.1.2. of Division B.
3) An alternative solution shall not be used in place of an acceptable solution if the acceptable solution expressly requires
conformance to a provincial enactment other than Book I (General) or Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the Vancouver
Building By-law.
1.2.1.2. Responsibility of Owner
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
b) adding a new Subsection 1.2.3.:
"1.2.3. Installation of Plumbing Systems
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
c) striking out Article 1.3.4.1. and substituting:
"1.3.4.1. Application of Parts 1, 2 and 3
1) Parts 1, 2 and 3 of Division C apply to all plumbing systems covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1.) ",
d) in Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1),
i) striking out the defined term for "Building*" and substituting:
"Building* means any structure used or intended for supporting or sheltering any use or occupancy, including any float
home or marina and any retaining structures greater than 1.2 m in height.", and
ii) adding the following defined terms in alphabetical order:
"Acceptable* means acceptable to the Chief Building Official. ",
"Accredited laboratory means a laboratory approved by the BC Provincial Health Officer for drinking water microbiology
testing. ",
"Alert means a bell, horn, speaker, light or text display that provides audible, tactile or visible outputs, or any combination
thereof. ",
736
"Alternate water source system means a system designed to collect, treat, and use non-potable water from alternate
water sources in lieu of potable water, but excludes a system in a building used exclusively for residential occupancy
containing no more than 8 principal dwelling units, and excludes the use of rain barrels of up to a cumulative capacity of 500
L. ",
"Blackwater means waste water from water closets, urinals and other sanitary fixtures designed for carrying human waste,
kitchen sinks, utility sinks, medical sinks, laboratory sinks, and industrial processes, but does not include clear-water waste.
",
"Bottle trap means a trap that retains water in a closed chamber and that seals the water by submerging the inlet pipe in
the liquids or by a partition submerged in the liquids. ",
"Chief Building Official* means the City Building Inspector, and any person authorized to act on behalf of the City Building
Inspector. ",
"City* means the City of Vancouver. ",
"City Building Inspector* means the person appointed as such by City Council pursuant to the provisions of the
Vancouver Charter. ",
"City Engineer* means the person appointed as such by City Council pursuant to the provisions of the Vancouver Charter.
",
"Cooling tower means a direct (open circuit) cooling tower, indirect (closed circuit) cooling tower, evaporative condenser,
adiabatic cooler which recirculates non-evaporated water, or fluid cooler that is part of a recirculated water system
incorporated into a building's cooling, industrial process, refrigeration, or energy production system, and may comprise one
or more cooling tower cells. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) ",
"Decorative water feature means a human-made fountain, waterfall, cascade, spray or the like that uses water for
architectural, decorative or aesthetic effects, is not intended for human contact, and is located indoors or outdoors, but
excludes a fish pond, natural body of water, natural waterfall, a feature in or associated with a building used exclusively for
residential occupancy containing no more than 8 principal dwelling units, or a regulated activity under the BC Pool
Regulation. (See Note A-1.4.1.2.(1).) ",
"E. coli means Escherichia coli. ",
"Emergency once through cooling equipment* means once through cooling equipment that is not normally operated and
is only activated in the event of a sudden, unforeseen failure of an otherwise properly designed, operated and maintained
primary cooling system. ",
"Existing building* means a building lawfully constructed and completed under a permit before submission of the current
permit application. ",
"Float home* means any structure incorporating a floatation system, intended for use or occupancy or being used or
occupied for residential purposes, containing one dwelling unit only, and not primarily intended for, or useable in,
navigation, but does not include any water craft designed or intended for navigation. ",
"Greywater means waste water from all sources except blackwater and clear-water waste. ",
"Groundwater* means a free standing body of water in the ground. ",
"Maintenance once through cooling equipment* means once through cooling equipment that is not normally operated
and is only activated to temporarily supplement or replace the primary cooling system during scheduled maintenance on the
primary cooling system. ",
"Marina* means any structure or installation, including marina walkways, which provides moorage space for water craft. ",
"Once through cooling equipment* means equipment that produces a cooling effect by transfer of heat to water that is
only circulated once through the equipment and is then discharged, and includes but is not limited to commercial and
industrial air conditioners, refrigerators, freezers, coolers and ice machines. ",
737
"Operating permit* means permission or authorization in writing by the Chief Building Official to install or retain existing
equipment or systems for which an operating permit is required under this By-law. ",
"Owner* means a registered owner, a holder of an agreement for sale and purchase and, in the case of Crown-owned
lands, owner shall mean the occupier.",
"Perimeter drainage water means water collected from the foundation of a structure. ",
"Permit* means permission or authorization in writing by the Chief Building Official to perform work regulated by this By-law
and, in the case of an occupancy permit, to occupy any building or part thereof, but does not include an operating permit. ",
"Press-connect means a permanent mechanical joint incorporating an elastomeric seal or an elastomeric seal and
corrosion resistant grip ring, with the joint made with a pressing tool and jaw or ring that complies with the manufacturer's
installation instructions. ",
"Public low pressure sewer system means a public sewer in which gravity is insufficient to convey waste water and
organic refuse, and pumps on private property are used to provide such force. ",
"Rainwater means rainfall and other natural precipitation, and includes storm water. ",
"Residential occupancy* (Group C) means the occupancy or use of a building or part thereof by persons for whom
sleeping accommodation is provided but who are not harboured for the purpose of receiving care or treatment and are not
involuntarily detained. ",
"Subsurface investigation* means the appraisal of the general subsurface conditions at a building site by analysis of
information gained by such methods as geological surveys, in situ testing, sampling, visual inspection, laboratory testing of
samples of the subsurface materials and groundwater observations and measurements. ",
"Vegetated roof assembly* ("green roof") means a vegetated roof system (a functional arrangement of interacting
components, inclusive of vegetation) that is combined with a roof assembly, is intended to both grow and flourish, and may
be installed on a roof to control the rate of rainwater discharged through a storm drainage system. (See Book I, Division A,
Note A-1.4.1.1.) ", and
"Water craft* means any boat, hull, barge, or houseboat which is afloat, whether self-propelled or not, and includes
pleasure and commercial craft. ",
e) in Sentence 1.4.2.1.(1), adding the following abbreviations in alphabetical order:
"CFU ....................... colony forming unit(s)",
"IDF ........................ Intensity-Duration-Frequency",
"MPN ....................... most probable number", and
"NTU ........................ nephelometric turbidity unit(s)", and
f) in Note A-1.4.1.2.(1), adding the following in alphabetical order:
"Cooling Tower
From a Legionnaires' disease prevention perspective, the fluid flow of interest is the water sprayed, evaporated,
collected and recirculated within a cooling tower (the so-called "external circuit"). It is this water that requires
appropriate treatment to keep Legionella pneumophila levels controlled.
For a cooling tower with multiple cells, if all of the cells share the same basin and the same recirculated water, the
whole unit can be considered one cooling tower. See sample mechanical configurations in Table A-1.4.1.2.(1).
However, as a cautionary note for large systems, even with the same water flowing to all parts, it has been found by
New York City's Department of Health and Mental Hygiene that different locations within the same cooling tower can
test positive and others can test negative for Legionella pneumophila.
738
For buildings with multiple cooling tower structures, in certain, rare configurations, and at the sole discretion of the
Chief Building Official, it may be determined that the multiple cooling tower structures can be considered as one
cooling tower for the purpose of this defined term. To be considered as one cooling tower, the recirculating water loops
of the multiple cooling tower structures must share the same recirculated water and treatment and the recirculating
loops must always operate together. The Chief Building Official must be satisfied with the equipment owner's
reasoning and supporting evidence that there is a reasonable basis to presume that the water quality should be
identical at all times across the multiple cooling tower structures. This assessment would consider the location, size,
condition and mechanical configuration of the cooling towers, including valves and pipes; differences in exposure to
sunshine, heat sources, neighbouring buildings, potential pollution sources, and mechanical equipment, such as
exhaust fans; the control system and operational philosophy for the cooling towers; water quality data and compliance
history; and maintenance records.
Table A-1.4.1.2.(1)
Examples of Cooling Tower Configurations and Operating Permit Requirements
Forming Part of Note A-1.4.1.2.(1)
Number
of Cells
Number of
Operating
Permits
Mechanical and Plumbing Configuration
1
1
3
1
739
6
2
Decorative Water Feature
A living or green wall is not considered a decorative water feature, but should be reviewed to identify hazards and to
establish procedures to reduce risks. To preclude the growth of Legionella, consideration should be given to including
non-chemical water treatment (such as UV), maintaining water temperature below 20°C, and removing organic
matter from the water. Water flow should be behind the plant material and airflow should be directed toward the living
wall to minimize aerosolization into the occupied space. ".
7.1.5.2. Division B
1) The provisions of Part 1 of Division B of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by
a) in Sentence 1.3.1.2.(1), striking out "editions" and substituting "editions or versions",
b) in Table 1.3.1.2., inserting the following rows in alphanumerical order:
"
ANSI/ASHRAE
188-2018
Legionellosis: Risk Management for
Building Water Systems
2.2.10.6.(8)
",
"
ASHRAE
Guideline 12-2023
Managing the Risk of Legionellosis
Associated with Building Water Systems
A-2.2.11.6.
",
"
ASME/CSA
A112.4.4-2022/CSA B481.5:22
Grease Removal Devices
2.2.3.2.(3)
",
"
ASME/CSA
A112.14.3-2022/CSA B481.1:22
Hydromechanical Grease Interceptors
2.2.3.2.(3)
",
740
"
ASME/CSA
A112.6.9-2022/CSA B79.9:22
Siphonic Roof Drains
2.3.6.1.(6)
2.4.10.14.(1)
",
"
ASME
B16.51-2021
Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect
Pressure Fittings
2.2.7.9.(1)
",
"
ASPE/ANSI
ASPE/ANSI 45-2018
Siphonic Roof Drainage
2.4.10.14.(1)
",
"
ASTM
A778/A778M-24
Standard Specification for Welded,
Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubular Products
2.2.6.14.(1)
",
"
ASTM
D8429-21
Standard Test Method for Legionella
pneumophila in Water Samples Using
Legiolert
2.2.1.7.(2)
",
"
ASTM
F3226/F3226M-19
Standard Specification for Metallic Press-
Connect Fittings for Piping and Tubing
Systems
2.2.6.17.(1)
2.2.7.9.(1)
",
"
BC
Engineers and Geoscientists Act
2.7.6.1.(1)
BC
Heritage Conservation Act
A-2.4.2.5.(9)
BC
B.C. Reg. 133/2022
Contaminated Sites Regulation
A-2.4.2.5.(9)
BC
B.C. Reg. 296/2010
Pool Regulation
1.4.1.2.(1) of Division A
",
"
CoV
Engineering Design Manual(4)
2.4.2.5.(6)
CoV
Sewer and Watercourse By-law(4)
2.4.4.2.(1)
CoV
Standards of Maintenance By-law(4)
A-2.4.2.4.(2)
CoV
Street and Traffic By-law(4)
A-2.4.2.4.(2)
CoV
Zoning and Development By-law(4)
2.4.2.5.(1)
2.4.2.5.(2)
A-2.4.2.5.(1)
",
741
"
CSA
CAN/CSA-Z317.13-17
Infection Control During Construction,
Renovation, and Maintenance of Health
Care Facilities
A-2.2.11.6.(9)
",
"
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Clothes
Washers(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Residential
Dishwashers(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Commercial
Dishwashers(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Automatic
Commercial Ice Makers(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Commercial
Steam Cookers(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
EPA
ENERGY STAR® Program Requirements
Product Specification for Commercial
Ovens(4)
2.2.11.1.(1)
",
"
IAPMO
Water Demand Calculator(4)
2.6.3.1.(2)
2.6.3.2.(5)
2.6.3.4.(6)
2.7.6.2.(2)
IAPMO
ANSI/CAN/IAPMO Z1001-2021
Prefabricated Gravity Grease Interceptors
2.2.3.2.(3)
IAPMO
IAPMO/ANSI/CAN Z1117-2022
Standard for Press Connections
2.2.6.17.(1)
2.2.7.9.(1)
ISO
11731:2017
Water Quality -- Enumeration of
Legionella
2.2.1.7.(2)
ISO/IEC
17025:2017
General Requirements for the Competence
of Testing and Calibration Laboratories
2.2.1.7.(2)
",
742
"
NSF
NSF/ANSI 14-2017
Plastics Piping System Components and
Related Materials
2.7.2.1.(2)
NSF
NSF/ANSI 55-2022
Ultraviolet Microbiological Water Treatment
Systems
2.2.11.3.(3)
NSF
NSF/ANSI 61-2023
Drinking Water System Components -
Health Effects
2.2.6.10.(1)
2.2.6.11.(1)
2.2.6.12.(1)
2.2.6.13.(1)
2.2.6.14.(1)
2.2.6.16.(1)
2.2.6.17.(1)
NSF
NSF/ANSI 350-2023
Onsite Residential and Commercial Water
Reuse Treatment Systems
2.7.1.2.(3)
", and
"
PSPC
MD 15161-2013
Control of Legionella in Mechanical
Systems
A-2.2.11.6.(8)
A-2.2.11.6.(9)
",
c) in Table 1.3.1.2., deleting the rows associated with
i) ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI 63-2013,
ii) CCBFC NRCC-CONST-56438E,
iii) CSA CAN/CSA-B126.0-13,
iv) CSA CAN/CSA-B126.1-13,
v) CSA/ICC CSA B805-18/ICC 805-2018, and
vi) NSF NSF Pro 151-8-1-95,
d) in Table 1.3.1.2., striking out the "Issuing Agency", "Document Number" and "Title of Document"
associated with the following rows:
i) "CCBFC NRCC-CONST-56435E National Building Code of Canada 2020", and substituting
"
CoV
Book I (General) of the By-law
", and
ii) "CCBFC NCC-CONST-56437E National Fire Code of Canada 2020", and substituting
"
CoV
Fire By-law(4)
",
e) in Table 1.3.1.2., striking out the "By-law Reference" associated with:
i) "CSA CAN/CSA-B128.1-06 Design and Installation of Non-Potable Water System", and
substituting
743
"
2.7.2.1.(1)
2.7.4.1.(7)
2.7.5.2.(1)(c)
2.7.8.2.(2)
", and
ii) "CSA CAN/CSA-B483.1-07 Drinking Water Treatment Systems", and substituting
"2.2.10.17.(4)",
f) in Table 1.3.1.2., adding to the "Notes to Table 1.3.1.2." the following in numerical order:
"(4) The current version in effect.", and
g) in Sentence 1.3.2.1.(1), inserting the following in alphabetical order:
"BC ........... Province of British Columbia (gov.bc.ca)",
"CoV ......... City of Vancouver (www.vancouver.ca)",
"EPA ......... United States Environmental Protection Agency (www.epa.gov)",
"IEC .......... International Electrotechnical Commission (www.iec.ch)",
"ISO .......... International Organization for Standardization (www.iso.org)", and
"PSPC ...... Public Services and Procurement Canada (www.tpsgc-pwgsc.gc.ca)".
2) The provisions of Part 2 of Division B of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by
a) in Section 2.2., adding a new Article 2.2.1.7., Article 2.2.1.8., and Article 2.2.1.9:
"2.2.1.7. Microbiological Testing
1) E. coli testing shall be conducted by an accredited laboratory.
2) Legionella pneumophila testing shall be conducted by a laboratory
a) accredited to ISO/IEC 17025, "General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories," or
equivalent,
b) using a method in accordance with Table 2.2.1.7. to identify all serogroups of Legionella pneumophila, and
c) enrolled in a bi-annual external proficiency testing program for recognised approval for identifying Legionella in
environmental water samples.
Table 2.2.1.7.
Acceptable Laboratory Methods to Test for Legionella pneumophila
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.1.7.(2)
Legionella pneumophila Testing
Requirement
Acceptable Laboratory Method to Test for
Legionella pneumophila
ISO 11731, "Water Quality
-- Enumeration of
Legionella," or equivalent
ASTM D8429, "Standard Test
Method for Legionella
pneumophila in Water Samples
Using Legiolert"
Cooling towers
744
System start-up
Clause 2.2.11.6.(7)(c)
Yes, acceptable for all
Legionella pneumophila
testing requirements
No
Regular testing
Clause 2.2.11.6.(7)(d)
Yes
Re-testing after an exceedance
Sentence 2.2.11.6.(8)
No
Decorative water features
System start-up & annual testing
Clauses 2.2.11.7.(7)(c) and (d)
No
Re-testing after an exceedance
Sentence 2.2.11.7.(8)
No
Alternate water source systems
Commissioning
Article 2.7.5.2.
No
Regular testing
Article 2.7.7.1.
Yes
Re-testing after an exceedance
Sentence 2.7.4.1.(5)
Sentence 2.7.7.3.(1)
No
3) The owner of a cooling tower or decorative water feature shall ensure that the laboratory conducting Legionella
pneumophila testing for the cooling tower or decorative water feature has agreed to give immediate notice to the
owner, the Chief Building Official, and the local medical health officer if the result exceeds a standard set out in Table
2.2.11.6. or 2.2.11.7. that requires such notice to be given.
2.2.1.8. Maintenance Logs
1) When a maintenance log is required by Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law, it shall include
a) the address and location of the equipment, device, apparatus, or system,
b) the operating permit number assigned to the equipment, device, apparatus, or system,
c) emergency contact information and the name and contact information of the owner of the equipment, device,
apparatus, or system,
d) the location of any safety data sheets,
e) the location of the operating manual for the equipment, device, apparatus, or system and, as applicable, the location
of the water management plan,
f) except when included with the operating manual, a single line schematic plan of the equipment, device, apparatus,
or system, reflective of the current configuration, and including water sampling locations,
g) details of any changes or alterations made to the equipment, device, apparatus, or system at any time,
h) a record of inspections and any maintenance performed within the last 24 months,
i) a record of operational disruptions within the last 24 months and the corrective actions taken,
j) if water treatment chemicals are used, a record of the chemical treatments applied and dosages within the last 24
months,
k) a record of all water quality results from analyses performed within the last 24 months, and
l) if Legionella pneumophila tests are conducted, the name of the person and company collecting the sample and the
name of the company conducting the laboratory test.
745
2) A maintenance log described in Sentence (1) shall be
a) kept on site with the corresponding equipment, device, apparatus, or system,
b) maintained in an electronic or paper-based format, and
c) made available on such request to the Chief Building Official.
2.2.1.9. Operating Manuals
1) When an operating manual is required by Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law, it shall include
a) the address and location of the system or equipment for which the operating manual is required,
b) contact details for the system or equipment designer,
c) a simplified process flow diagram,
d) a schematic of the system or equipment showing the locations of all substantial components,
e) instructions on operating, maintaining, and inspecting the system or equipment,
f) required frequency of maintenance and inspections,
g) instructions on deactivating and restarting the system or equipment for repair or other purposes,
h) safety data sheets, and
i) for alternate water source systems, details on the corrective action that shall be taken if the water quality fails to meet
the standards set out in Table 2.7.7.1.
2) The operating manual described in Sentence (1) shall be
a) supplied to the owner or representative of the owner, and
b) made available on such request to the Chief Building Official.",
b) in Article 2.2.3.1., adding a new Sentence (6):
"6) A bottle trap may be used on a laboratory sink or other fixture equipped with corrosion resistant fittings.",
c) in Article 2.2.3.2., striking out Sentence (3), and substituting:
"3) Grease interceptors shall be selected and installed in conformance with
a) CSA B481.0, "Material, Design, and Construction Requirements for Grease Interceptors" and CSA B481.3, "Sizing,
Selection, Location, and Installation of Grease Interceptors,"
b) ASME A112.14.3/CSA B481.1, "Hydromechanical Grease Interceptors,"
c) ASME A112.14.4/CSA B481.5, "Grease Removal Devices," or
d) ANSI/CAN/IAPMO Z1001, "Prefabricated Gravity Grease Interceptors."
(See Note A-2.2.3.2.(3).)",
d) in Section 2.2., striking out Articles 2.2.6.10. to 2.2.6.14., inclusive, and substituting:
"2.2.6.10. Stainless Steel Pipe
1) Stainless steel pipe shall conform to
a) ASME B36.19M, "Stainless Steel Pipe,"
746
b) ASTM A 312/A 312M, "Seamless, Welded, and Heavily Cold Worked Austenitic Stainless Steel Pipes," and
c) NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects."
2) Only grade 304/304L or 316/316L stainless steel pipe shall be used.
2.2.6.11. Stainless Steel Butt Weld Pipe Fittings
1) Stainless steel butt weld pipe fittings shall conform to
a) ASME B16.9, "Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings,"
b) ASTM A403/A403M, "Standard Specification for Wrought Austenitic Stainless Steel Piping Fittings", and
c) NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects."
2) Stainless steel butt weld pipe fittings shall be made of a material that matches the grade of the pipe material used.
2.2.6.12. Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges
1) Stainless steel pipe flanges shall conform to
a) ASME B16.5, "Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS ½ through NPS 24 Metric/Inch Standard,"
b) NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects," and
c) ASTM A182/A182M, "Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged
Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service," or ANSI/AWWA C228, "Stainless-Steel Pipe Flanges for
Water Service - Sizes 2 in. through 72 in. (50 mm through 1,800 mm)."
2) Stainless steel pipe flanges shall be made of a material that matches the grade of the pipe material used.
2.2.6.13. Stainless Steel Threaded Fittings
1) Stainless steel threaded fittings shall be schedule 40s or greater conforming to NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System
Components - Health Effects," and
a) ASTM A182/A182M, "Standard Specification for Forged or Rolled Alloy and Stainless Steel Pipe Flanges, Forged
Fittings, and Valves and Parts for High-Temperature Service," or
b) ASTM A351/A351M, "Standard Specification for Castings, Austenitic, for Pressure-Containing Parts."
2) Stainless steel threaded fittings shall be made of a material that matches the grade of the pipe material used.
2.2.6.14. Stainless Steel Tube
1) Stainless steel tube shall conform to
a) ASME B16.9, "Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings,"
b) ASTM A269/A269M, "Standard Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for
General Service" or ASTM A778/A778M, "Standard Specification for Welded, Unannealed Austenitic Stainless Steel
Tubular Products", and
c) NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects."
2) Only grade 304/304L or 316/316L stainless steel tube shall be used.",
747
e) in Section 2.2., adding a new Article 2.2.6.16. and Article 2.2.6.17.:
"2.2.6.16. Welded Stainless Steel
1) Welded stainless steel piping assemblies shall conform to NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health
Effects."
2) Welding of stainless steel pipe for plumbing systems shall use a gas tungsten arc welding process or a gas metal arc
welding process.
2.2.6.17. Stainless Steel Press-Connect Fittings
1) Stainless steel press-connect fittings shall conform to
a) ASTM F3226/F3226M "Standard Specification for Metallic Press-Connect Fittings for Piping and Tubing Systems" or
IAPMO/ANSI/CAN Z1117 "Standard for Press Connections" and
b) NSF/ANSI 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects."",
f) in Section 2.2., adding a new Article 2.2.7.9.:
"2.2.7.9. Press-Connect Water Fittings
1) Except as required by Sentence 2.2.6.17.(1), press-connect fittings for water distribution systems shall conform to
a) ASME B16.51 "Copper and Copper Alloy Press-Connect Pressure Fittings,"
b) ASTM F3226/F3226M "Standard Specification for Metallic Press-Connect Fittings for Piping and Tubing Systems,"
or
c) IAPMO/ANSI/CAN Z1117 "Standard for Press Connections."",
g) in Article 2.2.10.6.:
i) striking out Sentence (2) and substituting:
"2) Except as provided in Sentence (8), supply fittings and individual shower heads shall have an integral means of limiting
the maximum water flow rate to that specified in Table 2.2.10.6. (See Note A-2.2.10.6.(2).)
Table 2.2.10.6
Water Flow Rates from Supply Fittings
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.10.6.(2)
Supply Fittings
Maximum Water
Flow Rate, L/min
Lavatory supply fittings
private
5.7
public
1.9
Kitchen supply fittings (except for pre-rinse spray valves)
non-residential
8.3
residential
6.8(1)
Pre-rinse spray valves(2)
4.8
Shower heads(3)
7.6
748
Notes to Table 2.2.10.6.:
(1) May be temporarily increased to a maximum flow rate of 8.3 L/min but must default to the lower flow rate upon release of the activation
mechanism or closure of the faucet valve.
(2) A pre-rinse spray valve means a handheld device for use with commercial dishwashing and ware washing equipment that sprays water on
dishes, flatware, and other food service items for the purpose of removing food residue before cleaning and sanitizing the items. Each pre-rinse
spray valve shall be equipped with an automatic shut-off.
(3) A shower head means any fitting that transmits water for the purposes of showering and includes rain heads, rain tiles, rain systems,
waterfalls, body sprays and jets.",
ii) striking out Sentence (5) and substituting:
"5) Except as provided in Sentence (8), each lavatory in a public washroom shall be equipped with a device capable of
automatically shutting off the flow of water when the lavatory is not in use. (See Note A-2.2.10.6.(4) and (5).)", and
iii) adding a new Sentence (8):
"8) The requirements of Sentences (2) and (5) do not apply to
a) any part of a building classified as Group B occupancy by Part 3 of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law,
b) first aid rooms,
c) emergency eye washes or emergency showers, or
d) a plumbing fixture specifically identified in a building's water management plan that both conforms to ANSI/ASHRAE
188, "Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems" and is signed by a registered professional.",
h) striking out Article 2.2.10.17. and substituting:
"2.2.10.17. Water Treatment Systems
(See Article 2.6.2.1 and Note A-2.2.10.17.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a point-of-entry water treatment device or apparatus may be connected to the City
water system at the discretion of the Chief Building Official and, if permitted
a) an operating permit shall be obtained, and the owner of the point-of-entry water treatment device or apparatus shall
comply with the requirements of this Sentence,
b) the operating permit number assigned to a point-of-entry water treatment device or apparatus shall be posted on a
sign or plate that is a minimum of 8.5 in by 11 in in size and securely fastened to the point-of-entry water treatment
device or apparatus in a location that is conspicuously visible and constructed of a durable, weather resistant material,
c) the Chief Building Official shall be notified within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last provided to
the City with regard to the operating permit, in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official, and
d) a maintenance log conforming to Article 2.2.1.8. shall be maintained for each point-of-entry water treatment device
or apparatus.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), an existing point-of-entry water treatment device or apparatus shall comply with
Clauses (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
3) The requirements in Sentences (1) and (2) do not apply to a building used exclusively for residential occupancy
containing no more than 8 principal dwelling units.
4) Point-of-use devices, including their disposable parts, used in potable water treatment systems shall conform to
CAN/CSA-B483.1, "Drinking Water Treatment Systems."",
749
i) adding a new Subsection 2.2.11.:
"2.2.11. Building Appliances and Mechanical Systems
2.2.11.1. Building Appliances
1) Except when a clothes washer is supplied by an alternate water source system, appliances listed in Table 2.2.11.1. shall
comply with the applicable Energy Star program requirements.
Table 2.2.11.1.
Appliance Energy Star Program Requirements
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.11.1.(1)
Appliance
Energy Star Program Requirements
Residential clothes washer(1)
Product Specification for Clothes Washers
Commercial clothes washer(1)
Product Specification for Clothes Washers
Residential dishwasher(2)
Product Specification for Residential Dishwashers
Commercial dishwasher(2)
Product Specification for Commercial Dishwashers
Commercial ice maker(4)
Product Specification for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers
Commercial steam cooker(5)
Product Specification for Commercial Steam Cookers
Combination oven(6)
Product Specification for Commercial Ovens
Notes to Table 2.2.11.1.:
(1) "Residential clothes washer" and "commercial clothes washer" are as defined by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product
Specification for Clothes Washers.
(2) "Residential dishwasher" is as per the definition of "dishwasher" by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product Specification for
Residential Dishwashers.
(3) "Commercial dishwasher" is as per the definition of "dishwashing machine" by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product Specification
for Commercial Dishwashers. Dishwashers intended for laboratory applications are exempted.
(4) "Commercial ice maker" is as per the definition of "automatic commercial ice maker" by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product
Specification for Automatic Commercial Ice Makers.
(5) "Commercial steam cooker" is as per the definition of "commercial steam cooker" by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product
Specification for Commercial Steam Cookers.
(6) "Combination oven" is as per the definition of "combination oven" by the Energy Star Program Requirements Product Specification for
Commercial Ovens.
2) Except when a clothes washer is supplied by an alternate water source system, clothes washers with a top-loading
design that are designed for use in applications in which the occupants of more than one household will be using the clothes
washer, such as multi-family housing common areas and coin laundries, shall not be installed.
2.2.11.2. Reserved
2.2.11.3. Vehicle Wash Facilities
1) Except when a vehicle wash facility is supplied by an alternate water source system, the maximum flow rate of a spray
wand, foam brush or similar plumbing fixture used at a vehicle wash facility shall not exceed 11.4 L/min.
2) Where a machine cleans a vehicle at a vehicle wash facility,
a) except when a vehicle wash facility is supplied by an alternate water source system, a water recycling system that
recycles and reuses at least 60% of the water and rinse water shall be installed, used and maintained, and
b) discharge shall be directed to an interceptor dedicated exclusively to the vehicle wash facility and designed to trap
oil, gasoline, sand, grit and similar materials. (See Article 2.4.4.3.)
750
3) Where a vehicle wash facility is supplied by an alternate water source system, disinfection of the non-potable water shall
be provided at the vehicle wash facility at point-of-use by ultraviolet light and conform to NSF/ANSI 55, "Ultraviolet
Microbiological Water Treatment Systems," Class A.
2.2.11.4. Non-recirculating Applications
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the City water system shall not be connected to
a) once through cooling equipment,
b) a venturi-type flow-through vacuum generator or aspirator in which running water is used solely for the venturi effect,
c) a vacuum pump that uses water to cool the pump or to create a seal and recirculates less than 60% of the water that
passes through the pump,
d) a non-recirculating wet-hood scrubber,
e) machinery powered by water,
f) a non-recirculating water feature, ornamental fountain, or swimming pool,
g) a non-recirculating system or equipment that uses water for thermal conditioning of building surfaces or roofs,
except that this does not apply to emergency fire protection of buildings, or
h) a non-recirculating system or equipment that uses water for melting or thawing.
(See also Sentence 2.4.4.2.(2).)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (4), all equipment, machinery, appliances or fixtures listed in Clauses (1)(a)
through (d) that are connected to the City's water system shall be disconnected.
3) Emergency once through cooling equipment or maintenance once through cooling equipment may be connected to the
City water system or may retain an existing connection to the City's water system at the discretion of the Chief Building
Official and, if permitted
a) an operating permit shall be obtained, and the owner of the once through cooling equipment shall comply with the
requirements of this Sentence,
b) the operating permit number assigned to the once through cooling equipment shall be posted on a sign or plate that
is a minimum of 8.5 in by 11 in in size and securely fastened to the once through cooling equipment in a location that is
conspicuously visible and constructed of a durable, weather resistant material,
c) the Chief Building Official shall be notified within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last provided to
the City with regard to the operating permit, in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official,
d) a water meter shall be installed on the potable water supply to the once through cooling equipment and shall be
capable of recording the volume of potable water being supplied, and
e) the once through cooling equipment shall be capable of activating an alert whenever potable water is supplied to the
once through cooling equipment. (See Note A-2.2.11.4.(3).)
4) Where, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official in consultation with the City Engineer, the cost of disconnecting once
though cooling equipment from the City's water system and replacing it with other cooling equipment is unreasonable,
taking into account any relevant factors, which may include the following
a) the current water flow rate compared to the expected reduction in water consumption if the equipment is
disconnected,
b) where the equipment is in its life cycle,
c) the potential impact the disconnection and replacement of the equipment, including any required renovations, will
have on business operations,
d) the cost to replace the equipment relative to the expected reduction in water and sewer costs, and
751
e) where applicable, the cost to replace the equipment relative to the operational size, the once through cooling
equipment may retain an existing connection to the City's water system at the discretion of the Chief Building Official
until a specified expiry date and, if permitted, Clauses 2.2.11.4.(3)(a) through (c) shall apply.
2.2.11.5. Geoexchange Systems
1) Make-up water for a closed loop geoexchange (geothermal) ground heat exchanger shall be provided by a feeder tank
isolated from the domestic water supply.
2) The use of a direct connection to the domestic water supply as a source of make-up water for a closed loop geoexchange
(geothermal) ground heat exchanger is prohibited.
3) Methanol shall not be used for geoexchange (geothermal) applications.
4) An open loop geoexchange (geothermal) system serving a building used exclusively for residential occupancy containing
no more than 8 principal dwelling units shall not be installed.
5) An open loop geoexchange (geothermal) system shall not discharge into the sewer.
2.2.11.6. Cooling Towers
(See Note A-2.2.11.6.)
1) An operating permit shall be obtained for the installation of a cooling tower, or the retention of an existing cooling tower,
and the owner of the cooling tower shall comply with the requirements of this Article.
2) In order to obtain an operating permit for the installation of a cooling tower, a service contract must be in place with a
qualified service provider to perform maintenance of the cooling tower for a minimum of 1 year.
3) The operating permit number assigned to the cooling tower shall be posted on a sign or plate that is a minimum of 8.5 in
by 11 in in size and securely fastened to the cooling tower in a location that is conspicuously visible and constructed of a
durable, weather resistant material.
4) The owner of a cooling tower, or their authorized representative, shall notify the Chief Building Official, in the form
prescribed by the Chief Building Official,
a) within 5 days of any start-up or shut down of a cooling tower,
b) within 5 days of any Legionella pneumophila test result from a cooling tower, or sooner as required by Sentence (8),
and
c) within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last provided to the City with regard to the operating
permit.
5) A maintenance log conforming to Article 2.2.1.8. shall be maintained for each cooling tower and, if a laboratory result fails
to meet a standard defined in Table 2.2.11.6., the maintenance log shall also include a description of the extent of the
deviation from the standard, the corrective action taken, a record of any required notification, and the outcome of the
corrective action, including all applicable dates and times.
6) Reserved.
7) Legionella pneumophila testing shall be conducted
a) in accordance with Article 2.2.1.7.,
b) on water samples collected at a point in the recirculation loop just prior to the point where treatment chemicals are
injected, or where this is not feasible, from a location representative of water in the system,
c) no less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after completion of system start-up and disinfection,
d) at minimum, while the cooling tower is in operation, each calendar month of operation, with not more than 33 days
between samples, and
e) as required by Sentence (8).
752
8) If a laboratory test shows that a Legionella result exceeds a standard set out in Table 2.2.11.6., the owner of a cooling
tower, or their authorized representative, shall undertake the response set out in Table 2.2.11.6. (See Note A-2.2.11.6.(8).)
Table 2.2.11.6.
Required Response to Failure to Meet Legionella Standards for Cooling Towers
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.11.6.(8)
Test Type
Test Result
Required Response
Legionella
pneumophila(1)
10 or more CFU per mL
and less than or equal to
1,000 CFU per mL
or
10 or more MPN per mL
and less than or equal to
1,000 MPN per mL
1. Within 24 hours, give notice to the Chief Building Official and
a) shut down the cooling tower system and perform offline cleaning and
disinfection, or
b) perform online remedial treatment(2) and within 7 days shut down the
cooling tower system and perform offline cleaning and disinfection; and
2. No less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after cleaning and
disinfection, perform a Legionella pneumophila test(1).
Greater than 1,000 CFU
per mL
or
Greater than 1,000 MPN
per mL
1. Immediately, give notice(4) to the Chief Building Official, the medical
health officer and the owner;
2. Immediately, the laboratory(3) shall also give notice(4) to the owner of
the cooling tower, the Chief Building Official and the medical health
officer;
3. Immediately, implement measures that will eliminate water dispersion
by aerosol from the affected cooling tower system and then perform
offline cleaning and disinfection of the system before putting the system
back into service; and
4. No less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after cleaning and
disinfection, perform a Legionella pneumophila test(1).
Notes to Table 2.2.11.6.:
(1) The Legionella pneumophila test shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.2.1.7.
(2) Online remedial treatment is also known as "running disinfection."
(3) See Sentence 2.2.1.7.(3).
(4) For the person giving the immediate notice to the Chief Building Official, the owner, and the owner of the equipment, the person shall take all
reasonable steps to give notice by speaking directly to or by telephone with each person required to be notified, a person designated for this
purpose by the person required to be notified, or a person answering the telephone number designated for this purpose by the person required
to be notified, and follow with notice in writing to each person within 24 hours. For the person giving immediate notice to the medical health
officer, the person shall provide notice in writing immediately.
9) Offline cleaning and disinfection of a cooling tower shall be carried out
a) a minimum of once every calendar year,
b) for any start-up at any time, and
c) as required by Sentence (8). (See Note A-2.2.11.6.(9).)
10) When a cooling tower has been shut down for more than 3 days, it shall be drained within 5 days of being shut down, or
when this is not practical during shut downs of short duration, stagnant water shall be pre-treated with an appropriate
biocide regimen before start-up, allowing for proper contact time according to the supplier's recommendations.
11) If a cooling tower is removed or its use is permanently discontinued, it shall be safely drained, thoroughly sanitized, and
the make-up water line shall be disconnected and capped.
753
2.2.11.7. Decorative Water Features
1) An operating permit shall be obtained for the installation of a decorative water feature, or the retention of an existing
decorative water feature, and the owner of the decorative water feature shall comply with the requirements of this Article.
2) The following shall be posted in a location that is conspicuously visible:
a) the operating permit number assigned to the decorative water feature, on a sign or plate that is a minimum of 8.5 in
by 11 in in size, constructed of a durable, weather resistant material and securely fastened to the decorative water
feature or its associated mechanical equipment, and,
b) an advisory that the decorative water feature is not intended for human access, located around the perimeter of, or
near an obvious access point to, the decorative water feature, using graphical symbols or words written in letters at
least 100 mm high. (See Note A-2.2.11.7.(2)(b).)
3) The owner of a decorative water feature, or their authorized representative, shall notify the Chief Building Official, in the
form prescribed by the Chief Building Official,
a) within 5 days of any start-up of a decorative water feature that had been shut down for 3 or more consecutive days,
b) within 5 days of any decorative water feature shut down for 3 or more consecutive days,
c) within 5 days of any Legionella pneumophila test result from a decorative water feature, or sooner as required by
Sentence (8), and
d) within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last provided to the City with regard to the operating
permit.
4) Where an outdoor decorative water feature is provided as an auxiliary system to a building, then the outdoor decorative
water feature shall be considered part of the building for the purposes of this Article.
5) A maintenance log conforming to Article 2.2.1.8. shall be maintained for each decorative water feature and, if a laboratory
result fails to meet a standard defined in Table 2.2.11.7., the maintenance log shall also include a description of the extent
of the deviation from the standard, the corrective action taken, a record of any required notification, and the outcome of the
corrective action, including all applicable dates and times.
6) Reserved.
7) Legionella pneumophila testing shall be conducted
a) in accordance with Article 2.2.1.7.,
b) on water samples collected at a point representative of water that is aerosolized, or where this is not feasible or
aerosolization is not obvious, from a location
i) prior to the point where treatment chemicals are injected in a recirculating system, or
ii) representative of water in the system in a non-recirculating system,
c) no less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after completion of start-up and disinfection,
d) at minimum, once each calendar year before July 1, unless the decorative water feature is shut down and drained
for the entirety of the period of January 1 to July 1 of that calendar year,
e) as required by Sentence (8).
8) If a laboratory test shows that a Legionella result exceeds a standard set out in Table 2.2.11.7., the owner of a decorative
water feature, or their authorized representative, shall undertake the response set out in Table 2.2.11.7.
754
Table 2.2.11.7.
Required Response to Failure to Meet Legionella Standards for Decorative Water Features
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.11.7.(8)
Test Type
Test Result
Required Response
Legionella
pneumophila(1)
10 or more CFU per mL
and less than or equal to
1,000 CFU per mL
1. Within 24 hours, give notice to the Chief Building Official, shut down the
decorative water feature and perform offline cleaning and disinfection; and
2. No less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after cleaning and
disinfection, perform a Legionella pneumophila test(1).
Greater than 1 000 CFU
per mL
1. Immediately, give notice(3) to the Chief Building Official, the medical health
officer and the owner;
2. Immediately, the laboratory(2) shall also give notice(3) to the owner of the
decorative water feature, the Chief Building Official and the medical health
officer;
3. Immediately, implement measures that will eliminate water dispersion by
aerosol from the affected decorative water feature and then perform offline
cleaning and disinfection of the system before putting the feature back into
service; and
4. No less than 48 hours and no more than 5 days after cleaning and
disinfection, perform a Legionella pneumophila test(1).
Notes to Table 2.2.11.7.:
(1) The Legionella pneumophila test shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.2.1.7.
(2) See Sentence 2.2.1.7.(3).
(3) For the person giving the immediate notice to the Chief Building Official, the owner, and the owner of the equipment, the person shall take all
reasonable steps to give notice by speaking directly to or by telephone with each person required to be notified, a person designated for this
purpose by the person required to be notified, or a person answering the telephone number designated for this purpose by the person required
to be notified, and follow with notice in writing to each person within 24 hours. For the person giving immediate notice to the medical health
officer, the person shall provide notice in writing immediately.
9) Offline cleaning and disinfection of a decorative water feature shall be carried out
a) as recommended by the manufacturer, and at minimum of once every calendar year,
b) for any start-up after having been shut down for 3 or more consecutive days, and
c) as required by Sentence (8).
10) When a decorative water feature has been shut down for 3 or more consecutive days, it shall be drained within 5 days
of being shut down.
11) If a decorative water feature is removed or its use is permanently discontinued, it shall be safely drained, thoroughly
sanitized, and the make-up water line shall be disconnected and capped.",
j) in Article 2.3.6.1., adding a new Sentence:
"6) Siphonic roof drainage systems shall be tested in accordance with ASME A112.6.9/CSA B79.9 "Siphonic Roof
Drains.",
755
k) adding a new Article 2.4.2.4. and Article 2.4.2.5.:
"2.4.2.4. Connections to Storm Drainage Systems
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), building and site drainage shall connect to a storm drainage system.
2) Building and site drainage need not connect to a storm drainage system if
a) on-site rainwater management practices are employed and overflow is connected to a storm drainage
system, and
b) rainwater does not create a hazardous condition or discharge upon or impact other lands or sites. (See
Note A-2.4.2.4.(2).)
2.4.2.5. Rainwater Management
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), all buildings shall manage rainwater on-site through one of the applicable
compliance pathways in Table 2.4.2.5.-A, in which
a) "small site pathway" means Sentence (4) applies, and Sentences (5), (6), (7) and (8) do not apply, and
b) "engineered pathway" means Sentences (5), (6), (7) and (8) apply, and Sentence (4) does not apply.
(See Note A-2.4.2.5.(1).)
Table 2.4.2.5.-A
Compliance Pathways for On-Site Rainwater Management
Forming Part of Sentence 2.4.2.5.(1)
Site Area (m2)
Floor Space Ratio(1)
Compliance Pathway
No greater than 1000
No greater than 1.0
Small site pathway
Greater than 1.0
Engineered pathway
Greater than 1000
Any
Engineered pathway
Notes to Table 2.4.2.5.-A:
(1) As computed according to the Zoning and Development By-law.
2) The requirements of this Article do not apply to
a) "laneway houses" or "infill" as defined by the Zoning & Development By-law, when the site area is no
greater than 1000 m2,
b) "accessory buildings" as defined by the Zoning & Development By-law,
c) float homes,
d) marinas,
e) retaining structures, or
f) temporary buildings approved according to Subsection 1.6.8. of Division C.
3) The Chief Building Official shall be provided with a document demonstrating that the rainwater management
requirements of Sentence (1) have been satisfied, in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (9), a detention tank shall be installed with
756
a) the minimum active storage capacity specified in Table 2.4.2.5.-B.,
b) an orifice plate with the diameter specified in Table 2.4.2.5.-B.,
c) overflow protection,
d) one or more cleanouts providing access to the outlet and overflow, and
e) for subsurface detention tanks, the capability of supporting the design depth of cover and surface loads.
(See Note A-2.4.2.5.(4).)
Table 2.4.2.5.-B
Detention Tank Specifications for the Small Site Pathway
Forming Part of Sentence 2.4.2.5.(4)
Site Area (m2)
Minimum Active Storage
Capacity (L)
Orifice Plate Diameter
(mm)
No greater than 400
3,400
30
Greater than 400 to
no greater than 500
3,900
35
Greater than 500 to no
greater than 750
4,600
45
Greater than 750 to no
greater than 1000
7,200
50
5) Except as provided in Sentences (8) and (9), the first 24 mm of rainwater in a 24 hour period from the site area shall
be detained, and the minimum detention volume requirement
a) shall be calculated as the volume of water that would be present if water 24 mm deep covered the entire
site, and
b) may be reduced by any combination of the retention or other practices listed in Table 2.4.2.5.-C, by the
amounts in Column C of Table 2.4.2.5.-C.
757
Table 2.4.2.5.-C
Permitted Reductions to the Minimum Detention Volume Requirement
for the Engineered Pathway
Forming Part of Sentence 2.4.2.5.(5)
Retention or Other
Practice
Reduction to the Detention Volume Requirement
Maximum Permitted
Reduction
Column A
Limit to Permitted
Reduction
Column B
Permitted Reduction
Column C
Landscape feature(1)
Area of, and area routed to,
the landscape feature
multiplied by 24 mm
Rainwater capture
potential, calculated as
rainwater storage potential
in the growing medium
(%) multiplied by the
growing medium volume,
plus as applicable the
storage volume within a
subsurface reservoir layer
and the volume infiltrated
into the subgrade during a
24 hour period.(3)
The lesser of Columns A
and B
Vegetated roof
assembly(2)
Area of, and area routed to,
the vegetated roof assembly
multiplied by 24 mm
The lesser of Columns A
and B(4)
Alternate water source
system
Area routed to the alternate
water source system
multiplied by 24 mm
Storage volume of the
alternate water source
system
The lesser of Columns A
and B
Notes to Table 2.4.2.5.-C:
(1) Or other acceptable ground-level or subsurface based practice, such as permeable pavement or an infiltration tank.
(2) Or other acceptable roof-top based practice. For vegetated roof assemblies, see Article 3.1.14.4. and Article 5.6.1.2. of Division B of Book I
(General) of this By-law.
(3) "Rainwater storage potential in the growing medium", "volume infiltrated into the subgrade during a 24 hour period" and "storage volume
within a subsurface reservoir layer" shall be demonstrated by acceptable data or references.
(4) For a vegetated roof assembly from which the runoff is directed to an alternate water source system, the permitted reduction in the volume
requirement shall equal Column A.
6) Except as provided by Sentences (8) and (9), the peak flow rate discharged to the combined sewer or storm sewer under
post-development conditions shall not be greater than the peak flow rate discharged to the combined sewer or storm sewer
under pre-development conditions, and shall be calculated using
a) the Rational Method,
b) the IDF curves in the City of Vancouver Engineering Design Manual, applying
i) for pre-development, the IDF curve prepared for pre-development estimates with a 5 year return period,
ii) for post-development, the 2100 IDF curve with a 10 year return period, and
iii) the inlet time specified in the City of Vancouver Engineering Design Manual, and
c) a composite runoff based on the percentages of different surfaces of the site area, applying the runoff coefficients
from the City of Vancouver Engineering Design Manual. (See Note A-2.4.2.5.(3).)
7) An operations and maintenance manual conforming to Article 2.2.1.9. is required for each of the rainwater management
practices employed to satisfy the requirements of Sentences (5) and (6).
758
8) When there is an existing building on the same property, the site area used in Clauses (5)(a) and (6)(c) may be reduced
to be proportional to the ratio of the buildings' greatest horizontal area within the outside surface of exterior walls.
9) The Chief Building Official may relax the requirements of Sentences (4), (5) or (6) in accordance with Sentence
1.5.2.10.(2) of Division C if
a) the owner demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official by a subsurface investigation that
excavation is precluded or limited by soil contamination or other factors, and
b) it is impractical, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, to meet the rainwater management requirements of
Sentences (4), (5) or (6).
(See Note A-2.4.2.5.(9).)",
l) striking out Article 2.4.3.6. and substituting:
"2.4.3.6. Drains Serving Elevator Pits
1) Where a drain is provided in an elevator pit,
a) if the elevator pit extends below the minimum elevation of the underside of a building's lowest floor system or the top
of the building's lowest concrete slab, it shall be connected directly to a sump located outside the elevator pit, and
b) if the drain is subject to backflow, the drain pipe shall have a backwater valve.
(See Note A-2.4.3.6.(1).)",
m) striking out Article 2.4.4.2. and substituting:
"2.4.4.2. Sewer Discharge
1) Sanitary and storm discharge shall conform to the Sewer and Watercourse By-law.
2) Except within health care facilities or for medical sterilization devices, no system or equipment shall be installed that
allows for the use of potable water to temper or dilute condensate discharged to the sewer.",
n) in Sentence 2.4.5.2.(2), striking out the term "floor drain" or "floor drains" wherever it appears and
substituting "drain" or "drains," respectively,
o) striking out Article 2.4.5.3. and substituting:
"2.4.5.3. Connection of Subsoil Drainage Pipe to a Storm Drainage System
1) A subsoil drainage pipe shall be connected to a sump. (See Note A-2.4.5.3.(1).)
2) The sump referred to in Sentence (1) shall be connected to a storm sewer or to a combined sewer.
3) The sump referred to in Sentence (1) shall not be connected to a sanitary sewer.",
p) in Article 2.4.6.3.:
i) striking out Sentence (1) and substituting:
"1) Except as permitted by Sentence (9), piping that is too low to drain into a building sewer by gravity shall be drained to a
sump or receiving tank provided that
a) fixtures located above the public sewer connection shall drain by gravity, and
759
b) any overflow piping shall drain to the public sewer connection by gravity except overflow piping from an alternate
water source system.",
ii) striking out Sentence (6) and substituting:
"6) Where there is a building trap, the discharge pipe from the equipment shall be connected to the building drain
downstream of the trap and backwater valve.", and
iii) adding a new Sentence (9):
"9) The requirements of Sentence (1) do not apply
a) to buildings connected to a public low pressure sewer system, or
b) to any fixture installed after occupancy of a building.",
q) striking out Article 2.4.10.8. and substituting:
"2.4.10.8. Hydraulic Loads on Sanitary Building Drains or Sewers
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the hydraulic load that is drained to a sanitary building drain or a sanitary building
sewer shall conform to Table 2.4.10.6.-C.
2) The requirements of Sentence (1) do not apply to a sanitary building sewer for a building connected to a public low
pressure sewer system.",
r) adding a new Article 2.4.10.14.:
"2.4.10.14. Design of Siphonic Roof Drainage Systems
1) Siphonic roof drainage systems are to be designed in accordance with ASPE/ANSI 45 "Siphonic Roof Drainage," and
ASME A112.6.9/CSA B79.9, "Siphonic Roof Drains."",
s) in Article 2.5.6.3., adding a new Sentence (5):
"5) The vent pipe from a water closet or any fixture that has an integral siphonic flushing action may be connected to the
vertical leg of its drainage pipe.",
t) in Article 2.6.1.1., adding two new Sentences:
"3) In a hot water distribution system with a recirculation loop, the temperature of the water being recirculated shall not be
less than 49°C at any point of the system.
4) The recirculation loop described in Sentence (3) may be replaced by a self-regulating heat tracing system.",
u) in Article 2.6.1.6.,
i) striking out Table 2.6.1.6. and substituting:
"Table 2.6.1.6.
Water Usage per Flush Cycle
Forming Part of Sentence 2.6.1.6.(3)
Fixtures
Maximum Water Usage
per Flush Cycle, Lpf
760
Water closets(1)
4.8
Urinals
1.9
Notes to Table 2.6.1.6.:
(1) The full flush mode of a dual-flush toilet shall not exceed 4.8 L.", and
ii) striking out Sentence (4) and substituting:
"4) A maximum flush cycle of 6.0 L may be permitted for a water closet where, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official,
the existing plumbing system cannot accommodate and cannot be updated to accommodate the required flush cycle",
v) striking out Article 2.6.1.12. and substituting:
"2.6.1.12. Service Water Heaters
1) Storage-type service water heaters shall operate at a temperature not lower than 60°C. (See Note A-2.6.1.12.(1).)
2) Drain water heat recovery units shall only be used to supply service water heaters.",
w) in Article 2.6.2.1.,
i) appending to the end of Sentence (2): "(See Article 2.2.10.17.)", and
ii) adding a new Sentence (4):
"4) Residential landscape irrigation systems that apply herbicides, fungicides, insecticides, fertilizers, soil amendments or
other chemicals or pesticides by means of irrigation water are prohibited.",
x) in Article 2.6.3.1., striking out Sentence (2) and substituting:
"2) Potable water systems shall be designed, fabricated and installed in accordance with good engineering practice, such
as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and ASPE Plumbing Engineering Design Handbooks, and for dwelling units,
may be sized using the IAPMO Water Demand Calculator. (See Note A-2.6.3.1.(2).)",
y) in Article 2.6.3.2. adding a new Sentence (5):
"5) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sentences (1) through (4), the determination of hydraulic load is not a requirement for
water distribution systems in dwelling units that have been designed in accordance with the IAPMO Water Demand
Calculator.",
z) striking out Article 2.6.3.3. and substituting:
"2.6.3.3. Static Pressure
1) Where the static pressure at any fixture or supplied to a residential landscape irrigation system may exceed 550 kPa, a
pressure-reducing valve shall be installed to limit the maximum static pressure at the fixture or for the residential landscape
irrigation system to 550 kPa.",
aa) in Article 2.6.3.4.,
i) striking out Sentence (2) and substituting:
"2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) and (6), the nominal pipe size of a supply pipe that serves a fixture shall conform to
Table 2.6.3.2.-A." , and
761
ii) adding a new Sentence (6):
"6) The nominal pipe size of a supply pipe that serves a fixture in a dwelling unit shall conform to
a) the IAPMO Water Demand Calculator, or
b) except as provided in Sentence (3), Table 2.6.3.2.-A.",
bb) striking out Section 2.7. and substituting:
"Section 2.7. Non-Potable Water Systems
2.7.1. Connection
2.7.1.1. General
1) A non-potable water system shall not be connected to a potable water system.
2) For the purpose of this Section
a) all non-potable water systems shall comply with Subsections 2.7.1., 2.7.2. and 2.7.3.,
b) an alternate water source system installed prior to January 1, 2019 shall comply with Subsection 2.7.4., and
c) an alternate water source system installed on or after January 1, 2019 shall comply with Subsections 2.7.5., 2.7.6.,
2.7.7., and 2.7.8.
2.7.1.2. Non-Potable Water Sources
1) Except as prohibited by Sentence (2), a non-potable water system shall collect only
a) rainwater,
b) clear-water waste,
c) greywater as permitted by Sentence (3), or
d) a combination thereof.
2) A non-potable water system shall not collect
a) runoff from a public road,
b) runoff from an area on which fertilizer is used or stored,
c) groundwater,
d) perimeter drainage water,
e) greywater not permitted by Sentence (3), or
f) blackwater.
3) A non-potable water system may collect greywater if it conforms to NSF/ANSI 350, "Onsite Residential and Commercial
Water Reuse Treatment Systems," Class R (single-family residential), and the treated water is used within the same
dwelling unit from which the greywater is collected.
2.7.1.3. Non-Potable Water Uses
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5), a non-potable water system may use treated non-potable water for any of
the uses set out in Columns A or B of Table 2.7.1.3.
2) An alternate water source system shall use treated non-potable water in lieu of potable water for all of the uses set out in
Column A of Table 2.7.1.3.
762
3) Non-potable water shall not be used in lieu of potable water for any other uses.
Table 2.7.1.3.
Uses for Treated Non-Potable Water
Forming Part of Sentences 2.7.1.3.(1), (2) and (3)
Non-potable Water Source
Uses for Treated Non-potable Water
Column A
Column B
Rainwater
Water closets, urinals
and trap primers
Irrigation of non-food purpose plants, clothes
washers, vehicle wash facilities(1), make-up water
for hydronic systems, make-up water for cooling
towers, adiabatic cooling systems, and tempering
of discharge.
Clear-water waste
Greywater (conforming to Sentence
2.7.1.2.(3))
-
Water closets, urinals and clothes washers.
Groundwater
Not permitted
Perimeter drainage water
Blackwater
Notes to Table 2.7.1.3.:
(1) See Article 2.2.11.3
4) Where the static pressure at any fixture in a non-potable water system may exceed 550 kPa, a pressure-reducing valve
shall be installed to limit the maximum static pressure at the fixture to 550 kPa.
5) Non-potable water systems shall not be used to supply fixtures in healthcare facilities.
2.7.2. Identification
2.7.2.1. Piping and Outlet Identification
1) Except as required by Sentence (2), all non-potable water pipes shall be identified and marked in accordance with
CAN/CSA-B128.1, "Design and Installation of Non-potable Water Systems."
2) All non-potable water distribution pipes with a nominal pipe size of 2 in and smaller shall be purple in colour and conform
to the requirements of NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials."
3) Non-potable water outlets shall be identified by a sign or plate in a location that is conspicuously visible and
constructed of a durable, weather resistant material. (See Note A-2.7.2.1.(3).)
2.7.3. Location
2.7.3.1. Pipes
1) Non-potable water piping shall not be located directly above
a) areas where food, drink or products that are intended for human consumption are prepared, handled, dispensed or
stored, or
b) a non-pressurized or pressurized potable water tank.
2.7.3.2. Outlets
1) An outlet from a non-potable water system shall not be located where it can discharge into
a) a sink or lavatory,
b) a fixture into which an outlet from a potable water system is discharged, or
763
c) a fixture that is used for the preparation, handling or dispensing of food, drink or products that are intended for
human consumption.
(See Note A-2.7.3.2.(1).)
2.7.4. Alternate Water Source Systems Installed Prior to January 1, 2019
2.7.4.1. Requirements for Alternate Water Source Systems Installed Prior to January
1, 2019
1) An operating permit shall be obtained, and the owner of the alternate water source system shall comply with
the
requirements of this Subsection.
2) The operating permit number assigned to the alternate water source system shall be posted on a sign or plate that is a
minimum of 8.5 in by 11 in in size and securely fastened to the alternate water source system in a location that is
conspicuously visible and constructed of a durable, weather resistant material.
3) The Chief Building Official shall be notified within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last
provided
to the City with regard to the operating permit, in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official.
4) Water quality shall comply with the water quality standards, testing, documentation, and reporting requirements set out in
Articles 2.7.7.1. and 2.7.7.2.
5) If a test result shows that the water quality fails to meet any of the standards set out in Table 2.7.7.1., the owner of an
alternate water source system, or their authorized representative, shall undertake the response set out in Table 2.7.4.1.
Table 2.7.4.1.
Required Response to Failure to Meet Water Quality Standards for Alternate Water Source Systems
Installed Prior to January 1, 2019
Forming Part of Sentence 2.7.4.1.(5)
Parameter
Test Result
Required Response
E. coli(1)
100 or more CFU per 100 mL or
100 or more MPN per 100 mL
1. Immediately, supply the alternate
water source system with potable
water only;
2. Within 24 hours, give notice to
the Chief Building Official and the
owner; and
3. Within 5 days, but no less than 48
hours after any cleaning or
disinfection, perform an E. coli test(1)
and, if the water quality standard for
Legionella pneumophila had been
exceeded, a Legionella
pneumophila test(1).
Legionella pneumophila(1)
10 or more CFU per mL or
10 or more MPN per mL
Turbidity
> 15 NTU
Temperature
> 25°C
Notes to Table 2.7.4.1.:
(1) The E. coli and Legionella pneumophila test shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.2.1.7.
6) The alternate water source system shall be maintained in accordance with any manufacturer's specifications.
7) If the alternate water source system is in use, cross connection control tests shall be performed as required by
CAN/CSA-B128.1, "Design and Installation of Non-Potable Water Systems."
8) A maintenance log shall be maintained in accordance with Sentence 2.7.8.2.(3).
9) An alternate water source system commissioned after January 1, 2019 shall comply with the requirements of Article
2.7.5.2.
764
2.7.4.2. No Other Requirements
1) Alternate water source systems installed prior to January 1, 2019 need not comply with any other requirements set out in
Subsections 2.7.5. through 2.7.8.
2.7.5. Alternate Water Source Systems
2.7.5.1. Occupancy
1) Before occupancy of a building is permitted, an alternate water source system shall be commissioned within 8 weeks of
occupancy in accordance with Article 2.7.5.2., and an operating permit shall be obtained in accordance with Article 2.7.5.3.
2) After an alternate water source system has been commissioned, the requirements of Subsections 2.7.7. and
2.7.8. shall be met.
3) An alternate water source system shall be considered commissioned on the date that the final water sample
was
collected to fulfill the requirements of Article 2.7.5.2.
2.7.5.2 Commissioning
1) In order to commission an alternate water source system
a) the treated non-potable water shall be tested for E. coli, turbidity and Legionella pneumophila,
i) in accordance with Article 2.2.1.7.,
ii) on water samples collected from the sampling port required by Article 2.7.6.6.,
iii) weekly for a period of 4 weeks for E. coli and turbidity, and
iv) once for Legionella pneumophila,
b) test results shall be provided to the Chief Building Official, and
c) a cross connection control test shall be performed as required by CAN/CSA-B128.1, "Design and
Installation of Non-Potable Water Systems" and witnessed by the Chief Building Official.
2) Except as required by Sentence (3), if a water sample required by this Article fails to meet any of the standards set out in
Table 2.7.7.1., an additional water sample for E. coli shall be collected no less than 48 hours and not more than 5 days after
any cleaning or disinfection, tested, and reported.
3) If a Legionella pneumophila sample required by this Article fails to meet the standard set out in Table 2.7.7.1., an
additional water sample for Legionella pneumophila and E. coli shall be collected no less than 48 hours and not more than 5
days after any cleaning or disinfection, tested, and reported.
2.7.5.3. Operating Permit
1) An operating permit shall be obtained, and the owner of the alternate water source system shall comply with the
requirements of this Subsection.
2) The operating permit number assigned to the alternate water source system shall be posted on a sign or plate that is a
minimum of 8.5 in by 11 in in size and securely fastened to the alternate water source system in a location that is
conspicuously visible and constructed of a durable, weather resistant material.
3) The Chief Building Official shall be notified within 30 days of any changes to the information that was last provided to the
City with regard to the operating permit, in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official.
2.7.5.4. Continued Operation
1) Once an operating permit has been issued, an alternate water source system shall operate continuously unless written
approval to discontinue its use has been obtained from the Chief Building Official or City Engineer.
765
2.7.6. Design
2.7.6.1. Professional Design
1) An alternate water source system shall be designed by a person who is registered or licensed to practice as a
professional engineer under the Engineers and Geoscientists Act, and shall be designed to prioritize the use of non-potable
water.
2.7.6.2. Pipe Sizing
1) Except as required by Sentence (2), non-potable distribution piping shall be sized according to Subsection 2.6.3.
2) Dwelling units within a building with an alternate water source system shall be equipped with
a) tank type water closets, and
b) non-potable distribution piping sized in conformance with the IAPMO Water Demand Calculator.
2.7.6.3. Continuity of Supply and Backflow Prevention
1) A secondary water supply shall be provided.
2) Where a non-potable water system is supplied by a potable water system, the potable water system shall be protected in
accordance with Article 2.6.2.1.
3) Where a fixture combines water from a non-potable rainwater harvesting system and potable water at the fixture supply
fitting, the potable water system shall be protected by a backflow preventer as described in Sentence 2.6.2.1.(3).
2.7.6.4. Storage Tanks
(See Article 2.4.2.2. and Note A-2.7.6.4., 2.7.6.5. and 2.7.6.6.)
1) Provision shall be made upstream of the storage tank to remove the accumulation of particulates and impurities before
they enter the storage tank.
2) Storage tanks shall be secured to prevent tampering and unintended or unauthorized entry either by a lockable device or
another approved method, and all penetrations shall be sealed to prevent insect or vermin entry.
3) Water shall be withdrawn a minimum of 0.3 m from the base of the storage tank.
4) Storage tanks in alternate water source systems shall be equipped with an overflow that directs excess rainwater to
a) a public storm sewer,
b) a public combined sewer,
c) a storm water management system, or
d) a designated storm water disposal location.
5) Where the storage tank outlet is located below the level of the adjoining street, the storage tank overflow required by
Sentence (4) shall
a) terminate with an indirect connection that is not located within the building, or
b) be equipped with a backwater valve.
2.7.6.5. Water Metering
(See Note A-2.7.6.4., 2.7.6.5. and 2.7.6.6.)
1) A water meter shall be installed and located within 1.5 m of the potable water make-up supply and shall be capable of
recording the volume of potable water being supplied.
2) A water meter shall be installed and located on the non-potable water outlet prior to distribution and shall be capable of
recording the volume of non-potable water being supplied to the distribution piping.
766
3) Water meters required by Sentences (1) and (2) shall be capable of displaying volumes in units of L or cubic m.
2.7.6.6. Water Quality Sampling and Alerts
(See Article 2.2.1.7. and Note A-2.7.6.4., 2.7.6.5. and 2.7.6.6.)
1) A sampling port, and provision for continuous in-line measurements required in order to conform with Table 2.7.7.1., shall
be installed and located downstream of the water meter at the non-potable water outlet and prior to distribution.
2) All monitoring devices referred to in Sentence (1) above shall be capable of activating an alert that is designed to activate
continuously for the duration of the alert condition whenever the water quality fails to meet the standards set out in Table
2.7.7.1.
2.7.6.7. Power Interruption
1) If a building is required to have an emergency system generator, provision shall be made for the continued operation of
any mandatory uses for non-potable water described in Sentence 2.7.1.3.(2) in the event of a power interruption.
2.7.7. Water Quality Standards
2.7.7.1. Water Quality Standards, Testing, and Documentation
1) Water quality shall meet the standards set out in Table 2.7.7.1.
2) Water quality shall be tested as set out in Table 2.7.7.1.
3) All test results shall be documented as set out in Table 2.7.7.1., and documentation shall be retained for no less than 24
months.
Table 2.7.7.1.
Water Quality Standards, Testing, and Documentation
Forming Part of Sentences 2.7.7.1.(1), (2), and (3)
Applicability
Parameter
Standard
Testing Type and Frequency
Testing Result
Documentation
Requirement
Any non-potable water
source
Temperature
< 20°C
Continuous
Daily(1)
Turbidity
< 10 NTU
Daily(1), and 1 sample tested by
a laboratory every 2 calendar
months with not more than 63
days between samples
Daily(1), plus all
laboratory tests
E. coli(2)
< 100 CFU per
100 mL or
< 100 MPN per
100 mL
1 sample tested every 2
calendar months with not more
than 63 days between samples
All laboratory tests
Legionella
pneumophila(2)
< 10 CFU per
mL or < 10 MPN
per mL
1 sample tested every 2
calendar months with not more
than 63 days between samples
All laboratory tests
Rainwater from surfaces
that allow the passage of
vehicular traffic or where
hydrocarbon-based fuels
or hazardous materials
are stored
Benzene
< 0.005 mg/L
1 sample tested every 2
calendar months with not more
than 63 days between samples
All laboratory tests
Toluene
< 0.024 mg/L
Ethylbenzene
< 0.0016 mg/L
Xylenes (total)
< 0.02 mg/L
Total
suspended
solids
< 20 mg/L
Notes to Table 2.7.7.1.:
767
(1) For the purpose of this Table, the term "daily" shall mean once per day when the building is normally occupied.
(2) The E. coli and Legionella pneumophila test shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.2.1.7.
2.7.7.2. Water Quality Reporting
1) Water quality reports shall be submitted by the owner of an alternate water source system, or their authorized
representative, to the Chief Building Official before the end of the second month following the issuance of an
operating
permit, and then every 2 calendar months thereafter, and shall include
a) all documentation required by Sentence 2.7.7.1.(3) and
b) except as provided in Sentence 2.7.4.2.(1), readings from the water meters required by Article 2.7.6.5.
2.7.7.3. Required Response to Failure to Meet Water Quality Standards
1) If a test result shows that the water quality fails to meet a standard set out in Table 2.7.7.1., the owner of an alternate
water source system, or their authorized representative, shall undertake the response set out in Table 2.7.7.3.
Table 2.7.7.3.
Required Response to Failure to Meet Water Quality Standards for Alternate Water Source Systems
Forming Part of Sentence 2.7.7.3.(1)
Parameter
Test Result
Required Response
Turbidity
Between 10 and 15 NTU
Take the appropriate corrective action as set out in the
operating manual.
Temperature
20°C to 25°C
Total suspended
solids
Between 20 and 45 mg/L
E. coli(1)
100 or more CFU per 100 mL
or 100 or more MPN per
100 mL
1. Immediately, supply the alternate water source system with
potable water only;
2. Within 24 hours, give notice to the Chief Building Official
and the owner;
3. Take the appropriate corrective action as set out in the
operating manual; and
4. Within 5 days, but no less than 48 hours after any cleaning
or disinfection, perform an E. coli test(1) and, if the water
quality standard for Legionella pneumophila had been
exceeded, a Legionella pneumophila test(1).
Legionella
pneumophila(1)
10 or more CFU per mL or
10 or more MPN per mL
Turbidity
> 15 NTU
Temperature
> 25°C
Benzene
> 0.005 mg/L
1. Immediately, supply the alternate water source system with
potable water only;
2. Within 24 hours, give notice to the Chief Building Official
and the owner;
3. Take the appropriate corrective action as set out in the
operating manual; and
4. Within 3 days of the corrective action, perform a test for
benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene and xylenes (total).
Toluene
> 0.024 mg/L
Ethylbenzene
> 0.0016 mg/L
Xylenes (total)
> 0.02 mg/L
Total suspended
solids
> 45 mg/L
1. Immediately, supply the alternate water source system with
potable water only;
2. Within 24 hours, give notice to the Chief Building Official
and the owner;
3. Take the appropriate corrective action as set out in the
operating manual; and
4. Within 3 days of the corrective action, perform a test for
total suspended solids.
Notes to Table 2.7.7.3.:
768
(1) The E. coli and Legionella pneumophila test shall conform to the requirements of Article 2.2.1.7.
2.7.8. Operating Manual and Maintenance
2.7.8.1. Operating Manual
1) An operating manual conforming to Article 2.2.1.9. is required for an alternate water source system, and shall be sealed
by a registered professional.
2.7.8.2. Maintenance
1) Alternate water source systems shall be maintained in accordance with the operating manual and any manufacturer's
specifications.
2) Cross connection control tests shall be performed as required by CAN/CSA-B128.1, "Design and Installation of Non-
Potable Water Systems."
3) A maintenance log conforming to Article 2.2.1.8. shall be maintained, and shall also include
a) the documentation required by Sentence 2.7.7.1.(3), and
b) if a water quality test fails to meet a standard defined in Table 2.7.7.1., a description of the extent of the deviation
from the standard, the corrective action taken, a record of any required notification, and the outcome of the corrective
action, including all applicable dates and times.",
cc) in Table 2.8.1.1.:
i) adding in correct alphanumerical order the following new rows:
"
",
"
",
"
",
"
2.2.1.7. Microbiological Testing
(1)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH5]
(2)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH5]
(3)
[F30,F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.1,OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.2.6.16. Welded Stainless Steel
(1)
[F80-OH2.1,OH2.2,OH2.3]
(2)
[F80-OH2.1,OH2.2,OH2.3]
2.2.6.17. Stainless Steel Press-Connect Fittings
(1)
[F20-OP5]
2.2.7.9. Press-Connect Water Fittings
(1)
[F20-OP5]
2.2.11.1. Building Appliances
769
",
"
(1)
[F130-OE1.2]
(2)
[F130-OE1.2]
2.2.11.3. Vehicle Wash Facilities
(1)
[F130-OE1.2]
(2)
(a) [F130-OE1.2]
(b) [F81-OS1.1,OH2.1] [F43-OH5]
(3)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
2.2.11.4. Non-recirculating Applications
(1)
[F81,F82,F130-OP5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F81,F82,F130-OP5,OE1.2]
2.2.11.5. Geoexchange Systems
(1)
[F46,F81,F130-OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F46,F81,F130-OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(3)
[F40,F43,F46-OS3.4,OH2.4,OH5]
(4)
[F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OP5]
(5)
[F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OP5]
2.2.11.6. Cooling Towers
(1)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5]
(2)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(4)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5]
(5)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(7)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(8)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(9)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(10)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(11)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
2.2.11.7. Decorative Water Features
(1)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1,OS3.4,OH2.2,OH2.4,OH5]
(3)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5]
(5)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(7)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(8)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(9)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(10)
[F40,F41,F43,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH5]
(11)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.2,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
2.4.2.4. Connections to Storm Drainage Systems
(1)
[F30,F62,F81,F82-OS3.1,OP5]
2.4.2.5. Rainwater Management
770
", and
"
",
ii) adding under "2.2.3.1. Traps" the following new row:
"
",
iii) adding under "2.2.10.6. Valves, and Supply and Waste Fittings" the following new row:
"
",
iv) striking the rows associated with "2.2.10.17. Water Treatment Systems" and substituting:
"
",
v) striking the rows associated with "2.4.4.2. Cooling of Hot Water or Sewage" and substituting:
"
(4)
[F40,F62,F80,F81-OP5,OE1.2]
(5)
[F40,F62,F80,F81-OP5,OE1.2]
(6)
[F40,F62,F80,F81-OP5]
(7)
[F80,F81,F82-OP5,OS3.4]
2.4.10.14. Design of Siphonic Roof Drainage Systems
(1)
[F81-OH2.1]
(6)
[F81-OH1.1]
(8)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F71,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH1.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.2.10.17. Water Treatment Systems
(1)
[F46,F70-OH2.2]
[F30-OS3.1] [F46,F70-OS3.4]
[F20,F30-OS2.1]
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F70,F80,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH2.3,OH2.4,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F46,F70-OH2.2]
[F30-OS3.1] [F46,F70-OS3.4]
[F20,F30-OS2.1]
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F70,F80,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH2.3,OH2.4,OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
(4)
[F46-OH2.2]
[F30-OS3.1] [F46,F70-OS3.4]
[F20,F30-OS2.1]
2.4.4.2. Sewer Discharge
771
",
vi) striking the rows associated with "2.4.5.3. Connection of Subsoil Drainage Pipe to a Sanitary
Drainage System" and substituting:
"
",
vii) adding under "2.4.6.4. Protection from Backlow" the following new row:
"
",
viii) adding under "2.6.1.1. Design" the following new rows:
"
",
ix) adding under "2.6.1.12. Service Water Heaters" the following new row:
"
",
x) adding under "2.6.2.1. Connection of Systems" the following new row:
"
", and
xi) striking the rows associated with "2.7.1.1. General", "2.7.1.2. Identification and Marking",
"2.7.1.3. Location of Pipes", "2.7.1.4. Location of Outlets", "2.7.2.2. Permitted Applications", "2.7.2.3.
Roof Design", "2.7.2.4. Non-Potable Rainwater Harvesting System Design" and substituting:
"
(1)
[F81-OH2.1]
(2)
[F130-OE1.2]
2.4.5.3. Connection of Subsoil Drainage Pipe to a Storm Drainage System
(1)
[F81-OH2.1]
(2)
[F81-OH2.1]
(3)
[F81-OH2.1]
(6)
[F81-OH2.1]
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
(4)
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F30,F31-OS3.1,OS3.2] [F46-OH1.1,OH2.2]
(4)
[F40,F43,F46,F81-OS3.4,OH2.2,OH5]
2.7.1.1. General
772
(1)
[F46-OH2.2]
2.7.1.2. Non-Potable Water Sources
(1)
[F40,F43,F46,F81-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F40,F43,F46,F81-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(3)
[F40,F43,F46,F81-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
2.7.1.3. Non-Potable Water Uses
(1)
[F130-OE1.2]
(2)
[F130-OE1.2]
(3)
[F46,F70-OS3.4,OH2.2,OH2.3]
(4)
[F81-OS3.2]
(5)
[F40-OH2.2]
2.7.2.1. Piping and Outlet Identification
(1)
[F46-OH2.2]
(2)
[F46-OH2.2]
(3)
[F46-OH2.2]
2.7.3.1. Pipes
(1)
[F46-OH2.2]
2.7.3.2. Outlets
(1)
[F46-OH2.2]
2.7.4.1. Requirements for Alternate Water Source Systems Installed Prior to January 1, 2019
(1)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F81-OH2.2]
(3)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(4)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(5)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(6)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(7)
[F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5]
2.7.5.1. Occupancy
(1)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
2.7.5.2. Commissioning
(1)
[F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5]
(2)
[F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5]
2.7.5.3. Operating Permit
(1)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
(3)
[F40,F41,F43,F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
2.7.5.4. Continued Operation
(1)
[F81,F82,F130-OH5,OP5,OE1.2]
2.7.6.1. Professional Design
(1)
[F46,F81,F82,F130-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5,OE1.2]
2.7.6.2. Pipe Sizing
773
", and
dd) in the Notes to Part 2:
i) striking out Note A-2.7.1.1., Note A-2.7.1.1.(1), Note A-2.7.2.1.(1) and A-2.7.2.4.(3) and (4) Treatment
for Use, Note A.2.7.2.3.(1) Pedestrian Traffic, Note A-2.7.2.3.(2) Roofing and Conveyance Materials,
and A-2.7.2.4.(1) Good Engineering Practice,
(1)
[F71,F72-OH2.1,OH2.3]
(2)
[F71,F72-OH2.1,OH2.3]
2.7.6.3. Continuity of Supply and Backflow Prevention
(1)
[F71,F72-OH2.1,OH2.3]
(2)
[F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5]
(3)
[F46-OH2.2]
2.7.6.4. Storage Tanks
(1)
[F40,F81-OH2.1,OH2.3]
(2)
[F40,F81-OH2.1,OH2.3]
(3)
[F40,F81-OH2.1,OH2.3]
(4)
[F81-OH2.2]
[F81-OP5]
(5)
[F81-OH2.2]
[F81-OP5]
2.7.6.5. Water Metering
(1)
[F130-OE1.2]
2.7.6.6. Water Quality Sampling and Alerts
(1)
[F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
(2)
[F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.7.6.7. Power Interruption
(1)
[F71,F72,F81-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.7.7.1. Water Quality Standards, Testing, and Documentation
(1)
[F40,F43,F71,F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
(2)
[F40,F43,F71,F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
(3)
[F40,F43,F71,F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.7.7.2. Water Quality Reporting
(1)
[F40,F43,F71,F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.7.7.3. Required Response to Failure to Meet Water Quality Standards
(1)
[F40,F43,F71,F72,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5]
2.7.8.1. Operating Manual
(1)
[F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5,OE1.2]
2.7.8.2. Maintenance
(1)
[F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5,OE1.2]
(2)
[F46,F81,F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.2,OH5]
(3)
[F82-OS3.4,OH2.1,OH2.3,OH5,OE1.2]
774
ii) inserting the following in correct alphanumerical order:
"A-2.2.10.4.(1) Fittings in Pressure Piping Applications. Piping used in pressure applications are to be grooved and
constructed using tools specifically designed for that piping material. It is important that all groove profiles are to meet the
fitting manufacturer's guidelines and conform to CSA-B242 "Groove and Shoulder-Type Mechanical Pipe Couplings."
Overly shallow roll grooved or cut connections may result in reduced working pressures at the joint or the failure of the
connection due to insufficient engagement of the coupling or from slippage at the joint. Conversely, grooves or cuts that are
overly deep may result in failures of the pipe stemming from corrosion or stress concentrations at the joints.
Note: Image is exaggerated for clarity
Figure A-2.2.10.4.(1)
Insufficient Key Engagement of Fitting in Roll Grooved Connection",
"A-2.2.10.17. Water Treatment Systems. The potential risk for substances to be introduced into the drinking water that
may endanger health must be considered. All proposals to install point-of-entry water treatment devices shall address:
- Seismic and environmental concerns,
- Monitoring and tampering detection,
- Protection of the city water supply and interface with the existing distribution system,
- Notification of end users and record keeping,
- Chemical storage and security, and
- Spill containment and procedures in the event of an equipment malfunction such as incorrect dosing.
For proposed new installations, the Chief Building Official will require:
- A technical report from a registered professional with appropriate qualifications and training identifying the context of
installation, performance specifications of the proposed equipment, and the technical basis for the installation and
means to protect the general public and end users,
- A piping diagram of the proposed water distribution system showing the type of existing piping and equipment, and
- A letter from the owner(s) stating that all end users have been informed of the proposal to introduce such chemicals
into the drinking water and a sign has been posted in a conspicuous place 30 days before the proposed date of
installation detailing the scope of the installation, the name of the chemicals being introduced and the relevant safety
data sheets (SDS).",
"A-2.2.11.4.(3) Non-Recirculating Applications. Non-recirculating water systems, such as once-through cooling
equipment, waste large volumes of drinking water. Only in exceptional circumstances will a request for an operating permit
be considered, such as a life safety application for which a registered professional has formally documented that there is no
practical alternative to once through cooling.",
"A-2.2.11.6. Cooling Tower Start-up and Shut-down. It is not the intention that the undefined terms "start-up" and "shut
down" within Clause (4)(a), Clause (7)(c), Clause (9)(b) or Sentence (10) be interpreted to include a brief shutdown for the
purposes of physical cleaning, system maintenance or inspection, or a "Standby (wet)" mode of cooling tower operation as
defined by ASHRAE Guideline 12-2023. Operating a cooling tower in a "Standby (wet)" mode should include maintaining
775
the water treatment program and circulating water to control biological growth, as described in ASHRAE Guideline 12-
2023.",
"A-2.2.11.6.(8) Required Response to Failure to Meet Legionella Standards. This Sentence is based on Public
Services and Procurement Canada's standard MD 15161, "Control of Legionella in Mechanical Systems.",
"A-2.2.11.6.(9) Offline Cleaning and Disinfection. The terms "cleaning" and "disinfection" have the meanings defined by
Public Services and Procurement Canada's standard MD 15161, "Control of Legionella in Mechanical Systems."
More frequent cooling tower cleaning and disinfection may be necessary, especially for buildings with or near vulnerable
populations. For health care facilities, refer to CAN/CSA-Z317.13, "Infection Control During Construction, Renovation, and
Maintenance of Health Care Facilities" Clause 6.4.2.",
"A-2.2.11.7.(2)(b) Health Advisory. Examples of acceptable graphical symbols include
Figure A-2.2.11.7.(2)(b)
Examples of acceptable graphical symbols",
"A-2.4.3.6.(1) Elevator Pit Drains. Protection from sewer gases is required in accordance with Articles 2.4.5.1. and
2.4.5.5.",
"A-2.4.2.4.(2) Water Flow and Hazardous Conditions. Refer to the Street and Traffic By-law and Standards of
Maintenance By-law for restrictions on water flow to streets, sidewalks, driveways, stairways and landings, and for
prohibitions on ponding or entrance of water into a building.",
"A-2.4.2.5.(1) Rainwater Management Requirements. Area-specific rainwater management requirements exist within
the Zoning and Development By-law, and site-specific rainwater management requirements may apply as conditions of a
rezoning approval or through a CD-1 by-law. Where such requirements differ from those of this Article, the building's design
must meet the more restrictive of the release rate requirement and the greater of the volumetric detention requirement.",
"A-2.4.2.5.(4) Small Site Pathway. The detention tank "minimum active storage capacity" excludes the volume below the
orifice and above the emergency overflow. The overflow must bypass the outlet flow control mechanism. The orifice flow
control should have appropriate debris protection to prevent blockages. The detention tank should be inspected and
cleaned regularly following the manufacturer's instructions.",
"A-2.4.2.5.(6) Peak Flow Rate Calculation. Pre-development means the site's use immediately preceding development.",
"A-2.4.2.5.(9) Relaxation to Rainwater Management Requirements. When an owner ascertains that site conditions
preclude compliance with the rainwater management requirements of this Article, the Chief Building Official may relax a
portion or all of the requirements of the "Engineered pathway" or the "Small site pathway." Generally, the Chief Building
Official may:
- consult with the City Engineer,
776
- consider evidence provided by the owner (Table A-2.4.2.5.(9)), and
- determine whether the owner has made a reasonable attempt to meet a portion or all of the rainwater management
requirements by installing infrastructure above-ground or as part of the building.
The decision to relax requirements shall be made by the Chief Building Official.
Table A-2.4.2.5.(9)
Examples of Documentation That May Be Provided
By the Owner to the Chief Building Official
Forming Part of Note A-2.4.2.5.(9)
Potential Site Condition Precluding
Compliance with Rainwater
Management Requirements
Examples of Documentation Provided by the Owner Regarding a
Relaxation to Rainwater Management Requirements
Archaeological resources
Archaeological Impact Assessment, prepared in conformance with the
Heritage Conservation Act.
Artesian groundwater conditions
Hydrogeological or geotechnical engineering report.
Contamination
Notification of Likely or Actual Migration, prepared in conformance with
the Contaminated Sites Regulation.
Geotechnical limitations
Geotechnical engineering report.
",
"A-2.7.2.1.(3) Non-potable Water Outlet Identification. An example of an acceptable graphical symbol is:
Figure A-2.2.11.7.(2)(b)
Example an of acceptable graphical symbol
It is suggested that public education material also be posted to assist with risk perception and acceptance of treated non-
potable water use.", and
777
"A-2.7.6.4, 2.7.6.5. and 2.7.6.6. Non-potable Water System Design.
Figure A-2.7.6.4., 2.7.6.5. and 2.7.6.6.
Schematic example of a non-potable water system",
iii) striking out Note A-2.2.3.2.(3) and substituting:
"A-2.2.3.2.(3) Grease Interceptors. Metro Vancouver provides resources on-line for grease interceptor selection and
sizing. CSA B481.4, "Maintenance of grease interceptors," is considered to represent good practice regarding procedures
for the maintenance of grease interceptors.", and
iv) striking out Note A-2.6.1.12.(1) and substituting:
"A-2.6.1.12.(1) Service Water Heaters. Storing hot water at temperatures below 60°C in the hot water tank or in the
delivery system may lead to the growth of Legionella bacteria.".
7.1.5.3. Division C
1) The provisions of Part 1 of Division C of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by:
a) adding the following sections in alphanumeric order:
"Section 1.3. Interpretation, Intent and Prohibitions
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.4. Obligations of the Owner and Contractor
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.5. Authority of the Chief Building Official
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.6. Permits, Applications and Fees
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.7. Permission to Occupy Buildings
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.8. Street Regulations
778
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 1.9. Temporary Occupancy of a Street for
Construction Purposes
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ", and
"Section 1.10. Addressing Buildings and Parcels of Land
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ", and
b) adding Notes to Part 1:
"Notes to Part 1
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ".
2) The provisions of Part 2 of Division C of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by:
a) striking out "Section 2.2." and "Section 2.3." and substituting:
"Section 2.2. Administration
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ",
"Section 2.3. Alternative Solutions
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ", and
b) striking out the Notes to Part 2 and substituting:
"Notes to Part 2
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ".
3) The provisions of Division C of the 2020 National Plumbing Code shall be amended by adding a new
Part 3:
"Part 3
Appeals, Offences and Penalties and Transition Provisions
(Refer to Book I (General) of this By-law.) ".
Section 7.2. Objectives and Functional Statements
7.2.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
7.2.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A,
the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the
objectives and functional statements listed in Table 7.2.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 7.2.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 7
Forming Part of Sentence 7.2.1.1.(1)
779
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
7.1.2.1. Conformance
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F31-OS3.2] [F43-OS3.4]
[F70-OH2.2] [F72-OH2.1]
Notes to Table 7.2.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
780
Part 8
Safety Measures at Construction and
Demolition Sites
Section 8.1. General
8.1.1. Scope
8.1.1.1.
Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2) This Part applies to fire safety and the protection of the public during the construction, alteration or demolition of every
building, including any incompleted or abandoned building.
3) Fire safety at construction and demolition sites shall conform to Subsection 8.2.6. and Section 5.6. of Division B of the
Fire By-law.
8.1.1.2.
Definitions
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
8.1.1.3.
Deconstruction and Demolition Procedures
1) Measures shall be taken during demolition to protect the public in conformance with Section 5.6. of Division B of the
Fire By-law.
8.1.2.
Application
8.1.2.1.
Application
1) Where a building is undergoing construction, alteration or demolition, measures shall be taken at the building site in
conformance with this Code. (See Note A-8.1.2.1.(1).)
8.1.3.Construction Safety Program
8.1.3.1. Requirements for Construction Safety Program
1) Unless otherwise provided in Article 8.1.3.2., before the commencement of any construction a Construction Safety
Program shall be submitted to the Chief Building Official.
2) A Construction Safety Program shall include
a) the names and emergency phone numbers of the constructor, the coordinating registered professional and the
Construction Safety Officer,
b) details of the construction procedures relating to site access, traffic control, scaffolding and swing stages, protection at
excavations, hoisting equipment (including its location and scheduling), fire protection facilities, material storage, waste material
disposal, control of dust and debris, protection at the perimeters of all floor levels, barricades, covered walkways and any other
details required by the City Engineer, the Chief Building Official or any other city official having jurisdiction, and
c) a construction site plan showing the location on the site of the equipment, facilities and safety measures detailed in the
Construction Safety Program in accordance with Clause (b).
3) The Construction Safety Program shall be amended from time to time to
reflect the current stage of construction.
8.1.3.2.Exemptions
1) A Construction Safety Program is not required for minor interior alterations contained within a suite or for minor
alterations or additions to a building contain only one dwelling unit and its contained ancillary residential suites, except that the
781
Chief Building Official may require a Construction Safety Program if, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, the work may
cause a hazard for persons occupying the building, construction workers or the public.
8.1.3.3.Posting Requirements
1) No construction shall commence until a copy of the Construction Safety Program which complies with this subsection is
posted on the project site in accordance with Sentence (2).
2) The copy of the Construction Safety Program required by Sentence (1) shall be
a) posted on a plywood board measuring no less than 600 mm by 600 mm, which is staked into the ground, protected from
the weather and visible from the street, or
b) posted on the exterior of the principal construction site shelter.
3) Notwithstanding the exceptions of 8.1.4.1.(1), a copy of the Construction Safety Program shall be posted on the project
site at all times during construction.
8.1.4. Construction Safety Officer
8.1.4.1. Requirement for Construction Safety Officer
1) Except for a building containing only 2 primary dwelling units and their contained ancillary residential units, where
construction of a building includes the services of a Coordinating Registered Professional, a full-time Construction Safety Officer
shall be present on the project site at all times during construction.
8.1.4.2. Requirement for Site Reviews
1) During construction, the Construction Safety Officer shall carry out site reviews at least twice daily to ensure that work is
proceeding safely and in conformance with the Construction Safety Program.
2) After each site review, the Construction Safety Officer shall post a copy of the site review in a location adjacent to the
posted copy of the Construction Safety Program.
8.1.4.3. Site Safety Meetings Required
1) The Construction Safety Officer shall hold regular construction site safety meetings at least monthly with the constructor
and a representative of each trade.
8.1.4.4. Safety Meeting Minutes
1) The Construction Safety Officer shall keep minutes of the construction site safety meetings held in accordance with
Article 8.1.4.3. and copies of those minutes shall be provided to the coordinating registered professional and shall be available at
the construction site for inspection by the Chief Building Official.
8.1.4.5. Violation of Construction Safety Program
1) If the Construction Safety Officer observes that a procedure set out in the Construction Safety Program is not being
followed, the Construction Safety Officer shall immediately inform the appropriate trades safety coordinator or, if that person is
unavailable at the site, the supervisor of the appropriate sub-contractor.
2) If corrective measures are not taken immediately by the person informed in accordance with Sentence (1), the
Construction Safety Officer shall promptly inform the constructor or an agent of the constructor.
Section 8.2. Protection of the Public
8.2.1. Fencing and Barricades
8.2.1.1. Covered Walkways
1) If construction of a building may cause a hazard for persons using the adjacent sidewalk, work shall not commence until
a covered walkway has been provided on the sidewalk in accordance with Article 8.2.1.2.
782
2) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1) a covered walkway is not required on a sidewalk if
a) the work is carried out entirely behind fencing, boarding or barricades, at least 1.8 m high and complying with Sentences
8.2.1.3.(2) and (3), which separate the construction site from the sidewalk, or
b) the building is located no less than 2 m from a sidewalk used by pedestrians, except that the Chief Building Official may
require a covered walkway for a site which contains a project located more than 2 m from a sidewalk if, in the opinion of the
Chief Building Official, site conditions so warrant.
8.2.1.2. Covered Way Construction
1) A covered walkway shall
a) have a clear height of not less than 2.5 m,
b) have a clear width of not less than 1.5 m or the width of the public way, whichever is the lesser,
c) be designed and constructed to support safely all loads that may be reasonably expected to be applied to it, but in no
case less than 2.4 kPa on the roof,
d) have a weathertight roof sloped towards the site or, if flat, be equipped with a splash board not less than 300 mm high
on the street side,
e) be totally enclosed,
i) on the construction site side with a structure having a reasonably smooth surface facing the public way,
ii) on the construction site side of the sidewalk, and
iii) walls with a smooth surface facing the sidewalk,
f) have a railing 1 070 mm high measured from the walking surface and located on the street side where the covered way
is supported by posts on the street side of the sidewalk,
g) constructed with sufficient lighting to enable the public to walk safely through any walkway which, and
h) is constructed on a sidewalk which is illuminated by overhead street lighting at night.
8.2.1.3. Fencing, Boarding or Barricades
1) When a construction or demolition activity may constitute a hazard to the public and is located 2 m or more from a
public way, a strongly constructed fence, boarding or barricade not less than 1.8 m high shall be erected between the site and
the public way or open sides of a construction site.
2) Fencing, boarding, and barricades erected in conformance with Sentence (1) or Article 8.2.1.1.(2) shall have a
reasonably smooth surface facing the public way and shall be without openings, except those required for access to the
construction site.
3) Access openings through fencing, boarding, or barricades erected in conformance with Sentence (1) or Article
8.2.1.1.(2) shall be equipped with gates that shall be
a) kept closed and locked when the construction site is unattended, and
b) maintained in place until completion of the construction or demolition activity.
8.2.1.4. Special Hazards
1) If an unusual hazard exists on a construction site, security guards shall be posted 24 hours a day and 7 days a week, to
prevent public access to the area where the unusual hazard is located.
8.2.1.5. Work Shutdown
1) All hazardous areas on a project site shall be secured against unauthorized entry at all times.
2) If workers are not present on a construction site during normal working hours, the hazardous part of the construction site
shall be protected by
a) gll windows, doors and other openings located within 3 m of the ground which may give access to the building shall be
secured with boarding or barricades, or
783
b) fencing, boarding or barricades shall be constructed around the entire site in accordance with Article 8.2.1.3.
8.2.2. Excavation
8.2.2.1. Water Removal
1) Excavations shall be kept reasonably clear of water.
8.2.2.2. Protection of Adjoining Property
(See Note A-8.2.2.2.)
1) If the stability of adjoining buildings or adjacent municipal infrastructure may be endangered by the work of excavating,
adequate underpinning, shoring and bracing shall be provided to prevent
a) damage to, or movement of, any part of the adjoining building, and
b) the creation of a hazard to the public.
8.2.3. Use of Streets or Public Property
8.2.3.1. Safe Passage Past Site
1) Except as provided in Article 8.2.3.2., provisions shall be made at all times for the safe passage of pedestrian and
vehicular traffic past the site.
2) Material or equipment shall not be placed on any street or other public property except as authorized.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where a sidewalk exists adjacent to the site it shall be kept clear of obstructions at
all times.
4) Where construction operations necessitate the obstruction of a sidewalk, a temporary sidewalk shall be provided and it
shall be kept clear of obstruction at all times.
8.2.3.2. Overhead Activities
1) Operations such as the hoisting of major components onto a tall building or other overhead activities that constitute a
hazard to pedestrians below from which the public cannot be protected by barricades, covered ways or similar means shall not
be carried out until the street or other public way is closed.
8.2.3.3. Barricades
1) Excavations in streets or public property shall
a) be adequately barricaded, and
b) have warning signs or lights installed on each section of the barricades referred to in Clause (a).
8.2.3.4. Restoration and Repair
1) All sidewalks, streets or other public property that have been damaged shall be restored to a safe condition.
2) All obstructions on sidewalks, streets or other public property shall be removed when the need for such obstructions is
ended.
8.2.3.5. Warning Lights
1) Warning lights shall be placed and shall be in operation during the hours of darkness at all obstructions on streets or
other public ways.
8.2.3.6. Maintenance of Public Ways
1) Public ways adjacent to projects shall be cleaned and maintained to the satisfaction of the City Engineer., the General
Manager, Real Estate and Facilities Management, or the General Manager, Park Board, as the case may be.
2) No person shall place, park or leave construction vehicles on public ways or City property.
3) No person shall place or leave construction materials, overspills, debris, excavated materials or mud on public ways or
City property.
4) No person shall dump or discharge waste water from construction activities or vehicle wash water from concrete trucks or
dump trucks on public ways or City property.
784
8.2.4. Traffic Control
8.2.4.1. Protection of the Public on Public Ways
1) If work on a project site creates a traffic hazard on or adjacent to a public way, traffic control measures for the duration of
the hazard shall include
a) persons to direct construction workers,
b) persons to direct vehicle and pedestrian traffic,
c) appropriate warning signs indicating the presence of construction work and flagpersons.
d) warning signs indicating any lane closures,
e) if there is a lane closure of a vehicle travel lane, retro reflective lane control devices set up in a gradual taper to close the
vehicle travel lane,
f) if there is a lane closure of a vehicle travel lane at night, yellow flashing lights mounted on retro reflective barricades at the
closure point of the vehicle travel lane,
g) retro reflective lane control devices surrounding the closed portion of any public way, and
h) at night, retro reflective barricades with yellow flashing lights in front of any construction material or equipment which is
not marked with retro reflective sheeting.
2) If work on a construction site creates a hazard to bicycle traffic on a bikeway for more than 15 minutes, traffic control
measures for the duration of the hazard must include
a) a safe delineated continuous path for bicycle traffic or a safe alternative delineated path for pedestrian traffic,
b) persons to supervise and direct bicycle traffic past the hazard, and
c) if a safe alternative pedestrian path is provided, a bicycle dismount sign at either end of the path.
8.2.4.2. Traffic Control and Hazard Signs
1) Traffic control and traffic hazard signs shall be
a) at least 75 cm by 75 cm,
b) backed with retro reflective sheeting,
c) marked with black text or symbols on an fluorescent orange background for hazard signs, and
d) marked with black text or symbols on a white background for traffic control signs.
8.2.4.3. Lane Control Devices
1) A lane control device shall be
a) a fluorescent red or orange plastic tubular marker 100 cm in diameter marked with two 8 cm retro reflective bands,
b) a fluorescent red or orange plastic cone 45 cm or 70 cm in diameter at the base with a 15 cm retro reflective band, or
c) a fluorescent red or orange plastic flexible drum with two 10 inch retro reflective bands.
8.2.4.4. Traffic Control Person
1) A person directing traffic on a public way shall
a) carry written proof of completion of a traffic control course approved under the authority of the Workers' Compensation
Act of British Columbia or the British Columbia Safety Council,
b) wear personal protective equipment approved under the authority of the Workers' Compensation Act of British Columbia
including a safety vest, hard hat, reflective wrist straps, and safety footwear approved under the authority of the Canadian
Standards Association,
785
c) use a traffic control paddle consisting of a "STOP" sign marked with white letters on a retro reflective red background and
a "SLOW" sign marked with black letters on a retro reflective yellow background, and
d) use a flashlight that includes a red signaling hood for night traffic conditions.
8.2.4.5. Construction Vehicle Traffic Hazard
1) If the location or use of a vehicle related to a construction site creates a traffic hazard on a public way adjacent to a
construction site, the vehicle shall display
a) a 360 degree yellow flashing light,
b) four way flashers, and
c) a flashing arrow board.
8.2.5. Waste Material
8.2.5.1. Control of Waste Material
1) Waste material or other material shall not be permitted to fall freely from one storey to another.
8.2.5.2. Removal of Waste Material
1) Waste material shall be removed as quickly as possible by means of
a) appropriate containers,
b) an enclosed shaft or chute conforming to Sentence 8.2.5.4.(1), or
c) a hoisting apparatus if large pieces or objects are involved.
8.2.5.3. Enclosures for Waste Material
1) Waste material removed in accordance with Sentence 8.2.5.2.(1) shall be deposited in a container which is
a) designed to ensure that waste material cannot escape from the container, and
b) secure and inaccessible to the public.
8.2.5.4. Chutes for Waste Material
1) The chute described in Clause 8.2.5.2.(1)(b) shall be closed if it is inclined more than 45° to the horizontal.
8.2.5.5. Disposal of Waste Material
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), all waste material on a construction site shall be sorted, diverted and disposed of in a
manner satisfactory to the Chief Building Official. (See Note A-8.2.5.5.(1).)
2) Sentence (1) does not apply to
a) proposed work of a value of $50,000 or less, and
b) corrective measures or immediate measures carried out by the Chief Building Official in accordance with Articles 1.5.3.4.
and 1.5.3.5. of Division C.
8.2.6. Fire Safety Measures
8.2.6.1. Application
(See Note A-8.2.6.1.)
1) This Subsection applies to fire safety for projects undergoing construction and adjacent projects.
8.2.6.2. Protection of Adjacent Buildings
(See Note A-8.2.6.2.)
1) Protection shall be provided for adjacent buildings that could be exposed to fire originating from buildings undergoing
construction.
786
8.2.6.3. Fire Safety Plan
1) Before the commencement of construction, a fire safety plan for the project site shall be submitted to and accepted by the
Chief Building Official.
2) Unless otherwise required by Sentence (3), a fire safety plan shall conform with the requirements of the Fire By-law and
shall include
a) measures to reduce fire hazards in and around the building (See Note A-8.2.6.3.(2)(a)), and
b) a maintenance program for firefighting measures required by the Fire By-law.
3) Where construction occurs in an existing building that is required to have a fire safety plan conforming to the Fire By-law,
the existing fire safety plan shall be modified to incorporate the alterations to the existing building.
8.2.6.4. Access for Firefighting
1) Unobstructed access to fire hydrants, portable extinguishers and fire department connections for standpipe and sprinkler
systems shall be maintained on all construction sites.
2) Firefighters shall be provided with unobstructed access to all levels of the building.
3) Firefighters shall be provided with unobstructed access to all elevators, hoists or lifts in the building.
4) Firefighters shall be provided with unobstructed access to access routes for fire department vehicles.
5) Where a project site is enclosed by fencing, boarding or barricades, firefighters shall be provided with 24 hour emergency
access for fire department equipment and personnel.
8.2.6.5. Portable Extinguishers
1) Portable extinguishers shall be provided in unobstructed locations in all areas where
a) hot work operations are carried out,
b) combustibles are stored,
c) internal combustion engines are located,
d) flammable liquids and combustible liquids or gases are stored or handled, and
e) temporary fuel-fired equipment is used.
2) Portable extinguishers required by Sentence (1) shall have a minimum rating of
a) 2-A:10-B:C on moveable equipment, and
b) 4-A:40-B:C in all other locations.
8.2.6.6. Standpipe Systems
(See Note A-8.2.6.6.)
1) Where a standpipe system is installed in a building under construction, the standpipe system shall be installed
progressively, in conformance with Subsection 3.2.5. of Division B of this By- law, in occupied portions of a building.
2) Where a standpipe system is to be installed progressively in unoccupied portions of a building under construction, a
permanent or temporary standpipe system is permitted, and the standpipe system shall have
a) conspicuously marked and readily accessible fire department connections on the outside of the building at street level
b) at least one hose outlet at each floor,
c) pipe size, hose valves and water supply conforming to Subsection 3.2.5. of Division B of this By-law,
d) as a minimum, secure supports and restraints on alternate floors,
e) at least one hose valve for attaching fire department hose at each intermediate landing or floor level in the exit stairway, and
787
f) valves which are kept closed and protected from mechanical damage at all times.
3) A standpipe system installed in accordance with Sentence (2) shall be progressively installed so that it is no more than
one floor below the highest forms, staging, and similar combustible construction materials at all times.
4) A temporary standpipe system shall remain in service until the installation of the permanent standpipe system is
complete.
5) If a building equipped with a standpipe system is being deconstructed or demolished floor by floor, the standpipe system,
together with all fire department connections and valves, shall be maintained in operable condition at all times on all storeys,
except for the storey located immediately below the storey being deconstructed or demolished.
8.2.6.7. Hot Surface Applications
1) Roofing operations and other surface applications that involve heat sources and hot processes shall be considered hot
works and shall conform to the requirements in the Fire By-law.
2) Bitumen kettles shall not be located on roofs, and shall be
a) provided with a close-fitting cover constructed of steel with a minimum thickness of No. 14 sheet metal gauge,
b) under constant supervision when in operation, and
c) maintained free of excessive residue.
3) Mops used to spread bitumen shall be stored in a safe location at a safe distance away from buildings, when not in use.
8.2.6.8. Ignition Sources
(See Note A-8.2.6.8.)
1) Internal combustion engines, temporary heating equipment and other equipment capable of causing ignition shall be kept
at a safe distance away from combustible materials.
2) The clearance between combustible materials and temporary heating equipment, including flues, shall be in conformance
with Part 6 or in conformance with the minimum clearances shown on certified heating equipment.
8.2.6.9. Utility Services to Buildings under Construction
1) Except as required in Sentence (3) and except for water supplies for firefighting, utility services shall be terminated at a
point located outside the building undergoing deconstruction or demolition.
2) A utility service provider whose service connections will be affected by construction, shall be notified before any service
connections are terminated in accordance with Sentence (1).
3) If it is necessary to maintain any utility service, during deconstruction or demolition, the utility service shall be
a) relocated as necessary, and
b) protected from damage.
4) Temporary electrical installations shall be installed in conformance with the British Columbia Electrical Safety Regulation.
8.2.6.10. Fuel Supply Installation
1) Fuel supplies for heating equipment and internal combustion engines shall conform to
a) CAN/CSA-B139-M, "Installation Code for Oil-Burning Equipment," or
b) the British Columbia Gas Safety Regulation.
8.2.6.11. Safety of Fuel Tanks and Piping at Construction Sites
1) Fuel tanks and piping at a deconstruction or demolition site which contain or may have contained flammable liquids or
combustible liquids or vapours shall be decommissioned in conformance with the Fire By-law.
788
2) Fuel tanks and piping at a deconstruction or demolition site which contain or may have contained flammable liquids or
combustible liquids or vapours shall be drained or vented and removed prior to the deconstruction or demolition of a building,
except as permitted by Sentence (3).
3) Where it is impracticable to remove fuel tanks or piping from the construction site prior to deconstruction or demolition of
a building, such equipment shall be tagged for identification and removed as soon as conditions permit.
4) Fuel tanks and piping referred to in Sentences (1), (2) and (3) shall be purged with inert materials prior to deconstruction
or demolition of a building. (See Note A-8.2.6.11.(4).)
8.2.6.12. Fire Separations in Partly Occupied Buildings
1) Where part of a building under construction is occupied, the occupied part of the building shall be separated from the part
of the building under construction by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of no less than 1 h.
8.2.6.13. Protection During Fire Protection System Shutdown
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where a fire protection system is provided, it shall remain operational throughout the
entire building during construction.
2) If any portion of a fire protection system is temporarily shut down during construction, protection of the building shall
comply with the Fire By-law.
8.2.6.14. Requirement for Fire Watch
1) If a building is partly occupied and part of the building is undergoing deconstruction or demolition, a fire watch shall be
maintained at all times, unless the building is provided with an active fire alarm system.
2) A fire watch as required by Sentence (1) shall include:
a) a complete tour of inspection of the project at least once every hour,
b) facilities to provide a fire warning to occupants, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, and
c) facilities to communicate with the fire department in the event of fire, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
8.2.6.15. Smoking Restrictions on Construction Sites
1) Smoking shall only be permitted on construction sites in accordance with the Fire By-law.
8.2.6.16. Egress from Buildings under Construction
1) In buildings under construction, there shall be at least one exit which is accessible and usable at all times.
2) In buildings under construction there shall be least one stairway maintained in usable condition at all times.
8.2.6.17. Fire Warning in Buildings under Construction
1) Facilities shall be provided to alert persons on a project to the presence of a fire and such facilities shall be audible
throughout the building.
8.2.6.18. Storage and Use of Dangerous Goods on Construction Sites
1) Combustible liquids and flammable liquids shall be stored and used in conformance with the Fire By-law.
2) Dangerous goods and materials shall be stored and used in conformance with the Fire By-law.
3) Dangerous goods and materials shall be stored and used in conformance with the British Columbia Gas Safety
Regulations.
8.2.6.19. Temporary Enclosures on Construction Sites
1) Fabrics and films used to temporarily enclose buildings shall be securely fastened to prevent contact with heaters or
other ignition sources.
8.2.6.20. Storage of Combustible Refuse
789
1) Combustible refuse shall be stored a safe distance away from buildings, and at a safe location. (See also Subsection
8.2.5.)
8.2.6.21. Shut-off of Utility Services at Excavation Sites
1) Except as provided in Article 8.2.6.22., before excavation begins, utility services shall be shut off, and terminated outside
the limits of the excavation and the terminations shall be labeled so as to be easily identifiable. (See also Sentence 8.2.6.9. (1).)
2) A utility service provider whose service connections will be affected by construction shall be notified before any service
connections are terminated in accordance with Sentence (1).
3) If it is necessary to maintain any utility service, during excavation, the utility service shall be
a) relocated as necessary, and
b) protected from damage.
8.2.6.22. Maintaining Existing Utility Services
1) Existing utility services may be left within the area of the excavation if
a) the service company consents to the location of the services before the excavation begins,
b) a method of excavation is adopted which ensures that the services are not damaged, and the services are provided with
temporary support."
Section 8.3. Objectives and Functional Statements
8.3.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
8.3.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives and
functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional statements listed in
Table 8.3.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 8.3.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 8
Forming Part of Sentence 8.3.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
8.1.1.3. Deconstruction and Demolition Procedures
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.8] [F34-OS5.5] [F31,F32,F43,F44-OS5.6]
8.1.2.2. Protection from Risk
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.8] [F34-OS5.5] [F31,F32,F43,F44-OS5.6]
8.1.3.1. Requirements for Construction Safety Program
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
(2)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
8.1.3.3. Posting Requirements
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
(2)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
790
8.1.4.1. Requirements for Construction Safety Officer
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
8.1.4.2. Requirements for Site Reviews
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
8.1.4.3 Site Safety Meeting Required
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
8.1.4.4. Safety Meeting Minutes
(1)
[F12, F30-OS5.1, OS5.2, OS5.3, OD5.4, OS5.5, OS5.6, OS5.7]
8.2.1.2. Covered Walkway Construction
(1)
(a),(b),(d) to (g) [F30-OS5.1,OS5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
(c) [F20-OS5.7]
8.2.1.3. Fencing, Boarding or Barricades
(1)
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.6] [F34-OS5.5]
(2)
[F34-OS5.5] [F30-OS5.3]
(3)
[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.1.4. Special Hazards
(1)
[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.1.5. Work Shutdown
(1)
[F34-OS5.5]
(2)
[F34-OS5.5]
8.2.2.1. Water Removal
(1)
[F60-OS5.8]
[F60-OS5.4]
8.2.2.2. Protection of Adjoining Property
(1)
(a) [F21-OP4.1]
(b) [F21-OS5.8]
8.2.3.1. Safe Passage Past Site
(1)
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.2]
(2)
[F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
(3)
[F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
(4)
[F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.3.2. Overhead Construction Activities
(1)
[F30-OS5.1]
791
8.2.3.3. Barriers
(1)
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3,OS5.2] [F34-OS5.5]
8.2.3.4. Restoration and Repair of Streets or City Property
(1)
[F30-OS5.3]
(2)
[F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.3.5. Warning Lights
(1)
[F30-OS5.3,OS5.2]
8.2.4.1. Protection of Public on Public Ways
(1)
[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.2. Traffic Controls and Hazard Signs
(1)
[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.3. Traffic Lane Control Devices
(1)
[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.4. Traffic Control Devices
(1)
[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.4.5. Construction Vehicle Traffic
(1)
[F30-OS5.2]
8.2.5.1. Control of Waste Material
(1)
[F30-OS5.1]
8.2.5.2. Removal of Waste Material
(1)
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3]
8.2.5.3. Enclosures for Waste Material
(1)
[F30-OS5.1,OS5.3] [F34-OS5.6]
8.2.5.4. Chutes for Waste Material
(1)
[F30-OS5.1]
8.2.6.2. Protection of Adjacent Buildings
(1)
[F12-OS1.2, OP3.1]
8.2.6.4. Access to Firefighting
(1)
[F12-OS1.2, OP3.1]
8.2.6.5. Portable Extinguisher
(1)
[F12-OS1.2, OP3.1]
8.2.6.6. Standpipe Systems
792
(1)
[F12-OS1.2, OP3.1]
8.2.6.7. Hot Surface Application
(1)
[F03-OS1.1][F31-OS5.6]
8.2.6.8. Ingnition Source
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
8.2.6.12. Fire Separation in Partly Occupied Buildings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
8.2.6.14. Requirements for Fire Watch
(1)
[F11-OS5.9]
8.2.6.15. Smoke Restrictions on Construction Sites
(1)
[F02-OS1.1]
8.2.6.16. Egress from Buildings Under Construction
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
8.2.6.20. Storage of Combustible Refuse
(1)
[F01-OS1.2]
Notes to Table 8.3.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
793
Notes to Part 8
Safety Measures at Construction and
Demolition Sites
A-8.1.2.1.(1) Application. The use of streets or public property and vehicular traffic during construction or demolition is
normally controlled by regulations of authorities other than the building department (e.g., police department).
A-8.2.2.2. Protection of Adjacent Properties. The requirements of 8.2.2.2. apply to projects of all sizes where there exists the
potential for unintended movement of bearing surfaces as a consequence of proposed or prior, soil disturbance or excavation.
Designers should take care that appropriate assessments of the existing conditions have been carried out before relying upon
shallow foundation design principles, as this may lead to concerns over soil movement, slope stability and the impact on adjacent
properties and City infrastructure.
Owners considering deeper basements, or work in areas containing peat, liquefiable, or potentially unstable soils (such as
adjacent to site where the amount of native untouched fill is unknown), should obtain assistance from qualified professionals
before undertaking such this work. Guidance for geotechnical and foundation design work for one and two family homes are
provided in the "Housing Foundations and Geotechnical Challenges - Best Practices for Residential Builders in BC" publication.
A-8.2.5.5.(1) Disposal of Waste Material. Certain waste materials are banned or prohibited from disposal at a garbage or
landfill site. The Greater Vancouver Sewerage and Drainage District Act and its regulations, and the City of Vancouver Solid
Waste By-law No. 8417 lists materials that are restricted or prohibited from disposal at a garbage or landfill sites. Sorted material
means the separation of waste materials into like type materials at the construction site prior to disposal. Diverted material
means the reuse, recycle or recovery of sorted waste material to avoid disposal at a garbage, landfill or incinerator facility.
A-8.2.6.1. Application. The degree of application should be determined in advance in conjunction with the Chief Building
Official. Each operation should be determined in advance, as part of the fire safety plan for the operation, taking into
consideration such issues as the size of the operation, exposure of adjacent buildings or facilities to hazards and the site
conditions. Operations can range from large multi-storey buildings to small single-storey residences and may include additions or
alterations to existing buildings. Where the work does not pose an exposure hazard to other buildings or to occupants, the
application of Subsection 8.2.6. may be minimal.
A-8.2.6.2. Protection of Adjacent Buildings. Methods and materials used to protect adjacent buildings and facilities can range
from active to passive systems such as spatial separation, installing water curtains, using construction methods and materials
that include gypsum sheathing or erecting a temporary fire barrier such as a fire tarpaulin.
A-8.2.6.3.(2)(a) Fire Safety Plan. The control of fire hazards in and around buildings under construction, renovation or
demolition includes fire protection for combustible material construction and combustible refuse on the site. The size of material
and refuse piles and the location of these piles in relation to adjacent buildings are factors that should be taken into consideration
in determining which fire protection measures to implement. The selection of fire protection measures for demolition operations
will also depend on the demolition procedure being used, the specific conditions existing on the site and the firefighting
capabilities of the responding fire department. It is the intent of this By-law that the Outdoor Storage requirements of the Fire By-
law are in compliance on all construction and demolition sites.
A-8.2.6.6. Standpipe Systems. Not all aspects of Subsection 3.2.5. of Division B of the Building By-law are applicable to
unoccupied areas of buildings, parts of buildings, facilities and associated areas undergoing construction, alteration or demolition
operations. When the temperature causes freezing conditions, the standpipe should be drained to prevent damage to the
equipment. It is not expected that hoses and nozzles be made available in the building undergoing construction, alteration or
demolition operations, as they will be brought to the relevant floor by the responding fire department.
794
795
PART 9 - See Volume 2
796
Part 10
Energy and Water Efficiency
Section 10.1. General
10.1.1.
Application
10.1.1.1.
Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
10.1.1.2.
Application
1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
10.1.2.
Definitions
10.1.2.1.
Defined Terms
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
Section 10.2. Energy Efficiency
10.2.1.
Energy Design Building Classification
10.2.1.1.
Application
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), a building shall be designed and constructed in conformance with
this Subsection for the purpose of energy efficiency.
2) A structure that cannot be identified by the characteristics of a building in this Subsection shall comply
with the requirements of 10.2.1.2., or as deemed acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
3) To meet the energy efficiency requirements of Articles 10.2.1.2. to 10.2.1.4., the design requirements of
Subsection 10.2.2. shall form an integral part of this Subsection.
4) For the purposes of Part 10 and the classification of applicable energy design requirements of a building,
the application of these requirements are to be applied to a building or that portion of a building, which for the
purposes of energy and emissions performance, is designed to function as an independent entity. (See Note
A-10.2.1.1.(4).)
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (6), a balcony, including those that are enclosed, shall be designed
and constructed as unconditioned ambient space, exterior to the building envelope, without the provision of
heating, cooling, or gas connection. (See Note A-10.2.1.1.(5).)
6) A residential building with not more than 2 principal dwelling units may be provided with a gas
connection serving an exterior space that is not enclosed. (See Note A-10.2.1.1.(6).)
10.2.1.2.
Buildings Without Residential or Commercial Components
1) All buildings except those included in 10.2.1.3 and 10.2.1.4.,
a) shall be designed in compliance with Article (See Note A-10.2.1.2.(1)(a).)
i) 10.2.2.2. or 10.2.2.3., or
ii) 10.2.2.2. in a building required to be designed to Part 9 by Division A, 1.3.3.3.,
797
b) except where space heating and service water heating systems are powered only by electricity, shall be
designed with a greenhouse gas intensity (GHGI) reduction in compliance with Table 10.2.2.5.A, or a
reduction as acceptable to the Chief Building Official,
c) shall be provided with vestibules in compliance with Article 10.2.2.8.,
d) shall be provided with metering equipment in compliance with Article 10.2.2.9,
e) shall be provided with lighting in conformance with Article 10.2.2.10.,
f) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.15. where domestic gas-fired fireplaces are provided,
g) may provide exterior heated spaces in compliance with Article 10.2.2.19.
h) shall provide airtightness testing in compliance with Article 10.2.2.21., and
i) shall commission in compliance with Article 10.2.2.22.,
10.2.1.3.
Residential Buildings of 4 Storeys or More, and Commercial Buildings
(including Hotels and Motels)
1) All buildings containing Group C, D, or E Major Occupancies, except those included in Article 10.2.1.4.,
a) shall be designed in compliance with energy and emissions performance per Article 10.2.2.5,
b) shall be provided with vestibules in compliance with Article 10.2.2.8.,
c) shall be provided with metering equipment in compliance with Article 10.2.2.9,
d) shall be provided with lighting in compliance with Article 10.2.2.10.,
e) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.15., where domestic gas-fired fireplaces are provided,
f) may provide exterior heated spaces in compliance with Article 10.2.2.19..
g) shall provide airtightness testing in compliance with Article 10.2.2.21., and
h) shall commission in compliance with Article 10.2.2.22.,
10.2.1.4.
Residential Buildings of 1 to 3 Storeys, and Houses (excluding
Hotels/Motels)
1) A building shall comply with the requirements of either the Performance Path set out in Sentence (2) or
the Prescriptive Path set out in Sentence (3), where it
a) contains entirely Group C major occupancies except subsidiary occupancies,
b) is either
i) less than 4 storeys in building height, or
ii) contains not more than 2 principal dwelling units and their subsidiary structures with conditioned
space, and
c) does not include a Hotel or Motel use.
(See Note A-10.2.1.4.(1)(a))
2) A building conforming with the criteria of Sentence (1) and the "Performance Path",
a) shall be designed in compliance with the energy and GHG emissions performances of Article
10.2.2.4.,
b) shall be designed in compliance with the building envelope thermal performance values of Article
10.2.2.6.,
c) shall be designed in compliance with the exterior closures and fenestration thermal performance
values of Article 10.2.2.7.,
d) except for residential buildings with not more than 2 principal dwelling units, shall be provided with
vestibules in compliance with Article 10.2.2.8.,
e) shall be provided with metering equipment in compliance with Article 10.2.2.9.,
f) shall be provided with lighting in compliance with Article 10.2.2.10.,
g) shall comply with Articles 10.2.2.11. through 10.2.2.13. where domestic boilers generate space heating
or hot water,
h) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.14. where domestic heat pumps, furnaces, or make-up air units are
provided,
i) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.15. where domestic gas fireplaces are provided,
j) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.16. where domestic wood fireplaces are provided,
k) shall be provided with heat recovery ventilators in compliance with Article 10.2.2.17.,
798
l) except for residential buildings with not more than 2 principal dwelling units, may provide exterior heated
spaces in compliance with Article 10.2.2.19..
m) shall provide documentation in compliance with Article 10.2.2.20., and
n) shall provide airtightness testing in compliance with Article 10.2.2.21..
3) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), a building conforming with the criteria of Sentence (1) and the
"Prescriptive Path",
a) shall be designed in compliance with a GHG emissions compliance option of Sentence 10.2.2.4.(5),
and, where applicable, the large home emissions limit of Sentence 10.2.2.4.(6).,
b) shall be designed in compliance with the building envelope thermal performance values of Article
10.2.2.6.,
c) shall be designed in compliance with the exterior closures and fenestration with thermal performance
values of Article 10.2.2.7.,
d) except for residential buildings with not more than 2 principal dwelling units, shall be provided with
vestibules in compliance with Article 10.2.2.8.,
e) shall be provided with metering equipment in compliance with Article 10.2.2.9.,
f) shall be provided with lighting in compliance with Article 10.2.2.10.,
g) shall comply with Articles 10.2.2.11. through 10.2.2.13. where domestic boilers generate space
heating or hot water,
h) shall comply with Sentence 10.2.2.14. where domestic heat pumps, furnaces, or make-up air units are
provided,
i) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.15. where domestic gas fireplaces are provided
j) shall comply with Article 10.2.2.16. where domestic wood fireplaces are provided,
k) shall be provided with heat recovery ventilators in compliance with Article 10.2.2.17.,
l) except for residential buildings with not more than 2 principal dwelling units, may provide exterior
heated spaces in compliance with Article 10.2.2.19.
m) shall provide documentation in compliance with Article 10.2.2.20., and
n) shall provide airtightness testing in compliance with Article 10.2.2.21..
10.2.2.
Design Measures for Energy Efficiency
10.2.2.1.
Application
1) This Subsection applies to all buildings and parts of the buildings that are required to be energy efficient
under Subsection 10.2.1.
10.2.2.2.
ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1
1) A building designed in accordance with this Article shall, be designed and constructed in accordance
with ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1, "Energy Standard for Buildings, except Low-Rise Residential Buildings".
2) A building designed in accordance with Sentence (1), shall be designed, as applicable, with
a) ASHRAE 90.1, Exception to 4.2.1.3. (alteration for Historical buildings), being replaced by "In a building
where components have been formally recognized by a federal, provincial, territorial, or municipal authority
having jurisdiction, as having either Heritage or Character value, the alteration of these components need not
comply with these requirements.",
b) a climate zone of 4,
c) no requirement for commissioning per ASHRAE 90.1, Section 4.2.5.2,
d) no requirement to comply with whole building air leakage testing of ASHRAE 90.1, Section 5.4.3.1.1.,
e) no requirement to comply with vestibules provision of ASHRAE 90.1, Section 5.4.3.3.,
f) no requirement to comply with the Fenestration Orientation provisions of ASHRAE 90.1, Section 5.5.4.5.,
g) ventilation in conformance with ASHRAE 62-2001 (except addendum n), or if applicable, 6.3.1.1.(3)(b)
of the Building By-law,
h) no requirement to comply with Service Water-Heating System Controls, per ASHRAE 90.1, Article
7.4.4. (See Article 2.6.1.12. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.), (See Note A-
10.2.2.2.(2)(h).)
799
i) no requirement to comply with Automatic Receptacle Control, per ASHRAE 90.1, Section 8.4.2,
j) no requirement to comply with Electrical Energy Monitoring provision of ASHRAE 90.1, Section 8.4.3.1.
k) ASHRAE 90.1, Section 9.1.2. (lighting alterations) and Exception 9.1.2. being replaced by:
"9.1.2 Lighting Alterations.
For the alteration of any lighting system in an interior space or exterior area, that space or area shall comply with the
entirety of Chapter 9, as applicable to that space or area.
Exceptions to 9.1.2:
1.
Interior lighting alterations where the total new wattage of all replaced luminaires on a project is 2,000 watts or
less, the total wattage of replaced luminaires of a lighting system within a space shall be at least 50% below the
total wattage of all removed luminaires of that lighting system, unless the space is at or below the LPD allowance
of Table 9.6.1 or Section 9.6.2 as applicable.
Controls shall comply with the requirement of either Section 9.4.1.1(h) or Section 9.4.1.1(i).
2.
Exterior lighting alterations where the total number of replaced luminaires on a project is 10 or less, the total
wattage of replaced luminaires shall be at least 50% below the total wattage of all removed luminaires, unless
each altered area is at or below the LPD allowances of Table 9.4.2-2.
Controls shall comply with the requirement of Section 9.4.1.4(a).
3.
The replacement of a failed lamp or ballast/driver in an individual luminaire or the replacement of any failed
lighting control.
4.
The removal or relocation of interior or exterior luminaires as part of, or independent of, exceptions 1, 2, or 3.",
l) ASHRAE 90.1, Section 9.6.1.d. (lighting Space by Space Method application), being replaced by "The
interior lighting power allowance is the sum of lighting power allowances of all spaces and subspaces. Trade-
offs among spaces and subspaces are not permitted."
(See Note A-10.2.2.2.(2)(l).),
m) the 5% in Table 11.5.1, Item 5 Building Envelope, Exception a., being replaced by 2%, if designed in
compliance with ASHRAE 90.1, Section 11, and
n) the 5% in Table G3.1, Item.5.a. Building Envelope, Exception 1., being replaced by 2%, if designed in
compliance with ASHRAE 90.1, Appendix G.".
10.2.2.3.
National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings
1) A building, other than a Part 9 building, designed in accordance with this Article shall be designed and
constructed in accordance with the National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings (NECB), except that the
provisions of this By-law shall apply where the NECB refers to the National Building Code of Canada
(NBCC), and shall be designed, as applicable, with
a) a climate zone of 4,
b) ventilation in conformance with ASHRAE 62-2001 (except addendum n) or if applicable, 6.3.1.1.(3)(b)
of the Building By-law,
c) no requirement to comply with vestibules provision of NECB Article 3.2.2.1.,
d) window-to-wall and skylight-to-roof area ratios of the reference building identical to area ratios of the
proposed building, to a maximum of 40% for windows and to a maximum of 3% for skylights,
e) a vertical glazing Solar Heat Gain Coefficient which does not exceed an assembly maximum of 0.36,
and
f) a skylight Solar Heat Gain Coefficient for all types, which does not exceed an assembly maximum of
0.40, where the ratio of the aggregate skylight area to roof area is less than or equal to 3.0%,
g) no requirement to comply with whole building air leakage testing of NECB, Article 3.2.4.2.,
h) lighting exclusions 4.2.1.4.(4)(a) and 4.2.1.4.(4)(b) applicable to exclude "display" lighting for retail
merchandise,
800
i) NECB, Section 4.3. (lighting Trade-off Path application), shall be permitted using whole building
application only. Trade-offs among spaces and subspaces are not permitted with the application of the
Space by Space Method, (See Note A-10.2.2.2.(2)(l).),
j) no requirement to comply with Hot Service Water requirements, per NECB Subsection 6.2.6. (See
Article 2.6.1.12. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.). (See Note A-10.2.2.2.(3)(j).),
and
k) no requirement to comply with Monitoring provision of NECB, Article 7.2.1.1..
10.2.2.4.
Energy and Emissions Performance (for Buildings subject to Article
10.2.1.4.)
1) Buildings and major occupancies designed and constructed to conform to the certification criteria for
Passive House Standard are deemed to comply with this Article provided the design's energy model is:
a) version 9 or newer of the Passive House Planning Package, and
b) prepared by a Certified Passive House Designer, or Certified Passive House Consultant.
(See Note A-10.2.2.5.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (1), for a building required to comply with this Article, any energy
modelling shall conform to:
a) the EnerGuide Rating System (version 15 or newer) and the City of Vancouver 1 to 3 Storey
Residential Energy Modelling Guidelines, or
b) the applicable requirements of Part 8 of the NECB, and the City of Vancouver Energy Modelling
Guidelines
3) Except as permitted by Sentence (1), a building required to comply with this Article shall demonstrate
modelling compliance with the following performance metrics:
a) the applicable mechanical energy use intensity (MEUI) target in Table 10.2.2.4.A., and
b) except as permitted in Sentence (4), a thermal energy demand intensity (TEDI) ≤ 20 kWh/(m²-year)
Table 10.2.2.4.A
Mechanical Energy Use Intensity
Forming part of Clause 10.2.2.4.(3)(a)
Conditioned Floor Area
MEUI (kWh/m2a)
≤50 m2
125
≤75 m2
108
≤120 m2
78
≤165 m2
58
≤210 m2
48
>210 m2
45
4) The thermal energy demand intensity requirements may be calculated using the 'Adjusted TEDI'
formula: (See Note A-10.2.2.4.(4).)
TEDIadjusted = TEDI20 + (TEDIhigher - TEDIstep)(HDDactual - HDDlowest)/500
5) Except as permitted by Sentence (1), a building required to comply with this Article shall be designed
and constructed to one of the following GHG emissions compliance options in Table 10.2.2.4.B:
Table 10.2.2.4.B
Greenhouse Gas Emissions Compliance Options
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.4.(5)
or
Maximum GHG Emissions (1) (2)(3)
or
801
Maximum GHG
Emissions
(kgCO2e / a) (1)(2)
Maximum GHGI
Emissions
(kgCO2e/m2a)
Maximum GHG
Emissions
(kgCO2e/a)
Reduction of GHG Emissions by
Energy Source of Building Systems
265
1.5
500
Energy sources supplying all
building systems, including
equipment and appliances, shall be
electricity
Notes to Table 10.2.2.4.(B):
(1) GHG and GHGI values shall be calculated for each 'house' which consists of a principal dwelling unit, with or without ancillary dwelling units
(2) Refer to the City of Vancouver Energy Modelling Guidelines for 1 to 3 Storey Residential Buildings for guidance on modelling GHG and GHGI metrics
(3) Compliance with this option is demonstrated by meeting both the GHGI and the GHG emission requirements for each house.
6) A building required to comply with this Article that contains more than 325 m2 of conditioned space,
and does not consist of more than one principal dwelling unit, shall provide a calculation to demonstrate that
the proposed home, including all exterior gas equipment, has a maximum greenhouse gas (GHG) limit of
2,000 kgCO2e/year. (See Note A-10.2.2.4.(6).)
10.2.2.5.
(ZEBP) Building Energy and Emissions Performance (for Buildings
subject to Article 10.2.1.3.)
1) Buildings and major occupancies designed and constructed to conform to the certification criteria for
Passive House Standard are deemed to comply with this Article provided the design's energy model is:
a) version 9 or newer of the Passive House Planning Package, and
b) prepared by a Certified Passive House Designer, or Certified Passive House Consultant,
(See Note A-10.2.2.5.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (1), for a building required to comply with this Article, any energy
modelling shall comply with the applicable requirements of Part 8 of the NECB, and the City of Vancouver
Energy Modelling Guidelines.
3) Compliance with the GHGI limits in Table 10.2.2.5.A is not required where a building can demonstrate
the performance values of the proposed building comply with the TEUI and TEDI limits in Table 10.2.2.5.B.
4) Except as permitted in Sentences (1), (3), or (5), a building designed with this Article shall demonstrate
the performance values of the proposed building comply with the limits in Table 10.2.2.5.A.
5) Compliance with the TEUI and TEDI limits in Table 10.2.2.5.A is not required where a building is
connected to a Low Carbon Energy System, and can demonstrate the performance values of the proposed
building comply with the limits in Table 10.2.2.5.C.
Table 10.2.2.5.A
Maximum Energy Use and Emissions Intensities
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.5.(4)
Occupancy Classification (1)
Total Energy
Use Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Thermal Energy
Demand Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Greenhouse Gas Intensity
(kgCO2e/m2a)
Group C occupancies in buildings up
to 6 Storeys, except Hotel and Motel
110
25
3.0
Group C occupancies in buildings
over 6 Storeys, except Hotel and
Motel
120
30
3.0
Hotel and Motel occupancies
140
20
4.0
Group D and E occupancies, except
Office
120
20
3.0
802
Office occupancies
100
20
3.0
All other occupancies
(1)
50% lower than GHGI of the
reference building modelled
using only fossil-fuel
systems
Notes to Table 10.2.2.5.A:
(1) For buildings containing multiple occupancies, refer to the procedures on mixed-use buildings in Section 5 of the City of Vancouver Energy
Modelling Guidelines.
Table 10.2.2.5.B
Maximum Energy Use and Emissions Intensities
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.5.(3)
Occupancy Classification
Total Energy Use
Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Thermal Energy
Demand Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Greenhouse Gas
Intensity
(kgCO2e/m2a)
Group C occupancies
100
15
NA
Table 10.2.2.5.C
Maximum Energy Use and Emissions Intensities
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.5.(5)
Occupancy Classification
Total Energy Use
Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Thermal Energy
Demand Intensity
(kWh/m2a)
Greenhouse Gas
Intensity
(kgCO2e/m2a)
Group C occupancies in buildings up to 6
Storeys, except Hotel and Motel
110
25
3.0
Group C occupancies in buildings over 6
Storeys, except Hotel and Motel
130
40
3.0
Hotel and Motel occupancies
170
30
4.0
Business and Personal Services or
Mercantile occupancies, except Office
170
30
3.0
Office occupancies
130
30
3.0
10.2.2.6.
Building Envelope Opaque Elements
1) Except as otherwise required in this Subsection, a building required to comply with this Article shall
comply with the performance values in Table 10.2.2.6., between
a) heated space and unheated space,
b) heated space and exterior air,
c) heated space and exterior soil,
d) heating floor assemblies and heated space,
e) heating floor assemblies and unheated space,
f) heating floor assemblies and exterior air, and
g) heating floor assemblies and exterior soil.
Table 10.2.2.6.
Minimum Effective Thermal Resistance of Assemblies
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.6.(1)
Building Assembly
Assembly Minimum Thermal Resistance
(RSI - m2K/W)
Performance Path
Prescriptive Path
803
(per Sentence
10.2.1.4.(2))
(per Sentence
10.2.1.4.(3))
Roof Assemblies
4.30
7.04
Decks(1)
Area > 10.0 m2
4.30
7.04
Area ≤ 10.0 m2
4.30
Attic Space(2)
8.50
Walls (including frame crawl space walls)(3)
3.85
Foundation Walls
3.85
Box and Rim Joists
3.85
Concrete or Masonry Walls (other than foundation walls)
3.85
Suspended Floors (framed)
4.22
Suspended Floors (concrete slab)
4.22
Concrete Slabs on Ground at, above, or below grade (insulation
under all slab area and around edge of slab)
2.45
Radiant Heating Suspended Floor Assembly Over Heated Area
(insulation between heated floor and heated area below)(4)
2.45
Concrete Balconies, Eyebrows, and Exposed Slab Edge
(wrapped or using manufacturer thermal break in structure)
0.42
Notes to Table 10.2.2.6.:
(1) The term "Decks" shall represent flat roof assemblies, intended for pedestrian access, installed over living spaces.
(2) Refer to Notes for Part 10: Figure A-10.2.2.6.-B for permitted reduction in insulation value for attic insulation near an exterior wall
(3) Headers and lintels: cavities between structural members are to be fully insulated, except where a framing plan provided by the builder, architect,
designer, or engineer indicates that full-depth solid headers are structurally required.
(4) Not applicable when heating elements or piping are located within a concrete topping on a suspended floor assembly or within an internally heated
suspended slab.
2) The effective total "RSI" value of the opaque envelope area, the non-opaque envelope area, and the
overall envelope area, calculated by a design professional, shall be submitted as part of an application for a
permit.
(See Note A-10.2.2.6.)
3) In a residential building containing more than two principal dwelling units, low-sloped roofs (< 2:12)
shall use light coloured and high albedo materials with a minimum initial solar reflectance index range (SRI)
of 73 to 78, when tested in accordance with ASTM E908, and a minimum emissivity of 0.85 (in the 8-13
micron band), when tested in accordance with ASTM E408. (See Note A-10.2.2.6.(3).)
10.2.2.7.
Building Envelope Windows, Skylights, Doors and Other Glazed Products
1) Except as otherwise required in this Subsection and as permitted by Sentence (2), a building required
to comply with this Article shall comply with the performance values in Table 10.2.2.7.(1).
Table 10.2.2.7.(1)
Maximum Thermal Transmittance of Exterior Closures and Fenestration
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.7.(1)
Type of Closure
Assembly Maximum Thermal Transmittance
USI Value(2) (W/(m2K))
Performance Path
(per Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2))
Prescriptive Path
(per Sentence 10.2.1.4.(3))
Windows, sliding, and folding doors with glazing
804
Window-to-wall ratio ≥ 30%, and
One Family Dwelling with conditioned space ≥ 325 m2
1.44
Average of 1.04 or lower and
no individual window can be
above U1.22
All Other
1.44
1.22
Curtainwall and Window Wall Assemblies
Window-to-wall ratio ≥ 30%, and
One Family Dwelling with conditioned space ≥ 325 m2
1.44
Average of 1.04 or lower and
no individual window can be
above U1.22
All Other
1.44
1.22
Other Types of Closures
Storefront curtainwall, window, and door assemblies
2.27
Doors with or without glazing(1)
1.80
Doors with a required fire resistance rating
Exempt
Roof access hatches
2.94
Skylights (not larger than 1220 mm in both directions), roof
windows and sloped glazing systems
2.44
Skylights larger than 1220 mm in both directions
2.95
Tubular daylight devices
2.64
Notes to Table 10.2.2.7.(1):
(1) Includes doors swinging on a vertical axis with or without glazing, door transoms, and sidelites.
(2) See note A-10.2.2.7.(3)
2) A maximum of one entry door assembly consisting of one or two leafs installed in the principle entrance
of a building, together with attached transoms and sidelites all within a single rough opening, need not
comply with Table 10.2.2.7.(1), where constructed of thermally broken metal or wood with multiple panes of
glass, which may be argon filled, or coated with a low-e coating.
3) The thermal transmittance of factory-assembled fenestration products within the scope of existing
certification programs shall be indicated by labels applied to the products at the manufacturing location. The
thermal transmittance of fenestration products that are site-assembled, imported, or otherwise outside the
scope of existing certification programs shall be suitably documented. (See Note A-10.2.2.7.(3).)
10.2.2.8.
Building Envelope Vestibules
(See Note A-10.2.2.8.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a door that separates conditioned space from the exterior shall be
protected with an enclosed vestibule whose doors opening into and out of the vestibule are equipped with
self-closing devices.
2) Except for doors equipped with power operators in barrier-free entrances, vestibules required in
Sentence (1) shall be designed so that the interior and exterior doors of the vestibule shall be separated by
no less than 2.1 m when closed and users passing through the vestibule are not required to open the interior
and exterior doors at the same time.
3) A vestibule is not required for an exterior door that
a) is a revolving door,
b) is used primarily to facilitate vehicular movement or material handling,
c) is intended to be used as a service, emergency exit, or stairwell exit door only,
d) is intended to be used as a seasonal use door, such as a door leading to a patio,
e) opens directly from a dwelling unit,
f) opens directly from a building or space less than 278.7 m2 in area.
805
10.2.2.9.
Building Services Submetering
1) Every building shall be equipped with metering equipment capable of collecting and reporting building
energy performance data for each energy source to the building and for every portion of the building which
supports a separate use or occupancy.
(See Note A-10.2.2.9.(1).)
2) Buildings shall be designed to facilitate the installation of the means to monitor energy usage of:
(See Note A-10.2.2.9.(2).)
a) central HVAC systems, including boilers, chillers, pumps, heat pumps, fans and other equipment used
to provide space heating, space cooling, dehumidification, and ventilation to the building, but not including
energy that serves process loads or water heating; and
b) central service water heating systems, and water heating systems for amenity spaces, pools and spas.
10.2.2.10.
Lighting in Residential Buildings
(See Note A-10.2.2.10.)
1) Where a portion of a residential building or a portion of a multi-use building located above a garage or
on an adjacent grade contains more than 20 residential suites, the building shall be designed with
a) occupancy based lighting sensor controls, located in all exit stair shafts and parking garages,
compatible with the requirements of Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1) of Division B, and
b) a switch near the principal entrance of each residential suite that controls all non high efficiency lighting
fixtures within the suite, except lights serving corridors, stairs, washrooms, and rooms with no exterior
window.
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), permanent ancillary exterior lighting of a building of residential
occupancy or the residential portion of a multi-use building, or those parts of a building facing a lane, that is
required to conform to this Article shall
a) be provided with fixtures that are appropriately shielded that
i) utilize full cut-off optics or are fully shielded fore luminaires that emit over 600 lumens, or any
luminaire installed along the side or back yard, and
ii) are partially shielded and utilize a diffusing cover for luminaires that emit 600 lumens or less.
b) be mounted no higher than 4 m above grade or the balcony surface it illuminates along the side yard,
back yard, and similar outward facing courtyards or setbacks of the building,
c) be provided with dimmer and timer controls,
d) minimize lighting of adjacent exterior properties and properties across a street, lane, or public way.
3) Where exterior lighting is required by this By-law or other regulator enactments to provide illumination
along paths of pedestrian or vehicular travel, fire department access, or equipment signage or lighting, it
need not comply with the requirements of Sentence (2).
10.2.2.11.
Hot Water Tank Piping
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, the first 3 m of non-recirculating hot water piping
leading from both electrically heated and gas heated hot water tanks, and the last 1 m of piping leading to the
hot water tank connection, shall have insulation with a minimum RSI value of 0.35.
10.2.2.12.
Domestic Hot Water Heaters
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, water heating appliances shall
a) be powered only by electricity, except as permitted by Sentence (2), and
b) comply with the following standards:
i) CSA C191, "Performance of electric storage tank water heaters for domestic hot water service",
or
ii) CAN/CSA-C745 "Energy Efficiency of Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters and Heat Pump
Water Heaters, or
iii) CAN/CSA-P.9 Combined space- and water-heating systems
806
2) Buildings complying with the Performance Path option of Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2) may provide gas-fired
appliances providing domestic hot water, and shall have a uniform energy factor of not less than 0.92 or
alternatively a thermal efficiency of not less than 90% as determined by the following:
a) CSA P.3-04, "Testing Method for Measuring Energy Consumption and Determining Efficiencies of Gas-
Fired Storage Water Heaters",
b) CSA P.7-10, "Testing Method for Measuring Energy Loss of Gas-Fired Instantaneous Water Heaters",
c) CAN/CSA-P.9 Combined space- and water-heating systems,
d) CSA C191, "Performance of electric storage tank water heaters for domestic hot water service", or
e) CSA 4.3/ANSI Z21.10.3, "Gas Water Heaters Volume III, Storage Water Heaters, with Input Ratings
above 75,000 Btu per hour, Circulating and Instantaneous".
10.2.2.13.
Domestic Boilers
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), in a building required to comply with this Article, domestic boilers
providing heat, or heat and domestic hot water, shall be powered only by electricity and be tested using
CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 165, "Testing Method for Electric Boilers",
2) Buildings complying with the Performance Path option of Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2) may provide gas-fired
appliances that have an Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE) rating of not less than 92%, and must be
tested using CSA P.2-07, "Testing Method for Measuring the Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency of Residential
Gas Fired Furnaces and Boilers".
10.2.2.14.
Domestic Heat Pumps, Furnaces or Make-up Air Units
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, except as permitted by Sentence (5), domestic heat
pumps, furnaces or make-up air units shall be powered only by electricity and be tested using CAN/CSA-
C22.2 No. 236 "Heating and Cooling Equipment".
2) Heat pumps equipped with supplementary heaters shall incorporate controls to prevent supplementary
heater operation when the heating load can be met by the heat pump alone, except during defrost cycles,
3) Heat pumps with a programmable thermostat shall be equipped with setback controls that will
temporarily suppress electrical back-up or adaptive anticipation of the recovery point, in order to prevent the
activation of supplementary heat during the heat pump's recovery.
4) Heat pumps shall conform to the performance requirements of Table 10.2.2.14..
Table 10.2.2.14
Heat Pump Equipment Performance Requirements
Forming part of Sentence 10.2.2.14.(4)
Component or Equipment
Heating or Cooling
Capacity (kW)
Standard
Minimum
Performance
(no units)
Air Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps - Electrically Operated
Split Systems
≤ 19
CSA C656
SEER = 14.5
EER = 11.5
HSPF = 7.1
Single Package System
≤ 19
CSA C656
(Including General
Instruction No 2)
SEER = 14
EER = 11
HSPF = 7.0
All Systems
> 19
CAN/CSA-C746
See Level 2 in
standard
Water Cooled Unitary Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps - Electrically Operated
Ground Source Closed
Loop
COPh ≥3.91
Water loop heat pumps
CAN/CSA-C13256-1
COPh ≥3.91
807
Direct Expansion Ground Source Heat Pumps - Electrically Operated
Direct Expansion Ground
Source Heat Pumps
≥ 21
CSA C748
COPh ≥3.1
Notes to Table 10.2.2.14
The symbols and abbreviations that appear in this column have the following meanings:
COP = coefficient of performance, in W/W (COPc = in cooling mode and COPh = in heating mode)
EER = energy efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W (no metric equivalent)
HSPF = heating season performance factor, in watt-hours
SEER = seasonal energy efficiency ratio, in (Btu/h)/W (no metric equivalent)
5) Buildings complying with the Performance Path option of Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2) may provide domestic
gas-fired furnaces or make-up air units that shall have an Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE) rating of
not less than 92%, as tested using CSA 2.6/ANSI Z83.8, "Gas unit heaters, gas packaged heaters, gas
utility heaters and gas-fired duct furnaces".
6) Heat pumps used to provide space heating shall be of the variable or multi stage compressor type.
7) Heat pumps providing space heating shall not provide for domestic hot water production, except where
the heat pump only provides pre-heated water to a separate and independent electric domestic hot water
system.
8) In a building containing not more than two principal dwelling units, heat pumps that provide space
cooling must also be able to provide space heating.
9) Heat pumps, furnaces and make-up air units shall be readily accessible for maintenance, and capable
of being reached quickly for operation, renewal or inspection, without requiring those to whom ready access
is a requisite to climb over or remove obstacles.
10.2.2.15.
Domestic Gas-Fired Fireplaces
(See Note A-10.2.2.15.)
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, domestic gas-fired fireplaces in conditioned spaces
a) shall be equipped with
i) intermittent pilot ignition (IPI) systems,
ii) on-demand ignition systems that automatically shut off within 7 days of appliance non-use in a
single detached house or duplex building, or 6 hours of appliance non-use in a multifamily dwelling,
iii) match ignition, and
iv) a timer, and
b) shall be direct vented.
2) Where exterior gas fireplaces are provided as ancillary equipment to a building required to comply with
this Article, then the exterior fireplaces shall be considered as part of the building for the purposes of this
Part.
3) In a building required to comply with this Article, the total rated input of all gas-fired fireplaces installed
shall not exceed 17.59 kW (60,000 Btu per hour).
4) In a building required to comply with this Article, gas-fired fireplaces are not permitted as the primary
heating appliance.
10.2.2.16.
Domestic Wood Burning Heating Appliances
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, and except for cooking stoves and ranges, a domestic
wood burning heating appliance installed in a residential dwelling unit shall be tested in accordance with
CAN/CSA B415.1-10 "Performance Testing of Solid-Fuel-Burning Heating Appliances" or EPA Title 40, Part
60, Subpart AAA - "Standards of Performance for New Residential Wood Heaters", and shall
808
a) produce not more than 2.5 grams per hour of particulate air contaminant emissions for catalytic
appliances, or
b) produce not more than 4.5 grams per hour of particulate air contaminant emissions for non-catalytic
appliances.
2) Open masonry fireplaces and factory-built fireplaces are not permitted.
10.2.2.17.
Domestic Heat Recovery Ventilators
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, each dwelling unit shall be served by a heat recovery
ventilator (HRV) or energy recovery ventilator (ERV) located in
a) each dwelling unit, including ancillary dwelling units, or
b) a commonly accessible location if serving multiple dwelling units.
2) In a building required to comply with this Article, an HRV or ERV shall
a) be sized to run at its rated speed for continuous operation while achieving the performance
requirements of Table 10.2.2.17 as designed and tested in conformance with CAN/CSA-C439:
Table 10.2.2.17
Heat Recovery / Energy Recovery Ventilator Performance Requirements
Forming part of sentence 10.2.2.17.(2)
Compliance Path
Sensible Heat Recovery Efficiency (SRE)
at 0o Celsius(1)
Performance Path
(complying with Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2))
65%
Prescriptive Path
(complying with Sentence 10.2.1.4.(3))
75%
Notes to Table 10.2.2.17
(1) See Note A-10.2.2.17 for guidance on determining efficiency ratings
b) be installed and commissioned by persons trained by the Thermal Environmental Comfort Association
(TECA) or the Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Institute of Canada (HRAI) or equivalent,
c) not be connected to kitchen and bathroom exhaust fans,
d) have balanced HRV or ERV supply and exhaust air flows within plus or minus 10% of the actual normal
operating exhaust capacity, and
e) be labelled with tested supply and exhaust air flows for high and low settings, measured in CFM.
3) In a building required to comply with this Article, the HRV or ERV system contractor or installer shall
provide a completed Mechanical Ventilation Checklist to the Chief Building Official.
10.2.2.18.
[UTV Reserved]
10.2.2.19.
System Requirements for Heating within Exterior Spaces
(See Note A-10.2.2.19.)
1) Any space heating or occupant heating within an exterior space associated with a building shall comply
with the requirements of this Article.
2) The design and/or installation of space heating or occupant heating systems within exterior spaces
shall be limited to spaces directly served by licensed beverage establishments or licensed food
establishments.
3) Any exterior space designed with a heating system and directly served by a licensed beverage
establishment or a licensed food establishment, shall prioritize the heating system design in the following
order:
a) In-slab or in-floor radiant heat, using non fossil fuel or low-carbon system,
b) Electric fixed infrared radiant heat with metal-sheath element,
809
c) Heated seating, using non fossil fuel or low-carbon system,
d) Non-electric radiant heat using non fossil fuel system.
4) In spaces required to comply with Sentence (3), the design of exterior space heating or occupant
heating systems shall comply with Table 10.2.2.19, as applicable,
Table 10.2.2.19.
Exterior Space or Occupant Heating System Design Requirements
Forming a part of 10.2.2.19.
System Type
Maximum
output
Control type
Management Requirements
In-slab or in-
floor radiant
heat
15 W/ft2
Zone-based controls interconnected with
centralized automatic control system
Independent zone
management
Electric radiant
heat
18 W/ft2
Unit-based or zone-based controls
interconnected with centralized automatic
control system
Independent unit or zone
management
Heated
seating
20 W per
seat
Zone-based controls, interconnected with
i) individual seat shutoff, or
ii) a centralized automatic control system
Individual seat heater shutoff
and independent zone
management
Non-electric
and non-fossil
fuel radiant
heat
18 W/ft2
Unit-based controls interconnected with
centralized automatic control system
Independent zone
management
5) Heating systems designed to sentence (3) shall include
a) an automatic shut-off (ambient temperature sensor - lockout),
b) an automatic shut-off (space temperature sensors - integral/ zone), and
c) an automatic shut-off using programmable timeclock.
6) Heated zones within a zone-based design shall not exceed 4.8 kW per zone.
7) Heating systems designed with overhead radiant systems within a space containing a ceiling or roof of
adequate height, shall be designed with circulation fans interconnected to heating mode operations, with an
override for independent fan operation.
8) In a space required to comply with Sentence (2), any exterior space designed with a combination of
systems contained in Sentence (3) shall
a) comply with the specific requirements pertaining to each system, without duplication of requirements,
and
b) not contain an area where the combined heating exceeds the performance requirement of the least
restrictive system.
10.2.2.20.
Energy and Emissions Compliance Documentation Requirements
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, at the time of permit application, and at the time of final
inspection, the owner shall provide compliance documentation, in the form of
a) a PHPP file from a Certified Passive House Consultant or Designer,
b) an EnerGuide Rating System Audit, or
c) equivalent documentation, acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
2) In a building subject to Sentence 10.2.1.4.(1), energy compliance reports shall provide:
a) a "Pre-construction Energy Checklist" at the time of permit application that demonstrates compliance
with Article 10.2.1. 4. energy requirements,
b) a "Mid-construction Energy Checklist" to the building official at the time of mid-construction that:
810
i) demonstrates the energy components are consistent with the specified requirements at permit
application, and
ii) includes a completed blower door test in which the airtightness meets or exceeds the specified
value in Table 10.2.2.21.A, or is otherwise acceptable to the Chief Building Official, and
c) a final construction (as-built) report at project completion that:
i) demonstrates the energy components are consistent with the specified requirements at initial
permit application, and
ii) includes a completed blower door test in which the airtightness meets or exceeds the specified
value in Table 10.2.2.21.A, or is otherwise acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
10.2.2.21.
Building and Dwelling Unit Airtightness Testing
(See Note A-10.2.2.21)
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, the building and dwelling units shall be tested for
airtightness in accordance with
a) ASTM E 779, Standard Test Method for Determining Air Leakage Rate by Fan Pressurization,
b) USACE Version 3, Air Leakage Test Protocol for Building Envelopes,
c) airtightness protocol recognized by Natural Resources Canada for use in homes and buildings labeled
under the EnerGuide for New Homes program, or
d) ASTM E3158, "Standard Test Method for Measuring the Air Leakage Rate of a Large or Multizone
Building."
2) A building required to comply with this Article shall have, at time of final inspection, maximum tested air
leakage rates in conformance with:
a) Table 10.2.2.21.A, for buildings subject to Article 10.2.1.4.,
b) Table 10.2.2.21.B, for buildings subject to Article 10.2.1.2. or Article 10.2.1.3., or
c) be sealed to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
Table 10.2.2.21.A
Maximum Tested Air Leakage Rates for Buildings complying with Article 10.2.1.5.
Forming part of Clause 10.2.2.21.(2)(a)
Airtightness Levels
ACH50
NLA10
(cm2/m2)
NLR50
(L/s-m2)
All buildings
2.5
1.20
0.89
Table 10.2.2.21.B
Maximum Tested Air Leakage Rates for Buildings complying with Article 10.2.1.2 or 10.2.1.3
Forming part of Clause 10.2.2.21.(2)(b)
Building Classification
Maximum Tested Air Leakage Rate
Whole Building
1.5 L/s/m² at 75 pascals
Suites in multi-family buildings
1.23 L/s/m² at 50 pascals
10.2.2.22.
Building Equipment and Systems Commissioning
1) In a building required to comply with this Article, building services (e.g. heating, ventilation, and air-
conditioning, lighting, service water heating) and associated equipment, controls, meters, submeters shall be
commissioned using a commissioning process carried out by a Commissioning Provider in accordance with:
(See Note A-10.2.2.22.(1).)
a) ASHRAE Standard 202-2024, or
b) CSA Z320-11 (R2021) and CSA Z5000-18, with
i) no requirement to install metering or submetering equipment to monitor, record or display energy
consumption, water consumption or end-use data,
ii) no requirement for post-occupancy monitoring-based commissioning, or continuous tracking and
analysis for energy or water consumption data on an on-going basis, or user surveys, or post-
occupancy energy model calibration. (See also Division C, Subsection 2.2.8.)
811
Section 10.3. Electric Vehicle Charging
10.3.1.
Electric Vehicle Charging for Buildings
10.3.1.1.
Electrical Service and Capacity
(See Note A-10.3.1.1.)
1) The electrical installations, including the service capacity of the installation, the number and distribution
of circuits and receptacles, shall meet the requirements of the "Electrical Safety Regulation."
2) Where an electric vehicle energy management system is implemented, the Chief Building Official may
specify a minimum performance standard to ensure a sufficient rate of electric vehicle charging.
Section 10.4. Low Carbon Materials and Construction
10.4.1.
Low Carbon Materials and Construction
10.4.1.1.
Application
1) This Section applies to new buildings and additions described in Sentence 1.3.3.2.(1) of
Division A, except those (See Note A-10.2.2.22.(1).)
a) subject to Article 10.2.1.5. and any storage garage attached to them, or
b) with gross floor area not exceeding 1,800 m2.
10.4.1.2.
Low Carbon Materials and Construction
1) A building shall be designed and constructed to achieve whole-building embodied carbon
impacts of not more than double an acceptable benchmark as determined in compliance with the
"National Whole-Building Life Cycle Assessment Practitioner's Guide" and the associated City of
Vancouver Addendum, or as acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Section 10.5. Objectives and Functional Statements
10.5.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements
10.5.1.1.
Attribution to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purposes of compliance with this By-law as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A of
Division A, the objectives and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be
the objectives and functional statements listed in Table 10.5.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.1.2.(1) of Division A.)
Table 10.5.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 10
Forming part of Sentence 10.5.1.1.(1)
Acceptable Solutions
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
10.2.2.2. ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1
(1)
[F85, F86-OE1]
10.2.2.3. National Energy Code of Canada for Buildings
(1)
[F85, F86-OE1]
10.2.2.5. Building Energy and Emissions Performance
812
(1)
[F85, F86-OE1]
(2)
[F85, F86-OE1]
10.2.2.6. Building Envelope Opaque Elements
(1)
[F85-OE1]
(2)
[F85-OE1]
10.2.2.7. Windows, Glass Doors and Skylights
(1)
[F85-OE1]
10.2.2.8. Building Envelope Vestibules
(1)
[F85-OE1]
10.2.2.9. Sub-metering in Buildings
(1)
[F86, OE1]
(2)
[F86, OE1]
10.2.2.10. Lighting Controls in Residential Buildings
(1)
[F86, OE1]
10.2.2.11. Hot Water Tank Piping
(1)
[F85-OE1]
(2)
[F85, F86-OE1]
(3)
[F100-OE1]
10.2.2.12. Domestic Gas-Heated Hot Water Heaters
(1)
[F86-OE1]
10.2.2.13. Domestic Gas-Heated Boilers
(1)
[F86-OE1]
10.2.2.14. Domestic Gas-Heated Furnaces
(1)
[F86-OE1]
(6)
[F86-OE1]
(7)
[F95,F96-OE1]
(8)
[F95,F96-OE1]
10.2.2.15. Domestic Gas-Fired Fireplaces
(1)
[F86-OE1] [F41, F44-OS3.4] [F44-OH1.1]
10.2.2.16. Domestic Wood Burning Heating Appliances
(1)
[F86-OE1] [F44-OS3.4] [F44-OH1.1]
10.2.2.17. Domestic Heat Recovery Ventilators
(1)
[F85-OE1]
(2)
[F85-OE1]
10.2.2.20. Passive House Planning Package (PHPP), EnerGuide, or Other Energy Documentation
(1)
[F85-OE1]
813
10.2.2.21. Building and Dwelling Unit Airtightness Testing
(1)
[F85-OE1]
(2)
[F85-OE1]
10.3.1.1. Electrical Service and Capacity
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(2)
[F41-OE1]
10.4.1.2. Low Carbon Materials and Construction
(1)
[F101-OE2.2]
814
Notes to Part 10
Energy and Water Efficiency
A-10.2.1.1.(4) Building or Independent Parts Thereof. The intention of sentence (4), for the purposes of Part 10, is to
recognize that multiple independent structures atop a parkade, for example, can and should have their respective energy and
emissions performances evaluated independently, both during design as well as operationally throughout their respective
lifespans. The intention is to prevent the performance assessment of one independent structure from effecting the performance
assessment of any other, thus eliminating the ability to trade-off energy and/or emissions performance(s) between independent
structures.
A-10.2.1.1.(5) Balcony. The intention is to apply the requirements to exterior spaces regardless of designation such as balcony,
patio, porch, veranda, or other name whether located on the side or the roof of a building.
A-10.2.1.1.(6) Gas Connection for Small Residential Buildings. In line with the original intention, this note is to clarify the
total limit of one gas connection, and not one gas connection for each exterior space, where an exterior space can include, but is
not limited to, a balcony, patio, deck or lawn.
A-10.2.1.2.(1)(a) Designing to Passive House. If designing to Passive House then contact the Office of the CBO for potential
recognition as being compliant with Article 10.2.1.2., where buildings and major occupancies designed and constructed to
conform to the certification criteria for the Passive House Standard, may, at the discretion of the CBO, be deemed to comply with
Article 10.2.1.2. provided the design's energy model is
a) version 9 or newer of the Passive House Planning Package, and
b) prepared by a Certified Passive House Designer, or Certified Passive House Consultant.
A-10.2.1.4.(1)(b) Subsidiary Structures with Conditioned Space. The intention of this wording is to allow separate ancillary
structures such as garages or workshops, with conditioned space(s), to be constructed to the same requirements of a residential
building with not more than 2 principal dwelling units rather than another standard such as ASHRAE 90.1, NECB, or ZEPB
(10.2.2.5.) requirements that may be triggered based on use. Conditioned space is considered to be the alteration of interior
space temperature, through the provision of heating or cooling.
A-10.2.2.2.(2)(h) and A-10.2.2.3.(1)(j) SWH Temperature and Flow Rate Control Systems - Modelling. The intention is to
prioritize health and safety over energy and emissions reductions, from the threat of Legionellae development and exposure,
however, performance models can continue to account for energy and emissions savings through the incorporation of phantom
low flow rates in the proposed model.
A-10.2.2.2.(2)(l) Lighting Trade-off Limited to Whole Building. The intention of this limitation is to prevent LPD results,
through the application of trade-offs over numerous renovations, that could otherwise not be achieved as a regular new
construction project. Allowing under-lit spaces to be renovated to their maximum allowance without considering the existing over-
lit spaces (through previous trade-off applications) can result in total building/tenancy LPD limits being exceeded by excessive
amounts.
A-10.2.2.4.(4) Adjusted Thermal Energy Demand Intensity (TEDI). Refer to the latest BC Energy Step Code documentation
and guidance for calculating the Adjusted TEDI
A-10.2.2.4.(6) Modelling Guidelines for Large Homes. For a building required to comply with the greenhouse gas (GHG) limit,
the total annual GHG footprint shall be calculated using approved modelling software and modelling criteria provided in the
"Modelling Guidelines for Large Homes."
A-10.2.2.5.(1) Passive House (PER). Exceedances of the published Primary Energy Renewable (PER) criterion of the Passive
House Standard may be accepted as complying with this Sentence where written approval has been provided by the Passive
House Institute, or where additional energy efficiency measures have been included to the satisfaction of the Chief Building
Official.
815
A-10.2.2.6. Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of Building Envelope Assemblies. The general theory of heat
transfer is based on the concept of the thermal transmittance through an element over a given surface area under the
temperature difference across the element.
To calculate effective thermal resistance, contributions from all portions of an assembly including heat flow through studs and
insulation, must be taken into account because the same insulation product (nominal insulation value) can produce different
effective thermal resistance values in different framing configurations. The resulting effective thermal resistance of an assembly
also depends on the thermal properties and thickness of the building materials used and their respective location.
The following paragraphs provide the calculations to determine the effective thermal resistance values for certain assemblies and
the thermal characteristics of common building materials.
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of an Assembly with Continuous Insulation:
Isothermal-Planes Method
To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing only continuous materials - for example,
a fully insulated floor slab - simply add up the RSI values for each material. This procedure is described as the "isothermal-
planes method" in the "ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals."
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Wood-frame Assembly: Isothermal-Planes and
Parallel-Path Flow Methods
To calculate the effective thermal resistance of a building envelope assembly containing wood framing, RSIeff, add up the results
of the following calculations:
A. calculate the effective thermal resistance of all layers with continuous materials using the isothermal-planes method, and
B. calculate the effective thermal resistance of the framing portion, RSIparallel, using the following equation, which is taken from the
parallel-path flow method described in the "ASHRAE Handbook - Fundamentals":
where
RSIF = thermal resistance of the framing member,
RSIC = thermal resistance of the cavity (usually filled with insulation),
% area of framing = value between 0 and 100, and
% area of cavity = value between 0 and 100.
Calculating the Effective Thermal Resistance of a Steel-frame Assembly
The parallel-path flow method described above for wood-frame assemblies involves simple one-dimensional heat flow
calculations based on two assumptions:
- that the heat flow through the thermal bridge (the stud) is parallel to the heat flow through the insulation, and
- that the temperature at each plane is constant.
Tests performed on steel-frame walls have shown that neither of these assumptions properly represents the highly two-
dimensional heat flow that actually occurs. The difference between what is assumed and what actually occurs is even more
significant in steel-frame assemblies. Designers should consider the potential discrepancies in such assemblies and include
them as part of their evaluation and energy models.
Calculating Gross Wall Area
Where the structure of the lowest floor and rim joist assembly is above the finished ground level or where the above-grade
portion of foundation walls separates conditioned space from unconditioned space, they should be included in the calculation of
gross wall area. Figure A-10.2.2.6.-A shows the intended measurements for the most common type of housing construction.
816
Figure A-10.2.2.6.-A
Example of interior wall height to be used in the calculation of gross wall area
Reduced Effective Thermal Resistance Near the Eaves of Sloped Roofs.
Minimum thermal resistance values for attic-type roofs are significantly higher than those for walls. The exemption in Note (1) of
T-10.2.2.6. recognizes that the effective thermal resistance of a ceiling below an attic near its perimeter will be affected by roof
slope, truss design and required ventilation of the attic space. It is assumed that the thickness of the insulation will be increased
as the roof slope increases until there is enough space to allow for the installation of the full thickness of insulation required.
817
Figure A-10.2.2.6.-B
Area of ceiling assemblies in attics permitted to have reduced thermal resistance
A-10.2.2.6.(3) Roof Albedo and Emissivity. The intention is to reduce the radiative effect from solar heated roofs on top floor
residence(s). The emissivity target is to incorporate the micron band to maximize the cooling effect. The overall emissivity value
may be determined either directly or through a weighted average of the applicable roofs and their respective areas. Only
exposed membraned areas apply, while calculations are to exclude skylights, parapets and equipment. The SRI range is meant
to allow tan roofs (SRI 73) where reflection is more likely to be a nuisance to adjacent buildings.
A-10.2.2.7.(3) Building Envelope Windows, Skylights, Doors and Other Glazed Products. There are three compliance
paths ('A' to 'C') available for fenestration products to comply with the energy performance requirements in Article 10.2.2.7.
General guidelines are provided first, followed by the details of each compliance path.
General Requirements for Labels On Factory-Assembled Fenestration Products
The U-value (either IP or SI) labeling and verification requirements for windows, doors, and skylights in British
Columbia are stipulated in the Energy Efficiency Standards Regulation of the BC Energy Efficiency Act.
Labels bear the mark of a third-party verifier and follow NFRC 100-2010 or CSA A440.2-14 standards. Each product
shall bear two labels: a removable "temporary" label indicating the product U-value, and a non-removable "permanent"
marking or label identifying the verification entity, the product line and the manufacturer.
The organizations that verify U-values according to these standards require these labels to be applied at the factory.
They do not permit labels to be applied at the jobsite without prior authorization of the verifier.
The U-value on a label is reported to two decimal places. To demonstrate compliance, the U-value must meet or be
below code stipulated values; for example: a USI-value of U 1.23 would not meet requirements where USI 1.22 is
required.
General Requirements for Simulated U-value Reports
Products may comply with the By-law under a "flexibility provision" that demonstrates compliance by means of a
simulated U-value report accompanied by supporting documentation. This provision provides a path by which a
designer can provide "suitable documentation" of U-values for products that cannot be labeled because they are
outside the scope of existing energy performance certification programs, and for imported products that do not yet
have U-values determined using NFRC 100 or CSA A440.2 methods.
An electronic copy of the report and description of the chosen compliance path should be provided to the Building
Official prior to sheathing inspection. A paper copy of the report must be present on-site for the Building Official at time
of sheathing inspection.
818
Simulation reports must include the following:
1) A cover letter on the professional's letterhead that includes:
a) the professional's identity and contact information.
b) the street address(es) of the building.
c) the U-values (reported to two decimal places) for each product type, at its standard size as identified in
NFRC 100 or CSA A440.2, at the actual project size, or at an average size product, depending on the
compliance option.
d) verification by the registered professional that the information provided in the energy performance
certification and accompanying documentation supports the U-value of the fenestration assembly or
assemblies identified in the report.
e) the name, address and contact information of the fenestration product supplier(s).
f) the name, address and contact information of the glass supplier(s), if different from the fenestration
product supplier(s).
g) the name, address and contact information of any individuals or firms that carried out energy
performance simulations, if different from the registered professional.
h) a complete list of the supporting documentation attached to the letter.
i) the registered professional's seal and signature.
2) An attached documentation package that includes:
a) a list of each fenestration product type, quantity, size, area, description and U-value.
b) the sizes and configurations of the simulated products as shown by frame elevations and/or shop
drawings, keyed to the list.
c) a table of the area-weighting calculations performed to determine the overall average U-value of all
products using Method 1 or Method 2, of Option 2 of Compliance Path C, when applicable.
d) a description of each framing system used, including manufacturer name, series, and model numbers,
as well as frame material and any internal reinforcing used.
e) a complete description of the glazing, including overall glass thickness, number of panes, pane
thicknesses, gap widths, low-E coating manufacturer and type, low-E coating emissivity, and surfaces to
which coatings are applied, type of gap fill with percentages of inert gas, complete description of spacer by
make, series, and model, and its constituent materials, and insulating glass edge sealant materials.
f) NFRC or CSA A440.2 certified test data for each system, or isotherms for each unique framing member
used in each system covered by the letter, (heads, sills, jambs, mullions) as well as all reinforcing metal in
mullions and perimeter frames.
Compliance Path 'A' (Prescriptive U-value compliance)
Compliance is demonstrated by means of verifier labels, affixed to factory-assembled fenestration products at the
manufacturing location in which each individual fenestration product has a compliant U-value. Compliance is achieved
if each product meets the USI-value requirements required by Article 10.2.2.7., at its standard size as identified in
NFRC 100 or CSA A440.2.
When one or more products exceed the applicable USI-value in Table 10.2.2.7.(1), compliance Paths B or C may be
employed.
Compliance Path 'B' (Labeled / Tested U-value area-weighted average compliance)
Compliance Path 'B' is intended for projects in which all products have U-values simulated at NFRC standard sizes.
Compliance path B requires area-weighting calculations but does not require actual size or project-specific simulation.
When one or more products within Table 10.2.2.7.(1) exceed the applicable USI-value , compliance may be
demonstrated by calculating the overall average USI-value by means of a tabulated USI x A reporting format. In such a
table, the USI-values for the standard size of each product are to be multiplied by the area of the product to determine
the average area weighted USI-value of all the products.
819
Under this option, standard size U-values from test and simulation reports from accredited laboratories may be used
for unlabeled products. The U-value report with area-weighting calculations shall be submitted under the seal of a
registered professional and may be subject to independent review at the discretion of city staff.
The area-weighting report shall include documentation of verified U-values by means of label reproductions or attached
laboratory simulation reports. In the case of NFRC certified products, CPD numbers may be used in place of label
reproductions.
Compliance Path 'C' (Simulated U-value compliance)
Compliance path 'C' is intended for projects that use products that cannot demonstrate compliance at standard size by
means of labels or accredited laboratory test/simulation reports. Such products include:
-
site-assembled windows, doors,
-
imported windows and doors not previously tested in Canada,
-
curtainwalls and sloped glazing assemblies, and
-
factory-assembled curtainwalls and window wall assemblies.
Under this compliance path qualified professionals perform simulations for each Individual Product simulated in
accordance with NFRC 100 procedures at the size and configuration defined in NFRC 100 Table 4-3, including the
normative table footnotes. Individual Products are defined in NFRC 100 and may be grouped according to NFRC 100
Grouping Rules. Products that require metal reinforcing at project sizes shall be simulated with metal reinforcing. U-
values may be reported using one of the following options:
Option 1 - All products conform to Table 10.2.2.7.(1) at standard sizes.
If all products are found to have USI-values that conform to Table 10.2.2.7.(1) at sizes in NFRC 100 Table 4-
3, the standard size USI-values may be reported to demonstrate compliance with Article 10.2.2.7.
Option 2 - One or more products do not conform to Table 10.2.2.7.(1) at standard sizes.
Area-weighting the USI-values of products within a U-value group at actual project sizes may be employed to
demonstrate compliance for that U-value group.
To comply with Option 2, area-weighted average USI-values may be computed using one of two methods:
Method 1
USI x A table of all products within a U-value group, tabulating frame size, frame area and USI-
value for each individual product to compute an overall area-weighted average for all products
within the U-value group.
Method 2
USI x A table of USI-values for each individual product at its average project frame size.
Average project frame sizes shall be determined as follows:
1) Average frame sizes shall be determined for each individual product.
2) For fixed windows, the average frame size shall be based on averaging the width and height of all fixed
daylight opening sizes for the fixed product type.
3) For curtain wall framing at single storey height, the average frame size shall be based on averaging the
width and height of all fixed daylight opening sizes for the Window Wall product type.
4) For single panel operable windows and swinging doors, the average frame size shall be the average of all
single panel operable product frame sizes of the same operator type.
5) For multiple panel side hinged products (swinging doors, folding doors), the average frame size shall be
based on averaging the width and height of all panel sizes for the Swinging Door with Frame product type.
6) For sliding doors, the average frame size and number of panels will depend on the number of sliding door
tracks. (The fixed lite of a sliding door shall be considered a panel.)
a) For two-track sliding doors, a two-panel door configuration shall be simulated having a frame
size shall be based on two average size panels.
b) For three-track sliding doors, a three-track, three-panel door configuration shall be simulated
having a frame size based on three average size panels.
820
c) For four-track sliding doors, a four-track, four-panel door configuration shall be simulated having
a frame size based on four average size panels. (Etc.)
d) Simulations shall include two jambs, head and sill simulations with the glass in each panel
position, and one interlock for each panel-panel joint of the configuration.
7) For individual unit (single lite) skylights, the average frame size shall be the average of all frame sizes of
the same product type.
8) For skylights with more than one lite, the average frame size shall be based on averaging the width and
height of all daylight opening sizes for the Sloped Glazing product type at the solarium-sunroom configuration
in NFRC 100 Table 4-3 Note 3.
A-10.2.2.8 Vestibules. The intention of the vestibule requirements within 10.2.2.8. are to recognize that vestibules are breeches
within a building's envelope and are the last line of defense against the interaction between a building's interior conditioned
space and the ambient conditions. The vestibule design requirements are intended to minimize the transference of air and
associated energy properties through the opening of these breeches, with or without the assistance of pressure differentials from
internal sources such as stack effect or elevator operation, or external pressures such as wind load. Vestibules are therefore to
be enclosed spaces without direct access by stairwells and elevators.
Specified distances between interior and exterior vestibule doors support typical daily operation. These specified minimum
separation distances are to be deemed the vestibule's maximum separation distances as well, however, under circumstances
deemed problematic by the CBO, these maximum distances may be extended by 1 foot increments until the design issue is
resolved. For example, a 7 foot minimum spacing may not be possible due to interference from a structural column, in which
case an application may be requested for an 8 foot separation. No request for a 9 foot separation will be considered without
review of the 7 foot and 8 foot separation scenarios.
The use of "space" within Clause 10.2.2.8.(3)(f) is intended to refer to an entire tenancy space, such as a commercial retail unit
for example, and not simply a reception area or lobby.
A-10.2.2.9.(1) Building Services Submetering. Meters provided by the utility service provider that collect and report energy
usage typically already meet this requirement. Energy sources include electricity, gas, liquid fuel, and district system-provided
steam, hot or chilled water. Note that for buildings with certain occupancies and gross floor areas, energy and carbon reporting
requirements may apply after building occupancy. Refer to the City of Vancouver Annual Greenhouse Gas and Energy Limits By-
law No. 13472 for applicability and details.
A-10.2.2.9.(2) Building Services Submetering. Monitoring energy consumption is considered essential to energy
management. However, this Article does not require the installation of monitoring equipment, but requires the provision of the
necessary access and hardware to permit the eventual installation and use of monitoring equipment, if desired. For electrical
energy, this might include, for example, the installation of a meter socket or the provision of access to the load side of the service
box or main distribution panel to allow for the measurement of energy consumption for electrical energy. For other sources of
energy such as gas or district system supplied steam, hot or chilled water, etc., this might include installation of measurement
ports or shut-off valves that allow future installation of meters.
Where design loads from Clauses 10.2.2.9.(2)(a) to 10.2.2.9.(2)(b) are less than 10% of the whole-building load, these
categories may be combined with other categories.
A-10.2.2.10 Exterior Lighting in Residential Buildings.
10.2.2.10.(1)(b) Master Switch Except for residences containing only high efficiency light fixtures (LED etc) excluding pot lights,
the objective is to require a master switch that will permit non-essential lighting to be turned off when an occupant leaves the
premises. As this was only intended to consider residential portions of a building, it is acceptable to consider each portion of the
building structure located above the parkade slab constructed to Article 3.2.1.2. on an individual basis given that the cost-
effectiveness of such energy saving features would not be as significant for smaller structures with proportionally larger exterior
wall and roof surface areas relative to their volume.
10.2.2.10.(2) Exterior Lighting A growing body of evidence exists that identifies that excessive amounts of nighttime lighting
(frequently referred to as light pollution) may be potentially harmful to the environment and to human wellbeing. Poorly controlled
night time lighting in urbanized areas has been widely documented to have significant effects on the environment, such as
821
increased skyglow, and physiological and behavioral changes to individual organisms. Research suggests that excessive
nighttime lighting may be detrimental to human health.
Consequently, Sentences 10.2.2.10.(2) attempts to limit the quantity and quality of exterior lighting of buildings to reduce the
impact and consequences of external lighting. Interior lighting emitted through glazed openings is also a concern, but this is
largely dependent upon human activity, and it is not presently considered as part of these requirements. Nonetheless, it can be
seen that conceptually this would also have similar effect as exterior lighting, so an effort should be made to minimize the
potential for lighting trespass where possible.
The key components of Sentence 10.2.2.10.(2) requirements are the requirements for appropriate lighting fixtures that eliminate
the upwards emission of light, and cast more of the illumination produced across the intended surfaces. Horizontal emission of
lighting across the property line is more challenging due to the varying heights of a given building, but measures should be taken
to reduce the potential and extent of lighting trespass to the limits specified. Additionally, the reflectance of adjacent surfaces that
may be illuminated must also be considered as these also contribute to the total lighting emitted into adjacent properties. The
orientation, reflectance, and illumination of the adjacent surfaces should be evaluated to limit backscatter or unintended
reflectance.
To increase the likelihood of meeting the requirements, designers opt to
-
Choose light fixtures that minimize backlight, uplight, and glare (BUG). Light fixtures with a BUG rating of UO are
optimal.
-
Choose luminaires with the lowest possible intensity for the task needed
-
Consider warmer tones of 2500-3000K to reduce impact. A practical maximum temperature is 4000K.
10.2.2.10.(3) External Illumination Understanding that there may be periodic needs to provide external illumination, the
requirements of 10.2.2.10.(3) serve to exempt lighting specifically intended to enhance security, safety and improve visibility for
limited periods of time.
A-10.2.2.15. Gas Fireplaces
Interior and exterior fireplaces connected to building services are to be included as part of the building for the purposes of
meeting the energy targets of Part 10 of the Building By-law. The building performance model is to incorporate such features per
the requirements of the City of Vancouver Modelling Guidelines.
10.2.2.15.(1)(b) Direct Venting. Naturally Aspirating Fuel-Fired Appliances (NAFFVA) are not permitted.
A-10.2.2.17. Heat Recovery in Dwelling Units. Whereas Section 9.32. addresses the effectiveness of mechanical ventilation
systems in dwelling units from a health and safety perspective, Article 10.2.2.17. is concerned with their functioning from an
energy efficiency perspective.
The requirements of Subsection 9.32.3. can be met using one of several types of ventilation equipment, among them heat-
recovery ventilators (HRVs), which are typically the system of choice in cases where heat recovery from the exhaust component
of the ventilation system is required. As such, Article 10.2.2.17. should be read in conjunction with the provisions in Subsection
9.32.3. that deal with HRVs.
Efficiency of Heat-Recovery Ventilators (HRVs).
HRVs are required to be tested in conformance with CAN/CSA-C439, "Rating the Performance of Heat/Energy-Recovery
Ventilators," under different conditions to obtain a rating.
The performance of an HRV product and its compliance with Article 10.2.2.17. can be verified using the sensible heat recovery at
the 0°C test station (i.e. location where the temperature is measured) published in the manufacturer's literature or in product
directories, such as HVI's Certified Home Ventilating Products Directory. Any energy model output must also demonstrate an
SRE (%) that meets or exceeds the requirement of this By-law.
The SRE (%) rating at continuous rated speed typically corresponds to the rating at the middle speed of three standard test fan
speeds. For systems with a different number of tested speeds, linear interpolation is permitted to obtain the efficiency rating.
822
The rating of HRVs also depends on the flow rate used during testing. Therefore, the minimum flow rate required in Section 9.32.
needs to be taken into consideration when selecting an HRV product.
Servicability of Heat Recovery Ventilators
Heat recovery ventilators and similar devices form an integral part of the building ventilation and requires
inspection,maintenance, repair, and cleaning from time to time to ensure that the building air quality remains within the original
design parameters. In order to perform such regular maintenance or more extensive maintenance in the event of the failure of an
HRV or similar device, the mechanical components of an Heat Recovery Ventilator are to be located and installed so as to
provide a worker with adequate space and access to unit to conduct maintenance on the unite or replace it. Unusually tight,
distant, or convoluted access may lead to regular maintenance being skipped, or lead to other significant challenges or costs for
services and replacement.
A-10.2.2.19 System Requirements for Heating within Exterior Spaces. The use of the terms "licensed beverage
establishment" and "licensed food establishment" are meant to clarify how the allowance of Article 10.2.2.19 is limited to
business-licensed establishments where the primary use is the consumption of food or beverages while seated.
The intention of Article 10.2.2.19 is not to require exterior heating, rather it is meant to minimize energy use and emissions when
choosing the option of providing some level of occupant heating within an exterior space. The City of Vancouver recognizes a
number of options however the prioritization of these options must also take into account their viability with existing and potential
site conditions. Sentence 10.2.2.19.(2) is intended to be understood as "first consider the viability of option (a), either in whole or
in part, then consider the viability of option (b) in whole or in part, then consider option (c)", and so on. If the most viable solution
is a mixed system then this would be encouraged, but if the best, most viable solution is a single option then proceed with that
option. Designers wishing to consider a unique system, such as using waste heat, are encouraged to do so and should contact
the CBO's office if any customized system design does not easily fall into the options provided.
The control items within Sentence 10.2.2.19.(4) are meant to assist with the efficient operation of the heating system. It is
important to note that exterior spaces are not intended to operate as if they are interior conditioned spaces. The maximum
recommended temperature for exterior spaces with heating systems is 18C, and so the ambient and space temperature sensors
should be set accordingly. The ambient sensor is intended to prevent the heating system from operating during warm weather
while the space temperature sensors are meant to accommodate naturally occurring temperature variations across adjacent
zones (direct sun vs shade), and thus allowing independent zone control operation. The space temperature sensors may
override the ambient sensor to prevent zones from either overheating or over cooling. The timeclock will satisfy the mandatory
requirement of not operating exterior heating systems after the establishment's hours of operation. At no point should the
controls system automatically activate exterior space heating.
Zoned systems are most likely to be electric radiant and so are limited to 4,800 W (240V @ 20 amp). At the maximum allowable
intensity of 18 W/ft2 this would equate to 266 ft2 per zone, however less energy intensive systems would be allowed to cover a
larger area, for example, a 15 W/ft2 system would allow 320 ft2 per zone.
For multi-system design scenarios, Sentence 10.2.2.19.(6) is intended to clarify the options and opportunities this may provide.
The total energy intensity of a combined system shall not exceed the highest allowable intensity of the system types involved.
Example: where an overhead electric radiant system is allowed to operate at 18 W/ft2, a combined system of in-slab heating with
an overhead radiant system cannot be designed to exceed a combined total operation of 18 W/ft2. This scenario allows in-slab
heating at 8 W/ft2 while limiting the overhead heating to 10 W/ft2, or the possibility of 5 W/ft2 and 13 W/ft2 respectively. This
concept allows one system to be used during warmer weather with the option for a secondary system as a top-up during colder
weather.
A-10.2.2.21. Building Airtightness Testing Requirements. The intent of this testing is to quantify the airtightness level of the
air barrier system, not airtightness of the building at in-service operating conditions.
Air Barrier Assembly Testing
Air barrier assemblies are subjected to structural loading due to mechanical systems, wind pressure and stack effect. In addition,
they may be affected by physical degradation resulting from thermal and structural movement. Where local climatic data and
building conditions exceed these limits, the maximum building height and sustained 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure values are
823
permitted to be extrapolated beyond the listed ranges to apply to any building height, in any location, provided the air barrier
assembly in question has been tested to the specific building site and design parameters.
Air Barrier System Approaches
For an air barrier system to be effective, all critical junctions and penetrations addressed in must be sealed using either an
interior or exterior air barrier approach or a combination of both.
Where the air barrier and vapour barrier functions are provided by the same layer, it must be installed toward the warm (in
winter) side of the assembly or, in the case of mass walls such as those made of cast-in place concrete, provide resistance to air
leakage through much of the thickness of the assembly. Where these functions are provided by separate elements, the vapour
barrier is required to be installed toward the interior of the assembly while the airtight element can be installed toward the interior
or exterior depending on its vapour permeance.
A-10.2.2.22.(1) Building Systems Commissioning. Projects that are required to follow the commissioning requirements of the
BC Housing Building Commissioning Guidelines are deemed equivalent to 10.2.2.22 requirements.
The Commissioning Provider (also known as a Commissioning Authority or CxP) is an individual with the
following qualifications and is independent of the design and construction teams:
-
A minimum of 10 years of demonstratable experience in commissioning with a minimum of 5 projects of
a similar scale or scope, or
-
A minimum of 4 years of demonstratable experience in commissioning with a commissioning
designation provided by an organization with an accredited commissioning training program (e.g.
ASHRAE, Association of Energy Engineers, Building Commissioning Certification Board), or
-
A member or licensee of the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British
Columbia qualified by virtue of training or experience to provide commissioning services across building
systems.
The Commissioning Authority may be supported by a Commissioning Provider Team (CxP Team) which
consists of a team of specialists and related support staff who are responsible for the management of actions
and the generation of deliverables by the Commissioning Authority. The Commissioning Provider Team may
consist of several companies, including subcontractors to the Commissioning Authority who act as the contact
to the Owner.
A-10.3.1.1. Electric Vehicle Charging for Buildings. The Canadian Electrical Code, Part I contains the requirements of
electric vehicle charging systems, the requirements of Rule 86-300(2) and (3) recognize the use of load management
technologies via the manual transfer or automated control in a branch circuit that supplies the electric vehicle supply equipment
load and other loads. This Rule requires that, where the electric vehicle supply equipment load and other loads are installed, only
one load can be operated at any one time and the branch circuit must be based on the calculated demand in accordance with
Section 8.
All references to the electrical installation including receptacle, supply equipment and rating of voltage and ampere in Article
10.3.1.1. are intended to align with the requirements of SAE AC Level 2 charging requirements, whether in applying load
managed solutions or separate branch circuits for each charging point. In addition to the requirements of Article 10.3.1.1., the
installation of electric vehicle charging systems and electric vehicle supply equipment must meet the requirements of the
Canadian Electrical Code, Part I and the manufacturer's instructions.
A-10.4.1.1.(1)(a) Embodied Carbon. The intention of this wording is to exempt smaller buildings, including stacked townhomes
and their shared underground parkades, from Low Carbon Materials and Construction requirements. Where uncertainty exists,
applicants should consult with building officials to confirm the applicability of embodied carbon requirements.
824
Part 11
Existing Buildings
Section 11.1.
General
11.1.1.
Application
11.1.1.1.
Scope
1) The scope of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
11.1.1.2.
Application
1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
2) Where construction of an existing building occurred before the effective date of this By-law, reconstruction or alteration of
an existing building is not a requirement of this By-law, except as required by Subsection 11.1.4.
11.1.2.
Definitions
11.1.2.1.
Defined Terms
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A
2) The following additional words and terms shall have the following meanings for this Part.
(see Note A-11.1.2.1.(2))
Change of Major occupancy means a change of major occupancy within a building, a suite, or its constituent floor areas.
Restricted Change of Major occupancy means a change of major occupancy restricted to a specific set of uses as set out
in Sentence 11.5.4.1.(2) that are limited both in hazard and scope such that it does not increase the overall level of risk.
Small Suite Change of Major occupancy means a change of major occupancy within a suite with an occupant load not
exceeding 60 persons and limited to Group A2, Group D, Group E, Group F2 (limited to wholesale showroom use), or Group
F3 major occupancies.
Horizontal Addition means any new floor area beyond the extents of the existing floor area.
Major Horizontal Addition means a horizontal addition which exceeds the limits permitted by a Minor Horizontal
Addition.
Minor Horizontal Addition means a horizontal addition to the existing floor area in which it is located, and which that
does not exceed 25 per cent of the existing building area, 500 m2 in aggregate floor area, or both.
Renovation means a project whose scope of work includes construction limited to the improvement, renovation,
reconfiguration, or refurbishment.
Major Renovation means a renovation whose scope of work includes multiple suites in a building, or work not falling
into other subcategories of renovation.
Minor Renovation means a renovation of a single suite contained within a single tenant space and those demising
walls shared with the adjoining suites, but which does not include the public or common floor areas of the building.
825
Small Suite Renovation means a renovation whose scope of work includes a suite that is limited to Group A2, Group
D, Group E, Group F2 (limited to wholesale showroom use), or Group F3 major occupancies, and has an occupant load
of
- up to 60 persons as determined by Division B, or
- up to 100 persons if egress is directly to the adjoining ground level.
Reconstruction means the extensive removal of the majority of construction to expose the building's primary structure on
interior and exterior walls, floors and roof with only the primary structural elements remaining in place.
Repair means work pertaining to a limited scope of interior or exterior renovation work to replace existing building
components with functionally equivalent components.
Vertical Addition means the addition of any new floor area that in-fills existing unoccupied roof or deck area or is
superimposed over existing building structure or floor area.
Major Vertical Addition means a Vertical Addition which exceeds the limits permitted by a Minor Vertical Addition.
Minor Vertical Addition means a Vertical Addition with an aggregate floor area increase that does not exceed 25 per
cent of the building area, 500 m2 in aggregate floor area, or both.
Voluntary Building By-Law Upgrades means upgrades limited to alterations that directly contribute to the improvement of
building systems for fire and life safety, accessibility, health, seismic force resistance, building envelope, and energy or water
efficiency systems in an existing building, and which do not arise as a consequence of other new work or improvements.
11.1.3.
Objectives
11.1.3.1.
Upgrade Objectives
1) An alteration to an existing building shall trigger upgrading of the existing building to meet the following objectives:
a) all unsafe conditions shall be corrected to an acceptable level,
b) all new materials and construction work shall comply with this By-law,
c) the building shall be upgraded to an acceptable level of
i) fire, life and health safety,
ii) structural safety,
iii) non-structural safety,
iv) accessibility for persons with disabilities, and
v) water efficiency,
d) any significant extension of the design life of an existing building beyond its original design life shall require upgrading to
an acceptable level,
e) an alteration to an individual suite within an existing building will not trigger upgrades within any other suites except where
the alteration creates non-conformity with the By-law within such other suites (see Note 11.1.3.1.(1)(e)), and
f) the level of life safety and building performance shall not be decreased below the existing level.
2) An alteration to an existing building shall not trigger upgrading of the existing building to meet the rainwater management
requirements described in Article 2.4.2.5. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.
11.1.4.
Compliance
11.1.4.1.
Upgrading of Existing buildings
1) Except as otherwise permitted in this Subsection, where an alteration is made to an existing building, the alteration shall
comply with the upgrade objectives of this By-law and the existing building shall be
826
a) provided with acceptable upgrades satisfying the upgrade levels required by the existing building Upgrade Mechanism in
Section 11.5.,
b) upgraded to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official through Alternative Compliance Measures that demonstrate
equivalent improvement where specific characteristics of the building are intended to be retained, or
c) upgraded to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official where the owner demonstrates that the design levels, as
determined by the Upgrade Mechanism, present a hardship for the owner.
(See Note 11.1.4.1.(1))
2) Where an order issued under the Fire By-law requires upgrading of a building, the Chief Building Official may allow
deviations from this By-law.
11.1.4.2.
Exceptions to Upgrade Requirements
1) Where an alteration does not involve an addition or a change in major occupancy, further upgrading to an existing building
is not a requirement of this By-law provided
a) construction or a full upgrade of the building occurred by means of a building permit issued on or after May 1, 2007,
b) all new work is in compliance with this By-law, and
c) all unsafe conditions are corrected to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
2) Where a voluntary Building By-law upgrade is carried out, no further upgrade of the building is required except that, where
other work is included in the application the upgrade requirement will only be based on the non-voluntary work proposed.
3) Existing construction complying with Alternative Compliance Measures in accordance with Sections 11.2. to 11.4. need not
be further upgraded (see Note A-11.1.4.2.(3)).
4) Where the scope of a renovation is limited to minor or major renovation, and no alterations are proposed to existing fire
separations, the applicable structural and non-structural upgrades may be limited to the renovated suites provided that measures
are taken to limit the risk that a failure of connected elements outside the renovated suites will cause a failure of structural or
non-structural elements within the subject suite.
5) Where the scope of a renovation project is limited to a minor or major renovation and the value of project is less than
$255,000, structural or non-structural upgrading need not be provided (see Note A-11.1.4.3.(6), 11.2.3.1.,11.5.3.1.(2)&(4), and
11.5.4.2.(4) ).
6) Where an alteration to a building is a self-contained volumetric space that is separated from the remainder of the building
by a noncombustible vertical fire separation with a 2 h fire resistance rating, the upgrade requirements of this Part do not apply to
the remainder of the building provided
a) the self-contained volumetric space is upgraded in conformance with this By-law,
b) the self-contained volumetric space does not exit through the remainder of the building,
c) the floor area of the self-contained volumetric space is not larger than 10% of the existing building area,
d) a noncombustible vertical fire separation with a 2 h fire-resistance rating is constructed as a continuous vertical fire
separation from the building foundation to the underside of the roof sheathing, and
e) the self-contained volumetric space does not reduce the existing structural capacity of the building.
11.1.4.3.
Additional Upgrade Requirements
1) Where building envelope repair involves more than 60% of an opaque portion of a building face, the building envelope on
the entire vertical section of that building face shall be replaced and upgraded to the thermal resistance and air-tightness
requirements of Part 10, except where
a) the scope of work is limited to the replacement of windows
b) the building is two storeys in building height or less and is required to comply with Part 9 per Division A, Article 1.3.3.3., or
827
c) the building face has heritage merit and is required to be retained as part of an approved retention plan.
2) Where property lines are relocated closer to a building, the building shall be upgraded to conform to the spatial separation
requirements, fire department access requirements and means of egress requirements of this By-law or the applicant shall
demonstrate that the relocated property lines and the existing building configuration comply with this By-law.
3) Where a building has been damaged, all work necessary to reconstruct the damaged portions of the building shall conform
to this By-law and the Fire By-law, and the remainder of the building shall be upgraded in conformance with Article 11.1.4.1.
4) Where a building is being demolished in whole or in part, the demolition work shall conform to the requirements of Part 8
and any part of the building that remains after demolition shall be upgraded in conformance with the upgrade triggers of Article
11.1.4.1
5) Existing lighting exceeding the Lighting Power Density of ASHRAE 90.1-2016 shall be removed within existing spaces of a
suite within the scope of a project.
6) Where the total construction value of an alteration to a marina exceeds 50% of the replacement value of the marina as
determined at the application stage for alteration, then the marina shall comply with Subsection 12.2.1.
11.1.5.
Alternative Compliance Measures
11.1.5.1.
Conditions for Using Alternative Compliance Measures
1) Where a building or a portion of a building is required to be upgraded, the Alternative Compliance Measures provided in
Section 11.2. or 11.4. may be applied as alternatives to those requirements contained elsewhere in this By-law, under the
conditions specified in this Article, and Sections 11.2. through 11.4.
2) Except for additions, and new construction, where Subsection 3.2.2. requires that the construction of a building be
noncombustible, the applicable Article in Subsection 11.3.3. may be applied as an alternative provided all of the requirements of
that Article have been met.
3) Except for additions and new construction, where the spatial separation and exposure protection requirements of
Subsection 3.2.3. or 9.10.14. require that the exterior wall construction of a building to be noncombustible, Subsection 11.3.4.
may be applied.
828
Section 11.2.
Alternative Compliance Measures for the Conversion of
Existing Buildings
11.2.1.
Application
11.2.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Existing Conditions
1) The alternative compliance measures for conversions in this Section apply to existing conditions only and do not apply to
new work, which must conform to the requirements for new construction in this By-law.
2) The requirements of this section may be applied in lieu of the upgrades required by 11.5 Upgrade Mechanism. Except as
required by this Section, the alternative compliance measures in Section 11.3. may be applied to existing conditions for
conversions.
3) Except as required by this Section, where a building is a heritage building, the measures in Section 11.4 may be applied to
existing conditions for conversions.
11.2.2.
Conversion of an Existing Residential Building Containing Not More Than Two
Principal Dwelling units into a Community Care Facility, Group Residence or
Daycare Facility for Children
11.2.2.1.
General Requirements
1) An existing residential building containing not more than two principal dwelling units may be converted or partially
converted into a community care facility, group residence or daycare facility for children provided
a) the occupant load does not exceed
i) 10 residents in a community care facility,
ii) 6 residents in a group residence, or
iii) 8 children in a daycare facility for children,
b) the community care facility or group residence is
i) separated from the residential portions of the building containing not more than one principal dwelling unit by a fire
separation with a fire-resistance rating of 1 h,
ii) separated from the residential portions of the building containing not more than two principal dwelling units by a fire
separation with a fire-resistance rating of 2 h,
iii) completely sprinklered, and
iv) equipped with a fire alarm system, emergency lights and smoke and heat detectors installed throughout the
building.
c) the daycare facility for children conforms with Article 3.1.2.8.,
d) firefighter access conforms with this By-law,
e) the building area is no more than 300 m2,
f) all unsafe conditions are corrected to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, and
g) the building shall be upgraded to conform to upgrade design levels F2, S2, N2, A2.
11.2.2.2.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) The alternative compliance measures contained in Sentences (2) to (11) inclusive may be applied to the conversion or
partial conversion of an existing residential building containing not more than two principal dwelling units into a community care
facility, group residence or daycare facility for children.
829
2) For the purposes of determining building height, a residential building containing not more than one principal dwelling unit
constructed pursuant to a building permit issued prior to July 01, 1994 which is four storeys or less in height may be considered
as 3 storeys in building height.
3) Existing exterior wood-frame walls may be retained instead of required noncombustible construction, provided
a) a minimum 45 min fire-resistance rating is provided, and
b) all voids are filled with mineral wool or fibreglass batts.
4) Combustible exterior cladding materials may be used instead of required noncombustible cladding provided the cladding
a) has a flame-spread rating of no more than 25,
b) is underlaid with a minimum layer of 12.7 mm exterior gypsum board sheathing, and
c) is composed of
i) aluminum panels,
ii) fire-retardant treated wood panels,
iii) fire-retardant treated cedar shakes or shingles, or
iv) vinyl siding.
5) Where exterior walls and openings are required by Subsections 3.2.3., 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. to have exposure protection,
existing openings need only conform to Article 11.3.4.
6) If one interior exit stair is no less than 900 mm wide, a second interior exit stair which is no less than 750 mm wide may be
permitted.
7) The flame-spread rating of the existing interior finish of a means of egress shall not exceed 150.
8) Ducts passing through fire separations need not be equipped with fire dampers if
a) the duct opening is less than 150 cm2 in cross-sectional area, or
b) the duct work is constructed entirely of sheet steel and the duct opening is no more than 1 000 cm2 in
cross-sectional area.
9) Manual stations are not required if the fire alarm system and the sprinkler water flow alarm are designed in accordance
with Article 3.2.4.7.
10) An existing exterior wall opening adjacent to an exterior exit stair or fire escape need not conform to Article 3.2.3.13. if the
opening is glazed with wired or tempered glass in an aluminum or wood frame.
11) A single exit from a dwelling unit need not conform to Sentence 3.3.4.3.(3) if
a) the exit serves only one dwelling unit, and
b) the vertical floor elevation from the uppermost floor level to the adjacent ground level does not exceed 6 m.
11.2.3.
Conversion of a Portion of a Suite into an Ancillary Residential Unit
11.2.3.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) Except as required in Sentences (2) and (3), where an existing building containing not more than two principal dwelling
units is altered to create an ancillary residential unit, the existing building shall conform to the requirements of Part 9, except as
permitted by Table 11.2.3.1., provided the building was constructed under a building permit issued prior to June 22, 2004. (See
Note A-11.2.3.1.(1).)
2) Where an existing building was constructed with a building permit issued on or after June 22, 2004, the existing building
and the alteration shall conform to Part 9 of Division B.
3) Where the alteration in Sentence (1) includes an addition, the addition shall conform to the requirements of this By-law.
830
4) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sentence 9.34.1.1.(1), circuits and receptacles in the ancillary residential unit shall
have a minimum of
a) two kitchen counter duplex receptacles
i) supplied by two appliance circuits, and
ii) wired on single circuits or a split circuit,
b) two duplex receptacles located on different walls in each bedroom, and
c) three duplex receptacles located on different walls in the living area.
5) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sentence 9.34.1.1.(1)
a) where a single existing panel board is located in a common area within the building accessible to all occupants of the
building, the panel board may supply electrical loads for both the principal dwelling and the ancillary residential unit,
b) any electrical range and equipment loads provided for the ancillary residential unit shall be calculated with demand factors
in conformance with Sentence 9.34.1.1.(2), and
c) general circuit branch wiring may be interconnected between outlets located in the principal dwelling and the ancillary
residential unit.
Table 11.2.3.1.
Fire Safety Requirements for Ancillary residential unit Conversions
Forming Part of Article 11.2.3.1.
Item
Item Details
Alternative Compliance Measure(s)
Spatial Separation
Existing windows and doors
Original unaltered windows, doors, or other openings may remain.
New windows in existing
openings
Where windows are provided in existing openings to be protected by Subsections 3.2.3.
or 9.10.14.
Existing openings may be protected in conformance with Article 11.3.4.4.
Fire Containment
within a Principal
Dwelling unit
Separation between a
principal dwelling unit and its
contained ancillary residential
units
Existing lath and plaster in good condition or 12.7 mm gypsum wall board on wood
studs at maximum 450 mm on centre may be used where the interior wall finish is in
place prior to the construction of an ancillary residential unit.
Except where existing conditions create unreasonable hardship, new walls are to be
constructed with
- 15.9 mm (5/8") type 'X' GWB or 12.7 mm (½") Type 'C' GWB on wood or steel
studs at maximum 600 mm on centre. The stud cavity is to be filled with
minimum 89 mm (3 ½") mineral wool insulation.
- Caulked joints where floor and ceiling assemblies intersect.
- Resilient acoustic channels on at least one side of the wall assembly.
Ducts common to both units
through suite separations
Fire dampers not required if sheet metal ducting extends a minimum of 1 800 mm (6'-0")
beyond the suite separation and the opening is firecaulked.
Acoustic insulation is to be used inside the common duct extending a minimum of 1 500
mm (60") from either side of the suite separation.
Plumbing and sprinkler plastic
piping that penetrate fire
separations
Shall be tightly fitted, cast in place, or caulked as per product listing.
831
Suite entry doors between the
principal dwelling unit and its
contained ancillary residential
unit
Existing solid core doors and frames with or without wired glass in good condition.
Doors to be provided with positive latching hardware and self-closing devices.
Resistance to Forced
Entry
Solid Blocking
Solid blocking may be omitted for doors described in Sentence 9.7.5.2.(9) where the
interior wall finish adjacent the door is in place prior to the construction of an ancillary
residential unit.
Exits
Egress from each dwelling unit In combination with the egress window requirements of Sentence 9.9.10.1., at least one
conforming exit is required from the principal dwelling unit and one from the ancillary
residential unit.
Windows and doors adjacent
to exits
No requirements where the suite is sprinklered, provided with a closure or provided with
intervening construction extending out by at least 600 mm.
Fire Department
Access
Access Path
Existing path designated for fire department is permitted to be minimum 860 mm.
Flame Spread Rating
Exits
Not more than 150
Remainder of building
No requirement
Sprinklers
Sprinklers are not required where the construction value of the alteration does not
exceed $255,000 or 50% of the replacement(1) value of the existing building.
Heating Systems
Furnace room enclosure
No separation required but provide proper combustion air and required clearances from
all equipment.(2)
Smoke Alarms
Entire building
Interconnected smoke alarms to be installed on each storey including basements, in
each sleeping room and in a location between the sleeping room and the remainder of
the storey and if the sleeping room is served by a hallway, the smoke alarm to be
located in the hallway. Installed by permanent connections to an electrical circuit in
conformance with Subsection 9.10.19. Division B. Provided with battery backup and
manual silencing devices which will silence the alarm in conformance with Article
9.10.19.6. of Division B.
Carbon Monoxide detectors to be provided in accordance with the 9.32.4.2.(3)
Stairs and Handrails
Entire building
Existing stairs to comply with Section 9.8, excepting the following dimensions: tread
depth 235 - 355 mm, rise 125 - 200 mm and run 210 - 355 mm, unless considered to
present an unsafe condition as determined by the Chief Building Official.
All existing stairs to have at least one handrail in conformance with Subsection 9.8.7.
Guardrail Protection
Entire building
Existing guards may be retained provided they are structurally sound, non-climbable
and are at least 900 mm high.
Sprinklers
Sprinklers are not required provided the construction value of the alteration is less than
or equal to 50% of the replacement(1) value of the existing building.
832
Heating Systems
Furnace room enclosure
No separation required but provide proper combustion air and required clearances from
all equipment.(2)
Smoke Alarms
Entire building
Interconnected smoke alarms to be installed on each storey including basements, in
each sleeping room and in a location between the sleeping room and the remainder of
the storey and if the sleeping room is served by a hallway, the smoke alarm to be
located in the hallway. Installed by permanent connections to an electrical circuit in
conformance with Subsection 9.10.19. Division B. Provided with battery backup and
manual silencing devices which will silence the alarm in conformance with Article
9.10.19.6. of Division B.
Carbon Monoxide detectors to be provided in accordance with the 9.32.4.2.(3)
Stairs and Handrails
Entire building
Existing stairs to comply with Section 9.8., excepting the following dimensions: tread
depth 235 - 355 mm, rise 125 - 200 mm and run 210 - 355 mm, unless considered to
present an unsafe condition as determined by the Chief Building Official.
All existing stairs to have at least one handrail in conformance with Subsection 9.8.7.
Guardrail Protection
Entire building
Existing guards may be retained provided they are structurally sound, non-climbable
and ≥900 mm high.
Existing Headroom
Entire building
May be reduced to 1950 mm over 80% of the suite area and all egress routes.
The minimum clear height under the remaining suite floor area shall be not less than 1
850 mm, except public corridors and exits which shall be not less than 2 000 mm.
Doorway opening sizes
Doorway openings within an ancillary residential unit may be reduced to not less than 1
890 mm high.
Except for exit doors, and doors serving public corridors and exit corridors that serve
principle dwelling units in a building containing an ancillary residential unit, doorway
openings shall be designed to accommodate swing-type and folding doors not less than
1 980 mm high.
Sound Separation
Between the principal dwelling
unit and its contained ancillary
residential units
Not required where the interior wall finish is in place prior to the construction of an
ancillary residential unit.
Fill cavity spaces of suite separation with mineral wool in walls and floor assemblies of
new construction.
Unsafe Conditions
Entire building
Any condition within or around the building which could cause undue hazard or risk to
persons to be corrected as directed by the Chief Building Official.
Notes to Table 11.2.3.1.:
(1) See Note A-11.2.3.1.
(2) The Gas Code places restrictions on locating gas furnaces adjacent to sleeping rooms or bathrooms.
(3) See Note A-11.2.3.1.(1) Interconnected Smoke Alarms and Carbon Monoxide Detectors
6) For the purposes of determining building height, an existing building containing not more than two principal dwelling units
constructed pursuant to a building permit issued on or prior to June 22, 2004 which is four storeys or less in building height may
be considered as 3 storeys in building height where the project is limited to the creation of a new ancillary residential unit.
11.2.4.
Enclosure of an Exterior Open Balcony in an Existing Residential Building
833
11.2.4.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) An existing open balcony may be converted to an enclosed balcony if
a) required suite fire separations are provided,
b) spatial separations conform to this By-law,
c) travel distances conform to this By-law,
d) guards conform to this By-law,
e) exhaust ducts conform to this By-law,
f) light and natural ventilation are maintained and conform to this By-law,
g) all new structural work conforms to this By-law,
h) high building measures (smoke-free refuge areas) are maintained,
i) the existing door assembly separating the suite from the existing open balcony is maintained, and
j) the suite is upgraded to an acceptable level as defined in the Upgrade Mechanism in Section 11.5.
11.2.5.
Conversion of Space in an Existing Group F Division 2 Building into Artist
Live/Work Studios
11.2.5.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) Artist live/work studios are permitted in an existing building classified as a Group F, Division 2 major occupancy if
a) the building is sprinklered with fast-response heads,
b) all suites are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a 1 h fire-resistance rating and all floors
are separated from each other by a fire separation with a 1 h fire-resistance rating, except that a 45 min fire-resistance rating or
existing lath and plaster in good repair is acceptable in a building not more than 3 storeys in building height,
c) the exit systems conform to Section 3.4., except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.6. and 11.3.7.,
d) all public corridors conform to Article 3.3.1.4., except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.5. and 11.3.7.,
e) the emergency lighting conforms to Subsection 3.2.7.,
f) a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4. is installed in the entire building,
g) if dust or fumes are produced in a studio
i) the building complies with the Fire By-law, and
ii) the building is heated by hot water, electrical equipment, or elevated gas-fired forced-air heaters,
h) if flammable or combustible liquids or gases are stored or used in a studio, the building complies with the Fire By-law and the
British Columbia Gas Safety Act,
i) service rooms and storage rooms located outside of a studio conform to Section 3.6.,
j) the floor assembly is designed for a minimum live load of 3.6 kPa and the building conforms to the structural upgrade level S3
as defined in the upgrade mechanism in Section 11.5,
k) a studio complies with the sound transmission requirements of Section 5.8.,
l) light and ventilation for the studio sleeping area complies with Parts 5 and 6,
m) shared washroom facilities comply with the requirements of the Standards of Maintenance By-law for lodging houses, and
n) the building is upgraded to an acceptable level as defined in the upgrade mechanism in Section 11.5.
2) For the purpose of determining major occupancy classification, artist live/work studios shall be considered to have a major
occupancy classification as defined in Articles 3.1.3.3. and 3.1.3.4.
11.2.6.
Conversion of an Existing Hotel to Single Room Accommodation
11.3.6.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) Single room accommodation is permitted in an existing building classified as a Group C major occupancy (hotel) if
834
a) all suites are separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation with a 1 h fire-resistance rating and all floors
are separated from each other by a fire separation with a 1 h fire-resistance rating, except that a 45 min fire-resistance rating or
existing lath and plaster in good repair is acceptable if the building is not more than 3 storeys in building height,
b) the exit systems conform to Section 3.4., except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.6. and 11.3.7.,
c) all public corridors conform to Article 3.3.1.4., except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.5. and 11.3.7.,
d) the emergency lighting conforms to Subsection 3.2.7.,
e) a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4. is installed throughout the building,
f) the floor assembly is designed for a minimum live load of 2.4 kPa,
g) notwithstanding Clause (j), the building conforms to the structural upgrade level S3 as defined in the upgrade mechanism in
Section 11.5.,
h) shared washroom facilities comply with the requirements of the Standards of Maintenance By-law for lodging houses,
i) the suites comply with the sound transmission requirements of Section 5.8, and
j) the building is upgraded to an acceptable level as defined in the upgrade mechanism in Section 11.5.
11.2.7.
Conversion of an Existing Non-Strata Building to a Strata Property
11.2.7.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), an existing building or parcel may be converted into 2 or more strata lots, if the entire
building is
a) upgraded to design upgrade levels F4, S4, N4, and A4 as detailed in the upgrade mechanism in Section 11.5., and
b) fully sprinklered.
2) An existing parcel containing one or more buildings, may be converted into 2 or more strata lots, if the existing buildings
are not otherwise altered, and
a) upgraded to comply with the exposure requirements of Subsection 3.2.3., 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. as applicable,
b) upgraded to comply with the fire department access path of travel in accordance with Articles 3.2.5.5. and 3.2.5.6.,
c) upgraded to design upgrade levels S4 and N4, as detailed in the upgrade mechanism in Section 11.5., and
d) fully sprinklered.
(See Note A-11.2.7.1.(2).)
Section 11.3. Alternative Compliance Measures for Existing
Conditions to Assist Renovation
11.3.1.
Application
11.3.1.1.
Application of Alternative Compliance Measures for Existing Conditions
(See Note A-11.3.1.1.)
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), the alternative compliance measures provided in Subsection 11.3.3. shall not apply to
newly constructed buildings or portions of a building, which shall conform to the requirements for new construction in this By-law.
2) Where the building is a heritage building, the alternative compliance measures in Section 11.4 may be applied to existing
construction.
3) The alternative compliance measures provided in Subsection 11.3.2. may be applied to existing conditions or existing
construction required to be modified to support new construction.
835
11.3.2.
Energy Retrofit Design Building Classification
11.3.2.1.
Application to Existing buildings
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (8), alterations to a building shall be in conformance with this Subsection for the
purposes of energy and emissions performance.
2) A structure that cannot be identified by the characteristics of a building in this Subsection shall comply with the
requirements of Article 11.3.2.2., or as deemed acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
3) Except as permitted in Sentence (5) and Articles 11.3.2.2. through 11.3.2.4., alterations to a building shall comply with
a) alterations clauses within ANSI/ASHRAE/IES 90.1, "Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings,"
and Sentence 10.2.2.2.(2), or
b) the "Alteration Language Supporting NECB 2020" (See Note A-11.3.2.1.(3)(b).).
4) Where a building contains one or more major occupancies that conform to Article 10.2.2.5., the remaining major
occupancies shall comply with Clause (3)(a) or (b).
5) Spaces never previously occupied, shall be designed and constructed to new building requirements, in compliance with
a) Article 10.2.2.3., if the building was designed or upgraded to NECB, or
b) Article 10.2.2.2.
(See Note A-11.3.2.1.(5).)
6) The design requirements of Subsection 10.2.2. shall form an integral part of this Subsection, except where otherwise
indicated.
7) Compliance with the requirements of this Subsection does not exempt upgrades that are otherwise required by this Part.
8) In a building where components have been formally recognized by a federal, provincial, territorial, or municipal authority
having jurisdiction, as having either Heritage or Character value, the alteration of these components need not comply with this
subsection.
11.3.2.2.
Buildings without Residential or Commercial Components
1) Alterations to energy systems or components of a building, except those included in Articles 11.3.2.3. and 11.3.2.4., shall
comply with
a) the alteration requirements of
i) Clause 11.3.2.1.(3)(a) except as required by Clause (ii), or
ii) Clause 11.3.2.1.(3)(b) where the building was designed or upgraded to NECB, and
b) Articles 10.2.2.8. through 10.2.2.20. as applicable,
c) the airtightness performance requirements of Article 10.2.2.21. for reconstruction projects, and
d) the commissioning requirements of Article 10.2.2.22 for new equipment and new systems including controls, meters,
submeters. (See Note A-11.3.2.2.(1)(d).
11.3.2.3.
(ZEBP) Residential Buildings of 4 Storeys or More, and Commercial Buildings
(including Hotels and Motels)
1) Alterations to energy systems or components of a building containing Group C, D, or E Major Occupancies, except those
included in Articles 11.3.2.4. shall comply with
a) the alteration requirements of Clause 11.3.2.1.(3)(b),
b) Articles 10.2.2.8. through 10.2.2.20. as applicable,
c) the airtightness performance of Article 10.2.2.21. for reconstruction projects, and
836
d) the commissioning requirements of Article 10.2.2.22 for new equipment and new systems including controls, meters,
submeters. (See Note A-11.3.2.2.(1)(d).)
11.3.2.4.
Residential Buildings of 1 to 3 Storeys
1) Except as otherwise required by Sentence 11.3.2.1.(7), Table 11.5.3.1.(2), or in this Subsection, alterations to energy
systems or components of a building, described in Sentence 10.2.1.4.(1), shall comply with
a) the building envelope opaque elements with thermal performance requirements of Article 10.2.2.6., except:
i) for albedo (SRI) and emissivity requirements of Sentence 10.2.2.6.(3), and
ii) as permitted by Sentence (2),
b) the exterior closures and fenestration performance requirements of Article 10.2.2.7., except as permitted by Sentence (2),
c) Articles 10.2.2.8 through 10.2.2.11. as applicable,
d) domestic hot water requirements of Article 10.2.2.12. except the system may be gas-fired with a uniform energy factor of
not less than 0.78 or a thermal efficiency of not less than 90%;
e) space-heating appliance performance requirements of Articles 10.2.2.13. and 10.2.2.14, except a system may be gas-fired
with an Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency (AFUE) rating of not less than 92% as tested using CSA 2.6/ANSI Z83.8, "Gas unit
heaters, gas packaged heaters, gas utility heaters and gas-fired duct furnaces"
f) the domestic fireplace performance requirements of Articles 10.2.2.15. and 10.2.2.16.,
g) the heat recovery ventilator requirements of Article 10.2.2.17., except that projects may provide continuous exhaust
ventilation in accordance with Section 9.32.,
h) Article 10.2.2.19. as applicable, and
i) documentation acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
2) Where it is deemed prohibitive by the Chief Building Official, an alteration or upgrade to a building may
a) achieve the applicable standard of performance in Table 11.3.2.4. or as otherwise permitted by the Chief Building Official,
and
b) trade-off the remaining emissions-reduction outcomes with other building systems or components, acceptable to the Chief
Building Official.
Table 11.3.2.4.
Permitted minimum standards (with equivalent emissions reduction trade-offs selected and approved)
Forming part of 11.3.2.4.(2)(a)
10.2.2.6. Wall Assemblies
Shall achieve a minimum nominal RSI of 2.5 m2K/W in the affected assemblies
with heat transfer, air leakage and condensation control per Section 9.25.
10.2.2.6. Roof Assemblies
Shall achieve a minimum nominal RSI of 3.8 m2K/W in the affected assemblies
with heat transfer, air leakage and condensation control per Section 9.25.
10.2.2.7. Windows, Curtain wall,
Sliding or folding doors with glazing
Shall achieve a maximum USI of 1.44 W/m2K
3) Alterations designated as reconstruction (see Note A-11.5.1.), shall comply with
a) the energy and emissions requirements in either the Performance Path in Sentence 10.2.1.4.(2) or the Prescriptive Path in
Sentence 10.2.1.4.(3), and
b) the applicable airtightness requirements of Article 10.2.2.21. except an airtightness performance of 3.5 ACH may be
achieved.
11.3.3.
Construction and Building Safety Alternatives
837
11.3.3.1.
General
1) Except for additions and new construction, where the building is required to be of noncombustible construction, the
provisions of this Subsection may be applied as an alternative to the Construction requirements of Subsection 3.2.2.
2) A building applying the provision of Articles 11.3.3.2. to 11.3.3.10 shall
a) be structurally upgraded to the design upgrade level S3 as defined in Article 11.5.1.2.,
b) except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.5. and 11.3.7., be upgraded to comply with the fire containment requirements
within a floor area conforming to this By-law, and
c) except as permitted in Subsections 11.3.6. and 11.3.7. and as required by Clause (d), be upgraded to provide exit systems
conforming to Section 3.4.
11.3.3.2. Group A1 up to 600 Auditorium Occupants
1) A Group A, Division 1 occupancy having an occupant load of no more than 600 may be permitted within the first storey and
second storey of a building provided the building conforms to Sentences (2) and (3).
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of heavy timber construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in
combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations
i) with a fire resistance rating not less than 1 h, or
ii) of heavy timber construction with a fire resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
b) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall
i) have a fire resistance rating not less than that required for the supported assembly, or
ii) be of heavy timber construction with a fire resistance rating not less than 1 h.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4., notwithstanding any exemptions
permitted by Article 3.2.4.1.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7.,
c) be upgraded to provide all exit locations with a maximum travel distance of 22.5 m for sprinklered buildings and 15 m for
unsprinklered buildings, and
d) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to
Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.3.
Group A1 up to 300 Auditorium Occupants
1) A Group A, Division 1 occupancy having an auditorium occupant load of no more than 300, may be permitted within the
first storey and second storey of a building, provided the building conforms to Sentences (2) and (3).
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly, or in
combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly shall have a fire resistance rating not less than that
required for the supported assembly.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4., notwithstanding any exemptions
permitted by Article 3.2.4.1.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7.,
838
c) be upgraded to provide all exit locations with a maximum travel distance of 22.5 m for sprinklered buildings and 15 m for
unsprinklered buildings, and
d) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4. and Table 11.3.1.1., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection
conforming to Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.3.
Group A2 in Building More Than 3 Storeys
1) A Group A, Division 2 occupancy may be permitted within the first 3 storeys of a building which is more than three storeys
in building height, provided the building conforms to Sentence (2), and provided
a) where the occupancy is located on the third storey or where the building area exceeds 400 m2, the entire building shall be
sprinklered or
b) where the occupancy is located on the first storey or second storey or the building area does not exceed 400 m2 the
building shall be sprinklered up to and including the storey containing the Group A2 occupancy.
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform to Sentences 11.3.3.4.(2) and (3).
11.3.3.4.
Group A2 Up to 3 Storeys
1) A Group A, Division 2 occupancy may be permitted in a building no more than three storeys in building height, provided
a) the building conforms to the construction requirements of Sentences (2) and (3), and
b) the entire building is sprinklered, where
i) the building area exceeds 400 m2, or
ii) the occupancy is located on the third storey.
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination,
and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations and, if of combustible construction, shall have a fire-resistance rating not less
than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a
building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly
is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1., and the building area is not more than
i) 800 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 1 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 1 200 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4., notwithstanding any exemptions
permitted by Article 3.2.4.1.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to
Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.5.
Group B2 Ambulatory Occupants
1) A Group B, Division 2 occupancy containing only occupants that are capable of walking up or down stairs unaided may be
permitted within the first 3 storeys of a building, provided the entire building is sprinklered and conforms to Sentences (2) and (3).
839
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in
combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4. where the building contains more than
2 storeys including storeys below grade or where the building area exceeds 250 m2 regardless of the occupant load,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to
Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.6.
Group B2 Non-ambulatory Occupants
1) A Group B, Division 2, non-ambulatory occupancy may be permitted only within a storey of a building which has direct or
ramped access to ground level, provided the entire building is sprinklered and conforms to Sentences (2) and (3).
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in
combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to
Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.7.
Group C More Than 3 Storeys
1) A Group C occupancy may be permitted in a building more than 3 storeys in building height provided the entire
building is sprinklered and conforms to Sentences (2) to (4).
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a maximum height of less than 18 m measured between grade and
the uppermost floor level of the top storey,
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used
singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
4) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming
to Subsection 3.2.3.
840
11.3.3.8.
Group D Occupancies
1) A Group D occupancy may be permitted in a building that exceeds 3 storeys in building height provided that the
entire building is sprinklered and conforms to Sentence (2) to (4).
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) may be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used
singly or in combination, and
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
c) roof assemblies shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in
a building not more than 1 storey in building height, the fire resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof
assembly is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1. and the building area is not
more than
i) 2 400 m2 if facing one street,
ii) 3 000 m2 if facing 2 streets, or
iii) 3 600 m2 if facing 3 streets, and
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the
supported assembly.
3) Notwithstanding the requirements of Sentence (2), the floor, mezzanine, and roof assemblies, are permitted to have
a fire-resistance rating of 45 min provided
a) it is not more than 6 storeys in building height, and
b) it has a building area not more than the value in Table 11.3.3.8.(3)
Table 11.3.3.8.(3)
Maximum Building area, Group D, up to 6 Storeys
Forming part of Sentence 11.3.3.8.(3)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
not limited
not limited
not limited
2
7 200
not limited
not limited
3
4 800
6 000
7 200
4
3 600
4 500
5 400
5
2 880
3 600
4 320
6
2 400
3 000
3 600
4) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming to Subsection 3.2.4., notwithstanding any exemptions
permitted by Article
3.2.4.1.,
b) Be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming
to Subsection 3.2.3.
841
11.3.3.9.
Group E Occupancies
1) A Group E occupancy may be permitted in a building conforming to Sentences (2) to (5) except that where the building
exceeds 1000 m2 in building area or 3 storeys in building height the entire building shall be sprinklered.
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1), that is not more than 4 storeys in building height and the building area is no more
than 1800 m2 is permitted to be of combustible construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination,
provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) roof assemblies shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, except that in a building not more than 1 storey in
building height, the fire-resistance rating is permitted to be waived provided the roof assembly is of noncombustible construction
or is constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1.,
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the fire separation.
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1), that is not more than 6 storeys in building height and the building area conforms to
Table 11.3.3.9.(3), is permitted to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
Table 11.3.3.9.(3)
Maximum Building area, Group E, Existing Building
Forming part of Sentence 11.3.3.9.(3)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
Unlimited
Unlimited
Unlimited
2
7 500
Unlimited
Unlimited
3
5 000
6 250
7 500
4
3 750
4 688
5 625
5
3 000
3 750
4 500
6
2 500
3 125
3 750
4) A building referred to in Sentence (1), is permitted to retain existing combustible construction, provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1.5 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
842
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
5) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be upgraded as follows
a) where required to have a sprinkler system, the building shall be provided with a fire alarm and detection system conforming
to Subsection 3.2.4.,
b) be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) except as permitted in Subsection 11.3.4., be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to
Subsection 3.2.3.
11.3.3.10.
Group F2 or F3 Occupancies
1) A Group F, Division 2 or 3 occupancy may be permitted in a building, provided that the building conforms to Sentences (2)
to (5) except that where the building exceeds 1000 m2 in building area, or 2 storeys in building height, the entire building shall be
sprinklered.
2) A building referred to in Sentence (1) and in conformance with Table 11.3.3.10.(2) is permitted to be of combustible
construction or noncombustible construction used singly or in combination, provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
b) mezzanines shall have, if of combustible construction, a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min,
c) roof assemblies shall be
i) noncombustible construction,
ii) combustible construction with a fire-resistance rating of no less than 45 min in buildings with a building area no
greater than 4800 m2, or
iii) combustible construction constructed as a fire-retardant-treated wood roof system conforming to Article 3.1.14.1. in
a building of not more than 1 storey in building height,
d) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating shall
i) have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min, or
ii) be of noncombustible construction, and
e) loadbearing walls, columns and arches supporting a fire separation shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that
required for the fire separation.
Table 11.3.3.10.(2)
Maximum Building area, Group F, Division 2 or 3, Existing Building
Forming part of Sentence 11.3.3.10.(2)
No. of Storeys
Maximum Area, m2
Facing 1 Street
Facing 2 Streets
Facing 3 Streets
1
9 000
11 250
13 500
2
4 500
5 625
6 750
3
3 000
3 750
4 500
4
2 250
2 812
3 375
5
1 800
2 250
2 700
6
1 500
1 875
2 250
843
3) A building referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to be of noncombustible construction, provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
4) A building referred to in Sentence (1), is permitted to retain existing combustible construction, provided
a) floor assemblies shall be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating not less than 1.5 h,
b) mezzanines shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than 1 h, and
c) loadbearing walls, columns and arches shall have a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the supported
assembly.
5) A building referred to in Sentence (1) shall be upgraded as follows
a) Where required to have a sprinkler system, the building shall be provided with a fire alarm and detection system
conforming to Subsection 3.2.4.,
b) Be provided with lighting and emergency power systems conforming to Subsection 3.2.7., and
c) be upgraded to provide exterior wall and opening protection conforming to Subsection 3.2.3., except as permitted in
Subsection 11.3.4.
11.3.3.11.
Combustible Construction for Minor Repairs
(See Article 1.5.2.9. of Division C.)
11.3.3.12.
Open Air Repair and Storage Garages
1) Open-air storeys of a storage garage or repair garage located below grade need not be sprinklered.
11.3.3.13.
Daycare Facilities for Children
1) Sprinklers required by Table 3.1.2.8. need not be provided for an existing building containing a daycare facility for
children where
a) in a Group A, Division 2 or a Group C major occupancy, at least two means of egress are provided by means of doors
located so that at least one means of egress could provide egress from the daycare facility for children if the other means of
egress becomes inaccessible to the occupants due to a fire, that
i) discharge directly to exterior at the adjacent ground level, or
ii) discharge into an exit stair enclosure with a fire-resistance rating at least equal to that required by the fire separation
in Table 3.1.2.8., where it is not required to travel up or down more than 1 storey to reach the adjacent ground level,
and
b) in a Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, the occupant load of the daycare facility for children shall not exceed Table
3.1.2.8.(3)
Table 11.3.3.13.
Fire Safety Requirements for Omission of Sprinkler in Daycare Facilities for Children
Forming part of Sentence 11.3.3.13.
Maximum number of Children
Total number of Children
30(1)
Children under 30 months
8
Notes to Table 11.3.3.13.:
(1) Maximum number of children, inclusive of children of age 30 months and under.
844
11.3.4.
Spatial Separation Alternatives
11.3.4.1.
General
1) Except for additions and new construction, where the exterior wall of a building is required by Parts 3 and 9
to be of noncombustible construction, the provisions of this Subsection may be used as an alternative compliance measure to
the spatial separation requirements of Parts 3 and 9.
11.3.4.2.
Exterior Wall Construction
1) In a building of Group B or C occupancy, existing combustible construction may be retained in an existing exterior
wall provided
a) the wall has at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating,
b) the building is sprinklered, and
c) all voids in the wall are completely filled with noncombustible insulation and fire stopped.
2) In a building of other than Group B or C occupancy, existing combustible construction may be retained in an existing
exterior wall provided the wall has at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating, and
a) the building is sprinklered, or
b) all voids in the wall are completely filled with noncombustible insulation and fire stopped.
3) When an existing exterior wall requires a 2 h fire-resistance rating, existing combustible construction may be
retained provided
a) the wall has at least a 1 h fire-resistance rating,
b) the building is sprinklered, and
c) all voids in the wall are completely filled with noncombustible insulation and fire stopped.
11.3.4.3.
Exterior Cladding
1) Existing combustible cladding may be retained provided
a) the building is sprinklered using fast-response heads,
b) the exterior cladding is treated with acceptable exterior quality fire retardant intumescent paint,
(See Note A-11.3.4.3.(1)(b).) and
c) all exterior windows contain wired or safety glass in steel frames.
11.3.4.4. Existing Unprotected and Relocated Openings
1) Where the limiting distance is less than 900 mm, existing unprotected openings may be retained, provided
a) the openings are constructed with non-operable closures of glass block, wired glass, tempered glass or laminated
safety glass, and the building is sprinklered using fast-response heads,
b) the openings are constructed of glass block, wired glass, tempered glass or laminated safety glass in operable
frames, the building is sprinklered using fast-response and openings are protected with close spaced sprinkler in accordance
with Sentence 3.2.3.13.(5)., or
c) acceptable self-closing fire protection shutters are installed at the existing opening locations, where the fire shutter
operation is not obstructed by the openable window, and where the opening is not required for an escape function as outlined in
Article 9.9.10.1.
2) Where a limiting distance is 900 mm or more, existing unprotected openings which have a total area exceeding the
values listed in or extrapolated from Tables 3.2.3.1.B, 3.2.3.1.C, 3.2.3.1.D, 3.2.3.1.E or 9.10.14.4.A, may be retained, provided
a) the openings are constructed of glass blocks or wired glass in fixed frames, or
b) the building is to be sprinklered using fast-response heads.
3) Where construction on an existing building consists of renovation where the exposing building face is not being
altered, the existing unprotected openings of that building face may be retained and no additional protection shall be required
provided
845
a) the project consists of interior work only,
b) no additional principal dwelling units are being added,
c) the openings on the vertical building face are less than 10% of the entire exposing building face, and
d) the limiting distance is greater than 600 mm.
4) Notwithstanding the requirements of this Article, the replacement of existing windows that do not substantially alter
the existing spatial separation configuration by more than 2% shall not require additional protection provided that the openings
are constructed of glass block, wired glass, tempered glass or laminated safety glass. (See Note A-11.3.4.4.(4).)
5) A new unprotected opening in an existing exterior wall need not comply with the requirements of Article 9.10.15.4.(1)
provided
a) an equivalent area of existing unprotected openings within the same fire compartment or storey are removed, and
b) the limiting distance of the new unprotected opening is greater than 2 m.
11.3.5.
Alternatives for Fire Containment and Separation
11.3.5.1.
Public corridors
1) Existing public corridor walls, serving Group A Division 2, D, E, F Division 2 and F Division 3 occupancies, required
to have a fire-resistance rating exceeding 45 min may be terminated at the underside of a 30 min ceiling membrane, where the
public corridors are equipped with acceptable smoke detectors connected to the building fire alarm system.
11.3.5.2. Occupancy and Suite Separations
1) Existing vertical occupancy fire separations and suite fire separations in Group A Division 2, D, E, F Division 2 and F
Division 3 occupancies, need not exceed a 1 h fire-resistance rating provided acceptable smoke detectors are installed on each
side of such separations and are connected to the building fire alarm system.
2) Existing floor assemblies required by Sentence 3.3.1.1.(5) to be fire separations, need not exceed a 1 h fire-
resistance rating provided the suite is sprinklered.
11.3.5.3.
Alternative to 20 Minute Doors
1) An existing door assembly may be retained in place of a required door assembly with a 20 min fire-protection rating
provided
a) a solid core wood door has a minimum thickness of no less than 45 mm, or
b) a hollow core or panel type suite door has a layer of gypsum wallboard on the suite side covered by a minimum 0.9
mm thick sheet steel which extends over the edges of the door.
11.3.6.
Alternatives for Exits and Means of Egress
11.3.6.1.
General
1) Except as permitted in Articles 11.3.6.2. through 11.3.6.4. and in Subsection 11.3.7., every floor area or other space
shall be served with exits in conformance with Section 3.4.
11.3.6.2.
Openings in an Exit Enclosure
1) A maximum of 2 suite doors or 2 room doors per storey may be located within an exit enclosure provided
a) the exit enclosure is not required to have a fire-resistance rating of more than 1 h,
b) the suites or rooms have a second and separate means of egress, and
c) the suite or room doors have a fire-protection rating of 45 min, are self-closing and self-latching and do not lock
automatically.
846
2) Exit stairs shall be enclosed as required in Subsection 3.4.4. except that existing exit enclosures may have
a) wired glass set in steel frames conforming to Article 3.1.8.14. only in the portion of the enclosure which faces a
public corridor, and
b) in sprinklered buildings, acceptable hold-open devices actuated by smoke detectors and the building fire alarm
system.
11.3.6.3.
Group C Single Exit
1) A single exit is permitted from an existing non-sprinklered dwelling unit provided
a) the exit is an exterior doorway located no more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level,
b) the total area served by the exit door does not exceed 100 m2,
c) the maximum travel distance within the dwelling unit does not exceed 15 m, and
d) it is not necessary to travel up or down more than one storey to reach the exit door, or the uppermost floor level opens from
a common area to an unenclosed balcony or deck no more than 6 m above adjacent ground level.
11.3.6.4.
Existing Stairs in a Means of Egress
1) Existing stairs with rectangular treads in straight flights in an exit or a means of egress, other than those serving seating
areas, may be retained provided that
a) existing tread and riser dimensions within a flight comply with Table 11.3.6.4.(1),
Table 11.3.6.4.(1)
Dimensions of Existing Stairs
Forming Part of Sentence 11.3.6.4.(1)
Maximum (mm)
Minimum (mm)
Rise
205
125
Run
355
200
b) existing treads and landings shall
i) be dimensionally uniform,
ii) have a finish that is slip resistant,
iii) have nosings with distinct colour contrast for the full width of the leading edge of each tread visible in both direction
of travel, and
iv) have no projecting stair nosing, rakeback, or combination thereof, exceeding 38 mm or angle of more than 30
degrees from the vertical,
c) lighting is provided to
i) an average level of not less than 100 lx at floor or tread level, and
ii) the minimum illumination required by (i) shall be not less than 20 lx,
d) emergency lighting is provided to
i) an average level of illumination of not less than 20 lx at floor or tread level,
ii) a minimum illumination required by (i) shall be not less than 2 lx, and
iii) provided with emergency power in accordance with Article 3.2.7.4.,
e) handrails are provided conforming to the requirements of Article 3.4.6.5., and
f) tread and landings of exterior egress stairs are designed to be free of ice and snow accumulations.
847
11.3.7.
Alternatives for Sprinklered Buildings
11.3.7.1.
General
1) The alternative compliance measures in Articles 11.3.7.2. to 11.3.7.9. may be used in a building where
a) the building is sprinklered in conformance with Subsection 3.2.5., and
b) the building has a fire alarm system in conformance with Subsection 3.2.4.
11.3.7.2.
Group C and D Fire Containment
1) The fire separation between a Group C or D occupancy and the remainder of a building which is no more than 3 storeys in
building height need not exceed a fire-resistance rating of 45 min.
2) Existing lath and plaster, properly restored to its original condition, may be accepted by the Chief Building Official as
meeting the fire separation requirements in Sentence (1).
11.3.7.3.
Occupancy Separations
1) The existing fire-resistance rating for an occupancy separation in a building need not exceed 1 h when the
By-law requires 2 h for new construction and 45 min when the By-law requires 1 h for new construction.
11.3.7.4.
Flame Spread Rating
1) The flame-spread rating for an existing wall or ceiling finish may be increased to 300 for no more than 25% of the wall or
ceiling area, provided the wall or ceiling has no exposed foamed plastic.
11.3.7.5.
Fire Dampers
1) Where a fire separation is permitted to have a 45 min fire-resistance rating, a fire damper is not required for existing
noncombustible ducts less than 0.065 m2 in cross-sectional area.
11.3.7.6.
Plastic Sprinkler Piping
1) Plastic sprinkler piping may penetrate a vertical fire separation provided
a) the piping and its installation are listed by an acceptable testing agency, and
b) the piping is tightly fitted or fire stopped to maintain the integrity of the separation.
11.3.7.7.
Smoke-Venting in High Buildings
1) Existing means of venting which are capable of removing smoke to aid firefighting may penetrate exterior openings and
existing service shafts in adjacent fire compartments.
11.3.7.8.
Alternatives for Dead-end Public corridors
1) In a building provided with a sprinkler system with fast-response heads, existing public corridors which have smoke
detectors installed and connected to the fire alarm system may contain existing dead-end public corridors of lengths not
exceeding 10 m to the nearest exit in Group C occupancies and 15 m to the nearest exit in Group D, Group E, Group F Divisions
2 and Group F Division 3 occupancies.
2) In a building containing exits conforming to Article 11.3.7.9., one existing dead-end public corridor per floor may be
permitted provided
a) the existing dead-end public corridor does not exceed the lengths specified in Sentence (1),
848
b) each exit stair serving the existing dead-end public corridor contains a smoke barrier between each storey or mezzanine,
which prevents smoke from entering stairways and allows access to other stairways, and which may have a door equipped with
an acceptable hold-open device actuated by a local smoke detector circuit, and
c) the entire building is sprinklered with fast-response heads.
11.3.7.9.
Alternatives for Exits
1) Existing open exit stairways located at the ends of public corridors need not be enclosed provided
a) the building does not exceed 3 storeys in building height,
b) there is a smoke barrier located within each public corridor approximately midway between the exit stairways, which
i) has a door provided with an acceptable hold-open device actuated by the fire alarm system and smoke detectors on
that floor,
ii) is constructed of tempered or wired glass, or has a fire-protection rating of no less than 20 min, and
iii) is designed to retard the passage of smoke,
c) the public corridor contains no dead-ends,
d) the public corridor on both sides of the smoke barrier is continuously pressurized, and
e) the entire building is sprinklered with fast-response heads.
2) Wired glass in steel frame exposure protection for exterior fire escapes need not be provided in an existing building
provided
a) there is at least one exit enclosure which conforms to this By-law and which leads directly to the exterior of the building,
b) access to the fire escape is by means of a full-size door at each floor level,
c) the fire escape leads directly to ground level by means of an interior stair enclosure no less than 750 mm in width,
d) a sprinkler head is located on the ceiling adjacent to and within 1 500 mm of each opening requiring protection, and
e) the entire building is sprinklered with fast-response heads.
3) Where a building is provided with a sprinkler system with fast-response heads, existing exit doors may be retained
provided they do not swing over stairs or significantly impede safe egress and the Chief Building Official is satisfied that the
existing exit door swing and existing exit and corridor widths substantially comply with the requirements of Section 3.4.
11.3.8.
Alternatives for Accessibility
11.3.8.1.
Protection on Accessible Floor areas
1) Every floor area that is not sprinklered throughout and that has an accessible path of travel shall
a) be served by an elevator
i) conforming to Sentences 3.2.6.5.(4) to (6),
ii) protected against fire in conformance with Clauses 3.2.6.5.(3)(b) or (c), and
iii) in a building over 3 storeys in building height, protected against smoke movement so that the hoistway will not
contain more than 1% per cent by volume of contaminated air from a fire floor during a period of 2 h after the start of a
fire, assuming an outdoor temperature equal to the January design temperature on a 2.5% per cent basis determined
in conformance with Subsection 1.1.3.,
b) be divided into at least 2 zones by fire separations conforming to Sentences (2), (3) and 3.1.8.5.(6) so that (See Note A-
3.3.1.7.(1)(b))
i) persons with disabilities can be accommodated in each zone, and
ii) the travel distance from any point in one zone to a doorway leading to another zone shall be not more than the travel
distance permitted by Sentence 3.4.2.5.(1) for the occupancy classification of the zone, (See also Sentence 3.1.8.5.(6)
for requirements regarding the passage of smoke.
c) in the case of residential occupancies, be provided with balconies conforming to Sentence (4),
849
d) have an accessible exterior exit at ground level, or
e) have a ramp conforming to Subsection 3.8.3. leading to ground level.
(See Note A-11.2.8.1.(1).)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the fire separations referred to in Clause (1)(b) shall have a fire-resistance rating not
less than 1 h.
3) The fire-resistance rating of the fire separations referred to in Clause (1)(b) is permitted to be less than 1 h but not less
than 45 min provided the fire-resistance rating required by Subsection 3.2.2. is permitted to be less than 1 h for
a) the floor assembly above the floor area, or
b) the floor assembly below the floor area, if there is no floor assembly above.
4) A balcony required by Clause (1)(c) shall
a) have direct access from the suite or floor area,
b) be not less than 1.5 m deep from the outside face of the exterior wall to the inside edge of the balcony, and
c) provide not less than 2 m2 of balcony space for each accessible sleeping room or bed space.
5) The floor area on either side of a horizontal exit conforming to Article 3.4.6.10. is permitted to be considered as a zone in
applying the requirements of Clause (1)(b).
11.3.9.
Alternatives for Building Systems
11.3.9.1.
Location of Exhaust Vents in a Building Containing not more than 2 Principal
Dwelling Units
1) In a building containing not more than 2 principal dwelling units, exhaust vents serving heating and air conditioning
equipment and similar appliances, other than direct vented fireplaces, shall
a) not terminate within
(i) 1.2 m horizontally of an adjacent property line,
(ii) 1.8 m vertically of the underside of a soffit above, or
(iii) 1.2 m horizontally of any soffit vent above,
b) be located as high as possible, and
c) be directed upwards and away from the source building with
i) a vertical discharge through the roof, or
ii) a side discharge configuration that terminates vertically only in a manner that minimizes condensation on adjacent
surfaces.
850
Section 11.4.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Heritage Buildings
11.4.1.
Application
11.4.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) This Subsection provides alternative compliance measures for the restoration and renovation of heritage buildings.
2) The alternative compliance measures provided in Table 11.4.1.1. apply to existing conditions only and do not apply to new
work which must conform to the requirements for new construction in other Parts of this By-law.
3) Notwithstanding Article 11.1.4.3.(2), relocation of a heritage building may conform to the upgrade requirements for spatial
separation outlined in Table 11.4.1.1.
4) Site-built and custom-built replica wood doors, wood framed windows and wood framed skylights, intended to preserve the
heritage look of a building that separated conditioned space and unconditioned space from the exterior, are exempt from the
provisions of Subsection 9.7.4. and Article 5.9.2.2. provided the replica
a) complies with Clause 9.7.5.1.(3)(a) or (b) as applicable,
b) does not create an unsafe condition, and
c) is acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Table 11.4.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Heritage Buildings
Forming part of Sentence 11.4.1.1.(2)
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
Fire separations
Sentence 3.1.3.1.(1) and Table 3.1.3.1.;
Subsection 9.10.9.
2 h fire separation required between some
major occupancies
Except for F1 occupancies, 1 h fire separation is acceptable,
if the building is sprinklered.
Fire separations
1/2 h fire separation is acceptable, if the building is
sprinklered.
Noncombustible Construction
Subsection 3.1.5. and Article 9.10.6.1.
All materials used in noncombustible
construction must be noncombustible unless
otherwise permitted.
1. Roofs may be of combustible construction provided the
building is sprinklered.
2. Up to 10% gross floor area to a maximum of 10% of any
one floor area may be of combustible construction provided
the building is sprinklered.
Fire-resistance rating
Sentence 3.1.7.1.(1); Article 9.10.3.1.
Where a material, assembly of materials or
structural member is required to have a fire-
A fire-resistance rating may also be used based on:
1. HUD No. 8 Guideline on Fire Ratings of Archaic Materials
and Assemblies.
851
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
resistance rating it shall be tested in
accordance with CAN/ULC-S101.
2. Fire Endurance of Protected Steel Columns and Beams,
DBR Technical Paper No. 194.
3. Fire Endurance of Unit Masonry Walls, DBR Technical
Paper No. 207.
4. Fire Endurance of Light-Framed and Miscellaneous
Assemblies, DBR Technical Paper No. 222.
Rating of Supporting Construction
Article 3.1.7.5.; Article 9.10.8.3.
Supporting assemblies to have fire resistance
rating at least equivalent to that of the
supported floor.
Heavy timber construction is permitted to have a fire
resistance rating less than would be required by the By-law
provided the building:
(a) is sprinklered, and
(b) does not exceed 6 storeys in building height.
Continuity of Fire separations
Sentence 3.1.8.3.(1) and 3.1.8.3.(2); Article
9.10.9.2.
Fire separations are required to be
continuous above the ceiling space.
Fire separations are not required to be continuous above the
ceiling space where:
(a) the ceiling space is non-combustible construction,
(b) both fire compartments are sprinklered, or
(c) the ceiling has a minimum rating of 30 minutes.
Wired Glass
Sentences 3.1.8.5.(1) and 3.1.8.16; Articles
9.10.13.1. and 9.10.13.5.
6 mm wired glass in steel frame required in
fire separations.
For fixed transoms or sidelights, 6 mm wired glass fixed to a
wood frame of at least 50 mm thickness with steel stops is
permitted in a required fire separation.
Mezzanines
Sentences 3.2.1.1.(3) to 3.2.1.1.(6); Article
9.10.4.1.
Mezzanines enclosing more than 10% above
the horizontal plane are considered as storey
in building height.
Enclosed mezzanines may be up to 40% of the storey in
which they occur and not be considered a storey in building
height if the building is sprinklered.
Building height
Articles 3.2.2.20. to 3.2.2.90. Noncombustible
construction required for buildings over 3
storeys in building height.
Buildings may be of combustible construction up to 6 storeys
provided:
(a) the building is sprinklered
(b) the building contains Group C, D, E, F2 or F3
occupancies, and
(c) floor assemblies not required to exceed 1 h fire separation
requirements
may be of heavy timber construction.
Spatial Separation
Subsection 3.2.3.
The area of existing unprotected opening is not limited
provided:
(a) the limiting distance is a minimum 1 m,
852
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
The area of unprotected opening shall not
exceed the limits in Tables 3.2.3.1.A to
3.2.3.1.E
(b) the building has a supervised sprinkler system in
conformance with Article 3.2.4.9., and
(c) the sprinkler system is designed to notify the fire
department in conformance with Article 3.2.4.7.
Spatial Separation
Subsection 9.10.14.; Subsection 9.10.15.
The area of unprotected opening in an
unsprinklered building shall not exceed the
limits in Tables 9.10.14.4.-A or 9.10.15.4.
The area of existing unprotected opening on a building face is
not limited provided the existing unprotected openings on that
face are protected with close spaced sprinklers per Clause
3.2.3.13.(5)
Construction of Exposing building face
Article 3.2.3.7.; Article 9.10.14.5.
The exposing building face is required to
have a fire-resistance rating and/or be of
noncombustible construction.
Exposing building face is not required to have a fire
resistance rating if the building is sprinklered. Also, the
exposing building face is not required to be of
noncombustible construction if it is protected by an exterior
sprinkler system conforming to NFPA 13.
Roof Covering Rating
Sentence 3.1.15.2.(1)
Class A, B or C roof covering in conformance
with CAN/ULC-S107 required.
For existing roofs not covered by a Class A, B or C roofing, a
manually operated deluge system in accordance with NFPA
13 is permitted.
Smoke Alarms
Sentences 3.2.4.20.(7) and 3.2.4.20.(9);
Sentence 9.10.19.1.(2)
Smoke alarms are required to be connected
to an electric circuit.
Smoke alarms may be battery operated in a residential
building containing not more than one principal dwelling unit.
Interconnected Floor Space
Subsection 3.2.8.;
Sentence 9.10.1.3.(6)
1. Open stairs in buildings of not more than 4 storeys in
building height need not comply with Subsection 3.2.8.
provided:
(a) the building contains a Group C or D occupancy,
(b) the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
(c) corridors opening into the interconnected floor space are
separated from the interconnected floor space by a fire
separation with the rating required for the corridor, and
(d) smoke detectors are installed in the rooms opening into
the interconnected floor space and the smoke detectors are
connected to the fire alarm system.
2. Open stairs in buildings of maximum 3 storeys in building
height, or the first 2 storeys and basement, need not comply
with Subsection 3.2.8. provided:
(a) the building contains a Group C or D occupancy,
853
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
(b) the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
(c) smoke detectors are installed in the rooms opening into
the interconnected floor space and the smoke detectors are
connected to the fire alarm system, and
(d) at least one means of egress is not through the
interconnected floor space.
Separation of Suites
Article 3.3.1.1.; Article 9.10.9.13.,
Article 9.10.9.14.
Suites are required to be separated from
adjoining suites by 3/4 h or 1 h rated fire
separations.
Existing fire separations of 30 min, such as wood lath and
plaster in good condition, are acceptable in sprinklered
buildings not exceeding 6 storeys in building height.
Corridor Fire separation
Article 3.3.1.4.; Article 9.10.9.15.
Public corridors are required to be separated
from the remainder of the building by a fire
separation having a fire resistance rating of at
least 3/4 h.
Existing corridors with 30 min fire-resistance ratings, such as
wood lath and plaster in good condition, are acceptable in
residential occupancies provided the building:
(a) does not exceed 6 storeys in building height, and
(b) is fully sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers.
Corridor Width
Articles 3.3.1.9. and Subsection 3.4.3.; Article
9.9.3.3.
Public corridors and exit corridors are
required to have a minimum width of
1 100 mm.
Public corridors and exit corridors are required with a
minimum width
of 800 mm provided:
(a) the occupant load of the building is maximum 20 people,
and
(b) the building does not exceed 3 storeys in building height.
Door Swing
Articles 3.3.1.11. and 3.4.6.12.
Doors required to swing in the direction of exit
travel.
Second egress door from a room is not required to swing in
the direction of exit travel provided:
(a) the building is sprinklered and the system is supervised in
conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
(b) the occupant load of the building is a maximum of 100
people.
Stairs, Ramps, Handrails and Guards
Article 3.3.1.14., Article 3.3.1.16., Article
3.3.1.18., Article 3.4.6.4., Article 3.4.6.6.,
Article 3.4.6.2. through Article 3.4.6.9.;
Section 9.8.
Existing conditions that do not comply fully with the
requirements are permitted if they are acceptable to the Chief
Building Official.
Transparent Doors and Panels
Article 3.3.1.19.; Article 9.6.1.4.
Existing glass or transparent panels that do not comply fully
with the requirements are permitted if sufficiently discernible
or guards are provided
in unsafe conditions.
854
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
Glass in doors and sidelights are required to
be protected by guards and to be safety
glass.
Dead-end Corridors
Sentence 3.3.1.9.(7); Article 9.9.7.3.
Dead-end corridors are permitted to a
maximum length of 6 m.
1. Dead-end corridors are permitted to a maximum length of
10 m in Group C occupancies provided:
(a) the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
and
(b) smoke detectors are installed in the corridor system.
2. Dead-end corridors are permitted to a maximum of 15 m in
length in Group D, E, F2 and F3 occupancies provided:
(a) the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
and
(b) smoke detectors are installed in the corridor system.
Exits
Article 3.4.2.1.; Article 9.9.8.2.
Floor areas shall be served by not fewer than
2 exits except as permitted by Sentence
3.4.2.1.(2)
Floor areas may be served by a single exit within the limits of
Sentence 3.4.2.1.(2).(b) provided:
(a) the building does not exceed 3 storeys in building height,
(b) the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
and
(c) all floor areas are protected by a system of smoke
detectors connected
to a fire alarm system.
Reduction of Exit Width
Sentence 3.4.3.3.(2); Article 9.9.6.1.
Swinging doors in their swing shall not reduce
the effective width of exit stairs and landings
to less than 750 mm.
Existing swinging doors in their swing are permitted to
reduce the effective width of exit stairs and landings to a
minimum of 550 mm provided:
(a) they serve Group C or D occupancies,
(b) the building does not exceed 4 storeys in building height,
and
(c) the building is sprinklered.
Fire separation of Exits
Article 3.4.4.1.; Subsection 9.9.4.
Article 3.4.4.1.; Subsection 9.9.4.
Exits are required to be separated from the
remainder of the floor area by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 3/4 h.
1. Buildings of 3 storeys or less may have exits that are
separated by a fire separation that does not have a fire-
resistance rating provided:
(a)
the building is sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
and
(b)
the sprinkler system is supervised in accordance with
Sentence 3.2.4.9.(2).
2. Buildings not exceeding 6 storeys in building height may
have exits that are separated by a 45 min fire separation
provided the building is sprinklered.
Exits Through Lobbies
Article 3.4.4.2.; Article 9.9.8.5.
Rooms adjacent to the lobby are not required to be separated
by a fire separation provided:
855
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
Rooms adjacent to the lobby are required to
be separated by a fire separation.
(a)
the floor area is sprinklered with fast-response
sprinklers, and
(b)
smoke detectors are installed in the adjacent rooms.
Rooms Opening into an Exit
Sentence 3.4.4.4.(7); Article 9.9.5.9.
Service rooms and ancillary rooms
are not permitted to open directly into an exit.
Service rooms and ancillary rooms may open directly into an
exit provided:
(a) the rooms are sprinklered with fast-response sprinklers,
and
(b) weather stripping is installed on the doors to prevent the
passage of smoke.
Illumination of Exit Signs
Sentences 3.4.5.1.(2) and 3.4.5.1.(4);
Sentences 9.9.11.3.(3) to 9.9.11.3.(4)
Exit signs are required to be illuminated
continuously while the building is occupied.
Where exit signage may compromise historic appearances,
or authenticity of displays, exit signs may be installed to light
only on an emergency condition, such as by the fire alarm
system or due to power failure.
Clearance from Exit Doors
Sentence 3.4.6.11.(1); Article 9.9.6.6.
Stair risers shall not be closer than 300 mm
from an exit door.
Except as permitted in Sentences 3.4.6.11.(3) or 9.9.6.6.(2),
existing exit doors shall not extend beyond the first riser.
Fire Escapes
Subsection 3.4.7.; Sentence 9.9.2.1.(2)
Fire escapes are required to conform to
Subsection 3.4.7.
Existing fire escapes that do not completely conform to
Subsection 3.4.7.
are acceptable provided:
(a) the fire escapes are acceptable, and
(b) the building is sprinklered.
Fire Escape Construction
3.4.7.2.; Sentence 9.9.2.1.(2)
Existing combustible fire escapes are permitted if the building
is permitted to be of combustible construction by Part 3, Part
9 or by this table.
Protection of Fire Escapes
Article 3.4.7.4.; Sentence 9.9.2.1.(2)
Openings in the exterior wall adjacent to the
fire escape are required to be protected by
closures.
Existing openings in the exterior wall adjacent to the fire
escape are not required to be protected by closures provided:
(a) the building is sprinklered, and
(b) a sprinkler head is located within 1.5 m of the opening
required to be protected by Article 3.4.7.4.
Vertical Service Space
Article 3.6.3.1.
Vertical service spaces are required to be
separated from the adjacent floor area by a
rated fire separation.
Existing vertical service spaces that do not completely
conform to the rated fire separation requirements are
acceptable provided the vertical service spaces are
sprinklered.
856
No. By-law Requirement
Alternative Compliance Measures
Height and Area of Rooms
Subsection 3.7.1.; Section 9.5.
The height and area of rooms are required to
comply to minimum dimension requirements.
Existing rooms are not required to comply to the minimum
dimension requirements of Subsection 3.7.1. or Subsection
9.5.3. provided it is acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Washroom Requirements
Subsection 3.7.2.; Section 9.31.
Buildings are required to be provided with a
minimum number of washroom fixtures.
Existing facilities are not required to completely comply to the
requirements
of Subsection 3.7.2. or Section 9.31. provided it is acceptable
to the
Chief Building Official.
Seismic Anchorage of Exterior Decoration
Subsection 4.1.8.
Existing exterior decorations are not required to fully comply
to the anchorage requirements of Subsection 4.1.8. provided:
(a) acceptable means of protection is provided, or
(b) there is no exposure to the public.
Mechanical Systems
Part 6 and Part 7
Existing mechanical systems in buildings are not required to
fully comply to the requirements of Parts 6 or 7 provided:
(a) it is not an unsafe condition, and
(b) it is acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Mechanical and Plumbing Systems
Parts 9, 10 and 11
Existing mechanical systems in buildings are not required to
fully comply to the requirements of Parts 6 or 7 provided:
(a) it is not an unsafe condition, and
(b) it is acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
Energy and Water Efficiency
Parts 9, 10 and 11.
The existing level of energy and water efficiency in a building
is not required to comply with the requirements of Parts 9, 10
or 11 provided the level of energy efficiency is acceptable to
the Chief Building Official.
857
11.5. Upgrade Mechanism
11.5.1.
General
(See Note A-11.5.1.)
11.5.1.1.
Application
1) The acceptable level of upgrade required for a building shall be determined on the basis of the Upgrade Triggers
Mechanism of Subsection 11.5.2., except as otherwise required or permitted by this Part.
2) For a single detached house or duplex, the acceptable level of upgrade required shall be determined on the basis of
Subsection 11.5.3.
3) The Hazard Index may be determined by the Hazard Index Table or other methodology as deemed acceptable to the Chief
Building Official (see Note A-11.5.1.1.(3) ).
11.5.1.2. Required Upgrade Levels
1) The required Upgrade Levels determined by this Part are as follows (see Note A-11.5.1.2.(1)):
Fire
F1 - Exiting to be reviewed to ensure that the exits do not present an unsafe condition.
F2 - Existing building to meet the fire & life safety requirements of this By-law within the project area and have conforming
exits leading from the project area to an acceptable open space.
F3 - Existing building to meet fire, life and health safety requirements within the project area. Existing building to meet fire,
life and health safety requirements within the public areas.
F4 - Entire building to substantially meet the intent of health, fire and life safety requirements of this By-law as well as
provide protection to adjacent property.
Structural
S1 - Proposed work must not have an adverse effect on the structural capacity of the existing structure.
S2 - Limited structural upgrade required in order to provide minimum protection to building occupants during a seismic event
within the project area.
S3 - The building structure shall be upgraded to an acceptable level in order to provide a minimum level of property and life
safety to unreinforced masonry or other buildings having less than 30 percent of the current required seismic resistance.
Falling hazards that may impact adjacent properties and over public ways must be addressed.
S4 - The entire building structure shall be brought up to an acceptable level in order to meet seismic requirements of this
By-law.
Nonstructural
N1 - Project area to be reviewed to ensure safety from overhead falling hazards.
N2 - Project area and means of egress to be reviewed to ensure safety from overhead falling hazards.
N3 - Building exits and to acceptable open space to be reviewed to ensure safety from overhead falling hazards.
N4 - Entire building and to acceptable open space to be reviewed to ensure safety from overhead falling hazards.
Accessibility
858
A1 - The proposed work must not adversely affect the existing accessibility level of the building.
A2 - A limited level of upgrade shall be provided within the project area to ensure access for persons with disabilities.
A3 - The existing building shall be upgraded to an acceptable level in order to ensure complete access within the project
area as well as access to the remainder of the building.
A4 - The existing building shall be upgraded in order to provide the minimum accessibility requirements of this By-law.
11.5.2.
General Upgrade Requirements
11.5.2.1.
Upgrade Trigger Mechanism
1) Except as otherwise required or permitted by this Part, the acceptable level of upgrade for an existing building shall be
determined in accordance with Flow Chart 11.5.2.1.-A, -B, and -C for each type of project.
RENOVATION PROJECT TYPE (Flow Chart No. 1)
Notes to Flow Chart No. 1:
(1) For small suites, the small suite must be separated on the suite side of the suite separation with at least two layers of gypsum wall board (GWB) as required by Sentence 11.5.1.1.(5).
(2) Notwithstanding the upgrade levels in Flow Chart #1, where a minor or major renovation involves an entire building and the renovation includes the removal of the majority interior wall
cladding then the structural seismic upgrade level shall be S3.
CHANGE OF MAJOR OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION PROJECTS (Flow Chart No. 2)
859
Notes to Flow Chart No. 2:
(1) Restricted Change of Major occupancy (see Article 11.5.3.1.(2) )
(2) The cumulative 5 year limit is triggered when there is a change of major occupancy in an existing building and the aggregate area of the change in major occupancy including the
current work within any 5 year period is greater than 50% of the building area (as defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A) in a building of not more than one storey, or the aggregate
area of the change in major occupancy within any 5 year period is greater than 100% of the building area (as defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A) in a building of more than one
storey.
(3) For small suites, the small suite must be separated on the suite side of the suite separation with at least two layers of gypsum wall board (GWB) as required by Sentence 11.5.1.1.(5).
(4) Where there is a change of major occupancy and the structural load paths or structural design criteria are altered then it must be demonstrated that the existing building has the
structural capacity to carry the increase in load or the building shall be structurally upgraded to carry the increase in live load.
(5) Occupant load (OL) increase is based on the proposed occupant load for the entire building versus the current occupant load for the entire building. The OL change may be assessed
in a comparative manner by considering only those areas undergoing a change of major occupancy, where the occupant load of the remainder of the building cannot otherwise
reasonably be assessed. Occupant loads are to be determined by the acceptable solutions in Subsection 3.1.17. of Division B.
ADDITION PROJECTS (Flow Chart No. 3)
860
2) Where a project scope includes multiple categories of work the highest upgrade level in each category shall apply and
include the requirements of all lower upgrade levels.
3) Where a suite is altered as a small suite renovation or small suite change of major occupancy, and the existing framed
ceiling/floor and wall assemblies separating the suite from adjacent spaces in the building are not constructed with at least 2
layer of 13 mm thick gypsum board on the interior side, the suite separation shall be upgraded to include at least 2 layers of 13
mm thick gypsum wall board.
11.5.3.
Upgrade Requirements for Single Detached House and Duplex Building
11.5.3.1.
Upgrade Requirement
1) An alteration or addition to a single detached house or duplex building containing not more than two principal dwelling units
shall comply with this By-law, and the existing portions of building shall be upgraded to an acceptable level as determined by
Tables 11.5.3.1.(1)-A, 11.5.3.1.(1)-B, and 11.5.3.1.(1)-C.
861
Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-A
Fire and Life Safety Upgrade requirements for Residential Buildings containing not more than Two Principal Dwelling units
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.3.1.(1)
Scope of Work
Smoke
Alarms(1)
CO
Alarms(2)
Guards(3)
Spatial
Separation(4)
Structural(5)
Renovation
Y
Y
Y
N
N
Relocation or
Reconstruction
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Horizontal Addition Floor area
up to 25%(6)
Y
Y
Y
N
N
over 25%(7)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Vertical Addition Floor area
up to 25%(6)
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
over 25%(7)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Notes to Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-A:
(1) Smoke Alarms: to be installed in conformance with Subsections 3.2.4. and 9.10.19. as applicable.
(2) CO Alarms: to be installed in conformance with Subsections 6.9.3. and 9.32.4. as applicable.
(3) Guards: all unsafe guards to be upgraded to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
(4) Spatial Separation: Spatial separation of the building shall comply with Subsections 3.2.3., 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. as applicable; or as permitted by Section 11.3.
(5) All existing wood frame walls to be anchored to existing concrete foundation walls for seismic resistance.
(6) Aggregate increase in floor area less than 25% of the building area (see flow chart #3 of Note A-11.2.1.2).
(7) Aggregate increase in floor area greater than 25% of the building area.
Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-B
Egress and Exit Upgrade requirements for Residential Buildings containing not more than Two Principal Dwelling units
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.3.1.(1)
Scope of Work
Means of
egress(1)
Handrails(2)
Exit
Exposure(3)
Stair
Dimensions(4)
Building
Services(5)
Falling
Hazards(6)
Renovation
N
Y
N
N
N
N
Relocation or
Reconstruction
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Horizontal Addition Floor area
up to 25%(7)
Y
N
N
N
N
Y
over 25%(8)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Vertical Addition Floor area
up to 25%(7)
Y
Y
N
N
N
Y
862
over 25%(8)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Notes to Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-B:
(1) Means of egress: confirm that access to exit (9.9.9.) and means of escape (9.9.10.) from all floor areas is compliant with regards to
travel distance and fire separation (where applicable).
(2) Handrails: all unsafe handrails to be upgraded to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
(3) Exit Exposure: Exits to be confirmed to be compliant with regards to exit exposure where applicable.
(4) Stair Dimensions: Existing stairs in means of egress to comply with the dimensional requirements of Subsection 9.8.2.
(5) Building Services: Restrain building service piping, conduit, and appliances to resist lateral movement due to earthquake.
(6) Falling hazards: Restrain falling hazards within 3 m of the egress path to resist lateral movement due to earthquake.
(7) Aggregate increase in floor area less than 25% of the building area (see flow chart #3 of Note A-11.5.2.1).
(8) Aggregate increase in floor area greater than 25% of the building area.
Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-C
Floor area Upgrade Requirements for Residential Buildings containing not more than Two Principal Dwelling units
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.3.1.(1)
Scope of Work
Flame
Spread(1)
Floor Fire
separations(2)
Suite Fire
separations(3)
Lighting &
Emergency Lights(4)
Door
Hardware(5)
Renovation
N
N
N
N
N
Relocation or
Reconstruction
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Horizontal Addition Floor area
up to 25% (6)
N
N
N
N
N
over 25% (7)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Vertical Addition Floor area
up to 25% (6)
N
N
N
Y
N
over 25% (7)
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Notes to Table 11.5.3.1.(1)-C:
(1) Flame Spread Rating: Exposed wall and ceiling finishes of egress routes to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.10.17. in exits
(2) Floor Fire separations: Floor and occupied roof assemblies to be fire rated per Article 9.10.8.1.
(3) Suite Fire separations (where applicable): Residential suites to be provided with a fire separation in accordance with Article 9.10.9.14. and Section 9.37.
(4) Lighting & Emergency Lights (where applicable): Lighting and emergency lighting to be provided in means of egress in accordance with Subsection 9.9.12.
(5) Door Hardware: Door hardware within existing floor areas to be made adaptable as per Subsection 3.8.5.
(6) Aggregate increase in floor area less than 25% of the building area (see flow chart #3 of Note A-11.5.2.1).
(7) Aggregate increase in floor area greater than 25% of the building area.
2) Where an alteration or addition is made to an existing residential building containing not more than two principal dwelling
units, the energy efficiency of the building shall be upgraded to an acceptable level in conformance with Table 11.5.3.1.(2).
Table 11.5.3.1.(2)
Energy Efficiency Upgrade Requirements for Residential Buildings containing not more than Two Principal Dwelling units
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.3.1.(2)
Alteration construction
value(1)
EnerGuide
Assessment(2)
Air tightness
upgrades(3)
Attic and Sloped
Roof Insulation(4)
Hot Water
Heating
Electric Space
Heating
863
$0.00 to $142,999
N
N
N
N
N
$153,000 to $254,999
N
N
N
Y(5)
N
≥$255,000
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Notes to Table 11.5.2.1.(2):
(1) "Construction Value" - see note A-11.1.4.3.(6), 11.2.3.1.,11.5.3.1.(2)&(4), and 11.5.4.2.(4).
(2) An EnerGuide Assessment completed within the last 4 years must be submitted, a post-construction assessment must also be completed.
(3) Where EGH>5 air changes per hour, air sealing is required.
(4) Where attic insulation <R12 (2.11RSI), increase to R28 (4.93RSI); where attic insulation ≥R12 (2.11RSI), increase to R40 (7.04RSI);
Insulation in existing attics shall not exceed R43.7 (7.7RSI). All flat roof and cathedral ceiling insulation shall be upgraded to ≥R14 (2.47RSI).
(5) Domestic hot water equipment must be replaced in compliance with the domestic hot water requirements of Article 10.2.2.12. or a uniform energy factor of not less than
1.0, except the system may be gas-fired with a uniform energy factor of not less than 0.78 or a thermal efficiency of not less than 90% where
- the building mechanical room, storage or service spaces have insufficient space to accommodate the footprint, height, or manufacturer-specified space
requirements of the new equipment;
- the existing electrical panel has insufficient circuit or amperage capacity to accommodate the new equipment;
- the existing domestic hot water system is part of a combined system that also provides space-heating;
- the existing domestic hot water equipment was installed with a valid permit within the previous five years; or
- equivalent emissions reduction measures are completed as acceptable to the Chief Building Official.".
3) Where an alteration is made to an existing residential building containing not more than two principal residential dwelling
units, a sprinkler system shall be installed
a) throughout the building, where more than one dwelling unit is created, reconstructed, or both,
b) throughout any storey on which a new principal dwelling unit is created and all storeys below, or
c) throughout any storey on which an alteration increases the existing building floor area by more than 50%.
4) A building need not be sprinklered in accordance with Sentence (3), if the construction value of the alteration does not
exceed $255,000 (see Note A-11.1.4.3.(6), 11.2.3.1.,11.5.3.1.(2)&(4), and 11.5.4.2.(4) ).
11.5.4.
Special Cases
11.5.4.1.
General
1)
Where there is a change of major occupancy in a building, and the aggregate area of the change in major occupancy
within any 5 year period is greater than 50% of the building area in a one storey building or greater than 100% of the building
area in a building of more than one storey, the entire building shall be upgraded to design upgrade levels F4, S4, N4 and A4 as
detailed in the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism except where
a) the change in major occupancy is to a single suite of not more than 100 m2, and the work does not exceed 5% of the
building area, or
b) such upgrades are in conflict with an approved heritage retention plan.
2)
Where there is a change of major occupancy in a building, the upgrade requirements of Flow Chart #2 of the Upgrade
Trigger Mechanism need not be provided where
a) the change in major occupancy is to a single suite,
b) the aggregate suite area does not exceed the lesser of 50% of the building area or 300 m2,
c) the major occupancy of the suite is Group D or Group E, and
d) the use and aggregate suite area complies with Table 11.5.4.1.(2)
Table 11.5.4.1.(2)
Maximum Aggregate Suite Area
864
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.4.1.(2)
Major occupancy
Suite Use
Aggregate Suite Area
≤200 m2
201 to 300 m2
Group D
Administrative & Business Offices
Y
Y
Barber and Hairdressing Shop
Y
Y
Beauty Salon
Y
Y
Health Care Offices (non-surgical, non-sedation)
Y
Y(1)
Group E
General Retail (Non-hazardous materials)
Y(1)
N(2)
Notes to Table 11.5.4.1.(2).:
(1) Provided the Hazard Index of the space is not increased (see Table A-11.5.4.1.C)
(2) Except as acceptable to the Chief Building Official
3) Where a building is altered and is a post-disaster building as defined in Table 4.1.2.1., or where there is a major addition to
a post-disaster building, the entire building shall be upgraded to design upgrade levels F4, S4, N4 and A4 as detailed in the
Upgrade Trigger Mechanism.
4) Except as permitted by Article 11.5.3.1., where a building is relocated from another municipality to the City, from another lot
within the City or within its existing lot, the building shall be upgraded to Design Upgrade Levels F4, S4, N4 and A4, as
determined by the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism.
11.5.4.2.
Sprinkler Installation Requirements for the Addition of One or More Dwelling units
(See Note A-11.5.4.2.)
1) Where an alteration to an existing building creates or adds one or more dwelling units, the building shall be sprinklered in
conformance with Table 11.5.4.2.(1), except as permitted by Sentence (4) and Sentence 11.5.3.1.(3).
Table 11.5.4.2.(1)
Sprinkler Installation Determination Where Dwelling units are Added
Forming part of Sentence 11.5.4.2.(1)
Existing Dwelling
units
New DUs(1) Added Over Any 5 year Period(2)
1
2-3
4-5
6
>6
0-1
Spr R(3)
Spr R
Spr R
Spr R
Spr R
2-4
-
Spr R
Spr R
Spr R
Spr R
5-10
-
-
Spr R
Spr R
Spr R
11-20
-
-
-
Spr R
Spr R
>20
-
-
-
-
Spr R
865
Notes to Table 11.5.4.2.(1)
(1) Dwelling units
(2) The creation of dwelling units over the previous 5 years from the date of the proposed building permit application.
(3) Sprinklers Required.
2) Where the alteration in Sentence (1) involves the addition of existing floor area to an existing dwelling unit, and that
converted space is greater than 50% of the floor area of the original dwelling unit, the altered dwelling unit shall be considered as
a new dwelling unit and the building shall be sprinklered in conformance with Table 11.5.4.2.(1)
3) Sprinklers required by Table 11.5.4.2.(1) shall be installed throughout the storey on which the new dwelling unit is to be
located and all storeys below the new dwelling unit.
4) A building need not be sprinklered in accordance with Sentence (1) if the construction value of the alteration does not
exceed $255,000 (see Note A-11.1.4.3.(6), 11.2.3.1.,11.5.3.1.(2) & (4), and 11.5.4.2.(4) ).
866
Notes to Part 11
Existing buildings
A-11.1.2.1.(2) Project Scopes in Part 11
For the purposes of Part 11, and establishing acceptable upgrade requirements, Sentence 11.1.2.1.(2) establishes several
project scopes used to classify work involving existing construction. A project may fall under one or more project categories, and
as a result, it will be subject to the most restrictive set of requirements applicable to all of the project categories that it falls under.
Change of Major occupancy refers to a project scope that includes a change of use or introduces a new use within a suite,
storey, or its constituent floor areas, that exceeds the last permitted major occupancy (as last legally authorized) of that suite,
storey, or constituent floor areas.
More limited scopes of Change of Major occupancy include:
Restricted Change of Major Occupancy which refers to changes of major occupancy within a limited set of uses as set out in
Clause 11.5.1.3.(9)(c) that are limited by both hazard and scope such that it does not increase the overall risk.
Small Suite Change of Major Occupancy which means a change of major occupancy within a suite of limited occupant load
and lower hazard use. This categorization is contingent upon the provision of a separation incorporating additional
gypsum board on the suite side from adjacent spaces in the building (including vertically).
Horizontal Additions are construction that creates new floor area beyond the extents of the existing floor area but which does
not impose new vertical loads on existing construction. This could include the construction of a new addition to a building
supported on grade.
Minor Horizontal Additions are horizontal additions, of limited size, the extents of which may not exceed the lesser of 25 per
cent of the existing total building area, or 500 m2 of floor area increase aggregated over all of a building's storeys.
Renovation projects include alterations to existing construction for the purpose of improvement, renovation, reconfiguration, or
refurbishment of existing floor spaces.
There are several subcategories of Renovations including the following:
Major Renovation is the broadest category of renovation work, and includes all renovations to existing construction which do
not fall into other subcategories
Minor Renovation is renovation work within a single suite (or a space occupied by a single tenant space) and those demising
walls shared with the adjoining suites, but which does not include the public or common floor areas of the building. Minor
renovation may also include the subdivision of a single suite of not more than one storey into smaller constituent suites.
Minor Renovation may include the following:
- Reconfiguration of the interior space of the suite which may occupy multiple levels in a building,
- Retention of existing interconnected floor spaces that do not create new connections to previously unconnected floor
areas,
- Retention of existing mezzanines that do not add floor area,
- Subdivision of an existing suite of not more than one storey into one or more suites which do not include floor area
outside of the subdivided suite
- Renovation in adjacent suites to the extent necessary to support the relocation of shared demising walls, or
- Exterior renovations pertaining to the subject suite
Where the renovation includes a new interconnected floor space, this work would not be considered to be a minor renovation.
New mezzanines are considered to be additions.
867
Small Suite Renovation means renovations pertaining to a suite of limited occupant load and lower hazard use. This is
contingent upon the provision of a separation incorporating additional gypsum board on the suite side from adjacent
spaces in the building (including vertically),
Small Suite renovations may include reconfiguration of the interior space of the suite, but may not include work on more
than level (storey or mezzanine), interconnected floor spaces, exterior renovations, or the consolidation of more than one
existing suite into a single new tenant space.
Reconstruction means the extensive removal of the major of construction to expose the building's primary structure on interior
and exterior walls, floors and roof with only the primary structural elements remaining in place (building skeleton).
Reconstruction also includes substantial reconfiguration of the interior floor space. Where work, which might otherwise be
considered as reconstruction, is undertaken solely to facilitate the repair or the abatement of a health hazard of a building, then
such work need not to be considered a reconstruction and would be considered a repair, minor renovation or a major renovation
as defined in this By-law.
Repair focuses on interior or exterior renovations where existing building components are being replaced with components that
do not change the essential characteristics of the original building components. This is not the same as a restoration, but a
repair may not include work that increases the usable floor area of a building, creates an interconnected floor space, supports an
addition or change of use, or the consolidation of more than one existing suite into a single tenant space.
Vertical Additions are the addition of any new floor area superimposed over an existing building structure or floor area which
imparts an additional structural load. Structural loads include not only gravity loads, but could include implications from uplift,
wind, or changes in rain or snow loads.
In addition to storeys, vertical additions may also include mezzanines, decks, or other roof areas intended for occupancy which
in-fill existing unoccupied spaces, but which do not necessarily add to the floor or building areas.
Major Vertical Addition are those vertical additions which exceeds the limits permitted by a Minor Vertical Addition.
Minor Vertical Addition is an addition of new floor area that does not result in an increase to the aggregate floor area by more
than 25 per cent of the building area, 500 m2 in aggregate floor area, or both.
Voluntary Building By-Law Upgrades are alterations to the building that directly contribute to the improvement of existing
building systems and that are aligned with the fundamental objectives of the Building By-law, and exceed the minimum
expectations for the code compliance of other planned improvements. These improvements may include improvements in the fire
alarm system, sprinkler system, exit, accessibility, seismic, building envelope, and energy or water efficiency systems in an
existing building. However, this does not generally apply to improvements to these systems where this is already a requirement
needed to achieve code compliance for other planned new construction or renovation (e.g. one would not typically consider the
addition of sprinklers to be a voluntary improvement, where an existing major occupancy was changed to a different major
occupancy that would be required to be sprinklered).
A-11.1.3.1.(1)(e) Limitation of Upgrades to Suites. The objective described in Clause 11.1.3.1.(1)(e) is to limit the potential
scope of upgrades to suite areas outside a renovated suite (i.e. to other suites, but not common areas) unless the effects of the
renovation also have direct or significant impacts to another suite.
For example an increase to occupant loads to a suite, has direct impacts on the subject suite and the commonly accessed
means of egress from the subject suite, which may lead to upgrades of those spaces, but the egress within another suite would
likely not be affected until you left that other suite, and therefore upgrade would not be required.
However, judgement needs to be applied in this regards, as it may not be immediately obvious to what extent building systems
shared by more than one suite might be affected. In the above example, a significant enough increase in the occupant load in a
868
suite could have structural implications that affect all suites on a floor, in which case additional upgrades within suites not directly
affected may be required.
A-11.1.4.1.(1) Upgrading of Existing buildings. Article 11.1.3.1. of the Building By-law identifies that existing buildings are
required to be upgraded, and identifies three mechanism by which an appropriate level of upgrade may be determined. In most
cases, this is achieved by use of the upgrade triggers mechanism described in Section 11.5.
However, the scope of projects vary considerably as do the state of existing building construction, and therefore upgrades in
accordance with Clauses 11.1.4.1.(b) and (c) provide alternative means to establish acceptable upgrades to retained existing
construction.
Clause (b) address upgrades via Alternative Compliance Measures, which include:
- Construction to achieve modified code requirements, to facilitate conversions of existing buildings, in Section 11.2.;
- Alternative acceptable construction providing an alternative set of improvement for specific existing components or systems
of a building which are deemed to comply with the upgrades that would otherwise be required by the upgrade triggers
mechanisms, in Section 11.3; and
- Measures intended to facilitate the alteration of existing heritage construction, in Section 11.4.
The figure below provides a general flowchart illustrating how the acceptable upgrade to an existing building is determined.
869
Figure 11.1.4.1.(1): Building Upgrade Overview
A-11.1.4.2.(2) Voluntary Building By-law Upgrades. Where a voluntary upgrade for fire alarm systems, sprinkler systems,
exits, accessibility, seismic work, building envelope repair, energy efficiency, or water efficiency is performed, it is not the intent
of this By-law to require the owner to further upgrade the building provided no other work is included in the project. If other work
is included in the project, the upgrade requirement will only be based on the non-voluntary work proposed.
A-11.1.4.2.(3) Alternative Compliance Measure. Where Alternative Compliance Measures are implemented to address
specific retained characteristics of a building, the retained construction is deemed to be compliant for the purposes of
establishing the building upgrades as determined by the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism.
A-11.1.4.2.(6) Self-contained Separated Spaces. The self-contained space provisions of Article 11.5.1.6. are intended to be
applied to modest upgrades or minor additions to existing buildings where the normal application of the upgrade requirements
Part 11 would constitute a hardship. It is not intended that these provisions be utilized for the construction of additions of
substantial size relative to the original building construction, or the conversion or substantial reconstruction of a heritage
structure. Such structures should be upgraded in conformance with the general provisions of Part 11 as applicable to the
intended scope of work.
A-11.1.4.3.(6), 11.2.3.1.,11.5.3.1.(2) & (4), and 11.5.4.2.(4) Project Value. The term "construction value" refers to the value of
the proposed work stated on the application for the permit established by Division C, Article 1.6.2.3. This includes the current
monetary worth of all labour and all fees and costs incurred for design, investigative testing, consulting services, construction,
construction management, contractor's profit and overhead, sales taxes, and construction insurance related to the building,
including all components of the building, and the market value of all labour, including unpaid labour provided by an owner or
volunteer, and the market value of all materials, including donated, recycled or used materials.
A-11.2.3.1. and 11.1.4.3.(6) Replacement Value. The term "replacement value" is used as a baseline for determining the
applicability of specific upgrade requirements. The term refers to the cost to replace the structure in its current state or serve the
function of a previous structure. This is similar to the insurable value - the cost to replace the destructible improvements of a
property (as applied to a building or part thereof). This is not intended to be an assessment of the construction, planning, and
ancillary costs that could be incurred if the structure in question was built as a reproduction of the original or redeveloped as new
construction.
A-11.5.1.2.(1) Upgrade Levels. The required upgrading of an existing building are assigned Levels 1 through 4, where 4
represents the highest level of upgrade in each of the areas associated with the upgrade objectives of the Building By-law.
If an alteration includes more than one category of work or project type, then the most restrictive upgrade levels from each
category of work will be applied. The individual upgrade levels are cumulative, so the higher level upgrade levels include all of
the preceding lower upgrade level requirements. For example, where the design upgrade level is F3, then all of the upgrade
requirements under F2 and F1 also apply.
The acceptable solutions indicated in these notes and associated with upgrade levels are examples of possible upgrade plans
that are deemed to satisfy the prescribed upgrade levels. Code users are not necessarily required to provided upgrades that are
comply exactly with the acceptable solutions.
It is expected that owner may choose to adopt specific upgrades that better align with the planned work. Analysis by the building
designer may be required to demonstrate that the proposed set of upgrades will achieve the performance of the required
upgrade level.
Acceptable Solutions for Upgrade Levels
Fire
F1
Project Area - Exits to be upgraded with respect to number, capacity, and fire separations only.
870
F2
Project Area - Alarms and detectors (only where existing devices are provided), emergency lights, access to exit, exits,
exit signs, and exit lights.
Public Area (leading from project area to an acceptable open space) - emergency lights, exit signs, access to exit, exits, and
flame spread ratings.
F3
Project Area - Alarms & detectors (only where existing devices are provided), emergency lighting, access to exit, exits,
exit signs, exit lights, flame spread ratings, floor assemblies & supports, occupancy separation, standpipes and sprinklers,
washrooms.
Public Area - Alarms & detectors (only where existing devices are provided), emergency lighting, access to exit, exits, exit signs,
exit lights.
Entire Building - Fire fighter's access.
F4
Entire Building - Alarms & detectors, emergency lighting, access to exit, exits, exit signs, exit lights, flame spread ratings,
firefighting access & water supply, floor assemblies & support, spatial separation, occupancy separation, standpipes & sprinklers,
washrooms, high building requirements, lighting levels, sound transmission classifications, ventilation, building envelope review,
and radio antenna systems.
Structural
S1
Entire Building - Proposed work must not reduce the structural integrity of the existing building.
S2
Project Area - Non-structural elements and falling hazards must be restrained to resist lateral loads due to earthquakes
within the project area.
S3
Entire Building - Building to be upgraded to resist 50 per cent of the current By-law specified lateral force levels, where
the building is evaluated as having less than 30 percent of the current required seismic resistance. Restrain falling hazards from
major building components such as cantilevered walls, parapets, exterior ornaments, towers, chimneys, or other appendages,
which could impact adjacent properties and public ways to resist forces due to a seismic event.
S4
Entire Building - Building to be upgraded to resist 75 percent of the current By-law specified lateral force levels, where the
building is evaluated as having less than 60 percent of the current required seismic resistance.
Nonstructural
N1
Project Area - Restrain all ceiling supporting frames, T-bars assemblies, ceiling gypsum wall boards, all overhead
mechanical ducts, sprinklers, equipment, sprinkler system, overhead electrical conduits and lights.
N2
Project Area Means of egress - Restrain interior partition walls. Restrain all ceiling supporting frames, T-bars assemblies,
ceiling gypsum wall boards, all overhead mechanical ducts, sprinklers, equipment, sprinkler system, overhead electrical conduits
and lights. Restrain cladding veneer, parapets, canopies and ornaments over exit and extended to 5 m on either side of exit.
N3
Entire Building Exits - Restrain interior partition walls. Restrain ceiling supporting frames, T-bars assemblies, ceiling
gypsum wall boards, overhead mechanical equipment and services, sprinklers, sprinkler system, overhead electrical equipment
and services. Restrain falling hazards to resist forces due to a seismic event from non-structural elements including cladding,
veneer, cornices, canopies, awnings, and ornaments over exit and extended to 5 m on either side of exit.
N4
Entire Building - Restrain all interior partition walls. Restrain all ceiling supporting frames, T-bars assemblies, ceiling
gypsum wall boards, overhead mechanical equipment and services, sprinklers, sprinkler systems, overhead electrical equipment
and services. Restrain exterior falling hazards to resist forces due to a seismic event from cladding, veneer, cornices, parapets,
canopies, awnings, and ornaments attached to the exterior of the building.
Accessibility
871
A1
Project Area - Existing level of accessibility must be maintained throughout the project area. No additional accessibility
enhancements are required.
A2
Project Area - door clearances, door hardware, and areas of refuge.
A3
Project Area - Door clearances, door hardware, accessible washrooms, and areas of refuge.
Public Area - Door clearances, door hardware, areas of refuge, washrooms, ramps, and elevators.
A4
Entire Building - Building to meet accessibility provisions of the current VBBL.
Note: that where there is one or more upgrade level(s) within the same category preceding the design upgrade level in
Article 11.5.1.2., then the design upgrade level shall also include all of the preceding upgrade levels. For example,
where the design upgrade level is F3, then all of the upgrade requirements under F2 and F1 also apply. (see also
11.5.2.1.(2).)
A-11.2.3.1.(1) Interconnected Smoke Alarms and Carbon Monoxide Detectors. Concern has been expressed regarding the
interconnection requirements of smoke alarms served by different electrical panels if the panels do not share a common ground
as a current could be generated through the interconnecting wires and resulting in potential false alarms. Interconnected smoke
alarms must be powered off the same (main) electrical panel so that a common ground and reliable operation is achieved.
A-11.2.7.1.(2) Bare Lands Strata Conversions. It is the general intent of the strata conversions requirements of this By-law to
require upgrades to existing buildings where they undergo subdivision under the provincial Strata Act. In cases where the land is
being subdivided, and existing buildings are not being internally subdivided into separate strata lots, then the extent of the
upgrades may be limited to upgrades addressing the external where there is no other intent to alter the buildings. These
upgrades could include, but are not limited to, risks associated with the partial or total collapse of the existing buildings, overhead
fall hazards, and fire exposure to or from adjacent buildings and the egress and access routes. 'S4'and 'N4' and sprinklering are
the appropriate upgrade categories, but as with all existing buildings, there may be a need to consider the impacts of site specific
features which could constitute a hardship. Such cases should be evaluated by appropriately trained professionals, and
alternative measures discussed with the Chief Building Official.
A-11.3.1.1. Application of Alternative Measures for Existing Conditions. This Article is not intended to be applied to new
construction. In general, it is the purpose of Sections 11.2 to 11.4 to facilitate retention of existing conditions where the existing
construction is not being substantially modified and the conditions of construction of the building do not otherwise affect their
compliance. If there is new construction, this is subject to the general requirements pertaining to new construction in this By-law.
Furthermore, "new work" (as opposed to existing construction) may include not only new construction, but could also consist of
converted floor areas that feature newly occupied areas or spaces, areas of increased occupant load or net new floor area, or
the altering of existing floor space beyond its original configuration to support new uses or occupancy.
A-11.3.2.1.(3)(b) Alteration Language Supporting NECB 2020. The term "alteration language" is used in Subsection 11.2.2.
to describe the design upgrade requirements pertaining to the energy efficiency performance of buildings that are being altered
from their existing condition. These requirements are fully described in the living document available on the City of Vancouver
website and which is updated from time to time.
This document contains an introduction that clarifies Intent, Implementation, Scope, and Application and is reproduced here for
convenience. By-law users are reminded of the need to keep up to date with the current requirements.
872
Version: 2025
- ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The City of Vancouver would like to acknowledge the permission granted by ASHRAE for use of their
alteration language, from the ASHRAE 90.1-2019 standard, as the foundation for this document. ASHRAE's
willingness to support consistency within a jurisdiction with multiple energy standards is very much
appreciated.
-
INTENT
The intention of this document is to provide building rehabilitation requirements to support the NECB in a
manner consistent with the existing requirements pertaining to the ASHRAE 90.1-2019 standard.
With the implementation of NECB 2020 within Vancouver's Building Bylaw in 2025, this document provides
the minimum requirements for alterations to existing buildings designed and constructed to NECB 2011/2015
and those buildings subject to this document through Subsection 11.3.2. (formerly 11.7) of Division B.
-
SCOPE
This document pertains to the application of existing buildings, specifically buildings:
− designed to NECB 2011,
− designed to NECB 2015,
− designed to ZEBP (10.2.2.5), or
− subject to 11.3.2.1.(3)(b) requirements (formerly 11.7.1.1.(3)(b) requirements).
-
APPLICATION
This document applies to the alteration of all building components with prescriptive requirements listed
within NECB 2020, with the exception of Solar Heat Gain Coefficient requirements being applicable to
the City of Vancouver only.
-
DEFINITIONS
Alteration means a replacement or addition to a building or its systems and equipment; routine
maintenance, repair, and service or a change in a building's use classification or category shall
not constitute an alteration.
Equipment means devices for space heating, space cooling, ventilation, humidification,
dehumidification, electric power, lighting, transportation, refrigeration, cooking, or service water
heating, including but not limited to, furnaces, boilers, air conditioners, heat pumps, chillers, water
heaters, lamps, luminaires, ballasts, elevators, escalators, or other devices or installations.
Existing building means a building or portion thereof that was previously occupied or approved for occupancy
by the authority having jurisdiction.
Existing system means a system or systems previously installed in an existing building.
Fenestration area means the total area of the fenestration measured using the rough opening and
including the glazing, sash, and frame. For doors where the glazed vision is less than 50% of the
door area, the fenestration area is the glazed vision area. For all other doors, the fenestration area is
the door area.
Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC*) means the ratio of the solar heat gain entering the space
through the fenestration area to the incident radiation. Solar heat gain includes directly transmitted
solar heat and absorbed solar radiation, which is then reradiated, conducted, or convected into
the space.
*All SHGC references within this document apply to the City of Vancouver only
Space means an enclosed space within a building.
873
System means a combination of equipment and auxiliary devices (e.g., controls, accessories,
interconnecting means, and terminal elements) by which energy is transformed so it performs a
specific function such as HVAC, service water heating, or lighting.
o
1.1 General
1.1.1 Instructions
This document shall be read in conjunction with NECB 2020. Words that appear in
italics are defined in this document unless already defined within NECB 2020. All
references to Parts are referring to the Parts within NECB 2020.
1.1.1.1 Additions to Existing Buildings. Additions to existing buildings shall
comply with 1.2 of this document.
1.1.1.2 Alterations of Existing Buildings. Alterations of existing buildings shall
comply with 1.2 of this document.
1.1.1.3 Replacement of Portions of Existing Buildings. Portions of a building
envelope, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, service water heating, power, lighting, and
other systems and equipment that are being replaced shall be considered as alterations of
existing buildings and shall comply with 1.2 of this document.
o
1.2 Compliance
1.2.1 Compliance Paths
1.2.1.1 Additions to Existing Buildings. Additions to existing buildings shall
comply with either the provisions of Parts 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, or Part 8.
Exception: When an addition to an existing building cannot comply by itself,
trade-offs will be allowed by modification to one or more of the existing
components of the existing building. Modelling of the modified components of
the existing building and addition shall employ the procedures of NECB's Part 8;
the addition shall not increase the energy consumption of the existing building plus
the addition beyond the energy that would be consumed by the existing building
plus the addition if the addition alone did comply.
1.2.1.2 Alterations of Existing Buildings. Alterations of existing buildings shall comply
with the provisions of Parts 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7, or Part 8.
o Exception: In a building where components have been formally recognized by a federal, provincial,
territorial, or municipal authority having jurisdiction, as having either Heritage or Character value, the
alteration of these components need not comply with these requirements.
2.1 Building Components and Systems
o
2.1.1 Building Envelope (supports Part 3 of the NECB 2020)
2.1.1.1 Envelope Alterations. Alterations to the building envelope shall comply with the requirements
of Part 3 for
insulation, air leakage, and fenestration applicable to those specific portions of the building that
are being altered.
Fenestration must also comply with the SHGC values of Article 10.2.2.3
of the Vancouver Building Bylaw.
Exceptions: The following alterations need not comply with these requirements, provided such
alterations will not increase the energy usage of the building:
a. Installation of storm windows or glazing panels over existing glazing, provided the storm window
or glazing panel contains a low-emissivity coating. However, a low-emissivity coating is not
required where the existing glazing already has a low-emissivity coating. Installation is permitted
to be either on the inside or outside of the existing glazing.
b. Replacement of glazing in existing sash and frame provided the U-factor and SHGC
(Vancouver only) will be equal to or lower than before the glass replacement.
c. Alterations to roof, wall, or floor cavities that are insulated to full depth with insulation having a
minimum nominal value of R-3.0/in.
874
d. Alterations to walls and floors, where the existing structure is without framing cavities and no
new framing cavities are created.
e. Roof recovering
f.
Removal and replacement of a roof membrane where there is existing roof insulation integral
to or below the roof deck.
g. Replacement of existing doors that separate a conditioned space from the exterior shall not
require the installation of a vestibule or revolving door, provided that an existing vestibule that
separates a conditioned space from the exterior shall not be removed.
h. Replacement of existing fenestration, provided that the area of the replacement fenestration
does not exceed 25% of the total fenestration area of an existing building and that the U-factor and
SHGC (Vancouver only) will be equal to, or lower than before the fenestration replacement.
o
2.1.2 Lighting (supports Part 4 of the NECB 2020)
2.1.2.1 Lighting Alterations. For the alteration of any lighting system in an interior space, that space
shall comply with the entirety of Part 4 as applicable to that space or area.
For the alteration of any lighting system for the exterior of a building application, that lighting system
shall comply with the lighting power density (LPD) allowances of Part 4 applicable to the area
illuminated by that lighting system and the applicable control requirements of 4.2.4.
Exceptions:
a. Interior lighting alterations where the total new wattage of all replaced luminaires on a project is
2,000 watts or less, the total wattage of replaced luminaires of a lighting system within a space shall be
at least 50% below the total wattage of all removed luminaires of that lighting system, unless the space
is at or below the LPD allowances of Part 4. Controls shall comply with the requirement of
4.2.2.1.(20).
b. Exterior lighting alterations where the total number of replaced luminaires on a project is 10 or less,
the total wattage of replaced luminaires shall be at least 50% below the total wattage of all removed
luminaires, unless each altered area is at or below the LPD allowances of Part 4. Controls shall
comply with the requirement of 4.2.4.
c. The replacement of a failed lamp or ballast/driver in an individual luminaire or the replacement of
any failed lighting control.
d. The removal or relocation of interior or exterior luminaires as part of, or independent of,
exceptions 1, 2, or 3.
2.1.3 HVAC (supports Part 5 of the NECB 2020)
2.1.3.1 Additions to Existing Buildings. Mechanical equipment and systems serving the heating,
cooling, ventilating or refrigeration needs of additions to existing buildings shall comply with the
requirements of Part 5.
Exception: When HVACR to an addition is provided by existing HVACR systems and equipment,
such existing systems and equipment shall not be required to comply with Part 5. However, any new
systems or equipment installed must comply with specific requirements applicable to those systems and
equipment.
2.1.3.2 Alterations to Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning in Existing Buildings
2.1.3.2.1 New HVACR equipment as a direct replacement of
existing HVACR equipment shall comply with the specific
minimum efficiency requirements of Part 5, applicable to that
equipment.
2.1.3.2.2 New cooling systems installed to serve previously
uncooled spaces shall comply with 5.1.1.3.
875
2.1.3.2.3 Alterations to existing cooling systems shall not decrease
economizer capability unless the system complies with 5.2.2.8 and
5.2.2.9,
2.1.3.2.4 New and replacement ductwork shall comply with 5.2.2 and,
2.1.3.2.5 New and replacement piping shall comply with 5.2.5.
Exceptions: Compliance shall not be required:
a. for equipment that is being modified or repaired but not replaced, provided that
such modifications and/or repairs will not result in an increase in the annual
energy consumption of the equipment using the same energy type;
b. where a replacement or alteration of equipment requires extensive revisions to
other systems, equipment, or elements of a building, and such replaced or altered
equipment is a like-for-like replacement;
c. for a refrigerant change of existing equipment;
d. for the relocation of existing equipment; or
e. for ducts and piping where there is insufficient space or access to meet these requirements.
o
2.1.4 Service Water Heating Systems (supports Part 6 of the NECB 2020)
2.1.4.1 Additions to Existing Buildings. Service water heating systems
and equipment shall comply with the requirements of Part 6.
Exception: When the service water heating system to an addition is provided by
existing service water heating systems and equipment, such systems and equipment shall not be
required to comply with Part 6. However, any new systems or equipment installed must
comply with specific requirements applicable to those systems and equipment.
2.1.4.2 Alterations to Existing Buildings. Building service water heating
systems equipment installed as a direct replacement for existing building service water
heating system equipment shall comply with the requirements of Part 6 applicable
to the equipment being replaced. New and replacement piping shall comply with
6.2.3.
Exception: Compliance shall not be required where there is insufficient space or access to meet these
requirements.
o
2.1.5 Power (supports Part 7 of the NECB 2020)
2.1.5.1 Addition to Existing Buildings. Equipment installed in addition to existing
buildings shall comply with the requirements of Part 7.
o
2.1.5.2 Alterations to Existing Buildings.
Exception: Compliance shall not be required for the relocation or reuse of existing equipment at the
same site.
2.1.5.3 Alterations to building service equipment or systems shall comply with the
requirements of this section applicable to those specific portions of the building and its
systems that are being altered.
2.1.5.4 Any new equipment subject to the requirements of this section that is installed in
conjunction with the alterations, as a direct replacement of existing equipment shall comply
with the specific requirements applicable to that equipment.
A-11.3.2.1.(5) Spaces Never Previously Occupied. Spaces "never previously occupied" shall be designed and constructed to
"new building" requirements, and must comply with all applicable new construction requirements within the applicable
standard/code (ASHRAE 90.1, NECB, ZEBP), rather than the alteration language supporting the applicable standard/code. No
876
length of unoccupied period can downgrade the design requirements, for a space's first occupancy, from full code to alteration
requirements.
A-11.3.2.2.(1)(d) Commissioning (Cx) Requirements and Scope. These new commissioning requirements are not meant to
include the Re-commissioning or Retro-commissioning of existing equipment or existing systems unless they are part of a new
system, or dependent upon or interlocked with, the operation of new equipment.
A-11.3.4.3.(1)(b) Intumescent Paint. Experience has shown that maintenance considerations of fire retardant intumescent
paint are not well understood by applicants. To be effective, multiple coats are required at installation time for complete and
proper application. Proper surface preparation is also a significant portion of the work and imperative to prevent pre-mature
delamination. This preparation and application period could span several days based on existing surfaces and re-coat durations.
Then there is the curing time needed prior to the application of any exterior finish coat. Exterior finish coat(s) will likely be
necessary as most intumescent coatings are not suitable for prolonged exterior exposure. As well, there could be a detailed
installation and inspection process to confirm the installation. Experienced labour is a major factor in the process.
Another consideration is exposure to weather effects; particularly water can lead to cracking and delamination of the coating
systems. As well, product information has stated that fire-resistive coatings are not intended for exterior exposures or interior
environments exposed to freeze/thaw conditions. This exposure can lead to severe cracking and delamination. This could lead to
expensive re-application.
Ongoing maintenance and re-application due to weather degradation or mechanical damage is another significant consideration.
Product and care information must be provided to new owners or tenants when there is a change of use or ownership. This must
be provided in the strata information, maintenance manuals and guaranteed by restrictive covenant against the property's deed.
A-11.3.4.4.(4) Window Replacement. The provisions of Sentence 11.2.4.4.(4) are intended to facilitate voluntary window
replacements to higher energy efficient products as part of a renovation project. As modern windows may have slightly different
dimensional requirements, this Sentence allows for minor variations that do not substantially affect the existing spatial condition
of the existing building. This means that the location, orientation, and size of the windows may not change, excepting minor
dimensional variations to the extent necessary to accommodate the new window.
A-11.3.8.1.(1) Temporary Refuge for Persons with Disabilities. These measures are intended to provide temporary refuge
for persons with disabilities. It is acknowledged, however, that the measures cannot provide absolute safety for all occupants in
the fire area. It may, therefore, be necessary to develop special arrangements in the fire safety plan to evacuate persons with
disabilities from these areas. Details for a suitable plan are contained in the Fire By-law.
The protected elevator referred to in Clause 11.2.8.1.(1)(a) is intended to be used by firefighters as a means for evacuating
persons with disabilities. It is not intended that this elevator be used by persons with disabilities as a means of egress without the
assistance of firefighters.
If an estimate is to be made of the number of persons with disabilities in a floor area who can be accommodated in each zone in
Clause 11.2.8.1.(1)(b), this estimate may be based on Table 3.8.2.3., which is used to determine the minimum number of spaces
to be provided for wheelchair occupants in fixed seating areas. If more precise information is available, it should be used for
sizing the zones.
For residential occupancies, the choices of protection include the option to provide an accessible balcony, but it is not required
that balconies be the chosen means of protection.
A-11.5.1. Existing Building Upgrade Mechanism.
BACKGROUND AND INTENT. When work is carried out to an existing building, the Building By-law requires that the building be
upgraded to an "acceptable" level. On April 20, 2004 Council approved a new model for determining the "acceptable" level of
Building By-law upgrade for existing buildings undergoing alterations under the City's building permit process.
877
Prior to April 20, 2004, the required upgrades to an existing building were based primarily on construction values. The Upgrade
Mechanism determines the required "acceptable" level of upgrade for an existing building using the concept of defined
"Categories of Work" falling with the broad project types of Rehabilitation, Additions, and Change of Major occupancy.
The intent of the Upgrade Mechanism is to provide a road map for building owners and designers to determine the required level
of Building By-law upgrade for the existing portion of a building as a function of the project types and the related categories of
work.
The Upgrade Mechanism is not generally intended for existing residential buildings containing not more than two principal
dwelling units. The general upgrade requirement for these types of buildings is defined in Article 11.5.2.1.of Division B.
A-11.5.1.1.(3) Hazard Index. Hazard Index ratings are intended to reflect the level of fire and life safety risk to occupants for
various building uses. Hazard index ratings range from 1 to 6, such that a hazard index of rating of 6 represents the highest risk
to occupants. The Hazard Index for various building uses are indicated in Table A-11.5.1.1.(4), and are used to determine the
required level of Building By-law upgrade for a Change of Major Occupancy Type projects is dependent on whether or not the
Hazard Index has increased for the proposed alteration.
For the purposes of a Restricted Change of Occupancy, the Hazard Index may be established based on the aggregate area of
the suite, to provided indices that can be compared to establish a relative level of risk between the proposed and current uses of
different sizes. Where a suite is subdivided as part of change in major occupancy, the relative risk is established based on the
index number of the final aggregate size of the suite as compared to the original size of the suite (see Note A-11.5.3.1.(1) ).
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Group A, Division 1
Building Use
Hazard Index(1)
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Dinner Theatres
4
5
Live Theatres
4
5
Motion Picture Theatres
4
5
Opera Houses
4
5
Television Studios (With Audience)
4
5
Group A, Division 2
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Art Galleries
3
4
Auditoria
3
4
Billiard Halls, Amusement Arcades
3
4
Bowling Alleys
3
4
878
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Churches
3
4
Clubs, Lodges (Non-Residential)
3
4
Community Halls
3
4
Concert Halls
3
4
Court Rooms
3
4
Dance Halls
3
4
Daycare Centres
3
4
Exhibition Halls (Without Sales)
3
4
Exhibition Halls (With Sales)
See Group E
Gymnasia (Multi-Purpose)
3
4
Gymnasia (Athletic)
3
4
Lecture Halls
3
4
Libraries
3
4
Licensed Beverage Establishments
3
4
Licensed Clubs, Lodges
3
4
Museums
3
4
Passenger Stations/Depots
3
4
Recreational Piers
3
4
Restaurants (Seating Over 17)
3
4
Schools, Colleges
3
4
Undertaking Premises
3
4
Group A Division 3
Building Use
Hazard Index(1)
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Arenas (No Occupancy On Activity Surface)
3
4
Armouries (No Occupancy On Activity Surface)
3
4
Enclosed Stadia or Grandstand
3
4
Ice Rinks (No Occupancy On Activity Surface)
3
4
879
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Indoor Swimming Pools
3
4
Group A Division 4
Building Use
Hazard Index(1)
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Amusement Park Structures
2
3
Bleachers
1
3
Grandstands (Open)
1
3
Reviewing Stands
1
3
Stadia (Open)
1
3
Group B, Division 1
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Detention Facilities (Minimum Security)
4
5
Detention Facilities (All other types of security)
6
6
Police Station with Detention (not meeting Article 3.1.2.4.)
3
4
Group B, Division 2
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Hospital, Nursing Home, Geriatric, Sanitarium (Immobile)
4
5
Hospital, Nursing Home, Geriatric, Sanitarium (Non-Ambulatory)
4
5
Psychiatric Hospitals (Maximum Confinement)
4
5
Psychiatric Hospitals (Minimum Confinement)
3
4
Police Station with Detention (Meeting Article 3.1.2.4.)
3
3
Group B, Division 3
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Residential Care Facilities (Ambulatory)
3
4
Residential Care Facilities (Non-Ambulatory)
4
5
Children Custodial Homes
3
4
880
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Convalescent Homes (Ambulatory)
3
4
Convalescent Homes (Non-Ambulatory)
4
5
Group Homes for Adult Residents with Developmental Disabilities
(Minimum Confinement)
3
4
Group Homes for Adult Residents with Developmental Disabilities
(Maximum Confinement)
4
5
Group C
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Apartments
3
4
Clubs, Residential
3
4
Colleges Residential
3
4
Congregate Care Housing for Seniors
3
5
Convents
3
4
Dormitories/Hotels
3
4
Hotels
3
5
Detached Houses (1 or 2 Family)
2
2
Live/work units
3
5
Monasteries
3
4
Retirement Homes
3
4
Schools, Residential
3
4
Group D
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Advertising and Sales Offices
3
3
Automatic Bank Deposit
3
4
Barber/Hairdresser Shops
3
4
Beauty Parlours
3
4
Branch Banks
3
4
Car Rental Premises
3
3
881
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Chiropractic Offices
3
4
Communications Offices (Telephone Exchange)
3
4
Communications Offices (Telex)
3
4
Communications Offices (Courier)
3
3
Computer Centres
3
4
Construction Offices
3
3
Costume Rental Premises
3
4
Dental Offices (Denture Clinic)
3
4
Dental Offices (General)
3
4
Dental Offices (Surgical/Anaesthesia)
4
5
Dry Cleaning Depots
3
4
Dry Cleaning Premises (Self-Serve)
4
4
Health/Fitness Clubs
3
4
Laundries (Self-Serve)
4
4
Massage Parlours
3
4
Medical Offices (Examination)
3
4
Medical Offices (Surgical Anaesthesia)
4
5
Offices (Business)
3
3
Offices (Charitable)
3
3
Offices (Legal/Accounting)
3
3
Offices (Design)
3
4
Pharmacy Offices
3
4
Photographic Studios
3
4
Physiotherapy Offices
3
4
Police Stations (No Detention)
3
4
Printing and Duplicating
4
5
Public Saunas
3
4
Radio Stations (No Audience)
3
4
Small Tool Rental Premises
3
4
882
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Suntan Parlours
3
4
Veterinary Offices
3
4
Group E
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Automotive/Hardware Department Store
4
5
China Shops
3
4
Department Stores
4
5
Electrical Stores (Fixtures)
3
3
Exhibition Halls (With Sales)
4
5
"Fast Food" Outlets
3
4
Feed and Seed Stores
4
5
Flea Markets
3
5
Flower Shops
3
4
"Food" and Vegetable Markets
3
4
Garden Shops
3
4
"Gas" Bars
4
5
Gift Shops
3
4
Home Improvement Stores
4
5
Kitchen/Bathroom Cupboards Stores
3
4
Plumbing Stores (Fixtures/Accessories)
3
3
"Pop" Shops
3
4
Restaurants (Not More Than 30 Persons)
3
4
Shopping Malls
4
5
Stationery/Office Supply Stores
3
4
Stores (Art)
3
4
Stores (Baked Goods)
3
4
Stores (Beer)
3
4
Stores (Book)
3
4
883
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Stores (Camera)
3
4
Stores (Candy)
3
4
Stores (Clothing)
3
4
Stores (Drugs)
4
4
Stores (Electronic)
3
4
Stores (Floor Coverings)
4
5
Stores (Food)
3
3
Stores (Furniture/Appliances)
3
4
Stores (Hardware)
4
5
Stores (Health)
4
4
Stores (Hobby)
3
4
Stores (Jewellery)
3
3
Stores (Paint/Wallpaper)
4
5
Stores (Pet)
3
4
Stores (Records/Tapes)
3
4
Stores (Spirits)
4
5
Stores (Toys)
4
5
Stores (Variety)
4
4
Stores (Video Sales/Rental)
3
4
Supermarket
3
4
Group F, Division 1
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
All Uses
6
6
Group F, Division 2
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Aircraft Hangars
3
5
Abattoirs
3
4
884
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Bakeries
3
5
Body Shop
3
5
Candy Plants
3
4
Cold Storage Plants with Flammable Refrigerant
3
5
Cold Storage Plants with Non-flammable Refrigerant and
3
4
Dry Cleaning Establishments (non-flammable or non-explosive)
3
4
Electrical Substations
3
4
Factories (High Fire Load)
3
5
Freight Depots (High Fire Load)
3
5
Laboratories (High Fire Load)
3
5
Laundries (not self-serve)
3
4
Manufacturer Sales (High Fire Load)
3
5
Mattress Factories
3
4
Meat Packing Plants
3
4
Packaging Manufacturers (Cellulose)
3
4
Packaging Manufacturers (Noncombustible)
3
3
Packaging Manufacturers (Plastics)
3
5
Paper Processing Plants (Wet)
3
5
Plaining Mills
3
5
Printing Plants
3
4
Public Heritage Buildings
3
3
Repair Garages
3
5
Sample Display Rooms (High Fire Load)
3
5
Self Service Storage Buildings
3
4
Service Stations (no spray painting)
3
5
Storage Rooms (High Fire Load)
3
5
Television Studios (no audience)
3
4
Tire Storage
3
5
Warehouse (High Fire Load)
3
5
885
Table A-11.5.1.1.(3)
Hazard Index Table
Welding Shops
3
5
Wholesale Rooms (High Fire Load)
3
5
Wood Working Factories
3
5
Workshops (High Fire Load)
3
5
Group F, Division 3
Building Use
Hazard Index
≤200 m2
>200 m2
Creameries
2
2
Factories (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Freight Depots (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Laboratories (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Manufacturers Sales (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Power Plants
3
4
Public Heritage Buildings
3
3
Sample Display Rooms (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Storage Garages
2
3
Storage Rooms (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Warehouse (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Wholesale Rooms (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Workshops (Low Fire Load)
2
3
Notes to Table A-11.5.1.1.(3).:
(1) For the purposes of a Restricted Change of Occupancy, the Hazard Index may be established based on the aggregate area of the suite
provided the suite changing occupancy is fully contained in the original suite area.
A-11.5.2.1.(1) Procedure for Using the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism. The following steps outline a recommended procedure
for using the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism.
STEP 1 - Determine Any Other Requirements that may be Applicable. Other Building By-law requirements may be
applicable to the existing building project. Review the Overall Conditions for the Upgrade Trigger Mechanism to
determine if other requirements are applicable.
STEP 2 - Determine the appropriate Project Type(s) and Related Category or Categories of Work as a function of the
scope of work for the alteration.
STEP 3 - Determine the Required Design Upgrade Level Based on the Category of Work for the Project
The required upgrade levels for fire, life & health safety; structural safety; non-structural safety; and accessibility for persons with
disabilities are to be determined using each of the applicable project type flow charts and the related category of work
886
For Renovation Type Projects use Flow Chart No. 1 in Article 11.5.2.1.
For Change of Major occupancy Type Projects use Flow Chart No. 2 in Article 11.5.2.1.
For Addition Type Projects use Flow Chart No. 3 in Article 11.5.2.1.
NOTE: Where a project involves more than one category of work, the most restrictive upgrade level, as determined from
each category of work, shall determine the upgrade design level.
STEP 4 - Determine the objective and acceptable solution for the most restrictive upgrade level for fire, life and health
safety; structural safety; non-structural safety; and accessibility for persons with disabilities. The most restrictive
upgrade levels are the design upgrade levels that are to be applied to the existing building.
A-11.5.2.1.(2) Incremental Upgrade.
The model is based on incremental upgrade levels for each of the fire, life and health safety (F), structural safety (S); non-
structural safety (N); and accessibility (A). For each of the upgrade levels, these is a corresponding acceptable solution that is
deemed to meet the intended upgrade objectives of the applicable upgrade level. The upgrade objectives and acceptable
solution for each F, S, N and A upgrade level provided in A 11.5.1.2 and its associated notes.
If an alteration includes more than one category of work or project type, then the most restrictive upgrade levels from each
category fo work will be applied. The individual upgrade levels are cumulative, so the higher level upgrade levels include all of
the preceding lower upgrade level requirements. For example, where the design upgrade level is F3, then all of the upgrade
requirements under F2 and F1 also apply.
A-11.5.3.1.(1) Upgrade Requirements for Detached Houses and Duplexes. The upgrades applicable to Detached house and
Duplexes are detemined by Article 11.5.3.1. through a simplified and more prescriptive process. This is intended to reflect the
simpler nature of these projects, and the absence of many of the usual design features of such projects.
A-11.5.4.1.(1) Restricted Change of Major Occupancy. The term "restricted change of major occupancy" refers to a change in
major occupancy restricted to a specific set of uses that are limited both in scope and risk such that it does not increase the
overall hazard.
While it is intended that designers and owners seeking to apply this requirement refer to the hazard index Table A-11.5.1.1.(3),
for the purposes of the uses specified in Sentence 11.5.3.1.(2) - they may substitute the aggregate suite area of the suite in lieu
of the building area where the change of major occupancy is wholly contained within the original suite.
For example: a suite of 300 m2 is being repartitioned and converted from a "business office" use (Group D) to a suite of "retail
toystore" use (Group E) of 150 m2 and second suite of "health care office" use which are fully contained within the original 300 m2
suite area. The aggregate suite area is therefore permitted to be used for the purposes of determining the appropriate hazard
index which is then established as follows:
- Business Office (300 m2) - 4 (original)
- Retail Toystore (150 m2) - 4 (new)
- Health Care Office (150 m2) - 3 (new)
By comparison, a larger toystore, such as the conversion of the original 300 m2 suite area into a toystore, would result in a
hazard index of '5' which would not meet the requirements of Article 11.5.1.3. for a "restricted change of major occupancy" as it
represents an increase in hazard.
While the hazard index table is a useful tool for assessment, it is also important to understand that no table can address all
possible combinations of uses. Designers and owners should exercise caution when making judgments of relative hazards in this
regard.
887
A-11.5.4.1.(2) Sprinkler Installation Determination Where Dwelling units Are Added. Table 11.5.4.1.(2) provides a matrix
that determines sprinkler upgrades for existing unsprinklered or partially sprinklered buildings. The location of the newly created
dwelling unit will determine the extent of the sprinkler coverage for the subject building.
888
Part 12 Float Homes and Marinas
Section 12.1. General
12.1.1.
Application
12.1.1.1.
Application
1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
12.1.2.
Definitions
12.1.2.1.
Defined Terms
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
Section 12.2. Design and Construction
12.2.1.
Float Homes and Marinas
12.2.1.1.
Construction Requirements
1) A marina walkway shall be protected against fire spread and collapse in accordance with NFPA 303,
"Fire Protection Standard for Marinas and Boatyards". (See Note A-12.2.1.1.(1).)
2) A float home shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the British Columbia Float Home
Standard. (See Note A-12.2.1.1.(2).)
3) In addition to this Part, the requirements of Parts 3 to 9 shall apply to the design and construction of
any structure or installation forming part of a marina.
4) Except as required by Sentence (5), a marina shall have an occupancy classification of Group F
Division 3.
5) Despite the provisions of Sentence (4), a marina equipped with a fueling station shall have an
occupancy classification of Group F Division 2.
12.2.1.2.
Potable Water Supply for Marinas
1) The potable water connection at a marina shall be located not more than 300 m from any water craft.
2) Each moorage space for a liveaboard vessel or float home shall be provided with a potable water
connection.
3) Where potable water is supplied to a dockside, watering point, or water craft connection, the potable
water supply and each berth connection shall be protected with a backflow preventer.
4) A marina shall meet the requirements of Book II Plumbing Systems, regarding potable water supply.
12.2.1.3.
Sewer Discharge for Float Homes and Marinas
1) Each moorage space for a liveaboard vessel or float home shall be provided with a sanitary sewer
connection.
2) Sewage shall be discharged into an acceptable sanitary sewer.
889
3) Every owner or operator of a marina shall provide an easily accessible pump-out connection for visiting
vessels and non liveaboard vessels.
4) Pump-out facilities shall be discharged into the sanitary sewer, and shall be designed, operated, and
maintained to prevent any discharge of sewage onto docks or into the adjacent water.
5) A sewer pipe shall be located beside or underneath the surface of any marina walkway and shall not
be submerged below water.
6) A marina shall meet the requirements of Book II Plumbing Systems, regarding sewage discharge.
12.2.1.4.
Lighting for Marinas
1) All areas throughout a marina shall be illuminated to a minimum average level of 50 lx at the level of all
marina walkways, at angles and intersections, and at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
2) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be not less than 10 lx.
12.2.1.5. Marina Walkways and Ramps Serving Float Homes and Marinas
1) A floating marina walkway which provides access to the shore shall be at least 2 m wide.
2) A floating marina walkway which provides access to water craft shall be at least 750 mm wide.
3) An inclined marina walkway shall have a non-skid surface and handrails on both sides conforming to
Article 9.8.7.4.
4) Life rings, assist poles, and ladders from docks into the water shall be provided at intervals not
exceeding 30 m along the length of all marina walkways.
12.2.1.6. Washroom Facilities for Marinas
1) Separate washroom facilities shall be
a) provided for each sex, and
b) located within a 300 m walking distance from any watercraft moored at the marina.
2) The washroom facilities in Sentence (1) shall consist of a minimum of one water closet and one hand
basin for males and one water closet and one hand basin for females for each 100 moorage spaces or part
thereof, except that
a) up to one half of the total number of water closets required for males may be substituted with urinals,
and
b) a marina with less than 10 moorage spaces shall be provided with one universal washroom having
one water closet and one wash basin.
12.2.1.7. Shower Facilities for Marinas
1) A marina providing moorage space to water craft which are not liveaboard vessels or float homes
shall provide separate shower facilities for each sex in accordance with Sentence (2).
2) A minimum of one shower for males and one shower for females shall be provided for each 100
moorage spaces or part thereof.
12.2.1.8. Laundry Facilities for Marinas
890
1) Every owner or operator of a marina providing moorage space to water craft which are not liveaboard
vessels
or float homes shall provide a laundry room in accordance with Sentences (2) and (3).
2) Laundry facilities in a marina shall include a washing and drying machine.
3) Laundry facilities in a marina shall not be located in a washroom.
891
Notes to Part 12
Float Homes and Marinas
A-12.2.1.1.(1). Reference Standards. This By-law makes reference to the NFPA 303 standard for the purposes of identifying
appropriate design requirements to protect a marina or float home against the spread of fire and collapse. Under the design
criteria outlined in the NFPA 303 standard, it is identified that fixed fire suppression equipment shall be provided in accordance
with various standards including:
- NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems";
- NFPA 14, "Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems";
- NFPA 24, "Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances"; and
- NFPA 25, "Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water-Based Fire Protection Systems".
Designs in accordance with NFPA 303 must therefore also consider the requirements these referenced standards as part of their
design in order to be deemed compliant with the provisions of this By-law.
A-12.2.1.1.(2). Float Home Standard. The BC Float Home Standard referenced by this By-law, has references to both the
NFPA 303 and NFPA 307 design standards as they pertain to marina fire protection. These standards in turn include references
in their appendix material to NFPA 80A - "Recommended Practice for Protection of Buildings from Exterior Fire Exposures".
Designers may consider design solutions that satisfy NFPA 80A, which may be sufficient to address some aspects of the
protection of marinas or float homes from fire exposure. Nonetheless, both marinas and float homes must still be designed to the
appropriate spatial separation requirements of Part 3 or Part 9 of this By-law, as the requirements of the BC Float Homes
standard require that float homes be designed to Part 9, and the permitted exceptions do not waive the spatial separation
requirements of this By-law.
892
Part 13 Temporary Buildings and Temporary
Uses
Section 13.1. General
13.1.1.
General
13.1.1.1.
Scope
1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A.
13.1.1.2.
Application
1) This Section applies to
a) temporary buildings, including special event facilities and emergency shelters in temporary
buildings,
b) tents, and
c) temporary uses in existing buildings designed to support a different major occupancy, including arts
and culture events, temporary special events, emergency shelters, retail, and day care for children.
13.1.1.3.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) The alternative compliance measures provided in this Part apply to temporary buildings and existing
buildings temporarily used for other uses and occupancies and do not apply to new work, which must
conform to the requirements for new construction in other Parts of this By-law.
2) The alternative compliance measures in Section 11.3. may be applied to existing conditions, except
as otherwise required by this Part.
3) The alternative compliance measures in Section 11.5. may be applied to existing conditions in a
heritage building, except as otherwise required by this Part.
13.1.1.4.
Definitions
1) Words that appear in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
2) The following additional words and terms shall have the following meanings for this Part:
Arts and culture event means an event of an artistic or cultural nature, including but not limited to
visual, performing, media, literary, craft or interdisciplinary arts, for a maximum of 250 persons, with or
without liquor service, which occurs no more than three days per month in a building or portion of a
building not approved for assembly occupancy.
Temporary special event means a presentation of an artistic or cultural nature, including but not limited
to visual, performing, media, literary, craft or interdisciplinary arts, for a maximum of 250 people, with or
without liquor service, which occurs not more than two days per month in a building not approved for
assembly occupancy.
13.1.1.5.
Use of Term Temporary
1) For the purposes of this Part, the term "temporary building" shall refer to a building that is not
intended for, or not constructed to a standard to support, continuous ongoing occupancy on a permanent
basis, that is used
893
a) for a time period exceeding 12 consecutive months, or
b) for a fixed term of occupancy that is acceptable to the Chief Building Official which does not exceed
3 years.
2) For the purposes of this Part, the term "temporary use" shall refer to the interim or provisional
occupancy of a portion of an existing building designed to support a different major occupancy over a fixed
time period, as permitted by this Part or as acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
13.2.
Temporary Buildings
13.2.1.
Temporary Buildings
13.2.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures
1) The alternative compliance measures of Table 13.3.1.1. may be applied to
temporary buildings.
Table 13.2.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Buildings, including Temporary Special Events and
Emergency Shelters
Forming part of Sentence 13.2.1.1.(1)
No.
By-law Requirement
Division B
Alternative Compliance Measures
1
Handrails
3.4.6.5.
Handrail extensions for temporary buildings may extend vertically downward not less than
300 mm beyond the top and bottom of the stairway.
2
Guards
3.4.6.6.
Openings greater than 100 mm may be permitted in guards where
a) the guard serves stairs that are used only by staff or work force volunteers, and
b) a triangular space created by the stair tread, stair rise, and the underside of the guard, provided the
opening will not permit the passage of a sphere greater than 200 mm, in egress stairs that serve
bleacher seating.
Member, attachment or openings located between 140 mm and 900 mm above the level being protected by
the guard may be permitted where
a) the guard serves stairs that are used only by staff or work force volunteers, and
b) rosettes in the vertical posts of scaffolding type bleachers have been installed.
3
Treads and Risers
3.4.6.8.
In locations where it is not practical for persons with disabilities to work, stairs with no public access, may
have
a) runs of not less than 250 mm between successive steps,
b) risers between successive treads not less than 125 mm and not more than 190 mm, and
c) open risers.
4
Direction of Door Swing
3.4.6.12.
Door Release
Hardware
3.4.6.16.
Temporary sliding gates may be used as exit doors provided
a) gates are left open during normal operating hours and always manned by supervisory staff,
b) gates are closed during non-operating hours, and locked
c) operational procedures are in place to ensure that the gates are unlocked during operating hours, and
d) supervisory staff are trained for emergency evacuation procedures.
894
Table 13.2.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Buildings, including Temporary Special Events and
Emergency Shelters
Forming part of Sentence 13.2.1.1.(1)
No.
By-law Requirement
Division B
Alternative Compliance Measures
5
Environment
Separation
Part 5
Part 5 does not apply.
68
Commercial Cooking
Equipment
6.2.2.7.
26 gauge galvanized sheet metal kitchen exhaust ducts with seams are permitted provided
clean-out access panels are provided at all elbow locations and at 6 m spacing for straight runs.
79
Faucets and Shower
Head
Efficiency
Book II,
Division B,
2.2.10.6.
No restriction required.
8
Water Closet Efficiency
Book II,
Division B,
2.6.1.6.
No restriction required.
9
Urinal Efficiency Book
II, Division B,
2.6.1.6.
All urinals shall conform to CSA B45 "Plumbing Fixtures" and shall have an average water consumption not
exceeding 3.8 litres per flush cycle.
10
Sanitary Connection
2.4.2.1. Book
II
Portable water closets that form part of a temporary facility need not be connected to the sanitary drainage
system.
11
Storm Drainage
Connection
Book II,
Division B,
2.4.2.1.
Roofs and paved areas need not be connected to the storm drainage system
2) An emergency shelter in a temporary building shall also comply with the requirements of
Subsection 13.4.4.
13.3. Tents
13.3.1.
Tents
13.3.1.1.
General
1) Except as permitted by this Subsection, a tent shall comply with the requirements of 3.1.18., and
Sections 3.3. and 3.4.
895
2) Tents use for temporary purpose may also apply the alternative compliance measures of Section
13.2.
13.3.1.2.
Clusters of Tents
1) A cluster of tents, may be considered a single tent for the purposes of spatial separation under
Article 3.1.18.3., where
a) the cluster of tents have an aggregate area of not more than 60 m2, and
b) each tent in the cluster is located no more than 3 m away that any other tent in that cluster.
2) Fabric tent material may conform to
a) NFPA 701, "Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films", 2004
edition, or
b) Certification of Registered Flame Resistant Product certified by the California Department of
Forestry and Fire Protection, Office of the State Fire Marshall.
3) Exit doors for a tent, may be equipped with fabric flaps, tie straps, zippers, or VELCRO brand or
equivalent hook and loop fasteners in lieu of doors that swing on a vertical axis provided
a) a minimum of two exit doors are be provided for each tent,
b) the occupant load of the tent does not exceed 60, and
c) supervisory staff are trained for emergency evacuation procedures, and remain in the vicinity of the
exit at all times.
13.4.
Temporary Uses in Existing Buildings
13.4.1.
Temporary Uses
13.4.1.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Uses
1) The alternative compliance measures of this Section, may be applied to the
a) temporary use of a building or part of a building designed to support a different major occupancy,
and
b) temporary use of a tent designed to support a different major occupancy.
2) A building supporting a temporary use through the application of alternative compliance measures in
this Part, shall have a valid occupancy permit.
13.4.2.
Temporary Special Event
13.4.2.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Special Event
1) A fire separation between adjacent occupancies and the seats is not required provided
a) the only occupied space beneath the bleacher seating is used as a pedestrian walkway for access
to the bleacher seating,
b) the occupied space is not used for storage, signage must be posted in the space beneath the
bleacher seating that reads "No Storage Permitted in This Area", and
c) cleanup crews must clean up debris from the space beneath the bleacher seating at the end of each
day.
13.4.3.
Art and Culture Event
896
13.4.3.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Art and Culture Event
1) Where the occupancy of an existing building or portion of an existing building is classified as
Group D offices, Group E retail, Group F Division 2 production or rehearsal studio, wholesale, warehouse, or
factory, or Group F Division 2 artist studio without living accommodations, the major occupancy may be
classified as a temporary Group A Division 2 major occupancy for an arts and culture event where
a) the arts and culture event is located in the first storey or the storey below the first storey,
b) the floor area containing the arts and culture event complies with the fire and life safety
requirements of Sentences (2) and (3), and
c) an Occupant Load plan acceptable to the Fire Chief is obtained where an arts and culture event has
an occupant load of more than 60 persons or where alcohol is served in connection with a Special
Occasion Liquor License issued by the Province, or
d) an approved Security Assessment by the Vancouver Police Department is obtained where an Arts
and culture event is a public event with an occupant load of more than 60 persons or where alcohol is
served in connection with a Special Occasion Liquor License issued by the Province
2) Floor area used for an arts and culture event shall
a) be constructed of concrete supported by solid ground without suspended slab, or certified by a
registered professional, to be suitable for assembly occupancy and designed to a minimum specified
uniformly distributed live load of 4.8 kPa,
b) include at least one accessible entrance conforming with Subsection 11.3.7.1.(1)(d) or (e),
c) be sprinklered in a basement used for an arts and culture event,
d) except as required by Clause 11.6.2.1(4)(b), be provided with a fire alarm or at least one designated
supervisory staff posted at each required egress door, but in no case shall there be fewer than two
supervisory staff for an arts and culture event, and
e) include emergency lighting
i) inside washrooms or, in the case of a single toilet room, immediately outside the entrance door
and visible under the closed toilet room door, and
ii) in locations leading from the arts and culture event to the street as described in Sentence
3.2.7.3.(1).
3) Means of egress from floor areas used for an arts and culture event shall include
a) exits in compliance with the requirements of Section 3.4. with respect to size, travel distance, and
number, as applicable to a Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, except that not less than
i) one exit is permitted where the occupant load does not exceed 60 persons, or
ii) two exits are permitted where the occupant load does not exceed 250 persons, and
b) exit signs installed over or adjacent to exits and in common paths of travel where the occupant load
exceeds 60 persons.
4) Floor area used for an arts and culture event which occurs more than 3 days per month or occurs
with any other arts and culture event more than 3 days per month, shall
a) include a fire separation to adjacent occupancies or uses
b) be served by a permanent or temporary fire alarm system, and
c) except where the floor area is sprinklered, draperies, fabrics or combustible hangings shall be flame
retardant and other combustible finishes shall be of fire-retardant-treated wood or have a Flame-spread
rating of not more than 150 (see Note A-11.6.2.1.(4)).
897
5) An arts and culture event shall include portable fire extinguishers installed in accordance with the
Fire By-law, with
a) at least one extinguisher at the main entrance and at each egress door leading from the arts and
culture event floor area, and
b) the approved fire emergency procedures and security plan with approved maximum occupant load
posted beside each portable extinguisher at the main entrance and at each egress door leading from the arts
and culture event.
6) Cooking which generates grease-laden vapour is not permitted at an arts and culture event,
unless commercial cooking and ventilation equipment, installed under permit and conforming with Article
6.3.1.7., is used.
13.4.4.
Emergency Shelter
13.4.4.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Emergency Shelter
1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this By-law, a temporary emergency shelter is permitted in an
existing building, except that there shall be
a) no cooking in the building, other than food re-heated by microwave,
b) no less than one staff for each 20 shelter spaces on duty at all times,
c) no more than one shelter bed for every 3.7 m2 of floor area or, if bunk beds are provided, no more
than two shelter beds for every 3.7 m2 of floor area,
d) aisles no less than 900 mm wide on both sides of every shelter bed,
e) at least 2 means of egress,
f) exit signs on all exit doors,
g) additional directional exit signs, in any circumstance where exit signs over exit doors are not
visible from any location in the shelter,
h) exit signs which comply with Subsection 3.4.5.,
i) smoke alarms conforming to Article 3.2.4.20. installed throughout the entire building,
j) at least one water closet for every 20 shelter spaces,
k) at least one lavatory for every 5 water closets, and
l) all staff shall have training in first aid and emergency evacuations.
2) A fixed term transitional housing or emergency shelter complying with the requirements of this
Sentence is permitted to remain for not more than 3 years provided
a) the building is constructed as a
i) temporary emergency shelter complying with the requirements of Sentence (1), or
ii) factory constructed building complying with CSA Z240 MH except as required by 1.1.1.1.(2)(g) of
Division A,
b) the building is sprinklered with quick response or residential sprinklers,
c) the building is provided with a single stage fire alarm system, and
d) the owner provides an operating agreement stating the intended fixed term of occupancy, maximum
occupant load, and minimum operating staff level, as acceptable to the Chief Building Official.
13.4.5.
Temporary Retail Use
13.4.5.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Retail Use
898
1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this By-law, a temporary use for retail is permitted in an existing
building floor area of Group A Division 2, Group D, Group F, Division 2 or Group F Division 3 major
occupancy, where
a) the temporary use for retail is located on the first storey or the adjacent grade level, but not both,
b) the building is provided with a fire alarm system, and the
c) floor area containing the arts and culture event complies with the fire and life safety requirements of
Sentences (2) and (3).
2) Floor area used for temporary use for retail shall
a) be constructed of concrete supported by solid ground without suspended slab, or certified by a
registered professional, to be suitable for assembly occupancy and designed to a minimum specified
uniformly distributed live load of 4.8 kPa,
b) be separated from other all other major occupancies by a fire separation with a fire resistance rating
of at least 2 h,
c) be sprinklered in accordance with NFPA 13,
d) have washroom facilities complying with Subsection 3.7.2.,
e) have emergency lighting
i) inside washrooms or, in the case of a single toilet room, immediately outside the entrance door
and visible under the closed toilet room door, and
ii) in common paths of egress travel to the exits as described in Sentence 3.2.7.3.(1), and
f) include at least one accessible entrance conforming with Subsection 11.3.7.1.(1)(d) or (e).
3) Means of egress from a temporary use for retail shall include
a) exits in compliance with the requirements of Section 3.4. with respect to size, travel distance, and
number, as applicable to a Group A, Division 2 major occupancy, except that not less than
i) one exit is permitted where the occupant load does not exceed 60 persons, or
ii) two exits are permitted where the occupant load does not exceed 250 persons, and
b) exit signs installed over or adjacent to exits and in common paths of travel where the occupant load
exceeds 60 persons.
4) The temporary use shall be provided with
a) portable fire extinguishers installed in accordance with the Fire By-law, with at least one
extinguisher at the main entrance and at each egress door,
b) a safety plan, outlining procedures for supervisory personnel with no less than one staff member
for each interval of up to 50 occupants, and training in first aid and emergency evacuations, and
c) smoke detectors installed in accordance to Article 3.2.4.20. are installed throughout the temporary
use,
5) Floor area use for the temporary use of retail may not include cooking.
13.4.6. Temporary Day Care for Children
13.4.6.1.
Alternative Compliance Measures for Temporary Day Care for Children
1) Notwithstanding the provisions of this By-law, a temporary daycare facility for children is permitted in
an existing building, where it
a) has a fixed term of occupancy of not more than 3 years, or otherwise acceptable to the Chief
Building Official, and
899
b) complies with the requirements of this Article.
2) The temporary daycare facility for children shall be located in a floor area of Group A, Division 2
major occupancy, where
a) the temporary daycare facility for children does not exceed 30 children,
b) the temporary daycare facility for children is separated from other all other major occupancies
by a fire separation with a fire resistance rating of at least 1 h,
c) the storey containing the temporary daycare facility for children and all storeys below are fully
sprinklered, except where
i) means of egress are provided directly to the exterior,
ii) it is not required to travel up or down more than 1 storey, and
iii) at least two means of egress are located so that one means of egress could provide egress,
if any other means of egress becomes inaccessible due to fire,
d) the temporary daycare facility for children is equipped with emergency lights in accordance with
articles 3.2.7.3. and 3.2.7.4.,
e) firefighter access conforms with Part 3 of this By-law,
f) A fire alarm system with heat and smoke detection in accordance with Articles 3.2.4.10. and
3.2.4.11.,
g) nonstructural elements and other falling hazards in the temporary daycare facility for children are
restrained to resist lateral loads due to earthquakes,
h) interior partition walls and ceiling, and their support frames and overhead lights and services are
restrained, and
i) all unsafe conditions are corrected to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
900
Notes to Part 13
Temporary Buildings and Temporary Uses
A-13.4.3.1.(4) Combustible Finishes. Combustible finishes have been associated with the rapid propagation of fire within
assembly occupancies. Such materials will often be affixed to wall and ceiling surface, or loose hanging materials will
be provided so as to improve the appearance of a space or reduce hard surface that reflect sound.
Sentence 11.6.2.1.(4) is intended to limit the type of built-in combustible wall and ceiling finishes and hanging materials (such as
draperies or fabrics) to reduce the risk to occupants where the space is not protected by fire sprinklers, which can
respond to a fire before rapid fire propagation occurs.
Loose fabric materials should be flame retardant, which is commonly demonstrable through a product listing identifying that it
meets the requirements of CAN/ULC-S109. Built-in combustible finishes must demonstrate a flame-spread rating of not
more than 150 which is readily demonstrable by listings confirming the product meets the requirement of CAN/ULC-
S102, or they may be constructed with fire retardant-treated wood.
A-13.4.4.1.(2) Fixed Term Transitional Housing or Emergency Shelter. The requirements for fixed term transitional housing
or emergency shelters described in Sentence 11.6.3.2.(2) are intended to accommodate temporary, but longer term
housing that may be deployed for a fixed duration to address ongoing housing concerns.
Fixed term housing or shelters may consist of temporarily repurposed buildings, or may be constructed as modular factory built
structures in accordance with CSA Z240 MH to the extent permitted by Division A (See also Note A-1.1.1.1.(3) of
Division A) or other regulatory requirements.
The requirements of Sentence 11.6.3.2.(2) and Division C Sentence 1.6.8.1.(1) require that the term of occupancy be limited.
This reflects the potential risk that the form of construction may not be appropriate for permanent use, either as a
consequence of the inability to maintain the building due to ongoing use, or due to reduced durability. However, this
term may be extended once by the Chief Building Official in accordance with Article 1.6.8.8., provided that it can be
shown that the building will be able to support extended use.
901
BOOK I (GENERAL) - DIVISION C
902
Part 1
General
Section 1.1. Application
1.1.1. Application
1.1.1.1. Application
1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)
Section 1.2. Terms and Abbreviations
1.2.1. Definitions of Words and Phrases
1.2.1.1. Non-defined Terms
1) Words and phrases used in Division C that are not included in the list of definitions in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A shall
have the meanings that are commonly assigned to them in the context in which they are used, taking into account the
specialized use of terms by the various trades and professions to which the terminology applies.
2) Where objectives and functional statements are referred to in Division C, they shall be the objectives and functional
statements described in Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
3) Where acceptable solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the provisions stated in Parts 3 to 10 of Division
B.
4) Where alternative solutions are referred to in Division C, they shall be the alternative solutions mentioned
in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A.
1.2.1.2. Defined Terms
1) The words and terms in italics in Division C shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
1.2.2. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1.2.2.1. Symbols and Other Abbreviations
1) The symbols and other abbreviations in Division C shall have the meanings assigned to them in Article 1.4.2.1. of
Division A.
Section 1.3. Interpretation, Intent and Prohibitions
1.3.1. General Interpretation
1.3.1.1. Interpretation
1) This By-law shall, despite any other provision herein, be interpreted in accordance with this Section.
2) The Schedules attached to this Part 1 form part of this By-law.
1.3.2. General Intent
1.3.2.1. Intent
903
1) This By-Law sets standards in the general public interest. It is enacted and retained on the understanding and specifically
expressed condition that it creates no duty whatsoever on the City, the Chief Building Official or any employee of the City to
enforce its provisions, and on the further condition that a failure to administer or enforce its provisions, or the incomplete or
inadequate administration or enforcement of its provisions, shall not give rise to a cause of action in favour of any person
whatsoever. The issuance of any permit, including an occupancy permit, is not a representation, warranty or statement that this
By-Law or any other enactment has been complied with, and the issuance thereof in error shall not give rise to a cause of action.
Accordingly, words in this By-law defining the responsibilities and authority of the Chief Building Official shall be construed as
internal administrative directions which do not create a duty.
1.3.2.2. Reliance on Registered and Certified Professionals
1) The City and the Chief Building Official do not have the resources to deal with matters which fall within the expertise of
registered professionals and the City and the Chief Building Official rely on letters of assurance, documents sealed with
professional seals, and related documents received from registered professionals, and on field reviews carried out by or under
the supervision of registered professionals, as evidence that the design and construction of buildings complies with the
provisions of this By-law, including alternate solutions, and substantially complies with any other applicable enactments.
2) The City and the Chief Building Official do not have the resources to deal with matters which fall within the expertise of
certified professionals and the City and the Chief Building Official rely on letters of assurance, documents stamped with
professional stamps, and related documents received from certified professionals, on site reviews carried out by certified
professionals, and on field reviews monitored by certified professionals as evidence that the design and construction of buildings
complies with the provisions of this By-law, including alternate solutions and substantially complies with any other applicable
enactments.
1.3.2.3. No Representation or Warranty
1) No person shall rely on a permit issued by the Chief Building Official or an inspection carried out by the
Chief Building Official as establishing compliance with this By-Law or any other enactment or assume or conclude that this By-
Law has been administered or enforced according to its terms.
2) All persons shall make such independent investigations as they deem necessary to determine whether a building complies
with this By-law or any other enactment.
1.3.3. General Prohibitions
1.3.3.1. Contravention
1) No person shall fail to comply with an order or notice issued by the Chief Building Official.
1.3.3.2. No Work Without Permit
1) No person shall work or authorize or allow work to proceed on a project for which a permit is required unless a valid permit
exists for the work to be done.
1.3.3.3. Deviation Needs Prior Approval
1) No person shall deviate from the plans and supporting documents forming part of the permit, without having first paid all
necessary fees and obtained all necessary permits and approvals from the Chief Building Official.
1.3.3.4. No Occupancy Without Permission
1) No person shall occupy a building or authorize or allow the occupancy of a building without having first
obtained the permission of the Chief Building Official.
1.3.3.5. Unsafe Conditions
(See Note A-1.3.3.5.)
904
1) No person who is an owner or who is involved in the construction, relocation or occupancy of a building shall cause, allow or
maintain any unsafe condition.
1.3.3.6. Work on Public Property
(See Note A-1.3.3.6.)
1) No person shall excavate or undertake work on public property, or erect or place any construction or work or store any
materials thereon without approval having first been obtained in writing from the Chief Building Official over such public property.
1.3.3.7. Changes in Ground Elevation and Limiting Distance
(See Note A-1.3.3.7.)
1) No person shall change or alter the ground elevations or grading of a building site without first obtaining the necessary
permits.
2) No person shall change or alter the limiting distance of an exposing building face without first obtaining the necessary permits.
1.3.3.8. Compliance with By-law and Other Enactments
1) No person shall work, or authorize or allow work to proceed, or undertake any building, construction, work or occupancy which
is in contravention of this By-law or any other enactment.
1.3.3.9. False Information
1) No person shall submit false or incorrect information to the Chief Building Official.
1.3.3.10. Tampering with a Posted Notice or Order
1) No person, except for the Chief Building Official, shall reverse, alter, deface, cover, remove or in any way tamper with any
notice or order which has been posted on or affixed to a building pursuant to this By-law.
Section 1.4. Obligations of the Owner and Contractor
1.4.1. Obligations of the Owner
1.4.1.1. Right of Entry of Chief Building Official
1) The owner shall allow the Chief Building Official to enter any building or premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of
administering and enforcing this By-law.
1.4.1.2. Permit Required
1) The owner shall obtain all permits or approvals prior to commencing the work to which they relate.
1.4.1.3. Compliance with Permit
1) The owner shall comply with all conditions of a permit or a staged permit.
1.4.1.4. Posting a Permit
1) The owner shall ensure that the permit authorizing the work, or a true copy of the permit, is posted conspicuously on the site
or is affixed to the exterior of the building during the entire project.
1.4.1.5. Compliance with By-law and other enactments
1) The owner shall comply with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
2) The owner shall ensure that all work, construction, or occupancy is carried out in accordance with this By-law
and all other applicable enactments.
3) The owner shall ensure that the occupancy of a building or part of a building complies with the occupancy permit.
905
4) The issuance of a permit, the acceptance of plans and supporting documents submitted for a permit, or the making of
inspections by the Chief Building Official shall not relieve the owner of a building from the full responsibility for carrying out the
work or having the work carried out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
5) The owner shall ensure that all underground storage tanks on the subject property that are intended for the storage of heating
oil but have not been used for over 2 years are removed and any associated contamination is remediated to the applicable
standards as prescribed in the Contaminated Sites Regulation. All work must be completed in accordance with the requirements
of the Vancouver Fire By-law.
1.4.1.6. Compliance with Stop Work Order
1) The owner shall not carry out work or construction or suffer, permit or allow work or construction to be carried out in
contravention of a stop work order issued by the Chief Building Official.
1.4.1.7. Compliance with Development Permit Plans
1) The owner shall ensure that the plans and supporting documents submitted for a permit conform substantially with the
approved Development Permit plans and supporting documents, except that where differences exist, the owner shall make
application for a "Development Permit Amendment" as required by the Zoning and Development By-law.
1.4.1.8. Owner's Undertaking
1) The owner shall submit a completed Owner's Undertaking letter to the Chief Building Official in support of and prior to the
issuance of a permit, in the applicable form set out in Schedules E-1 and E-2 at the end of this Part.
1.4.1.9. Letters of Assurance
1) When required by this By-law, the owner shall provide to the Chief Building Official any applicable letters of assurance in the
forms set out in Schedules A, B, C-A and C-B at the end of Part 2 of Division C of Books I and II of this By-law or in the forms set
out in Schedules D and C-D at the end of Part 5 of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law.
1.4.1.10. Project Directory
(See Note A-1.4.1.10.)
1) The owner shall, prior to commencing work, give notice in writing to the Chief Building Official, of the name, address,
electronic mail address and telephone number of the owner, the constructor or other person in charge of the work, the designer
reviewing the work, and any inspection or testing agency engaged to monitor the work.
2) During the course of the construction, the owner shall give immediate notice in writing to the Chief Building Official, of any
change in employment of persons listed in the notice given pursuant to Sentence (1).
1.4.1.11. Other Notices
1) The owner shall give such other notices to the Chief Building Official as may be required by the Chief Building Official, by this
By-law, or by another enactment.
1.4.1.12. Construction Safety
1) Where a Construction Safety Plan is required by Section 8.2 of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law, the owner shall
a) prior to commencing work, ensure that the Construction Safety Plan has been submitted to the Chief Building Official, and
b) during construction, ensure that the Construction Safety Plan is posted at all times and is amended from time to time in
accordance with the requirements of this By-law.
2) Where a building is required by Subsection 2.2.7. of Division C of Book I (General) of this By-law to be professionally designed
and reviewed, the owner shall, prior to commencing work, ensure that the contractor provides a full-time construction safety
officer at the worksite.
1.4.1.13. Plans Required on Site
1) The owner shall ensure that the plans and specifications on which the issuance of the permit was based are available at the
worksite for inspection during working hours by the Chief Building Official.
906
1.4.1.14. Site Cleared of Debris
1) The owner shall ensure that upon completion of demolition procedures, all debris and fill is cleared and the site levelled or
graded, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
1.4.1.15. Tests to Establish Compliance
(See Note A-1.4.1.15.)
1) Where required by the Chief Building Official the owner shall make or have made, at the owner's expense, tests or
inspections, as necessary to establish compliance with this By-law and shall promptly provide a copy of all such tests or
inspection reports to the Chief Building Official.
1.4.1.16. Up-to-Date Survey
1) The owner shall provide to the Chief Building Official a survey, which has been certified by a registered land surveyor no more
than 6 months before the date of delivery of the survey to the Chief Building Official
a) in the case of an existing building and site, if required by the Chief Building Official to substantiate the building location and
size, above, at and below ground level, relative to the site,
b) in the case of an existing building and site, if required by the Chief Building Official to establish the relationship of the building
to neighbouring grades, and
c) in the case of all new buildings, upon completion of foundations and footings and before any further construction, and the
survey must include the elevation of a bench mark on the front of the foundation wall, to substantiate its size, location, and
elevation relative to the site and to neighbouring grades.
1.4.1.17. Covering Work Prior to Inspection, Site Review or Field Review
1) The owner shall not cover work prior to inspection, site review or field review.
1.4.1.18. Request for Inspection
1) The owner shall give at least 24 hours notice to the Chief Building Official when requesting an inspection of work that is
required or ordered to be inspected.
1.4.1.19. Uncovering Work
1) The owner shall uncover any work that has been covered without inspection, when required to do so by the Chief Building
Official. (See Note A-1.4.1.19.(1).)
2) An owner who is required to uncover work by the Chief Building Official shall uncover and replace such work at the owner's
expense.
1.4.1.20. Reinspection
1) If the Chief Building Official discovers faulty or incomplete work or faulty materials during an inspection,
the owner shall apply for a reinspection.
2) Every applicant for a reinspection of a project shall pay the applicable reinspection fees set out in the Fee Schedule, prior to
the reinspection.
1.4.1.21. Report of Building, Demolition or Excavation Failure
1) When a building, demolition or excavation failure occurs which causes or has the potential to cause injury or loss of life, the
owner shall
a) immediately report the failure to the Chief Building Official,
b) submit a report, if required to do so by the Chief Building Official, in accordance with Article 1.5.3.1., and
c) carry out any repairs or remedial work required by the Chief Building Official.
1.4.1.22. Removing Unsafe Conditions
907
1) When a building or part thereof is in an unsafe condition, the owner shall forthwith take all necessary action to put the building
in a safe condition.
1.4.1.23. Damage to City Property
1) The owner is responsible for the cost of repair of any damage to City property or works located thereon that occurs as a result
of undertaking work for which a permit or a street use permit was required.
1.4.1.24. Requirements Regarding Street Addresses
1) An owner shall not post any number or letter on a building or suite entry except for a street address or suite number that has
been designated by the Chief Building Official.
2) Every owner shall place and maintain the designated street address on the building in a place that is easily visible from the
street, and the address shall be mounted on a contrasting background and shall conform with the minimum character size
requirements in Table 1.4.1.24.
Table 1.4.1.24.
Requirements Regarding Street Addresses
Forming part of Sentence 1.4.1.24.(2)
Building Setback from Street
Minimum Non-illuminated
Character Size
Minimum Illuminated Character
Size
0 - 15 m
100 mm
80 mm
15 - 20 m
150 mm
100 mm
Greater than 20 m
200 mm
150 mm
3) Where landscaping or other structures obscure the visibility of a building from the street, the owner shall erect a sign no larger
than 0.4 m2 displaying the street address, on the building property within sight of the street.
4) Every owner shall place and maintain a designated suite number on a contrasting background and of a
character size of no less than 25 mm at the suite entry. (See also Article 3.8.3.13. of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law
for design requirements for persons with a visual impairment.)
5) If a suite number is assigned to an exterior principal suite entry, every owner shall place and maintain the designated suite
number in conformance with this Section.
6) Every owner shall ensure that designated street addresses and suite numbers are made of durable materials and are affixed
securely to the building.
1.4.1.25. Requirements regarding Professional Design and Review
1) In addition to the obligations listed in this section, the owner of a building to which the provisions of Part 2 of Division C of
Book I (General) of this By-law apply, shall also comply with the owner's obligations in that Part.
1.4.2. Obligations of the Contractor
1.4.2.1. Construction Safety
1) The contractor shall ensure that all requirements of this By-law relating to construction safety are complied with, and shall
ensure that every sub-contractor of the project has retained a trades safety coordinator as required by Sentence (2).
2) Every sub-contractor shall retain a qualified trades safety coordinator whose responsibilities shall include appropriate training
of all persons working for the sub-contractor at the worksite in safe construction and installation practice.
3) The trades safety coordinator shall provide certification respecting training to the Chief Building Official upon request.
1.4.2.2. Work on Public Property
908
1) The contractor shall ensure that no excavation or other work is undertaken on public property, and that no
building is erected or materials stored thereon, without first having obtained approval in writing from the
appropriate government authority.
1.4.2.3. Compliance with By-law and Other Enactments
1) The contractor shall ensure that all work, building, construction, or occupancy is carried out in accordance with
this By-law and with all other applicable enactments.
1.4.2.4. Right of Entry of Chief Building Official
1) The contractor shall allow the Chief Building Official to enter any building or premises at any reasonable time for
the purpose of administering and enforcing this By-law.
1.4.2.5. Compliance with Stop Work Order
1) The contractor shall not carry out work or construction, or suffer, permit or allow work or construction to be
carried out, in contravention of a stop work order issued by the Chief Building Official.
Section 1.5. Authority of the Chief Building Official
1.5.1. Administration
1.5.1.1. Administrator
1) The Chief Building Official is authorized to administer this By-law.
1.5.1.2. Filing Documents
1) The Chief Building Official is authorized to keep copies of applications received, permits and orders issued, inspections and
tests made and papers and documents connected with the administration of this By-law, for such time as is required by law.
2) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1), the Chief Building Official is authorized to keep copies of applications received,
permits and orders issued, inspections and tests made and papers and documents connected with the administration of this By-
law, for such time as is necessary, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, to support the administration of this By-law.
1.5.1.3. Inspection of Records
1) The Chief Building Official is authorized to provide plans and documents filed pursuant to the provisions of this By-law for
inspection, subject to the provisions of the Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act.
1.5.1.4. Fees for Inspection of Records
1) The Chief Building Official shall charge a fee as set out in the Fee Schedule, payable in advance, for the inspection of records
referred to in Article 1.5.1.3.
2) No refund shall be issued for any fees or portion of fees, resulting from any outstanding costs incurred by the City for the
inspection of records pursuant to Article 1.5.1.4.
1.5.2. Authorities
1.5.2.1. Power of Entry
(See Note A-1.5.2.1.)
1) The Chief Building Official, and any person authorized to act on behalf of the Chief Building Official, may enter any building or
premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of administering or enforcing this By-law, or immediately if there is reason to
believe an unsafe condition exists.
909
1.5.2.2. Review of Value of Work
1) The Chief Building Official may review the value of the proposed work in an application for a permit and may substitute a
different value, in accordance with Articles 1.6.2.3. and 1.6.2.4. , for the purpose of determining applicable permit fees.
1.5.2.3. Construction Safety
1) The Chief Building Official may review a Construction Safety Plan and may require that the Construction Safety Plan be
changed or amended.
1.5.2.4. Permit Issuance
1) The Chief Building Official shall issue a permit when the applicable requirements of this By-law have been met.
1.5.2.5. Permit Refusal
1) The Chief Building Official may refuse to issue a permit
a) if plans or supporting documents are incomplete or do not comply with the provisions of this By-law,
b) if plans or supporting documents contain false or incorrect information, or
c) for any building, construction, work or occupancy that would not be permitted by this By-law or by another enactment.
2) The Chief Building Official shall provide reasons for the refusal to issue a permit, on the request of an applicant or owner.
1.5.2.6. Permit with Incomplete Application
(See Note A-1.5.2.6.)
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit for a building based on an incomplete application if the
incomplete information is of a secondary nature and is unavailable at the time of permit issuance.
2) If the Chief Building Official issues a permit pursuant to Sentence (1) the Chief Building Official may impose conditions
requiring submission of further information by a specified date.
3) The Chief Building Official may suspend or revoke a permit issued pursuant to Sentence (1), if the holder of the permit fails to
comply with the conditions imposed by the Chief Building Official.
1.5.2.7. Conditions on Permits
1) The Chief Building Official may impose conditions on permits including, but not limited to, conditions regarding
a) notifications and notices,
b) safety,
c) health,
d) design requirements,
e) construction requirements,
f ) timing of construction,
g) deadlines for completion of construction,
h) reviews and inspections,
i) responsibilities of the owner, constructor, registered professional and certified professional,
j) compliance with this By-law and other enactments,
k) use and occupancy, and
l) temporary buildings and occupancies.
1.5.2.8. Permits for Existing Buildings
910
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit for an existing building in accordance with the provisions of Part 11, Division B,
Book I and may impose conditions on the permit.
2) The Chief Building Official may permit an alternative solution to the alternative compliance method
provided in this By-law for the conversion of an existing building if
a) the owner demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, that the level of upgrade required presents an
extraordinary hardship for the owner, and
b) the owner proposes an alternative solution which achieves the objectives of the alternative compliance
method prescribed by this By-law, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
1.5.2.9. Combustible Construction for Minor Repairs in Existing Buildings
1) If additions and new work are required to be noncombustible construction pursuant to Subsection 3.2.2. of Division B, the
Chief Building Official may permit minor repairs to existing floor or wall assemblies to be combustible construction provided
a) the minor repair of the floor assembly does not exceed 5 per cent of the floor area of the room in which it is located, and
b) the minor repair of the wall assembly does not exceed 5 per cent of the wall area of the wall plane on which it is located.
1.5.2.10. Permits for Plumbing, Mechanical and Sprinkler Systems
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit for a plumbing system, mechanical system or sprinkler system in accordance
with the provisions of Subsection 1.6.3.
2) The Chief Building Official may relax the rainwater management requirements of Division B, Sentences 2.4.2.5.(4), (5) and (6)
of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law as provided in Division B, Sentence 2.4.2.5.(9) of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of
this By-law.
1.5.2.11. Permits in Designated Flood Plain
1) If a building is located on a designated flood plain the Chief Building Official may
a) require plans and supporting documents to demonstrate that the elevation or design of the buildings
incorporates flood construction level requirements intended to reduce the risk of flood damage,
b) require that a covenant acknowledging the risk of flood damage be registered against the land, and
c) withhold issuance of a permit until the requirements of the Chief Building Official have been satisfied.
2) The Chief Building Official may increase the flood construction level requirements or the setback requirements as provided in
Article 2.2.10.5.
3) The Chief Building Official may relax the flood construction level requirements or the setback requirements in this By-law as
provided in Article 2.2.10.6.
1.5.2.12. Permit for Staged Construction
(See Note A-1.5.2.12.)
1) Where a permit for staged construction is applied for pursuant to Subsection 1.6.5., the Chief Building
Official may authorize the excavation or construction of a portion of a building, and may impose conditions to ensure compliance
with this By-law, before all the plans and supporting documents for the building have been accepted, at the risk of the owner.
2) The Chief Building Official may suspend or revoke a permit issued pursuant to Subsection 1.6.5. if the holder of the permit
fails to comply with the conditions imposed by the Chief Building Official.
1.5.2.13. Minor Revisions to Permit
1) The Chief Building Official may accept an application for minor revisions to an existing permit if the proposed revisions do not
add or delete additional storeys or major occupancy classifications to or from the project.
911
1.5.2.14. Requirement for New Permit
1) The Chief Building Official may require that an applicant for revisions to an existing permit apply for a new permit, if the
proposed revisions would add or delete floor area, storeys, dwelling units or major occupancy classifications to or from the
project.
1.5.2.15. Permit Suspension
1) The Chief Building Official may suspend a permit by issuing an order to stop work.
1.5.2.16. Permit Revocation
1) The Chief Building Official may revoke a permit if
a) there is a contravention of any condition under which the permit was issued,
b) the permit was issued in error, or
c) the permit was issued on the basis of false or incorrect information.
1.5.2.17. Permit Extension
1) The Chief Building Official may extend a permit in accordance with Subsection 1.6.7. of this Part.
1.5.2.18. Designation of Street Addresses
1) The Chief Building Official may, at any time, number, renumber or assign a series of numbers or suite numbers to any
building, or part thereof.
2) Upon the issuance of a building permit, the Chief Building Official shall designate the street address or series of suite numbers
required for the building, or any portion of the building.
3) Upon registration of a parcel of land in the Land Title Office, the Chief Building Official shall designate the street address or
series of numbers required for the parcel.
1.5.2.19. Renumbering of Street Addresses
1) Where an owner has requested a renumbering and has paid the applicable fees set out in the Fee Schedule, the Chief
Building Official may renumber any building or suite within a building, or parcel of land.
1.5.2.20. Proof of Compliance
1) The Chief Building Official may direct that tests of materials, equipment, devices, construction methods, structural assemblies
or foundations be made, or sufficient evidence or proof be submitted, at the expense of the owner, where such evidence or proof
is necessary, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, to determine whether the material, equipment, device, construction,
structural assembly or foundation condition complies with this By-law.
1.5.2.21. Occupancy Permit for Building at Variance with By-law
1) The Chief Building Official may issue an occupancy permit for a building which varies in a minor respect from the requirements
of this By-law if, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, such variation will not substantially interfere with the objectives of this
By-law.
1.5.2.22. Occupancy Permit Prior to Completion
1) The Chief Building Official may issue an occupancy permit to allow the occupancy of a building or a part thereof for the
approved use, prior to commencement or completion of the construction or demolition work.
2) The Chief Building Official may impose conditions on an occupancy permit issued in accordance with Sentence (1).
1.5.3. Authorities Regarding Unsafe and Unsanitary Conditions
1.5.3.1. Report of Failure
912
1) Where any building, construction or excavation failure occurs which causes or has the potential to cause injury or loss of life,
the Chief Building Official may require the owner to submit a report which includes
a) the name and address of the owner,
b) the address or location of the building, demolition or excavation,
c) the name and address of the constructor,
d) the nature of the failure,
e) the cause of the failure,
f ) a remedial plan to correct the failure, and
g) a plan to prevent future failure.
1.5.3.2. Hazardous Material
1) The Chief Building Official may require that any person supervising or doing work to install or remove building materials
provide evidence of their training, certification or qualifications, if the installation or removal of building materials may create an
unsafe condition or affect the structural safety or fire protection of a building.
1.5.3.3. Order to Remove Unsafe Condition
1) When any building, construction or excavation or part thereof is in an unsafe condition, the Chief Building Official may issue a
written order to the owner, certifying the existence of an unsafe condition and requiring correction of any unsafe condition found
on a building site, within a specified time.
1.5.3.4. Order to Repair Plumbing or Mechanical Systems
1) The Chief Building Official, if of the opinion that the plumbing system, or any part of it, in any building is defective, unsanitary
or inadequate, may notify the owner or occupant thereof of such condition and may order that such plumbing system, or part
thereof, be placed in a proper, safe and sanitary condition.
2) The Chief Building Official, if of the opinion that the plumbing system, or any part of it, in any building may has become
dangerous or defective on account of the settlement of the building or through abuse, accident or for any other cause
whatsoever, may order the owner or occupant thereof to have a plumbing contractor conduct a smoke test on the waste and vent
pipes of the building to ascertain whether any dangerous or defective condition exists.
3) The Chief Building Official, if of the opinion that the mechanical system, or any part of it, in any building is defective or
inadequate, may notify the owner or occupant thereof of such condition and may order such mechanical system, or part thereof,
be placed in a proper, safe and working condition.
1.5.3.5. Corrective Measures
1) If the Chief Building Official has issued an order in accordance with Article 1.5.3.3. or 1.5.3.4. and an owner has failed to
comply with that order, the Chief Building Official may
a) authorize demolition, removal, posting of security guards or fire wardens, or enclosure of a building, construction, excavation
or part thereof, at the expense of the owner,
b) recover such expense in the manner set out in Article 1.5.3.6., and
c) take such other measures as may be necessary to protect the public.
1.5.3.6. Immediate Measures
1) When immediate measures must be taken to avoid an imminent danger or risk of accident, the Chief Building Official may take
such action as is appropriate, without prior notice and at the expense of the owner.
2) Where immediate security measures must be taken to limit the risk of damage, vandalism, theft, loss, or the creation of unsafe
conditions, the Chief Building Official may board-up or otherwise secure a building against unauthorized entry without prior notice
and at the expense of the owner.
1.5.3.7. Recovery of City Costs
913
1) The cost of the measures described in Articles 1.5.3.5. and 1.5.3.6. shall be recoverable from the owner
a) in any Court of competent jurisdiction, or
b) by entry of such cost in the real property roll with respect to the property and by collection in the same manner as the taxes
shown in the real property roll.
1.5.4. Notices and Orders
1.5.4.1. Notices or Orders
1) The Chief Building Official may issue in writing such notices or orders as may be necessary to inform the owner
of a contravention of this By-law, in the manner set out in this By-law.
1.5.4.2. Scope of Orders
1) The Chief Building Official may order
a) a person to comply with the provisions of this By-law within a specified time,
b) a person to allow the Chief Building Official to enter any building or premises at any reasonable time for the purpose of
administering and enforcing this By-law,
c) work to stop on a building or any part thereof, if such work is proceeding in contravention of a provision of this By-law or
another enactment, or if there is deemed to be an unsafe condition,
d) the removal of an unauthorized encroachment on public property,
e) the removal of any building or part thereof constructed in contravention of a provision of this By-law,
f ) the cessation of any occupancy in contravention of a provision of this By-law,
g) the cessation of any occupancy if an unsafe condition exists,
h) the correction of an unsafe condition,
i) the correction of an unsanitary condition,
j) a person to provide a written assessment of a specified condition by a registered professional if there is deemed to be an
unsafe condition, and
k) a person to secure a building against unauthorized entry.
1.5.4.3. Contents of Notice
1) A notice shall state the nature of any contravention and specify the date or the phase of construction by which remedial
measures must be completed.
1.5.4.4. Delivery of Notice
1) A notice may be posted on a building, and may be delivered by regular mail or by hand to the person listed as the owner in the
records of the Assessment Authority of British Columbia or to a representative of the owner.
1.5.4.5. Contents of Order
1) An order shall specify any contraventions of this By-law or any unsafe condition or unsanitary condition and may require
demolition, removal, or compliance with this By-law, by a specified phase of construction, or within a specified time after the date
of mailing or posting the order.
2) Despite Sentence (1), an order to stop work, board up or cease occupancy shall state the nature of the contravention or
unsafe condition, and may order the immediate suspension of construction or of occupancy and the rectification of the
contravention or unsafe condition.
1.5.4.6. Delivery of Order
914
1) The Chief Building Official may deliver an order
a) by mailing the order by registered mail or by regular mail to the owner at the owner's address as it appears on a Tax
Certificate or a State of Title Certificate, and posting the order on the premises which is the subject of the order,
b) by sending the order by electronic mail to the electronic mail address of the owner or a representative of the owner, or
c) by delivery of the order by hand to the owner or a representative of the owner.
2) When a building is at imminent or unreasonable risk of collapse which could pose a danger to building occupants or the public,
the Chief Building Official may post an order to cease occupancy on the premises which is the subject of the order, which shall
be deemed to comply with the requirements of Sentence (1).
3) Delivery of an order in accordance with the provisions of Sentences (1) or (2) shall be deemed to be good and sufficient
service of the order.
Section 1.6. Permits, Applications and Fees
1.6.1. Permits
1.6.1.1. When a Permit is Required
1) A permit is required before any work regulated by this By-Law is undertaken.
1.6.1.2. Construction without a Permit
1) If construction for which a permit is required has been commenced before a permit has been issued, the owner shall
a) make application for any necessary permits in accordance with Subsection 1.6.2. of this By-law, and
b) pay to the City, double the fee set out in the Fee Schedule to a maximum of $20,000, but in no case less than $500.
2) If construction for which a permit is required has been commenced before a permit has been issued, the owner shall, if
ordered to do so by the Chief Building Official,
a) provide proof that the construction complies with this By-law and any other applicable enactments,
b) carry out tests and investigations by independent agencies, at the cost of the owner, to determine whether or not the
construction complies with this By-law,
c) carry out tests and investigations by independent agencies, at the cost of the owner, to determine appropriate remedial
measures to ensure that the construction complies with this By-law,
d) provide to the Chief Building Official, at the cost of the owner, the results of any tests and investigations ordered by the Chief
Building Official, and
e) provide documentation to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official to establish that all remedial measures to ensure the
construction complies with this By-law have been completed.
1.6.1.3. Additional Permits
1) In addition to a permit required by Article 1.6.1.1., other permits and supporting documents necessary for specific building
components, services and uses, may be required by the Chief Building Official.
1.6.2. Application for Permit
1.6.2.1. Owner Requirement
1) To obtain a permit, the owner shall file an application in writing in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official.
1.6.2.2. Application Requirements
915
(See Note A-1.6.2.2.)
1) Except as otherwise provided in this By-law, every application shall
a) describe the work, building, construction or and occupancies for which the permit is required,
b) provide a legal description and address for the land on which the work is to be done,
c) include plans and other supporting documents which conform with Section 2.2. of Division C,
d) state the value of the proposed work calculated in accordance with Article 1.6.2.3.,
e) include the requisite permit fee, in accordance with the Fee Schedule at the end of this Part,
f ) include the appropriate owner's undertaking letter in the applicable form set out in Schedule E-1 or E-2 at the end of this Part,
g) include any other plans or supporting documents required by the Chief Building Official to establish that
the work, building, construction and occupancy complies with this By-law or any other enactment, and
h) list the names, addresses, electronic mail addresses and telephone numbers of all owners, designers and constructors.
1.6.2.3. Valuation for Permit
(See Note A-1.6.2.3.)
1) The value of the proposed work for new construction stated on the application for the permit shall be determined as
a) the net floor area in square meters (m2) multiplied by $2691.25 ($250/ft2) for a single detached house or duplex,
b) the net floor area in square meters (m2) multiplied by $2691.25 ($250/ft2) for an ancillary residential building, or
c) the total current monetary worth of all proposed materials, construction and work related to the building for all other cases.
2) The value of the proposed work for an alteration to an existing building stated on the application for the permit shall be
determined as
a) the renovated floor area in square meters (m2) multiplied by $1937.69 (180/ft2) for a single detached house, duplex, or
ancillary residential building,
b) the new or renovated vertical wall area in square meters (m2) where only the walls are being altered or added, multiplied by
$968.85 ($90/ft=) for a single detached house, duplex or ancillary residential building, or
c) the total current monetary worth of all proposed materials, construction and work related to the building for all other cases.
3) The value of the proposed work established in Clause (1)(c) and (2)(c) shall include the total current monetary worth of all
labour and all fees and costs incurred for design, investigative testing, consulting services, construction, construction
management, contractor's profit and overhead, sales taxes, and construction insurance related to the building.
4) The total current monetary worth referred to in Clauses (1)(c) and (2)(c), and Sentence (3) shall include the market value of all
labour, including unpaid labour provided by an owner or volunteer, and the market value of all materials, including donated,
recycled or used materials.
5) The total current monetary worth referred to in Clause (1)(a) and Sentence (2) shall include all components of the building,
notwithstanding the fact that some components of the building may be subject to other permits and fees
1.6.2.4. Review of Valuation by Chief Building Official
1) The Chief Building Offical may review the value of the proposed work stated in an application, and may
substitute a different value for the proposed work, based on a cost estimate prepared by a registered quantity surveyor using an
acceptable valuation method.
1.6.2.5. Fee Schedule
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), permit fees shall be calculated in accordance with the Fee Schedule at the end of this
Part and the fees for construction without a permit are as outlined in Article 1.6.1.2.
916
2) The Chief Building Official may reduce permit fees in accordance with Part A, Section 4 of the Fee Schedule at the end of this
Part for a building considered Social Housing, as defined in the Zoning and Development By-law.
1.6.2.6. No Refund
1) Except as permitted in Article 1.6.2.7., no permit fees or part thereof shall be refunded if
a) construction authorized by a permit has commenced,
b) the permit has expired pursuant to Article 1.6.7.1., or
c) the application has lapsed as outlined in Article 1.6.2.8.
1.6.2.7. Partial Refund and Set-off
1) If construction authorized by permit has not commenced and the Chief Building Official approves, the Director of Finance may
refund a portion of the fees related to the permit, after deduction of any outstanding costs incurred by the City in processing the
application for the permit and in carrying out any work pursuant to Article 1.5.3.5. or Article 1.5.3.6.
2) Where fees have been submitted to the City as part of an application for an alternative solution or an operating permit, and the
Chief Building Official approves, the Director of Finance may refund a portion of the fees related to the application, after
deduction of the administrative fee set out in the Schedule of Fees at the end of this Part.
1.6.2.8. Lapse of Application
1) Subject to the provisions of Article 1.6.2.9., an owner shall comply with all the necessary requirements to complete an
application for a permit within 6 months after the date of receipt of the application by the Chief Building Official.
2) If an owner fails to comply with the requirements of Sentence (1), the application for a permit shall lapse.
3) An application for a permit which has lapsed is expired and shall not be renewed except in accordance with Article 1.6.2.9.
1.6.2.9. Renewal of Lapsed Application
1) The Chief Building Official may renew a lapsed application for a permit if the Chief Building Official determines that
a) no more than 3 months have passed since the date the application lapsed, and
b) the failure to complete the requirements of the original application for a permit was reasonable in the circumstances.
2) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1), the Chief Building Official shall not renew a lapsed application for a permit more than
once.
3) An application for a permit which has been renewed pursuant to Sentence (1) must comply with any amendments to this By-
law made since the date of receipt of the original application by the Chief Building Official.
1.6.3. Additional Requirements for Plumbing, Mechanical and Sprinkler
Permits
1.6.3.1. Application Requirements
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit for a plumbing system, mechanical system or sprinkler system if the applicant is
authorized to obtain such a permit in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
1.6.3.2. Permit for Plumbing System
1) The Chief Building Official shall only issue a permit to construct, extend, alter, renew or repair a plumbing system to a licensed
plumbing contractor.
1.6.3.3. Permit for Mechanical System
1) The Chief Building Official shall only issue a permit to construct, extend, alter, renew or repair a mechanical system to a
plumbing contractor, licensed electrical contractor or a gas contractor.
917
2) The Chief Building Official shall only issue a permit to install a mechanical system that includes a heat pump to a plumbing
contractor, a licensed electrical contractor or a gas contractor who holds a Municipal Heat Pump Certification.
1.6.3.4. Permit for Sprinkler System
1) The Chief Building Official shall only issue a permit to construct, extend, alter, renew or repair a sprinkler system to a licensed
sprinkler contractor.
1.6.3.5. Permit for Plumbing System to Licensed Contractor
1) Despite the provisions of Article 1.6.3.2., the Chief Building Official may issue a permit to a licensed contractor
a) to install sewers, sumps, catch basins, and water lines outside of a building, or
b) to install backflow devices or other similar protection devices inside a building.
1.6.3.6. Permit for Plumbing System to Owner
1) Despite the provisions of Article 1.6.3.2., the Chief Building Official may issue a permit to the owner of a residential building
with not more than one principal dwelling unit to do plumbing work in that building if the owner is the occupier of the building.
1.6.3.7. No Permit for Minor Repairs to Plumbing, Mechanical or Sprinkler System
1) Despite the provisions of Article 1.6.3.1., no permit is required to repair or replace a valve, sprinkler head, faucet, fixture,
fixture outlet pipe or service water heater, to clear a stoppage, or to repair a leak, if there is no change to any other piping.
1.6.3.8. Requirement for Inspection
1) A plumbing system, mechanical system or sprinkler system shall be inspected by the Chief Building Official, unless the Chief
Building Official determines that an inspection is not necessary.
1.6.4. Applications by Certified Professionals
1.6.4.1. Applications for Permits by Certified Professionals
1) A Certified Professional may apply for a permit on behalf of an owner.
1.6.4.2. Requirements for Permit
1) A Certified Professional who applies for a permit on behalf of an owner must comply with the requirements of Section 1.6 of
this By-law.
1.6.4.3. Application Review For Permit
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit based upon a modified review of the drawings and other supporting documents
submitted with the application for a permit by a Certified Professional.
1.6.4.4. Site Review For Permit
1) A Certified Professional shall carry out detailed site reviews and shall be responsible for monitoring and follow-up necessary to
support the construction authorized by the permit and to support the construction of the entire building.
1.6.5. Applications for Staged Construction by Certified Professionals
1.6.5.1. Requirements for Staged Construction
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit to construct a building in stages if
a) the applicant for the staged construction is a Certified Professional,
b) the Certified Professional also applies for permission to construct the entire building,
918
c) the Certified Professional submits complete plans and all supporting documents for each portion of the work for which a permit
for staged construction is sought, and
d) the Certified Professional submits all documents required pursuant to the Certification of Professionals By-law.
1.6.5.2. Owner's Risk
1) The issuance of a staged permit creates no obligation on the Chief Building Official to issue any other staged permits or to
issue a permit to construct the entire building.
2) An owner who commences construction of a building in accordance with a staged permit does so at the owner's risk.
1.6.5.3. Owner's Responsibility
1) An owner who fails to complete the work authorized by a permit for staged construction or who fails to comply with the
conditions of a permit for staged construction shall restore the site to a safe condition, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building
Official.
1.6.5.4. Application Review for Permit for Staged Construction
1) Where a Certified Professional complies with all application requirements for a permit for staged construction, the Chief
Building Official may issue a permit for staged construction based upon a modified review of the drawings and other supporting
documents submitted for the permit for staged construction.
1.6.5.5. Site Review of Staged Construction
1) Where a permit for staged construction is issued, the Certified Professional shall carry out detailed site reviews and shall be
responsible for monitoring and follow-up necessary to support the construction authorized by the permit for staged construction
and to support the construction of the entire building.
1.6.6. Revisions
1.6.6.1. Revisions to Applications
1) All applications for revisions to the original application shall comply with Article 1.6.2.2.
2) When revisions to the original application result in an increase in the value of the proposed work, the Chief Building Official
shall review the valuation and recalculate the permit fee in accordance with this By-law.
3) When application documents are either incomplete or changed to the extent that an additional plan review is necessary, an
additional revision fee shall be charged in accordance with the Fee Schedule at the end of this Part.
1.6.6.2. Minor Revisions to Permits
1) All applications for minor revisions to the original permit shall comply with Article 1.6.2.2. to the extent required by the Chief
Building Official.
2) When applications for minor revisions to the original permit result in an increase in the value of the proposed work, the Chief
Building Official shall review the valuation and recalculate the permit fee in accordance with this By-law.
3) An additional revision fee shall be charged for applications for minor revisions to the original permit in accordance with the Fee
Schedule at the end of this Part.
1.6.7. Permit Expiry and Extension
1.6.7.1. Permit Expiry
1) Except as provided in this Subsection, a permit shall expire and the rights of the owner under the permit shall terminate if in
the opinion of the Chief Building Official
a) the work authorized by the permit is not commenced within 6 months from the date of issue of the permit,
919
b) the work although commenced is not continuously and actively carried out thereafter, or
c) the work has been substantially discontinued for a period of 6 months. (See Note A-1.6.7.1.(1).)
2) Except as provided in this Subsection 1.6.7., a permit for a temporary building or occupancy shall expire and the rights of the
owner under the permit shall terminate on the expiry date noted on the permit.
1.6.7.2. Application to Chief Building Official for Extension
1) An owner who wishes to seek an extension of a permit shall make application to the Chief Building Official prior to the expiry
of the permit.
2) An owner who wishes to seek an extension of a permit shall submit the application in writing accompanied by the requisite
extension fee.
1.6.7.3. Extension of Permit by Chief Building Official
1) If the Chief Building Official is of the opinion that substantial completion of the work has been prevented because of
exceptional circumstances, the Chief Building Official may extend the permit, provided that, in the meantime, no applicable
amendments have been made to this By-law.
2) If the Chief Building Official is of the opinion that a building or occupancy is temporary, the Chief Building Official may extend
the permit for a temporary building or occupancy, provided that, in the meantime, no applicable amendments have been made to
this By-law.
1.6.8. Permits for Temporary Buildings, Including Tents and Air-
Supported Structures
1.6.8.1. Definition of "Temporary"
1) In this Subsection, "temporary" means for a time period not exceeding 12 consecutive months or a fixed term of occupancy
not to exceed 3 years where acceptable.
1.6.8.2. Compliance with By-law
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection or in Part 13, Division B, Book I, no person shall erect a temporary building,
including a tent or air-supported structure, which does not comply with this By-law.
1.6.8.3. Permit Required
1) No person shall erect, or use or occupy a temporary building, including a tent or air-supported structure without a permit.
1.6.8.4. Compliance with Permit Conditions
1) No person shall erect, or use or occupy a temporary building, including a tent or air-supported structure, in contravention of
the conditions of a permit.
1.6.8.5. Application Requirements
1) The application for a permit for a temporary building, including a tent or air-supported structure, shall be accompanied by
a) plans showing the location of the temporary building, tent or air-supported structure on the site, all other existing buildings on
the same property and all other buildings on adjacent property located within at least 10 feet of the property line of the site,
b) construction details of the building, tent or air-supported structure,
c) a statement by the owner indicating the intended use and intended duration of such use.
2) The application for a temporary occupancy permit for a tent or air-supported structure shall be accompanied by documentation
sufficient to establish that the tent or air-supported structure complies with Subsection 3.1.6. of Division B of Book I (General) of
this By-law.
920
1.6.8.6. Time Limited Permits for Temporary Buildings and Structures
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a permit authorizing the construction, use or occupancy of a temporary building,
including a tent or air-supported structure, and may attach conditions to such permit, including conditions allowing for selective
compliance with the provisions of this By-law, if the Chief Building Official determines that the construction, use or occupancy will
exist for a short time, and the circumstances do not warrant complete compliance with this By-law.
1.6.8.7. Permit End Date
1) A permit for a temporary building, including a tent or air-supported structure, shall state the date after which the permit is no
longer valid.
1.6.8.8. Permit Extension
1) A permit for a temporary building, including a tent or air-supported structure, may only be extended if an extension is granted
by the Chief Building Official prior to the expiry of the permit.
2) An owner who wishes to seek an extension of a permit for a temporary building from the Chief Building Official shall submit an
application in writing to the Chief Building Official accompanied by the requisite extension fee.
3) If the Chief Building Official is of the opinion that the temporary building complies with the life safety requirements of this By-
law, the Chief Building Official may extend the permit, and the Chief Building Official may require documentation from registered
professionals to verify that the requirements of this By-law are being met.
1.6.9. Operating Permits
1.6.9.1. Operating Permit Required
1) No person shall install or retain existing equipment or systems for which an operating permit is required under this By-law,
without an operating permit.
1.6.9.2. Compliance with Permit Conditions
1) No person shall install or retain existing equipment or systems for which an operating permit is required under this By-law, in
contravention of the conditions of an operating permit.
1.6.9.3. Application Requirements for New Operating Permits and Renewals
1) To obtain or renew an operating permit, the owner of the equipment, device, apparatus, or system, or their authorized
representative, shall file an application in writing in the form prescribed by the Chief Building Official.
2) The application for a new operating permit or the renewal of an operating permit shall be accompanied by the operating permit
fees and any documentation required by the Chief Building Official to verify that the requirements of this By-law are being met.
3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), operating permits are valid for a one year period, and shall be renewed on an
annual basis.
4) Operating permits for emergency once through cooling equipment and maintenance once through cooling equipment will be
valid for a period deemed appropriate by the Chief Building Official, and if valid for a period of
a) less than one year, may not be renewed, or
b) one year, shall be renewed on an annual basis.
5) Operating permits for once through cooling equipment permitted to retain an existing connection to the City's water system
under Sentence 2.2.11.4.(4) of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law shall be valid for a one year period and
renewed on an annual basis until the expiry date established by the Chief Building Official.
1.6.9.4. Owner Must be Certified
1) The owner of the equipment, device, apparatus, or system, or their authorized representative, must be certified under the
Environmental Operators Certification Program, except that this requirement does not apply to once through cooling equipment.
(See Note A-1.6.9.4.(1).)
921
1.6.9.5. Conditions on Operating Permits
1) The Chief Building Official may impose conditions on operating permits including, but not limited to, conditions regarding
a) notifications and notices,
b) safety,
c) health,
d) design requirements,
e) construction requirements,
f ) timing of construction,
g) deadlines for completion of construction,
h) reviews and inspections,
i) responsibilities of the owner of the equipment, device, apparatus, or system, the constructor, the registered professional and
the certified professional,
j) compliance with this By-law and other enactments,
k) use and occupancy, and
l) temporary buildings and occupancies.
1.6.9.6. Operating Permit Fees
1) Operating permit fees are as set out in the Schedule of Fees at the end of this Part.
Section 1.7. Permission to Occupy Buildings
1.7.1. General
1.7.1.1. Occupancy Permit Required
1) Except as otherwise provided in this By-law, no person shall occupy or allow the occupancy of any building or part thereof
unless the owner has obtained an occupancy permit from the Chief Building Official.
2) No person shall occupy any building for a purpose other than the occupancy stipulated in an occupancy permit issued by the
Chief Building Official.
1.7.1.2. Occupancy Permit
(See Note A-1.7.1.2.)
1) Every owner shall obtain an occupancy permit from the Chief Building Official prior to any
a) occupancy of a building or part thereof after construction or alteration of that building,
b) change in the major occupancy of any building or part thereof, or
c) change in the permitted occupancy within the same Division of the major occupancy Group, where the occupant load or the
fire load has increased.
1.7.1.3. Exemptions from Occupancy Permit
1) Despite the requirements of Articles 1.7.1.1. and 1.7.1.2., an occupancy permit is not required for
a) residential building with not more than two principal dwelling units, or
b) a change in the permitted occupancy within the same major occupancy classification provided the occupant load
is not increased and no construction has taken place.
1.7.1.4. Posting of Lawful Use
922
1) In any building not requiring an occupancy permit, the Chief Building Official may post a notice which describes
the uses to which the building may be lawfully put.
1.7.2. Occupancy Permit Process
1.7.2.1. Owner's Obligation
1) An owner who wishes to obtain an occupancy permit shall file an application in the form required by the Chief
Building Official.
1.7.2.2. Requirements for Occupancy Permit Application
1) The permit application requirements described in Article 1.6.2.2. do not apply to an application for an occupancy
permit if the application includes
a) a letter from the owner declaring that the work complies with the By-law, the necessary permits, including
operating permits, have been obtained and the building conforms with the accepted plans, in any case where a
professional is not required by Subsection 2.2.7., Division C, Book I,
b) the appropriate letters of assurance in any case where a professional field review is required by Subsection 2.2.7.
of Division C of Book I (General) of this By-law,
c) the anticipated date of completion,
d) the classification of the building,
e) the number of storeys in the building,
f) the gross floor area of each storey,
g) the allowable live loads for each floor area, and
h) an annual permit as required by the Electrical By-law.
1.7.2.3. Scheduling of Construction, Fire and Life Safety Systems Inspection
1) Prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit, the owner of a building shall call for and coordinate a final
inspection of construction, fire and life safety systems in the building.
1.7.2.4. Requirements prior to Construction, Fire and Life Safety Systems Inspection
1) At least 24 hours prior to the final inspection for an occupancy permit, every owner shall submit to the Chief
Building Official
a) proof of compliance with the By-law for all materials, equipment and methods of construction,
b) letters of assurance in the applicable forms attached as Schedules C-A and C-B, at the end of Part 2 of Division C,
c) a contractor's material and test certificate, certifying that the sprinkler systems have been flushed, inspected and
tested,
d) a certificate of verification and a manufacturer's inspection report for the fire alarm system,
e) a fire safety plan and record of installed fire safety systems, conforming to the Fire By-law, and
f ) a letter from a fire protection consultant verifying that the special devices or methods forming part of the
alternative solution achieves the alternative solution.
1.7.2.5. Requirements during Construction, Fire and Life Safety Systems Inspection
1) During the final inspection of construction, fire and life safety systems in the building, the owner of the building
shall make available
a) a copy of the fire safety plan,
b) a copy of the record of installed fire safety systems, and
923
c) a preventive maintenance and testing schedule and a maintenance log book for the life and fire safety systems.
1.7.2.6. Notice of Change Prior to Occupancy
1) Every owner shall give notice in writing to the Chief Building Official of any change to the owner's address or
any change in the ownership of the building which occurs
a) prior to the issuance of an occupancy permit, or
b) prior to the occupancy of the building.
1.7.3. Partial Occupancy Permit for Building Under Construction
1.7.3.1. Partial Occupancy Permit
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a partial occupancy permit for part of a building which is under
construction if, in the opinion of Chief Building Official, such partial occupancy would not jeopardize life or
property.
2) The Chief Building Official may impose conditions on a partial occupancy permit.
3) The Chief Building Official may revoke a partial occupancy permit if the permit holder fails to comply with the
conditions imposed by the Chief Building Official.
4) The Chief Building Official may revoke a partial occupancy permit if the owner fails to comply with any permit
relating to the building.
1.7.3.2. Owner's Obligation regarding Unsafe Conditions
1) The owner of a building for which a partial occupancy permit has been issued shall ensure that there are no unsafe
conditions in the building.
1.7.4. Temporary Occupancy Permit
1.7.4.1. Temporary Occupancy Permit
1) The Chief Building Official may issue a temporary occupancy permit for a temporary use within an existing
building, or for the limited use of a building approved according to Subsection 1.6.8. or as otherwise provided in this
By-law.
1.7.5. Re-Occupancy Permit
1.7.5.1. Re-occupancy Permit
1) Every owner shall obtain a re-occupancy permit from the Chief Building Official prior to any occupancy of a
building or part thereof in respect of which the Chief Building Official has issued an order to cease occupancy due to
an unsafe condition.
Section 1.8. Street Regulations
1.8.1. Encroachments
1.8.1.1. Encroachment Defined
1) In this Section an encroachment means a building, or a building appurtenance or fixture, including an existing
areaway, a new or existing ornamental projection, awning, canopy, mechanical apparatus, or emergency exit
apparatus, projecting in a street, whether above, at or below ground level.
1.8.1.2. Measurement of Encroachment
924
1) An encroachment shall be measured at right angles from a theoretical vertical plane located at the property line, to
the outermost point of the encroachment in the street.
1.8.1.3. No Encroachment without Permission
1) No encroachment shall project into a street, unless permission has first been granted by the City.
1.8.1.4. Maintenance and Repair of Encroachment
1) Encroachments shall be repaired and maintained to the satisfaction of the City Engineer and the Chief Building
Official.
1.8.1.5. Prohibited Encroachments
1) An encroachment shall not obstruct or interfere with
a) public utility poles or equipment,
b) firefighting equipment or fire rescue operations,
c) street trees or lamp standards, or
d) street furniture.
1.8.1.6. Compliance with Encroachment By-law
1) The Chief Building Official shall not issue a permit to construct an encroachment unless the encroachment
complies with this By-law and with the Encroachment By-law.
1.8.2. Existing Encroachments
1.8.2.1. Existing Encroachments
1) An existing encroachment which complies with the Encroachment By-law and does not conform with this By-law
may be continued if the encroachment is not altered.
1.8.2.2. Damage to Existing Encroachment
1) Subject to the provisions in Sentence (2), an existing encroachment which is damaged may be repaired.
2) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1) if the cost of the repair to an existing encroachment is more than 50 per
cent of the current replacement cost of the damaged encroachment, the repair shall constitute a new encroachment
and shall comply with the provisions of this By-law and the Encroachment By-law.
1.8.2.3. Alteration to Existing Encroachment
1) Except for signs permitted by the Sign By-law, any enlargement or alteration of an existing encroachment shall
constitute a new encroachment and shall comply with the provisions of this By-law and the Encroachment By-law.
1.8.2.4. Signs
1) Signs permitted by the Sign By-law which encroach in a street shall comply with this By-law.
1.8.2.5. Door Swings
1) Except as provided in Subsection 1.8.11., doors, security gates and other moveable barriers, whether open or
closed, shall not encroach in a street.
1.8.3. New Encroachments
1.8.3.1. Application
1) This Section applies to
a) new encroachments, and
925
b) alterations to existing encroachments which do not comply with the provisions of Subsection 1.8.2.
1.8.3.2. Dimensions and Clearances
1) Unless otherwise provided in this By-law, all new encroachments shall comply with the applicable construction,
clearance and dimension requirements in Subsections 1.8.5. to 1.8.10.
1.8.3.3. Design and Construction of New Encroachments
1) A new encroachment shall be designed and constructed so that, in the event of its removal from the building, the
building will comply with the provisions of this By-law.
1.8.3.4. Compliance with By-laws
1) A new encroachment shall comply with the provisions of this By-law and the Encroachment By-law.
1.8.3.5. Encroachments in Narrow Streets
1) Unless otherwise permitted by this Section, new encroachments or encroachments which do not comply with the
provisions of Subsection 1.8.2. are not permitted in a street which is 10 m or less in width.
1.8.4. Repair or Removal of Encroachment
1.8.4.1. Removal or Repair by Owner
1) The owner of a building which encroaches in a street shall repair, alter or remove the encroachment if so ordered
a) by the Chief Building Official, in accordance with this By-law, or
b) by the City Engineer, in accordance with the Encroachment By-law.
1.8.4.2. Repair of Building after Removal of Encroachment
1) Upon removal of an encroachment from a building, the owner shall promptly repair the building and shall ensure
that the building complies with this By-law.
1.8.4.3. Repair of Building at Owner's Expense
1) If the Chief Building Official has issued an order in accordance with Article 1.8.4.1. and an owner has failed to
comply with that order, the Chief Building Official may
a) authorize demolition or removal of an encroachment, posting of security guards or fire wardens, or enclosure of
such encroachment, building, construction, excavation or part thereof, at the expense of the owner,
b) recover such expense in the manner set out in this By-law, and
c) take such other measures as may be necessary to protect the public.
1.8.5. Areaways
1.8.5.1. Areaway Defined
1) In this Subsection an areaway means an existing underground building or building appurtenance, which
encroaches in a street and forms part of or serves an adjacent building.
1.8.5.2. Design and Structural Requirements
1) The Chief Building Official shall refuse to issue a permit for alteration of an areaway unless the design has been
first approved by the City Engineer.
2) Areaways shall be constructed with reinforced concrete walls and roofs which are capable of supporting the street
surface, any superimposed live loads, surcharge loads and seismic loads, to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
926
3) Notwithstanding Sentences (1) and (2), the provisions of Part 4, Division B, Book I of this By-law apply to the
construction of an areaway.
1.8.5.3. Surface Construction Requirements
1) If any part of an areaway interfaces with the street surface, the areaway shall be
a) noncombustible construction,
b) constructed with solid non slip surfaces at the street surface interface, and
c) level with the street surface at the street surface interface.
1.8.5.4. Removal of Areaway
1) A person who wishes to remove an areaway shall
a) apply for and obtain all necessary permits,
b) install a cut-off wall integral to the building, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official,
c) waterproof the cut-off wall, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, and
d) backfill and restore the street surface in accordance with the Encroachment By-law, to the satisfaction of the City
Engineer.
1.8.6. Ornamental Projections and Existing Windows
1.8.6.1. Ornamental Projections Defined
1) In this Subsection, ornamental projections mean new and existing building appurtenances and fixtures which
encroach in a street, and include
a) cornices,
b) copings, and
c) belt courses and other minor architectural trim such as water tables, column capitals and bases.
1.8.6.2. Construction
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), all ornamental projections, including their connections and supports, which
encroach in a street, shall be noncombustible construction, and if constructed of metal, shall be no less than 0.56 mm
in thickness.
2) Where roof construction is permitted to be of wood, the Chief Building Official may also permit a cornice to be of
combustible materials, if
a) the cornice only consists of roof members cantilevered over the street and covered by a roof deck, and
b) the underside of the cornice is exposed, without a boxed-in soffit.
1.8.6.3. Ornamental Projections in Streets
1) For the purposes of this Article 1.8.6.3., the height of an ornamental projection shall be determined by vertical
measurement from the lowest point of the encroachment to the street level immediately below.
2) Subject to the provisions of Sentence 1.8.6.3.(3), an ornamental projection may encroach into a street which is at
least 10 m wide, no more than:
a) 75mm for a projection located below 2.75m above the street,
b) 500mm for a projection located between 2.75m and 5.2m above the street,
927
c) 915mm for a projection located between 5.2m and 7.62m above the street, and
d) 1370mm for a projection located more than 7.62m above the street.
3) The provisions of Sentence 1.8.6.3.(2) do not apply to an existing encroaching ornamental projection which is
designated by by-law as protected heritage property or is the subject of a heritage revitalization agreement.
4) An ornamental projection may encroach in a street which is less than 10 m wide, if
a) it is located no less than 7.62 m above the street,
b) it does not encroach more than 915 mm beyond the property line, and
c) it does not interfere with overhead public utilities.
1.8.6.4. Existing Encroaching Windows
1) An oriel or bay window shall not encroach in a street except that alterations may be made to an existing oriel or
bay window if
a) it encroaches no more than 600 mm beyond the property line,
b) it is located no less than 5.2 m above the street, and
c) the street is no less than 10 m in width.
2) The provisions of Sentence (1) do not apply to an existing encroaching oriel or bay window which is designated
in accordance with a heritage designation by-law or is the subject of a heritage revitalization agreement with the
City.
1.8.7. Awnings
1.8.7.1. Awning Defined
1) In this Subsection, an awning means a light detachable structure which encroaches in a street and which consists
of a covering of fabric, sheet metal or other relatively flexible material on a fixed or retractable structural frame
attached to and entirely supported by a building.
1.8.7.2. Attachments
1) No electrical wiring, illuminated device, electrical equipment or apparatus shall be attached to or incorporated in
an awning, except that drive mechanisms and attachments to the structural frame required for the operation of
collapsible awnings may be permitted by the Chief Building Official.
1.8.7.3. Structural Design
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), the structural frame of an awning and its connections to the supporting
building shall be designed in conformance with Part 4 of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law.
2) The structural frame of an awning and its connections to the supporting building shall be noncombustible.
3) A fabric covered retractable awning shall be designed to withstand wind, rain, snow, and seismic design loads
applied to the closed awning.
1.8.7.4. Clearances
1) The horizontal distance from the outer edge of an awning measured to the outer face of the street curb shall be no
less than 600 mm.
2) No portion of an awning shall be less than 2.75 m above the level of the street surface or established building
grade, except that if the street surface or established building grade below the awning slopes more than 0.1 m over
the length of the awning, the vertical clearance may be no less than 2.6 m, except that a soft fringe attached to the
awning and made of canvas or cloth may have a clearance of no less than 2.3 m.
928
1.8.7.5. Combustible Material Requirements
1) Combustible materials used in awnings shall conform to the appropriate requirements for resistance to fire as set
out in CAN/ULC-S109, "Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant Fabrics and Films", or NFPA 701, "Standard Method of
Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films."
2) Combustible materials shall not be used in an awning which is above the second storey of a building.
3) Combustible materials shall not be used in an awning which is attached to an exterior wall required to be of
noncombustible construction.
1.8.7.6. Vertical Height
1) The vertical dimensions of the front and sides of an awning shall not exceed 3.65 m at any point, unless otherwise
permitted by the Chief Building Official.
1.8.7.7. Awning Not To Span Unprotected Openings
1) An awning shall not span unprotected openings in separate fire compartments.
1.8.8. Canopies
1.8.8.1. Canopy Defined
1) In this Subsection, a canopy means a structure encroaching in a street that provides pedestrian weather protection
and has a covering of glass, metal or other rigid material on a fixed detachable rigid frame that is attached to and
entirely supported by a building.
1.8.8.2. Requirements for Materials
1) A canopy shall be
a) constructed of noncombustible materials, except as provided in Sentence (2) and Clause (3)(c),
b) supported entirely by the building to which the canopy is attached, and
c) constructed so that its removal conforms to Sentence 1.8.3.3.(1).
2) Despite Clause (1)(a), if the building or the exterior wall to which the canopy is attached is of combustible
construction, a canopy may be constructed of combustible materials.
3) The deck and roof of a canopy shall be constructed of
a) wired or laminated safety glass,
b) metal no less than 0.56 mm in thickness, or
c) wood plank no less than 60 mm in thickness, sheathed on the top and the soffit with metal or other
noncombustible material, and constructed and fire stopped to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
1.8.8.3. Clearances
1) The vertical distance from the lowest point of a canopy to the street surface shall be no less than 2.75 m.
2) The horizontal distance from the outer edge of a canopy to the outer face of the street curb shall be no less than
750 mm.
3) A canopy shall be no less than 600 mm from an adjoining property line or from the production of the property
line into the street, unless the canopy is constructed entirely of noncombustible materials.
4) Despite the provisions of Sentence (3), if a property line is adjacent to a lane, a canopy shall be located no less
than 600 mm from the production of the property line into the street.
5) A canopy shall be no less than 600 mm from a utility pole or lamp standard.
929
1.8.8.4. Vertical Dimensions of Canopy
1) Unless otherwise accepted by the Chief Building Official, the vertical dimensions of the front and sides of a
canopy shall not exceed 3.65 m at any point.
1.8.8.5. [UTV Deleted]
1.8.8.6. Canopy Drainage System
1) Unless otherwise permitted by the Chief Building Official, a canopy roof shall be provided with a drainage system
conforming to Part 2 of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law and connected to the building
storm water system.
2) Downpipes for canopies shall not encroach more than 75 mm in the street.
1.8.8.7. Structural Design of Canopies
1) A canopy shall be designed to
a) support the expected loads due to weather, and
b) withstand seismic design loads
1.8.9. Solar Shading Device
1.8.9.1. Solar Shading Device Defined
1) In this Subsection, a solar shading device means a structure encroaching in a street, that prevents solar heat gain
through windows and has a fixed detachable rigid frame that is attached to and entirely supported by a building.
1.8.9.2. Requirements for Materials
1) A solar shading device shall be
a) constructed of noncombustible materials, except as provided in Sentence (2) and Clause (3)(c),
b) supported entirely by the building to which the solar shading device is attached, and
c) constructed so that its removal conforms to Sentence 1.8.3.3.(1).
2) Despite Clause (1)(a), if the building or the exterior wall to which the solar shading device is attached is of
combustible construction, a solar shading device may be constructed of combustible materials.
3) The solar shading device shall
a) if constructed of glass, use wired or laminated safety glass,
b) if constructed of metal, shall be no less than 0.56 mm in thickness, or
c) if constructed of wood plank, shall be no less than 60 mm in thickness, sheathed on the top and the soffit with
metal or other noncombustible material, and constructed and fire stopped to the satisfaction of the Chief Building
Official.
4) Solar shading devices shall be of noncombustible construction where installed on an exposing wall face required
to be noncombustible in accordance with Division B, Subsection 3.2.3.7.
1.8.9.3. Clearances
1) The horizontal distance from the outer edge of a solar shading device to the outer face of the street curb shall be
no less than 600 mm.
2) For the purposes of this Article 1.8.9.3., the height of a solar shading device shall be determined by vertical
measurement from the lowest point of the encroachment to the street level immediately below.
3) The maximum projection of a solar shading device into a street which is at least 10 m wide, shall be
a) 500 mm for a solar shading device located between 2.75 and 5.2m above the street,
930
b) 915 mm for a solar shading device located between 5.2m and 7.62m above the street, and
c) 1370 mm for a solar shading device located more than 7.62m above the street except that a solar shading device
must also conform to the requirements of Sentence 1.8.9.3.(1).
4) A solar shading device may encroach in a street which is less than 10 m wide, if
a) it is located no less than 7.62 m above the street,
b) it does not encroach more than 915 mm beyond the property line, and
c) it does not interfere with overhead public utilities.
5) A solar shading device shall be no less than 600 mm from an adjoining property line or from the production of the
property line into the street, unless the solar shading device is constructed entirely of noncombustible materials.
6) Despite the provisions of Sentence (5), if a property line is adjacent to a lane, a solar shading device shall be
located no less than 600 mm from the production of the property line into the street.
1.8.9.4. Solar Shading Device Not to Span Unprotected Openings
1) A solar shading device shall not span unprotected openings in separate fire compartments.
1.8.9.5. Structural Design of Solar Shading Device
1) A solar shading device shall be designed to
a) support the expected loads due to weather,
b) withstand seismic design loads, and
c) shed snow and ice in a manner that minimizes risk to persons and property below.
1.8.10. Mechanical Apparatus
1.8.10.1. Clearances
1) Exterior hose connections for fire-fighting equipment, ventilation intakes and outlets, chimneys and air
conditioning units shall not encroach in a street unless permitted by the City Engineer.
2) Fire alarm bells and fire gongs may encroach up to 300 mm in a street, except that such encroachments shall be
located no less than 2.6 m above the street surface or established building grade.
1.8.11. Emergency Exits
1.8.11.1. Stairways and Fire Escapes
1) The Chief Building Official may permit stairways and balconies for fire escapes to encroach in a street, except
that the lowest part of such stairways and balconies shall be no less than 5.2 m above the street surface.
1.8.11.2. Emergency Exit Doors
1) Emergency exit doors may encroach no more than 300 mm in a street which is no less than 10 m in width.
2) Despite Sentence (1), the City Engineer may permit an emergency exit door to encroach in a street which is less
than 10 m in width, provided that such door does not encroach more than 300 mm in the street.
Section 1.9. Temporary Occupancy of a Street for Construction
Purposes
1.9.1. General Requirements
931
1.9.1.1. Permit Required Prior to Occupancy of Street
1) No person shall occupy a street or the air space above a street in connection with, or incidental to the construction
or maintenance of any building, without first obtaining a street use permit from the City Engineer.
1.9.1.2. Permit Required Prior to Excavation in Street
1) No person shall excavate or backfill any part of a street without first obtaining a street use permit from the City
Engineer.
1.9.1.3. Liability Disclaimer
1) An application for a street use permit shall contain an undertaking by the owner to save harmless the City against
all claims, liabilities, judgments, costs and expenses in consequence of, or in any way incidental to the granting of
such permit, in a form satisfactory to the Director of Legal Services.
1.9.2. Overhead Construction
1.9.2.1. Permit Required for Overhead Construction
1) No person shall cause a swing scaffold or construction hoisting device to occupy the air space above a street
without first obtaining a street use permit from the City Engineer.
1.9.2.2. Prevention of Public Entry
1) The street under a swing scaffold or construction hoisting device shall be fenced, roped off or otherwise
protected against public entry to the satisfaction of the City Engineer.
1.9.3. Public Safety
1.9.3.1. Construction Site Protection of the Public Required
1) No person shall construct, alter or repair any building unless fencing, boarding, barricades or covered
walkways as required by Part 8 of Division B of Book I (General) of this By-law have first been erected on or
adjacent to the street, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
2) The Chief Building Official may modify the requirements of Sentence (1) if satisfied that the location of the
construction is sufficiently protected or remote from areas frequented by the public.
1.9.3.2. Permit Required for Fencing, Boarding, Barricades or Covered Walkways
1) No person shall erect fencing, boarding, barricades or covered walkways on a street, without first obtaining a
street use permit from the City Engineer.
Section 1.10. Addressing Buildings and Parcels of Land
1.10.1. Address Numbering System
1.10.1.1. Numeric Addresses
1) Addressing of buildings, suites within a building or parcels of land shall be numeric.
1.10.1.2. East/West Addresses
1) East/West addresses shall run in series, commencing with the unit block and increasing in numeric value in a
westerly direction from the west side of Ontario Street or the west side of Carrall Street and commencing with the
unit block and increasing in numeric value in an easterly direction from the east side of Ontario Street or the east
side of Carrall Street.
932
2) Buildings on the north side of streets running in an east or west direction shall have odd numbers, and buildings
on the south side of such streets shall have even numbers.
1.10.1.3. North/South Addresses
1) North/South addresses shall run in series, commencing with the unit block and increasing in numeric value in a
northerly direction from the north side of Dundas Street and commencing with the unit block and increasing in
numeric value in a southerly direction from the south side of Dundas Street.
2) Buildings on the west side of streets running in a north or south direction shall have odd numbers, and buildings
on the east side of such streets shall have even numbers.
1.10.1.4. Multiple Suite Addresses
1) Where a building with a non-continuous public corridor or direct exterior access contains multiple addressable
suites, addresses of suites on floor areas shall be assigned in an increasing numeric order commencing from the
point of entry as determined by the Chief Building Official and moving in a direction as determined by the Chief
Building Official.
2) Where a building with a continuous public corridor contains multiple addressable suites, addresses of suites on
floor areas shall be assigned in an increasing numeric order commencing from the point of entry as determined by
the Chief Building Official and moving in a direction as determined by the Chief Building Official.
1.10.1.5. Principal Buildings
1) Except is permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), every building, or substantive portion of a building that is provided
with a separate exterior principle access designed such that it will function as a separate and distinct entity, on a site
shall be assigned a separate numeric street address where sufficient numeric street addresses are available.
2) In the case where there is an insufficient number of numeric street addresses available, the Chief Building Official
may assign the same street number to one or more adjacent buildings on a site provided
a) that suite numbers are assigned between the affected buildings in a simple and logical manner that makes the
location of each suite self-evident,
b) sufficient and clear signage is provided and visible on approach so as to make clear what sequence of suite
number assignment is,
c) a principle fire department access acceptable to the Chief Building Official and the fire department will be
provided to the site, and
d) a graphic map is provided at the principle fire department access that shows the location of each of the buildings
and suites.
3) Not more than one laneway house may be assigned a suite number that is subordinate to the principal residential
building in accordance with Article 1.10.1.4., provided
a) that the laneway house along with the principal residential building shall consist of a single real-estate entity that
is not subdivided into separate strata lots pursuant to the "Strata Property Act",
b) suite numbers are assigned between the affected buildings in a simple and logical manner that makes the
location and relationship of each suite self-evident as if the laneway house formed a part of the principal residential
building, and
c) sufficient and clear signage is provided and visible on approach so as to make clear the sequence of suite number
assignment.
933
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE E-1
Note: To be submitted with the application for a Building Permit
-
BUILDING BY-LAW "OWNER'S UNDERTAKING"
The Chief Building Official
City of Vancouver
453 West 12th Avenue
Date (Month Day Year)
Vancouver, B.C.
V5Y 1V4
Dear Sir:
RE:
Property Address _______________________________________________
Building Permit Application No. ___________________________________
In consideration of the City accepting and processing the above application for a building permit, and as required by the Building Bylaw, the
following representations, warranties and indemnities are given to the City.
1.
(a)
If an individual is the owner:
( )
That I am the owner of the above property, or
(b)
If a corporation is the owner of the property,
( )
That ________________________________ is the owner of the above property.
(Name of Corporation)
2.
The owner will comply with, and cause those employed for this project to comply with all applicable bylaws of the City of Vancouver and
other statutes and regulations in force in the City of Vancouver relating to the development, work, undertaking or permission in respect
of which this application is made.
3.
The owner fully understands the requirements herein, and acknowledges full responsibility for carrying out the work, or gives assurance
that the work will be carried out, in accordance with all bylaws governing the construction of the building. The owner understands and
acknowledges that the issuance of any permit, including an Occupancy Permit, or the inspection or approval or passage of work by the
City is not a representation or warranty that any bylaw has been complied with and the owner remains responsible at all times to assure
compliance. The Owner has read and understands Article 1.3.2.1. and Article 1.4.1.5. of Division C Book I and Book II of the Building
Bylaw which are set out on the reverse side hereof.
4.
The owner hereby agrees to indemnify and save harmless the City of Vancouver and its employees from all claims, liability, judgments,
costs and expenses of every kind including negligence which may result from the failure to comply fully with all bylaws, statutes and
regulations relating to any work or undertaking in respect of which this application is made.
5.
Where used herein the words "work" or "undertaking" in respect of which this application is made, the owner understands this to include
all electrical, plumbing, mechanical, gas and other works necessary to complete the contemplated construction.
934
Owner's Undertaking (continued)
Property Address __________________________________________________
Building Permit Application No. ______________________________________
6.
I am authorized to give these representations, warranties, assurances and indemnities to the City of Vancouver.
This
Owner's
Undertaking is executed by the Owner this _________ day of __________, ______.
(Day) (Month) (Year)
1.
Where owner is an individual:
Signed and delivered in the presence of:
Owner's Signature ___________________________
Owner's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Signature ____________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
2.
Where owner is a corporation:
Name of Corporation __________________________
Per: Authorized Signatory _____________________
Name __________________________________
(PRINT)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:
Witness's Signature ___________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
Building Bylaw, Division C, Article 1.3.2.1. Intent
1)
This By-Law sets standards in the general public interest. It is enacted and retained on the understanding and specifically expressed
condition that it creates no duty whatsoever on the city, the Chief Building Official or any employee of the city to enforce its provisions, and
on the further condition that a failure to administer or enforce its provisions, or the incomplete or inadequate administration or enforcement
of its provisions, shall not give rise to a cause of action in favour of any person whatsoever. The issuance of any permit, including an
occupancy permit, is not a representation, warranty or statement that this By-Law or any other enactment has been complied with, and the
issuance thereof in error shall not give rise to a cause of action. Accordingly, words in this By-law defining the responsibilities and authority
of the Chief Building Official shall be construed as internal administrative directions which do not create a duty.
Building By-law, Division C, Article 1.4.1.5. Compliance with By-law and Other Enactments
1)
The owner shall comply with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
2)
The owner shall ensure that all work, construction, or occupancy is carried out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable
enactments.
3)
The owner shall ensure that the occupancy of a building or part of a building complies with the occupancy permit.
4)
The issuance of a permit, the acceptance of plans and supporting documents submitted for a permit, or the making of inspections by the
Chief Building Official shall not relieve the owner of a building from the full responsibility for carrying out the work or having the work carried
out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
935
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE E-2
Note: To be submitted with the application for a Building Permit
BUILDING BY-LAW "OWNER'S UNDERTAKING FOR TENANT IMPROVEMENTS"
The Chief Building Official
City of Vancouver
453 West 12th Avenue
Date (Month Day Year)
Vancouver, B.C.
V5Y 1V4
Dear Sir:
RE:
Property Address _______________________________________________
Building Permit Application No. ___________________________________
In consideration of the City accepting and processing the above application for a building permit from _____________________________ (the
"Tenant"), a tenant of the above-mentioned property, and as required by the Building By-law, the following representations, warranties and
indemnities are given to the City.
1.
(a)
If an individual is the owner:
( )
That I am the owner of the above property, or
(b)
If a corporation is the owner of the property,
( )
That _____________________________________ is the owner of the above property.
(Name of Corporation)
2.
The owner will use its reasonable efforts to require the tenant to comply with, and cause those employed for this project to comply with
all applicable by-laws of the City of Vancouver and other statutes and regulations in force in the City of Vancouver relating to the
development, work, undertaking or permission in respect of which this application is made.
3.
The owner understands and acknowledges that the issuance of any permit, including an Occupancy Permit, or the inspection or approval
or passage of work by the City is not a representation or warranty that any by-law has been complied with the owner remains responsible
at all times to use its reasonable efforts to require compliance by the tenant. The owner has read and understands Article 1.3.2.1. and
Article 1.4.1.5. of Division C Book I and Book II of the Building By-law which are set out on the reverse side hereof.
4.
The owner hereby agrees to use its reasonable efforts to require that the tenant does indemnify and save harmless the City of Vancouver
and its employees from all claims, liability, judgments, costs and expenses of every kind including negligence which may result from the
failure to comply fully with all by-laws, statues and regulations relating to any work or undertaking in respect of which this application is
made.
5.
Where used herein the words "work" or "undertaking" in respect of which this application is made, the owner understands this to
include all electrical, plumbing, mechanical, gas and other works necessary to complete the contemplated construction
936
Owner's Undertaking (continued)
Property Address _____________________________________________
(Tenant Improvements)
Building Permit Application No. _________________________________
6.
I am authorized to give these representations, warranties, assurances and indemnities to the City of Vancouver. This Owners'
Undertaking is executed by the owner this __________ day of _________, _______.
(Day) (Month) (Year)
1.
Where owner is an individual:
Signed and delivered in the presence of:
Owner's Signature ___________________________
Owner's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Signature ____________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
2.
Where owner is a corporation:
Name of Corporation __________________________
Per: Authorized Signatory _____________________
Name __________________________________
(PRINT)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:
Witness's Signature ___________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
Building Bylaw, Division C, Article 1.3.2.1. Intent
1)
This By-Law sets standards in the general public interest. It is enacted and retained on the understanding and specifically expressed
condition that it creates no duty whatsoever on the city, the Chief Building Official or any employee of the city to enforce its provisions, and
on the further condition that a failure to administer or enforce its provisions, or the incomplete or inadequate administration or enforcement
of its provisions, shall not give rise to a cause of action in favour of any person whatsoever. The issuance of any permit, including an
occupancy permit, is not a representation, warranty or statement that this By-Law or any other enactment has been complied with, and the
issuance thereof in error shall not give rise to a cause of action. Accordingly, words in this By-law defining the responsibilities and authority
of the Chief Building Official shall be construed as internal administrative directions which do not create a duty.
Building By-law, Division C, Article 1.4.1.5. Compliance with By-law and Other Enactments
1)
The owner shall comply with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
2)
The owner shall ensure that all work, construction, or occupancy is carried out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable
enactments.
3)
The owner shall ensure that the occupancy of a building or part of a building complies with the occupancy permit.
4)
The issuance of a permit, the acceptance of plans and supporting documents submitted for a permit, or the making of inspections by the
Chief Building Official shall not relieve the owner of a building from the full responsibility for carrying out the work or having the work carried
out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
937
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE E-3
Note: To be submitted with the application for a Building Permit
-
BUILDING BY-LAW "LESSEE'S UNDERTAKING FOR TENANT
IMPROVEMENTS"
The Chief Building Official
City of Vancouver
453 West 12th Avenue
Date (Month Day Year)
Vancouver, B.C.
V5Y 1V4
Dear Sir:
RE:
Property Address _______________________________________________________
Building Permit Application No. ____________________________________________
In consideration of the City accepting and processing the above application for a building permit, and as required by the Building Bylaw, the
following representations, warranties and indemnities are given to the City.
1.
(a)
If an individual is the lessee:
( )
That I am the lessee of the above property, or
(b)
If a corporation is the lessee of the property,
( )
That _____________________________________ is the lessee of the above property.
(Name of Corporation)
2.
The lessee will comply with, and cause those employed for this project to comply with all applicable bylaws of the City of Vancouver and
other statutes and regulations in force in the City of Vancouver relating to the development, work, undertaking or permission in respect
of which this application is made.
3.
The lessee fully understands the requirements herein, and acknowledges full responsibility for carrying out the work, or gives assurance
that the work be carried out, in accordance with all bylaws governing the construction of the building. The lessee understands and
acknowledges that the issuance of any permit, including an Occupancy Permit, or the inspection or approval or passage of work by the
City is not a representation or warranty that any bylaw has been complied with and the Lessee remains responsible at all times to assure
compliance. The lessee has read and understands Article 1.3.2.1. and Article 1.4.1.5. of Division C Book I and Book II of the Building
Bylaw which are set out on the reverse side hereof.
4.
The lessee hereby agrees to indemnify and save harmless the City of Vancouver and its employees from all claims, liability, judgments,
costs and expenses of every kind including negligence which may result from the failure to comply fully with all bylaws, statutes and
regulations relating to any work or undertaking in respect of which this application is made.
5.
Where used herein the words "work" or "undertaking" in respect of which this application is made, the lessee understands this to include
all electrical, plumbing, mechanical, gas and other works necessary to complete the contemplated construction.
938
Lessee's Undertaking (continued)
Property Address __________________________________________________
Building Permit Application No. ______________________________________
6.
I am authorized to give these representations, warranties, assurances and indemnities to the City of Vancouver.
This
Lessee's
Undertaking is executed by the Lessee this _________ day of __________, ______.
(Day) (Month) (Year)
1.
Where lessee is an individual:
Signed and delivered in the presence of:
Lessee's Signature ___________________________
Lessee's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Signature ____________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
2.
Where lessee is a corporation:
Name of Corporation __________________________
Per: Authorized Signatory _____________________
Name __________________________________
(PRINT)
Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:
Witness's Signature ___________________________
Witness's Name _______________________________
(PRINT)
Witness's Address _____________________________
Building Bylaw, Division C, Article 1.3.2.1. Intent
1)
This By-Law sets standards in the general public interest. It is enacted and retained on the understanding and specifically expressed
condition that it creates no duty whatsoever on the city, the Chief Building Official or any employee of the city to enforce its provisions,
and on the further condition that a failure to administer or enforce its provisions, or the incomplete or inadequate administration or
enforcement of its provisions, shall not give rise to a cause of action in favour of any person whatsoever. The issuance of any permit,
including an occupancy permit, is not a representation, warranty or statement that this By-Law or any other enactment has been
complied with, and the issuance thereof in error shall not give rise to a cause of action. Accordingly, words in this By-law defining the
responsibilities and authority of the Chief Building Official shall be construed as internal administrative directions which do not create
a duty.
Building By-law, Division C, Article 1.4.1.5. Compliance with By-law and Other Enactments
1)
The owner shall comply with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
2)
The owner shall ensure that all work, construction, or occupancy is carried out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable
enactments.
3)
The owner shall ensure that the occupancy of a building or part of a building complies with the occupancy permit.
4)
The issuance of a permit, the acceptance of plans and supporting documents submitted for a permit, or the making of inspections by the
Chief Building Official shall not relieve the owner of a building from the full responsibility for carrying out the work or having the work carried
out in accordance with this By-law and all other applicable enactments.
939
Schedule of Fees
PART A - BUILDING
1. The fees hereinafter specified shall be paid to the City with respect to and upon the application for the issue of a PERMIT as
follows:
(a) Except as provided for in Clause (b) and Section 4 for the CONSTRUCTION of any BUILDING, or part
thereof:
When the estimated cost of the work, being the valuation referred to in Article 1.6.2.3. of Book I, Division C and Book II, Division
C of this By-law, does not exceed $5,000 or for the first $5,000 of the estimated
cost of the work. .................................................................................................................................................. $208.00
For each $1,000, or part thereof, by which the estimated cost of the work exceeds $5,000 but does
not exceed $50,000. ............................................................................................................................................ $13.30
For each $1,000, or part thereof, by which the estimated cost of the work exceeds $50,000. ............................... $6.74
(b) For the installation, CONSTRUCTION, re- construction, ALTERATION or repair of, or ADDITION to:
(i) any CHIMNEY, FIREPLACE, INCINERATOR, VENTILATING SYSTEM, AIR- CONDITIONING SYSTEM, or HEATING
SYSTEM, the fee shall be in accordance with Clause (a), except that a fee shall not be charged when the cost of such work is less
than $500
(ii) any PHOTOVOLTAIC PANELS, and related roof ALTERATION or repair. ................................................... $132.00
(c) For an OCCUPANCY PERMIT not required by this By-law but requested. .................................................. $300.00
(d) For the demolition of a BUILDING, not including a SINGLE DETACHED HOUSE, which has at any time
since November 1, 1986 provided RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY, subject to Section 3:
For each DWELLING UNIT. ............................................................................................................................. $1,500.00
For each sleeping room in a multiple conversion dwelling, hotel or other BUILDING, which is or has
been a principal dwelling or residence of a person, family or household. ........................................................ $1,500.00
(e) For the demolition of a SINGLE DETACHED HOUSE, which has at any time since November 1, 1986
provided RESIDENTIAL OCCUPANCY, subject to Section 3. ......................................................................... $1,500.00
2. The fees hereinafter specified shall be paid to the City as follows:
(a) For a required permit inspection for compliance with this By-Law which cannot be carried out during normal working hours and
where there is a request to carry out the inspection after hours, the fee to be based on the time actually spent in making such
inspection, at a minimum inspection time of four (4) hours, including traveling time:
For each hour or part thereof. ............................................................................................................................. $409.00
(b) For a plan review where an applicant requests in writing that the review be carried out during overtime:
For each hour or part thereof. ............................................................................................................................. $409.00
(c) For each special inspection of a BUILDING or structure to determine compliance with this
By-law, and in respect of which no specific fee is otherwise prescribed, the fee to be based on the
time actually spent in making the inspection:
For each hour or part thereof .............................................................................................................................. $270.00
(d) For each REINSPECTION made necessary due to faulty work or materials or incomplete work requested to be inspected.
$270.00
(e) For each inspection of a drainage tile system:
For a single detached house or duplex. .............................................................................................................. $278.00
For all other drain tile inspections:
When the estimated cost of the CONSTRUCTION of the BUILDING, being the valuation referred
to in Article 1.6.2.3. of Book I, Division C and Book II, Division C does not exceed $500,000. .......................... $544.00
When the estimated cost of the work exceeds $500,000 but does not exceed $1,000,000. ............................. $1090.00
When the estimated cost of the work exceeds $1,000,000. ............................................................................. $1,370.00
(f ) For the special search of records pertaining to a BUILDING to advise on the status of outstanding
orders and other matters concerning the BUILDING:
For a residential building containing not more than 2 principal dwelling units. .................................................... $348.00
For all other BUILDINGS. ................................................................................................................................... $698.00
(g) To access plans (electronic or on microfilm) or documents for viewing or copying. ......................................... $59.30
(h) For each microfilm image or electronic file copied. ......................................................................................... $16.40
(i) For a request to renumber a BUILDING. ..................................................................................................... $1,280.00
(j) For the extension of a BUILDING PERMIT where requested in writing by an applicant pursuant to
940
Article 1.6.7.2. of Book I, Division C and Book II, Division C..................................................................50% of the original BUILDING
PERMIT fee to a maximum of $499.00
(k) For the extension of a building permit by Council where requested in writing by an applicant pursuant
to Article 1.6.7.4. of Book I, Division C and Book II, Division C..................................................... $3,270.00
(l) For an evaluation of plans, specifications, building materials, procedures or design methods for the
purpose of revisions to an application or a permit in accordance with Article 1.5.2.13. and Subsection 1.6.6. of Book I, Division C
and Book II, Division C
where the PERMIT relates to a SINGLE DETACHED HOUSE or a SECONDARY SUITE............ $270.00
plus for each hour, or part thereof, exceeding one hour................................................................ $270.00
where the PERMIT relates to any other BUILDING...................................................................... $819.00
plus for each hour, or part thereof, exceeding one hour.............................................................. $409.00
(m) For each RE-OCCUPANCY PERMIT after rectification of an UNSAFE CONDITION and
related By-law violations............................................................................................................. $497.00
(n) For review of plans, specifications, building materials, procedures or design methods for the purpose of acceptance of an
alternative solution for new construction under Article 2.3.2.1. of Book I, Division C
for each application................................................................................................................. $1,140.00
(o) For an evaluation of plans, specifications, building materials, procedures or design methods for the
purpose of acceptance of existing conditions for each application................................................ $653.00
(p) For review by the Alternative Solution Review Panel................................................................ $3,670.00
(q) For the evaluation of a resubmission or revised submission made under Clauses (n) or (o) of this
Section 2.............................................................................................................................................. $409.00
(r) For each refund issued pursuant to Sentence 1.6.2.7.(2) of Book I, Division C, and Book II, Division C the
administrative fee to be deducted.......................................................................................... $92.80
3. Upon written application of the payor and on the advice of the General Manager of Community Services, the Director of Finance
shall refund to the payor, or a designate of the payor, the fees paid pursuant to Clauses (d) and (e) of Section 1:
(a) for all demolished dwelling units in a building that will be replaced by a social housing or co-operative
development that has received a Project Commitment Letter from the British Columbia Housing Management Commission or the
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation; and
(b) for each demolished dwelling unit that has been replaced by a dwelling unit occupied by rental tenants and not created pursuant
to the Strata Property Act.
4. Upon written application by the payor and on the advice of the Director of Planning, the Chief Building Official shall reduce the
fees paid pursuant to Clause (a) of Section 1 by percentage for that part of a building designated as Social
Housing...................................................................................................................20%
PART B - PLUMBING
Every applicant for a Plumbing PERMIT shall, at the time of application, pay to the City the fees set out hereunder:
1. INSTALLATIONS
For the Installation of:
One, two or three FIXTURES. ......................................................................................................................... $270.00
Each additional FIXTURE. ............................................................................................................................... $84.90
Note: For the purpose of this schedule the following shall also be considered as FIXTURES:
- Every "Y" intended for future connection;
- Every ROOF DRAIN, swimming pool, dishwasher, and interceptor;
- Every vacuum breaker in a lawn sprinkler system; and
- Every back-flow preventer
Alteration of Plumbing (no FIXTURES involved):
For each 30 m of piping or part thereof............................................................................................................ $397.00
For each 30 m of piping or part thereof, exceeding the first 30 m. .................................................................. $110.00
Connection of the City water supply to any hydraulic equipment. ................................................................... $149.00
2. INSPECTIONS OF FIRELINE SYSTEMS:
Hydrant & Sprinkler System:
941
First two inspections for each 30 m of water supply pipe or part thereof. ........................................................ $397.00
Each additional inspection for each 30 m of water supply pipe or part thereof................................................ $164.00
Sprinklers:
First head, single detached house or duplex. .................................................................................................. $451.00
First head, all other buildings. .......................................................................................................................... $961.00
First head, renovations to existing sprinkler systems. ..................................................................................... $279.00
Each additional head, all buildings (no limit on number). ................................................................................. $4.94
Firelines:
Hose Cabinets. ................................................................................................................................................ $52.20
Hose Outlets. ................................................................................................................................................... $52.20
Wet & Dry Standpipes. .................................................................................................................................... $52.20
Standpipes. ...................................................................................................................................................... $52.20
Dual Check Valve In-flow Through Devices. .................................................................................................... $52.20
Backflow Preventer. ......................................................................................................................................... $270.00
Wet & Dry Line Outlets:
Each connection .............................................................................................................................................. $52.20
NOTE: A Siamese connection shall be considered as two dry line outlets.
Each Fire Pump ............................................................................................................................................... $422.00
Each Fire Hydrant ............................................................................................................................................ $130.00
3. REINSPECTIONS
For each REINSPECTION made necessary due to faulty work or materials or incomplete work requested
to be inspected................................................................................................................................................. $270.00
4. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS
Each inspection to establish fitness of any existing fixture for each hour or part thereof ................................ $270.00
An inspection outside normal working hours and at a minimum inspection time of four (4) hours,
including traveling time, for each hour or part thereof ...................................................................................... $409.00
5. BUILDING SEWER INSPECTIONS
First two inspections for each 30 m of BUILDING SEWER or part thereof ...................................................... $397.00
Each additional inspection for each 30 m of BUILDING SEWER or part thereof ............................................ $164.00
PART C - OPERATING PERMITS
Every applicant for an OPERATING PERMIT shall, at the time of application for a new OPERATING PERMIT or renewal of an
OPERATING PERMIT, pay to the City the fees set out hereunder:
For each OPERATING PERMIT relating to equipment or systems in a BUILDING ........................................ $207.00
For not renewing an OPERATING PERMIT on or before the renewal date
The OPERATING PERMIT renewal fee plus ................................................................................................... 117.00
For each reinspection made necessary due to non-compliance with this By- law ........................................... $258.00
For each change of permit holder on an OPERATING PERMIT ..................................................................... $117.00
PART D - MECHANICAL PERMITS
Every applicant for a MECHANICAL PERMIT shall, at the time of application, pay to the City the fees set out hereunder:
For a MECHANICAL PERMIT for a single private residential deck, patio, or balcony in a DWELLING UNIT . $252.00
For a MECHANICAL PERMIT in a 1-3 storey BUILDING .................................................... $413.00 + $14.60 per 1kW
For a MECHANICAL PERMIT in a BUILDING of 4 storeys and above ........................................................... $943.00
plus $117 for each electric heat pump installation above 6 total heat pump units to a maximum of ............... $2,500.00
942
Notes to Part 1
Administrative Provisions
This Appendix is included for explanatory purposes only and does not form Part of the requirements except as defined in Division
A Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1). The numbers that introduce each Appendix Note correspond to the applicable requirements in this
Division.
A-1.3.3.5. Unsafe Conditions. Although words such as alteration, occupancy, building and unsafe conditions are defined in
Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A, such words as removal and relocation contained here and in the definitions are adequately defined
in dictionaries and need not be defined herein.
A-1.3.3.6. Work on Public Property. The appropriate government authority may be federal, provincial or city, depending on the
nature of the public property.
A-1.3.3.7. Changes in Ground Elevation and Limiting Distance. If a new or existing building is built as close to a boundary
line as the regulations permit, moving the property boundary could result in contravention of the By-law in regards to spatial
separations. In those circumstances, this Subsection would not apply.
A-1.4.1.10. Project Directory. This Subsection requires the owner to inform the Chief Building Official of changes in
responsibilities of certain employees. It is not intended to limit the owner's right to change the constructor, engineer, architect or
inspection or testing agency, but rather to let the building official know of any such change so that construction will not be held up
because of any misunderstanding as to who is responsible. See Letters of Assurance at the end of Part 2 of Division C.
A-1.4.1.15. Tests to Establish Compliance. Where a manufacturer, fabricator or erector is required to conform to specified
requirements, such as those referenced by Articles 4.3.1.2. and 4.3.3.1. of Division B, Book I, it is intended that proof of such
compliance be filed with the Chief Building Official. See Letters of Assurance at the end of Part 2 of Division C.
A-1.4.1.19.(1) Uncovering Work. The requirement to uncover and replace work will normally apply only if Article 1.4.1.17. has
not been complied with, that is, if work requiring inspection has been covered prematurely. Complete uncovering may not be
necessary. Here, again, the judgment of the designated official is required to determine if partial uncovering, test holes or
similar actions will be sufficient to indicate compliance, the purpose being to promote compliance not to penalize the constructor.
A-1.5.2.1. Power of Entry. Since these requirements apply to both new construction and existing buildings, the Chief Building
Official (i.e., the designated official) has the power to enter any existing buildings as well as new construction, but only for the
purpose of administering or enforcing these requirements.
In other words, if there is reason to believe that unauthorized alterations or a change of occupancy has occurred or an unsafe
condition exists in respect of fire, structural safety or health, an inspection may be made. The designated official should be
informed of any unsafe conditions found in the course of fire inspections.
A-1.5.2.6. Permit with Incomplete Application. A permit may be issued if additional information required is of secondary
importance and the foundation or structure is not dependent on it. Information of this type might pertain to building services, such
as heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, electrical or plumbing or to partitioning which may not be determined until leases have
been arranged.
A-1.5.2.12. Permit for Staged Construction. If the Chief Building Official issues a permit for a foundation before submission of
the plans of the complete building, there is no assurance that a permit will be issued for the superstructure when the plans are
submitted later. Such issuance will depend upon, among other things, the adequacy of the foundation.
A-1.6.2.2. Application Requirements. In addition to the information required by this provision, further information is required by
Subsection 2.3.4. of Division C, Structural and Foundation Drawings and Calculations, and Subsection 2.3.5. of Division C,
Heating, Ventilating, Air-Conditioning and Energy Utilization Drawings and Specifications.
943
A-1.6.2.3.(1)(b) and (c) Value of Proposed Work. The value of proposed work is a reference construction value used for the
purposes of determining the applicable permit fees for a given project.
For new detached homes, duplexes, and ancillary residential building such as laneway houses, this may be determined through
a simplified process based on the net floor area. This refers to the total aggregate floor space within the building and any
associated accessory structures supporting human occupancy or storage. The area so established is to be considered the sum
of all horizontal floor area located within the outermost extents of the exterior walls on each floor level, inclusive of all normally
occupied space. This is intended to include service rooms or ancillary uses to support normal building operation and
maintenance.
The total area to be used in the determination of the value of proposed work is to be determined to the first decimal place. This is
multiplied by the factor identified in Sentences 1.6.2.3.(1) or (2) as applicable in order to establish the value of the proposed
work.
A-1.6.7.1.(1) Permit Expiry. The owner must provide documentation to establish that the work has not been substantially
discontinued for 6 months.
A-1.6.8.3.(2) Permits for Temporary Decks, Patios, Tents, and Stages. Smaller temporary structures such as decks, patios,
tents, or stages may be exempt from the requirement for a building permit provided that they meet the requirements of Sentence
1.6.8.3.(2). However, this does not relieve the owner or operator of the temporary structure from compliance with the
requirements of the Building By-law.
It remains the responsibility of the owner to demonstrate that temporary structure complies with the structural, fire and life safety
requirements of the Building By-law, and to obtain all necessary permissions and authorizations from the relevant authorities.
An owner may, by retaining appropriate registered professionals, submit a Schedule B (Structural) as evidence of suitable
structural capacity and a Schedule B (Architectural) as evidence of compliance with fire and life safety requirements.
Regardless of the provision of this By-law, an owner may still be required by the Architect's Regulations of the Professional
Governance Act, be obligated to engage the services of a registered architect.
A-1.6.9.4.(1) Owner Must be Certified. The Environmental Operators Certification Program (EOCP) Building Water Systems
(BWS) certification is the required minimum certification level, except that for non-potable water systems accepted by the Chief
Building Official as an alternative solution, a more advanced water or wastewater certification may be required. Certification
under the ASSE/IAPMO/ANSI 12080 Standard "Professional Qualifications Standard for Legionella Water Safety and
Management Personnel" is an acceptable equivalent to the EOCP Building Water Systems certification.
A-1.7.1.2. Occupancy Permit. An occupancy permit is required for a temporary occupancy.
944
Part 2
Administrative Provisions
Section 2.1. Application
2.1.1. Application
2.1.1.1. Application
1) This Part applies to all buildings covered in this By-law. (See Article 1.1.1.1. of Division A.)
Section 2.2. Administration
2.2.1. Administration
2.2.1.1. Conformance with Administrative Requirements
1) This By-law is made pursuant to Section 306 of the Vancouver Charter, and Section 199.01 with respect to fees.
2.2.1.2. Structural Design
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), for design carried out in accordance with Part 4 of Division B, the designer shall be
a registered professional skilled in the work concerned. (See Note A-2.2.1.2.(1).)
2) For the design of a Part 3 Division B building, carried out in accordance with Part 4 of Division B, the designer shall be a
registered professional designated by the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of British Columbia as a
Designated Structural Engineer (Struct. Eng.) and shall
a) assume overall responsibility for the design work and field reviews of the primary structural components of a building
that falls within the scope of Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A of Division A,
b) apply his or her professional (P.Eng.) seal and Struct. Eng. stamp, sign and date the plans and supporting documents
prepared by, or under the supervision of the Designated Structural Engineer, and
c)
apply his or her professional (P.Eng.) seal and Struct. Eng. stamp and sign and date the Letters of Assurance
described in Subsection 2.2.7.
2.2.2. Information Required for Proposed Work
2.2.2.1. General Information Required
1) Sufficient information shall be provided to show that the proposed work will conform to this By-law and whether or not it
may affect adjacent property.
2) Plans shall be drawn to scale and shall indicate
a) the nature and extent of the work or proposed occupancy in sufficient detail to establish that, when completed, the work
and the proposed occupancy will conform to this By-law,
b) the applicable edition of the By-law,
c) whether the building is designed under Part 3 or Part 9,
d) the major occupancy classifications of the building,
e) the building area and building height,
945
f) the number of streets the building faces,
g) the accessible entrances, work areas and washrooms, and
h) the accessible facilities particular to the occupancies.
i) Deleted.
3) When proposed work is changed during construction, information on the changes shall comply with the requirements of
this Section for proposed work.
2.2.2.2. Site Plans
1) Site plans shall be referenced to an up-to-date survey and, when required to prove compliance with this By-law, a copy
of the survey shall be provided.
2) Site plans shall show
a) by dimensions from property lines, the location of the proposed buildling,
b) the similarly dimensioned location of every adjacent existing buildling on the property,
c) existing and finished ground levels to an established datum at or adjacent to the site,
d) the access routes for firefighting, and
e) the accessible paths of travel to the building from
i) the sidewalk, roadway or street, and
ii) if provided, exterior parking stalls for persons with disabilities and exterior passenger-loading zones, and
f ) the exterior entrances and key plan for each storey indicating the location and number of suites.
2.2.2.3. Information Required on Building Plans for Addressing Purposes
1) Architectural floor plans provided for addressing purposes shall
a) measure 280 mm by 430 mm,
b) identify the location and designated street number of the principal entrance of a building and the location and designated
suite number of all interior and exterior suite entrances.
2.2.3. Fire Protection, Mechanical and Plumbing Components
2.2.3.1. Information Required for Fire Protection Components
1) Information shall be submitted to show the major components of fire protection including
a) the division of the building by firewalls,
b) the building area,
c) the degree of fire separation of storeys, shafts and special rooms or areas, including the location and rating
of closures in fire separations,
d) the source of information for fire-resistance ratings of elements of construction (to be indicated on large-scale sections),
e) the source of information for encapsulation ratings of mass timber elements of construction (to be indicated on large-
scale sections),
f) the location of exits, and
g) fire detection, suppression and alarm systems.
2.2.3.2. Plans of Sprinkler Systems
946
1) Before a sprinkler system is installed or altered, plans showing full details of the proposed sprinkler system and
essential details of the building in which it is to be installed shall be drawn to an indicated scale.
2.2.3.3. Information Required on Plumbing Drawings and Related Documents
1) If the Chief Building Official requires an application for a permit in respect of plumbing systems, plumbing drawings and
related documents submitted with the application shall show
a) the location and size of every building drain and of every trap and cleanout fitting that is on a building drain,
b) the size and location of every soil-or-waste pipe, trap and vent pipe, and
c) a layout of the potable water distribution system, including pipe sizes and valves.
2.2.3.4. Information Required on Mechanical Drawings and Related Documents
1) If the Chief Building Official requires an application for a permit in respect of a mechanical system, mechanical drawings
and related documents submitted with the application shall show
a) the location and size of all mechanical appliances,
b) the size of all major pipes and components,
c) the heat loss calculation, and
d) the full mechanical system being installed, drawn to an indicated scale.
2.2.4. Structural and Foundation Drawings and Calculations
2.2.4.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 4 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2.2.4.2. Professional Seal and Signature of Designer
1) Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to build shall be dated and shall bear the
authorized professional seal and signature of the designer as defined in Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1).
2.2.4.3. Information Required on Structural Drawings
1) Structural drawings and related documents submitted with the application to build shall indicate, in addition to those
items specified in Article 2.2.4.6. and in Part 4 of Division B applicable to the specific material,
a) the name and address of the person responsible for the structural design,
b) the date of issue of the By-law and standards to which the design conforms,
c) the dimensions, location and size of all structural members in sufficient detail to enable the design to be checked,
d) sufficient detail to enable the dead loads to be determined,
e) all effects and loads, other than dead loads, used for the design and construction of the structural members and exterior
cladding, including the roof assembly, and
f) the Importance Category of the building.
2.2.4.4. Drawings of Parts or Components
1) Structural drawings of parts or components including guards designed by a person other than the designer of
the buildling shall be dated and shall bear the authorized professional seal and signature of the designer of such parts or
components.
2.2.4.5. Design Calculations and Analysis
947
1) The calculations and analysis made in the design of the structural members, including parts and components, of
a building shall be available for inspection upon request.
2.2.4.6. Information Required on Foundation Drawings
1) Foundation drawings submitted with the application to build or excavate shall be provided to indicate
a) the type and condition of the soil or rock, as well as the groundwater conditions, as determined by the subsurface
investigation,
b) the factored bearing pressures on the soil or rock, the factored loads when applicable and the design loads applied
to foundation units, and
c) the earth pressures and other loads applied to the supporting structures of supported excavations.
2) When required, evidence that justifies the information on the drawings shall be submitted with the application to
excavate or build.
2.2.4.7. Altered Conditions
1) Where conditions as described under Sentences 4.2.2.4.(1) and (2) of Division B are encountered, or where foundation
units or their locations are altered, this information shall be recorded on appropriate drawings or new "as constructed" drawings.
2.2.5. Drawings and Specifications for Environmental Separators and
Other Assemblies Exposed to the Exterior
2.2.5.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to buildling materials, components and assemblies to which Part 5 of Division B applies.
(See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2.2.5.2. Information Required on Drawings and Specifications
1) Information shown on drawings and in specifications shall be clear and legible, and shall contain sufficient details to
demonstrate conformance with this By-law. (See Note A-2.2.6.2.(1).)
2.2.6. Heating, Ventilating and Air-conditioning Drawings and
Specifications
2.2.6.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies only to buildings covered in Part 6 of Division B. (See Article 1.3.3.2. of Division A.)
2.2.6.2. Information Required on Drawings
1) The information shown on architectural drawings and on drawings for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems
shall be clear and legible and shall contain all necessary details to demonstrate conformance with this By-law. (See Note A-
2.2.6.2.(1).)
2.2.7. Professional Design and Review
(See Note A-2.2.7.)
2.2.7.1. Application
1) The requirements of this Subsection apply to
948
a) buildings within the scope of Part 3 of Division B,
b) buildings within the scope of Part 9 of Division B that are designed with common egress systems for the occupants and
require the use of firewalls according to Article 1.3.3.4. of Division A,
c) the following, in respect of buildings within the scope of Part 9 of Division B other than buildings described in Clause (b),
i) structural components that are not within the scope of Part 9 of Division B
(See Note A-2.2.7.1.(1)(c)(i).),
ii) geotechnical conditions at building sites that are not within the scope of Part 9 of Division B,
iii) sprinkler systems designed to NFPA 13, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems", NFPA 13R, "Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in Low-Rise Residential Occupancies", or NFPA 13D, "Installation of Sprinkler Systems in One- and Two-Family
Dwellings and Manufactured Homes", and
iv) standpipe and hose systems designed to NFPA 14, "Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems",
d) a building that is designed according to Article 1.3.3.5. of Division A,
e) a building that is within the scope of Part 5 of Division B,
f ) additions which are subject to Part 11 of Division B, and
g) a change of major occupancy which is subject to Part 11 of Division B.
2.2.7.2. Owner Responsibilities
1) Before the construction of or the alteration to a building, the owner shall
a) retain a coordinating registered professional to coordinate all design work and field reviews of the registered
professionals of record required for the project in order to ascertain that (see Note A-2.2.7.2.(1)(a))
i) the design will substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety, and
ii) the construction of the project will substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments
respecting safety, not including the construction safety aspects,
b) if a building permit is required, deliver to the Chief Building Official letters in the forms set out in Schedules A and B.
(See the end of Division C and Note A-2.2.7.2.(1)(b).),
c) provide reasonable and timely written notice of any work or excavation that would directly or indirectly affect private
property adjacent to the excavation site, to the owner of the affected property, and deliver a copy of the notice to the Chief
Building Official. (See Note A-2.2.7.2.(1)(c).)
2) If an occupancy permit or final inspection from the Chief Building Official is required and before an owner occupies or
receives permission to occupy the building, the owner or coordinating registered professional shall deliver to the Chief Building
Official letters in the forms set out in Schedules C-A and C-B (See the end of Division C and Note A-2.2.7.2.(2).)
2.2.7.3. Registered Professional Responsibilities
(See Note A-2.2.7.3.)
1) A registered professional of record who signs a letter, the form of which is set out in a Schedule to this Subsection, and
an owner who signs or has an agent sign a letter the form of which is set out in a Schedule to this Subsection, shall comply with
this Subsection, Part 1, and the provisions of the letter that apply to the person signing.
2) A registered professional of record or coordinating registered professional who is responsible for a field review shall
keep a record of the field review and of any corrective action taken as a result of the field review and shall submit monthly
summary reports to the Chief Building Official.
3) A registered professional of record who is retained to undertake design work and field reviews and who is required to
provide letters pursuant to Clause 2.2.7.2.(1)(b) shall
a) place their professional seal or stamp on the plans submitted by them in support of the application for a building permit,
after ascertaining that they substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety,
949
b) provide to the Chief Building Official a letter in the form of Schedule C-B (see the end of Division C) after ascertaining
that the components of the project for which the registered professional of record is responsible are constructed so as to
substantially comply, in all material respects, with
i) the plans and supporting documents prepared by the registered professional of record, and
ii) the requirements of the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety, not including construction
safety aspects.
2.2.7.4. Termination
1) An owner must not terminate the appointment of a coordinating registered professional or registered professional of
record unless
a) the owner immediately replaces the coordinating registered professional or registered professional of record, or
b) the owner has complied with Clause (1)(b) and Sentence (2) of Article 2.2.7.2. by delivering letters in the forms set out
in Schedule A, B, C-A and C-B, as applicable, to the Chief Building Official.
2) In respect of a project to which this Subsection applies,
a) if the coordinating registered professional ceases to be retained at any time before the completion of the project, both
the owner and the coordinating registered professional shall notify the Chief Building Official, and
b) if a registered professional of record ceases to be retained at any time before the completion of the project, both the
coordinating registered professional and the registered professional of record shall notify the Chief Building Official.
3) Notification under Sentences (1) and (2) shall be made,
a) if possible, before the coordinating registered professional or registered professional of record, as the case may be,
ceases to be retained, or
b) if advance notice is not possible, as soon as possible.
2.2.8. Commissioning Plan and Preliminary Commissioning Report
(See Note A-2.2.8.)
2.2.8.1. Application
1) The requirements of this Subsection apply to a building within the scope of Part 3 of Division B.
2.2.8.2. Responsibilities
1) Prior to the issuance of a building permit, the owner shall submit an acceptable commissioning plan prepared by a
commissioning provider.
2) Prior to the occupancy of a building, the owner shall submit an acceptable preliminary commissioning report
prepared by a commissioning provider.
2.2.8.3. Information Required in a Commissioning Plan and Preliminary Commissioning Report
1) The commissioning plan and preliminary commissioning report required by Article 2.2.8.2. shall comply with Article
10.2.2.22 of Division B. (See Note A-2.2.8.3.)
2.2.9. Deleted
2.2.10. Buildings on Designated Flood Plains
2.2.10.1. Exemptions from Flood Construction Level Requirements
1) Flood construction level requirements do not apply to:
950
a) alteration of an existing building, not including reconstruction as defined in this By-law. (See A-11.2.1.2. of Div C),
b) alteration of an existing building to increase the building area by less than 25 per cent of the total building area existing
as of July 29, 1999, if
i) the number of dwelling units is not increased,
ii) there is no further encroachment into setbacks required by this By-law, and
iii) there is no further reduction in the flood construction level,
c) enclosed parking areas, including bicycle and residential storage areas, in a multiple dwelling, if there is
i) an unobstructed non-mechanized means of pedestrian ingress and egress to the areas, above the flood construction
level, and
ii) a sign posted at all entry points warning of the risk of flood damage,
d) buildings and portions of buildings used as a carport or garage,
e) non-residential accessory buildings, and
f) loading facilities used for water oriented industry.
2.2.10.2. Design Considerations on Designated Flood Plains
1) For buildings constructed on designated flood plains, the building designer shall comply with by-law requirements
regarding construction materials and service equipment installations below flood construction level requirements, to the
satisfaction of the Chief Building Official. (See Article 1.5.2.11. of Division C.)
2.2.10.3. Construction Considerations on Designated Flood Plains
1) For buildings constructed on designated flood plains, construction of the buildings to flood construction level
requirements shall be achieved, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, by
a) the structural elevation of the floor system of the building
b) the use of adequately compacted fill, or
c) a combination of structural elevation and compacted fill.
2) No person shall install furnaces, electrical switchgear, electrical panels, fire protection systems or other fixed building
services susceptible to flood damage, below the flood construction level, unless such services are protected from flood damage
and accessible for servicing during a flood, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official.
3) No person shall store hazardous or toxic substances below the flood construction level.
4) All piping, wiring and conduit penetrations shall be water stopped and sealed to prevent water seepage into the building.
2.2.10.4. Setback Requirements on Designated Flood Plains
1) Subject to the provisions of this By-law, no building, structural support or fill shall be constructed or located within
a) 30 m of the natural boundary of the Fraser River,
b) 15 m of the natural boundary of Burrard Inlet, English Bay or False Creek,
c) 5 m of the natural boundary of Still Creek,
d) 7.5 m of any structure erected for flood protection or seepage control, or
e) in the case of a building, structural support, or fill located on a bluff in a designated flood plain, where the toe of the bluff
is subject to erosion or is closer than 15 m from the natural boundary, a setback measuring 3.0 times the height of the bluff
as measured from the toe to the crest of the bluff.
2.2.10.5. Increase of Flood Construction Level and Setback Requirements on
Designated Flood Plains
951
1) The Chief Building Official, in consultation with the City Engineer, may increase the flood construction level requirements
or the setback requirements in this By-law if, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, a higher flood construction level or a
greater setback is necessary as the result of a site-specific geological or hydrological feature.
2.2.10.6. Relaxation of Flood Construction Level and Setback Requirements on
Designated Flood Plains
1) The Chief Building Official, in consultation with the City Engineer, may relax the flood construction level
requirements in this By-law in accordance with Article 1.5.2.11., if
a) the owner demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, that, due to existing site characteristics and the
location of existing infrastructure, it is impractical to meet the flood construction level requirements,
b) the owner demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, the proposed construction methods are designed
to mitigate flood damage, and
c) the owner provides a report, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, stamped by a professional engineer,
certifying that the habitable space in the building will be safe during a flood if a lower flood construction level is applied.
2) The Chief Building Official, in consultation with the City Engineer, may relax the setback requirements in this By-law in
accordance with Article 1.5.2.11., if
a) the owner demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, that, due to existing site characteristics and the
location of existing infrastructure, it is impractical to meet the setback requirements,
b) if considered necessary by the Chief Building Official, the owner agrees to construct erosion protection works to mitigate
flood damage and erosion, and
c) the owner provides a report, to the satisfaction of the Chief Building Official, stamped by a professional engineer,
certifying that the habitable space in the building will be safe during a flood if a reduced setback requirement is applied.
Section 2.3. Alternative Solutions
2.3.1. Alternative Solutions
(See Note A-2.3.1.)
2.3.1.1. Application
1) For the purposes of Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, on written request by the owner of a building or an authorized
agent of that owner, the authority having jurisdiction shall accept a measure as an alternate solution to an acceptable solution for
the building if satisfied that
a) except as permitted by Sentence 3.3.1.3.(1), the measure will achieve at least the level of performance required by
Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, and
b) the acceptable solution does not expressly require conformance to a provincial enactment other than the Building By-law.
2.3.1.2. Documentation
1) Except as permitted by Sentence 3.3.1.3.(2), the Chief Building Official may require a person requesting the use of an
alternative solution to provide documentation to demonstrate that the proposed alternative solution will achieve at least the level
of performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A.
2) The documentation referred to in Sentence (1) shall include
a) a Code analysis outlining the analytical methods and rationales used to determine that a proposed alternative solution
will achieve at least the level of performance required by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, and
952
b) information concerning any special maintenance or operational requirements, including any building component
commissioning requirements, that are necessary for the alternative solution to achieve compliance with the By-law after
the building is constructed.
3) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall identify the applicable objectives, functional statements and
acceptable solutions, and any assumptions, limiting or restricting factors, testing procedures, engineering studies
or building performance parameters that will support a Code compliance assessment.
4) The Code analysis referred to in Clause (2)(a) shall include information about the qualifications, experience and
background of the person or persons taking responsibility for the design.
5) The information provided under Sentence (3) shall be in sufficient detail to convey the design intent and to support the
validity, accuracy, relevance and precision of the Code analysis.
6) Where more than one person is responsible for the design of a building or facility that includes a proposed alternative
solution, the person requesting the use of the alternative solution shall identify a single person to co-ordinate the preparation of
the design, Code analysis and documentation referred to in this Article.
2.3.1.3 Alternative Solution Expiry
1) The Chief Building Official may rescind a request or application made pursuant to the requirements of this Subsection if
in the opinion of the Chief Building Official
a) there has been no substantial progress or activity by the owner of a building or an authorized agent of that owner to
demonstrate that the level of performance specified by Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A will be achieved,
b) the work to install measures describe in the alternative solution although commenced is not continuously and actively
carried out thereafter, or
c) the work to install measures describe in the alternative solution has been substantially discontinued for a period of 6
months.
2.3.2. Additional Requirements for Fire and Life Safety Alternative
Solutions
2.3.2.1. Design Criteria
1) Alternative solutions, as described in Article 2.3.1.2., shall be based upon an acceptable report sealed by an
acceptable registered professional and provided to the Chief Building Official, which shall include
a) a thorough description of the building,
b) an analysis of the building that identifies all deviations from the requirements of this By-law,
c) the life safety principles considered in developing the proposed alternative solutions and their rationale,
based upon NRC fire research reports and other approved agencies where applicable,
d) a proposal for alternative solutions,
e) an evaluation of the proposed alternative solutions based upon generally recognized studies,
f) evidence of reliable performance of the proposed alternative solutions,
g) a method of monitoring the design of the proposed alternative solutions, and
h) a commitment to perform field review of the proposed alternative solutions.
2) The report described in Sentence (1) shall be sufficiently detailed to permit evaluation of the proposed alternative
solutions.
3) Upon acceptable of a proposed alternative solution by the Chief Building Official, the registered professional who has
placed their seal on the report shall
953
a) submit a letter to the Chief Building Official, assuring that the alternative solution, as installed, will perform as represented
in the report, and
b) at the request of the Chief Building Official, submit an acceptable field commissioning and testing report.
2.3.3. Alternative Solution Review
2.3.3.1. Request for Review by Alternative Solution Review Panel
1) An applicant may apply to the Chief Building Official to request the appointment of an alternative review panel to review
an alternative solution application.
2) An applicant who requests the appointment of an alternative review panel must pay the fees set out in the Fee Schedule.
3) At the request of the applicant, the Chief Building Official may appoint an alternative solution review panel of up to three
experts to review the alternative solution application, to hear from the applicant and City staff and to advise the applicant and the
Chief Building Official regarding the proposed solution.
4) A decision of an alternative solution review panel is not binding on the Chief Building Official.
2.3.3.2. Independent Review by Third Party
1) Where acceptable to the Chief Building Official, an applicant may, during the course of the Chief Building Official's review
of an alternative solution, supplement the application with a report by an acceptable third party that provides a technical overview
to the Chief Building Official with respect to
a) the scope, assumptions and assessment of consequence,
b) the suitability and applicability of the chosen methodology,
c) the accuracy, relevance and strength of the technical analysis, and
d) sufficiency of documentation and performance measurements.
2) The third party shall be an individual acceptable to the Chief Building Official that
a) is a registered professional in good standing with their professional association, and
b) has relevant and recognized experience, expertise or credentials with respect to the application of the Building By-law,
local construction codes and subject matter related to the proposed alternative solution.
3) The third party shall provide a declaration that they have not been involved in the preparation of the alternative solution or
otherwise employed by the owner or applicant, and have no real or apparent interest,
a) in the completion or financial outcome of the subject construction project, or
b) from business or contractual interests with the owner or alternative solution proponent, which would influence the
outcome of the independent review.
4) The owner shall bear the costs of retaining the third party, and provide a written confirmation that the terms of
engagement of the third party are not contingent or otherwise dependant upon the outcome of their review or of the
determination of the Chief Building Official.
5) The review of an alternative solution as referred to in Sentence (1), is not binding on the Chief Building Official.
954
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE A
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.7.2.(1), Division C of the Building By-law
CONFIRMATION OF COMMITMENT BY OWNER AND COORDINATING REGISTERED
PROFESSIONAL
Notes:
i) This letter must be submitted before issuance of a building permit.
ii) This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province of British
Columbia.
iii) In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law.
Re: Design and Field Review of Construction by a Coordinating Registered Professional
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
The undersigned has retained _____________________________________________ as a coordinating registered professional to coordinate
the design work and field reviews of the registered professionals of record required1 for this project. The coordinating registered professional
shall coordinate the design work and field reviews of the registered professionals of record required for the project in order to ascertain that the
design will substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety and that the construction of the
project will substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety, not including the construction
safety aspects.
''field reviews'' are defined in the Building By-law to mean those reviews of the work
(a) at a project site of a development to which a building permit relates, and
(b) where applicable, at fabrication locations where building components are fabricated for use at the project site that a registered
professional in his or her professional discretion considers necessary to ascertain whether the work substantially complies in
all material respects with the plans and supporting documents prepared by the registered professional of record for which the
building permit is issued.
The owner and the coordinating registered professional have read Subsection 2.2.7., Division C of the Building By-law. The owner and
the coordinating registered professional each acknowledge their responsibility to notify the Chief Building Official of the date the
coordinating registered professional ceases to be retained by the owner before the date the coordinating registered professional ceases
to be retained or, if that is not possible, then as soon as possible. The coordinating registered professional acknowledges the
responsibility to notify the Chief Building Official of the date a registered professional of record ceases to be retained before the date the
registered professional of record ceases to be retained or, if that is not possible, then as soon as possible.
1It is the responsibility of the coordinating registered professional to ascertain which registered professionals are required, and to
initial each Schedule B prior to submission to the Chief Building Official.
1 of 2
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
Date
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
955
BUILDING BY--LAW 2019 - - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE A - continued
The owner and the coordinating registered professional understand that where the coordinating registered professional or a registered
professional of record ceases to be retained at any time during construction, work on the above project will cease until such time as
(a) a new coordinating registered professional or registered professional of record, as the case may be, is retained, and
(b) a new letter in the form set out in Schedule A or in the forms set out in Schedules B, as the case may be, is filed with the Chief
Building Official.
The undersigned coordinating registered professional certifies that he or she is a registered professional as defined in the Building By-law, and
agrees to coordinate the design work and field reviews of the registered professionals of record required for the project as outlined in the
attached Schedules B including coordination and integration of functional testing of fire protection and life safety systems. (See A-2.2.7.3. in
Appendix A.)
Coordinating Registered Professional
Owner
(If the coordinating registered professional is a member of a firm, complete the following:)
I am a member of the firm ______________________________________________________________________ and I sign this letter on
behalf of the firm.
(Print name of firm)
Note: The above letter must be signed by a coordinating registered professional, who is also a registered professional. The Building By-law defines a registered
professional to mean
a) a person who is registered as an Architect with the Architectural Institute of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act, or
b) a person who is registered as a professional engineer or professional licensee engineering with the Association of Professional Engineers
and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act.
2 of 2
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Project Address
Owner's Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Name Agent of Signing Officer (Print)
Date
Owner's or Owner's appointed agent's Signature (If owner is a
corporation the signature of a signing officer must be given
here. If the signature is that of the agent, a copy of the
document that appoints the agent must be attached)
Phone Number and Email Address
Coordinating Registered Professional's Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
Date
956
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE B
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.7.2.(1), Division C of the Building By-law
ASSURANCE OF PROFESSIONAL DESIGN
AND COMMITMENT FOR FIELD REVIEW
Notes:
i)
This letter must be submitted prior to the commencement of construction activities of the components identified below. A separate
letter must be submitted by each registered professional of record.
ii)
This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the
Province of British Columbia.
iii)
In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law.
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
The undersigned hereby gives assurance that the design of the
(Initial those of the items listed below that apply to this registered professional of record. All the disciplines will not necessarily be employed on every project.)
__________ ARCHITECTURAL
__________ STRUCTURAL
__________ MECHANICAL
__________ PLUMBING
__________ FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
__________ ELECTRICAL
__________ GEOTECHNICAL -- temporary
__________ GEOTECHNICAL -- permanent
components of the plans and supporting documents prepared by this registered professional in support of the application for the building permit
as outlined below substantially comply with the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety except for construction
safety aspects.
The undersigned hereby undertakes to be responsible for field reviews of the above referenced components during construction as indicated
on the ''SUMMARY OF DESIGN AND FIELD REVIEW REQUIREMENTS'' below.
1 of 2
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Date
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Discipline
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
CRP Initials
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
957
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE B - continued
The undersigned also undertakes to notify the Chief Building Official in writing as soon as possible if the undersigned's contract for field review
is terminated at any time during construction.
I certify that I am a registered professional as defined in the Building By-law.
(If the Registered Professional of Record is a member of a firm, complete the following.)
I am a member of the firm _______________________________________________________________________
(Print name of firm)
and I sign this letter on behalf of the firm. Note: The above letter must be signed by registered professional of record, who is a registered
professional. The Building By-law defines a registered professional to mean
a) a person who is registered as an Architect with the Architectural Institute of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act, or
b) a person who is registered as a professional engineer or professional licensee engineering with the Association of Professional Engineers
and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act.
2 of 4
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Project Address
Discipline
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Date
Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
CRP Initials
958
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Project Address
Discipline
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE B - continued
SUMMARY OF DESIGN AND FIELD REVIEW REQUIREMENTS
(Initial applicable discipline below and cross out and initial only those items not applicable to the project.)
______ ARCHITECTURAL
1.1 Fire resisting assemblies
1.2 Fire separations and their continuity
1.3 Closures, including tightness and operation
1.4 Egress systems, including access to exit within suites and floor areas
1.5 Performance and physical safety features (guardrails, handrails, etc.)
1.6 Structural capacity of architectural components, including anchorage and seismic restraint
1.7 Sound control
1.8 Landscaping, screening and site grading
1.9 Provisions for firefighting access
1.10 Access requirements for persons with disabilities
1.11 Elevating devices
1.12 Functional testing of architecturally related fire emergency systems and devices
1.13 Development Permit and conditions therein
1.14 Interior signage, including acceptable materials, dimensions and locations
1.15 Review of all applicable shop drawings
1.16 Interior and exterior finishes
1.17 Dampproofing and/or waterproofing of walls and slabs below grade
1.18 Roofing and flashings
1.19 Wall cladding systems
1.20 Condensation control and cavity ventilation
1.21 Exterior glazing
1.22 Integration of building envelope components
1.23 Environmental separation requirements (Part 5)
1.24 Building envelope, Part 10 requirements (ASHRAE, NECB, ZEBP, etc)
1.25 Building envelope, testing, confirmation or both as per Part 10 requirements
______ STRUCTURAL
2.1 Structural capacity of structural components of the building, including anchorage and seismic restraint
2.2 Structural aspects of deep foundations
2.3 Review of all applicable shop drawings
2.4 Structural aspects of unbonded post-tensioned concrete design and construction
2.5 Independent review of structural designs
______ MECHANICAL
3.1 HVAC systems and devices, including high building requirements where applicable
3.2 Fire dampers at required fire separations
3.3 Continuity of fire separations at HVAC penetrations
3.4 Functional testing of mechanically related fire emergency systems and devices
3.5 Maintenance manuals for mechanical systems
3.6 Structural capacity of mechanical components, including anchorage and seismic restraint
3.7 Review of all applicable shop drawings
3.8 Mechanical systems, Part 10 requirements (ASHRAE, NECB, ZEBP, etc)
3.9 Mechanical systems, testing, confirmation or both as per Part 10 requirements
3 of 4
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
CRP Initials
Date
959
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE B - continued
(Initial applicable discipline below and cross out and initial only those items not applicable to the project.)
_______ PLUMBING
4.1 Roof drainage systems
4.2 Site and foundation drainage systems
4.3 Plumbing systems and devices
4.4 Continuity of fire separations at plumbing penetrations
4.5 Functional testing of plumbing related fire emergency systems and devices
4.6 Maintenance manuals for plumbing systems
4.7 Structural capacity of plumbing components, including anchorage and seismic restraint
4.8 Review of all applicable shop drawings
4.9 Plumbing systems, Part 10 requirements (ASHRAE, NECB, ZEBP, etc)
4.10 Plumbing systems, testing, confirmation or both as per Part 10 requirements
_______ FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
5.1 Suppression system classification for type of occupancy
5.2 Design coverage, including concealed or special areas
5.3 Compatibility and location of electrical supervision, ancillary alarm and control devices
5.4 Evaluation of the capacity of city (municipal) water supply versus system demands and domestic demand, including pumping devices
where necessary
5.5 Qualification of welder, quality of welds and material
5.6 Review of all applicable shop drawings
5.7 Acceptance testing for ''Contractor's Material and Test Certificate'' as per NFPA Standards
5.8 Maintenance program and manual for suppression systems
5.9 Structural capacity of sprinkler components, including anchorage and seismic restraint
5.10 For partial systems -- confirm sprinklers are installed in all areas where required
5.11 Fire Department connections and hydrant locations
5.12 Fire hose standpipes
5.13 Freeze protection measures for fire suppression systems
5.14 Functional testing of fire suppression systems and devices
_______ ELECTRICAL
6.1 Electrical systems and devices, including high building requirements where applicable
6.2 Continuity of fire separations at electrical penetrations
6.3 Functional testing of electrical related fire emergency systems and devices
6.4 Electrical systems and devices maintenance manuals
6.5 Structural capacity of electrical components, including anchorage and seismic restraint
6.6 Clearances from buildings of all electrical utility equipment
6.7 Fire protection of wiring for emergency systems
6.8 Review of all applicable shop drawings
6.9 Electrical systems, Part 10 requirements (ASHRAE, NECB, ZEBP, etc)
6.10 Electrical systems, testing, confirmation
6.11 Radio Antenna Systems
_______ GEOTECHNICAL -- Temporary
7.1 Excavation
7.2 Shoring
7.3 Underpinning
7.4 Temporary construction dewatering
_______ GEOTECHNICAL -- Permanent
8.1 Bearing capacity of the soil
8.2 Geotechnical aspects of deep foundations
8.3 Compaction of engineered fill
8.4 Structural considerations of soil, including slope stability and seismic loading
8.5 Backfill
8.6 Permanent dewatering
8.7 Permanent underpinning
4 of 4
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Project Address
Discipline
Date
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
CRP Initials
960
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE C-A
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.7., Division C of the Building By-law
ASSURANCE OF COORDINATION OF
PROFESSIONAL FIELD REVIEW
Notes:
i)
This letter must be submitted after completion of the project but before the occupancy permit is issued or a final inspection is made, by the Chief
Building Official.
ii)
This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province of British
Columbia
iii)
In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law.
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
(The coordinating registered professional shall complete the following:)
I hereby give assurance that
a) I have fulfilled my obligations for coordination of field reviews of the registered professionals of record required for the project as
outlined in Subsection 2.2.7., Division C of the Building By-law and in the previously submitted Schedule A, ''CONFIRMATION OF
COMMITMENT BY OWNER AND BY COORDINATING REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL,''
b) I have coordinated the functional testing of the fire protection and life safety systems to ascertain that they substantially comply in all
material respects with
i) the applicable requirements of the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety, not including construction
safety aspects, and
ii) the plans and supporting documents submitted in support of the application for the building permit,
c) I have coordinated the field reviews to ascertain that the project substantially complies in all material respects with
i) the applicable requirements of Part 10, and
ii) the plans an supporting documents submitted in support of the application for the building permit,
d) I am a registered professional as defined in the Building By-law.
(If the coordinating registered professional is a member of a firm, complete the following:)
I am a member of the firm ______________________________________________________________________ and I sign this letter on
behalf of the firm.
(Print name of firm)
Note: The above letter must be signed by a coordinating registered professional, who is also a registered professional. The Building By-law defines a registered
professional to mean
a) a person who is registered as an Architect with the Architectural Institute of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act, or
b) a person who is registered as a professional engineer or professional licensee engineering with the Association of Professional Engineers
and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act.
1 of 1
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
Date
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
Coordinating Registered Professional's Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
961
BUILDING BY--LAW 2025 - CITY OF VANCOUVER
SCHEDULE C-B
Forming Part of Sentence 2.2.7., Division C of the Building By-law
Notes:
i) This letter must be submitted after completion of the project but prior to final inspection by the Chief Building Official. A separate letter must be submitted
by each registered professional of record.
ii) This letter is endorsed by: Architectural Institute of B.C. and the Association of Professional Engineers and Geoscientists of the Province of British
Columbia.
iii) In this letter the words in italics have the same meaning as in the Building By-law.
To: The Chief Building Official
Re:
(Each registered professional shall complete the following:)
I hereby give assurance that
a) I have fulfilled my obligations for coordination of field reviews as outlined in Subsection 2.2.7.2., Division C of the Building By-law and in
the previously submitted Schedule B, ''ASSURANCE OF PROFESSIONAL DESIGN AND COMMITMENT FOR FIELD REVIEW", and
b) those components of project opposite my initials in Schedule B substantially comply in all materials respects with
i) the applicable requirements of the Building By-law and other applicable enactments respecting safety, not including construction safety
aspects, and
ii) the plans and supporting documents submitted in support of the application for the building permit,
c) I am a registered professional of record as defined in the Building By-law
(If the registered professional of record is a member of a firm, complete the following:)
I am a member of the firm ______________________________________________________________________ and I sign this letter on
behalf of the firm.
(Print name of firm)
Note:
The above letter must be signed by a registered professional of record, who is a registered professional. The Building Bylaw defines a registered professional to
mean
a) a person who is registered as an Architect with the Architectural Institute of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act, or
b) a person who is registered as a professional engineer or professional licensee engineering with the Association of Professional Engineers
and Geoscientists of the Province of British Columbia under the Professional Governance Act.
1 of 1
Building Permit Number (for CoV Use)
(Professional's Seal and Signature)
Date
Certified Professional's Stamp and
Signature (if applicable)
Name of Project (Print)
Address of Project (Print)
Name (Print)
Address (Print)
Address (Print) (continued)
Phone Number and Email Address
CRP Initials
962
Notes to Part 2
Administrative Provisions
A-2.2.1.2.(1) Structural Design. Part 4 of Division B is written on the assumption that structural design will be carried out by a
professional who is qualified to perform such design. Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) is not intended to imply that a professional may not
also be required in the application of requirements in other Parts of the Vancouver Building By-law.
A-2.2.6.2.(1) Information Required on Drawings and Specifications. Examples of information that should be shown on
architectural drawings and drawings for heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems, and building enclosure assemblies are:
(a) the name, type and location of the building,
(b) the name of the owner,
(c) the name of the architect,
(d) the name of the engineer or designer,
(e) the north point,
(f) the dimensions and height of all rooms,
(g) the intended use of all rooms,
(h) the details or description of the wall, roof, ceiling and floor construction, including insulation,
(i) the details or description of the windows and outside doors, including the size, weatherstripping, storm sashes, sills and
storm doors,
(j) the size and continuity of all pipes, ducts, shafts, flues and fire dampers,
(k) the location, size, capacity and type of all principal units of equipment,
(l) the size, shape and height of all chimneys and gas vents,
(m) the size and location of all combustion air and ventilation openings, and
(n) the location and fire-resistance rating of required fire separations,
(o) the heat lost calculations for heating and cooling of the building, and
(p) the dimensions of the edge, field and corner zones of the roof, and load values for each affected area of a wall and roof
assembly (see Figures 4.1.7.6.-A through 4.1.7.6.-C in Article 4.1.7.6. of Division B).
A-2.2.7. Professional Design and Review. This Subsection provides for the use of what are generally called Letters of
Assurance. The letters themselves, known as Schedules A, B, C-A and C-B and located at the end of Division C, are intended to
put on paper the responsibilities of the owner and the various registered professionals in a construction project. The Letters of
Assurance do not impose any additional responsibilities on the registered professionals nor are they intended to alter the roles
and responsibilities of the authorities having jurisdiction.
The Schedules have been very carefully scrutinized by the Province of British Columbia, Union of BC Municipalities, Building
Officials' Association of British Columbia, Architectural Institute of British Columbia, Association of Professional Engineers and
Geoscientists of British Columbia and their respective legal counsel. The precise wording in the letters is extremely critical and
must not be modified. Any notations on these Schedules which are absolutely necessary to suit a particular project must be
clearly and legibly marked in ink on the copies.
It is typical that the registered professional responsible for the design is also responsible for the field review. There are instances
where this is not the case and having a different registered professional doing the field reviews is unavoidable. Schedule C-B
requires that the registered professional who provides the field review provide assurance that the building as finally constructed
is in substantial conformance with the By-law. In the event that another registered professional is to provide field review, the field
reviewer takes on the responsibility to confirm that the construction substantially complies with the plans and supporting
documents that were submitted for the building permit. The responsibility for code compliance of the design remains with the
963
original registered professional who undertook the design. In this event, the Schedule C-B must be modified by the field reviewer
by crossing out and initialing Clause (b)(i) and providing the effective transition date.
Note that Schedules A, B, C-A & C-B, as required by Subsection 2.2.7., must be signed, sealed and submitted to the authority
having jurisdiction, as applicable for each specific project. Conditional or qualified Schedules are not typically acceptable. Any
fire and life safety issue relative to the Schedule B disciplines is to be remedied before the Schedules C-A / C-B are released,
not accommodated by conditions or qualifications placed on the Schedule or by any attached document. See the Guide to
Letters of Assurance, available from the Building and Safety Standards Branch Web site, for more details.
A-2.2.7.1.(1)(c)(i) Structural Components. The reference to "structural components of buildings that fall within the scope of
Part 4" includes the situation where a building is classified under Part 9 due to its size and occupancy but also contains some
structural components (such as beams supporting concentrated loads) which must be designed under Part 4. In this situation
only Schedules B and C-B for the structural components are required. Schedule A and Schedules B, C-A and C-B relating to
non-structural components are not required.
A-2.2.7.2.(1)(a) Coordinating Registered Professional. The coordinating registered professional is responsible to ascertain
that all Code related aspects which are relevant to the project are clearly identified by each of the registered professionals in the
collection of Schedules B. If a registered professional of record has crossed out any item on their Schedule B, the coordinating
registered professional must confirm this item is not applicable to the project or resolve the issue with the registered professional
of record.
A-2.2.7.2.(1)(b) Schedule B. The purpose of Schedule B is to clearly identify the appropriate registered professional of record
who has the overall responsibility in each discipline for compliance with the various Code related aspects of the project. Detailed
design of certain building components may be undertaken by other registered professionals. The registered professional of
record is responsible for monitoring the design work and field review of the other registered professionals within their discipline
for components listed in Schedule B. In the event that the other registered professionals provide design and field review, the
registered professional of record must be satisfied that such design and field reviews have been performed and is responsible for
Schedule C-B.
A-2.2.7.2.(1)(c) Shoring Works in Street or Lane. Where shoring works are proposed to be left in the street and/or lane
permanently, an application for the proposal should be made by the owner to the City Engineer. Where the City Engineer is
satisfied as to the safety and advisability of the proposal, the City Engineer may approve the basis on which the shoring works
may be allowed to remain
A-2.2.7.2.(2) Schedule C-A. Schedule C-A provides confirmation that the coordinating registered professional has completed
the obligation to coordinate the various registered professionals engaged in the project. It also confirms that the testing of the
interrelated fire and life safety systems, such as fire alarms and sprinklers, has been completed and the systems function as
intended.
A-2.2.7.3. Demonstration of the Coordinated Fire and Life Safety Systems. The design drawings and supporting
documents must clearly indicate all essential details of the Coordinated Fire and Life Safety Systems prior to the construction of
or the alteration to a building. Demonstration of the proper, integrated operation of the Fire and Life Safety Systems must be
conducted prior to occupancy.
Note that Schedules A, B, C-A & C-B, as required by Subsection 2.2.7., must be signed and sealed and submitted to the
authority having jurisdiction, as appropriate for each specific project.
The following is an example of the steps required to coordinate the installation and testing of fire and life safety systems in
buildings.
1.0. General
Referencing Schedule B:
- Item No. 1.14 "Functional Testing of Architecturally Related Fire Emergency Systems and Devices,"
- Item No. 3.4 "Functional Testing of Mechanically Related Fire Emergency Systems and Devices,"
- Item No. 4.5 "Functional Testing of Plumbing Related Fire Emergency Systems and Devices,"
- Item No. 5.14 "Functional Testing of Fire Suppression Systems and Devices," and
- Item No. 6.3 "Functional Testing of Electrical Related Fire Emergency Systems and Devices."
964
The Coordinating Registered Professional (CRP) and Registered Professionals of Record (RPRs) must demonstrate that the
Fire and Life Safety Systems' design has been coordinated prior to the issuance of the Building Permit. That is, the CRP/RPRs
must accumulate and submit the necessary documentation, such as:
- complete drawings,
- schedules,
- schematic diagrams,
- a fire alarm system sequencing description showing coordination between mechanical and electrical fire protection and life
safety systems,
- mechanical fire protection and life safety schematic riser diagrams,
- an electrical fire alarm riser diagram,
- a motor data list coordinated with fire alarm system sequencing, and
- other documentation, as appropriate,
to demonstrate that the interface of the Fire and Life Safety Systems has been designed and coordinated so that when built
correctly they will function as an integrated system. Further, it is intended that when the construction of the Fire & Life Safety
Systems is indicated by the Contractor to be complete, the RPRs/CRP witness the demonstration of the testing of the Fire and
Life Safety Systems to confirm compliance that the as-built systems function as intended by the design.
The required list of items will depend on the simplicity or complexity of the Project. The following is a comprehensive list of items
for Fire and Life Safety Systems for a complex project, which must be coordinated in order to demonstrate compliance:
Notes: It is the responsibility of the Coordinating Registered Professional (CRP) and Registered Professionals of Record (RPRs)
to determine the best method of "How To" demonstrate to the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) that the Fire and Life Safety
Systems have been coordinated for each project. That is, the method(s) used (i.e., charts, drawings, matrices, tables, etc.) for
demonstration purposes should be project-specific and relate only to that project.
It is not the intent of this Appendix material to dictate or produce "checklists" or other prescriptive methods for demonstrating
compliance since this is best left to the professional discretion of the appropriate CRP/RPRs.
2.0. Design Phase -- Building Permit Application Stage & Final Construction Phase -- Occupancy
Permit Application Stage
2.1. Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
2.1.1. Automatic Sprinkler Systems
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
2.1.2. Standpipe Systems
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
- Class I/Class II
- locations
- coverage
- F.D. connections
2.1.3. Fire Pump Systems
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
2.1.4. Fire Alarm Systems
- one/two stage system(s)
- no. of systems
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
- sequence of operation
965
- fire alarm system zoning
- location of fire alarm system devices
- annunciator panel (location and design criteria)
- annunciator panel shop drawings (detail design)
- sprinkler zone/waterflow device
- smoke detectors
- smoke alarms
- manual pull stations
- signals to Fire Department via an acceptable central monitoring station
- activation of ancillary devices
2.1.6. Emergency Telephone System
- each exit stair
2.1.7. Emergency Power
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
- supervisory provisions for fire alarm
- emergency electrical load
- emergency generator
2.1.8. Emergency Lighting
- exits
- access to exits
- public corridors
- other floor areas
2.1.9. Exit Signs
2.2. Additional Requirements for High Buildings
2.2.1. Interface Condition between Highrise and Lowrise Components (Measure 'N' Vestibules)
2.2.2. Smoke Control -- Measure A
- design requirements to appropriate Standard
- venting above-grade stairs
- separation of above-grade and below-grade stairs
- venting below-grade stairs
- pressurization of below-grade stairs at bottom
- above-grade elevator shaft serving below-grade protected with a "protected" vestibule
- additional controls at CACF (annunciator panel shop drawings)
2.2.3. Smoke Venting
2.2.4. Fire Fighters' Elevators
966
- fire fighting controls
- emergency recall
2.2.5. Protection of Emergency Electrical Conductors
- highrise elevator
- emergency generator(s)
- fire pump(s)
- smoke control systems
- smoke venting systems
- fire alarm and emergency voice communication systems
2.2.6. Emergency Voice Communications
- integrated with fire alarm system
- audible to appropriate Standard
- zoning of speakers
3.0. Roles and Responsibilities for the Demonstration of the Coordinated Fire and Life Safety
Systems
3.1. Roles and Responsibilities for the Design, Commissioning and Functional Testing of Fire and
Life Safety Systems
3.1.1. Design Phase
RPRs will clearly indicate on their drawings and supporting documents the details of the fire and life
safety systems for each applicable item of Section 2 for their particular discipline. RPRs will also
coordinate the design of the components in their system with the designs of other RPRs on the project.
RPRs are to indicate what functional testing, system verification, etc., must be performed by the
Contractor or subtrades and establish the documentation to be provided.
The CRP will develop the project-specific test protocol and procedures in consultation with the RPRs. The
CRP will act as the facilitator for the coordination of the design of the fire and life safety systems among
the various RPRs.
3.1.2. Construction Phase
The Contractor will coordinate the activities of the subtrade contractors for the installation of the fire and
life safety systems in accordance with the contract documents.
RPRs will provide field reviews to ascertain that the construction of the fire and life safety systems
substantially complies with their design.
RPRs will review shop drawings of the fire and life safety systems to determine that they accurately
reflect their design intent. They will also coordinate their reviews with those of the other RPRs on the
project.
The CRP will coordinate the shop drawing reviews and field reviews by the RPs with the objective that
the entire fire and life safety system will correctly operate as an integrated system.
3.1.3. Occupancy Phase
967
The Contractor will coordinate the subtrade contractors for the commissioning and functional testing of
the fire and life safety systems. The Contractor will also collect all of the required Occupancy Permit
submission documents from the various subtrade contractors and forward them to the CRP.
The CRP will take the lead role in coordinating the activities of the RPRs required for the commissioning
and functional testing of the fire and life safety systems. The CRP will distribute the test protocol and test
procedures, as developed in the Design Stage, to the various parties involved in the process.
RPRs will ascertain that the appropriate commissioning and functional testing of the fire and life safety
systems of the components in their disciplines have been satisfactorily completed by the subtrade
contractors. They will also determine that the appropriate Occupancy Permit submission documents have
been submitted and filled in correctly.
The CRP will be responsible for collecting all of the required Occupancy Permit submission documents,
reviewing them for completeness and accuracy, and forwarding them to the AHJ in a complete package
at least 24 hours prior to the Coordinated Final AHJ Review.
3.2. Sample Summary of Roles and Responsibilities for Demonstration of the Coordinated Fire and
Life Safety Systems
The following is a sample summary (only) of the roles and responsibilities for a typical highrise building
with underground parking. The precise roles and responsibilities for each project will vary depending on
the complexity. The CRP will ascertain that the appropriate roles and responsibilities for each project are
fulfilled by the RPRs.
3.2.1. Coordinating Registered Professional
Design Phase
- Determine the appropriate RPRs required for the project and make arrangements with the owner for
their services.
- Clarify the roles and responsibilities of the various RPRs.
- Coordinate the design of the fire and life safety systems by the RPRs.
- Coordinate and develop the test protocol and procedures for functional testing of the fire and life safety
systems.
- Coordinate the submission of the design drawings and supporting documents for the Building Permit
application.
Construction Phase
- Coordinate and monitor the field reviews of the RPRs.
- Coordinate and monitor the review of shop drawings by the RPRs.
- Facilitate the information flow among the RPRs and Contractor.
Occupancy Phase
- In conjunction with the RPRs, finalize the project-specific test protocol and procedures for the fire and
life safety systems, and review the requirements with the Contractor, subtrades and RPRs.
- Finalize the list of project-specific occupancy permit submission documents and the schedule for
submissions and confirm completeness with AHJ.
968
- Organize the "Coordinated Final Consultant Review" at least one week prior to "Coordinated AHJ Final
Review."
- Take a lead role in coordinating the functional testing of the fire and life safety systems during the
"Coordinated Final Consultant Review."
- Coordinate the RPRs' review of Occupancy Permit submission documents for completeness and
accuracy. - Coordinate Certification of Equivalencies, if applicable.
- Collect all of the required Occupancy Permit submission documents and submit them in a complete
package to the AHJ.
- Organize the "Coordinated AHJ Final Review."
- Record any deficiencies identified at the "Coordinated AHJ Final Review" and monitor RPRs' field
review of the corrective actions by the subtrades.
- Assist in finalizing the list of outstanding requirements which need to be met for the issuance of the
Occupancy Permit.
- Follow-up on minor deficiencies post-Occupancy.
3.2.2. Architectural Design Phase
- Establish the conceptual design for the fire and life safety systems in consultation with RPRs.
- Determine equivalency reports required and coordinate the implementation on the drawings and
supporting documents.
- Clearly indicate on drawings and supporting documents:
- Major occupancies and code classifications.
- Fire separations and fire-resistance ratings.
- Closures:
- Fire-protection rating
- Temperature rise requirements
- Amount of glazing
- Hardware for closures
- Panic hardware
- Hold-open devices
- Electromagnetic locks
- Egress systems.
- Provisions for fire fighting access.
- Interior and exterior finishes.
- Elevating devices c/w integrated controls to the fire alarm panel.
- Signage coordinated with fire alarm system and annunciation.
Construction Phase
- Provide field reviews of architectural components.
- Review shop drawings for architectural components and coordinate requirements with other RPRs.
969
- Review shop drawings for other disciplines which may influence architectural components.
Occupancy Phase
- Ascertain that the architectural components substantially conform to the architectural drawings and
supporting documents.
- Perform an active role in witnessing the functional testing of the architectural components of the fire
and life safety systems.
- Coordinate the signage with the fire alarm annunciator and the fire safety plans.
- Review the architecturally-related Occupancy Permit submission documents provided by the
Contractor and subtrades for completeness and accuracy.
- Prepare and forward to the CRP the architectural Schedule C-B and other assurance letters required for
the Occupancy Permit.
3.2.3. Mechanical/Plumbing Design Phase
- Coordinate mechanical/plumbing clearances and functional requirements with other RPRs.
- Clearly indicate on drawings and supporting documents:
- Details of the mechanical/plumbing components of the fire and life safety systems.
- Schematic diagram of the smoke venting system showing all fans, ducts, motorized dampers, fusible
link dampers and backdraft dampers.
- Location and fire-protection ratings of fusible link fire dampers and fire stop flaps.
- Location and fire-protection ratings of motorized fire dampers.
- Location and fire-resistance ratings of fire-rated duct enclosures.
- Fire stop systems for mechanical/plumbing penetrations of fire separations.
- Kitchen exhaust system/suppression system.
- Mechanical fans/motorized dampers sequence of operations:
- Describe operation under normal mode
- Describe operation under fire alarm mode
- Indicate fire alarm initiation devices that activate change of operation
Construction Phase
- Provide field reviews of mechanical/plumbing components.
- Review shop drawings for mechanical/plumbing components and coordinate requirements with other
RPRs.
- Review shop drawings for other disciplines which may influence mechanical/plumbing components.
Occupancy Phase
- Ascertain that the mechanical/plumbing components substantially conform to the
mechanical/plumbing drawings and supporting documents.
- Perform an active role in witnessing the functional testing of the mechanical/ plumbing components of
the fire and life safety systems.
970
- Review the mechanical/plumbing related occupancy permit submission documents provided by the
Contractor and subtrades for completeness and accuracy.
- Prepare and forward to the CRP the mechanical/plumbing Schedule C-B and other assurance letters
and documentation required for the Occupancy Permit.
3.2.4. Fire Suppression
The design of sprinkler systems can be accomplished by at least two possible scenarios:
Scenario 1
- The engineer of record undertakes the complete detailed design prior to the building permit
application.
- The engineer of record submits Schedule B with the BP application.
- The engineer of record provides field reviews during construction and submits a Schedule C-B prior to
Occupancy Permit.
Scenario 2 (where acceptable to the Chief Building Official)
- The engineer of record provides a detailed performance specification for the sprinkler design, as well as
sufficient drawings to demonstrate/assure layout feasibility and interface with other components.
- The engineer of record submits Schedule B with the BP application for overall coordination of the
sprinkler design. Schedule B can be annotated "For Performance Specification Only."
- The performance specifications may include a requirement that a separate sprinkler design engineer be
responsible for detailed sprinkler design, preparation of sprinkler shop drawings and hydraulic
calculations, letter of assurance Schedule B, (for field review during construction), and Schedule C-B (for
Detailed Design) prior to Occupancy Permit.
- The engineer of record reviews the detailed sprinkler design and shop drawings to ascertain that they
substantially comply with the performance specifications.
- The engineer of record provides a Schedule C-B prior to Occupancy Permit to confirm overall
coordination of the sprinkler design and installation. Schedule C-B can be annotated "For Performance
Specification Only." The engineer of record is entitled to rely upon the professional seal of the sprinkler
design engineer for the detailed design and field review of the sprinkler system.
For purposes of this example, Scenario 2 Roles and Responsibilities are outlined below:
Design Phase by Engineer of Record
- Coordinate fire suppression spatial and functional requirements with other RPRs/CRP.
- Clearly indicate on the drawings and performance specification:
- Fundamental design parameters for the fire suppression system to appropriate Standard.
- Location of fire department siamese hose connections.
- Location and size of standpipes and hose connections.
- Details of special sprinkler protection as per equivalent reports.
- Fire stop systems for pipe penetrations of fire separations.
- Zoning of the sprinkler system to be coordinated with the electrical engineer for the fire alarm
annunciation and clearly identified in the performance specifications.
971
Construction Phase by Sprinkler Design Engineer
- Prepare, sign and seal shop drawings and hydraulic calculations, clearly indicating:
- Details of the fire suppression components of the fire and life safety systems.
- Schematic riser diagram of sprinkler and standpipe systems c/w all devices that will be connected
to the fire alarm system (flow switches, tamper switches, pressure switches, freeze monitoring, heat
trace monitoring).
- Location of fire department siamese hose connections.
- Location and size of standpipes and hose connections.
- Details of special sprinkler protection as per equivalent reports.
- Zoning of the sprinkler system to be coordinated with the electrical engineer for the fire alarm
annunciation and clearly identified on the sprinkler shop drawings.
- Coordinate fire suppression location and functional requirements with engineer of record/CRP.
- Provide field reviews of fire suppression components.
Construction Phase by Engineer of Record
- Review shop drawings and hydraulic calculations for fire suppression components to determine
substantial conformance to the performance specifications.
- Provide field reviews of fire suppression components to determine substantial conformance to the
performance specifications.
- Monitor the field reviews by the Sprinkler Design Engineer to determine substantial conformance with
the performance specifications.
- Review shop drawings for other disciplines which may influence fire suppression components.
Occupancy Phase by the Engineer of Record
- Ascertain that the fire suppression components substantially conform to the performance
specifications.
- Perform an active role in witnessing the functional testing of the fire suppression components of the fire
and life safety systems.
- Review the fire suppression-related Occupancy Permit submission documents by the Contractor and
subtrades for completeness and accuracy.
- Collect the Schedule C-B from the Sprinkler Design Engineer, review for accuracy and completeness
and forward to the CRP.
- Collect other Occupancy Permit documents from the subtrade contractor (e.g., Contractor's Material
and Test Certificates), review for completeness and forward to the CRP.
- Prepare and forward to the CRP the fire suppression Schedule C-B for overall coordination of the fire
suppression system.
Occupancy Phase by the Sprinkler Design Engineer
- Ascertain that the fire suppression components substantially conform to the sprinkler shop drawings
and supporting documents.
972
- Perform an active role in witnessing the functional testing of the fire suppression components of the fire
and life safety systems.
- Review the fire suppression-related Occupancy Permit submission documents by the Contractor and
subtrades for completeness and accuracy.
- Prepare and forward to the Engineer of Record the fire suppression Schedule C-B and other assurance
letters and documentation required for the Occupancy Permit.
3.2.5. Electrical
Design Phase
- Coordinate with the CRP and RPRs the test protocol and procedures for functional testing of the fire
and life safety systems.
- Details of the electrical components of the fire and life safety systems.
- Clearly indicate on drawings and supporting documents:
- Fire Alarm System
- Location of fire alarm annunciator panel and central alarm control facility
- Location of fire alarm initiating devices (smoke detectors, heat detectors, manual pull stations) -
Fire alarm riser diagram c/w ancillary device connections
- Audibility of fire alarm signal throughout floor area
- Zoning of fire alarm initiation devices and audible signal appliances
- Monitoring of fire alarm
- Routing and method of protection of emergency conductors
- Wiring methods for equipment
- Testing/verification requirements and the documentation to be submitted to the RPR
- Sprinkler System
- Coordinate design with sprinkler design engineer
- Sprinkler system alarm initiation and monitoring to be indicated on the fire alarm riser diagram
(flow, tamper, pressure, etc.)
- Detailed diagrams for freeze protection systems (heat trace monitoring, low temperature
monitoring, etc.)
- Fire Pump Systems
- Riser diagram to indicate monitoring of the fire pump (pump running, power failure, phase
reversal, wiring details for device connections)
- Routing and method for protection of fire pump feeders from fire and power source, so that a fire
from one source will not interrupt power from the other source
- Electrical requirements to appropriate Standard and documents to be submitted to RPR
(overcurrent protection details, location of controller and transfer switches, voltage drop, etc.)
- Kitchen Exhaust/Fire Suppression System
- Emergency Generator
973
- Generator load calculations
- Details and wiring diagram for monitoring through the fire alarm system
- Details for testing to appropriate Standard and documents to be submitted to RPR
- Smoke Venting Systems
- Coordinate design with the mechanical engineer
- Fire alarm riser diagram to indicate smoke venting fans and motorized dampers and
HVAC/exhaust fan shutdown
- Detailed wiring diagrams for fan shut-offs, exhaust fan operation, pressurization fan operation,
damper operation (opening, closing, throttling)
- Sequence of operation of smoke venting system in a narrative form
- Describe operation under normal mode
- Describe operation under fire alarm mode
- Indicate fire alarm initiating devices that activate changes of operation/sequence
- Routing methods for protection of emergency conductors
- Electromagnetic Locks and Hold-Open Devices
- Coordinate design with the architect
- Sequence of operation in both normal and fire alarm mode
- Wiring diagrams for connection of devices
- Locations of devices on the floor plans
- Elevators
- Sequence of operation in a narrative form
- Wiring diagram details
- Routing and method of protection of emergency conductors
- Fire stop systems for electrical penetrations of fire separations
- Coordinate electrical equipment location and functional requirements with other RPRs/CRP.
Construction Phase
- Provide field reviews of electrical components.
- Review shop drawings for electrical components and coordinate requirements with other RPRs.
- Review shop drawings for other disciplines which may influence electrical components.
Occupancy Phase
- Ascertain that the electrical components substantially conform to the electrical drawings and
supporting documents.
- Perform an active role in witnessing the functional testing of the electrical components of the fire and
life safety systems.
- Review the electrical-related Occupancy Permit submission documents provided by the Contractor and
subtrades for completeness and accuracy.
974
- Prepare and forward to the CRP the electrical Schedule C-B and other assurance letters and documents
required for the Occupancy Permit.
4.0. Sample Occupancy Demonstration/Witnessing Flowchart
DEVELOP TESTING PROTOCOL/PROCEDURE (Design Stage)
CRP/RPRs develop Testing Demonstration/Witness Protocol
-- Issue to Authorities Having Jurisdiction & Contractor
||
\/
DOCUMENTATION SUBMISSION
Contractor/Subtrades submit/deliver all appropriate documentation to CRP/RPRs, including:
-- The original Contractor's Materials and Test Certificate for the sprinkler system
-- Fire Pump Flow Test Certificate(s)
-- Back Flow Prevention Certificate(s)
-- Emergency generator commissioning and verification reports
-- The original Certificate of Verification for the fire alarm system
-- Appendix "A" to the fire alarm verification report
-- ULC Certificate for Protective Signaling Service
-- Other documentation, as appropriate
||
\/
CONTRACTOR DEMONSTRATION -- CONSTRUCTION COMPLETE
Contractor & Subtrades
(Mechanical, Electrical, Elevator, Sprinkler, Fire Alarm, etc.) as appropriate
||
\/
COORDINATED FINAL CONSULTANT REVIEW DEMONSTRATION/WITNESSING CRP/RPRs
(Architect, Mechanical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, Sprinkler Engineer, Equivalency Consultant, etc.) as
appropriate
||
\/
OCCUPANCY SUBMISSION DOCUMENTS
CRP to collect all submission documents, including Schedule Cs from RPRs, and submit to AHJ in a
complete package
||
\/
COORDINATED FINAL AHJ REVIEW DEMONSTRATION/WITNESSING
Contractor, Subtrades, CRP/RPRs demonstrate to AHJ
(Building, Fire, Mechanical, Electrical and Sprinkler)
975
||
\/
OP ISSUED
A-2.2.8.3. Commissioning Plan and Preliminary Commissioning Report for New Equipment in New and Existing
Buildings
Commissioning Plans
The Commissioning Plan must provide organization, documentation, requirements, and tools to evaluate and document that the
design, construction, and operation of the new components and systems in new and existing buildings.
The following is an example of the details required within a Commissioning Plan for new components and systems in new and
existing buildings.
1.
Overview of the Cx activities developed specifically for the project;
2.
Roles and responsibilities for the project team throughout the project;
3.
Declaration of whether the CxP is affiliated with the design or construction team. If the CxP is affiliated with the design
or construction team, include a conflict-of-interest management plan disclosing the relationship between the CxP and
other design and construction team members, and clarify how the CxP will remain independent and able to objectively
inform the owner of issues uncovered during the commissioning process;
4.
Documentation of general communication channels, including the distribution of the Cx Plan during the design and
construction process;
5.
Detailed description of Cx Activities and a schedule of activities;
6.
Project design documentation evaluation procedures;
7.
General description of Cx activities that will occur during design, construction, and occupancy and operations;
8.
Guidelines and format that will be used to develop the Cx documentation, including Systems Manual and training
plans;
9.
Listing and format for Design Review, checklists and testing forms, issues and resolution log, and Cx Progress Reports
that will be used during the project to communicate and track critical Cx Activities information;
10. List of project's commissioned systems and assemblies, and description of evaluation procedures; and,
11. The framework for procedures to follow whenever Cx evaluation does not meet the owner's project requirements.
Preliminary Commissioning Reports
The Preliminary Commissioning Report must clearly indicate all essential details to demonstrate the proper, integrated operation
of commissioned components and systems prior to occupancy.
The following is an example of the details required within a Preliminary Commissioning Report for new components and systems
in new and existing buildings.
1.
Executive summary identifying the systems and assemblies commissioned;
2.
Copy of the final Cx Plans;
3.
Copy of Cx design and submittals review reports;
4.
Completed copy of the approved supplier, contractor, and CxP evaluations, and Cx start-up and test forms, including
those used during the occupancy and operations activity;
5.
Location of record drawings of commissioned systems;
6.
Location of warranties for commissioned systems;
7.
Copy of all Cx Progress Reports;
8.
Copy of all issues and resolution logs, including the descriptions of the issues and the measures taken to correct them,
and a discussion of systems or assemblies that do not perform in accordance with the owner's project requirements;
9.
For all incomplete issues, delayed or seasonal tests, include a resolution plan with recommended timelines for
completion and identify who is responsible for resolution. This section is to be accepted and approved by the Owner;
and
10. Listing of incomplete deliverable and open issues for resolution during the project closeout phase.
A-2.3.1. Alternative Solutions. Beyond the purposes of demonstrating compliance and acquiring a building permit, there are
other important reasons for requiring that the proponent of an alternative solution submit project documentation (i.e. a
976
compliance report) to the authority having jurisdiction and for the authority having jurisdiction to retain that documentation for a
substantial period following the construction of a building:
- Alternative solutions made possible by objective-based codes may have special maintenance requirements, which would be
described in the documentation.
- Documentation helps consultants perform code compliance assessments of existing buildings before they are sold and
informs current owners or prospective buyers of existing buildings of any limitations pertaining to their future use or development.
- Documentation provides design professionals with the basic information necessary to design changes to an existing building.
- An alternative solution could be invalidated by a proposed alteration to a building. Designers and regulators must therefore
know the details of the particular alternative solutions that were integral to the original design. Complete documentation should
provide insight as to why one alternative solution was chosen over another.
- Documentation is the "paper trail" of the alternative solution negotiated between the designer and the regulator and should
demonstrate that a rational process led to the acceptance of the alternative solution as an equivalency.
- It is possible that over time a particular alternative solution may be shown to be inadequate. It would be advantageous for a
jurisdiction to know which buildings included that alternative solution as part of their design: documentation will facilitate this type
of analysis.
- Project documentation provides important information to a forensic team that is called to investigate an accident or why a
design failed to provide the level of performance expected.
This subject is discussed in further detail in "Recommended Documentation Requirements for Projects Using Alternative
Solutions in the Context of Objective-Based Codes," which was prepared for the CCBFC Task Group on Implementation of
Objective-Based Codes and is available on the NRC's website.
977
Part 3
Appeals, Offences and Penalties and Transition
Provisions
Section 3.1. Appeals
3.1.1. Building Board of Appeal
3.1.1.1. Appeal Within 30 Days
1) Any person dissatisfied with a decision of the Chief Building Official relating to matters described in Article 3.1.1.2. may
appeal the decision to the Building Board of Appeal who shall have such powers relating to this By-law as are set out in this By-
law and in the Building Board of Appeal By-law.
3.1.1.2. Limits of Appeal
1) An appeal lies to the Building Board of Appeal from any decision of the Chief Building Official regarding
a) the interpretation of this By-law,
b) the use of new construction methods or materials,
c) upgrading existing buildings, or
d) permitting alternative proposals.
3.1.1.3. Filing of Appeal
1) An application for an appeal shall be filed with the Secretary of the Board, in writing, within 30 days of the decision
which gives rise to the appeal.
2) An application for an appeal shall include
a) the address of the building to which the decision relates,
b) the applicable provisions of the By-law, and
c) sufficient detail to describe the factual and technical basis for the appeal.
Section 3.2. Offences and Penalties
3.2.1. Violation of By-law
3.2.1.1. Offences
1) Every person who
a) violates any of the provisions of this By-law,
b) suffers or permits any act or thing to be done in contravention or in violation of any of the provisions of this By-law,
c) neglects to do or refrains from doing anything required to be done by any of the provisions of this By-law,
d) does any act which violates any of the provisions of this By-law, or
e) fails to comply with an order or notice given under this By-law, is guilty of an offence against this By-law and liable to the
penalties hereby imposed.
978
3.2.2. Fines and Penalties
3.2.2.1. Minimum Fine
1) Every person who commits an offence against this By-law is liable to a fine of no less than $250 and not more than
$10,000 for each offence.
3.2.2.2. Continuing Offence
1) Every person who commits an offence of a continuing nature against this By-law is liable to a fine of not less than $250
and no more than $10,000 for each day such offence is continued.
3.2.2.3. Unsafe Condition
1) Despite the minimum fine referred to in Article 3.2.2.1., every person who permits occupancy to occur while an unsafe
condition exists in or about a building or the premises is liable to a fine of no less than $500 and not more than $10,000 for each
offence.
3.2.2.4. Failure to Comply with an Order
1) Despite the minimum fine referred to in Article 3.2.2.1., every person who fails to comply with an order or notice issued
by the Chief Building Official is liable to a fine of no less than $500 and not more than $10,000 for each offence.
3.2.2.5. Work Without a Permit
1) Despite the minimum fine referred to in Article 3.2.2.1., every person who works without permit is liable to a fine of no
less than $500 and not more than $10,000 for each offence.
3.2.2.6. Failure to Permit Entry
1) Despite the minimum fine referred to in Article 3.2.2.1., every person who fails to allow the Chief Building Official entry to
a building or premises is liable to a fine of not less than $500 and not more than $10,000 for each offence.
Section 3.3. Transition Provisions
3.3.1. General
3.3.1.1. Validity of Permits Issued under Previous By-law
1) Subject to the provisions of Articles 1.5.2.4. and 3.3.1.2., buildings for which permits were obtained under may be
constructed in accordance with the provisions of that By-law.
3.3.1.2. Grace Period
1) Where an owner has applied for a permit prior to September 15, 2025, a building may be constructed in accordance
with By-law No. 12511 if, in the opinion of the Chief Building Official, the owner has commenced the work authorized by the
permit within 6 months of the date of issuance of the permit and the owner has continued work to completion without interruption
other than work stoppages which are standard in the building industry.
3.3.1.3. Rainwater Management Regulation Transition
1) An alternative solution accepted by the Chief Building Official under Section 2.3 may achieve less than the minimum
level of performance required by Division B, Article 2.4.2.5. of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of the Building By-law in the areas
defined by the objectives and functional statements attributed to the applicable acceptable solutions.
2) A person requesting an alternative solution under Sentence (1) shall file an application in the form prescribed by the
Chief Building Official.
3) The application referred to in Sentence (2) shall include
979
a) documentation that the owner applied to the City, prior to January 1, 2024, for rezoning or a development permit
pertaining to the building,
b) documentation that the owner has not been required to provide rainwater management for the development, or that the
City has agreed to other rainwater management requirements for the development, and
c) information about the qualifications, experience and background of the person or persons taking responsibility for the
design.
4) For a building to which Part 9 applies as described in Sentence 1.3.3.3.(1) of Division A or for a building used
exclusively for residential occupancy containing no more than 8 principal dwelling units, where an owner has applied to the City
prior to January 1, 2025 for a development permit, the requirements of Division B, Article 2.4.2.5. of Book II (Plumbing Systems)
of this By-law do not apply if the owner has applied for a permit prior to January 1, 2026.
3.3.1.4. Seismic Regulation Transition
1) A building required to meet the seismic design provisions of Subsection 4.1.8., Section 9.23, and Appendix C of Division
B of this By-law may, as an alternative, meet the seismic design provisions of Subsection 4.1.8., Section 9.23, and Appendix C of
Division B of the 2019 Building By-law where
a) a substantially complete application for a building permit is submitted on or after the effective date of this By-law but
before September 15, 2026,
b) a building permit is required and the owner submits a substantially complete application for a building permit on or after
the effective date of this By-law but before March 08, 2027, and
i) a substantially complete development permit application has been submitted to the City in relation to the building
before the effective date of this By-law, or
ii) a rezoning application has been submitted to the City in relation to the building before the effective date of this By-law,
or
c) abuilding permit is not required, and the construction or alteration of the building substantially starts after the effective
date of this By-law but before March 08, 2027.
2) An owner obtaining a permit and exercising the alternative seismic requirements permitted by Sentence (1) shall
commence the work authorized by the permit within 6 months of the date of issuance of the permit and continue work to
completion without interruption, other than work stoppages considered reasonable in the building industry, or the Chief Building
Official may require that the owner apply for a revision to the permit.
Vancouver
Building By-law
2025
Book I: General
(Volume 2)
Part 9
Housing and Small Buildings
Section 9.1. General
9.1.1. Application
9.1.1.1. Application
1) The application of this Part shall be as described in Subsection 1.3.3. of Division A. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1) regarding application to
seasonally and intermittently occupied buildings.)
2) When an existing building is altered and the alteration triggers upgrading as determined in Division B Section 11.2., the alternative
acceptable solutions provided in Division B, Part 11 may apply in lieu of the requirements of this Part. (See Article 1.1.1.2. of Division A.)
9.1.2. Reserved
Section 9.2. Definitions
9.2.1. General
9.2.1.1. Defined Words
1) Words in italics are defined in Article 1.4.1.2. of Division A.
Section 9.3. Materials, Systems and Equipment
9.3.1. Concrete
9.3.1.1. General
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.3.1.6. and 9.3.1.7., unreinforced and nominally reinforced concrete shall be
designed, mixed, placed, cured and tested in accordance with the requirements for "R" class concrete stated in Section 9 of CSA A23.1,
"Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction."
2) Unreinforced and nominally reinforced site-batched concrete shall be designed, mixed, placed and cured in accordance with
Articles 9.3.1.2. to 9.3.1.9.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), reinforced concrete shall be designed to conform to the requirements of Part 4.
4) For flat insulating concrete form walls not exceeding 2 storeys in building height and having a maximum floor to floor height of 3 m, in
buildings of light-frame construction, the concrete and reinforcing shall comply with Part 4 or
a) the concrete shall conform to CSA A23.1, "Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction," with a maximum
aggregate size of 19 mm, and
b) the reinforcing shall
i) conform to CSA G30.18, "Carbon steel bars for concrete reinforcement,"
ii) have a minimum specified yield strength of 400 MPa, and
iii) be lapped a minimum of 450 mm for 10M bars and 650 mm for 15M bars (see also Articles 9.15.4.5. and 9.20.17.2.
to 9.20.17.4.).
9.3.1.2. Cement
1) Cement shall meet the requirements of CSA A3001, "Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete."
9.3.1.3. Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil
1) Concrete in contact with sulphate soil, which is deleterious to normal cement, shall conform to the requirements in Clause 4.1.1.6 of
CSA A23.1, "Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction."
9.3.1.4. Aggregates
1) Aggregates shall
a) consist of sand, gravel, crushed rock, crushed air-cooled blast furnace slag, expanded shale or expanded clay conforming to CSA
A23.1, "Concrete materials and methods of concrete construction," and
b) be clean, well-graded and free of injurious amounts of organic and other deleterious material.
9.3.1.5. Water
1) Water shall be clean and free of injurious amounts of oil, organic matter, sediment or any other deleterious material.
9.3.1.6. Compressive Strength
(See also Article 9.12.4.1., Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1) and Article 9.18.6.1.)
1) Except as provided elsewhere in this Part, the compressive strength of unreinforced concrete after 28 days shall be not less than
a) 15 MPa for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation walls, grade beams and piers,
b) 20 MPa for floors other than those in garages and carports, and
c) for garage and carport floors, and the exterior steps,
i) 32 MPa, or
ii) 30 MPa where indigenous aggregates do not achieve 32 MPa with a 0.45 water to cementing material ratio.
2) Site-batched concrete used for garage and carport floors and exterior steps shall have air entrainment of 5 to 8%.
9.3.1.7. Concrete Mixes
(See Note A-9.3.1.7.)
1) For pre-mixed concrete and for the site-batched concrete mixes described in Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum ratio of water to cementing
materials measured by weight shall not exceed
a) 0.70 for walls, columns, fireplaces and chimneys, footings, foundation walls, grade beams and piers,
b) 0.65 for floors other than those in garages and carports, and
c) 0.45 for garage and carport floors, and exterior steps.
Table 9.3.1.7.
Site-Batched Concrete Mixes
Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.1.7.(1)
Maximum Size of Coarse
Aggregate, mm
Materials, volume
Cementing Material
Fine Aggregate (damp average
coarse sand)
Coarse Aggregate (gravel or crushed
stone)
Parts(1)
L
Parts
L
Parts
L
14
1
28
1.75
49
2
56
20
1
28
1.75
49
2.5
70
28
1
28
2
56
3
84
40
1
28
2
56
3.5
98
Notes to Table 9.3.1.7.:
(1) 1 part cementing material = 1 × 40 kg bag
2) The size of aggregate in unreinforced site-batched concrete mixes referred to in Sentence (1) shall not exceed
a) 1/5 the distance between the sides of vertical forms, or
b) 1/3 the thickness of flatwork.
9.3.1.8. Admixtures
1) Admixtures shall conform to ASTM C260, "Standard Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete," or ASTM
C494/C494M, "Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete," as applicable.
9.3.1.9. Cold Weather Requirements
1) When the air temperature is below 5°C, concrete shall be
a) kept at a temperature of not less than 10°C or more than 25°C while being mixed and placed, and
b) maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C for 72 h after placing.
2) No frozen material or ice shall be used in concrete described in Sentence (1).
9.3.2. Lumber and Wood Products
9.3.2.1. Grade Marking
1) Lumber for joists, rafters, trusses and beams and for the uses listed in Table 9.3.2.1. shall be identified by a grade stamp to indicate
its grade as determined by NLGA 2017, "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber." (See Note A-9.3.2.1.(1).)
Table 9.3.2.1.
Minimum Lumber Grades for Specific End Uses
Forming Part of Sentence 9.3.2.1.(1)
Use
Boards(1)
Framing
Paragraph in the NLGA Grading Rules under which boards
are graded
All Species
Eastern White
Pine & Red Pine
All Species
Para 113
Para 114
Para 118
Stud wall framing (loadbearing members)
--
--
--
Stud, Standard, No. 2
Stud wall framing (non-loadbearing members)
--
--
--
Stud, Utility, No. 3
Plank frame construction (loadbearing members)
No. 3 Common
--
No. 3 Common
No. 2
Plank frame construction (non-loadbearing members)
No. 5 Common
--
No. 5 Common
Economy, No. 3
Posts and beams less than 114 mm in thickness
--
--
--
Standard, No. 2
Posts and beams not less than 114 mm in thickness
--
--
--
Standard
Roof sheathing
No. 3 Common
Standard
No. 4 Common
--
Subflooring
No. 3 Common
Standard
No. 3 Common
--
Wall sheathing when required as a nailing base
No. 4 Common
Utility
No. 4 Common
--
Wall sheathing not required as a nailing base
No. 5 Common
Economy
No. 5 Common
--
Notes to Table 9.3.2.1.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.3.2.1.
9.3.2.2. Lumber Grades
1) Except for joists, rafters, trusses and beams, visually graded lumber shall conform to the grades in Table 9.3.2.1. (See
Article 9.23.4.2. for joists, rafters and beams and Article 9.23.14.11. for trusses.)
9.3.2.3. Machine Stress Rated Lumber
1) Machine stress rated lumber shall conform to the requirements of Subsection 4.3.1.
9.3.2.4. OSB, Waferboard and Plywood Marking
1) OSB, waferboard and plywood used for roof sheathing, wall sheathing and subflooring shall be legibly identified on the face of the
material indicating
a) the manufacturer of the material,
b) the standard to which it is produced, and
c) that the material is of an exterior type.
9.3.2.5. Moisture Content
1) Moisture content of lumber shall be not more than 19% at the time of installation.
9.3.2.6. Lumber Dimensions
1) Lumber dimensions referred to in this Part are actual dimensions determined in conformance with CSA O141, "Softwood Lumber."
9.3.2.7. Panel Thickness Tolerances
1) The thicknesses specified in this Part for plywood, hardboard, particleboard, OSB and waferboard shall be subject to the tolerances
permitted in the standards referenced for these products unless specifically indicated herein.
9.3.2.8. Undersized Lumber
1) Joist, rafter, lintel and beam members up to 5% less than the actual Canadian standard sizes are permitted to be used provided the
allowable spans for the grade and species of lumber under consideration are reduced 5% from those shown in the Span Tables for full size
members. (See Note A-9.3.2.8.(1).)
9.3.2.9. Termite and Decay Protection
1) In localities where termites are known to occur,
a) clearance between structural wood elements and the finished ground level directly below them shall be not less than 450 mm and,
except as provided in Sentence (2), all sides of the supporting elements shall be visible to permit inspection, or
b) structural wood elements, supported by elements in contact with the ground or exposed over bare soil, shall be pressure-treated with
a chemical that is toxic to termites.
(See Note A-9.3.2.9.(1).)
2) In localities where termites are known to occur and foundations are insulated or otherwise finished in a manner that could conceal a
termite infestation,
a) a metal or plastic barrier shall be installed through the insulation and any other separation or finish materials above finished ground
level to control the passage of termites behind or through the insulation, separation or finish materials, and
b) all sides of the finished supporting assembly shall be visible to permit inspection.
3) Structural wood elements shall be pressure-treated with a preservative to resist decay,
a) where the vertical clearance between structural wood elements and the finished ground level is less than 150 mm (see also
Articles 9.23.2.2. and 9.23.2.3.), or
b) where
i) the wood elements are not protected from exposure to precipitation,
ii) the configuration is conducive to moisture accumulation, and
iii) the moisture index is greater than 1.00.
(See Note A-9.3.2.9.(3).)
4) Structural wood elements used in retaining walls and cribbing shall be pressure-treated with a preservative to resist decay, where
a) the retaining wall or cribbing supports ground that is critical to the stability of building foundations, or
b) the retaining wall or cribbing is greater than 1.2 m in height.
(See Note A-9.3.2.9.(4).)
5) Where wood is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay, such treatment shall be in accordance with Table 2,
Use Categories for Specific Products, Uses, and Exposures, of CAN/CSA-O80.1, "Specification of treated wood," as follows:
a) Use Category 1 (UC1), where the wood member is used in
i) interior construction,
ii) above-ground applications, and
iii) applications where the wood member remains dry,
b) Use Category 2 (UC2), where the wood member is used in
i) interior construction,
ii) above-ground applications, and
iii) applications where the wood member may be subjected to occasional sources of moisture,
c) Use Category 3.2 (UC3.2), where the wood member is used in
i) exterior construction,
ii) above-ground applications, and
iii) applications where the wood member is uncoated or is used in a configuration conducive to moisture accumulation,
d) Use Category 4.1 (UC4.1), where
i) the wood member is in contact with the ground,
ii) the wood member is in contact with fresh water, or
iii) the vertical clearance between the wood element and the finished ground level is less than 150 mm and the wood elements are
not separated from permeable supporting materials by a moisture barrier, or
e) Use Category 4.2 (UC4.2), where the wood member is used in critical structural components, including permanent wood foundations.
6) Where wood is protected in accordance with UC1 or UC2 using an inorganic boron preservative, the wood shall be
a) protected from direct exposure to water during and after the completion of construction, and
b) separated from permeable supporting materials by a moisture barrier that is resistant to all expected mechanisms of deterioration in
the service environment if the vertical clearance to the ground is less than 150 mm.
7) Wood that is required by this Article to be treated to resist termites or decay shall be identified by a mark to indicate the type of
preservative used and conformance to the relevant required Use Category.
9.3.3. Metal
9.3.3.1. Sheet Metal Thickness
1) Minimum thicknesses for sheet metal material that are stated in this Part refer to the actual minimum base metal thicknesses
measured at any point of the material and, in the case of galvanized steel described in Sentence 9.3.3.2.(1), include the thickness of the
galvanizing coating unless otherwise indicated.
9.3.3.2. Galvanized Sheet Steel
1) Where sheet steel is required to be galvanized, it shall be metallic-coated with zinc or an alloy of 55% aluminum-zinc meeting the
requirements of
a) ASTM A653/A653M, "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by
the Hot-Dip Process," or
b) ASTM A792/A792M, "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy-Coated by the Hot-Dip Process."
2) Where galvanized sheet steel is intended for use in locations exposed to the weather or as a flashing material, it shall have a zinc
coating not less than the G90 [Z275] coating designation or an aluminum-zinc alloy coating not less than the AZM150 coating designation, as
referred to in Sentence (1).
Section 9.4. Structural Requirements
9.4.1. Structural Design Requirements and Application Limitations
9.4.1.1. General
(See Note A-9.4.1.1. and Article 2.2.7.6. of Division C. )
1) Subject to the application limitations defined elsewhere in this Part, structural members and their connections shall
a) conform to requirements provided elsewhere in this Part,
b) be designed according to good engineering practice such as that provided in the CWC, "Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction," or
c) be designed according to Part 4 using the loads and deflection and vibration limits specified in
i) Part 9, or
ii) Part 4.
2) Where floor framing is designed in accordance with Clause (1)(b) or (c), and where supporting wall framing and fastenings, or
footings are designed according to Clause (1)(a), the maximum specified live load on the floor according to Table 4.1.5.3. shall not exceed 2.4
kPa.
3) Location-specific information for structural design, including snow and wind loads and seismic design parameter, shall be determined
according to Subsection 1.1.3.
4) A registered professional who undertakes design work and field review for the structural design of a building of residential occupancy
containing not more than two principal dwelling units shall provide a note on the structural drawings which provides assurance that the design
of the structure has been reviewed for resistance to the structural requirements of Division B Section 9.4.
9.4.2. Specified Loads
9.4.2.1. Application
(See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
1) This Subsection applies to light-frame constructions whose wall, floor and roof planes are generally comprised of frames of small
repetitive structural members, and where
a) the roof and wall planes are clad, sheathed or braced on at least one side,
b) the small repetitive structural members are spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.,
c) the clear span of any structural member does not exceed 12.2 m,
d) the maximum deflection of the structural roof members conforms to Article 9.4.3.1.,
e) the maximum total roof area, notwithstanding any separation of adjoining buildings by firewalls, is 4 550 m2, and
f) for flat roofs, there are no significant obstructions on the roof, such as parapet walls, spaced closer than the distance calculated by
where
Do = minimum distance between obstructions, m,
Ho = height of the obstruction above the roof, m,
Ss = ground snow load, kPa, and
γ = specific weight of snow taken as 4.0 kN/m3 or 0.43Ss + 2.2 kN/m3, whichever is lesser.
9.4.2.2. Specified Snow Loads
(See Note A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), specified snow loads shall be not less than those calculated using the following formula:
where
S = specified snow load,
Cb = basic snow load roof factor, which is 0.45 where the entire width of the roof does not exceed 4.3 m and 0.55 for all other
roofs,
Ss = 1-in-50-year ground snow load in kPa, determined according to Subsection 1.1.3., and
Sr = associated 1-in-50-year rain load in kPa, determined according to Subsection 1.1.3.
2) In no case shall the specified snow load be less than 1 kPa.
3) Bow string, arch or semi-circular roof trusses having an unsupported span greater than 6 m shall be designed in conformance with
the snow load requirements in Subsection 4.1.6.
4) Where the height of a roof step at the intersection of an upper level roof and a lower level roof is greater than 2 m, and the upper
level roof has a slope less than 1 in 6 and an area greater than 600 m2, the specified snow load on the lower level roof shall be
a) for distances from the roof step that are less than or equal to the drift length, xd, calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), not less
than 1.5 times the specified snow load, S, calculated using the formula in Sentence (1) with Cb equal to 0.55, and
b) for distances from the roof step that are greater than the drift length, xd, calculated in accordance with Sentence (5), as specified in
Sentence (1).
5) For the purposes of Sentence (4), the drift length, xd, in m, shall be calculated as follows:
where
h = height of the roof step, in m, and
γ = specific weight of snow as specified in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f).
9.4.2.3. Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
1) Balconies, decks and other accessible exterior platforms intended for an occupancy and subject to snow loads shall be designed to
carry the specified roof snow load or 1.9 kPa, whichever is greater, where the platform, or each segregated area of the platform, serves a
single dwelling unit. (See Note A-9.4.2.3.(1).)
9.4.2.4. Attics and Roof Spaces
1) The ceiling joists or truss bottom chords in residential attic or roof spaces having limited accessibility that precludes the storage of
equipment or material shall be designed for a total specified load of not less than 0.35 kPa, where the total specified load is the sum of the
specified dead load plus the specified live load of the ceiling. (See Note A-9.4.2.4.(1).)
9.4.2.5. Seismic Design Parameter
(See Note A-9.4.2.5.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and unless otherwise indicated, the value of the seismic design parameter, Smax, at a location
listed in Table C-3 of Appendix C shall be taken as Smax for unknown Site Class.
2) Where the Site Class is determined in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.4.(3), the value of the seismic design parameter, Smax, at a
location listed in Table C-3 of Appendix C, is permitted to be taken as Smax for the value for the determined Site Class. (See Note A-
9.4.2.5.(2).)
9.4.3. Deflections
9.4.3.1. Deflections
1) The maximum deflection of structural members shall conform to Table 9.4.3.1.
2) Dead loads need not be considered in computing deflections referred to in Sentence (1).
Table 9.4.3.1.
Maximum Deflections
Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.3.1.(1)
Structural Members
Type of Ceiling Supported
Max. Allowable Deflection as an Expressed
Ratio of the Clear Span
Roof rafters, roof joists and roof beams
No ceiling
1/180
Other than plaster or gypsum board
1/240
Plaster or gypsum board
1/360
Ceiling joists
Other than plaster or gypsum board
1/240
Plaster or gypsum board
1/360
Floor beams, floor joists and floor decking
All cases
1/360
Beams, joists and decking for balconies, decks
and other accessible exterior platforms
Serving a single dwelling unit
1/240
Other
1/360
9.4.4. Foundation Conditions
9.4.4.1. Allowable Bearing Pressures
1) Footing sizes for shallow foundations shall be
a) determined in accordance with Section 9.15., or
b) designed in accordance with Section 4.2. using
i) the maximum allowable bearing pressures in Table 9.4.4.1., or
ii) allowable bearing pressures determined from subsurface investigation.
Table 9.4.4.1.
Allowable Bearing Pressure for Soil or Rock
Forming Part of Sentence 9.4.4.1.(1)
Type and Condition of Soil or Rock
Maximum Allowable Bearing Pressure, kPa
Dense or compact sand or gravel(1)
150
Loose sand or gravel(1)
50
Dense or compact silt(1)
100
Stiff clay(1)
150
Firm clay(1)
75
Soft clay(1)
40
Till
200
Clay shale
300
Sound rock
500
Notes to Table 9.4.4.1.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.4.4.1.
9.4.4.2. Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
1) Where a soil or rock within a distance equal to twice the footing width below the bearing surface has a lower allowable bearing
pressure than that at the bearing surface as shown in Article 9.4.4.1., the design capacity of the foundation shall not be greater than would
cause the weakest soil or rock to be stressed beyond its allowable bearing pressure.
2) In calculating subsurface pressures referred to in Sentence (1), the loads from the footings shall be assumed to be distributed
uniformly over a horizontal plane within a frustum extending downward from the footing at an angle of 60° to the horizontal.
9.4.4.3. High Water Table
1) Where a foundation bears on gravel, sand or silt, and the water table is within a distance below the bearing surface equal to the width
of the foundation, the allowable bearing pressure shall be 50% of that determined in Article 9.4.4.1.
9.4.4.4. Soil Movement
1) Where a foundation is located in an area where soil movement caused by changes in soil moisture content, freezing, or chemical-
microbiological oxidation is known to occur to the extent that it will damage a building, measures shall be taken to preclude such movement or
to reduce its effects on the building so that the building's stability and the performance of assemblies will not be adversely affected. (See
Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
2) The potential for slope instability and its consequences, such as slope displacement, shall be evaluated based on site-specific
material properties and ground motion parameters referenced in Subsection 1.1.3. and shall be taken into account in the design of the
structure and its foundations.
9.4.4.5. Retaining Walls
1) Walls shall be designed to resist the lateral pressure of the retained material.
9.4.4.6. Walls Supporting Drained Earth
(See Note A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)
1) Except where constructed in accordance with Section 9.15., walls supporting drained earth shall be designed
a) for a pressure equivalent to that exerted by a fluid that has a density of not less than 480 kg/m3 and a depth equal to that of the
retained earth, or
b) in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects described in Article 4.1.2.1.
2) Walls supporting other than drained earth shall be designed
a) for the pressure described in Clause (1)(a) plus the fluid pressure of the surcharge, or
b) in accordance with Section 4.2. so as to be able to resist the loads and effects described in Article 4.1.2.1.
Section 9.5. Design of Areas and Spaces
9.5.1. General
9.5.1.1. Method of Measurement
1) Unless otherwise indicated herein, dimensions of rooms or spaces shall be measured between finished wall surfaces and between
finished floor and ceiling surfaces.
9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
(See Note A-9.5.1.2.)
1) Two or more areas may be considered as a combination room if the opening between the areas occupies the larger of 3 m2 or 40%
or more of the area of the wall measured on the side of the dependent area.
2) Where the dependent area is a bedroom, direct passage shall be provided between the two areas.
9.5.2. Accessible Design
9.5.2.1. General
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.5.2.3. and 3.8.2.1., every building shall be designed in conformance with Section 3.8.
9.5.2.2. Protection on Floor Areas with an Accessible Path of Travel
1) Where an accessible path of travel required in Article 9.5.2.1. is provided to any storey above the first storey, the requirements in
Article 3.3.1.7. shall apply.
9.5.2.3. Apartment Buildings
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), in a building of residential occupancy that contains multiple dwelling units and common interior
space served by a common building entrance, access described in Section 3.8. shall be provided from the entrances, required by Sentence
3.2.1.1.(1) to be accessible, throughout all common spaces of entrance storeys and within all other common spaces including rooftop
occupancies serving adaptable dwelling units.
2) Access required by Sentence (1) need not be provided on a floor level that
a) is not served by a ramp, passenger elevator, a platform-equipped passenger-elevating device, an escalator or an inclined moving
walk,
b) is not a building entrance level, and
c) does not contain common facilities that are not also provided on an accessible level.
9.5.2.4. Visible Signal Devices
1) Visible signal devices shall be installed in conformance with Articles 3.2.4.19. and 3.2.4.20.
9.5.2.5. Lighting
1) Notwithstanding the requirements of Subsection 9.34.2., illumination shall be provided in accordance with Article 3.2.7.1.
9.5.3. Ceiling Heights
9.5.3.1. Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the ceiling heights and clear heights in rooms or spaces in residential occupancies shall
conform to Table 9.5.3.1.
2) Reserved.
3) Reserved.
4) Areas in rooms or spaces over which ceiling height and clear height are not less than the minimum specified in Table 9.5.3.1. or
Sentence (2) or (3) shall be contiguous with the entry or entries to those rooms or spaces.
Table 9.5.3.1.
Room Ceiling Heights
Forming Part of Sentences 9.5.3.1.(1) and (4)
Room or Space
Minimum Ceiling Height,
m
Minimum Clear Height, m
Minimum Area Over Which Minimum
Ceiling Height Shall Be Provided(1)
Living room or space
2.1
2.0
Lesser of area of the space or 10.0 m2
Dining room or space
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 5.2 m2
Kitchen or kitchen space
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 3.2 m2
Master bedroom or bedroom space
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 4.9 m2
Other bedroom or sleeping space
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 3.5 m2
Unfinished basement including laundry area
therein
Clear height under beams and in any
location that would normally be used for
passage
Bathroom, water-closet room or laundry
area above grade
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2
Passage, hall or main entrance vestibule
2.1
Area of the space
Habitable rooms and spaces not specifically
mentioned above
2.1
Lesser of area of the space or 2.2 m2
Notes to Table 9.5.3.1.:
(1) Area of the space shall be measured at floor level.
9.5.3.2. Mezzanines
1) The ceiling height above and below a mezzanine floor assembly in occupancies other than residential occupancies shall be not less
than 2.1 m.
9.5.3.3. Storage Garages
1) The clear height in a storage garage shall be not less than 2 m.
9.5.4. Hallways
9.5.4.1. Hallway Width
1) The unobstructed width of a hallway within a dwelling unit shall be not less than 860 mm, except that the hallway width is permitted to
be 710 mm where
a) there are only bedrooms and bathrooms at the end of the hallway furthest from the living area, and
b) a second exit is provided
i) in the hallway near the end farthest from the living area, or
ii) in each bedroom served by the hallway.
9.5.5. Doorway Sizes
9.5.5.1. Doorway Opening Sizes
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.5.5.3., 9.9.6.2. and 9.9.6.3., doorway openings within dwelling units and within a principal dwelling
unit with an ancillary residential unit including their common spaces shall be designed to accommodate at least the door sizes given in
Table 9.5.5.1. for swing-type and folding doors.
2) Reserved.
Table 9.5.5.1.
Size of Doors
Forming Part of Sentence 9.5.5.1.(1)
At Entrance to:
Minimum Width,
mm
Minimum Height,
mm
Dwelling unit or principal dwelling unit with an ancillary residential unit including common spaces
(required entrance)
810
1 980
Vestibule or entrance hall
Stairs to a floor level that contains a finished space
810
1 980
All doors in at least one line of passage from the exterior to the basement
Utility rooms
Walk-in closet
610
1 980
Bathroom, water-closet room, shower room(1)
610
1 980
Rooms located off hallways that are permitted to be 710 mm wide
610
1 980
Rooms not mentioned above, exterior balconies
760
1 980
Notes to Table 9.5.5.1.:
(1) See Article 9.5.5.3.
9.5.5.2. Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms
1) Doorways to public water-closet rooms shall be not less than 810 mm wide and 2 030 mm high.
9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
(See Note A-9.5.5.3.)
1) This Article applies where a hallway of not less than 860 mm wide serves one or more rooms containing a bathtub, shower or water
closet.
2) At least one doorway in a hallway described in Sentence (1) shall be constructed
a) so that access is provided to not less than 1 of each type of fixture described in Sentence (1), and
b) to accommodate a door not less than 760 mm wide.
9.5.6. Automatic Overhead Garage Doors
9.5.6.1. Automatic Overhead Garage Doors
1) Automatic overhead garage doors equipped with openers shall be designed in accordance with Articles 3.3.7.6. and 3.3.7.7.
Section 9.6. Glass
9.6.1. General
9.6.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to glass, and the protection of glass, in
a) doors, including closet doors and sidelights for doors,
b) windows,
c) skylights as defined in Sentence 9.7.1.1.(2),
d) shower or bathtub enclosures,
e) glazed panels and partitions, and
f) glass guards.
(See Note A-9.6.1.1.(1).)
9.6.1.2. Material Standards for Glass
1) Glass shall conform to
a) CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing,"
b) CAN/CGSB-12.2-M, "Flat, Clear Sheet Glass,"
c) CAN/CGSB-12.3-M, "Flat, Clear Float Glass,"
d) CAN/CGSB-12.4-M, "Heat Absorbing Glass,"
e) CAN/CGSB-12.8, "Insulating glass units,"
f) CAN/CGSB-12.9, "Spandrel glass,"
g) CAN/CGSB-12.10-M, "Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting,"
h) CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass," or
i) ASTM E2190, "Standard Specification for Insulating Glass Unit Performance and Evaluation."
2) Mirrored glass doors are only permitted to be used at the entrance to clothes closets and shall conform to the requirements of
CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, "Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe." (See Note A-9.6.1.2.(2).)
9.6.1.3. Structural Sufficiency of Glass
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), glass shall be designed in conformance with
a) CAN/CGSB-12.20-M, "Structural Design of Glass for Buildings," or
b) ASTM E1300, "Standard Practice for Determining Load Resistance of Glass in Buildings." (See also Article 4.3.6.1.)
2) Reserved.
3) Individual panes of glass conforming to Table 9.6.1.3. that are used in doors need not comply with Sentence (1).
Table 9.6.1.3.
Glass Area for Doors
Forming Part of Sentence 9.6.1.3.(3)
Glass
Thickness,
mm
Maximum Glass Area, m2(1)
Type of Glass
Annealed
Annealed,
Multiple-
Glazed,
Factory-
Sealed Units
Laminated
Wired
Heat-
Strengthened
Fully
Tempered
Fully Tempered,
Multiple-Glazed,
Factory-Sealed
3
0.50
0.70
(2)
(2)
1.00
1.00
2.00
4
1.00
1.50
(2)
(2)
1.50
4.00
4.00
5
1.50
1.50
(2)
(2)
1.50
No limit
No limit
6
1.50
1.50
1.20
1.00
1.50
No limit
No limit
Notes to Table 9.6.1.3.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.6.1.3.
(2) Not generally available.
9.6.1.4. Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing
1) Glass sidelights and windows located within 915 mm of doors, and greater than 500 mm wide that could be mistaken for doors, glass
in storm doors and glass in sliding doors within or at every entrance to a dwelling unit and in public areas shall be
a) safety glazing of the tempered or laminated type conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing," or
b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass."
2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), glass in entrance doors to dwelling units and in public areas, other than the entrance doors
described in Sentence (1), shall be safety glazing or wired glass of the type described in Sentence (1) where the glass area exceeds 0.5 m2
and extends to less than 900 mm from the bottom of the door.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), transparent panels that could be mistaken as a means of egress shall be protected by barriers or
railings.
4) Sliding glass partitions that separate a public corridor from an adjacent occupancy and that are open during normal working hours
need not conform to Sentences (2), (3) and (5), except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to indicate their existence and position.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (4), every glass or transparent door accessible to the public shall be equipped with hardware, bars or
other permanent fixtures designed so that the existence and position of such doors is readily apparent.
6) Glazing used for a shower or bathtub enclosure shall conform to Class A of CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing."
7) All skylights shall be glazed with wired glass, laminated safety glass or combustible glazing, which is anchored to the skylight frame
and to the building structure. (See Note A-3.1.14.3.)
Section 9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights
(See Note A-9.7. and Note A-9.7.4.)
9.7.1. General
9.7.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to
a) windows, doors and skylights separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior, and
b) entrance doors to dwelling units.
2) For the purpose of this Section, the term "skylight" refers to unit skylights, roof windows and tubular daylighting devices.
3) For the purpose of this Section, the term "doors" includes glazing in doors and sidelights for doors but does not include vehicular
access doors.
9.7.2. Required Windows, Doors and Skylights
9.7.2.1. Entrance Doors
1) A door shall be provided at each entrance to a dwelling unit.
2) Main entrance doors to dwelling units shall be provided with
a) a door viewer or transparent glazing in the door, or
b) a sidelight.
9.7.2.2. Reserved
9.7.3. Performance of Windows, Doors and Skylights
9.7.3.1. General
1) Reserved.
2) Skylights and their components shall be designed, constructed and installed so that they resist snow loads.
3) Reserved.
4) Reserved.
5) Reserved.
9.7.3.2. Heat Transfer Performance
1) Windows, doors and skylights and their components described in Sentence 9.7.1.1.(1) shall be designed, constructed and installed to
a) minimize surface condensation on the warm side of the component (see Note A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a)), and
b) ensure comfortable conditions for occupants.
2) Compliance with the heat transfer performance requirements described in Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by
a) complying with the requirements in Article 9.7.3.3., or
b) design and construction conforming to Part 5.
3) Windows, doors and skylights shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements of Part 10.
9.7.3.3. Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), metal frames and sash of windows, doors and skylights shall incorporate a thermal break.
2) Windows and doors described in Sentence (1) do not require a thermal break where they are installed as
a) reserved,
b) are installed as storm windows and doors, or
c) are required to have a fire-protection rating.
3) Windows, doors and skylights with or without storm doors or sash that are installed in portions of buildings where the intended use of
the interior space will result in high moisture generation shall be designed in conformance with Section 5.3. (See Note A-9.25.5.2.)
4) Reserved.
9.7.4. Design and Construction
9.7.4.1. General
1) Except as provided by Sentence (2), windows, doors, skylights and their components shall be designed and constructed in
accordance with
a) Article 9.7.4.2., or
b) Part 5.
2) Windows, doors, skylights and their components that are required to have a fire-protection rating need not conform to this
Subsection.
9.7.4.2. Standards
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2) and Article 9.7.4.3., windows, doors and skylights and their components shall conform to
a) AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights"
(Harmonized Standard), and
b) CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification
for windows, doors, and skylights,"
(See Note A-9.7.4.2.(1).)
2) A door designated as a "Limited Water" door in accordance with the standard referenced in Clause (1)(a) shall not be used unless
the door
a) separates a dwelling unit from an unconditioned storage garage or a carport,
b) is designed with a clear width, a clear and level space, a door-opening device and a door closer in conformance with Subsection
3.8.3. (see Article 3.8.3.6.), or
c) meets the criteria in Sentence 9.27.3.8.(3) such that flashing would not be required.
9.7.4.3. Performance Requirements
1) For the purposes of compliance with the standard referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(b), windows, doors and
their components in a building of no more than 10 m in height, measured from grade, may conform to the design
pressure, performance grade and water resistance values in Table C-5 of Appendix C instead of the values
calculated in the CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS - North
American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,"
2) For buildings described in Sentence 1.3.3.3.(1) of Division A, where design pressure, performance grade and
water resistance values are calculated in accordance with the standard referenced in Clause 9.7.4.2.(1)(b), the driving
rain wind pressure (DRWP) values in Table A.1 of CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440, NAFS - North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for Windows, Doors, and Skylights,"
shall be used.
(See Note A-9.7.4.3.(2).)
3) Reserved.
4) Reserved.
9.7.5. Resistance to Forced Entry
9.7.5.1. Resistance to Forced Entry for Sliding Doors
1) This Article applies to sliding doors serving dwelling units, other than exterior doors to garages and to other
ancillary spaces.
2) Sliding doors shall not permit the removal of the sliding panel when in the locked position.
3) Exterior doors shall
a) have a pin type locking mechanism, with a minimum 9 mm throw into the frame, or an equivalent locking
mechanism, operable from the interior without the use of keys, special devices or specialized knowledge of the
locking mechanism, or
b) conform to at least Grade 10 in ASTM F842, "Standard Test Methods for Measuring the Forced Entry
Resistance of Sliding Door Assemblies, Excluding Glazing Impact."
9.7.5.2. Resistance to Forced Entry for Swinging Doors
1) Except for exterior doors to ancillary spaces other than garages, this Article applies to
a) swinging entrance doors to dwelling units,
b) swinging doors between dwelling units and attached garages or other ancillary spaces,
c) swinging doors that provide access directly or indirectly from a storage garage to a dwelling unit, and
d) swinging entrance doors to detached storage garages ancillary to a dwelling unit.
(See Note A-9.7.5.2.(1).)
2) Doors, frames and hardware that conform to a security level of at least Grade 10 as described in the Annex to
ASTM F476, "Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies," are not required to conform to
Sentences (3) to (7). (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(2).)
3) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), wood doors as described in Sentence (1) shall
a) be solid core or stile-and-rail type,
b) be not less than 45 mm thick, and
c) if of the stile-and-rail type, have a panel thickness of not less than 19 mm, with a total panel area not more
than half of the door area.
4) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), doors described in Sentence (1) shall be provided with
a) a deadbolt lock with a cylinder having no fewer than 5 pins, and
b) a bolt throw not less than 25 mm long, protected with a solid or hardened free-turning ring or beveled
cylinder housing.
(See Article 9.9.6.7.)
5) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), an inactive leaf in double doors used in locations specified in
Sentence (1) shall be provided with heavy-duty bolts top and bottom having an engagement of not less than 15 mm.
6) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), hinges for doors described in Sentence (1) shall be fastened
a) to wood doors with wood screws not less than 25 mm long and to wood frames with wood screws so that at
least 2 screws per hinge penetrate not less than 30 mm into solid wood, or
b) to metal doors and metal frames with machine screws not smaller than No. 10 and not less than 10 mm long.
(See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6).)
7) Strikeplates for deadbolts described in Sentence (4) shall be fastened
a) to wood frames with wood screws that penetrate not less than 30 mm into solid wood, or
b) to metal frames with machine screws not smaller than No. 8 and not less than 10 mm long.
(See Note A-9.7.5.2.(6))
8) Except for storm or screen doors, doors described in Sentence (1) that swing outward shall be provided with
hinges or pins so that the doors cannot be removed when they are in the closed position. (See Note A-9.7.5.2.(8).)
9) Solid blocking shall be provided on both sides at the lock height between the jambs for doors described in
Sentence (1) and the structural framing so that the jambs will resist spreading by force.
10) Except as permitted by Sentences (11) and (12), a door frame reinforcement plate shall be installed between
the jack stud and door frame, and shall be:
a) constructed of minimum 18 gauge steel plate;
b) provided with an integral metal tongue that is:
i) at right angles to the plate located and designed so as to resist the inwards movement of the door when
the deadbolt is engaged, and
ii) inset into the door frame to a minimum 15.9 mm depth; and
c) screwed into the door frame or adjacent jack stud with wood screws that are:
i) are not smaller than No. 10,
ii) penetrate at least 50 mm into wood studs,
iii) have at least two points of attachment on each side of the deadbolt, and
iv) are located at least 38 mm away from the deadbolt throw.
(See Notes A-9.7.5.2.(10) and (11).)
11) Except as permitted by Sentence (12), strikeplates required by Clause 9.7.5.2.(7)(a) and installed in a wood
door frame without the reinforcement plate of Sentence (10), shall be:
a) constructed from minimum 18 gauge steel plate;
b) provided with an integral door reinforcement by means of a minimum 13 mm long metal tongue inset into
the frame at right angles to the strike plate and arranged so as to resist forced entry when the deadbolt is engaged;
and
c) attached to the door frame by means of wood screws penetrating at least 30 mm into the wood at least two
points of attachment on each side of the deadbolt, at least 38 mm away from the deadbolt throw.
(See Note A-9.7.5.2.(10) and (11).)
12) A door provided with a multi-point locking system is not required to comply with Sentences (10) or (11).
9.7.5.3. Resistance to Forced Entry for Windows
1) In dwelling units, windows, any part of which is located within 2 m of adjacent ground level, shall conform to
the requirements for resistance to forced entry as described in Clause 5.3.6 of AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440,
"North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights." (See Note A-9.7.5.3.(1).)
9.7.5.4. Resistance to Forced Entry for Skylights
1) All openable skylights shall be designed to prevent opening from the outside when in the closed and locked
position.
2) All exterior skylight fasteners shall be tamperproof.
9.7.6. Installation
9.7.6.1. Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
1) Except as provided by Sentence (2), the installation of manufactured and pre-assembled windows, doors and
skylights and the field assembly of manufactured window and door combination units shall conform to the
instructions, if any, provided by the manufacturer.
2) In case of conflict between the provisions of this By-law and instructions referred to in Sentence (1), the
provisions of this By-law shall govern.
3) Windows, doors and skylights shall be sealed to air barriers.
9.7.6.2. Sealants, Trim and Flashing
1) The sealing compound used to seal the glass component of an insulating glazing unit to the sash component
shall be compatible with the sealing compound used to edge seal the glass component.
2) Flashing used to protect openings shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.7. and 9.27.3.8.
3) Sealants shall be applied between window frames or trim and the exterior cladding or masonry in
conformance with Subsection 9.27.4.
4) All unfinished portions of the frame and other components of aluminum windows, doors or skylights in
contact with the edges of masonry, concrete, stucco or plaster shall be protected with an alkali-resistant coating.
Section 9.8. Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards
9.8.1. Application
9.8.1.1. General
1) This Section applies to the design and construction of interior and exterior stairs, steps, ramps, handrails and
guards.
9.8.1.2. Stairs, Ramps, Landings, Handrails and Guards in Garages
1) Where stairs, ramps, landings, handrails or guards are installed in garages that serve a single dwelling unit or a
principal dwelling unit with an ancillary residential unit including their common spaces, the garage shall be considered
to be part of the dwelling unit and the requirements for stairs, ramps, landings, handrails and guards within dwelling
units shall apply.
9.8.1.3. Exit Stairs, Ramps and Landings
1) Where a stair, ramp or landing forms part of an exit, the appropriate requirements in Sections 9.9. and 9.10.
shall also apply.
9.8.1.4. Escalators and Moving Walkways
1) Escalators and moving walkways shall conform to the appropriate requirements in Part 3.
9.8.1.5. Tactile Walking Surface Indicators
1) Tactile attention indicators shall be installed in conformance with Article 3.3.1.19.
9.8.2. Stair Dimensions
9.8.2.1. Stair Width
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), required exit stairs and public stairs serving buildings of residential
occupancy shall have a width of not less than 900 mm.
2) Exit stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house including their common spaces shall have
a width of not less than 860 mm.
3) Required exit stairs and public stairs serving buildings of other than residential occupancy shall have a width of
not less than the greater of
a) 900 mm, or
b) 8 mm per person based on the occupant load limits specified in Table 3.1.17.1.
4) At least one stair between each floor level within a dwelling unit, and exterior stairs serving a single dwelling
unit except required exit stairs, shall have a width of not less than 860 mm.
9.8.2.2. Height over Stairs
1) The clear height over stairs shall be measured vertically, over the clear width of the stair, from a straight line
tangent to the tread and landing nosings to the lowest point above. (See Note A-3.4.3.4. and Note A-9.5.3.1.)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3), the clear height over stairs shall not be less than 2 050 mm.
3) The clear height over stairs serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house shall not be less than
1 950 mm.
4) Reserved.
9.8.3. Stair Configurations
9.8.3.1. Permitted Configurations
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1) Except as provided by Sentence (2), stairs in buildings other than dwelling units and single detached houses,
shall consist of
a) straight flights, or
b) except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights.
2) Stairs within dwelling units and single detached houses , shall consist of
a) straight flights,
b) except as provided in Sentence (4), curved flights,
c) reserved,
d) except as provided in Sentence (3), flights with rectangular treads and winders, or
e) reserved.
3) Only one set of winders described in Article 9.8.4.6. shall be permitted between floor levels.
4) Curved flights in exits shall comply with Sentence 3.4.6.9.(2).
5) All tapered treads within a flight shall turn in the same direction.
9.8.3.2. Minimum Number of Risers
1) Except for stairs within a dwelling unit, at least 3 risers shall be provided in interior flights.
9.8.3.3. Maximum Height of Stairs
1) The vertical height of any flight of stairs shall not exceed 3.7 m.
9.8.4. Step Dimensions
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
9.8.4.1. Dimensions for Risers
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1) Except for stairs serving areas only used as service rooms or service spaces, the rise, which is measured as the
vertical nosing-to-nosing distance, shall comply with Table 9.8.4.1.
Table 9.8.4.1.
Rise for Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.1.(1)
Stair Type
Rectangular Treads, Tapered Treads and Winders
Rise, mm
Max.
Min.
Private(1)
200
125
Public(2)
180
125
Notes to Table 9.8.4.1.:
(1) Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
(a) single dwelling units,
(b) single detached houses, or
(c) garages that serve dwelling units described in Clause a) or b).
(2) Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.
9.8.4.2. Dimensions for Rectangular Treads
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1) Except for stairs serving areas only used as service rooms or service spaces, the run shall comply with
Table 9.8.4.2.
Table 9.8.4.2.
Run for Rectangular Treads
Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.4.2.(1)
Stair Type
Rectangular Treads
Run, mm
Max.
Min.
Private(1)
355
255
Public(2)
No limit
280
Notes to Table 9.8.4.2.:
(1) Private stairs are exterior and interior stairs that serve
(a) single dwelling units,
(b) single detached houses, or
(c) garages that serve dwelling units described in Clause a) or b).
(2) Public stairs are all stairs not described as service stairs or private stairs.
2) The depth of a rectangular tread shall be not less than its run and not more than its run plus 25 mm.
9.8.4.3. Dimensions of Tapered Treads
(See Note A-9.8.4.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and Article 9.8.4.6., tapered treads shall have a run that
a) is not less than 150 mm at the narrow end of the tread, and
b) complies with the dimensions stated in Table 9.8.4.2. when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line
of the handrail at the narrow end of the tread.
2) Tapered treads in required exit stairs shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.4.6.9.
3) The depth of a tapered tread shall be not less than its run at any point and not more than its run at any point
plus 25 mm.
9.8.4.4. Uniformity and Tolerances for Risers, Runs and Treads
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), risers shall be of uniform height in any one flight, with a maximum
tolerance of
a) 5 mm between adjacent treads or landings, and
b) 10 mm between the tallest and shortest risers in a flight.
2) Except for required exit stairs, where the top or bottom riser in a stair adjoins a sloping finished walking
surface, such as a garage floor, driveway or sidewalk, the height of the riser across the stair shall vary by not more
than 1 in 12.
3) Rectangular treads shall have a uniform run with a maximum tolerance of
a) 5 mm between adjacent treads, and
b) 10 mm between the deepest and shallowest treads in a flight.
4) Tapered treads in a flight shall have a uniform run in accordance with the construction tolerances stipulated in
Sentence (3) when measured at a point 300 mm from the centre line of the handrail as described in
Sentence 9.8.7.1.(5).
5) The slope of treads shall not exceed 1 in 50.
9.8.4.5. Reserved
9.8.4.6. Winders
(See Note A-9.8.4.6.)
1) Individual treads in winders shall turn through an angle of
a) 30° with no deviation above or below 30°, or
b) 45° with no deviation above or below 45°.
2) Where winders are incorporated into a stair, each set shall not turn through more than 90°.
3) Treads in winders shall have a run, measured at a point 200 mm from the narrow end of the tread,
conforming to the minimum run requirements for a private stair in Table 9.8.4.2.
9.8.4.7. Reserved
9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings
(See Notes A-9.8.4.8. and A-9.8.4.)
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the top of the nosings of stair treads shall have a rounded or beveled
edge extending not less than 6 mm and not more than 14 mm measured horizontally from the front of the nosing.
2) If resilient material is used to cover the nosing of a stair tread, the minimum extension of the rounded or
beveled edge required by Sentence (1) is permitted to be reduced to 3 mm.
9.8.4.9. Open Risers
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), stairs shall have no open risers.
2) Open risers are permitted in
a) interior and exterior stairs that serve a single dwelling unit or a single detached house,
b) fire escape stairs,
c) stairs that are principally used for maintenance,
d) stairs that serve service rooms, and
e) stairs that serve industrial occupancies other than storage garages.
9.8.5. Ramps
9.8.5.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to pedestrian ramps, except ramps in an accessible path of travel.
2) Ramps in an accessible path of travel shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.8.3.5.
9.8.5.2. Ramp Width
(See also Article 9.9.3.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), ramps shall be not less than 1 100 mm wide.
2) Ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house shall be not less than 860 mm wide.
9.8.5.3. Height over Ramps
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over ramps shall be not less than 2 050 mm.
2) The clear height over ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house shall be not less than
1 950 mm.
9.8.5.4. Ramp Slope
1) The slope of ramps shall be not more than
a) 1 in 10 for exterior ramps,
b) 1 in 10 for interior ramps serving residential occupancies,
c) 1 in 6 for industrial occupancies, and
d) 1 in 8 for all other occupancies.
9.8.6. Landings
9.8.6.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to landings, except landings for ramps in an accessible path of travel.
2) Landings for ramps in an accessible path of travel shall conform to the requirements in Article 3.8.3.5.
3) Finished floors, and ground surfaces with a slope not exceeding 1 in 50, at the top and bottom of stairs or
ramps shall be considered as landings.
9.8.6.2. Required Landings
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4) and Sentence 9.9.6.6.(2), a landing shall be provided
a) at the top and bottom of each flight of interior and exterior stairs, including stairs in garages,
b) at the top and bottom of every ramp with a slope greater than 1 in 50,
c) where a doorway opens onto a stair or ramp,
d) where a ramp opens onto a stair, and
e) where a stair opens onto a ramp.
2) Where a door at the top of a stair within a dwelling unit swings away from the stair, no landing is required
between the doorway and the stair. (See Note A-9.8.6.2.(2).)
3) A landing may be omitted at the top of an exterior flight serving a secondary entrance to a single dwelling
unit or a single detached house , provided
a) the stair does not contain more than 3 risers,
b) the principal door is a sliding door or swings away from the stair, and
c) only a storm or screen door, if any, swings over the stair and is equipped with hardware to hold it open.
4) A landing may be omitted at the bottom of an exterior stair or ramp, provided there is no obstruction, such as
a gate or door, within the lesser of the width of the stair or ramp or
a) 900 mm for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached, and
b) 1 100 mm for stairs or ramps not described in Clause (a).
9.8.6.3. Dimensions of Landings
(See Note A-3.4.6.4.) (See also Articles 9.9.6.1. and 9.9.6.6. regarding landings in exits.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (7), landings shall be at least as wide and as long as the width of the
stair or ramp in which they occur.
2) Where the landing in a stairway or ramp does not turn or turns less than 90°, the length of the landing need
not be more than the lesser of
a) the required width of the stair or ramp, or
b) 1 100 mm.
3) The length of a landing shall be measured perpendicular to the nosings of adjacent steps or to the end of the
ramp, at a distance equal to half the length required in Sentence (2) from the narrow edge of the landing.
4) Where stair flights or ramps of different widths adjoin a single landing, the minimum width of the landing
shall be
a) where one or more of the stair or ramp widths do not exceed their respective required widths, not less than
the greater required stair or ramp width, or
b) where all of the widths of the stairs or ramps exceed their respective required widths, not less than the lesser
actual stair or ramp width.
5) Where a door swings toward a stair, the full arc of the swing shall be over the landing.
6) The slope of landings shall not exceed 1 in 50.
7) Where a doorway or stairway opens onto the side of a ramp, the landing shall extend for a distance of not
less than 300 mm on either side of the doorway or stairway, except on a side abutting an end wall.
9.8.6.4. Height over Landings
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), the clear height over landings shall be not less than 2 050 mm.
2) The clear height over landings serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house shall be not less than
1 950 mm.
9.8.7. Handrails
9.8.7.1. Required Handrails
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), handrails shall be installed on stairs and ramps in accordance with
Table 9.8.7.1.
Table 9.8.7.1.
Number of Sides of Stair or Ramp Required to Have a Handrail
Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(1)
Location of Stair or
Ramp
Handrails Serving Stairs
Handrails Serving Ramps
Stairs < 1 100 mm Wide
Stairs ≥ 1 100 mm
Wide
Ramps < 1 100 mm
Wide
Ramps ≥ 1 100 mm
Wide
Straight
Curved
All
Straight or Curved
All
Number of Sides Required to Have a Handrail
Within a dwelling unit,
single detached
house or an ancillary
residential unit
1
1
1
1
2
All other locations
1
2
2
2
2
2) Except where a stair or ramp serves not more than two dwelling units, at least one handrail shall be located
not more than 750 mm from the natural path of travel on the stair or ramp. (See Note A-9.8.7.1.(2).)
3) Handrails are not required for stairs and ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house,
where
a) interior stairs have not more than 2 risers,
b) exterior stairs have not more than 3 risers, or
c) ramps rise not more than 400 mm.
4) Only one handrail is required on exterior stairs having more than 3 risers provided such stairs serve not
more than one dwelling unit or a single detached house.
5) Except for stairs with winders, where a flight of stairs within a dwelling unit or a single detached consists of
tapered treads, or a mix of tapered treads and rectangular treads, one handrail shall be installed along the narrow end
of the treads.
9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
(See Note A-9.8.7.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), required handrails shall be continuously graspable throughout the length
of
a) ramps, and
b) flights of stairs, from the bottom riser to the top riser.
2) Except for stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house, at least one required
handrail shall be continuous throughout the length of the stair or ramp, including at the landing except where
interrupted by doorways. (See Note A-3.4.6.5.(11).)
3) For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house, a handrail is permitted to start
from a newel post or volute installed on the bottom tread.
9.8.7.3. Termination of Handrails
1) Handrails shall be terminated in a manner that will not obstruct pedestrian travel or create a hazard. (See
Note A-9.8.7.3.(1).)
2) Except for stairs and ramps serving only one dwelling unit or a single detached, at least one handrail at the
sides of a stair or ramp shall extend horizontally not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom of each flight or
ramp. (See Note A-9.8.7.3.(2).)
9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails
(See Note A-9.8.7.4.)
1) The height of handrails on stairs and ramps shall be measured vertically from the top of the handrail to
a) a straight line drawn tangent to the tread nosings of the stair served by the handrail, or
b) the surface of the ramp, floor or landing served by the handrail.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and Clause 3.8.3.5.(1)(e), required handrails shall be 865 mm to 1 070 mm
high.
3) Handrails installed in addition to required handrails need not comply with Sentence (2).
9.8.7.5. Ergonomic Design
1) The clearance between a handrail and the surface behind it shall be not less than
a) 50 mm, or
b) where said surface is rough or abrasive, 60 mm.
2) All handrails shall be constructed so as to be continually graspable along their entire length with no
obstruction on or above them to break a handhold. (See Note A-9.8.7.5.(2).)
9.8.7.6. Projections into Stairs and Ramps
1) Handrails and constructions below handrails, including handrail supports and stair stringers, shall not
project more than 100 mm into the required width of a stair or ramp (See note A-9.8.7.6.(1) ) (See also Articles 9.8.2.1.
and 9.8.5.2.).
9.8.7.7. Design and Attachment of Handrails
(See Note A-9.8.7.7.)
1) Handrails and their supports shall be designed and constructed to withstand the following loads, which
need not be considered to act simultaneously:
a) a concentrated load of not less than 0.9 kN applied at any point and in any direction for all handrails, and
b) for handrails other than those serving a single dwelling unit, a uniform load of not less than 0.7 kN/m.
2) Where exterior or interior handrails serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house are attached to
wood studs or blocking, the attachment shall be deemed to comply with Sentence (1), where
a) the attachment points are spaced not more than 1.2 m apart measured on the horizontal plane,
b) the first attachment point at either end is located no more than 300 mm from the end of the handrail, and
c) the fasteners consist of not less than 2 No. 8 wood screws at each point, penetrating not less than 32 mm into
solid wood.
9.8.8. Guards
9.8.8.1. Required Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.1.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and except at the leading edge at the top of a flight, every surface to which
access is provided, including but not limited to flights of steps and ramps, exterior landings, porches, balconies,
mezzanines, galleries and raised walkways, shall be protected by a guard on each side that is not protected by a wall
for the length where the difference in elevation is more than 600 mm between the walking surface and the adjacent
surface within 1.2 m.
2) Guards are not required
a) at loading docks,
b) at floor pits in repair garages, or
c) where access is provided for maintenance purposes only.
3) Doors in buildings of residential occupancy, where the finished floor on one side of the door is more than 600
mm above the floor or other constructed surface or ground level on the other side of the door, shall be protected by
a) a guard, or
b) a mechanism capable of controlling the free swinging or sliding of the door so as to limit any clear
unobstructed opening to not more than 100 mm.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), openable windows in buildings of residential occupancy shall be protected
by
a) a guard, or
b) a mechanism that can only be released with the use of tools or special knowledge to control the free
swinging or sliding operation of the openable part of the window so as to limit any clear unobstructed opening to
not more than 100 mm measured either vertically or horizontally.
(See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
5) Windows need not be protected in accordance with Sentence (4), where the bottom edge of the openable
portion of the window is located
a) more than 900 mm above the finished floor, or
b) less than 1 800 mm above the floor or ground on the other side of the window.
(See Note A-9.8.8.1.(4).)
6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), glazing installed over stairs, ramps and landings that extends to less than
1 070 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or landing shall be
a) protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in
Article 4.1.5.14.
7) In dwelling units and single detached houses, glazing installed over stairs, ramps and landings that extends to
less than 900 mm above the surface of the treads, ramp or landing shall be
a) protected by guards, in accordance with this Subsection, or
b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in
Article 4.1.5.14.
8) Glazing installed in public areas that extends to less than 1 m from the floor and is located above the second
storey in buildings of residential occupancy shall be
a) protected by guards in accordance with this Subsection, or
b) non-openable and designed to withstand the specified lateral loads for balcony guards as provided in
Article 4.1.5.14.
9) Swimming pools greater than 450 mm deep shall be enclosed within a sturdy fence no less than 1.5 m in
height, with no openings in it greater than 100 mm, and with no member, attachment, or opening located between
100 mm and 900 mm above ground level which could facilitate climbing, except that heavy gauge chain link fencing
with a maximum opening size of 35 mm square may be considered acceptable fencing for this purpose. (See Note A-
9.8.8.1.(9) and (10).)
10) The fence described in Sentence (9)
a) shall enclose the pool and the principle building on the premises, except that the fence may enclose the pool
separately if the pool is entirely visible from the principle building or through the fence, and
b) shall be continuous, except for points of access which shall be equipped with a self-closing gate, secured by a
spring lock located no less than 1 070 mm above grade, and only openable from the pool side of the fence.
9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2), (3) and (5), guards shall be designed to resist the specified loads
prescribed in Table 9.8.8.2.
Table 9.8.8.2.
Specified Loads for Guards
Forming Part of Sentence 9.8.8.2.(1)
Location of Guard
Minimum Specified Loads
Horizontal Load Applied Inward
or Outward at any Point at the
Minimum Required Height of the
Guard
Horizontal Load Applied Outward
on Elements Within the Guard,
Including Solid Panels and
Balusters
Evenly Distributed Vertical Load
Applied at the Top of the Guard
Guards within dwelling units and
exterior guards serving not more
than two dwelling units
0.5 kN/m OR concentrated load of
1.0 kN applied at any point(1)
0.5 kN applied over a maximum
width of 300 mm and a height of
300 mm(2)
1.5 kN/m
Guards serving access ways to
equipment platforms and similar
areas where the gathering of many
people is improbable
Concentrated load of 1.0 kN applied
at any point
Concentrated load of 0.5 kN applied
over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm
located at any point on the element
or elements so as to produce the
most critical effect
1.5 kN/m
All other guards
0.75 kN/m OR concentrated load of
1.0 kN applied at any point(1)
Concentrated load of 0.5 kN applied
over an area of 100 mm by 100 mm
located at any point on the element
or elements so as to produce the
most critical effect
1.5 kN/m
Notes to Table 9.8.8.2.:
(1) The load that creates the most critical condition shall apply.
(2) See Sentence (3).
2) The size of the opening between any two adjacent vertical elements within a guard shall not exceed the limits
required by Sentence 9.8.8.5.(1) when each of these elements is subjected to a specified live load of 0.1 kN applied in
opposite directions in the in-plane direction of the guard so as to produce the most critical effect.
3) For guards within dwelling units and within principal dwelling units with an ancillary residential unit including
their common spaces and for exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units, where the width and spacing
of balusters are such that three balusters can be engaged by a load imposed over a 300 mm width, the load shall be
imposed so as to engage three balusters.
4) None of the loads specified in Table 9.8.8.2. need be considered to act simultaneously.
5) For guards within dwelling units and within single detached houses and for exterior guards serving not more
than two dwelling units, Table 9.8.8.2. need not apply where the guard construction used has been demonstrated to
provide effective performance.
9.8.8.3. Height of Guards
(See Note A-9.8.8.3.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), all guards shall be not less than 1 070 mm high.
2) All guards within dwelling units or within single detached houses shall be not less than 900 mm high.
3) Exterior guards serving not more than one dwelling unit or a single detached house shall be not less than 900
mm high where the walking surface served by the guard is not more than 1 800 mm above the finished ground level.
4) The height of guards for flights of steps shall be measured vertically from the top of the guard to a line drawn
through the tread nosing served by the guard.
9.8.8.4. Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages
1) Except for floors of garages referred to in Section 9.35., where garage floors or ramps are 600 mm or more
above the adjacent ground or floor level, every opening through a garage floor and the perimeter of floors and
ramps that have no exterior walls shall be provided with
a) a continuous curb not less than 140 mm in height, and
b) a guard not less than 1 070 mm above the floor level.
2) Vehicle guardrails shall be designed and constructed to withstand the loading values stipulated in
Sentence 4.1.5.15.(1). (See Note A-4.1.5.14. and 4.1.5.15.(1).)
9.8.8.5. Openings in Guards
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) and (4), openings through guards shall be of a size that prevents the
passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm. (See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)
2) Except for guards that serve industrial occupancies, the triangular openings formed by stair risers, stair treads
and the bottom element of a required guard shall be of a size that prevents the passage of a 150 mm diam sphere.
3) Except where they serve storage garages, guards in industrial occupancies are permitted to consist of
a) a top railing, and
b) one or more horizontal intermediate rails spaced such that the size of the openings through the guard
prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 535 mm.
(See Note A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3).)
4) Openings through any guard that is not required by Article 9.8.8.1. and that serves an occupancy other than an
industrial occupancy shall be of a size that
a) prevents the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 100 mm, or
b) permits the passage of a spherical object having a diameter of 200 mm.
(See Note A-9.8.8.5.(4).)
9.8.8.6. Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing
1) Except for guards in industrial occupancies, guards required by Article 9.8.8.1. that protect a level located more
than 4.2 m above the adjacent level shall be designed so that no member, attachment or opening located between
140 mm and 900 mm above the level protected by the guard facilitates climbing. (See Note A-9.8.8.6.(1).)
9.8.8.7. Glass in Guards
1) Glass in guards shall be
a) safety glazing of the laminated or tempered type conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.1, "Safety Glazing," or
b) wired glass conforming to CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, "Wired Safety Glass."
9.8.8.8. Glass Guards
1) All glass guards shall have a top rail capable of transferring the guard loads to adjacent glass panels or, in the
event of the failure of a glass panel, to the structural component of the building.
9.8.9. Construction
9.8.9.1. Loads on Stairs and Ramps
1) Except as specified in Articles 9.8.9.4. and 9.8.9.5., stairs and ramps shall be designed for strength and rigidity
under uniform loading criteria to support specified loads of
a) 1.9 kPa for stairs and ramps serving not more than one dwelling unit or a single detached house, and
b) 4.8 kPa for other stairs and ramps.
9.8.9.2. Exterior Concrete Stairs
1) Exterior concrete stairs with more than 2 risers and 2 treads shall be
a) supported on unit masonry or concrete walls or piers not less than 150 mm in cross section, or
b) cantilevered from the main foundation wall.
2) Stairs described in Sentence (1), when cantilevered from the foundation wall, shall be constructed and
installed in conformance with Subsection 9.8.10.
3) The depth below ground level for foundations for exterior steps shall conform to the requirements in
Section 9.12.
9.8.9.3. Exterior Wood Steps
1) Exterior wood steps shall not be in direct contact with the ground unless suitably treated with a wood
preservative.
9.8.9.4. Wooden Stair Stringers
1) Wooden stair stringers shall
a) have a minimum effective depth of 90 mm, measured perpendicularly to the bottom of the stringer at the
point of minimum cross-section, and an overall depth of not less than 235 mm,
b) be supported and secured top and bottom,
c) be not less than 25 mm actual thickness if supported along their length and 38 mm actual thickness if
unsupported along their length, and
d) except as permitted in Sentence (2), be spaced not more than 900 mm o.c. in stairs serving not more than one
dwelling unit or a single detached house, and 600 mm o.c. in other stairs.
2) For stairs serving not more than one dwelling unit or a single detached house, where risers support the front
portion of the tread, the space between stringers shall be not more than 1 200 mm.
9.8.9.5. Treads
1) Stair treads of lumber, plywood or OSB within dwelling units shall be not less than 25 mm actual thickness,
except that, where open risers are permitted and the distance between stringers exceeds 750 mm, the treads shall be
not less than 38 mm actual thickness.
2) Stair treads of plywood or OSB that are not continuously supported by the riser shall have their face grain or
direction of face orientation at right angles to the stringers.
9.8.9.6. Finish for Treads and Landings
1) The finish for treads and landings of interior stairs in dwelling units, other than stairs to unfinished basements,
shall consist of hardwood, vertical grain softwood, resilient flooring or other material providing equivalent
performance.
2) Treads and landings of interior and exterior stairs and ramps, other than those within dwelling units or within
houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, shall have a slip-resistant finish or be provided with
slip-resistant strips that extend not more than 1 mm above the surface.
9.8.10. Cantilevered Precast Concrete Steps
9.8.10.1. Design
1) Exterior concrete steps and their anchorage system that are cantilevered from a foundation wall shall be
designed and installed to support the loads to which they may be subjected.
9.8.10.2. Anchorage
1) Cantilevered concrete steps referred to in Article 9.8.10.1. shall be anchored to concrete foundation walls not
less than 200 mm thick.
9.8.10.3. Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
1) Suitable precautions shall be taken during backfilling and grading operations to ensure that subsequent
freezing of the soil will not cause uplift forces on the underside of cantilevered concrete steps to the extent that the
steps or the walls to which they are attached will be damaged.
Section 9.9. Means of Egress
9.9.1. General
9.9.1.1. Application
1) Stairways, handrails and guards in a means of egress shall conform to the requirements in Section 9.8. as well
as to the requirements in this Section.
9.9.1.2. Fire Protection
1) In addition to the fire protection requirements provided in Subsection 9.9.4., flame-spread ratings, fire-
resistance ratings and fire-protection ratings for means of egress shall conform to Section 9.10.
9.9.1.3. Occupant Load
1) Except for dwelling units, the occupant load of a floor area or part of a floor area shall be the number of persons
for which such areas are designed, but not fewer than that determined from Table 3.1.17.1., unless it can be shown
that the area will be occupied by fewer persons.
2) The occupant load for dwelling units shall be based on 2 persons per bedroom or sleeping area.
9.9.2. Types and Purpose of Exits
9.9.2.1. Types of Exits
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, an exit from any floor area shall be one of the following used
singly or in combination:
a) an exterior doorway,
b) an exterior passageway,
c) an exterior ramp,
d) an exterior stairway,
e) a fire escape,
f) a horizontal exit,
g) an interior passageway,
h) an interior ramp, or
i) an interior stairway.
2) Fire escapes shall only be used as exits on existing buildings and shall be designed and installed in
conformance with Subsection 3.4.7.
3) Where a horizontal exit is used, it shall conform to Sentence 3.4.1.6.(1) and Article 3.4.6.10.
9.9.2.2. Purpose of Exits
1) An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting except that an exit may also serve as an access
to a floor area.
9.9.2.3. Elevators, Slide Escapes and Windows as Means of Egress
1) Elevators, slide escapes and windows shall not be considered as part of a required means of egress.
9.9.2.4. Principal Entrances
1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house including their common spaces, at
least one door at every principal entrance to a building providing access from the exterior at ground level shall be
designed in accordance with the requirements for exits.
9.9.3. Dimensions of Means of Egress
9.9.3.1. Application
1) Except as required by Sentences 9.9.3.3.(2) and 9.9.3.4.(3), this Subsection applies to every means of egress
except
a) exits that serve not more than one dwelling unit or a single detached house, and
b) access to exits within dwelling units and within single detached houses.
9.9.3.2. Exit Width
1) Except for doors and corridors, the width of every exit facility shall be not less than 900 mm. (See
Article 9.9.6.3. for doors, Article 9.8.2.1. for stairs, and Article 9.8.5.2. for ramps.)
9.9.3.3. Width of Corridors
1) The width of every public corridor, corridor used by the public, and exit corridor shall be not less than 1 100
mm. (See also Subsection 9.9.5. for obstructions in corridors.)
2) The width of public corridors and exit corridors that serve a single detached house shall be not less than 860
mm.
9.9.3.4. Clear Height
1) Except for stairways, doorways and storage garages, the minimum clear height in exits and access to exits shall
be 2.1 m. (See Article 9.8.2.2. for stairs, Article 9.8.5.3. for ramps, Article 9.8.6.4. for landings and Article 9.9.6.2. for
doorways.)
2) The clear height in exits and access to exits in storage garages shall be not less than 2 m.
3) The clear height in public corridors and exit corridors that serve a single detached house shall be not less than
2 m.
9.9.4. Fire Protection of Exits
9.9.4.1. Application
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.9.4.4. and 9.9.4.6., this Subsection applies to the fire protection of all exits
except exits serving not more than one dwelling unit.
9.9.4.2. Fire Separations for Exits
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5) and Article 9.9.8.5., every exit other than an exterior doorway
shall be separated from each adjacent floor area or from another exit
a) where there is a floor assembly above the floor area, by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
than that required for the floor assembly above the floor area (see Article 9.10.9.12.), and
b) where there is no floor assembly above the floor area, by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less
than the greater of
i) that required by Subsection 9.10.8. for the floor assembly below, or
ii) 45 min.
2) Where an exit is located in a single detached house, the exit shall be separated from adjacent floor areas with a
fire separation
a) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 15 min where all smoke alarms within the house are of photo-
electric type and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(a),
b) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 30 min where additional smoke alarms of photo-electric type are
installed and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(b),
c) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min when smoke alarms are not installed and interconnected as
described in Clauses (a) or (b), or
d) that is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the building is sprinklered.
3) A fire separation common to 2 exits shall be smoke-tight and not be pierced by doorways, duct work, piping
or any other opening that may affect the continuity of the separation.
4) A fire separation that separates an exit from the remainder of the building shall have no openings except those
for electrical wiring, noncombustible conduit and noncombustible piping that serve only the exit, and for standpipes,
sprinkler piping, exit doorways and wired glass and glass block permitted in Article 9.9.4.3.
5) The requirements in Sentences (1) and (2) do not apply to an exterior exit passageway provided the
passageway has not less than 50% of its exterior sides open to the outdoors and is served by an exit stair at each end
of the passageway.
9.9.4.3. Protection of Exit Facilities
(See Note A-3.1.8.19.(1).)
1) This Article applies to
a) wired glass in doors, and wired glass or glass block in sidelights, where these are installed in fire separations
between exit enclosures and floor areas, and
b) opening protection required by Articles 9.9.4.4. through 9.9.4.6.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the combined area of glazing in doors and sidelights referred to in
Clause (1)(a) shall not exceed 0.8 m2.
3) Where an exit enclosure connects with a floor area through an enclosed vestibule or corridor separated from
the floor area by fire separations having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating, the glazed areas described in Clause
(1)(a) need not be limited as required in Sentence (2).
4) Exterior exposing openings requiring protection by Articles 9.9.4.4. through 9.9.4.6. shall be protected with
a) wired glass in fixed steel frames or glass block conforming to Articles 9.10.13.5. and 9.10.13.7.,
b) a closure conforming with Article 9.10.13.1., or
c) a dedicated sprinkler water curtain in accordance with Article 3.2.3.13.(5).
9.9.4.4. Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and Ramps
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), unprotected openings in exterior walls of the building shall be protected in
accordance with Sentence 9.9.4.3.(4) where
a) an unenclosed exterior exit stair or ramp provides the only means of egress from a suite and is exposed to fire
from unprotected openings in the exterior walls of
i) another fire compartment, or
ii) another dwelling unit, ancillary space or common space in a single detached house, and
b) unprotected openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m horizontally and less than 10 m below
or less than 5 m above the exit stair or ramp.
2) A sprinklered single detached house or duplex with not more than two dwelling units and provided with more
than one path of travel from each dwelling unit conforming to the dimensional requirements of Article 9.10.20.3.,
need not be provided with the opening protection referred to in Sentence (1).
9.9.4.5. Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), either openings in exterior walls of an exit or openings in adjacent
exterior walls of the building the exit serves shall be protected in accordance with Sentence 9.9.4.3.(4) where
a) the exit enclosure has exterior walls that intersect the exterior walls of the building at an angle of less than
135° measured on the outside of the building, and
b) the openings in the exterior walls of the building are within 3 m horizontally and less than 2 m above the
openings in the exterior walls of the exit.
(See Note A-9.9.4.5.(1).)
2) In a sprinklered single detached house with not more than 2 dwelling units, the opening protection referred to
in Sentence (1) need only be provided where a single confined path of travel provides the sole means of egress.
9.9.4.6. Openings Near Exit Doors
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (2), where an exterior exit door in one fire compartment is within 3 m
horizontally of an unprotected opening in another fire compartment and the exterior walls of these fire compartments
intersect at an exterior angle of less than 135°, the opening shall be protected in accordance with Sentence 9.9.4.3.(4)
2) A sprinklered single detached house or duplex with not more than 2 dwelling units and provided with more
than one path of travel from each dwelling unit conforming to the dimensional requirements of Article 9.10.20.3.,
need not be provided with the opening protection referred to in Sentence (1).
9.9.4.7. Stairways in 2 Storey, Group D or E Buildings
1) Where a suite of Group D or E occupancy is located partly on the first storey and partly on the second storey,
stairways serving the second storey of that suite need not be constructed as exit stairs provided,
a) the building is not greater than 2 storeys in building height,
b) the suite is separated from other occupancies by at least a 45 min fire separation,
c) the area occupied by the suite is not greater than 100 m2 per storey,
d) the maximum travel distance from any point in the suite to an exterior exit is not greater than 25 m,
e) the floor assemblies have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min or are of noncombustible construction,
and
f) the basement and first storey are separated by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45
min.
9.9.5. Obstructions and Hazards in Means of Egress
9.9.5.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to obstructions and hazards in every means of egress except those within a dwelling
unit or serving not more than one dwelling unit.
9.9.5.2. Occupancies in Corridors
1) Where a corridor contains an occupancy, the occupancy shall not reduce the unobstructed width of the
corridor to less than the required width of the corridor.
9.9.5.3. Obstructions in Public Corridors
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), obstructions located within 1 980 mm of the floor shall not project
horizontally more than 100 mm into exit passageways, corridors used by the public or public corridors in a manner
that would create a hazard for visually impaired persons travelling adjacent to walls.
2) The horizontal projection of an obstruction referred to in Sentence (1) is permitted to exceed 100 mm where
the obstruction extends to less than 680 mm above the floor. (See Note A-3.3.1.8.(2) and (3).)
9.9.5.4. Obstructions in Exits
1) Except as permitted in Subsection 9.9.6. and Article 9.8.7.6., no fixture, turnstile or construction shall project
within the required width of an exit.
9.9.5.5. Obstructions in Means of Egress
1) No obstructions such as posts or turnstiles shall be placed so as to restrict the width of a required means of
egress from a floor area or part of a floor area to less than 750 mm unless an alternate unobstructed means of egress is
provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted egress.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), no obstructions, such as counter gates, that do not meet the requirements
for exit doors, shall be placed in a required means of egress from a floor area or part of a floor area unless an alternate
unobstructed means of egress is provided adjacent to and plainly visible from the restricted egress.
3) Obstructions, such as counter gates, that do not satisfy Sentence (2), are permitted to be placed in a required
means of egress from a part of a floor area in mercantile occupancies and business and personal services occupancies,
provided that the part of the floor area served by the obstructed means of egress is not generally accessible to the
public.
9.9.5.6. Mirrors or Draperies
1) No mirror shall be placed in or adjacent to any exit so as to confuse the direction of exit, and no mirror or
draperies shall be placed on or over exit doors.
9.9.5.7. Fuel-Fired Appliances
1) Fuel-fired appliances shall not be installed in an exit or corridor serving as an access to exit.
9.9.5.8. Service Rooms
1) Service rooms containing equipment subject to possible explosion, such as boilers designed to operate at a
pressure in excess of 100 kPa, and certain types of refrigerating and transformer equipment, shall not be located
under required exits.
9.9.5.9. Ancillary Rooms
1) Ancillary rooms such as storage rooms, washrooms, toilet rooms, laundry rooms and service rooms shall not
open directly into an exit.
9.9.6. Doors in a Means of Egress
9.9.6.1. Obstructions by Doors
1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), obstructions created by doors shall be limited in accordance with
Sentences (2) and (3)
a) at exit doors,
b) at doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
c) at doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides access to exit from a suite.
2) When fully open, doors described in Sentence (1) shall not decrease the required exit width by more than
a) 100 mm in exit corridors, and
b) 50 mm for other exit facilities.
3) The swing of doors described in Sentence (1) shall not reduce the width of the path of travel to less than
a) the required exit width in exit corridors and passageways, and
b) 750 mm on exit stairs or landings.
4) Doors serving a single dwelling unit need not comply with Sentences (2) and (3).
9.9.6.2. Clear Opening Height at Doorways
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the clear opening height of doorways shall be not less than 2 030
mm high at
a) exit doors,
b) doors that open into or are located within a public corridor, and
c) doors that open into or are located within another facility that provides access to exit from a suite.
2) The clear opening height under door closers and other devices in doorways described in Sentence (1) shall
be not less than 1 980 mm.
3) Doorways serving only a single dwelling unit or single detached house need not comply with Sentences (1)
and (2). (See also Article 9.5.5.1.)
4) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), the clear opening height of doorways described in Sentence (1) serving a
single detached house shall be not less than 1 980 mm high.
9.9.6.3. Clear Opening Width at Doorways
1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the clear opening width of doorways shall comply with Sentence (2) at
a) exit doors, and
b) doors that open into or are located within a public corridor or other facility that provides access to exit from a
suite.
2) Doorways described in Sentence (1) shall be
a) not less than 850 mm wide where there is only one door leaf,
b) not less than 850 mm wide where multiple-leaf doors are installed with only one active leaf having a
latching mechanism described in Article 9.9.6.7., and
c) not less than 1 210 mm wide where multiple-leaf doors are installed with two active leaves.
3) In doorways described in Sentence (1) that have multiple-leaf doors installed,
a) no active leaf shall be less than 850 mm wide where only one leaf is active, and
b) no single leaf shall be less than 610 mm wide where two leaves are active.
4) Doorways serving a single dwelling unit or ancillary residential unit including their common spaces, need not
comply with Sentence (2). (See also Article 9.5.5.1.)
9.9.6.4. Door Action
1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), required exit doors and doors in required means of egress, except
doors in means of egress within dwelling units, shall swing on the vertical axis.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), breakaway sliding doors, installed as required exit doors or required
doors in means of egress, shall be identified as swinging doors by means of a label or decal affixed to the door.
3) Revolving doors shall comply with Article 3.4.6.15.
4) Movable partitions used to separate a public corridor from an adjacent business and personal services occupancy
or a mercantile occupancy need not conform to Sentence (1), provided the partitions are not located in the only means
of egress. (See Note A-3.3.1.12.(3).)
5) Exit doors need not conform to Sentence (1) or (2), where
a) the doors serve accessory buildings where life safety is not adversely affected,
b) the doors serve storage garages or other accessory buildings serving not more than one dwelling unit, or
c) the doors
i) serve storage suites of not more than 28 m2 in gross area that are in warehousing buildings of not more than
one storey, and
ii) open directly to the exterior at ground level.
6) Garage doors intended for vehicular access shall not be used a means of egress from a storage garage except
where acceptable to the Chief Building Official and
a) designed to swing on a vertical axis in the direction of egress travel, and
b) comply with the requirements of Articles 9.9.6.7. and 9.9.6.8.
(See Note A-9.9.6.4.(6))
9.9.6.5. Direction of Door Swing
1) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or ancillary residential unit including their common spaces, exit
doors that are required to swing shall swing in the direction of exit travel.
2) Doors that open onto a corridor or other facility that provides access to exit from a room or suite having an
occupant load of more than 60 persons shall swing on the vertical axis in the direction of exit travel.
3) Doors that divide a corridor that is not wholly contained within a suite shall swing in the direction of exit
travel.
4) Where a pair of doors is installed in a corridor that provides access to exit in both directions, the doors shall
a) swing in opposite directions, with the door on the right-hand side swinging in the direction of exit travel, or
b) swing in both directions.
5) Principal entrance doors opening to an acceptable open space at ground level are not required to swing in the
direction of exit travel provided
a) the room or suite is located at ground level, and
b) the occupant load is not more than 60 persons.
9.9.6.6. Nearness of Doors to Stairs
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the distance between a stair riser and the leading edge of a door during
its swing, except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or ancillary residential unit including their common spaces,
shall be not less than 300 mm.
2) Where there is a danger of blockage from ice or snow, an exit door, including doors serving a single dwelling
unit, may open onto not more than one step, provided the riser of such a step does not exceed 150 mm.
9.9.6.7. Door Latching, Locking and Opening Mechanisms
1) Principal entrance doors, exit doors and doors to suites, including exterior doors of dwelling units, and other
doors in an access to exit shall
a) be openable from the inside or in travelling to an exit without requiring keys, special devices or specialized
knowledge of the door-opening mechanism, or
b) be controlled by electromagnetic locking mechanisms in accordance with Sentence 3.4.6.16.(5).
2) Except for doors serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house, and doors to accessory buildings
and to garages serving a single dwelling unit, door release hardware on doors in a means of egress shall be operable
with one hand and the door shall be openable with not more than one releasing operation. (See also
Sentence 3.8.3.6.(4) and Note A-3.3.1.13.(4).)
3) Door release hardware on doors in a means of egress shall be installed 900 mm to 1 100 mm above the finished
floor.
4) Except for hotels and motels, a door opening onto a public corridor that provides access to exit from suites shall
be designed not to lock automatically if it is equipped with an automatic self-closing device. (See Note A-3.3.4.5.(1).)
9.9.6.8. Effort Required to Open
1) Every exit door, except doors serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house, shall be designed and
installed so that when the latch is released the door will open in the direction of exit travel under a force of not more
than 90 N applied to the door release hardware. (See Sentence 3.8.3.6.(8) for door opening forces in an accessible path
of travel.)
9.9.7. Access to Exits
9.9.7.1. Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms and Contained Open Spaces
1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and (4) an access to exit shall be provided from every roof intended for
occupancy and from every podium, terrace, platform or contained open space.
2) Where a roof is intended for an occupant load of more than 60 persons, at least 2 separate means of egress at the
roof level, designed in conformance with the requirements for exits and located remote from each other, shall be
provided.
3) Where a podium, terrace, platform or contained open space is provided, egress requirements shall conform
to the appropriate requirements for rooms or suites in Article 9.9.7.4.
4) Except as required by Sentence (2), means of egress at the roof level, designed in conformance with the
requirements for exits shall be provided from an occupancy on a roof serving more than a single dwelling unit.
9.9.7.2. Means of Egress from Suites
1) Except as required in Sentence 9.9.9.3.(1), each suite in a floor area occupied by more than one suite shall have
a) an exterior exit doorway,
b) a doorway to a public corridor, or
c) a doorway to an exterior passageway.
2) Except as provided in Sentences 9.9.7.3.(1) and 9.9.8.2.(2), from the point where a doorway described in
Clause (1)(b) or (c) enters the public corridor or exterior passageway, it shall be possible to go in opposite directions to
each of 2 separate exits.
9.9.7.3. Dead-End Corridors
1) Except for a dead-end corridor that is entirely within a suite and except as permitted in Sentence 9.9.9.2.(1), a
dead-end corridor is permitted provided it is not more than 6 m long.
9.9.7.4. Number and Spacing of Egress Doors
1) Except for dwelling units, at least 2 egress doors shall be provided when the area of a room or suite, or the
distance measured from any point within the room or suite to the nearest egress door, exceeds the values in
Table 9.9.7.4.
2) Doors required in Sentence (1) shall be spaced so that in the event that one door is made inaccessible by a
fire within such room or suite, the other door will provide safe egress.
Table 9.9.7.4.
Maximum Areas and Travel Distances for Rooms, Suites and Mezzanines with a Single Means of Egress
Forming Part of Sentences 9.9.7.4.(1) and 9.9.8.6.(2)
Occupancy of Room, Suite or Floor Area
Maximum Area of Room, Suite or Floor Area,
m2
Maximum Distance to Egress Door, m
Group C (except dwelling units)
100
15
Group D
200
25
Group E
150
15
Group F, Division 2
150
10
Group F, Division 3
200
15
9.9.7.5. Independent Access to Exit
1) Required access to exit from suites shall not be through any other dwelling unit, service room or other occupancy.
9.9.7.6. Travel Distance within Rooms and Suites
1) Except for dwelling units, the travel distance from any point within the room or suite to the nearest egress
door shall not exceed the maximum travel distance in Article 9.9.8.2.
9.9.8. Exits from Floor Areas
9.9.8.1. Measurement of Travel Distance
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), for the purposes of this Subsection, travel distance means the
distance from any point in the floor area to an exit measured along the path of exit travel.
2) Where a room or suite is separated from the remainder of the floor area by a fire separation having a fire-
resistance rating of at least 45 min or, in a sprinklered building, by a fire separation which is not required to have a fire-
resistance rating, the travel distance may be measured from an egress door of the room or suite to the nearest exit.
3) Where a public corridor is not less than 9 m wide and conforms to Subclauses 3.4.2.5.(1)(d)(i) to (d)(iv), the
travel distance may be determined in accordance with those Subclauses.
9.9.8.2. Number of Required Exits
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Subsection 9.9.9., at least 2 exits shall be provided from every floor
area, spaced so that the travel distance to the nearest exit is not more than
a) 40 m in the case of business and personal services occupancies,
b) 45 m for all occupancies where the floor area is sprinklered, and
c) 30 m for all other occupancies.
2) Except as provided in Subsection 9.9.9., a single exit is permitted from each storey in buildings of 1 and 2
storeys in building height provided the floor area and travel distance requirements conform to those required in
Article 9.9.7.4. and the total occupant load served by an exit facility does not exceed 60 persons.
9.9.8.3. Contribution of Each Exit
1) Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, each exit shall be considered as contributing not more
than half the required exit width.
9.9.8.4. Location of Exits
1) Where more than one exit is required from a floor area, at least 2 exits shall be independent of each other and
be placed remote from each other along the path of travel between them. (See Note A-9.9.8.4.(1).)
9.9.8.5. Exiting through a Lobby
1) Not more than one exit from a floor area above or below the first storey is permitted to lead through a lobby.
2) The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not more than 4.5 m above grade, and the path of travel through
the lobby to the outdoors shall not exceed 15 m.
3) The lobby referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform in all respects to the requirements for exits, except that
rooms other than service rooms, storage rooms and rooms of residential or industrial occupancy are permitted to open
directly onto such lobby.
4) Where the lobby referred to in Sentence (1) and adjacent occupancies that are permitted to open into the lobby
are sprinklered, the fire separation between such occupancies and the lobby need not have a fire-resistance rating. (See
Note A-3.4.4.2.(2)(e).)
5) Passenger elevators are permitted to open onto the lobby referred to in Sentence (1) provided the elevator
doors are designed to remain closed except while loading and unloading passengers.
9.9.8.6. Mezzanine Means of Egress
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), the space above a mezzanine shall be served by means of egress
leading to exits accessible at the mezzanine level, on the same basis as floor areas.
2) The means of egress from a mezzanine need not conform to Sentence (1), provided
a) the mezzanine is not required to terminate at a vertical fire separation, as permitted by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2),
b) the occupant load of the mezzanine is not more than 60,
c) the area of the mezzanine does not exceed the area limits stated in Table 9.9.7.4., and
d) the distance limits stated in Table 9.9.7.4., measured along the path of travel, are not exceeded from any
point on the mezzanine to
i) an egress door serving the space that the mezzanine overlooks if the space is served by a single egress
door, or
ii) an egress stairway leading to an access to exit in the space below if that space is required to be served by
2 or more egress doorways in conformance with Sentence 9.9.7.4.(1).
3) One of the means of egress from a mezzanine that is not required to terminate at a fire separation, as permitted
by Sentence 9.10.12.1.(2), and that exceeds the limits of Sentence (2) is permitted to lead through the room in which
the mezzanine is located, provided all other means of egress from that mezzanine lead to exits accessible at the mezzanine
level.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the maximum travel distance from any point on a mezzanine to the
nearest exit shall be not more than
a) 40 m in a business and personal services occupancy,
b) 45 m in a floor area that is sprinklered throughout, provided it does not contain a high-hazard industrial
occupancy, or
c) 30 m in any floor area not referred to in Clause (a) or (b).
9.9.9. Egress from Dwelling Units
9.9.9.1. Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), every dwelling unit containing more than 1 storey shall have exits
or egress doors located so that it shall not be necessary to travel up or down more than 1 storey in a building, or more
than 2 storeys in a sprinklered building, to reach a level served by
a) an egress door to a public corridor, enclosed exit stair or exterior passageway, or
b) an exit doorway located within 1 storey of not more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
2) Where a dwelling unit is not located above or below another suite, the travel limit from a floor level in the
dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may exceed 1 storey where that floor level is served by an openable window
a) providing an unobstructed opening of not less than 1 m in height and 0.55 m in width, and
b) located so that the sill is not more than
i) 1 m above the floor, and
ii) 7 m above adjacent ground level.
3) The travel limit from a floor level in a dwelling unit to an exit or egress door may exceed 1 storey where that
floor level has direct access to a balcony.
9.9.9.2. Two Separate Exits
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Sentence 9.9.7.3.(1), where an egress door from a dwelling unit opens
onto a public corridor or exterior passageway it shall be possible from the location where the egress door opens onto
the corridor or exterior passageway to go in opposite directions to 2 separate exits unless the dwelling unit has a
second and separate means of egress.
2) For dwelling units in a single detached house, it need not be possible to go in more than one direction to an
exit from the location where the egress door opens into a public corridor or exterior passageway if the building is
sprinklered or if each dwelling unit has separate and direct access from each storey to
a) a balcony, or
b) an openable window conforming to Clauses 9.9.9.1.(2)(a) and (b).
9.9.9.3. Shared Egress Facilities
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a dwelling unit shall be provided with a second and separate
means of egress where an egress door from the dwelling unit opens onto
a) an exit stairway serving more than one suite,
b) a public corridor
i) serving more than one suite, and
ii) served by a single exit,
c) an exterior passageway
i) serving more than one suite,
ii) served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
iii) more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level, or
d) a balcony
i) serving more than one suite,
ii) served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
iii) more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
2) Where a dwelling unit is located above another dwelling unit or common space in a single detached house, the
upper dwelling unit shall be provided with a second and separate means of egress where an egress door from that
dwelling unit opens onto an exterior passageway that
a) has a floor assembly with a fire-resistance rating less than 45 min,
b) is served by a single exit stairway or ramp, and
c) is located more than 1.5 m above adjacent ground level.
3) For dwelling units in a single detached house where an egress door from either dwelling unit opens onto a
shared egress facility served by a single exit stairway or ramp, other than as described in Sentence (2), a second and
separate means of egress need not be provided if the building is sprinklered or if the dwelling units have separate and
direct access from each storey to
a) a balcony, or
b) an openable window conforming to Clauses 9.9.9.1.(2)(a) and (b).
9.9.10. Egress from Bedrooms
9.9.10.1. Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms
1) Except where the suite is sprinklered, each bedroom or combination bedroom shall have at least one outside
window or exterior door openable from the inside without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge and without
the removal of sashes or hardware. (See Article 9.5.1.2. and Note A-9.9.10.1.(1).)
2) The window referred to in Sentence (1) shall
a) provide an unobstructed opening of not less than 0.35 m2 in area with no dimension less than 380 mm, and
b) maintain the required opening during an emergency without the need for additional support.
(See Note A-9.9.10.1.(2).)
3) Where a window required in Sentence (1) opens into a window well, a clearance of not less than 760 mm
shall be provided in front of the window. (See Note A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
4) Where the sash of a window referred to in Sentence (3) swings towards the window well, the operation of
the sash shall not reduce the clearance in a manner that would restrict escape in an emergency.
5) Where a protective enclosure is installed over the window well referred to in Sentence (3), the enclosure
shall be openable from the inside without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge of the opening mechanism.
9.9.11. Signs
9.9.11.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to all exits except those serving not more than one dwelling unit or a single detached
house.
9.9.11.2. Visibility of Exits
1) Exits shall be located so as to be clearly visible or their locations shall be clearly indicated.
2) Where an exit door leading directly to the outside is subject to being obstructed by parked vehicles or storage
because of its location, a visible sign or a physical barrier prohibiting such obstructions shall be installed on the
exterior side of the door.
9.9.11.3. Exit Signs
1) Every exit door shall have an exit sign providing visual information placed over it or adjacent to it if the exit
serves
a) a building that is 3 storeys in building height,
b) a building having an occupant load of more than 150, or
c) a room or floor area that has a fire escape as part of a required means of egress.
2) Every exit sign providing visual information shall
a) be visible on approach to the exit,
b) consist of a green and white or lightly tinted graphical symbol meeting the colour specifications referred to
in ISO 3864-1, "Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Part 1: Design principles for safety signs and
safety markings," and
c) conform to ISO 7010, "Graphical symbols - Safety colours and safety signs - Registered safety signs," for the
following symbols (see Note A-3.4.5.1.(2)(c)):
i) E001 emergency exit left,
ii) E002 emergency exit right,
iii) E005 90-degree directional arrow, and
iv) E006 45-degree directional arrow.
3) Internally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and
a) where illumination of the sign is powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with CSA
C22.2 No. 141, "Emergency lighting equipment," or
b) where illumination of the sign is not powered by an electrical circuit, be constructed in conformance with
CAN/ULC-S572, "Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems."
4) Externally illuminated exit signs shall be continuously illuminated and be constructed in conformance with
CAN/ULC-S572, "Standard for Photoluminescent and Self-Luminous Exit Signs and Path Marking Systems." (See
Note A-3.4.5.1.(4).)
5) The circuitry serving lighting for externally and internally illuminated exit signs shall
a) serve no equipment other than emergency equipment, and
b) be connected to an emergency power supply as described in Sentences 9.9.12.3.(2), (3) and (7).
6) Where no exit is visible from a public corridor, from a corridor used by the public, or from principal routes
serving an open floor area having an occupant load of more than 150, an exit sign conforming to Clauses (2)(b) and (c)
with an arrow or pointer indicating the direction of egress shall be provided.
7) Exit signs with tactile information shall be provided in accordance with Article 3.4.5.2.
9.9.11.4. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
1) In buildings that are 3 storeys in building height, any part of an exit ramp or stairway that continues up or down
past the lowest exit level shall be clearly marked to indicate that it does not lead to an exit, if the portion beyond the
exit level may be mistaken as the direction of exit travel.
9.9.11.5. Floor Numbering
1) Arabic numerals indicating the assigned floor number shall be
a) mounted permanently on the stair side of the wall at the latch side of doors to exit stair shafts,
b) not less than 60 mm high, raised approximately 0.8 mm above the surface,
c) located 1 500 mm from the finished floor and not more than 300 mm from the door, and
d) contrasting in colour with the surface on which they are applied (see Note A-9.9.11.5.(1)(d)).
9.9.12. Lighting
9.9.12.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to the lighting of all means of egress except those within dwelling units or a single
detached house.
9.9.12.2. Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
1) Every exit, public corridor or corridor providing access to exit for the public shall be equipped to provide
illumination to an average level of not less than 50 lx at floor or tread level and at all points such as angles and
intersections at changes of level where there are stairs or ramps.
2) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (1) shall be not less than 10 lx.
9.9.12.3. Emergency Lighting
1) Emergency lighting shall be provided in
a) exits,
b) principal routes providing access to exit in an open floor area,
c) corridors used by the public,
d) underground walkways,
e) public corridors,
f) public washrooms that are equipped to serve more than one person at a time,
g) locations where doors are equipped with an electromagnetic lock as described in Clauses 3.4.6.16.(5)(k) and
(6)(g), and
h) universal washrooms, universal shower rooms and accessible change spaces required by Article 3.8.2.8.
2) Emergency lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided from a source of energy separate from the
electrical supply for the building.
3) Lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to be automatically actuated for a period of at least 30
min when the electric lighting in the affected area is interrupted.
4) Illumination from lighting required in Sentence (1) shall be provided to average levels of not less than 10 lx
at floor or tread level.
5) The minimum value of the illumination required by Sentence (4) shall be not less than 1 lx.
6) Where incandescent lighting is provided, lighting equal to 1 W/m2 of floor area shall be considered to meet
the requirement in Sentence (4).
7) Where self-contained emergency lighting units are used, they shall conform to CSA C22.2 No. 141,
"Emergency lighting equipment."
Section 9.10. Fire Protection
9.10.1. Definitions and Application
9.10.1.1. Sloped Roofs
1) For the purposes of this Section, roofs with slopes of 60° or more to the horizontal that are adjacent to a room
or space intended for occupancy shall be considered as a wall.
9.10.1.2. Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
1) Where life safety and fire protection systems and systems with fire protection and life safety functions are
integrated with each other, they shall be tested as a whole in accordance with CAN/ULC-S1001, "Standard for
Integrated Systems Testing of Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems," and the Fire By-law, to verify that they have
been properly integrated. (See Note A-3.2.9.1.(1).)
9.10.1.3. Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
1) Tents, air-supported structures, transformer vaults, walkways, elevators and escalators shall conform to Part 3.
2) Where rooms or spaces are intended for an assembly occupancy, such rooms or spaces shall conform to Part 3.
3) Basements containing more than 1 storey or exceeding 600 m2 in area shall conform to Part 3.
4) Where rooms or spaces are intended for the storage, manufacture or use of hazardous or explosive material,
such rooms or spaces shall conform to Part 3. (See Note A-3.3.1.2.(1).)
5) Except as provided in Article 3.3.5.8., facilities for the dispensing of fuel shall not be installed in any building.
6) Openings through floors that are not protected by shafts or closures shall be protected in conformance with
Subsection 3.2.8. (See also Sentence 9.9.4.7.(1).)
7) Chutes and shafts shall conform to Subsection 3.6.3. except where they are entirely contained within a
dwelling unit.
8) Sprinkler systems shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance with Articles 3.2.5.12.
to 3.2.5.15. and 3.2.5.17.
9) Standpipe and hose systems shall be designed, constructed and installed in conformance with
Articles 3.2.5.8. to 3.2.5.11. and 3.2.5.17.
10) Fire pumps shall be installed in conformance with Articles 3.2.5.17. and 3.2.5.18.
11) Where fuel-fired appliances are installed on a roof, such appliances shall be installed in conformance with
Article 3.6.1.5.
9.10.1.4. Items under Part 6 Jurisdiction
1) In kitchens containing commercial cooking equipment used in processes producing grease-laden vapours,
the equipment shall be designed and installed in conformance with Article 6.3.1.6. (See Note A-9.10.1.4.(1).)
9.10.2. Occupancy Classification
9.10.2.1. Occupancy Classification
1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.2.2., every building or part thereof shall be classified according to its major
occupancy as belonging to one of the groups or divisions described in Table 9.10.2.1.
Table 9.10.2.1.
Occupancy Classifications
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.2.1.(1)
Group
Division
Description of Major Occupancies(1)
C
--
Residential occupancies
D
--
Business and personal services occupancies
E
--
Mercantile occupancies
F
2
Medium-hazard industrial occupancies
F
3
Low-hazard industrial occupancies (Does not include storage garages serving individual dwelling units)
Notes to Table 9.10.2.1.:
(1) See Note A-3.1.2.1.(1).
2) A storage garage or carport that serves one or more residential buildings, may be considered an ancillary use
to a Group C major occupancy provided that
a) it serves buildings of only residential occupancy,
b) the storage garage or carport contains no other major occupancy, and
c) the storage garage or carport is on the same property as the buildings to which it is deemed ancillary.
9.10.2.2. Custodial, Convalescent and Residential Care Homes
1) Children's custodial homes and convalescent homes for ambulatory occupants living as a single
housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation for not more than 10 persons are permitted to be
classified as residential occupancies (Group C).
2) Reserved.
3) Reserved.
4) Reserved.
5) Reserved.
6) A care facility accepted for residential use pursuant to provincial legislation is permitted to be classified as a
residential occupancy, provided
a) occupants live as a single housekeeping unit in a dwelling unit with sleeping accommodation for not more
than 10 persons,
b) smoke alarms are installed in conformance with Subsection 9.10.19.,
c) emergency lighting is provided in conformance with Article 9.9.12.3., and
d) the building is sprinklered throughout.
9.10.2.3. Major Occupancies above Other Major Occupancies
1) Except as permitted in Article 9.10.2.4., in any building containing more than one major occupancy in which
one major occupancy is located entirely above another, the requirements of Article 9.10.8.1. for each portion of the
building containing a major occupancy shall be applied to that portion as if the entire building was of that major
occupancy.
9.10.2.4. Buildings Containing More Than One Major Occupancy
1) In a building containing more than one major occupancy, where the aggregate area of all major occupancies in a
particular group or division does not exceed 10% of the floor area on the storey on which they are located, they need
not be considered as major occupancies for the purposes of Articles 9.10.8.1. and 9.10.2.3. provided they are not
classified as Group F, Division 2 occupancies.
9.10.2.5. Group A, Division 2, Low Occupant Load
1) This Part may apply to a Group A, Division 2 assembly occupancy that is permitted by Article 3.1.2.7. to be
classified as a Group D, business and personal services occupancy, provided the building in which the assembly occupancy
is located complies with Sentence 1.3.3.3.(1) of Division A. (See Note A-3.1.2.7.)
9.10.3. Ratings
9.10.3.1. Fire-Resistance and Fire-Protection Ratings
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), where a fire-resistance rating or a fire-protection rating is required
in this Section for an element of a building, such rating shall be determined in conformance with
a) the test methods described in Part 3,
b) the calculation method presented in Appendix D, or
c) the construction specifications presented in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B. (See Note A-9.10.3.1.(1)(c).)
2) In a single detached house, where a minimum fire-resistance rating of 15 min is permitted, the construction
described in Clause 9.11.1.1.(2)(a) is permitted to be used.
3) In a single detached house, where a minimum fire-resistance rating of 30 min is permitted, it is permitted to
use construction having
a) walls and floor/ceiling assemblies framed with wood studs,
b) joist spaces filled with
i) preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702, "Mineral Fibre Thermal
Insulation for Buildings," having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m² of floor surface, or
ii) wet-blown cellulose fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S703, "Cellulose Fibre Insulation for Buildings,"
having a density of not less than 50 kg/m³ to a minimum depth of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor and the
sides of the structural members,
c) stud spaces of
i) non-loadbearing assemblies filled with preformed insulation of glass fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1,
"Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification," having a mass per unit
area of not less than 0.6 kg/m² of wall surface, and
ii) loadbearing assemblies filled with preformed insulation of rock or slag fibres conforming to CAN/ULC-
S702.1, "Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material Specification," having a mass
per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m² of wall surface, or filled with insulation of cellulose fibres conforming to
CAN/ULC-S703, "Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings," having a density of not less than 50
kg/m³,
d) resilient channel on one side of the fire separation spaced 400 or 600 mm o.c., and
e) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board on ceilings and on both sides of walls. (See also Clause
9.11.1.1.(2)(a).)
9.10.3.2. Flame-Spread Ratings
1) Where a flame-spread rating is required in this Section for an element of a building, such rating shall be
determined in accordance with the test methods described in Part 3, or in accordance with Appendix D.
2) Unless the flame-spread rating is referred to herein as a "surface flame-spread rating," it shall apply to any
surface of the element being considered that would be exposed by cutting through it as well as to the exposed
surface of the element.
9.10.3.3. Fire Exposure
1) Floor, roof and ceiling assemblies shall be rated for exposure to fire on the underside.
2) Exterior walls shall be rated for exposure to fire from inside the building, except that such walls need not
comply with the temperature rise limitations required by the standard tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. if such
walls have a limiting distance of not less than 1.2 m, and due allowance is made for the effects of heat radiation in
accordance with the requirements in Part 3.
3) Interior vertical fire separations required to have fire-resistance ratings shall be rated for exposure to fire on
each side.
9.10.3.4. Suspended Membrane Ceilings
1) Where a ceiling construction has a suspended membrane ceiling with lay-in panels or tiles which contribute
to the required fire-resistance rating, hold down clips or other means shall be provided to prevent the lifting of such
panels or tiles in the event of a fire.
9.10.4. Building Size Determination
9.10.4.1. Mezzanines not Considered as Storeys
1) Except as required by Sentences (2) and 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine is permitted to be excluded
from the calculation of building height, provided
a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 10% of the floor area of the
building in which they are located, and
b) the area of mezzanine in a suite does not exceed 10% of the area of that suite on the storey on which it is
located.
2) Except as required by Sentence 9.10.4.2.(1), the space above a mezzanine is permitted to be excluded from the
calculation of building height, provided
a) the aggregate area of mezzanines that are not superimposed does not exceed 40% of the open area of the room
in which they are located (see Note A-3.2.1.1.(3)(a)), and
b) except as permitted in Sentence (3), the space above the mezzanine floor is used as an open area without
partitions or subdividing walls higher than 1 070 mm above the mezzanine floor.
3) The space above a mezzanine conforming to Sentence (2) is permitted to include an enclosed space whose
area does not exceed 10% of the open area of the room in which the mezzanine is located, provided the enclosed
space does not obstruct visual communication between the open space above the mezzanine and the room in which it
is located.
4) For the purpose of determining occupant load, the areas of mezzanines that are not considered as storeys shall
be added to the floor area of the storey on which they are located. (See Note A-9.10.4.1.(4).)
5) Platforms and catwalks intended solely for periodic inspection and maintenance need not be considered as
floor assemblies or mezzanines for the purpose of calculating building height, provided
a) they are not used for storage, and
b) they are constructed with noncombustible materials, unless the building is permitted to be of combustible
construction.
9.10.4.2. More Than One Level of Mezzanine
1) Each level of mezzanine that is partly or wholly superimposed above the first level of mezzanine shall be
considered as a storey in calculating the building height.
9.10.4.3. Basement Storage Garages
1) Where a basement is used primarily as a storage garage, the basement is permitted to be considered as a
separate building for the purposes of this Section provided the floor above the basement and the exterior walls of the
basement above the adjoining ground level are constructed as fire separations of masonry or concrete having a fire-
resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
9.10.4.4. Rooftop Enclosures
1) A rooftop enclosure shall not be considered as a storey in calculating the building height if the rooftop
enclosure is provided for
a) elevator machinery,
b) a service room,
c) a stairway used for no purpose other than for access or egress,
d) an elevator lobby used for no purpose other than for access or egress, or
e) a combination thereof.
9.10.5. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
9.10.5.1. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), a membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a
fire-resistance rating shall not be pierced by openings into the assembly unless the assembly has been tested and rated
for such openings.
2) A wall or ceiling membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating is permitted
to be pierced by openings for electrical and similar service outlet boxes, provided such outlet boxes and the
penetrations conform to Article 9.10.9.8.
3) A membrane ceiling forming part of an assembly assigned a fire-resistance rating on the basis of
Table 9.10.3.1.-B or Appendix D is permitted to be pierced by openings leading to ducts within the ceiling space,
provided the ducts, the amount of openings and their protection conform to the requirements of Appendix D.
9.10.6. Construction Types
9.10.6.1. Combustible Elements in Noncombustible Construction
1) Where a building or part of a building is required to be of noncombustible construction, combustible elements
shall be limited in conformance with the requirements in Subsection 3.1.5.
9.10.6.2. Heavy Timber Construction
1) Heavy timber construction shall be considered to have a 45 min fire-resistance rating when it is constructed in
accordance with the requirements for heavy timber construction in Article 3.1.4.7.
9.10.7. Steel Members
9.10.7.1. Protection of Steel Members
1) Except as permitted in Article 3.2.2.3., structural steel members used in construction required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall be protected to provide the required fire-resistance rating.
9.10.8. Fire Resistance and Combustibility in Relation to Occupancy, Height and
Supported Elements
9.10.8.1. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to
Table 9.10.8.1. (See Subsection 9.10.2. for mixed occupancies and Subsection 9.10.21. for construction camps.)
Table 9.10.8.1.
Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.8.1.(1)
Major Occupancy
Maximum Building
Height, storeys
Minimum Fire-Resistance Rating by Building Element, min
Floors Except Floors
over Crawl Spaces
Mezzanine Floors
Roofs
Residential (Group C)
3
45
45
--
All other occupancies
2
45
--
--
3
45
45
45
9.10.8.2. Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings
1) The requirements in Table 9.10.8.1. for roof assemblies to have a fire-resistance rating are permitted to be
waived in sprinklered buildings where
a) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
b) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to the fire department in
conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).
9.10.8.3. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, all loadbearing walls, columns and arches in the storey
immediately below a floor or roof assembly shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than that required for the
supported floor or roof assembly.
2) Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams as well as loadbearing steel elements that support floors
between dwelling units in a single detached house shall be protected by not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board.
(See Note A-9.10.8.3.(2).)
9.10.8.4. Support of Noncombustible Construction
1) Where an assembly is required to be of noncombustible construction and to have a fire-resistance rating, it shall
be supported by noncombustible construction.
9.10.8.5. Service Rooms
1) Construction supporting a service room need not conform to Article 9.10.8.3.
9.10.8.6. Mezzanines
1) Mezzanines required to be counted as storeys in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2. shall be constructed in conformance
with the requirements for "Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces" in Table 9.10.8.1.
9.10.8.7. Roofs Supporting an Occupancy
1) Where a portion of a roof supports an occupancy, that portion shall be constructed as a fire separation having a
fire-resistance rating conforming to the rating for "Floors Except Floors over Crawl Spaces" in Table 9.10.8.1.
9.10.8.8. Floors of Exterior Passageways
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the floor assembly of every exterior passageway used as part of
a means of egress shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min or be of noncombustible construction.
2) No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving buildings of Group D, E or F
major occupancy that are not more than 2 storeys in building height.
3) No fire-resistance rating is required for floors of exterior passageways serving
a) reserved,
b) a single dwelling unit where no suite is located above or below the dwelling unit (see also Sentence 9.9.9.3.(2)).
9.10.8.9. Crawl Spaces
1) Where a crawl space exceeds 1.8 m in height or is used for any occupancy or as a plenum in combustible
construction or for the passage of flue pipes, it shall be considered as a basement in applying the requirements in
Article 9.10.8.1.
9.10.8.10. Application to Houses
1) Table 9.10.8.1. does not apply to
a) a dwelling unit that has no other dwelling unit above or below it,
b) single detached houses, or
c) a dwelling unit that is not above or below another major occupancy.
9.10.8.11. Part 3 as an Alternative
1) The fire-resistance ratings of floors, roofs, loadbearing walls, columns and arches need not conform to this
Subsection if such assemblies conform in all respects to the appropriate requirements in Section 3.2.
9.10.9. Fire Separations and Smoke-tight Barriers between Rooms and Spaces within
Buildings
9.10.9.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to
a) fire separations required between rooms and spaces in buildings, except between rooms and spaces within a
dwelling unit, and
b) reserved.
9.10.9.2. Continuous Barrier
1) Except as permitted in Article 9.10.9.3., a wall or floor assembly required to be a fire separation shall be
constructed as a continuous barrier against the spread of fire and retard the passage of smoke.
2) Reserved.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), the continuity of a fire separation where it abuts another fire separation, a
floor, a ceiling, or a roof shall be maintained by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-
S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an FT rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for
the abutting fire separation. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(2).)
4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), joints located in a horizontal plane between a floor and an exterior wall
shall be sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in ASTM E2307, "Standard Test Method for
Determining Fire Resistance of Perimeter Fire Barriers Using Intermediate-Scale, Multi-storey Test Apparatus," has
an F rating not less than the fire-resistance rating for the horizontal fire separation.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), all gypsum board joints in the assemblies described in Sentence (1) shall
conform to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board Application," to maintain the integrity of the smoke-tight barrier over
the entire surface.
6) Joints between ceilings and walls, between floors and walls, and between walls at corners need not comply
with Sentences (3) to (5) where such joints consist of gypsum board that is attached to framing members and
arranged so as to restrict the passage of flame and smoke through the joints. (See Note A-3.1.8.3.(5).)
9.10.9.3. Openings to be Protected with Closures
1) Except as permitted in Articles 9.10.9.5. to 9.10.9.8., openings in required fire separations shall be protected
with closures conforming to Subsection 9.10.13.
2) Doors in a fire separation with a required fire-resistance rating of 15 min, but not greater than 45 min, need not
have a fire-protection rating provided they
a) are at least 45 mm thick solid core wood doors, and
b) have a self-closing device.
(See Subsection 9.10.13. and Note A-9.10.9.3.(2).)
3) Doors in a partition conforming with Sentence 9.10.9.16.(5) between a principal dwelling unit and its
subordinate ancillary residential unit, shall be protected with a closure with a minimum fire-protection rating of 20
minute conforming to Article 9.10.13.2.
9.10.9.4. Floor Assemblies
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), all floor assemblies shall be constructed as fire separations.
2) Floor assemblies contained within dwelling units and within houses with a secondary suite need not be
constructed as fire separations.
3) Floor assemblies for which no fire-resistance rating is required by Subsection 9.10.8. and floors of mezzanines
not required to be counted as storeys in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2. need not be constructed as fire separations.
4) Where a crawl space is not required by Article 9.10.8.9. to be constructed as a basement, the floor above it
need not be constructed as a fire separation.
9.10.9.5. Interconnected Floor Spaces
1) Interconnected floor spaces shall conform to Subsection 3.2.8.
9.10.9.6. General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire Separations
(See Note A-3.1.9.)
1) Except as required by Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.9.7. and 9.10.9.8. and as permitted by Article 9.10.9.9.,
penetrations of a required fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to be a fire separation
shall be
a) sealed by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire
Tests of Firestop Systems," has an F rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating for the fire separation,
b) tightly fitted or cast in place, provided the penetrating item is made of steel, ferrous, copper, concrete or
masonry, or
c) sealed to maintain the integrity of the fire separation.
(See Note A-9.10.9.6.(1).)
2) Penetrations of a firewall shall be sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test
method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an FT rating not less than the
fire-resistance rating for the fire separation.
9.10.9.7. Piping Penetrations
(See Note A-3.1.9.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (5), piping for drain, waste, vent and central vacuum systems that is
not located in a vertical shaft is permitted to penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating or a
membrane that forms part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the penetration is
protected in accordance with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a) or (b).
2) Drain piping leading directly from a water closet through a concrete floor slab is permitted to penetrate a
horizontal fire separation or a membrane that contributes to the required fire-resistance rating of a horizontal fire
separation, provided
a) the piping is noncombustible and the penetration is protected in accordance with Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), or
b) the piping is combustible and the penetration is sealed by a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
3) Combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted on one side of a vertical fire separation, provided it is
not located in a vertical shaft.
4) In buildings containing two dwelling units only, combustible drain, waste and vent piping is permitted on one
side of a horizontal fire separation.
5) Water distribution piping is permitted to partly or wholly penetrate a fire separation required to have a fire-
resistance rating, provided
a) the piping is noncombustible and the penetration is protected in accordance with Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), or
b) the piping is combustible and is not located in a vertical shaft, and the penetration is sealed by a firestop
conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
9.10.9.8. Penetrations by Outlet Boxes or Service Equipment in Concealed Spaces
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), outlet boxes are permitted to penetrate the membrane of an
assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided they are sealed at the penetration by a firestop that, when
subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of Firestop Systems," has an FT
rating not less than the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation. (See Note A-9.10.9.8.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.10.9.6.(2), noncombustible outlet boxes that penetrate a fire separation or a
membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating need not conform to Sentence (1),
provided
a) they do not exceed
i) 0.016 m2 in area, and
ii) an aggregate area of 0.065 m2 in any 9.3 m2 of surface area, and
b) the annular space between the membrane and the noncombustible outlet boxes does not exceed 3 mm.
3) Except as provided in Sentence 9.10.9.6.(2), combustible outlet boxes that penetrate a fire separation or a
membrane forming part of an assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating need not conform to Sentence (1),
provided
a) the outlet boxes are
i) separated from the remainder of the space within the assembly by an enclosure of not more than 0.3 m2 in
area made of fire block material conforming to Article 9.10.16.3. (see Note A-9.10.9.8.(3)(a)(i)), or
ii) located in a space within the assembly that is filled with preformed fibre insulation processed from rock or
slag conforming to CAN/ULC-S702.1, "Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1:
Material Specification," and having a mass per unit area of not less than 1.22 kg/m2 of wall surface such that the
exposed sides and back of the outlet box are encapsulated by the noncombustible insulation, and
b) the outlet boxes do not exceed an aggregate area of 0.016 m2 in any individual enclosure as described in
Subclause (a)(i) or any individual insulated space as described in Subclause (a)(ii).
4) Noncombustible outlet boxes conforming to Sentence (2) are permitted to be located on opposite sides of a
vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating and need not conform to Sentence (1), provided they are
a) separated from each other by a horizontal distance of not less than 600 mm,
b) separated from each other and the remainder of the wall space by an enclosure conforming to
Subclause (3)(a)(i), or
c) located in an insulated wall space in accordance with Subclause (3)(a)(ii).
5) Combustible outlet boxes conforming to Sentence (3) are permitted to be located on opposite sides of a
vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating and need not conform to Sentence (1).
6) Service equipment is permitted to penetrate a horizontal fire separation conforming to Sentence 9.10.9.12.(2),
provided the penetration is sealed by
a) a firestop that, when subjected to the fire test method in CAN/ULC-S115, "Standard Method of Fire Tests of
Firestop Systems," has an FT rating not less than the required fire-resistance rating for the fire separation,
b) a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a), where the service equipment is located entirely within the
cavity of a wall assembly above and below the horizontal fire separation having a required fire-resistance rating, or
c) a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a), where the penetration is
i) contained within the concealed space of a floor or ceiling assembly having a fire-resistance rating,
ii) located above a ceiling membrane providing a horizontal fire separation, or
iii) contained within a horizontal service space conforming to Sentence 9.10.9.12.(2) that is directly above or below
a floor or ceiling.
9.10.9.9. Penetrations by Raceways, Sprinklers and Fire Dampers
1) Combustible totally enclosed raceways that are embedded in a concrete floor slab are permitted in an
assembly required to have a fire-resistance rating, provided the concrete cover between the raceway and the bottom
of the slab is not less than 50 mm.
2) Totally enclosed raceways are permitted to penetrate a fire separation, provided they are sealed at the
penetration by a firestop conforming to Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a).
3) Sprinkler piping is permitted to penetrate a fire separation, provided the fire compartments on each side of the
fire separation are sprinklered.
4) Sprinklers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required to
have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Article 9.10.9.6. and
Clause 9.10.9.8.(6)(a), provided the annular space created by the penetration of a fire sprinkler is covered by a metal
escutcheon plate in accordance with NFPA 13, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems."
5) Fire dampers are permitted to penetrate a fire separation or a membrane forming part of an assembly required
to have a fire-resistance rating without having to meet the firestop requirements of Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), provided the
fire damper is
a) installed in conformance with NFPA 80, "Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives,"
b) specifically designed with a firestop, or
c) provided in conformance with Sentence 9.10.5.1.(3).
(See also Note A-3.1.9.2.(1).)
6) In a single detached house, ducts penetrating fire separations need not be equipped with fire dampers in
conformance with Article 3.1.8.10. provided they are noncombustible with all openings in the duct system serving
only one fire compartment.
9.10.9.10. Collapse of Combustible Construction
1) Combustible construction that abuts on or is supported by a noncombustible fire separation shall be constructed
so that its collapse under fire conditions will not cause collapse of the fire separation.
9.10.9.11. Reduction in Thickness of Fire Separation by Beams and Joists
1) Where pockets for the support of beams or joists are formed in a masonry or concrete fire separation, the
remaining total thickness of masonry and/or grout and/or concrete shall be not less than the required equivalent
thickness shown for Type S monolithic concrete in Table D-2.1.1. of Appendix D for the required fire-resistance rating.
9.10.9.12. Concealed Spaces above Fire Separations
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a horizontal service space or other concealed space located above a
required vertical fire separation shall be divided at the fire separation by an equivalent fire separation within the space.
2) Where a horizontal service space or other concealed space is located above a required vertical fire separation
other than a vertical shaft, such space need not be divided as required in Sentence (1) provided the construction
between such space and the space below is constructed as a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than
that required for the vertical fire separation, except that where the vertical fire separation is not required to have a fire-
resistance rating greater than 45 min, the fire-resistance rating of the ceiling may be reduced to 30 min.
9.10.9.13. Separation of Residential Occupancies
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), residential occupancies shall be separated from all other major occupancies
by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a major occupancy classified as a residential occupancy shall be separated
from other major occupancies classified as mercantile or medium-hazard industrial occupancies by a fire separation having
a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
3) Where not more than two dwelling units are located in a building containing a mercantile occupancy, such
mercantile occupancy shall be separated from the dwelling units by a fire separation having not less than 1 h fire-
resistance rating.
9.10.9.14. Residential Suites in Industrial Buildings
1) Not more than one suite of residential occupancy shall be contained within a building classified as a Group F,
Division 2 major occupancy.
9.10.9.15. Separation of Suites
1) Except as required in Article 9.10.9.16. and as permitted by Sentence (2), each suite in other than business and
personal services occupancies shall be separated from adjoining suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of
not less than 45 min.
2) In sprinklered buildings, suites of business and personal services occupancy and mercantile occupancy that are
served by public corridors conforming with Clause 3.3.1.4.(4)(b) are not required to be separated from each other by
fire separations.
9.10.9.16. Separation of Residential Suites
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (5) and Article 9.10.21.2., suites in residential occupancies shall be
separated from adjacent rooms and suites by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min.
2) Sleeping rooms in boarding and lodging houses where sleeping accommodation is provided for not more
than 8 boarders or lodgers need not be separated from the remainder of the floor area as required in Sentence (1)
where the sleeping rooms form part of the proprietor's residence and do not contain cooking facilities.
3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), dwelling units that contain 2 or more storeys including basements
as well as principal dwelling units including subordinate ancillary residential units and common spaces shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h. (See
Note A-3.3.4.4.(1).)
4) Except as permitted in Sentence (5), in a single detached house, dwelling units shall be separated from each
other and from ancillary spaces and common spaces with a fire separation
a) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 15 min when all smoke alarms within the single detached house are
of photo-electric type and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(a) (see also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(2)),
b) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 30 min when additional smoke alarms of photo-electric type are
installed and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(b) (see also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(3)),
c) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min when smoke alarms are not installed and interconnected as
described in Clauses (a) or (b), or
d) that is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the building is sprinklered.
5) The fire separation required by Sentence (4), between the principal dwelling unit and a subordinate ancillary
residential unit, in a sprinklered building may be constructed as
a) wall or partition assembly consisting of
i) not less than one layer of 1/2" type C or 5/8" type X wall board on wood or steel studs on each side,
ii) resilient channel installed on at least one side, and
iii) noncombustible insulation of at least 3-1/2" depth throughout, and
b) floor assemblies consisting of
i) not less than one layer of 1/2" type C or 5/8" type X wall board,
ii) with resilient channel, and
iii) at least 3-1/2" of noncombustible insulation.
9.10.9.17. Separation of Public Corridors
1) Except as otherwise required by this Part and as provided in Sentences (2) to (5), public corridors shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating.
2) In other than residential occupancies, no fire-resistance rating is required for fire separations between a public
corridor and the remainder of the building if
a) the floor area is sprinklered,
b) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3), and
c) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to the fire department in
conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4).
3) In other than residential occupancies, no fire separation is required between a public corridor and the remainder
of the building if
a) the floor area is sprinklered,
b) the sprinkler system is electrically supervised in conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.9.(3),
c) the operation of the sprinkler system will cause a signal to be transmitted to the fire department in
conformance with Sentence 3.2.4.7.(4), and
d) the corridor exceeds 5 m in width.
4) A public corridor located in a single detached house shall be separated from the remainder of the spaces in the
house with a fire separation
a) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 15 min when all smoke alarms within the house are of photo-electric
type and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(a) (see also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(2)),
b) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 30 min when additional smoke alarms of photo-electric type are
installed and interconnected as described in Clause 9.10.19.5.(2)(b) (see also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(3)),
c) having a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min when smoke alarms are not installed and interconnected as
described in Clauses (a) or (b), or
d) that is not required to have a fire-resistance rating if the building is sprinklered.
5) No fire separation is required in a sprinklered floor area between a public corridor and a space containing
plumbing fixtures required by Article 3.7.2.2. and Section 9.31., provided
a) the space and the public corridor are separated from the remainder of the storey by a fire separation having a
fire-resistance rating not less than that required between the public corridor and the remainder of the storey, and
b) the plumbing fixtures are not located within a dwelling unit or suite.
9.10.9.18. Separation of Storage Garages
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a storage garage shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire
separation having not less than a 1.5 h fire-resistance rating.
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), storage garages containing 5 motor vehicles or fewer shall be separated
from other occupancies by a fire separation of not less than 1 h.
3) Where a storage garage serves only the dwelling unit to which it is attached or in which it is built, it shall be
considered as part of that dwelling unit and the fire separation required in Sentence (2) need not be provided between
the garage and the dwelling unit.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a storage garage is attached to or built into a building of residential
occupancy,
a) an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. shall be installed between the garage and the remainder
of the building to provide an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes, and
b) every door between the garage and the remainder of the building shall conform to Article 9.10.13.15.
(See Note A-9.10.9.18.(4).)
5) Where membrane materials are used to provide the required airtightness in the air barrier system, all joints
shall be sealed and structurally supported.
9.10.9.19. Separation of Repair Garages
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a repair garage shall be separated from other occupancies by a fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
2) Ancillary spaces directly serving a repair garage, including waiting rooms, reception rooms, tool and parts
storage areas and supervisory office space, need not be separated from the repair garage but shall be separated from
other occupancies as required in Sentence (1).
3) The fire separation referred to in Sentence (1) shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h, where
a) the building is not more than one storey in building height,
b) the building is operated as a single suite, and
c) the only occupancy other than the repair garage is a mercantile occupancy.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a building containing a repair garage also contains a dwelling unit, an
air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. shall be installed between the dwelling unit and the suite containing
the garage to provide an effective barrier to gas and exhaust fumes. (See Note A-9.10.9.18.(4).)
5) Where membrane materials are used to provide the required airtightness in the air barrier system, all joints
shall be sealed and structurally supported.
9.10.9.20. Exhaust Ducts Serving More Than One Fire Compartment
1) Where a vertical service space contains an exhaust duct that serves more than one fire compartment, the duct
shall have a fan located at or near the exhaust outlet to ensure that the duct is under negative pressure.
2) Individual fire compartments referred to in Sentence (1) shall not have fans that exhaust directly into the duct
in the vertical service space.
9.10.9.21. Central Vacuum Systems
1) A central vacuum system shall serve not more than one suite.
9.10.10. Service Rooms
9.10.10.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to service rooms in all buildings except rooms located within a dwelling unit.
9.10.10.2. Service Room Floors
1) The fire-resistance rating requirements in this Subsection do not apply to the floor assembly immediately
below a service room.
9.10.10.3. Separation of Service Rooms
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and Articles 9.10.10.5. and 9.10.10.6., service rooms shall be separated from
the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h when the floor area
containing the service room is not sprinklered.
2) Where a room contains a limited quantity of service equipment and the service equipment does not
constitute a fire hazard, the requirements in Sentence (1) shall not apply.
9.10.10.4. Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and Article 9.10.10.5., fuel-fired appliances shall be located in a
service room separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance
rating.
2) Except as required in the appliance installation standards referenced in Sentences 6.2.1.5.(1), 9.33.5.2.(1)
and 9.33.5.3.(1), fuel-fired space-heating appliances, space-cooling appliances, service water heaters and laundry appliances
need not be separated from the remainder of the building as required in Sentence (1),
a) where the appliances serve
i) not more than one room or suite, or
ii) a building with a building area of not more than 400 m2 and a building height of not more than 2 storeys, or
b) where the appliances
i) serve a single detached house, and
ii) are located in a service room separated from the dwelling units or their common spaces by a fire separation
having a fire-resistance rating not less than the fire-resistance rating required for the fire separation between the dwelling
units or common spaces.
3) Sentence (1) does not apply to fireplaces and cooking appliances.
9.10.10.5. Incinerators
1) Service rooms containing incinerators shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 2 h.
2) The design, construction, installation and alteration of each indoor incinerator shall conform to NFPA 82,
"Standard on Incinerators and Waste and Linen Handling Systems and Equipment."
3) Every incinerator shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming to the requirements in Section 9.21. and
serving no other appliance.
4) An incinerator shall not be located in a room with other fuel-fired appliances.
9.10.10.6. Storage Rooms
1) Rooms for the temporary storage of combustible refuse and materials for recycling in all occupancies or for
public storage in residential occupancies shall be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation
having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating, except that a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating of not less than
45 min is permitted where
a) the fire-resistance rating of the floor assembly is not required to exceed 45 min, or
b) the room is sprinklered.
9.10.11. Firewalls
9.10.11.1. Required Firewalls
1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.11.2., a party wall on a property line shall be constructed as a firewall. (See
Note A-3.2.3.4.(1).)
9.10.11.2. Firewalls Not Required
1) A party wall on a property line of a building of residential occupancy need not be constructed as a firewall,
provided it is constructed as a fire separation having not less than a 1 h fire-resistance rating, where the party wall
separates
a) two principal dwelling units where there is no principal dwelling unit above another,
b) deleted, or
c) principal dwelling units and common spaces in a duplex.
2) Reserved.
3) The wall described in Sentence (1) shall provide continuous protection from the top of the footings to the
underside of the roof deck.
4) Any space between the top of the wall described in Sentence (1) and the roof deck shall be tightly filled with
mineral wool or noncombustible material.
9.10.11.3. Construction of Firewalls
1) Where firewalls are used, the requirements in Part 3 shall apply.
9.10.12. Prevention of Fire Spread at Exterior Walls and between Storeys
9.10.12.1. Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and in Articles 9.10.1.3. and 9.10.9.5., the portions of a floor area or
mezzanine that do not terminate at an exterior wall, a firewall or a vertical shaft, shall terminate at a vertical fire
separation having a fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the floor assembly that terminates at the
separation.
2) A mezzanine need not terminate at a vertical fire separation where the mezzanine is not required to be
considered as a storey in Articles 9.10.4.1. and 9.10.4.2.
9.10.12.2. Location of Skylights
1) Where a wall in a building is exposed to a fire hazard from an adjoining roof of a separate fire compartment
that is not sprinklered in the same building, the roof shall contain no skylights within a horizontal distance of 5 m of
the windows in the exposed wall.
9.10.12.3. Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
1) Except as provided in Article 9.9.4.5., where exterior walls of a building meet at an external angle of 135° or
less, the horizontal distance from an unprotected opening in one exterior wall to an unprotected opening in the other
exterior wall shall be not less than 1.2 m, where these openings are
a) in different fire compartments, or
b) in different dwelling units, ancillary spaces or common spaces in a single detached house.
2) The exterior wall of each fire compartment referred to in Sentence (1) within the 1.2 m distance shall have a
fire-resistance rating not less than that required for the interior vertical fire separation between the compartment and
the remainder of the building.
3) Reserved.
9.10.12.4. Protection of Soffits
1) This Article applies to the portion of any soffit enclosing a projection that is
a) less than 2.5 m vertically above a window or door, and
b) less than 1.2 m from either side of the window or door.
(See Note A-9.10.12.4.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), the construction described in Sentence (1) shall have no
unprotected openings and shall be protected in accordance with Sentence (3), where the soffit encloses
a) a common attic or roof space that spans more than 2 suites of residential occupancy and projects beyond the
exterior wall of the building,
b) a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a lower storey and
i) a fire separation is required at the floor between the two, or
ii) reserved, or
c) a floor space where an upper storey projects beyond the exterior wall of a lower storey, and the projection is
continuous across
i) a vertical fire separation separating two suites, or
ii) reserved.
3) Protection required by Sentence (2) shall be provided by
a) noncombustible material having a minimum thickness of 0.38 mm and a melting point not below 650°C,
b) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum board installed according to CSA A82.31-M,
"Gypsum Board Application,"
c) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
d) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
e) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
(See Note A-9.10.12.4.(3).)
4) In the case of a soffit described in Sentence (1) that is at the edge of an attic or roof space and completely
separated from the remainder of that attic or roof space by fire blocks, the requirements in Sentence (2) do not apply.
5) Where all suites spanned by a common attic or roof space or situated above or below the projecting floor are
sprinklered, the requirements of Sentence (2) do not apply, provided that all rooms, including closets and bathrooms,
having openings in the wall beneath the soffit are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exceptions in the sprinkler
standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.
9.10.13. Doors, Dampers and Other Closures in Fire Separations
9.10.13.1. Closures
1) Except as provided in Article 9.10.13.2., openings in required fire separations shall be protected with a closure
conforming to Table 9.10.13.1. and shall be installed in conformance with Chapters 2 to 14 of NFPA 80, "Standard
for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives," unless otherwise specified herein. (See also Article 9.10.3.1.)
Table 9.10.13.1.
Fire-Protection Ratings for Closures
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.13.1.(1)
Required Fire-Resistance Rating of Fire SeparationI
Minimum Fire-Protection Rating of Closure
30 or 45 min
20 min(1)
1 h
45 min(1)
1.5 h
1 h
2 h
1.5 h
3 h
2 h
4 h
3 h
Notes to Table 9.10.13.1.:
(1) See Article 9.10.13.2.
9.10.13.2. Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure
1) A 45 mm thick solid core wood door is permitted to be used where a minimum fire-protection rating of 20 min
is permitted between an ancillary residential unit and its principal dwelling unit or between a public corridor and a suite
provided that the door conforms to CAN/ULC-S113, "Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors Meeting the
Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies." (See Note A-
9.10.13.2.(1).)
2) Doors described in Sentence (1) shall have not more than a 6 mm clearance beneath and not more than 3 mm
at the sides and top.
9.10.13.3. Unrated Wood Door Frames
1) Doors required to provide a 20 min fire-protection rating or permitted to be 45 mm solid core wood shall be
mounted in a wood frame of not less than 38 mm thickness where the frame has not been tested and rated.
9.10.13.4. Doors as a Means of Egress
1) Doors forming part of an exit or a public means of egress shall conform to Subsection 9.9.6. in addition to this
Subsection.
9.10.13.5. Wired Glass as a Closure
1) Wired glass conforming to Article 9.6.1.2. which has not been tested in accordance with Article 9.10.3.1. is
permitted as a closure in a vertical fire separation required to have a fire-resistance rating of not more than 1 h provided
such glass is not less than 6 mm thick and is mounted in conformance with Sentence (2).
2) Wired glass described in Sentence (1) shall be mounted in fixed steel frames having a metal thickness of not
less than 1.35 mm and a glazing stop of not less than 20 mm on each side of the glass.
3) Individual panes of glass described in Sentence (1) shall not exceed 0.8 m2 in area or 1.4 m in height or width,
and the area of glass not structurally supported by mullions shall not exceed 7.5 m2.
9.10.13.6. Steel Door Frames
1) Steel door frames forming part of a closure in a fire separation, including anchorage requirements, shall
conform to CAN/ULC-S105, "Standard Specification for Fire Door Frames Meeting the Performance Required by
CAN/ULC-S104."
9.10.13.7. Glass Block as a Closure
1) Glass block that has not been tested in accordance with Article 9.10.3.1. is permitted as a closure in a fire
separation required to have a fire-resistance rating of not more than 1 h. (See Article 9.20.9.6.)
9.10.13.8. Maximum Size of Opening
1) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation, even where protected with a closure, shall not exceed 11
m2, with no dimension greater than 3.7 m, when the fire compartments on both sides of the fire separation are not
sprinklered.
2) The size of an opening in an interior fire separation, even where protected with a closure, shall not exceed 22
m2, with no dimension greater than 6 m, when the fire compartments on both sides of the fire separation are sprinklered.
9.10.13.9. Door Latch
1) Every swing type door in a fire separation shall be equipped with a latch.
9.10.13.10. Self-closing Device
1) Except as described in Sentence (2), every door in a fire separation shall have a self-closing device.
2) Self-closing doors are not required between public corridors and suites in business and personal services
occupancies, except in dead-end corridors.
9.10.13.11. Hold-Open Devices
1) Where hold-open devices are used on doors in required fire separations, they shall be installed in accordance
with Article 3.1.8.14.
9.10.13.12. Service Room Doors
1) Swing-type doors shall open into service rooms containing fuel-fired equipment where such doors lead to
public corridors or rooms used for assembly but shall swing outward from such rooms in all other cases.
9.10.13.13. Fire Dampers
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5), 9.10.5.1.(3) and 9.10.9.9.(5), a duct that penetrates an assembly
required to be a fire separation with a fire-resistance rating shall be equipped with a fire damper in conformance with
Articles 3.1.8.4. and 3.1.8.10.
2) A fire damper is not required where a noncombustible branch duct pierces a required fire separation provided
the duct
a) has a melting point not below 760°C,
b) has a cross-sectional area less than 130 cm2, and
c) supplies only air-conditioning units or combined air-conditioning and heating units discharging air at not
more than 1.2 m above the floor.
3) A fire damper is not required where a noncombustible branch duct pierces a required fire separation around an
exhaust duct riser in which the airflow is upward provided
a) the melting point of the branch duct is not below 760°C,
b) the branch duct is carried up inside the riser not less than 500 mm, and
c) the exhaust duct is under negative pressure as described in Article 9.10.9.20.
4) Noncombustible ducts that penetrate a fire separation separating a vertical service space from the remainder of
the building need not be equipped with a fire damper at the fire separation provided
a) the ducts have a melting point above 760°C, and
b) each individual duct exhausts directly to the outside at the top of the vertical service space.
5) A duct serving commercial cooking equipment and piercing a required fire separation need not be equipped
with a fire damper at the fire separation. (See also Article 6.3.1.6.)
9.10.13.14. Fire Stop Flaps
1) Fire stop flaps in ceiling membranes referred to in Sentence 9.10.5.1.(3) shall
a) conform to CAN/ULC-S112.2, "Standard Method of Fire Test of Ceiling Firestop Flap Assemblies," and
b) activate at a temperature approximately 30°C above the normal maximum temperature that occurs in the
ducts, whether the air duct system is operating or shut down.
9.10.13.15. Doors between Garages and Dwelling Units
1) A door between an attached or built-in garage and a dwelling unit shall be tight fitting and weather-stripped
to provide an effective barrier against the passage of gas and exhaust fumes and shall be fitted with a self-closing
device.
2) A doorway between an attached or built-in garage and a dwelling unit shall not be located in a room
intended for sleeping.
9.10.13.16. Door Stops
1) Where a door is installed so that it may damage the integrity of a fire separation if its swing is unrestricted,
door stops shall be installed to prevent such damage.
9.10.14. Spatial Separation Between Buildings
9.10.14.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to buildings other than those to which Subsection 9.10.15. applies.
2) This Subsection does not apply to detached carports conforming to Section 9.35. that serve not more than
one principal dwelling unit.
9.10.14.2. Area and Location of Exposing Building Face
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (4), the area of an exposing building face shall be
a) taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a building, and
b) calculated as
i) the total area measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling, or
ii) the area for each fire compartment, where a building is divided into fire compartments by fire separations with
fire-resistance ratings not less than 45 min.
2) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.4.-A to determine the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings
in an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical
plane located so that there are no unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting
distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
3) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.14.5.-A to determine the required type of construction, cladding and fire-
resistance rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall,
a) the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that no portion of the
actual exposing building face is between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured, and
b) the value for the maximum area of unprotected openings (see second column of Table 9.10.14.5.-A) shall be
determined using the limiting distance measured from the location described in Clause (a). (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
4) If a building is divided by fire separations into fire compartments, the area of exposing building face is permitted
to be calculated for each fire compartment, provided the fire separations have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45
min.
9.10.14.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
1) Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.14.4.(2), (3), (8) and (9), and Sentences 9.10.14.5.(3), (8) and (13), a limiting
distance equal to half the actual limiting distance shall be used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds
10 min in 10% or more of all calls to the building, and
b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
(See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)
9.10.14.4. Openings in Exposing Building Face
1) Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (10), the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall
a) conform to Table 9.10.14.4.-A,
b) conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
c) where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than
i) the limiting distance squared, for residential occupancies, business and personal services occupancies and low-hazard industrial
occupancies, and
ii) half the limiting distance squared, for mercantile occupancies and medium-hazard industrial occupancies.
Table 9.10.14.4.-A
Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings in Exterior Walls(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(1)
Occupancy
Classification of
Building
Maximum
Total Area of
Exposing
Building
Face, m2
Maximum Aggregate Area of Unprotected Openings,
% of Exposing Building Face Area
Limiting Distance, m
Less
than
1.2
1.2
1.5
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
Residential, business
and personal services,
and low-hazard
industrial
30
0
7
9
12
39
88
100
--
--
--
--
--
40
0
7
8
11
32
69
100
--
--
--
--
--
50
0
7
8
10
28
57
100
--
--
--
--
--
100
0
7
8
9
18
34
56
84
100
--
--
--
Over 100
0
7
7
8
12
19
28
40
55
92
100
--
Mercantile and
medium-hazard
industrial
30
0
4
4
6
20
44
80
100
--
--
--
--
40
0
4
4
6
16
34
61
97
100
--
--
--
50
0
4
4
5
14
29
50
79
100
--
--
--
100
0
4
4
4
9
17
28
42
60
100
--
--
Over 100
0
4
4
4
6
10
14
20
27
46
70
100
Notes to Table 9.10.14.4.-A:
(1) See also Sentences (6) and (7) to calculate the maximum permitted area of unprotected openings in sprinklered buildings or where wired glass or glass blocks are used.
2) Openings in a wall having a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m shall be protected by closures, of other than wired glass or glass
block, whose fire-protection rating is in conformance with the fire-resistance rating required for the wall. (See Table 9.10.13.1.)
3) Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in
accordance with Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual unprotected openings shall be no greater
than
a) the area stated in Table 9.10.14.4.-B, or
b) where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 1.2 m, the area calculated by
where
Area = area of the unprotected opening, and
LD = limiting distance.
Table 9.10.14.4.-B
Maximum Concentrated Area of Unprotected Openings
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.4.(3)
Limiting Distance, m
Maximum Area of Individual Unprotected Openings, m2
1.2
0.35
1.5
0.78
2.0
1.88
4) The spacing between individual unprotected openings described in Sentence (3) that serve a single room or space described in
Sentence (5) shall be not less than
a) 2 m horizontally of another unprotected opening that is on the same exposing building face and serves the single room or space, or
b) 2 m vertically of another unprotected opening that serves the single room or space, or another room or space on the same storey.
5) For the purpose of Sentence (4), "single room or space" shall mean
a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall,
or
b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
6) If a building is not sprinklered, the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings is permitted to be up to twice the area
determined according to Sentence (1), where the unprotected openings are glazed with
a) wired glass in steel frames, as described in Article 9.10.13.5., or
b) glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7.
7) Where the building is sprinklered, the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings is permitted to be up to twice the area
determined according to Sentence (1), provided all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, that are adjacent to the exposing building face
and that have unprotected openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.
8) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face of a storage garage need not comply with
Sentence (1), where
a) all storeys are constructed as open-air storeys, and
b) the storage garage has a limiting distance of not less than 3 m.
9) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face of a storey that faces a street and is at the same
level as the street need not comply with Sentence (1), where the limiting distance is not less than 9 m.
10) Except as provided in Sentence (11), for garages or accessory buildings that serve a single dwelling unit only and are detached
from any building, the maximum aggregate area of glazed openings shall comply with the requirements for unprotected openings.
11) The limits on the area of glazed openings stated in Sentence (10) need not apply to the exposing building face of a detached
garage or accessory building facing a dwelling unit, where
a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
12) Where a building of residential occupancy is sprinklered and the limiting distance is less than 1.2 m but no less than 1 m, the
maximum percentage of unprotected openings may be 10% provided
a) the windows are glazed with tempered, wired or laminated glass, or glass block, and
b) the exposing building face is constructed according to Article 9.10.14.5.
13) The exposing building face of an attached carport or open-air storage garage serving not more than 5 motor vehicles is permitted to
have 100% unprotected openings, where
(a) it is in a building of only residential occupancy with not more than 8 dwelling units, and
(b) it complies with requirements of Clauses 9.10.15.4.(11)(a) through (d).
9.10.14.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls above Exposing Building Face
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (15), each exposing building face and any exterior wall located above an
exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall be constructed in conformance with Table 9.10.14.5.-A.
(See Note A-9.10.14.5.(1).) (See also Subsection 9.10.8.)
Table 9.10.14.5.-A
Minimum Construction Requirements for Exposing Building Faces
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(1)
Occupancy
Maximum Area of Unprotected
Minimum Required
Type of Construction
Type of Cladding
Classification of Building or
Fire Compartment
Openings Permitted, % of
Exposing Building Face Area
Fire-Resistance
Rating
Required
Required
Residential, business and
personal services, and low-
hazard industrial
0 to 10
1 h
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 10 to 25
1 h
Combustible or
noncombustible
Noncombustible
>25 to 50
45 min
Combustible or
noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 50 to < 100
45 min
Combustible or
noncombustible
Combustible or
noncombustible
Mercantile and medium-hazard
industrial
0 to 10
2 h
Noncombustible
Noncombustible
>10 to 25
2 h
Combustible or
noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 25 to 50
1 h
Combustible or
noncombustible
Noncombustible
> 50 to < 100
1 h
Combustible or
noncombustible
Combustible or
noncombustible
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (8), cladding on exposing building faces and exterior walls located above
exposing building faces that enclose an attic or roof space, for buildings or fire compartments where the maximum
permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 10% of the exposing building face, need not be noncombustible
where the wall assembly complies with the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with
CAN/ULC-S134, "Standard Method of Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies."
3) Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (8) and permitted by Sentence (9), cladding on exposing building faces
and on exterior walls located above exposing building faces of buildings or fire compartments where the maximum
permitted area of unprotected openings is more than 25% but not more than 50% of the exposing building face need not
be noncombustible, where
a) the limiting distance is greater than 5.0 m,
b) the limiting distance is greater than 2.5 m where the area and width-to-height ratio of the exposing building face
conform to Table 9.10.14.5.-B,
c) the building or fire compartment is sprinklered,
d) the cladding
i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8. or 9.27.9.,
ii) is installed without furring members, or on furring not more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at
least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry, and
iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of
Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood for Fire Testing," has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in
accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), or
e) the cladding
i) conforms to Subsection 9.27.12.,
ii) is installed with or without furring members over a gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over
masonry,
iii) has a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
iv) does not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements.
Table 9.10.14.5.-B
Maximum Allowable Area and Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.14.5.(3)
Maximum Ratio of Width to Height of Exposing Building Face
Maximum Area of Exposing Building Face, m2
1:1
88
2:1
102
3:1
129
4:1
161
5:1
195
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), where a garage or accessory building serves one dwelling unit only and is detached from any
building, or if a detached garage serves both units of a duplex with a continuous internal fire separation, with a fire resistance rating of at least
45 minutes, from the floor slab to the roof sheathing separating the parking spaces for each unit, the exposing building face
a) need not conform to the minimum required fire-resistance rating stated in Table 9.10.14.5.-A, where the limiting distance is 0.6 m or
more,
b) shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min, where the limiting distance is less than 0.6 m, and
c) need not conform to the type of cladding and type of construction required by Table 9.10.14.5.-A, regardless of the limiting distance.
5) The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating, type of construction and type of cladding need not apply to the exposing building
face of a detached garage or accessory building conforming to Sentence 9.10.14.5.(4) facing a single detached house or duplex, where
a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
6) Except as provided in Sentence (7), combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and
that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
7) Except as provided in Sentences (9) to (12), Sentence (6) shall not apply to
a) buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
b) detached garages or accessory buildings, where
i) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
ii) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
iii) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
(See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)
8) Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by Sentence (7), are totally enclosed and constructed with
solid faces, such as for fireplaces and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
a) the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the corresponding requirements for exposing building faces
for limiting distances less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and
b) where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, it shall be protected by
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,"
iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board
Application,"
iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
(See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)
9) Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting
roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
10) Except as provided in Sentence (11), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof
soffits shall not project to less than 0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
11) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way. (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and
9.10.15.5.(10).)
12) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two
buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
a) have no openings, and
b) be protected by
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,"
iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board
Application,"
iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
(See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
13) Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less
than 3 m.
14) Non-loadbearing wall components need not have a minimum fire-resistance rating, where the building
a) is 1 storey in building height,
b) is of noncombustible construction,
c) is classified as a low-hazard industrial occupancy and used only for low fire load occupancies, such as power-generating plants or
plants for the manufacture or storage of noncombustible materials, and
d) has a limiting distance of 3 m or more.
15) Where a residential building is sprinklered, and Table 9.10.14.5.A requires non-combustible construction, the exposing building faces
may use a wood stud wall assembly having a 1 hour fire-resistance rating provided the limiting distance is at least 1.0 m and the wall
assembly is of non-combustible construction throughout excepting structural elements and sheathing.
9.10.15. Spatial Separation Between Houses
(See Note A-9.10.15.)
9.10.15.1. Application
1) This Subsection applies to
a) residential buildings that contain not more than two dwelling units and have no principal dwelling unit above another principal dwelling
unit, and
b) single detached houses with an ancillary residential unit including their common spaces.
(See Note A-9.10.15.1.(1).)
9.10.15.2. Area and Location of Exposing Building Face
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5) the area of an exposing building face shall be
a) taken as the exterior wall area facing in one direction on any side of a building, and
b) calculated as
i) the total area measured from the finished ground level to the uppermost ceiling,
ii) reserved, or
iii) except as provided in Sentence (2), where Table 9.10.15.4. is used to determine the maximum aggregate area of unprotected
openings, the area of any number of individual portions of the exposing building face. (See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)
2) Where the exposing building face of any section of an exterior wall enclosing a single room or space, or combination room and
space, has a limiting distance of 2 m or less, that section of the exposing building face serving the room or space shall not be divided into
portions for the purpose of calculating area of exposing building face. (See Sentence 9.10.15.4.(5) and Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)
3) For the purpose of using Table 9.10.15.4. to determine the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an irregularly
shaped or skewed exterior wall, the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that there are no
unprotected openings between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
4) In determining the required cladding-sheathing assembly and fire-resistance rating for an irregularly shaped or skewed exterior wall,
the location of the exposing building face shall be taken as a vertical plane located so that no portion of the actual exposing building face is
between the vertical plane and the line to which the limiting distance is measured. (See Article 9.10.15.5. and Note A-3.2.3.1.(4).)
5) If a building is divided by fire separations into fire compartments, the area of exposing building face is permitted to be calculated for
each fire compartment provided the fire separations have a fire-resistance rating not less than 45 min.
9.10.15.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
1) Except for the purpose of applying Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2), 9.10.15.4.(3) and 9.10.15.5.(13), a limiting distance equal to half the
actual limiting distance shall be used as input to the requirements of this Subsection, where
a) the time from receipt of notification of a fire by the fire department until the first fire department vehicle arrives at the building exceeds
10 min in 10% or more of all calls to the building, and
b) any storey in the building is not sprinklered.
(See Notes A-3.2.3. and A-3.2.3.1.(8).)
9.10.15.4. Unprotected Openings in Exposing Building Face
1) Except as provided in Sentences (6) to (11), the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall
a) conform to Table 9.10.15.4.,
b) conform to Subsection 3.2.3., or
c) where the limiting distance is not less than 1.2 m, be equal to or less than the limiting distance squared.
2) Where the limits on the area of unprotected openings are determined for individual portions of the exposing building face, as
described in Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings for any portion shall be determined using
the values in Table 9.10.15.4. corresponding to
a) the maximum total area of exposing building face, which is equal to the sum of all portions of the exposing building face, and
b) the limiting distance of each portion.
(See Note A-9.10.15.4.(2).)
3) Except for buildings that are sprinklered and for openable windows having an unobstructed opening equal to 0.35 m2 installed in
accordance with Sentences 9.9.10.1.(1) and (2), where the limiting distance is 2 m or less, individual unprotected openings or a group of
unprotected openings in an exposing building face shall not exceed 50% of the maximum allowable aggregate area of unprotected openings
determined in Sentence (1).
4) The spacing between individual unprotected openings or a group of unprotected openings described in Sentence (3) serving a single
room or space described in Sentence (5) shall be not less than
a) 2 m horizontally of another unprotected openings that is on the same exposing building face and serves the single room or space, or
b) 2 m vertically of another unprotected openings that serves the single room or space, or another room or space on the same storey.
5) For the purpose of Sentence (4), "single room or space" shall mean
a) two or more adjacent spaces having a full-height separating wall extending less than 1.5 m from the interior face of the exterior wall,
or
b) two or more stacked spaces that are on the same storey.
6) The limits on the area of unprotected openings shall not apply to the exposing building face of a dwelling unit facing a detached
garage or accessory building, where
a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
7) The maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings in an exposing building face is permitted to be up to twice the area
determined in accordance with Sentence (1), where
a) the unprotected openings consist of glass blocks, as described in Article 9.10.13.7., or
b) the building is sprinklered, provided all rooms, including closets, bathrooms and attached garages, that are adjacent to the exposing
building face and that have unprotected openings are sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in
Article 3.2.5.12.
Table 9.10.15.4.
Maximum Area of Glazed Openings in Exterior Walls of Houses
Forming Part of Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2)
Maximum Total
Area of Exposing
Building Face, m2
Maximum Aggregate Area of Glazed Openings, % of Exposing Building Face Area
Limiting Distance, m
Less
than
1.2
1.2
1.5
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0
12.0
16.0
20.0
25.0
30
0
7
9
12
39
88
100
--
--
--
--
--
40
0
7
8
11
32
69
100
--
--
--
--
--
50
0
7
8
10
28
57
100
--
--
--
--
--
100
0
7
8
9
18
34
56
84
100
--
--
--
Over 100
0
7
7
8
12
19
28
40
55
92
100
--
8) If a building is sprinklered and the limiting distance is less than 1.2 m but not less than 1 m, the maximum centage of unprotected
openings shall be 10% provided
a) the windows are glazed with tempered , wired, or laminated glass or glass block, and
b) the exposing building face is constructed according to Sentence 9.10.15.5.(14).
9) If a building is sprinklered, the maximum aggregate area of unprotected openings may be no more than twice the area as determined
in Table 9.10.15.4. provided all rooms, including closets and bathrooms, that are adjacent to the exposing building face and that have
unprotected openings shall be sprinklered, notwithstanding any exemptions in the sprinkler standards referenced in Article 3.2.5.12.
10) If a storage garage has a limiting distance of no less than 3 m, the exposing building face of such storage garage may have unlimited
unprotected openings.
11) The exposing building face of an attached carport or open-air storage garage serving not more than 5 motor vehicles is permitted to
have 100% unprotected openings where
a) the carport or storage garage is ancillary to a building of only residential occupancy and has a limiting distance of at least 1.2 m,
b) the perimeter walls of the carport or storage garage are substantially open on at least 3 sides, with not less than 25% of the total area
of the exterior perimeter walls open to the exterior in a manner that will provide cross ventilation,
c) A fire separation is provided between the carport or storage garage and all adjacent spaces in the building with a minimum 1 h fire-
resistance rating,
d) The carport or storage garage is provided with a smooth flat ceiling, and is sprinklered in accordance with the applicable sprinkler
design standard and notwithstanding the provision of that standard, provided with
i) quick response sprinklers, and
ii) a minimum design density of 0.15 USgpm/sq.ft.
(see Note A-9.10.15.4.(11) )
9.10.15.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
1) Except as provided in Sentences (4), (13) and (14), each exposing building face and any exterior wall located above an exposing
building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall be constructed in conformance with Sentences (2) and (3)
a) for the exposing building face as a whole, or
b) for any number of separate portions of the exposing building face (see Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii), Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2), and
Note A-9.10.15.4.(2)).
(See also Subsection 9.10.8.)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), where the limiting distance is less than 0.6 m, the exposing building face and exterior
walls located above the exposing building face that enclose an attic or roof space shall have a fire-resistance rating of not less than 45 min,
and
a) the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in accordance with Section 9.20., 9.27. or 9.28. (see Note A-
9.10.14.5.(1)),
b) the cladding shall
i) conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
ii) be installed without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
iii) have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
iv) not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements, or
c) the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, "Standard Method of
Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies."
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), where the limiting distance is equal to or greater than 0.6 m and less than 1.2 m, the exposing
building face and any exterior wall located above the exposing building face that encloses an attic or roof space shall have a fire-resistance
rating of not less than 45 min, and
a) the cladding shall be metal or noncombustible cladding installed in accordance with Section 9.20., Subsection 9.27.11. or
Section 9.28. (see Note A-9.10.14.5.(1)),
b) the cladding shall
i) conform to Subsection 9.27.6., 9.27.7., 9.27.8., 9.27.9., or 9.27.10.,
ii) be installed without furring members, or on furring not more than 25 mm thick, over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over
masonry, and
iii) after conditioning in conformance with ASTM D2898, "Standard Practice for Accelerated Weathering of Fire-Retardant-Treated Wood
for Fire Testing," have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2),
c) the cladding shall
i) conform to Subsection 9.27.12.,
ii) be installed with or without furring members over gypsum sheathing at least 12.7 mm thick or over masonry,
iii) have a flame-spread rating not greater than 25 when tested in accordance with Sentence 3.1.12.1.(2), and
iv) not exceed 2 mm in thickness exclusive of fasteners, joints and local reinforcements, or
d) the wall assembly shall comply with Clause 3.1.5.5.(1)(b) when tested in conformance with CAN/ULC-S134, "Standard Method of
Fire Test of Exterior Wall Assemblies."
4) The requirements regarding fire-resistance rating and type of cladding-sheathing assembly shall not apply to the exposing building
face or projections from an exposing building face of a dwelling unit facing a detached garage or accessory building, or a garage or accessory
building facing a dwelling unit, where
a) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
b) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
c) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), combustible projections on the exterior of a wall that are more than 1 m above ground level and
that could expose an adjacent building to fire spread shall not be permitted within
a) 1.2 m of a property line or the centre line of a public way, or
b) 2.4 m of a combustible projection on another building on the same property.
6) Except as provided in Sentences (8) to (11), Sentence (5) shall not apply to
a) buildings containing one or two dwelling units only, and
b) detached garages or accessory buildings, where
i) the detached garage or accessory building serves only one dwelling unit,
ii) the detached garage or accessory building is located on the same property as that dwelling unit, and
iii) the dwelling unit served by the detached garage or accessory building is the only major occupancy on the property.
(See Note A-9.10.14.5.(7).)
7) Where combustible projections on an exposing building face are permitted by Sentence (6), are totally enclosed and constructed with
solid faces, such as for fireplaces and chimneys, and extend within 1.2 m of a property line,
a) the construction of the face and sides of the projection shall comply with the corresponding requirements for exposing building faces
for limiting distances less than 1.2 m as stated in Sentence (2) or (3), and
b) where the underside of the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished ground level, it shall be protected by
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick noncombustible material,
ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,"
iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board
Application,"
iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
(See Note A-9.10.14.5.(8).)
8) Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of not more than 0.45 m, projecting
roof soffits shall not be constructed above the exposing building face. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
9) Except as provided in Sentence (10), where the exposing building face has a limiting distance of more than 0.45 m, the face of roof
soffits shall not project to less than 0.45 m from the property line. (See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
10) The face of a roof soffit is permitted to project to the property line, where it faces a public way . (See Note A-9.10.14.5.(11) and
9.10.15.5.(10).)
11) Where roof soffits project to less than 1.2 m from the property line, the centre line of a public way, or an imaginary line between two
buildings or fire compartments on the same property, they shall
a) have no openings, and
b) be protected by
i) not less than 0.38 mm thick sheet steel,
ii) unvented aluminum conforming to CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use,"
iii) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum soffit board or gypsum ceiling board installed according to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board
Application,"
iv) not less than 11 mm thick plywood,
v) not less than 12.5 mm thick OSB or waferboard, or
vi) not less than 11 mm thick lumber.
(See Note A-3.2.3.6.(2).)
12) For buildings of combustible construction, materials installed to provide the required protection for soffits may be covered with a
combustible or noncombustible finish material.
13) Heavy timber and steel columns need not conform to the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the limiting distance is not less
than 3 m.
14) If a building is sprinklered, and the maximum percentage of unprotected openings complies with Sentence 9.10.15.4.(7), the
exposing building faces may be constructed with a wood stud wall assembly provided
a) the exposing building face has a one hour fire-resistance rating,
b) the wall assembly is of non-combustible construction throughout excepting structural elements and sheathing, and
c) the wall assembly is clad with non-combustible cladding.
9.10.16. Fire Blocks
9.10.16.1. Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
1) Vertical concealed spaces in interior walls and exterior walls shall be separated by fire blocks
a) one from the other, and
b) from horizontal concealed spaces.
2) Horizontal concealed spaces in attics, roof spaces, ceilings, floors, and crawl spaces shall be separated by fire blocks
a) one from the other, and
b) from vertical concealed spaces.
3) Fire blocks shall be provided at all interconnections between concealed vertical and horizontal spaces in interior coved ceilings, drop
ceilings and soffits where the exposed construction materials within the concealed spaces have a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25.
4) Fire blocks shall be provided at the top and bottom of each run of stairs where they pass through a floor containing concealed space
in which the exposed construction materials within the space have a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25.
5) Where not sprinklered, concealed spaces of combustible construction created by a ceiling, roof space or unoccupied attic space shall
be separated by fire blocks into compartments
a) not more than 60 m in greatest dimension, and
b) where such space contains exposed construction materials having a surface flame-spread rating greater than 25, not more than 300
m2 in area.
6) No dimension of the concealed space described in Clause (5)(b) shall exceed 20 m.
7) Concealed spaces in mansard or gambrel style roofs, exterior cornices, balconies and canopies of combustible construction in which
the exposed construction materials within the space have a surface flame-spread rating exceeding 25 shall have vertical fire blocks at
intervals of not more than 20 m and at points where such concealed spaces extend across the ends of required vertical fire separations.
9.10.16.2. Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), fire blocks shall be provided to block off concealed spaces within wall assemblies, including
spaces created by furring,
a) at each floor level,
b) at each ceiling level where the ceiling contributes to part of the required fire-resistance rating, and
c) at other locations within the wall, so that the distance between fire blocks does not exceed 20 m horizontally and 3 m vertically.
2) Fire blocks described in Sentence (1) are not required, provided
a) the insulated wall assembly contains not more than one concealed air space whose horizontal thickness is not more than 25 mm,
b) the exposed construction materials within the space are noncombustible,
c) the exposed construction materials within the space, including insulation, but not including wiring, piping or similar services, have a
flame-spread rating of not more than 25, or
d) the concealed wall space is filled with insulation.
9.10.16.3. Fire Block Materials
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) and (3), fire blocks shall be constructed of materials that will remain in place and prevent the
passage of flames for not less than 15 min when subjected to the standard fire exposure in CAN/ULC-S101, "Standard Method of Fire
Endurance Tests of Building Construction and Materials."
2) Fire blocks are deemed to comply with Sentence (1) if they are constructed of not less than
a) 0.38 mm sheet steel,
b) 12.7 mm gypsum board,
c) 12.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, with joints having continuous supports,
d) two layers of lumber, each not less than 19 mm thick, with joints staggered, or
e) 38 mm lumber.
3) In a building permitted to be of combustible construction, semi-rigid fibre insulation board produced from glass, rock or slag is
permitted to be used to block the vertical space in a double-frame wall assembly formed at the intersection of the floor assembly and the
walls, provided the width of the vertical space does not exceed 25 mm and the insulation board
a) has a density not less than 45 kg/m3,
b) is securely fastened to one set of studs,
c) extends from below the bottom of the top plates in the lower storey to above the top of the bottom plate in the upper storey, and
d) completely fills the portion of the vertical space between the headers and between the wall plates.
(See Note A-3.1.11.7.(8).)
9.10.16.4. Penetration of Fire Blocks
1) Where fire blocks are pierced by pipes, ducts or other elements, the effectiveness of the fire blocks shall be maintained around such
elements. (See also Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)
9.10.17. Flame-Spread Limits
9.10.17.1. Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
1) Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the exposed surface of every interior wall and ceiling, including skylights and
glazing, shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 150.
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), doors need not conform to Sentence (1) provided they have a surface flame-spread rating of not
more than 200.
3) Doors within dwelling units, other than garage doors, need not conform to Sentences (1) and (2).
9.10.17.2. Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
1) At least 90% of the exposed surface of every ceiling in an exit or ceiling that is not sprinklered in a public corridor shall have a surface
flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)
9.10.17.3. Walls in Exits
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), at least 90% of the exposed surfaces of every wall in an exit shall have a surface flame-spread
rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)
2) At least 75% of the wall surface of a lobby used as an exit in Article 9.9.8.5. shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than
25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)
9.10.17.4. Exterior Exit Passageways
1) Where an exterior exit passageway provides the only means of egress from the rooms or suites it serves, the wall and ceiling finishes
of that passageway, including the soffit beneath and the guard on the passageway, shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than
25, except that up to 10% of the total wall area and 10% of the total ceiling area is permitted to have a surface flame-spread rating of not more
than 150.
9.10.17.5. Walls in Public Corridors
1) At least 90% of the total wall surface in any public corridor that is not sprinklered shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more
than 75, or at least 90% of the upper half of such walls shall have a surface flame-spread rating of not more than 25. (See Article 9.10.17.6.)
9.10.17.6. Calculation of Wall and Ceiling Areas
1) Skylights, glazing, combustible doors, and combustible light diffusers and lenses shall not be considered in the calculation of wall and
ceiling areas in this Subsection.
9.10.17.7. Corridors Containing an Occupancy
1) Where a public corridor or a corridor used by the public contains an occupancy, the interior finish materials used on the walls or
ceiling of such occupancy, shall have a surface flame-spread rating in conformance with that required for public corridors.
9.10.17.8. Light Diffusers and Lenses
1) Light diffusers and lenses having flame-spread ratings that exceed those permitted for the ceiling finish, shall conform to the
requirements of Sentence 3.1.13.4.(1).
9.10.17.9. Combustible Skylights
1) Individual combustible skylights in corridors required to be separated from the remainder of the building by fire separations shall not
exceed 1 m2 in area and shall be spaced not less than 1.2 m apart.
9.10.17.10. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), foamed plastics that form part of a wall or ceiling assembly shall be protected from
adjacent space in the building, other than adjacent concealed spaces within attic or roof spaces, crawl spaces, wall assemblies and ceiling
assemblies
a) by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
b) provided the building does not contain a Group C major occupancy, by sheet metal that
i) is mechanically fastened to the supporting assembly independent of the insulation,
ii) is not less than 0.38 mm thick, and
iii) has a melting point not less than 650°C, or
c) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Sentence 3.1.5.15.(2).
(See Note A-3.1.4.2.(1)(c).)
2) A walk-in cooler or freezer consisting of factory-assembled wall, floor or ceiling panels containing foamed plastics is permitted to be
used, provided the panels
a) are protected on both sides by sheet metal not less than 0.38 mm thick having a melting point not less than 650°C,
b) do not contain an air space, and
c) have a flame-spread rating, determined by subjecting a sample panel with an assembled joint typical of field installation to the
applicable test described in Subsection 3.1.12., that is not more than that permitted for the room or space in which they are located or that
they bound.
3) Thermosetting foamed plastic insulation having a flame-spread rating of not more than 200 is permitted to be used in factory-
assembled doors in storage garages serving single dwelling units provided that
a) the insulation is covered on the interior with a metallic foil,
b) the assembly has a flame-spread rating of not more than 200, and
c) the assembly incorporates no air spaces.
9.10.17.11. Walls and Ceilings in Bathrooms
1) The interior finish of walls and ceilings in bathrooms within suites of residential occupancy shall have a surface flame-spread rating of
not more than 200.
9.10.17.12. Coverings or Linings of Ducts
1) Where a covering or a lining is used with a duct, such lining or covering shall have a flame-spread rating conforming to
Article 3.6.5.4. or 9.33.6.4.
9.10.18. Alarm and Detection Systems
9.10.18.1. Access Provided through a Firewall
1) Where access is provided through a firewall, the requirements in this Subsection shall apply to the floor areas on both sides of the
firewall as if they were in the same building.
9.10.18.2. Fire Alarm System Required
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (3) to (5), a fire alarm system shall be installed in buildings in which a sprinkler system is installed.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (5), a fire alarm system shall be installed
a) in every building that contains more than 3 storeys, including storeys below the first storey,
b) where the total occupant load exceeds 300, or
c) when the occupant load for any major occupancy in Table 9.10.18.2. is exceeded.
Table 9.10.18.2.
Maximum Occupant Load for Buildings without Fire Alarm Systems
Forming Part of Sentence 9.10.18.2.(2)
Major Occupancy Classification
Occupant Load Above which a Fire Alarm System is Required
Residential
10 (sleeping accommodation)
Business and personal services, Mercantile
150 above or below the first storey
Low- or medium-hazard industrial
75 above or below the first storey
3) In buildings in which a sprinkler system has been installed in accordance with NFPA 13D, "Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler
Systems in One- and Two-Family Dwellings and Manufactured Homes," a fire alarm system need not be installed.
4) In buildings that contain fewer than 9 sprinklers conforming to Sentence 3.2.5.12.(4), a fire alarm system need not be installed.
5) A fire alarm system is not required in a residential occupancy where an exit or public corridor serves not more than 4 suites or where
each suite has direct access to an exterior exit facility leading to ground level.
9.10.18.3. Design and Installation Requirements
1) Except as stated in Sentence (2) and as required by this Subsection, where fire alarm, fire detection and smoke detection devices
and systems are installed, these devices and systems and their installation shall conform to Subsection 3.2.4.
2) The following Articles in Subsection 3.2.4. regarding fire alarm systems do not apply to Part 9 buildings:
Articles 3.2.4.1., 3.2.4.10., 3.2.4.11., 3.2.4.12., 3.2.4.13. and 3.2.4.22.
9.10.18.4. Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or Smoke Detectors
1) Where a fire alarm system is required, every public corridor in buildings of residential occupancy and every exit stair shaft shall be
provided with smoke detectors.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), if a fire alarm system is required in a building that is not sprinklered, fire detectors shall be
installed in the following spaces:
a) storage rooms not within dwelling units,
b) service rooms not within dwelling units,
c) janitors' rooms
d) rooms in which hazardous substances are to be used or stored (see Note A-3.3.1.2.(1)),
e) elevator hoistways, chutes and dumbwaiter shafts, and
f) laundry rooms in buildings of residential occupancy, but not those within dwelling units.
3) Except as required by Sentence (4), heat detectors and smoke detectors described in Sentence (2) are not required in dwelling units
or in sprinklered buildings in which the sprinkler system is electrically supervised and equipped with a water flow alarm.
4) Heat detectors or smoke detectors shall be installed in any elevator hoist way or dumbwaiter shaft which is not equipped with a
sprinkler system.
9.10.18.5. Smoke Detectors in Recirculating Air-Handling Systems
1) Except for a recirculating air system serving not more than one dwelling unit, where a fire alarm system is required to be installed,
every recirculating air-handling system shall be designed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke detector
where such system supplies more than one suite on the same floor or serves more than 1 storey.
9.10.18.6. Portions of Buildings Considered as Separate Buildings
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), where a vertical fire separation having a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 h separates a
portion of a building from the remainder of the building and there are no openings through the fire separation other than those for piping,
tubing, wiring and conduit, the requirements for fire alarm and detection systems may be applied to each portion so separated as if it were a
separate building.
2) The permission in Sentence (1) to consider separated portions of a building as separate buildings does not apply to service rooms
and storage rooms.
9.10.18.7. Central Vacuum Systems
1) Central vacuum cleaning systems serving more than one suite or storey in buildings equipped with a fire alarm system shall be
designed to shut down upon activation of the fire alarm system.
9.10.18.8. Open-Air Storage Garages
1) A fire alarm system is not required in a storage garage conforming to Article 3.2.2.92. provided there are no other occupancies in the
building.
9.10.19. Smoke Alarms
9.10.19.1. Required Smoke Alarms
1) Except as permitted by Article 9.10.19.8., smoke alarms conforming to CAN/ULC-S531, "Standard for Smoke Alarms," shall be
installed in
a) each dwelling unit,
b) each sleeping room not within a dwelling unit, and
c) ancillary spaces and common spaces not in dwelling units in a single detached house.
9.10.19.2. Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
1) The sound patterns of smoke alarms shall
a) meet the temporal patterns of alarm signals (see Note A-3.2.4.18.(2)), or
b) be a combination of temporal pattern and voice relay.
2) All smoke alarms installed in dwelling units in unsprinklered buildings shall be equipped with a battery powered back up system and a
wired in manually operated device which is capable of silencing a smoke alarm signal for a period of not more than 10 minutes and re-
sounding the signal if smoke levels in the vicinity trigger the smoke alarm.
9.10.19.3. Location of Smoke Alarms
1) Within dwelling units, sufficient smoke alarms shall be installed so that
a) there is at least one smoke alarm installed on each storey, including basements, and
b) on any storey of a dwelling unit containing sleeping rooms, a smoke alarm is installed
i) in each sleeping room, and
ii) in a location between the sleeping rooms and the remainder of the storey, and if the sleeping rooms are served by a hallway, the
smoke alarm shall be located in the hallway.
(See Note A-9.10.19.3.(1).)
2) A smoke alarm required by Sentence (1) shall be installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S553, "Standard for the Installation of
Smoke Alarms."
3) Smoke alarms required in Article 9.10.19.1. and Sentence (1) shall be installed on or near the ceiling.
9.10.19.4. Power Supply
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), smoke alarms described in Sentence 9.10.19.1.(1) shall
a) be installed with permanent connections to an electrical circuit (see Note A-3.2.4.20.(9)(a)),
b) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the smoke alarm, and
c) in case the regular power supply to the smoke alarm is interrupted, be provided with a battery as an alternative power source that can
continue to provide power to the smoke alarm for a period of no less than 7 days in the normal condition, followed by 4 minutes of alarm.
2) Where the building is not supplied with electrical power, smoke alarms are permitted to be battery-operated.
3) Suites of residential occupancy are permitted to be equipped with smoke detectors in lieu of smoke alarms, provided the smoke
detectors
a) are capable of independently sounding audible signals with a sound pressure level between 75 dBA and 110 dBA within the
individual suites (see also Note A-3.2.4.18.(4)),
b) except as permitted in Sentence (4), are installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm
Systems," and
c) form part of the fire alarm system.
(See Note A-3.2.4.20.(10).)
4) Smoke detectors permitted to be installed in lieu of smoke alarms as stated in Sentence (3) are permitted to sound localized alarms
within individual suites, and need not sound an alarm throughout the rest of the building.
9.10.19.5. Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
1) Where more than one smoke alarm is required in a dwelling unit, the smoke alarms shall be interconnected so that the actuation of
any one alarm causes all alarms within the dwelling unit to sound.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), in a principal dwelling unit
a) all smoke alarms shall be of photo-electric type and interconnected so that the actuation of any one smoke alarm causes all smoke
alarms within the principal dwelling unit and subordinate ancillary residential unit including their common spaces to sound when the fire
separations described in Articles 9.9.4.2., 9.10.9.16. and 9.10.9.17. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 15 min (see also Sentence
9.10.3.1.(2)), or
b) an additional smoke alarm of photo-electric type shall be installed in each dwelling unit and common space and be interconnected so
that the actuation of one smoke alarm will cause the additional smoke alarms in the other dwelling unit, dwelling units or common spaces to
sound when the fire separations described in Articles 9.9.4.2., 9.10.9.16. and 9.10.9.17. have a fire-resistance rating not less than 30 min (see
also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(3)).
3) Deleted.
9.10.19.6. Silencing of Smoke Alarms
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), a manually operated device shall be incorporated within the circuitry of a smoke alarm installed
in a dwelling unit so that the signal emitted by the smoke alarm can be silenced for a period of not more than 10 min, after which the smoke
alarm will reset and sound again if the level of smoke in the vicinity is sufficient to re-actuate it.
2) Suites of residential occupancy equipped with smoke detectors installed to CAN/ULC-S524, "Standard for Installation of Fire Alarm
Systems," which are part of the fire alarm system in lieu of smoke alarms as permitted in Sentence 9.10.19.4.(3), need not incorporate the
manually operated device required in Sentence (1).
9.10.19.7. Instructions for Maintenance and Care
1) Where instructions are necessary to describe the maintenance and care required for smoke alarms to ensure continuing satisfactory
performance, they shall be posted in a location where they will be readily available to the occupants for reference.
9.10.19.8. Residential Fire Warning Systems
1) Except where a fire alarm system is installed or required in a building, smoke detectors forming part of a residential fire warning
system installed in conformance with CAN/ULC-S540, "Standard for Residential Fire and Life Safety Warning Systems: Installation,
Inspection, Testing and Maintenance," are permitted to be installed in lieu of all smoke alarms required by Articles 9.10.19.1. and 9.10.19.3.,
provided that the fire warning system
a) is capable of sounding audible signals as stated in Articles 9.10.19.2. and 9.10.19.5.,
b) is powered as stated in Article 9.10.19.4., and
c) is equipped with a silencing device as stated in Article 9.10.19.6.
9.10.20. Firefighting
9.10.20.1. Windows or Access Panels Required
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), a window or access panel providing an opening not less than 1 100 mm high and 550 mm wide
and having a sill height of not more than 900 mm above the floor shall be provided on the second and third storeys of every building in at least
one wall facing on a street if such storeys are not sprinklered.
2) Access panels required in Sentence (1) shall be readily openable from both inside and outside or be glazed with plain glass.
3) Access panels required in Sentence (1) need not be provided in
a) buildings containing only dwelling units where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit, or
b) single detached houses.
9.10.20.2. Access to Basements
1) Except for basements in houses with a secondary suite or basements serving not more than one dwelling unit, each basement that is
not sprinklered that exceeds 25 m in length or width shall be provided with direct access to the outdoors to at least one street.
2) Access required in Sentence (1) may be provided by a door, window or other means that provides an opening not less than 1 100
mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor.
3) Access required in Sentence (1) may also be provided by an interior stair accessible from the outdoors.
9.10.20.3. Fire Department Access to Buildings
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (8), access for fire department vehicles and firefighters path of travel shall be provided to each
principal entrance of a building in accordance with Articles 3.2.5.4., 3.2.5.5. and 3.2.5.6. (See Notes A-9.10.20.3.(1) and A-3.2.5.6.(1).)
2) Where access to a building as required in Sentence (1) is provided by means of a roadway or yard, the design and location of such
roadway or yard shall take into account connection with public thoroughfares, weight of firefighting equipment, width of roadway, radius of
curves, overhead clearance, location of fire hydrants, location of fire department connections and vehicular parking.
3) Despite the provisions of Sentence (1), an unobstructed path of travel for firefighters shall be provided to an ancillary residential
building and the path of travel shall
a) lead continuously from the street to the lane,
b) have a travel distance of no more than 45 m from the street to the principal entrance of the ancillary residential building,
c) be at least 900 mm wide,
d) have an overhead clearance of at least 2 m, and
e) consist of concrete, asphalt, or similar material.
4) An ancillary residential building shall have a strobe light installed and maintained outside the principal entrance, connected to an
internal smoke alarm within the ancillary residential building.
5) Despite the provisions of Clause 9.10.20.3.(3)(b), the path of travel for firefighters towards not more than one ancillary residential
building on a parcel may exceed 45 m to a maximum of 70 m provided the principal entrance to that ancillary residential building is visible from
the street or provided with a strobe light connected to an internal smoke alarm within the dwelling unit that identifies the location of the
principal entrance.
6) If the principal building and the ancillary residential building are adjacent to a lane, the path of foot travel for firefighters to the ancillary
residential building may be through the lane if
a) the travel distance from the street to the principal entrance of the ancillary residential building is no more than 70 m,
b) the path has an overhead clearance of at least 3 m,
c) the path consists of concrete, asphalt, or similar material, and
d) the principal entrance of the ancillary residential building is visible from the street or provided with a strobe light connected to an
internal smoke alarm within the dwelling unit that identifies the location of the principal entrance.
7) Where acceptable to the Chief Building Official, two adjacent parcels may have a single shared path of travel for firefighters over the
common property line and the adjacent specified area to access both, provided
a) each parcel contains or is designed to contain an ancillary residential building,
b) each parcel is subject to a covenant registered on title which prohibits construction upon or obstruction of the common property line
and of a specified area adjacent to the property line; and
c) the path of travel meets the requirements of Sentences (3), (4) and (5).
8) In a single detached house or duplex within the scope of Division A, Article 1.3.3.3., access routes are permitted to be located so that
the path of travel for firefighters to the principal entrance of each dwelling unit or ancillary floor area is not more than
a) 45 m where
i) there are at least two paths of travel by which an occupant may reach a street, lane, or public thoroughfare, or
ii) the path of travel by which an occupant may reach a street, lane, or public thoroughfare is protected from fire exposure from
unprotected openings in accordance with Article 9.9.4.4.,
b) 65 m where
i) there are at least two paths of travel by which an occupant may reach a street, lane, or public thoroughfare,
ii) the building is provided with sprinklers hydraulically designed with a 25% increase in the required discharge,
iii) the sprinkler system is connected to internal smoke alarms within the dwelling unit, provided with an exterior audible alarm, and
iv) a strobe light is installed outside the principal entrance of the dwelling unit, and is connected to an internal smoke alarm within the
dwelling unit, or
c) 90 m where
i) the requirements of Subclauses (b)(i) to (b)(iv) have been satisfied,
ii) no principal dwelling unit or its ancillary residential unit is located above another dwelling unit,
iii) an access path of at least 1.2 m wide is provided from each principal dwelling unit entry to the street, and
vi) lighting is provided along the path of travel for firefighters with a minimum illumination level of 1 lx at ground level (also see Article
10. 2.2.10.) along the path.
9.10.20.4. Portable Extinguishers
1) Portable extinguishers shall be installed in all buildings, except within dwelling units, in conformance with the appropriate provincial or
territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, the NFC.
9.10.20.5. Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems
1) Equipment forming part of a fire protection system that may be adversely affected by freezing temperatures and that is located in an
unheated area shall be protected from freezing.
9.10.21. Fire Protection for Construction Camps
9.10.21.1. Requirements for Construction Camps
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.10.21.2. to 9.10.21.9., construction camps shall conform to Subsections 9.10.1. to 9.10.20.
9.10.21.2. Separation of Sleeping Rooms
1) Except for sleeping rooms within dwelling units, sleeping rooms in construction camps shall be separated from each other and from
the remainder of the building by a fire separation having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.
9.10.21.3. Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey
1) Except in a dwelling unit, a floor assembly in a construction camp building separating the first storey and the second storey shall be
constructed as a fire separation having not less than a 30 min fire-resistance rating.
9.10.21.4. Walkways Connecting Buildings
1) Walkways of combustible construction connecting buildings shall be separated from each connected building by a fire separation
having not less than a 45 min fire-resistance rating.
9.10.21.5. Spatial Separations
1) Construction camp buildings shall be separated from each other by a distance of not less than 10 m except as otherwise permitted in
Subsections 9.10.14. and 9.10.15.9.10.21.6. Flame-Spread Ratings
1) Except in dwelling units and except as provided in Sentence (2), the surface flame-spread rating of wall and ceiling surfaces in
corridors and walkways, exclusive of doors, shall not exceed 25 over not less than 90% of the exposed surface area and not more than 150
over the remaining surface area.
2) Except within dwelling units, corridors that provide access to exit from sleeping rooms and that have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 45 min shall have a flame-spread rating conforming to the appropriate requirements in Subsection 9.10.17.
9.10.21.7. Smoke Detectors
1) Except in dwelling units, corridors providing access to exit from sleeping rooms in construction camp buildings with sleeping
accommodation for more than 10 persons shall be provided with a smoke detector connected to the building alarm system.
9.10.21.8. Portable Fire Extinguishers
1) Each construction camp building shall be provided with portable fire extinguishers in conformance with the appropriate provincial or
territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, in conformance with the NFC.
9.10.21.9. Hose Stations
1) Every construction camp building providing sleeping accommodation for more than 30 persons shall be provided with a hose station
that is protected from freezing and is equipped with a hose of sufficient length so that every portion of the building is within reach of a hose
stream.
2) Hose stations required in Sentence (1) shall be located near an exit.
3) Hoses referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm inside diam and shall be connected to a central water supply or to a
storage tank having a capacity of not less than 4 500 L with a pumping system capable of supplying a flow of not less than 5 L/s at a gauge
pressure of 300 kPa.
9.10.22. Fire Protection for Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops and Ovens
(See Note A-9.10.22.)
9.10.22.1. Installation of Cooktops and Ovens
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), natural gas and propane cooktops and ovens shall be installed in accordance with the applicable
provincial or territorial regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with CSA B149.1, "Natural gas and
propane installation code." (See also Article 9.34.1.1.)
2) Clearances for and protection around gas, propane and electric ranges shall be not less than those provided in Articles 9.10.22.2.
and 9.10.22.3.
9.10.22.2. Vertical Clearances above Cooktops
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), framing, finishes and cabinetry installed directly above the location of the cooktop shall be not
less than 750 mm above the level of cooktop burners or elements.
2) The vertical clearance described in Sentence (1) for framing, finishes and cabinets located directly above the location of the cooktop
may be reduced to 600 mm above the level of the elements or burners, provided the framing, finishes and cabinets
a) are noncombustible, or
b) are protected by
i) non-combustible cementitious board not less than 6 mm thick, covered with sheet metal not less than 0.33 mm thick, or
ii) a metal hood that projects 125 mm beyond the framing, finishes and cabinets.
9.10.22.3. Protection around Cooktops
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), combustible wall framing, finishes or cabinets within 450 mm of the area where the
cooktop is to be located shall be protected above the level of the heating elements or burners by
a) gypsum board not less than 9.5 mm thick, or
b) any material providing a fire-resistance rating of not less than 10 min and a flame-spread rating of not more than 25.
2) Counter-top splash boards or back plates that extend above the level of heating elements or burners need not be protected as
described in Sentence (1).
3) Except for cabinetry described in Article 9.10.22.2., cabinetry located not less than 450 mm above the level of the heating elements
or burners need not be protected as described in Sentence (1).
Section 9.11. Sound Transmission
(See Note A-9.11.)
9.11.1. Protection from Airborne Noise
9.11.1.1. Required Protection
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), a dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in a
building in which noise may be generated by
a) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide an apparent sound transmission
class (ASTC) rating of not less than 47, or
b) a separating assembly providing a sound transmission class (STC) rating of not less than 50 and adjoining
constructions that conform to Article 9.11.1.4.
(See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
2) In a single detached house each dwelling unit shall be separated from every other space in the house in which
noise may be transmitted by
a) construction having
i) joist spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material of not less than 150 mm nominal thickness,
ii) stud spaces are filled with sound-absorbing material,
iii) resilient channel on one side of the separation spaced 400 or 600 mm o.c., and
iv) not less than 12.7 mm thick gypsum board on ceilings and on both sides of walls,
b) construction providing an STC rating of not less than 43, or
c) a separating assembly and adjoining constructions, which together provide an ASTC rating of not less than
40.
(See also Sentence 9.10.3.1.(2) and Note A-9.11.1.1.(2).)
3) Construction separating a dwelling unit from an elevator shaft or refuse chute shall have an STC rating of not
less than 55.
4) A dwelling unit in a building containing not more than 1 or 2 primary dwelling units, need not be separated
from an adjoining storage garage containing not more than five stalls, provided that the adjoining separating
assemblies are provided with exterior sheathing and at least 89 mm of insulation.
9.11.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
1) The STC ratings shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E413, "Classification for Rating Sound
Insulation," using the results from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E90, "Standard Test Method
for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements."
2) The ASTC ratings shall be
a) determined in accordance with ASTM E413, "Classification for Rating Sound Insulation," using the results
from measurements carried out in accordance with ASTM E336, "Standard Test Method for Measurement of
Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in Buildings," or
b) calculated in accordance with Article 5.8.1.4. or 5.8.1.5.
9.11.1.3. Compliance with Required Ratings
1) Compliance with the required STC ratings shall be demonstrated through
a) measurements carried out in accordance with Sentence 9.11.1.2.(1), or
b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable.
2) Compliance with the required ASTC ratings shall be demonstrated through
a) measurements or calculations carried out in accordance with Sentence 9.11.1.2.(2), or
b) the construction of separating assemblies conforming to Table 9.10.3.1.-A or 9.10.3.1.-B, as applicable, that
have an STC rating of not less than 50 in conjunction with flanking assemblies constructed in accordance with
Article 9.11.1.4. (see Note A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b)).
9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions
(See Note A-9.11.1.4.)
1) This Article applies where the required protection is provided in accordance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b) and
compliance is demonstrated in accordance with Clause 9.11.1.3.(2)(b).
2) Flanking wall assemblies connected to a separating floor or ceiling assembly shall be constructed with
a) concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 200 kg/m2, or
b) gypsum board finish that
i) is supported on wood or steel framing, and
ii) ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the separating floor or ceiling assembly.
3) Flanking wall and ceiling assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly shall be constructed with
a) concrete or concrete block having a mass per area greater than 300 kg/m2, or
b) gypsum board finish that
i) is supported on wood or steel framing, and
ii) ends or is interrupted where it meets the structure of the separating wall assembly or, for double-stud walls,
where it meets the space between the two lines of studs.
4) Flanking floor assemblies connected to a separating wall assembly shall be
a) constructed
i) with concrete having a mass per area greater than 300 kg/m2, or
ii) in accordance with Section 9.16., or
b) supported on joists or trusses that are not continuous across the junction and are covered with floor
treatments in accordance with Table 9.11.1.4. for the applicable wall construction.
Table 9.11.1.4.
Floor Treatments for Flanking Wood-Framed Floor Assemblies in Horizontally Adjoining Spaces
Forming Part of Sentence 9.11.1.4.(4)
Type of Separating Wall
Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
Minimum Requirements for Floor Treatments Applied Over Subfloor of Wood-Framed Flanking Floor
Assemblies on Both Sides of Floor/Wall Junction
W5, W6, W10, W12 (staggered
- wood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or
studs)
- one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 15.5 mm thick plus finished flooring, or
- one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 8 kg/m2(1)
W4, W11 (staggered studs)
- one layer of OSB or plywood not less than 12.5 mm thick plus hardwood strip flooring not less than 19 mm thick
aligned parallel to separating wall, or
- one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 16 kg/m2(1)
W8, W9 (staggered studs)
- concrete or gypsum concrete topping not less than 19 mm thick bonded to the subfloor plus finished flooring, or
- one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 32 kg/m2(1)
W13, W14, W15 (double stud walls)
- where a continuous subfloor or other rigid materials at the floor/wall junction provide structural connection
between the two rows of studs in the separating wall:
- hardwood strip flooring not less than 16 mm thick aligned parallel to separating wall, or
- one layer OSB or plywood not less than 15.5. mm thick plus finished flooring, or
- one additional material layer plus finished flooring having a combined mass per area not less than 8 kg/m2(1)
- any finished flooring where the subfloor and other rigid materials are not connected at the floor/wall junction and
where there are no structural connections between the two rows of studs in the separating wall
B1 to B10
- any finished flooring
Notes to Table 9.11.1.4.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.11.1.4.
Section 9.12. Excavation
9.12.1. General
9.12.1.1. Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter
1) The topsoil and vegetable matter in all unexcavated areas under a building shall be removed.
2) In localities where termite infestation is known to be a problem, all stumps, roots and other wood debris
shall be removed from the soil to a depth of not less than 300 mm in unexcavated areas under a building.
3) The bottom of every excavation shall be free of all organic material.
9.12.1.2. Standing Water
1) Excavations shall be kept free of standing water.
9.12.1.3. Protection from Freezing
1) The bottom of excavations shall be kept from freezing throughout the entire construction period.
9.12.2. Depth
9.12.2.1. Excavation to Undisturbed Soil
1) Excavations for foundations shall extend to undisturbed soil.
9.12.2.2. Minimum Depth of Foundations
1) Except as provided in Sentences (4) to (7), the minimum depth of foundations below finished ground level
shall conform to Table 9.12.2.2.
Table 9.12.2.2.
Minimum Depths of Foundations
Forming Part of Sentence 9.12.2.2.(1)
Type of Soil
Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing Heated
Basement or Crawl Space(1)
Minimum Depth of Foundation Containing No Heated
Space(2)
Good Soil Drainage
Poor Soil Drainage
Good Soil Drainage
Poor Soil Drainage
Rock
No limit
No limit
No limit
No limit
Coarse grained
soils
No limit
No limit
No limit
Below the depth of frost
penetration
Silt
No limit
No limit
Below the depth of frost
penetration(3)
Below the depth of frost
penetration
Clay or soils not
clearly defined(4)
1.2 m(3)
1.2 m
1.2 m but not less than the
depth of frost penetration(3)
1.2 m but not less than the
depth of frost penetration
Notes to Table 9.12.2.2.:
(1) Foundation not insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.
(2) Including foundations insulated to reduce heat loss through the footings.
(3) Good soil drainage to not less than the depth of frost penetration.
(4) See Note A-Table 9.12.2.2.
2) Where a foundation is insulated in a manner that will reduce heat flow to the soil beneath the footings, the
foundation depth shall conform to that required for foundations containing no heated space. (See Note A-9.12.2.2.(2).)
3) The minimum depth of foundations for exterior concrete steps with more than 2 risers shall conform to
Sentences (1), (2) and (5).
4) Concrete steps with 1 and 2 risers are permitted to be laid on ground level.
5) The foundation depths required in Sentence (1) are permitted to be decreased where experience with local soil
conditions shows that lesser depths are satisfactory, or where the foundation is designed for lesser depths.
6) The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for
a) buildings
i) that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction, and
ii) whose superstructure conforms to the requirements of the deformation resistance test in CSA Z240.2.1,
"Structural requirements for manufactured homes," or
b) accessory buildings
i) that are not of masonry or masonry veneer construction,
ii) not more than 1 storey in height,
iii) not more than 55 m2 in building area, and
iv) where the distance from finished ground to the underside of the floor joists is not more than 600 mm.
7) The foundation depths required by Sentence (1) do not apply to foundations for decks and other accessible
exterior platforms
a) of not more than 1 storey,
b) not more than 55 m2 in area,
c) where the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm,
d) not supporting a roof, and
e) not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that differential movement will not
adversely affect the performance of that structure.
8) Where decks or other accessible exterior platforms are supported on surface foundations supported on other
than coarse-grained soil with good drainage or rock, access to the foundation positions to permit re-levelling of the
platform shall be provided
a) by passageways with a clear height under the platform of not less than 600 mm and a width of not less than
600 mm, or
b) by installing the decking in a manner that allows easy removal.
9.12.3. Backfill
9.12.3.1. Placement of Backfill
1) Backfill shall be placed to avoid damaging the foundation wall, the drainage tile, externally applied thermal
insulation and waterproofing or dampproofing of the wall.
9.12.3.2. Grading of Backfill
1) Backfill shall be graded to prevent drainage towards the foundation after settling.
9.12.3.3. Deleterious Debris and Boulders
1) Backfill that is within 600 mm of the foundation shall be free of deleterious debris and boulders larger than
250 mm diam. (See Note A-9.12.3.3.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), backfill shall not contain pyritic material or material that is susceptible to
ice lensing in concentrations that will damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the
performance of assemblies. (See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
3) Backfill with material of any concentration that is susceptible to ice lensing is permitted where foundation
walls are
a) cast-in-place concrete,
b) concrete block insulated on the exterior, or
c) concrete block protected from the backfill by a material that serves as a slip plane.
(See Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
9.12.4. Trenches beneath Footings
9.12.4.1. Support of Footings
1) The soil in trenches beneath footings for sewers and watermains shall be compacted by tamping up to the
level of the footing base, or shall be filled with concrete having a strength not less than 10 MPa to support the
footing.
Section 9.13. Dampproofing, Waterproofing and Soil Gas
Control
9.13.1. General
9.13.1.1. Scope and Application
1) This Section presents measures to control the ingress of water, moisture and soil gas.
2) Subsection 9.13.2. applies to below-ground walls and floors-on-ground where drainage is provided in
accordance with Section 9.14. over and along the entire below-ground portion of the foundation wall.
3) Subsection 9.13.3. applies to below-ground walls, floors-on-ground and roofs of underground structures
that are subject to hydrostatic pressure.
4) Subsection 9.13.4. applies to walls, roofs and floors that are in contact with the ground.
9.13.2. Dampproofing
9.13.2.1. Required Dampproofing
1) Except as provided in Article 9.13.3.1., where the exterior finished ground level is at a higher elevation than
the ground level inside the foundation walls, exterior surfaces of foundation walls below ground level shall be
dampproofed.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3) and Article 9.13.3.1., floors-on-ground shall be dampproofed.
3) Dampproofing required in Sentence (2) need not be provided for
a) floors in garages,
b) floors in unenclosed portions of buildings, or
c) floors installed over not less than 100 mm of coarse clean granular material containing not more than 10% of
material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.
9.13.2.2. Dampproofing Materials
1) Materials installed to provide required dampproofing shall be
a) capable of protecting assemblies against moisture transfer from the ground,
b) compatible with adjoining materials, and
c) resistant to mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected, given the nature, function and
exposure of the materials.
2) Except as otherwise specified in this Section, materials used for exterior dampproofing shall
a) conform to one of the following standards:
i) ASTM D1227/D1227M, "Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for
Roofing," Type III, Class I,
ii) ASTM D4479/D4479M, "Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free," Type III,
iii) CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, "Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction," or
iv) CAN/CSA-A123.4, "Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems," or
b) have a water vapour permeance of not more than 43 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when tested in accordance with
Procedure A (wet cup) of ASTM E96/E96M, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials,"
and consist of one of the following material types:
i) a vapour-resistant coating,
ii) a cold-fluid-applied or hot-rubberized bituminous dampproofing membrane,
iii) a liquid-applied or spray-applied asphalt-based emulsion dampproofing, or
iv) a type III hot-applied asphalt.
9.13.2.3. Preparation of Surface
1) The area in which dampproofing is to be carried out shall be kept free of water during the application and
curing of the dampproofing system.
2) The surface to be dampproofed shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions of the dampproofing
material manufacturer.
3) Where the dampproofing material is to be applied on insulating concrete form (ICF) walls, the instructions
of the ICF wall manufacturer shall be followed.
4) Unit masonry walls to be dampproofed shall be parged on the exterior face below ground level with not less
than 6 mm of mortar conforming to Section 9.20. coved over the footing.
5) Concrete walls to be dampproofed shall have holes and recesses sealed with cement mortar or a mastic or
sealant that is suitable for vertical applications and compatible with the dampproofing material.
6) The surface required to be dampproofed shall be clean and dry and free of ice, snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil,
grease, cracks, projections and depressions, loose particles and debris that could be detrimental to the performance
of the material to be applied.
9.13.2.4. Application of Dampproofing Material
1) Exterior dampproofing shall be applied from finished ground level to the top of the exterior of the footing.
2) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, dampproofing shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions with regard to
a) surface priming,
b) conditions during application,
c) application quantity and rate, and
d) curing times.
3) Joints, cracks and penetrations shall be sealed to maintain the continuity of the dampproofing, where the
dampproofing material is not capable of bridging such discontinuities.
9.13.2.5. Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes
(See Note A-9.13.2.5.)
1) The interior surface of foundation walls below ground level shall be protected by means that minimize the
ingress of moisture from the foundation wall into interior spaces, where
a) a separate interior finish is applied to a concrete or unit masonry wall that is in contact with the soil, or
b) wood members are placed in contact with such walls for the installation of insulation or finish.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the protection of interior finishes required in Sentence (1) consists
of membranes or coatings,
a) the membrane or coating shall extend from the basement floor surface up to the highest extent of the interior
insulation or finish, but not higher than the exterior finished ground level, and
b) no membrane or coating with a permeance less than 170 ng/(Pa×s×m2) shall be applied to the interior
surface of the foundation wall above ground level between the insulation and the foundation wall.
3) Where insulation functions as both moisture protection for interior finishes and as a vapour barrier in
accordance with Subsection 9.25.4., it shall be applied over the entire interior surface of the foundation wall.
9.13.2.6. Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
1) Where dampproofing is installed below the floor, it shall consist of
a) polyethylene not less than 0.15 mm thick with joints lapped not less than 100 mm,
b) type S roll roofing with joints lapped not less than 100 mm, or
c) rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints that has
i) sufficient compressive strength to support the floor assembly, and
ii) a water vapour permeance complying with Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(a).
2) Where dampproofing is installed between a floor-on-ground and a finished floor, it shall consist of
a) rigid extruded/expanded polystyrene with sealed or ship-lapped joints that has
i) sufficient compressive strength to support the floor assembly, and
ii) a water vapour permeance complying with Clause 9.13.2.2.(2)(b), or
b) polyethylene not less than 0.05 mm thick with joints lapped not less than 100 mm.
9.13.3. Waterproofing
9.13.3.1. Required Waterproofing
1) Where hydrostatic pressure occurs, waterproofing is required for assemblies separating interior space from
the ground to prevent the ingress of water into building assemblies and interior spaces.
2) Waterproofing is required for roofs of underground structures to prevent the ingress of water into building
assemblies and interior spaces.
9.13.3.2. Waterproofing Materials
1) Materials installed to provide required waterproofing shall be
a) compatible with adjoining materials, and
b) resistant to mechanisms of deterioration that may reasonably be expected, given the nature, function and
exposure of the materials, and
c) free of asbestos or components that contain asbestos.
2) Materials used for exterior waterproofing shall conform to
a) ASTM D1227/D1227M, "Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for
Roofing," in which case, they shall be installed in accordance with Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3),
b) ASTM D3019/D3019M, "Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-
Fibered, and Fibered," where non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered (Types I and III) asphalt roll roofing are
permitted,
c) ASTM D4479/D4479M, "Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free," in which case,
they shall be installed in accordance with Sentence 9.13.3.3.(3) and with reinforcing material,
d) ASTM D4637/D4637M, "Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane,"
e) ASTM D4811/D4811M, "Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof
Flashing,"
f) ASTM D6878/D6878M, "Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing,"
g) CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, "Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing,"
where a primer is required,
h) CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, "Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing,"
i) CAN/CGSB-37.54, "Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane,"
j) CGSB 37-GP-56M, "Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing,"
k) CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, "Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and
Waterproofing,"
l) CAN/CSA-A123.2, "Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets,"
m) CAN/CSA-A123.4, "Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems," in
which case, they shall be installed with reinforcing material, or
n) CSA A123.17, "Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing."
9.13.3.3. Preparation of Surface
1) Surfaces to be waterproofed shall be prepared in accordance with the instructions of the waterproofing
material manufacturer.
2) Where the waterproofing material is to be applied on ICF walls, the instructions of the ICF wall
manufacturer shall be followed.
3) Unit masonry walls that are to be waterproofed shall be parged on exterior surfaces below ground level with
not less than 6 mm of mortar conforming to Section 9.20. coved over the footing.
4) Concrete walls that are to be waterproofed shall have all holes and recesses sealed with mortar or
waterproofing material.
5) Surfaces required to be waterproofed shall be clean and dry and free of ice, snow, frost, dust, dirt, oil, grease,
cracks, projections and depressions, loose particles and debris that could be detrimental to the performance of the
waterproofing material.
9.13.3.4. Application of Waterproofing Membranes
1) Unless otherwise stated in this Subsection, waterproofing shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions with regard to
a) surface priming,
b) conditions during application,
c) the required number of layers of reinforcing fabric on foundation, footings, floors, walls and structural slabs,
d) application quantity and rate, and
e) curing times.
2) Waterproofing shall be continuous across joints and at junctions between different building elements.
3) The waterproofed surface shall be protected with a suitable material to minimize mechanical damage during
backfilling.
4) The area in which the waterproofing is to be carried out shall be kept free of water during the application
and curing of the waterproofing system.
9.13.3.5. Floor Waterproofing System
1) Basement floors-on-ground to be waterproofed shall have a system of membrane waterproofing provided
between 2 layers of concrete, each of which shall be not less than 75 mm thick, with the floor membrane made
continuous with the wall membrane to form a complete seal.
9.13.4. Soil Gas Control
(See Note A-9.13.4.)
9.13.4.1. Application and Scope
1) This Subsection applies to
a) a conditioned space that has a wall, roof or floor assembly, or part thereof, that is in contact with the ground,
and
b) the protection of the conditioned space described in Clause (a).
2) This Subsection addresses the leakage of soil gas from the ground into the building.
9.13.4.2. Protection from Soil Gas Ingress
1) All wall, roof and floor assemblies, or parts thereof, separating conditioned space from the ground shall be
protected by an air barrier system conforming to Subsection 9.25.3.
2) Unless the space between the air barrier system and the ground is designed to be accessible for the future
installation of a subfloor depressurization system, buildings shall
a) be provided with the rough-in for a subfloor depressurization system conforming to Article 9.13.4.3., or
b) conform to Parts 5 and 6 for the protection from radon ingress and the means to address high radon
concentrations in the future (see Articles 5.4.1.1. and 6.2.1.1.).
9.13.4.3. Rough-in for a Subfloor Depressurization System
(See Note A-9.13.4.3.)
1) Floors-on-ground shall accommodate the future installation of a subfloor depressurization system by
installing a radon vent pipe, and a contiguous gas-permeable layer between the air barrier system and the ground
consisting of
a) a material or materials that allow effective depressurization of that space (see Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1)), or
b) not less than 100 mm of coarse clean granular material containing not more than 10% of material that would
pass a 4 mm sieve.
2) The radon vent pipe required by Sentence (1) shall
a) be sealed to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system, with no perforations along the pipe above the air
barrier system,
b) have one or more inlets that allow for the effective depressurization of the gas-permeable layer (see Note A-
9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b)), and
c) permit connection to depressurization equipment,
d) where it passes through conditioned space, be completely surrounded by conditioned space,
e) consist of pipe and fittings in accordance with 7.1.3 of CAN/CGSB-149.11, "Radon control options for new
construction in low-rise residential buildings,"
f) terminate outside the building in a manner that does not constitute a hazard,
g) be installed to prevent the accumulation of moisture and away from locations where snow and ice
accumulate, and
h) be clearly labeled every 1.8 m and at every change in direction to indicate that it is intended only for the
future removal of radon from below the floor-on-ground.
3) A radon vent pipe shall be deemed to comply with
a) Clause (2)(b) where its inlet or inlets below the air barrier system are located at or near the centre of the floor-
on-ground with gas-permeable material extending not less than 100 mm beyond any inlet, and
b) Clause (2)(f) where it terminates outside the building, not less than 1.8 m from a property line, and located in
accordance with either 7.2.4.6 or 7.3.4 of CAN/CGSB-149.11, "Radon control options for new construction in low-
rise residential buildings," with the opening of the pipe fitted with a corrosion-resistant screen or grille with a mesh
opening size of 10 mm to 12.5 mm or a product of equivalent air flow performance.
Section 9.14. Drainage
(See Article 2.4.2.5. of Division B of Book II (Plumbing Systems) of this By-law.)
9.14.1. Scope
9.14.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to subsurface drainage and to surface drainage.
9.14.1.2. Crawl Spaces
1) Drainage for crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.18.
9.14.1.3. Floors-on-Ground
1) Drainage requirements beneath floors-on-ground shall conform to Section 9.16.
9.14.2. Foundation Drainage
9.14.2.1. Foundation Wall Drainage
1) Unless it can be shown to be unnecessary, the bottom of every exterior foundation wall shall be drained by
drainage tile or pipe laid around the exterior of the foundation in conformance with Subsection 9.14.3. or by a layer of
gravel or crushed rock in conformance with Subsection 9.14.4.
2) Where mineral fibre insulation or crushed rock backfill is provided adjacent to the exterior surface of a
foundation wall,
a) the insulation or backfill shall extend to the footing level to facilitate the drainage of ground water to the
foundation's drainage system (see Note A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a)), and
b) any pyritic material in the crushed rock shall be limited to a concentration that will not damage the building
to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies (see Sentence 9.12.3.3.(2) and
Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).
9.14.3. Drainage Tile and Pipe
9.14.3.1. Material Standards
1) Drain tile and drain pipe for foundation drainage shall conform to
a) ASTM C4, "Standard Specification for Clay Drain Tile and Perforated Clay Drain Tile,"
b) ASTM C412M, "Standard Specification for Concrete Drain Tile,"
c) ASTM C444M, "Standard Specification for Perforated Concrete Pipe,"
d) ASTM C700, "Standard Specification for Vitrified Clay Pipe, Extra Strength, Standard Strength, and
Perforated,"
e) BNQ 3624-115, "Polyethylene (PE) Pipe and Fittings for Soil and Foundation Drainage,"
f) CSA B182.1, "Plastic drain and sewer pipe and pipe fittings," or
g) CAN/CSA-G401, "Corrugated steel pipe products."
9.14.3.2. Minimum Size
1) Drain tile or pipe used for foundation drainage shall be not less than 100 mm in diam.
9.14.3.3. Installation
1) Drain tile or pipe shall be laid on undisturbed or well-compacted soil so that the top of the tile or pipe is
below the bottom of the floor slab or the ground cover of the crawl space.
2) Drain tile or pipe with butt joints shall be laid with 6 mm to 10 mm open joints.
3) The top half of joints referred to in Sentence (2) shall be covered with sheathing paper, 0.10 mm polyethylene
or No. 15 asphalt or tar-saturated felt.
4) The top and sides of drain pipe or tile shall be covered with not less than 150 mm of crushed stone or other
coarse clean granular material containing not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.
9.14.4. Granular Drainage Layer
9.14.4.1. Type of Granular Material
1) Granular material used to drain the bottom of a foundation shall consist of a continuous layer of crushed
stone or other coarse clean granular material containing
a) not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve, and
b) no pyritic material in a concentration that will damage the building to a degree that would adversely affect
its stability or the performance of assemblies (see Note A-9.4.4.4.(1)).
9.14.4.2. Installation
1) Granular material described in Article 9.14.4.1. shall be laid on undisturbed or compacted soil to a minimum
depth of not less than 125 mm beneath the footing of the building and extend not less than 300 mm beyond the
outside edge of the footings.
9.14.4.3. Grading
1) The bottom of an excavation drained by a granular layer shall be graded so that the entire area described in
Article 9.14.4.2. is drained to a sump conforming to Article 9.14.5.2.
9.14.4.4. Wet Site Conditions
1) Where because of wet site conditions soil becomes mixed with the granular drainage material, sufficient
additional granular material shall be provided so that the top 125 mm are kept free of soil.
9.14.5. Drainage Disposal
9.14.5.1. Drainage Disposal
1) Foundation drains shall drain to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.
9.14.5.2. Sump Pits
1) Where a sump pit is provided it shall be
a) not less than 750 mm deep,
b) not less than 0.25 m2 in area, and
c) provided with a cover.
2) Covers for sump pits shall be designed
a) to resist removal by children, and
b) to be airtight in accordance with Sentence 9.25.3.3.(7).
3) Where gravity drainage is not practical, an automatic sump pump shall be provided to discharge the water
from the sump pit described in Sentence (1) into a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well.
9.14.5.3. Dry Wells
1) Dry wells may be used only when located in areas where the natural groundwater level is below the bottom of
the dry well.
2) Dry wells shall be not less than 5 m from the building foundation and located so that drainage is away from
the building (See Note A-9.14.5.3.(2)).
9.14.6. Surface Drainage
9.14.6.1. Surface Drainage
1) The building shall be located or the building site graded so that water will not accumulate at or near the
building.
9.14.6.2. Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds
1) Surface drainage shall be directed away from the location of a water supply well or septic tank disposal bed.
9.14.6.3. Window Wells
1) Every window well shall be drained to the footing level or other suitable location.
9.14.6.4. Catch Basin
1) Where runoff water from a driveway is likely to accumulate or enter a garage, a catch basin shall be installed
to provide adequate drainage.
9.14.6.5. Downspouts
1) Downspouts shall conform to Article 9.26.18.2.
Section 9.15. Footings and Foundations
9.15.1. Application
9.15.1.1. General
(See Notes A-9.15.1.1. and A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1.)
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.15.1.2. and 9.15.1.3., this Section applies to
a) concrete or unit masonry foundation walls and concrete footings not subject to surcharge
i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
ii) for buildings of wood-frame or masonry construction,
b) wood-frame foundation walls and wood or concrete footings not subject to surcharge
i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
ii) for buildings of wood-frame construction, and
c) flat insulating concrete form foundation walls and concrete footings not subject to surcharge (see Note A-
9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
i) on stable soils with an allowable bearing pressure of 75 kPa or greater, and
ii) for buildings of light-frame or flat insulating concrete form construction that are not more than 2 storeys in
building height, with a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m.
2) Foundations for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with
Section 9.4.
9.15.1.2. Permafrost
1) Buildings erected on permafrost shall have foundations designed by a designer competent in this field in
accordance with the appropriate requirements of Part 4.
9.15.1.3. Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
1) Where the superstructure of a detached building conforms to the requirements of the deformation resistance
test in CSA Z240.2.1, "Structural requirements for manufactured homes," the foundation shall be constructed in
conformance with
a) the remainder of this Section, or
b) CSA Z240.10.1, "Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings."
9.15.2. General
9.15.2.1. Concrete
1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
9.15.2.2. Unit Masonry Construction
1) Concrete block shall conform to CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units," and shall have a compressive
strength over the average net cross-sectional area of the block of not less than 15 MPa.
2) Mortar, grout, mortar joints, corbelling and protection for unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20.
3) For concrete block foundation walls required to be reinforced,
a) mortar shall be Type S, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, "Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry,"
b) grout shall be coarse, conforming to CAN/CSA-A179, "Mortar and Grout for Unit Masonry," and
c) placement of grout shall conform to CAN/CSA-A371, "Masonry Construction for Buildings."
9.15.2.3. Pier-Type Foundations
1) Where pier-type foundations are used, the piers shall be designed to support the applied loads from the
superstructure.
2) Where piers are used as a foundation system in a building of 1 storey in building height, the piers shall be
installed to support the principal framing members and shall be spaced not more than 3.5 m apart along the
framing, unless the piers and their footings are designed for larger spacings.
3) The height of piers described in Sentence (2) shall not exceed 3 times their least dimension at the base of the
pier.
4) Where concrete block is used for piers described in Sentence (2), they shall be laid with cores placed
vertically, and where the width of the building is 4.3 m or less, placed with their longest dimension at right angles to
the longest dimension of the building.
9.15.2.4. Wood-Frame Foundations
1) Foundations of wood-frame construction shall conform to
a) CSA S406, "Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings," or
b) Part 4.
(See Note A-9.15.2.4.(1).)
9.15.3. Footings
9.15.3.1. Footings Required
1) Footings shall be provided under walls, pilasters, columns, piers, fireplaces and chimneys that bear on soil or
rock, except that footings may be omitted under piers or monolithic concrete walls if the safe loadbearing capacity of
the soil or rock is not exceeded.
9.15.3.2. Support of Footings
1) Footings shall rest on undisturbed soil, rock or compacted granular fill.
2) Granular fill shall not contain pyritic material in a concentration that will damage the building to a degree
that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies. (See also Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-
9.4.4.4.(1).)
9.15.3.3. Application of Footing Width and Area Requirements
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), the minimum footing width or area requirements provided in
Articles 9.15.3.4. to 9.15.3.7. shall apply to footings, where
a) the footings support
i) foundation walls of masonry, concrete, or flat insulating concrete form walls,
ii) above-ground walls of masonry, flat insulating concrete form walls or light wood-frame construction, and
iii) floors and roofs of light wood-frame construction,
b) the span of supported joists does not exceed 4.9 m, and
c) the specified live load on any floor supported by the footing does not exceed 2.4 kPa (see Table 4.1.5.3.).
2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.15.3.4.(2), where the span of the supported joists exceeds 4.9 m, footings
shall be designed in accordance with Section 4.2.
3) Where the specified live load exceeds 2.4 kPa, footings shall be designed in accordance with Section 4.2.
9.15.3.4. Basic Footing Widths and Areas
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3) and in Articles 9.15.3.5. to 9.15.3.7., the minimum footing width
or area shall comply with Table 9.15.3.4.
2) Where the supported joist span exceeds 4.9 m in buildings with light wood-frame walls, floors and roofs,
strip footing widths shall be determined according to
a) Section 4.2., or
b) the following formula
where
W = minimum footing width,
w = minimum width of footings supporting joists not exceeding 4.9 m, as defined by Table 9.15.3.4.,
Σ sjs = sum of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on an exterior wall whose load is transferred to
the footing, or sum of half of the supported joist spans on each storey bearing on both sides of an interior wall whose
load is transferred to the footing, and
storeys = number of storeys supported by the footing.
(See Note A-9.15.3.4.(2).)
3) Where a foundation rests on gravel, sand or silt in which the water table level is less than the width of the
footings below the bearing surface,
a) the footing width for walls shall be not less than twice the width required by Sentences (1) and (2), and
Articles 9.15.3.5. and 9.15.3.6., and
b) the footing area for columns shall be not less than twice the area required by Sentences (1) and (2) and
Article 9.15.3.7.
Table 9.15.3.4.
Minimum Footing Sizes
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.3.4.(1)
No. of Floors Supported
Minimum Width of Strip Footings, mm
Minimum Footing Area for Columns
Spaced 3 m o.c.,(1) m2
Supporting Exterior Walls(2)
Supporting Interior Walls(3)
1
250
200
0.4
2
350
350
0.75
3
450
500
1.0
Notes to Table 9.15.3.4.:
(1) See Sentence 9.15.3.7.(1).
(2) See Sentence 9.15.3.5.(1).
(3) See Sentence 9.15.3.6.(1).
9.15.3.5. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
1) The strip footing widths for exterior walls shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be increased by
a) 65 mm for each storey of masonry veneer over wood-frame construction supported by the foundation wall,
b) 130 mm for each storey of masonry construction supported by the foundation wall, and
c) 150 mm for each storey of flat insulating concrete form wall construction supported by the foundation wall.
9.15.3.6. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls
1) The minimum strip footing widths for interior loadbearing masonry walls shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be
increased by 100 mm for each storey of masonry construction supported by the footing.
2) Footings for interior non-loadbearing masonry walls shall be not less than 200 mm wide for walls up to 5.5 m
high and the width shall be increased by 100 mm for each additional 2.7 m of height.
9.15.3.7. Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns
1) The footing area for column spacings other than shown in Table 9.15.3.4. shall be adjusted in proportion to
the distance between columns.
9.15.3.8. Footing Thickness
1) Footing thickness shall be not less than the greater of
a) 100 mm, or
b) the width of the projection of the footing beyond the supported element.
9.15.3.9. Step Footings
1) Where step footings are used,
a) the vertical rise between horizontal portions shall not exceed 600 mm, and
b) the horizontal distance between risers shall not be less than 600 mm.
9.15.4. Foundation Walls
9.15.4.1. Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units
1) Flat wall insulating concrete form units shall conform to CAN/ULC-S717.1, "Standard for Flat Wall
Insulating Concrete Form (ICF) Units - Material Properties."
9.15.4.2. Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral Support
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), the thickness of foundation walls made of unreinforced concrete block,
concrete core in flat wall insulating concrete forms or solid concrete and subject to lateral earth pressure shall
conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-A for walls not exceeding 3.0 m in unsupported height.
2) The concrete core in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be not less than the greater of
a) 150 mm, or
b) the thickness of the concrete in the wall above.
Table 9.15.4.2.-A
Thickness of Solid Concrete, Concrete Core in Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form and Unreinforced
Concrete Block Foundation Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1)
Type of Foundation
Wall
Minimum Thickness
of Concrete or
Concrete Block, mm
Maximum Height of Finished Ground Above Basement Floor or Crawl Space Ground Cover, m
Height of
Foundation Wall
Laterally
Unsupported at the
Top(1)(2)
Height of Foundation Wall Laterally Supported at the Top(1)(2)
≤ 3.0 m
≤ 2.5 m
> 2.5 m and
≤ 2.75 m
> 2.75 m and
≤ 3.0 m
Solid concrete and
concrete core in flat
wall insulating
concrete forms,(3)
15 MPa min. strength
150
0.8
1.5
1.5
1.4
200
1.2
2.15
2.15
2.1
250
1.4
2.3
2.6
2.5
300
1.5
2.3
2.6
2.85
Solid concrete and
concrete core in flat
wall insulating
concrete forms,(3)
20 MPa min. strength
150
0.8
1.8
1.6
1.6
200
1.2
2.3
2.3
2.2
250
1.4
2.3
2.6
2.85
300
1.5
2.3
2.6
2.85
Unreinforced concrete
block
140
0.6
0.8
--
--
190
0.9
1.2
(4)
(4)
240
1.2
1.8
(4)
(4)
290
1.4
2.2
--
--
Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-A:
(1) See Article 9.15.4.3.
(2) See Article 9.15.4.6.
(3) See Note A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A.
(4) See Table 9.15.4.2.-B.
3) The thickness and reinforcing of foundation walls made of reinforced concrete block and subject to lateral
earth pressure shall conform to Table 9.15.4.2.-B and Sentences (4) to (7), where
a) the walls are laterally supported at the top,
b) average stable soils are encountered, and
c) wind loads on the exposed portion of the foundation are no greater than 0.70 kPa.
4) For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, continuous vertical reinforcement shall
a) be provided at wall corners, wall ends, wall intersections, at changes in wall height, at the jambs of all
openings and at movement joints,
b) extend from the top of the footing to the top of the foundation wall, and
c) where foundation walls are laterally supported at the top, have not less than 50 mm embedment into the
footing, if the floor slab does not provide lateral support at the wall base.
5) For concrete block walls required to be reinforced, a continuous horizontal bond beam containing not less
than one 15M bar shall be installed
a) along the top of the wall,
b) at the sill and head of all openings greater than 1.20 m in width, and
c) at structurally connected floors.
Table 9.15.4.2.-B
Reinforced Concrete Block Foundation Walls Laterally Supported at the Top(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.2.(3)
Maximum Height of
Finished Ground
Above Basement
Floor or Crawl
Space Ground
Cover, m(2)
Size and Spacing of Continuous Vertical Reinforcement, M at mm o.c.
190 mm Minimum Wall Thickness
240 mm Minimum Wall Thickness
Foundation Wall Height
Foundation Wall Height
≤ 2.5 m
≤ 2.75 m
≤ 3.0 m
≤ 2.5 m
≤ 2.75 m
≤ 3.0 m
0.8
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
(3)
1
(3)
1-15M at 1 800
1-15M at 1 800
(3)
(3)
(3)
1.2
(3)
1-15M at 1 600
1-15M at 1 600
(3)
1-20M at 2 000
1-20M at 2 000
1.4
1-15M at 1 600
1-15M at 1 600
1-15M at 1 600
(3)
1-20M at 1 800
1-20M at 1 800
1.6
1-15M at 1 400
1-15M at 1 400
1-15M at 1 400
(3)
1-20M at 1 600
1-20M at 1 600
1.8
1-15M at 1 400
1-15M at 1 400
1-15M at 1 200
(3)
1-20M at 1 600
1-20M at 1 600
2
1-15M at 1 200
1-15M at 1 000
or
1-20M at 1 200
2-15M at 1 200
1-20M at 1 600
1-20M at 1 600
1-20M at 1 600
2.2
2-15M at 1 200
2-15M at 1 000
2-15M at 1 000
1-20M at 1 400
1-20M at 1 400
1-20M at 1 400
2.4
2-15M at 1 000
2-15M at 1 000
2-15M at 800
1-20M at 1 400
1-20M at 1 400
1-20M at 1 200
2.6
n/a
2-15M at 800
or
1-25M at 1 000
2-15M at 800
or
1-25M at 1 000
n/a
1-20M at 1 000
1-20M at 1 000
2.8
n/a
n/a
1-20M at 600
n/a
n/a
1-20M at 800
or
2-15M at 1 000
3
n/a
n/a
1-20M at 400
or
1-25M at 600
n/a
n/a
2-15M at 800
Notes to Table 9.15.4.2.-B:
(1) See Article 9.15.4.3.
(2) See Article 9.15.4.6.
(3) No reinforcement required.
6) In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, all vertical bar reinforcement shall be installed along the
centre line of the wall.
7) In concrete block walls required to be reinforced, ladder- or truss-type lateral reinforcement not less than 3.8
mm in diameter (no. 9 ASWG) shall be installed in the bed joint of every second masonry course.
9.15.4.3. Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Top
1) Sentences (2) to (4) pertain to lateral support for walls described in Sentence 9.15.4.2.(1).
2) Foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the top if
a) such walls support a solid masonry superstructure or flat insulating concrete form wall,
b) the floor joists are embedded in the top of the foundation walls,
c) the floor system is anchored to the top of the foundation walls with anchor bolts, in which case the joists may
run either parallel or perpendicular to the foundation walls, or
d) they extend from the footing to no more than 300 mm above the finished ground level and are backfilled on
both sides such that the difference in elevation between the finished ground levels on either side of the wall is no
more than 150 mm.
3) Unless the wall around an opening is reinforced to withstand earth pressure, the portion of the foundation
wall beneath an opening shall be considered laterally unsupported if
a) the opening is more than 1.2 m wide, or
b) the total width of the openings in the foundation wall constitutes more than 25% of the length of the wall.
4) For the purposes of Sentence (3), the combined width of the openings shall be considered as a single opening
if the average width is greater than the width of solid wall between them.
5) Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the top if the
floor joists are installed according to Article 9.20.17.5.
9.15.4.4. Foundation Walls Considered to be Laterally Supported at the Bottom
1) Flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be considered to be laterally supported at the bottom
where the foundation wall
a) supports backfill not more than 1.2 m in height,
b) is supported at the footing by a shear key and at the top by the ground floor framing, or
c) is doweled to the footing with not less than
i) 15M bars spaced not more than 1.2 m o.c., or
ii) 10M bars spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.15.4.5. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
1) Horizontal reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall
a) consist of
i) one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top of the wall, and
ii) 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
b) be located
i) in the inside half of the wall section, and
ii) with a minimum cover of 30 mm from the inside face of the concrete.
2) Vertical reinforcement in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be
a) provided in accordance with
i) Table 9.15.4.5.-A for 150 mm walls,
ii) Table 9.15.4.5.-B for 190 mm walls, and
iii) Table 9.15.4.5.-C for 240 mm walls,
b) located in the inside half of the wall section with a minimum cover of 30 mm from the inside face of the
concrete wall, and
c) where interrupted by wall openings, placed not more than 600 mm from each side of the openings.
3) Cold joints in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall be reinforced with no less than one 15M bar
spaced at not more than 600 mm o.c. and embedded 300 mm on both sides of the joint.
4) Reinforcing around openings in flat insulating concrete form foundation walls shall comply with
Article 9.20.17.3. or 9.20.17.4.
Table 9.15.4.5.-A
Vertical Reinforcement for 150 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)
Max. Height of Finished Ground
Above Finished Basement Floor,
m
Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
2.44 m
2.75 m
3.0 m
1.35
10M at 400 mm o.c.
10M at 400 mm o.c.
10M at 400 mm o.c.
1.6
10M at 400 mm o.c.
10M at 380 mm o.c.
10M at 380 mm o.c.
2
10M at 380 mm o.c.
10M at 380 mm o.c.
10M at 380 mm o.c.
2.2
10M at 250 mm o.c.
10M at 250 mm o.c.
10M at 250 mm o.c.
2.35
n/a
10M at 250 mm o.c.
10M at 250 mm o.c.
2.6
n/a
10M at 250 mm o.c.
10M at 250 mm o.c.
3
n/a
n/a
15M at 250 mm o.c.
Table 9.15.4.5.-B
Vertical Reinforcement for 190 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)
Max. Height of Finished Ground
Above Finished Basement Floor,
m
Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
2.44 m
2.75 m
3.0 m
2.2
None required
10M at 400 mm o.c.
10M at 400 mm o.c.
2.35
n/a
10M at 300 mm o.c.
10M at 300 mm o.c.
2.6
n/a
10M at 300 mm o.c.
15M at 400 mm o.c.
3.0
n/a
n/a
15M at 400 mm o.c.
Table 9.15.4.5.-C
Vertical Reinforcement for 240 mm Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.15.4.5.(2)
Max. Height of Finished Ground
Minimum Vertical Reinforcement
Above Finished Basement Floor,
m
Maximum Unsupported Basement Wall Height
2.44 m
2.75 m
3.0 m
2.2
None required
None required
None required
2.6
n/a
15M at 400 mm o.c.
15M at 400 mm o.c.
3.0
n/a
n/a
15M at 400 mm o.c.
9.15.4.6. Extension above Ground Level
1) Exterior foundation walls shall extend not less than 150 mm above finished ground level.
9.15.4.7. Reduction in Thickness
1) Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the installation of floor joists, the
reduced section shall be not more than 350 mm high and not less than 90 mm thick.
2) Where the top of a foundation wall is reduced in thickness to permit the installation of a masonry exterior
facing, the reduced section shall be
a) not less than 90 mm thick, and
b) tied to the facing material with metal ties conforming to Sentence 9.20.9.4.(3) spaced not more than
i) 200 mm o.c. vertically, and
ii) 900 mm o.c. horizontally.
3) The space between wall and facing described in Sentence (2) shall be filled with mortar.
9.15.4.8. Corbelling
1) Corbelling of masonry foundation walls supporting cavity walls shall conform to Article 9.20.12.2.
9.15.4.9. Crack Control Joints
1) Crack control joints shall be provided in foundation walls more than 25 m long at intervals of not more than
15 m.
2) Joints required in Sentence (1) shall be designed to resist moisture penetration and shall be keyed to prevent
relative displacement of the wall portions adjacent to the joint.
9.15.4.10. Interior Masonry Walls
1) Interior masonry foundation walls not subject to lateral earth pressure shall conform to Section 9.20.
9.15.5. Support of Joists and Beams on Masonry Foundation Walls
9.15.5.1. Support of Floor Joists
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), foundation walls of hollow masonry units supporting floor joists shall be
capped with
a) not less than 50 mm of concrete,
b) solid masonry units that are 100% solid and not less than 50 mm high, or
c) semi-solid or hollow solid masonry units that have the top course completely filled with mortar, grout or
concrete.
2) Capping required in Sentence (1) need not be provided
a) in localities where termites are not known to occur,
b) when the joists are supported on a wood plate not less than 38 mm by 89 mm, and
c) when the siding overlaps the foundation wall not less than 12 mm.
9.15.5.2. Support of Beams
1) Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry shall be provided beneath beams supported on masonry.
2) Where the beam referred to in Sentence (1) is supported below the top of the foundation walls, the ends of
such beams shall be protected from the weather.
9.15.5.3. Pilasters
1) Pilasters shall be provided under beams that frame into unit masonry foundation walls 140 mm or less in
thickness.
2) Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 90 mm by 290 mm and shall be bonded or tied into
the wall.
3) The top 200 mm of pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be solid masonry with the cells of hollow or semi-
solid units filled with mortar, grout or concrete.
9.15.6. Parging and Finishing of Masonry Foundation Walls
9.15.6.1. Foundation Walls below Ground
1) Concrete block foundation walls shall be parged on the exterior face below ground level as required in
Section 9.13.
9.15.6.2. Foundation Walls above Ground
1) Exterior surfaces of concrete block foundation walls above ground level shall have tooled joints, or shall be
parged or otherwise suitably finished.
9.15.6.3. Form Ties
1) All form ties shall be removed at least flush with the concrete surface.
Section 9.16. Floors-on-Ground
9.16.1. Scope
9.16.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to floors supported on ground or on granular fill that do not provide structural support
for the superstructure.
9.16.1.2. Structural Floors
1) Floors-on-ground that support loads from the superstructure shall be designed in conformance with Part 4.
9.16.1.3. Required Floors-on-Ground
1) All spaces within dwelling units, except crawl spaces, shall be provided with a floor-on-ground, where
a) access is provided to the space, and
b) a floor supported by the structure is not provided.
9.16.1.4. Dampproofing and Waterproofing
1) Dampproofing and waterproofing shall conform to Section 9.13.
9.16.2. Material beneath Floors
9.16.2.1. Required Installation of Granular Material
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 100 mm of coarse clean granular material containing not
more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve shall be placed beneath floors-on-ground. (See Note A-
9.16.2.1.(1) and see also Subsection 9.13.4. and Note A-9.13.4.)
2) Granular material need not be installed under
a) slabs in garages, carports or accessory buildings, or
b) buildings of industrial occupancy where the nature of the process contained therein permits or requires the use
of large openings in the building envelope even during the winter.
9.16.2.2. Support of Floors
1) Material that is susceptible to changes in volume due to variations in moisture content or chemical-
microbiological oxidation shall not be used as fill beneath floors-on-ground in a concentration that will damage the
building to a degree that would adversely affect its stability or the performance of assemblies. (See also
Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
2) Material that is susceptible to changes in volume due to freezing shall not be used as fill beneath floors-on-
ground that will be subjected to freezing temperatures. (See also Article 9.4.4.4. and Note A-9.4.4.4.(1).)
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), fill beneath floors-on-ground shall be compacted.
4) Fill beneath floors-on-ground need not be compacted where the material is clean coarse aggregate containing
not more than 10% of material that will pass a 4 mm sieve.
9.16.3. Drainage
9.16.3.1. Control of Water Ingress
1) Except as provided in Article 9.16.3.2. or where it can be shown to be unnecessary, ingress of water
underneath a floor-on-ground shall be prevented by grading or drainage.
9.16.3.2. Hydrostatic Pressure
1) Where groundwater levels may cause hydrostatic pressure beneath a floor-on-ground, the floor-on-ground
shall be
a) a poured concrete slab, and
b) designed to resist such pressures.
9.16.3.3. Floor Drains
1) When floor drains are required (see Section 9.31.), the floor surface shall be sloped so that no water can
accumulate.
9.16.4. Concrete
9.16.4.1. Surface Finish
1) The finished surface of concrete floor slabs shall be trowelled smooth and even.
2) Dry cement shall not be added to the floor surfaces to absorb surplus water.
9.16.4.2. Topping Course
1) When a topping course is provided for a concrete floor slab, it shall consist of 1 part cement to 2.5 parts
clean, well graded sand by volume, with a water/cement ratio approximately equal to that of the base slab.
2) When concrete topping is provided, it shall not be less than 20 mm thick.
9.16.4.3. Thickness
1) Concrete slabs shall not be less than 75 mm thick exclusive of concrete topping.
9.16.4.4. Bond Break
1) A bond-breaking material shall be placed between the slab and footings or rock.
9.16.5. Wood
9.16.5.1. Wood-Frame Floors
1) Floors-on-ground constructed of wood shall conform to CSA S406, "Specification of permanent wood
foundations for housing and small buildings."
Section 9.17. Columns
9.17.1. Scope
9.17.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to columns used to support
a) beams carrying loads from not more than 2 wood-frame floors where
i) the supported length of joists bearing on such beams does not exceed 5 m, and
ii) the live load on any floor does not exceed 2.4 kPa (see Table 4.1.5.3.),
b) beams or header joists carrying loads from not more than 2 levels of wood-frame balconies, decks or other
accessible exterior platforms, or 1 level plus the roof, where
i) the supported length of joists bearing on such beams or joists does not exceed 5 m,
ii) the sum of the specified snow and occupancy loads does not exceed 4.8 kPa (see Sentence 9.4.2.3.(1) for the
determination of load on platform-type constructions), and
iii) the platform serves only a single suite of residential occupancy, or
c) carport roofs (see Section 9.35.).
2) Columns for applications other than as described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Part 4.
9.17.2. General
9.17.2.1. Location
1) Columns shall be centrally located on a footing conforming to Section 9.15.
9.17.2.2. Lateral Support
1) Columns shall be securely fastened to the supported member to reduce the likelihood of lateral differential
movement between the column and the supported member. (See also Article 9.23.6.2.)
2) Except as permitted by Sentence (3), columns shall be laterally supported to resist racking
a) directly, or
b) by connection to the supported members.
(See Note A-9.17.2.2.(2).)
3) Columns need not be provided with lateral support as described in Sentence (2), where
a) the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm, and
b) the columns support a deck with no superstructure.
9.17.3. Steel Columns
9.17.3.1. Size and Thickness
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel pipe columns shall have an outside diameter of not less than 73
mm and a wall thickness of not less than 4.76 mm.
2) Columns of sizes other than as specified in Sentence (1) are permitted to be used where the loadbearing
capacities are shown to be adequate.
9.17.3.2. End Bearing Plates
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), steel columns shall be fitted with not less than 100 mm by 100 mm by
6.35 mm thick steel plates at each end, and where the column supports a wooden beam, the top plate shall extend
across the full width of the beam.
2) The top plate required in Sentence (1) need not be provided where a column supports a steel beam and
provision is made for the attachment of the column to the beam.
9.17.3.3. Paint
1) Exterior steel columns shall be treated on the outside surface with at least one coat of rust-inhibitive paint.
9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
(See Note A-9.17.3.4.)
1) Where the imposed load does not exceed 36 kN, adjustable steel columns shall conform to CAN/CGSB-7.2,
"Adjustable Steel Columns."
2) Steel columns other than those described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in accordance with Part 4.
9.17.4. Wood Columns
9.17.4.1. Column Sizes
1) The width or diameter of a wood column shall be not less than the width of the supported member.
2) Except as provided in Article 9.35.4.2., columns shall be not less than 184 mm for round columns and
140 mm by 140 mm for rectangular columns, unless calculations are provided to show that lesser sizes are adequate.
9.17.4.2. Materials
1) Wood columns shall be either solid, glued-laminated or built-up.
2) Built-up columns shall consist of not less than 38 mm thick full-length members
a) bolted together with not less than 9.52 mm diam bolts spaced not more than 450 mm o.c., or
b) nailed together with not less than 76 mm nails spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.
3) Glued-laminated columns shall conform to Section 4.3.
9.17.4.3. Columns in Contact with Concrete
1) Wood columns shall be separated from concrete in contact with the ground by 0.05 mm polyethylene film or
Type S roll roofing.
9.17.5. Unit Masonry Columns
9.17.5.1. Materials
1) Unit masonry columns shall be built of masonry units
a) conforming to CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units," and
b) having a compressive strength over the net area of the block of not less than 15 MPa.
9.17.5.2. Sizes
1) Unit masonry columns shall be not less than 290 mm by 290 mm or 240 mm by 380 mm in size.
9.17.6. Solid Concrete Columns
9.17.6.1. Materials
1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
9.17.6.2. Sizes
1) Concrete columns shall be not less than 200 mm by 200 mm for rectangular columns and 230 mm diam for
circular columns.
Section 9.18. Crawl Spaces
9.18.1. General
9.18.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to crawl spaces whose exterior walls have less than 25% of their total area above exterior
ground level open to the outdoors.
9.18.1.2. Foundations
1) Foundations enclosing crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.15.
9.18.1.3. Heated and Unheated Crawl Spaces
1) Crawl spaces shall be considered to be heated where the space
a) is used as a hot air plenum,
b) contains heating ducts that are not sealed and insulated to minimize heat loss to the space, or
c) is not separated from heated space in accordance with Section 9.25.
2) Heating of heated crawl spaces shall conform to Section 9.33.
3) Insulation, an air barrier system and a vapour barrier shall be installed in the walls of heated crawl spaces in
accordance with Section 9.25.
9.18.2. Access
9.18.2.1. Access Openings
1) An access opening of not less than 500 mm by 700 mm shall be provided to each crawl space where the
crawl space serves a single dwelling unit, and not less than 550 mm by 900 mm for other crawl spaces.
2) Access openings shall be fitted with a door or hatch, except when the crawl space is heated and the access
opening into the crawl space is from an adjacent heated space.
9.18.3. Ventilation
9.18.3.1. Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces
1) Unheated crawl spaces shall be ventilated by natural or mechanical means.
2) Where an unheated crawl space is ventilated by natural means, ventilation shall be provided to the outside
air by not less than 0.1 m2 of unobstructed vent area for every 50 m2 of floor area.
3) Vents shall be
a) uniformly distributed on opposite sides of the building, and
b) designed to prevent the entry of snow, rain and insects.
9.18.3.2. Ventilation of Heated Crawl Spaces
1) Heated crawl spaces shall be ventilated in accordance with Section 9.32.
9.18.4. Clearance
(See also Article 9.3.2.9.)
9.18.4.1. Access Way to Services
1) Where equipment requiring service such as plumbing cleanouts, traps and burners is located in crawl
spaces, an access way with a height and width of not less than 600 mm shall be provided from the access door to the
equipment and for a distance of 900 mm on the side or sides of the equipment to be serviced.
9.18.5. Drainage
9.18.5.1. Drainage
1) Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, the ingress of water into a crawl space shall be controlled
by grading or drainage.
2) Drainage of foundation walls shall conform to Article 9.14.2.1.
3) Drainage of the ground cover or floor-on-ground in the crawl space shall conform to Subsection 9.16.3.
4) Drains shall conform to Section 9.14.
9.18.6. Ground Cover
9.18.6.1. Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
1) Where a crawl space is unheated, a ground cover shall be provided consisting of not less than
a) 50 mm of asphalt,
b) 100 mm of 15 MPa Portland cement concrete,
c) Type S roll roofing, or
d) 0.10 mm polyethylene.
2) Joints in sheet-type ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 100 mm and
weighted down.
9.18.6.2. Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
1) Where a crawl space is heated, a ground cover consisting of not less than 0.15 mm polyethylene sheet
conforming to CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, "Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction," shall
be installed as part of an air barrier system in accordance with Subsection 9.25.3.
2) The ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall have its joints lapped not less than 300 mm, and
a) be sealed and evenly weighted down, or
b) be covered with concrete not less than 50 mm thick.
3) The perimeter of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed to the foundation wall. (See
Notes A-9.13.4., A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6., and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)
4) All penetrations of the ground cover required in Sentence (1) shall be sealed against air leakage. (See
Subsection 9.25.3.)
9.18.7. Fire Protection
9.18.7.1. Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums
1) Only crawl spaces under 1-storey portions of dwelling units shall be used as warm-air plenums.
2) Enclosing material in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1), including insulation, shall have a surface flame-
spread rating not greater than 150.
3) Combustible ground cover in crawl spaces described in Sentence (1) shall be protected beneath each register
opening with noncombustible material.
4) The noncombustible register protection described in Sentence (3) shall
a) extend not less than 300 mm beyond the projection of the register opening, and
b) have up-turned edges.
(See Note A-9.18.7.1.(4).)
Section 9.19. Roof Spaces
9.19.1. Venting
9.19.1.1. Required Venting
1) Except where it can be shown to be unnecessary, where insulation is installed between a ceiling and the
underside of the roof sheathing, a space shall be provided between the insulation and the sheathing, and vents shall
be installed to permit the transfer of moisture from the space to the exterior. (See Note A-9.19.1.1.(1).)
9.19.1.2. Vent Requirements
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the unobstructed vent area shall be not less than 1/300 of the insulated
ceiling area.
2) Where the roof slope is less than 1 in 6 or in roofs that are constructed with roof joists, the unobstructed vent
area shall be not less than 1/150 of the insulated ceiling area.
3) Required vents may be roof type, eave type, gable-end type or any combination thereof, and shall be
distributed
a) uniformly on opposite sides of the building,
b) with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the top of the space, and
c) with not less than 25% of the required openings located at the bottom of the space.
4) Except where each joist space is separately vented, roof joist spaces shall be interconnected by installing
purlins not less than 38 mm by 38 mm on the top of the roof joists.
5) Vents shall comply with CAN3-A93-M, "Natural Airflow Ventilators for Buildings."
9.19.1.3. Clearances
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), not less than 63 mm of space shall be provided between the top of the
insulation and the underside of the roof sheathing.
2) At the junction of sloped roofs and exterior walls, where preformed baffles are used to contain the
insulation, the baffles shall
a) provide an unobstructed air space, between the insulation and the underside of the roof sheathing, that is
i) not less than 25 mm in dimension, and
ii) of sufficient cross area to meet the attic or roof space venting requirements of Article 9.19.1.2., and
b) extend vertically not less than 50 mm above the top of the insulation.
3) Ceiling insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not restrict the free flow of air through roof vents
or through any portion of the attic or roof space.
9.19.1.4. Mansard or Gambrel Roof
1) The lower portion of a mansard or gambrel style roof need not be ventilated.
2) The upper portion of roofs described in Sentence (1) shall be ventilated in conformance with Articles 9.19.1.1.
to 9.19.1.3.
9.19.2. Access
9.19.2.1. Access
1) Every attic or roof space shall be provided with an access hatch where the open space in the attic or roof space
measures
a) 3 m2 or more in area,
b) 1 m or more in length or width, and
c) 600 mm or more in height over at least the area described in Clauses (a) and (b).
(See Note A-9.19.2.1.(1).)
2) The hatch required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 550 mm by 900 mm except that, where the hatch
serves not more than one dwelling unit, the hatch may be reduced to 0.32 m2 in area with no dimension less than 500
mm.
3) Hatchways to attic or roof spaces shall be fitted with doors or covers.
Section 9.20. Masonry and Insulating Concrete Form Walls Not
In Contact with the Ground
9.20.1. Application
9.20.1.1. General
1) Except as provided in Article 9.20.1.2., this Section applies to
a) unreinforced masonry and masonry veneer walls not in contact with the ground, where
i) the height of the walls constructed on the foundation walls does not exceed 11 m, and
ii) the roof or floor assembly above the first storey is not of concrete construction, and
b) flat insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground that (see Note A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and
9.20.1.1.(1)(b))
i) have a maximum floor-to-floor height of 3 m,
ii) are erected in buildings not more than 2 storeys in building height, and
iii) are erected in locations where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is not greater than 0.27
(see also Article 9.4.2.5.).
2) For walls other than those described in Sentence (1), or where the masonry walls or insulating concrete form
walls not in contact with the ground are designed for specified loads on the basis of ultimate and serviceability limit
states, Subsection 4.3.2. shall apply.
9.20.1.2. Earthquake Reinforcement
(See also Article 9.4.2.5.)
1) In locations where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.37, loadbearing
elements of masonry buildings more than 1 storey in building height shall be reinforced with not less than the
minimum amount of reinforcement required by Subsection 9.20.15.
2) In locations where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.23 but not greater
than 0.37, loadbearing elements of masonry buildings 3 storeys in building height shall be reinforced with not less than
the minimum amount of reinforcement required by Subsection 9.20.15.
9.20.2. Masonry Units
9.20.2.1. Masonry Unit Standards
1) Masonry units shall comply with
a) ASTM C73, "Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Brick (Sand-Lime Brick),"
b) ASTM C126, "Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile, Facing Brick, and Solid Masonry Units,"
c) ASTM C212, "Standard Specification for Structural Clay Facing Tile,"
d) CAN/CSA-A82, "Fired masonry brick made from clay or shale,"
e) CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units,"
f) CSA A165.2, "Concrete brick masonry units," or
g) CSA A165.3, "Prefaced concrete masonry units."
9.20.2.2. Used Brick
1) Used bricks shall be free of old mortar, soot or other surface coating and shall conform to Article 9.20.2.1.
9.20.2.3. Glass Blocks
1) Glass blocks shall not be used as loadbearing units or in the construction of fireplaces or chimneys.
9.20.2.4. Cellular Concrete
1) Masonry made with cellular concrete shall not be used in contact with the soil or exposed to the weather.
9.20.2.5. Stone
1) Stone shall be sound and durable.
9.20.2.6. Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather
1) Concrete blocks exposed to the weather shall have density and water absorption characteristics conforming
to concrete types A, B, C, or D described in CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units."
9.20.2.7. Compressive Strength
1) The compressive strength of concrete blocks shall conform to Table 9.20.2.7.
Table 9.20.2.7.
Compressive Strength of Concrete Blocks
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.2.7.(1)
Type of Unit
Minimum Compressive Strength Over Net Area, MPa
Exposed to Weather
Not Exposed to Weather
Solid or hollow concrete blocks
15
10
Solid loadbearing cellular blocks
Not permitted
5
Solid non-loadbearing cellular blocks
Not permitted
2
9.20.3. Mortar
9.20.3.1. Mortar Materials
1) Cementitious materials and aggregates for mortar and grout shall comply with CAN/CSA-A179, "Mortar
and Grout for Unit Masonry."
2) Water and aggregate shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious materials.
3) Lime used in mortar shall be hydrated.
4) If lime putty is used in mortar, it shall be made by slaking quicklime in water for not less than 24 h or
soaking hydrated lime in water for not less than 12 h.
9.20.3.2. Mortar and Grout Mixes
1) Mortar types shall be in accordance with Table 9.20.3.2.-A.
2) Mortar for glass block masonry shall be
a) Type S Portland cement-lime where exposed to the exterior, or
b) Type S or N where protected from the exterior.
3) Mortar shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-B, with sufficient water to
bring the mixture to a consistency adequate for laying masonry units.
4) Grout shall be mixed within the proportion limits provided in Table 9.20.3.2.-C, with sufficient water to
provide a suitable flow to fill all voids completely, without excessive segregation or bleeding.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), mortar shall be used and placed in final position
a) within 1.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is 25°C or higher, or
b) within 2.5 h after mixing when the air temperature is less than 25°C.
6) Mortar and grout containing a set-control admixture shall be manufactured off-site in a batching plant and
shall be used and placed in final position within a time not exceeding the useful life stipulated by the manufacturer.
7) Grout used for reinforced masonry shall be placed in accordance with the requirements of CAN/CSA-A371,
"Masonry Construction for Buildings."
Table 9.20.3.2.-A
Mortar Use
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(1)
Location
Building Element
Mortar Type
Exterior, Above Ground
Loadbearing walls and columns
S
Non-loadbearing walls and columns
N or S
Parapets, chimneys, masonry veneer
N or S
Exterior, At or Below Ground
Foundation walls and columns
S
Interior
Loadbearing walls and columns
N
Non-loadbearing walls and columns
N
Table 9.20.3.2.-B
Mortar Mix Proportions (by volume)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(3)
Mortar Type
Portland Cement
Lime
Masonry Cement
Type N
Masonry Cement
Type S
Fine Aggregate (damp,
loose-state sand)
Type S
1
½
-
-
3½ to 4½
-
-
-
1
2¼ to 3
½
-
1
-
3½ to 4½
Type N
1
1
-
-
4½ to 6
-
-
1
-
2¼ to 3
Table 9.20.3.2.-C
Grout Mix Proportions (by volume)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.3.2.(4)
Portland Cement
Lime
Fine Aggregate (sand)
Coarse Aggregate
1
0 to 1/10
2¼ to 3 times the sum of the
cement and lime volumes
1 to 2 times the sum of the cement
and lime volumes
9.20.4. Mortar Joints
9.20.4.1. Thickness
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), mortar joint thickness for burned clay brick and concrete masonry units
shall be 10 mm.
2) Permitted tolerances in head and bed joints shall be not more than ± 5 mm.
9.20.4.2. Masonry Units
1) Hollow masonry units shall be laid with mortar applied to head and bed joints of both inner and outer face
shells.
2) Vertically aligned webs of hollow masonry units shall be laid in a full bed of mortar
a) under the starting course,
b) in all courses of columns, and
c) where adjacent to cells or cavities that are to be filled with grout.
3) Except for head joints left open for weep holes and ventilation, solid masonry units shall be laid with full head
and bed joints.
9.20.5. Masonry Support
9.20.5.1. Masonry Support
1) All masonry shall be supported on masonry, concrete or steel, except that masonry veneer walls may be
supported on foundations of wood frame constructed in conformance with Sentence 9.15.2.4.(1). (See Note A-
9.20.5.1.(1).)
2) Every masonry wall shall be at least as thick as the wall it supports, except as otherwise permitted in
Article 9.20.12.2.
9.20.5.2. Lintels or Arches
1) Masonry over openings shall be supported by steel, masonry or reinforced concrete lintels, or masonry
arches.
2) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry veneer above openings shall
a) conform to Table 9.20.5.2., and
b) have a bearing length not less than 90 mm.
Table 9.20.5.2.
Maximum Allowable Spans for Steel Lintels Supporting Masonry Veneer
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2)
Minimum Angle Size, mm
Maximum Allowable Spans, m
Vertical Leg
Horizontal Leg
Thickness
Supporting
75 mm Brick
Supporting
90 mm Brick
Supporting
100 mm Stone
89
76
6.4
2.55
--
--
89
89
6.4
2.59
2.47
2.30
102
89
6.4
2.79
2.66
2.48
127
89
7.9
3.47
3.31
3.08
127
89
11
3.64
3.48
3.24
3) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry other than veneer, masonry and reinforced concrete lintels, and
masonry arches shall be designed in accordance with Part 4 to support the imposed load.
4) Steel angle lintels supporting masonry shall be prime painted or otherwise protected from corrosion.
9.20.6. Thickness and Height
9.20.6.1. Thickness of Exterior Walls
1) Masonry exterior walls, other than cavity walls, in 1-storey buildings and the top storeys of 2- and 3-storey
buildings shall be not less than 140 mm thick, provided the walls are not more than 2.8 m high at the eaves and 4.6 m
high at the peaks of gable ends.
2) The exterior walls of the bottom storeys of 2-storey buildings, and exterior walls of the bottom 2 storeys of 3-
storey buildings shall be not less than 190 mm thick.
3) In exterior walls composed of more than one wythe, each wythe shall be not less than 90 mm thick.
9.20.6.2. Cavity Walls
1) Cavity walls shall be made with not less than 90 mm wide units if the joints are raked and not less than 75
mm wide units if the joints are not raked.
2) The width of a cavity in a cavity wall shall be not less than 50 mm and not greater than 150 mm.
3) The minimum thickness of cavity walls above the supporting base shall be 230 mm for the top 7.6 m and 330
mm for the remaining portion, except that where 75 mm wide units are used, the wall height above the top of the
foundation wall shall not exceed 6 m.
9.20.6.3. Thickness of Interior Walls
1) The thickness of loadbearing interior walls shall be determined on the basis of the maximum lateral support
spacing as provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2) and (3).
2) The thickness of interior non-loadbearing walls shall be
a) determined on the basis of the maximum lateral support spacing as provided in Sentences 9.20.10.1.(2)
and (3), and
b) in any case, not less than 65 mm.
9.20.6.4. Masonry Veneer
1) Except for masonry veneer where each masonry unit is supported individually by the structural backing,
masonry veneer shall consist of solid masonry units not less than 75 mm thick.
2) Veneer described in Sentence (1) over wood-frame walls shall have not less than a 25 mm air space behind
the veneer.
3) Masonry veneer less than 90 mm thick shall have unraked joints.
4) Masonry veneer shall conform to Subsection 4.3.2., where the masonry units are required to be individually
supported by the structural backing.
9.20.6.5. Parapet Walls
1) The height of parapet walls above the adjacent roof surface shall be not more than 3 times the parapet wall
thickness.
2) Parapet walls shall be solid masonry
a) with the cells of hollow or semi-solid units filled with mortar, grout, or concrete, and
b) that extends from the top of the parapet to not less than 300 mm below the adjacent roof level.
9.20.6.6. Stone or Concrete Facings
1) Slab and panel facings of precast concrete and natural or artificial stone shall conform to Subsection 4.3.2.
9.20.7. Chases and Recesses
9.20.7.1. Maximum Dimensions
1) Except as permitted in Sentence 9.20.7.2.(2) and Article 9.20.7.4., the depth of any chase or recess shall not
exceed one third the thickness of the wall, and the width of the chase or recess shall not exceed 500 mm.
9.20.7.2. Minimum Wall Thickness
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2) and Article 9.20.7.4., no chase or recess shall be constructed in any wall
190 mm or less in thickness.
2) Recesses may be constructed in 190 mm walls provided they do not exceed 100 mm in depth, 750 mm in
height and 500 mm in width.
9.20.7.3. Separation of Chases or Recesses
1) Chases and recesses shall be not less than
a) 4 times the wall thickness apart, and
b) 600 mm away from any pilaster, cross wall, buttress or other vertical element providing required lateral
support for the wall.
9.20.7.4. Non-Conforming Chases or Recesses
1) Chases or recesses that do not conform to the limits specified in Articles 9.20.7.1. to 9.20.7.3. shall be
considered as openings, and any masonry supported above such a chase or recess shall be supported by a lintel or
arch as provided in Article 9.20.5.2.
9.20.7.5. Chases or Recesses Cut into Walls
1) Chases and recesses shall not be cut into walls made with hollow units after the masonry units are in place.
9.20.8. Support of Loads
9.20.8.1. Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), loadbearing walls of hollow masonry units supporting roof or floor
framing members shall be capped with not less than 50 mm of solid masonry or have the top course filled with
concrete.
2) Capping required in Sentence (1) may be omitted where the roof framing is supported on a wood plate not
less than 38 mm by 89 mm.
9.20.8.2. Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members
1) Floor joists supported on cavity walls shall be supported on solid masonry units not less than 57 mm high.
2) Floor joists described in Sentence (1) shall not project into the cavity.
3) Roof and ceiling framing members bearing on cavity walls shall be supported on
a) solid masonry units not less than 57 mm high that bridge the full thickness of the wall, or
b) a wood plate not less than 38 mm thick, bearing not less than 50 mm on each wythe.
9.20.8.3. Bearing of Beams and Joists
1) The bearing area under beams and joists shall be sufficient to carry the supported load.
2) In no case shall the minimum length of end bearing of beams supported on masonry be less than 90 mm.
3) The length of end bearing of floor, roof or ceiling joists supported on masonry shall be not less than 40 mm.
9.20.8.4. Support of Beams and Columns
1) Beams and columns supported on masonry walls shall be supported on pilasters where the thickness of the
masonry wall or wythe is less than 190 mm.
2) Not less than 190 mm depth of solid masonry or concrete shall be provided under the beam or column
referred to in Sentence (1).
3) Pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be bonded or tied to masonry walls.
4) Concrete pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 50 mm by 300 mm.
5) Unit masonry pilasters required in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 100 mm by 290 mm.
9.20.8.5. Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting Members
1) Masonry veneer of solid masonry units resting on a bearing support shall not project more than one third of
the thickness of the veneer. (See Note A-9.20.8.5.(1).)
2) Where the masonry veneer described in Sentence (1) is rough stone masonry,
a) the projection shall be measured as the average projection of the units, and
b) the thickness of the veneer shall be measured as the average thickness of the veneer.
9.20.9. Bonding and Tying
9.20.9.1. Joints to be Offset or Reinforced
1) Vertical joints in adjacent masonry courses shall be offset unless each wythe of masonry is reinforced with
the equivalent of not less than 2 corrosion-resistant steel bars of 3.76 mm diam placed in the horizontal joints at
vertical intervals not exceeding 460 mm.
2) Where joints in the reinforcing referred to in Sentence (1) occur, the bars shall be lapped not less than 150
mm.
9.20.9.2. Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer
1) Except as provided in Article 9.20.9.5. regarding masonry veneer, masonry walls that consist of 2 or more
wythes shall have the wythes bonded or tied together with masonry bonding units as described in Article 9.20.9.3.
or with metal ties as described in Article 9.20.9.4.
9.20.9.3. Bonding
1) Where wythes are bonded together with masonry units, the bonding units shall comprise not less than 4% of
the wall surface area.
2) Bonding units described in Sentence (1) shall be spaced not more than 600 mm vertically and horizontally in
the case of brick masonry and 900 mm o.c. in the case of block or tile.
3) Units described in Sentence (1) shall extend not less than 90 mm into adjacent wythes.
9.20.9.4. Tying
1) Where 2 or more wythes are tied together with metal ties of the individual rod type, the ties shall conform to
the requirements in Sentences (3) to (6).
2) Other ties may be used where it can be shown that such ties provide walls that are at least as strong and as
durable as those made with the individual rod type.
3) Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
a) be corrosion-resistant,
b) have a minimum cross-sectional area of not less than 17.8 mm2, and
c) have not less than a 50 mm portion bent at right angles at each end.
4) Metal ties of the individual rod type shall
a) extend from within 25 mm of the outer face of the wall to within 25 mm of the inner face of the wall,
b) be completely embedded in mortar except for the portion exposed in cavity walls, and
c) be staggered from course to course.
5) Where 2 or more wythes in walls other than cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls are
tied together with metal ties of the individual rod type, the space between wythes shall be completely filled with
mortar.
6) Ties described in Sentence (5) shall be
a) located within 300 mm of openings and spaced not more than 900 mm apart around openings, and
b) spaced not more than 900 mm apart horizontally and 460 mm apart vertically at other locations.
7) Except as required in Sentences (8) and (9), where the inner and outer wythes of cavity walls are tied with
individual wire ties, the ties shall be spaced not more than 900 mm apart horizontally and 400 mm apart vertically.
8) Within 100 mm of the bottom of each floor or roof assembly where the cavity extends below the assemblies,
the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be spaced not more than 600 mm apart horizontally.
9) Within 300 mm of any openings, the ties described in Sentence (7) shall be spaced not more than 900 mm
apart.
9.20.9.5. Ties for Masonry Veneer
1) Masonry veneer 75 mm or more in thickness and resting on a bearing support shall be tied to masonry
backing or to wood framing members with straps that are
a) corrosion-resistant,
b) not less than 0.76 mm thick,
c) not less than 22 mm wide,
d) shaped to provide a key with the mortar,
e) pre-bent during manufacture to a right angle within 6 mm of the fastener hole,
f) fastened with
i) corrosion-resistant wood screws conforming to Sentence 9.23.3.1.(3) that have a minimum diameter of 4.16
mm (No. 8) and a wood penetration of not less than 38 mm, or
ii) corrosion-resistant common spiral nails conforming to Sentence 9.23.3.1.(1) that are not less than 76 mm long
and have a wood penetration of not less than 63 mm, and
g) spaced in accordance with Table 9.20.9.5.
Table 9.20.9.5.
Veneer Tie Spacing
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.9.5.(1)
Maximum Vertical Spacing, mm
Maximum Horizontal Spacing, mm
400
800
500
600
600
400
2) Where hot-dipped, zinc-coated straps are used to meet the requirements of Sentence (1), they shall be pre-
bent and pre-drilled or pre-punched prior to hot-dip, zinc-coated galvanizing.
3) Masonry veneer individually supported by masonry or wood-frame backing shall be secured to the backing
in conformance with Subsection 4.3.2.
9.20.9.6. Reinforcing for Glass Block
1) Glass block shall have horizontal joint reinforcement of 2 corrosion-resistant bars of not less than 3.76 mm
diam or expanded metal strips not less than 75 mm wide
a) spaced at vertical intervals of not more than 600 mm for units 200 mm or less in height, and
b) installed in every horizontal joint for units higher than 200 mm.
2) Reinforcement required in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.
9.20.10. Lateral Support
9.20.10.1. Lateral Support Required
1) Masonry walls shall be laterally supported by floor or roof construction or by intersecting masonry walls or
buttresses.
2) The spacing of supports required in Sentence (1) shall be not more than
a) 20 times the wall thickness for all loadbearing walls and exterior non-loadbearing walls, and
b) 36 times the wall thickness for interior non-loadbearing walls.
3) In applying Sentence (2), the thickness of cavity walls shall be taken as the greater of
a) two-thirds of the sum of the thicknesses of the wythes, or
b) the thickness of the thicker wythe.
4) Floor and roof constructions providing lateral support for walls as required in Sentence (1) shall be
constructed to transfer lateral loads to walls or buttresses approximately at right angles to the laterally supported
walls.
9.20.11. Anchorage of Roofs, Floors and Intersecting Walls
9.20.11.1. Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where Masonry Walls Require Lateral Support
1) Where required to receive lateral support (see Subsection 9.20.10.), masonry walls shall be anchored to each
floor or roof assembly at maximum intervals of 2 m, except that anchorage to floor joists not more than 1 m above
grade may be omitted.
2) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be corrosion-resistant and be not less than the equivalent of 40 mm by
4.76 mm thick steel straps.
3) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be shaped to provide a mechanical key with the masonry and shall be
securely fastened to the horizontal support to develop the full strength of the anchor.
4) When joists are parallel to the wall, anchors required in Sentence (1) shall extend across not less than 3 joists.
9.20.11.2. Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where Walls Require Lateral Support
1) Where required to provide lateral support, intersecting walls shall be bonded or tied together.
2) Where bonding is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), 50% of the adjacent masonry units in the
intersecting wall, distributed uniformly over the height of the intersection, shall be embedded in the laterally
supported wall.
3) Where tying is used to satisfy the requirements of Sentence (1), the ties shall be
a) corrosion-resistant metal,
b) equivalent to not less than 4.76 mm by 40 mm steel strapping,
c) spaced not more than 800 mm o.c. vertically, and
d) shaped at both ends to provide sufficient mechanical key to develop the strength of the ties.
9.20.11.3. Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry Walls
1) Wood-frame walls shall be anchored to masonry walls that they intersect with not less than 4.76 mm diam
corrosion-resistant steel rods spaced not more than 900 mm o.c. vertically.
2) Anchors required in Sentence (1) shall be fastened to the wood framing at one end and shaped to provide a
mechanical key at the other end to develop the strength of the anchor.
9.20.11.4. Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry Walls
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), roof systems of wood-frame construction shall be anchored to exterior
masonry walls by not less than 12.7 mm diam anchor bolts,
a) spaced not more than 2.4 m apart,
b) embedded not less than 90 mm into the masonry, and
c) fastened to a rafter plate of not less than 38 mm thick lumber.
2) The roof system described in Sentence (1) is permitted to be anchored by nailing the wall furring strips to the
side of the rafter plate.
9.20.11.5. Anchoring Masonry Cornices, Sills and Trim to Masonry Walls
1) Cornices, sills or other trim of masonry material which project beyond the wall face shall have not less than
65% of their mass, but not less than 90 mm, within the wall or shall be adequately anchored to the wall with
corrosion-resistant anchors.
9.20.11.6. Anchoring to Masonry Piers
1) Where anchor bolts are to be placed in the top of a masonry pier, the pier shall conform to the requirements
of Sentence 9.15.2.3.(4) and shall be capped with concrete or reinforced masonry not less than 200 mm thick.
9.20.12. Corbelling
9.20.12.1. Corbelling
1) All corbelling shall consist of solid masonry units.
2) The units referred to in Sentence (1) shall be corbelled so that the horizontal projection of any unit does not
exceed 25 mm and the total projection does not exceed one third of the total wall thickness.
9.20.12.2. Corbelling for Cavity Walls
1) Cavity walls of greater thickness than the foundation wall on which they rest shall not be corbelled but may
project 25 mm over the outer face of the foundation wall disregarding parging.
2) Where the foundation wall referred to in Sentence (1) is unit masonry, it is permitted to be corbelled to meet
flush with the inner face of a cavity wall provided
a) the projection of each course does not exceed half the height or one third the thickness of the corbelled unit,
and
b) the total corbel does not exceed one third of the foundation wall thickness.
(See Note A-9.20.12.2.(2).)
9.20.12.3. Corbelling for Masonry Veneer
1) Masonry veneer resting on a bearing support shall not project more than 25 mm beyond the supporting base
where the veneer is not less than 90 mm thick, and 12 mm beyond the supporting base where the veneer is less than
90 mm thick.
2) In the case of rough stone veneer, the projection, measured as the average projection of the stone units, shall
not exceed one-third the bed width beyond the supporting base.
9.20.13. Control of Rainwater Penetration
9.20.13.1. Materials for Flashing
1) Materials used for flashing shall conform to Table 9.20.13.1.
Table 9.20.13.1.
Flashing Materials
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.13.1.(1)
Material
Minimum Thickness, mm
Exposed Flashing
Concealed Flashing
Aluminum
0.48
--
Copper
0.46
0.46
Copper or aluminum laminated to felt or kraft paper
--
0.05
Galvanized steel
0.33
0.33
Lead sheet
1.73
1.73
Polyethylene
--
0.50
Roll roofing, Type S
--
standard
Zinc
0.46
0.46
2) Aluminum flashing in contact with masonry or concrete shall be effectively coated or separated from the
masonry or concrete by an impervious membrane.
9.20.13.2. Fastening of Flashing
1) Fastening devices for flashing shall be corrosion-resistant and, where metal flashing is used, shall be
compatible with the flashing with respect to galvanic action.
9.20.13.3. Location of Flashing
1) Flashing shall be installed in masonry and masonry veneer walls
a) beneath jointed masonry window sills,
b) over the back and top of parapet walls,
c) over the heads of glass block panels,
d) beneath weep holes, and
e) over the heads of window or door openings in exterior walls when the vertical distance between the top of a
window or door frame and the bottom edge of the eave exceeds one-quarter of the horizontal eave overhang.
9.20.13.4. Extension of Flashing
1) When installed beneath jointed masonry window sills or over the heads of openings, flashing shall extend
from the front edge of the masonry up behind the sill or lintel.
9.20.13.5. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
1) Flashing beneath weep holes in cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls shall
a) be bedded not less than 25 mm in the inside wythe,
b) extend to not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the building element below the flashing, and
c) be installed with a nominally horizontal slope toward the outside wythe.
9.20.13.6. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer
1) Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over masonry backing walls shall conform to the flashing
requirements for cavity walls and masonry veneer/masonry backing walls in Article 9.20.13.5.
2) Flashing beneath weep holes in masonry veneer over wood-frame walls shall be installed so that it extends
from a point not less than 5 mm beyond the outer face of the building element below the flashing to a point 150 mm
up the wood-frame wall.
3) Where the frame wall is sheathed with a sheathing membrane, a non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating
sheathing or a semi-rigid insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane, the flashing shall be installed
behind the sheathing membrane or insulating sheathing.
4) Flashing described in Sentence (2) is permitted to conform to the requirements for concealed flashing in
Table 9.20.13.1.
9.20.13.7. Flashing Joints
1) Joints in flashing shall be made watertight.
9.20.13.8. Required Weep Holes
1) Weep holes spaced not more than 800 mm apart shall be provided at the bottom of
a) cavities in cavity walls, and
b) cavities or air spaces in masonry veneer walls.
2) The cavities or air spaces described in Sentence (1) shall include those above lintels over window and door
openings required to be flashed in conformance with Article 9.20.13.3.
9.20.13.9. Protection of Interior Finish
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the interior finish of the exterior walls of a building is a type that
may be damaged by moisture, exterior masonry walls, other than cavity walls or walls that are protected for their full
height by a roof of a carport or porch, shall be covered on the interior surface with sheathing membrane conforming
to CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, "Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type," lapped not less than 100 mm at the joints.
2) In situations described in Sentence (1), flashing shall be provided where water will accumulate, to lead it to
the exterior.
3) Where insulation that effectively limits the passage of water is applied by a waterproof adhesive or mortar
directly to parged masonry, the requirements for sheathing membrane in Sentence (1) do not apply. (See Note A-
9.20.13.9.(3).)
9.20.13.10. Mortar Droppings
1) Cavity walls shall be constructed so that mortar droppings are prevented from forming a bridge to allow the
passage of rain water across the cavity.
9.20.13.11. Caulking at Door and Window Frames
1) The junction of door and window frames with masonry shall be caulked in conformance with
Subsection 9.27.4.
9.20.13.12. Drips beneath Window Sills
1) Where no flashing is installed beneath window sills, such sills shall be provided with a drip not less than
25 mm from the wall surface.
9.20.14. Protection during Work
9.20.14.1. Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry
1) Mortar and masonry shall be maintained at a temperature not below 5°C during installation and for not less
than 48 h after installation.
2) No frozen material shall be used in mortar mix.
9.20.14.2. Protection from Weather
1) The top surface of uncompleted masonry exposed to the weather shall be completely covered with a
waterproofing material when construction is not in progress.
9.20.15. Reinforcement for Earthquake Resistance
9.20.15.1. Amount of Reinforcement
1) Where reinforcement is required in this Section, masonry walls shall be reinforced horizontally and
vertically with steel having a total cross-sectional area of not less than 0.002 times the horizontal cross-sectional area
of the wall, so that not less than one-third of the required steel area is installed either horizontally or vertically and
the remainder in the other direction.
9.20.15.2. Installation Standard
1) Where reinforcement for masonry is required in this Section, it shall be installed in conformance with the
requirements for reinforced masonry as contained in CAN/CSA-A371, "Masonry Construction for Buildings."
9.20.16. Corrosion Resistance
9.20.16.1. Corrosion Resistance of Connectors
1) Carbon steel connectors required to be corrosion-resistant shall be galvanized to at least the minimum
standards in Table 9.20.16.1.
Table 9.20.16.1.
Minimum Requirements for Galvanizing
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.16.1.(1)
Connector Material
ASTM Standard
Coating Class or Thickness
Wire ties and continuous reinforcing (hot-dipped galvanizing)
ASTM A153/A153M
Class B2 or 458 g/m2
Hardware and bolts
ASTM A153/A153M
See ASTM A153/A153M
Strip, plate, bars and rolled sections (not less than 3.18 mm thick)
ASTM A123/A123M
610 g/m2
Sheet (less than 3.18 mm thick)
ASTM A123/A123M
460 g/m2 on material 0.76 mm thick(1)
Notes to Table 9.20.16.1.:
(1) ASTM A123/A123M does not apply to metal less than 0.76 mm thick. Galvanizing coatings may be interpolated for thicknesses
between 3.18 mm and 0.76 mm.
9.20.17. Above-Ground Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
9.20.17.1. Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) The thickness of the concrete in flat insulating concrete form walls not in contact with the ground shall be
a) not less than 140 mm, and
b) constant for the entire height of the wall.
9.20.17.2. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) Horizontal reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls shall
a) consist of
i) one 10M bar placed not more than 300 mm from the top of the wall, and
ii) 10M bars at 600 mm o.c., and
b) be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
2) Vertical reinforcement in above-grade flat insulating concrete form walls shall
a) consist of 10M bars at 400 mm o.c., and
b) be placed in the middle third of the wall section.
3) Vertical reinforcement required by Sentence (2) and interrupted by wall openings shall be placed not more
than 600 mm from each side of the opening.
9.20.17.3. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of exterior non-loadbearing flat
insulating concrete form walls.
2) Portions of walls above openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall have a
minimum depth of concrete of no less than 200 mm across the width of the opening.
3) Openings that are more than 600 mm but not more than 3 000 mm in width in non-loadbearing flat insulating
concrete form walls shall be reinforced at the top and bottom with one 10M bar.
4) Openings more than 3 000 mm in width in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall be
reinforced on all four sides with two 10M bars.
5) Reinforcing bars described in Sentences (3) and (4) shall extend 600 mm beyond the edges of the opening.
6) The cumulative width of openings in non-loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls shall not make up
more than 70% of the length of any wall.
9.20.17.4. Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) No openings shall occur within 1 200 mm of interior and exterior corners of exterior loadbearing flat
insulating concrete form walls.
2) In loadbearing flat insulating concrete form walls, lintels shall be provided over all openings wider than 900
mm.
3) Lintels described in Sentence (2) shall be constructed in accordance with Span Table 9.20.17.4.-A, 9.20.17.4.-B
or 9.20.17.4.-C.
4) Lintels described in Sentence (2) over openings wider than 1 200 mm shall be reinforced for shear with 10M
stirrups at a maximum spacing of half the distance from the bottom reinforcing bar to the top of the lintel.
9.20.17.5. Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) Floor joists supported on the side of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be supported with joist hangers
secured to wood ledger boards.
2) The ledger boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
a) 38 mm thick, and
b) the depth of the floor joists.
3) Anchor bolts shall be used to secure ledger boards to flat insulating concrete form walls and shall be
a) embedded in the wall to a depth not less than 100 mm, and
b) spaced in accordance with Table 9.20.17.5.
4) Floor joists and building frames supported on the top of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be anchored
in conformance with Article 9.23.6.1.
Table 9.20.17.5.
Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing for the Connection of Floor Ledgers to Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.20.17.5.(3)
Maximum Clear Floor Span, m
Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing, mm
Staggered 12.7 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
Staggered 16 mm Diameter Anchor Bolts
2.44
450
500
3.0
400
450
4.0
300
400
5.0
275
325
9.20.17.6. Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
1) Roof framing supported on the top of flat insulating concrete form walls shall be fixed to the top plates,
which shall be anchored to the wall with anchor bolts
a) not less than 12.7 mm in diameter, and
b) spaced at not more than 1 200 mm o.c.
2) The anchor bolts described in Sentence (1) shall be placed in the centre of the flat insulating concrete form
wall and shall be embedded no less than 100 mm into the concrete.
3) Attachment of roof framing to wood top plates shall be in accordance with Table 9.23.3.4.
9.20.17.7. Protection from Precipitation and Damage
1) Above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls shall be protected from precipitation and damage in
conformance with Section 9.27.
Section 9.21. Masonry and Concrete Chimneys and Flues
9.21.1. General
9.21.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to
a) rectangular masonry or concrete chimneys not more than 12 m in height serving fireplaces or serving appliances
having a combined total rated heat output of 120 kW or less, and
b) flue pipes connected to such chimneys.
2) Chimneys, other than those described in Sentence (1), gas vents and flue pipes serving gas-, oil- or solid-fuel-
burning appliances and their associated equipment, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, covered by the
standards referenced in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1) shall conform to Subsection 9.33.10.
3) Chimneys and flue pipes other than those described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall conform to Section 6.3.
9.21.1.2. Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls
1) The walls of any chimney or flue pipe shall be constructed so as to be smoke- and flame-tight.
9.21.2. Chimney Flues
9.21.2.1. Chimney Flue Limitations
1) A chimney flue that serves a fireplace or incinerator shall not serve any other appliance.
2) A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected to a natural-gas- or propane-
fired appliance.
3) A chimney flue that serves a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall not be connected to an oil-burning appliance
unless the solid-fuel-burning appliance is certified for such installation and the installation of both appliances meets
the requirements of the relevant standards referenced in Article 9.33.5.2.
9.21.2.2. Connections of More Than One Appliance
1) Except as required by Article 9.21.2.1., where two or more fuel-burning appliances are connected to the same
chimney flue, the connections shall be made as described in Sentences (2) to (4) and an adequate draft shall be
provided for the connected appliances in conformance with the requirements of applicable provincial or territorial
regulations or municipal bylaws or, in the absence of such regulations or bylaws, with the requirements of the
relevant standards listed in Subsection 9.33.10.
2) Where 2 or more fuel-burning appliances are connected to the same chimney flue, the appliances shall be
located on the same storey.
3) The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a solid-fuel-burning appliance shall be made below connections
for appliances burning other fuels.
4) The connection referred to in Sentence (2) for a liquid-fuel-burning appliance shall be made below any
connections for appliances burning natural gas or propane.
9.21.2.3. Inclined Chimney Flues
1) Chimney flues shall not be inclined more than 45° to the vertical.
9.21.2.4. Size of Chimney Flues
1) Except for chimneys serving fireplaces, the size of a chimney flue shall conform to the requirements of the
appliance installation standards referenced in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).
2) Where a chimney flue serves only one appliance, the flue area shall be at least equal to that of the flue pipe
connected to it.
9.21.2.5. Fireplace Chimneys
1) The size of a chimney flue serving a masonry fireplace shall conform to Table 9.21.2.5.-A or 9.21.2.5.-B.
Table 9.21.2.5.-A
Diameter of Round Flues for Fireplace Chimneys
Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)
Fireplace Opening, m2
Chimney Height, m
3.0 to 4.5
>4.5 to 5.9
> 5.9 to 8.9
>8.9 to 12
Flue Diameter, mm
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
up to 0.150
110
170
100
160
90
150
90
150
0.151 to 0.250
150
210
130
190
130
190
120
180
0.251 to 0.350
180
240
160
220
150
210
140
200
0.351 to 0.500
220
280
200
260
190
250
170
230
0.501 to 0.650
260
320
230
290
220
280
200
260
0.651 to 0.800
290
350
260
320
240
300
220
280
0.801 to 1.00
330
390
290
350
270
330
250
310
1.01 to 1.20
360
420
320
380
300
360
270
330
1.21 to 1.40
390
450
350
410
330
390
300
360
1.41 to 1.60
420
480
380
440
350
410
320
380
1.61 to 1.80
--
--
400
460
370
430
340
400
1.81 to 2.00
--
--
--
--
400
460
360
420
2.01 to 2.20
--
--
--
--
--
--
380
440
Table 9.21.2.5.-B
Rectangular Flue Sizes for Fireplace Chimneys
Forming Part of Sentence 9.21.2.5.(1)
Fireplace Opening, m2
Chimney Height, m
3.0 to 4.5
>4.5 to 5.9
> 5.9 to 8.9
>8.9 to 12
Flue Size, mm
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
min.
max.
up to 0.150
200 × 200
200 × 200
100 × 200
100 × 200
100 × 200
100 × 200
100 × 200
100 × 200
0.151 to 0.250
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
0.251 to 0.350
200 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 200
200 × 300
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
200 × 200
0.351 to 0.500
300 × 300
300 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 200
200 × 300
0.501 to 0.650
300 × 300
300 × 400
300 × 300
300 × 300
300 × 300
300 × 300
200 × 300
200 × 300
0.651 to 0.800
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 300
300 × 400
300 × 300
300 × 300
300 × 300
300 × 300
0.801 to 1.00
400 × 400
400 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 300
300 × 300
1.01 to 1.20
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
1.21 to 1.40
--
--
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
300 × 400
300 × 400
1.41 to 1.60
--
--
--
--
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
400 × 400
1.61 to 1.80
--
--
--
--
--
--
400 × 400
400 × 400
1.81 to 2.00
--
--
--
--
--
--
400 × 400
400 × 400
9.21.2.6. Oval Chimney Flues
1) The width of an oval chimney flue shall be not less than two-thirds its breadth.
9.21.3. Chimney Lining
9.21.3.1. Lining Materials
1) Every masonry or concrete chimney shall have a lining of clay, concrete, firebrick or metal.
9.21.3.2. Joints in Chimney Liners
1) Joints of chimney liners shall be sealed to provide a barrier to the passage of flue gases and condensate into the
cavity between the liner and the surrounding masonry.
2) Joints of clay, concrete or firebrick chimney liners shall be struck flush to provide a straight, smooth, aligned
chimney flue.
9.21.3.3. Clay Liners
1) Clay liners shall conform to CAN/CSA-A324-M, "Clay Flue Liners."
2) Liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 15.9 mm thick and shall be capable of resisting,
without softening or cracking, a temperature of 1 100°C.
9.21.3.4. Firebrick Liners
1) Firebrick liners shall conform to ASTM C27, "Standard Classification of Fireclay and High-Alumina
Refractory Brick."
2) Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, "Air
Setting Refractory Mortar."
9.21.3.5. Concrete Liners
1) Concrete flue liners shall conform to Clause 4.2.6.4 of CAN/CSA-A405-M, "Design and Construction of
Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces."
9.21.3.6. Metal Liners
1) Metal liners shall be constructed of not less than 0.3 mm thick stainless steel.
2) Metal liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall only be used in chimneys serving gas- or oil-burning appliances.
(See Note A-9.21.3.6.(2).)
9.21.3.7. Installation of Chimney Liners
1) Chimney liners shall be installed when the surrounding masonry or concrete is placed.
9.21.3.8. Spaces between Liners and Surrounding Masonry
1) A space not less than 10 mm wide shall be left between a chimney liner and surrounding masonry.
2) The space required in Sentence (1) shall not be filled with mortar.
9.21.3.9. Mortar for Chimney Liners
1) Chimney liners used in chimneys for solid-fuel-burning appliances shall be laid in a full bed of
a) high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, "Air Setting Refractory Mortar," or
b) mortar consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand by volume.
2) Chimney liners used in chimneys for oil- or gas-burning appliances shall be laid in a full bed of mortar
consisting of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts sand by volume.
9.21.3.10. Extension of Chimney Liners
1) Chimney liners shall extend from a point not less than 200 mm below the lowest flue pipe connection to a point
not less than 50 mm or more than 100 mm above the chimney cap.
9.21.4. Masonry and Concrete Chimney Construction
9.21.4.1. Unit Masonry
1) Unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20.
9.21.4.2. Concrete
1) Concrete shall conform to Section 9.3.
9.21.4.3. Footings
1) Footings for masonry chimneys and concrete chimneys shall conform to Section 9.15.
9.21.4.4. Height of Chimney Flues
1) A chimney flue shall extend not less than
a) 900 mm above the highest point at which the chimney comes in contact with the roof, and
b) 600 mm above the highest roof surface or structure within 3 m of the chimney.
(See Note A-9.21.4.4.(1).)
9.21.4.5. Lateral Stability
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), chimneys shall be braced in accordance with Subsection 4.3.2. to provide
lateral stability under wind loads.
2) A chimney need not be laterally braced provided
a) no horizontal outside dimension is less than 400 mm, and
b) the chimney extends not more than 3.6 m above a roof or the masonry wall of which it forms a part.
(See Note A-9.21.4.5.(2).)
9.21.4.6. Chimney Caps
1) The top of a chimney shall have a waterproof cap of reinforced concrete, masonry or metal.
2) The cap required in Sentence (1) shall slope from the lining and be provided with a drip not less than 25 mm
from the chimney wall.
3) Cast-in-place concrete caps shall be separated from the chimney liner by a bond break and be sealed at that
location.
4) Jointed precast concrete or masonry chimney caps shall have flashing installed beneath the cap extending
from the liner to the drip edge.
9.21.4.7. Cleanout
1) A cleanout opening with a metal frame and a tight-fitting metal door shall be installed near the base of the
chimney flue.
9.21.4.8. Wall Thickness
1) The walls of a masonry chimney shall be built of solid masonry units not less than 75 mm thick.
9.21.4.9. Separation of Flue Liners
1) Flue liners in the same chimney shall be separated by not less than 75 mm of masonry or concrete exclusive of
liners where clay liners are used, or 90 mm of firebrick where firebrick liners are used.
2) Flue liners referred to in Sentence (1) shall be installed to prevent significant lateral movement.
9.21.4.10. Flashing
1) Junctions with adjacent materials shall be adequately flashed to shed water.
9.21.5. Clearance from Combustible Construction
9.21.5.1. Clearance from Combustible Materials
1) The clearance between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall be not less than
a) 50 mm for interior chimneys, and
b) 12 mm for exterior chimneys.
(See Note A-9.21.5.1.(1).)
2) A clearance of not less than 150 mm shall be provided between a cleanout opening and combustible material.
3) Combustible flooring and subflooring shall have not less than a 12 mm clearance from masonry or concrete
chimneys.
9.21.5.2. Sealing of Spaces
1) All spaces between masonry or concrete chimneys and combustible framing shall be sealed top or bottom with
noncombustible material.
9.21.5.3. Support of Joists or Beams
1) Joists or beams may be supported on masonry walls which enclose chimney flues provided the combustible
members are separated from the flue by not less than 290 mm of solid masonry.
Section 9.22. Fireplaces
9.22.1. General
9.22.1.1. Application
1) Except when otherwise specifically stated herein, this Section applies to masonry fireplaces constructed on-
site.
9.22.1.2. Masonry and Concrete
1) Except as otherwise stated in this Section, unit masonry shall conform to Section 9.20. and concrete to
Section 9.3.
2) Masonry above openings shall be supported by steel lintels conforming to Sentence 9.20.5.2.(2), reinforced
concrete or a masonry arch.
9.22.1.3. Footings
1) Footings for masonry and concrete fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.15.
9.22.1.4. Combustion Air
1) Where a supply of combustion air is provided directly to the fire chamber of a fireplace, including a factory-
built fireplace, the installation shall comply with the "Outdoor Air Supply" requirements provided in CAN/CSA-
A405-M, "Design and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces."
9.22.2. Fireplace Liners
9.22.2.1. Brick or Steel Liners
1) Except where a fireplace is equipped with a steel liner, every fireplace shall have a firebrick liner.
9.22.2.2. Firebrick Liners
1) Firebrick liners shall be not less than
a) 50 mm thick for the sides and back, and
b) 25 mm thick for the floor.
2) Firebrick liners shall be laid with high temperature cement mortar conforming to CAN/CGSB-10.3, "Air
Setting Refractory Mortar."
3) Joints between a firebrick liner and the adjacent backing masonry shall be offset.
9.22.2.3. Steel Liners
1) Steel liners for fireplaces shall conform to CAN/ULC-S639-M, "Standard for Steel Liner Assemblies for
Solid-Fuel Burning Masonry Fireplaces," and shall be installed in accordance with the installation instructions in
that standard.
9.22.3. Fireplace Walls
9.22.3.1. Thickness of Walls
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), the thickness of the back and sides of a fireplace, including the thickness
of any firebrick liner, shall be not less than 190 mm where a metal liner or a firebrick liner less than 51 mm thick is
used.
2) When a steel fireplace liner is used with an air circulating chamber surrounding the firebox, the back and
sides of the fireplace shall consist of
a) solid masonry units not less than 90 mm thick, or
b) hollow masonry units not less than 190 mm thick.
9.22.4. Fire Chamber
9.22.4.1. Fire Chamber Dimensions
1) The distance from the back of the fire chamber to the plane of the fireplace opening shall be not less than
300 mm.
9.22.5. Hearth
9.22.5.1. Hearth Extension
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), fireplaces shall have a noncombustible hearth extending not less than 400
mm in front of the fireplace opening and not less than 200 mm beyond each side of the fireplace opening.
2) Where the fire chamber floor is elevated more than 150 mm above the hearth, the dimension of the hearth
measured perpendicular to the plane of the fireplace opening shall be increased by not less than
a) 50 mm for an elevation above 150 mm and not more than 300 mm, and
b) an additional 25 mm for every 50 mm in elevation above 300 mm.
9.22.5.2. Support of Hearth
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), the fire chamber floor and hearth shall be supported on a reinforced
concrete slab not less than 100 mm thick at its supports and, if cantilevered, not less than 50 mm thick at its
unsupported edge.
2) A hearth for a fireplace with an opening raised not less than 200 mm from a combustible floor is permitted to
be supported on that floor provided the requirements of Clauses 5.3.6.5. to 5.3.6.7. of CAN/CSA-A405-M, "Design
and Construction of Masonry Chimneys and Fireplaces," are followed.
9.22.6. Damper
9.22.6.1. Required Damper and Size
1) The throat of every fireplace shall be equipped with a metal damper sufficiently large to cover the full area
of the throat opening.
9.22.7. Smoke Chamber
9.22.7.1. Slope of Smoke Chamber
1) The sides of the smoke chamber connecting a fireplace throat with a flue shall not be sloped at an angle
greater than 45° to the vertical.
9.22.7.2. Wall Thickness
1) The thickness of masonry walls surrounding the smoke chamber shall be not less than 190 mm at the sides,
front and back, except that the portions of the back exposed to the outside may be 140 mm thick.
9.22.8. Factory-Built Fireplaces
9.22.8.1. Conformance to Standard
1) Factory-built fireplaces and their installation shall conform to CAN/ULC-S610, "Standard for Factory-Built
Fireplace Systems."
9.22.9. Clearance of Combustible Material
9.22.9.1. Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
1) Combustible material shall not be placed on or near the face of a fireplace within 150 mm of the fireplace
opening, except that where the combustible material projects more than 38 mm out from the face of the fireplace
above the opening, such material shall be not less than 300 mm above the top of the opening.
9.22.9.2. Metal Exposed to the Interior
1) Metal exposed to the interior of a fireplace such as the damper control mechanism shall have not less than a
50 mm clearance from any combustible material on the face of the fireplace where such metal penetrates through the
face of the fireplace.
9.22.9.3. Clearance to Combustible Framing
1) Not less than a 100 mm clearance shall be provided between the back and sides of a fireplace and combustible
framing, except that a 50 mm clearance is permitted where the fireplace is located in an exterior wall.
2) Not less than a 50 mm clearance shall be provided between the back and sides of the smoke chamber of a
fireplace and combustible framing, except that a 25 mm clearance is permitted where the fireplace is located in an
exterior wall.
9.22.9.4. Heat-Circulating Duct Outlets
1) The clearance of combustible material above heat-circulating duct outlets from those outlets shall be not less
than
a) 300 mm where the combustible material projects not less than 38 mm from the face, and
b) 150 mm where the projection is less than 38 mm.
9.22.10. Fireplace Inserts and Hearth-Mounted Stoves
9.22.10.1. Appliance Standard
1) Fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented through the throat of a fireplace shall conform to ULC-
S628, "Standard for Fireplace Inserts."
9.22.10.2. Installation
1) The installation of fireplace inserts and hearth-mounted stoves vented through the throat of a fireplace shall
conform to CSA B365, "Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment."
Section 9.23. Wood-Frame Construction
9.23.1. Application
9.23.1.1. Limitations
(See Note A-9.23.1.1.)
1) Subject to the application limitations defined elsewhere in this Part, this Section applies to constructions
where wall, floor and roof planes are generally comprised of lumber frames of small repetitive structural members,
or engineered components, and where
a) roof and wall planes are clad, sheathed or braced on at least one side,
b) the small repetitive structural members are spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.,
c) the constructions do not serve as foundations,
d) the specified live load on supported subfloors and floor framing does not exceed 2.4 kPa, and
e) the span of any structural member does not exceed 12.20 m.
(See Note A-9.23.1.1.(1).)
2) Where the conditions in Sentence (1) are exceeded for wood constructions, the design of the framing and
fastening shall conform to Subsection 4.3.1.
9.23.2. General
9.23.2.1. Strength and Rigidity
1) All members shall be so framed, anchored, fastened, tied and braced to provide the necessary strength and
rigidity.
9.23.2.2. Protection from Decay
1) Ends of wood joists, beams and other members framing into masonry or concrete shall be treated to prevent
decay where the bottom of the member is at or below ground level, or a 12 mm air space shall be provided at the
end and sides of the member.
2) Air spaces required in Sentence (1) shall not be blocked by insulation, vapour barriers or airtight materials.
9.23.2.3. Protection from Dampness
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), wood framing members that are not pressure-treated with a wood
preservative and that are supported on concrete in contact with the ground or fill shall be separated from the
concrete by not less than 0.05 mm polyethylene film or Type S roll roofing.
2) Dampproofing material referred to in Sentence (1) is not required where the wood member is at least 150
mm above the ground.
9.23.2.4. Connections to Preservative-Treated Wood
1) Except as provided in Sentence (3), connectors in contact with preservative-treated wood shall be made of
a) hot-dipped, zinc-coated galvanized steel with a coating weight not less than Z550 conforming to ASTM
A653/A653M, "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated
(Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process,"
b) a material that provides an equivalent level of corrosion protection to that provided by the material
described in Clause (a), or
c) stainless steel.
2) Fasteners used to attach the connectors referred to in Sentence (1) shall be made of
a) galvanized steel coated with zinc in accordance with ASTM A153/A153M, "Standard Specification for Zinc
Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware," or
b) a material that provides an equivalent level of performance and is compatible with the connector.
3) Connectors and fasteners that are in contact with wood that has been treated with a disodium octaborate
tetrahydrate (SBX (DOT)) or zinc borate preservative and is installed in a dry interior environment are permitted to
be made of uncoated carbon steel. (See Note A-9.23.2.4.(3).)
9.23.2.5. Lumber
1) Lumber shall conform to Subsection 9.3.2.
9.23.3. Fasteners and Connectors
9.23.3.1. Standards for Nails and Screws
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2) and unless otherwise indicated, nails specified in this Section shall be
common steel wire nails or common spiral nails conforming to
a) ASTM F1667, "Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples," or
b) CSA B111, "Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples."
2) Nails used to comply with Table 9.23.3.4. and 9.23.3.5.-A to 9.23.3.5.-C shall have a diameter not less than
that stated in Table 9.23.3.1. (See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).)
Table 9.23.3.1.
Diameter of Nails
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.1.(2)
Minimum Length of Nails, mm
Minimum Diameter of Nails, mm
45
2.64
51
2.84
57
2.87
63
3.25
76
3.66
82
3.66
101 or greater
4.88
3) Wood screws specified in this Section shall conform to ASME B18.6.1, "Wood Screws (Inch Series)." (See
Note A-9.23.3.1.(3).)
9.23.3.2. Length of Nails
1) All nails shall be long enough so that not less than half their required length penetrates into the second
member.
9.23.3.3. Prevention of Splitting
1) Splitting of wood members shall be minimized by staggering the nails in the direction of the grain and by
keeping nails well in from the edges. (See Note A-9.23.3.3.(1).)
9.23.3.4. Nailing of Framing
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nailing of framing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.4.
2) Where the bottom wall plate or sole plate of an exterior wall is not nailed to floor joists, rim joists or blocking
in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4., the exterior wall is permitted to be fastened to the floor framing by
a) having plywood, OSB or waferboard sheathing extend down over floor framing and fastened to the floor
framing by nails or staples conforming to Article 9.23.3.5., or
b) tying the wall framing to the floor framing by galvanized-metal strips
i) 50 mm wide,
ii) not less than 0.41 mm thick,
iii) spaced not more than 1.2 m apart, and
iv) fastened at each end with at least two 63 mm nails.
Table 9.23.3.4.
Nailing for Framing
Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.3.4.(1) and 9.23.14.4.(2)
Construction Detail
Minimum Length of
Nails, mm
Minimum Number or
Maximum Spacing of Nails (1)
Floor joist or blocking perpendicular to sill plate or top wall plate below - toe nail
82
2 per floor joist or blocking
Rim joist, trimmer joist or blocking - supporting walls with required braced wall panels - to sill
plate or top wall plate - toe nail
82
150 mm o.c.
Wood or metal strapping to underside of floor joists
57
2
Cross bridging to joists
57
2 at each end
Double header or trimmer joists
76
300 mm o.c.
Floor joist to stud (balloon construction)
76
2
Ledger strip to wood beam
82
2 per joist
Joist to joist splice (see also Table 9.23.14.8.)
76
2 at each end
Tail joist to adjacent header joist
82
5
(end nailed) around openings
101
3
Each header joist to adjacent trimmer joist
82
5
(end nailed) around openings
101
3
Blocking to stud or stud to wall plate (each end) toe nail
63
4
or end nail
82
2
Doubled studs at openings, or studs at walls or wall intersections and corners
76
750 mm o.c.
Doubled studs at openings, within walls, or abutting studs at wall intersections and corners - in
required braced wall panels
76
300 mm o.c.
Doubled top wall plates(1)
76
600 mm o.c.
Bottom wall plate or sole plate to floor joists, rim joists or blocking (exterior walls)(2)
82
400 mm o.c.
Bottom wall plate or sole plate - in required braced wall panels - to floor joists, rim joists or
blocking (exterior walls)(2)
82
150 mm o.c.
Interior walls to framing or subflooring
82
600 mm o.c.
Required braced wall panels - in interior walls - to framing above and below
82
150 mm o.c.
Horizontal member over openings in non-loadbearing walls - each end
82
2
Lintels to studs
82
2 at each end
Ceiling joist to plate - toe nail each end
82
2
Roof rafter, roof truss or roof joist to plate - toe nail(3)
82
3
Rafter plate to each ceiling joist
101
2
Rafter to joist (with ridge supported)
76
3
Rafter to joist (with ridge unsupported)
76
see Table 9.23.14.8.
Gusset plate to each rafter at peak
57
4
Rafter to ridge board - toe nail - end nail
82
3
Collar tie to rafter - each end
76
3
Collar tie lateral support to each collar tie
57
2
Jack rafter to hip or valley rafter
82
2
Roof strut to rafter
76
3
Roof strut to loadbearing wall - toe nail
82
2
38 mm × 140 mm or less plank decking to support
82
2
Plank decking wider than 38 mm × 140 mm to support
82
3
38 mm edge laid plank decking to support (toe nail)
76
1
38 mm edge laid plank to each other
76
450 mm o.c.
End-joist or end-rafter to built-up wall stud(4)
76
5 or 8(5)
Notes to Table 9.23.3.4.:
(1) SeeNote A-9.23.3.1.(2).
(2) See Article 9.23.11.4. for requirements on the nailing of top plates splices in braced wall bands.
(3) See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(2).
(4) See Sentence 9.23.3.4.(3).
(5) Where heavyweight construction is used in the roof of the space, at least 8 nails are required (see Note A-9.23.13.2.(3)).
3) Where the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure is equal to or greater than 0.8 kPa, roof rafters, joists or trusses
shall be tied to the wall framing with connectors that will resist a factored uplift load of 3 kN.
4) Galvanized-steel straps are deemed to comply with Sentence (3), provided they are
a) 50 mm wide,
b) not less than 0.91 mm thick, and
c) fastened at each end with at least four 63 mm nails.
9.23.3.5. Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring
1) Fastening of the following shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A:
a) subflooring,
b) wall sheathing not in a required braced wall panel, and
c) roof sheathing where the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.6 kPa and the
seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is not greater than 0.47.
Table 9.23.3.5.-A
Fastening of Subflooring, Wall Sheathing Not in a Required Braced Wall Panel, and Roof Sheathing Where
HWP ≤ 0.6 kPa and Smax for Site Class C ≤ 0.47
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(1)
Element
Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm
Minimum Number or
Maximum Spacing of
Fasteners (1)
Common or
Spiral Nails
Ring
Thread
Nails or
Screws
Roofing
Nails
Staples
Board lumber 184 mm or less wide
51
45
n/a
51
2 per support
Board lumber more than 184 mm wide
51
45
n/a
51
3 per support
Fibreboard sheathing up to 13 mm thick
n/a
n/a
44
28
150 mm o.c. along edges and
300 mm o.c. along
intermediate supports
Gypsum sheathing up to 13 mm thick
n/a
n/a
44
n/a
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to 10 mm thick
51
45
n/a
38
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 10 mm and up to 20
mm thick
51
45
n/a
51
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over 20 mm and up to 25
mm thick
57
51
n/a
n/a
Note to Table 9.23.3.5.-A:
(1) See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).
2) Except as provided in Sentence (4), fastening of roof sheathing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-B, where
a) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is greater than 0.6 kPa but not greater than 1.2 kPa, or
b) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.47 but Smax is not greater than 2.6.
Table 9.23.3.5.-B
Fastening of Roof Sheathing Where 0.6 kPa < HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa or Where Smax for Site Class C > 0.47 and Smax
≤ 2.6
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2)
HWP and Smax(1) Limits
Element
Minimum Length of Fasteners, mm
Minimum Number or
Maximum Spacing of
Fasteners(2)
Common,
Spiral or
Ring Thread
Nails
Screws
14-Gauge
Staples
0.6 kPa < HWP ≤ 0.8 kPa and Smax
≤ 0.6 or
Smax for Site Class C > 0.47, Smax ≤
0.6 and HWP ≤ 0.8 kPa
Board lumber 184 mm or less
wide(3)
63
51
63
2 per support
Board lumber more than 184 mm
wide(3)
63
51
63
3 per support
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to
20 mm thick
63
51
63
150 mm o.c. along the edges
of sheathing panels and 300
mm o.c. along intermediate
supports
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over
20 mm and up to 25 mm thick
63
57
n/a
0.8 kPa < HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa and Smax
≤ 2.6 or
Smax for Site Class C > 0.47, 0.6 <
Smax ≤ 2.6 and HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa
Plywood, OSB or waferboard up to
20 mm thick
63
51
n/a
75 mm o.c. along the edges
of sheathing panels, 300 mm
o.c. along intermediate
supports, and where 0.8 kPa
Plywood, OSB or waferboard over
63
57
n/a
20 mm and up to 25 mm thick
< HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa, 50 mm
o.c. within 1 m of the edges
of the roof
Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-B:
(1) See Article 9.4.2.5.
(2) See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).
(3) See Article 9.23.16.5.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), fastening of wall sheathing in required braced wall panels shall conform to
the reference framing types specified in Table 9.23.3.5.-C.
Table 9.23.3.5.-C
Fastening of Wall Sheathing in Required Braced Wall Panels Where HWP ≤ 1.2kPa and Smax ≤ 2.6
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3)
Reference
framing type(1)
Minimum Sheathing Element(2) and Maximum Stud
Spacing
Minimum Specifications for
Fasteners
Minimum Number or Maximum
Spacing of Fasteners(3)(4) along
Panel Edges Fastened to
Framing
Common,
Spiral or Ring
Thread Nails
Screws
GWB-O (interior
side of WSP and
DWB framing
types)
12.5 mm gypsum board for 600 mm stud spacing
2.48 mm
diameter ring
thread with 20
mm
penetration
into support
framing(5)
3.45 mm
shank diamter,
Type W, with
20 mm
penetration
into support
framing(6)
200 mm o.c. for nails or
300 mm o.c. for screws
GWB-A
12.5 mm gypsum board for 600 mm stud spacing
200 mm o.c. for nails or
300 mm o.c. for screws
GWB-B
12.5 mm gypsum board for 400 mm stud spacing
200 mm o.c.
GWB-C
12.5 mm gypsum board for 400 mm stud spacing or
12.5 mm gypsum board, blocked, (7) for 600 mm stud
spacin
150 mm o.c. or 200 mm o.c. for
blocked
GWB-D
12.5 mm gypsum board for 400 mm stud spacing
100 mm o.c.
WSP-A
9.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard for 400 mm stud
spacing
2.84 mm x 51
mm(8)
NP(8)
150 mm o.c.
WSP-B
11 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, blocked,(7) for 600
mm stud spacing
3.25 mm x 63
mm(8)
150 mm o.c.
WSP-C
11 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, blocked, (7) for 600
mm stud spacing
3.25 mm x 63
mm(8)
100 mm o.c.
WSP-D
11 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, blocked, (7) for 600
mm stud spacing
3.25 mm x 63
mm(8)
75 mm o.c.
WSP-E
15.5 mm plywood, OSB or waferboard, blocked, (7) for
600 mm stud spacing
3.66 mm x 76
mm(8)
75 mm o.c.
DWB
19 mm diagonal lumber board
3.25 mm x 63
mm(8)
3.25 mm x 51
mm
2 per support framing where
lumber width ≤ 184 mm or
3 per support framing where
lumber width > 184 mm
Notes to Table 9.23.3.5.-C:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-C.
(2) Plywood, OSB, waferboard and board lumber shall conform to the material standards specified in Subsection 9.23.17. Wood-
based panels may be installed vertically or horizontally. Gypsum sheathing shall conform to the requirements of gypsum board in
Subsection 9.29.5.
(3) See Note A-9.23.3.1.(2).
(4) For plywood, OSB, or waferboard panel sheathing, the maximum fastener spacing along intermediate
supports shall be 300 mm o.c. For gypsum sheathing, the maximum spacing along intermediate supports
shall conform to Sentence 9.29.5.8.(4) for nails and Sentence 9.29.5.9.(4) for screws.
(5) Nails for GWB framing types shall conform to Article 9.29.5.6.
(6) Screws for GWB framing types shall conform to Article 9.29.5.7.
(7) Where blocking is required, horizontal joints of panel sheathing shall occur over blocking consisting of not less than 38 mm x 89
mm lumber oriented either edgewise or flatwise, and the panel sheathing shall be fastened to the blocking.
(8) Nails for WSP and DWB framing types shall conform to Article 9.23.3.1.
(9) NP = Not permitted
4) Fastening of wall sheathing in required braced wall panels and roof sheathing shall conform to Part 4, where
a) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is greater than 1.2 kPa,
b) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 2.6, or
c) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.47, for buildings of 3 storeys in building
height and
i) of heavy weight construction,
ii) clad at full height with masonry veneer, or
iii) clad at full height with stone veneer.
(See Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3).)
5) Staples shall not be less than 1.6 mm in diameter or thickness, with not less than a 9.5 mm crown driven with
the crown parallel to framing.
6) Roofing nails for the attachment of fibreboard or gypsum sheathing shall not be less than 3.2 mm in
diameter with a minimum head diameter of 11.1 mm.
7) Flooring screws shall not be less than 3.2 mm in diameter.
9.23.4. Maximum Spans
9.23.4.1. Application
1) Spans provided in this Subsection for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors shall apply only where
a) the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or
b) the uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as
described in Table 4.1.5.3.
2) Spans for joists, beams and lintels supporting floors shall be determined according to Subsection 4.1.3. where
the supported floors
a) serve other than residential areas, or
b) support a uniform live load in excess of that specified for residential areas.
9.23.4.2. Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams
(See Note A-9.23.4.2.)
1) Except as required in Sentence (2) and Article 9.23.14.10., spans for wood joists and rafters shall conform to
the spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A to 9.23.4.2.-G for the uniform live loads shown in the Tables. (See
Article 9.4.2.2.)
2) Spans for floor joists that are not selected from Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and 9.23.4.2.-B and that are required
to be designed for the same loading conditions, shall not exceed the design requirements for uniform loading and
vibration criteria. (See Note A-9.23.4.2.(2).)
3) Spans for built-up wood and glued-laminated timber floor beams shall conform to the spans in Span
Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K. (See Article 9.4.2.2.)
4) Spans for roof ridge beams shall conform to the spans in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-L for the uniform snow load
shown. (See Articles 9.4.2.2. and 9.23.14.8.)
9.23.4.3. Steel Beams
1) The spans for steel floor beams with laterally supported top flanges shall conform to Table 9.23.4.3. (See
Note A-9.23.4.3.(1).)
2) Beams described in Sentence (1) shall at least meet the requirements for Grade 350 W steel contained in CSA
G40.21, "Structural quality steel."
Table 9.23.4.3.
Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwelling Units(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.4.3.(1)
Section
Supported Joist Length, m (half the sum of joist spans on both sides of the beam)
2.4
3.0
3.6
4.2
4.8
5.4
6.0
One Storey Supported
W150 × 22
5.5
5.2
4.9
4.8
4.6
4.5
4.3
W200 × 21
6.5
6.2
5.9
5.7
5.4
5.1
4.9
W200 × 27
7.3
6.9
6.6
6.3
6.1
5.9
5.8
W200 × 31
7.8
7.4
7.1
6.8
6.6
6.4
6.2
W250 × 24
8.1
7.6
7.3
7.0
6.6
6.2
5.9
W250 × 33
9.2
8.7
8.3
8.0
7.7
7.5
7.3
W250 × 39
10.0
9.4
9.0
8.6
8.4
8.1
7.9
W310 × 31
10.4
9.8
9.4
8.9
8.4
8.0
7.6
W310 × 39
11.4
10.7
10.2
9.8
9.5
9.2
9.0
Two Storeys Supported
W150 × 22
4.9
4.4
4.1
3.8
3.5
3.4
3.2
W200 × 21
5.6
5.1
4.6
4.3
4.1
3.8
3.7
W200 × 27
6.4
6.1
5.6
5.3
4.9
4.7
4.4
W200 × 31
6.9
6.5
6.2
5.8
5.4
5.1
4.9
W250 × 24
6.8
6.1
5.6
5.2
4.9
4.6
4.4
W250 × 33
8.2
7.7
7.0
6.5
6.1
5.8
5.5
W250 × 39
8.8
8.3
7.8
7.2
6.8
6.4
6.1
W310 × 31
8.7
7.8
7.2
6.7
6.2
5.9
5.6
W310 × 39
10.0
9.3
8.5
7.9
7.4
7.0
6.7
Notes to Table 9.23.4.3.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.4.3.
9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
(See Note A-9.23.4.4.)
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where a floor is required to support a concrete topping, the joist spans
shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A or the spacing of the members shall be reduced to allow for the loads due to the
topping.
2) Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping, joist spans are permitted to be selected from Span
Table 9.23.4.2.-B provided the concrete
a) is 38 to 51 mm thick,
b) is normal weight,
c) is placed directly on the subflooring, and
d) has not less than 20 MPa compressive strength after 28 days.
3) Where a floor is required to support a concrete topping not more than 51 mm thick, the allowable beam
spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K shall be multiplied by 0.8 or the supported length of the floor
joists shall be reduced to allow for the loads due to the topping.
9.23.4.5. Heavy Roofing Materials
1) Where a roof is required to support an additional uniform dead load from roofing materials such as concrete
roofing tile, or materials other than as specified in Section 9.26., such as clay roofing tiles, the additional load shall be
allowed for by reducing
a) the spans for roof joists and rafters in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-D to 9.23.4.2.-G, or the spacing of the members,
and
b) the spans for ridge beams and lintels in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D.
(See Note A-9.23.4.2.)
9.23.5. Notching and Drilling
9.23.5.1. Holes Drilled in Framing Members
1) Holes drilled in roof, floor or ceiling framing members shall be not larger than one-quarter the depth of the
member and shall be located not less than 50 mm from the edges, unless the depth of the member is increased by the
size of the hole.
9.23.5.2. Notching of Framing Members
1) Floor, roof and ceiling framing members are permitted to be notched provided the notch is located on the
top of the member within half the joist depth from the edge of bearing and is not deeper than one-third the joist
depth, unless the depth of the member is increased by the size of the notch.
9.23.5.3. Wall Studs
1) Wall studs shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise damaged so that the undamaged portion of the stud is
less than two-thirds the depth of the stud if the stud is loadbearing or 40 mm if the stud is non-loadbearing, unless the
weakened studs are suitably reinforced.
9.23.5.4. Top Plates
1) Top plates in walls shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened to reduce the undamaged width to
less than 50 mm unless the weakened plates are suitably reinforced.
9.23.5.5. Roof Trusses
1) Roof truss members shall not be notched, drilled or otherwise weakened unless such notching or drilling is
allowed for in the design of the truss.
9.23.6. Anchorage
9.23.6.1. Anchorage of Building Frames
1) Except as required by Sentence 9.23.6.3.(1), building frames shall be anchored to the foundation unless a
structural analysis that considers wind and earthquake loads and lateral earth pressures shows that anchorage is not
required.
2) Except as provided in Sentences (3) to (6), anchorage shall be provided by
a) embedding the ends of the first floor joists in concrete, or
b) fastening the sill plate to the foundation with not less than 12.7 mm diam anchor bolts spaced not more than
2.4 m o.c.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than
0.47, anchorage of braced wall panel shall be provided by fastening the sill plate to the foundation with anchor bolts,
such that
a) there are not less than two anchor bolts per braced wall panel, located at opposite ends of the braced wall panel
within 0.5 m of the foundation end or within 0.3 m of the end of the braced wall panel, and
b) anchor bolts spaced in accordance with Table 9.23.6.1. (See Note A-9.23.6.1.(3).)
Table 9.23.6.1.-A
Anchor Bolt Spacing within Braced Wall Panels Where HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa, Smax for Site Class C > 0.47 and Smax
≤ 2.6
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.6.1.(3)
Maximum Spacing of Anchor Bolts within Braced Wall Panels, m
Reference Framing Type
Anchor Bolt Diamter
12.7 mm
15.9 mm
GWB-A
2.4
2.4
GWB-B
2.4
2.4
GWB-C
1.8
2.4
GWB-D
1.4
2.1
WSP-A
1.4
2.1
WSP-B
0.8
1.2
WSP-C
0.7
1.0
WSP-D
0.6
0.9
WSP-E
0.5
0.8
DWB
0.8
1.2
5) Anchor bolts referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be
a) fastened to the sill plate with nuts and washers,
b) embedded not less than 100 mm in the foundation, and
c) so designed that they may be tightened without withdrawing them from the foundation.
6) Anchorage shall be designed according to Part 4, where
a) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is greater than 1.2 kPa,
b) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 2.6, or
c) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.47, for buildings of 3 storeys in building
height and
i) of heavy weight construction,
ii) clad at full height with masonry veneer, or
iii) clad at full height with some stone veneer.
(See Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3).)
9.23.6.2. Anchorage of Columns and Posts
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), exterior columns and posts shall be anchored to resist uplift and
lateral movement.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where columns or posts support balconies, decks, verandas or other
exterior platforms, and the distance from finished ground to the underside of the joists is not more than 600 mm,
a) the columns or posts shall be anchored to the foundation to resist uplift and lateral movement, or
b) the supported joists or beams shall be directly anchored to the ground to resist uplift.
3) Anchorage is not required for platforms described in Sentence (2) that
a) are not more than 1 storey in height,
b) are not more than 55 m2 in area,
c) do not support a roof, and
d) are not attached to another structure, unless it can be demonstrated that differential movement will not
adversely affect the performance of the structure to which the platform is attached.
9.23.6.3. Anchorage of Smaller Buildings
1) Buildings not more than 4.3 m wide and not more than 1 storey in building height that are not anchored in
accordance with Sentence 9.23.6.1.(1) shall be anchored in conformance with the requirements of CSA Z240.10.1,
"Site preparation, foundation, and installation of buildings."
9.23.7. Sill Plates
9.23.7.1. Size of Sill Plates
1) Where sill plates provide bearing for the floor system, they shall be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm material.
9.23.7.2. Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates
1) Sill plates shall be
a) levelled by setting them on a full bed of mortar, or
b) laid directly on the foundation if the top of the foundation is level.
(See also Article 9.23.2.3.)
2) The joint between the sill plate for exterior walls and the foundation shall be sealed in accordance with
Subsection 9.25.3.
9.23.8. Beams to Support Floors
9.23.8.1. Bearing for Beams
1) Beams shall have even and level bearing and the bearing at end supports shall be not less than 89 mm long,
except as stated in the notes to Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H to 9.23.4.2.-K.
9.23.8.2. Priming of Steel Beams
1) Exterior steel beams shall be shop primed.
9.23.8.3. Built-up Wood Beams
(See Note A-9.23.8.3.)
1) Where a beam is made up of individual pieces of lumber that are nailed together, the individual members
shall be 38 mm or greater in thickness and installed on edge.
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where individual members of a built-up beam are butted together to
form a joint, the joint shall occur over a support.
3) Where a beam is continuous over more than one span, individual members are permitted to be butted
together to form a joint at or within 150 mm of the end quarter points of the clear spans, provided the quarter points
are not those closest to the ends of the beam.
4) Members joined at quarter points shall be continuous over adjacent supports.
5) Joints in individual members of a beam that are located at or near the end quarter points shall not occur in
adjacent members at the same quarter point and shall not reduce the effective beam width by more than half.
6) Not more than one butt joint shall occur in any individual member of a built-up beam within any one span.
7) Except as provided in Sentence (8), where 38 mm members are laid on edge to form a built-up beam,
individual members shall be nailed together with a double row of nails not less than 89 mm in length, spaced not
more than 450 mm apart in each row with the end nails located 100 mm to 150 mm from the end of each piece.
8) Where 38 mm members in built-up wood beams are not nailed together as provided in Sentence (7), they
shall be bolted together with not less than 12.7 mm diam bolts equipped with washers and spaced not more than 1.2
m o.c., with the end bolts located not more than 600 mm from the ends of the members.
9.23.9. Floor Joists
9.23.9.1. End Bearing for Joists
1) Except when supported on ribbon boards, floor joists shall have not less than 38 mm length of end bearing.
2) Ribbon boards referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than 19 mm by 89 mm lumber let into the studs.
9.23.9.2. Joists Supported by Beams
1) Floor joists may be supported on the tops of beams or may be framed into the sides of beams.
2) When framed into the side of a wood beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1) shall be supported on
a) joist hangers or other acceptable mechanical connectors, or
b) not less than 38 mm by 64 mm ledger strips nailed to the side of the beam, except that 38 mm by 38 mm
ledger strips may be used provided each joist is nailed to the beam by not less than four 89 mm nails, in addition to
the nailing for the ledger strip required in Table 9.23.3.4.
3) When framed into the side of a steel beam, joists referred to in Sentence (1) shall be supported on the bottom
flange of the beam or on not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber bolted to the web with not less than 6.3 mm diam
bolts spaced not more than 600 mm apart.
4) Joists referred to in Sentence (3) shall be spliced above the beam with not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber
at least 600 mm long to support the flooring.
5) Not less than a 12 mm space shall be provided between the splice required in Sentence (4) and the beam to
allow for shrinkage of the wood joists.
9.23.9.3. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.9.4.(1), bottoms of floor joists shall be restrained from twisting at each
end by toe-nailing to the supports, end-nailing to the header joists or by providing continuous strapping, blocking
between the joists or cross-bridging near the supports.
9.23.9.4. Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and -B
(See Note A-9.23.4.2.(2).)
1) Except as permitted by Sentence (5), where strapping is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall be
a) not less than 19 mm by 64 mm, nailed to the underside of floor joists,
b) located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of strapping, and
c) fastened at each end to a sill or header.
2) Where bridging is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A, it shall consist of not less than 19 mm by 64 mm or 38
mm by 38 mm cross bridging located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging.
3) Where bridging and strapping are specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A,
a) bridging shall
i) comply with Sentence (2), or
ii) consist of 38 mm solid blocking located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of
bridging and securely fastened between the joists, and
b) except as provided in Sentence (5), strapping shall comply with Sentence (1) and be installed under the
bridging.
4) Bridging specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B shall consist of
a) bridging as described in Sentence (2), or
b) 38 mm solid blocking located not more than 2 100 mm from each support or other rows of bridging and
securely fastened between the joists.
5) Strapping described in Sentence (1) and Clause (3)(b) is not required where
a) furring strips complying with Table 9.29.3.1. are fastened directly to the joists, or
b) a panel-type ceiling finish complying with Subsection 9.29.5., 9.29.6., 9.29.7., 9.29.8., or 9.29.9. is attached
directly to the joists.
6) Where a ceiling attached to wood furring is specified in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B,
a) the ceiling finish shall consist of gypsum board, plywood or OSB not less than 12.7 mm thick, and
b) the furring shall be
i) 19 mm by 89 mm wood furring spaced at not more than 600 mm o.c., or
ii) 19 mm by 64 mm wood furring spaced at not more than 400 mm o.c.
9.23.9.5. Header Joists
1) Header joists around floor openings shall be doubled when they exceed 1.2 m in length.
2) The size of header joists exceeding 3.2 m in length shall be determined by calculations.
9.23.9.6. Trimmer Joists
1) Trimmer joists around floor openings shall be doubled when the length of the header joist exceeds 800 mm.
2) When the header joist exceeds 2 m in length the size of the trimmer joists shall be determined by
calculations.
9.23.9.7. Support of Tail and Header Joists
1) When tail joists and header joists are supported by the floor framing, they shall be supported by suitable
joist hangers or nailing in accordance with Table 9.23.3.4.
9.23.9.8. Support of Walls
1) Non-loadbearing walls parallel to the floor joists shall be supported by joists beneath the wall or on blocking
between the joists.
2) Blocking referred to in Sentence (1) for the support of non-loadbearing walls shall be
a) not less than 38 mm by 89 mm lumber, and
b) except as required for the fastening of walls constructed with required braced wall panels, spaced not more
than 1.2 m apart.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), non-loadbearing interior walls at right angles to the floor joists are not
restricted as to location.
4) Loadbearing interior walls parallel to floor joists shall be supported by beams or walls of sufficient strength to
safely transfer the specified live loads to the vertical supports.
5) Unless the joist size is designed to support such loads, loadbearing interior walls at right angles to floor joists
shall be located
a) not more than 900 mm from the joist support where the wall does not support a floor, and
b) not more than 600 mm from the joist support where the wall supports one or more floors.
6) Loadbearing and non-loadbearing walls constructed with required braced wall panels shall be continuously
supported by floor joists, blocking or rim joists to allow for the required fastening (see Table 9.23.3.4.).
9.23.9.9. Cantilevered Floor Joists
1) Floor joists supporting roof loads shall not be cantilevered more than 400 mm beyond their supports where
38 mm by 184 mm joists are used and not more than 600 mm beyond their supports where 38 mm by 235 mm or
larger joists are used.
2) The cantilevered portions referred to in Sentence (1) shall not support floor loads from other storeys unless
calculations are provided to show that the design resistances of the cantilevered joists are not exceeded.
3) Where cantilevered floor joists described in Sentences (1) and (2) are at right angles to the main floor joists,
the tail joists in the cantilevered portion shall extend inward away from the cantilever support a distance equal to
not less than 6 times the length of the cantilever, and shall be end nailed to an interior doubled header joist in
conformance with Table 9.23.3.4.
9.23.10. Wall Studs
9.23.10.1. Stud Size and Spacing
1) The size and spacing of studs shall conform to Table 9.23.10.1.
Table 9.23.10.1.
Size and Spacing of Studs
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.10.1.(1)
Type of
Supported Loads (including dead loads)
Minimum Stud Size, mm
Maximum Stud
Maximum Unsupported
Wall
Spacing, mm
Height, m
Interior
No load
38 × 38
400
2.4
38 × 89 flat(1)
400
3.6
Attic not accessible by a stairway
38 × 64
600
3.0
38 × 64 flat(1)
400
2.4
38 × 89
600
3.6
38 × 89 flat(1)
400
2.4
Attic accessible by a stairway plus one floor
Roof load plus one floor
Attic not accessible by stairway plus 2 floors
38 × 89
400
3.6
Roof load
Attic accessible by a stairway
Attic not accessible by a stairway plus one floor
38 × 64
400
2.4
38 × 89
600
3.6
Attic accessible by a stairway plus 2 floors
Roof load plus 2 floors
38 × 89
300
3.6
64 × 89
400
3.6
38 × 140
400
4.2
Attic accessible by a stairway plus 3 floors
Roof load plus 3 floors
38 × 140
300
4.2
Exterior
Roof with or without attic storage
38 × 64
400
2.4
38 × 89
600
3.0
Roof with or without attic storage plus one floor
38 × 89
400
3.0
38 × 140
600
3.0
Roof with or without attic storage plus 2 floors
38 × 89
300
3.0
64 × 89
400
3.0
38 × 140
400
3.6
Roof with or without attic storage plus 3 floors
38 × 140
300
1.8
Notes to Table 9.23.10.1.:
(1) See Article 9.23.10.3.
9.23.10.2. Bracing and Lateral Support
1) Where loadbearing interior walls are not finished in accordance with Section 9.29., blocking or strapping shall
be fastened to the studs at mid-height to prevent sideways buckling.
9.23.10.3. Orientation of Studs
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) and (3), all studs shall be placed at right angles to the wall face.
2) Studs on the flat are permitted to be used in gable ends of roofs that contain only unfinished space or in non-
loadbearing interior walls within the limits described in Article 9.23.10.1.
3) Wall studs that support only a load from an attic not accessible by a stairway are permitted to be placed on
the flat within the limits permitted in Article 9.23.10.1. provided
a) the studs are clad on not less than one side with plywood, OSB or waferboard sheathing fastened to the face
of the studs with a structural adhesive, and
b) the portion of the roof supported by the studs does not exceed 2.1 m in width.
9.23.10.4. Continuity of Studs
1) Wall studs shall be continuous for the full storey height except at openings and shall not be spliced except by
fingerjoining with a structural adhesive. (See Note A-9.23.10.4.(1).)
9.23.10.5. Support for Cladding, Sheathing and Finishing Materials
1) Corners and intersections shall be designed to provide adequate support for the vertical edges of interior
finishes, sheathing and cladding materials, and in no instance shall exterior corners be framed with less than the
equivalent of 2 studs.
2) Where the vertical edges of interior finishes at wall intersections are supported at vertical intervals by
blocking or furring, the vertical distance between such supports shall not exceed the maximum distance between
supports specified in Section 9.29.
9.23.10.6. Studs at Sides of Openings
1) Where the lintel spanning the opening is more than 3 m long, studs shall be tripled on each side of the
opening so that
a) the two inner studs on each side extend from the bottom of the supported lintel to the top of the bottom wall
plate, and
b) the outer stud on each side extends from the bottom of the top wall plate to the bottom wall plate.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), where the lintel spanning the opening is not more than 3 m long, studs
shall be doubled on each side of the opening so that
a) the inner studs on each side extend from the bottom of the supported lintel to the top of the bottom wall
plate, and
b) the outer stud on each side extends from the bottom of the top wall plate to the bottom wall plate.
3) Single studs are permitted to be used on either side of openings
a) in non-loadbearing interior walls not required to have fire-resistance ratings, provided the studs extend from
the top wall plate to the bottom wall plate, or
b) in loadbearing or non-loadbearing interior or exterior walls, provided
i) the opening is less than and within the required stud spacing, and
ii) no 2 such openings of full stud-space width are located in adjacent stud spaces.
(See Note A-9.23.10.6.(3).)
9.23.11. Wall Plates
9.23.11.1. Size of Wall Plates
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), wall plates shall be
a) not less than 38 mm thick, and
b) not less than the required width of the wall studs.
2) In non-loadbearing walls and in loadbearing walls where the studs are located directly over framing members,
the bottom wall plate is permitted to be 19 mm thick.
9.23.11.2. Bottom Wall Plates
1) A bottom wall plate shall be provided in all cases.
2) The bottom plate in exterior walls shall not project more than one-third the plate width over the support.
9.23.11.3. Top Plates
1) Except as permitted in Sentences (2) to (4), at least 2 top plates shall be provided in loadbearing walls.
2) A single top plate is permitted to be used in a section of a loadbearing wall containing a lintel provided the
top plate forms a tie across the lintel.
3) A single top plate is permitted to be used in loadbearing walls where the concentrated loads from ceilings,
floors and roofs are not more than 50 mm to one side of the supporting studs and in all non-loadbearing walls.
4) The top plates need not be provided in a section of loadbearing wall containing a lintel provided the lintel is
tied to the adjacent wall section with not less than
a) 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm thick galvanized steel, or
b) 19 mm by 89 mm by 300 mm wood splice nailed to each wall section with at least three 63 mm nails.
9.23.11.4. Joints in Top Plates
1) Joints in the top plates of loadbearing walls shall be staggered not less than
a) one stud spacing where the number of nails required by Sentence (5) is not more than 16,
b) two stud spacings where the number of nails required by Sentence (5) is greater than 16 and not more than
32, and
c) three stud spacings where the number of nails required by Sentence (5) is greater than 32.
2) The top plates in loadbearing walls shall be lapped or otherwise tied at corners and intersecting walls in
accordance with Sentence (4).
3) Joints in single top plates used with loadbearing walls shall be tied in accordance with Sentence (4).
4) Ties referred to in Sentences (2) and (3) shall be the equivalent of not less than 75 mm by 150 mm by 0.91 mm
thick galvanized steel nailed to each wall with at least three 63 mm nails.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (7), doubled top plates in braced wall bands shall be fastened on each side of a
splice with not less than 76 mm long common steel wire nails or spiral nails in accordance with the minimum
number of nails required by Table 9.23.11.4.-A or 9.23.11.4.-C, whichever is greater, where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.47 and Smax is not greater than 2.6, or
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.6 kPa but not greater than 1.2 kPa.
Table 9.23.11.4.-A
Fasteners in Doubled Top Plate Splice Connections in Braced Wall Bands where Smax for Site Class C >
0.47 and Smax ≤ 2.6(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.11.4.(5)
Smax(1)
Minimum Number of Nails on Each Side of Doubled Top Plate Splice for Braced Wall Band
Spacing of 10.6 m(2)
Weight of Construction or Cladding Type(3)
Normal-Weight
Construction
Heavyweight
construction(4)
Masonry Veneer (on
one or more building
faces) (4)(5)
Stone Veneer (on
one or more
building faces)(4)(5)
Smax ≤ 0.60
4
7
8
10
0.6 < Smax ≤ 0.8
6
8
9
12
0.8 < Smax ≤ 1.2
9
12
14
19
1.2 < Smax ≤ 1.6
12
16
19
25
1.6 < Smax ≤ 2.0
14
20
23
31
2.0 < Smax ≤ 2.6
19
25
30
40
Notes to Table 9.23.11.4.-A:
(1) See Article 9.4.2.5.
(2) For braced wall band spacing of 7.6 m or less, the minimum number of fasteners is permitted to be divided by 2.
(3) See Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3).
(4) Limited to 2 storeys in building height. See Sentence
(7).
(5) Where the height of the masonry or stone veneer does not exceed half storey above the foundation, theveneer may be
disregarded.
Table 9.23.11.4.-C
Fasteners in Doubled Top Plate Splice Connections in Braced Wall Bands Where 0.6 kPa < HWP ≤ 1.2 kPa
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.11.4.(5)
HWP
Minimum Number of Nails on Each Side of Doubled Top Plate Splice for
Braced Wall Band Spacing of 10.6 m(1)
Rough Terrain(2), and Roof Eave-to-Ridge Height of 3 m(3)
HWP ≤ 0.3
7
0.3 < HWP ≤ 0.4
9
0.4 < HWP ≤ 0.5
11
0.5 < HWP ≤ 0.6
13
0.6 < HWP ≤ 0.9
20
0.9 < HWP ≤ 1.2
26
Notes to Table 9.23.11.4.-C:
(1) For a braced wall band spacing of 7.6 m or less, the minimum number of nails may be divided by 2.
(2) For open terrain, multiply the minimum number of nails by the wind exposure adjustment factor, Kexp, as provided in Table
9.23.13.7.-B. see Note A-9.23.13.7.(3) and (4)
(3) For roof-level top plates (i.e.top plates supporting roof framing), multiply the minimum number of nails by the roof eave-to-ridge
height adjustment factor, Kroof, as provided in Table
Table 9.23.13.7-B.
6) Nails referred to in Sentence (5) shall be spaced not less than 75 mm o.c. along the top plate in rows spaced
not less than 35 mm apart.
7) Doubled top plates in braced wall bands shall be designed according to Part 4 where
a) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is greater than 1.2 kPa,
b) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 2.6, or
c) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 0.47 for Site Class C for buildings of 3 storeys in building
height and
i) of heavy weight construction,
ii) clad with masonry veneer, or
iii) clad with stone veneer.
(see Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3)).
9.23.12. Framing over Openings
9.23.12.1. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), openings in non-loadbearing walls shall be framed with not less than 38
mm material the same width as the studs, securely nailed to adjacent studs.
2) Openings for doors in non-loadbearing walls required to be fire separations with a fire-resistance rating shall be
framed with the equivalent of at least two 38 mm thick members that are the same width as the wall plates.
9.23.12.2. Openings in Loadbearing Walls
1) Openings in loadbearing walls greater than the required stud spacing shall be framed with lintels designed to
carry the superimposed loads to adjacent studs. (See Note A-9.23.10.6.(3).)
2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.12.3.(2), where 2 or more members are used in lintels, they shall be
fastened together with not less than 82 mm nails in a double row, with nails not more than 450 mm apart in each
row.
3) Lintel members are permitted to be separated by filler pieces.
9.23.12.3. Lintel Spans and Sizes
1) Spans and sizes of wood lintels shall conform to the spans shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A
to 9.23.12.3.-D
a) for buildings of residential occupancy,
b) where the wall studs exceed 38 mm by 64 mm in size,
c) where the spans of supported joists do not exceed 4.9 m, and
d) where the spans of trusses do not exceed 9.8 m.
2) In loadbearing exterior and interior walls of 38 mm by 64 mm framing members, lintels shall consist of
a) 64 mm thick members on edge, or
b) 38 mm thick and 19 mm thick members fastened together with a double row of nails not less than 63 mm
long and spaced not more than 450 mm apart.
3) Lintels referred to in Sentence (2)
a) shall be not less than 50 mm greater in depth than those shown in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-L and 9.23.12.3.-A
to 9.23.12.3.-D for the maximum spans shown, and
b) shall not exceed 2.24 m in length.
9.23.13. Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads Due to Wind and Earthquake
(See Note A-9.23.13.)
9.23.13.1. Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic Forces
1) This Article applies where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C, is not more than 0.47,
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.60 kPa,
c) the unsupported height of the braced wall panels in the building is not greater than 3.1 m, and
d) the lowest exterior frame wall supports a roof and not more than 2 floors.
2) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
a) the simplified approach outlined in Article 9.23.13.11., where the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not
greater than 0.47 and the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.60 kPa,
b) Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.10.,
c) Part 4, or
d) good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC "Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction."
9.23.13.2. Requirements for High Wind and Seismic Forces
1) Except as provided in Article 9.23.13.1., this Article applies where
a) the unsupported height of the braced wall panels in the building is not greater than 3.1 m,
b) 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 1.2 kPa,
c) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not greater than 2.6, and
d) the lowest exterior frame wall supports a roof and not more than
i) 2 floors in a building of normal-weight construction, or
ii) 1 floor in a building of heavyweight construction or clad at full height with masonry veneer or stone
veneer.
2) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
a) Articles 9.23.13.4. to 9.23.13.10.,
b) Part 4, or
c) good engineering practice such as that provided in CWC "Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction."
3) For the purposes of Sentence (1) and this Part,
a) in a building of normal-weight construction, the average dead weight per storey shall not exceed
i) 0.5 kPa for floors and 0.5 kPa for partitions and interior walls,
ii) 0.5 kPa for the roof, and
iii) 0.4 kPa for exterior walls,
b) in a building of heavyweight construction, the average dead weight per storey shall conform to Clause (a),
except that the average dead weight per storey shall not exceed
i) 1.5 kPa for floors and 0.5 kPa for partitions and interior walls,
ii) 1.0 kPa for the roof, or
iii) 1.2 kPa for exterior walls,
c) in a building clad with masonry veneer, the average dead weight of the masonry veneer shall not exceed 1.9
kPa, and
d) in a building clad with stone veneer, the average dead weight of the stone veneer shall not exceed 3.2
kPa.(See Note A-9.23.13.2.(3).)
9.23.13.3. Requirements for Extreme Wind and Seismic Forces
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.23.13.1. and 9.23.13.2., this Article applies where
a) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is greater than 1.2 kPa,
b) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 2.6, or
d) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.47, and the lowest exterior frame wall
supports a roof and more than 1
floor in a building of heavyweight construction or clad at full height with
masonry veneer or stone veneer.
2) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with
a) Part 4, or
b) good engineering practice such as that provided in the CWC "Engineering Guide for Wood Frame
Construction."
9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands
(See Note A-9.23.13.4.)
1) Braced wall bands shall
a) surround the perimeter of the building,
b) be full storey height,
c) be not more than 1.2 m wide,
d) lap at both ends with another braced wall band,
e) be aligned with braced wall bands on storeys above and below, and
f) conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5. and Article 9.23.13.7.
2) For split-level buildings, a braced wall band shall be located where there is a change in floor level greater than
the depth of one floor joist.
9.23.13.5. Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and 9.23.13.10.(2) to (4) and Article 9.23.13.7., braced wall panels shall
a) be located within braced wall bands,
b) be laterally supported at each floor level and the roof,
c) extend, as applicable, from the top of the supporting footing, slab or subfloor to the underside of the floor,
ceiling or roof framing above, and
d) conform to the spacing and dimensions given in Table 9.23.13.5. and Article 9.23.13.7.
Table 9.23.13.5.
Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels
Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.13.4.(1) and 9.23.13.5.(1)
Description
Spacing and Dimensions of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels(1)(2)(3)
Maximum distance between centre lines of adjacent braced wall
bands measured from the furthest points between centres of the
bands(4)
10.6 m
Maximum distance between required braced wall panels measured
from the edges of the panels
6.4 m
Maximum distance from the end of a braced wall band to the edge of
the closest required braced wall panel
2.4 m
Minimum length of individual wood-sheated braced wall panels:
- panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the braced
wall panel connects to an intersecting braced wall panel
600 mm
- panel not located at the end of a braced wall band or braced wall
panel located at the end of a braced wall band where the braced wall
panel does not connect to an intersecting braced wall panel
750 mm
Minimum length of individual braced wall panels sheated only with
gypsum board
1.2 m
Minimum length of individual diagonal-lumber-sheated braced wall
panels
1.2 m
Minimu total length of all braced wall panels in a braced wall band
Per Article 9.23.13.7.
Notes to Table 9.23.13.5.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.23.13.5.
(2) All constructions include support of a roof load in addition to the indicated number of floors.
(3) See Article 9.23.13.10. for additional system considerations.
(4) See Sentence (2) for an exception for basements and crawl spaces.
2) In basements or crawl spaces where the perimeter foundation walls extend from the footings to the underside
of the supported floor, braced wall bands constructed with braced wall panels shall
a) have a total length of braced wall panels not less than the total length in the braced wall band in the storey
above, and
b) be spaced not more than
i) 15 m from the perimeter foundation walls,
ii) 15 m from interior foundation walls, and
iii) 15 m from adjacent braced wall bands constructed with braced wall panels.
(See Note A-9.23.13.5.(2).)
3) Interior or exterior wood-sheathed braced wall panels, other than panels of WSP-A framing in the uppermost
storey shall
a) extend to the roof framing, and
b) have their the top plate connected to
i) top chords of perpendicular or offset parallel trusses by using blocking panels or other methods of lateral
load transfer designed by the roof truss manufacturer,
ii) perpendicular or offset parallel joists or rafters by using blocking of the same construction as the braced wall
panel below, or
iii) rafters, joists or trusses by using methods of lateral load transfer designed in accordance with good
engineering practice.
(See Note A-9.23.13.5.(3) and (4).)
4) The top plates of braced wall panels described in Sentence (3) shall be fastened in accordance with Table
9.23.3.4.
(See Note A-9.23.13.5.(3) and (4).)
9.23.13.6. Materials in Braced Wall Panels
1) Required braced wall panels shall be
a) sheathed on the exterior side with plywood, OSB, waferboard or diagonal lumber complying with
Subsection 9.23.17. fastened in accordance with Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) and finished on the interior side with gypsum
board complying with Subsection 9.29.5., or
b) sheathed on the interior side or exterior side with gypsum board complying with Subsection 9.29.5. and
fastened in accordance with Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3). (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(1).)
2) Except as provided in Sentences (4) and (5), braced wall bands shall be constructed of braced wall panels of the
same sheathing material.
3) Braced wall panels in basements and crawl spaces shall be sheathed with OSB, plywood, waferboard or
diagonal lumber
a) at braced wall band spacing intervals of not more than 15 m, and
b) under all interior braced wall bands containing wood-sheathed braced wall panels. (See Note A-9.23.13.6.(3).)
4) Mixing of braced wall panel framing types is permitted in stacked braced wall bands, provided that wood-
sheathed braced wall panels are not above any braced wall bands containing
a) gypsum-sheathed braced wall panels, or
b) diagonal-lumber-sheathed braced wall panels.
5) Mixing of braced wall panel framing types is permitted along a braced wall band within the same storey,
provided that
a) panels of WSP-A or WSP-B framing type are substituted for panels of a GWB framing type and the total
length of all of the braced wall panels is determined based on the GWB framing type, or
b) the lengths of the braced wall panels of mixed framing types are based on accepted engineering principles.
(See Note A-9.23.13.6.(5).)
9.23.13.7. Braced Wall Panel Length
1) Except as provided in Tables 9.23.13.7.-B and 9.23.13.7.-D, all adjustment factors required for the calculation
of the minimum total length of braced wall panels in accordance with this Article shall be taken as 1.
2) The minimum total length of all braced wall panels in a braced wall band shall be taken as the greater of Lw
determined in Sentence (3) for the appropriate 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) and Ls as determined in
Sentence (4) for the appropriate seismic design parameter, Smax, where
a) HWP is not greater than 1.2 kPa, and
b) Smax for Site Class C, is not greater than 2.6.
3) For resistance to wind pressure, the minimum total length of braced wall panels in each braced wall band, Lw,
shall be determined by applying the adjustment factors provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-B to the unadjusted minimum
total braced wall panel length Luw provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-A using the following equation:
Lw = LuwKexpKroofKWspacingKWnumberKgypKsheath ≥ BWPmin
where
Kexp = wind exposure adjustment factor, and
= 1 for rough terrain (suburban, urban or wooded terrain extending upwind from the building
uninterrupted for at least 1 km),Kroof= roof eave-to-ridge height adjustment factor, and
= 1 for a roof eave-to-ridge height of 3 m
KWspacing = braced wall band spacing adjustment factor for wind (see Sentence (5)),per building plan direction, and
= 1 for a braced wall band spacing of 7.6 m
KWnumber = number of parallel braced wall bands adjustment factor for wind, per building plan direction, and
= 1 for two exterior walls and no intermediate braced wall bands,
Kgyp = interior gypsum board adjustment factor, and
= 1 for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on the interior side,
Ksheath = intermittent braced wall panels adjustment factor, and
= 1 for continuously sheathed braced wall bands, and
BWPmin = Minimum length of individual braced wall panels as per Table 9.23.13.5.
(See Note A-9.23.13.7.(3) for an alternative procedure to calculate Lw, directly and Note A-9.23.13.7.(4).).)
Table 9.23.13.7.-A
Unadjusted Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Lengths for Wind
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3)
Unadjusted Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Length for Wind, Luw, m(1)
Diagonal-
Lumber-
Sheathed
Framing Type
(with gypsum
board on
opposite
side)(2)
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type
(with gypsum board on only one
side)(2)(3)
Wood-sheathed Framing Type ( with gypsum
board on opposite side)(2)
HWP
Storey
DWB
GWB-
A
GWB-
B
GWB-
C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-E
HWP
≤ 0.3
0.65
3.29
1.91
1.42
1.14
1.14
0.60
0.52
0.48
0.43
1.33
6.75
3.92
2.91
2.35
2.35
1.24
1.08
0.98
0.88
2.02
10.21
5.93
4.40
3.57
3.57
1.87
1.63
1.49
1.34
0.3 <
HWP
≤ 0.4
0.86
4.38
2.54
1.89
1.52
1.52
0.80
0.70
0.64
0.57
1.78
9.00
5.23
3.88
3.14
3.14
1.65
1.43
1.31
1.18
2.69
13.61
7.91
5.86
4.75
4.75
2.50
2.17
1.98
1.79
0.4 <
HWP
≤ 0.5
1.08
5.84
3.18
2.36
1.90
1.90
1.00
0.87
0.79
0.72
2.22
11.25
6.54
4.85
3.92
3.92
2.06
1.79
1.63
1.47
3.37
17.01
9.88
7.33
5.94
5.94
3.12
2.72
2.48
2.23
0.5 <
HWP
≤ 0.6
1.29
6.57
3.82
2.83
2.29
2.29
1.20
1.05
0.95
0.86
2.67
13.50
7.84
5.82
4.71
4.71
2.47
2.15
1.96
1.77
4.04
20.42
11.86
8.79
7.13
7.13
3.75
3.26
2.97
2.68
0.6 <
HWP
≤ 0.9
1.94
9.86
5.73
4.25
3.43
3.43
1.80
1.57
1.43
1.29
4.00
20.25
11.76
8.72
7.06
7.06
3.71
3.23
2.94
2.65
6.06
30.62
17.79
13.19
10.70
10.70
5.62
4.89
4.46
4.02
0.9 <
HWP
≤ 1.2
2.59
13.14
7.63
5.66
4.57
4.57
2.40
2.09
1.91
1.72
5.33
27.00
15.68
11.63
9.41
9.41
4.95
4.30
3.92
3.54
8.08
40.83
23.72
17.59
14.26
14.26
7.50
6.52
5.94
5.36
Notes to Table 9.23.13.7.-A:
(1) Unadjusted minimum total braced wall panel lengths are for the applicable conditions corresponding to an adjustment factor of
1 in the equation for Lw.
(2) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(3) See Sentence (6) for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both sides.
Table 9.23.13.7.-B
Adjustment Factors for the Determination of Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Lengths for Wind
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3)
Symbol
Description
Storey
Condition
Adjustment Factor
Kexp(1)
Wind exposure: apply
factor to all storeys in both
directions
All storeys
All storeys in 1 - storey
building
All storeys in 2 - storey
building
All storeys in 3 - storey
building
Rough terrain
Open terrain
1.00
1.29
1.40
1.48
Kroof(2)
Roof eave-to-ridge height:
apply factor separately to
each storey
Storey supporting roof only
≤ 1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
6.0 m
0.52
1.00
1.58
1.99
Storey supporting roof and
1 floor
≤ 1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
6.0 m
0.79
1.00
1.26
1.47
Storey supporting roof and 2
floors
≤ 1.5 m
3.0 m
4.5 m
6.0 m
0.87
1.00
1.16
1.31
KWspacing(2)(3)(4)
Braced wall band spacing:
apply factor to all braced
wall panels per building plan
direction
Any storey
3.8 m
7.6 m
10.6 m
15 m(5)
0.51
1.00
1.35
1.86
KWnumber
Number of parallel braced
wall bands: apply factor to
all braced wall panels per
building plan direction
Any storey
2
3
4
≥ 5
1.00
1.28
1.38
1.43
Kgyp
Interior gypsum board:
apply factor in accordance
with whether gypsum board
is installed or ommited on
interior side of braced wall
panels
Any storey
Installed
Omitted, blocked wall
Omiitted, unblocked
wall
1.00
1.20
1.40
Ksheath
Intermittent braced wall
panels: apply factor in
accordance with continuity
of sheathing within braced
wall band
Any storey
Continuously sheathed
Intermittently sheathed
1.00
1.15
Notes to Table 9.23.13.7.-B:
(1) Kexp is determined based on the terrain. Rough terrain is suburban, urban, or wooded terrain extending upwind from the
building uninterrupted for at least 1 km. Open terrain is level terrain with only scattered trees, buildings or other obstructions, open
water or shorelines.
(2) For Kroof linear interpolation between roof eave-to-ridge heights is permitted. 3 KWspacing Linear interpolation between braced wall
band spacing is permitted.
(4) An average braced wall band spacing is permitted to be used for the determination of KWspacing. See Sentence (5).
(5) A braced wall band spacing of 15 m is only permitted in basements and crawl spaces.
4) For resistance to seismic forces, the minimum total length of braced wall panels in each braced wall band, Ls,
shall be determined by applying the adjustment factors provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-D to the unadjusted minimum
total braced wall panel length, Lus, provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-C using the following equation:
Ls = LusKweightKsnowKSspacingKSnumberKgypKsheath≥ BWPmin
Where:
Kweight = weight of construction and cladding adjustment factor, and
= 1 for normal-weight construction (see Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3)),
Ksnow = roof snow load adjustment factor, and
= 1 for a specified roof snow load of 2 kPa or less, as calculated in accordance with Article 9.4.2.2.,
KSspacing = braced wall band spacing adjustment factor for seismic forces (see Sentence (5)per building plan
direction, and
-
= 1 for a braced wall band spacing of 7.6 m,
KSnumber = number of parallel braced wall bands adjustment factor for seismic forces, per building plan direction,
and
= 1 for two exterior walls and no intermediate braced wall bands,
Kgyp = interior gypsum board adjustment factor, and
= 1 for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on the interior side,
Ksheath = intermittent braced wall panels adjustment factor, and
= 1 for continuously sheathed braced wall bands, and
BWPmin = minimum length of individual braced wall panels, per Table 9.23.13.5. (see Note A-9.23.13.7.(4) for an
alternative procedure to calculate Ls directly and Note A-9.23.13.7.(3) and (4).)
Table 9.23.13.7.-C
Unadjusted Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Lengths for Seismic Forces
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.7.(4)
Smax
Storey
Building
Plan
Dimension
Parallel to
Braced Wall
Band, Lwl, m
Unadjusted Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Length for Seismic Forces, Lus, m(1)(2)
Diagonal-
Lumber-
Sheathed
Framing
Type (with
gypsum
board on
opposite
side) (3)
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type
(with gypsum board on only one
side) (3)(4)
Wood-Sheathed Framing Type (with
gypsum board on opposite side)(3)
DWB
GWB-
A
GWB-
B
GWB-
C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-
E
Smax ≤
0.2
3.1
0.06
0.47
0.27
0.20
0.17
0.11
0.06
0.05
0.05
0.04
6.1
0.11
.81
0.47
0.35
0.28
0.19
0.10
0.09
0.08
0.07
9.1
0.15
1.15
0.67
0.50
0.40
0.27
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
12.2
0.20
1.5
0.87
0.65
0.53
0.35
0.18
0.16
0.15
0.13
15.2
0.24
1.81
1.05
0.78
0.64
0.43
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
18.3
0.29
2.20
1.28
0.95
0.77
0.51
0.27
0.23
0.21
0.19
3.1
0.15
1.10
0.65
0.48
0.39
0.26
0.14
0.12
0.11
0.10
6.1
0.24
1.84
1.07
0.79
0.65
0.43
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.16
9.1
0.34
2.57
1.49
1.11
0.90
0.60
0.32
0.27
0.25
0.23
12.2
0.44
3.32
1.93
1.43
1.17
0.78
0.41
0.36
0.32
0.29
15.2
0.54
3.99
2.31
1.72
1.40
0.95
0.50
0.43
0.39
0.36
18.3
0.64
4.80
2.79
2.07
1.68
1.12
0.59
0.51
0.47
0.42
3.1
0.23
1.76
1.02
0.76
0.62
0.41
0.22
0.19
0.17
0.15
6.1
0.38
2.87
1.67
1.24
1.01
0.67
0.35
0.31
0.28
0.25
9.1
0.53
3.99
1.49
1.72
1.40
0.93
0.49
0.43
0.39
0.35
12.2
0.68
5.14
2.99
2.21
1.80
1.20
0.63
0.55
0.50
0.45
15.2
0.83
6.16
3.58
2.65
2.16
1.46
0.77
0.67
0.61
0.55
18.3
0.98
7.41
4.30
3.19
2.60
1.73
0.91
0.79
0.72
0.65
0.2 <
Smax ≤
0.4
3.1
0.13
0.94
0.55
0.41
0.33
0.22
0.12
0.10
0.09
0.08
6.1
0.22
1.63
0.94
0.70
0.57
0.38
0.20
0.17
0.16
0.14
9.1
0.31
2.31
1.34
0.99
0.81
0.54
0.28
0.25
0.22
0.20
12.2
0.40
3.01
1.75
1.30
1.05
0.70
0.37
0.32
0.29
0.26
15.2
0.49
3.63
2.11
1.56
1.27
0.86
0.45
0.39
0.36
0.32
18.3
0.58
4.39
2.55
1.89
1.54
1.03
0.54
0.47
0.43
0.39
3.1
0.30
2.23
1.30
0.96
0.78
0.52
0.27
0.24
0.22
0.20
6.1
0.49
3.69
2.14
1.59
1.29
0.86
0.45
0.39
0.36
0.32
9.1
0.68
5.14
2.99
2.21
1.80
1.20
0.63
0.55
0.50
0.45
12.2
0.88
6.65
3.86
2.86
2.33
1.55
0.82
0.71
0.65
0.58
15.2
1.07
7.97
4.63
3.43
2.79
1.89
1.00
0.87
0.79
0.71
18.3
1.27
9.61
5.58
4.14
3.37
2.25
1.18
1.03
0.94
0.84
3.1
0.47
DR
(1.12)
2.04
1.51
1.23
0.82
0.43
0.38
0.34
0.31
6.1
0.76
5.50
3.34
2.48
2.01
1.34
0.71
0.61
0.56
0.50
9.1
1.06
7.98
4.63
3.44
2.80
1.86
0.98
0.85
0.78
0.70
12.2
1.36
10.29
5.97
4.43
3.61
2.40
1.26
1.10
1.00
0.90
15.2
1.66
12.31
7.15
5.30
4.32
2.93
1.54
1.34
1.22
1.10
18.3
1.96
14.82
8.61
6.38
5.20
3.46
1.82
1.58
1.44
1.30
0.4< Smax
≤ 0.6
3.1
0.19
1.42
0.82
0.61
0.50
0.33
0.17
0.15
0.14
0.12
6.1
0.32
2.44
1.42
1.05
0.85
0.57
0.30
0.26
0.24
0.21
9.1
0.46
3.46
2.01
1.49
1.21
0.81
0.42
0.37
0.34
0.30
12.2
0.60
4.51
2.62
1.94
1.58
1.05
0.55
0.48
0.44
0.40
15.2
0.73
5.44
3.16
2.34
1.91
1.29
0.68
0.59
0.54
0.49
18.3
0.87
6.59
3.83
2.84
2.31
1.54
0.81
0.70
0.64
0.58
3.1
0.44
DR
(1.67)
1.94
1.44
1.17
0.78
0.41
0.36
0.33
0.29
6.1
0.73
5.53
3.21
2.38
1.94
1.29
0.68
0.59
0.54
0.49
9.1
1.02
7.71
4.48
3.32
2.70
1.80
0.95
0.82
0.75
0.68
12.2
1.32
9.97
5.79
4.29
3.50
2.33
1.23
1.07
0.97
0.88
15.2
1.61
11.96
6.94
5.15
4.19
2.84
1.49
1.30
1.18
1.07
18.3
1.91
14.41
8.37
6.21
5.05
3.37
1.77
1.54
1.40
1.27
3.1
0.70
DR
(2.64)
3.06
2.27
1.85
1.23
0.65
0.56
0.51
0.46
6.1
1.14
DR
(4.31)
5.01
3.71
3.02
2.01
1.06
0.92
0.84
0.76
9.1
1.59
DR
(5.99)
6.95
5.15
4.20
2.80
1.47
1.28
1.17
1.05
12.2
2.04
DR
(7.72)
8.96
6.64
5.41
3.61
1.90
1.65
1.50
1.35
15.2
2.49
DR
(9.24)
10.73
7.96
6.48
4.39
2.31
2.01
1.83
1.65
18.3
2.95
DR
(11.12)
12.91
9.58
7.80
5.20
2.73
2.38
2.17
1.95
0.6 <
Smax ≤
0.8
3.1
0.25
1.89
1.10
0.81
0.66
0.44
0.23
0.20
0.18
0.17
6.1
0.43
3.25
1.89
1.40
1.14
0.76
0.40
0.35
0.32
0.29
9.1
0.61
4.61
2.68
1.99
1.62
1.08
0.57
0.49
0.45
0.40
12.2
0.80
6.02
3.49
2.59
2.11
1.41
0.74
0.64
0.59
0.53
15.2
0.98
7.25
4.21
3.12
2.54
1.72
0.91
0.79
0.72
0.65
18.3
1.16
8.78
5.10
3.78
3.08
2.05
1.08
0.94
0.86
0.77
3.1
0.59
DR
(2.23)
2.59
1.92
1.56
1.04
0.55
0.48
0.43
0.39
6.1
0.98
DR
(3.69)
4.28
3.18
2.58
1.72
0.91
0.79
0.72
0.65
9.1
1.36
DR
(5.14)
5.97
4.43
3.61
2.40
1.26
1.10
1.00
0.90
12.2
1.76
DR
(6.65)
7.72
5.73
4.66
3.11
1.63
1.42
1.29
1.17
15.2
2.15
DR
(7.97)
9.26
6.87
5.59
3.79
1.99
1.73
1.58
1.42
18.3
2.55
DR
(9.61)
11.16
8.28
6.74
4.49
2.36
2.05
1.87
1.69
3.1
0.93
DR
DR
(2.04)
3.03
2.46
1.64
0.86
0.75
0.68
0.62
6.1
1.52
DR
(5.75)
DR
(3.34)
4.95
4.03
2.69
1.41
1.23
1.12
1.01
9.1
2.11
DR
(7.98)
DR
(4.64)
6.87
5.59
3.73
1.96
1.71
1.55
1.40
12.2
2.72
DR
(10.29)
11.95
8.86
7.21
4.81
2.53
2.20
2.00
1.81
15.2
3.32
DR
(12.32)
14.30
10.61
8.63
5.85
3.08
2.68
2.44
2.20
18.3
3.93
DR
(14.83)
17.22
12.77
10.39
6.93
3.64
3.17
2.89
2.60
3.1
0.38
2.83
1.65
1.22
0.99
0.66
0.35
0.30
0.28
0.25
6.1
0.65
4.88
2.83
2.10
1.71
1.14
0.60
0.52
0.47
0.43
9.1
0.92
6.92
4.02
2.98
2.42
1.62
0.85
0.74
0.67
0.61
12.2
1.20
9.03
5.24
3.89
3.16
2.11
1.11
0.96
0.88
0.79
15.2
1.47
10.88
6.32
4.69
3.81
2.59
1.36
1.18
1.08
0.97
18.3
1.75
13.18
7.65
5.67
4.62
3.08
1.62
1.41
1.28
1.16
0.8 <
Smax ≤
1.2
3.1
0.89
DR
DR
(1.95)
2.88
2.35
1.56
0.82
0.71
0.65
0.59
6.1
1.46
DR
(5.53)
DR
(3.21)
4.76
3.88
2.58
1.36
1.18
1.08
0.97
9.1
2.04
DR
(7.72)
8.96
6.64
5.41
3.61
1.90
1.65
1.50
1.35
12.2
2.64
DR
(9.97)
11.58
8.59
6.99
4.66
2.45
2.13
1.94
1.75
15.2
3.22
DR
(11.96)
13.89
10.30
8.38
5.68
2.99
2.60
2.37
2.13
18.3
3.82
DR
(14.41)
16.74
12.41
10.11
6.74
3.54
3.08
2.81
2.53
3.1
1.40
DR
DR
(3.06)
DR
(2.27)
DR
(1.85)
2.46
1.30
1.13
1.03
0.93
6.1
2.28
DR
DR
(5.01)
DR
(3.72)
6.04
4.03
2.12
1.84
1.68
1.51
9.1
3.17
DR
DR
(6.95)
DR
(5.16)
8.39
5.59
2.94
2.56
2.33
2.10
12.2
4.09
DR
DR
(8.96)
DR
(6.65)
10.82
7.21
3.79
3.30
3.01
2.71
15.2
4.97
DR
DR
(10.73)
DR
(7.96)
12.95
8.78
4.61
4.01
3.66
3.30
18.3
5.89
DR
DR
(12.92)
DR
(9.58)
15.59
10.39
5.46
4.75
4.33
3.90
1.2 <
Smax ≤
1.6
3.1
0.50
DR
(1.89)
2.19
1.63
1.32
0.88
0.46
0.40
0.37
0.33
6.1
0.86
DR
(3.25)
3.78
2.80
2.28
1.52
0.80
0.69
0.63
0.57
9.1
1.22
DR
(4.61)
5.36
3.67
3.23
2.16
1.13
0.99
0.90
0.81
12.2
1.59
12.03
6.99
5.18
4.22
2.81
1.48
1.29
1.17
1.06
15.2
1.95
14.51
8.43
6.25
5.09
3.45
1.81
1.58
1.44
1.30
18.3
2.33
17.57
10.20
7.57
6.16
4.11
2.16
1.88
1.71
1.54
3.1
1.18
DR
DR
(2.59)
DR
(1.92)
3.13
2.08
1.10
0.95
0.87
0.78
6.1
1.95
DR
DR
(4.28)
DR
(3.18)
5.17
3.45
1.81
1.58
1.44
1.29
9.1
2.72
DR
DR
(5.98)
8.86
7.21
4.81
2.53
2.20
2.00
1.81
12.2
3.52
DR
DR
(7.72)
11.45
9.32
6.21
3.27
2.84
2.59
2.33
15.2
4.29
DR
DR
13.73
11.18
7.58
3.98
3.46
3.16
2.85
(9.26)
18.3
5.09
DR
DR
(11.16)
16.55
13.47
8.98
4.72
4.11
3.74
3.37
3.1
1.86
DR
DR
DR
(3.03)
DR
(2.47)
DR
1.73
1.50
1.37
1.23
6.1
3.05
DR
DR
DR
(4.95)
DR
(4.03)
5.37
2.82
2.46
2.24
2.02
9.1
4.23
DR
DR
DR
(6.87)
DR
(5.60)
7.46
3.92
3.41
3.11
2.80
12.2
5.45
DR
DR
(11.95)
DR
(8.86)
DR
(7.21)
9.62
5.06
4.40
4.01
3.61
15.2
6.63
DR
DR
(14.31)
DR
(10.61)
DR
(8.64)
11.70
6.15
5.35
4.88
4.40
18.3
7.85
DR
DR
(17.22)
DR
(12.77)
DR
(10.40)
13.86
7.29
6.34
5.78
5.21
1.6 <
Smax ≤
2.0
3.1
0.63
DR
2.74
2.03
1.66
1.10
0.58
0.50
0.46
0.41
6.1
1.08
DR
(4.07)
4.72
3.50
2.85
1.90
1.00
0.87
0.79
0.71
9.1
1.53
DR
(5.77)
6.70
4.96
4.04
2.69
1.42
1.23
1.12
1.01
12.2
1.99
DR
(7.52)
8.74
6.48
5.27
3.52
1.85
1.61
1.47
1.32
15.2
2.44
DR
(9.07)
10.53
7.81
6.36
4.31
2.27
1.97
1.80
1.62
18.3
2.91
DR
(10.98)
12.75
9.46
7.70
5.13
2.70
2.35
2.14
1.93
3.1
1.48
DR
DR
DR
(2.40)
DR
(1.96)
2.61
1.37
1.19
1.09
0.98
6.1
2.44
DR
DR
(5.35)
DR
(3.97)
DR
(3.23)
4.31
2.26
1.97
1.80
1.62
9.1
3.41
DR
DR
(7.47)
DR
(5.54)
DR
(4.51)
6.01
3.16
2.75
2.50
2.26
12.2
4.40
DR
DR
(9.65)
DR
(7.16)
11.65
7.77
4.08
3.55
3.24
2.92
15.2
5.37
DR
DR
(11.08)
DR
(8.58)
13.97
9.47
4.98
4.33
3.95
3.56
18.3
6.36
DR
DR
(13.95)
DR
(10.35)
16.84
11.23
5.90
5.13
4.68
4.22
3.1
2.33
DR
DR
DR
DR
(3.08)
DR
2.16
1.88
1.71
1.54
6.1
3.81
DR
DR
DR
DR
(5.04)
DR
3.53
3.07
2.80
2.52
9.1
5.28
DR
DR
DR
(8.59)
DR
(7.00)
DR
4.90
4.26
3.89
3.50
12.2
6.81
DR
DR
DR
(11.08)
DR
(9.02)
12.02
6.32
5.50
5.01
4.51
15.2
8.29
DR
DR
DR
(13.26)
DR
(11.00)
14.63
7.69
6.69
6.10
5.49
18.3
9.82
DR
DR
DR
(15.96)
DR
(13.00)
17.32
9.11
7.92
7.22
6.51
2.0 <
Smax ≤
2.6
3.1
0.81
DR
(3.07)
DR
(1.79)
2.65
2.15
1.44
0.75
0.66
0.60
0.54
6.1
1.40
DR
(5.28)
DR
(3.07)
4.55
3.70
2.47
1.30
1.13
1.03
0.93
9.1
1.99
DR
(7.50)
8.70
6.45
5.25
3.50
1.84
1.60
1.46
1.32
12.2
2.59
DR
(9.78)
11.36
8.42
6.86
4.57
2.40
2.09
1.90
1.72
15.2
3.18
DR
(11.79)
13.69
10.15
8.27
5.60
2.95
2.56
2.34
2.11
18.3
3.78
DR
(14.28)
16.58
12.30
10.01
6.67
3.51
3.05
2.78
2.51
3.1
1.92
DR
DR
DR
DR
(2.54)
DR
1.78
1.55
1.41
1.27
6.1
3.17
DR
DR
DR
(5.16)
DR
(4.20)
5.60
2.94
2.56
2.33
2.10
9.1
4.43
DR
DR
DR
(7.20)
DR
(5.86)
7.81
4.11
3.57
3.26
2.93
12.2
5.72
DR
DR
DR
(9.31)
DR
(7.58)
10.10
5.31
4.62
4.21
3.79
15.2
6.98
DR
DR
(15.05)
DR
(11.16)
DR
(9.58)
12.31
6.47
5.63
5.13
4.62
18.3
8.27
DR
DR
(18.14)
DR
(13.45)
DR
(10.95)
14.60
7.67
6.67
6.08
5.48
3.1
3.03
DR
DR
DR
DR
DR
2.81
2.44
2.23
2.01
6.1
4.95
DR
DR
DR
DR
DR
4.59
3.99
3.64
3.28
9.1
6.87
DR
DR
DR
DR
(9.09)
DR
6.37
5.54
5.05
4.55
12.2
8.86
DR
DR
DR
DR
(11.72)
DR
8.22
7.14
6.51
5.87
15.2
10.78
DR
DR
DR
DR
(14.03)
DR
10.00
8.69
7.92
7.14
18.3
12.76
DR
DR
DR
DR
DR
11.84
10.30
9.38
8.46
(16.89)
Notes to Table 9.23.13.7.-C:
(1) Unadjusted minimum total braced wall panel lengths are for the applicable conditions corresponding to an adjustment factor of
1 in the equation for Ls.
(2) DR = design required, using the procedure outlined in Note A-9.23.13.7.(4) or according to Part 4, for braced wall panels with
typical sheathing. Lus values within round brackets, to which the reduction set out in Sentence (6) has been applied, are permitted
for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both sides.
(3) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(4) See Sentence (6) for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both sides.
Table 9.23.13.7.-D
Adjustment Factors for the Determination of Minimum Total Braced Wall Panel Lengths for Seismic Forces
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.7.(4)
Symbol
Description
Storey
Condition
Adjustment Factor
Kweight(1)(2)
Normal-weight construction
Any storey
Any Lwl
1.0
Heavy construction:apply factor
corresponding to Lwl separately to each
storey
Storey supporting roof
only
Building depth
1.72
Lwl ≤ 3.1 m
Lwl = 6.1 m
1.54
Lwl = 9.1 m
1.46
Lwl = 12.2 m
1.42
Lwl = 15.2 m
1.39
Lwl ≥ 18.3 m
1.38
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
Lwl ≤ 3.1 m
1.92
Lwl = 6.1 m
1.71
Lwl = 9.1 m
1.62
Lwl = 12.2 m
1.57
Lwl = 15.2 m
1.54
Lwl ≥ 18.3 m
1.51
Storey supporting roof
and 2 floors
Lwl ≤ 3.1 m
1.97
Lwl =6.1 m
1.76
Lwl =9.1 m
1.67
Lwl =12.2 m
1.61
Lwl =15.2 m
1.58
Lwl ≥ 18.3 m
1.56
Masonry veneer half storey above
foundation: apply factor corresponding
to one building face (or two building
faces)
Storey supporting roof
and up to 2 floors
Any Lwl
1.00
Two
Building
Faces
(value)
Masonry veneer cladding perpendicular
to braced wall band, fully clad:(3) apply
factor corresponding to Lwl for one
building face (or two building faces)
Lwl ≤ 3.1 m
1.54
2.13
Lwl = 6.1 m
1.30
1.64
Lwl = 9.1 m
1.21
1.45
12.2 m
1.15
1.34
15.2 m
1.12
1.28
Storey supporting roof
only
≥ 18.3 m
1.10
1.23
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.69
2.43
6.1 m
1.40
1.85
9.1 m
1.28
1.60
12.2 m
1.21
1.46
15.2 m
1.17
1.38
≥ 18.3 m
1.14
1.31
Storey supporting roof
and 2 floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.73
2.51
6.1 m
1.43
1.91
9.1 m
1.30
1.65
12.2 m
1.22
1.50
15.2 m
1.18
1.41
≥ 18.3 m
1.15
1.33
Masonry veneer cladding perpendicular
to braced wall band, partially clad:(3)
apply factor corresponding to Lwl for one
building face (or two building faces)
Storey supporting roof
only
≤ 3.1 m
1.23
1.52
6.1 m
1.13
1.29
9.1 m
1.08
1.20
12.2 m
1.06
1.15
15.2 m
1.04
1.12
≥ 18.3 m
1.03
1.09
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.30
1.66
6.1 m
1.17
1.39
9.1 m
1.11
1.27
12.2 m
1.08
1.20
15.2 m
1.06
1.16
≥ 18.3 m
1.05
1.13
Storey supporting roof
and 2 floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.31
1.70
6.1 m
1.18
1.42
9.1 m
1.12
1.29
12.2 m
1.08
1.21
15.2 m
1.07
1.17
≥ 18.3 m
1.05
1.14
Masonry veneer cladding perpendicular
to the braced wall band, 1-storey height,
partially clad: (3) apply factor
corresponding to Lwl for one building
face (or two building faces)
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.23
1.48
6.1 m
1.13
1.28
9.1 m
1.09
1.20
12.2 m
1.07
1.15
15.2 m
1.06
1.13
≥ 18.3 m
1.05
1.10
≤ 3.1 m
1.15
1.30
6.1 m
1.09
1.18
9.1 m
1.06
1.13
12.2 m
1.04
1.10
Storey supporting roof
and 2 floors
15.2 m
1.04
1.08
≥ 18.3 m
1.03
1.07
Masonry veneer cladding perpendicular
to the braced wall band, 2-storey height,
partially clad:(3) apply factor
corresponding to Lwl for one building
face( or two building faces)
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.10
1.22
6.1 m
1.06
1.13
9.1 m
1.04
1.09
12.2 m
1.03
1.07
15.2 m
1.02
1.05
≥ 18.3 m
1.02
1.04
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.19
1.42
6.1 m
1.11
1.25
9.1 m
1.07
1.17
12.2 m
1.05
1.13
15.2 m
1.04
1.10
≥ 18.3 m
1.03
1.08
Masonry veneer cladding perpendicular
to the braced wall band, 2 storey height,
fully clad:
Apply factor corresponding to building
depth Lwl in the direction of the braced
wall band for one or two building face(s)
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.23
1.48
6.1 m
1.13
1.28
9.1 m
1.09
1.20
12.2 m
1.07
1.15
15.2 m
1.06
1.13
≥ 18.3 m
1.05
1.10
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.15
1.30
6.1 m
1.09
1.18
9.1 m
1.06
1.13
12.2 m
1.04
1.10
15.2 m
1.04
1.08
≥ 18.3 m
1.03
1.07
Masonry veneer cladding
perpendicular to the braced
wall band, 1 storey height,
fully clad:
Apply factor corresponding to
building depth Lwl in the
≤ 3.1 m
1.23
1.48
6.1 m
1.13
1.28
9.1 m
1.09
1.20
12.2 m
1.07
1.15
15.2 m
1.06
1.13
direction of the braced wall
band for one or two building
face(s)
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≥ 18.3 m
1.05
1.10
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.44
1.91
6.1 m
1.26
1.55
9.1 m
1.18
1.39
12.2 m
1.13
1.30
15.2 m
1.11
1.24
≥ 18.3 m
1.09
1.20
Stone veneer(2)
Building depth
One face
Both
faces
Stone veneer half storey above
foundation
Supporting up to a roof
+ 2 floors
1.00
1.00
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
braced wall band, fully clad (4) :
Apply factor corresponding to building
depth in the direction of the braced wall
band for one or two building face(s)
Supporting roof only
≤ 3.1 m
1.95
2.95
6.1 m
1.54
2.13
9.1 m
1.38
1.79
12.2 m
1.28
1.60
15.2 m
1.23
1.49
≥ 18.3 m
1.19
1.40
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
2.21
3.48
6.1 m
1.72
2.50
9.1 m
1.51
2.06
12.2 m
1.38
1.82
15.2 m
1.31
1.66
≥ 18.3 m
1.26
1.55
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
2.28
3.63
6.1 m
1.77
2.60
9.1 m
1.55
2.14
12.2 m
1.41
1.88
15.2 m
1.33
1.72
≥ 18.3 m
1.28
1.60
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
braced wall band, partially clad(4):
Apply factor corresponding to building
depth in the direction of the braced wall
bad for one or two building face(s)
Supporting roof only
≤ 3.1 m
1.44
1.94
6.1 m
1.25
1.54
9.1 m
1.17
1.37
12.2 m
1.13
1.28
15.2 m
1.10
1.23
≥ 18.3 m
1.08
1.18
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.56
2.19
6.1 m
1.33
1.71
9.1 m
1.22
1.50
12.2 m
1.17
1.38
15.2 m
1.13
1.31
≥ 18.3 m
1.11
1.25
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.59
2.26
6.1 m
1.35
1.76
9.1 m
1.24
1.53
12.2 m
1.18
1.41
15.2 m
1.14
1.33
≥ 18.3 m
1.12
1.27
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
the braced wall band, 1 storey height,
with openings:
Apply factor coresonding to depth Lwl in
the direction of the braced wall band for
one or two building face(s).
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.19
1.40
6.1 m
1.11
1.24
9.1 m
1.07
1.17
12.2 m
1.06
1.13
15.2 m
1.04
1.10
≥ 18.3 m
1.04
1.10
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.12
1.25
6.1 m
1.07
1.15
9.1 m
1.05
1.11
12.2 m
1.04
1.08
15.2 m
1.03
1.07
≥ 18.3 m
1.02
1.05
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
the braced wall band, 2 storey height,
with openings:
Apply factor corresonding to depth Lwl in
the direction of the braced wall band for
one or two building face(s).
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.19
1.40
6.1 m
1.11
1.24
9.1 m
1.07
1.17
12.2 m
1.06
1.13
15.2 m
1.04
1.10
≥ 18.3 m
1.04
1.08
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.36
1.76
6.1 m
1.21
1.45
9.1 m
1.14
1.32
12.2 m
1.11
1.24
15.2 m
1.09
1.20
≥ 18.3 m
1.07
1.16
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
the braced wall band, 1 storey height,
fully clad:
Apply factor corresonding to depth Lwl in
the direction of the braced wall band for
one or two building face(s).
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.40
1.83
6.1 m
1.24
1.50
9.1 m
1.17
1.35
12.2 m
1.13
1.27
15.2 m
1.10
1.22
≥ 18.3 m
1.09
1.18
≤ 3.1 m
1.26
1.53
Supporting roof + 2
floors
6.1 m
1.15
1.32
9.1 m
1.11
1.23
12.2 m
1.08
1.18
15.2 m
1.07
1.14
≥ 18.3 m
1.06
1.12
Stone veneer cladding perpendicular to
the braced wall band, 2 storey height,
fully clad:
Apply factor corresonding to depth Lwl in
the direction of the braced wall band for
one or two building face(s).
Supporting roof + 1 floor
≤ 3.1 m
1.40
1.83
6.1 m
1.24
1.50
9.1 m
1.17
1.35
12.2 m
1.13
1.27
15.2 m
1.10
1.22
≥ 18.3 m
1.09
1.18
Supporting roof + 2
floors
≤ 3.1 m
1.77
2.58
6.1 m
1.46
1.96
9.1 m
1.33
1.68
12.2 m
1.25
1.53
15.2 m
1.20
1.43
≥ 18.3 m
1.17
1.36
Ksnow(4)
Roof snow load: apply factor in
accordance with the specified roof snow
load
Storey supporting roof
only
≤ 2kPa
1.00
3 kPa
1.20
4 kPa
1.40
5 kPa
1.60
6 kPa
1.80
Storey supporting roof
and 1 floor
≤ 2kPa
1.00
3 kPa
1.10
4 kPa
1.20
5 kPa
1.30
6 kPa
1.40
Storey supporting roof
and 2 floors
≤ 2kPa
1.00
3 kPa
1.06
4 kPa
1.10
5 kPa
1.20
6 kPa
1.24
KSspacing(5)
(6)
Braced wall band spacing: apply factor
to all braced wall panels per building
plan direction
Any storey
3.8 m
0.60
7.6 m
1.00
10.6 m
1.35
15 m(7)
1.90
KSnumber
Number of parallel braced wall bands:
Any storey
2
1.00
apply factor to all braced wall panels per
building plan direction
3
1.33
4
1.50
≥ 5
1.60
Kgyp
Interior gypsum board: apply factor in
accordance with whether gypsum board
is installed or ommitted on interior side
of braced wall panels
Any storey
Installed
1.00
Omitted,
blocked wall
1.20
Omitted,
unblocked wall
1.40
Ksheath
Intermittent braced wall panels: apply
factor in accordance with continuity of
sheathing within braced wall band
Any storey
Continuously
wood-sheathed
1.00
Intermittently
sheathed
1.15
Notes to Table 9.23.13.7.-D:
(1) See Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3).
(2) For Kweight, linear interpolation between Lwl values and between fully clad and partially clad veneer conditions is permitted.
(3) "Fully clad" means that there are no openings, and "partially clad" means 50% or less coverage of an elevation.
(4) For Ksnow, linear interpolation between roof snow loads is permitted.
(5) For KSspacing, linear interpolation between braced wall band spacings is permitted.
(6) An average braced wall band spacing is permitted to be used for the determination of KSspacing. See Sentence (5).
(7) A braced wall band spacing of 15 m is only permitted in basements and crawl spaces.
between roof snow loads for Ksnow and between braced wall band spacings for KSspacing, and between building depths and
between fully clad and partially clad veneer conditions for Kweight.
5) For 3 or more parallel braced wall bands that are not evenly spaced, an average braced wall band spacing is permitted to be used for
the determination of KWspacing or KSspacing, provided that no single braced wall band spacing exceeds 10.6 m, except as provided in Sentence
9.23.13.6.(3).
6) Where braced wall panels of a gypsum-sheathed framing type have gypsum board installed on both sides, the minimum total length
of the braced wall panels determined in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3) or (4) is permitted to be reduced by 50%.
9.23.13.8. Foundation Cripple Walls
(See Note A-9.23.13.8.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), foundation cripple walls supporting braced wall panels shall be
a) considered as an additional storey, or
b) designed in accordance with Part 4.
2) Where the seismic design parameter, Smax, is less than or equal to 0.60, foundation cripple walls need not comply with Sentence (1),
provided they
a) are not more than 1.2 m in height,
b) are not more than 6 m in length,
c) are either
i) framed with solid blocking, or
ii) of the same construction as the braced wall panels of the storey above but sheathed with wood sheathing regardless of the
construction, where the length of the cripple wall bracing is equal to the length of the braced wall panels multiplied by an adjustment factor of
1.2, in addition to any adjustments required by Sentences 9.23.13.7.(1) and (2), and
d) do not support heavyweight construction, masonry or stone veneer.
(See Note A-9.23.13.8.(2).)
3) Where the seismic design parameter, Smax, is greater than 0.60, foundation cripple walls need not comply with Sentence (1), provided
they
a) comply with Clauses (2)(c) and (d),
b) are not more than 350 mm in height, and
c) are not more than 5 m length,
(See Note A-9.23.13.8.(3).)
4) Where interior finish, such as gypsum board, is omitted from the interior side of the cripple wall referred to in Sentence (2) or (3), the
interior gypsum board adjustment factor described in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3) or (4) shall be applied to the length of the cripple wall bracing.
9.23.13.9. Cripple Walls in Stepped Foundations
1) Cripple walls in stepped foundations need not be braced in accordance with Sentences 9.23.13.8.(2) to (4),
provided
a) the lowest floor framing rests directly on a sill plate anchored to a foundation not less than 2.4 m in length
within a braced wall band not more than 7.6 m in length,
b) the top plate of the cripple wall extends not less than 1.2 m along the foundation, and
c) anchor bolts are located not more than 300 mm and 900 mm from the step in the foundation.
(See Note A-9.23.13.9.(1).)
9.23.13.10. Additional System Considerations
1) This Article applies where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not greater than 1.2, and
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 1.2 kPa.
2) Portions of the perimeter of a single open or enclosed space need not comply with Sentence 9.23.13.5.(1),
where
a) the roof of the space projects not more than
i) 3.5 m from the face of the framing of the nearest parallel braced wall band, and
ii) the perpendicular plan dimension,
b) that portion of the perimeter structure does not support a floor,
c) the roof of the space is
i) integral with the roof of the rest of the building with framing members not more than 400 mm o.c. where roof
sheathing edges are not supported on blocking and not more than 600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are
supported on blocking securely fastened between framing members, or
ii) constructed with roof framing not more than 400 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are not supported on
blocking and not more than 600 mm o.c. where roof sheathing edges are supported on blocking securely fastened
between framing members, and fastened to the wall framing (see Table 9.23.3.4. and Article 9.23.9.1. for balloon
framing), and
d) the end-joists or end-rafters for the roof of the space are fastened to a 3-ply, 38 mm × 140 mm built-up column
or a 5-ply, 38 mm × 89 mm built-up column that is integral with the wall framing.
(See Note A-9.23.13.10.(2).)
3) Walls in detached garages and in accessory buildings serving a single dwelling unit, and the front wall of
attached garages serving a single dwelling unit need not comply with Sentence 9.23.13.5.(1) where these walls do not
support a floor.
4) Braced wall panels in the braced wall band at the front of an attached garage serving a single dwelling unit need
not comply with Sentence 9.23.13.5.(1), provided
a) the maximum spacing between the front of the garage and the back wall of the garage does not exceed 7.6 m,
b) there is not more than one floor above the garage,
c) not less than 50% of the length of the back wall of the garage is constructed of wood-sheathed braced wall
panels, and
d) not less than 25% of the length of the side walls is constructed of wood-sheathed braced wall panels.
5) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), one exterior wall of the uppermost storey in each orthogonal
direction may be set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, provided the adjacent interior braced wall band of
the storey below the setback
a) is spaced not more than 10.6 m from the exterior wall of the storey below the setback wall,
b) consists of braced wall panels that are constructed of a wood-based material in conformance with
Sentence 9.23.13.6.(1),
c) extends to the foundation, and
d) is not taken into consideration when providing braced wall panels constructed of a wood-based material at
spacing intervals of not more than 15 m as per Sentence 9.23.13.6.(3).
6) Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, the roof
and floor space supporting the setback wall shall be sheathed with a wood-based material between the exterior wall
of the storey below the setback and the a72djacent interior braced wall bands of the storey below the setback.
7) Where the exterior wall of the uppermost storey is set back from the exterior wall of the storey below, the
exterior walls perpendicular to the setback wall shall
a) have their top plate connected with nails that are spaced at no greater than half the spacing required in
Table 9.23.3.4., and
b) have their top plate splices fastened with twice the number of nails specified in Sentences 9.23.11.4.(5)
and (6).
8) The maximum distance between adjacent required braced wall panels in a braced wall band, measured from the
edge of the panels, may be increased to 7.3 m provided that, throughout the height of the building, the length of any
braced wall panel within the braced wall band is not less than 1.2 m.
9.23.13.11. Simplified Approach for Braced Wall Panel Length
1) This Article applies to buildings where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not greater than 0.47,
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.60 kPa,
c) the specified roof snow load, as calculated in accordance with Article 9.4.2.2, is not greater than 2 kPa,
d) the plan dimensions of the building are each not greater than 21.2 m,
e) the building is located in rough terrain, as described in Note A-9.23.13.7.(3) and (4),
f) the greatest eave-to-ridge height of the roof is not greater than 3 m,
g) the braced wall panels are constructed with gypsum board on at least one side,
h) the braced wall bands are continuously sheathed, and
h) the building is of normal-weight construction, as defined in Clause 9.23.13.2.(3)(a), except as provided in
Sentence (4).
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the minimum total length of all braced wall panels in each direction shall
be determined in accordance with
a) Table 9.23.13.11-A where the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not greater than 0.3 and the 1-in-50-year
hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.5 kPa, or
b) Table 9.23.13.11-B.
Table 9.23.13.11.-A
Minimum Total Length of Braced Wall Panels where HWP ≤ 0.5 kPa and Smax ≤ 0.3
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.11.(2)
Storey
Minimum Total Length Braced Wall Panels, m
Diagonal-Lumber-
Sheathed Framing
Type (with gypsum
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type (with
gypsum board on only one side) (1) (2)
Wood-Sheathed Framing Type (with gypsum
board on opposite side) (1)
board on opposite
side) (1)
DWB
GWB-A
GWB-
B
GWB-
C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-
E
1.89
9.47
(4.74)
5.50
(2.75)
4.08
(2.04)
3.32
(1.66)
3.32
1.76
1.53
1.39
1.26
3.89
19.45
(9.73)
11.30
(5.65)
8.38
(4.19)
6.82
(3.41)
6.82
3.61
3.14
2.86
2.59
5.88
NP
(14.71)
17.09
(8.55)
12.67
(6.34)
10.31
(5.16)
10.31
5.46
4.74
4.33
3.92
Notes to Table 9.23.13.11.-A:
(1) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(2) NP = not permitted. Values within round brackets are permitted for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both
sides.
Table 9.23.13.11.-B
Minimum Total Length of Braced Wall Panels Where HWP ≤ 0.6 kPa and Smax ≤ 0.47
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.11.(2)
Storey
Minimum Total Length Braced Wall Panels, m
Diagonal-Lumber-
Sheathed Framing
Type (with gypsum
board on opposite
side) (1)
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type (with
gypsum board on only one side) (1) (2)
Wood-Sheathed Framing Type (with gypsum
board on opposite side) (1)
DWB
GWB-A
GWB-
B
GWB-
C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-
E
2.27
11.36
(5.68)
6.60
(3.30)
4.89
(2.45)
3.98
(1.99)
3.98
2.11
1.83
1.67
1.51
4.66
NP
(11.68)
13.56
(6.78)
10.06
(5.03)
8.18
(4.09)
8.18
4.34
3.76
3.44
3.11
7.05
NP
(17.96)
20.86
(10.43)
15.47
(7.74)
12.59
(6.30)
12.37
6.56
5.69
5.19
4.70
Notes to Table 9.23.13.11.-B:
(1) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(2) NP = not permitted. Values within round brackets are permitted for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both
sides.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (4), the minimum total length of all braced wall panels in each braced wall band
in the direction perpendicular to a single building face partially clad with masonry veneer shall be determined in
accordance with
a) Table 9.23.13.11-C where the seismic design parameter, Smax, is not greater than 0.3 and the 1-in-50-year
hourly wind pressure (HWP) is not greater than 0.50 kPa, or
b) Table 9.23.13.11-D
Table 9.23.13.11.-C
Minimum Total Length of Braced Wall Panels in a Braced Wall Band Perpendicular to a Building Face
Partially Clad with Masonary Veneer where HWP ≤ 0.5 kPa and Smax ≤ 0.3
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.11.(3)
Storey
Minimum Total Length Braced Wall Panels, m
Diagonal-Lumber-
Sheathed Framing
Type (with gypsum
board on opposite
side) (1)
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type (with
gypsum board on only one side) (1) (2)
Wood-Sheathed Framing Type (with gypsum
board on opposite side) (1)
DWB
GWB-A
GWB-
B
GWB-
C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-
E
1.89
9.47
(4.74)
5.50
(2.75)
4.08
(2.04)
3.25
(1.63)
3.32
1.76
1.53
1.39
1.26
3.89
19.45
(9.73)
11.30
(5.65)
8.38
(4.19)
6.75
(3.37)
6.82
3.61
3.14
2.86
2.59
5.88
NP
(15.01)
17.44
(8.72)
12.93
(6.46)
10.49
(5.25)
10.31
5.46
4.74
4.33
3.92
Notes to Table 9.23.13.11.-C:
(1) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(2) NP = not permitted. Values within round brackets are permitted for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both
sides.
Table 9.23.13.11.-D
Minimum Total Length of Braced Wall Panels in a Braced Wall Band Perpendicular to a Building Face
Partially Clad with Masonary Veneer where ≤ 0.6 kPa and Smax ≤ 0.47
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.13.11.(3)
Storey
Minimum Total Length Braced Wall Panels, m
Diagonal-Lumber-
Sheathed Framing
Type (with gypsum
board on opposite
side) (1)
Gypsum-Sheathed Framing Type (with
gypsum board on only one side) (1) (2)
Wood-Sheathed Framing Type (with gypsum
board on opposite side) (1)
DWB
GWB-A
GWB-B
GWB-C
GWB-
D
WSP-
A
WSP-
B
WSP-
C
WSP-
D
WSP-
E
2.27
13.12
(6.56)
7.63
(3.81)
5.66
(2.83)
4.89
(2.44)
3.98
2.11
1.83
1.67
1.51
4.66
NP
(15.14)
17.59
(8.79)
13.04
(6.52)
10.57
(5.28)
8.18
4.34
3.76
3.44
3.11
7.05
NP
(NP)
NP
(13.66)
20.27
(10.13)
16.49
(8.24)
12.37
6.56
5.69
5.19
4.70
Notes to Table 9.23.13.11.-D:
(1) See Sentence 9.23.3.5.(3) for a description of framing types and fastening requirements.
(2) NP = not permitted. Values within round brackets are permitted for braced wall panels with gypsum board installed on both
sides.
4) Wall portions clad with masonry veneer that are located both perpendicular to a braced wall band and within
a braced wall band are permitted to be considered as normal-weight construction.
5) Bracing to resist lateral loads shall be designed and constructed in accordance with Articles 9.23.13.4 to
9.23.13.6 and 9.23.13.8 to 9.23.13.10.
9.23.14. Roof and Ceiling Framing
9.23.14.1. Continuity of Rafters and Joists
1) Roof rafters and joists and ceiling joists shall be continuous or shall be spliced over vertical supports that
extend to suitable bearing.
9.23.14.2. Framing around Openings
1) Roof and ceiling framing members shall be doubled on each side of openings greater than 2 rafter or joist
spacings wide.
9.23.14.3. End Bearing Length
1) The length of end bearing of joists and rafters shall be not less than 38 mm.
9.23.14.4. Location and Attachment of Rafters
1) Rafters shall be located directly opposite each other and tied together at the peak, or may be offset by their
own thickness if nailed to a ridge board not less than 17.5 mm thick.
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), framing members shall be connected by gusset plates or nailing at the
peak in conformance with Table 9.23.3.4.
3) Where the roof framing on opposite sides of the peak is assembled separately, such as in the case of factory-
built houses, the roof framing on opposite sides is permitted to be fastened together with galvanized-steel strips not
less than 200 mm by 75 mm by 0.41 mm thick spaced not more than 1.2 m apart and nailed at each end to the
framing by at least two 63 mm nails.
9.23.14.5. Shaping of Rafters
1) Rafters shall be shaped at supports to provide even bearing surfaces and supported directly above the
exterior walls.
9.23.14.6. Hip and Valley Rafters
1) Hip and valley rafters shall be not less than 50 mm greater in depth than the common rafters and not less
than 38 mm thick, actual dimension.
9.23.14.7. Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists
1) Ceiling joists and collar ties of not less than 38 mm by 89 mm lumber are permitted to be assumed to provide
intermediate support to reduce the span for rafters and joists where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or greater.
2) Collar ties referred to in Sentence (1) more than 2.4 m long shall be laterally supported near their centres by
not less than 19 mm by 89 mm continuous members at right angles to the collar ties.
3) Dwarf walls and struts are permitted to be used to provide intermediate support to reduce the span for
rafters and joists.
4) When struts are used to provide intermediate support they shall be not less than 38 mm by 89 mm material
extending from each rafter to a loadbearing wall at an angle of not less than 45° to the horizontal.
5) When dwarf walls are used for rafter support, they shall be framed in the same manner as loadbearing walls
and securely fastened top and bottom to the roof and ceiling framing to prevent over-all movement.
6) Solid blocking shall be installed between floor joists beneath dwarf walls referred to in Sentence (5) that
enclose finished rooms.
9.23.14.8. Ridge Support
1) Except as provided in Sentence (4), roof rafters and joists shall be supported at the ridge of the roof by
a) a loadbearing wall extending from the ridge to suitable bearing, or
b) a ridge beam supported by not less than 89 mm length of bearing.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), the ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1) shall conform to the sizes and
spans shown in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-L, provided
a) the supported rafter or joist length does not exceed 4.9 m, and
b) the roof does not support any concentrated loads.
3) The ridge beam referred to in Sentence (1) need not comply with Sentence (2) where
a) the beam is of not less than 38 mm by 140 mm material, and
b) the beam is supported at intervals not exceeding 1.2 m by not less than 38 mm by 89 mm members
extending vertically from the ridge to suitable bearing.
4) Where the roof slope is 1 in 3 or steeper, ridge support need not be provided when the lower ends of the
rafters are adequately tied to prevent outward movement.
5) Ties required in Sentence (4) are permitted to consist of tie rods or ceiling joists forming a continuous tie for
opposing rafters and nailed in accordance with Table 9.23.14.8.
Table 9.23.14.8.
Rafter-to-Joist Nailing (Unsupported Ridge)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.14.8.(5) and (8)
Roof
Slope
Rafter
Spacing,
mm
Minimum Number of Nails Not Less Than 76 mm Long and 3.66 mm in Diameter(1)(2)(3)(4)
Building Width up to 4 m
Building Width up to 6 m
Building Width up to 8 m
Building Width up to 10 m
Specified Roof Snow
Load, kPa
Specified Roof Snow
Load, kPa
Specified Roof Snow
Load, kPa
Specified Roof Snow
Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.0
1.5
2.0
1 in 3
300
3
4
5
5
6
7
6
8
10
7
10
(5)
400
4
5
7
6
8
10
8
10
(5)
10
(5)
(5)
600
6
8
10
9
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
1 in 2.4
300
3
3
4
4
5
6
5
6
8
6
8
10
400
3
4
5
5
6
8
6
8
10
8
10
(5)
600
5
6
8
7
9
(5)
9
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
(5)
1 in 2
300
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
7
5
7
8
400
3
4
5
4
5
7
5
7
9
7
9
(5)
600
4
5
7
6
8
10
8
10
(5)
10
(5)
(5)
1 in 1.71
300
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
5
6
4
6
7
400
3
3
4
4
5
6
5
6
8
6
7
9
600
4
5
6
5
7
8
7
9
(5)
8
(5)
(5)
1 in 1.5
300
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
400
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
7
5
7
8
600
3
4
5
5
6
7
6
8
10
7
10
(5)
1 in 1.33
300
2
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
400
2
3
3
3
4
5
4
5
6
5
6
7
600
3
4
5
4
5
7
5
7
9
7
9
(5)
1 in 1.2
300
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
3
4
5
400
2
2
3
3
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
7
600
3
3
4
4
5
6
5
6
8
6
8
10
1 in 1
300
2
2
2
2
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
4
400
2
2
3
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
6
600
2
3
4
3
4
5
4
5
7
5
7
8
Notes to Table 9.23.14.8.:
(1) Nails with a diameter less than 3.66 mm are permitted to be used, provided the minimum number of nails stated in the Table is
modified as follows:
- For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 2.86 mm and less than 3.25 mm, add 3 nails to the minimum number of nails, up
to a maximum of 10 nails.
- For a nail diameter greater than or equal to 3.25 mm and less than 3.66 mm, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up
to a maximum of 10 nails.
Where more than 10 nails are required, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in
accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
(2) The minimum number of nails stated in the Table is applicable to Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and Hem-Fir members.
For Northern Species members, add 2 nails to the minimum number of nails, up to a maximum of 10 nails. Where more than 10
nails are required, the connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with
Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
(3) To accommodate nail spacing, not less than 38 mm × 140 mm joists shall be used where 6 or more nails are required, and not
less than 38 mm × 184 mm joists shall be used where 8 or more nails are required.
(4) The minimum number of nails in the Table is applicable for a maximum roof dead load of 0.5 kPa.
(5) The connections between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
6) Except as permitted in Sentence (7), ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) shall be tied to the base of every
rafter.
7) Where ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) are raised above the base of the rafters, the connections
between the rafters and the ceiling joists shall be designed in accordance with Clause 9.4.1.1.(1)(b) or (c).
8) Ceiling joists referred to in Sentence (5) that are spliced to make a continuous joist shall be fastened together
at each splice with at least one more nail than required for the rafter-to-joist connection shown in Table 9.23.14.8.
9) Members referred to in Sentences (6) and (8) are permitted to be fastened together either directly or through
a gusset plate.
9.23.14.9. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
1) Roof joists supporting a finished ceiling, other than plywood, OSB or waferboard, shall be restrained from
twisting along the bottom edges by means of furring, blocking, cross bridging or strapping conforming to
Article 9.23.9.3.
9.23.14.10. Ceiling Joists Supporting Roof Load
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), ceiling joists supporting part of the roof load from the rafters shall be
not less than 25 mm greater in depth than required for ceiling joists not supporting part of the roof load.
2) When the roof slope is 1 in 4 or less, the ceiling joist sizes referred to in Sentence (1) shall be determined from
Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-C to 9.23.4.2.-F and 9.23.4.2.-L for roof joists.
9.23.14.11. Roof Trusses
1) Wood roof trusses shall be designed in accordance with good engineering practice such as that described in
TPIC 2019, "Truss Design Procedures and Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses."
2) The joint connections used in trusses described in Sentence (1) shall be designed in conformance with the
requirements in Subsection 4.3.1. (See Note A-9.23.14.11.(2).)
3) All member bracing shall be installed as per the truss design drawings, and continuous lateral bracing shall
be adequately anchored to the roof and ceiling diaphragms at intervals no greater than 6.10 m o.c.
9.23.15. Subflooring
9.23.15.1. Subflooring Required
1) Subflooring shall be provided beneath finish flooring where the finish flooring does not have adequate
strength to support the specified live loads (see Subsection 9.30.3.).
9.23.15.2. Material Standards
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), wood-based panels for subfloors shall conform to
a) CSA O121, "Douglas fir plywood,"
b) CSA O151, "Canadian softwood plywood,"
c) CSA O153, "Poplar plywood,"
d) CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," or
e) CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard."
2) Particleboard subflooring may be used only where a building is constructed in a factory so that the subfloor
will not be exposed to the weather.
3) Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall conform to grade D-2 or D-3 in ANSI A208.1, "Particleboard."
4) Subflooring described in Sentence (2) shall have its upper surface and all edges treated to restrict water
absorption, where the subfloor is used in bathrooms, kitchens, laundry rooms or other areas subject to periodic
wetting. (See Note A-9.23.15.2.(4).)
9.23.15.3. Edge Support
1) Where the edges of panel-type subflooring are required to be supported (see Sentence 9.30.2.1.(2)), such
support shall consist of tongue-and-groove panel edges or not less than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed
between framing members.
9.23.15.4. Direction of Installation
1) Plywood subflooring shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles to the joists and with joints
parallel to floor joists staggered.
2) OSB subflooring conforming to CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," or to O-1 and O-2 grades in CSA
O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard," and waferboard subflooring conforming to R-1 grade in CSA O437.0 shall be
installed so that the direction of face orientation is at right angles to the joists and the joints parallel to the floor joists
are staggered. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)
9.23.15.5. Subfloor Thickness or Rating
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), subfloors shall conform to either Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-
B.
Table 9.23.15.5.-A
Thickness of Subflooring
Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)
Maximum Spacing of
Supports, mm
Minimum Thickness, mm
Plywood and OSB, O-2
OSB, O-1 Grade, and
Particleboard
Lumber
Grade
Waferboard, R-1 Grade
400
15.5
15.9
15.9
17.0
500
15.5
15.9
19.0
19.0
600
18.5
19.0
25.4
19.0
Table 9.23.15.5.-B
Rating for Subfloor when Applying CSA O325
Forming Part of Sentences 9.23.15.5.(1) and 9.23.16.7.(1)
Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
Panel Mark
Subfloor
Used with Panel-Type Underlay
400
1F16
2F16
500
1F20
2F20
600
1F24
2F24
2) Where the finished flooring consists of not less than 19 mm matched wood strip flooring laid at right angles
to joists spaced not more than 600 mm o.c., subflooring shall be permitted to consist of not less than
a) 12.5 mm thick plywood,
b) 12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
c) 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
d) 12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
e) OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.
3) Except where the flooring consists of ceramic tiles applied with adhesive, where a separate panel-type
underlay or concrete topping is applied to a subfloor on joists spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., the subfloor is
permitted to consist of not less than
a) 12.5 mm thick plywood,
b) 12.5 mm thick OSB conforming to O-2 grade,
c) 12.7 mm thick OSB conforming to O-1 grade,
d) 12.7 mm thick waferboard conforming to R-1 grade, or
e) OSB conforming to 2R32/2F16 grade.
9.23.15.6. Annular Grooved Nails
1) When resilient flooring is applied directly to an OSB, waferboard, particleboard or plywood subfloor, the
subfloor shall be fastened to the supports with annular grooved nails.
9.23.15.7. Lumber Subflooring
1) Lumber subflooring shall be laid at an angle of not less than 45° to the joists.
2) Lumber subflooring shall be fully supported at the ends on solid bearing.
3) Lumber for subflooring shall be of uniform thickness and not more than 184 mm wide.
9.23.16. Roof Sheathing
9.23.16.1. Required Roof Sheathing
1) Except where the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is less than 0.8 kPa and the seismic design
parameter, Smax, for Site Class C, is less than or equal to 0.47, continuous lumber or panel-type roof sheathing shall
be installed to support the roofing.
9.23.16.2. Material Standards
1) Wood-based panels used for roof sheathing shall conform to the requirements of
a) CSA O121, "Douglas fir plywood,"
b) CSA O151, "Canadian softwood plywood,"
c) CSA O153, "Poplar plywood,"
d) CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," or
e) CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard."
9.23.16.3. Direction of Installation
1) Plywood roof sheathing shall be installed with the surface grain at right angles to the roof framing.
2) OSB roof sheathing conforming to CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," or to O-1 and O-2 grades as
specified in CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard," shall be installed with the direction of face orientation at right
angles to the roof framing members. (See Note A-9.23.15.4.(2).)
9.23.16.4. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
1) Panel-type sheathing board shall be applied so that joints perpendicular to the roof ridge are staggered
where
a) the sheathing is applied with the surface grain parallel to the roof ridge, and
b) the thickness of the sheathing is such that the edges are required to be supported.
2) A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB or waferboard.
9.23.16.5. Lumber Roof Sheathing
1) Lumber roof sheathing shall not be more than 286 mm wide and shall be applied so that all ends are
supported with end joints staggered.
2) Lumber roof sheathing shall be installed diagonally, where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, Site Class C is greater than 0.47 but not greater than 0.8, or
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 0.80 kPa but less than 1.2 kPa.
3) Lumber roof sheathing shall be designed according to Part 4, where
a) the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than 0.8, or
b) the 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP) is equal to or greater than 1.2 kPa.
9.23.16.6. Edge Support
1) Where panel-type roof sheathing requires edge support, the support shall consist of metal H clips or not less
than 38 mm by 38 mm blocking securely nailed between framing members.
9.23.16.7. Thickness or Rating
1) The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a flat roof used as a walking deck shall conform to either
Table 9.23.15.5.-A or 9.23.15.5.-B for subfloors.
2) The thickness or rating of roof sheathing on a roof not used as a walking deck shall conform to either
Table 9.23.16.7.-A or 9.23.16.7.-B.
3) Asphalt-coated or asphalt-impregnated fibreboard not less than 11.1 mm thick conforming to CAN/ULC-
S706.1, "Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings," is permitted to be used as a roof sheathing over
supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c. provided the roofing consists of
a) a continuous sheet of galvanized steel not less than 0.33 mm in thickness, or
b) a continuous sheet of aluminum not less than 0.61 mm in thickness.
4) All edges of sheathing described in Sentence (3) shall be supported by blocking or framing.
Table 9.23.16.7.-A
Thickness of Roof Sheathing
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)
Maximum Spacing
of Supports, mm
Minimum Thickness, mm
Plywood, and OSB, O-2 Grade
OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade
Lumber
Edges Supported
Edges Unsupported
Edges Supported
Edges Unsupported
300
7.5
7.5
9.5
9.5
17.0
400
7.5
9.5
9.5
11.1
17.0
600
9.5
12.5
11.1
12.7
19.0
Table 9.23.16.7.-B
Rating for Roof Sheathing When Applying CSA O325
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.16.7.(2)
Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
Panel Mark
Edges Supported
Edges Unsupported
400
2R16
1R16
500
2R20
1R20
600
2R24
1R24
9.23.17. Wall Sheathing
9.23.17.1. Required Sheathing
1) Exterior walls and gable ends shall be sheathed when the exterior cladding requires intermediate fastening
between supports or if the exterior cladding requires solid backing.
9.23.17.2. Thickness, Rating and Material Standards
1) Where wall sheathing is required for the purpose of complying with this Section, it shall conform to either
Table 9.23.17.2.-A or 9.23.17.2.-B. (See also Article 9.25.5.1.)
Table 9.23.17.2.-A
Wall Sheathing Thickness and Specifications
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)
Type of Sheathing
Minimum Thickness, mm(1)
Material Standards
With Supports
400 mm o.c.
With Supports
600 mm o.c.
Fibreboard (insulating)
9.5
11.1
CAN/ULC-S706.1
Gypsum sheathing
9.5
12.7
ASTM C1177/C1177M
ASTM C1396/C1396M(2)
Lumber
17.0
17.0
See Table 9.3.2.1.
Mineral Fibre, Rigid Board, Type 2
25
25
CAN/ULC-S702.1
OSB, O-2 Grade
6.0
7.5
CSA O437.0
OSB, O-1 Grade, and Waferboard, R-1 Grade
6.35
7.9
CSA O437.0
Phenolic, faced
25
25
CAN/CGSB-51.25-M
Plywood (exterior type)
6.0
7.5
CSA O121
CSA O151
CSA O153
Polystyrene, Types 1 and 2
38
38
CAN/ULC-S701.1
Polystyrene, Types 3 and 4
25
25
CAN/ULC-S701.1
Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Type 1, faced
38
38
CAN/ULC-S704.1
Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate Types 2 and 3, faced
25
25
CAN/ULC-S704.1
Notes to Table 9.23.17.2.-A:
(1) See also Sentences 9.27.5.1.(2) to (4).
(2) The flame-spread rating of gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, "Standard Method of Test
for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies."
Table 9.23.17.2.-B
Rating for Wall Sheathing when Applying CSA O325
Forming Part of Sentence 9.23.17.2.(1)
Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm
Panel Mark
400
W16
500
W20
600
W24
9.23.17.3. Attachment of Cladding to Sheathing
1) Gypsum sheathing, rigid insulation and fibreboard shall not be used for the attachment of cladding
materials.
9.23.17.4. Lumber Sheathing
1) Lumber wall sheathing shall be applied so that all ends are supported.
2) Where lumber wall sheathing is required to provide bracing according to Article 9.23.10.2., it shall be
applied with end joints staggered.
9.23.17.5. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
1) A gap of not less than 2 mm shall be left between sheets of plywood, OSB, waferboard or fibreboard.
9.23.17.6. Mansard Style Roofs
1) Where the bottom portions of mansard style roofs are vented, the vertical framing members behind the
sloping portions shall be considered on the same basis as exterior wall studs and shall conform to Articles 9.27.3.2.
to 9.27.3.6.
Section 9.24. Sheet Steel Stud Wall Framing
9.24.1. General
9.24.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to sheet steel studs for use in non-loadbearing exterior and interior walls.
2) Where loadbearing steel studs are used, they shall be designed in conformance with Part 4.
9.24.1.2. Material Standards
1) Steel studs and runners shall conform to AISI S201, "North American Standard for Cold-Formed Steel
Framing - Product Data 2012 Edition."
9.24.1.3. Metal Thickness
1) Metal thickness specified in this Section shall be the minimum base steel thickness exclusive of coatings.
9.24.1.4. Screws
1) Screws for the application of cladding, sheathing or interior finish materials to steel studs, runners and
furring channels shall conform to
a) ASTM C954, "Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or
Metal Plaster Bases to Steel Studs from 0.033 in. (0.84 mm) to 0.112 in. (2.84 mm) in Thickness," or
b) ASTM C1002, "Standard Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum
Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs."
9.24.1.5. Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required
1) Cladding or sheathing, and interior finish shall be installed on steel stud framing and shall be fastened with
screws
a) spaced at the appropriate spacing described in Section 9.29., and
b) penetrating not less than 10 mm through the metal.
9.24.2. Size of Framing
9.24.2.1. Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls
1) Except as required in Articles 9.24.2.3. and 9.24.2.4., the size and spacing of steel studs for non-loadbearing
interior walls shall conform to Table 9.24.2.1.
Table 9.24.2.1.
Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Interior Walls(1)
Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.1.(1)
Minimum Stud Size, mm
Maximum Stud Spacing, mm
Maximum Wall Height, m
32 × 41
400
3.0
600
2.7
32 × 64
300
4.4
400
4.0
600
3.5
32 × 89
300
5.2
400
4.6
600
3.9
32 × 152
300
6.6
400
5.8
600
4.9
Notes to Table 9.24.2.1.:
(1) The values in the Table are based on a single layer of 12.7 mm gypsum panel sheathing installed on each side of the studs.
Where one side is not accessible, gypsum panels on only one side will suffice. The values are also based on attaching gypsum
panel sheathing using screws not smaller than No. 6 spaced at a maximum of 300 mm at edges and at intermediate supports.
9.24.2.2. Thickness of Studs
1) Except as required in Article 9.24.2.4., steel studs in non-loadbearing interior walls shall have a metal
thickness of not less than 0.46 mm.
9.24.2.3. Runners
1) Runners for interior and exterior non-loadbearing walls shall have a thickness not less than the thickness of
the corresponding studs and shall have not less than 30 mm flanges.
9.24.2.4. Openings in Fire Separations
1) Where openings for doors in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a fire-resistance rating do not
exceed 1 200 mm in width,
a) the width of steel studs shall be not less than 63 mm, and
b) the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.46 mm.
2) Where openings described in Sentence (1) exceed 1 200 mm in width,
a) the width of steel studs shall be not less than 91 mm, and
b) the metal thickness shall be not less than 0.85 mm.
3) The distance to the first stud beyond the jamb of any door opening in a fire separation required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall not exceed 400 mm.
4) Where the distance between the framing over the opening referred to in Sentence (3) and the top runner
exceeds 400 mm in such walls, intermediate support shall be installed at intervals of not more than 400 mm above
the opening.
9.24.2.5. Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls
1) The size and spacing of non-loadbearing steel studs for exterior walls shall conform to Table 9.24.2.5.
Table 9.24.2.5.
Size and Spacing of Steel Studs for Non-Loadbearing Exterior Walls
Forming Part of Sentence 9.24.2.5.(1)
Minimum Stud Size, mm
Minimum Metal
Thickness, mm
Maximum Stud Length, m
Spacing of Studs
300 mm o.c.
400 mm o.c.
600 mm o.c.
30 × 91
0.53
3.0
2.4
--
30 × 91
0.69
3.3
2.7
2.4
30 × 91
0.85
3.6
3.0
2.7
30 × 91
1.0
4.0
3.3
3.0
9.24.3. Installation
9.24.3.1. Installation of Runners
1) Runners shall be provided at the tops and bottoms of walls.
2) Runners required in Sentence (1) shall be securely attached to the building at approximately 50 mm from the
ends, and at intervals of not more than 600 mm o.c. for interior walls and 300 mm o.c. for exterior walls.
3) Fasteners used for attachment described in Sentence (2) shall consist of the equivalent of 63 mm nails or 25
mm screws.
4) Studs at openings and which are not full wall height shall be supported by a runner at the ends of the studs,
securely fastened to the full length studs at the sides of the opening.
9.24.3.2. Fire-Rated Walls
1) Steel studs used in walls required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be installed so that there is not less than
a 12 mm clearance between the top of the stud and the top of the runner to allow for expansion in the event of fire.
2) Except as provided in Article 9.24.3.6., studs in walls referred to in Sentence (1) shall not be attached to the
runners in a manner that will prevent such expansion.
3) Framing above doors with steel door frames in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a fire-
resistance rating shall consist of 2 runners on the flat fastened back to back. (See Note A-9.24.3.2.(3).)
4) The upper runner required in Sentence (3) shall be bent at each end to extend upwards not less than 150 mm
and fastened to the adjacent studs.
5) A gypsum board filler piece, the width and length of the runner, shall be provided between the door frame
referred to in Sentence (3) and the adjacent runner.
9.24.3.3. Orientation of Studs
1) Steel studs shall be installed with webs at right angles to the wall face and, except at openings, shall be
continuous for the full wall height.
9.24.3.4. Support for Cladding Materials
1) Corners and intersections of walls shall be constructed to provide support for the cladding materials.
9.24.3.5. Framing around Openings
1) Studs shall be doubled on each side of every opening where such openings involve more than one stud
space, and shall be tripled where the openings in exterior walls exceed 2.4 m in width.
2) Studs described in Sentence (1) shall be fastened together by screws, crimping or welding to act as a single
structural unit in resisting transverse loads.
9.24.3.6. Attachment of Studs to Runners
1) Studs shall be attached to runners by screws, crimping or welding around wall openings and elsewhere
where necessary to keep the studs in alignment during construction.
2) Where clearance for expansion is required in Article 9.24.3.2., attachment required in Sentence (1) shall be
applied between studs and bottom runners only.
9.24.3.7. Openings for Fire Dampers
1) Openings for fire dampers in non-loadbearing fire separations required to have a fire-resistance rating shall be
framed with double studs on each side of the opening.
2) The sill and header for openings described in Sentence (1) shall consist of a runner track with right angle
bends made on each end so as to extend 300 mm above the header or below the sill and fastened to the studs.
3) The openings described in Sentence (1) shall be lined with a layer of gypsum board not less than 12.7 mm
thick fastened to stud and runner webs.
Section 9.25. Heat Transfer, Air Leakage and Condensation
Control
9.25.1. General
9.25.1.1. Scope and Application
1) This Section is concerned with heat, air and water vapour transfer and measures to control condensation.
(See Sentence 1.3.3.2. (3) of Division A for Part 5 application to Group C multi-family residential occupancies
and artist live/work studios.)
2) All walls, ceilings and floors separating conditioned space from unconditioned space, the exterior air or the
ground shall be
a) provided with
i) thermal insulation conforming to Subsection 9.25.2. and Part 10,
ii) an air barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.3. and Part 10, and
iii) a vapour barrier conforming to Subsection 9.25.4., and
b) constructed in such a way that the properties and relative position of all materials conform to
Subsection 9.25.5.
(See Note A-9.25.1.1.(2).)
3) Insulation and sealing of heating and ventilating ducts shall conform to Sections 9.32., 9.33. and Part 10.
4) Except for buildings containing only dwelling units or for portions of buildings containing dwelling units, the
design and installation of thermal insulation and measures to control heat transfer and condensation shall conform
to Part 10.
9.25.2. Thermal Insulation
9.25.2.1. Required Insulation
1) All walls, ceilings and floors separating heated space from unheated space, the exterior air or the exterior soil
shall be provided with sufficient thermal insulation to prevent moisture condensation on their room side during the
winter and to ensure comfortable conditions for the occupants. (See Note A-9.1.1.1.(1).)
9.25.2.2. Insulation Materials
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), thermal insulation shall conform to the requirements of
a) ASTM C726, "Standard Specification for Mineral Wool Roof Insulation Board,"
b) CAN/CGSB-51.25-M, "Thermal Insulation, Phenolic, Faced,"
c) CGSB 51-GP-27M, "Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Loose Fill,"
d) CAN/ULC-S701.1, "Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards,"
e) CAN/ULC-S702.1, "Standard for Mineral Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings, Part 1: Material
Specification,"
f) CAN/ULC-S703, "Standard for Cellulose Fibre Insulation (CFI) for Buildings,"
g) CAN/ULC-S704.1, "Standard for Thermal Insulation, Polyurethane and Polyisocyanurate, Boards, Faced,"
h) CAN/ULC-S705.1, "Standard for Thermal Insulation - Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium
Density - Material Specification," or
i) CAN/ULC-S706.1, "Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for Buildings."
2) The flame-spread ratings requirements contained in the standards listed in Sentence (1) shall not apply. (See
Note A-9.25.2.2.(2).)
3) Insulation in contact with the ground shall be inert to the action of soil and water and shall be such that its
insulative properties are not significantly reduced by moisture.
9.25.2.3. Installation of Thermal Insulation
1) Insulation shall be installed so that there is a reasonably uniform insulating value over the entire face of the
insulated area.
2) Insulation shall be applied to the full width and length of the space between furring or framing.
3) Except where the insulation provides the principal resistance to air leakage, thermal insulation shall be
installed so that at least one face is in full and continuous contact with an element with low air permeance. (See
Note A-9.25.2.3.(3).)
4) Insulation shall be installed over the full height of foundation walls enclosing a basement or heated crawl
space. (See also Part 10.)
5) Insulation around concrete slabs-on-ground shall be located so that heat from the building is not restricted
from reaching the ground beneath the perimeter, where exterior walls are not supported by footings extending
below frost level.
6) Where insulation is exposed to the weather and subject to mechanical damage, it shall be protected with not
less than
a) 6 mm preservative-treated plywood, or
b) 12 mm cement parging on wire lath applied to the exposed face and edge.
7) Insulation located in areas where it may be subject to mechanical damage shall be protected by a covering
such as gypsum board, plywood, particleboard, OSB, waferboard or hardboard.
8) Insulation in factory-built buildings shall be installed so that it will not become dislodged during
transportation.
9.25.2.4. Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6), loose-fill insulation shall be used on horizontal surfaces only.
2) Where loose-fill insulation is installed in an unconfined sloped space, such as an attic space over a sloped
ceiling, the supporting slope shall not be more than
a) 4.5 in 12 for mineral fibre or cellulose fibre insulation, and
b) 2.5 in 12 for other types of insulation.
3) Loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used in wood-frame walls of existing buildings. (See Note A-
9.25.2.4.(3).)
4) Where blown-in insulation is installed in above-ground or below-ground wood-frame walls of new
buildings,
a) the density of the installed insulation shall be sufficient to preclude settlement,
b) the insulation shall be installed behind a membrane that will permit visual inspection prior to the
installation of the interior finish,
c) the insulation shall be installed in a manner that will not interfere with the installation of the interior finish,
and
d) no water shall be added to the insulation, unless it can be shown that the added water will not adversely
affect other materials in the assembly.
5) Water repellent loose-fill insulation is permitted to be used between the outer and inner wythes of masonry
cavity walls. (See Note A-9.25.2.4.(5).)
6) Where soffit venting is used, measures shall be taken
a) to prevent loose-fill insulation from blocking the soffit vents and to maintain an open path for circulation of
air from the vents into the attic or roof space, and
b) to minimize airflow into the insulation near the soffit vents to maintain the thermal performance of the
material. (See Article 9.19.1.3.)
9.25.2.5. Installation of Spray-Applied Polyurethane
1) Spray-applied polyurethane insulation shall be installed in accordance with CAN/ULC-S705.2, "Standard
for Thermal Insulation - Spray Applied Rigid Polyurethane Foam, Medium Density - Application."
9.25.3. Air Barrier Systems
9.25.3.1. Required Barrier to Air Leakage
1) Wall, ceiling and floor assemblies separating conditioned space from unconditioned space or from the ground
shall be constructed so as to include an air barrier system that will provide a continuous barrier to air leakage
a) from the interior of the building into wall, floor, attic or roof spaces, sufficient to prevent excessive moisture
condensation in such spaces during the winter, and
b) from the exterior or the ground inward sufficient to
i) prevent moisture condensation on the room side during winter,
ii) ensure comfortable conditions for the occupants, and
iii) minimize the ingress of soil gas.
(See Note A-9.25.3.1.(1).)
9.25.3.2. Air Barrier System Properties
(See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
1) Air barrier systems shall possess the characteristics necessary to provide an effective barrier to air infiltration
and exfiltration under differential air pressure due to stack effect, mechanical systems or wind.
2) Where polyethylene sheet is used to provide airtightness in the air barrier system, it shall conform to
CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, "Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction."
9.25.3.3. Continuity of the Air Barrier System
1) Where the air barrier system consists of an air-impermeable panel-type material, all joints shall be sealed to
prevent air leakage.
2) Except as provided in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(3), where the air barrier system consists of flexible sheet material, all
joints shall be
a) sealed, or
b) lapped not less than 100 mm and clamped, such as between framing members, furring or blocking, and rigid
panels.
3) Where an interior wall meets an exterior wall, ceiling, floor or roof required to be provided with air barrier
protection, the air barrier system shall extend across the intersection.
4) Where an interior wall projects through a ceiling or extends to become an exterior wall, spaces in the wall
shall be blocked to provide continuity across those spaces with the air barrier system in the abutting walls or ceiling.
5) Where an interior floor projects through an exterior wall or extends to become an exterior floor, continuity of
the air barrier system shall be maintained from the abutting walls across the floor assembly.
6) Penetrations of the air barrier system, such as those created by the installation of doors, windows, electrical
wiring, electrical boxes, piping or ductwork, shall be sealed to maintain the integrity of the air barrier system over the
entire surface.
7) Where access hatches and sump pit covers are installed through assemblies constructed with an air barrier
system, they shall be weatherstripped around their perimeters to prevent air leakage.
8) Clearances between chimneys or gas vents and the surrounding construction that would permit air leakage
from within the building into a wall or attic or roof space shall be sealed by noncombustible material to prevent such
leakage.
9.25.3.4. Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls
(See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
1) Masonry walls required to provide a barrier to the ingress of air from the ground shall
a) include a course of masonry units without voids, or
b) be sealed with flashing material extending across the full width of the masonry.
2) The masonry course or flashing described in Sentence (1) shall
a) be located at the level of the adjoining floor and be sealed to it in accordance with Article 9.25.3.6., or
b) in the absence of a floor, be located at the level of the ground cover required by Article 9.18.6.1. and be
sealed to it.
9.25.3.5. Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs
1) Waterproofing systems for roofs of underground structures shall be sealed to the air barrier in the walls.
9.25.3.6. Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground
(See Note A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.)
1) Materials used to provide a barrier to the ingress of air through floors-on-ground shall conform to
CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, "Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction."
2) Where the floor-on-ground is a concrete slab, the air barrier shall be
a) installed below the slab, or
b) applied to the top of the slab, provided a separate floor is installed over the slab.
(See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)
3) Where the air barrier installed below a floor-on-ground is flexible sheet material, joints in the barrier shall be
lapped not less than 300 mm. (See Note A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).)
4) Where installed in conjunction with a framed floor-on-ground or above a floor-on-ground, the air barrier
shall be installed in accordance with Article 9.25.3.3.
5) A floor-on-ground shall be sealed around its perimeter to the inner surfaces of adjacent walls using flexible
sealant.
6) All penetrations of a floor-on-ground that are required to drain water from the floor surface shall be sealed
in a manner that prevents the upward flow of air without preventing the downward flow of liquid water.
9.25.4. Vapour Barriers
9.25.4.1. Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion
1) Thermally insulated wall, ceiling and floor assemblies shall be constructed with a vapour barrier so as to
provide a barrier to diffusion of water vapour from the interior into wall spaces, floor spaces or attic or roof spaces.
9.25.4.2. Vapour Barrier Materials
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), vapour barriers shall have a permeance not greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2)
measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of
Materials," using the desiccant method (dry cup).
2) Thermally insulated foundation wall assemblies are permitted to be constructed with variable-permeance
vapour barriers having a permeance not greater than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the desiccant method (dry cup) and
greater than 300 ng/(Pa×s×m2) using the water method (wet cup) measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M,
"Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials." (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(2).)
3) Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture generation, the assembly shall be
designed according to Part 5. (See Note A-9.25.4.2.(3).)
4) Where polyethylene is installed to serve only as the vapour barrier, it shall comply with Clause 4.4, Thermal
Stability, and Clause 5.7, Oxidative Induction Time, of CAN/CGSB-51.34-M, "Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet
for Use in Building Construction."
5) Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene shall conform to the requirements of CAN/CGSB-
51.33-M, "Vapour Barrier Sheet, Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction."
6) Membrane-type vapour barriers other than polyethylene that are susceptible to deterioration under prolonged
exposure to direct ultraviolet radiation shall
a) be covered, or
b) only be installed in locations that are not exposed to direct ultraviolet radiation after the completion of
construction.
(See Note A-9.25.4.2.(6).)
7) Where a coating is applied to gypsum board to function as the vapour barrier, the permeance of the coating
shall be determined in accordance with CAN/CGSB-1.501-M, "Method for Permeance of Coated Wallboard."
8) Where foamed plastic insulation functions as the vapour barrier, it shall be sufficiently thick so as to meet the
requirement of Sentence (1).
9.25.4.3. Installation of Vapour Barriers
1) Products installed to function as the vapour barrier shall protect the warm side of wall, ceiling and floor
assemblies.
2) Where different products are used for the vapour barrier and the insulation, the vapour barrier shall be
installed sufficiently close to the warm side of the insulation to prevent condensation at design conditions. (See
Notes A-9.25.4.3.(2) and A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
3) Where the same product is used for the vapour barrier and the insulation, the product shall be installed
sufficiently close to the warm side of the assembly to prevent condensation at design conditions. (See Notes A-
9.25.4.3.(2), A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.5.2.)
9.25.5. Properties and Position of Materials in the Building Envelope
9.25.5.1. General
(See Note A-9.25.5.1.)
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (4), sheet and panel-type materials incorporated into assemblies
described in Article 9.25.1.1. shall conform to Article 9.25.5.2., where
a) the material has
i) an air leakage characteristic less than 0.1 L/(s×m2) at 75 Pa, and
ii) a water vapour permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when measured in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M,
"Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials," using the desiccant method (dry cup) (see
Note A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii)), and
b) the intended use of the interior space where the materials are installed will not result in high moisture
generation.
(See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1).)
2) Where the intended use of the interior space will result in high moisture generation, the assembly shall be
designed according to Part 5.
3) Wood-based sheathing materials not more than 12.5 mm thick and complying with Article 9.23.17.2. need
not comply with Sentence (1). (See Note A-9.25.5.1.(3).)
4) Where a material has a water vapour permeance not less than 30 ng/(Pa×s×m2) and a thermal resistance not
less than 0.7 (m2×K)/W and the heating degree-days of the building location are less than 6000, the assembly need
not comply with Sentence (1).
9.25.5.2. Position of Low Permeance Materials
(See Note A-9.25.5.2.)
1) Sheet and panel-type materials described in Article 9.25.5.1. shall be installed
a) on the warm face of the assembly (see also Article 9.25.4.2.),
b) at a location where the ratio between the total thermal resistance of all materials outboard of its innermost
impermeable surface and the total thermal resistance of all materials inboard of that surface is not less than that
required by Table 9.25.5.2., or
c) outboard of an air space that is vented to the outdoors.
2) For walls, the air space described in Clause (1)(c) shall comply with Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a).
Table 9.25.5.2.
Ratio of Outboard to Inboard Thermal Resistance
Forming Part of Sentence 9.25.5.2.(1)
Heating Degree-Days of Building
Location(1), Celsius degree-days
Minimum Ratio of Total Thermal Resistance Outboard of Material's Inner Surface to Total Thermal
Resistance Inboard of Material's Inner Surface
up to 4 999
0.20
5 000 to 5 999
0.30
6 000 to 6 999
0.35
7 000 to 7 999
0.40
8 000 to 8 999
0.50
9 000 to 9 999
0.55
10 000 to 10 999
0.60
11 000 to 11 999
0.65
12 000 or higher
0.75
Notes to Table 9.25.5.2.:
(1) See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1).
Section 9.26. Roofing
9.26.1. General
9.26.1.1. Definitions
1) For the purpose of this Section, the term "roof" shall mean sloped or near-horizontal assemblies that protect
the spaces beneath them, including platforms that effectively serve as roofs with respect to the accumulation or
drainage of precipitation. (See Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
2) For the purpose of this Section, the term "roofing" shall mean the primary covering for roofs.
9.26.1.2. Required Protection
1) Roofs shall be protected with roofing, including flashing, installed so as to
a) effectively shed water,
b) prevent the ingress of water and moisture into building assemblies and occupied space, and
c) minimize the ingress of water due to ice damming into building assemblies.
2) Compliance with Sentence (1) shall be demonstrated by conforming to
a) the remainder of this Section, or
b) Part 5.
9.26.1.3. Alternative Installation Methods
1) Methods described in CSA A123.51, "Asphalt shingle application on roof slopes 1:6 and steeper," are
permitted to be used for the installation of asphalt shingles in lieu of the methods described in this Section.
9.26.2. Roofing Materials
9.26.2.1. Material Standards
1) Materials used for the preparation of the substrate for roofing shall conform to the requirements of the
applicable standards in Table 9.26.2.1.-A.
Table 9.26.2.1.-A
Materials for Preparation of the Substrate for Roofing
Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(1)
Type of Material
Standards
Sheathing membranes
CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, "Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type"
Primers
CGSB 37-GP-9Ma, "Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing"
2) Roofing materials shall conform to the requirements of the applicable standards in Table 9.26.2.1.-B.
Table 9.26.2.1.-B
Roofing Materials
Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.2.1.(2)
Types of Roof Covering
Standards
Built-up roofing (BUR)
ASTM D3019/D3019M, "Standard Specification for Lap Cement Used with Asphalt Roll Roofing, Non-Fibered, and
Fibered"(1)
ASTM D4479/D4479M, "Standard Specification for Asphalt Roof Coatings - Asbestos-Free"
CAN/CGSB-37.50-M, "Hot-Applied, Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing"
CGSB 37-GP-56M, "Membrane, Modified, Bituminous, Prefabricated, and Reinforced for Roofing"
CAN/CSA-A123.2, "Asphalt-Coated Roofing Sheets"
CSA A123.3, "Asphalt Saturated Organic Roofing Felt"
CAN/CSA-A123.4, "Asphalt for Constructing Built-Up Roof Coverings and Waterproofing Systems"
CSA A123.17, "Asphalt Glass Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing"
CSA A123.23, "Product specification for polymer-modified bitumen sheet, prefabricated and reinforced"
Single-ply membranes
ASTM D4637/D4637M, "Standard Specification for EPDM Sheet Used In Single-Ply Roof Membrane"
ASTM D4811/D4811M, "Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing"
ASTM D6878/D6878M, "Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Polyolefin Based Sheet Roofing"
CAN/CGSB-37.54, "Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing and Waterproofing Membrane"
CAN/CGSB-37.58-M, "Membrane, Elastomeric, Cold-Applied Liquid, for Non-Exposed Use in Roofing and
Waterproofing"
Shingles, shakes, tiles, panels
CSA A123.5, "Asphalt shingles made from glass felt and surfaced with mineral granules"
CAN/CSA-A220 Series, "Concrete Roof Tiles"
CSA O118.1, "Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles"
CSA O118.2, "Eastern White Cedar Shingles"
Eave protection
CAN/CSA-A123.16, "Asphalt-coated glass-base sheets"
CSA A123.22, "Self-Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofing Underlayment for
Ice Dam Protection"
Flashing
ASTM D4811/D4811M, "Standard Specification for Nonvulcanized (Uncured) Rubber Sheet Used as Roof Flashing"
Notes to Table 9.26.2.1.-B:
(1) For the purpose of this Subsection, ASTM D3019/D3019M shall only apply to the non-fibered and non-asbestos-fibered types (I
and III) of asphalt roll roofing.
9.26.2.2. Installation of Materials
1) Materials listed in Tables 9.26.2.1.-A and 9.26.2.1.-B shall be installed in conformance with the
manufacturer's written instructions. (See Sentence 1.5.1.2.(1) of Division A.)
9.26.2.3. Nails
1) Nails used for roofing shall be corrosion-resistant roofing or shingle nails conforming to
a) ASTM F1667, "Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples," or
b) CSA B111, "Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples."
2) Nails shall have sufficient length to penetrate through, or 12 mm into, roof sheathing.
3) Nails used with asphalt roofing shall have a head diameter of not less than 9.5 mm and a shank thickness of
not less than 2.95 mm.
4) Nails used with wood shingles or shakes shall have a head diameter of not less than 4.8 mm and a shank
thickness of not less than 2.0 mm and shall be stainless steel, aluminum or hot-dipped galvanized. (See Note A-
9.26.2.3.(4).)
9.26.2.4. Staples
1) Staples used to apply asphalt or wood shingles shall be corrosion-resistant and shall be driven with the
crown parallel to the eaves.
2) Staples used with asphalt shingles shall be not less than 19 mm long, 1.6 mm diam or thickness, with not less
than a 25 mm crown, except that an 11 mm crown may be used as provided in Sentence 9.26.7.4.(2).
3) Staples used with wood shingles shall be not less than 29 mm long, 1.6 mm diam or thickness, with not less
than a 9.5 mm crown and shall be stainless steel or aluminum. (See Note A-9.26.2.3.(4).)
9.26.3. Slope of Roofed Surfaces
9.26.3.1. Slope
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the slopes on which roof coverings may be applied shall
conform to Table 9.26.3.1.
2) Asphalt and gravel or coal tar and gravel roofs may be constructed with lower slopes than required in
Sentence (1) when effective drainage is provided by roof drains located at the lowest points on the roofs.
3) Profiled metal roof cladding systems specifically designed for low-slope applications are permitted to be
installed with lower slopes than required by Sentence (1), provided they are installed in conformance with the
manufacturer's written recommendations.
4) Except where back-slope will not adversely affect adjacent supported or supporting constructions due to
water ingress, roofs and constructions that effectively serve as roofs shall be constructed with sufficient slope away
from
a) exterior walls, and
b) guards that are connected to the roof, or to a construction that effectively serves as a roof, by more than
pickets or posts.
(See Notes A-9.26.1.1.(1), A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.27.3.8.(4).)
5) The slope required by Sentence (4) shall be sufficient to maintain a positive slope
a) after expected shrinkage of the building frame, where these surfaces are supported by exterior walls and
exterior columns (see Note A-9.27.3.8.(4)), and
b) once design loading is taken into consideration, where these surfaces are cantilevered from exterior walls.
Table 9.26.3.1.
Roofing Types and Slope Limits
Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.3.1.(1)
Type of Roofing
Minimum Slope
Maximum Slope
Asphalt Shingles
Low slope application
1 in 6
no limit
Normal application
1 in 3
no limit
Built-up Roofing
Asphalt base (without gravel)
1 in 25
1 in 2
Asphalt base (gravelled)
1 in 50(1)
1 in 4
Coal-tar base (gravelled)
1 in 50(1)
1 in 25
Cold process
1 in 25
1 in 1.33
Cedar Shakes
1 in 3
no limit
Clay Tile
1 in 2
no limit
Glass Fibre Reinforced Polyester Roofing Panels
1 in 4
no limit
Modified Bituminous Membranes
1 in 50
1 in 4
Profiled Metal Roofing
1 in 4(1)
no limit
Roll Roofing
480 mm wide selvage asphalt roofing
1 in 6
no limit
Cold application felt
1 in 50
1 in 1.33
Smooth and mineral surfaced
1 in 4
no limit
Sheet Metal Shingles
1 in 4(1)
no limit
Slate Shingles
1 in 2
no limit
Wood Shingles
1 in 4
no limit
Notes to Table 9.26.3.1.:
(1) See Sentence 9.26.3.1.(3).
9.26.4. Flashing at Intersections
9.26.4.1. Required Flashing at Intersections
(See Notes A-9.26.4.1. and A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
1) Except where the omission of flashing will not adversely affect adjacent supported or supporting
constructions, flashing shall be installed at junctions between roofs and
a) walls that rise above the roof, and
b) guards that are connected to the roof by more than pickets or posts.
2) For the purpose of Sentence (1), roofs shall include platforms that effectively serve as roofs with respect to
the accumulation or drainage of precipitation.
9.26.4.2. Materials
1) Sheet metal flashing shall consist of not less than
a) 1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
b) 0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
c) 0.33 mm thick copper,
d) 0.35 mm thick zinc, or
e) 0.48 mm thick aluminum.
9.26.4.3. Valley Flashing
1) Where sloping surfaces of shingled roofs intersect to form a valley, the valley shall be flashed.
2) Valley flashing shall be installed over continuous sheathing.
3) Closed valleys shall not be used with rigid shingles on slopes of less than 1 in 1.2.
4) Open valleys shall be flashed with at least
a) one layer of sheet metal not less than 600 mm wide, or
b) 2 layers of roll roofing.
5) The bottom layer of roofing required in Sentence (4) shall consist of at least Type S smooth roll roofing or
Type M mineral surface roll roofing (mineral surface down) not less than 457 mm wide, centred in the valley and
fastened with nails spaced not more than 450 mm o.c. located 25 mm away from the edges.
6) The top layer of roofing required in Sentence (4) shall consist of at least Type M mineral surface roll roofing
(mineral surface up), 914 mm wide, centred in the valley, applied over a 100 mm wide strip of cement along each
edge of the bottom layer, and fastened with a sufficient number of nails to hold it in place until the shingles are
applied.
9.26.4.4. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Masonry
1) The intersection of shingle roofs and masonry walls or chimneys shall be protected with flashing.
2) Counter flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be embedded not less than 25 mm in the masonry and shall
extend not less than 150 mm down the masonry and lap the lower flashing not less than 100 mm.
3) Flashing along the slopes of a roof described in Sentence (1) shall be stepped so that there is not less than a
75 mm head lap in both the lower flashing and counter flashing.
4) Where the roof described in Sentence (1) slopes upwards from the masonry, the flashing shall extend up the
roof slope to a point equal in height to the flashing on the masonry, but not less than 1.5 times the shingle exposure.
9.26.4.5. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
1) The intersection of shingle roofs and walls clad with other than masonry shall be protected with flashing.
2) Flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be installed so that it extends up the wall not less than 75 mm behind
the sheathing paper, and extends not less than 75 mm horizontally.
3) Along the slope of the roof, the flashing required in Sentence (1) shall be stepped with not less than a 75 mm
head lap.
9.26.4.6. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Masonry
1) The intersection of built-up roofs with masonry walls or chimneys shall have a cant strip at the intersection,
and a roofing membrane shall be mopped over the cant strip and not less than 150 mm up the wall.
2) Counter flashing installed over the intersection referred to in Sentence (1) shall be embedded not less than 25
mm in the masonry, and shall be of sufficient length to extend down not less than 150 mm, lapping the membrane
on the masonry not less than 100 mm.
9.26.4.7. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
1) The intersection of built-up roofs with walls clad with other than masonry shall have a cant strip at the
intersection.
2) The roofing membrane shall be mopped over the cant strip referred to in Sentence (1).
3) Flashing plies shall extend not less than 150 mm up the wall referred to in Sentence (1) behind the sheathing
paper.
9.26.4.8. Chimney Saddles
1) Except as otherwise permitted in Sentence (5), chimney saddles shall be installed where the upper side of a
chimney on a sloping roof is more than 750 mm wide.
2) Chimney saddles shall be covered with sheet metal or roofing material of weight and quality equivalent to
the roofing.
3) Saddles shall be flashed where they intersect the roof.
4) The intersection of the saddle and the chimney shall be flashed and counterflashed as described in
Article 9.26.4.4.
5) A chimney saddle need not be installed if the intersection between the chimney and roof is protected by sheet
metal flashing that extends up the chimney to a height equal to at least one sixth the width of the chimney, but not less
than 150 mm, and up the roof slope to a point equal in height to the flashing on the chimney, but not less than 1.5
times the shingle exposure.
6) Flashing described in Sentence (5) at the chimney shall be counterflashed as required by Article 9.26.4.4.
9.26.5. Eave Protection for Shingles and Shakes
9.26.5.1. Required Eave Protection
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), eave protection shall be provided on shingle, shake or tile roofs,
extending from the edge of the roof a minimum of 900 mm up the roof slope to a line not less than 300 mm inside
the inner face of the exterior wall.
2) Eave protection is not required
a) over unheated garages, carports and porches,
b) where the roof overhang exceeds 900 mm measured along the roof slope from the edge of the roof to the
inner face of the exterior wall,
c) on roofs of asphalt shingles installed in accordance with Subsection 9.26.8.,
d) on roofs with slopes of 1 in 1.5 or greater, or
e) in regions with 3 500 or fewer degree-days.
9.26.5.2. Materials
1) Eave protection shall be laid beneath the starter strip and shall consist of
a) No. 15 asphalt-saturated felt laid in two plies lapped 480 mm and cemented together with lap cement,
b) Type M or S roll roofing laid with not less than 100 mm head and end laps cemented together with lap
cement,
c) glass fibre or polyester fibre coated base sheets, or
d) self-sealing composite membranes consisting of modified bituminous coated material.
9.26.6. Underlay beneath Shingles
9.26.6.1. Materials
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), when underlay is used beneath shingles, it shall be
a) asphalt-saturated sheathing paper weighing not less than 0.195 kg/m2, or
b) No. 15 plain or perforated asphalt-saturated felt.
2) Underlay used beneath wood shingles shall be breather type.
9.26.6.2. Installation
1) When used with shingles, underlay shall be installed parallel to the eaves with head and end lap of not less
than 50 mm.
2) The top edge of each strip of underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened with sufficient roofing
nails to hold it in place until the shingles are applied.
3) The underlay referred to in Sentence (1) shall overlap the eave protection by not less than 100 mm. (See
Article 9.26.10.2. for underlay beneath wood shakes.)
9.26.7. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of 1 in 3 or Greater
9.26.7.1. Coverage
1) Coverage shall be not less than 2 thicknesses of shingle over the entire roof, disregarding cutouts.
9.26.7.2. Starter Strip
1) A starter strip shall be installed along the lower edge of the roof so that it extends approximately 12 mm
beyond the eaves and rake of the roof and fastened along the bottom edge with nails spaced not more than 300 mm
o.c.
2) Starter strips shall be
a) at least Type M mineral-surfaced roll roofing not less than 300 mm wide,
b) shingles of the same weight and quality as those used as a roof covering with tabs facing up the roof slope,
or
c) pre-manufactured starter strips installed with sealant at the eaves.
3) Starter strips need not be provided where eave protection of not less than Type M mineral-surfaced roll
roofing is provided.
9.26.7.3. Head Lap
1) Shingles shall have a head lap of not less than 50 mm.
9.26.7.4. Fasteners
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), shingles shall be fastened with at least 4 nails or staples for 1 m wide
shingles so that no nails or staples are exposed.
2) Where staples with an 11 mm crown are used, shingles shall be fastened with at least 6 staples.
3) Fasteners may be reduced for narrower shingles in proportion to the width of the shingle or when shingles
incorporating interlocking devices are used.
4) Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located 25 mm to 40 mm from each end of each strip
shingle with other fasteners equally spaced between them.
5) Fasteners referred to in Sentences (1) and (2) shall be located not less than 12 mm above the tops of the
cutouts.
9.26.7.5. Securing of Tabs
1) Shingle tabs shall be secured by a spot of plastic cement not exceeding 25 mm diam under the centre of each
tab or by interlocking devices or self-sealing strips.
9.26.7.6. Hips and Ridges
1) Shingles on hips and ridges shall be applied so they extend not less than 100 mm on either side of the hip or
ridge, and shall be lapped not less than 150 mm.
2) Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened with nails or staples on each side located not more than
25 mm from the edge and 25 mm above the butt of the overlying shingle.
9.26.7.7. Eave Protection
1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.
9.26.7.8. Flashing
1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
9.26.8. Asphalt Shingles on Slopes of less than 1 in 3
9.26.8.1. Coverage
1) Except for the first 2 courses, coverage shall be not less than 3 thicknesses of shingle over the entire roof,
disregarding cutouts.
9.26.8.2. Starter Strip
1) A starter strip shall be installed as in Article 9.26.7.2.
2) Starter strips required in Sentence (1) shall be laid in a continuous band of cement not less than 200 mm
wide.
9.26.8.3. Securing of Tabs
1) Shingle tabs shall be secured with cold application cement applied at the rate of not less than 0.5 L/m2 of
cemented area, or hot application asphalt applied at the rate of 1 kg/m2 of cemented area.
9.26.8.4. Securing of Shingle Courses
1) The first course of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of cement along the eaves applied so that
the width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 100 mm.
2) The succeeding courses of shingles shall be secured by a continuous band of cement applied so that the
width of the band equals the shingle exposure plus 50 mm.
3) The band required in Sentence (2) shall be located not more than 50 mm above the butt of the overlying
course of shingles.
9.26.8.5. Hips and Ridges
1) Shingles on hips and ridges shall be not less than 300 mm wide applied to provide triple coverage.
2) Shingles referred to in Sentence (1) shall be cemented to the roof shingles and to each other with a coat of
cement and fastened with nails or staples located 40 mm above the butt of the overlying shingle and 50 mm from
each edge.
9.26.8.6. Flashing
1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
9.26.8.7. Fastening
1) Shingles shall be fastened in accordance with Article 9.26.7.4.
9.26.9. Wood Roof Shingles
9.26.9.1. Decking
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), decking for wood shingled roofs may be continuous or spaced.
9.26.9.2. Grade
1) Western cedar shingles shall be not less than No. 2 grade.
2) Eastern white cedar shingles shall be not less than B (clear) grade.
9.26.9.3. Size
1) Wood shingles shall be not less than 400 mm long and not less than 75 mm or more than 350 mm wide.
9.26.9.4. Spacing and Joints
1) Shingles shall be spaced approximately 6 mm apart and offset at the joints in adjacent courses not less than
40 mm so that joints in alternate courses are staggered.
9.26.9.5. Fastening
1) Shingles shall be fastened with 2 nails or staples located approximately 20 mm from the sides of the shingle
and 40 mm above the exposure line.
9.26.9.6. Exposure
1) The exposure of wood roof shingles shall conform to Table 9.26.9.6.
Table 9.26.9.6.
Exposure of Wood Roof Shingles
Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.9.6.(1)
Roof Slope
Maximum Exposure, mm
No.1 or A Grade Length of Shingle, mm
No. 2 or B Grade Length of Shingle, mm
400
450
600
400
450
600
<1 in 3
100
115
165
90
100
140
≥ 1 in 3
125
140
190
100
115
165
9.26.9.7. Flashing
1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
9.26.9.8. Eave Protection
1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.
9.26.10. Cedar Roof Shakes
9.26.10.1. Size and Thickness
1) Shakes shall be not less than 450 mm long and not less than 100 mm nor more than 350 mm wide with a butt
thickness of not more than 32 mm and not less than 9 mm.
9.26.10.2. Underlay
1) Where eave protection is not provided, an underlay conforming to the requirements in Article 9.26.6.1. for
wood shingles shall be laid as a strip not less than 900 mm wide along the eaves.
2) A strip of material similar to that described in Sentence (1) not less than 450 mm wide shall be interlaid
between each course of shakes with the bottom edge of the strip positioned above the butt line at a distance equal to
double the exposure of the shakes.
3) Interlaid strips referred to in Sentence (2) shall be lapped not less than 150 mm at hips and ridges in a
manner that will prevent water from reaching the roof sheathing.
9.26.10.3. Spacing and Joints
1) Shakes shall be spaced 6 mm to 9 mm apart and the joints in any one course shall be separated not less than
40 mm from joints in adjacent courses.
9.26.10.4. Fastening
1) Shakes shall be fastened with nails located approximately 20 mm from the sides of the shakes and 40 mm
above the exposure line.
9.26.10.5. Exposure
1) The exposure of wood shakes shall not exceed
a) 190 mm for shakes not less than 450 mm long, and
b) 250 mm for shakes not less than 600 mm long.
9.26.10.6. Flashing
1) Flashing shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
9.26.10.7. Eave Protection
1) Eave protection shall conform to Subsection 9.26.5.
9.26.10.8. Grade
1) Shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade.
9.26.11. Built-Up Roofs
9.26.11.1. Quantity of Materials
1) The quantities of bituminous materials used on built-up roofs shall conform to Table 9.26.11.1.
Table 9.26.11.1.
Quantities of Bitumen for Built-up Roofs
Forming Part of Sentence 9.26.11.1.(1)
Type of Roof
Amount of Bitumen per Square Metre of Roof Surface
Mopping Coats between Layers
Flood Coat
Asphalt and aggregate
1 kg
3 kg
Coal-tar and aggregate
1.2 kg
3.6 kg
Cold process roofing
0.75 L cold process cement
2 L cold process top coating
9.26.11.2. Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products
1) Coal-tar products and asphalt products shall not be used together in built-up roof construction.
9.26.11.3. Roof Felts
1) Bitumen roofing felts shall be at least No. 15 felt.
9.26.11.4. Aggregate Surfacing
1) Aggregate used for surfacing built-up roofs shall be clean, dry and durable and shall consist of particles of
gravel, crushed stone or air-cooled blast furnace slag having a size of from 6 mm to 15 mm.
2) The minimum amount of aggregate surfacing per square metre of roof surface shall be 15 kg gravel or
crushed stone or 10 kg crushed slag.
9.26.11.5. Flashing
1) Flashing for built-up roofs shall conform to Subsection 9.26.4.
9.26.11.6. Number of Layers
1) Built-up roofing shall consist of not less than 3 mopped-down layers of roofing felt flood coated with
bitumen.
9.26.11.7. Installation of Layers
1) In hot process applications each layer of bitumen-saturated felt shall be laid while the bitumen is hot, with
each layer overlapping the previous one.
2) The full width under each lap referred to in Sentence (1) shall be coated with bitumen so that in no place
does felt touch felt.
3) Felt shall be laid free of wrinkles and shall be rolled directly into the hot bitumen and broomed forward and
outward from the centre to ensure complete adhesion.
9.26.11.8. Roofing over Wood-Based Sheathing
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), built-up roofing applied over wood, plywood, OSB or waferboard roof
sheathing shall be laid over an additional base layer of felt laid dry over the entire roof deck with not less than a 50
mm headlap and a 50 mm sidelap between each sheet.
2) Where plywood, OSB or waferboard roof sheathing is used, the dry layer of felt required in Sentence (1) may
be omitted when the joints are taped and the sheathing is primed with asphalt.
9.26.11.9. Attachment to Decking
1) Roofing shall be securely attached to the decking or where insulation is applied above the deck, the
insulation shall be securely attached to the deck before the first layer of felt is fastened to the insulation.
9.26.11.10. Cant Strips
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (4), a cant strip shall be provided at the edges of roofs.
2) At least 2 plies of the roofing membrane shall be carried over the top of the cant strip.
3) Flashing shall extend over the top of the cant strip and be shaped to form a drip.
4) The cant strip required in Sentence (1) need not be provided where a gravel stop is installed at the edge of
roofs.
5) The roofing membranes shall be carried over the edge of the roof before the gravel stop referred to in
Sentence (4) is fastened and 2 plies of roofing membrane mopped to the top surface of the gravel stop before the
flood coat is applied.
6) The gravel stop referred to in Sentence (4) shall extend over the edge of the roof to form a drip or shall be
flashed so that the flashing extends over the edge to form a drip.
9.26.12. Selvage Roofing
9.26.12.1. Coverage
1) Wide selvage asphalt roofing shall provide double coverage over the entire roof surface.
9.26.12.2. Joints
1) Plies of selvage roofing shall be cemented together to ensure a watertight joint.
9.26.13. Sheet Metal Roofing
9.26.13.1. Thickness
1) Sheet metal roofing shall be not less than
a) 0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
b) 0.46 mm thick copper,
c) 0.46 mm thick zinc, or
d) 0.48 mm thick aluminum.
9.26.13.2. Support
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where sheet metal roofing is not supported by roof decking but
spans between spaced supports, the panels shall be designed to support the specified live loads for roofs.
9.26.14. Glass Reinforced Polyester Roofing
9.26.14.1. Support
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), where glass-reinforced polyester roofing panels are not
supported by roof decking but span between spaced supports, the panels shall be designed to support the specified
live roof loads.
9.26.15. Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Roofing
9.26.15.1. Installation
1) Hot applied rubberized asphalt roofing shall be installed in accordance with CAN/CGSB-37.51-M,
"Application for Hot-Applied Rubberized Asphalt for Roofing and Waterproofing."
9.26.16. Polyvinyl Chloride Sheet Roofing
9.26.16.1. Installation
1) Polyvinyl chloride sheet applied roofing membrane shall be installed in accordance with CGSB 37-GP-55M,
"Application of Sheet Applied Flexible Polyvinyl Chloride Roofing Membrane."
9.26.17. Concrete Roof Tiles
9.26.17.1. Installation
1) Except as provided in Sentence 9.23.16.1.(1), concrete roof tiles shall be installed according to CAN/CSA-
A220 Series, "Concrete Roof Tiles." (See Note A-9.26.17.1.(1).)
9.26.18. Roof Drains and Downspouts
9.26.18.1. Roof Drains
1) When roof drains are provided they shall conform to Part 7.
9.26.18.2. Downspouts
1) Where downspouts are provided and are not connected to a sewer, extensions shall be provided to carry
rainwater away from the building in a manner which will prevent soil erosion.
9.26.18.3. Roof or Balcony Parapet Walls
1) Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls, a secondary means of drainage, such as
scuppers or overflow outlets shall be installed in the parapet walls, in addition to drains. (See Note A-9.26.18.3.(1).)
Section 9.27. Cladding
9.27.1. Application
9.27.1.1. General
1) Where lumber, wood shingles, shakes, fibre-cement shingles, planks and sheets, plywood, OSB, waferboard,
hardboard, vinyl, insulated vinyl, polypropylene, aluminum or steel, including trim and soffits, are installed as
cladding on wood-frame walls or above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls exposed to precipitation, the
cladding assembly shall comply with
a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.13., or
b) Part 5.
2) Where stucco is installed as cladding on wood-frame walls, above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls
or masonry walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding assembly shall comply with
a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.5., and Section 9.28., or
b) Part 5.
3) Where masonry serves as cladding on wood-frame walls, above-ground flat insulating concrete form walls
or masonry walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding assembly shall comply with
a) Subsections 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., and Section 9.20., except for masonry veneer, which shall be attached to above-
ground flat insulating concrete form walls in accordance with Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2), or
b) Part 5.
4) Where asphalt shingles are installed as cladding on wood-frame walls exposed to precipitation, the cladding
assembly shall comply with
a) Subsections 9.26.7. and 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., or
b) Part 5.
5) Where an exterior insulation finish system is installed as cladding on wood-frame, masonry, cold-formed
steel stud, above-ground flat insulating concrete form or cast-in-place concrete walls exposed to precipitation, the
cladding assembly shall comply with
a) Subsections 9.25.5., 9.27.2. to 9.27.4., and 9.27.14., or
b) Part 5.
(See Note A-9.27.1.1.(5).)
6) Where cladding materials other than those described in Sentences (1) to (5) are installed, or where the
cladding materials described in Sentences (1) to (5) are installed on substrates other than those identified in
Sentences (1) to (5), the materials and installation shall comply with Part 5.
9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation
(See Note A-9.27.2.)
9.27.2.1. Minimizing and Preventing Ingress and Damage
1) Except where exterior walls are protected from precipitation or where it can be shown that precipitation
ingress will not adversely affect occupant health or safety, exterior walls shall be designed and constructed to
a) minimize the ingress of precipitation into the assembly, and
b) prevent the ingress of precipitation into interior space.
(See Note A-9.27.2.1.(1).)
2) Except where exterior walls are protected from specific mechanisms of deterioration, such as mechanical
impact and ultraviolet radiation, exterior walls shall be designed and constructed to minimize the likelihood of their
required performance being reduced to an unacceptable level as a result of those mechanisms.
9.27.2.2. Minimum Protection from Precipitation Ingress
(See Note A-9.27.2.2.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a cladding assembly is deemed to have a capillary break between the
cladding and the backing assembly, where
a) there is a drained and vented air space not less than 9.5 mm deep behind the cladding, over the full height
and width of the wall (see also Article 9.27.5.3.),
b) an open drainage material, not less than 10 mm thick and with a cross-sectional area that is not less than 80%
open, is installed between the cladding and the backing, over the full height and width of the wall,
c) the cladding is loosely fastened to the backing and behind each cladding component there is a clear air space
that is
i) continuous for the full width of the component,
ii) not less than 10 mm deep at the bottom of the component, and
iii) not less than 6 mm deep over not less than 90 mm for every 230 mm of exposed height of the component,
d) the wall is a masonry cavity wall or the cladding is masonry veneer constructed according to Section 9.20., or
e) the cladding conforms to Subsection 9.27.14.
2) The drained and vented air space, and drainage material described in Sentence (1) may be interrupted by
a) penetrations for windows, doors and services,
b) flashing, and
c) furring, provided the furring does not make up more than 20% of the furred area.
3) Where a construction projects over the top of the drained and vented air space described in Clause (1)(a) or
over the drainage material described in Clause (1)(b), the air space or drainage material shall not be contiguous with
concealed spaces in the projecting construction.
4) Exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall be protected against precipitation ingress by an exterior
cladding assembly consisting of a first plane of protection and a second plane of protection, where such walls
enclose spaces of residential occupancy or spaces that directly serve spaces of residential occupancy.
5) Except as provided in Sentence (6), exterior walls exposed to precipitation shall be protected against
precipitation ingress by an exterior cladding assembly consisting of a first plane of protection and a second plane of
protection incorporating a capillary break, where
a) the number of degree-days is less than 3400 and the moisture index is greater than 0.90, or
b) the number of degree-days is 3400 or more, and the moisture index is greater than 1.00.
(See Sentence 1.1.3.1.(1) and Appendix C for information on the moisture index.)
6) In exterior walls described in Sentence (5), the first and second planes of protection need not incorporate a
capillary break, where
a) it can be shown that omitting the capillary break will not adversely affect the performance of the building
assemblies,
b) the building is an accessory building, or
c) the wall
i) is constructed of non-moisture-sensitive materials, and intersecting or supported floors are also constructed
of non-moisture-sensitive materials, or
ii) is constructed as a mass wall of sufficient thickness to minimize the transfer of moisture to the interior.
9.27.2.3. First and Second Planes of Protection
1) Where walls required to provide protection from precipitation comprise cladding assemblies with first and
second planes of protection,
a) the first plane of protection shall
i) consist of cladding with appropriate trim, accessory pieces and fasteners, and
ii) be designed and constructed to minimize the passage of rain and snow into the wall by minimizing holes
and managing precipitation ingress caused by the kinetic energy of raindrops, surface tension, capillarity, gravity,
and air pressure differences (see Subsection 9.27.4.),
b) the second plane of protection shall be designed and constructed to (see Subsection 9.27.3.)
i) intercept all rain and snow that gets past the first plane of protection, and
ii) effectively dissipate any rain or snow to the exterior, and
c) the protection provided by the first and second planes of protection shall be maintained
i) at wall penetrations created by the installation of components and services such as windows, doors,
ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical outlets, and
ii) at the interface with other wall assemblies.
9.27.2.4. Protection of Cladding from Moisture
1) A clearance of not less than 200 mm shall be provided between finished ground and cladding that is
adversely affected by moisture, such as untreated wood, plywood, OSB, waferboard and hardboard.
2) A clearance of not less than 50 mm shall be provided between a roof surface and cladding that is adversely
affected by moisture, such as untreated wood, plywood, OSB, waferboard and hardboard.
9.27.3. Second Plane of Protection
9.27.3.1. Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
(See Note A-9.27.3.1.)
1) The second plane of protection shall consist of a drainage plane having an appropriate inner boundary and
flashing to dissipate rainwater to the exterior.
2) Except for cladding systems conforming to Subsection 9.27.14., the inner boundary of the drainage plane
shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.2. to 9.27.3.6.
3) The protection provided by the second plane of protection shall be maintained
a) at wall penetrations created by the installation of components and services such as windows, doors,
ventilation ducts, piping, wiring and electrical outlets, and
b) at the interface with other wall assemblies.
4) Flashing material and its installation shall comply with Articles 9.27.3.7. and 9.27.3.8.
9.27.3.2. Sheathing Membrane Material Standard
1) Sheathing membranes shall conform to the performance requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.32-M, "Sheathing,
Membrane, Breather Type."
9.27.3.3. Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.27.3.4. to 9.27.3.6., at least one layer of sheathing membrane shall be applied
beneath cladding.
2) Sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall be applied so that joints are lapped not less than 100 mm.
3) Where sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) is applied horizontally, the upper sheets shall overlap
the lower sheets.
9.27.3.4. Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane
1) Where non-wood-based rigid exterior insulating sheathing, or exterior insulating sheathing with an integral
sheathing membrane is installed, a separate sheathing membrane is not required.
2) Where insulating sheathing is installed as provided in Sentence (1),
a) sheathing panels subject to moisture deterioration shall be sealed at all joints, and
b) the joints of sheathing panels not subject to moisture deterioration shall be
i) sealed at all joints, or
ii) lapped or tongue and groove, and detailed to ensure drainage of water to the exterior.
(See Note A-9.27.3.4.(2).)
9.27.3.5. Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
1) Except as provided in Article 9.27.3.6., where no sheathing is used, at least 2 layers of sheathing membrane
shall be applied beneath the cladding. (See Article 9.23.17.1. and Note A-9.27.3.5.(1).)
2) All joints in the sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1) shall occur over framing, and the membrane
shall be fastened to the framing with roofing nails or staples spaced not more than 150 mm along the edges of the
outer layer of sheathing membrane.
3) Wall sheathing is permitted to be used in lieu of one layer of sheathing membrane required in Sentence (1),
and its thickness need not conform to Table 9.23.17.2.-A.
9.27.3.6. Face Sealed Cladding
(See Note A-9.27.3.6.)
1) Sheathing membrane is permitted to be omitted beneath cladding when the joints in the cladding are formed
to effectively prevent the passage of wind and rain in conformance with Sentence (2) or (3), as applicable.
2) Cladding consisting of sheets of plywood, hardboard, OSB, waferboard or fibre cement is considered to meet
the requirements of Sentence (1), provided the cladding is applied so that
a) all edges are directly supported by framing,
b) the vertical joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
i) covered with battens,
ii) shiplapped, or
iii) otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints, and
c) the horizontal joints between adjacent sheets are sealed and
i) shiplapped, or
ii) otherwise matched to provide weathertight joints.
3) Metal siding consisting of sheets of metal is considered to meet the requirements of Sentence (1) where the
joints between sheets are of the locked-seam type.
9.27.3.7. Flashing Materials
1) Flashing shall consist of not less than
a) 1.73 mm thick sheet lead,
b) 0.33 mm thick galvanized steel,
c) 0.46 mm thick copper,
d) 0.46 mm thick zinc,
e) 0.48 mm thick aluminum, or
f) 1.02 mm thick vinyl.
9.27.3.8. Flashing Installation
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), flashing shall be installed at
a) every horizontal junction between cladding elements,
b) every horizontal offset in the cladding, and
c) every horizontal line where the cladding substrates change and where
i) the substrates differ sufficiently for stresses to be concentrated along that line, or
ii) the installation of the cladding on the lower substrate may compromise the drainage of moisture from
behind the cladding above.
(See Note A-9.27.3.8.(1).)
2) Flashing need not be installed as described in Sentence (1)
a) where the upper cladding elements overlap the lower cladding elements by not less than 25 mm,
b) where
i) the cladding above and below the joint is installed outboard of a drained and vented air space (see
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)), and
ii) the horizontal detail is constructed so as to minimize the ingress of precipitation into the air space, or
c) at horizontal construction joints in stucco, where
i) the joint is finished with an expansion-contraction strip, and
ii) the cladding is installed outboard of a drained and vented air space (see Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a)).
3) Flashing shall be installed over exterior wall openings where the vertical distance from the bottom of the
eave to the top of the trim is more than one-quarter of the horizontal overhang of the eave. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
4) Flashing described in Sentences (1) and (3) shall
a) extend not less than 50 mm upward inboard of the sheathing membrane or sheathing installed in lieu of the
sheathing membrane (see Article 9.27.3.4.),
b) have a slope of not less than 6% toward the exterior after the expected shrinkage of the building frame,
c) terminate at each end with an end-dam
i) with a height in millimetres not less than 25 mm or 1/10 the value of the 1-in-5 driving rain wind pressure in
Pa, and
ii) at the height defined in Subclause (c)(i), extending to the face of the adjacent cladding,
d) lap not less than 10 mm vertically over the building element below, and
e) terminate in a drip offset not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the building element below.
(See Note A-9.27.3.8.(4).)
5) Where the sills of windows and doors installed in exterior walls are not self-flashing, flashing shall be
installed between the underside of the window or door and the wall construction below. (See Note A-9.27.3.8.(5).)
9.27.4. Sealants
9.27.4.1. Required Sealants
1) Sealant shall be provided where required to prevent the entry of water into the structure.
2) Sealant shall be provided between masonry, siding or stucco and the adjacent door and window frames or
trim, including sills, unless such locations are completely protected from the entry of rain.
3) Sealant shall be provided at vertical joints between different cladding materials unless the joint is suitably
lapped or flashed to prevent the entry of rain. (See Articles 9.7.6.2., 9.20.13.12. and 9.28.1.5.)
9.27.4.2. Materials
1) Sealants shall be
a) a non-hardening type suitable for exterior use,
b) selected for their ability to resist the effects of weathering, and
c) compatible with and adhere to the substrate to which they are applied.
(See Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)
2) Sealants shall conform to
a) ASTM C834, "Standard Specification for Latex Sealants,"
b) ASTM C920, "Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants,"
c) ASTM C1184, "Standard Specification for Structural Silicone Sealants," or
d) ASTM C1311, "Standard Specification for Solvent Release Sealants."
3) Backer rod shall conform to ASTM C1330, "Standard Specification for Cylindrical Sealant Backing for Use
with Cold Liquid-Applied Sealants." (See Note A-9.27.4.2.(1).)
9.27.5. Attachment of Cladding
9.27.5.1. Attachment
1) Except as permitted by Sentences (2) to (5), cladding shall be fastened to the framing members or furring
members, or to blocking between the framing members.
2) Vertical lumber, stucco lath or reinforcing, vertically applied vinyl siding, vertically applied insulated vinyl
siding, and polypropylene siding are permitted to be attached to sheathing only where the sheathing consists of not
less than
a) 14.3 mm lumber,
b) 12.5 mm plywood or waferboard, or
c) 11 mm OSB.
3) Vertically applied metal siding and wood shingles and shakes are permitted to be attached to the sheathing
only where the sheathing consists of not less than
a) 14.3 mm lumber,
b) 7.5 mm plywood, or
c) 7.5 mm OSB or waferboard.
4) Where wood shingles or shakes are applied to sheathing which is not suitable for attaching the shingles or
shakes, the shingles or shakes are permitted to be attached to a wood lath not less than 38 mm by 9.5 mm thick
securely nailed to the framing and applied as described in Article 9.27.7.5.
5) Cladding, trim and furring members are permitted to be attached to the web fastening strips of flat wall
insulating concrete form units using screws in accordance with Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2).
9.27.5.2. Blocking
1) Blocking for the attachment of cladding shall be not less than 38 mm by 38 mm lumber securely nailed to the
framing and spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.27.5.3. Furring
1) Except as permitted in Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4), furring for the attachment of cladding shall be not less than
19 mm by 38 mm lumber when applied over sheathing.
2) When applied without sheathing, furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be not less than
a) 19 mm by 64 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., or
b) 19 mm by 89 mm lumber on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
3) Furring referred to in Sentence (1) shall be
a) securely fastened to the framing, and
b) spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.27.5.4. Size and Spacing of Fasteners
1) Nail or staple size and spacing for the attachment of cladding and trim to wood framing, furring members or
blocking shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-A.
Table 9.27.5.4.-A
Attachment of Cladding to Wood Framing, Furring Members or Blocking
Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(1)
Type of Cladding
Minimum Nail or
Staple Length,
Minimum Number
of Nails or Staples
Maximum Nail or Staple Spacing, mm o.c.
mm(1)
Wood trim
51
--
600
Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from sheet
material
51
--
600
Metal cladding
38
--
600 (nailed to framing)
400 (nailed to sheathing only)
Wood shakes
up to 200 mm in width
51
2
--
over 200 mm in width
51
3
--
Wood shingles
up to 200 mm in width
32
2
--
over 200 mm in width
32
3
--
Vinyl and insulated vinyl siding
horizontally applied
38
--
400(2)
vertically applied
38
--
300
Polypropylene siding
38
--
400(2)
Panel- or sheet-type cladding
up to 7 mm thick
38
--
150 (along edges)
over 7 mm thick
51
--
300 (along intermediate supports)
Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-A:
(1) The minimum fastener length need not exceed the minimum fastener penetration depth required by Article 9.27.5.7.
(2) The maximum spacing of 400 mm o.c. applies to nails and staples used to attach horizontally applied vinyl, insulated vinyl and
polypropylene siding, unless a greater spacing is permitted in an evaluation report prepared by an accredited certification
organization.
2) Screw size and spacing for the attachment of cladding, trim and furring members to the web fastening strips
of flat wall insulating concrete form (ICF) units shall conform to Table 9.27.5.4.-B where the 1-in-50 hourly wind
pressure (HWP) is less than or equal to 0.60 kPa. (See Note A-9.27.5.4.(2).)
Table 9.27.5.4.-B
Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP ≤ 0.60 kPa
Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.5.4.(2)
Type of Cladding(1)
Minimum Screw
Length
Minimum Screw
Diameter, mm
Maximum Horizontal Spacing of Screws, mm
o.c.(2)
Wood trim
(3)
3.5
400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Lumber siding or horizontal siding made from
sheet material
(3)
4.2
400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Metal cladding
(3)
4.2
400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Vinyl cladding
(3)
3.5
400 or 450 (screwed to web fastening strip)
Masonry veneer(4)
(3)
4.2
400 or 450 (masonry tie screwed to web
fastening strip)
Panel- or sheet-type cladding
up to 7 mm thick
(3)
3.5
150 or 200 (along edges)
over 7 mm thick
(3)
4.2
300 or 400 (along intermediate supports)
Notes to Table 9.27.5.4.-B:
(1) Wood shakes and wood shingles are permitted to be attached to horizontal wood furring members in accordance with
Table 9.27.5.4.-A. The wood furring members shall be attached to the web fastening strips of flat wall ICF units with screws not
less than 4.2 mm in diameter spaced horizontally not more than 400 or 450 mm o.c. (two horizontal spacing options are given to
accommodate the 150 and 200 mm o.c. horizontal spacing options for web fastening strips).
(2) Two horizontal spacing options are given to accommodate the 150 mm o.c. and 200 mm o.c. horizontal spacing options for web
fastening strips. The maximum vertical spacing of screws or masonry ties, as applicable, shall be 400 mm.
(3) Screws must be long enough to penetrate through the web fastening strips by a minimum of 6 mm.
(4) See also Subsection 9.20.5. for requirements on the support of masonry veneer.
9.27.5.5. Fastener Materials
1) Nails or staples for the attachment of cladding and wood trim shall be corrosion-resistant and shall be
compatible with the cladding material.
9.27.5.6. Expansion and Contraction
1) Fasteners for metal cladding shall be positioned to permit expansion and contraction of the cladding.
2) Fasteners for vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding and polypropylene siding shall be installed in the centre of
the slots of the nail hem.
9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners
(See Note A-9.27.5.7.)
1) Fasteners for shakes and shingles shall penetrate through the nail-holding base or not less than 19 mm into
the framing.
2) Fasteners for vinyl cladding, insulated vinyl cladding and polypropylene cladding shall penetrate through
the nail-holding base or not less than 32 mm into the framing.
3) Fasteners for cladding other than that described in Sentences (1) and (2) shall penetrate through the nail-
holding base or not less than 25 mm into the framing.
9.27.6. Lumber Siding
9.27.6.1. Materials
1) Lumber siding shall be sound, free of knot holes, loose knots, through checks or splits.
9.27.6.2. Thickness and Width
1) Drop, rustic, novelty, lapped board and vertical wood siding shall be not less than 14.3 mm thick and not
more than 286 mm wide.
2) Bevel siding shall be
a) not less than 5 mm thick at the top, and
b) not less than
i) 12 mm thick at the butt for siding 184 mm or less in width, and
ii) 14.3 mm thick at the butt for siding wider than 184 mm.
3) Bevel siding shall be not more than 286 mm wide.
9.27.6.3. Joints
1) Lumber siding shall prevent water from entering at the joints by the use of lapped or matched joints or by
vertical wood battens.
2) Siding shall overlap not less than 1 mm per 16 mm width of lumber, but not less than
a) 9.5 mm for matched siding,
b) 25 mm for lapped bevel siding, or
c) 12 mm for vertical battens.
9.27.7. Wood Shingles and Shakes
9.27.7.1. Materials
1) Shingles and shakes shall conform to
a) CSA O118.1, "Western Red Cedar Shakes and Shingles," or
b) CSA O118.2, "Eastern White Cedar Shingles."
2) Western cedar shakes shall be not less than No. 1 or Handsplit grade, and western cedar shingles not less
than No. 2 grade, except that No. 3 grade may be used for undercoursing.
3) Eastern white cedar shingles shall be at least B (clear) grade, except that C grade may be used for the lower
course of double course applications.
9.27.7.2. Width
1) Shingles and shakes shall be not less than 65 mm or more than 350 mm wide.
9.27.7.3. Fasteners
1) Shingles or shakes shall be fastened with nails or staples located approximately 20 mm from each edge and
not less than 25 mm above the exposure line for single-course applications, or approximately 50 mm above the butt
for double-course applications.
9.27.7.4. Offsetting of Joints
1) In single-course application, joints in succeeding courses shall be offset not less than 40 mm so that joints in
any 2 of 3 consecutive courses are staggered.
2) In double-course application, joints in the outer course shall be offset from joints in the under-course by not
less than 40 mm, and joints in succeeding courses shall be offset not less than 40 mm.
9.27.7.5. Fastening to Lath
1) When lath is used with double-course application [see Sentence 9.27.5.1.(4)], it shall be spaced according to
the exposure and securely fastened to the framing.
2) The butts of the under-course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall rest on the top edge of the
lath.
3) The outer course of the application referred to in Sentence (1) shall be fastened to the lath with nails of
sufficient length to penetrate through the lath.
4) The butts of the shingles or shakes shall be so located that they project not less than 12 mm below the bottom
edge of the lath referred to in Sentence (1).
5) If wood lath is not used, the butts of the under-course shingles or shakes of the application referred to in
Sentence (1) shall be located 12 mm above the butts of the outer course.
9.27.7.6. Exposure and Thickness
1) The exposure and butt thickness of shingles and shakes shall conform to Table 9.27.7.6.
Table 9.27.7.6.
Exposure and Thickness of Wood Shingles and Shakes
Forming Part of Sentence 9.27.7.6.(1)
Shake or Shingle Length, mm
Maximum Exposure, mm
Minimum Butt Thickness, mm
Single Coursing
Double Coursing
400
190
305
10
450
216
356
11
600
292
406
13
9.27.8. Plywood
9.27.8.1. Material Standards
1) Plywood cladding shall be exterior type conforming to
a) ANSI/HPVA HP-1, "American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood,"
b) CSA O121, "Douglas fir plywood,"
c) CSA O151, "Canadian softwood plywood," or
d) CSA O153, "Poplar plywood."
9.27.8.2. Thickness
1) Plywood cladding shall be not less than 6 mm thick when applied directly to sheathing.
2) When applied directly to framing or over furring strips, plywood cladding thickness shall conform to
Table 9.27.8.2.
Table 9.27.8.2.
Minimum Plywood Cladding Thickness
Forming Part of Sentences 9.27.8.2.(2) and 9.27.10.2.(2)
Spacing of Supports, mm
Minimum Thickness, mm
Face Grain Parallel to Supports
Face Grain Right Angles to Supports
400
8
6
600
11
8
3) The thickness of grooved or textured plywood cladding shall be measured at the point of least thickness.
9.27.8.3. Edge Treatment
1) The edges of plywood cladding shall be treated with a suitable paint or sealer.
9.27.8.4. Panel Cladding
1) Plywood applied in panels shall have all edges supported.
2) Not less than a 2 mm gap shall be provided between panels referred to in Sentence (1).
3) Vertical joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the
plywood joints are not matched.
4) Horizontal joints in cladding referred to in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be
suitably flashed.
9.27.8.5. Lapped Strip Siding
1) Plywood applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 2 mm gap provided at the butted
ends, which shall be caulked.
2) The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm.
3) Wedges shall be inserted under all vertical butt joints and at all corners when horizontal lapped plywood is
applied without sheathing.
9.27.9. Hardboard
9.27.9.1. Material Standards
1) Hardboard cladding shall conform to ANSI A135.6, "Engineered Wood Siding."
9.27.9.2. Thickness
1) Hardboard cladding shall be not less than
a) 9.5 mm thick when applied over sheathing that provides continuous support or over furring or framing
members not more than 400 mm o.c., or
b) 11.1 mm thick when applied over furring or framing members not more than 600 mm o.c.
2) Where hardboard cladding is grooved, the grooves shall not extend more than 1.5 mm into the minimum
required thickness. (See Note A-9.27.9.2.(2).)
9.27.9.3. Panel Cladding
1) Hardboard cladding applied in panels shall have all edges supported with not less than a 5 mm gap
provided between sheets.
2) Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the
joints are not matched.
3) Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be
suitably flashed.
9.27.9.4. Lapped Strip Siding
1) Hardboard applied in horizontal lapped strips shall have not less than a 5 mm gap provided at the butted
ends, which shall be sealed or otherwise protected with suitable mouldings.
2) The horizontal joints of siding described in Sentence (1) shall overlap not less than 1 mm per 16 mm width of
siding board but not less than 9.5 mm for matched joint siding or 25 mm for lapped siding.
9.27.9.5. Clearance
1) Not less than 3 mm clearance shall be provided between hardboard cladding and door or window frames.
9.27.10. OSB and Waferboard
9.27.10.1. Material Standard
1) OSB and waferboard cladding shall conform to CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard."
9.27.10.2. Thickness
1) OSB conforming to O-2 grade shall be not less than 6.0 mm thick where applied directly to sheathing.
2) OSB conforming to O-2 grade applied directly to framing or over furring strips shall conform to the
thickness shown for plywood in Table 9.27.8.2. (See Note A-9.27.10.2.(2).)
3) OSB conforming to O-1 grade and waferboard conforming to R-1 grade shall be not less than 7.9 mm thick
where applied directly to sheathing.
4) Where applied directly to framing or over furring strips, OSB conforming to O-1 grade and waferboard
conforming to R-1 grade shall be not less than
a) 9.5 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
b) 12.7 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.27.10.3. Panel Cladding
1) OSB and waferboard applied in panels shall have all edges supported and treated with a primer or sealer.
2) Not less than a 3 mm gap shall be provided between sheets in cladding described in Sentence (1).
3) Vertical joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be protected with batten strips or sealant when the
OSB and waferboard joints are not matched.
4) Horizontal joints in cladding described in Sentence (1) shall be lapped not less than 25 mm or shall be
suitably flashed.
9.27.10.4. Clearance
1) Not less than a 3 mm clearance shall be provided between OSB and waferboard cladding and door or
window frames.
9.27.11. Metal
9.27.11.1. Material Standards
1) Steel sheet cladding, including horizontal and vertical strip steel siding, flashing and trim accessories, shall
a) have a minimum thickness of 0.33 mm, and
b) conform to CSSBI 23M, "Standard for Residential Steel Cladding."
(See Note A-9.27.11.1.(1).)
2) Horizontal and vertical strip aluminum siding, including flashing and trim accessories, shall conform to
CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use." (See Note A-
9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)
3) Aluminum sheet cladding shall conform to CAN/CGSB-93.1-M, "Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished,
Residential," and shall have a thickness of not less than 0.58 mm, except that siding supported by backing or
sheathing shall have a thickness of not less than 0.46 mm. (See Note A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3).)
9.27.12. Vinyl Siding, Insulated Vinyl Siding and Vinyl Soffits
9.27.12.1. Material Standards
1) Vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D3679, "Standard Specification for Rigid Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC)
Siding."
2) Insulated vinyl siding shall conform to ASTM D7793, "Standard Specification for Insulated Vinyl Siding."
3) Rigid vinyl soffits shall conform to ASTM D4477, "Standard Specification for Rigid (Unplasticized)
Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Soffit."
4) Where vinyl siding, insulated vinyl siding or rigid vinyl soffits are required to have a flame-spread rating, the
rating shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning
Characteristics of Flooring, Floor Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies."
9.27.12.2. Attachment
1) The attachment of vinyl siding and insulated vinyl siding shall conform to the requirements in
Subsection 9.27.5.
9.27.13. Polypropylene Siding
9.27.13.1. Material Standard
1) Polypropylene siding shall conform to ASTM D7254, "Standard Specification for Polypropylene (PP)
Siding."
2) Where polypropylene siding is required to have a flame-spread rating, the rating shall be determined in
accordance with CAN/ULC-S102.2, "Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Flooring, Floor
Coverings, and Miscellaneous Materials and Assemblies."
9.27.13.2. Attachment
1) The attachment of polypropylene siding shall conform to the requirements in Subsection 9.27.5.
9.27.14. Exterior Insulation Finish Systems
9.27.14.1. Application
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), this Subsection applies to exterior insulation finish systems (EIFS) that
a) are covered in the scope of CAN/ULC-S716.1, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) -
Materials and Systems," and
b) have a geometrically defined drainage cavity with a minimum cavity depth of 9.5 mm and an open area
equal to not less than 13% of the area of a full-size EIFS panel.
(See Note A-9.27.14.1.(1).)
2) EIFS that are not covered by Sentence (1) shall comply with Part 5.
9.27.14.2. Materials
1) The materials used in EIFS shall conform to CAN/ULC-S716.1, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish
Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems."
2) The substrate on which the EIFS is installed shall
a) be compatible with that particular system (see Note A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a)), and
b) comply with the structural requirements for sheathing materials stated in Section 9.23.
9.27.14.3. Design and Installation
1) The design and installation of EIFS on the substrate described in Sentence 9.27.14.2.(2) shall comply with
a) CAN/ULC-S716.2, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems (EIFS) - Installation of EIFS
Components and Water Resistive Barrier," and
b) CAN/ULC-S716.3, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and Finish System (EIFS) - Design Application."
Section 9.28. Stucco
9.28.1. General
9.28.1.1. Sheathing beneath Stucco
1) Sheathing shall be provided beneath stucco applied over wood-frame walls except as permitted in
Article 9.28.4.2.
2) Where applied beneath stucco, sheathing shall conform to Subsection 9.23.17.
9.28.1.2. Lath and Reinforcing
1) Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to any substrate other than masonry.
2) Stucco lath or reinforcing shall be used to attach stucco to masonry where
a) the masonry is soft-burned tile or brick of less strength than the stucco, or
b) the masonry surface is not sound, clean and sufficiently rough to provide a good key.
3) Stucco applied over masonry chimneys shall be reinforced.
9.28.1.3. Concrete Masonry Units
1) Stucco finish shall not be applied over concrete masonry units less than one month old unless the units have
been cured by the autoclave process.
9.28.1.4. Clearance over Ground Level
1) Stucco shall be not less than 200 mm above finished ground level except when it is applied over concrete or
masonry.
9.28.1.5. Flashing and Caulking
1) Flashing and caulking used with stucco shall conform to Subsections 9.27.3. and 9.27.4., except that if
aluminum flashing is used, it shall be separated from the stucco by an impervious membrane or coating. (See
Article 9.7.6.2. for caulking around window frames.)
9.28.2. Stucco Materials
9.28.2.1. Portland Cement
1) Portland cement shall conform to CSA A3001, "Cementitious Materials for Use in Concrete."
9.28.2.2. Aggregate
1) Aggregate shall be clean, well-graded natural sand or sand manufactured from crushed stone, gravel or air-
cooled blast furnace slag and shall contain no significant amounts of deleterious material.
2) Aggregate grading shall conform to Table 9.28.2.2.
Table 9.28.2.2.
Aggregate Grading for Stucco
Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.2.2.(2)
Sieve Sizes, mm
% Aggregate Passing Sieve
Maximum
Minimum
4
--
100
2
--
90
1
90
60
0.5
60
45
0.25
30
10
0.125
5
--
9.28.2.3. Water
1) Water shall be clean and free of significant amounts of deleterious material.
9.28.3. Fasteners
9.28.3.1. Materials
1) Fasteners for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be corrosion-resistant and of a material other than aluminum.
9.28.3.2. Nails and Staples
1) Nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 3.2 mm diam with a head diameter of not less than
11.1 mm.
2) Staples for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 1.98 mm diam or thickness.
3) Staples and nails for attaching stucco lath or reinforcing to vertical surfaces shall be of sufficient length to
penetrate 25 mm into framing members or to the full depth of the sheathing where the sheathing is used for
attachment.
4) On horizontal surfaces nails for stucco lath or reinforcing shall be not less than 38 mm long.
9.28.4. Stucco Lath
9.28.4.1. Materials
1) Rib lath or expanded metal stucco mesh shall be
a) copper-alloy steel coated with rust-inhibitive paint after fabrication, or
b) galvanized.
2) Woven or welded wire mesh shall be galvanized.
9.28.4.2. No Sheathing Required
1) Sheathing need not be provided beneath stucco where not less than 1.19 mm diam galvanized wire is
applied horizontally to the framing at vertical intervals of not more than 150 mm, or where paper-backed welded
wire metal lath is used.
9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath Specifications
1) Stucco lath shall conform to Table 9.28.4.3.
Table 9.28.4.3.
Stucco Lath
Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.4.3.(1)
Location
Type of Lath
Minimum Diam of Wire,
mm
Maximum Mesh Opening
Minimum Mass, kg/m2
Vertical surfaces
Welded or woven wire
1.15
25 mm
--
1.30
38 mm
--
1.50
51 mm
--
Stucco mesh reinforcing
(expanded metal)
--
25.8 cm2
0.98
Horizontal surfaces(1)
9.5 mm rib lath
--
--
1.84
Cedar lath
--
--
--
Notes to Table 9.28.4.3.:
(1) See Note A-Table 9.28.4.3.
9.28.4.4. Self-Furring Devices
1) Stucco lath shall be held not less than 6 mm away from the backing by means of suitable self-furring devices.
9.28.4.5. Application of Stucco Lath
1) Stucco lath shall be applied with the long dimension horizontal.
2) Horizontal and vertical joints in stucco lath shall be lapped not less than 50 mm.
3) End joints of stucco lath shall be staggered and shall occur over framing members.
4) External corners of stucco lath shall be reinforced with a vertical strip of lath or reinforcing extending not
less than 150 mm on both sides of the corner, or the lath or reinforcing shall extend around corners not less than
150 mm.
9.28.4.6. Fastening
1) Stucco lath shall be fastened in conformance with Subsection 9.27.5.
2) Fasteners on vertical surfaces shall be spaced not more than
a) 150 mm o.c. vertically and 400 mm o.c. horizontally, or
b) 100 mm o.c. vertically and 600 mm o.c. horizontally.
3) Nailing patterns other than those required in Sentence (2) are permitted to be used provided there are at
least 20 fasteners per square metre of wall surface.
4) Fasteners on horizontal surfaces shall be spaced not more than
a) 150 mm o.c. along the framing members when members are spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
b) 100 mm o.c. along members when members are spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.28.5. Stucco Mixes
9.28.5.1. Mixes
1) Stucco mixes shall conform to Table 9.28.5.1.
Table 9.28.5.1.
Stucco Mixes
Forming Part of Sentence 9.28.5.1.(1)
Materials, volume
Portland Cement
Masonry Cement
Lime
Aggregate
1
--
0.25 to 1
3.25 to 4 parts per part of cementitious material
1
1
--
9.28.5.2. Pigments
1) Pigment if used shall consist of pure mineral oxides inert to the action of sun, lime and cement.
2) Pigment shall not exceed 6% of the Portland cement by weight.
9.28.5.3. Mixing
1) Materials shall be thoroughly mixed before and after water is added.
2) Stucco shall be applied not later than 3 h after the initial mixing.
9.28.6. Stucco Application
9.28.6.1. Low Temperature Conditions
1) The base for stucco shall be maintained above freezing.
2) Stucco shall be maintained at a temperature of not less than 10°C during application, and for not less than
48 h afterwards.
9.28.6.2. Number of Coats and Total Thickness
1) Stucco shall be applied with at least 2 base coats and one finish coat, providing a total thickness of not less
than 15 mm, measured from the face of the lath or the face of the masonry where no lath is used.
9.28.6.3. First Coat
1) The first coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick, measured from the face of the lath or masonry, fully
embedding the lath.
2) The surface of the first coat shall be scored to provide a key with the second coat.
9.28.6.4. Second Coat
1) The second coat shall be not less than 6 mm thick.
2) The surface of the second coat shall be lightly roughened to provide a key with the finish coat if the finish
coat is other than stone dash.
9.28.6.5. Finish Coat
1) When the finish coat is other than stone dash, the base shall be dampened but not saturated before the finish
coat is applied.
2) The thickness of the finish coat shall be not less than 3 mm.
3) When a stone dash finish is used, the stone shall be partially embedded in the second coat before the second
coat starts to set or stiffen.
Section 9.29. Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
9.29.1. General
9.29.1.1. Fire Protection and Sound Control
1) A wall or ceiling finish shall also conform to the appropriate requirements in Sections 9.10. and 9.11., in
addition to the requirements in this Section.
9.29.2. Waterproof Wall Finish
9.29.2.1. Where Required
1) Waterproof finish shall be provided to a height of not less than
a) 1.8 m above the floor in shower stalls,
b) 1.2 m above the rims of bathtubs equipped with showers, and
c) 400 mm above the rims of bathtubs not equipped with showers.
9.29.2.2. Materials
1) Waterproof finish shall consist of ceramic, plastic or metal tile, sheet vinyl, tempered hardboard, laminated
thermosetting decorative sheets or linoleum.
9.29.3. Wood Furring
9.29.3.1. Size and Spacing of Furring
1) Wood furring for the attachment of wall and ceiling finishes shall conform to Table 9.29.3.1.
Table 9.29.3.1.
Size and Spacing of Furring
Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.3.1.(1)
Maximum Spacing of Furring,
mm
Minimum Size of Furring, mm
Maximum Spacing of Furring Supports
Continuous Supports
400 mm o.c.
600 mm o.c.
300
19 × 38
19 × 38
19 × 64
400
19 × 38
19 × 38
19 × 64
600
19 × 38
19 × 64
19 × 89
9.29.3.2. Fastening
1) Furring shall be fastened to the framing or to wood blocks with not less than 51 mm nails.
9.29.4. Plastering
9.29.4.1. Application
1) Application of plaster wall and ceiling finishes, including installation of metal or gypsum lath, shall conform
to CSA A82.30-M, "Interior Furring, Lathing and Gypsum Plastering."
9.29.5. Gypsum Board Finish (Taped Joints)
9.29.5.1. Application
1) The requirements for application of gypsum board in this Subsection apply to the single layer application of
gypsum board to wood furring or framing using nails or screws.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), gypsum board applications not described in this Subsection shall
conform to CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board Application."
3) The application of gypsum board to flat insulating concrete form (ICF) walls shall conform to ASTM C840,
"Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board." (See Note A-9.29.5.1.(3).)
9.29.5.2. Materials
1) Gypsum products shall conform to
a) ASTM C1178/C1178M, "Standard Specification for Coated Glass Mat Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing
Panel," or
b) ASTM C1396/C1396M, "Standard Specification for Gypsum Board," except that the flame-spread rating of
gypsum board shall be determined in accordance with CAN/ULC-S102, "Standard Method of Test for Surface
Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies."
9.29.5.3. Maximum Spacing of Supports
1) Maximum spacing of supports for gypsum board applied as a single layer shall conform to Table 9.29.5.3.
Table 9.29.5.3.
Spacing of Supports for Gypsum Board
Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.3.(1)
Thickness, mm
Orientation of Board to
Framing
Maximum Spacing of Supports, mm o.c.
Walls
Ceilings
Painted Finish
Water-Based Texture
Finish
Gypsum board conforming to Sentence 9.29.5.2.(1) (except Sections 9 and 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
9.5
parallel
--
--
--
perpendicular
400
400
--
12.7
parallel
600
400
--
perpendicular
600
600
400
15.9
parallel
600
400
--
perpendicular
600
600
600
Gypsum ceiling board conforming to Clause 9.29.5.2.(1)(b) (only Section 12 of ASTM C1396/C1396M)
12.7
parallel
600
400
--
perpendicular
600
600
600
9.29.5.4. Support of Insulation
1) Gypsum board supporting insulation shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick.
9.29.5.5. Length of Fasteners
1) The length of fasteners for gypsum board shall conform to Table 9.29.5.5., except that lesser depths of
penetration are permitted for assemblies required to have a fire-resistance rating provided it can be shown, on the
basis of fire tests, that such depths are adequate for the required rating.
Table 9.29.5.5.
Fastener Penetration into Wood Supports
Forming Part of Sentence 9.29.5.5.(1)
Required Fire-Resistance Rating of
Assembly
Minimum Penetration, mm
Walls
Ceilings
Nails
Screws
Nails
Screws
Not required
20
15
20
15
45 min
20
20
30
30
1 h
20
20
45
45
1.5 h
20
20
60
60
9.29.5.6. Nails
1) Nails for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to
a) ASTM F1667, "Standard Specification for Driven Fasteners: Nails, Spikes, and Staples," or
b) CSA B111, "Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples."
9.29.5.7. Screws
1) Screws for fastening gypsum board to wood supports shall conform to ASTM C1002, "Standard
Specification for Steel Self-Piercing Tapping Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster
Bases to Wood Studs or Steel Studs."
9.29.5.8. Spacing of Nails
1) For single-layer application on a ceiling, nails shall be spaced
a) not more than 180 mm o.c. on ceiling supports, or
b) every 300 mm o.c. along ceiling supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.
2) Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter of the ceiling, this support
may be considered as equivalent to nailing at this location.
3) Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, nails shall be spaced
a) not more than 200 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports, or
b) every 300 mm o.c. along vertical wall supports, in pairs about 50 mm apart.
4) For single-layer application on walls, where gypsum board provides required bracing in braced wall panels,
lateral support for studs, or fire protection, nails shall be spaced not more than 200 mm o.c. on
a) vertical wall supports, and
b) top and bottom plates.
(See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
5) The uppermost nails on vertical wall supports shall be not more than 200 mm below the ceiling.
6) Nails shall be located not less than 10 mm from the side or edge of the board.
7) Nails shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.
9.29.5.9. Spacing of Screws
1) For single-layer application on a ceiling, screws shall be spaced not more than 300 mm o.c. on ceiling
supports.
2) Where the ceiling sheets are supported by the wall sheets around the perimeter of the ceiling, this support
may be considered as equivalent to screwing at this location.
3) Except as required by Sentence (4), for single-layer application on walls, screws shall be spaced
a) not more than 300 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are more than 400 mm o.c., or
b) not more than 400 mm o.c. on vertical wall supports where the supports are not more than 400 mm o.c.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (5), for single-layer application on walls, where gypsum board provides
required bracing in braced wall panels, lateral support for studs, or fire protection, screws shall be spaced not more
than 300 mm o.c. on
a) vertical wall supports, and
b) top and bottom plates.
(See Article 9.23.10.2. and Section 9.10.)
5) Where a fire-resistance rating is determined based on Table 9.10.3.1.-A, Sentence (4) need not apply for the
purpose of fire protection.
6) Screws shall be located not less than 10 mm from the edge of the board.
7) Screws shall be driven so that the heads do not puncture the paper.
9.29.5.10. Low Temperature Conditions
1) In cold weather, heat shall be provided to maintain a temperature not below 10°C for 48 h prior to taping
and finishing and maintained for not less than 48 h thereafter.
9.29.6. Plywood Finish
9.29.6.1. Thickness
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of plywood interior finish shall conform
to Table 9.29.6.1.
Table 9.29.6.1.
Thickness of Plywood Interior Finish
Forming Part of Articles 9.29.6.1. and 9.29.6.2.
Maximum Spacing of Supports,
mm o.c.
Minimum Thickness, mm(1)
On Supports with no Horizontal
Blocking
On Supports with Blocking at Vertical Intervals not Exceeding
1.2 m
400
4.7
4.0
600
8.0
4.7
Notes to Table 9.29.6.1.:
(1) Thickness limits shall apply to the net effective thickness (NET) of grooved, striated, textured and/or embossed panels and to
the actual thickness of flat panels.
2) A manufacturing tolerance of −0.4 mm may be applied to the thicknesses listed in Table 9.29.6.1.
3) No minimum thickness is required where plywood is applied over continuous backing.
9.29.6.2. Grooved Plywood
1) Except as permitted in Sentence (2), where plywood for interior finish is grooved, the grooves shall not
extend through the face ply and into the plies below the face ply unless the groove is supported by framing or
furring.
2) If the grain of the face ply is at right angles to the supporting members, the groove is permitted to extend
into plies below the face ply provided the thickness of the plywood exceeds the value shown in Table 9.29.6.1. by an
amount equal to not less than the depth of penetration of the grooves into the plies below the face ply.
9.29.6.3. Nails and Staples
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nails for attaching plywood finishes shall not be less than 38 mm casing
or finishing nails spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate
supports, except that staples providing equivalent lateral resistance may also be used.
2) Where plywood finish provides required bracing in braced wall panels, the plywood shall be fastened in
accordance with the fastening requirements for sheathing stated in Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2).
9.29.6.4. Edge Support
1) All plywood edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing.
9.29.7. Hardboard Finish
9.29.7.1. Material Standard
1) Hardboard shall conform to CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, "Hardboard."
9.29.7.2. Thickness
1) Hardboard shall be not less than
a) 3 mm thick where applied over continuous backing,
b) 6 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c., and
c) 9 mm thick when applied over supports spaced not more than 600 mm o.c.
9.29.7.3. Nails
1) Nails for fastening hardboard shall be casing or finishing nails not less than 38 mm long, spaced not more
than 150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm o.c. along intermediate supports.
9.29.7.4. Edge Support
1) All hardboard edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing where the backing is not continuous.
9.29.8. Insulating Fibreboard Finish
9.29.8.1. Material Standard
1) Insulating fibreboard shall conform to CAN/ULC-S706.1, "Standard for Wood Fibre Insulating Boards for
Buildings."
9.29.8.2. Thickness
1) Insulating fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.
2) Insulating fibreboard tile shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick on supports spaced not more than 400 mm o.c.
9.29.8.3. Nails
1) Nails for fastening fibreboard sheets shall be not less than 2.6 mm shank diameter casing or finishing nails of
sufficient length to penetrate not less than 20 mm into the supports.
2) Nails shall be spaced not more than 100 mm o.c. along edge supports and 200 mm o.c. along intermediate
supports.
9.29.8.4. Edge Support
1) All fibreboard edges shall be supported by blocking, furring or framing.
9.29.9. Particleboard, OSB or Waferboard Finish
9.29.9.1. Material Standard
1) Particleboard finish shall conform to ANSI A208.1, "Particleboard."
2) OSB or waferboard finish shall conform to
a) CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," or
b) CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard."
9.29.9.2. Minimum Thickness
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) and (3), the minimum thickness of O-2 grade OSB used as an interior
finish shall conform to that shown for plywood in Table 9.29.6.1.
2) Thicknesses listed in Table 9.29.6.1. shall permit a manufacturing tolerance of −0.4 mm.
3) No minimum thickness is required where O-2 grade OSB is applied over continuous backing.
4) OSB conforming to O-1 grade, waferboard conforming to R-1 grade and particleboard shall be
a) not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
b) not less than 9.5 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
c) not less than 6.35 mm thick on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. in walls where blocking is provided at
midwall height.
5) OSB conforming to CSA O325, "Construction sheathing," shall meet the minimum panel mark of
a) W16, on supports not more than 400 mm o.c.,
b) W24, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c., and
c) W16, on supports not more than 600 mm o.c. where blocking is provided at mid-wall height.
9.29.9.3. Nails
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), nails for fastening particleboard, OSB or waferboard shall be not less
than 38 mm casing or finishing nails spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along edge supports and 300 mm o.c. along
intermediate supports.
2) Where OSB or waferboard provides required bracing in braced wall panels, the OSB or waferboard shall be
fastened in accordance with the fastening requirements for sheathing stated in Sentence 9.23.3.5.(2).
9.29.9.4. Edge Support
1) All particleboard, OSB or waferboard edges shall be supported by furring, blocking or framing.
9.29.10. Wall Tile Finish
9.29.10.1. Tile Application
1) Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar base or applied with an adhesive.
2) Plastic tile shall be applied with an adhesive.
9.29.10.2. Mortar Base
1) When ceramic tile is applied to a mortar base the cementitious material shall consist of one part Portland
cement to not more than one-quarter part lime by volume.
2) The cementitious material described in Sentence (1) shall be mixed with not less than 3 nor more than 5 parts
of aggregate per part of cementitious material by volume.
3) Mortar shall be applied over metal lath or masonry.
4) Ceramic tile applied to a mortar base shall be thoroughly soaked and pressed into place forcing the mortar
into the joints while the tile is wet.
9.29.10.3. Adhesives
1) Adhesives to attach ceramic and plastic tile shall be applied to the finish coat or brown coat of plaster that
has been steel-trowelled to an even surface or to gypsum board or to masonry provided the masonry has an even
surface.
9.29.10.4. Moisture-Resistant Backing
1) Ceramic and plastic tile installed on walls around bathtubs or showers shall be applied over moisture-
resistant backing.
9.29.10.5. Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
1) The joints between wall tiles and a bathtub shall be suitably caulked with material conforming to
CAN/CGSB-19.22-M, "Mildew-Resistant Sealing Compound for Tubs and Tiles."
Section 9.30. Flooring
9.30.1. General
9.30.1.1. Required Finished Flooring
1) Finished flooring shall be provided in all residential occupancies.
9.30.1.2. Water Resistance
1) Where water permeable finished flooring in bathrooms, kitchens, public entrance halls and laundry areas is
supported by a subfloor of a type that would be damaged by water, such flooring shall be installed over a
membrane with a water permeance not exceeding 18 ng/(Pa×s×m2) when tested in accordance with ASTM
E96/E96M, "Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials." (See Note A-9.30.1.2.(1).)
9.30.1.3. Sleepers
1) Wood sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete base supported on the ground shall be not less
than 19 mm by 38 mm and shall be treated with a wood preservative.
9.30.1.4. Finish Quality
1) Finished flooring shall have a surface that is smooth, even and free from roughness or open defects.
9.30.2. Panel-Type Underlay
9.30.2.1. Required Underlay
1) A panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet flooring, ceramic tile, felted-
synthetic-fibre floor coverings or carpeting laid over lumber subflooring. (See Sentence 9.30.3.2.(1).)
2) Panel-type underlay shall be provided under resilient flooring, parquet flooring, felted-synthetic-fibre floor
coverings or carpeting on panel-type subflooring whose edges are unsupported. (See Article 9.23.15.3.)
3) Panel-type underlay shall be provided under ceramic tile applied with adhesive.
9.30.2.2. Materials and Thickness
1) Panel-type underlay shall be not less than 6 mm thick and shall conform to
a) ANSI A208.1, "Particleboard,"
b) CAN/CGSB-11.3-M, "Hardboard,"
c) ANSI/HPVA HP-1, "American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood,"
d) CSA O121, "Douglas fir plywood,"
e) CSA O151, "Canadian softwood plywood,"
f) CSA O153, "Poplar plywood," or
g) CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard."
2) Panel-type underlay under ceramic tile applied with adhesive shall be not less than
a) 6 mm thick where the supports are spaced up to 300 mm o.c., and
b) 11 mm thick where the supports are spaced wider than 300 mm o.c.
9.30.2.3. Fastening
1) Panel-type underlay shall be fastened to the subfloor with staples, annular grooved flooring nails or spiral
nails, spaced not more than 150 mm o.c. along the edges and 200 mm o.c. both ways at other locations.
2) Nails for panel-type underlay shall be not less than 19 mm long for 6 mm thick underlay and 22 mm long for
7.9 mm thick underlay.
3) Staples for panel-type underlay shall
a) have not less than a 1.2 mm shank diameter or thickness with a 4.7 mm crown, and
b) be not less than
i) 22 mm long for 6 mm underlay, and
ii) 28 mm long for 7.9 mm and 9.5 mm underlay.
9.30.2.4. Joints Offset
1) Where panel-type underlay is required to be installed over plywood, OSB or waferboard, the joints in the
underlay shall be offset not less than 200 mm from the joints in the underlying subfloor.
9.30.2.5. Surface Defects
1) Underlay beneath resilient or ceramic floors applied with an adhesive shall have all holes or open defects on
the surface patched so that the defects will not be transmitted to the finished surface.
9.30.3. Wood Strip Flooring
9.30.3.1. Thickness
1) The thickness of wood strip flooring shall conform to Table 9.30.3.1.
Table 9.30.3.1.
Thickness of Wood Strip Flooring
Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.1.(1)
Type of Flooring
Max. Joist Spacing, mm
Minimum Thickness of Flooring, mm
With Subfloor
No Subfloor
Matched hardwood
400
7.9
19.0
(interior use only)
600
7.9
33.3
Matched softwood
400
19.0
19.0
(interior or exterior use)
600
19.0
31.7
Square edge softwood
400
--
25.4
(exterior use only)
600
--
38.1
9.30.3.2. Strip Direction and End Joints
1) Wood strip flooring shall not be laid parallel to lumber subflooring unless a separate underlay is provided.
2) If wood strip flooring is applied without a subfloor, it shall be laid at right angles to the joists so that the end
joints are staggered and occur over supports or are end matched.
3) If the flooring is end matched, it shall be laid so that no 2 adjoining strips break joints in the same space
between supports and each strip bears on no fewer than 2 supports.
9.30.3.3. Nailing
1) When nails are used, wood strip flooring shall be toe nailed or face nailed with not less than one nail per
strip at the spacings shown in Table 9.30.3.3., except that face nailed strips more than 25 mm in width shall have at
least 2 nails per strip.
Table 9.30.3.3.
Nailing of Wood Strip Flooring
Forming Part of Sentence 9.30.3.3.(1)
Finish Floor Thickness, mm
Minimum Length of Flooring Nails, mm
Maximum Spacing of Flooring Nails, mm
7.9
38(1)
200
11.1
51
300
19.0
57
400
25.4
63
400
31.7
70
600
38.1
83
600
Notes to Table 9.30.3.3.:
(1) See Article 9.30.3.4.
2) Face nails shall be countersunk.
9.30.3.4. Staples
1) Staples are permitted to be used to fasten wood strip flooring not more than 7.9 mm in thickness provided
the staples are not less than 29 mm long with a shank diameter of 1.19 mm and with 4.7 mm crowns.
9.30.4. Parquet Flooring
9.30.4.1. Adhesive
1) Adhesive used to attach parquet block flooring shall be suitable for bonding wood to the applicable subfloor
material.
9.30.5. Resilient Flooring
9.30.5.1. Materials
1) Resilient flooring used on concrete slabs supported on ground shall consist of asphalt, rubber, unbacked
vinyl or vinyl with an inorganic type backing.
2) Flooring described in Sentence (1) shall be attached to the base with a suitable waterproof and alkali-
resistant adhesive.
9.30.6. Ceramic Tile
9.30.6.1. Substrate
1) Ceramic tile shall be set in a mortar bed or applied to a sound smooth base with a suitable adhesive.
2) Panel-type subfloor to which ceramic tile is to be applied with adhesive shall have its edges supported
according to Article 9.23.15.3.
Section 9.31. Plumbing Facilities
9.31.1. Scope
9.31.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to the plumbing facilities and plumbing systems within dwelling units.
2) In occupancies other than dwelling units, plumbing facilities, grab bars, floor drains, and floor and wall
finishes around urinals shall conform to Subsection 3.7.2. (See also Section 3.8. regarding accessible plumbing
facilities.)
3) Medical gas piping systems shall conform to Subsection 3.7.3.
4) Systems used for service water heating shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Section 9.36.
9.31.2. General
9.31.2.1. General
1) The construction, extension, alteration, renewal or repair of plumbing systems and sewage disposal systems
shall conform to Part 7.
9.31.2.2. Corrosion Protection
1) Metal pipes in contact with cinders or other corrosive material shall be protected by a heavy coating of
bitumen or other corrosion protection.
9.31.2.3. Grab Bars
1) When provided, grab bars shall be capable of resisting a load of not less than 1.3 kN applied vertically or
horizontally.
9.31.2.4. Site Constructed Fixtures
1) A shower door that swings on a vertical axis shall be capable of opening outwards from a shower stall
forming part of a site constructed fixture.
9.31.3. Water Supply and Distribution
9.31.3.1. Required Water Supply
1) Every dwelling unit shall be supplied with potable water.
9.31.3.2. Required Connections
1) Where a piped water supply is available, piping for hot and cold water shall be connected to every kitchen
sink, lavatory, bathtub, shower, slop sink and laundry area.
2) Piping for cold water shall be run to every water closet.
9.31.4. Required Facilities
9.31.4.1. Required Fixtures
1) A kitchen sink, lavatory, bathtub or shower, and water closet shall be provided for every dwelling unit where
a piped water supply is available.
9.31.4.2. Hot Water Supply
1) Where a piped water supply is available a hot water supply shall be provided in every dwelling unit.
9.31.4.3. Floor Drains
1) Where gravity drainage to a sewer, drainage ditch or dry well is possible, a floor drain shall be installed in a
basement forming part of a dwelling unit.
2) A floor drain shall be provided in a garbage room, incinerator room or boiler room serving more than one
dwelling unit.
9.31.5. Sewage Disposal
9.31.5.1. Building Sewer
1) Wastes from every plumbing fixture shall be piped to the building sewer.
9.31.5.2. Discharge of Sewage
1) Building sewers shall discharge into a public sewage system where such system is available.
2) Where a public sewage system is not available, the building sewer shall discharge into a private sewage disposal
system.
9.31.6. Service Water Heating Facilities
9.31.6.1. Hot Water Supply
1) Where hot water is required to be supplied in accordance with Article 9.31.4.2., equipment shall
a) provide an adequate supply of hot water, and
b) be installed in conformance with Part 7.
9.31.6.2. Equipment and Installation
1) Service water heaters shall conform to appropriate provincial or territorial requirements or, in the absence of
such requirements, to the NPC.
2) The installation of service water heaters, including provisions for mounting, clearances and air supply, shall
conform to
a) the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations,
b) CSA B139 Series, "Installation code for oil-burning equipment,"
c) reserved,
d) CSA B365, "Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment," or
e) a combination thereof.
n3) Where the building is in a location where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than
0.37, service water heaters shall be secured to the structure to prevent overturning. (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)
9.31.6.3. Corrosion-Resistant Coating
1) Where storage tanks for service water heaters are of steel, they shall be coated with zinc, vitreous enamel (glass
lined), hydraulic cement or other corrosion-resistant material.
9.31.6.4. Fuel-Burning Heaters
1) Fuel-burning service water heaters shall be connected to a chimney flue conforming to Section 9.21.
9.31.6.5. Heating Coils
1) Heating coils of service water heaters shall not be installed in a flue or in the combustion chamber of a boiler or
furnace heating a building.
Section 9.32. Ventilation
9.32.1. General
9.32.1.1. Application
1) Except as required by Article 9.32.4.2., this Section applies to the ventilation of rooms and spaces in
residential occupancies by natural ventilation and to self-contained mechanical ventilation systems serving only
a) one dwelling unit, or
b) a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
2) Mechanical ventilation systems other than self-contained systems serving a single dwelling unit or a house
with a secondary suite including their common spaces shall conform to Part 6.
3) A storage garage for more than 5 motor vehicles shall be ventilated in accordance with Part 6.
4) Systems used for ventilation shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in Part 10.
9.32.1.2. Required Ventilation
1) Every dwelling unit shall incorporate
a) provisions for non-heating-season ventilation in accordance with Subsection 9.32.2., and
b) except as required by Sentences (2) and (3), if supplied with electrical power, provisions for heating-season
ventilation in accordance with Subsection 9.32.3.
2) A self-contained heating-season ventilation system serving a single dwelling unit or a single detached house
shall comply with Subsection 9.32.3. (See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)
3) In single detached houses, heating-season ventilation need not be provided for
a) exits,
b) public corridors, and
c) ancillary spaces that are not within a dwelling unit, except as provided in Sentence (4).
(See Note A-9.32.1.2.(2).)
4) Where ancillary spaces described in Clause (3)(c) contain exhaust devices, these spaces shall be provided
with make-up air in accordance with Article 9.32.4.
9.32.1.3. Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment
1) Exhaust ducts or vents connected to laundry-drying equipment shall discharge directly to the outdoors.
2) Exhaust ducts connected to laundry-drying equipment shall be
a) independent of other exhaust ducts,
b) accessible for cleaning, and
c) constructed of a smooth corrosion-resistant material.
(See Note A-9.32.1.3.(2).)
3) Where collective venting of multiple installations of laundry-drying equipment is used, the ventilation
system shall
a) be connected to a common exhaust duct that is vented by one central exhaust fan,
b) include an interlock to activate the central exhaust fan when laundry-drying equipment is in use, and
c) where required by Article 9.32.4.1., be provided with make-up air.
9.32.2. Non-Heating-Season Ventilation
9.32.2.1. Required Ventilation
1) Rooms or spaces in dwelling units shall be ventilated during the non-heating season by
a) natural ventilation in accordance with Article 9.32.2.2., or
b) a mechanical ventilation system in accordance with Article 9.32. 3.
2) Where a habitable room or space is not provided with natural ventilation as described in Clause (1)(a),
mechanical ventilation shall be provided to exhaust inside air from, or to introduce outside air to, that room or space
at the rate of
a) one-half air change per hour if the room or space is mechanically cooled during the non-heating season, or
b) one air change per hour if the room or space is not mechanically cooled during the non-heating season.
9.32.2.2. Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation
1) The unobstructed openable ventilation area to the outdoors for rooms and spaces in residential buildings
ventilated by natural means shall conform to Table 9.32.2.2.
Table 9.32.2.2.
Natural Ventilation Area
Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.2.2.(1)
Location
Minimum Unobstructed Area
Within a dwelling unit
Bathrooms or water-closet rooms
0.09 m2
Unfinished basement space
0.2% of the floor area
Dining rooms, living rooms, bedrooms, kitchens,
combined rooms, dens, recreation rooms and all other
finished rooms
0.28 m2 per room or combination of rooms
Other than within a dwelling unit
Bathrooms or water-closet rooms
0.09 m2 per water closet
Sleeping areas
0.14 m2 per occupant
Laundry rooms, kitchens, recreation rooms
4% of the floor area
Corridors, storage rooms and other similar public rooms
or spaces
2% of the floor area
Unfinished basement space not used on a shared basis
0.2% of the floor area
2) Where a vestibule opens directly off a living or dining room within a dwelling unit, ventilation to the
outdoors for such rooms may be through the vestibule.
3) Openings for natural ventilation other than windows shall provide protection from the weather and insects.
4) Screening shall be of corrosion-resistant material.
9.32.2.3. Reserved
9.32.3. Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation
(See Note A-9.32.3.)
9.32.3.1. Required Ventilation
1) Every dwelling unit that is supplied with electrical power shall be provided by a mechanical ventilation
system that conforms to
a) CAN/CSA-F326-M, "Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems,"
b) this Subsection, or
c) for ducted mechanical ventilation systems serving more than one dwelling unit in a single detached house,
the mechanical ventilation system shall comply with this Subsection or Part 6.
(See Note A-9.32.3.1.(1).)
9.32.3.2. Design and Installation
1) Aspects of mechanical ventilation systems not specifically described in this Subsection shall be designed,
constructed and installed in accordance with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and
Standards, the HRAI Digest, the HRAI Residential Mechanical Ventilation Manual, the Hydronics Institute Manuals
and the SMACNA Manuals.
2) Exhaust fans and supply fans shall be installed in accordance with this Subsection and the manufacturer's
instructions .
3) The mechanical components of a mechanical ventilation system shall be installed so as to be accessible for
inspection, maintenance, repair, and cleaning.
4) In a single detached house, where a heating or ventilation system serves more than a single dwelling unit, the
system shall be designed and installed to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal from a duct-type smoke
detector. (See Note A-9.32.3.2.(4).)
5) Except as provided in Sentence 9.10.9.9.(6), ducts penetrating fire separations shall be equipped with fire
dampers in conformance with Article 3.1.8.10.
9.32.3.3. Mechanical Ventilation System Components
1) A mechanical ventilation system shall include:
a) a principal ventilation fan system that
i) provides supply air in accordance with Article 9.32.3.4., and
ii) includes an exhaust fan that conforms with Article 9.32.3.5.,
b) the kitchen and bathroom exhaust fans that are required by Article 9.32.3.6., and
c) if the building includes a heated crawl space, the components that are required by Article 9.32.3.7.
9.32.3.4. Ventilation System Supply Air
(See Note A-9.32.3.4.)
1) Except as provided in Sentence (6), a principal ventilation system shall mechanically provide supply air in
accordance with Sentence (2), (3), (4) or (5).
2) Where the principal ventilation system is a ducted forced-air heating system, the ducted forced-air heating
system shall
a) provide supply air through the ducting to
i) each bedroom,
ii) each floor level without a bedroom, and
iii) ancillary spaces that contain an exhaust device, where the space is not within a dwelling unit in a single
detached house and where the house contains a fuel-fired space-heating appliance or fuel-fired water-heating appliance
of other than direct-vented or mechanically vented types,
b) draw supply air from an outdoor inlet that is connected to the cabinet containing the furnace air circulating
fan required by Clause (d) by ducting that measures, from that cabinet to the point at which the ducting intersects
the return air plenum,
i) between 3 m and 4.5 m in length, or
ii) if a flow control device is used, not more than 4.5 m in length,
c) draw supply air through ducting that is
i) rigid ducting with an equivalent diameter of at least 100 mm, or
ii) flexible ducting with an equivalent diameter of at least 125 mm, and
d) have a furnace air circulating fan set to run continuously.
3) Where the principal ventilation system is a ducted forced-air heating system used in combination with a
heat-recovery ventilator,
a) the ducted forced-air heating system shall conform to Clauses (2)(a),(c) and (d),
b) the heat-recovery ventilator shall draw supply air from an outdoor inlet into the return air plenum of the
ducted forced-air heating system, and
c) the heat-recovery ventilator shall draw exhaust air, through dedicated ducting,
i) from one or more indoor inlets, at least one of which is located at least 2 m above the floor of the uppermost
floor level, and
ii) at the capacity rating of the heat-recovery ventilator, which shall be no less than the air-flow rate specified in
Table 9.32.3.5.
4) Where the principal ventilation system is a heat-recovery ventilator, the heat-recovery ventilator shall
a) provide supply air through dedicated ducting to
i) each bedroom,
ii) each floor level without a bedroom, and
iii) each ancillary space described in Subclause (2)(a)(iii), and
b) draw exhaust air, through dedicated ducting,
i) from one or more indoor inlets, at least one of which is located at least 2 m above the floor of the uppermost
floor level, and
ii) at the capacity rating of the heat-recovery ventilator, which shall be no less than the air-flow rate specified in
Table 9.32.3.5.5) Where the principal ventilation system is a ducted central-recirculation ventilation system, the
ducted central-recirculation ventilation system shall
a) draw supply air from an outdoor inlet connected upstream of the fan,
b) draw air from
i) each bedroom and deliver it to a common area, or
ii) a common area and deliver it to each bedroom, and
c) deliver air to each ancillary space described in Subclause (2)(a)(iii).
6) A principal ventilation system need not conform to Sentence (1) if the principal ventilation system
a) services a dwelling unit that
i) is located where the January design temperature, on a 2.5% basis determined in conformance with Article
1.1.3.1., is greater than −20°C,
ii) has only 1 storey and a floor area of less than 168 m2 within the building envelope (see Note A-
9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii)),
iii) does not have a ducted forced-air heating system, and
iv) except for a secondary suite, is not located in a building conforming to Subsection 9.36.6. or 10.2.3., and
b) provides supply air passively from outdoors through dedicated inlets that
i) are located in each bedroom, at least one common area and each ancillary space described in Subclause
(2)(a)(iii),
ii) are located at least 1 800 mm above the floor, and
iii) have an unobstructed vent area of not less than 25 cm2.
9.32.3.5. Principal Ventilation System Exhaust Fan
1) A principal ventilation system exhaust fan shall
a) run continuously, and
b) provide at least the air-flow rate specified in Table 9.32.3.5.
Table 9.32.3.5.
Principal Ventilation System Exhaust Fan Minimum Air-flow Rate
Forming Part of Clause 9.32.3.5.(1)
Floor Area, m2
Minimum Air-flow Rate, L/s
Number of Bedrooms
0-1
2-3
4-5
6-7
> 7
< 140
14
21
28
35
42
140-280
21
28
35
42
49
281-420
28
35
42
49
56
421-560
35
42
49
56
64
561-700
42
49
56
64
71
> 700
49
56
64
71
78
2) For the purposes of Sentence (1), the capacity rating of the principal ventilation system exhaust fan shall be
determined, based on air-flow performance at 50 pa of external static pressure, in accordance with
a) HVI Publication 916, "Airflow Test Procedure," or
b) CAN/CSA-C260-M, "Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment."
3) The principal ventilation system exhaust fan shall be
a) designed to run continuously, and
b) controlled by a dedicated switch that
i) has 2 settings, on and off,
ii) is located where it will be accessible for the purposes of servicing the exhaust fan but not likely to be turned
off inadvertently, and
iii) is clearly marked "PRINCIPAL VENTILATION EXHAUST FAN."
4) If the principal ventilation system exhaust fan is designed to run at multiple air-flow rates,
a) the air-flow rate of the fan shall be controlled by a switch other than the switch described in Clause (3)(b),
and
b) the lowest air-flow rate shall not be less than the air-flow rate specified in Table 9.32.3.5.
5) The sound rating of the principal ventilation system exhaust fan shall not exceed 1.0 sone when running
continuously at the air-flow rate specified in Table 9.32.3.5. as determined in accordance with
a) HVI Publication 915, "Loudness Testing and Rating Procedure," or
b) CAN/CSA-C260-M, "Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment."
9.32.3.6. Kitchen and Bathroom Exhaust Fans
1) An exhaust fan that provides at least the air-flow rate specified in Table 9.32.3.6. shall be installed in
a) every kitchen, and
b) every bathroom or water-closet room, unless the bathroom or water-closet room is served by the principal
ventilation system exhaust fan that complies with Article 9.32.3.5.
2) For the purposes of Sentence (1), the capacity rating of the exhaust fan shall be determined, based on air-
flow performance at 50 pa of external static pressure, in accordance with
a) HVI Publication 916, "Airflow Test Procedure," or
b) CAN/CSA-C260-M, "Rating the Performance of Residential Mechanical Ventilating Equipment."
Table 9.32.3.6.
Kitchen/Bathroom Exhaust Fan Minimum Air-flow Rate
Forming Part of Sentence 9.32.3.6.(1)
Room
Minimum Exhaust Fan Air-flow Rate, L/s
Intermittent
Continuous
Kitchen
47
N/A
Bathroom
23
9
9.32.3.7. Heated Crawl Space Ventilation
1) Where a crawl space is heated by a ducted forced-air heating system that does not draw air from the crawl
space to the furnace through the return air plenum, the crawl space shall be connected to the floor space above the
crawl space by at least one air-transfer grille.
2) Where a crawl space is heated other than by a ducted forced-air heating system, the crawl space shall
a) be connected to
i) the floor space above the crawl space by at least one air-transfer grille, and
ii) the principal ventilation system by a supply air outlet or an exhaust air inlet,
b) be connected to the floor space above the crawl space by at least 2 air-transfer grilles for every 30 m2 of crawl
space area, or
c) be connected to
i) the floor space above the crawl space by at least one air-transfer grille, and
ii) the outdoors by a dedicated exhaust fan that complies with Sentence (4).
3) An air-transfer grille required by Sentence (1) or (2) shall have an unobstructed vent area of the greater of
a) 25 cm2, and
b) 0.83 cm2 for every m2 of crawl space area.
4) Where a dedicated exhaust fan is installed in accordance with Subclause (2)(c)(ii), the dedicated exhaust fan
shall
a) provide an air-flow rate of at least 23 L/s, and
b) be controlled by
i) a humidity control device, or
ii) an adjustable time control device that is capable of providing not less than 8 total hours of ventilation per 24
hour period.
5) Where a crawl space is divided into 2 or more compartments, each heated compartment shall conform to
Sentence (1) or (2).
9.32.3.8. Air Ducts
1) Except as required by Sentence (3), this Article applies to air ducts other than those described in Article
9.32.1.3.
2) Exhaust ducts shall discharge to the outdoors.
3) Exhaust ducts that are downstream of an exhaust fan shall have no connections to other fans or ducts.
4) Exhaust ducts, and supply ducts that conduct heated or cooled air, shall
a) be sized in accordance with the requirements of the manufacturer of the fans to which they are connected,
and
b) have an equivalent diameter not less than that specified by Table 9.32.3.8.(3).
Table 9.32.3.8.(3)
Maximum Equivalent Duct Length(1), m
Forming part of Sentence 9.32.3.8.(3)
Flexible Duct
Equivalent Diameter, mm (Cross Section Area for Rectangular Ducts, cm2)
Fan Capacity, L/s
25
40
50
60
70
80
125 (123)
32
15
--
--
--
--
150 (177)
46
40
28
18
13
--
175 (240)
46
46
46
46
46
24
200 (314)
46
46
46
46
46
46
Rigid Duct
Equivalent Diameter, mm (Cross Section Area for Rectangular Ducts, cm2)
Fan Capacity, L/s
25
40
50
60
70
80
100 (79)
32
15
--
--
--
--
125 (123)
46
40
28
18
13
--
150 (177)
46
46
46
42
34
24
175 (240)
46
46
46
46
46
46
Notes to Table 9.32.3.8.(3):
(1)
The equivalent length of a duct is the length of the duct plus 10 m for the exterior hood and 3 m for each 90° elbow.
5) Where an exhaust duct passes through or is located adjacent to a space that is not conditioned space, the duct
shall conform to Part 10, except that in no case shall such a duct be insulated to less than RSI 0.75.
6) Where a principal ventilation system supply duct passes through or is located adjacent to a conditioned space,
the duct shall be
a) insulated to not less than RSI 0.75, and
b) provided with an effective vapour barrier.
7) Where a kitchen exhaust fan grille is installed within 1.2 m horizontally of a cooktop, the exhaust fan duct
shall
a) be constructed of a material that is noncombustible, corrosion-resistant, and cleanable, and
b) be equipped with a grease filter at the intake end.
8) Except for a supply air system described in Sentence 9.32.3.4.(2) or (3), all joints in exhaust ducts, and in supply
ducts that conduct conditioned air, shall be sealed against air leakage with
a) sealants or gaskets made from liquids, mastics or heat-applied materials,
b) mastic with embedded fabric,
c) foil-faced butyl tape, or
d) aluminum foil tape.
9) Supply ducts for a mechanical ventilation system shall not be used to provide combustion or dilution air to
fuel-burning appliances.
9.32.3.9. Outdoor Inlets and Outlets
1) Outdoor air inlets and exhaust outlets shall be shielded from the weather, birds and rodents by using hoods
incorporating a screen of corrosion-resistant material with openings of 6 to 12 mm.
9.32.3.10. Interior Distribution
1) Interior doors shall be undercut by a minimum of 12 mm above the finished floor or the rooms shall be
provided with an air-transfer grille with an unobstructed vent area that is not less than 100 cm2 .
9.32.4. Additional Protection Against Depressurization
9.32.4.1. Protection Requirements
1) Additional make-up air for the actual appliance exhaust rate shall be provided for any appliance that
discharges air to the exterior at an installed rate exceeding 0.5 air changes per hour when it is located within a
dwelling unit or house with a secondary suite that contains a vented appliance that is subject to back drafting (Naturally
Aspirating Fuel Fired Vented Appliance). (See Note A-9.32.4.1.)
2) Where additional make-up air is required for appliances described in Sentence (1), it shall be provided by a
supply fan rated to deliver outdoor air at the rate of the installed exhaust appliance.
3) The supply fan as required in Sentence (2) shall be interconnected with the exhaust fan for which make-up
air is required.
4) The outdoor air required by Sentence (3) shall be
a) tempered to at least 1°C before being introduced to a normally unoccupied area of the dwelling unit or house
with a secondary suite including their common spaces, or
b) tempered to at least 12°C before being introduced to occupied areas either by passive transfer grille or
directly from outside.
9.32.4.2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(See Note A-9.32.4.2.)
1) This Article applies to every building that contains a residential occupancy, a business and personal services
occupancy, or a mercantile occupancy and that
a) is served by or contains a fuel-burning appliance, or
b) contains a storage garage.
2) Carbon monoxide (CO) alarms installed in a residential occupancy required by this Article shall
a) conform to CSA 6.19, "Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices,"
b) be equipped with an integral alarm that satisfies the audibility requirements of CSA 6.19, "Residential
carbon monoxide alarming devices,"
c) have no disconnect switch between the overcurrent device and the CO alarm, where the CO alarm is
powered by the dwelling unit's electrical system, and
d) be installed as recommended by the manufacturer.
3) Where a room in a residential occupancy contains a solid-fuel-burning appliance, a CO alarm conforming to
CSA 6.19, "Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices," shall be
a) installed as recommended by the manufacturer where these instructions specifically mention solid-fuel-
burning appliances, or
b) in the absence of specific instructions related to solid-fuel-burning appliances, on or near the ceiling.
4) Where a fuel-burning appliance is installed in a suite of residential occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) inside each bedroom, or
b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
5) Where a fuel-burning appliance serves a residential occupancy and is installed in a service room that is not in a
suite of residential occupancy, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) either inside each bedroom, or if outside, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors
and doorways, in every suite of residential occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with the service
room, and
b) in the service room.
6) For each suite of residential occupancy that shares a wall or floor/ceiling assembly with a storage garage or that
is adjacent to an attic or crawl space to which the storage garage is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) inside each bedroom, or
b) outside each bedroom, within 5 m of each bedroom door, measured following corridors and doorways.
7) Where CO alarms are installed in a house with a secondary suite including their common spaces, the CO
alarms shall be interconnected so that the actuation of any one CO alarm causes all CO alarms within the house with
a secondary suite including their common spaces to sound.
8) CO alarms installed in a business and personal services occupancy, or a mercantile occupancy as required by this
Article shall conform to
a) CAN/CSA-6.19, "Residential carbon monoxide alarming devices," notwithstanding the scope of that
standard,
b) UL 2034, "Standard for Single and Multiple Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms," notwithstanding the scope
of that standard, or
c) good engineering practice.
(See Note A-6.9.3.1.(6).)
9) Where a fuel-burning appliance serves a business and personal services occupancy, or mercantile occupancy, a CO
alarm shall be,
a) where the fuel-burning appliance is part of a system that could circulate or distribute CO to a suite of business
and personal services occupancy or mercantile occupancy, installed on each storey of each suite that may be exposed, and
b) installed in the room or space in which the fuel-burning appliance is located.
(See Note A-6.9.3.1.(7).)
10) For each suite of business and personal services occupancy or mercantile occupancy that shares a wall or
floor/ceiling assembly with either a storage garage, or a service room containing a fuel-burning appliance, or that is
adjacent to an attic or crawl space to which either a storage garage, or a service room containing a fuel-burning
appliance is also adjacent, a CO alarm shall be installed
a) on each storey of the adjacent suite, and
b) in each service room containing a fuel-burning appliance.
(See Note A-6.9.3.1.(8).)
Section 9.33. Heating and Air-conditioning
9.33.1. General
9.33.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to the design and installation of
a) heating systems, including requirements for combustion air, and air-conditioning systems serving only one
dwelling unit or houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces, and
b) reserved.
2) The design and installation of heating systems, including requirements for combustion air, and air-
conditioning systems other than those described in Sentence (1) shall conform to Part 6. (See Note A-9.33.1.1.(2) and
Subsection 9.10.10.)
3) Unless the air duct distribution systems serving one of the dwelling units in a single detached house are
designed and installed to prevent the circulation of smoke in accordance with Sentence 9.32.3.2.(4) and equipped
with fire dampers in accordance with Sentence 9.32.3.2.(5), the air duct distribution system shall not be directly
interconnected with another principal dwelling unit and common spaces.
4) Systems used for heating and air-conditioning shall conform to the energy efficiency requirements in
Section 9.36.
9.33.2. Required Heating and Cooling Systems
9.33.2.1. Required Heating and Cooling Systems
1) Residential buildings intended for use in the winter months on a continuing basis shall be equipped with
heating facilities conforming to this Section.
2) Except where determination according to Article 9.33.5.1. or good engineering practice according to Article
6.2.1.1. can show it to be unnecessary, dwelling units intended for use in the summer months on a continuing basis
shall be equipped with cooling facilities conforming to this Section. (See Note A-9.33.2.1.(2).)
9.33.3. Design Temperatures
9.33.3.1. Indoor Design Temperatures
1) At the outside winter design temperature, required heating facilities shall be capable of maintaining an
indoor air temperature of not less than
a) 22°C in all living spaces,
b) 18°C in unfinished basements,
c) 18°C in common service rooms, ancillary spaces and exits in single detached houses, and
d) 15°C in heated crawl spaces.
2) At the outside summer design temperature, required cooling facilities shall be capable of maintaining an
indoor air temperature of not more than 26°C in at least one living space in each dwelling unit.
9.33.3.2. Outdoor Design Temperatures
1) The outdoor conditions to be used in designing heating and air-conditioning systems shall be determined in
conformance with Article 1.1.3.1.
9.33.4. General Requirements for Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
9.33.4.1. Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
1) Aspects of heating and air-conditioning systems not specifically addressed in this Subsection, including
ducting, and mechanical heating and refrigeration equipment, shall be designed, constructed and installed in
accordance with good practice such as that described in the ASHRAE Handbooks and Standards, the HRAI Digest,
the CHC Handbook on Hydronic Heating Systems, the Hydronics Institute Manuals, the SMACNA Manuals and
the TECA Quality First Manuals. (See also Subsection 9.32.3. for the design of systems that also provide ventilation.)
9.33.4.2. Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems
1) The installation of a hydronic heating system shall conform to CSA B214, "Installation code for hydronic
heating systems."
9.33.4.3. Heating System Control
1) Where a single heating system serves a house with a secondary suite, individual temperature controls shall be
provided in each dwelling unit served by the system. (See Note A-9.33.4.3.(1).)
9.33.4.4. Access
(See Note A-9.33.4.4.)
1) Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system, with the exception of embedded pipes or
ducts, shall be installed with provision for access for inspection, maintenance, repair and cleaning.
2) Where a heating or air-conditioning system serves more than one dwelling unit in a house with a secondary
suite including their common spaces, access required by Sentence (1) from more than one dwelling unit, common
space or ancillary space is not required.
9.33.4.5. Protection from Freezing
1) Equipment forming part of a heating or air-conditioning system that may be adversely affected by freezing
temperatures and that is located in an unheated area shall be protected from freezing.
9.33.4.6. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
1) Heating and cooling systems shall be designed to allow for expansion and contraction of the heat transfer
fluid and to maintain the system pressure within the rated working pressure limits of all components of the system.
9.33.4.7. Structural Movement
1) Mechanical systems and equipment shall be designed and installed to accommodate the maximum amount
of structural movement provided for in the construction of the building.
2) Where the building is in a location where the seismic design parameter, Smax, for Site Class C is greater than
0.37, heating and air-conditioning equipment with fuel or power connections shall be secured to the structure to
resist overturning and displacement. (See Note A-9.31.6.2.(3).)
9.33.4.8. Asbestos
1) Asbestos shall not be used in air distribution systems or equipment.
9.33.4.9. Contaminant Transfer
1) Systems serving garages, and systems serving other occupied parts of a dwelling unit but located in or
running through a garage, shall be designed and constructed in a manner such that means are not provided for the
transfer of contaminants from the garage into other spaces in the dwelling unit.
9.33.4.10. Noise Control
1) Heating and air-conditioning equipment shall be installed and located so that the noise generated by this equipment conforms with the
Vancouver Noise Control By-law.
9.33.5. Heating and Cooling Appliances and Equipment
9.33.5.1. Capacity of Heating and Cooling Appliances
1) The required capacity of heating and cooling appliances located in a dwelling unit and serving only that
dwelling unit, shall be determined in accordance with CSA F280, "Determining the required capacity of residential
space heating and cooling appliances," except that the design temperatures shall conform to Subsection 9.33.3.
9.33.5.2. Installation Standards
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.33.5.3. and 9.33.5.4., the installation of heating and air-conditioning
equipment, including mechanical refrigeration equipment, and including provisions for mounting, clearances and
air supply, shall conform to
a) the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations,
b) CSA B139 Series, "Installation code for oil-burning equipment," and
c) CAN/CSA-C448 Series, "Design and installation of earth energy systems."
(See also Sentence 9.33.5.3.(1).)
9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
(See Note A-9.33.5.3.)
1) The design, construction and installation, including the provision of combustion air, of solid-fuel-burning
appliances and equipment, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, shall conform to CSA B365, "Installation
Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment."
2) For the purposes of Sentence (1), solid-fuel-burning boiler appliances that are approved for use under section
10 of the Safety Standards Act satisfy section 4.1 of CAN/CSA-B365 "Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning
Appliances and Equipment." (See also Subclause 9.33.5.2.(1)(a)(ii).)
9.33.5.4. Fireplaces
1) Fireplaces shall conform to Section 9.22.
9.33.6. Air Duct Systems
9.33.6.1. Application
1) The design, construction and installation of air duct distribution systems serving heating systems in which
the rated heat input does not exceed 120 kW shall conform to this Subsection.
2) Air duct distribution systems in which the rated heat input exceeds 120 kW shall conform to Part 6 and
Subsection 3.6.5.
9.33.6.2. Materials in Air Duct Systems
1) Except as provided in Sentences (2) to (6) and in Article 3.6.4.3., all ducts, duct connectors, associated fittings
and plenums used in air duct systems shall be constructed of steel, aluminum alloy, copper, clay or similar
noncombustible material.
2) Ducts, associated fittings and plenums are permitted to contain combustible material provided they
a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, "Standard Methods
of Test for Air Ducts,"
b) conform to Article 3.1.5.18. and Subsection 3.1.9.,
c) are not used in vertical runs serving more than 2 storeys, and
d) are not used in air duct systems in which the air temperature may exceed 120°C.
3) Duct sealants shall have a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 and a smoke developed classification of not
more than 50.
4) Duct connectors that contain combustible materials and that are used between ducts and air outlet units shall
a) conform to the appropriate requirements for Class 1 air duct materials in CAN/ULC-S110, "Standard
Methods of Test for Air Ducts,"
b) be limited to 4 m in length,
c) be used only in horizontal runs, and
d) not penetrate required fire separations.
5) Combustible ducts that are part of a duct system carrying only ventilation air and that are contained entirely
within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).
6) Except as provided in Sentences 9.33.6.13.(2) and (3), ducts that are part of a return-air duct system and that
are contained entirely within a dwelling unit need not comply with the requirements of Sentences (1) to (4).
7) Materials referred to in Sentences (1) to (6), when used in a location where they may be subjected to
excessive moisture, shall
a) have no appreciable loss of strength when wet, and
b) be corrosion-resistant.
9.33.6.3. Tape
1) Tape used for sealing duct joints in air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems shall meet the
flame-resistance requirements for fabric in CAN/ULC-S109, "Standard Method for Flame Tests of Flame-Resistant
Fabrics and Films."
9.33.6.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
1) Coverings, linings and associated adhesives and insulation of air ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct
systems shall be of noncombustible material when exposed to heated air or radiation from heat sources that would
result in the exposed surface exceeding a temperature of 120°C.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), when combustible coverings and linings, including associated adhesives
and insulation, are used, they shall have
a) a flame-spread rating of not more than 25 on any exposed surface, or any surface that would be exposed by
cutting through the material in any direction, and
b) a smoke developed classification of not more than 50.
3) The outer covering of ducts, plenums and other parts of air duct systems used within an assembly of
combustible construction are permitted to have
a) an exposed surface flame-spread rating of not more than 75, and
b) a smoke developed classification greater than 50.
4) Combustible coverings, linings and foamed plastic insulation described in Sentences (2), (3) and (6) shall not
flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with the method of test in ASTM C411, "Standard
Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation," at the maximum temperature
to which they are to be exposed in service.
5) Except as provided in Sentences (6) and (7), foamed plastic insulation shall not be used as part of an air duct.
6) Foamed plastic insulation conforming to Article 9.25.2.2. is permitted to be used to insulate a galvanized
steel, stainless steel or aluminum air duct, provided
a) the foamed plastic insulation applied to supply ductwork is not less than 3 m from the furnace bonnet,
b) the temperature within the ductwork where the insulation is installed is not greater than 50°C,
c) duct joints are taped with a product conforming to Sentence 9.33.6.3.(1),
d) return air plenums are separated from the foamed plastic insulation, and
e) the foamed plastic insulation is protected
i) by one of the interior finishes described in Subsections 9.29.4. to 9.29.9.,
ii) provided the building does not contain a Group C major occupancy, by sheet metal that is mechanically
fastened to the supporting assembly independent of the insulation, is not less than 0.38 mm thick and has a melting
point of 650°C or more, or
iii) by any thermal barrier that meets the requirements of Clause 3.1.5.15.(2)(e).
7) Foamed plastic insulation is permitted to be used in a ceiling space that acts as a return air plenum provided
the foamed plastic insulation is protected from exposure to the plenum in accordance with Sentence 3.1.5.14.(4).
8) Combustible coverings and linings of ducts, including associated adhesives and insulation, shall be
interrupted
a) at the immediate area of operation of heat sources in a duct system, such as electric resistance heaters or fuel-
burning heaters or furnaces, and
b) where the duct penetrates a fire separation.
9) Linings of ducts shall be installed so that they will not interfere with the operation of volume or balancing
dampers or of fire dampers, fire stop flaps and other closures.
9.33.6.5. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts
1) Galvanized steel or aluminum supply ducts shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.
2) The design of fittings for ducts shall conform to ANSI/SMACNA 006, "HVAC Duct Construction Standards
- Metal and Flexible," except that metal thicknesses shall conform to Table 9.33.6.5.
Table 9.33.6.5.
Minimum Metal Thickness of Ducts
Forming Part of Article 9.33.6.5.
Type of Duct
Maximum
Diameter, mm
Maximum Width
or Depth, mm
Minimum metal thickness, mm
Duct Material
Galvanized Steel
Aluminum
Round ducts serving single dwelling units
125 or less
--
0.254
0.30
Round
350
--
0.33
0.30
Over 350
--
0.41
0.41
Rectangular, enclosed
--
350
0.33
0.30
--
Over 350
0.41
0.41
Rectangular, not enclosed, for single dwelling units, with
required clearance up to 12 mm
--
350
0.33
0.41
--
Over 350
0.41
0.48
Rectangular, not enclosed, with required clearance of more
than 12 mm
--
350
0.41
0.41
--
Over 350
0.48
0.48
9.33.6.6. Construction of Ducts and Plenums
1) Where the installation of heating supply ducts in walls and floors creates a space between the duct and
construction material, the space shall be firestopped with noncombustible material at each end.
2) Ducts shall be securely supported by metal hangers, straps, lugs or brackets, except that, where zero
clearance is permitted, wooden brackets are permitted to be used.
3) All round duct joints shall be tight-fitting and lapped not less than 25 mm.
4) Rectangular duct connections shall be made with S and drive cleats or equivalent mechanical connections.
5) Duct systems shall have no openings other than those required for the proper operation and maintenance of
the system.
9.33.6.7. Installation of Ducts and Plenums
1) Air duct systems serving garages shall not be interconnected with other parts of the dwelling unit.
2) Trunk supply ducts shall not be nailed directly to wood members.
3) Branch ducts shall be supported at suitable spacings to maintain alignment and prevent sagging.
4) Ducts passing through unheated spaces shall have all joints taped or otherwise sealed to ensure that the
ducts are airtight throughout their length.
5) Combustible ducts in concrete slabs-on-ground that are connected to a furnace supply plenum shall be located
not closer than 600 mm to that plenum and not less than 600 mm from its connection to a riser or register.
6) Ducts in or beneath concrete slabs-on-ground shall be watertight and corrosion-, decay-, and mildew-
resistant.
7) Underground ducts shall
a) be constructed to provide interior drainage from and access to all low points, and
b) not be connected directly to a sewer.
9.33.6.8. Clearances of Ducts and Plenums
1) The clearance of furnace plenums from combustible material shall conform to the appropriate standards in
Sentence 9.33.5.2.(1).
2) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is 75 mm or less, the clearance between a supply duct
and combustible material shall
a) be equal to the required plenum clearance within 450 mm of the plenum, and
b) be not less than 12 mm at a distance of 450 mm or more from the plenum, except that this clearance may be
reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct from
direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(2).)
3) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 75 mm but not more than 150 mm, the
clearance between a supply duct and combustible material shall be
a) equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1.8 m of the plenum, and
b) not less than 12 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the plenum, except that this distance may
be reduced to zero beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the duct from
direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(3).)
4) Where the plenum clearance required in Sentence (1) is more than 150 mm, the clearance between a supply
duct and combustible material shall be
a) equal to the required plenum clearance within a horizontal distance of 1 m of the plenum,
b) not less than 150 mm within a horizontal distance between 1 m and 1.8 m from the plenum, and
c) not less than 25 mm at a horizontal distance of 1.8 m or more from the plenum, except that this distance may
be reduced to 8 mm beyond a bend or offset in the duct sufficiently large to shield the remainder of the supply duct
from direct radiation from the furnace heat exchanger. (See Note A-3.6.5.6.(4).)
5) Where a register is installed in a floor directly over a pipeless furnace, a double-walled register box with not
less than 100 mm between walls, or a register box with the warm-air passage completely surrounded by the cold-air
passage, shall be permitted in lieu of the clearances listed in Sentences (2) to (4).
9.33.6.9. Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops
1) All branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops shall be supplied with
adjustable dampers and fitted with devices to indicate the positions of the dampers.
9.33.6.10. Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets -- General
1) Supply outlets and return openings in the dwelling unit, when located less than 2 m above the floor, shall be
protected by grilles having openings of a size that will not allow the passage of a 15 mm diam sphere.
2) Combustible grilles, diffusers and other devices for the supply and return air openings installed in walls and
ceilings shall have a flame-spread rating of
a) not more than 200 in bathrooms, and
b) not more than 150 in rooms or spaces other than bathrooms.
9.33.6.11. Warm-Air Supply Outlets
1) In a dwelling unit, a warm-air supply outlet shall be provided in each finished room that is located adjacent
to unheated space.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), when a room described in Sentence (1) is located adjacent to exterior
walls, such outlet shall be located so as to bathe at least one exterior wall or window with warm air, except in
bathrooms, utility rooms or kitchens, where this may not be practical.
3) Where the heating system is also designed to provide ventilation air, ceiling outlets or outlets located high
on interior walls are permitted to be installed, provided the outlets are designed for this purpose and are installed
with diffusers.
4) At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 40 m2 of floor surface area in unfinished
basements serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as to provide adequate distribution of warm air
throughout the basement.
5) At least one warm-air supply outlet shall be provided for each 80 m2 of floor surface area in heated crawl
spaces serving dwelling units, and it shall be located so as to provide adequate distribution of warm air throughout
the crawl space.
6) Except for pipeless furnaces, the capacity of warm-air supply outlets serving dwelling units shall be not less
than the design heat loss from the area served and shall not exceed 3 kW per outlet.
7) In basements and heated crawl spaces, the calculated heat gain from the supply ducts and plenum surfaces is
permitted to be considered in calculating the design heat loss.
8) The temperature of supply air at warm-air supply outlets shall not exceed 70°C.
9) Warm-air supply outlets located in finished areas shall be provided with diffusers and adjustable openings
and shall not be located on a furnace plenum.
9.33.6.12. Return-Air Inlets
1) Return-air inlets shall not be installed in an enclosed room or crawl space that provides combustion air to a
furnace.
2) Except for unfinished areas and floor levels which are less than 900 mm above or below an adjacent floor
level which is provided with a return-air inlet, at least one return-air inlet shall be provided in each floor level in a
dwelling unit.
3) Provision shall be made for the return of air from all rooms by leaving gaps beneath doors, using louvred
doors or installing return duct inlets.
9.33.6.13. Return-Air System
(See Note A-9.33.6.13.)
1) The return-air system shall be designed to handle the entire air supply.
2) Where any part of a return duct will be exposed to radiation from the furnace heat exchanger or other
radiating part within the furnace, such part of a return duct directly above or within 600 mm of the outside furnace
casing shall be noncombustible.
3) Return ducts serving solid-fuel-burning furnaces shall be constructed of noncombustible material.
4) Combustible return ducts shall be lined with noncombustible material
a) below floor registers,
b) at the bottom of vertical ducts, and
c) under furnaces having a bottom return.
5) Spaces between studs or joists used as return ducts shall be separated from the unused portions of such
spaces by tight-fitting metal stops or wood blocking.
6) A vertical return duct shall have openings to return air on not more than one floor.
7) The return-air system shall be designed so that the negative pressure from the circulating fan cannot
a) affect the furnace combustion air supply, nor
b) draw combustion products from joints or openings in the furnace or flue pipe.
9.33.6.14. Filters and Odour Removal Equipment
1) Air filters for air duct systems shall conform to the requirements for Class 2 air filter units as described in
CAN/ULC-S111, "Standard Method of Fire Tests for Air Filter Units."
2) When electrostatic-type filters are used, they shall be installed so as to ensure that the electric circuit is
automatically de-energized when filter access doors are opened or, in dwelling units, when the furnace circulation fan
is not operating.
3) When odour removal equipment of the adsorption type is used it shall be
a) installed to provide access so that adsorption material can be reactivated or renewed, and
b) protected from dust accumulation by air filters installed on the inlet side.
9.33.7. Radiators and Convectors
9.33.7.1. Recessed Radiators and Convectors
1) Every steam or hot water radiator and convector located in a recess or concealed space or attached to the
face of a wall of combustible construction shall be provided with a noncombustible lining or backing.
9.33.7.2. Surface Temperature
1) The exposed surface temperature of a steam or hot water radiator shall not exceed 70°C unless precautions
are taken to prevent human contact.
9.33.8. Piping for Heating and Cooling Systems
9.33.8.1. Piping Materials and Installation
1) Piping shall be made from materials designed to withstand the effects of temperatures and pressures that
may occur in the system. (See Articles 3.1.5.19., 3.1.9.1. and 9.10.9.7., and Sentence 9.10.9.9.(3) for fire safety
requirements.)
2) Every pipe used in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be installed to allow for expansion and
contraction due to temperature changes.
3) Supports and anchors for piping in a heating or air-conditioning system shall be designed and installed to
ensure that undue stress is not placed on the supporting structure.
9.33.8.2. Insulation and Coverings
1) Insulation and coverings on pipes shall be composed of material suitable for the operating temperature of
the system to withstand deterioration from softening, melting, mildew and mould.
2) Insulation and coverings on pipes in which the temperature of the fluid exceeds 120°C
a) shall be made of noncombustible material, or
b) shall not flame, glow, smoulder or smoke when tested in accordance with ASTM C411, "Standard
Specification for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature Thermal Insulation," at the maximum temperature
to which such insulation or covering is to be exposed in service.
3) Except as provided in Sentence (6), where combustible insulation is used on piping in a horizontal or vertical
service space, the insulation and coverings on such pipes shall have a flame-spread rating throughout the material of
not more than
a) 25 in buildings of noncombustible construction, and
b) 75 in buildings of combustible construction.
4) Except as provided in Sentence (6), insulation and coverings on piping located in rooms and spaces other
than the service spaces described in Sentence (3) shall have a flame-spread rating not more than that required for the
interior finish for the ceiling of the room or space.
5) Pipes that are exposed to human contact shall be insulated so that the exposed surface does not exceed 70°C.
(See Note A-6.5.1.1.(3).)
6) No flame-spread rating or smoke developed classification limitations are required where combustible insulation
and coverings are used on piping when such piping is
a) located within a concealed space in a wall,
b) located in a floor slab, or
c) enclosed in a noncombustible raceway or conduit.
9.33.8.3. Clearances
1) Clearances between combustible material and bare pipes carrying steam or hot water shall conform to
Table 9.33.8.3.
Table 9.33.8.3.
Clearance between Steam or Hot Water Pipes and Combustible Material
Forming Part of Sentence 9.33.8.3.(1)
Steam or Water Temperature (T), °C
Minimum Clearance, mm
T ≤ 95
no clearance required
95 < T ≤ 120
15
T> 120
25
9.33.8.4. Protection
1) Where a pipe carrying steam or hot water at a temperature above 120°C passes through a combustible floor,
ceiling or wall, the construction shall be protected by a sleeve of metal or other noncombustible material not less than
50 mm larger in diameter than the pipe.
2) Unprotected steam or hot water pipes that pass through a storage space shall be covered with not less than
25 mm thickness of noncombustible insulation to prevent direct contact with the material stored.
9.33.9. Refrigerating Systems and Equipment for Air-conditioning
9.33.9.1. Cooling Units
1) Where a cooling unit is combined with a fuel-fired furnace in the same duct system, the cooling unit shall be
installed
a) in parallel with the heating furnace,
b) upstream of the furnace, provided the furnace is designed for such application, or
c) downstream of the furnace, provided the cooling unit is designed to prevent excessive temperature or
pressure in the refrigeration system.
9.33.10. Chimneys and Venting Equipment
9.33.10.1. Requirement for Venting
1) Except as provided in Articles 9.33.10.2. and 9.33.10.3., the products of combustion from oil-, gas- and solid-
fuel-burning appliances, including stoves, cooktops, ovens and space heaters, shall be vented in conformance with the
applicable appliance installation standard listed in Sentences 9.33.5.2.(1) and 9.33.5.3.(1).
9.33.10.2. Factory-Built Chimneys
1) Factory-built chimneys serving solid-fuel-burning appliances, and their installation, shall conform to
CAN/ULC-S629, "Standard for 650°C Factory-Built Chimneys." (See Note A-9.33.10.2.(1).)
9.33.10.3. Masonry or Concrete Chimneys
1) Masonry or concrete chimneys shall conform to Section 9.21.
9.33.10.4. Location of Exhaust Vents Serving Single Detached Houses and Duplexes
1) Exhaust Vents from heating and air conditioning equipment and similar appliances, other than direct vented fireplaces in a single
detached house or duplex, shall be directed
a) vertically through the roof of a building, with the discharge located at least 1.5 m away from any property line, or
b) horizontally through an exterior wall which faces a street or a lane, with the discharge located at least 3 m away from any property line.
Section 9.34. Electrical Facilities
9.34.1. General
9.34.1.1. Standard for Electrical Installations
1) Electrical installations, including the service capacity of the installation and the number and distribution of circuits and receptacles,
shall meet the requirements of the appropriate provincial, territorial or municipal legislation or, in the absence of such legislation, shall conform
to the Safety Standards Act and pursuant regulations.
2) In addition to the requirements of Sentence (1), electrical installations in a principal dwelling unit containing an ancillary residential unit
in a residential suite in an apartment building required to conform to Section 9.37 shall also comply with the following:
a) the electrical service size shall be based on the demand load calculated on the total area of the principal dwelling unit including any
associated ancillary residential unit, provided that
i) for each electrical range additional to the first range, 6 kW demand shall be added for a rating of 12 kW or less, plus 40% of the
amount by which the rating of the range exceeds 12 kW, and
ii) except for the first electrical range referred to in Subclause (2)(a)(i), any electrical equipment loads provided for shall be calculated
in conformance with Sentence (1), and
b) a single panel board may supply electrical loads of the dwelling units referred to in Clause (2)(a) except for the residential suite
containing an ancillary residential unit in an apartment building, provided that it is located within the building in a common area accessible
to all occupants of the building.
3) Circuit breakers of panel boards installed in the dwelling units
a) shall be positioned not less than 600 mm above the finished floor level, and
b) notwithstanding the requirements of Sentence (1) and 3.8.5.7.(2), shall be positioned as high as feasible with the branch circuit
breakers not more than 1500 mm above the finished floor level.
9.34.1.2. Required Facilities
1) Where electrical services are available, electrical facilities shall be provided for every building in conformance with this Section.
9.34.1.3. Location of Equipment in Public Areas
1) Entrance switches, meters, panel boxes, splitter boxes, time clocks and other similar equipment shall not be located in any public
area unless adequate precautions are taken to prevent interference with the equipment.
9.34.1.4. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
1) Recessed lighting fixtures shall not be located in insulated ceilings unless the fixtures are designed for such installations.
9.34.1.5. Wiring and Cables
1) Except as required in Sentence (2), optical fibre cables and electrical wires and cables installed in buildings permitted to be of
combustible construction shall
a) not convey flame or continue to burn for more than 1 min when tested in conformance with the Vertical Flame Test (FT1 rating) in
CSA C22.2 No. 0.3, "Test Methods for Electrical Wires and Cables," or
b) be located in
i) totally enclosed noncombustible raceways (see Note A-3.1.4.3.(1)(b)(i)),
ii) masonry walls,
iii) concrete slabs, or
iv) totally enclosed non-metallic raceways conforming to Clause 3.1.5.23.(1)(b).
2) Except as permitted in Sentence (3), where a concealed space in a floor or ceiling assembly is used as a plenum, electrical wires and
cables with combustible insulation, jackets or sheathes that are used for the transmission of voice, sound or data and optical fibre cables
installed within the plenum shall conform to Clause 3.6.4.3.(1)(a).
3) Wires or cables within plenum spaces that are used for the transmission of signals in fire alarm, security, radio, and television
broadcasting, closed circuit television or community television systems need not meet the requirements of Sentence (2).
9.34.2. Lighting Outlets
(See Note A-9.34.2.)
9.34.2.1. Lighting of Entrances
1) An exterior lighting outlet with fixture controlled by a wall switch located within the building shall be
provided at every entrance to buildings of residential occupancy.
9.34.2.2. Outlets in Dwelling Units
1) Except as provided in Sentence (2), a lighting outlet with fixture controlled by a wall switch shall be
provided in kitchens, bedrooms, living rooms, utility rooms, laundry rooms, dining rooms, bathrooms, water-closet
rooms, vestibules and hallways in dwelling units.
2) Where a receptacle controlled by a wall switch is provided in bedrooms or living rooms, such rooms need
not conform to the requirements in Sentence (1).
9.34.2.3. Stairways
1) Every stairway shall be lighted.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), 3-way wall switches located at the head and foot of every stairway shall
be provided to control at least one lighting outlet with fixture for stairways with 4 or more risers in dwelling units
and houses with a secondary suite including their common spaces.
3) The stairway lighting for basements that do not contain finished space or lead to an outside entrance or built-
in garage and which serve not more than one dwelling unit is permitted to be controlled by a single switch located at
the head of the stairs.
9.34.2.4. Basements
1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided for each 30 m2 or fraction thereof of floor area in unfinished
basements.
2) The outlet required in Sentence (1) nearest the stairs shall be controlled by a wall switch located at the head
of the stairs.
9.34.2.5. Storage Rooms
1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided in storage rooms.
9.34.2.6. Garages and Carports
1) A lighting outlet with fixture shall be provided for an attached, built-in or detached garage or carport.
2) Except as provided in Sentence (3), outlets required in Sentence (1) shall be controlled by a wall switch near
the doorway.
3) Where the outlet and fixture required in Sentence (1) are ceiling mounted above an area not normally
occupied by a parked car, or are wall mounted, a fixture with a built-in switch accessible to an adult of average
height is permitted to be used.
4) Where a carport is lighted by a light at the entrance to a dwelling unit, additional carport lighting is not
required.
9.34.2.7. Public and Service Areas
1) Every public or service area in buildings shall be provided with lighting outlets with fixtures controlled by a
wall switch or panel to illuminate every portion of such areas.
2) When provided by incandescent lighting, illumination required in Sentence (1) shall conform to
Table 9.34.2.7. (See Article 9.9.12.2. for lighting in means of egress.)
3) When other types of lighting are used, illumination equivalent to that shown in Table 9.34.2.7. shall be
provided.
Table 9.34.2.7.
Lighting for Public Areas
Forming Part of Sentences 9.34.2.7.(2) and (3)
Room or Space
Minimum Illumination, lx
Minimum Lighting Power Density,
W/m 2 of floor area
(incandescent lighting)
Storage rooms
50
5
Service rooms and laundry areas
200
20
Rooms for storage of combustible refuse
200
20
Garages
50
5
Public water-closet rooms
100
10
Service hallways and stairways
50
5
Recreation rooms
100
10
4) Notwithstanding Sentences (1) to (3), rooms and spaces used by the public shall be equipped to provide
illumination as described in Sentences 3.2.7.1.(4) to (7).
9.34.3. Emergency Lighting
9.34.3.1. Criteria for Emergency Lighting
1) Emergency lighting shall conform to Subsection 9.9.12.
Section 9.35. Garages and Carports
9.35.1. Scope
9.35.1.1. Application
1) This Section applies to garages and carports serving not more than one dwelling unit.
9.35.1.2. Construction Requirements
1) The construction of a garage or carport shall conform to the requirements for other buildings in this Part
except as provided in this Section.
9.35.2. General
9.35.2.1. Carport Considered to be Garage
1) Where a roofed enclosure used for the storage or parking of motor vehicles has more than 60% of the total
perimeter enclosed by walls, doors or windows, the enclosure shall be considered a garage.
9.35.2.2. Garage Floor
1) Where an attached or built-in garage is provided and where adjacent spaces in the building are less than 50
mm above the garage floor,
a) the garage floor shall be sloped to the outdoors, or
b) where the garage can accommodate not more than 3 vehicles, an airtight curb or partition not less than 50
mm high shall be installed at the edges of the garage floor adjacent to interior space.
(See Note A-9.35.2.2.(1).)
9.35.3. Foundations
9.35.3.1. Foundation Required
1) Except as permitted in this Subsection, foundations conforming to Sections 9.12. and 9.15. shall be provided
for the support of carport and garage super-structures, including that portion beneath garage doors.
2) Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in height that are not of masonry or
masonry veneer construction are permitted to be supported on
a) wood mud sills, or
b) a 100 mm thick concrete floor slab.
9.35.3.2. Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement
1) In clay-type soils subject to significant movement with a change in soil moisture content, the foundation depth
of carports or garages connected to a dwelling unit directly or by a breezeway shall be approximately the same depth
as the main building foundation.
2) Where slab-on-ground construction is used, a construction joint shall be provided between the main building
slab and a slab serving an attached garage, breezeway or carport.
3) Except as provided in Section 9.12., foundations for attached unheated garages or carports shall be below frost
level.
9.35.3.3. Drainage
1) Detached garages of less than 55 m2 floor area and not more than 1 storey in height that are not of masonry or
masonry veneer construction need not conform with the foundation drainage requirements stated in Section 9.14.,
where the finished ground level is at or near the elevation of the garage's floor and where the ground slopes away
from the building.
9.35.3.4. Column Piers
1) Piers for the support of carport columns shall extend not less than 150 mm above ground level.
2) Piers referred to in Sentence (1) shall project not less than 25 mm beyond the base of the column but in no
case be less than 190 mm by 190 mm in size.
9.35.4. Walls and Columns
9.35.4.1. Interior Finish
1) Interior finish need not be applied to garage and carport walls.
9.35.4.2. Columns
1) Columns for garages and carports shall conform to Section 9.17., except that 89 mm by 89 mm wood
columns may be used.
9.35.4.3. Anchorage
1) Garage or carport walls and columns shall be anchored to the foundation to resist wind uplift in conformance
with Subsection 9.23.6., except that where a garage is supported on the surface of the ground, ground anchors shall
be provided to resist wind uplift.
Section 9.36. Deleted
Section 9.37. Deleted
Section 9.38. Objectives and Functional Statements
9.38.1. Objectives and Functional Statements
9.38.1.1. Attributions to Acceptable Solutions
1) For the purpose of compliance with this Code as required in Clause 1.2.1.1.(1)(b) of Division A, the objectives
and functional statements attributed to the acceptable solutions in this Part shall be the objectives and functional
statements listed in Table 9.38.1.1. (See Note A-1.1.2.1.(1).)
Table 9.38.1.1.
Objectives and Functional Statements Attributed to the Acceptable Solutions in Part 9
Forming Part of Sentence 9.38.1.1.(1)
Provision
Functional Statements and Objectives(1)
9.3.1.1. General
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3]
[F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F55,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F21,F61,F80-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
separator.
[F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F21,F80-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete
steps that support guards or handrails.
[F20,F21,F80-OS3.4] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental
separator.
[F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.2. Cement
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
separator.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.3. Concrete in Contact with Sulphate Soil
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
[F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete is used in footings for chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.4. Aggregates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies to concrete used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to concrete used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.1.5. Water
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.6. Compressive Strength
(1)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F21,F80-OS2.3]
(a) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(a) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(a) [F80-OP2.3]
(a) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
(a) [F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
separator.
(a) [F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to elements that support floors or steps.
(a) [F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(a) [F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F21,F80-OS2.3]
(b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(b) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(b) [F80-OP2.3]
(b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3]
(b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
(c) [F20-OS2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]
(c) [F20-OP2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(c) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
(2)
[F80-OS3.1]
9.3.1.7. Concrete Mixes
(1)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F21-OS2.3]
(a) [F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(a) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(a) [F20,F55,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F21,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
(a) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an
environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
(a) [F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete
steps that support guards or handrails.
(a) [F20,F21,F61-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(a) [F20,F21,F61-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F21,F80-OS2.3]
(b) [F20-OS2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an environmental separator.
(b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(b) [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(b) [F80-OP2.3]
(b) [F20-OP2.3] Applies where concrete is used in an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F21,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F21,F80,F61-OH1.3]
(b) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
(c) [F20,F21-OS2.1] [F20,F21,F80-OS2.3]
(c) [F20,F21,F80-OS3.1]
(c) [F20,F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F61,F55-OP2.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61,F55-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21-OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61,F55-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.8. Admixtures
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
separator.
[F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
9.3.1.9. Cold Weather Requirements
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental
separator.
[F20,F21,F80-OH4] Applies where concrete elements support wood-frame floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to concrete floors or steps, concrete that supports wood-frame floors or steps, and concrete steps that
support guards or handrails.
[F20,F80-OS3.4,OS3.7] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F80-OS1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1] Applies where concrete supports or is used in the walls of chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F61-OH1.3] Applies where concrete supports or is used in an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F61,F55-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F61,F55-OP2.3] [F61,F55-OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.1] Applies to concrete that supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F61,F55-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F61,F55-OS3.4] Applies to concrete that supports or is used in chimneys or fireplaces.
[F20,F61,F55-OH4] Applies to elements that support floors.
9.3.2.2. Lumber Grades
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, or elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.2.5. Moisture Content
(1)
[F21,F80-OS2.3]
[F21,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F21,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.2.8. Undersized Lumber
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.3.2.9. Termite and Decay Protection
(1)
[F82,F80-OS2.3]
[F82,F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an
environmental separator.
[F82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire
resistance.
(2)
[F80,F82-OS2.3]
[F80,F82-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an
environmental separator.
[F82,F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F82,F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F82,F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire
resistance.
(3)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F82,F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F82,F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an
environmental separator.
[F80-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire
resistance.
(4)
[F80-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F80,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F80,F61-OH1.3] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support an environmental separator.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support floors.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies where cribbing or retaining walls support assemblies that are required to provide fire resistance.
(5)
[F80,F81-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F55,F61,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F61,F80,F81-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an
environmental separator.
[F80,F81-OH4] Applies where structural wood elements support wood-frame floors.
[F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire
resistance.
(6)
[F20,F60-OS2.3]
[F20,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F20,F61-OH1.3] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in an environmental
separator.
[F61,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in floors.
[F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where structural wood elements support or are used in assemblies that are required to provide fire
resistance.
9.3.3.2. Galvanized Sheet Steel
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where sheet metal is used in an environmental separator.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies where sheet metal is used in assemblies that support floors.
[F80-OH4] Applies where sheet metal is used in assemblies that support floors.
(2)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.4.2.2. Specified Snow Loads
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3]
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.4.2.3. Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
9.4.2.4. Attics and Roof Spaces
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
9.4.3.1. Deflections
(1)
[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.4.4.1. Allowable Bearing Pressures
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to footings that support an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.4.4.2. Foundation Capacity in Weaker Soil and Rock
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.4.4.3. High Water Table
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.4.4.4. Soil Movement
(1)
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH4] Applies to foundations that support floors and other elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to footings that support floors and other elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.7] Applies to footings that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.4.4.5. Retaining Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.4.4.6. Walls Supporting Drained Earth
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.1. Ceiling Heights of Rooms or Spaces
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.2. Mezzanines
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.3.3. Storage Garages
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.4.1. Hallway Width
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.5.5.1. Doorway Opening Sizes
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.5.5.2. Doorways to Public Water-Closet Rooms
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet
(2)
[F74-OA2]
9.6.1.2. Material Standards for Glass
(1)
[F20-OS2.1] [F63-OS2.3]
(e),(i) [F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
(h) [F03-OS1.2]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.6.1.3. Structural Sufficiency of Glass
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.6.1.4. Types of Glazing and Protection of Glazing
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7] Applies to portion of Code text: "... except that such partitions shall be suitably marked to indicate their
existence and position."
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F20,F30-OS3.1]
9.7.2.1. Entrance Doors
(1)
[F42-OH2.5]
[F51,F54-OH1.2] [F40,F61,F42-OH1.1]
[F61,F42-OS2.3]
(2)
[F35-OS4.2]
9.7.3.1. General Performance Expectations
(2)
[F81-OH1.1] Applies to skylights that provide required non-heating season ventilation.
[F20,F22-OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
9.7.3.2. Heat Transfer Performance
(1)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.7.3.3. Thermal Characteristics of Windows, Doors and Skylights
(1)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F63-OS2.3]
(4)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OS3.1]
9.7.4.2. General
(1)
[F20,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.1]
[F81-OH1.1] Applies to windows that provide required non-heating season ventilation.
[F54,F55,F61,F62,F63-OH1.2] [F20,F61,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.3]
[F10-OS1.5] Applies where windows, doors or skylights serve bedrooms, except bedrooms that have direct access to the exterior
through an exit door or bedrooms that are in sprinklered suites.
9.7.4.3. Performance Requirements
(1)
[F20,F55,F61-OH1.1]
[F55-OH1.2] [F20,F61,F62-OH1.3]
9.7.5.2. Resistance to Forced Entry for Swinging Doors
(2)
[F34-OS4.1]
(3)
[F20-OS4.1]
(4)
[F34-OS4.1]
(5)
[F34-OS4.1]
(6)
[F20-OS4.1]
(7)
[F20-OS4.1]
(8)
[F34-OS4.1]
(9)
[F20-OS4.1]
9.7.5.3. Resistance to Forced Entry for Windows
(1)
[F34-OS4.1]
9.7.6.1. Installation of Windows, Doors and Skylights
(1)
[F20,F54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F54,F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F55,F61,F63-OS2.3]
[F55,F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.7.6.2. Sealants, Trim and Flashing
(1)
[F61,F63-OH1.1,OH1.3] [F51,F54,F61,F63-OH1.2]
[F61,F63-OS2.3]
(4)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.8.2.1. Stair Width
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.2.2. Height over Stairs
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.1. Permitted Configurations
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.2. Minimum Number of Risers
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.3.3. Maximum Height of Stairs
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.4.1. Dimensions for Risers
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.2. Dimensions for Rectangular Treads
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.3. Dimensions of Tapered Treads
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.4. Uniformity and Tolerances for Risers, Runs and Treads
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.6. Winders
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.4.9. Open Risers
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.5.2. Ramp Width
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.3. Height over Ramps
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.4. Ramp Slope
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.5.5. Maximum Rise
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.6.2. Required Landings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.6.3. Dimensions of Landings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.6.4. Height over Landings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.1. Required Handrails
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
9.8.7.3. Termination of Handrails
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.5. Ergonomic Design
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.6. Projections into Stairs and Ramps
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.7.7. Design and Attachment of Handrails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]
9.8.8.1. Required Guards
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1]
(6)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(8)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F22-OS2.4]
9.8.8.3. Height of Guards
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.8.4. Guards for Floors and Ramps in Garages
(1)
[F10-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.8.5. Openings in Guards
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.6. Design of Guards to Not Facilitate Climbing
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.8.8.7. Glass in Guards
(1)
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7]
[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.1. Loads on Stairs and Ramps
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OH4]
9.8.9.2. Exterior Concrete Stairs
(1)
[F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
9.8.9.3. Exterior Wood Steps
(1)
[F80-OS3.1,OS3.7]
[F80-OS2.3]
9.8.9.4. Wooden Stair Stringers
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.5. Treads
(1)
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.9.6. Finish for Treads and Landings
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.8.10.1. Design
(1)
[F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
[F20-OS2.1]
9.8.10.2. Anchorage
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS3.1,OS3.7]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.8.10.3. Prevention of Damage Due to Frost
(1)
[F21-OS3.1]
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.9.1.3. Occupant Load
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.2.2. Purpose of Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] Applies to "An exit shall be designed for no purpose other than for exiting ..."
9.9.2.3. Elevators, Slide Escapes and Windows as Means of Egress
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.2.4. Principal Entrances
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.3.2. Exit Width
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.3.3. Width of Corridors
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.3.4. Clear Height
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.4.2. Fire Separations for Exits
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F05-OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F05-OS1.5]
(4)
[F05-OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.9.4.3. Wired Glass or Glass Block
(2)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.4. Openings Near Unenclosed Exterior Exit Stairs and Ramps
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.5. Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.6. Openings Near Exit Doors
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.4.7. Stairways in 2 Storey, Group D or E Buildings
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.5.2. Occupancies in Corridors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.3. Obstructions in Public Corridors
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.4. Obstructions in Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.5. Obstructions in Means of Egress
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.6. Mirrors or Draperies
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.7. Fuel-Fired Appliances
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.5.8. Service Rooms
(1)
[F10-OS3.7] [F30-OS3.1]
9.9.5.9. Ancillary Rooms
(1)
[F05,F06-OS1.5]
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.1. Obstructions by Doors
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.2. Clear Opening Height at Doorways
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.3. Clear Opening Width at Doorways
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.4. Door Action
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.5. Direction of Door Swing
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.6. Nearness of Doors to Stairs
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.7. Door Latching, Locking and Opening Mechanisms
(1)
(a) [F10-OS3.7]
(b) [F10,F81-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.6.8. Effort Required to Open
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.1. Egress from Roof Area, Podiums, Terraces, Platforms and Contained Open Spaces
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.2. Means of Egress from Suites
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.3. Dead-End Corridors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.7.4. Number and Spacing of Egress Doors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS1.5]
9.9.7.5. Independent Access to Exit
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.8.2. Number of Required Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.8.3. Contribution of Each Exit
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.8.4. Location of Exits
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
9.9.8.5. Exiting through a Lobby
(1)
[F10-OS1.5]
(2)
[F10-OS1.5]
(3)
[F10-OS1.5]
(4)
[F10-OS1.5]
(5)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.8.6. Mezzanine Means of Egress
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
(4)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.9.9.1. Travel Limit to Exits or Egress Doors
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.9.2. Two Separate Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.9.3. Shared Egress Facilities
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.10.1. Egress Windows or Doors for Bedrooms
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.2. Visibility of Exits
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.3. Exit Signs
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(4)
[F10,F81-OS3.7]
(5)
[F10-OS3.7]
(6)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.4. Signs for Stairs and Ramps at Exit Level
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
9.9.11.5. Floor Numbering
(1)
[F10-OS3.7]
[F73-OA1]
9.9.12.2. Required Lighting in Egress Facilities
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.9.12.3. Emergency Lighting
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(4)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(5)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
(7)
[F30-OS3.1] [F10-OS3.7]
9.10.1.2. Testing of Integrated Fire Protection and Life Safety Systems
(1)
[F02,F81,F82-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F02,F81,F82-OP1.2]
9.10.1.3. Items under Part 3 Jurisdiction
(5)
[F01-OS1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: " ... facilities for the dispensing of fuel shall not be installed in any building."
9.10.2.2. Home-Type Care Occupancies
(2)
[F10-OS1.5]
9.10.3.4. Suspended Membrane Ceilings
(1)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.4.3. Basement Storage Garages
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.5.1. Permitted Openings in Wall and Ceiling Membranes
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
(2)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
(3)
[F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.7.1. Protection of Steel Members
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.3]
9.10.8.1. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Floors and Roofs
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2,OS1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: "Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-
resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1."
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2,OP1.3] Applies to portion of Code text: "Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection, the fire-
resistance ratings of floors and roofs shall conform to Table 9.10.8.1."
9.10.8.2. Fire-Resistance Ratings in Sprinklered Buildings
(1)
(a),(b) [F02,F82-OS1.3] [F13-OS1.5,OS1.2]
(a),(b) [F02,F82-OP1.3] [F13-OP1.2]
9.10.8.3. Fire-Resistance Ratings for Walls, Columns and Arches
(1)
[F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
(2)
[F04-OS1.2,OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.2,OP1.3]
9.10.8.4. Support of Noncombustible Construction
(1)
[F04-OS1.3]
[F04-OP1.3]
9.10.8.7. Roofs Supporting an Occupancy
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.8.8. Floors of Exterior Passageways
(1)
[F05-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.3] [F06-OP1.2]
9.10.9.2. Continuous Barrier
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.3. Openings to be Protected with Closures
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.4. Floor Assemblies
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.6. General Requirements for Penetrations of Fire Separations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.7. Piping Penetrations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
9.10.9.8. Penetrations by Outlet Boxes or Service Equipment in Concealed Spaces
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
(6)
[F03-OS1.2] [F04-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2] [F04-OP1.2]
9.10.9.10. Collapse of Combustible Construction
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.11. Reduction in Thickness of Fire Separation by Beams and Joists
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.12. Concealed Spaces above Fire Separations
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.13. Separation of Residential Occupancies
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.14. Residential Suites in Industrial Buildings
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
9.10.9.15. Separation of Suites
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
9.10.9.16. Separation of Residential Suites
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.9.17. Separation of Public Corridors
(1)
[F05,F03-OS1.5] [F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2] [F06,F05-OS1.5]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03,F05-OS1.5] [F03,F06-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F03,F06-OP1.2]
9.10.9.18. Separation of Storage Garages
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
(5)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.10.9.19. Separation of Repair Garages
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
(5)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
9.10.9.20. Exhaust Ducts Serving More Than One Fire Compartment
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.9.21. Central Vacuum Systems
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.10.3. Separation of Service Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
9.10.10.4. Location of Fuel-Fired Appliances
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
9.10.10.5. Incinerators
(1)
[F03-OS1.2] [F03,F81-OS1.4]
[F03-OP1.2] [F03,F81-OP1.4]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F80-OP2.3]
[F20-OS2.1] [F80-OS2.3]
[F01-OP1.1]
(4)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.10.6. Storage Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.11.1. Required Firewalls
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.11.2. Firewalls Not Required
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.12.1. Termination of Floors or Mezzanines
(1)
[F03-OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2,OP1.4]
9.10.12.2. Location of Skylights
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.12.3. Exterior Walls Meeting at an Angle
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.12.4. Protection of Soffits
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.1. Closures
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.2. Solid Core Wood Door as a Closure
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.5. Wired Glass as a Closure
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.6. Steel Door Frames
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.8. Maximum Size of Opening
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.9. Door Latch
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.10. Self-closing Device
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.12. Service Room Doors
(1)
[F30-OS3.1] Applies to portion of Code text: "Swing-type doors shall open into service rooms containing fuel-fired equipment
where such doors lead to public corridors or rooms used for assembly ..."
[F10-OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: "... but shall swing outward from such rooms in all other cases."
9.10.13.13. Fire Dampers
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.13.14. Fire Stop Flaps
(1)
[F03-OS1.3]
[F03-OP1.3]
9.10.13.15. Doors between Garages and Dwelling Units
(1)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.10.13.16. Door Stops
(1)
[F81-OS1.4]
[F81-OP1.4]
9.10.14.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.14.4. Openings in Exposing Building Face
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F03-OP3.1]
(4)
[F03-OP3.1]
(6)
[F03-OP3.1]
(7)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.14.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face and Walls above Exposing Building Face
(1)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(2)
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(4)
[F03-OP3.1]
(6)
[F03-OP3.1]
(7)
[F03-OP3.1]
(8)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(9)
[F03-OP3.1]
(10)
[F03-OP3.1]
(12)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.3. Limiting Distance and Fire Department Response
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.4. Glazed Openings in Exposing Building Face
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F03-OP3.1]
(4)
[F03-OP3.1]
(7)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.15.5. Construction of Exposing Building Face of Houses
(2)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(3)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(5)
[F03-OP3.1]
(7)
[F02,F03-OP3.1]
(8)
[F03-OP3.1]
(9)
[F03-OP3.1]
(11)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.16.1. Required Fire Blocks in Concealed Spaces
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(4)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(6)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
(7)
[F02,F03-OS1.2]
[F02,F03-OP1.2]
9.10.16.2. Required Fire Blocks in Wall Assemblies
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.16.3. Fire Block Materials
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(2)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
(3)
[F04-OS1.2]
[F04-OP1.2]
9.10.16.4. Penetration of Fire Blocks
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.17.1. Flame-Spread Rating of Interior Surfaces
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
9.10.17.2. Ceilings in Exits or Public Corridors
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.3. Walls in Exits
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
(2)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.4. Exterior Exit Passageways
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.5. Walls in Public Corridors
(1)
[F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.9. Combustible Skylights
(1)
[F02,F05-OS1.5]
9.10.17.10. Protection of Foamed Plastics
(1)
[F01,F02,F05-OS1.5]
(2)
[F05-OS1.5] [F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
(3)
[F01,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.18.1. Access Provided through a Firewall
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.18.2. Fire Alarm System Required
(1)
[F11-OS1.5] [F13-OS1.2,OS1.5] [F03-OS1.2]
[F13-OP1.2]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.18.4. Rooms and Spaces Requiring Heat Detectors or Smoke Detectors
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F02-OS1.2] Applies to sprinklered buildings.
[F11-OS1.5] Applies to the supervision of the system and the flow alarm.
9.10.18.5. Smoke Detectors in Recirculating Air-Handling Systems
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.18.6. Portions of Buildings Considered as Separate Buildings
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
(2)
[F11-OS1.2]
9.10.18.7. Central Vacuum Systems
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.10.19.1. Required Smoke Alarms
(1)
[F81,F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.2. Sound Patterns of Smoke Alarms
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.3. Location of Smoke Alarms
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F81,F11-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.4. Power Supply
(1)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
(3)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.19.5. Interconnection of Smoke Alarms
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
(2)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.19.6. Silencing of Smoke Alarms
(1)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.19.7. Instructions for Maintenance and Care
(1)
[F82-OS1.5]
9.10.19.8. Residential Fire Warning Systems
(1)
[F11,F81-OS1.5]
9.10.20.1. Windows or Access Panels Required
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.5,OS1.2]
[F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.2. Access to Basements
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5] Applies to portion of Code text: "Access required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening not less than 1 100
mm high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor."
[F12-OP1.2] Applies to portion of Code text: "Access required in Sentence (1) ... provides an opening not less than 1 100 mm
high and 550 mm wide, the sill height of which shall not be more than 900 mm above the floor."
9.10.20.3. Fire Department Access to Buildings
(1)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
(2)
[F12-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.4. Portable Extinguishers
(1)
[F81,F02,F12-OS1.2]
[F81,F02,F12-OP1.2]
9.10.20.5. Freeze Protection of Fire Protection Systems
(1)
[F81,F02-OS1.2]
[F81,F02-OP1.2]
9.10.21.2. Separation of Sleeping Rooms
(1)
[F03-OS1.2]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.21.3. Floor Assemblies between the First and Second Storey
(1)
[F03-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
9.10.21.4. Walkways Connecting Buildings
(1)
[F03,F06-OS1.2,OS1.5]
[F03-OP1.2]
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.21.5. Spatial Separations
(1)
[F03-OP3.1]
9.10.21.6. Flame-Spread Ratings
(1)
[F05-OS1.5,OS1.2]
9.10.21.7. Smoke Detectors
(1)
[F11-OS1.5]
9.10.21.8. Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1)
[F81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
[F81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
9.10.21.9. Hose Stations
(1)
[F81,F12,F02-OP1.2]
[F81,F12,F02-OS1.2]
(2)
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
(3)
[F12-OP1.2]
[F12-OS1.2]
9.10.22.1. Installation of Cooktops and Ovens
(1)
[F81,F43,F01-OS1.1]
[F81,F43-OS3.4]
9.10.22.2. Vertical Clearances above Cooktops
(1)
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
9.10.22.3. Protection around Cooktops
(1)
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2]
9.11.1.1. Required Protection
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
(3)
[F56-OH3.1]
9.11.1.2. Determination of Sound Transmission Ratings
(1)
[F56-OH3.1]
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions
(2)
[F56-OH3.1]
(3)
[F56-OH3.1]
(4)
[F56-OH3.1]
9.12.1.1. Removal of Topsoil and Organic Matter
(1)
[F40,F41,F20-OH1.1]
(2)
[F81-OS2.3]
[F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20,F21,F40,F41-OH1.1] [F20,F21-OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.2] [F20,F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.1.2. Standing Water
(1)
[F60-OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F60-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F60-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.1.3. Protection from Freezing
(1)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.2.1. Excavation to Undisturbed Soil
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.2.2. Minimum Depth of Foundations
(1)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors, elements that support floors, and concrete steps with more than 2 risers.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(8)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OS3.1]
[F21-OH4]
9.12.3.1. Placement of Backfill
(1)
[F81-OS2.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F81-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F81-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.12.3.2. Grading of Backfill
(1)
[F60,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60,F61-OS2.3]
[F60,F61-OP2.3]
9.12.3.3. Deleterious Debris and Boulders
(1)
[F81-OS2.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.12.4.1. Support of Footings
(1)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OP2.2]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH2.1] Applies to sewer-line locations beneath footings.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.13.2.1. Required Dampproofing
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.2. Dampproofing Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.3. Preparation of Surface
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(5)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(6)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.4. Application of Dampproofing Material
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.2.5. Moisture Protection for Interior Finishes
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.13.2.6. Dampproofing of Floors-on-Ground
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.1. Required Waterproofing
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.2. Waterproofing Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.3. Preparation of Surface
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(5)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.4. Application of Waterproofing Membranes
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.3.5. Floor Waterproofing System
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.13.4.2. Protection from Soil Gas Ingress
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
9.13.4.3. Providing for the Rough-in for a Subfloor Depressurization System
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
9.14.2.1. Foundation Wall Drainage
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(2)
(a) [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
(a) [F60-OS2.1]
(a) [F60-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OS2.1]
(b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OP2.1]
(b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OP2.4] Applies where foundations support walls or floors.
(b) [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where foundations serve as or support an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OH4] Applies where foundations support floors or elements supporting floors.
(b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies where foundations support floors or elements supporting floors.
(b) [F21-OS3.7] Applies where foundations support walls that contain windows or doors required for emergency egress.
9.14.3.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.14.3.2. Minimum Size
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.3.3. Installation
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(2)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(3)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(4)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.1. Type of Granular Material
(1)
(a) [F60-OS2.3] [F21-OS2.2]
(a) [F60-OP2.3] [F21-OP2.6]
(a) [F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F21-OS2.1]
(b) [F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
(b) [F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(b) [F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.14.4.2. Installation
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.3. Grading
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.4.4. Wet Site Conditions
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.5.1. Drainage Disposal
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.5.2. Sump Pits
(1)
(a),(b) [F60,F61-OH1.1,OH1.3]
(c) [F40-OH1.1] [F52-OH1.2]
(a),(b) [F60,F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(c) [F52-OS2.3]
(a),(b) [F60,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4]
(c) [F52-OP2.3]
(c) [F30-OS3.1]
(2)
(a) [F30-OS3.1]
(b) [F40-OH1.1]
(3)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.5.3. Dry Wells
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
(2)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.6.1. Surface Drainage
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.2,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.2,OP2.3]
9.14.6.2. Drainage away from Wells or Septic Disposal Beds
(1)
[F46-OH2.2] Applies to directing drainage away from the location of a water supply.
[F44-OH2.1] Applies to directing drainage away from a septic tank disposal system.
9.14.6.3. Window Wells
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F60-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.14.6.4. Catch Basin
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.3]
[F61-OS3.1]
9.15.1.3. Foundations for Deformation-Resistant Buildings
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.15.2.2. Unit Masonry Construction
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F21,F61-OP2.4]
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)
(a) [F20-OS2.1]
(a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20-OP2.1]
(a) [F80-OP2.4]
(a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(b) [F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20-OP2.1]
(b) [F80-OP2.4]
(b) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(b) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(c) [F20-OS2.1]
(c) [F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(c) [F20-OP2.1]
(c) [F61-OP2.4]
(c) [F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(c) [F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(c) [F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(c) [F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.2.3. Pier-Type Foundations
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.2.4. Wood-Frame Foundations
(1)
(a) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
(a) [F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
(a) [F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(a) [F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(a) [F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.1. Footings Required
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F20,F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.2. Support of Footings
(1)
[F21-OS2.4]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.4. Basic Footing Widths and Areas
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.5. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Exterior Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.2,OS2.3] [F21-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.3] [F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.6. Adjustments to Footing Widths for Interior Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.2]
9.15.3.7. Adjustments to Footing Area for Columns
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2]
[F21-OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.8. Footing Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.3.9. Step Footings
(1)
[F20,F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the foundation supports or is part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to foundations that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to foundations that support floors.
9.15.4.1. Flat Wall Insulating Concrete Form Units
(1)
[F22,F63,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.15.4.2. Foundation Wall Thickness and Required Lateral Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(7)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.4.5. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Foundation Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.4.6. Extension above Ground Level
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.3]
9.15.4.7. Reduction in Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.4.9. Crack Control Joints
(1)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.3]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.15.5.1. Support of Floor Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F40,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] [F40,F61-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F40,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F40,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.5.2. Support of Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.5.3. Pilasters
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.15.6.2. Foundation Walls above Ground
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.3]
9.15.6.3. Form Ties
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F30-OS3.1]
[F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.16.1.3. Required Floors-on-Ground
(1)
(a),(b) [F30-OS3.1]
(a),(b) [F40-OH2.4]
9.16.2.1. Required Installation of Granular Material
(1)
[F40,F61-OH1.1] [F60,F61-OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.3]
9.16.2.2. Support of Floors
(1)
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS3.1]
(2)
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS3.1]
(3)
[F22-OS3.1]
9.16.3.1. Control of Water Ingress
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F60-OS2.3]
[F60-OS3.1]
9.16.3.2. Hydrostatic Pressure
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1] [F61-OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1] [F61-OP2.3]
[F20-OS3.1]
9.16.3.3. Floor Drains
(1)
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62-OS2.3]
[F62-OS3.1]
9.16.4.1. Surface Finish
(1)
[F40-OH2.4]
[F30,F80-OS3.1]
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F41-OH1.1]
[F20,F80-OS3.1]
9.16.4.2. Topping Course
(1)
[F20,F80-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20,F80-OS3.1]
9.16.4.3. Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS3.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OH4]
9.16.4.4. Bond Break
(1)
[F21-OS3.1]
9.16.5.1. Wood-Frame Floors
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
[F20-OS3.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where wood-frame floors-on-ground serve as an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4]
9.17.2.1. Location
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.2,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.2.2. Lateral Support
(1)
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.17.3.1. Size and Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.3.2. End Bearing Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.3.3. Paint
(1)
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.17.4.1. Column Sizes
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.4.2. Materials
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.4.3. Columns in Contact with Concrete
(1)
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.5.1. Materials
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.5.2. Sizes
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.17.6.2. Sizes
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.18.2.1. Access Openings
(1)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(2)
[F51,F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are unheated and access is from the interior.
[F42,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
[F63-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are unheated and access is from the interior.
[F42,F61-OS2.3] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
[F42-OH2.4,OH2.5] Applies where crawl spaces are heated or unheated and access is from the exterior.
9.18.3.1. Ventilation of Unheated Crawl Spaces
(1)
[F62-OH1.1]
[F62-OS2.3]
(2)
[F62-OH1.1]
[F62-OS2.3]
(3)
(a) [F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(b) [F61,F42-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(a),(b) [F61,F62,F42-OS2.3]
(b) [F42-OH2.3,OH2.5]
9.18.4.1. Access Way to Services
(1)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F82-OH2.1]
9.18.5.1. Drainage
(1)
[F60-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F60-OS2.3]
9.18.6.1. Ground Cover in Unheated Crawl Spaces
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.18.6.2. Ground Cover in Heated Crawl Spaces
(1)
[F40,F61-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F40,F61-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
(4)
[F40,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.18.7.1. Crawl Spaces as Warm Air Plenums
(1)
[F51-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OS2.3]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1]
(4)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
9.19.1.1. Required Venting
(1)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
9.19.1.2. Vent Requirements
(1)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(2)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(3)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(4)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51-OH1.3] Applies to sloped roof assemblies that may be subject to ice damming.
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(5)
[F42,F51,F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F42-OH1.1] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects.
[F51,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F42-OH2.5] Applies to resistance to the entry of insects.
9.19.1.3. Clearances
(1)
[F62,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(2)
[F62,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F51-OS2.3]
(3)
[F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F51,F62-OS2.3]
9.19.2.1. Access
(1)
[F82-OS2.3]
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F82-OS2.3]
(3)
[F42-OH1.1] [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where access is from the exterior.
[F42-OH1.1] Applies where access is from an unheated enclosed space.
[F51-OH1.2] Applies where access is from an interior heated space.
[F61,F42-OS2.3] Applies where access is from the exterior or an unheated enclosed space.
[F42-OH2.5] Applies where access is from the exterior or an unheated enclosed space.
9.20.2.1. Masonry Unit Standards
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.2. Used Brick
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.3. Glass Blocks
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F01,F20-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F01,F20-OS1.1] [F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01,F20-OP1.1] [F20-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.2.4. Cellular Concrete
(1)
[F80-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.5. Stone
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.6. Concrete Blocks Exposed to the Weather
(1)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F61-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F61-OP2.3]
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F80-OP1.2] Applies to concrete blocks in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.2.7. Compressive Strength
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01-OS1.1,OS1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F01,F20,F80-OP1.2] Applies to masonry used in chimneys and fireplaces.
9.20.3.1. Mortar Materials
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F21-OS2.1]
[F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.3.2. Mortar and Grout Mixes
(1)
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
(a) [F21,F61,F55-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(a) [F21,F61,F55-OP2.1,OP2.3]
(a) [F21,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F21-OS2.1]
(b) [F21-OP2.1]
(b) [F21,F44-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(4)
[F20,F21-OS2.1]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used
in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(7)
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.1]
[F20,F21,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F21,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry
used in chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20,F21,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.4.1. Thickness
(1)
[F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F61-OS2.1]
[F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F61-OS2.1]
[F20,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F61-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F61-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F61-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.4.2. Masonry Units
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator and to masonry used in
chimneys and fireplaces.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.5.1. Masonry Support
(1)
[F20,F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F21-OS2.1]
[F20,F21-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F21-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F21-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F21-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.5.2. Lintels or Arches
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(4)
[F80-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.6.1. Thickness of Exterior Walls
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.6.2. Cavity Walls
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22,F61-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22,F61-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.6.3. Thickness of Interior Walls
(2)
(b) [F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
(b) [F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5]
9.20.6.4. Masonry Veneer
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OP2.3]
[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.6.5. Parapet Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS1.2]
9.20.7.1. Maximum Dimensions
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.2. Minimum Wall Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.3. Separation of Chases or Recesses
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.4. Non-Conforming Chases or Recesses
(1)
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.7.5. Chases or Recesses Cut into Walls
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.1. Capping of Hollow Masonry Walls
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.2. Cavity Walls Supporting Framing Members
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.3. Bearing of Beams and Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.20.8.4. Support of Beams and Columns
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(5)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.8.5. Projection of Masonry Veneer Beyond Supporting Members
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.9.1. Joints to be Offset or Reinforced
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.9.2. Bonding or Tying of Other than Masonry Veneer
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.9.3. Bonding
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.9.4. Tying
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(3)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(4)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(5)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(7)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(8)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(9)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.9.5. Ties for Masonry Veneer
(1)
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.5]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.5]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.9.6. Reinforcing for Glass Block
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.10.1. Lateral Support Required
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
(a) [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
(a) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.5]
(a) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(a) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(a) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.11.1. Anchorage to Floor or Roof Assemblies where Masonry Walls Require Lateral Support
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.11.2. Bonding and Tying Intersecting Masonry Walls where Walls Require Lateral Support
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.20.11.3. Anchoring Intersecting Wood-Frame Walls to Masonry Walls
(1)
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.5]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OP2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.11.4. Anchoring Wood-Frame Roof Systems to Masonry Walls
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.11.5. Anchoring Masonry Cornices, Sills and Trim to Masonry Walls
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
9.20.11.6. Anchoring to Masonry Piers
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.12.1. Corbelling
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.12.2. Corbelling for Cavity Walls
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.12.3. Corbelling for Masonry Veneer
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.20.13.1. Materials for Flashing
(1)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.2. Fastening of Flashing
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.3. Location of Flashing
(1)
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.20.13.4. Extension of Flashing
(1)
[F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.5. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry/Masonry Walls
(1)
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.6. Flashing for Weep Holes in Masonry Veneer
(2)
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.7. Flashing Joints
(1)
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.8. Required Weep Holes
(1)
[F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.9. Protection of Interior Finish
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61-OP2.1,OP2.3]
(2)
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.20.13.10. Mortar Droppings
(1)
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.13.12. Drips beneath Window Sills
(1)
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OP2.1,OP2.3]
[F61,F62-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.20.14.1. Laying Temperature of Mortar and Masonry
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.20.14.2. Protection from Weather
(1)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.15.1. Amount of Reinforcement
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.15.2. Installation Standard
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.20.16.1. Corrosion Resistance of Connectors
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator or are exposed to moisture.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.20.17.1. Thickness of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.20.17.2. Reinforcement for Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.20.17.3. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.20.17.4. Openings in Loadbearing Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.20.17.5. Framing Supported on Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS3.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS3.1]
9.20.17.6. Anchoring of Roof Framing to the Top of Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.21.1.2. Chimney or Flue Pipe Walls
(1)
[F01-OS1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be flame-tight.
[F44-OH1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be smoke-tight.
[F01-OP1.1] Applies to the walls of any chimney or flue pipe, which are required to be constructed to be flame-tight.
9.21.2.1. Chimney Flue Limitations
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
(3)
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OH1.1]
9.21.2.2. Connections of More Than One Appliance
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F44-OS3.4]
(3)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
(4)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.3. Inclined Chimney Flues
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.4. Size of Chimney Flues
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.5. Fireplace Chimneys
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.2.6. Oval Chimney Flues
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.21.3.1. Lining Materials
(1)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44,F01,F20-OP1.1]
9.21.3.2. Joints in Chimney Liners
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44,F20-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS3.4]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
9.21.3.3. Clay Liners
(1)
[F20-OS2.2]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01,F20-OP1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01,F20-OS1.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to the liners referred to in Sentence 9.21.3.3.(1), which are required to be not less than 15.9 mm thick.
9.21.3.4. Firebrick Liners
(1)
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
[F20-OS2.2]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F01,F20-OP1.1]
9.21.3.5. Concrete Liners
(1)
[F01,F20-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.6. Metal Liners
(1)
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F01,F20-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
9.21.3.7. Installation of Chimney Liners
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.8. Spaces between Liners and Surrounding Masonry
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F20-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.21.3.9. Mortar for Chimney Liners
(1)
(b) [F20-OS2.3]
(a),(b) [F01,F20-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
(a),(b) [F01,F20-OS1.1]
(2)
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
9.21.3.10. Extension of Chimney Liners
(1)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F44,F20-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.21.4.4. Height of Chimney Flues
(1)
(a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]
(a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.21.4.6. Chimney Caps
(1)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
9.21.4.7. Cleanout
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.4.8. Wall Thickness
(1)
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F22-OP2.1]
9.21.4.9. Separation of Flue Liners
(1)
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.3]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F20,F22-OS2.3]
[F20,F44-OH1.1]
[F20,F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.4.10. Flashing
(1)
[F20,F61-OS2.3]
9.21.5.1. Clearance from Combustible Materials
(1)
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(2)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
(3)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.5.2. Sealing of Spaces
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.21.5.3. Support of Joists or Beams
(1)
[F01-OP1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.22.1.2. Masonry and Concrete
(2)
[F22,F20-OS2.3]
9.22.1.4. Combustion Air
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.2.1. Brick or Steel Liners
(1)
[F20,F01-OS1.1]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
9.22.2.2. Firebrick Liners
(1)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.2.3. Steel Liners
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.3.1. Thickness of Walls
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.4.1. Fire Chamber Dimensions
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.5.1. Hearth Extension
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.5.2. Support of Hearth
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20,F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.6.1. Required Damper and Size
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F54-OH1.2]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.7.1. Slope of Smoke Chamber
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.7.2. Wall Thickness
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.8.1. Conformance to Standard
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.22.9.1. Clearance to the Fireplace Opening
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.9.2. Metal Exposed to the Interior
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.9.3. Clearance to Combustible Framing
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.9.4. Heat-Circulating Duct Outlets
(1)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
9.22.10.1. Appliance Standard
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.22.10.2. Installation
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.23.2.1. Strength and Rigidity
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.2.2. Protection from Decay
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F81-OS2.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F81-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.2.3. Protection from Dampness
(1)
[F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.2.4. Connections to Preservative-Treated Wood
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OP2.3]
(3)
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OP2.3]
9.23.3.1. Standards for Nails and Screws
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20,F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.3.2. Length of Nails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.3.3. Prevention of Splitting
(1)
[F80-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.3.4. Nailing of Framing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.3] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.3] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F20,F22-OP2.3] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.3.5. Fasteners for Sheathing or Subflooring
(1)
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(3)
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(7)
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1] [F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(8)
[F20-OS2.1] [F20,F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.4.2. Spans for Joists, Rafters and Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5]
9.23.4.3. Steel Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to elements that support walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.4.5. Heavy Roofing Materials
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.5.1. Holes Drilled in Framing Members
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.5.2. Notching of Framing Members
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.5.3. Wall Studs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.5.4. Top Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.5.5. Roof Trusses
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.6.1. Anchorage of Building Frames
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.6.2. Anchorage of Columns and Posts
(1)
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.6.3. Anchorage of Smaller Buildings
(1)
[F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
9.23.7.1. Size of Sill Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.7.2. Levelling and Sealing of Sill Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.8.1. Bearing for Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.8.2. Priming of Steel Beams
(1)
[F80-OS2.1]
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F80-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.8.3. Built-up Wood Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
(8)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
9.23.9.1. End Bearing for Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.9.2. Joists Supported by Beams
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.3. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.4. Strapping, Bridging, Furring and Ceilings in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A and -B
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.5. Header Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.6. Trimmer Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.7. Support of Tail and Header Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.9.8. Support of Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.9.9. Cantilevered Floor Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.1. Stud Size and Spacing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.2. Bracing and Lateral Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to walls that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.3. Orientation of Studs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.4. Continuity of Studs
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.10.5. Support for Cladding, Sheathing and Finishing Materials
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.10.6. Studs at Sides of Openings
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
(b) [F20,F22-OS2.5]
(b) [F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1]
(b) [F20-OP2.5]
(b) [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
(b) [F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(b) [F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(b) [F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(b) [F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(b) [F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.11.1. Size of Wall Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.11.2. Bottom Wall Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.11.3. Top Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.11.4. Joints in Top Plates
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.12.1. Openings in Non-Loadbearing Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20,F22-OS1.2]
9.23.12.2. Openings in Loadbearing Walls
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.12.3. Lintel Spans and Sizes
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.13.1. Requirements for Low to Moderate Wind and Seismic Forces
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.5. Braced Wall Panels in Braced Wall Bands
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.6. Materials in Braced Wall Panels
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.13.7. Additional System Considerations
(7)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.14.1. Continuity of Rafters and Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.2. Framing around Openings
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.3. End Bearing Length
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.5]
[F22-OS2.5]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.5]
[F22-OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.23.14.4. Location and Attachment of Rafters
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.5. Shaping of Rafters
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.6. Hip and Valley Rafters
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.14.7. Intermediate Support for Rafters and Joists
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(6)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F22-OH4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.23.14.8. Ridge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(7)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(8)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(9)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.23.14.9. Restraint of Joist Bottoms
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.10. Ceiling Joists Supporting Roof Load
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.14.11. Roof Trusses
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
9.23.15.1. Subflooring Required
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
9.23.15.2. Material Standards
(1)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F80-OS3.1]
[F80-OP2.4]
[F80-OH4]
[F80-OS2.1]
(3)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
(4)
[F80-OS3.1]
[F80-OP2.4]
[F80-OH4]
[F80-OH1.1]
9.23.15.3. Edge Support
(1)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
9.23.15.4. Direction of Installation
(1)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
9.23.15.5. Subfloor Thickness or Rating
(1)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
[F20-OS2.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OH4]
[F22-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F22-OH4]
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
9.23.15.6. Annular Grooved Nails
(1)
[F81-OS2.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
[F81-OH1.1]
9.23.15.7. Lumber Subflooring
(1)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(2)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F22-OH4]
(3)
[F22-OS3.1]
[F22-OP2.4]
9.23.16.1. Required Roof Sheathing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.16.2. Material Standards
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.3. Direction of Installation
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.4. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.5. Lumber Roof Sheathing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.16.6. Edge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.23.16.7. Thickness or Rating
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F22-OH4]
[F22-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.23.17.1. Required Sheathing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.17.2. Thickness, Rating and Material Standards
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.17.4. Lumber Sheathing
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.23.17.5. Joints in Panel-Type Sheathing
(1)
[F80,F81-OS2.3]
[F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80,F81-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F80,F81-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.24.1.2. Material Standards
(1)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22,F80-OP2.4]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22,F80-OS2.4]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.24.1.4. Screws
(1)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22,F80-OP2.4]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.24.1.5. Cladding, Sheathing and Interior Finish Required
(1)
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.1]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F22,F80-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.24.2.1. Size and Spacing of Studs in Interior Walls
(1)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.2.2. Thickness of Studs
(1)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.4]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.4]
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.2.3. Runners
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.24.2.4. Openings in Fire Separations
(1)
[F20-OS1.2]
(2)
[F20-OS1.2]
(3)
[F20-OS1.2]
(4)
[F20-OS1.2]
9.24.2.5. Size and Spacing of Studs in Exterior Walls
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
9.24.3.1. Installation of Runners
(1)
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22,F80-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency
egress.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(3)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(4)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
9.24.3.2. Fire-Rated Walls
(1)
[F21-OS1.2]
(2)
[F21-OS1.2]
(3)
[F20-OS1.2]
(4)
[F20-OS1.2]
(5)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.24.3.3. Orientation of Studs
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.3.4. Support for Cladding Materials
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.3.5. Framing around Openings
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
9.24.3.6. Attachment of Studs to Runners
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.4]
[F22-OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
[F22-OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls, and elements that support walls, that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F21-OS1.2]
9.24.3.7. Openings for Fire Dampers
(1)
[F20-OS1.2]
(2)
[F20-OS1.2]
(3)
[F03-OS1.2]
9.25.1.1. Scope and Application
(2)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2] [F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F55,F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.1. Required Insulation
(1)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.2. Insulation Materials
(1)
[F51,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
(3)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.3. Installation of Thermal Insulation
(1)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F55-OS2.3]
(4)
[F51,F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
(5)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.2,OS2.3]
(6)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F80-OS2.3]
(7)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F80-OS2.3]
(8)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F21-OS2.3]
9.25.2.4. Installation of Loose-Fill Insulation
(1)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F51-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F51-OS2.3]
(4)
(a) [F21,F51-OS2.3]
(a) [F21,F51-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(c) [F81-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(c) [F81-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing.
(c) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(c) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing.
(c) [F81-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the interior finish provides to the required bracing.
(c) [F81-OP3.1] Applies where the interior finish contributes to the required fire resistance of the wall.
(c) [F81-OS3.7] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing.
(c) [F81-OS3.1] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing of walls that support floors.
(c) [F81-OH4] Applies where the interior finish provides the required bracing of walls that support floors.
(d) [F80-OS2.3]
(d) [F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)
[F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(6)
(a) [F51,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F51,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(a) [F62,F51-OS2.3]
(b) [F51,F63-OS2.3]
9.25.2.5. Installation of Spray-Applied Polyurethane
(1)
[F51,F41,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F63-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.3.1. Required Barrier to Air Leakage
(1)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F55-OS2.3]
[F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
[F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
9.25.3.2. Air Barrier System Properties
(1)
[F20,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F20,F55-OS2.3]
[F20,F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
[F20,F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(2)
[F20,F80,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F20,F80,F55-OS2.3]
[F20,F80,F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential
space.
[F20,F80,F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential
space.
9.25.3.3. Continuity of the Air Barrier System
(1)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F55-OS2.3]
[F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
[F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(2)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
(a) [F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
[F55-OS2.3]
(a) [F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(6)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F55-OS2.3]
[F44-OS1.1] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
[F44-OS3.4] Applies where the air barrier system separates a garage, or suite containing a garage, from residential space.
(7)
[F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] [F40-OH1.1]
[F55-OS2.3]
(8)
[F01-OS1.1]
9.25.3.4. Air Leakage Control in Masonry Walls
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40-OH1.1]
9.25.3.5. Air Leakage Control in Underground Roofs
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
9.25.3.6. Air Barrier Systems in Floors-on-ground
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
(2)
[F40-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
(5)
[F40-OH1.1]
(6)
[F40-OH1.1]
9.25.4.1. Required Barrier to Vapour Diffusion
(1)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.25.4.2. Vapour Barrier Materials
(1)
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(2)
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F62,F63-OS2.3]
[F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
[F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(5)
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
[F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(6)
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
[F63,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(7)
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(8)
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
9.25.4.3. Installation of Vapour Barriers
(1)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F63-OS2.3]
[F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
9.25.5.1. General
(2)
[F62,F63-OS2.3]
[F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.25.5.2. Position of Low Permeance Materials
(1)
[F62,F63-OS2.3]
[F62,F63-OH1.1,OH1.2]
9.26.1.2. Required Protection
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.1.3. Alternative Installation Methods
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.2. Installation of Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.2,OH1.3,OH1.1]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.2.3. Nails
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(4)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.2.4. Staples
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.3.1. Slope
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.4.1. Required Flashing at Intersections
(1)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.4.2. Materials
(1)
[F61,F62,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F62,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.4.3. Valley Flashing
(1)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
(5)
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
(6)
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.4.4. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Masonry
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where a shingle roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where flashing is installed between a shingle roof and a masonry chimney.
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where a shingle roof slopes upward from a masonry chimney.
9.26.4.5. Intersection of Shingle Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.4.6. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Masonry
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where a built-up roof intersects with a masonry chimney.
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OP1.1] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
[F61-OS3.4] Applies where counter flashing is installed between a built-up roof and a masonry chimney.
9.26.4.7. Intersection of Built-Up Roofs and Walls other than Masonry
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.4.8. Chimney Saddles
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1]
[F61-OP1.1]
[F61-OS3.4]
(2)
[F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F81-OS2.3]
[F20,F81-OS1.1]
[F20,F81-OP1.1]
[F20,F81-OS3.4]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(5)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS1.1]
[F61-OP1.1]
[F61-OS3.4]
9.26.5.1. Required Eave Protection
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.5.2. Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.6.1. Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62-OS2.3]
9.26.6.2. Installation
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.1. Coverage
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.1]
9.26.7.2. Starter Strip
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.3. Head Lap
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.4. Fasteners
(1)
[F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(4)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(5)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.7.5. Securing of Tabs
(1)
[F20,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61-OS2.3]
9.26.7.6. Hips and Ridges
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.8.1. Coverage
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.2. Starter Strip
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.3. Securing of Tabs
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.8.4. Securing of Shingle Courses
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.8.5. Hips and Ridges
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.9.2. Grade
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.3. Size
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.4. Spacing and Joints
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.9.5. Fastening
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.9.6. Exposure
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.1. Size and Thickness
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.2. Underlay
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.3. Spacing and Joints
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.4. Fastening
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.10.5. Exposure
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.10.8. Grade
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.1. Quantity of Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.2. Coal-Tar and Asphalt Products
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.11.3. Roof Felts
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.11.4. Aggregate Surfacing
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.6. Number of Layers
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.11.7. Installation of Layers
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F81-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.26.11.8. Roofing over Wood-Based Sheathing
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.9. Attachment to Decking
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.11.10. Cant Strips
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS3.1]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS3.1]
(5)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(6)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.12.1. Coverage
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.12.2. Joints
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.13.1. Thickness
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.13.2. Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.26.14.1. Support
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.26.15.1. Installation
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.16.1. Installation
(1)
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
9.26.17.1. Installation
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.26.18.2. Downspouts
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.2.1. Minimizing and Preventing Ingress and Damage
(1)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F80,F81-OS2.3]
[F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.2. Minimum Protection from Precipitation Ingress
(3)
[F62-OS2.3]
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.3. First and Second Planes of Protection
(1)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.2.4. Protection of Cladding from Moisture
(1)
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.1. Elements of the Second Plane of Protection
(1)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.2. Sheathing Membrane Material Standard
(1)
[F20,F61,F62,F55-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F62,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.3. Required Sheathing Membrane and Installation
(1)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.4. Insulating Sheathing in lieu of Sheathing Membrane
(2)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.5. Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing
(1)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.6. Face Sealed Cladding
(2)
[F20,F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F61,F55-OS2.3]
[F61,F55-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.7. Flashing Materials
(1)
[F61,F62,F80-OS2.3]
[F61,F62,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.3.8. Flashing Installation
(1)
(a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3]
(a),(b),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OS2.3]
(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(2)
(a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OS2.3] Applies to detailing of horizontal joints.
(a),(b)(ii),(c)(i) [F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to detailing of horizontal joints.
(b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OS2.3] Applies to cladding installed outboard of a drained and vented air space.
(b)(i),(c)(ii) [F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to cladding installed outboard of a drained and vented air space.
(3)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(4)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(5)
[F61,F62-OS2.3]
[F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
9.27.4.1. Required Sealants
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.4.2. Materials
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
(2)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
(3)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
9.27.5.1. Attachment
(1)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing of walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.1] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing of walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OS3.7] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide required bracing of walls that contain doors or
windows required for emergency egress.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(4)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
9.27.5.2. Blocking
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.5.3. Furring
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding
installed to provide the required bracing.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the
required bracing.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding
installed to provide the required bracing.
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the
required bracing.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where furring is used for the attachment of panel-type cladding
installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.5.4. Size and Spacing of Fasteners
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the attachment of panel-type cladding installed to provide the required bracing.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
9.27.5.5. Fastener Materials
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS2.3,OS2.4] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F80-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.5.6. Expansion and Contraction
(1)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.3]
(2)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.3]
9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.6.1. Materials
(1)
[F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.6.2. Thickness and Width
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.27.6.3. Joints
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21,F61-OS2.3]
9.27.7.1. Materials
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.2. Width
(1)
[F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.3. Fasteners
(1)
[F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.7.4. Offsetting of Joints
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.7.5. Fastening to Lath
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OS2.3]
(2)
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(4)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(5)
[F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62-OS2.3]
9.27.7.6. Exposure and Thickness
(1)
[F62,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F20-OS2.3]
9.27.8.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.8.2. Thickness
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.8.3. Edge Treatment
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
[F61-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F61-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.8.4. Panel Cladding
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.8.5. Lapped Strip Siding
(1)
[F21,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21,F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.9.2. Thickness
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.9.3. Panel Cladding
(1)
[F20,F21,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F21,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.4. Lapped Strip Siding
(1)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(2)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.9.5. Clearance
(1)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.10.1. Material Standard
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.10.2. Thickness
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(3)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(4)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.10.3. Panel Cladding
(1)
[F20,F22,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22,F80-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the
required bracing.
(2)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.3]
(3)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
(4)
[F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F61-OS2.3]
9.27.10.4. Clearance
(1)
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F21-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
[F21-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required bracing.
9.27.11.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
(2)
[F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20,F22,F61-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3] [F22,F61-OS2.3]
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.4] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where panel-type cladding is installed to provide the required
bracing.
9.27.12.1. Material Standards
(1)
[F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F62,F61,F20,F42-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F61,F20,F42-OS2.3]
(4)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
9.27.13.1. Material Standard
(1)
[F62,F61,F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F62,F61,F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
9.27.14.2. Materials
(1)
[F20,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F62-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.3]
9.27.14.3. Design and Installation
(1)
[F20,F61,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F62-OS2.3]
9.28.1.1. Sheathing beneath Stucco
(1)
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F22-OS2.3]
9.28.1.2. Lath and Reinforcing
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20,F21-OS1.1]
[F20,F21-OS2.3]
[F20,F21-OS3.4]
[F20,F21-OP1.1]
[F20,F21-OH1.1]
9.28.1.3. Concrete Masonry Units
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.1.4. Clearance over Ground Level
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
9.28.1.5. Flashing and Caulking
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to the separation of aluminum flashing from stucco.
[F80-OS2.3] Applies to the separation of aluminum flashing from stucco.
9.28.2.1. Portland Cement
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.2.2. Aggregate
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.2.3. Water
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.3.1. Materials
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.3.2. Nails and Staples
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
9.28.4.1. Materials
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.2. No Sheathing Required
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath Specifications
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.4. Self-Furring Devices
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.5. Application of Stucco Lath
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
(4)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.4.6. Fastening
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
9.28.5.1. Mixes
(1)
[F20,F61,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F61,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F61,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F61,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.5.2. Pigments
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
9.28.5.3. Mixing
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.1. Low Temperature Conditions
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.2. Number of Coats and Total Thickness
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.3. First Coat
(1)
[F20,F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20,F80-OS2.3]
[F20,F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20,F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.4. Second Coat
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.28.6.5. Finish Coat
(1)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(2)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F20-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
(3)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OS3.4] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
[F80-OP1.1] Applies where stucco is applied to masonry chimneys.
9.29.2.1. Where Required
(1)
[F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F80,F81-OS2.3]
[F80,F81-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F80,F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.2.2. Materials
(1)
[F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F80-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.3.1. Size and Spacing of Furring
(1)
[F20,F22-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.3.2. Fastening
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.4.1. Application
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
9.29.5.1. Application
(2)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
(3)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
9.29.5.2. Materials
(1)
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
9.29.5.3. Maximum Spacing of Supports
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.5.4. Support of Insulation
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.5.5. Length of Fasteners
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.5.6. Nails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.5.7. Screws
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.4]
9.29.5.8. Spacing of Nails
(1)
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support
for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
9.29.5.9. Spacing of Screws
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly is determined
according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where gypsum board is required to provide the fire resistance and the rating of the assembly is determined
according to Table 9.10.3.1.-A.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where the walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or
lateral support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies where the walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
(6)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
(7)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs, or
where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS3.1,OS3.7] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral
support for studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH4] Applies where walls support floors and where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs or where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP3.1] Applies where interior finishes are installed to contribute to the required fire resistance of exterior walls.
9.29.5.10. Low Temperature Conditions
(1)
[F81-OS1.2] Applies where the finishing of joints is required to maintain required fire-resistance ratings.
9.29.6.1. Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.6.2. Grooved Plywood
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.6.3. Nails and Staples
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.29.6.4. Edge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.1. Material Standard
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
9.29.7.2. Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.3. Nails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.7.4. Edge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.1. Material Standard
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3]
9.29.8.2. Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.3. Nails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.8.4. Edge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.9.1. Material Standard
(1)
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20,F80-OP2.1,OP2.3] [F22,F80-OP2.4]
[F20,F80-OS2.1,OS2.3]
[F20,F22,F80-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to
the required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation
elements.
9.29.9.2. Minimum Thickness
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(5)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OS2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing or lateral support for studs.
[F20,F22-OP2.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements,
or where interior finishes contribute to the required bracing of exterior walls.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics.
9.29.9.3. Nails
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.3,OS2.5] [F22-OS2.3,OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.3,OP2.5] [F22-OP2.3,OP2.4,OP2.5]
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies to assemblies required to provide fire resistance.
[F22-OS3.1] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F22-OS3.7] Applies to walls that contain doors or windows required for emergency egress.
[F20,F22-OH4] Applies to walls that support floors.
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3] Applies to elements that support or are part of an environmental separator.
9.29.9.4. Edge Support
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20,F22-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where interior finishes support or serve as required environmental separation elements.
[F20,F22-OS1.2] Applies where interior finishes are required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1] [F20,F22-OP2.4]
9.29.10.1. Tile Application
(1)
[F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
(2)
[F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
9.29.10.2. Mortar Base
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile
is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20,F80-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile
is installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
[F20,F80-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the
required fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F80,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20,F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
(4)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OS2.5] [F22-OS2.4,OS2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OS2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.1]
[F20-OP2.5] [F22-OP2.4,OP2.5] Applies where the substrate for the tile contributes to the required bracing or lateral support for
studs.
[F20-OP2.3] Applies where the substrate for the tile serves as a required environmental separation element or where the tile is
installed to provide the required waterproof wall finish.
9.29.10.3. Adhesives
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F20-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.10.4. Moisture-Resistant Backing
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate supports or serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F20-OS2.3]
[F20-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.29.10.5. Joints between Tiles and Bathtub
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2] Applies where the substrate serves as a required environmental separation element.
[F81-OS2.3]
[F81-OS1.2] Applies where the substrate is required to act as fire protection for foamed plastics or to contribute to the required
fire resistance of assemblies.
[F81-OP2.3,OP2.4]
9.30.1.1. Required Finished Flooring
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F40,F41-OH2.4]
9.30.1.2. Water Resistance
(1)
[F80-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F41,F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.1.3. Sleepers
(1)
[F20,F80-OS3.1]
[F80-OH1.1] Applies to portion of Code text: "Wood sleepers supporting finished flooring over a concrete base supported on the
ground ... shall be treated with a wood preservative."
9.30.2.1. Required Underlay
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(3)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.2. Materials and Thickness
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.3. Fastening
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(3)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.4. Joints Offset
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.2.5. Surface Defects
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.30.3.1. Thickness
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F20-OS2.1]
9.30.3.2. Strip Direction and End Joints
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1]
(3)
[F20-OS2.1]
9.30.3.3. Nailing
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.30.3.4. Staples
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.30.4.1. Adhesive
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
9.30.5.1. Materials
(1)
[F41,F80-OH1.1]
[F80-OS3.1]
(2)
[F81,F80-OS3.1]
[F41-OH1.1]
9.30.6.1. Substrate
(1)
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
(2)
[F81-OH1.1] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
[F81-OS3.1]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies where finished flooring is required to provide water resistance.
9.31.2.2. Corrosion Protection
(1)
[F80-OH2.1]
[F80-OS2.3]
9.31.2.3. Grab Bars
(1)
[F20-OS3.1]
9.31.3.1. Required Water Supply
(1)
[F70,F71-OH2.2,OH2.3]
9.31.3.2. Required Connections
(1)
[F71-OH2.3]
(2)
[F71,F70-OH2.3]
9.31.4.1. Required Fixtures
(1)
[F71,F70,F72-OH2.1,OH2.3]
9.31.4.2. Hot Water Supply
(1)
[F71-OH2.3]
9.31.4.3. Floor Drains
(1)
[F62,F40,F41-OH1.2,OH1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
(2)
[F62,F52-OH1.2,OH1.3] [F62-OH1.1]
9.31.5.1. Building Sewer
(1)
[F72-OH2.1]
9.31.5.2. Discharge of Sewage
(1)
[F72-OH2.1]
(2)
[F72-OH2.1]
9.31.6.1. Hot Water Supply
(1)
(a) [F40-OH2.1,OH2.4] [F71-OH2.3]
9.31.6.2. Equipment and Installation
(1)
[F31,F30,F81-OS3.2] [F44-OS3.4]
(2)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
(3)
[F23-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.31.6.3. Corrosion-Resistant Coating
(1)
[F81,F80-OH2.3]
9.31.6.4. Fuel-Burning Heaters
(1)
[F41-OH1.1]
[F01-OS1.1]
9.31.6.5. Heating Coils
(1)
[F31-OS3.2]
[F71-OH2.3]
9.32.1.2. Required Ventilation
(1)
[F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F51,F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
9.32.1.3. Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment
(1)
[F50,F44,F40-OH1.1]
[F52,F50-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F81-OS1.1]
(3)
[F44,F50,F40-OH1.1]
[F52,F50-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.32.2.1. Required Ventilation
(1)
[F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F51,F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F40,F50-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F51,F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
9.32.2.2. Non-Heating-Season Natural Ventilation
(1)
[F40,F50-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F51,F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(3)
[F42-OH2.5]
[F61,F42-OP2.3]
Reserved
(4)
[F80-OH2.5]
[F80-OP2.3,]
9.32.3.1. Required Ventilation
(1)
[F40,F50,F52-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2] [F51,F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
9.32.3.2. Design and Installation
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
(2)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(3)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F82-OP2.3]
9.32.3.3. Mechanical Ventilation System Components
(1)
(a) [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
(a), (b) [F52-OH1.2]
(a), (b) [F40,F52,F62,F63,F80-OH1.3]
(a), (b) [F40,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
9.32.3.4. Principal Ventilation System Supply Air
(2)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
Reserved
(3)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
Reserved
(4)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
Reserved
Reserved
(5)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
Reserved
(6)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
Reserved
9.32.3.5. Principal Ventilation System Exhaust Fan
(1)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1] [F52-OH1.2] [F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
Reserved
(3)
(a) [F40,F41,F50-OH1.1] [F52-OH1.2] [F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
(a) [F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(b) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
(b) [F81-OP2.3]
(4)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
Reserved
(5)
[F56-OH3.1]
Reserved
Reserved
9.32.3.6. Kitchen and Bathroom Exhaust Fans
(1)
[F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
9.32.3.7. Heated Crawl Space Ventilation
(1)
[F40,F41,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F40,F41,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(3)
[F40,F41,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(4)
[F40,F41,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(5)
[F40,F41,F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
9.32.3.8. Air Ducts
(1)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1]
[F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F62-OH1.3]
[F62-OP2.3]
(3)
[F40,F41,F50-OH1.1] [F52,F62,F63-OH1.3]
[F52,F62,F63,F80-OP2.3]
Table 9.32.3.8.(3), Note (1) [F81-OH1.1,OH1.3]
Table 9.32.3.8.(3), Note (1) [F81-OP2.3]
(4)
[F51,F63-OH1.3]
[F63,F80-OP2.3]
Reserved
(5)
[F51,F63-OH1.3]
[F63,F80-OP2.3]
(6)
(a) [F01,F02-OS1.1,OS1.2]
(a) [F80,F82-OP2.3]
(b) [F40,F80-OP2.3]
(7)
[F50,F81-OH1.1]
[F81-OH1.3]
[F81-OP2.3]
(8)
[F40,F81-OH1.1]
9.32.3.9. Outdoor Inlets and Outlets
(1)
[F42-OH2.5]
[F61,F81-OP2.3]
9.32.3.10. Interior Distribution
(1)
[F40,F50-OH1.1] [F52-OH1.2]
Reserved
9.32.4.1. Protection Requirements
(1)
(a) [F40,F81-OH1.1]
(b) [F40,F50,F53-OH1.1]
(b) [F43-OS3.4]
(2)
[F40,F50,F53-OH1.1]
(3)
[F40,F50,F53,F81-OH1.1]
(4)
[F51-OH1.2]
9.32.4. 2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms
(2)
[F11,F81-OS3.4]
(3)
[F11,F81-OS3.4]
(4)
[F11-OS3.4]
(5)
[F11-OS3.4]
(6)
[F11-OS3.4]
9.33.1.1. Application
(3)
[F40-OH1.1]
[F40-OS3.4]
9.33.2.1. Required Heating Systems
(1)
[F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.3.1. Indoor Design Temperatures
(1)
[F51-OH1.2]
9.33.4.1. Design of Heating and Air-conditioning Systems
(1)
[F41,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
[F44-OS3.4] Applies only to heating systems.
9.33.4.2. Installation of Hydronic Heating Systems
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
9.33.4.3. Heating System Control
(1)
[F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63-OH1.1]
9.33.4.4. Access
(1)
[F82-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F82-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
[F82-OS1.1]
[F82-OP1.1]
9.33.4.5. Protection from Freezing
(1)
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F81-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
9.33.4.6. Expansion, Contraction and System Pressure
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F20-OS3.2]
[F20-OS2.3] Applies only to heating systems.
9.33.4.7. Structural Movement
(1)
[F23-OS3.4]
[F23-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F23-OS1.1]
[F23-OP1.1]
(2)
[F20-OS3.3,OS3.4]
[F20-OS1.1]
9.33.4.8. Asbestos
(1)
[F43-OH1.1]
9.33.4.9. Contaminant Transfer
(1)
[F44-OH1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
9.33.5.1. Capacity of Heating Appliances
(1)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.5.2. Installation Standards
(1)
[F01-OP1.1] Applies to heating equipment.
[F41,F63,F50-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3] Applies to heating equipment.
[F44-OS3.4] Applies to heating equipment.
[F01-OS1.1] Applies to heating equipment.
9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances
(1)
[F41,F43-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F51-OS2.3]
[F43-OS3.4]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.2. Materials in Air Duct Systems
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(4)
(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b),(c),(d) [F01-OP1.1]
(7)
(a),(b) [F41,F63-OH1.1] [F50,F51,F52-OH1.2]
(a),(b) [F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.3. Tape
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.4. Coverings, Linings, Adhesives and Insulation
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(4)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(5)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(6)
[F01-OS1.1]
(c) [F01,F02,F05-OS1.5]
[F01-OP1.1]
(7)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(8)
(a),(b) [F01,F03-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01,F03-OP1.1]
(9)
[F63-OH1.1] Applies to ventilation ducts and their fittings.
[F51,F52-OH1.2] Applies to air duct distribution systems serving heating systems.
[F03-OS1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
[F03-OP1.1] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
[F63-OS2.3] Applies to air duct distribution systems.
9.33.6.5. Galvanized Steel or Aluminum Supply Ducts
(1)
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F20,F63-OH1.1] [F20,F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F20,F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.6. Construction of Ducts and Plenums
(1)
[F03-OS1.1]
[F03-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F20-OS3.1]
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F20,F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F43,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F01-OP1.1]
(4)
[F43,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(5)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.7. Installation of Ducts and Plenums
(1)
[F40-OH1.1]
[F40-OS3.4]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(3)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
[F20-OS3.1]
(4)
[F51,F52-OH1.2] [F63,F50-OH1.1]
[F63,F80-OS2.3]
(5)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(6)
[F80-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F80-OS2.3]
(7)
(a),(b) [F40,F62-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(a),(b) [F40,F62-OS2.3]
(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.33.6.8. Clearances of Ducts and Plenums
(2)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(4)
(a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]
(5)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.6.9. Adjustable Dampers and Balance Stops
(1)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3] Applies to branch supply ducts that are not fitted with diffusers with adjustable balance stops.
9.33.6.10. Warm-Air Supply Outlets and Return Inlets -- General
(1)
[F81-OS1.1]
[F81-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F81-OS2.3]
(2)
(a),(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1]
9.33.6.11. Warm-Air Supply Outlets
(1)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51,F52-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(3)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
(4)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(5)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(6)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(8)
[F31-OS3.2]
(9)
[F40,F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3] Applies to warm-air supply outlets located in finished areas.
9.33.6.12. Return-Air Inlets
(1)
[F44,F40-OH1.1]
[F44,F40-OS3.4]
(2)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
(3)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
9.33.6.13. Return-Air System
(1)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(3)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(4)
(a),(b),(c) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b),(c) [F01-OP1.1]
(5)
[F51,F52-OH1.1,OH1.2]
[F51,F52-OS2.3]
(6)
[F63-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
[F63-OS2.3]
(7)
(a),(b) [F44-OH1.1]
(a),(b) [F44-OS3.4]
9.33.6.14. Filters and Odour Removal Equipment
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F32-OS3.3]
[F41-OH1.1]
(3)
(a),(b) [F81-OH1.1]
9.33.7.1. Recessed Radiators and Convectors
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.7.2. Surface Temperature
(1)
[F31-OS3.2]
9.33.8.1. Piping Materials and Installation
(1)
[F20-OS3.2]
[F20-OH1.1,OH1.2]
(2)
[F21,F40-OH1.1] [F21,F51-OH1.2]
(3)
[F20-OS2.2]
9.33.8.2. Insulation and Coverings
(1)
[F80-OH1.2]
[F80-OS3.2]
(2)
(a),(b) [F01-OS1.1]
(a),(b) [F01-OP1.1]
(3)
(a),(b) [F01,F02-OS1.1,OS1.2]
(a),(b) [F01,F02-OP1.1,OP1.2]
(4)
[F01,F02-OS1.1,OS1.2]
[F01,F02-OP1.1]
(5)
[F31-OS3.2]
9.33.8.3. Clearances
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.8.4. Protection
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
(2)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.33.9.1. Cooling Units
(1)
(a),(b),(c) [F43-OH1.1] [F51-OH1.2]
9.33.10.2. Factory-Built Chimneys
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
[F44-OS3.4]
[F44,F41-OH1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.34.1.1. Standard for Electrical Installations
(1)
[F32-OS3.3]
[F01-OS1.1]
[F01-OP1.1]
9.34.1.3. Location of Equipment in Public Areas
(1)
[F10-OS3.1] [F32-OS3.3]
9.34.1.4. Recessed Lighting Fixtures
(1)
[F01-OS1.1]
9.34.1.5. Wiring and Cables
(1)
[F02-OS1.2]
[F02-OP1.2]
9.34.2.1. Lighting of Entrances
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
[F34-OS4.2]
9.34.2.2. Outlets in Dwelling Units
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.3. Stairways
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.4. Basements
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.5. Storage Rooms
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.6. Garages and Carports
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.34.2.7. Public and Service Areas
(1)
[F30-OS3.1]
(2)
[F30-OS3.1]
(3)
[F30-OS3.1]
9.35.2.2. Garage Floor
(1)
[F40-OS1.1]
9.35.3.2. Protection from Damage due to Soil Movement
(1)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
(2)
[F21-OS2.3]
[F21-OH1.1,OH1.2,OH1.3]
[F21-OP2.3,OP2.4]
[F21-OH4] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
[F21-OS3.1] Applies to floors and elements that support floors.
9.35.3.4. Column Piers
(1)
[F80-OS2.3]
[F80-OP2.3]
(2)
[F20-OS2.1,OS2.2]
[F20-OP2.1,OP2.2]
9.35.4.2. Columns
(1)
[F20-OS2.1]
[F20-OP2.1]
9.35.4.3. Anchorage
(1)
[F22-OS2.4,OS2.5]
[F22-OP2.4,OP2.5]
Notes to Table 9.38.1.1.:
(1) See Parts 2 and 3 of Division A.
Fire and Sound Resistance Tables
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
Fire and Sound Resistance of Walls(1)
Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentence 9.10.3.1.(1), Articles 9.11.1.3. and 9.11.1.4., and
Sentence 9.29.5.9.(5)
Type of Wall
Wall
Number
Description
Fire-Resistance Rating(2)(3)(4)
Typical
Sound
Transmission
Class(2)(4)(5)
Loadbearing
Non-
Loadbearing
- Wood Studs
W1
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
- Single Row
W1a
W1 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
36
- Loadbearing
or Non-
Loadbearing
W1b
W1 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
45 min
[1 h(8)]
34
W1c
W1 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
30 min
30 min
[45 min(8)]
32
W1d
W1 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
32
W1e
W1 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
45 min
32
W2
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W2a
W2 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
38
W2b
W2 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
38
W2c
W2 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
36
W2d
W2 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
36
W2e
W2 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
35
W2f
W2 with
45 min
1 h
34
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
W3
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
W3a
W3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
45
W3b
W3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
48
W3c
W3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
45 min
43
W4
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal
channel side
- 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
W4a
W4 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
51
W4b
W4 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
54
W4c
W4 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
1 h
49
W4d
W4 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
1 h
53
W5
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal
channel side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
W5a
W5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
51
W5b
W5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
54
W5c
W5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
49
W5d
W5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
53
W6
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W6a
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
55
W6b
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. with
blocking at mid-height(10)
- 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation(11)
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
-
W6c
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at
mid-height(10)
- 89 mm thick dry-blown cellulose fibre
insulation(12)
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
-
W6d
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
58
W6e
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
53
W6f
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
55
W6g
W6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
55
W6h
W6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
58
W6i
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
1.5 h
2 h
47
600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
W6j
W6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
46
- Wood Studs
- Two Rows
Staggered on
38 mm ×
140 mm Plate
W7
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
- Loadbearing
or Non-
Loadbearing
W7a
W7 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
47
W7b
W7 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
45 min
[1 h(8)]
45
W7c
W7 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
30 min
30 min
[45 min(8)]
42
W8
- Two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
- 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
W8a
W8 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
52
W8b
W8 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
50
W9
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W9a
W9 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
56
W9b
W9 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
55
W9c
W9 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
53
W9d
W9 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
48
W10
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W10a
W10 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
62
W10b
W10 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
60
W10c
W10 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
50
W10d
W10 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
48
W11
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient channel
side
- 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
W11a
W11 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
56
W11b
W11 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
1 h
54
W12
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on common
38 mm × 140 mm plate
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side or
65 mm thick on each side(6)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on resilient metal
channel side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
W12a
W12 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
56
W12b
W12 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
54
- Wood Studs
- Two Rows on
Separate
Plates
W13
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm ×
89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
- Loadbearing
W13a
W13 with
1 h
1 h
57
or Non-
Loadbearing
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
W13b
W13 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h(8)]
45 min
[1 h(8)]
57
W13c
W13 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
54
W13d
W13 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
45 min
53
W13e
W13 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
45
W13f
W13 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
45 min
45
W14
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm ×
89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on one side
- 1 layer of gypsum board on other side
W14a
W14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
61
W14b
W14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
61
W14c
W14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
57
W14d
W14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
57
W14e
W14 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1 h
51
W14f
W14 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
51
W15
- two rows 38 mm × 89 mm studs, each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm ×
89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W15a
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
66
W15b
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
65
W15c
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
61
W15d
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
62
W15e
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
60
W15f
W15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
57
W15g
W15 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
56
W15h
W15 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
55
W15i
W15 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
45 min
1 h
51
W16
- two rows 38 mm x 89 mm studs, each spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c. on separate 38 mm x
89 mm plates set 25 mm apart
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
W16a
W16 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
66
W16b
W16 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c. with blocking at
mid-height(10)
- 89 mm thick rock or slag fibre insulation on
each side(11)
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced
400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(14)
2 h
2 h
-
W16c
W16 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on each
side(6)(13)
1 h
1.5 h
65
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
W16d
W16 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
62
W16e
W16 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material on one side
only(6)(13)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
60
W16f
W16 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
2 h
56
W16g
W16 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
1.5 h
55
- Exterior
- Wood Studs
- Single Row
- Loadbearing
or Non-
Loadbearing
EW1
- wood studs
- rock or slag fibre insulation(11)
- 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
- exterior sheathing and cladding
EW1a
EW1 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
1 h
1 h
n/a
EW1b
EW1 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW1c
EW1 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW1d
EW1 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW1e
EW1 with
- 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum
sheathing, or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
- masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm
thick
45 min
45 min
n/a
EW2
- wood studs
- glass fibre insulation(21)
- 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
- exterior sheathing and cladding
EW2a
EW2 with
- 38 mm × 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(22)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(23) and cladding(19)
1 h
1 h
n/a
EW2b
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600
mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW2c
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW2d
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW2e
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600
mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW2f
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW2g
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW2h
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced 400 mm or 600
mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW2i
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW2j
EW2 with
- 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum
sheathing or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
- masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm
thick
45 min
45 min
n/a
EW3
- wood studs
- dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation(12)
- 1 layer of gypsum board on inside
- exterior sheathing and cladding
EW3a
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
1 h
1 h
n/a
EW3b
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
1 h
1 h
n/a
EW3c
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW3d
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW3e
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW3f
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW3g
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
45 min
1 h
n/a
EW3h
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
- exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW3i
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) or
exterior gypsum sheathing(18) and cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW3j
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 89 mm studs spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)
- exterior OSB or plywood sheathing(17) and
cladding(19)
-
45 min
n/a
EW3k
EW3 with
- 38 mm x 140 mm studs spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)(15)(16)
45 min
45 min
n/a
- exterior wood sheathing, exterior gypsum
sheathing or insulated exterior sheathing(20)
- masonry veneer cladding not less than 89 mm
thick
- Non-
Loadbearing
Steel Studs
S1
- 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
- 0.46 mm
(25 Gauge)
S1a
S1 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
[1 h(8)]
43
S1b
S1 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
[1 h(8)]
39
S1c
S1 with
- studs spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
-15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
35
S2
- 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
S2a
S2 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
50
S2b
S2 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
44
S2c
S2 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
50
S2d
S2 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
42
S2e
S2 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
41
S2f
S2 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
37
S2g
S2 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
40
S2h
S2 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
-
1 h
35
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
S3
- 31 mm × 64 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
S3a
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
54
S3b
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
51
S3c
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
53
S3d
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
47
S3e
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
49
S3f
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 65 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
41
S3g
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
45
S3h
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
42
S3i
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
44
S3j
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
39
S3k
S3 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
40
S3l
S3 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
37
S4
- 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
S4a
S4 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
[1 h(8)]
48
S4b
S4 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
[1 h(8)]
47
S4c
S4 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
38
S4d
S4 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
38
S5
- 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
S5a
S5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
53
S5b
S5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
52
S5c
S5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
51
S5d
S5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
50
S5e
S5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
-15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
43
S5f
S5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
42
S5g
S5 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
41
S5h
S5 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
-
1 h
40
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
S6
- 31 mm × 92 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
S6a
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
56
S6b
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
55
S6c
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
55
S6d
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
54
S6e
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
50
S6f
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
48
S6g
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
47
S6h
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
45
S6i
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
45
S6j
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
44
S6k
S6 with
- studs spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
41
S6l
S6 with
- studs spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
39
S7
- 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on each side
S7a
S7 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
[1 h(8)]
51
S7b
S7 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
45 min
41
S8
- 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer of gypsum board on one side
- 2 layers of gypsum board on other side
S8a
S8 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
55
S8b
S8 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
[1.5 h(8)]
54
S8c
S8 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
45
S8d
S8 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
44
S9
- 31 mm × 152 mm steel studs spaced 400 mm
or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board on each side
S9a
S9 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
59
S9b
S9 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
57
S9c
S9 with
- 150 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
53
S9d
S9 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
2 h
49
S9e
S9 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
1.5 h
47
S9f
S9 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
1 h
43
- Loadbearing
Steel Studs
- 0.84 mm to
1.52 mm
S10
- 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without cross-bracing on one side
- with or without absorptive material
Thickness
- 2 layers gypsum board on each side
S10a
S10 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
38
S10b
S10 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min [1 h]
-
38
S10c
S10 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
-
36
S10d
S10 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
36
S10e
S10 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
35
S10f
S10 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
-
34
S11
- 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without cross-bracing on one side
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
S11a
S11 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
50
S11b
S11 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
47
S11c
S11 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
41
S11d
S11 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
47
S11e
S11 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
45
S11f
S11 with
- no absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
39
S11g
S11 with
- no absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
36
S11h
S11 with
- no absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
38
S12
- 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without cross-bracing on one side
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side
- 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel
side
- 1 layer gypsum board on other side
S12a
S12 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
54
S12b
S12 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
46
S12c
S12 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
52
S12d
S12 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
43
S12e
S12 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
52
S12f
S12 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
43
S12g
S12 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
-
-
50
S12h
S12 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
-
-
41
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
S13
- 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced at
400 mm o.c.
- 2 layers gypsum board on resilient channel
side
- 1 layer shear membrane and 1 layer gypsum
board on other side
S13a
S13 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- 12.7 mm OSB shear membrane
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
30 min
-
57
S14
- 41 mm × 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- resilient metal channels on one side
- 2 layers gypsum board on each side
S14a
S14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
60
S14b
S14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min [1 h]
-
57
S14c
S14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
-
-
54
S14d
S14 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
51
S14e
S14 with
- studs at 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
49
S14f
S14 with
- studs at 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
50
S14g
S14 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 600 mm
o.c.
-
-
45
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
S14h
S14 with
- studs at 400 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
58
S14i
S14 with
- studs at 600 mm o.c.
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
60
S14j
S14 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material(6)
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
45 min
[1 h]
-
55
S14k
S14 with
- studs at 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
49
S14l
S14 with
- studs at 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
51
S14m
S14 with
- no absorptive material
- resilient metal channels spaced at 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
47
S15
- 2 rows of 92 mm loadbearing steel studs
spaced 400 mm or 600 mm o.c. staggered on
separate 41 mm x 92 mm runners
- with cross-bracing
- with or without absorptive material
- 2 layers of gypsum board each side
S15a
S15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material in each
cavity(6)
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
68
S15b
S15 with
- no absorptive material
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
52
S15c
S15 with
- 89 mm thick absorptive material in each
cavity(6)
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1 h
-
68
S15d
S15 with
- no absorptive material
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
-
52
- Hollow
Concrete Block
(Normal
Weight
Aggregate)
B1
- 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
B1a
- 140 mm bare concrete block(5)
1 h
1 h
48
B1b
- 190 mm bare concrete block(5)
1.5 h
1.5 h
50
B2
-140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
- no absorptive material
- 1 layer gypsum-sand plaster or gypsum board
on each side
B2a
B2 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster
2 h
2 h
50
B2b
B2 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
47
B2c
B2 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
1.5 h
1.5 h
46
B2d
B2 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm gypsum-sand plaster
2.5 h
2.5 h
51
B2e
B2 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
50
B2f
B2 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
49
B2g
B2 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
48
B3
- 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced at
400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material filling resilient metal
channel space(6)
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B3a
B3 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
51
B3b
B3 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
1.5 h
1.5 h
48
B3c
B3 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
54
B3d
B3 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
53
B3e
B3 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
51
B4
-140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
- resilient metal channels on each side spaced
at 400 mm or 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B4a
B4 with
- 140 mm concrete block
-12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7), or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
47
B4b
B4 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
1.5 h
1.5 h
42
B4c
B4 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
50
B4d
B4 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
49
B4e
B4 with
-190 mm concrete block
-12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
45
B5
- 190 mm concrete block
- 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood
strapping on one side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B5a
B5 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
54
B5b
B5 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
53
B5c
B5 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
51
B6
- 140 mm or 190 mm concrete block
- 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or vertical wood
strapping on each side spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material filling strapping space on
each side(6)
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B6a
B6 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board or 15.9 mm
Type X gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
57
B6b
B6 with
- 140 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
1.5 h
1.5 h
56
B6c
B6 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
60
B6d
B6 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
59
B6e
B6 with
- 190 mm concrete block
- 12.7 regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
57
B7
- 190 mm concrete block
- 65 mm steel studs each side spaced at
600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material filling stud space on each
side(6)
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B7a
B7 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
71
B7b
B7 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
70
B7c
B7 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
69
B8
- 190 mm concrete block
- 38 mm × 64 mm wood studs on each side
spaced at 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material filling stud space on each
side(6)
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B8a
B8 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
71
B8b
B8 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
70
B8c
B8 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
69
B9
- 190 mm concrete block
- 50 mm metal Z-bars on each side spaced at
600 mm o.c. (or 38 mm × 38 mm horizontal or
vertical wood strapping plus resilient metal
channels)
- absorptive material filling Z-bar space on each
side(6)
- 1 layer gypsum board on each side
B9a
B9 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
65
B9b
B9 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
64
B9c
B9 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)(9)
2 h
2 h
63
B10
- 190 mm concrete block
- resilient metal channels on one side spaced at
600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material filling resilient metal
channel space(6)
- 2 layers gypsum board on one side only
B10a
B10 with
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
3 h
3 h
56
B10b
B10 with
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board(7)
2.5 h
2.5 h
55
B10c
B10 with
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board(7)
2 h
2 h
54
Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-A:
(1) See Note A-9.10.3.1.
(2) Fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings of wood-frame construction were evaluated only for constructions
with solid-sawn 38 mm × 89 mm lumber. However, the fire-resistance ratings and STC ratings provided for
38 mm × 89 mm wood-frame construction may be applied to wood-frame constructions with solid-sawn
38 mm × 140 mm lumber; in some cases the ratings may be conservative. Where 38 mm × 140 mm framing
is used and absorptive material is called for, the absorptive material must be 140 mm thick. (See
Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.) The STC ratings may
also be applied to fingerjoined lumber. The fire-resistance ratings are applicable to constructions using
fingerjoined lumber that has been manufactured with a heat-resistant adhesive (HRA) in accordance with
NLGA special product standard SPS-1, "Fingerjoined Structural Lumber," or SPS-3, "Fingerjoined "Vertical
Stud Use Only" Lumber." (See also Note A-9.23.10.4.(1).)
(3) For all fire-resistance ratings, the given spacing for framing is a maximum value.
(4) Sound ratings listed are based on the most reliable laboratory test data available for specimens
conforming to installation details required by CSA A82.31-M, "Gypsum Board Application." Results of
specific tests may differ slightly because of measurement precision and minor variations in construction
details. These results should only be used where the actual construction details, including spacing of
fasteners and supporting framing, correspond exactly to the details of the test specimens on which the
ratings are based. For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if the fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm
o.c., subtract 1 from the sound transmission class value; if the fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c.,
subtract 2 from the sound transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to the fire-
resistance rating. Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to
minimize airborne sound transmission at electrical boxes and other openings, and at the junction of
intersecting walls and floors, except intersection of walls constructed of concrete or solid masonry units
where the masonry joints at the intersection are mortared.
(5) Sound ratings are only valid where there are no discernible cracks or voids in the visible surfaces. For
concrete blocks, surfaces must be sealed by at least 2 coats of paint or other surface finish described in
Section 9.29. to prevent sound leakage.
(6) Sound absorptive material includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or cellulose fibre. It must fill at
least 90% of the cavity thickness for the wall to have the listed STC value. The absorptive material should
not overfill the cavity to the point of producing significant outward pressure on the finishes; such an
assembly will not achieve the STC rating. Where the absorptive material used with steel stud assemblies is
in batt form, "steel stud batts," which are wide enough to fill the cavity from the web of one stud to the web of
the adjacent stud, must be used.
(7) The complete descriptions of indicated finishes are as follows:
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board - 12.7 mm regular gypsum board conforming to Article 9.29.5.2.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board - 12.7 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to
Article 9.29.5.2.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board - 15.9 mm special fire-resistant Type X gypsum board conforming to
Article 9.29.5.2.
- Except for exterior walls (see Table Note (15)), the outer layer of finish on both sides of the wall must
have its joints taped and finished.
- Except as otherwise required for fastener spacing (see Table Notes (14), (16) and (22)), fastener type,
spacing and penetration depth for the attachment of gypsum board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5. and
fasteners must consist of
- nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood studs or wood strapping, and
- screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel studs or resilient metal channels.
(8) Absorptive material required for the higher fire-resistance rating shall be mineral fibre processed from rock
or slag with a mass per unit area of wall surface of at least 4.8 kg/m² for 150 mm thickness, 2.8 kg/m² for
89 mm thickness and 2.0 kg/m² for 65 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity. For assemblies
with double wood studs on separate plates, absorptive material is required in the stud cavities on both sides.
(9) Regular gypsum board used in single layer assemblies must be installed so all edges are supported.
(10) The fire-resistance rating values are achieved as follows:
- for a single row of studs, by installing blocking at a spacing of not more than 1 524 mm o.c. as shown in
Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E, or
- for two rows of studs on separate plates, by installing blocking in both rows at a spacing of not more than
1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case B of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E.
(11) The mineral fibre insulation processed from rock or slag shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of
not less than 4.48 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and 2.85 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill
the wall cavity.
(12) The dry-blown cellulose fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than
6.80 kg/m2 for 140 mm thickness and 4.32 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.
(13) Where bracing material, such as diagonal lumber or plywood, OSB, gypsum board or fibreboard
sheathing is installed on the inner face of one row of studs in double stud assemblies, the STC rating will be
reduced by 3 for any assemblies containing absorptive material in both rows of studs or in the row of studs
opposite to that to which the bracing material is attached. Attaching such layers on both inner faces of the
studs may drastically reduce the STC value but enough data to permit assignment of STC ratings for this
situation is not available. The fire-resistance rating is not affected by the inclusion of such bracing.
(14) For the attachment of the gypsum board, fasteners shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal)
o.c. along the framing members and resilient metal channels in both the base and face layers.
(15) For exterior walls, the finish joints must be taped and finished for the outer layer of the interior side only.
(16) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be
spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members. All joints shall be backed with
lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-
9.10.3.1.-G. For EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls, blocking shall be installed at a spacing of not more than
1 524 mm o.c. as shown in Case A of Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E where joints are backed at a spacing of more
than 1 524 mm o.c. along the height of the wall.
(17) The exterior OSB or plywood sheathing shall be not less than 11.1 mm thick and shall be installed with a
gap of not less than 2 mm between sheets. Fastener types and spacing shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing members as shown in
Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.
(18) The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be Type X gypsum sheathing not less than 15.9 mm thick. Fasteners
shall be spaced at not more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members.
(19) Any cladding allowed under Part 9 is permitted. The cladding can include foamed plastic and other
insulations outboard of the sheathing, where permitted by spatial separation requirements in
Subsection 9.10.14. or 9.10.15. Where OSB or plywood sheathing acts as the cladding, no additional
outboard cladding is required, but is permitted.
(20) Includes any exterior wall sheathing listed in Table 9.23.17.2.-A and masonry veneer cladding conforming
to Section 9.20. Foamed plastic sheathing is permitted in EW1e, EW2j and EW3k walls without the use of
other sheathing, provided it is directly attached to the framing.
(21) The glass fibre insulation shall have a mass per unit area of wall surface of not less than 1.30 kg/m2 for
140 mm thickness and 1.0 kg/m2 for 89 mm thickness and shall completely fill the wall cavity.
(22) For the attachment of the gypsum board on the interior side of exterior wall assemblies, fasteners shall be
spaced at not more than 150 mm (nominal) o.c. along the edges and 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the
intermediate supports. All joints shall be backed with lumber having the same dimensions as the framing
members as shown in Figures A-9.10.3.1.-F and A-9.10.3.1.-G.
(23) The exterior gypsum sheathing shall be not less than 12.7 mm thick. Fasteners shall be spaced at not
more than 200 mm (nominal) o.c. along the framing members.
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
Fire and Sound Resistance of Floors, Ceilings and Roofs(1)
Forming Part of Article 5.8.1.3., Sentences 9.10.3.1.(1) and 9.10.5.1.(3), and Article 9.11.1.3.
Type of
Assembly
Assembly
Number
Description(2)(3)(4)
Fire-
Resistance
Rating(5)(6)(7)(8)
Typical
Sound
Transmission
Class
(5)(6)(7)(9)(10)(11)
(STC)
Typical
Impact
Insulation
Class(5)(9)(12)
(IIC)
Floors and
Ceilings
Concrete
Slabs
F1
- concrete floors
F1a
- 90 mm reinforced concrete with 20 mm
minimum cover over reinforcing steel
1 h
47
23
F1b
- 130 mm reinforced concrete with 25 mm
minimum cover over reinforcing steel
2 h
52
27
F1c
- pre-stressed hollow core slab 200 mm
deep with 25 mm minimum cover over
reinforcing steel
1 h
50
28
F1d
- 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel
deck with 152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire
mesh
-
51
21
F1e
- 150 mm composite slab on 75 mm steel
deck with 152 × 152 × MW3.8 × MW3.8 wire
mesh
- resilient metal channels 400 mm or 600
mm o.c.
- 2 layers of 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
or 2 layers of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum
board
1.5 h
57
36
Open Web
Steel Joists
F2
- open web steel joists with concrete floor
F2a
- 50 mm thick concrete deck
- on open web steel joists spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- furring channels spaced not more than 600
mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
- 1 layer of 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
on ceiling side
45 min
53
27
F2b
- 65 mm regular concrete minimum 155
kg/m 2
- on composite steel joists spaced 1250 mm
o.c.
- furring channels spaced not more than 600
mm o.c. wired to underside of joists
- 1 layer of 12.7 mm or 15.9 mm Type X
1.5 h
53
28
gypsum board on ceiling side
Wood Floor
Joists(13)
F3(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F3a
F3 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
29
27
F3b
F3 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
31
30
F3c
F3 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
27
26
F3d
F3 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
29
29
F3e
F3 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
27
25
F3f
F3 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
29
28
F4(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F4a
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
33
31
F4b
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
34
31
F4c
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
35
34
F4d
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
38
34
F4e
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
32
30
F4f
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
33
30
F4g
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
34
33
F4h
F4 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
35
33
F4i
F4 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
31
30
F4j
F4 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
33
33
F5(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F5a
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum
30 min
35
37
F5b
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
37
30
F5c
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](16)
38
30
F5d
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
40
33
F5e
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
33
26
F5f
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
35
29
F5g
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](16)
36
29
F5h
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
38
32
F5i
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
33
25
F5j
F5 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
35
28
F5k
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
36
28
F5l
F5 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
38
33
F6(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F6a(17)
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum boad
1 h
39
32
F6b(17)
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
1 h
41
32
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F6c(17)
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
42
35
F6d(17)
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
44
37
F6e(17)
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
38
30
F6f(17)
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
40
33
F6g(17)
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
41
33
F6h(17)
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
43
36
F6i
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
37
30
F6j
F6 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
39
33
F6k
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
40
33
F6l
F6 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
36
F7(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly
to joists on ceiling side
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c. attached to joists through
gypsum board
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached to
resilient metal channels
F7a(17)
F7 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
35
27
F7b(17)
F7 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
37
30
F7c(17)
F7 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
35
27
F7d(17)
F7 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
37
30
F7e
F7 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
32
26
F7f
F7 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
35
28
F8(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F8a
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
41
33
F8b
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
43
36
F8c
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
30 min
[45 min](16)
48
41
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F8d
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
50
44
F8e
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
39
32
F8f
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
41
35
F8g
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](16)
46
40
F8h
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
48
43
F8i
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
41
31
F8j
F8 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
41
34
F8k
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
46
39
F8l
F8 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
48
42
F9(14)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F9a(17)
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
45
38
F9b(17)
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
40
F9c(17)
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
52
[54](19)
46
F9d(17)
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
54
[56](19)
48
F9e(17)
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
44
36
F9f(17)
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
46
39
F9g(17)
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
51
[53](19)
44
F9h(17)
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
53
47
F9i
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
43
36
F9j
F9 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
45
39
F9k
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
50
44
F9l
F9 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
52
47
F10(14)
- one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded
plywood, or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400
or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F10a
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
44
34
F10b
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
46
37
F10c
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](18)
51
42
F10d
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](16)
53
45
F10e
F10 with
- wood joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(20)
53(20)
44
F10f(21)
F10 with
- wood I-joists spaced at 400 mm o.c.
1 h(20)
52(20)
43
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F10g
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
42
33
F10h
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
44
36
F10i
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](18)
49
41
F10j
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](16)
51
44
F10k
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
33
F10l
F10 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
35
F10m
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
41
F10n
F10 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
43
F11(14)
- one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded
plywood, or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F11a(17)
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
48
39
F11b(17)
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
50
42
F11c(17)
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
55
[56](19)
47
F11d(17)
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
57
[58](19)
50
F11e(17)
F11 with
- wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1.5 h(22)
56(22)
47
F11f(21)
F11 with
- wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1.5 h(22)
56(22)
46
F11g(17)
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
38
F11h(17)
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
49
40
F11i(17)
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
54
[55](19)
46
F11j(17)
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
56
48
F11k
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
46
37
F11l
F11 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
48
40
F11m
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
45
F11n
F11 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
48
F12(14)
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F12a
F12 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
13
F12b
F12 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
16
F12c
F12 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
39
12
F12d
F12 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
15
F12e
F12 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
39
12
F12f
F12 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
15
F13(14)
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F13a
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
43
16
F13b
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
45
16
F13c
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
45
19
F13d
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
47
19
F13e
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
42
15
F13f
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
44
15
F13g
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
44
18
F13h
F13 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
18
F13i
F13 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
14
F13j
F13 with
-
45
14
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F14(14)
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400
or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F14a
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
53
22
F14b
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
55
22
F14c
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](18)
60
30
F14d
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
62
30
F14e
F14 with
- wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(20)
60(20)
31
F14f(21)
F14 with
- wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(20)
61(20)
31
F14g
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
51
21
F14h
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
-
53
21
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F14i
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
58
29
F14j
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
60
29
F14k
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
21
F14l
F14 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
21
F14m
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
58
29
F14n
F14 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
60
29
F15(14)
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F15a(17)
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(23)
57
25
F15b(17)
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
59
25
F15c(17)
F15 with
1 h
64
33
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
[1.5 h](19)
[65](19)
F15d(17)
F15 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
66
[67](19)
33
F15e(17)
F15 with
- wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1.5 h(22)
65(22)
33
F15f(21)
F15 with
- wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1.5 h(22)
64(22)
33
F15g(17)
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
56
24
F15h(17)
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
58
24
F15i(17)
F15 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
63
[64](19)
32
F15j(17)
F15 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
65
32
F15k
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
23
F15l
F15 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
57
23
F15m
F15 with
- absorptive material in cavity
-
62
31
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F15n
F15 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
64
31
F16(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F16a
F 16 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
22
F16b
F16 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
25
F16c
F16 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
21
F16d
F16 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
24
F16e
F16 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
21
F16f
F16 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
24
F17(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F17a
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
48
24
F17b
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
1 h
51
24
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F17c
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
48
27
F17d
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
51
27
F17e
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
23
F17f
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
48
23
F17g
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 400
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
49
26
F17h
F17 with
- wood joists or wood I-joists spaced 600
mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
26
F17i
F17 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
47
23
F17j
F17 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
26
F18(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F18a
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
25
F18b
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
25
F18c
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
53
28
F18d
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
55
28
F18e
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
49
24
F18f
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
51
24
F18g
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
27
F18h
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
54
27
F18i
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
48
24
F18j
F18 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
50
24
F18k
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
27
F18l
F18 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
27
F19(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F19a(17)
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
54
27
F19b(17)
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
56
27
F19c(17)
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
57
30
F19d(17)
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
59
30
F19e(17)
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
53
26
F19f(17)
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
55
26
F19g(17)
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
56
29
F19h(17)
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
58
29
F19i
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
26
F19j
F19 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
26
F19k
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
-
56
29
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F19l
F19 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
58
29
F20(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300, 400
or 600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F20a
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min(23)
56
31
F20b
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
58
31
F20c
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min]
(18)(23)
63
39
F20d
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
65
39
F20e
F20 with
- wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(20)
64(20)
40
F20f(21)
F20 with
- wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h(20)
65(20)
40
F20g
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
55
30
F20h
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
57
30
F20i
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
62
38
F20j
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
64
38
F20k
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
54
30
F20l
F20 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
56
30
F20m
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
38
F20n
F20 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
63
38
F21(14)
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood joists or wood I-joists spaced not
more than 600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F21a(17)
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
60
33
F21b(17)
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
1 h
62
33
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F21c(17)
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
67
[68](19)
41
[42](19)
F21d(17)
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
69
[70](19)
41
[42](19)
F21e(17)
F21 with
- wood joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
[1.5 h](22)
68(22)
42
F21f(21)
F21 with
- wood I-joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 300 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
[1.5 h](22)
68(22)
42
F21g(17)
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
59
32
F21h(17)
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
61
32
F21i(17)
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](19)
66
[67](19)
40
F21j(17)
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
68
40
F21k
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
59
32
F21l
F21 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
32
F21m
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
66
40
F21n
F21 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
68
40
Wood Floor
Trusses(24)
F22
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer gypsum board on ceiling side
F22a
F22 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
29
27
F22b
F22 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
31
30
F22c
F22 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
28
26
F22d
F22 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
30
29
F22e
F22 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
27
25
F22f
F22 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
31
28
F23
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F23a
F23 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
34
31
F23b
F23 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
35
31
F23c
F23 with
45 min
36
34
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
[1 h](15)
F23d
F23 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
37
34
F23e
F23 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
32
30
F23f
F23 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
33
30
F23g
F23 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
34
33
F23h
F23 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
32
30
F23i
F23 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
34
33
F24
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F24a
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
35
27
F24b
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
37
30
F24c
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
38
30
F24d
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
40
33
F24e
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
-
33
26
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F24f
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
36
29
F24g
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
37
29
F24h
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
39
32
F24i
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
33
25
F24j
F24 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
35
28
F24k
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
36
28
F24l
F24 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
38
31
F25
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F25a
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
40
32
F25b
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
42
34
F25c
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
43
35
F25d
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
45
37
F25e
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
38
30
F25f
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
40
33
F25g
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
41
33
F25h
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
43
36
F25i
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
38
30
F25j
F25 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
40
33
F25k
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
33
F25l
F25 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
43
36
F26
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly
to trusses on ceiling side
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c. attached to trusses through the
gypsum board
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached to
resilient metal channels
F26a
F26 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
-
35
27
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F26b
F26 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
37
30
F26c
F26 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
35
27
F26d
F26 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
37
30
F26e
F26 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
32
26
F26f
F26 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
35
28
F27
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F27a
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
33
F27b
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
36
F27c
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
48
41
F27d
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
-
50
44
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F27e
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
40
32
F27f
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
42
35
F27g
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
47
40
F27h
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
49
43
F27i
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
39
31
F27j
F27 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
34
F27k
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
46
39
F27l
F27 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
48
42
F28
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F28a
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
1 h
46
38
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F28b
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
48
40
F28c
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
54
46
F28d
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
55
48
F28e
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
44
36
F28f
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
46
39
F28g
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
51
44
F28h
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
53
47
F28i
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
36
F28j
F28 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
46
39
F28k
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
44
F28l
F28 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
47
F29
- one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood,
or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F29a
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
35
F29b
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
37
F29c
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
51
43
F29d
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
53
45
F29e
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
33
F29f
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
36
F29g
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
41
F29h
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
-
52
44
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F29i
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
34
F29j
F29 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
36
F29k
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
41
F29l
F29 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
44
F30
- one subfloor layer 11 mm sanded plywood,
or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F30a
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
49
39
F30b
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
51
42
F30c
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](26)
56
[58](26)
47
[50](26)
F30d
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
58
50
F30e
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
38
F30f
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
49
40
F30g
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
54
46
F30h
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
56
48
F30i
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
47
37
F30j
F30 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
40
F30k
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
54
45
F30l
F30 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
56
48
F31
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F31a
F31 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
17
F31b
F31 with
-
43
20
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F31c
F31 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
40
17
F31d
F31 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
42
20
F31e
F31 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
39
16
F31f
F31 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
19
F32
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F32a
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
46
20
F32b
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
20
F32c
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
48
23
F32d
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
49
23
F32e
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
44
19
F32f
F32 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
45
19
F32g
F32 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
19
F32h
F32 with
-
44
19
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F32i
F32 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
46
22
F33
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F33a
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
53
26
F33b
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
55
26
F33c
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
60
34
F33d
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
62
34
F33e
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
26
F33f
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
54
26
F33g
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
59
34
F33h
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
-
61
34
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F33i
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
25
F33j
F33 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
25
F33k
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
58
33
F33l
F33 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
60
33
F34
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F34a
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
57
29
F34b
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
60
29
F34c
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5 h](26)
65
[67](26)
37
F34d
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
67
37
F34e
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
56
28
F34f
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
58
28
F34g
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
63
36
F34h
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](18)
65
36
F34i
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
56
28
F34j
F34 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
58
28
F34k
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
63
36
F34l
F34 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
65
36
F35
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F35a
F35 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
26
F35b
F35 with
- absorptive material in cavity
-
47
29
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F35c
F35 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
26
F35d
F35 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
29
F35e
F35 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
43
26
F35f
F35 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
45
29
F36
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F36a
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
49
28
F36b
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
50
28
F36c
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
51
31
F36d
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
52
31
F36e
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
48
27
F36f
F36 with
- wood trusses spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
49
27
F36g
F36 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
30
F36h
F36 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
47
27
F36i
F36 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
30
F37
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F37a
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
56
35
F37b
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
59
35
F37c
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
63
43
F37d
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
66
43
F37e
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
55
35
F37f
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
57
35
F37g
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
62
43
F37h
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
64
43
F37i
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
54
35
F37j
F37 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
57
35
F37k
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
43
F37l
F37 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
64
43
F38
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on wood trusses spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F38a
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
61
37
F38b
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
63
37
F38c
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
[1.5](26)
68
[71](26)
45
F38d
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
70
45
F38e
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
1 h
60
36
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F38f
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
36
F38g
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
67
44
F38h
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
69
44
F38i
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
59
36
F38j
F38 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
36
F38k
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
66
44
F38l
F38 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
68
44
Cold-Formed-
Steel Floor
Joists(27)
F39
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F39a
F39 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
29
27
F39b
F39 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
31
30
F39c
F39 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
27
26
F39d
F39 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
29
29
F39e
F39 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
27
25
F39f
F39 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
29
28
F40
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F40a
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
34
31
F40b
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
35
31
F40c
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
36
34
F40d
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
37
34
F40e
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
32
30
F40f
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
33
30
F40g
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
34
33
F40h
F40 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
35
33
F40i
F40 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
31
30
F40j
F40 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
33
33
F41
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F41a
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
34
27
F41b
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
37
30
F41c
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
37
30
F41d
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
40
33
F41e
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
33
26
F41f
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
35
29
F41g
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
36
29
F41h
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
38
32
F41i
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
32
25
F41j
F41 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
35
28
F41k
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
35
28
F41l
F41 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
<30 min
38
31
F42
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F42a
F42 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
39
32
F42b
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
42
34
F42c
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
43
34
F42d
F42 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
42
35
F42e
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](28)
45
37
F42f
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
46
37
F42g
F42 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
38
30
F42h
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
45 min
40
33
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F42i
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
41
33
F42j
F42 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
41
33
F42k
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](28)
43
36
F42l
F42 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
44
36
F42m
F42 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
37
30
F42n
F42 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
39
33
F42o
F42 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 400 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
40
33
F42p
F42 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- steel furring channels spaced 600 mm o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
36
F43
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached directly
to joists on ceiling side
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c. attached to joists through the
gypsum board
- 1 layer of gypsum board attached to
resilient metal channels
F43a
F43 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
1 h
35
27
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F43b
F43 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
37
30
F43c
F43 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
35
27
F43d
F43 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
37
30
F43e
F43 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
32
26
F43f
F43 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
- resilient metal channels
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
35
28
F44
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F44a
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
40
33
F44b
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
36
F44c
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
47
41
F44d
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
30 min
50
44
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F44e
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
39
32
F44f
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
35
F44g
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](25)
46
40
F44h
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
48
43
F44i
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
38
31
F44j
F44 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
41
34
F44k
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
45
39
F44l
F44 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
< 30 min
48
42
F45
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F45a
F45 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
1 h
45
38
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F45b
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
48
40
F45c
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
49
40
F45d
F45 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
52
46
F45e
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](28)
55
48
F45f
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
56
48
F45g
F45 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
44
36
F45h
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
46
39
F45i
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
47
39
F45j
F45 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
51
44
F45k
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](28)
53
47
F45l
F45 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](15)
54
47
F45m
F45 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
43
36
F45n
F45 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
45
39
F45o
F45 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
50
44
F45p
F45 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
52
47
F46
- one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded
plywood, or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F46a
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
43
34
F46b
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
37
F46c
F46 with
-
50
42
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F46d
F46 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
53
45
F46e
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
42
33
F46f
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
36
F46g
F46 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
49
41
F46h
F46 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
51
44
F46i
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
41
33
F46j
F46 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
36
F46k
F46 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
48
41
F46l
F46 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
51
44
F47
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood, or
OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 400
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F47a
F47 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
45
35
F47b
F47 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
47
38
F47c
F47 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
[45 min](18)
[1 h](28)
51
45
F47d
F47 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
[30 min](18)
[45 min](28)
53
47
F47e
F47 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
43
44
F47f
F47 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
47
F47g
F47 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
[30 min](18)
[45 min](28)
50
43
F47h
F47 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
46
F48
- one subfloor layer of 11 mm sanded
plywood, or OSB or waferboard
- one subfloor layer of 15.5 mm plywood,
OSB or waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and
groove lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F48a
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
48
39
F48b
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
50
42
F48c
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
56
47
F48d
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
57
50
F48e
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
47
38
F48f
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
49
40
F48g
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
54
46
F48h
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
56
48
F48i
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
46
37
F48j
F48 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
-
48
40
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F48k
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
53
45
F48l
F48 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
48
F49
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F49a
F49 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
40
13
F49b
F49 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
42
16
F49c
F49 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
39
12
F49d
F49 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
41
15
F49e
F49 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
38
12
F49f
F49 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
40
15
F50
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F50a
F50 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
16
F50b
F50 with
-
47
19
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
F50c
F50 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
15
F50d
F50 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
18
F50e
F50 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
43
14
F50f
F50 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
45
17
F51
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F51a
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
22
F51b
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
54
22
F51c
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
59
30
F51d
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
61
30
F51e
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
51
21
F51f
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
-
53
21
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F51g
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
58
29
F51h
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
60
29
F51i
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
50
21
F51j
F51 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
52
21
F51k
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
57
29
F51l
F51 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
59
29
F52
- 25 mm gypsum-concrete topping (at least
44 kg/m2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F52a
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
57
25
F52b
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
59
25
F52c
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
64
33
F52d
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
66
33
F52e
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
55
24
F52f
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
58
24
F52g
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
32
F52h
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
65
32
F52i
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
23
F52j
F52 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
57
23
F52k
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
62
31
F52l
F52 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
64
31
F53
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F53a
F53 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
22
F53b
F53 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
25
F53c
F53 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
42
21
F53d
F53 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
24
F53e
F53 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
42
21
F53f
F53 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
44
24
F54
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F54a
F54 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
48
24
F54b
F54 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
27
F54c
F54 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
47
23
F54d
F54 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
49
26
F54e
F54 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
47
23
F54f
F54 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
49
26
F55
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F55a
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
56
31
F55b
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
58
31
F55c
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
63
39
F55d
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
65
39
F55e
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
54
30
F55f
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
56
30
F55g
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
61
38
F55h
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
63
38
F55i
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
-
54
30
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F55j
F55 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
56
30
F55k
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
38
F55l
F55 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
63
38
F56
- 38 mm concrete topping (at least 70 kg/m 2)
- subfloor of 15.5 mm plywood, OSB or
waferboard, or 17 mm tongue and groove
lumber
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F56a
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
60
33
F56b
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
33
F56c
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
67
41
F56d
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
69
41
F56e
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
59
32
F56f
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
1 h
61
32
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
F56g
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
66
40
F56h
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
68
40
F56i
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
58
32
F56j
F56 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
61
32
F56k
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
65
40
F56l
F56 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
68
40
F57
- 50 mm concrete
- 0.46 mm metal pan with 19 mm rib
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F57a
F57 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
45
26
F57b
F57 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
47
29
F57c
F57 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
44
25
F57d
F57 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
46
28
F57e
F57 with
-
43
25
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F57f
F57 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
45
28
F58
- 50 mm concrete
- 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F58a
F58 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
27
F58b
F58 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
52
30
F58c
F58 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
48
27
F58d
F58 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
50
30
F58e
F58 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
48
27
F58f
F58 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
50
30
F59
- 50 mm concrete
- 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer of gypsum board on ceiling side
F59a
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
57
35
F59b
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
59
35
F59c
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
64
43
F59d
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
66
43
F59e
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
56
34
F59f
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
56
34
F59g
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
63
42
F59h
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
65
42
F59i
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
55
34
F59j
F59 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
57
34
F59k
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
62
42
F59l
F59 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
64
42
F60
- 50 mm concrete
- 0.46 mm metal pan with a 19 mm rib
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F60a
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
36
F60b
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
64
36
F60c
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
69
44
F60d
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
71
44
F60e
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1h
60
36
F60f
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
36
F60g
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
67
44
F60h
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
[1 h](25)
69
44
F60i
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
60
36
F60j
F60 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
62
36
F60k
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
-
67
44
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
F60l
F60 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm regular gypsum board
-
69
44
F61
- 50 mm concrete
- 0.38 mm metal pan with 16 mm rib
- on steel joists spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- with or without absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm or
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers of gypsum board on ceiling side
F61a
F61 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
32
F61b
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
64
32
F61c
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
65
29
F61d
F61 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
68
37
F61e
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1h
66
34
F61f
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
-
71
34
F61g
F61 with
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
62
32
F61h
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
64
32
F61i
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
64
28
F61j
F61 with
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 400 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
68
36
F61k
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 400 mm o.c.
- absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
64
32
F61l
F61 with
- steel joists spaced 600 mm o.c.
- no absorptive material in cavity
- resilient metal channels spaced 600 mm
o.c.
- 12.7 mm Type X gypsum board
-
70
34
Roofs
Wood Roof
Trusses
R1
- wood trusses spaced not more than 600
mm o.c.
- 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
45 min
-
-
Rating Provided by Membrane Only
M1
- supporting members spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- 1 layer 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
30 min
-
-
M2
- supporting members spaced not more than
600 mm o.c.
- 2 layers 15.9 mm Type X gypsum board
1 h
-
-
Notes to Table 9.10.3.1.-B:
(1) See Note A-9.10.3.1.
(2) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of a single layer of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to
obtain the listed ratings, the resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints should
be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A.
(3) For assemblies with a ceiling consisting of 2 layers of gypsum board on resilient metal channels to obtain
the listed ratings, the fastener and resilient metal channel arrangement at the gypsum board butt end joints
should be as shown in Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B.
(4) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values given are for a minimum thickness of
subfloor or deck as shown. Minimum subfloor thickness required is determined by structural member
spacing (see Table 9.23.15.5.-A). Thicker subflooring or decking is also acceptable.
(5) Sound absorptive material includes
(i) fibre processed from rock, slag, or glass, and
(ii) loose-fill or spray-applied cellulose fibre.
To obtain the listed sound transmission class rating, the nominal insulation thickness is 150 mm for rock,
slag, or glass fibres or loose-fill cellulose fibre, and 90 mm for spray-applied cellulose fibre, unless otherwise
specified. Absorptive material will affect the sound transmission class by approximately adding or
subtracting 1 per 50 mm change of thickness. However, no additional sound transmission class value is
achieved by adding a greater thickness of insulation than the depth of the assembly.
(6) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are based on the spacing of ceiling
supports as noted. (See also Table Note (10).) A narrower spacing will be detrimental to the sound
transmission class rating, but not to the fire-resistance rating.
(7) To obtain the listed rating, fastener type, spacing and penetration depth for the attachment of gypsum
board must conform to Subsection 9.29.5., and
(i) fastener distance to board edges and butt ends should be not less than 38 mm, except for fasteners on
the butt ends of the base layer in ceilings with two layers (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B),
(ii) fasteners are spaced not more than 300 mm o.c.,
(iii) fasteners must consist of nails or screws when attaching gypsum board to wood members, and
(iv) fasteners must consist of screws when attaching gypsum board to cold-formed steel channels or
resilient metal channels.
For wood- and steel-framed assemblies, if fasteners are spaced less than 300 mm o.c., subtract 1 from the
sound transmission class value; if fasteners are spaced less than 200 mm o.c., subtract 2 from the sound
transmission class value. Narrower fastener spacing is not detrimental to the fire-resistance rating.
(8) See Sentence D-1.2.1.(2) of Appendix D for the significance of fire-resistance ratings.
(9) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for the minimum depth of structural member
noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class values for structural
members deeper than that minimum, add 1 to the sound transmission class value in the Table for each 170
mm increase in structural member depth.
(10) The sound transmission class values given in the Table are for structural member spacing of 300 mm o.c.,
unless otherwise noted in the description and applicable table notes. To obtain sound transmission class
values for assemblies with structural members spaced more than 500 mm o.c., add 1 to the sound
transmission class value in the Table.
(11) Assemblies with sound transmission class ratings of 50 or more require methods to minimize airborne
sound transmission at electrical boxes and other openings, and at wall/wall and wall/floor junctions, except
at junctions constructed of concrete-to-concrete, concrete-to-masonry, or masonry-to-masonry where the
intersecting joint along the junction is cast or mortared.
(12) The impact insulation class values given are for floor assemblies tested with no finished flooring.
(13) Wood floor joists are:
(i) wood joists with a minimum member size of 38 mm (width) × 235 mm (depth), except as otherwise
noted (see Table Note (16)); or
(ii) wood I-joists with a minimum flange size of 38 mm × 38 mm, a minimum OSB or plywood web
thickness of 9.5 mm, and a minimum joist depth of 241 mm.
(14) Except where assemblies with wood I-joists are tested according to CAN/ULC-S101 the fire-resistance
rating values apply only to I-joists that have been fabricated with a phenolic-based structural wood adhesive
complying with CSA O112.10. For I-joists with flanges made of laminated veneer lumber (LVL), the fire-
resistance rating values apply only where the adhesive used in the LVL fabrication is a phenolic-based
structural wood adhesive complying with CSA O112.9.
(15) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material
includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with
(i) adhesive that is capable of providing a minimum cohesive/adhesive bond strength per unit area of 5
times the weight of the material under the test plate when tested in accordance with ASTM E736/E736M,
(ii) a minimum density of 35 kg/m3, and
(iii) a minimum thickness of 90 mm on the underside of the subfloor or deck, of 90 mm on the sides of the
structural members, and for cold-formed steel joists, of 13 mm on the underside of the bottom flange other
than at resilient metal channel locations.
(16) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets only applies to assemblies with solid wood joists
and is achieved only where absorptive material includes:
(i) fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area
mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
(ii) spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the
underside of the subfloor and of 90 mm on the sides of the floor joists.
(17) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values given are also
applicable to assemblies with 38 mm (width) × 184 mm (depth) solid wood joists.
(18) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material
includes:
(i) fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area
mass of 2.8 kg/m2; or
(ii) spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum depth of 90 mm on the
underside of the subfloor and of 90 mm on the webs or the sides of the structural members.
(19) The fire-resistance rating, sound transmission class and impact insulation class values within the square
brackets only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists and are achieved only where absorptive material
includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose
fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which
has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood
joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.
(20) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive
material includes:
(i) fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8
kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which
has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
(ii) dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is
supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-
mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists or
wood I-joists with metal staples having legs that are 50 mm or 30 mm long, respectively.
(21) The fire-resistance rating value only applies to assemblies with wood I-joists with flanges with a minimum
thickness of 38 mm and a minimum width of 63 mm.
(22) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values are achieved only where absorptive
material includes:
(i) fibre processed from rock or slag that fills the joist cavity and has a minimum surface area mass of 2.8
kg/m2, and for structural members at least 270 mm in depth, the fibre includes three layers each of which
has a minimum thickness of 90 mm; or
(ii) dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is
supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-
mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-gauge) wire and is attached to wood joists with
metal staples having legs that are 50 mm long.
(23) The fire-resistance rating values given only apply to assemblies with solid wood joists spaced not more
than 400 mm o.c. No information is available for assemblies constructed with wood I-joists.
(24) Wood floor trusses are:
(i) metal-plate-connected wood trusses with wood framing members not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, metal
connector plates not less than 1 mm (nominal) thick with teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a minimum
truss depth of 305 mm;
(ii) metal-web wood trusses with wood chords not less than 38 mm × 64 mm, V-shaped webs made from
galvanized steel of 1 mm (nominal) thickness with plate areas having teeth not less than 8 mm long, and a
minimum truss depth of 286 mm; or
(iii) fingerjoined wood trusses with glued fingerjoined connections, chord members not less than 38 mm ×
64 mm, web members not less than 38 mm × 38 mm and a minimum truss depth of 330 mm, all of which is
glued together with an R-14 phenol-resorcinol resin conforming to CSA O112.10.
(25) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material
includes fibre processed from rock or slag with a minimum thickness of 90 mm and a minimum surface area
mass of 2.8 kg/m2.
(26) The fire-resistance rating and sound transmission class values within square brackets are achieved only
where absorptive material includes dry-blown cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 40 kg/m3 filling the
entire cavity; the cellulose fibre is supported on zinc-coated (galvanized) steel poultry fence fabric
conforming to ASTM A390, which has 25-mm-wide hexagonal mesh openings and 0.81-mm-thick (20-
gauge) wire and is attached to wood trusses with metal staples having legs that are 38 mm long.
(27) Cold-formed steel floor joists (C-shaped joists) are members with a minimum size of 41 mm (width) × 203
mm (depth) × 1.22 mm (material thickness).
(28) The fire-resistance rating value within square brackets is achieved only where absorptive material
includes spray-applied cellulose fibre with a minimum density of 50 kg/m3 and a minimum thickness of 90
mm on the underside of the subfloor, of 90 mm on the sides of the cold-formed steel floor joists, and of 13
mm on the underside of the bottom flange other than at resilient metal channel locations.
Span Tables
Table 9.20.17.4.-A
Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete
Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (1-10M Bottom Bar)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)
Minimum Lintel
Thickness, mm
Minimum
Lintel Depth,
mm
Maximum Clear Span, m
Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
Supporting ICF Second Storey and
Light-Frame Roof
Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
1.50
3.33
1.50
3.33
140
200
1.41
1.18
1.03
0.93
300
1.78
1.50
1.30
1.18
400
2.08
1.75
1.53
1.38
500
2.33
1.97
1.72
1.56
600
2.55
2.16
1.89
1.71
150
200
1.41
1.18
1.02
0.92
300
1.78
1.50
1.29
1.17
400
2.08
1.75
1.51
1.37
500
2.33
1.97
1.70
1.54
600
2.54
2.15
1.87
1.70
160
200
1.41
1.18
1.01
0.91
300
1.78
1.50
1.28
1.16
400
2.07
1.75
1.50
1.36
500
2.32
1.96
1.68
1.53
600
2.53
2.15
1.85
1.68
190
200
1.41
1.19
0.98
0.89
300
1.78
1.50
1.24
1.13
400
2.06
1.74
1.45
1.32
500
2.30
1.95
1.63
1.49
600
2.51
2.13
1.78
1.63
200
200
1.41
1.19
0.97
0.89
300
1.77
1.49
1.23
1.12
400
2.06
1.74
1.43
1.31
500
2.30
1.95
1.61
1.48
600
2.50
2.13
1.77
1.62
240
200
1.41
1.19
0.94
0.86
300
1.76
1.49
1.18
1.09
400
2.04
1.73
1.38
1.27
500
2.27
1.93
1.55
1.43
600
2.47
2.11
1.70
1.56
Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-A:
(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where "L" is the clear span of the lintel.
(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
(3) 10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where "d" is the
distance from the top of the lintel to the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.
Table 9.20.17.4.-B
Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete
Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (1-15M Bottom Bar)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)
Minimum Lintel
Thickness, mm
Minimum Lintel
Depth, mm
Maximum Clear Span, m
Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
Supporting ICF Second Storey and
Light-Frame Roof
Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
1.50
3.33
1.50
3.33
140
200
1.63
1.46
1.31
1.23
300
2.43
2.08
1.81
1.64
400
2.90
2.44
2.13
1.93
500
3.26
2.75
2.41
2.18
600
3.58
3.03
2.65
2.4
150
200
1.67
1.49
1.33
1.25
300
2.48
2.08
1.79
1.62
400
2.90
2.44
2.11
1.91
500
3.26
2.75
2.38
2.16
600
3.57
3.02
2.62
2.38
160
200
1.70
1.53
1.35
1.26
300
2.48
2.08
1.78
1.61
400
2.90
2.44
2.09
1.90
500
3.25
2.75
2.36
2.14
600
3.56
3.02
2.59
2.36
190
200
1.80
1.61
1.36
1.24
300
2.48
2.09
1.73
1.58
400
2.89
2.44
2.03
1.85
500
3.23
2.74
2.29
2.09
600
3.53
3.00
2.51
2.30
200
200
1.83
1.64
1.35
1.23
300
2.48
2.09
1.71
1.57
400
2.88
2.44
2.01
1.84
500
3.22
2.74
2.26
2.07
600
3.52
2.99
2.48
2.28
240
200
1.93
1.65
1.30
1.20
300
2.47
2.08
1.66
1.52
400
2.86
2.43
1.94
1.78
500
3.19
2.72
2.18
2.01
600
3.47
2.97
2.39
2.20
Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-B:
(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where "L" is the clear span of the lintel.
(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
(3) 10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where "d" is the
distance from the top of the lintel to the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.
Table 9.20.17.4.-C
Maximum Allowable Clear Spans for Lintels in Flat Loadbearing Insulating Concrete
Form (ICF) Walls(1)(2)(3) (2-15M Bottom Bar)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1) and 9.20.17.4.(3)
Minimum Lintel
Thickness, mm
Minimum Lintel
Depth, mm
Maximum Clear Span, m
Supporting Light-Frame Roof Only
Supporting ICF Second Storey and
Light-Frame Roof
Maximum Ground Snow Load, kN/m2
1.50
3.33
1.50
3.33
140
200
1.63
1.46
1.31
1.23
300
2.43
2.18
1.96
1.84
400
3.22
2.90
2.60
2.42
500
4.00
3.60
3.25
2.70
600
4.71
4.20
3.61
2.97
150
200
1.67
1.49
1.33
1.25
300
2.48
2.23
1.99
1.87
400
3.29
2.96
2.64
2.45
500
4.80
3.68
3.29
2.74
600
4.87
4.20
3.64
3.02
160
200
1.70
1.53
1.35
1.27
300
2.53
2.28
2.02
1.90
400
3.36
3.02
2.68
2.48
500
4.16
3.76
3.27
2.78
600
4.95
4.20
3.61
3.08
190
200
1.80
1.61
1.39
1.32
300
2.67
2.40
2.09
1.97
400
3.53
3.19
2.77
2.56
500
4.38
3.81
3.18
2.90
600
4.92
4.19
3.50
3.21
200
200
1.83
1.64
1.41
1.33
300
2.87
2.44
2.11
2.00
400
3.78
3.24
2.79
2.55
500
4.46
3.81
3.15
2.89
600
4.86
4.18
3.47
3.18
240
200
2.07
1.74
1.46
1.38
300
3.07
2.59
2.18
2.07
400
3.95
3.38
2.70
2.48
500
4.40
3.80
3.04
2.80
600
4.78
4.16
3.34
3.08
Notes to Table 9.20.17.4.-C:
(1) Deflection criterion is L/240, where "L" is the clear span of the lintel.
(2) Linear interpolation is permitted between ground snow loads and between lintel depths.
(3) 10M stirrups are required at a maximum d/2 spacing for spans greater than 1 200 mm, where "d" is the distance from
the top of the lintel to the level of the bottom reinforcing bar in the lintel.
Table 9.23.4.2.-A
Maximum Spans for Floor Joists - General Cases(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(1) and 9.23.9.4.(1) to (3)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Joist Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m
With Strapping(2)
With Bridging
With Strapping(2) and
Bridging
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir
- Larch
(includes
Douglas Fir
and Western
Larch)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.13
1.97
1.73
2.19
1.99
1.73
2.19
1.99
1.73
38 × 140
3.23
3.07
2.73
3.44
3.12
2.73
3.44
3.12
2.73
38 × 184
3.88
3.69
3.51
4.18
3.92
3.59
4.37
4.07
3.59
38 × 235
4.57
4.34
4.13
4.86
4.57
4.29
5.05
4.70
4.39
38 × 286
5.21
4.95
4.71
5.49
5.16
4.85
5.66
5.28
4.92
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.00
1.85
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
38 × 140
3.09
2.91
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
38 × 184
3.71
3.53
3.36
4.00
3.76
3.44
4.19
3.90
3.44
38 × 235
4.38
4.16
3.96
4.66
4.38
4.11
4.84
4.51
4.20
38 × 286
4.99
4.75
4.52
5.26
4.94
4.65
5.43
5.06
4.72
No. 3
38 × 89
1.90
1.69
1.38
1.95
1.69
1.38
1.95
1.69
1.38
38 × 140
2.78
2.41
1.97
2.78
2.41
1.97
2.78
2.41
1.97
38 × 184
3.38
2.93
2.39
3.38
2.93
2.39
3.38
2.93
2.39
38 × 235
4.14
3.58
2.93
4.14
3.58
2.93
4.14
3.58
2.93
38 × 286
4.80
4.16
3.39
4.80
4.16
3.39
4.80
4.16
3.39
Construction
38 × 89
1.90
1.77
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
Standard
38 × 89
1.81
1.63
1.33
1.88
1.63
1.33
1.88
1.63
1.33
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.08
1.93
1.71
2.16
1.96
1.71
2.16
1.96
1.71
38 × 140
3.18
3.03
2.69
3.39
3.08
2.69
3.39
3.08
2.69
38 × 184
3.82
3.64
3.46
4.12
3.87
3.54
4.31
4.02
3.54
38 × 235
4.50
4.28
4.08
4.80
4.51
4.23
4.98
4.64
4.33
38 × 286
5.14
4.89
4.65
5.42
5.09
4.78
5.59
5.21
4.86
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.00
1.85
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
38 × 140
3.09
2.91
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
38 × 184
3.71
3.53
3.36
4.00
3.76
3.44
4.19
3.90
3.44
38 × 235
4.38
4.16
3.96
4.66
4.38
4.11
4.84
4.51
4.20
38 × 286
4.99
4.75
4.52
5.26
4.94
4.65
5.43
5.06
4.72
No. 3
38 × 89
1.90
1.77
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
38 × 140
2.99
2.78
2.43
3.19
2.90
2.43
3.19
2.90
2.43
38 × 184
3.60
3.42
2.95
3.88
3.61
2.95
4.06
3.61
2.95
38 × 235
4.24
4.03
3.61
4.51
4.24
3.61
4.68
4.37
3.61
38 × 286
4.84
4.60
4.19
5.10
4.79
4.19
5.26
4.90
4.19
Construction
38 × 89
1.90
1.77
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
Standard
38 × 89
1.81
1.68
1.39
1.96
1.71
1.39
1.96
1.71
1.39
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
species
except
Coast Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.95
1.81
1.64
2.06
1.87
1.64
2.06
1.87
1.64
38 × 140
3.05
2.85
2.57
3.24
2.95
2.57
3.24
2.95
2.57
38 × 184
3.66
3.48
3.31
3.94
3.70
3.38
4.12
3.84
3.38
38 × 235
4.31
4.10
3.90
4.59
4.31
4.05
4.76
4.44
4.14
38 × 286
4.91
4.67
4.45
5.18
4.87
4.57
5.34
4.98
4.64
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.86
1.72
1.58
1.99
1.81
1.58
1.99
1.81
1.58
38 × 140
2.92
2.71
2.49
3.14
2.85
2.49
3.14
2.85
2.49
38 × 184
3.54
3.36
3.20
3.81
3.58
3.27
3.99
3.72
3.27
38 × 235
4.17
3.96
3.77
4.44
4.17
3.92
4.60
4.29
4.00
38 × 286
4.75
4.52
4.30
5.01
4.71
4.42
5.17
4.82
4.49
No. 3
38 × 89
1.81
1.68
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
38 × 140
2.84
2.64
2.43
3.08
2.80
2.43
3.08
2.80
2.43
38 × 184
3.47
3.30
2.95
3.74
3.52
2.95
3.92
3.61
2.95
38 × 235
4.09
3.89
3.61
4.36
4.09
3.61
4.52
4.22
3.61
38 × 286
4.67
4.44
4.19
4.92
4.62
4.19
5.08
4.73
4.19
Construction
38 × 89
1.81
1.68
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
Standard
38 × 89
1.70
1.58
1.44
1.88
1.71
1.44
1.88
1.71
1.44
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.65
1.53
1.42
1.84
1.68
1.46
1.84
1.68
1.46
38 × 140
2.59
2.41
2.24
2.90
2.63
2.30
2.90
2.63
2.30
38 × 184
3.27
3.11
2.94
3.52
3.31
3.03
3.69
3.44
3.03
38 × 235
3.85
3.66
3.48
4.10
3.85
3.62
4.26
3.97
3.70
38 × 286
4.39
4.18
3.97
4.63
4.35
4.09
4.78
4.45
4.15
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.59
1.48
1.37
1.80
1.64
1.43
1.80
1.64
1.43
38 × 140
2.51
2.33
2.16
2.83
2.57
2.25
2.83
2.57
2.25
38 × 184
3.19
3.04
2.84
3.44
3.23
2.96
3.60
3.36
2.96
38 × 235
3.76
3.58
3.41
4.01
3.77
3.54
4.16
3.88
3.62
38 × 286
4.29
4.08
3.88
4.53
4.25
4.00
4.67
4.35
4.06
No. 3
38 × 89
1.54
1.43
1.32
1.74
1.57
1.36
1.76
1.60
1.36
38 × 140
2.42
2.24
1.94
2.74
2.38
1.94
2.75
2.38
1.94
38 × 184
3.12
2.90
2.37
3.35
2.90
2.37
3.35
2.90
2.37
38 × 235
3.67
3.49
2.89
3.91
3.54
2.89
4.06
3.54
2.89
38 × 286
4.19
3.98
3.36
4.42
4.11
3.36
4.55
4.11
3.36
Construction
38 × 89
1.54
1.43
1.32
1.74
1.57
1.40
1.76
1.60
1.40
Standard
38 × 89
1.48
1.37
1.15
1.63
1.41
1.15
1.63
1.41
1.15
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-A:
(1) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly
distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in
Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) See Sentence 9.23.9.4.(5) for alternatives to strapping.
Table 9.23.4.2.-B
Maximum Spans for Floor Joists - Special Cases(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and (2), 9.23.4.4.(2) and 9.23.9.4.(4) and (6)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Joist Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m
Joists with Ceilings Attached to Wood Furring
Joists with Concrete
Topping
Without Bridging
With Bridging
With or Without
Bridging(2)
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir
- Larch
(includes
Douglas Fir
and Western
Larch)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.19
1.99
1.73
2.19
1.99
1.73
2.19
1.99
1.73
38 × 140
3.44
3.12
2.73
3.44
3.12
2.73
3.44
3.12
2.73
38 × 184
4.24
3.99
3.59
4.52
4.11
3.59
4.52
4.11
3.59
38 × 235
4.98
4.69
4.29
5.47
5.20
4.58
5.77
5.24
4.58
38 × 286
5.67
5.34
4.88
6.19
5.89
5.54
6.83
6.37
5.58
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
38 × 140
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.55
38 × 184
4.06
3.83
3.44
4.33
3.93
3.44
4.33
3.81
3.11
38 × 235
4.78
4.50
4.11
5.24
4.98
4.31
5.37
4.65
3.80
38 × 286
5.44
5.12
4.68
5.93
5.64
5.00
6.24
5.40
4.41
No. 3
38 × 89
1.95
1.69
1.38
1.95
1.69
1.38
1.72
1.49
1.21
38 × 140
2.78
2.41
1.97
2.78
2.41
1.97
2.45
2.12
1.73
38 × 184
3.38
2.93
2.39
3.38
2.93
2.39
2.98
2.58
2.11
38 × 235
4.14
3.58
2.93
4.14
3.58
2.93
3.65
3.16
2.58
38 × 286
4.80
4.16
3.39
4.80
4.16
3.39
4.23
3.66
2.99
Construction
38 × 89
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
Standard
38 × 89
1.88
1.63
1.33
1.88
1.63
1.33
1.66
1.44
1.17
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.16
1.96
1.71
2.16
1.96
1.71
2.16
1.96
1.71
38 × 140
3.39
3.08
2.69
3.39
3.08
2.69
3.39
3.08
2.69
38 × 184
4.18
3.94
3.54
4.46
4.05
3.54
4.46
4.05
3.54
38 × 235
4.92
4.63
4.23
5.39
5.13
4.52
5.69
5.17
4.52
38 × 286
5.60
5.27
4.82
6.10
5.81
5.47
6.74
6.28
5.50
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
2.09
1.90
1.66
38 × 140
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
3.29
2.99
2.62
38 × 184
4.06
3.83
3.44
4.33
3.93
3.44
4.33
3.93
3.26
38 × 235
4.78
4.50
4.11
5.24
4.98
4.39
5.53
4.88
3.99
38 × 286
5.44
5.12
4.68
5.93
5.64
5.25
6.54
5.66
4.63
No. 3
38 × 89
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.83
1.50
38 × 140
3.19
2.90
2.43
3.19
2.90
2.43
3.02
2.62
2.14
38 × 184
3.94
3.61
2.95
4.17
3.61
2.95
3.68
3.18
2.60
38 × 235
4.63
4.36
3.61
5.08
4.42
3.61
4.50
3.89
3.18
38 × 286
5.27
4.96
4.19
5.74
5.13
4.19
5.22
4.52
3.69
Construction
38 × 89
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
2.03
1.84
1.61
Standard
38 × 89
1.96
1.71
1.39
1.96
1.71
1.39
1.74
1.50
1.23
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
species
except
Coast Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.06
1.87
1.64
2.06
1.87
1.64
2.06
1.87
1.64
38 × 140
3.24
2.95
2.57
3.24
2.95
2.57
3.24
2.95
2.57
38 × 184
4.00
3.77
3.38
4.26
3.87
3.38
4.26
3.87
3.38
38 × 235
4.70
4.43
4.05
5.16
4.91
4.32
5.45
4.95
4.32
38 × 286
5.35
5.04
4.61
5.84
5.55
5.23
6.45
6.01
5.26
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.99
1.81
1.58
1.99
1.81
1.58
1.99
1.81
1.58
38 × 140
3.14
2.85
2.49
3.14
2.85
2.49
3.14
2.85
2.49
38 × 184
3.87
3.64
3.27
4.12
3.75
3.27
4.12
3.75
3.27
38 × 235
4.55
4.28
3.91
4.99
4.75
4.18
5.27
4.79
4.13
38 × 286
5.18
4.88
4.46
5.65
5.37
5.06
6.23
5.81
4.79
No. 3
38 × 89
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.50
38 × 140
3.08
2.80
2.43
3.08
2.80
2.43
3.02
2.62
2.14
38 × 184
3.80
3.58
2.95
4.05
3.61
2.95
3.68
3.18
2.60
38 × 235
4.47
4.21
3.61
4.90
4.42
3.61
4.50
3.89
3.18
38 × 286
5.09
4.79
4.19
5.55
5.13
4.19
5.22
4.52
3.69
Construction
38 × 89
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
1.96
1.78
1.55
Standard
38 × 89
1.88
1.71
1.44
1.88
1.71
1.44
1.80
1.56
1.27
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.84
1.68
1.46
1.84
1.68
1.46
1.84
1.68
1.46
38 × 140
2.90
2.63
2.30
2.90
2.63
2.30
2.90
2.63
2.30
38 × 184
3.58
3.37
3.03
3.81
3.46
3.03
3.81
3.46
3.03
38 × 235
4.20
3.96
3.62
4.61
4.39
3.86
4.87
4.42
3.86
38 × 286
4.79
4.51
4.12
5.22
4.96
4.68
5.76
5.37
4.54
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.80
1.64
1.43
1.80
1.64
1.43
1.80
1.64
1.43
38 × 140
2.83
2.57
2.25
2.83
2.57
2.25
2.83
2.57
2.23
38 × 184
3.50
3.29
2.96
3.72
3.38
2.96
3.72
3.32
2.71
38 × 235
4.11
3.87
3.54
4.51
4.29
3.76
4.69
4.06
3.31
38 × 286
4.68
4.40
4.03
5.10
4.85
4.36
5.44
4.71
3.84
No. 3
38 × 89
1.76
1.60
1.36
1.76
1.60
1.36
1.70
1.47
1.20
38 × 140
2.75
2.38
1.94
2.75
2.38
1.94
2.42
2.10
1.71
38 × 184
3.35
2.90
2.37
3.35
2.90
2.37
2.95
2.55
2.08
38 × 235
4.01
3.54
2.89
4.09
3.54
2.89
3.61
3.12
2.55
38 × 286
4.56
4.11
3.36
4.75
4.11
3.36
4.18
3.62
2.96
Construction
38 × 89
1.76
1.60
1.40
1.76
1.60
1.40
1.76
1.60
1.37
Standard
38 × 89
1.63
1.41
1.15
1.63
1.41
1.15
1.44
1.25
1.02
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-B:
(1) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly distributed live
load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) No bridging is assumed for spans for floor joists with concrete topping.
Table 9.23.4.2.-C
Maximum Spans for Ceiling Joists - Attic not Accessible by a Stairway
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Joist Size, mm
Maximum Span, m
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
Douglas Fir - Larch
(includes Douglas Fir
and Western Larch)
Select Structural
38 × 89
3.41
3.10
2.71
38 × 140
5.37
4.88
4.26
38 × 184
7.05
6.41
5.60
38 × 235
9.01
8.18
7.15
38 × 286
10.96
9.96
8.70
No. 1 and No. 2
38 × 89
3.27
2.97
2.59
38 × 140
5.14
4.67
4.08
38 × 184
6.76
6.14
5.36
38 × 235
8.63
7.84
6.85
38 × 286
10.50
9.54
8.34
No. 3
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.42
38 × 140
4.89
4.23
3.46
38 × 184
5.95
5.15
4.20
38 × 235
7.27
6.30
5.14
38 × 286
8.44
7.31
5.97
Construction
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.51
Standard
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.34
Hem - Fir (includes
Western Hemlock and
Amabilis Fir)
Select Structural
38 × 89
3.36
3.06
2.67
38 × 140
5.29
4.81
4.20
38 × 184
6.96
6.32
5.52
38 × 235
8.88
8.07
7.05
38 × 286
10.81
9.82
8.58
No. 1 and No. 2
38 × 89
3.27
2.97
2.59
38 × 140
5.14
4.67
4.08
38 × 184
6.76
6.14
5.36
38 × 235
8.63
7.84
6.85
38 × 286
10.50
9.54
8.34
No. 3
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.51
38 × 140
4.98
4.53
3.95
38 × 184
6.55
5.95
5.19
38 × 235
8.36
7.60
6.34
38 × 286
10.18
9.01
7.36
Construction
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.50
Standard
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.43
Spruce - Pine - Fir
(includes Spruce (all
species except Coast
Sitka Spruce), Jack
Pine, Lodgepole Pine,
Balsam Fir and Alpine
Fir)
Select Structural
38 × 89
3.22
2.92
2.55
38 × 140
5.06
4.60
4.02
38 × 184
6.65
6.05
5.28
38 × 235
8.50
7.72
6.74
38 × 286
10.34
9.40
8.21
No. 1 and No. 2
38 × 89
3.11
2.83
2.47
38 × 140
4.90
4.45
3.89
38 × 184
6.44
5.85
5.11
38 × 235
8.22
7.47
6.52
38 × 286
10.00
9.09
7.94
No. 3
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.43
38 × 140
4.81
4.37
3.82
38 × 184
6.32
5.74
5.02
38 × 235
8.07
7.33
6.34
38 × 286
9.82
8.93
7.36
Construction
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.43
Standard
38 × 89
2.94
2.67
2.33
Northern Species
(includes any Canadian
species covered by the
NLGA Standard
Grading Rules)
Select Structural
38 × 89
2.88
2.61
2.28
38 × 140
4.53
4.11
3.59
38 × 184
5.95
5.40
4.72
38 × 235
7.60
6.90
6.03
38 × 286
9.25
8.40
7.34
No. 1 and No. 2
38 × 89
2.81
2.55
2.23
38 × 140
4.42
4.02
3.51
38 × 184
5.81
5.28
4.61
38 × 235
7.42
6.74
5.89
38 × 286
9.03
8.21
7.17
No. 3
38 × 89
2.74
2.49
2.18
38 × 140
4.31
3.92
3.42
38 × 184
5.67
5.09
4.16
38 × 235
7.19
6.23
5.08
38 × 286
8.34
7.23
5.90
Construction
38 × 89
2.74
2.49
2.18
Standard
38 × 89
2.67
2.43
2.03
Table 9.23.4.2.-D
Maximum Spans for Roof Joists - Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Joist Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir
- Larch
(includes
Douglas Fir
and Western
Larch)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.71
2.46
2.15
2.37
2.15
1.88
2.15
1.95
1.71
38 × 140
4.26
3.87
3.38
3.72
3.38
2.95
3.38
3.07
2.68
38 × 184
5.60
5.09
4.44
4.89
4.44
3.88
4.44
4.04
3.53
38 × 235
7.15
6.49
5.67
6.24
5.67
4.96
5.67
5.15
4.50
38 × 286
8.70
7.90
6.91
7.60
6.91
6.03
6.91
6.27
5.48
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.59
2.36
2.06
2.27
2.06
1.80
2.06
1.87
1.63
38 × 140
4.08
3.71
3.24
3.57
3.24
2.83
3.24
2.94
2.57
38 × 184
5.36
4.87
4.26
4.69
4.26
3.72
4.26
3.87
3.38
38 × 235
6.85
6.22
5.44
5.98
5.44
4.74
5.44
4.94
4.22
38 × 286
8.34
7.57
6.40
7.28
6.62
5.50
6.62
6.00
4.90
No. 3
38 × 89
2.49
2.16
1.76
2.14
1.85
1.51
1.91
1.65
1.35
38 × 140
3.56
3.08
2.51
3.06
2.65
2.16
2.72
2.36
1.92
38 × 184
4.33
3.75
3.06
3.72
3.22
2.63
3.31
2.87
2.34
38 × 235
5.29
4.58
3.74
4.55
3.94
3.22
4.05
3.51
2.86
38 × 286
6.14
5.32
4.34
5.28
4.57
3.73
4.70
4.07
3.32
Construction
38 × 89
2.51
2.28
1.99
2.20
1.99
1.74
1.99
1.81
1.58
Standard
38 × 89
2.41
2.08
1.70
2.07
1.79
1.46
1.84
1.60
1.30
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.67
2.43
2.12
2.33
2.12
1.85
2.12
1.93
1.68
38 × 140
4.20
3.82
3.33
3.67
3.33
2.91
3.33
3.03
2.65
38 × 184
5.52
5.02
4.38
4.82
4.38
3.83
4.38
3.98
3.48
38 × 235
7.05
6.41
5.60
6.16
5.60
4.89
5.60
5.09
4.44
38 × 286
8.58
7.80
6.81
7.50
6.81
5.95
6.81
6.19
5.41
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.59
2.36
2.06
2.27
2.06
1.80
2.06
1.87
1.63
38 × 140
4.08
3.71
3.24
3.57
3.24
2.83
3.24
2.94
2.57
38 × 184
5.36
4.87
4.26
4.69
4.26
3.72
4.26
3.87
3.38
38 × 235
6.85
6.22
5.44
5.98
5.44
4.75
5.44
4.94
4.32
38 × 286
8.34
7.57
6.62
7.28
6.62
5.77
6.62
6.01
5.25
No. 3
38 × 89
2.51
2.28
1.99
2.20
1.99
1.74
1.99
1.81
1.58
38 × 140
3.95
3.59
3.10
3.45
3.14
2.67
3.14
2.85
2.37
38 × 184
5.20
4.62
3.77
4.54
3.97
3.24
4.09
3.54
2.89
38 × 235
6.53
5.65
4.61
5.61
4.86
3.97
5.00
4.33
3.53
38 × 286
7.57
6.56
5.35
6.51
5.64
4.60
5.80
5.02
4.10
Construction
38 × 89
2.51
2.28
1.99
2.20
1.99
1.74
1.99
1.81
1.58
Standard
38 × 89
2.43
2.18
1.78
2.12
1.88
1.53
1.93
1.67
1.36
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
species
except
Coast Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.55
2.32
2.03
2.23
2.03
1.77
2.03
1.84
1.61
38 × 140
4.02
3.65
3.19
3.51
3.19
2.79
3.19
2.90
2.53
38 × 184
5.28
4.80
4.19
4.61
4.19
3.66
4.19
3.81
3.33
38 × 235
6.74
6.13
5.35
5.89
5.35
4.68
5.35
4.86
4.25
38 × 286
8.21
7.46
6.52
7.17
6.52
5.69
6.52
5.92
5.17
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.47
2.24
1.96
2.16
1.96
1.71
1.96
1.78
1.56
38 × 140
3.89
3.53
3.08
3.40
3.08
2.69
3.08
2.80
2.45
38 × 184
5.11
4.64
4.05
4.46
4.05
3.54
4.05
3.68
3.22
38 × 235
6.52
5.93
5.18
5.70
5.18
4.52
5.18
4.70
4.11
38 × 286
7.94
7.21
6.30
6.94
6.30
5.50
6.30
5.73
5.00
No. 3
38 × 89
2.43
2.20
1.93
2.12
1.93
1.68
1.93
1.75
1.53
38 × 140
3.82
3.47
3.03
3.33
3.03
2.65
3.03
2.75
2.37
38 × 184
5.02
4.56
3.77
4.38
3.97
3.24
3.98
3.54
2.89
38 × 235
6.41
5.65
4.61
5.60
4.86
3.97
5.00
4.33
3.53
38 × 286
7.57
6.56
5.35
6.51
5.64
4.60
5.80
5.02
4.10
Construction
38 × 89
2.43
2.20
1.93
2.12
1.93
1.68
1.93
1.75
1.53
Standard
38 × 89
2.33
2.12
1.85
2.04
1.85
1.59
1.85
1.68
1.41
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.28
2.07
1.81
1.99
1.81
1.58
1.81
1.65
1.44
38 × 140
3.59
3.26
2.85
3.14
2.85
2.49
2.85
2.59
2.26
38 × 184
4.72
4.29
3.75
4.12
3.75
3.27
3.75
3.40
2.97
38 × 235
6.03
5.48
4.79
5.27
4.79
4.18
4.79
4.35
3.80
38 × 286
7.34
6.67
5.82
6.41
5.82
5.09
5.82
5.29
4.62
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.23
2.03
1.77
1.95
1.77
1.55
1.77
1.61
1.41
38 × 140
3.51
3.19
2.79
3.07
2.79
2.43
2.79
2.53
2.21
38 × 184
4.61
4.19
3.66
4.03
3.66
3.20
3.66
3.33
2.91
38 × 235
5.89
5.35
4.68
5.15
4.68
4.09
4.68
4.25
3.68
38 × 286
7.17
6.52
5.58
6.26
5.69
4.80
5.69
5.17
4.27
No. 3
38 × 89
2.18
1.98
1.73
1.90
1.73
1.50
1.73
1.57
1.33
38 × 140
3.42
3.05
2.49
2.99
2.62
2.14
2.69
2.33
1.90
38 × 184
4.28
3.71
3.03
3.68
3.19
2.60
3.28
2.84
2.32
38 × 235
5.23
4.53
3.70
4.50
3.90
3.18
4.01
3.47
2.83
38 × 286
6.07
5.26
4.29
5.22
4.52
3.69
4.65
4.03
3.29
Construction
38 × 89
2.18
1.98
1.73
1.90
1.73
1.51
1.73
1.57
1.37
Standard
38 × 89
2.09
1.81
1.48
1.80
1.56
1.27
1.60
1.38
1.13
Table 9.23.4.2.-E
Maximum Spans for Roof Joists - Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Joist Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m
Specified Snow Load, kPa
2.5
3.0
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir -
Larch (includes
Douglas Fir and
Western Larch)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.99
1.81
1.58
1.88
1.71
1.49
38 × 140
3.14
2.85
2.49
2.95
2.68
2.34
38 × 184
4.12
3.75
3.27
3.88
3.53
3.08
38 × 235
5.27
4.79
4.18
4.96
4.50
3.93
38 × 286
6.41
5.82
5.09
6.03
5.48
4.79
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.91
1.74
1.52
1.80
1.63
1.43
38 × 140
3.01
2.73
2.39
2.83
2.57
2.25
38 × 184
3.95
3.59
3.14
3.72
3.38
2.90
38 × 235
5.05
4.59
3.84
4.75
4.32
3.55
38 × 286
6.14
5.46
4.46
5.78
5.05
4.12
No. 3
38 × 89
1.74
1.50
1.23
1.60
1.39
1.13
38 × 140
2.48
2.15
1.75
2.29
1.98
1.62
38 × 184
3.01
2.61
2.13
2.79
2.41
1.97
38 × 235
3.69
3.19
2.61
3.41
2.95
2.41
38 × 286
4.28
3.70
3.03
3.95
3.42
2.79
Construction
38 × 89
1.85
1.68
1.47
1.74
1.58
1.38
Standard
38 × 89
1.68
1.45
1.19
1.55
1.34
1.10
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock and
Amabilis Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.97
1.79
1.56
1.85
1.68
1.47
38 × 140
3.10
2.81
2.46
2.91
2.65
2.31
38 × 184
4.07
3.70
3.23
3.83
3.48
3.04
38 × 235
5.20
4.72
4.12
4.89
4.44
3.88
38 × 286
6.32
5.75
5.02
5.95
5.41
4.72
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.91
1.74
1.52
1.80
1.63
1.43
38 × 140
3.01
2.73
2.39
2.83
2.57
2.25
38 × 184
3.95
3.59
3.14
3.72
3.38
2.95
38 × 235
5.05
4.59
4.01
4.75
4.32
3.72
38 × 286
6.14
5.58
4.68
5.78
5.25
4.32
No. 3
38 × 89
1.85
1.68
1.47
1.74
1.58
1.38
38 × 140
2.91
2.65
2.16
2.74
2.45
2.00
38 × 184
3.72
3.22
2.63
3.44
2.98
2.43
38 × 235
4.55
3.94
3.22
4.20
3.64
2.97
38 × 286
5.28
4.57
3.73
4.88
4.22
3.45
Construction
38 × 89
1.85
1.68
1.47
1.74
1.58
1.38
Standard
38 × 89
1.76
1.52
1.24
1.62
1.40
1.15
Spruce - Pine -
Fir (includes
Spruce (all
species except
Coast Sitka
Spruce), Jack
Pine, Lodgepole
Pine, Balsam Fir
and Alpine Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.88
1.71
1.49
1.77
1.61
1.41
38 × 140
2.96
2.69
2.35
2.79
2.53
2.21
38 × 184
3.89
3.54
3.09
3.66
3.33
2.91
38 × 235
4.97
4.52
3.94
4.68
4.25
3.71
38 × 286
6.05
5.50
4.80
5.69
5.17
4.52
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.82
1.65
1.44
1.71
1.56
1.36
38 × 140
2.86
2.60
2.27
2.69
2.45
2.14
38 × 184
3.76
3.42
2.99
3.54
3.22
2.81
38 × 235
4.81
4.37
3.82
4.52
4.11
3.59
38 × 286
5.85
5.31
4.64
5.50
5.00
4.37
No. 3
38 × 89
1.79
1.62
1.42
1.68
1.53
1.34
38 × 140
2.81
2.56
2.16
2.65
2.40
2.00
38 × 184
3.70
3.22
2.63
3.44
2.98
2.43
38 × 235
4.55
3.94
3.22
4.20
3.64
2.97
38 × 286
5.28
4.57
3.73
4.88
4.22
3.45
Construction
38 × 89
1.79
1.62
1.42
1.68
1.53
1.34
Standard
38 × 89
1.72
1.56
1.29
1.62
1.46
1.19
Northern
Species
(includes any
Canadian
species covered
by the NLGA
Standard
Grading Rules)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
1.68
1.53
1.34
1.58
1.44
1.26
38 × 140
2.65
2.40
2.10
2.49
2.26
1.98
38 × 184
3.48
3.16
2.76
3.27
2.97
2.60
38 × 235
4.44
4.04
3.53
4.18
3.80
3.32
38 × 286
5.41
4.91
4.29
5.09
4.62
4.04
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
1.64
1.49
1.31
1.55
1.41
1.23
38 × 140
2.59
2.35
2.05
2.43
2.21
1.93
38 × 184
3.40
3.09
2.70
3.20
2.91
2.53
38 × 235
4.34
3.94
3.35
4.09
3.71
3.10
38 × 286
5.28
4.76
3.89
4.97
4.40
3.59
No. 3
38 × 89
1.60
1.46
1.21
1.51
1.37
1.12
38 × 140
2.45
2.12
1.73
2.26
1.96
1.60
38 × 184
2.98
2.58
2.11
2.76
2.39
1.95
38 × 235
3.65
3.16
2.58
3.37
2.92
2.38
38 × 286
4.23
3.66
2.99
3.91
3.39
2.76
Construction
38 × 89
1.60
1.46
1.27
1.51
1.37
1.20
Standard
38 × 89
1.46
1.26
1.03
1.34
1.16
0.95
Table 9.23.4.2.-F
Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters - Specified Roof Snow Loads 1.0 to 2.0 kPa
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.14.10.(2)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Rafter
Size, mm
Maximum Span, m
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
Rafter Spacing, mm
Rafter Spacing, mm
Rafter Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir
- Larch
(includes
Douglas Fir
and Western
Larch)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
3.41
3.10
2.71
2.98
2.71
2.37
2.71
2.46
2.15
38 × 140
5.37
4.88
4.26
4.69
4.26
3.72
4.26
3.87
3.38
38 × 184
7.05
6.41
5.60
6.16
5.60
4.89
5.60
5.09
4.44
38 × 235
9.01
8.18
7.15
7.87
7.15
6.24
7.15
6.49
5.62
38 × 286
10.96
9.96
8.70
9.58
8.70
7.40
8.70
7.90
6.52
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
3.27
2.97
2.59
2.86
2.59
2.27
2.59
2.36
2.06
38 × 140
5.14
4.67
3.95
4.49
4.08
3.34
4.08
3.60
2.94
38 × 184
6.76
5.88
4.80
5.74
4.97
4.06
5.06
4.38
3.58
38 × 235
8.30
7.19
5.87
7.02
6.08
4.96
6.19
5.36
4.38
38 × 286
9.63
8.34
6.81
8.14
7.05
5.76
7.18
6.22
5.08
No. 3
38 × 89
2.65
2.30
1.87
2.24
1.94
1.58
1.98
1.71
1.40
38 × 140
3.78
3.28
2.68
3.20
2.77
2.26
2.82
2.44
1.99
38 × 184
4.61
3.99
3.26
3.89
3.37
2.75
3.43
2.97
2.43
38 × 235
5.63
4.88
3.98
4.76
4.12
3.37
4.20
3.64
2.97
38 × 286
6.53
5.66
4.62
5.52
4.78
3.91
4.87
4.22
3.44
Construction
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.42
2.77
2.50
2.04
2.51
2.21
1.80
Standard
38 × 89
2.56
2.22
1.81
2.17
1.88
1.53
1.91
1.65
1.35
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
3.36
3.06
2.67
2.94
2.67
2.33
2.67
2.43
2.12
38 × 140
5.29
4.81
4.20
4.62
4.20
3.67
4.20
3.82
3.33
38 × 184
6.96
6.32
5.52
6.08
5.52
4.82
5.52
5.02
4.38
38 × 235
8.88
8.07
7.05
7.76
7.05
6.16
7.05
6.41
5.54
38 × 286
10.81
9.82
8.58
9.45
8.58
7.28
8.58
7.80
6.42
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
3.27
2.97
2.59
2.86
2.59
2.27
2.59
2.36
2.06
38 × 140
5.14
4.67
4.08
4.49
4.08
3.50
4.08
3.71
3.08
38 × 184
6.76
6.14
5.04
5.90
5.21
4.26
5.31
4.60
3.75
38 × 235
8.63
7.54
6.16
7.36
6.37
5.20
6.49
5.62
4.59
38 × 286
10.11
8.75
7.15
8.54
7.40
6.04
7.53
6.52
5.33
No. 3
38 × 89
3.17
2.83
2.31
2.76
2.39
1.95
2.44
2.11
1.72
38 × 140
4.67
4.04
3.30
3.95
3.42
2.79
3.48
3.01
2.46
38 × 184
5.68
4.92
4.02
4.80
4.16
3.40
4.23
3.67
2.99
38 × 235
6.95
6.02
4.91
5.87
5.08
4.15
5.18
4.48
3.66
38 × 286
8.06
6.98
5.70
6.81
5.90
4.82
6.01
5.20
4.25
Construction
38 × 89
3.17
2.88
2.51
2.77
2.51
2.14
2.51
2.28
1.89
Standard
38 × 89
2.68
2.32
1.90
2.27
1.96
1.60
2.00
1.73
1.41
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
species
except
Coast Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
3.22
2.92
2.55
2.81
2.55
2.23
2.55
2.32
2.03
38 × 140
5.06
4.60
4.02
4.42
4.02
3.51
4.02
3.65
3.19
38 × 184
6.65
6.05
5.28
5.81
5.28
4.61
5.28
4.80
4.19
38 × 235
8.50
7.72
6.74
7.42
6.74
5.89
6.74
6.13
5.35
38 × 286
10.34
9.40
8.21
9.03
8.21
7.17
8.21
7.46
6.52
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
3.11
2.83
2.47
2.72
2.47
2.16
2.47
2.24
1.96
38 × 140
4.90
4.45
3.89
4.28
3.89
3.40
3.89
3.53
3.08
38 × 184
6.44
5.85
5.11
5.62
5.11
4.41
5.11
4.64
3.89
38 × 235
8.22
7.47
6.38
7.18
6.52
5.39
6.52
5.82
4.75
38 × 286
10.00
9.06
7.40
8.74
7.66
6.25
7.80
6.76
5.52
No. 3
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.31
2.67
2.39
1.95
2.43
2.11
1.72
38 × 140
4.67
4.04
3.30
3.95
3.42
2.79
3.48
3.01
2.46
38 × 184
5.68
4.92
4.02
4.80
4.16
3.40
4.23
3.67
2.99
38 × 235
6.95
6.02
4.91
5.87
5.08
4.15
5.18
4.48
3.66
38 × 286
8.06
6.98
5.70
6.81
5.90
4.82
6.01
5.20
4.25
Construction
38 × 89
3.06
2.78
2.43
2.67
2.43
2.12
2.43
2.20
1.93
Standard
38 × 89
2.78
2.41
1.97
2.35
2.04
1.66
2.07
1.79
1.47
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structural
38 × 89
2.88
2.61
2.28
2.51
2.28
1.99
2.28
2.07
1.81
38 × 140
4.53
4.11
3.59
3.95
3.59
3.14
3.59
3.26
2.85
38 × 184
5.95
5.40
4.72
5.20
4.72
4.12
4.72
4.29
3.68
38 × 235
7.60
6.90
6.03
6.64
6.03
5.11
6.03
5.48
4.51
38 × 286
9.25
8.40
7.01
8.08
7.26
5.93
7.34
6.40
5.23
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.81
2.55
2.23
2.46
2.23
1.95
2.23
2.03
1.77
38 × 140
4.42
4.02
3.44
3.86
3.51
2.91
3.51
3.14
2.56
38 × 184
5.81
5.13
4.19
5.00
4.33
3.54
4.41
3.82
3.12
38 × 235
7.24
6.27
5.12
6.12
5.30
4.33
5.40
4.67
3.82
38 × 286
8.40
7.27
5.94
7.10
6.15
5.02
6.26
5.42
4.43
No. 3
38 × 89
2.62
2.27
1.85
2.22
1.92
1.57
1.95
1.69
1.38
38 × 140
3.74
3.24
2.65
3.16
2.74
2.24
2.79
2.42
1.97
38 × 184
4.56
3.94
3.22
3.85
3.33
2.72
3.40
2.94
2.40
38 × 235
5.57
4.82
3.94
4.71
4.08
3.33
4.15
3.60
2.94
38 × 286
6.46
5.60
4.57
5.46
4.73
3.86
4.82
4.17
3.41
Construction
38 × 89
2.74
2.49
2.11
2.40
2.18
1.90
2.18
1.93
1.57
Standard
38 × 89
2.22
1.93
1.57
1.88
1.63
1.33
1.66
1.44
1.17
Table 9.23.4.2.-G
Maximum Spans for Roof Rafters - Specified Roof Snow Loads 2.5 and 3.0 kPa
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(1) and 9.23.4.5.(1)
Commercial
Designation
Grade
Rafter Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m
Specified Snow Load, kPa
2.5
3.0
Rafter Spacing, mm
Rafter Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
Douglas Fir -
Larch (includes
Douglas Fir and
Western Larch)
Select Structural
38 × 89
2.51
2.28
1.99
2.37
2.15
1.88
38 × 140
3.95
3.59
3.14
3.72
3.38
2.95
38 × 184
5.20
4.72
4.12
4.89
4.44
3.83
38 × 235
6.64
6.03
5.08
6.24
5.67
4.68
38 × 286
8.08
7.23
5.90
7.60
6.65
5.43
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.41
2.19
1.86
2.27
2.06
1.71
38 × 140
3.76
3.26
2.66
3.46
3.00
2.45
38 × 184
4.58
3.96
3.24
4.21
3.65
2.98
38 × 235
5.60
4.85
3.96
5.15
4.46
3.64
38 × 286
6.50
5.63
4.59
5.98
5.17
4.23
No. 3
38 × 89
1.79
1.55
1.26
1.64
1.42
1.16
38 × 140
2.55
2.21
1.80
2.35
2.03
1.66
38 × 184
3.10
2.69
2.20
2.86
2.47
2.02
38 × 235
3.80
3.29
2.68
3.49
3.02
2.47
38 × 286
4.41
3.82
3.12
4.05
3.51
2.87
Construction
38 × 89
2.30
2.00
1.63
2.12
1.84
1.50
Standard
38 × 89
1.73
1.50
1.22
1.59
1.38
1.12
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western Hemlock
and Amabilis Fir)
Select Structural
38 × 89
2.48
2.25
1.97
2.33
2.12
1.85
38 × 140
3.90
3.54
3.10
3.67
3.33
2.91
38 × 184
5.13
4.66
4.07
4.82
4.38
3.77
38 × 235
6.55
5.95
5.01
6.16
5.60
4.61
38 × 286
7.97
7.12
5.81
7.50
6.55
5.34
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.41
2.19
1.91
2.27
2.06
1.80
38 × 140
3.79
3.42
2.79
3.57
3.14
2.57
38 × 184
4.80
4.16
3.40
4.42
3.83
3.12
38 × 235
5.87
5.08
4.15
5.40
4.68
3.82
38 × 286
6.81
5.90
4.82
6.27
5.43
4.43
No. 3
38 × 89
2.21
1.91
1.56
2.03
1.76
1.43
38 × 140
3.15
2.73
2.23
2.90
2.51
2.05
38 × 184
3.83
3.32
2.71
3.52
3.05
2.49
38 × 235
4.68
4.06
3.31
4.31
3.73
3.05
38 × 286
5.43
4.71
3.84
5.00
4.33
3.54
Construction
38 × 89
2.33
2.09
1.71
2.20
1.93
1.57
Standard
38 × 89
1.81
1.57
1.28
1.66
1.44
1.18
Spruce - Pine -
Fir (includes
Spruce (all
species except
Coast Sitka
Spruce), Jack
Pine, Lodgepole
Pine, Balsam Fir
and Alpine Fir)
Select Structural
38 × 89
2.37
2.15
1.88
2.23
2.03
1.77
38 × 140
3.73
3.39
2.96
3.51
3.19
2.79
38 × 184
4.90
4.45
3.89
4.61
4.19
3.66
38 × 235
6.26
5.69
4.97
5.89
5.35
4.68
38 × 286
7.62
6.92
5.90
7.17
6.52
5.43
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.29
2.08
1.82
2.16
1.96
1.71
38 × 140
3.61
3.28
2.86
3.40
3.08
2.66
38 × 184
4.74
4.31
3.52
4.46
3.96
3.23
38 × 235
6.06
5.27
4.30
5.59
4.84
3.96
38 × 286
7.06
6.11
4.99
6.49
5.62
4.59
No. 3
38 × 89
2.21
1.91
1.56
2.03
1.76
1.43
38 × 140
3.15
2.73
2.23
2.90
2.51
2.05
38 × 184
3.83
3.32
2.71
3.52
3.05
2.49
38 × 235
4.68
4.06
3.31
4.31
3.73
3.05
38 × 286
5.43
4.71
3.84
5.00
4.33
3.54
Construction
38 × 89
2.25
2.05
1.77
2.12
1.93
1.63
Standard
38 × 89
1.87
1.62
1.33
1.72
1.49
1.22
Northern Species
(includes any
Canadian species
covered by the
NLGA Standard
Grading Rules)
Select Structural
38 × 89
2.12
1.93
1.68
1.99
1.81
1.58
38 × 140
3.33
3.03
2.65
3.14
2.85
2.49
38 × 184
4.38
3.98
3.33
4.12
3.75
3.07
38 × 235
5.60
4.99
4.08
5.27
4.59
3.75
38 × 286
6.69
5.79
4.73
6.15
5.33
4.35
No. 1 and
No. 2
38 × 89
2.07
1.88
1.62
1.95
1.77
1.49
38 × 140
3.26
2.84
2.32
3.02
2.61
2.13
38 × 184
3.99
3.46
2.82
3.67
3.18
2.60
38 × 235
4.88
4.23
3.45
4.49
3.89
3.17
38 × 286
5.66
4.90
4.00
5.21
4.51
3.68
No. 3
38 × 89
1.77
1.53
1.25
1.63
1.41
1.15
38 × 140
2.52
2.19
1.78
2.32
2.01
1.64
38 × 184
3.07
2.66
2.17
2.82
2.45
2.00
38 × 235
3.76
3.25
2.66
3.45
2.99
2.44
38 × 286
4.36
3.77
3.08
4.01
3.47
2.83
Construction
38 × 89
2.01
1.74
1.42
1.85
1.60
1.31
Standard
38 × 89
1.50
1.30
1.06
1.38
1.19
0.98
Table 9.23.4.2.-H
Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than One Floor(1)(2)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)
Commerci
al
Designati
on
Grade
Supporte
d
Length,
m(3)(4)
Maximum Span, m(5)(6)
Size of Built-up Beam, mm
3-
38×18
4
4-
38×18
4
5-
38×18
4
3-
38×23
5
4-
38×23
5
5-
38×23
5
3-
38×28
6
4-
38×28
6
5-
38×28
6
Douglas
Fir - Larch
(includes
Douglas
Fir and
Western
Larch)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
3.36
3.70
3.99
4.30
4.73
5.09
5.23
5.66
5.99
3.0
3.12
3.44
3.70
3.99
4.39
4.73
4.84
5.34
5.66
3.6
2.94
3.23
3.48
3.75
4.13
4.45
4.41
5.03
5.41
4.2
2.79
3.07
3.31
3.52
3.92
4.23
4.09
4.72
5.14
4.8
2.67
2.94
3.17
3.29
3.75
4.04
3.82
4.41
4.92
5.4
2.54
2.83
3.04
3.11
3.59
3.89
3.60
4.16
4.65
6.0
2.41
2.73
2.94
2.95
3.40
3.75
3.42
3.95
4.41
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.97
3.42
3.82
3.63
4.19
4.68
4.21
4.86
5.43
3.0
2.65
3.06
3.42
3.24
3.75
4.19
3.76
4.35
4.86
3.6
2.42
2.80
3.13
2.96
3.42
3.82
3.44
3.97
4.44
4.2
2.24
2.59
2.89
2.74
3.17
3.54
3.18
3.67
4.11
4.8
2.10
2.42
2.71
2.56
2.96
3.31
2.98
3.44
3.84
5.4
1.98
2.28
2.55
2.42
2.79
3.12
2.81
3.24
3.62
6.0
1.88
2.17
2.42
2.29
2.65
2.96
2.66
3.07
3.44
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis
Fir)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
3.32
3.65
3.93
4.24
4.66
5.03
5.16
5.61
5.93
3.0
3.08
3.39
3.65
3.93
4.33
4.66
4.76
5.27
5.61
3.6
2.90
3.19
3.44
3.70
4.08
4.39
4.35
4.96
5.34
4.2
2.75
3.03
3.27
3.47
3.87
4.17
4.02
4.65
5.07
4.8
2.63
2.90
3.12
3.24
3.70
3.99
3.66
4.35
4.85
5.4
2.49
2.79
3.00
2.95
3.53
3.83
3.32
4.10
4.58
6.0
2.28
2.69
2.90
2.70
3.35
3.70
3.04
3.87
4.35
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
3.11
3.55
3.82
3.80
4.39
4.88
4.41
5.10
5.70
3.0
2.78
3.21
3.55
3.40
3.93
4.39
3.95
4.56
5.10
3.6
2.54
2.93
3.28
3.11
3.59
4.01
3.60
4.16
4.65
4.2
2.35
2.72
3.04
2.88
3.32
3.71
3.34
3.85
4.31
4.8
2.20
2.54
2.84
2.69
3.11
3.47
3.12
3.60
4.03
5.4
2.07
2.39
2.68
2.54
2.93
3.27
2.94
3.40
3.80
6.0
1.97
2.27
2.54
2.41
2.78
3.11
2.79
3.22
3.60
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
Select
Structur
al
2.4
3.17
3.49
3.76
4.05
4.46
4.81
4.93
5.42
5.73
3.0
2.95
3.24
3.49
3.76
4.14
4.46
4.58
5.04
5.42
3.6
2.77
3.05
3.29
3.54
3.90
4.20
4.31
4.74
5.11
species
except
Coast
Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
4.2
2.63
2.90
3.12
3.36
3.70
3.99
4.09
4.51
4.85
4.8
2.52
2.77
2.99
3.22
3.54
3.81
3.82
4.31
4.64
5.4
2.42
2.67
2.87
3.09
3.41
3.67
3.60
4.14
4.46
6.0
2.34
2.57
2.77
2.95
3.29
3.54
3.32
3.95
4.31
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
3.07
3.38
3.64
3.92
4.32
4.65
4.57
5.25
5.59
3.0
2.85
3.14
3.38
3.52
4.01
4.32
4.09
4.72
5.25
3.6
2.63
2.95
3.18
3.22
3.71
4.06
3.73
4.31
4.82
4.2
2.44
2.80
3.02
2.98
3.44
3.84
3.46
3.99
4.46
4.8
2.28
2.63
2.89
2.79
3.22
3.60
3.23
3.73
4.17
5.4
2.15
2.48
2.77
2.63
3.03
3.39
3.05
3.52
3.93
6.0
2.04
2.35
2.63
2.49
2.88
3.22
2.89
3.34
3.73
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.84
3.12
3.36
3.62
3.99
4.30
4.33
4.85
5.23
3.0
2.63
2.90
3.12
3.34
3.70
3.99
3.88
4.47
4.85
3.6
2.48
2.73
2.94
3.05
3.48
3.75
3.54
4.08
4.57
4.2
2.31
2.59
2.79
2.82
3.26
3.57
3.28
3.78
4.23
4.8
2.16
2.48
2.67
2.64
3.05
3.41
3.06
3.54
3.96
5.4
2.04
2.35
2.57
2.49
2.87
3.21
2.89
3.34
3.73
6.0
1.93
2.23
2.48
2.36
2.73
3.05
2.74
3.16
3.54
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.59
2.99
3.29
3.16
3.65
4.08
3.67
4.24
4.74
3.0
2.31
2.67
2.99
2.83
3.27
3.65
3.28
3.79
4.24
3.6
2.11
2.44
2.73
2.58
2.98
3.33
3.00
3.46
3.87
4.2
1.95
2.26
2.52
2.39
2.76
3.09
2.77
3.20
3.58
4.8
1.83
2.11
2.36
2.24
2.58
2.89
2.59
3.00
3.35
5.4
1.72
1.99
2.23
2.11
2.43
2.72
2.45
2.82
3.16
6.0
1.64
1.89
2.11
2.00
2.31
2.58
2.32
2.68
3.00
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-H:
(1) Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the
uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described
in Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
(6) 3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 114 mm bearing. All other beams require
76 mm bearing.
Table 9.23.4.2.-I
Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Two Floors(1)(2)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)
Commerci
al
Designati
on
Grade
Supporte
d
Length,
m(3)(4)
Maximum Span, m(5)(6)
Size of Built-up Beam, mm
3-
38×18
4
4-
38×18
4
5-
38×18
4
3-
38×23
5
4-
38×23
5
5-
38×23
5
3-
38×28
6
4-
38×28
6
5-
38×28
6
Douglas
Fir - Larch
(includes
Douglas
Fir and
Western
Larch)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.80
3.08
3.32
3.49
3.93
4.24
4.05
4.67
5.16
3.0
2.55
2.86
3.08
3.12
3.60
3.93
3.62
4.18
4.67
3.6
2.33
2.69
2.90
2.85
3.29
3.68
3.30
3.82
4.27
4.2
2.16
2.49
2.75
2.64
3.04
3.40
2.99
3.53
3.95
4.8
2.00
2.33
2.60
2.38
2.85
3.18
2.69
3.30
3.69
5.4
1.82
2.20
2.45
2.17
2.68
3.00
2.45
3.08
3.48
6.0
1.67
2.08
2.33
2.00
2.51
2.85
2.26
2.83
3.30
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.22
2.56
2.87
2.72
3.14
3.51
3.15
3.64
4.07
3.0
1.99
2.29
2.56
2.43
2.80
3.14
2.82
3.25
3.64
3.6
1.81
2.09
2.34
2.22
2.56
2.86
2.57
2.97
3.32
4.2
1.68
1.94
2.17
2.05
2.37
2.65
2.38
2.75
3.07
4.8
1.57
1.81
2.03
1.92
2.22
2.48
2.23
2.57
2.88
5.4
1.48
1.71
1.91
1.81
2.09
2.34
2.10
2.43
2.71
6.0
1.40
1.62
1.81
1.72
1.98
2.22
1.99
2.30
2.57
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis
Fir)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.76
3.04
3.27
3.43
3.88
4.18
3.99
4.60
5.09
3.0
2.51
2.82
3.04
2.97
3.55
3.88
3.34
4.12
4.60
3.6
2.15
2.65
2.86
2.56
3.24
3.62
2.88
3.65
4.20
4.2
1.90
2.40
2.72
2.26
2.85
3.35
2.55
3.21
3.87
4.8
1.70
2.15
2.56
2.03
2.56
3.08
2.30
2.88
3.46
5.4
1.56
1.95
2.35
1.86
2.32
2.79
2.11
2.62
3.14
6.0
1.44
1.79
2.15
1.72
2.14
2.56
1.96
2.42
2.88
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.33
2.69
3.01
2.85
3.29
3.68
3.30
3.82
4.27
3.0
2.08
2.41
2.69
2.55
2.94
3.29
2.96
3.41
3.82
3.6
1.90
2.20
2.45
2.33
2.68
3.00
2.70
3.12
3.48
4.2
1.76
2.03
2.27
2.15
2.49
2.78
2.50
2.88
3.22
4.8
1.65
1.90
2.13
2.01
2.33
2.60
2.30
2.70
3.02
5.4
1.55
1.79
2.00
1.86
2.19
2.45
2.11
2.54
2.84
6.0
1.44
1.70
1.90
1.72
2.08
2.33
1.96
2.41
2.70
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.64
2.91
3.13
3.37
3.71
4.00
4.05
4.52
4.87
3.0
2.45
2.70
2.91
3.12
3.45
3.71
3.62
4.18
4.52
3.6
2.31
2.54
2.73
2.79
3.24
3.49
3.14
3.82
4.25
species
except
Coast
Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
4.2
2.07
2.41
2.60
2.46
3.04
3.32
2.77
3.50
3.95
4.8
1.85
2.31
2.48
2.21
2.79
3.17
2.50
3.14
3.69
5.4
1.69
2.13
2.39
2.02
2.53
3.00
2.28
2.85
3.42
6.0
1.56
1.95
2.31
1.86
2.32
2.79
2.11
2.62
3.14
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.41
2.79
3.03
2.95
3.41
3.81
3.42
3.95
4.42
3.0
2.16
2.49
2.79
2.64
3.05
3.41
3.06
3.53
3.95
3.6
1.97
2.27
2.54
2.41
2.78
3.11
2.79
3.23
3.61
4.2
1.82
2.11
2.35
2.23
2.57
2.88
2.59
2.99
3.34
4.8
1.71
1.97
2.20
2.09
2.41
2.69
2.42
2.79
3.12
5.4
1.61
1.86
2.08
1.97
2.27
2.54
2.28
2.63
2.95
6.0
1.53
1.76
1.97
1.86
2.15
2.41
2.11
2.50
2.79
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.29
2.60
2.80
2.80
3.23
3.57
3.24
3.75
4.19
3.0
2.04
2.36
2.60
2.50
2.89
3.23
2.90
3.35
3.75
3.6
1.87
2.16
2.41
2.28
2.64
2.95
2.65
3.06
3.42
4.2
1.73
2.00
2.23
2.11
2.44
2.73
2.45
2.83
3.17
4.8
1.62
1.87
2.09
1.98
2.28
2.55
2.29
2.65
2.96
5.4
1.52
1.76
1.97
1.86
2.15
2.41
2.11
2.50
2.79
6.0
1.44
1.67
1.87
1.72
2.04
2.28
1.96
2.37
2.65
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
1.94
2.24
2.50
2.37
2.73
3.06
2.75
3.17
3.55
3.0
1.73
2.00
2.24
2.12
2.44
2.73
2.46
2.84
3.17
3.6
1.58
1.83
2.04
1.93
2.23
2.50
2.24
2.59
2.90
4.2
1.46
1.69
1.89
1.79
2.07
2.31
2.08
2.40
2.68
4.8
1.37
1.58
1.77
1.67
1.93
2.16
1.94
2.24
2.51
5.4
1.29
1.49
1.67
1.58
1.82
2.04
1.83
2.11
2.36
6.0
1.22
1.41
1.58
1.50
1.73
1.93
1.74
2.01
2.24
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-I:
(1) Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the
uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described
in Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
(6) 3-ply beams require 114 mm bearing. 4-ply and 5-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 3 m
require 114 mm bearing. All other beams require 76 mm bearing.
Table 9.23.4.2.-J
Maximum Spans for Built-up Floor Beams Supporting not more than Three Floors(1)(2)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)
Commerci
al
Designati
on
Grade
Supporte
d
Length,
m(3)(4)
Maximum Span, m(5)(6)
Size of Built-up Beam, mm
3-
38×18
4
4-
38×18
4
5-
38×18
4
3-
38×23
5
4-
38×23
5
5-
38×23
5
3-
38×28
6
4-
38×28
6
5-
38×28
6
Douglas
Fir - Larch
(includes
Douglas
Fir and
Western
Larch)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.38
2.74
2.95
2.91
3.36
3.75
3.37
3.89
4.35
3.0
2.13
2.46
2.74
2.60
3.00
3.36
2.92
3.48
3.89
3.6
1.88
2.24
2.51
2.24
2.74
3.06
2.53
3.18
3.56
4.2
1.66
2.08
2.32
1.99
2.49
2.84
2.25
2.81
3.29
4.8
1.50
1.88
2.17
1.80
2.24
2.65
2.04
2.53
3.02
5.4
1.38
1.71
2.05
1.65
2.04
2.44
1.88
2.31
2.75
6.0
1.28
1.58
1.88
1.53
1.89
2.24
1.75
2.14
2.53
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
1.85
2.14
2.39
2.26
2.61
2.92
2.63
3.03
3.39
3.0
1.66
1.91
2.14
2.02
2.34
2.61
2.35
2.71
3.03
3.6
1.51
1.74
1.95
1.85
2.13
2.39
2.14
2.48
2.77
4.2
1.40
1.62
1.81
1.71
1.98
2.21
1.99
2.29
2.56
4.8
1.31
1.51
1.69
1.60
1.85
2.07
1.86
2.14
2.40
5.4
1.23
1.42
1.59
1.51
1.74
1.95
1.75
2.02
2.26
6.0
1.17
1.35
1.51
1.43
1.65
1.85
1.66
1.92
2.14
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock
and
Amabilis
Fir)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.22
2.70
2.91
2.64
3.31
3.70
2.98
3.78
4.29
3.0
1.85
2.35
2.70
2.21
2.79
3.31
2.50
3.14
3.78
3.6
1.61
2.02
2.43
1.92
2.40
2.89
2.18
2.71
3.24
4.2
1.43
1.78
2.14
1.71
2.13
2.54
1.95
2.40
2.86
4.8
1.30
1.61
1.92
1.56
1.92
2.28
1.77
2.18
2.58
5.4
1.19
1.47
1.74
1.44
1.76
2.08
1.64
2.00
2.35
6.0
1.11
1.36
1.61
1.34
1.63
1.92
1.53
1.85
2.18
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
1.94
2.24
2.51
2.37
2.74
3.06
2.75
3.18
3.56
3.0
1.74
2.00
2.24
2.12
2.45
2.74
2.46
2.84
3.18
3.6
1.58
1.83
2.05
1.92
2.24
2.50
2.18
2.60
2.90
4.2
1.43
1.69
1.89
1.71
2.07
2.32
1.95
2.40
2.69
4.8
1.30
1.58
1.77
1.56
1.92
2.17
1.77
2.18
2.51
5.4
1.19
1.47
1.67
1.44
1.76
2.04
1.64
2.00
2.35
6.0
1.11
1.36
1.58
1.34
1.63
1.92
1.53
1.85
2.18
Spruce -
Pine - Fir
(includes
Spruce (all
Select
Structur
al
2.4
2.35
2.58
2.78
2.89
3.30
3.55
3.24
3.89
4.33
3.0
2.02
2.40
2.58
2.40
3.00
3.30
2.71
3.42
3.89
3.6
1.74
2.20
2.43
2.08
2.62
3.06
2.35
2.95
3.54
species
except
Coast
Sitka
Spruce),
Jack Pine,
Lodgepole
Pine,
Balsam Fir
and Alpine
Fir)
4.2
1.55
1.94
2.31
1.85
2.31
2.77
2.10
2.61
3.12
4.8
1.40
1.74
2.09
1.68
2.08
2.48
1.91
2.35
2.80
5.4
1.28
1.59
1.90
1.54
1.90
2.26
1.76
2.16
2.55
6.0
1.19
1.47
1.74
1.44
1.76
2.08
1.64
2.00
2.35
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
2.01
2.32
2.60
2.46
2.84
3.17
2.85
3.29
3.68
3.0
1.80
2.08
2.32
2.20
2.54
2.84
2.55
2.95
3.29
3.6
1.64
1.90
2.12
2.01
2.32
2.59
2.33
2.69
3.01
4.2
1.52
1.75
1.96
1.85
2.15
2.40
2.10
2.49
2.78
4.8
1.40
1.64
1.84
1.68
2.01
2.24
1.91
2.33
2.60
5.4
1.28
1.55
1.73
1.54
1.89
2.12
1.76
2.16
2.46
6.0
1.19
1.47
1.64
1.44
1.76
2.01
1.64
2.00
2.33
Northern
Species
(includes
any
Canadian
species
covered by
the NLGA
Standard
Grading
Rules)
Select
Structur
al
2.4
1.91
2.20
2.46
2.33
2.69
3.01
2.70
3.12
3.49
3.0
1.70
1.97
2.20
2.08
2.41
2.69
2.42
2.79
3.12
3.6
1.56
1.80
2.01
1.90
2.20
2.46
2.18
2.55
2.85
4.2
1.43
1.66
1.86
1.71
2.03
2.27
1.95
2.36
2.64
4.8
1.30
1.56
1.74
1.56
1.90
2.13
1.77
2.18
2.47
5.4
1.19
1.47
1.64
1.44
1.76
2.01
1.64
2.00
2.33
6.0
1.11
1.36
1.56
1.34
1.63
1.90
1.53
1.85
2.18
No. 1
and
No. 2
2.4
1.61
1.86
2.08
1.97
2.28
2.55
2.29
2.64
2.96
3.0
1.44
1.67
1.86
1.76
2.04
2.28
2.05
2.36
2.64
3.6
1.32
1.52
1.70
1.61
1.86
2.08
1.87
2.16
2.41
4.2
1.22
1.41
1.57
1.49
1.72
1.93
1.73
2.00
2.23
4.8
1.14
1.32
1.47
1.40
1.61
1.80
1.62
1.87
2.09
5.4
1.08
1.24
1.39
1.32
1.52
1.70
1.53
1.76
1.97
6.0
1.02
1.18
1.32
1.25
1.44
1.61
1.45
1.67
1.87
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-J:
(1) Beam spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the
uniformly distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described
in Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) When the floors have a concrete topping of not more than 51 mm, the spans must be multiplied by 0.8.
(3) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
(4) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
(6) 3-ply beams with supported lengths greater than 4.2 m require 152 mm bearing. All other beams require
114 mm bearing.
Table 9.23.4.2.-K
Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Floor Beams - 20f-E Grade(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(3), 9.23.4.4.(3) and 9.23.8.1.(1)
Number of
Storeys
Supported
Beam
Width,
mm
Supported
Length,
m(2)(3)
Maximum Span, m(4)(5)(6)(7)
Beam Depth, mm
228
266
304
342
380
418
456
1
80
2.4
4.32
5.04
5.76
6.48
7.20
7.92
8.64
3.0
3.87
4.51
5.15
5.80
6.44
7.09
7.73
3.6
3.53
4.12
4.70
5.29
5.88
6.47
7.06
4.2
3.27
3.81
4.36
4.90
5.44
5.99
6.53
4.8
3.06
3.57
4.07
4.58
5.09
5.60
6.11
5.4
2.88
3.36
3.84
4.32
4.80
5.28
5.76
6.0
2.73
3.19
3.64
4.10
4.56
5.01
5.47
130
2.4
5.51
6.43
7.35
8.26
9.18
10.10
11.02
3.0
4.93
5.75
6.57
7.39
8.21
9.03
9.86
3.6
4.50
5.25
6.00
6.75
7.50
8.25
9.00
4.2
4.16
4.86
5.55
6.25
6.94
7.64
8.33
4.8
3.90
4.54
5.19
5.84
6.49
7.14
7.79
5.4
3.67
4.28
4.90
5.51
6.12
6.73
7.35
6.0
3.48
4.07
4.65
5.23
5.81
6.39
6.97
2
80
2.4
3.28
3.83
4.37
4.92
5.47
6.01
6.56
3.0
2.93
3.42
3.91
4.40
4.89
5.38
5.87
3.6
2.68
3.12
3.57
4.02
4.46
4.91
5.36
4.2
2.48
2.89
3.31
3.72
4.13
4.54
4.96
4.8
2.32
2.71
3.09
3.48
3.86
4.25
4.64
5.4
2.19
2.55
2.91
3.28
3.64
4.01
4.37
6.0
2.07
2.42
2.77
3.11
3.46
3.80
4.15
130
2.4
4.18
4.88
5.57
6.27
6.97
7.66
8.36
3.0
3.74
4.36
4.99
5.61
6.23
6.85
7.48
3.6
3.41
3.98
4.55
5.12
5.69
6.26
6.83
4.2
3.16
3.69
4.21
4.74
5.27
5.79
6.32
4.8
2.96
3.45
3.94
4.43
4.93
5.42
5.91
5.4
2.79
3.25
3.72
4.18
4.64
5.11
5.57
6.0
2.64
3.08
3.53
3.97
4.41
4.85
5.29
3
80
2.4
2.75
3.21
3.66
4.12
4.58
5.04
5.50
3.0
2.46
2.87
3.28
3.69
4.10
4.51
4.92
3.6
2.24
2.62
2.99
3.37
3.74
4.11
4.49
4.2
2.08
2.42
2.77
3.12
3.46
3.81
4.15
4.8
1.94
2.27
2.59
2.91
3.24
3.56
3.89
5.4
1.83
2.14
2.44
2.75
3.05
3.36
3.66
6.0
1.74
2.03
2.32
2.61
2.90
3.19
3.48
130
2.4
3.50
4.09
4.67
5.25
5.84
6.42
7.01
3.0
3.13
3.66
4.18
4.70
5.22
5.74
6.27
3.6
2.86
3.34
3.81
4.29
4.77
5.24
5.72
4.2
2.65
3.09
3.53
3.97
4.41
4.85
5.30
4.8
2.48
2.89
3.30
3.72
4.13
4.54
4.95
5.4
2.34
2.72
3.11
3.50
3.89
4.28
4.67
6.0
2.22
2.58
2.95
3.32
3.69
4.06
4.43
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-K:
(1) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly
distributed live load on the floors does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in
Table 4.1.5.3.
(2) Supported length means half the sum of the joist spans on both sides of the beam.
(3) Straight interpolation may be used for other supported lengths.
(4) Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.
(5) Spans are clear spans between supports. For total span, add two bearing lengths.
(6) Provide a minimum bearing length of 89 mm. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be designed in
accordance with Part 4.)
(7) Top edge of beam assumed to be fully laterally supported by joists.
Table 9.23.4.2.-L
Maximum Spans for Built-up Ridge Beams and Lintels Supporting the Roof and Ceiling
Only, No. 1 or No. 2 Grade
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.2.(4), 9.23.4.5.(1), 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3),
and 9.23.14.10.(2)
Commercial
Designation
Beam or
Lintel Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m(1)(2)(3)
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Douglas Fir -
Larch (includes
Douglas Fir and
Western Larch)
3-38×184
2.65
2.28
2.03
1.85
1.71
4-38×184
3.06
2.64
2.35
2.14
1.97
5-38×184
3.43
2.95
2.62
2.39
2.21
3-38×235
3.25
2.79
2.49
2.26
2.09
4-38×235
3.75
3.22
2.87
2.61
2.41
5-38×235
4.19
3.60
3.21
2.92
2.70
3-38×286
3.77
3.24
2.88
2.62
2.43
4-38×286
4.35
3.74
3.33
3.03
2.80
5-38×286
4.86
4.18
3.72
3.39
3.13
Hem - Fir
(includes
Western
Hemlock and
Amabilis Fir)
3-38×184
2.78
2.39
2.13
1.94
1.79
4-38×184
3.21
2.76
2.46
2.24
2.07
5-38×184
3.59
3.09
2.75
2.50
2.31
3-38×235
3.40
2.93
2.61
2.37
2.19
4-38×235
3.93
3.38
3.01
2.74
2.53
5-38×235
4.39
3.78
3.36
3.06
2.83
3-38×286
3.95
3.40
3.02
2.75
2.54
4-38×286
4.56
3.92
3.49
3.18
2.94
5-38×286
5.10
4.38
3.90
3.55
3.28
Spruce - Pine -
Fir (includes
Spruce (all
species except
Coast Sitka
Spruce) Jack
Pine, Lodgepole
Pine, Balsam Fir
and Alpine Fir)
3-38×184
2.88
2.48
2.21
2.01
1.86
4-38×184
3.30
2.86
2.55
2.32
2.14
5-38×184
3.55
3.10
2.82
2.59
2.40
3-38×235
3.53
3.03
2.70
2.46
2.27
4-38×235
4.07
3.50
3.12
2.84
2.62
5-38×235
4.54
3.91
3.49
3.17
2.93
3-38×286
4.09
3.52
3.13
2.85
2.63
4-38×286
4.72
4.06
3.62
3.29
3.04
5-38×286
5.28
4.54
4.04
3.68
3.40
Notes to Table 9.23.4.2.-L:
(1) Beam and lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum supported length of 4.9 m. Spans may be
increased by 5% for supported lengths of not more than 4.3 m, by 10% for supported lengths of not more
than 3.7 m, and by 25% for supported lengths of not more than 2.4 m.
(2) For ridge beams, supported length means half the sum of the rafter, joist or truss spans on both sides of
the beam. For lintels, supported length means half the sum of truss, roof joist or rafter spans supported by
the lintel plus the length of the overhang beyond the lintel.
(3) Provide minimum 76 mm bearing.
Table 9.23.12.3.-A
Maximum Spans for Douglas Fir - Larch Lintels - No. 1 or No. 2 Grade - Non-structural
Sheathing(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)
Lintel
Supporting
Lintel
Size,(2) mm
Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
Exterior Walls
Interior
Walls
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Limited attic
storage and
ceiling
2-38×89
This Area Intentionally Left Blank
1.25
2-38×140
1.78
2-38×184
2.17
2-38×235
2.65
2-38×286
3.08
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
0.6 m
maximum)(5)
2-38×89
2.68
2.34
2.13
1.97
1.86
1.97
2-38×140
4.21
3.68
3.34
3.10
2.92
3.10
2-38×184
5.50
4.84
4.39
4.08
3.84
4.08
2-38×235
6.61
5.97
5.56
5.21
4.88
5.21
2-38×286
7.66
6.92
6.44
6.09
5.66
6.09
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
4.9 m
maximum)(6)
2-38×89
1.25
1.07
0.96
0.87
0.80
0.87
2-38×140
1.78
1.53
1.36
1.24
1.15
1.24
2-38×184
2.17
1.86
1.66
1.51
1.40
1.51
2-38×235
2.65
2.28
2.03
1.85
1.71
1.85
2-38×286
3.08
2.64
2.35
2.14
1.98
2.14
Roof, ceiling
and 1
storey(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.96
0.88
0.82
0.77
0.73
0.68
2-38×140
1.37
1.26
1.17
1.10
1.04
0.97
2-38×184
1.67
1.53
1.42
1.34
1.26
1.18
2-38×235
2.04
1.88
1.74
1.63
1.54
1.44
2-38×286
2.37
2.18
2.02
1.90
1.79
1.67
Roof, ceiling
and 2
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.86
0.81
0.77
0.73
0.70
0.61
2-38×140
1.23
1.16
1.09
1.04
0.99
0.87
2-38×184
1.50
1.41
1.33
1.27
1.21
1.06
2-38×235
1.84
1.72
1.63
1.55
1.48
1.30
2-38×286
2.13
2.00
1.89
1.80
1.72
1.51
Roof, ceiling
and 3
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.81
0.77
0.73
0.71
0.68
0.57
2-38×140
1.15
1.10
1.05
1.01
0.97
0.82
2-38×184
1.40
1.33
1.28
1.22
1.18
1.00
2-38×235
1.71
1.63
1.56
1.50
1.44
1.22
2-38×286
1.99
1.89
1.81
1.74
1.67
1.41
Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-A:
(1) Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists
of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA
O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel, and a single row to the
top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
(3) If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for
"roof, ceiling and 1 storey," by 20% for "roof, ceiling and 2 storeys," and by 25% for "roof, ceiling and 3
storeys."
(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or
minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.
(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof
and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.
(6) Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a
maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no
greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased by 10% if rafter
and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
(7) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly
distributed live load does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
Table 9.23.12.3.-B
Maximum Spans for Hem - Fir Lintels - No. 1 or No. 2 Grade - Non-structural
Sheathing(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)
Lintel
Supporting
Lintel
Size,(2) mm
Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
Exterior Walls
Interior
Walls
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Limited attic
storage and
ceiling
2-38×89
This Area Intentionally Left Blank
1.31
2-38×140
1.87
2-38×184
2.27
2-38×235
2.78
2-38×286
3.23
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
0.6 m
maximum)(5)
2-38×89
2.68
2.34
2.13
1.97
1.86
1.97
2-38×140
4.21
3.68
3.34
3.10
2.92
3.10
2-38×184
5.50
4.84
4.39
4.08
3.84
4.08
2-38×235
6.61
5.97
5.56
5.21
4.90
5.21
2-38×286
7.66
6.92
6.44
6.09
5.82
6.09
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
4.9 m
maximum)(6)
2-38×89
1.31
1.13
1.00
0.91
0.84
0.91
2-38×140
1.87
1.61
1.43
1.30
1.20
1.30
2-38×184
2.27
1.95
1.74
1.58
1.42
1.58
2-38×235
2.78
2.39
2.13
1.92
1.71
1.92
2-38×286
3.23
2.77
2.47
2.17
1.94
2.17
Roof, ceiling
and 1
storey(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
1.01
0.93
0.86
0.81
0.76
0.69
2-38×140
1.44
1.32
1.23
1.14
1.05
0.95
2-38×184
1.75
1.61
1.47
1.34
1.23
1.12
2-38×235
2.14
1.96
1.76
1.60
1.48
1.35
2-38×286
2.49
2.22
2.00
1.82
1.69
1.55
Roof, ceiling
and 2
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.91
0.85
0.80
0.76
0.72
0.60
2-38×140
1.29
1.21
1.13
1.05
0.98
0.82
2-38×184
1.57
1.44
1.33
1.24
1.16
0.98
2-38×235
1.90
1.73
1.60
1.49
1.40
1.19
2-38×286
2.15
1.97
1.82
1.70
1.60
1.37
Roof, ceiling
and 3
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.85
0.81
0.77
0.74
0.69
0.55
2-38×140
1.21
1.14
1.06
1.00
0.95
0.76
2-38×184
1.43
1.33
1.25
1.18
1.12
0.91
2-38×235
1.72
1.60
1.50
1.42
1.35
1.10
2-38×286
1.95
1.82
1.72
1.63
1.55
1.27
Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-B:
(1) Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists
of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA
O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel, and a single row to the
top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
(3) If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for
"roof, ceiling and 1 storey," by 20% for "roof, ceiling and 2 storeys," and by 25% for "roof, ceiling and 3
storeys."
(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or
minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.
(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof
and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.
(6) Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a
maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no
greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased by 10% if rafter
and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
(7) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly
distributed live load does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
Table 9.23.12.3.-C
Maximum Spans for Spruce - Pine - Fir Lintels - No. 1 or No. 2 Grade - Non-structural
Sheathing(1)
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)
Lintel
Supporting
Lintel
Size,(2) mm
Maximum Span, m(3)(4)
Exterior Walls
Interior
Walls
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Limited attic
storage and
ceiling
2-38×89
This Area Intentionally Left Blank
1.27
2-38×140
1.93
2-38×184
2.35
2-38×235
2.88
2-38×286
3.34
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
0.6 m
maximum)(5)
2-38×89
2.55
2.23
2.02
1.88
1.77
1.88
2-38×140
4.01
3.50
3.18
2.96
2.78
2.96
2-38×184
5.27
4.61
4.18
3.88
3.66
3.88
2-38×235
6.37
5.76
5.34
4.96
4.67
4.96
2-38×286
7.38
6.67
6.21
5.87
5.61
5.87
Roof and
ceiling only
(tributary
width of
4.9 m
maximum)(6)
2-38×89
1.27
1.11
1.01
0.93
0.87
0.93
2-38×140
1.93
1.66
1.48
1.35
1.25
1.35
2-38×184
2.35
2.02
1.80
1.64
1.52
1.64
2-38×235
2.88
2.47
2.20
2.01
1.84
2.01
2-38×286
3.34
2.87
2.56
2.33
2.09
2.33
Roof, ceiling
and 1
storey(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
1.05
0.96
0.89
0.84
0.79
0.74
2-38×140
1.49
1.37
1.27
1.19
1.13
1.02
2-38×184
1.82
1.67
1.55
1.44
1.33
1.20
2-38×235
2.22
2.04
1.89
1.73
1.59
1.45
2-38×286
2.58
2.36
2.15
1.96
1.81
1.66
Roof, ceiling
and 2
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.94
0.88
0.83
0.79
0.76
0.64
2-38×140
1.34
1.26
1.19
1.13
1.06
0.88
2-38×184
1.63
1.53
1.44
1.33
1.25
1.05
2-38×235
1.99
1.87
1.72
1.60
1.50
1.27
2-38×286
2.31
2.12
1.96
1.82
1.71
1.45
Roof, ceiling
and 3
storeys(3)(6)(7)
2-38×89
0.88
0.83
0.80
0.77
0.74
0.59
2-38×140
1.25
1.19
1.14
1.08
1.02
0.81
2-38×184
1.52
1.44
1.35
1.27
1.21
0.97
2-38×235
1.86
1.73
1.62
1.53
1.45
1.17
2-38×286
2.11
1.96
1.84
1.74
1.66
1.35
Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-C:
(1) Where structural sheathing is used, lintel spans may be increased by 15%. Structural sheathing consists
of a minimum 9.5 mm thick structural panel conforming to CSA O121, CSA O151, CSA O325 or CSA
O437.0 fastened with at least two rows of fasteners to the exterior face of the lintel, and a single row to the
top plates and studs. Fasteners shall conform to Table 9.23.3.5.-A.
(2) A single piece of 89 mm thick lumber may be used in lieu of 2 pieces of 38 mm thick lumber on edge.
(3) If floor joists span the full width of the building without support, lintel spans shall be reduced by 15% for
"roof, ceiling and 1 storey," by 20% for "roof, ceiling and 2 storeys," and by 25% for "roof, ceiling and 3
storeys."
(4) For ends of lintels fully supported by walls, provide minimum 38 mm bearing for lintel spans up to 3 m, or
minimum 76 mm bearing for lintel spans greater than 3 m.
(5) Spans for 0.6 m tributary width are calculated for lintels in end walls that support only a 0.6 m width of roof
and ceiling, but do not support roof joists, roof rafters or roof trusses.
(6) Lintel spans are calculated based on a maximum floor joist, roof joist or rafter span of 4.9 m and a
maximum roof truss span of 9.8 m. Lintel spans may be increased by 5% if rafter and joist spans are no
greater than 4.3 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 8.6 m. Spans may be increased by 10% if rafter
and joist spans are no greater than 3.7 m and roof truss spans are no greater than 7.4 m.
(7) Spans apply only where the floors serve residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3., or the uniformly
distributed live load does not exceed that specified for residential areas as described in Table 4.1.5.3.
Table 9.23.12.3.-D
Maximum Spans for Glued-Laminated Timber Lintels - 20f-E Stress Grade - Exterior
Walls - Roof and Ceiling Load Only
Forming Part of Sentences 9.3.2.8.(1), 9.23.4.5.(1) and 9.23.12.3.(1) and (3)
Lintel
Size,
mm
Maximum Span, m(1)(2)(3)
Specified Snow Load, kPa
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Supported length,
m(4)(5)
Supported length,
m(4)(5)
Supported length,
m(4)(5)
Supported length,
m(4)(5)
Supported length,
m(4)(5)
2.4
3.6
4.8
2.4
3.6
4.8
2.4
3.6
4.8
2.4
3.6
4.8
2.4
3.6
4.8
130 ×
304
6.23
5.63
5.24
5.63
5.09
4.73
5.24
4.73
4.40
4.95
4.48
4.17
4.73
4.28
3.87
80 × 380
6.52
5.89
5.48
5.89
5.32
4.96
5.48
4.96
4.52
5.19
4.69
4.11
4.96
4.39
3.80
130 ×
342
6.80
6.15
5.72
6.15
5.56
5.17
5.72
5.17
4.81
5.41
4.89
4.55
5.17
4.67
4.35
80 × 418
7.00
6.33
5.89
6.33
5.72
5.32
5.89
5.32
4.96
5.57
5.03
4.52
5.32
4.81
4.18
130 ×
380
7.36
6.65
6.19
6.65
6.01
5.59
6.19
5.59
5.21
5.86
5.29
4.92
5.59
5.06
4.70
80 × 456
7.48
6.76
6.29
6.76
6.10
5.68
6.29
5.68
5.29
5.95
5.37
4.93
5.68
5.13
4.56
130 ×
418
7.91
7.15
6.65
7.15
6.46
6.01
6.65
6.01
5.59
6.29
5.68
5.29
6.01
5.43
5.05
80 × 494
7.94
7.17
6.68
7.17
6.48
6.03
6.68
6.03
5.61
6.31
5.71
5.31
6.03
5.45
4.94
80 × 532
8.39
7.58
7.06
7.58
6.85
6.38
7.06
6.38
5.93
6.67
6.03
5.61
6.38
5.76
5.32
130 ×
456
8.44
7.63
7.10
7.63
6.89
6.41
7.10
6.41
5.97
6.71
6.07
5.65
6.41
5.80
5.39
Notes to Table 9.23.12.3.-D:
(1) Spans are valid for glued-laminated timber conforming to CAN/CSA-O122 and CSA O177.
(2) Provide minimum 89 mm bearing. (Alternatively, the bearing length may be calculated in accordance with
Part 4.)
(3) Top edge of lintel assumed to be fully laterally supported.
(4) Supported length means half the length of trusses or rafters, plus the length of the overhang beyond the
wall.
(5) For intermediate supported lengths, straight interpolation may be used.
Notes to Part 9
Housing and Small Buildings
A-9.1.1.1.(1) Application of Part 9 to Seasonally and Intermittently Occupied Buildings. The By-law does not
provide separate requirements which would apply to seasonally or intermittently occupied buildings. Without
compromising the basic health and safety provisions, however, various requirements in Part 9 recognize that leniency
may be appropriate in some circumstances. With greater use of "cottages" through the winter months, the proliferation
of seasonally occupied multiple-dwelling buildings and the increasing installation of modern conveniences in these
buildings, the number and extent of possible exceptions is reduced.
Energy Efficiency
Clause 9.36.1.3.(5)(b) exempts seasonally occupied residential buildings such as summer cottages from the
requirements of Section 9.36. Cottages intended for continuous or regular winter use such as ski cabins are required to
conform to Section 9.36.
Thermal Insulation
Article 9.25.2.1. specifies that insulation is to be installed in walls, ceilings and floors which separate heated space
from unheated space. Cottages intended for use only in the summer and which, therefore, have no space heating
appliances, would not be required to be insulated. Should a heating system be installed at some later date, insulation
should also be installed at that time in accordance with Article 9.25.1.1. and the insulation tables in Part 10. However,
if the building were not intended for continuous or regular winter use, it may still be exempted from the remainder of the
energy efficiency requirements in Part 10.
Air Barrier Systems and Vapour Barriers
Articles 9.25.3.1. and 9.25.4.1. require the installation of air barrier systems and vapour barriers only where insulation
is installed. Dwellings with no heating system would thus be exempt from these requirements. In some cases,
seasonally occupied buildings that are conditioned may be required to conform to the air and vapour barrier
requirements of Section 9.25, but not to the air barrier and other requirements of Part 10.
Interior Wall and Ceiling Finishes
The choice of interior wall and ceiling finishes has implications for fire safety. Where a dwelling is a detached building,
there are no fire resistance requirements for the walls or ceilings within the dwelling. The exposed surfaces of walls
and ceilings are required to have a flame-spread rating not greater than 150 ( Subsection 9.10.17.). There is, therefore,
considerable flexibility, even in continuously occupied dwellings, with respect to the materials used to finish these
walls. Except where waterproof finishes are required (Subsection 9.29.2.), ceilings and walls may be left unfinished.
Where two units adjoin, however, additional fire resistance requirements may apply to interior loadbearing walls, floors
and the shared wall ( Article 9.10.8.3., and Subsections 9.10.9. and 9.10.11.).
Plumbing and Electrical Facilities
Plumbing fixtures are required only where a piped water supply is available ( Subsection 9.31.4.), and electrical
facilities only where electrical services are available ( Article 9.34.1.2.).
A-9.3.1.7. Ratio of Water to Cementing Material. While adding water to concrete on site may facilitate its
distribution through formwork, this practice can have several undesirable results, such as reduced strength, greater
porosity, and more propensity to shrinkage cracking. The ratio of water to cementing material is determined according
to weight. For example, using Table 9.3.1.7., the maximum water-cement ratio of 0.45 for a 20 mm coarse aggregate
would require 18 kg (or 18 L) of water (1 L of water weighs 1 kg).
A-9.3.2.1.(1) Grade Marking of Lumber. Lumber is generally grouped for marketing into the species combinations
contained in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A. The maximum allowable spans for those combinations are listed in the span tables
for joists, rafters and beams. Some species of lumber are also marketed individually. Since the allowable span for the
northern species combination is based on the weakest species in the combination, the use of the span for this
combination is permitted for any individual species not included in the Spruce-Pine-Fir, Douglas Fir-Larch and
Hemlock-Fir combinations.
Facsimiles of typical grade marks of lumber associations and grading agencies accredited by the Canadian Lumber
Standards (CLS) Accreditation Board to grade mark lumber in Canada are shown in Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B.
Accreditation by the CLS Accreditation Board applies to the inspection, grading and grade marking of lumber, including
mill supervisory service, in accordance with CSA O141, "Softwood Lumber."
The grade mark of a CLS accredited agency on a piece of lumber indicates its assigned grade, species or species
combination, moisture condition at the time of surfacing, the responsible grader or mill of origin and the CLS accredited
agency under whose supervision the grading and marking was done.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-A
Species Designations and Abbreviations
Commercial Designation of Species
or Species Combination
Abbreviation Permitted on
Grade Stamps
Species Included
Douglas Fir - Larch
D Fir - L (N)
Douglas Fir, Western Larch
Hemlock - Fir
Hem - Fir (N)
Western Hemlock, Amabilis Fir
Spruce - Pine - Fir
S - P - F or
Spruce - Pine - Fir
White Spruce, Engelmann Spruce, Black Spruce,
Red Spruce, Lodgepole Pine, Jack Pine, Alpine
Fir, Balsam Fir
Northern Species
North Species
Any Canadian softwood covered by the "Standard
Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber"
Canadian lumber is graded to the "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber," published by the National Lumber
Grades Authority. These rules specify standard grade names and grade name abbreviations for use in grade marks to
provide positive identification of lumber grades. In a similar fashion, standard species names or standard species
abbreviations, symbols or marks are provided in the rules for use in grade marks.
Grade marks denote the moisture content of lumber at the time of surfacing. "S-Dry" in the mark indicates the lumber
was surfaced at a moisture content not exceeding 19%. "MC 15" indicates a moisture content not exceeding 15%. "S-
GRN" in the grade mark signifies that the lumber was surfaced at a moisture content higher than 19% at a size to allow
for natural shrinkage during seasoning.
Each mill or grader is assigned a permanent number. The point of origin of lumber is identified in the grade mark by
use of a mill or grader number or by the mill name or abbreviation. The CLS certified agency under whose supervision
the lumber was grade marked is identified in the mark by the registered symbol of the agency.
Table A-9.3.2.1.(1)-B
Facsimiles of Grade Marks Used by Canadian Lumber Manufacturing Associations and Agencies Authorized
to Grade Mark Lumber in Canada
Facsimiles of Grade Mark
Association or Agency
Alberta Forest Products Association
www.albertaforestproducts.ca
Canadian Mill Services Association
www.canserve.org
Canadian Softwood Inspection Agency Inc.
www.canadiansoftwood.com
Central Forest Products Association Inc.
www.cfpa-lumber.com
Council of Forest Industries
www.cofi.org
Macdonald Inspection Services Ltd.
www.gradestamp.com
Maritime Lumber Bureau
www.mlb.ca
Newfoundland & Labrador Lumber Producers' Association
c/o Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board
www.clsab.ca
Northwest Territories Forest Industries Association
Ontario Forest Industries Association
(Home of CLA Grading and Inspection)
www.ofia.com
Ontario Lumber Manufacturers' Association
www.olma.ca
Pacific Lumber Inspection Bureau
www.plib.org
Conseil de l'industrie forestière du Québec
(Quebec Forest Industry Council)
www.cifq.com
A-Table 9.3.2.1. Lumber Grading. To identify board grades, the paragraph number of the NLGA "Standard Grading
Rules for Canadian Lumber" under which the lumber is graded must be shown in the grade mark. Paragraph 113 is
equivalent to the WWPA "Western Lumber Grading Rules 2017" and paragraph 114 is equivalent to the WCLIB
"Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber." When graded in accordance with WWPA or WCLIB rules, the grade mark will
not contain a paragraph number.
A-9.3.2.8.(1) Non-Standard Lumber. NLGA 2017, "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber," permits lumber
to be dressed to sizes below the standard sizes (38 × 89, 38 × 140, 38 × 184, etc.) provided the grade stamp shows
the reduced size. This Sentence permits the use of the span tables for such lumber, provided the size indicated on the
stamp is not less than 95% of the corresponding standard size. Allowable spans in the tables must be reduced a full
5% even if the undersize is less than the 5% permitted.
A-9.3.2.9.(1) Protection from Termites.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A
Known termite locations
Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-A:
(1) Reference: J.K. Mauldin (1982), N.Y. Su (1995), T. Myles (1997).
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B
Clearances under structural wood elements and visibility of supporting elements where required to permit
inspection for termite infestation
Note to Figure A-9.3.2.9.(1)-B:
(1) For the height of structural wood elements not directly above finished ground, see Article 9.23.2.3.
A-9.3.2.9.(3) Protection of Structural Wood Elements from Moisture and Decay. There are many above-ground,
structural wood systems where precipitation is readily trapped or drying is slow, creating conditions conducive to
decay. Beams extending beyond roof decks, junctions between deck members, and connections between balcony
guards and walls are three examples of elements that can accumulate water when exposed to precipitation if they are
not detailed to allow drainage.
A-9.3.2.9.(4) Protection of Retaining Walls and Cribbing from Decay. Retaining walls supporting soil are
considered to be structural elements of the building if a line drawn from the outer edge of the footing to the bottom of
the exposed face of the retaining wall is greater than 45° to the horizontal. Retaining walls supporting soil may be
structural elements of the building if the line described above has a lower slope.
Figure A-9.3.2.9.(4)
Identifying retaining walls that require preservative treatment
Retaining walls that are not critical to the support of building foundations but are greater than 1.2 m in height may pose
a danger of sudden collapse to persons adjacent to the wall if the wood is not adequately protected from decay. The
height of the retaining wall or cribbing is measured as the vertical difference between the ground levels on each side of
the wall.
A-9.4.1.1. Structural Design. Article 9.4.1.1. establishes the principle that the structural members of Part 9 buildings
must
- comply with the prescriptive requirements provided in Part 9,
- be designed in accordance with accepted good practice, or
- be designed in accordance with Part 4 using the loads and limits on deflection and vibration specified in Part 9 or
Part 4.
Usually a combination of approaches is used. For example, even if the snow load calculation on a wood roof truss is
based on Subsection 9.4.2., the joints must be designed in accordance with Part 4. Wall framing may comply with the
prescriptive requirements in Subsections 9.23.3., 9.23.10., 9.23.11. and 9.23.12., while the floor framing may be
engineered.
Design according to Part 4 or accepted good engineering practice, such as that described in the CWC, "Engineering
Guide for Wood Frame Construction", requires engineering expertise. The CWC Guide contains alternative solutions
and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist
designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach. The need for professional involvement in
the structural design of a building, whether to Part 4 or Part 9 requirements or accepted good practice, is defined by
provincial and territorial legislation.
A-9.4.2.1. and 9.4.2.2. Application of Simplified Part 9 Snow Loads. The simplified specified snow loads
described in Article 9.4.2.2. may be used where the structure is of the configuration that is typical of traditional wood-
frame residential construction and its performance. This places limits on the spacing of joists, rafters and trusses, the
spans of these members and supporting members, deflection under load, overall dimensions of the roof and the
configuration of the roof. It assumes considerable redundancy in the structure.
Because very large buildings may be constructed under Part 9 by constructing firewalls to break up the building area, it
is possible to have Part 9 buildings with very large roofs. The simplified specified snow loads may not be used when
the total roof area of the overall structure exceeds 4 550 m2. Thus, these snow loads may be used for typical
townhouse construction, but would not be appropriate for much larger commercial or industrial buildings, for example.
The simplified specified snow load calculation of Sentence 9.4.2.2.(1) is not applicable to roof configurations that
seriously exacerbate snow accumulation. This limitation does not pertain to typical projections above a sloped roof,
such as dormers, but rather to high parapets and other significant projections above a flat roof, such as elevator
penthouses, mechanical rooms and larger equipment, that collect snow and prevent it from blowing off the roof.
Although multi-level roofs generally lead to snow drift loads, smaller light-frame buildings constructed according to
Part 9 have not collapsed under these loads. Consequently, the simplified calculation may be used for multi-level roofs
where the upper level roof does not exceed 600 m2 in area. For multi-level roofs with larger upper roof areas (formed
by multiple adjoining Part 9 buildings), where the upper level roof has a slope less than 1 in 6 and the roof step has a
height greater than 2 m, the snow drift load on the lower level roof near the roof step must be considered in
accordance with Sentence 9.4.2.2.(4).
The reference in Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(d) to Article 9.4.3.1. invokes, for roof assemblies other than common lumber
trusses, the same performance criteria for deflection.
Values of the specific weight of snow on roofs, γ, obtained from measurements at a number of weather stations across
Canada ranged from about 1.0 to 4.5 kN/m3 with an average of approximately 3.0 kN/m 3. ASCE/SEI 7, "Minimum
Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures," contains a formula to calculate the increase in the value of γ based
on an increase in the ground snow load: 0.43SS + 2.2 kN/m3. This formula provides results that are reasonably
consistent with Canada's climatic reality. In Clause 9.4.2.1.(1)(f), the specific weight of snow is capped at 4.0 kN/m3, as
higher values are extremely rare.
A-9.4.2.3.(1) Accessible Platforms Subject to Snow and Occupancy Loads. Many platforms are subject to both
occupancy loads and snow loads. These include balconies, decks, verandas, flat roofs over garages and carports.
Where such a platform, or a segregated area of such a platform, serves a single dwelling unit, it must be designed for
the greater of either the specified snow load or an occupancy load of 1.9 kPa. Where the platform serves more than
one single dwelling unit or an occupancy other than a residential occupancy, higher occupancy loads will apply as
specified in Table 4.1.5.3.
A-9.4.2.4.(1) Specified Loads for Attics or Roof Spaces with Limited Accessibility. Typical residential roofs are
framed with roof trusses and the ceiling is insulated.
Residential trusses are placed at 600 mm on centre with web members joining top and bottom chords. Lateral web
bracing is installed perpendicular to the span of the trusses. As a result, there is limited room for movement inside the
attic or roof space or for storage of material. Access hatches are generally built to the minimum acceptable
dimensions, further limiting the size of material that can be moved into the attic or roof space.
With exposed insulation in the attic or roof space, access is not recommended unless protective clothing and breathing
apparatus are worn.
Thus the attic or roof space is recognized as uninhabitable and loading can be based on actual dead load. In
emergency situations or for the purpose of inspection, it is possible for a person to access the attic or roof space
without over-stressing the truss or causing damaging deflections.
Note A-9.4.2.5. Seismic Design Parameter. The seismic design parameter, Smax, is used as a trigger for the application
of seismic design provisions in Part 9. It was derived by considering the upper limit on the minimum lateral earthquake
force, V, as specified in Clause 4.1.8.11.(2)(c), and is taken as the larger of 2/3 S(0.2) and S(0.5), with S(0.2) and
S(0.5) calculated in accordance with Sentence 4.1.8.4.(6).
Note A-9.4.2.5.(2) Determination of Site Class. To benefit from a refined, and possibly less conservative, value of Smax,
the Site Class can be determined on the basis of the ground profile at the site in accordance with Article 4.1.8.4.
Determination of the Site Class will require the involvement of a suitably qualified and experienced professional
engineer.
A-Table 9.4.4.1. Classification of Soils. Sand or gravel may be classified by means of a picket test in which a 38 mm
by 38 mm picket beveled at the end at 45° to a point is pushed into the soil. Such material is classified as "dense or
compact" if a man of average weight cannot push the picket more than 200 mm into the soil and "loose" if the picket
penetrates 200 mm or more.
Clay and silt may be classified as "stiff" if it is difficult to indent by thumb pressure, "firm" if it can be indented by
moderate thumb pressure, "soft" if it can be easily penetrated by thumb pressure, where this test is carried out on
undisturbed soil in the wall of a test pit.
A-9.4.4.4.(1) Soil Movement. In susceptible soils, changes in temperature or moisture content can cause significant
expansion and contraction. Soils containing pyrites can expand simply on exposure to air.
Expansion and Contraction due to Moisture
Clay soils are most prone to expansion and contraction due to moisture. Particularly wet seasons can sufficiently
increase the volume of the soil under and around the structure to cause heaving of foundations and floors-on-ground,
or cracking of foundation walls. Particularly dry seasons or draw-down of water by fast-growing trees can decrease the
volume of the soil supporting foundations and floors-on-ground, thus causing settling.
Frost Heave
Frost heave is probably the most commonly recognized phenomenon related to freezing soil. Frost heave results when
moisture in frost-susceptible soil (clay and silt) under the footings freezes and expands. This mechanism is addressed
by requirements in Section 9.12. regarding the depth of excavations.
Ice Lenses
When moisture in frost-susceptible soils freezes, it forms an ice lens and reduces the vapour pressure in the soil in the
area immediately around the lens. Moisture in the ground redistributes to rebalance the vapour pressures providing
more moisture in the area of the ice lens. This moisture freezes to the lens and the cycle repeats itself. As the ice lens
grows, it exerts pressure in the direction of heat flow. When lenses form close to foundations and heat flow is toward
the foundation--as may be the case with unheated crawl spaces or open concrete block foundations insulated on the
interior--the forces may be sufficient to crack the foundation.
Adfreezing
Ice lenses can adhere themselves to cold foundations. Where heat flow is essentially upward, parallel to the
foundation, the pressures exerted will tend to lift the foundation. This may cause differential movement or cracking of
the foundation. Heat loss through basement foundations of cast-in-place concrete or concrete block insulated on the
exterior appears to be sufficient to prevent adfreezing. Care must be taken where the foundation does not enclose
heated space or where open block foundations are insulated on the interior. The installation of semi-rigid glass fibre
insulation has demonstrated some effectiveness as a separation layer to absorb the adfreezing forces.
Pyrites
Pyrite is the most common iron disulphide mineral in rock and has been identified in rock of all types and ages. It is
most commonly found in metamorphic and sedimentary rock, and especially in coal and shale deposits.
Weathering of pyritic shale is a chemical-microbiological oxidation process that results in volume increases that can
heave foundations and floors-on-ground. Concentrations of as little as 0.1% by weight have caused heaving.
Weathering can be initiated simply by exposing the pyritic material to air. Thus, building on soils that contain pyrites in
concentrations that will cause damage to the building should be avoided, or measures should be taken to remove the
material or seal it. Material containing pyrites should not be used for backfill at foundations or for supporting
foundations or floors-on-ground.
Where it is not known if the soil or backfill contains pyritic material in a deleterious concentration, a test is available to
identify its presence and concentration.
References:
(1) Legget, R.F. and Crawford, C.B. Trees and Buildings. Canadian Building Digest 62, Division of Building Research,
National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1965.
(2) Hamilton, J.J. Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 84, Division of Building Research,
National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1966.
(3) Hamilton, J.J. Foundations on Swelling and Shrinking Subsoils. Canadian Building Digest 184, Division of Building
Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1977.
(4) Penner, W., Eden, W.J., and Gratten-Bellew, P.E. Expansion of Pyritic Shales. Canadian Building Digest 152,
Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1975.
(5) Swinton, M.C., Brown, W.C., and Chown, G.A. Controlling the Transfer of Heat, Air and Moisture through the
Building Envelope. Small Buildings - Technology in Transition, Building Science Insight '90, Institute for Research in
Construction, National Research Council Canada, Ottawa, 1990.
A-9.4.4.6. and 9.15.1.1. Loads on Foundations. The prescriptive solutions provided in Part 9 relating to footings and
foundation walls only account for the loads imposed by drained earth. Drained earth is assumed to exert a load
equivalent to the load that would be exerted by a fluid with a density of 480 kg/m3. The prescriptive solutions do not
account for surcharges from saturated soil or additional loads from heavy objects located adjacent to the building.
Where such surcharges are expected, the footings and foundation walls must be designed and constructed according
to Part 4.
A-9.5.1.2. Combination Rooms. If a room draws natural light and natural ventilation from another area, the opening
between the two areas must be large enough to effectively provide sufficient light and air. This is why a minimum
opening of 3 m2 is required, or the equivalent of a set of double doors. The effectiveness of the transfer of light and air
also depends on the size of the transfer opening in relation to the size of the dependent room; in measuring the area of
the wall separating the two areas, the whole wall on the side of the dependent room should be considered, not taking
into account offsets that may be in the surface of the wall.
The opening does not necessarily have to be in the form of a doorway; it may be an opening at eye level. However, if
the dependent area is a bedroom, provision must be made for the escape window required by Article 9.9.10.1. to fulfill
its safety function. This is why a direct passage is required between the bedroom and the other area; the equivalent of
at least a doorway is therefore required for direct passage between the two areas.
A-9.5.3.1. Ceiling Heights and Clear Heights. Figure A-9.5.3.1. shows ceiling heights in relation to clear heights and
also clear heights over stairs described in Article 9.8.2.2.
Figure A-9.5.3.1.
Ceiling Heights and Clear Heights
A-9.5.5.3. Doorways to Rooms with a Bathtub, Shower or Water Closet. The intent of Article 9.5.5.3. is to ensure
a certain degree of access to rooms that provide some or all of the facilities found in a typical residential bathroom.
If the minimum 860 mm hallway serves more than one room with identical facilities, only one of the rooms is required
to have a door not less than 760 mm wide.
If a number of rooms have different facilities, for example, one room has a shower, lavatory and water closet, and
another room has a lavatory and water closet, the room with the shower, lavatory and water closet must have the
minimum 760 mm wide door. Where multiple rooms provide the same or similar facilities, one of these rooms must
comply with the requirement to have at least one bathtub or shower, one lavatory and one water closet. Where the
fixtures are located in two separate rooms served by the same hallway, the requirement for the minimum doorway
width would apply to both rooms.
If the minimum 860 mm hallway does not serve any room containing a bathtub, shower and water closet, additional
fixtures do not need to be installed.
A-9.6.1.1.(1) Application. The scope of this Section includes glass installed on the interior or on the exterior of a
building.
A-9.6.1.2.(2) Mirrored Glass Doors. CAN/CGSB-82.6-M, "Doors, Mirrored Glass, Sliding or Folding, Wardrobe,"
covers mirrored glass doors for use on reach-in closets. It specifies that such doors are not to be used for walk-in
closets.
A-Table 9.6.1.3 Glass in Doors. Maximum areas in Table 9.6.1.3. for other than fully tempered glazing are cut off at
1.50 m2, as this would be the practical limit after which safety glazing would be required by Sentence 9.6.1.4.(2).
A-9.7. Windows, Doors and Skylights. This section applies only to windows, doors and skylights as defined in the
scope of the standards referenced in Article 9.7.4.2. Other glazed products, such as site-built windows, curtain walls or
sloped glazing, are required to conform to Part 5.
It is also permitted for fenestration products within the scope of the NAFS standard to conform to Part 5. This option is
typically used for windows and doors that are impractical to subject to the testing requirements of NAFS due to their
size or for custom configurations
A-9.7.3.2.(1)(a) Minimizing Condensation. The total prevention of condensation on the surfaces of fenestration
products is difficult to achieve and, depending on the design and construction of the window or door, may not be
absolutely necessary. Clause 9.7.3.2.(1)(a) therefore requires that condensation be minimized, which means that the
amount of moisture that condenses on the inside surface of a window, door or skylight, and the frequency at which this
occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of such condensation must be sufficiently rare, the accumulation of any water
must be sufficiently small, and drying must be sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of moisture-susceptible
materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.7.4. Design and Construction. Garage doors, sloped glazing, curtain walls, storefronts, commercial entrance
systems, site-built or site-glazed products, revolving doors, interior windows and doors, storm windows, storm doors,
sunrooms and commercial steel doors are not in the scope of NAFS.
All windows, doors and skylights installed to separate conditioned space from unconditioned space or the exterior must
also conform to Part 10.
A-9.7.4.2.(1) Standards Referenced for Windows, Doors and Skylights.
General
Doors between an unconditioned garage and a dwelling unit are considered to be in scope of the standard referenced
in this Sentence. Although the standard refers to windows in "exterior building envelopes", a note to the definition of
"building envelope" clarifies that for the purpose of application of the standard, in some cases a building envelope may
consist of 2 separate walls (such as a wall between garage and dwelling unit as well as the exterior wall of the garage
itself).
A door leading to the exterior from an unconditioned garage is also within scope of the referenced standard, as it is
also part of the exterior building envelope. However, because the scope of the BC Building Code takes precedence,
these doors are not required to conform to "NAFS". This Subsection of the Code does not apply to a door separating
two unconditioned spaces.
Canadian Requirements in the Harmonized Standard
In addition to referencing the Canadian Supplement, CSA A440S1, "Canadian Supplement to AAMA/WDMA/CSA
101/I.S.2/A440-17, North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," the
Harmonized Standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North American Fenestration Standard/Specification for
windows, doors, and skylights," contains some Canada-specific test criteria.
Standards Referenced for Excluded Products
Clause 1.1, General, of the Harmonized Standard defines the limits to the application of the standard with respect to
various types of fenestration products. A list of exceptions to the application statement identifies a number of standards
that apply to excluded products. Compliance with those standards is not required by the Code; the references are
provided for information purposes only.
Label Indicating Performance and Compliance with Standard
The Canadian Supplement requires that a product's performance ratings be indicated on a label according to the
designation requirements in the Harmonized Standard and that the label include
- design pressure, where applicable,
- negative design pressure, where applicable,
- water penetration test pressure, and
- the Canadian air infiltration and exfiltration levels.
It should be noted that, for a product to carry a label in Canada, it must meet all of the applicable requirements of both
the Harmonized Standard and the Canadian Supplement, including the forced entry requirements.
Water Penetration Resistance
For the various performance grades listed in the Harmonized Standard, the corresponding water penetration
resistance test pressures are a percentage of the design pressure. For R-class products, water penetration resistance
test pressures are 15% of design pressure. In Canada, driving rain wind pressures (DRWP) have been determined for
the locations listed in Appendix C. These are listed in the Canadian Supplement. The DRWP given in the Canadian
Supplement must be used for all products covered in the scope of the Harmonized Standard when used in buildings
within the scope of Part 9.
To achieve equivalent levels of water penetration resistance for all locations, the Canadian Supplement includes a
provision for calculating specified DRWP at the building site considering building exposure. Specified DRWP values
are, in some cases, greater than 15% of design pressure and, in other cases, less than 15% of design pressure. For a
fenestration product to comply with the Code, it must be able to resist the structural and water penetration loads at the
building site. Reliance on a percentage of design pressure for water penetration resistance in the selection of an
acceptable fenestration product will not always be adequate. Design pressure values are reported on a secondary
designator, which is required by the Canadian Supplement to be affixed to the window. The DRWP given in the
Canadian Supplement should be used for all products covered in the scope of the Harmonized Standard.
As an alternative to the above noted provision in the Canadian Supplement for calculating specified DRWP, the Water
Resistance values listed in Table C-4 of Appendix C may be used.
Uniform Load Structural Test
The Harmonized Standard specifies that fenestration products be tested at 150% of design pressure for wind
(specified wind load) and that skylights and roof windows be tested at 200% of design pressure for snow (specified
snow load). With the change in the NBC 2005 to a 1-in-50 return period for wind load, a factor of 1.4 rather than 1.5 is
now applied for wind. The NBC has traditionally applied a factor of 1.5 rather than 2.0 for snow. Incorporating these
lower load factors into the Code requirements for fenestration would better reflect acceptable minimum performance
levels; however, this has not been done in order to avoid adding complexity to the Code, to recognize the benefits of
Canada-US harmonization, and to recognize that differentiation of products that meet the Canadian versus the US
requirements would add complexity for manufacturers, designers, specifiers and regulatory officials.
The required design pressure and Performance Grade (PG) rating of doors and windows has been listed for each of
the geographic locations found in the Code in Table C-4. These may be used as an alternative to the specified wind
load calculations in the Canadian Supplement.
Condensation Resistance
The Harmonized Standard identifies three test procedures that can be used to determine the condensation resistance
of windows and doors. Only the physical test procedure given in CSA A440.2, "Fenestration energy performance,"
which is referenced in Table 9.7.3.3., can be used to establish Temperature Index (I) values. Computer simulation
tools can also be used to estimate the relative condensation resistance of windows, but these methods employ
different expressions of performance known as Condensation Resistance Factors (CR). I and CR values are not
interchangeable.
Where removable multiple glazing panels (RMGP) are installed on the inside of a window, care should be taken to
hermetically seal the RMGP against the leakage of moisture-laden air from the interior into the cavity on the exterior of
the RMGP because the moisture transported by the air could lead to significant condensation on the interior surface of
the outside glazing.
Basement Windows
Clause 12.4.2, Basement Windows, of the Harmonized Standard refers to products that are intended to meet Code
requirements for ventilation and emergency egress. The minimum test size of 800 mm × 360 mm (total area of 0.288
m2) specified in the standard will not provide the minimum openable area required by the Code for bedrooms (i.e. 0.35
m2 with no dimension less than 380 mm) and the means to provide minimum open area identified in the standard is
inconsistent with the requirements of the Code (see Subsection 9.9.10. for bedroom windows). The minimum test size
specified in the standard will also not provide the minimum ventilation area of 0.28 m2 required for non-heating-season
natural ventilation (see Article 9.32.2.2.).
Performance of Doors: Limited Water Ingress Control
While the control of precipitation ingress is a performance requirement for exterior doors, side-hinged doors can
comply with the referenced standard, AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440, "North American Fenestration
Standard/Specification for windows, doors, and skylights," when tested at a pressure differential of 0 Pa (0.0 psf) or
higher, but less than the minimum test pressure required for the indicated performance class and performance grade.
Such doors are identified with a "Limited Water" (LW) rating on the product label.
Conditions suitable for the installation of an LW rated door are identified in Sentence 9.7.4.2.(2).
A-9.7.4.3.(2) Performance Requirements. If the option of calculating design pressure performance grade and water
resistance values using the Canadian Supplement is chosen, the DRWP values in Table A.1 of that standard must be
used for all buildings within the scope of Part 9 of the BC Building Code. This requirement applies whether the
windows, doors and skylights are designed to conform to Article 9.7.4.2. or to Part 5.
A-9.7.5.2.(1) Forced Entry Via Glazing in Doors and Sidelights. There is no mandatory requirement that special
glass be used in doors or sidelights, primarily because of cost. It is, however, a common method of forced entry to
break glass in doors and sidelights to gain access to door hardware and unlock the door from the inside. Although
insulated glass provides increased resistance over single glazing, the highest resistance is provided by laminated
glass. Tempered glass, while stronger against static loads, is prone to shattering under high, concentrated impact
loads.
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)
Combined laminated/annealed glazing
Laminated glass is more expensive than annealed glass and must be used in greater thicknesses. Figure A-9.7.5.2.(1)
shows an insulated sidelight made of one pane of laminated glass and one pane of annealed glass. This method
reduces the cost premium that would result if both panes were laminated.
Consideration should be given to using laminated glazing in doors and accompanying sidelights regulated by
Article 9.6.1.3., in windows located within 900 mm of locks in such doors, and in basement windows.
ULC Standards has produced ULC-S332, "Standard for Burglary Resisting Glazing Material," which provides a test
procedure to evaluate the resistance of glazing to attacks by thieves. While it is principally intended for plate glass
show windows, it may be of value for residential purposes.
A-9.7.5.2.(2) Resistance of Doors To Forced Entry. Sentence 9.7.5.2.(2) designates standard ASTM F476,
"Standard Test Methods for Security of Swinging Door Assemblies," as an alternative to compliance with the
prescriptive requirements for doors and hardware. The annex to the standard provides four security classifications,
with acceptance criteria, depending on the type of building and the crime rate of the area in which it is located. The
NBC only specifies Grade 10, the minimum level. The annex suggests the following guidelines be followed when
selecting security levels for door assemblies:
Grade 10: This is the minimum security level and is quite adequate for single-family residential buildings located in
stable, low-crime areas.
Grade 20: This is the low-medium security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in
average crime-rate areas and for apartments in both low and average crime-rate areas.
Grade 30: This is the medium-high security level and is designed to provide security for residential buildings located in
higher than average crime-rate areas or for small commercial buildings in average or low crime-rate areas.
Grade 40: This is the high security level and is designed for small commercial buildings located in high crime-rate
areas. This level could also be used for residential buildings having an exceptionally high incidence of semi-skilled
burglary attacks.
All these grades satisfy the Code and can be considered for use where a higher level of security is desired or
warranted.
A-9.7.5.2.(6) Door Fasteners. The purpose of the requirement for 30 mm screw penetration into solid wood is to
prevent the door from being dislodged from the jamb due to impact forces. It is not the intent to prohibit other types of
hinges or strikeplates that are specially designed to provide equal or greater protection.
A-9.7.5.2.(8) Hinged Doors. Methods of satisfying this Sentence include either using non-removable pin hinges or
modifying standard hinges by screw fastening a metal pin in a screw hole in one half of the top and bottom hinges.
When the door is closed, the projecting portion of the pin engages in the corresponding screw hole in the other half of
the hinge and then, even if the hinge pin is taken out, the door cannot be removed.
A-9.7.5.2.(10) & (11) Resistance to Forced Entry. Statistical evidence by Vancouver Police has identified that a
frequently exploited point of entry in break-ins exists at the residential entry doors due to inherent weaknesses in wood
door frame materials, and the location of strikeplate screws located along the grain and near to the deadbolt throw,
which contribute to inability for the frame to resist forced entry.
The installation of a metal frame reinforcement plate (See Figures A-9.7.5.2.(10)-A & -B below) directly attached to the
backside of a door frame before installation with increased spacing for the points of attachment would significantly
increase the resistance of the door to forced entry. This will result reduced incidence of crime and significantly reduce
potential costs to owners.
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10)-A
Typical Location of Door Frame Reinforcement
Figure A-9.7.5.2.(10)-B
Frame Reinforcement (Example)
A-9.7.5.3.(1) Resistance of Windows to Forced Entry. Although this Sentence only applies to windows within 2 m
of adjacent ground level, certain house and site features, such as balconies or canopy roofs, allow for easy access to
windows at higher elevations. Consideration should be given to specifying break-in resistant windows in such
locations.
This Sentence does not apply to windows that do not serve the interior of the dwelling unit, such as windows to
garages, sun rooms or greenhouses, provided connections between these spaces and the dwelling unit are secure.
One method that is often used to improve the resistance of windows to forced entry is the installation of metal "security
bars." However, while many such installations are effective in increasing resistance to forced entry, they may also
reduce or eliminate the usefulness of the window as an exit in case of fire or other emergency that prevents use of the
normal building exits. Indeed, unless such devices are easily openable from the inside, their installation in some cases
would contravene the requirements of Article 9.9.10.1., which requires every bedroom that does not have an exterior
door to have at least one window that is large enough and easy enough to open that it can be used as an exit in case
of emergency. Thus an acceptable security bar system should be easy to open from the inside while still providing
increased resistance to entry from the outside.
A-9.8.4. Tread Configurations. The Code distinguishes four principal types of stair treads :
- rectangular treads, which are found in straight flights;
- tapered treads, which are found in curved flights (the term tapered tread also includes winders); and
- winders are described in Note A-9.8.4.6.
See Figure A-9.8.4.-A.
Figure A-9.8.4.-A
Types of treads
Articles 9.8.4.1. to 9.8.4.8. specify various dimensional limits for steps. Figure A-9.8.4.-B illustrates the elements of a
step and how these are to be measured.
Figure A-9.8.4.-B
Step dimensions and their measurement
A-9.8.4.6. Winders. Where a stair must turn, the safest method of incorporating the turn is to use a landing. Within a
dwelling unit, however, where occupants are familiar with their environment, winders are an acceptable method of
reducing the amount of floor area devoted to the stair and have not been shown to be more hazardous than a straight
run of steps. Nevertheless, care is required to ensure that winders are as safe as possible. Experience has shown that
30° winders are the best compromise and require the least change in the natural gait of the stair user; 45° winders are
also acceptable, as they are wider. The Code permits only these two angles. Although it is normal Code practice to
specify upper and lower limits, in this case it is necessary to limit the winders to specific angles with no tolerance
above or below these angles other than normal construction tolerances. One result of this requirement is that winder-
type turns in stairs are limited to 30° or 45° (1 winder), 60° (2 winders), or 90° (2 or 3 winders). See Figure A-9.8.4.6.
Figure A-9.8.4.6.
Winders
A-9.8.4.8. Tread Nosings. A sloped or beveled edge on tread nosings will make the tread more visible through light
modeling. The sloped portion of the nosing must not be too wide so as to reduce the risk of slipping of the foot. See
Figure A-9.8.4.-B.
A-9.8.6.2.(2) Exemption from Required Landing at Top of Stairs. A door that swings away from a stair exposes
sufficient floor space to act as a landing for users before descending the stairs.
A-9.8.7.1.(2) Wider Stairs than Required. The intent of Sentence 9.8.7.1.(2) is that handrails be installed in relation
to the required exit width only, regardless of the actual width of the stair and ramp. The required handrails are provided
along the assumed natural path of travel to, from and within the building.
A-9.8.7.2. Continuity of Handrails. The guidance and support provided by handrails is particularly important at the
beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction such as at landings and winders.
The intent of the requirement in Sentence (2) for handrails to be continuous throughout the length of the stair is that the
handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the stair. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.)
For stairs or ramps serving a single dwelling unit, the intent of the requirement for handrails to be continuous
throughout the length of the flight is that the handrail be continuous from the bottom riser to the top riser of the flight.
The required handrail may start back from the bottom riser only if it is supported by a newel post or volute installed on
the bottom tread. (See Figure A-9.8.7.2.) With regard to stairs serving a single dwelling unit, the handrail may
terminate at landings.
In the case of stairs within dwelling units that incorporate winders, the handrail should be configured so that it will in
fact provide guidance and support to the stair user throughout the turn through the winder.
Figure A-9.8.7.2.
Continuity of handrails on stairs
Note to Figure A-9.8.7.2.:
(1) See Article 9.8.7.1. to determine the number of handrails required. Some stairs will require only one, while some will require two
or more.
A-9.8.7.3.(1) Termination of Handrails. Handrails are required to be installed so as not to obstruct pedestrian
travel. To achieve this end, the rail should not extend so far into a hallway as to reduce the clear width of the hallway to
less than the required width. Where the stair terminates in a room or other space, likely paths of travel through that
room or space should be assessed to ensure that any projection of the handrail beyond the end of the stair will not
interfere with pedestrian travel. As extensions of handrails beyond the first and last riser are not required in dwelling
units (see Sentence 9.8.7.3.(2)) and as occupants of dwellings are generally familiar with their surroundings, the
design of dwellings would not generally be affected by this requirement.
Handrails are also required to terminate in a manner that will not create a safety hazard to blind or visually impaired
persons, children whose head may be at the same height as the end of the rail, or persons wearing loose clothing or
carrying items that might catch on the end of the rail. One approach to reducing potential hazards is returning the
handrail to a wall, floor or post. Again, within dwelling units, where occupants are generally familiar with their
surroundings, returning the handrail to a wall, floor or post may not be necessary. For example, where the handrail is
fastened to a wall and does not project past the wall into a hallway or other space, a reasonable degree of safety is
assumed to be provided; other alternatives may provide an equivalent level of protection.
A-9.8.7.3.(2) Handrail Extensions. As noted in Note A-9.8.7.2., the guidance and support provided by handrails is
particularly important at the beginning and end of ramps and flights of stairs and at changes in direction. The extended
handrail provides guidance and allows users to steady themselves upon entering or leaving a ramp or flight of stairs.
Such extensions are particularly useful to visually impaired persons, and persons with physical disabilities or who are
encumbered in their use of the stairs or ramp.
A-9.8.7.4. Height of Handrails. Figure A-9.8.7.4. illustrates how to measure handrail height.
Figure A-9.8.7.4.
Measuring handrail height
A-9.8.7.5.(2) Handrail Sections. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to stair users. To fulfil this
intent, handrails must be "graspable."
The graspable portion of a handrail should allow a person to comfortably and firmly grab hold by allowing their fingers
and thumb to curl under part or all of the handrail. Where the configuration or dimensions of the handrail do not allow a
person's fingers and thumb to reach the bottom of it, recesses that are sufficiently wide and deep to accommodate a
person's fingers and thumb must be provided on both sides of the handrail, at the bottom of the graspable portion,
which must not have any sharp edges.
A-9.8.7.6.(1) Construction Below Handrails. The By-law allowance for projections below a handrail are intended to
accommodate structural supports for the handrails, guards, or other ancillary safety features such as intermediate
handrails for children. Such construction may project into the required stair width, but shall not extend more than 100
mm from the top surface of the handrail.
Figure A-9.8.7.6.(1)
Construction below handrails
A-9.8.7.7. Attachment of Handrails. Handrails are intended to provide guidance and support to the stair user and to
arrest falls. The loads on handrails may therefore be considerable. The attachment of handrails serving a single
dwelling unit may be accepted on the basis of experience or structural design.
A-9.8.8.1. Required Guards. The requirements relating to guards stated in Part 9 are based on the premise that,
wherever there is a difference in elevation of 600 mm or more between two floors, or between a floor or other surface
to which access is provided for other than maintenance purposes and the next lower surface, the risk of injury in a fall
from the higher surface is sufficient to warrant the installation of some kind of barrier to reduce the chances of such a
fall. A wall along the edge of the higher surface will obviously prevent such a fall, provided the wall is sufficiently strong
that a person cannot fall through it. Where there is no wall, a guard must be installed. Because guards clearly provide
less protection than walls, additional requirements apply to guards to ensure that a minimum level of protection is
provided. These relate to the characteristics described in Notes A-9.8.8.3., A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3), A-9.8.8.5.(4) and A-
9.8.8.6.(1).
Examples of such surfaces where the difference in elevation could exceed 600 mm and consequently where guards
would be required include, but are not limited to, landings, porches, balconies, mezzanines, galleries, and raised
walkways. Especially in exterior settings, surfaces adjacent to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps often are not parallel to
the walking surface or the surface of the treads or ramps. Consequently, the walking surface, stair or ramp may need
protection in some locations but not in others. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.) In some instances, grades are artificially raised
close to walking surfaces, stairs or ramps to avoid installing guards. This provides little or no protection for the users.
That is why the requirements specify differences in elevation not only immediately adjacent to the construction but also
for a distance of 1.2 m from it. (See Figure A-9.8.8.1.)
Figure A-9.8.8.1.
Guards for exterior walking surfaces
A-9.8.8.1.(4) Window Fall Prevention. The primary intent of the requirement is to minimize the likelihood of small
children falling significant heights from open windows. Reflecting reported cases, the requirement applies to openable
windows in dwelling units and generally those located on the second floor or higher of residential or mixed use
buildings.
Once cracked open, some openable windows can be opened further by simply pushing on the openable part of the
window. Care must be taken in selecting windows, as some with special operating hardware can still be opened further
by simply pushing on the window or by deactivating a spring-loaded button or other mechanism that is not considered
a window opening control device (WOCD) that could be inadvertently operated by a young child. A technical
description of WOCDs can be found in ASTM F2090, "Standard Specification for Window Fall Prevention Devices With
Emergency Escape (Egress) Release Mechanisms."
Examples of WOCDs that can limit window openings to a maximum of 100 mm as required by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b)
include, but are not limited to, a fixed-stop lever, a fixed-length cable and a fixed-position stop block. It is important to
note that rotary opening mechanisms cannot limit window openings to 100 mm as required by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(b)
and that windows with such mechanisms cannot act as guards as required by Clause 9.8.8.1.(4)(a), even when the
crank handle is removed. Similarly, awning windows with scissor hardware may not keep the window from swinging
open once it is unlatched. Hopper windows would be affected only if an opening is created at the bottom as well as at
the top of the window. The requirement will impact primarily on the use of sliding windows which do not incorporate
devices in their construction that can be used to limit the openable area of the window.
The 100 mm opening limit stated in Sentence 9.8.8.1.(4) is recognized as the maximum opening size required to
protect small children from falling through open windows. The minimum 900 mm height of the openable portion of
windows required by Sentence 9.8.8.1.(5) corresponds to the minimum height of guards required by
Sentence 9.8.8.3.(2) as a means of fall protection in residential occupancies.
A-9.8.8.2. Loads on Guards. Guards must be constructed so as to be strong enough to protect persons from falling
under normal use. Many guards installed in dwelling units or on exterior stairs serving one or two dwelling units have
demonstrated acceptable performance over time. The loading described in the first row of Table 9.8.8.2. is intended to
be consistent with the performance provided by these guards. Examples of guard construction presented in the "2012
Building Code Compendium, Volume 2, Supplementary Standard SB-7, Guards for Housing and Small Buildings" meet
the criteria set in the National Building Code for loads on guards, including the more stringent requirements of
Sentences 9.8.8.2.(1) and (3).
The load on guards within dwelling units, or on exterior guards serving not more than two dwelling units, is to be
imposed over an area of the guard such that, where standard balusters are used and installed at the maximum 100
mm spacing permitted for required guards, 3 balusters will be engaged. Where the balusters are wider, only two may
be engaged unless they are spaced closer together. Where the guard is not required, and balusters are installed more
than 100 mm apart, fewer balusters may be required to carry the imposed load.
A-9.8.8.3. Minimum Heights. Guard heights are generally based on the waist heights of average persons. Generally,
lower heights are permitted in dwelling units because the occupants become familiar with the potential hazards, and
situations which lead to pushing and jostling under crowded conditions are less likely to arise.
A-9.8.8.5.(1) and (3) Risk of Falling through Guards. The risk of falling through a guard is especially prevalent for
children. Therefore the requirements are stringent for guards in all buildings except industrial buildings, where children
are unlikely to be present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.5.(4) Risk of Children Getting Their Head Stuck between Balusters. The requirements to prevent children
falling through guards also serve to provide adequate protection against this problem. However, guards are often
installed where they are not required by the By-law; i.e., in places where the difference in elevation is less than 600
mm. In these cases, there is no need to require the openings between balusters to be less than 100 mm. However,
there is a range of openings between 100 mm and 200 mm in which children can get their head stuck. Therefore,
openings in this range are not permitted except in buildings of industrial occupancy, where children are unlikely to be
present except under strict supervision.
A-9.8.8.6.(1) Configuration of Members, Attachments or Openings in Guards so as to not Facilitate
Climbing. Some configurations of members, attachments or openings may be part of a guard design and still comply
with Sentence 9.8.8.6.(1). Figures A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A to A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D present a few examples of designs that are
considered to not facilitate climbing.
Protrusions that are greater than 450 mm apart horizontally and vertically are considered sufficiently far apart to reduce
the likelihood that young children will be able to get a handhold or toehold on the protrusions and climb the guard.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-A
Example of minimum horizontal and vertical clearances between protrusions in guards
Protrusions that present a horizontal offset of 15 mm or less are considered to not provide a sufficient foot purchase to
facilitate climbing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-B
Examples of maximum horizontal offset of protrusions in guards
A guard incorporating spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide by 20 mm high is considered to not facilitate climbing
because the spaces are too small to provide a toehold.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-C
Example of a guard with spaces that are not more than 45 mm wide and 20 mm high
Protrusions that present more than a 2-in-1 slope on the offset are considered to not facilitate climbing because such a
slope is considered too steep to provide adequate footing.
Figure A-9.8.8.6.(1)-D
Example of guard protrusions with a slope greater than 2 in 1
A-9.9.4.5.(1) Openings in Exterior Walls of Exits.
Figure A-9.9.4.5.(1)
Protection of openings in exterior walls of exits
A-9.9.6.4.(6) Garage Doors Used as a Means of Egress. The provisions of Sentence 9.9.6.4.(6) are intended to
clarify that garage doors intended for vehicular access are not generally permitted to be used as a means of egress.
The exception to this, are garage doors designed in conformance with the requirements of a means of egress. These
are typically horizontally swinging garage doors (barn door type).
As with all horizontally swinging egress doors to the exterior, these must consider the potential for snow accumulation
or other obstructions which could block or impede their opening in the event of an emergency. This creates practical
limitations on the location and width of such doors. Likewise, consideration of door operating conditions must be
considered. If automatic hardware for the doors is proposed, this must be readily disengaged or overridden as part of
the manual operation of the doors in a manner no more onerous than the disengaging of locking devices that might be
placed on any other exterior door from a dwelling unit. Given the variety of concerns that could arise and relative
infrequency of such doors, approval by the Chief Building Official is required.
Note that the provisions of this Sentence do not address the related case of swing doors installed in overhead garage
doors, which may have additional operational concerns due to the potential for such doors to be jammed during egress
or their ability to satisfy accessibility needs. Such cases are not explicitly permitted by the provisions of this By-law.
A-9.9.8.4.(1) Independent and Remote Exits. Subsection 9.9.8. requires that some floor areas have more than one
exit. The intent is to ensure that, if one exit is made untenable or inaccessible by a fire, or its exterior door is blocked
by an exterior incident, one or more other exits will be available to permit the occupants to escape. However, if the
exits are close together, all exits might be made untenable or inaccessible by the same fire. Sentence 9.9.8.4.(1)
therefore requires at least two of the exits to be located remotely from each other. This is not a problem in many
buildings falling under Part 9. For instance, apartment buildings usually have exits located at either end of long
corridors. However, in other types of buildings (e.g. dormitory and college residence buildings) this is often difficult to
accomplish and problems arise in interpreting the meaning of the word "remote." Article 3.4.2.3. is more specific,
generally requiring the distance between exits to be one half the diagonal dimension of the floor area or at least 9 m.
However, it is felt that such criteria would be too restrictive to impose on the design of all the smaller buildings which
come under Part 9. Nevertheless, the exits should be placed as far apart as possible and the Part 3 criteria should be
used as a target. Designs in which the exits are so close together that they will obviously both become contaminated in
the event of a fire are not acceptable.
A-9.9.10.1.(1) Escape Windows from Bedrooms. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(1) generally requires every bedroom in a suite
that is not sprinklered to have at least one window or door opening to the outside that is large enough and easy
enough to open so that it can be used as an exit in the event that a fire prevents use of the building's normal exits. The
minimum unobstructed opening specified for escape windows must be achievable using only the normal window
operating procedure. The escape path must not go through nor open onto another room, floor or space.
Where a bedroom is located in a suite that is not sprinklered in a basement, an escape window or door must be
located in the bedroom. It is not sufficient to rely on egress through other basement space to another escape window
or door.
Window Height
Article 9.9.10.1. does not set a maximum sill height for escape windows; it is therefore possible to install a window or
skylight that satisfies the requirements of the Article but defeats the Article's intent by virtue of being so high that it
cannot be reached for exit purposes. It is recommended that the sills of windows intended for use as emergency exits
be not higher than 1.5 m above the floor. However, it is sometimes difficult to avoid having a higher sill: on skylights
and windows in basement bedrooms for example. In these cases, it is recommended that access to the window be
improved by some means such as built-in furniture installed below the window.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(1)
Built-in furniture to improve access to a window
A-9.9.10.1.(2) Bedroom Window Opening Areas and Dimensions. Although the minimum opening dimensions
required for height and width are 380 mm, a window opening that is 380 mm by 380 mm would not comply with the
minimum area requirements. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2))
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(2)
Window opening areas and dimensions
A-9.9.10.1.(3) Window Opening into a Window Well. Sentence 9.9.10.1.(3) specifies that there must be a minimum
clearance of 760 mm in front of designated escape windows to allow persons to escape a basement bedroom in an
emergency. This specified minimum clearance is consistent with the minimum required width for means of egress from
a floor area (see Article 9.9.5.5.) and the minimum required width for path of travel on exit stairs (see Article 9.9.6.1.). It
is considered the smallest acceptable clearance between the escape window and the facing wall of the window well
that can accommodate persons trying to escape a bedroom in an emergency given that they are not moving straight
through the window but must move outward and up, and must have sufficient space to change body orientation.
Once this clearance is provided, no additional clearance is needed for windows with sliders, casements, or inward-
opening awnings. However, for windows with outward-opening awnings, additional clearance is needed to provide the
required 760 mm beyond the outer edge of the sash. (See Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3).)
Depending on the likelihood of snow accumulation in the window well, it could be difficult--if not impossible--to escape
in an emergency. The window well should be designed to provide sufficient clear space for a person to get out the
window and then out the well, taking into account potential snow accumulation.
Hopper windows (bottom-hinged operators) should not be used as escape windows in cases where the occupants
would be required to climb over the glass.
Figure A-9.9.10.1.(3)
Windows providing a means of escape that open into a window well
A-9.9.11.5.(1)(d) Colour Contrast. The identification of floors and other signs intended to facilitate orientation for
persons with vision loss should offer maximum colour contrast to be effective. For this reason, it is recommended that
white on black or black on white be used, as this combination produces the best legibility. It is also recommended that
the sign surfaces be processed to prevent glare.
A-9.10.1.4.(1) Commercial Cooking Equipment. Part 6 refers to NFPA 96, "Standard for Ventilation Control and
Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations," which in turn references "Commercial Cooking Equipment."
However, the deciding factor as to whether or not NFPA 96 applies is the potential for production of grease-laden
vapours and smoke, rather than the type of equipment used. While NFPA 96 does not apply to domestic equipment for
normal residential family use, it should apply to domestic equipment used in commercial, industrial, institutional and
similar cooking applications where the potential for the production of smoke and grease-laden vapours exceeds that for
normal residential family use.
A-9.10.3.1.(1)(c) Fire and Sound Resistance of Building Assemblies. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B have
been developed from information gathered from tests. While a large number of the assemblies listed were tested, the
fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for others were assigned on the basis of extrapolation of information from tests of
similar assemblies. Where there was enough confidence relative to the fire performance of an assembly, the fire-
resistance ratings were assigned relative to the commonly used minimum ratings of 30 min, 45 min and 1 h, including
a designation of "<30 min" for assemblies that are known not to meet the minimum 30-minute rating. Where there was
not enough comparative information on an assembly to assign to it a rating with confidence, its value in the Tables has
been left blank (hyphen), indicating that its rating remains to be assessed through another means. Future work is
planned to develop much of this additional information.
These Tables are provided only for the convenience of Code users and do not limit the number of assemblies
permitted to those in the Tables. The notes to Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are mandatory parts of the Tables
and must be used by designers in complying with the design requirements of a particular assembly. Assemblies not
listed or not given a rating in these Tables are equally acceptable provided their fire and sound resistance can be
demonstrated to meet the above-noted requirements either on the basis of tests referred to in Article 9.10.3.1. and
Subsection 9.11.1. or by using the data in Appendix D, Fire-Performance Ratings. It should be noted, however, that
Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are not based on the same assumptions as those used in Appendix D. Assemblies
in Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B are described through their generic descriptions and variants and the important
details given in the notes to the Tables. Assumptions for Appendix D include different construction details that must be
followed rigorously for the calculated ratings to be expected. These are two different methods of choosing assemblies
that meet required fire ratings.
Table 9.10.3.1.-B presents fire-resistance and acoustical ratings for floor, ceiling and roof assemblies. The fire-
resistance ratings are appropriate for all assemblies conforming to the construction specifications given in
Table 9.10.3.1.-B, including applicable Table notes. Acoustical ratings for assemblies decrease with decreasing depth
and decreasing separation of the structural members; the values listed for sound transmission class and impact
insulation class are suitable for the minimum depth of structural members identified in the description, including
applicable table notes, and for structural member spacing of 305 mm o.c., unless other values are explicitly listed for
the assembly. Adjustments to the acoustical ratings to allow for the benefit of deeper or more widely spaced structural
members are given in Table Notes (9) and (10).
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A
Single layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-A:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
(2) The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
(3) Adjacent gypsum board butt ends are attached to separate resilient channels using regular Type S screws, located a minimum of
38 mm from the butt end.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B
Double layer butt joint details
Notes to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-B:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
(2) The structural member can be any one of the types described in the Table.
(3) Base layer butt ends can be attached to a single resilient channel using regular Type S screws.
(4) Type G screws measuring a minimum of 32 mm in length and located a minimum of 38 mm from the butt end are used to fasten
the butt ends of the face layer to the base layer.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C
Example of steel furring channel
Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-C:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D
Example of resilient metal channel
Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E
Blocking for lightweight wood-frame walls with a single or double row of studs
Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-E:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F
Vertical application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber having
the same dimensions as the framing members
Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-F:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G
Horizontal application of exterior wall sheathing or interior wall finish with all joints backed with lumber
having the same dimensions as the framing members
Note to Figure A-9.10.3.1.-G:
(1) Figure is for illustrative purposes only and is not to scale.
A-9.10.4.1.(4) Mezzanines Not Considered as Storeys. Mezzanines increase the occupant load and the fire load of
the storey of which they are part. To take the added occupant load into account for the purpose of evaluating other
requirements that are dependent on this criteria, their floor area is added to the floor area of the storey.
A-9.10.8.3.(2) Light-frame Construction. Light-frame walls, columns, arches and beams do not include heavy
timber elements or masonry or concrete construction.
A-9.10.9.3.(2) Openings in Fire Separations with a 15 min Fire-Resistance Rating to be Protected with
Closures. Doors described in Sentence 9.10.9.3.(2) are deemed to provide a minimum 20 min fire-protection rating,
which is considered an acceptable level of protection against the spread of fire in a house with a secondary suite. They
are not required to be marked to identify conformance to CAN/ULC-S113, "Standard Specification for Wood Core
Doors Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies," as is
the case for solid-core doors installed in fire separations.
A-9.10.9.6.(1) Penetrations of Fire Separations. Sentence 9.10.9.6.(1), like Article 3.1.9.1., is intended to ensure
that the integrity of fire separations is maintained where they are penetrated by various types of service equipment.
For buildings regulated by Part 3, firestop materials used to seal openings around building services, such as pipes,
ducts and electrical outlet boxes, must meet a minimum level of performance demonstrated by standard test criteria.
A similar approach is applied to buildings regulated by Part 9 when complying with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(a). In addition,
because of the type of construction normally used for Part 9 buildings, it is assumed that the requirement to maintain
the integrity of the fire separation is satisfied by the use of generic firestop materials such as mineral wool, gypsum
plaster or Portland cement mortar to seal penetrations in accordance with Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(c).
The use of the terms "tightly fitted" and "cast in place" in Clause 9.10.9.6.(1)(b) is intended to emphasize that there are
to be no gaps between the building service or penetrating item and the membrane or assembly it penetrates.
A-9.10.9.8.(1) Large Recessed Outlet Boxes. Outlet boxes that exceed the area limits specified in
Sentence 9.10.9.8.(2) or (3) do not need to be sealed at the penetration by a firestop in accordance with
Sentence 9.10.9.8.(1) if they are installed in a recessed enclosure with a construction that maintains the continuity of
the fire-resistance rating of the fire separation or membrane. Any penetrations of the enclosure by wiring or cables
must comply with all applicable requirements.
A-9.10.9.8.(3)(a)(i) Separating Enclosures. The fire block material separating the outlet box from the adjacent space
within the assembly should span the framing members such that all four sides and the back of the outlet box are
enclosed by a membrane or framing member conforming to Article 9.10.16.3. Any penetrations of the enclosure by
wiring or cables must comply with all applicable requirements. (See also Note A-3.1.11.7.(7).)
A-9.10.9.18.(4) Separation between Dwelling Units and Storage or Repair Garages. The gas-tight barrier
between a dwelling unit and an attached garage is intended to provide protection against the entry of carbon monoxide
and gasoline fumes into the dwelling unit. Building assemblies incorporating an air barrier system will perform
adequately with respect to gas tightness, provided all joints in the airtight material are sealed and reasonable care is
exercised where the wall or ceiling is pierced by building services. Where a garage is open to the adjacent attic space
above the dwelling unit it serves, a gas-tight barrier in the ceiling of the dwelling unit will also provide protection. Unit
masonry walls forming the separation between a dwelling unit and an adjacent garage should be provided with two
coats of sealer or plaster, or covered with gypsum board on the side of the wall exposed to the garage. All joints must
be sealed to ensure continuity of the barrier. (See also Sentences 9.25.3.3.(3) to (8).)
A-9.10.12.4.(1) Protection of Overhang of Common Roof Space.
Figure A-9.10.12.4.(1)
Protection of overhang of common roof space
A-9.10.12.4.(3) Protection at Soffits. The materials required by this Sentence to be used as protection for soffit
spaces in certain locations do not necessarily have to be the finish materials. They can be installed either behind the
finishes chosen for the soffits or in lieu of these.
A-9.10.13.2.(1) Wood Doors in Fire Separations. CAN/ULC-S113, "Standard Specification for Wood Core Doors
Meeting the Performance Required by CAN/ULC-S104 for Twenty Minute Fire Rated Closure Assemblies," provides
construction details to enable manufacturers to build wood core doors that will provide a 20 min fire-protection rating
without the need for testing. The standard requires each door to be marked with
(1) the manufacturer's or vendor's name or identifying symbol,
(2) the words "Fire Door," and
(3) a reference to the fire-protection rating of 20 min.
A-9.10.14.5.(1) Minor Combustible Cladding Elements. Minor elements of cladding that is required to be
noncombustible are permitted to be of combustible material, provided they are distributed over the building face and
not concentrated in one area. Examples of minor combustible cladding elements include door and window trim and
some decorative elements.
A-9.10.14.5.(7) Permitted Projections. The definition of exposing building face provided in Sentence 1.4.1.2.(1) of
Division A refers to "that part of the exterior wall of a building ... or, where a building is divided into fire compartments,
the exterior wall of a fire compartment ..." Because the exposing building face is defined with respect to the exterior
wall, projections from exposing building faces are elements that do not incorporate exterior walls. Depending on their
specific configurations, examples of constructions that would normally be permitted by Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) are
balconies, platforms, canopies, eave projections and stairs. However, if a balcony, platform or stair is enclosed, its
exterior wall would become part of an exposing building face and the construction could not be considered to be a
projection from the exposing building face.
A-9.10.14.5.(8) Protection at Projections. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(7) permits certain projections from exposing building
faces where the projections do not have exterior walls and thus clearly do not constitute part of the exposing building
face. Sentence 9.10.14.5.(8) refers to other types of projections from the exposing building face, such as those for
fireplaces and chimneys. It is recognized that these types present more vertical surface area compared to platforms,
canopies and eave projections, and may be enclosed by constructions that are essentially the same as exterior walls.
These constructions, however, do not enclose habitable space, are of limited width and may not extend a full storey in
height. Consequently, Sentence (8) allows these projections beyond the exposing building face of buildings identified
in Sentence (6), provided additional fire protection is installed on the projection.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8) illustrates projections that extend within 1.2 m of the property line where additional protection
must be provided. Where a projection extends within 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same
degree as an exposing building face that has a limiting distance of less than 0.6 m. Where a projection extends to less
than 1.2 m but not less than 0.6 m of the property line, it must be protected to the same degree as an exposing
building face that has a limiting distance of less than 1.2 m.
Protection is also required on the underside of the projection where the projection is more than 0.6 m above finished
ground level, measured at the exposing building face.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(8)
Protection at projections
A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10) Roof Soffit Projections.
Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10)
Location and protection of projecting roof soffits
Notes to Figure A-9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10):
(1) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(2), 9.10.14.5.(9) and 9.10.15.5.(8).
(2) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(3), 9.10.14.5.(10) and 9.10.15.5.(9).
(3) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(4), 9.10.14.5.(11) and 9.10.15.5.(10).
(4) See Sentences 3.2.3.6.(5), 9.10.14.5.(12) and 9.10.15.5.(11).
A-9.10.15.1.(1) Application of Subsection 9.10.15. Subsection 9.10.15. applies to the spatial separation between
buildings of residential occupancy where there is no principal dwelling unit, including its ancillary residential unit, above
another dwelling unit. Such buildings include detached houses, semi-detached houses (doubles) and row houses,
where there is no dwelling unit above another dwelling unit. The general intent of Vancouver's expanded spatial
separation provisions in Subsection 9.10.15. is predicated upon the idea that each legal entity is self-contained and
should not overlap (and therefore impact) on an adjacent legal entity and creating complex spatial arrangements that
are no longer reflective of a traditional house.
A-9.10.15.4.(2) Staggered or Skewed Exposing Building Faces of Houses. Studies at the National Fire
Laboratory of the National Research Council have shown that, where an exposing building face is stepped back from
the property line or is at an angle to the property line, it is possible to increase the percentage of glazing in those
portions of the exposing building face further from the property line without increasing the amount of radiated energy
that would reach the property line in the event of a fire in such a building. Figures A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A, A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
and A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C show how Sentences 9.10.15.4.(1) and (2), and 9.10.15.5.(2) and (3) can be applied to exposing
building faces that are stepped back from or not parallel to the property line. The following procedure can be used to
establish the maximum permitted area of glazed openings for such facades:
1. Calculate the total area of the exposing building face, i.e. facade of the fire compartment, as described in the
definition of exposing building face.
2. Identify the portions into which the exposing building face is to be divided. It can be divided in any number of
portions, not necessarily of equal size.
3. Measure the limiting distance for each portion. The limiting distance is measured along a line perpendicular to the
wall surface from the point closest to the property line.
4. Establish the line in Table 9.10.15.4. from which the maximum permitted percentage area of glazed openings will
be read. The selection of the line depends on the maximum area of exposing building face for the whole fire
compartment, including all portions, as determined in Step 1.
5. On that line, read the maximum percentage area of glazed openings permitted in each portion of the exposing
building face according to the limiting distance for that portion.
6. Calculate the maximum area of glazed openings permitted in each portion. The area is calculated from the
percentage found applied to the area of that portion.
Table 9.10.15.4. is used to read the maximum area of glazed openings: this means that the opaque portion of doors
does not have to be counted as for other types of buildings.
Note that this Note and the Figures do not describe or illustrate maximum permitted concentrated area or spacing of
individual glazed openings, or limits on the location of dividing lines between portions of the exposing building face
depending on the location of these openings with respect to interior rooms or spaces. See Sentences 9.10.15.2.(2)
and 9.10.15.4.(2) to (4) for the applicable requirements.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a staggered wall of a house (plan view)
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-A:
(1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with some
arbitrary division of the wall (plan view)
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-B:
(1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
(4) To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance.
Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings.
Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a skewed wall of a house with a different
arbitrary division of the wall (plan view)
Notes to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-C:
(1) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(2).
(2) See Sentence 9.10.15.5.(3).
(3) See Table 9.10.15.4., Subclause 9.10.15.2.(1)(b)(iii) and Sentence 9.10.15.4.(2).
(4) To simplify the calculations, choose the column for the lesser limiting distance nearest to the actual limiting distance.
Interpolation for limiting distance is also acceptable and may result in a slightly larger permitted area of glazed openings.
Interpolation can only be used for limiting distances greater than 1.2 m.
Table A-9.10.15.4.(2)
Example of Determination of Maximum Area of Glazed Openings for the Exposing Building Face (EBF) of a
House with a Setback Wall Using Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D
Portion
of EBF
Area of Each
Portion of EBF
Limiting
Distance
of Each
Portion of
EBF
Permitted % of Glazed
Openings Based on Total
Area of EBF (52.8 m2) and
Limiting Distance of Each
Portion of EBF Using
Table 9.10.15.4.
Permitted Area of Glazed Openings for Each
Portion of EBF
A1
4 m × 2.4 m =
9.6 m2
LD1 = 2 m
10%
9.6 m2 × 10% = 0.96 m2
A2
11 m × 2.4 m =
26.4 m2
LD2 = 6 m
57%
26.4 m2 × 57% = 15.05 m2
A3
7 m × 2.4 m =
16.8 m2
LD3 = 8 m
100%
16.8 m2 × 100% = 16.8 m2
Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D
Example of determination of criteria for the exposing building face of a house with a setback wall (perspective
view)
Note to Figure A-9.10.15.4.(2)-D:
(1) LD = limiting distance; A = area.
A-9.10.15.4.(11) Small Attached Carports or Garages Ancillary to a Residential Building An attached carport or
open-air storage garage located beneath building floor area and supporting the storage of vehicles form a part of the
building regardless of whether or not this is substantially open. As such, they are required to comply with the spatial
separation requirements of the Building By-law, typically Division B, Subsections 9.10.14. or 9.10.15.
These types of storage garages are typically small, and serve small multiplex and duplex buildings, located on a small
site with severe competition for ground level access. Where these types of garages can be shown to serve a limited
number of vehicles and are substantially open, the Chief Building Official may permit 100% unprotected openings
where the design incorporates the additional fire safety features described in Sentence 9.10.15.4.(11).
Cross Ventilation
The fire protection requirements of Sentence 9.10.15.4.(11) recognize that the open-air nature of attached carports or
open-air storage garages, which are not typically subject to the same degree of fire intensity and smoke entrapment
they are within an enclosed interior space. This assumption is dependent upon the degree of openness and the
availability of cross-ventilation in order to ensure that the products of combustion are not confined, and which could
increase the severity of a fire. Consequently, the arrangement of the parking should be such that it avoids the creation
of barriers that would impede the free movement of the products of combustion resulting from a fire.
Spatial Separation
Multiplex buildings are fully residential, and generally contain a small number of suites with a combined floor area
consistent with traditional detached houses or duplexes. Sprinklers are already required under covered areas where
storage is expected by NFPA 13 and its derivative standards. The provisions of Sentence 9.10.15.4.(11) provide for
supplemental minimum water delivery requirements that are broadly consistent with the protection of storage garages
in other larger multi-family residential buildings. This is intended to contain a fire and its effect to the area of origin,
thereby reducing the concerns related to unprotected openings.
Resiliency and Subsidiary Uses
The enhanced fire separation and sprinkler requirements espoused by these provisions are intended to limit the
likelihood of fire spread into the attached residential units. This is intended to provide greater containment of a fire until
the fire department can arrive and begin suppression operations and may also reduce the likelihood of occupants
being displaced following a fire. In this regards, Clause 9.10.15.4.(11)(c) identifies the requirement for a minimum 1 h
fire separation, and therefore structural elements supporting the fire separation, such as columns and beams, are also
required to be protected.
A-9.10.19.3.(1) Location of Smoke Alarms. There are two important points to bear in mind when considering where
to locate smoke alarms in dwelling units:
- The most frequent point of origin for fires in dwelling units is the living area.
- The main concern in locating smoke alarms is to provide warning to people asleep in bedrooms.
A smoke alarm located in the living area and wired so as to sound another smoke alarm located near the bedrooms is
the ideal solution. However, it is difficult to define exactly what is meant by "living area." It is felt to be too stringent to
require a smoke alarm in every part of a dwelling unit that could conceivably be considered a "living area" (living room,
family room, study, etc.). Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1) addresses these issues by requiring at least one smoke alarm on
every storey containing a sleeping room. Thus, in a dwelling unit complying with Sentence 9.10.19.3.(1), every living
area will probably be located within a reasonable distance of a smoke alarm. Nevertheless, where a choice arises as to
where on a storey to locate the required smoke alarm or alarms, one should be located as close as possible to a living
area, provided the requirements related to proximity to bedrooms are also satisfied.
A smoke alarm is not required on each level in a split-level dwelling unit as each level does not count as a separate
storey. Determine the number of storeys in a split-level dwelling unit and which levels are part of which storey as
follows:
1. establish grade, which is the lowest of the average levels of finished ground adjoining each exterior wall of a
building;
2. identify the first storey, which is the uppermost storey having its floor level not more than 2 m above grade;
3. identify the basement, which is the storey or storeys located below the first storey;
4. identify the second storey and, where applicable, the third storey.
As a minimum, one smoke alarm is required to be installed in each storey, preferably on the upper level of each one.
As noted above, however, when the dwelling unit contains more than one sleeping area, an alarm must be installed to
serve each area. Where the sleeping areas are on two levels of a single storey in a split-level dwelling unit, an
additional smoke alarm must be installed so that both areas are protected. See Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1).
Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1)
Location of smoke alarms in a two-storey split-level dwelling unit
Notes to Figure A-9.10.19.3.(1):
(1) One smoke alarm required for each of the basement, first storey and second storey.
(2) An additional smoke alarm is required on the lower level of the second storey outside the sleeping rooms.
A-9.10.20.3.(1) Fire Department Access Route Modification. In addition to other considerations taken into account
in the planning of fire department access routes, special variations could be permitted for a house or residential
building that is protected with an automatic sprinkler system. The sprinkler system must be designed in accordance
with the appropriate NFPA standard and there must be assurance that water supply pressure and quantity are unlikely
to fail. These considerations could apply to buildings that are located on the sides of hills and are not conveniently
accessible by roads designed for firefighting equipment and also to infill housing units that are located behind other
buildings on a given property.
A-9.10.22. Clearances from Gas, Propane and Electric Cooktops. CSA C22.1, "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I,"
and CSA B149.1, "Natural gas and propane installation code," address clearances directly above, in front of, behind
and beside the appliance. Where side clearances are zero, the standards do not address clearances to building
elements located both above the level of the cooktop elements or burners and to the side of the appliance. Through
reference to the above noted regulations and their adopted standards, and the requirements in Articles 9.10.22.2.
and 9.10.22.3., the NBC addresses all clearances. Where clearances are addressed by the British Columbia Building
Code and the above noted regulations and their adopted standards, conformance with all relevant criteria is achieved
by compliance with the most stringent criteria.
Figure A-9.10.22. illustrates the minimum clearances addressed in Subsection 9.10.22.
Installation of Microwave Ovens Over Cooktops
The minimum vertical clearances stated in Article 9.10.22.2. apply only to combustible framing, finishes and cabinets.
They do not apply to microwave ovens installed over cooktops nor to range hoods. The "Canadian Electrical Code,
Part I" requires that microwave ovens comply with CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 150, "Microwave Ovens." This standard
includes tests to confirm that the appliance will not present a hazard when installed according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Figure A-9.10.22.
Minimum clearances from cooktops and protection of walls and cabinetry
A-9.11. Sound Transmission.
Airborne Sound
Airborne sound is transmitted between adjoining spaces directly through the separating wall, floor and ceiling
assemblies and via the junctions between these separating assemblies and the flanking assemblies.
The Sound Transmission Class (STC) rating describes the performance of the separating wall or floor/ceiling
assembly, whereas the Apparent Sound Transmission Class (ASTC) takes into consideration the performance of the
separating element as well as the flanking transmission paths. Therefore, from the occupants' point of view, the best
indicator of noise protection between two spaces is the ASTC rating.
As a key principle, it is important to follow a "whole-system" approach when designing or constructing assemblies that
separate dwelling units because the overall sound performance of walls and floors is also influenced by fire protection
measures and the structural design of the assemblies. Likewise, changes to the construction of assemblies to meet
sound transmission requirements may have fire and structural implications. Another key principle is that enhancing the
performance of the separating element does not automatically enhance the system's performance.
For horizontally adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening wall and the pertinent flanking surfaces
include those of the floor, ceiling, and side wall assemblies that have junctions with the separating wall assembly,
normally at its four edges. For each of these junctions, there is a set of sound transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-A
illustrates the horizontal sound transmission paths at the junction of a separating wall with flanking floor assemblies.
Figure A-9.11.-A
Horizontal sound transmission paths at floor/wall junction
For vertically adjoining spaces, the separating assembly is the intervening floor/ceiling and the pertinent flanking
surfaces include those of the side wall assemblies in the upper and lower rooms that have junctions with the
separating floor/ceiling assembly at its edges, of which there are normally four. For each of these junctions, there is a
set of sound transmission paths. Figure A-9.11.-B illustrates the vertical sound transmission paths at the junction of a
separating floor/ceiling assembly with two flanking wall assemblies.
Figure A-9.11.-B
Vertical sound transmission paths at wall/floor junction
Control of Sound Leaks
The metrics used to characterize the sound transmission performance of assemblies separating dwelling units do not
account for the adverse effects of air leaks in those assemblies, which can transfer sound. Sound leaks can occur
where a wall meets another wall, the floor, or the ceiling. They can also occur where wall finishes are cut to allow the
installation of equipment or services. The following are examples of measures for controlling sound leaks:
- avoid back-to-back electrical outlets or medicine cabinets;
- carefully seal cracks or openings so structures are effectively airtight;
- apply sealant below the plates in stud walls, between the bottom of gypsum board and the structure behind, around
all penetrations for services and, in general, wherever there is a crack, a hole or the possibility of one developing;
- include sound-absorbing material inside the wall if not already required
The reduction of air leakage is also addressed to some extent by the smoke tightness requirements in the Code.
The NRC report entitled "Best Practice Guide on Fire Stops and Fire Blocks and their Impact on Sound Transmission,"
provides additional information regarding the possible impacts of fire protection measures on sound transmission.
The calculation of and laboratory testing for STC and ASTC ratings are performed on intact assemblies having no
penetrations or doors. When measuring ASTC ratings in the field, openings can be blocked with insulation and drywall.
To verify that the required acoustical performance is being achieved, a field test can be done at an early stage of
construction. ASTM E336, "Standard Test Method for Measurement of Airborne Sound Attenuation between Rooms in
Buildings," gives a complete measurement. A simpler and less expensive method is presented in ASTM E597,
"Practice for Determining a Single Number Rating of Airborne Sound Insulation for Use in Multi-Unit Building
Specifications." The rating derived from this test is usually within 2 points of the STC obtained from ASTM E336. It is
useful for verifying performance and finding problems during construction. Alterations can then be made prior to project
completion.
Impact Noise
Section 9.11. has no requirements for the control of impact noise transmission. However, footsteps and other impacts
can cause severe annoyance in multifamily residences. Builders concerned about quality and reducing occupant
complaints will ensure that floors are designed to minimize impact transmission. A recommended criterion is that bare
floors (tested without a carpet) should achieve an impact insulation class (IIC) of 55. Some lightweight floors that
satisfy this requirement may still elicit complaints about low frequency impact noise transmission. Adding carpet to a
floor will always increase the IIC rating but will not necessarily reduce low frequency noise transmission. Good footstep
noise rejection requires fairly heavy floor slabs or floating floors.
The most frequently used test methods for impact noise are ASTM E492, "Standard Test Method for Laboratory
Measurement of Impact Sound Transmission Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping Machine," and
ASTM E1007, "Standard Test Method for Field Measurement of Tapping Machine Impact Sound Transmission
Through Floor-Ceiling Assemblies and Associated Support Structures."
Machinery Noise
Elevators, garbage chutes, plumbing, fans, and heat pumps are common sources of noise in buildings. To reduce
annoyance from these, they should be placed as far as possible from sensitive areas. Vibrating parts should be
isolated from the building structure using resilient materials such as neoprene or rubber.
A-9.11.1.1.(2) Sound Transmission in Houses with a Secondary Suite. Controlling sound transmission between
dwelling units is important to the occupants' health and well-being. Although this may be difficult to achieve in an
existing building, it is nevertheless necessary that a minimum level of sound transmission protection be provided
between the dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite. A somewhat reduced level of performance is acceptable
in the case of secondary suites because the occupants of the house containing a secondary suite are only affected by
the sound of one other unit and, in many cases, it is the owner of the house who will decide on the desired level of
protection. Sound resistance can be improved by selecting furnishings and finishings that absorb sound, such as
carpet.
A-9.11.1.3.(2)(b) Control of Airborne Noise in Buildings. Tables 9.10.3.1.-A and 9.10.3.1.-B present separating
assemblies that comply with Section 9.11. However, selecting an appropriate separating assembly is only one part of
the solution for reducing airborne sound transmission between adjoining spaces: to fully address the sound
performance of the whole system, flanking assemblies must be connected to the separating assembly in accordance
with Article 9.11.1.4.
A-9.11.1.4. Adjoining Constructions. Tables A-9.11.1.4.-A to A-9.11.1.4.-D present generic options for the design
and construction of junctions between separating and flanking assemblies. Constructing according to these options is
likely to meet or exceed an ASTC rating of 47. Other designs may be equally acceptable if their sound resistance can
be demonstrated to meet the minimum ASTC rating or better on the basis of tests referred to in Article 9.11.1.2., or if
they comply with Subsection 5.8.1. However, some caution should be applied when designing solutions that go beyond
the options provided in these Tables: for example, adding more material to a wall could negatively impact its sound
performance or have no effect at all.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-A presents compliance options for the construction of separating wall assemblies with flanking floor,
ceiling and wall assemblies in horizontally adjoining spaces.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating Wall
Assemblies in Horizontally Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)
Type of Separating Wall
Assembly with STC ≥ 50
from Table 9.10.3.1.-A
Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to Address
Horizontal Sound Transmission Paths
Bottom Junction
(between separating wall
Top Junction (between
separating wall and
Side Junctions (between
separating wall and flanking
and flanking floors)
flanking ceiling)
walls)
W4, W5, W6 (single stud)
W8, W9, W10, W11, W12
(staggered studs)
- for additional material
layer and finished flooring,
see Table 9.11.1.4.
- subfloor on both sides of
wall is plywood, OSB,
waferboard (15.5 mm thick)
or tongue and groove
lumber (≥ 17 mm thick)
- floor is framed with
wood joists, wood I-joists or
wood trusses spaced ≥ 400
mm o.c., with or without
absorptive material(2) in
cavities
- floor joists or trusses are
oriented parallel to
separating wall (non-
loadbearing case) or
perpendicular to separating
wall but are not continuous
across junction
(loadbearing case)
- ceiling is framed with
wood joists, wood I-joists,
or wood trusses, with or
without absorptive
material(2) in cavities
- ceiling joists or trusses
are oriented perpendicular
to separating wall but are
not continuous across
junction (loadbearing case)
or parallel to junction (non-
loadbearing case)
- gypsum board ceiling is
fastened directly to bottom
of ceiling framing or on
resilient metal channels(3)
- gypsum board on flanking walls
ends or is cut at separating wall
and is fastened directly to framing
or on resilient metal channels(3)
- flanking wall is framed with
single row of wood studs,
staggered studs on a single 38 mm
× 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38
mm × 89 mm wood studs on
separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates,
with or without absorptive material(2)
in cavities
- flanking wall framing is
structurally connected to
separating wall and terminates
where it butts against framing of
separating wall or is continuous
across junction
Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
Example Showing Plan View of
Side Junctions
Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
Example Showing Plan View of
Side Junctions
W13, W14, W15
- for additional material
layer and finished flooring,
see Table 9.11.1.4.
- subfloor on both sides of
wall is plywood, OSB,
waferboard (15.5 mm thick)
or tongue and groove
lumber (≥ 17 mm thick)
- floor is framed with
wood joists, wood I-joists or
wood trusses spaced ≥ 400
mm o.c., with or without
absorptive material(2) in
cavities
- floor joists or trusses are
oriented parallel to
separating wall (non-
loadbearing case) or
perpendicular to separating
wall but are not continuous
across junction
(loadbearing case)
- near leaf of separating
wall is supported on
"designated" joist
- wood joists, wood I-
joists or wood trusses are
oriented perpendicular or
parallel to separating wall,
with or without absorptive
material(2) in cavities
- joist framing at junction
is supported on near leaf of
separating wall
- gypsum board ceiling
panels end at wall framing
and are fastened directly to
bottom of ceiling framing or
on resilient metal
channels(3)
- flanking wall framing is fastened
to adjacent leaf of separating wall
- flanking wall is framed with
single row of wood studs,
staggered studs on a single 38 mm
× 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38
mm × 89 mm wood studs on
separate 38 mm × 89 mm plates,
with or without absorptive material(2)
in cavities
- gypsum board panels on
flanking walls ends or is cut at
framing of separating wall and is
fastened on resilient metal
channels(3) or directly to framing of
flanking wall if that framing and any
sheathing are not continuous
across the junction
Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
Example Showing Plan View of
Side Junctions
S1 to S15
- F1 concrete floor
assembly from
Table 9.10.3.1.-B with
mass per area not less than
300 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-
weight concrete with
average thickness of 130
mm)
- with or without an
additional material layer or
finished flooring
- F1 concrete floor
assembly from
Table 9.10.3.1.-B with
mass per area not less than
300 kg/m2 (e.g. normal-
weight concrete with
average thickness of 130
mm)
- with or without gypsum
board ceiling suspended
below concrete floor
- flanking wall framing is
structurally connected to
separating wall and terminates
where it butts against framing of
separating wall or is continuous
across junction
- gypsum board on flanking walls
ends or is cut at separating wall
and is fastened directly to framing
or on resilient metal channels(3)
- flanking wall consists of steel
framing (loadbearing or non-
loadbearing steel studs) or
concrete blocks with mass per area
not less than 200 kg/m2 (e.g.
normal-weight hollow core concrete
block units(4) with a gypsum board
lining supported on framing
providing a cavity not less than 50
mm deep)
- with or without absorptive
material(2) in cavities behind
gypsum board of flanking walls
Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
Example Showing Plan View of
Side Junctions
B1 to B10
- same options as stated
above for walls S1 to S15
- same options as stated
above for walls S1 to S15
- junction at top of
concrete block assembly is
loadbearing or non-
loadbearing resilient joint
- same options as stated above
for walls S1 to S15
Example Showing Side View of Bottom and Top Junctions
Examples Showing Plan View of
Side Junctions
Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-A:
(1) See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-B.
(2) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or
cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of
Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
(3) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the
single "leg" between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, "Standard
Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products," describes the
installation of resilient metal channels.
(4) Normal-weight concrete block units conforming to CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units," have aggregate with a density not
less than 2 000 kg/m3; 190 mm hollow core units are 53% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2; 140 mm hollow core
units are 75% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-B presents options for improving the sound performance of separating wall systems beyond that
achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A. The suggested performance improvement
options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent, i.e., if options at the top of the list
are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much lesser effect.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-B
Options for the Construction of a Separating Wall System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation
Performance Achieved with the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-A
Type of Separating
Wall Assembly with
STC ≥ 50 from
Table 9.10.3.1.-A
Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Walls and Flanking
Floor/Ceiling Assemblies
W4, W5, W6, W8,
W9, W10, W11, W12
- Increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring over subfloor (e.g. concrete
or gypsum concrete topping)
- Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
- Orient floor and ceiling joists parallel to separating wall (non-loadbearing case)
- Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer
and finished flooring
- Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels(1)
- Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1)
W13, W14, W15
- If seismic or other structural requirements permit, choose a fire block detail at floor/wall junction in
accordance with Subsection 9.10.16. that does not provide a rigid connection between the two rows of
framing of the separating wall (e.g. subfloor not continuous across junction and semi-rigid fibre insulation
board filling the gap in accordance with Article 9.10.16.3.). In this case, an additional material layer would
not be necessary. Also, choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive
material(2) in cavities and/or more gypsum board).
- If having a rigid structural connection at the floor/wall junction (such as subfloor continuous across the
junction) is required for seismic or other structural reasons, obtain a higher ASTC rating as follows:
- Increase combined mass per area of additional material layer over subfloor and finished flooring (e.g.
concrete or gypsum concrete topping)
- Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating (e.g. more absorptive material(2) and/or more
gypsum board)
- Support gypsum board panels of ceiling on resilient metal channels(1)
- Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1)
- Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer
and finished flooring
S1 to S15
- Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
- Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor
- Add gypsum board ceiling on framing supported under the floor above, with cavity not less than 100
mm deep
- Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer
and finished flooring
- Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1) if steel studs are
loadbearing type
B1 to B10
- Choose separating wall assembly with higher STC rating
- Add gypsum board ceiling supported below concrete floor with cavity not less than 100 mm deep and
sound absorptive material(2) in cavity
- Increase thickness of concrete floor slab and/or add material layer and finished flooring over subfloor
- Add resilient layer under additional material layer over subfloor or between additional material layer
and finished flooring and increase mass per area of additional material layer and finished flooring (e.g.
floating concrete or gypsum concrete topping)
- Support gypsum board panels of flanking walls on resilient metal channels(1) if steel studs are
loadbearing type
Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-B:
(1) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single
"leg" between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, "Standard
Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products," describes the
installation of resilient metal channels.
(2) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or
cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of
Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-C presents compliance options for the construction of separating floor/ceiling assemblies with
flanking wall assemblies in vertically adjoining spaces.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
Options for the Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces Between Separating
Floor/Ceiling Assemblies in Vertically Adjoining Spaces for Compliance with Clause 9.11.1.1.(1)(b)
Type of Separating Floor/Ceiling
Assembly with STC ≥ 50 from
Table 9.10.3.1.-B
Options for Design and Construction of Junctions and Flanking Surfaces(1) to
Address Vertical Sound Transmission Paths
Junctions with Flanking Steel-Framed Walls
Junctions with Flanking Concrete Walls
F1 (with or without gypsum board
ceiling)
- floor ends at flanking wall assembly (T-
junction) or extends beyond it (cross-
junction)
- steel framing of flanking walls is
loadbearing or non-loadbearing, with a
single row of steel studs, staggered studs, or
2 rows of studs, with studs spaced not less
than 400 mm o.c., with or without absorptive
material(2) in cavities
- flanking wall structure is fastened to
separating concrete floor but is not
continuous across junction
- gypsum board on flanking walls is not
continuous across junction and is fastened
directly to wall framing or on resilient metal
channels(3)
- floor ends at flanking wall assembly
(T-junction) or extends beyond it (cross-
junction)
- one wythe of concrete blocks with
mass per area not less than 200 kg/m2
(e.g. normal-weight hollow core
concrete block units(4))
- loadbearing (solid) or non-
loadbearing (resilient) junction between
top of flanking concrete block wall and
floor structure
- gypsum board lining is supported on
wood or steel framing providing a cavity
not less than 50 mm deep, with or
without absorptive material(2) in cavities
- gypsum board on flanking walls is
not continuous across junction and is
fastened directly to wall framing or on
resilient metal channels(3)
Examples Showing Side View of Junctions
F8 to F38
Junctions with Flanking Loadbearing or Non-Loadbearing Walls
- wood studs of flanking wall are 38 mm × 89 mm or 38 mm × 140 mm and spaced 400
mm or 600 mm o.c.
- flanking wall framing consists of single row of wood studs, staggered studs on a single
38 mm × 140 mm plate, or 2 rows of 38 mm × 89 mm wood studs on separate 38 mm ×
89 mm plates, with or without absorptive material(2) in wall cavities
- gypsum board on flanking walls ends or is cut near floor framing and is fastened
directly to wall framing or supported on resilient metal channels(3)
Example Showing Side View of Junctions in
Flanking Loadbearing Wall
Example Showing Side View of
Junctions in Flanking Non-Loadbearing
Wall
Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-C:
(1) See also Table A-9.11.1.4.-D.
(2) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or
cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of
Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
(3) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single
"leg" between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, "Standard
Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products," describes the
installation of resilient metal channels.
(4) Normal-weight concrete block units conforming to CSA A165.1, "Concrete block masonry units," have aggregate with a density not
less than 2 000 kg/m3; 190 mm hollow core units are 53% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2; 140 mm hollow core
units are 75% solid, providing a wall mass per area over 200 kg/m2.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-D presents options for improving the sound performance of separating floor/ceiling assemblies
beyond that achieved by implementing the options presented in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C. The suggested performance
improvement options are listed in order of approximate acoustic priority and are interdependent, i.e., if options at the
top of the list are not implemented, then options at the bottom of the list will have much lesser effect.
Table A-9.11.1.4.-D
Options for the Construction of a Separating Floor System to Further Improve the Sound Insulation Performance
Achieved with the Options in Table A-9.11.1.4.-C
Type of
Separating
Floor
Assembly with
STC ≥ 50 from
Table 9.10.3.1.-
B
Performance Improvement Options for Junctions Between Separating Floors and Flanking Wall
Assemblies
F1 (with or
without gypsum
board ceiling)
- Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or
between additional material layer and finished flooring
- Add gypsum board ceiling supported at least 100 mm below concrete floor with minimal structural
connection (e.g. ceiling framing supported resiliently) and sound absorptive material(1) in cavity
- Support gypsum board of flanking walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2) (if framed with
loadbearing studs)
F8 to F38
- Add heavier additional material layer over subfloor and/or resilient layer under additional material layer or
between additional material layer and finished flooring
- Add more/heavier gypsum board to ceiling and increase spacing of resilient metal channels(2) to 600 mm
o.c.
- Support gypsum board of flanking loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2)
- Support gypsum board on flanking non-loadbearing walls of lower room on resilient metal channels(2)
Notes to Table A-9.11.1.4.-D:
(1) Sound absorptive material is porous (closed-cell foam was not tested) and includes fibre processed from rock, slag, glass or
cellulose fibre with a maximum density of 32 kg/m3. See Table Notes (5) and (8) of Table 9.10.3.1.-A and Table Note (5) of
Table 9.10.3.1.-B for additional information.
(2) Resilient metal channels are formed from steel having a maximum thickness of 0.46 mm (25 gauge) with slits or holes in the single
"leg" between the faces fastened to the framing and to the gypsum board (see Figure A-9.10.3.1.-D). ASTM C754, "Standard
Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products," describes the
installation of resilient metal channels.
A-Table 9.11.1.4. Floor Treatments. The sound insulation performance of lightweight framed floors can be improved
by adding floor treatments, i.e., additional layers of material over the subfloor (e.g. concrete topping, OSB or plywood)
and finished flooring or coverings (e.g., carpet, engineered wood). Table A-Table 9.11.1.4. presents the mass per area
values based on thickness and density of a number of generic floor treatment materials (the values for proprietary
products may be different; consult the manufacturer's current data sheets for their products' values).
Table A-Table 9.11.1.4.
Mass per Area of Floor Treatment Materials
Floor Treatment Material
Thickness, mm
Density, kg/m³
Mass per Area, kg/m2
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Less Than 8 kg/m²
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)
2.9-6.1
790-810
2.3-5.0
Plywood - generic softwood
12.5-13.3
450-500
5.6-6.6
15.5-16.3
7.0-8.1
Ceramic tile
8.4
700-1 000
5.9-8.4
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 8 kg/m² but Less Than 16 kg/m²
Particleboard
11.3-19.2
710-755
8.1-14.5
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)
13.9-21.1
640-755
8.9-15.9
Oriented strandboard (OSB)
14.3-15.8
600-680
8.6-10.7
17.3-18.8
10.4-12.8
Plywood - generic softwood
25.5
450-500
11.5-13.1
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 16 kg/m² but Less Than 32 kg/m²
Medium-density fibreboard (MDF)
25.0-32.1
640-740
16.0-23.7
Materials Typically Having a Mass per Area Greater Than 32 kg/m²
Concrete
40.0-50.0
2 015-2 380
80.6-119.0
Gypsum concrete
25.0
1 840-1 870
46.1-46.7
A-Table 9.12.2.2. Minimum Depths of Foundations. The requirements for clay soils or soils not clearly defined are
intended to apply to those soils that are subject to significant volume changes with changes in moisture content.
A-9.12.2.2.(2) Depth and Insulation of Foundations.
Figure A-9.12.2.2.(2)
Foundation insulation and heat flow to the soil beneath the footings
A-9.12.3.3.(1) Deleterious Material in Backfill. The deleterious debris referred to in this provision includes, but is not
limited to:
- organic material and other material subject to decomposition and compaction, which could have an adverse effect
on grading around the building,
- materials that will off-gas and have the potential to pose a health hazard, and
- materials that are incompatible with materials used in the foundations, footings, drainage materials or components,
or other elements of the building whose required performance would be adversely affected.
A-9.13.2.5. Protection of Interior Finishes against Moisture. Excess water from cast-in-place concrete and ground
moisture tends to migrate toward interior spaces, particularly in the spring and summer. Where moisture-susceptible
materials, such as finishes or wood members, are in contact with the foundation wall, the moisture needs to be
controlled by installing a moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall that extends from the underside
of the interior finish up the face of the wall to a point just above the level of the ground outside.
The reason the moisture barrier on the interior surface of the foundation wall must be stopped near ground level is to
allow any moisture that finds its way into the finished wall cavity from the interior space (through leaks in the air or
vapour barrier) to diffuse to the exterior. If the vapour permeance of dampproofing membranes or coatings exceeds
170 ng/(Pa×s×m2), such moisture barriers may be carried full height; if their vapour permeance is less than that, this
moisture risks being trapped on the interior surface of the moisture barriers. The permeance limit corresponds to the
lower limit for breather-type membranes, such as asphalt-impregnated sheathing paper.
Some insulation products can also be used to protect interior finishes from the effects of moisture. They have shown
acceptable performance when applied over the entire foundation wall because, in this case, they also provide vapour
barrier and moisture barrier functions and possibly also the air barrier function. Where a single product provides all
these functions, there is no risk of trapping moisture between two functional barriers with low water vapour permeance.
A-9.13.4. Soil Gas Control. Outdoor air entering a dwelling through above-grade leaks in the building envelope
normally improves the indoor air quality in the dwelling by reducing the concentrations of pollutants and water vapour.
It is only undesirable because it cannot be controlled. On the other hand, air entering a dwelling through below-grade
leaks in the envelope may increase the water vapour content of the indoor air and may also bring in a number of
pollutants picked up from the soil. This mixture of air, water vapour and pollutants is sometimes referred to as "soil
gas." One pollutant often found in soil gas is radon.
Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1), which requires the installation of an air barrier system, addresses the protection from all soil
gases, while the remainder of Article 9.13.4.2. along with Article 9.13.4.3., which require the provision of the means to
depressurize the space between the air barrier and the ground, specifically address the capability to mitigate high
radon concentrations in the future, should this become necessary.
Radon is a colourless, odourless, radioactive gas that occurs naturally as a result of the decay of radium. It is found to
varying degrees as a component of soil gas in all regions of Canada and is known to enter dwelling units by infiltration
into basements and crawl spaces. The presence of radon in sufficient quantity can lead to an increased risk of lung
cancer.
The potential for high levels of radon infiltration is very difficult to evaluate prior to construction and thus a radon
problem may only become apparent once the building is completed and occupied. Therefore various sections of Part 9
require the application of certain radon exclusion measures in all dwellings. These measures are
- low in cost,
- difficult to retrofit, and
- desirable for other benefits they provide.
The principal method of resisting the ingress of all soil gases, a resistance which is required for all buildings (see
Sentence 9.13.4.2.(1)), is to seal the interface between the soil and the occupied space, so far as is reasonably
practicable. Sections 9.18. and 9.25. contain requirements for air and soil gas barriers in assemblies in contact with
ground, including those in crawl spaces. Providing control joints to reduce cracking of foundation walls and airtight
covers for sump pits (see Section 9.14.) are other measures that can help achieve this objective. The requirements
provided in Subsection 9.25.3. are explained in Notes A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. and A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3).
The principal method of excluding radon is to ensure that the pressure difference across the ground/space interface is
positive (i.e., towards the outside) so that the inward flow of radon through any remaining leaks will be minimized. The
requirements provided in Article 9.13.4.3. are explained in Note A-9.13.4.3.
A-9.13.4.2.(3) Exception for Buildings Occupied for a Few Hours a Day. The criterion used by Health Canada to
establish the guideline for acceptable radon concentration is the time that occupants spend inside buildings. Health
Canada recommends installing a means for the future removal of radon in buildings that are occupied by persons for
more than 4 hours per day. Sentence 9.13.4.2.(3) may therefore not apply to buildings or portions of buildings that are
intended to be occupied for less than 4 hours a day. Addressing a radon problem in such buildings in the future, should
that become necessary, can also be achieved by providing a means for increased ventilation at times when these
buildings are occupied.
A-9.13.4.3. Providing Performance Criteria for the Depressurization of the Space Between the Air Barrier
System and the Ground
Article 9.13.4.3. contains two sets of requirements: Sentence (2) describes the criteria for subfloor depressurization
systems using performance-oriented language, while Sentence (3) describes one particular acceptable solution using
more prescriptive language.
In some cases, subfloor depressurization requires a solution other than the one described in Sentence (3), for
example, where compactable fill is installed under slab-on-grade construction.
Completion of a Subfloor Depressurization System
The completion of a subfloor depressurization system may be necessary to reduce the radon concentration to a level
below the guideline specified by Health Canada.
Further information on protection from radon ingress can be found in the following Health Canada publications:
- "Radon: A Guide for Canadian Homeowners" (CMHC/HC), and
- "Guide for Radon Measurements in Residential Dwellings (Homes)."
A-9.13.4.3.(2)(b) and (3)(b) Effective Depressurization. To allow effective depressurization of the space between
the air barrier and the ground, the extraction opening (the pipe) should not be blocked and should be arranged such
that air can be extracted from the entire space between the air barrier and the ground. This will ensure that the
extraction system can maintain negative pressure underneath the entire floor (or in heated crawl spaces underneath
the air barrier). The arrangement and location of the extraction system inlet(s) may have design implications where the
footing layout separates part of the space underneath the floor. If an area is segregated by a footing (for example), a
through-footing pipe can join the area so that a single suction point can depressurize both areas. However, for large
buildings, it may be preferable to have multiple suction points.
A-9.14.2.1.(2)(a) Insulation Applied to the Exterior of Foundation Walls. In addition to the prevention of heat loss,
some types of mineral fibre insulation, such as rigid glass fibre, are installed on the exterior of basement walls for the
purpose of moisture control. This is sometimes used instead of crushed rock as a drainage layer between the
basement wall and the surrounding soil in order to facilitate the drainage of soil moisture. Water drained by this
drainage layer must be carried away from the foundation by the footing drains or the granular drainage layer in order to
prevent it from developing hydro-static pressure against the wall. Provision must be made to permit the drainage of this
water either by extending the insulation or crushed rock to the drain or by the installation of granular material
connecting the two. The installation of such drainage layer does not eliminate the need for normal waterproofing or
dampproofing of walls as specified in Section 9.13.
A-9.14.5.3.(2) Siting Requirements for On-Site Infiltration Systems. Figure A-9.14.5.3.(2) shows minimum
setbacks for on-site infiltration systems from buildings and neighbouring properties. Also shown is the 0.9 m
firefighters' access to an ancillary residential building (see Sentence 9.10.20.3.(3)) and the 4.9 m separation between a
laneway home and the principal residence (see Zoning and Development By-law section 11.3.8). Setbacks from the
street, lane and utilities infrastructure are at the discretion of the City Engineer and other authorities. (This figure is not
a comprehensive summary of all potentially applicable setback regulations.)
Figure A-9.14.5.3.(2) Minimum setbacks for on-site infiltration systems from buildings and neighbouring
properties. Not to scale.
The intent of this requirement is to limit harm to persons and damage to buildings from excessive moisture loading on
foundation walls, basement floors and the soil immediately beneath footings.
The minimum setbacks apply to any system to which water is directed for infiltration, such as infiltration trenches,
swales and basins; rain gardens; rock and soak-away pits; and proprietary modular units designed for subsurface
infiltration. The setbacks do not apply to landscaping. Certain ancillary buildings need not conform to the drainage
requirements of Section 9.14 when Sentence 9.35.3.3.(1) applies.
An overflow is required for infiltration systems.
Professionals should be consulted when infiltration constraints exist such as contaminated soils, unstable soils, peat,
shallow bedrock or cemented layers in soils, steep slopes, a high water table, a land use with a groundwater pollution
risk, a nearby drinking water well, or an area of protected habitat. For drainage requirements near retaining walls,
EGBC's "Professional Practice Guidelines -- Retaining Wall Design" should be consulted.
A-9.15.1.1. Application of Footing and Foundation Requirements to Decks and Similar
Constructions. Because decks, balconies, verandas and similar platforms support occupancies, they are, by
definition, considered as buildings or parts of buildings. Consequently, the requirements in Section 9.15. regarding
footings and foundations apply to these constructions.
A-9.15.1.1.(1)(c) and 9.20.1.1.(1)(b) Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls. Insulating concrete form (ICF) walls are
concrete walls that are cast into manufactured insulating forms, which remain in place after the concrete has cured.
Flat wall insulating concrete forms do not fall within the scope of CSA S269.1, "Falsework and formwork," which
addresses temporary falsework for concrete structures.
Flat ICF walls are solid ICF walls where the concrete is of uniform thickness over the height and width of the wall.
A-9.15.2.4.(1) Preserved Wood Foundations - Design Assumptions. Tabular data and figures in CSA S406,
"Specification of permanent wood foundations for housing and small buildings," are based upon the general principles
provided in CSA O86, "Engineering design in wood," with the following assumptions:
- soil bearing capacity: 75 kPa or more,
- clear spans for floors: 5 000 mm or less,
- floor loadings: 1.9 kPa for first floor and suspended floor, and 1.4 kPa for second storey floor,
- foundation wall heights: 2 400 mm for slab floor, 3 000 mm for suspended wood floor,
- top of granular layer to top of suspended wood floor: 600 mm,
- lateral load from soil pressure: equivalent to fluid pressure of 4.7 kPa per metre of depth,
- ground snow load: 3 kPa,
- basic snow load coefficient: 0.6,
- roof loads are carried to the exterior wall,
- dead loads:
roof
0.50 kPa
floor
0.47 kPa
wall (with siding)
0.32 kPa
wall (with masonry veneer)
1.94 kPa
foundation wall
0.27 kPa
partitions
0.20 kPa
A-9.15.3.4.(2) Footing Sizes. The footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. are based on typical construction consisting of a
roof, not more than 3 storeys, and centre bearing walls or beams. For this reason, Clause 9.15.3.3.(1)(b) stipulates a
maximum supported joist span of 4.9 m.
It has become common to use flat wood trusses or wood I-joists to span greater distances in floors of small buildings.
Where these spans exceed 4.9 m, minimum footing sizes may be based on the following method:
(a) Determine for each storey the span of joists that will be supported on a given footing. Sum these lengths (sum1).
(b) Determine the product of the number of storeys times 4.9 m (sum2).
(c) Determine the ratio of sum1 to sum2.
(d) Multiply this ratio by the minimum footing sizes in Table 9.15.3.4. to get the required minimum footing size.
Example: A 2-storey house is built using wood I-joists spanning 6 m.
(a) sum1 = 6 + 6 = 12 m
(b) sum2 = 4.9 × 2 = 9.8 m
(c) ratio sum1/sum2 = 12/9.8 = 1.22
(d) required minimum footing size = 1.22 × 350 mm (minimum footing size provided in Table 9.15.3.4.) = 427 mm.
A-Table 9.15.4.2.-A Flat Insulating Concrete Form Walls as Foundation Walls. Article 9.15.4.2. allows insulating
concrete forms (ICFs) to be used to form both laterally supported and laterally unsupported flat, plain (unreinforced)
concrete foundation walls intended to support wood-frame walls, floors and roofs under the conditions stipulated in
Table 9.15.4.2.-A. Where the limits stated in the Table are exceeded, or where the ICF foundation wall is intended to
support one or two storeys of concrete walls formed with flat wall ICFs above ground, Article 9.15.4.5. applies.
A-9.16.2.1.(1) Drainage Layer Beneath Floors-on-Ground. A drainage layer required by Sentence 9.16.2.1.(1) shall
also be gas-permeable and conform to Article 9.13.4.3. in buildings to which that Article applies.
A-9.17.2.2.(2) Lateral Support of Columns. Because the NBC does not provide prescriptive criteria to describe the
minimum required lateral support, constructions are limited to those that have demonstrated effective performance
over time and those that are designed according to Part 4. Verandas on early 20th century homes provide one
example of constructions whose floor and roof are typically tied to the rest of the building to provide effective lateral
support. Large decks set on tall columns, however, are likely to require additional lateral support even where they are
connected to the building on one side.
A-9.17.3.4. Design of Steel Columns. The permitted live floor loads of 2.4 kPa and the spans described for steel
beams, wood beams and floor joists are such that the load on columns could exceed 36 kN, the maximum allowable
load on columns prescribed in CAN/CGSB-7.2, "Adjustable Steel Columns." In the context of Part 9, loads on columns
are calculated from the supported area times the live load per unit area, using the supported length of joists and
beams. The supported length is half of the joist spans on each side of the beam and half the beam span on each side
of the column.
Dead load is not included based on the assumption that the maximum live load will not be applied over the whole floor.
Designs according to Part 4 must consider all applied loads.
A-9.18.7.1.(4) Protection of Ground Cover in Warm Air Plenums. The purpose of the requirement is to protect
combustible ground cover from smouldering cigarette butts that may drop through air registers. The protective material
should extend beyond the opening of the register and have up-turned edges, as a butt may be deflected sideways as it
falls.
A-9.19.1.1.(1) Venting of Attic or Roof Spaces. Controlling the flow of moisture by air leakage and vapour diffusion
into attic or roof spaces is necessary to limit moisture-induced deterioration. Given that imperfections normally exist in
the vapour barriers and air barrier systems, recent research indicates that venting of attic or roof spaces is generally
still required. The exception provided in Article 9.19.1.1. recognizes that some specialized ceiling-roof assemblies,
such as those used in some factory-built buildings, have, over time, demonstrated that their construction is sufficiently
tight to prevent excessive moisture accumulation. In these cases, ventilation would not be required.
Further, the use of spray-in-place foam (SPF) insulation may also be considered sufficiently tight to prevent excessive
moisture accumulation provided that acceptable procedures, material requirements, location restraints, installation
requirements and inspection documentation has been met. The exception for SPF is for a 'typical' indoor environment.
The exception shall not be used for high humidity interior environments such as ceilings above indoor hot tubs, etc.
Caution should also be given to the use of SPF in ceilings above kitchens and bathrooms, where the incorrect use of
venting equipment could create high humidity conditions for extended periods of time. For installations where the
ceiling-roof assembly has a slope of less than 2-in-12, additional attention should be given to the roof membrane. More
frequent monitoring and maintenance is recommended. Where possible, it is recommended that the vapour be allowed
to transfer to the top side of the assembly, in other words, consideration should be given for cross ventilation above the
roof sheathing.
A-9.19.2.1.(1) Access to Attic or Roof Space. The term "open space" refers to the space between the insulation
and the roof sheathing. Sentence 9.19.2.1.(1) requires the installation of an access hatch where the open space in the
attic or roof is large enough to allow visual inspection. Although the dimensions of an uninsulated attic or roof space
may meet the size that triggers the requirement for an access hatch to be installed, most of that space will actually be
filled with insulation and may therefore not be easily inspected, particularly in smaller buildings or under low-sloped
roofs. See also Article 10.2.2.6.
A-9.20.1.2. Seismic Information. Information on spectral acceleration values for various locations can be found in
Appendix C.
A-9.20.5.1.(1) Masonry Support. Masonry veneer must be supported on a stable structure in order to avoid cracking
of the masonry due to differential movement relative to parts of the support. Wood framing is not normally used as a
support for the weight of masonry veneer because of its shrinkage characteristics. Where the weight of masonry
veneer is supported on a wood structure, as is the case for the preserved wood foundations referred to in
Sentence 9.20.5.1.(1) for example, measures must be taken to ensure that any differential movement that may be
harmful to the performance of masonry is minimized or accommodated. The general principle stated in Article 9.4.1.1.,
however, makes it possible to support the weight of masonry veneer on wood framing, provided that engineering
design principles prescribed in Part 4 are followed to ensure that the rigidity of the support is compatible with the
stiffness of the masonry being supported and that differential movements between the support and masonry are
accommodated.
A-9.20.8.5.(1) Projection of Masonry Beyond Supporting Members.
Figure A-9.20.8.5.(1)
Maximum projection of masonry veneer beyond its support
A-9.20.12.2.(2) Corbelling of Masonry Foundation Walls.
Figure A-9.20.12.2.(2)
Maximum corbel dimensions
A-9.20.13.9.(3) Dampproofing of Masonry Walls. The reason for installing a sheathing membrane behind masonry
walls is to prevent rainwater from reaching the interior finish if it should leak past the masonry. The sheathing
membrane intercepts the rainwater and leads it to the bottom of the wall where the flashing directs it to the exterior via
weep holes. If the insulation is a type that effectively resists the penetration of water, and is installed so that water will
not collect behind it, then there is no need for a sheathing membrane. If water that runs down between the masonry
and the insulation is able to leak out at the joints in the insulation, such insulation will not act as a substitute for a
sheathing membrane. If water cannot leak through the joints in the insulation but collects in cavities between the
masonry and insulation, subsequent freezing could damage the wall. Where a sheathing membrane is not used, the
adhesive or mortar should therefore be applied to form a continuous bond between the masonry and the insulation. If
this is not practicable because of an irregular masonry surface, then a sheathing membrane is necessary.
A-9.21.3.6.(2) Metal Chimney Liners. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, masonry chimneys with
metal liners may be permitted to serve solid-fuel-burning appliances if tests show that such liners will provide an
equivalent level of safety.
A-9.21.4.4.(1) Location of Chimney Top.
Figure A-9.21.4.4.(1)
Vertical and horizontal distances from chimney top to roof
A-9.21.4.5.(2) Lateral Support for Chimneys. Where a chimney is fastened to the house framing with metal
anchors, in accordance with CAN/CSA-A370, "Connectors for masonry," it is considered to have adequate lateral
support. The portion of the chimney stack above the roof is considered as free standing and may require additional
lateral support.
A-9.21.5.1.(1) Clearance from Combustible Materials. For purposes of this Sentence, an exterior chimney can be
considered to be one which has at least one surface exposed to the outside atmosphere or unheated space over the
majority of its height. All other chimneys should be considered to be interior.
A-9.23.1.1. Constructions Other than Light Wood-Frame Constructions. The prescriptive requirements in
Section 9.23. apply only to standard light wood-frame construction. Other constructions, such as post, beam and plank
construction, plank frame wall construction, and log construction must be designed in accordance with Part 4.
A-9.23.1.1.(1) Application of Section 9.23. In previous editions of the Code, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) referred to
"conventional" wood-frame construction. Over time, conventions have changed and the application of Part 9 has
expanded.
The prescriptive requirements provided in Section 9.23. still focus on lumber beams, joists, studs and rafters as the
main structural elements of "wood-frame construction." The requirements recognize--and have recognized for some
time--that walls and floors may be supported by components made of material other than lumber; for example, by
foundations described in Section 9.15. or by steel beams described in Article 9.23.4.3. These constructions still fall
within the general category of wood-frame construction.
With more recent innovations, alternative structural components are being incorporated into wood-frame buildings.
Wood I-joists, for example, are very common. Where these components are used in lieu of lumber, the requirements in
Section 9.23. that specifically apply to lumber joists do not apply to these components: for example, limits on spans
and acceptable locations for notches and holes. However, requirements regarding the fastening of floor sheathing to
floor joists still apply, and the use of wood I-joists does not affect the requirements for wall or roof framing.
Similarly, if steel floor joists are used in lieu of lumber joists, the requirements regarding wall or roof framing are not
affected.
Conversely, Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) precludes the installation of precast concrete floors on wood-frame walls since
these are not "generally comprised of ... small repetitive structural members ... spaced not more than 600 mm o.c."
Thus, the reference to "engineered components" in Sentence 9.23.1.1.(1) is intended to indicate that, where an
engineered product is used in lieu of lumber for one part of the building, this does not preclude the application of the
remainder of Section 9.23. to the structure, provided the limits to application with respect to cladding, sheathing or
bracing, spacing of framing members, supported loads and maximum spans are respected.
A-9.23.2.4.(3) Dry Interior Environment for Interior Construction. Interior construction, which includes sill plates,
that is not in contact with the ground, but is exposed to occasional sources of moisture, is considered to be a dry
interior environment for the purpose of Sentence 9.23.2.4.(3).
A-9.23.3.1.(2) Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails with a diameter smaller than that required by
Tables 9.23.3.1. or 9.23.3.5.-C are used to connect framing, the following equations can be used to determine the
required spacing or required number of nails.
The maximum spacing can be reduced using the following equation:
where
Sadj = adjusted nail spacing ≥ 20 × nail diameter,
Stable = nail spacing required by Table 9.23.3.4. or 9.23.3.5.-A to 9.23.3.5.-C,
Dred = nail diameter smaller than that required by Table 9.23.3.1., or 9.23.3.5.-C, and
Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1. or 9.23.3.5.-C.
The number of nails can be increased using the following equation:
where
Nadj = adjusted number of nails,
Ntable = number of nails required by Table 9.23.3.4. or 9.23.3.5.-A to 9.23.3.5.-C,
Dtable = nail diameter required by Table 9.23.3.1. or 9.23.3.5.-C , and
Dred = nail diameter smaller than that required by Table 9.23.3.1. or 9.23.3.5.-C.
Note that nails should be spaced no less than 55 mm apart--to avoid splitting of framing lumber.
A-9.23.3.1.(3) Standard for Screws. The requirement that wood screws conform to ASME B18.6.1, "Wood Screws
(Inch Series)," is not intended to preclude the use of Robertson head screws. The requirement is intended to specify
the mechanical properties of the fastener, not to restrict the means of driving the fastener.
A-9.23.3.3.(1) Prevention of Splitting. Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1) illustrates the intent of the phrase "staggering the nails
in the direction of the grain."
Figure A-9.23.3.3.(1)
Staggered nailing
A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B Alternative Nail Sizes. Where power nails or nails having a different diameter than the
diameters listed in CSA B111, "Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples," are used to connect the edges of the wall sheathing to
the wall framing of wood-sheathed braced wall panels, the maximum spacing should be as shown in Table A-Table
9.23.3.5.-B.
Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B
Alternative Nail Diameters and Spacing
Element
Nail Diameter, mm(1)
Maximum Spacing of Nails Along
Edges of Wall Sheathing, mm o.c.
Plywood, OSB or waferboard
2.19-2.52
75
2.53-2.82
100
2.83-3.09
125
>3.09
150
Notes to Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-B:
(1) For alternative nail lengths of 63 mm or longer.
Note A-Table 9.23.3.5.-C Factored Shear Resistances and Framing Adjustment Factors. Table 9.23.3.5.-C describes
the fastening of sheathing elements for each reference framing type available for use as a braced wall panel. There
are three categories of framing type: wood-sheathed braced wall panels (WSP), diagonal (lumber) wood boards
(DWB), and gypsum board (GWB). Table A-9.23.3.5.-C provides the factored shear resistances as per CSA O86 and
framing adjustment factors of the framing types listed in Table 9.23.3.5.-C, and can be used to calculate the minimum
required length of braced wall panels using the alternative calculation procedures in Note A-9.23.13.7.(3) and A-
9.23.13.7.(4).
Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-C
Factored Shear Resistances and Framing Adjustment Factors of Framing Types
Reference
Framing
Type
Minimum
Sheathing
Element(1) and
maximum
Minimum Specification of
Fasteners, mm
Minimum
Number
or Maximum
Spacing of
KWframe(3)
KSframe(4)
Factored
shear
resistance,
kN/m
Common,
Screws
stud spacing
Spiral
or Ring Thread
Fasteners(2)
at
Panel Edges
to
Framing
GWB-O
(interior
side of
WSP
framing
types)
12.5 mm
gypsum for 600
mm stud
spacing
2.48 mm
diameter ring
thread with 20
mm penetration
into support
framing(5)
3.45 mm
shank
diameter
Type W
with 20 mm
penetration
into support
framing(6)
200 mm o.c.
for nail 300
mm o.c. for
screw
n/a
n/a
0.61(7)
GWB-A
12.5 mm
gypsum for 600
mm stud
spacing
200 mm o.c.
for nail 300
mm o.c. for
screw
2.85
4.28
1.15(8)
GWB-B
12.5 mm
gypsum for 400
mm stud
spacing
150 mm o.c.
Or 200 mm
o.c. for
blocked
1.65
2.148
1.98(8)
GWB-C
12.5 mm
gypsum for 400
mm stud
spacing or 12.5
mm gypsum for
600 mm stud
spacing,
blocked
(9)
150 mm o.c.
or 200 mm
o.c. for
blocked
1.23
1.84
2.67(8)
GWB-D
12.5 mm
gypsum for 400
mm stud
spacing
100 mm o.c.
1.00
1.50
3.28(8)
WSP-A
9.5 mm
plywood, OSB
or waferboard
for 400 mm
stud spacing
2.84 mm x 51
mm(10)
NP(11)
150 mm o.c.
1.00
1.00
3.28(7)
WSP-B
11 mm
plywood, OSB
or waferboard,
blocked(9) for
600 mm stud
spacing
3.25 mm x 63
mm(10)
NP(11)
150 mm o.c.
0.53
0.53
6.22(7)
WSP-C
11 mm
plywood, OSB
or waferboard,
blocked(9) for
600 mm stud
spacing
3.25 mm x 63
mm(10)
NP(10)
100 mm o.c.
0.46
0.46
7.15(7)
WSP-D
11 mm
plywood, OSB
or waferboard,
blocked(9) for
600 mm stud
3.25 mm x 63
mm(10)
NP(11)
75 mm o.c.
0.42
0.42
7.85(7)
spacing
WSP-E
15,5 mm
plywood, OSB
or waferboard,
blocked(9) for
600 mm stud
spacing
3.66 mm x 63
mm(10)
NP(11)
75 mm o.c.
0.38
0.38
8.71(7)
DWB
19 mm
diagonal
lumber board
3.25 mm x 63
mm(10)
3.25 mm x
51 mm(11)
2 per support
framing where
lumber width
≤ 184 mm 3
per support
framing where
lumber width
> 184 mm
0.57
0.57
5.77(7)
Notes to Table A-Table 9.23.3.5.-C:
(1) Plywood, OSB, waferboard and board lumber may be installed vertically or horizontally and shall conform to the material
standards specified in Subsection 9.23.17. Gypsum sheathing shall meet the requirements of
gypsum board in Subsection 9.29.5.
(2) For plywood, OSB or waferboard panel sheathing, the maximum fastener spacing along intermediate
supports shall be 300 mm o.c. For gypsum sheathing, the maximum spacing along intermediate supports
shall conform to Sentence 9.29.5.8.(4) for nails and Sentence 9.29.5.9.(4) for screws.
(3) See A-9.23.13.7.(3).
(4) See A-9.23.13.7.(4).
(5) Nails for GWB framing types shall meet the requirements of Article 9.29.5.6.
(6) Screws for GWB framing types shall meet the requirements of Article 9.29.5.7.
(7) All framing types are based on resistances derived from CSA O86. Factored shear resistances of WSP and DWB framing types
include a contribution of 0.61 kN/m from GWB-O on opposite face of the braced wall panel. DWB resistance based on Spruce-Pine-
Fir (SPF) studs and Northern Species diagonal lumber boards. Compared to CSA O86, WSP-C was reduced by a factor of 0.20,
WSP-D was reducd by a factor of 0.30, and WSP-E was reduced by a factor of 0.40, to account for no hold-downs.
(8) GWB framing types are derived from allowable stress shear resistances (average peak shear divided by
safety factor of 3) and soft converting to specified shear resistances consistent with practice used in CSA
O86. The resulting factored resistance value is determined same as WSP framing types, except a resistance
factor of 0.7 is applied for GWB instead of 0.8 applicable to WSP. The Ksframe factor also accounts for
difference in seismic force modifiers for WSP (Rd = 3) and GWB (Rd = 2).
(9) Where blocking is required, horizontal panel sheathing joints shall occur over and be fastened to blocking of not less than 38 mm x
89 mm lumber oriented either edgewise or flatwise.
(10) Nails for WSP and DWB framing types shall meet the requirements of Article 9.23.3.1.
(11) NP = Not permitted
A-9.23.4.2. Span Tables for Wood Joists, Rafters and Beams. In these span tables the term "rafter" refers to a
sloping wood framing member which supports the roof sheathing and encloses an attic space but does not support a
ceiling. The term "roof joist" refers to a horizontal or sloping wood framing member that supports the roof sheathing
and the ceiling finish but does not enclose an attic space.
Where rafters or roof joists are intended for use in a locality having a higher specified roof snow load than shown in the
tables, the maximum member spacing may be calculated as the product of the member spacing and specified snow
load shown in the span tables divided by the specified snow load for the locality being considered. The following
examples show how this principle can be applied:
(a) For a 3.5 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.5 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 400 mm
o.c.
(b) For a 4.0 kPa specified snow load, use spans for 2.0 kPa and 600 mm o.c. spacing but space members 300 mm
o.c.
The maximum spans in the span tables are measured from the inside face or edge of support to the inside face or
edge of support.
In the case of sloping roof framing members, the spans are expressed in terms of the horizontal distance between
supports rather than the length of the sloping member. The snow loads are also expressed in terms of the horizontal
projection of the sloping roof. Spans for odd size lumber may be estimated by straight line interpolation in the tables.
These span tables may be used where members support a uniform live load only. Where the members are required to
be designed to support a concentrated load, they must be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1.
Supported joist length in Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-H, 9.23.4.2.-I and 9.23.4.2.-J means half the sum of the joist spans on
both sides of the beam. For supported joist lengths between those shown in the tables, straight line interpolation may
be used in determining the maximum beam span.
Span Tables 9.23.4.2.-A to 9.23.12.3.-D cover only the most common configurations. Especially in the area of floors, a
wide variety of other configurations is possible: glued subfloors, concrete toppings, machine stress rated lumber, etc.
The Canadian Wood Council publishes "The Span Book," a compilation of span tables covering many of these
alternative configurations. Although these tables have not been subject to the formal committee review process, the
Canadian Wood Council generates, for the CCBFC, all of the By-law's span tables for wood structural components;
thus By-law users can be confident that the alternative span tables in "The Span Book" are consistent with the span
tables in the By-law and with relevant Code requirements.
Spans for wood joists, rafters and beams which fall outside the scope of these tables, including those for U.S. species
and individual species not marketed in the commercial species combinations described in the span tables, can be
calculated in conformance with CSA O86, "Engineering design in wood."
A-9.23.4.2.(2) Numerical Method to Establish Vibration-Controlled Spans for Wood-Frame Floors. In addition to
the normal strength and deflection analyses, the calculations on which the floor joist span tables are based include a
method of ensuring that the spans are not so long that floor vibrations could lead to occupants perceiving the floors as
too "bouncy" or "springy." Limiting deflection under the normal uniformly distributed loads to 1/360 of the span does not
provide this assurance.
Normally, vibration analysis requires detailed dynamic modeling. However, the calculations for the span tables use the
following simplified static analysis method of estimating vibration-acceptable spans:
- The span which will result in a 2 mm deflection of a single joist supporting a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load is
calculated.
- This span is multiplied by a factor, K, to determine the "vibration-controlled" span for the entire floor system. If this
span is less than the strength- or deflection-controlled span under uniformly distributed load, the vibration-controlled
span becomes the maximum span.
- The K factor is determined from the following relationship:
where
A, B = constants, the values of which are determined from Tables A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A or A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B,
G = constant, the value of which is determined from Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C,
Si = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of the joist in question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load,
S184 = span which results in a 2 mm deflection of a 38 × 184 mm joist of same species and grade as the joist in
question under a 1 kN concentrated midpoint load.
For a given joist species and grade, the value of K shall not be greater than K3, the value which results in a vibration-
controlled span of exactly 3 m. This means that for vibration-controlled spans 3 m or less, K always equals K3, and for
vibration-controlled spans greater than 3 m, K is as calculated.
Note that, for a sawn lumber joist, the ratio Si/S184 is equivalent to its depth (mm) divided by 184.
Due to rounding differences, the method, as presented here, might produce results slightly different from those
produced by the computer program used to generate the span tables.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans - General Cases
Subfloor
Thickness,
mm
With Strapping(1)
With Bridging
With Strapping and Bridging
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Constant A
15.5
0.30
0.25
0.20
0.37
0.31
0.25
0.42
0.35
0.28
19.0
0.36
0.30
0.24
0.45
0.37
0.30
0.50
0.42
0.33
Constant B
0.33
0.38
0.41
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A:
(1) Gypsum board attached directly to joists can be considered equivalent to strapping.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B
Constants A and B for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans - Special Cases
Subfloor
Thickness,
mm
Joists with Ceiling Attached to Wood Furring(1)
Joists with Concrete Topping(2)
Without Bridging
With Bridging
With or Without Bridging
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
Joist Spacing, mm
300
400
600
300
400
600
300
400
600
Constant A
15.5
0.39
0.33
0.24
0.49
0.44
0.38
0.58
0.51
0.41
19.0
0.42
0.36
0.27
0.51
0.46
0.40
0.62
0.56
0.47
Constant B
0.34
0.37
0.35
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-B:
(1) Wood furring means 19 × 89 mm boards not more than 600 mm o.c., or 19 × 64 mm boards not more than 300 mm o.c. For all
other cases, see Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-A.
(2) 30 mm to 51 mm normal weight concrete (not less than 20 MPa) placed directly on the subflooring.
Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C
Constant G for Calculating Vibration-Controlled Floor Joist Spans
Floor Description
Constant G
Floors with nailed(1) subfloor
0.00
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span greater than 3 m
0.10
Floor with nailed and field-glued(2) subfloor, vibration-controlled span 3 m or less
0.15
Notes to Table A-9.23.4.2.(2)-C:
(1) Common wire nails, spiral nails or wood screws can be considered equivalent for this purpose.
(2) Subfloor field-glued to floor joists with elastomeric adhesive complying with CAN/CGSB-71.26-M, "Adhesive for Field-Gluing
Plywood to Lumber Framing for Floor Systems."
Additional background information on this method can be found in the following publications:
- Onysko, D.M. "Deflection Serviceability Criteria for Residential Floors." Project 43-10C-024. Forintek Canada Corp.,
Ottawa, Canada 1988.
- Onysko, D.M. "Performance and acceptability of wood floors - Forintek studies." Proceedings of
Symposium/Workshop on Serviceability of Buildings, Ottawa, May 16-18, National Research Council of Canada,
Ottawa, 1988.
A-9.23.4.3.(1) Maximum Spans for Steel Beams Supporting Floors in Dwellings. A beam may be considered to
be laterally supported if wood joists bear on its top flange at intervals of 600 mm or less over its entire length, if all the
load being applied to this beam is transmitted through the joists and if 19 mm by 38 mm wood strips in contact with the
top flange are nailed on both sides of the beam to the bottom of the joists supported. Other additional methods of
positive lateral support are acceptable.
For supported joist lengths intermediate between those in the table, straight line interpolation may be used in
determining the maximum beam span.
A-Table 9.23.4.3. Spans for Steel Beams. The spans provided in Table 9.23.4.3. reflect a balance of engineering and
acceptable proven performance. The spans have been calculated based on the following assumptions:
- simply supported beam spans
- laterally supported top flange
- yield strength 350 MPa
- deflection limit L/360
- live load: first floor = 1.9 kPa; second floor = 1.4 kPa
- dead load: 1.5 kPa (0.5 kPa floor + 1.0 kPa partition)
The calculation used to establish the specified maximum beam spans also applies a revised live load reduction factor
to account for the lower probability of a full live load being applied over the supported area in
Part 9 buildings.
A-9.23.4.4. Concrete Topping. Vibration-controlled spans given in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-B for concrete topping are
based on a partial composite action between the concrete, subflooring and joists. Normal weight concrete having a
compressive strength of not less than 20 MPa, placed directly on the subflooring, provides extra stiffness and results in
increased capacity. The use of a bond breaker between the topping and the subflooring, or the use of lightweight
concrete topping limits the composite effects.
Where either a bond breaker or lightweight topping is used, Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A may be used but the additional
dead load imposed by the concrete must be considered. The addition of 51 mm of concrete topping can impose an
added load of 0.8 to 1.2 kPa, depending on the density of the concrete.
Example 1
Assumptions:
- basic dead load
= 0.5 kPa
- topping dead load
= 0.8 kPa
- total dead load
= 1.3 kPa
- live load
= 1.9 kPa
- vibration limit
per Note A-9.23.4.2.(2)
- deflection limit
= 1/360
- ceiling attached directly to joists, no bridging
The spacing of joists in the span tables can be conservatively adjusted to allow for the increased load by using the
spans in Span Table 9.23.4.2.-A for 600 mm spacing, but spacing the joists 400 mm apart. Similarly, floor beam span
tables can be adjusted by using 4.8 m supported length spans for cases where the supported length equals 3.6 m.
A-9.23.6.1.(3) Anchorage of Building Frames.
Figure A-9.23.6.1.(3)
Anchorage of Building Frames
A-9.23.8.3. Joint Location in Built-Up Beams.
Figure A-9.23.8.3.
Joint location in built-up beams
A-9.23.10.4.(1) Fingerjoined Lumber. NLGA 2017, "Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber," referenced in
Article 9.3.2.1., refers to two special product standards, SPS-1, "Fingerjoined Structural Lumber," and SPS-3,
"Fingerjoined "Vertical Stud Use Only" Lumber," produced by NLGA. Material identified as conforming to these
standards is considered to meet the requirements in this Sentence for joining with a structural adhesive. Lumber
fingerjoined in accordance with SPS-3 should be used as a vertical end-loaded member in compression only, where
sustained bending or tension-loading conditions are not present, and where the moisture content of the wood will not
exceed 19%. Fingerjoined lumber may not be visually regraded or remanufactured into a higher stress grade even if
the quality of the lumber containing fingerjoints would otherwise warrant such regrading.
A-9.23.10.6.(3) Single Studs at Sides of Openings.
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-A
Single studs on sides of openings in non-loadbearing interior walls not required to have a fire-resistance
rating
Figure A-9.23.10.6.(3)-B
Single studs on sides of openings in all other walls
A-9.23.13. Bracing for Resistance to Lateral Loads. Subsection 9.23.13. along with Articles 9.4.2.5.,
9.23.3.4., 9.23.3.5., 9.23.6.1., 9.23.9.8., 9.23.11.4., 9.23.15.5., 9.29.5.8., 9.29.5.9., 9.29.6.3. and 9.29.9.3. contain
design and bracing provisions that address the resistance of light wood-frame structures and non-structural
components to wind and earthquake loads.
The bracing provisions were developed based on a combination of performance history and engineering calculations,
as are most Part 9 provisions. The placement and construction methods for braced walls were determined by the
following approach. The lateral forces were analyzed in accordance with Part 4 for various configurations of buildings
in different locations across Canada. The lateral resistance of walls was established using an approach adapted from
CSA O86, "Engineering Design in Wood." Construction details and required lengths for braced walls were determined
based on location, building height, wind exposed class and construction weight. This approach relied on the following
assumptions:
- A short-term load duration factor, KD, of 1.25 was used for the calculation of resistance to wind and seismic shear
forces.
- The ductility- and overstrength-related seismic force modification factors, Rd and Ro, were assumed to have the
values listed in the following table:
Seismic Force Resisting System (SFRS)
Rd
Ro
Nailed or screwed wood-based shear walls in combination with gypsum board
3.0
1.7
Nailed or screwed diagonal lumber board shear walls in combination with gypsum board
3.0
1.7
Nailed or screwed gypsum board shear walls
2.0
1.7
- A level of resistance of up to 50% of the wind or seismic lateral load demand was assumed to be provided by interior
partitions, and other non-structural components, such as cabinetry and cladding.
It is important to note that not all buildings satisfying the bracing provisions will have the configurations or details
assumed in the calculations, which are necessary to provide adequate resistance against lateral loads. For example,
buildings that have limited interior partitions and other non-structural components may have a lower lateral resistance
than predicted. In such cases, the Part 9 provisions for bracing to resist lateral loads may not be adequate to satisfy
the objectives of the British Columbia Building Code, and bracing requirements should instead be determined in
accordance with Part 4. See Note A-9.4.2.5. for more information on the seismic design parameter, Smax, used in the
seismic design provisions.
A-9.23.13.1.
Bracing to Resist Lateral Loads in Low Load Locations
For locations identified in Appendix C, where the seismic spectral acceleration, Sa(0.2), is less than or equal to 0.70
and the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is less than 0.80, Sentence 9.23.13.1.(2) requires only that exterior walls be
braced using the acceptable materials and fastening specified. There are no spacing or dimension requirements for
braced wall panels in these buildings.
Structural Design for Lateral Wind and Earthquake Loads
In cases where lateral load design is required, CWC 2014, "Engineering Guide for Wood Frame Construction,"
provides acceptable engineering solutions as an alternative to Part 4. The CWC Guide also contains alternative
solutions and provides information on the applicability of the Part 9 prescriptive structural requirements to further assist
designers and building officials to identify the appropriate design approach.
A-9.23.13.2.(3) Weights of Construction.
Normal Weight Construction
Normal-weight floor construction (0.5 kPa) accommodates ceramic tile, hardwood, carpet and other finishes weighing
no more than 0.25 kPa. Normal-weight roof construction (0.5 kPa) accommodates asphalt shingles, wood shingles,
steel roofing and other roofing weighing no more than 0.12 kPa. Normal-weight wall construction (0.4 kPa)
accommodates fibre cement board, wood, vinyl, lightweight metal panels weighing no more than 0.10 kPa.
These cladding weights are based on the typical light wood frame construction:
- Floor assembly: plywood subfloor, 2×2 lumber floor joists at 400 mm o.c. and gypsum board ceiling;
- Roof assembly: plywood roof sheathing, trusses, R60 insulation, gypsum board ceiling;
- Wall assembly: OSB exterior sheathing, strapping, 2×6 studs at 400 mm o.c., insulation, gypsum board interior finish
Heavy Weight Construction
In a building of "heavy weight construction," the average dead weight per storey of floors, roof or exterior walls is
permitted to exceed the value stated in Clause 9.23.13.2.(3)(a), but must not exceed the maximum average dead
weights per storey stated in Clause 9.23.13.2.(3)(b). The heavy weight floor construction provisions account for an
additional total dead load of 1.0 kPa compared to the normal weight floor construction, accommodating, for example, a
38 mm normal-weight concrete topping. Heavy-weight roof construction, accommodates lighter roofing materials to be
replaced with slate or clay tile shingles weighing up to 0.65 kPa (provided the heavy roofing is not installed over
existing normal weight roofing). The heavy-weight roof construction provisions also accommodate the installation of
solar panels over normal weight roofing such as asphalt shingles. Solar panels add approximately 0.12 kPa to the roof.
Heavy-weight wall construction provisions account for cladding weighing up to 0.85 kPa, when this heavier cladding
replaces normal weight cladding. This accommodates cementitious stucco, heavier weight metal panels, and, if
averaged with lighter claddings, adhered manufactured or natural stone veneer. Heavy weight wall construction does
not accommodate masonry or stone veneer except where advantage can be made of "Area-weighted Average". The
maximum average dead weights per storey for the three cases are listed in Table A- 9.23.13.2.(3).
Table A-9.23.13.2.(3)
Maximum Average Dead Weights per Storey for Heavy Weight Construction
Forming Part of Note A-9.23.13.2.(3)
Description of Heavy Weight Construction
Maximum Average Dead Weight per
Storey, kPa
Floors
Partitions
and
Interior
Walls
Roof
Exterior
Walls
Normal weight floors and roof with heavy weight exterior walls
0.5
0.5
0.5
1.2
Normal weight floors and exterior walls with heavy weight roof
0.5
0.5
1.0
0.4
Normal weight exterior walls and roof with heavy weight floors
1.5
0.5
0.5
0.4
Masonry and Stone Veneer Wall Cladding
Braced wall panels that run perpendicular to masonry- and stone veneered walls are required to have a comparatively
higher lateral strength to resist increased lateral loading due to the relatively higher wall mass of the masonry. The
effects of mass are accounted for using the Kweight factor listed in Table 9.23.13.7-D. Under seismic action, lateral load
due to the mass of a masonry or stone veneer is transferred into the wall immediately behind the veneer, which under
the load path and by diaphragm action, is transferred into the roof and floors and is resisted by the braced wall panels
oriented parallel to the seismic motion (perpendicular to the veneer). Therefore, only braced wall panels running
perpendicular to the masonry or stone veneered walls are required to be adjusted by the Kweight adjustment factor. If the
entire building is clad with masonry or stone veneer, all braced wall panels are required to be adjusted by the
appropriate masonry or stone "both faces" Kweight adjustment factor. If only two parallel faces of a four-sided building
are clad with masonry or stone veneer, only the side-yard braced wall panels are required to be adjusted using the
appropriate masonry or stone "both faces" Kweight adjustment factor. If only one face of the building is clad with masonry
or stone veneer, the side-yard braced wall panels are required to be adjusted with the "one face" Kweight adjustment
factor.
For buildings clad with masonry veneer, the following veneer products with a bed thickness of not more than 90 mm
are considered to meet the weight limit of 1.9 kPa:
- clay brick masonry veneer
- concrete block masonry veneer
- concrete brick masonry veneer
- concrete stone masonry veneer
- calcium silicate masonry veneer
For buildings clad with stone veneers, natural stone veneer of limestone and sandstone, excluding granite, with a bed
thickness of not more than 125 mm are considered to meet the weight limit of 3.2 kPa.
Area-weighted Average
The concept of area-weighted average is an important consideration for cost-effective construction and wall bracing
compliance. Depending upon the relative weights and areas of materials, less rigorous bracing requirements could
apply to the structure using the concept of 'area-weighted average'. It is based on averaging the cumulative sum of
material weights over their respective areas. Averaging of material weights applies per assembly. Using area-weighted
average, for example, wall cladding weights can be averaged for the entire building's wall areas to determine if normal
or heavy construction apply under the per storey average dead weight limits stated in Table A-9.23.13.2.(3). A building
with walls partially clad with comparatively heavier materials may qualify as normal weight construction if the area-
weight contribution of the normal weight cladding materials combined with that of heavy weight cladding materials,
such as stucco, masonry veneer or stone veneer, does not exceed the average dead weight limit of 0.4 kPa for normal
weight construction. Similarly, a building with walls partially clad with masonry or stone veneer may qualify as heavy
weight construction if the area-weighted average contribution of the normal or heavy weight cladding materials
combined with that of masonry or stone veneer does not exceed the average dead weight limit of 1.2 kPa for heavy
weight construction. This same concept applies to floor and roof assemblies.
Example: Area-weighted average floor calculation
For example, if a building has 400 m2 of floor area, and 25 m2 of that floor area has a concrete topping (floor assembly
= 1.25 kPa), and the remaining 375 square metres has hardwood floors (floor assembly = 0.45 kPa), the area-
weighted average dead weight is:
Therefore, qualifies as normal weight construction.
A-9.23.13.4. Braced Wall Bands. Article 9.23.13.4. specifies the required characteristics of braced wall bands and
their position in the building. Figures A-9.23.13.4.-A, A-9.23.13.4.-B and A-9.23.13.4.-C illustrate these requirements.
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-A
Braced wall bands in an example building section [ Clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-B
Lapping bands and building perimeter within braced wall bands [Clauses 9.23.13.4.(1)(a) and (c)]
Figure A-9.23.13.4.-C
Braced wall bands at changes in floor level in split-level buildings [Sentence 9.23.13.4.(2)]
A-Table 9.23.13.5. Spacing of Braced Wall Bands and Braced Wall Panels. Identifying adjacent braced wall
bands and determining the spacing of braced wall panels and braced wall bands is not complicated where the building
plan is orthogonal or there are parallel braced wall bands: the adjacent braced wall band is the nearest parallel band.
Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A illustrates spacing.
Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-A
Spacing of parallel braced wall bands and spacing of braced wall panels
Identifying and Spacing Adjacent Non-Parallel Braced Wall Bands
Identifying the adjacent braced wall band and the spacing between braced wall bands is more complicated where the
building plan is not orthogonal.
Where the plan is triangular, all braced wall bands intersect with the subject braced wall band. The prescriptive
requirements in Part 9 do not apply to these cases and the building must be designed according to Part 4 with respect
to lateral load resistance.
Where the braced wall bands are not parallel, the adjacent band is identified as follows using Figure Table A-
9.23.13.5.-B as an example:
1. Determine the mid-point of the centre line of the subject braced wall band (A);
2. Project a perpendicular line from this mid-point (B);
3. The first braced wall band encountered is the adjacent braced wall band (C);
4. Where the projected line encounters an intersection point between two braced wall bands, either wall band may be
identified as the adjacent braced wall band (complex cases).
The spacing of non-parallel braced wall bands is measured as the greatest distance between the centre lines of the
bands.
Figure Table A-9.23.13.5.-B
Identification and spacing of adjacent non-parallel braced wall bands
A-9.23.13.5.(2) Perimeter Foundation Walls. Where the perimeter foundation walls in basements and crawl spaces
extend from the footings to the underside of the supported floor, these walls perform the same function as braced wall
bands with braced wall panels. All other braced wall bands in the basement or crawl space that align with bands with a
wood-based bracing material on the upper floors need to be constructed with braced wall panels, which must be made
of a wood-based bracing material, masonry or concrete. See Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2).
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(2)
Braced wall bands in basements or crawl spaces with optional and required braced wall panels
A-9.23.13.5.(3) and (4) Connection of Braced Wall Panels to Roof Framing. Braced wall panels that are sheathed
with gypsum board alone have a significantly lower lateral resistance than woodsheathed braced wall panels. For
gypsum-sheathed braced wall panels, the typical lateral bracing of trusses is usually adequate to transfer the lateral
loads from the bottom chords to the top chords of the truss.
The connection of interior gypsum-sheathed braced wall panels to trusses also needs to accommodate vertical
movement of the roof framing in order to facilitate "truss uplift" and to prevent the gypsum board from cracking.
Figure A-9.23.13.5.(3) and (4)
Wood-sheathed braced wall panel to roof framing connection details (Sentence 9.23.13.5.(3)(a) and (b))
A-9.23.13.6.(1) Materials in Braced Wall Panels. Clause 9.23.13.6.(1)(a) describes wood-based exterior braced wall
panels, which includes gypsum board on the interior, 'regularly attached' according to Subsection 9.29.5. This
corresponds with framing types WSP-A, WSP-B, WSP-C, WSP-D, WSP F and DWB, with GWB-O on the interior, as
described in 9.23.3.5.(3). Clause 9.23.13.6.(1)(b) describes exterior braced wall panels sheathed with gypsum board
only, typically applied to the interior side of the exterior walls, accommodating the option of no wood-based structural
sheathing on the exterior side of the braced walls. This corresponds to framing types GWB-O, GWB-A, GWB-B, GWB-
F, and GWB-H.
A-9.23.13.6.(3) Use of Gypsum Board to Provide Required Bracing. Braced wall panels constructed with gypsum
board alone provide less resistance to lateral loads than panels constructed with OSB, waferboard, plywood or
diagonal lumber board; Sentence 9.23.13.6.(3) limits the use of gypsum board to interior walls. Sentence (6) further
limits its use to provide the required lateral resistance by requiring that walls in basements and crawl spaces be
constructed with braced wall panels made of wood-based sheathing at braced wall band intervals of not more than 15
m apart. See Figure A-9.23.13.6.(3).
Figure A-9.23.13.6.(3)
Braced wall panels constructed of wood-based material
A-9.23.13.6.(5) Mixed Braced Wall Panel Framing Types in Braced Wall Bands.
The primary reason for mixed braced wall panel framing types is to accommodate where an interior GWB-sheathed
braced wall panel framing type aligns with an exterior WSP braced wall panel framing type, along the same braced
wall panel as shown in the plan view below. This permission is restricted to GWB- and 'low strength' WSP-sheathed
framing types A and B. Mixing high strength or very stiff walls with low strength or less stiff walls has not been
sufficiently studied and therefore requires analysis based on engineering principles.
This appendix note provides examples of complying with the requirements of Sentence 9.23.13.6.(5) when mixed
braced wall panels are present along a braced wall band. Example 1 is the reference case without mixed sheathing
types. Compliance to requirements in Clause 9.23.13.6.(5)(a) is demonstrated in Example 2, for the same braced wall
band in Example 1.
Example 1 - One sheathing type in all braced wall panels
A braced wall band (B) consists of an exterior wall of 1 meter (at braced wall band 2) which continues into the building
as an interior wall of 3 m and another interior wall 5 m for a total length = 1 + 3 + 5 = 9 m. The wall construction along
B qualifies as GWB-B braced wall panel type. It is determined that a total braced wall panel length of 8 m is required if
constructed as GWB-B. Therefore, there is sufficient wall length for the GWB-B braced wall panel along braced wall
band B.
Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5)-A
One sheathing type in all braced wall panels
Example 2 - Mixed sheathing types in all braced wall panels using direct length substitution approach
The exterior walls are constructed with wood sheathing, and qualify as WSP-A braced wall panels. The builder would
like to substitute the 1m portion of GWB-B braced wall panel construction with WSP-A exterior braced wall panel.
Clause 9.23.13.6.(5)(a) permits a direct substitution, determined using the longest calculated braced wall panel length
of all sheathing types in the braced wall band. In this case, the required length of braced wall panel is 8 m of GWB-B or
5.5 m of WSP-A. Therefore in this scenario, 5 m (GWB-B) + 3 m (GWB-B) + 1 m (WSP-A) = 9 m > 8 m, meets the
requirement in Clause 9.23.13.6.(5)(a).
Figure A-9.23.13.6.(5)-B
Mixed sheathing types in all braced wall panels using direct length substitution approach
A-9.23.13.7.(3) Alternate Procedure to Calculate Wind-related Required Braced Wall Panel Length. To facilitate
calculations of prescribed braced wall panel lengths, the wind-related minimum total unadjusted braced wall panel
lengths, Luw, are provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-Afor categories of 1-in-50-year hourly wind pressure (HWP). The values
provided within each HWP category are based on the highest HWP in the category, and must be adjusted by the
factors provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-C. In lieu of the method given in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3), the minimum required
total braced wall length for wind, Lw is permitted to be calculated directly using the following equation:
Lw = CWstoreyKWframeHWP(KexpKroofKWspacingKWnumberKgypKsheath) ≥ BWPmin
Where:
CWstorey = coefficient for storey location, for wind
= 3.84 for braced wall panels supporting roof only
= 7.89 for braced wall panels supporting roof + 1 floor
= 11.93 for braced wall panels supporting roof + 2 floors
KWframe = adjustment factor for framing type used in lieu of the unadjusted length for wind
braced Luw, given in Table A-9.23.13.7.(3)
HWP
= 1-in-50 year hourly wind pressure, kPa
Kexp
= wind exposure adjustment
= 1.0 for 7.6 m braced wall band spacing
Kroof
= roof eave-to-ridge height adjustment, for wind
= 1.0 for 3 m
KWspacing
= braced wall band spacing adjustment for wind per building plan direction
= 1.0 for 7.6 m braced wall band spacing
KWnumber
= number of braced wall bands adjustment for wind per building plan direction
= 1.0 for no intermediate braced wall bands between exterior walls
Kgyp
= interior gypsum board adjustment
= 1.0 for braced wall panels with interior gypsum board
Ksheath
= intermittent braced wall panels adjustment
= 1.0 for braced wall bands with continuously wood-sheathed exterior walls
BWPmin
= Minimum length of individual braced wall panels as per Table 9.23.13.5.
Values for adjustment factors, Kexp, Kroof, KWspacing, KWnumber, Kgyp and Ksheath are provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-B
Table A-9.23.13.7.(3)
Wind-related Framing Adjustment Factor, KWframe
Reference Framing Type
KWframe
GWB-O
5.36
GWB-A
3.59
GWB-B
3.06
GWB-C
2.88
GWB-D
2.71
GWB-E
2.54
GWB-F
2.04
GWB-G
1.96
GWB-H
1.72
WSP-A
1.00
WSP-B
0.53
WSP-C
0.37
WSP-D
0.29
WSP-E
0.25
WSP-F
0.23
DWB
0.61
When wind acts on the building width, the length of the building (dimension parallel to the wind) is irrelevant to
determining the bracing required to resist that wind force. A short building receives the same wind force as a long
building with an equivalent width. This concept is illustrated in Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-A. As a result, in calculating the
length of required wind bracing, the input is the braced wall band spacing (the building width), regardless of building
length.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-A
Wind Force on Different Length Buildings
The equation provided in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(3) is used to calculate the required length of braced wall panels, Lw,
within a braced wall band to resist wind acting on the surface perpendicular to the wall line. The unadjusted length, Luw,
provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-A, refers to a reference building with an eave-to-ridge height of 3 m and two exterior
braced wall bands spaced 7.6 m apart, located in an urban location. Adjustment factors are applied to account for
deviations from the reference building. These adjustment factors are explained below and their values are provided in
Table 9.23.13.7.-B.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-B
Eave-to-ridge Height
Kroof accounts for the effect of eave-to-ridge height, as defined in Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-B.
Kexp adjusts for wind loading on a building caused by the effects of local terrain. Wind blows at a lower speed in rough
terrain and a higher speed in smooth terrain. Rough terrain, such as an urban or suburban setting or wooded terrain
extending upwind for a least one km, offers a comparatively sheltered exposure for a building. For rough terrain, Kexp
is assigned the value 1.0 and no exposure adjustment is needed for a building located in rough terrain. A building
located in an open terrain, sheltered from wind only by the presence of adjacent scattered trees and buildings or other
obstacles, or located near open water or shorelines, will experience a higher wind load than would the same building
located in rough terrain.
KWspacing accounts for the change in lateral load resistance when the spacing between braced wall bands, X, differs
from 7.6 m. When more than two braced wall bands resist lateral load, the increase in resistance is not directly
proportional to the increase in the number of braced wall bands.
KWnumber accounts for the distribution of forces when more than two braced wall bands resist wind load, Figure A-
9.23.13.5.(3)-C. The same explanation in Note A-9.23.13.7.(4) for KSnumber applies here for KWnumber, except that under
wind load the forces are not evenly distributed due to the critical load case occurring when the wind blows at an angle
to the building. As a result, KWnumber factor differs slightly from the KSnumber factor. When the spacing of the parallel
braced wall bands is not uniform, the average spacing value, as illustrated in Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-D, shall be used.
Refer to KSnumber for additional information.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-C
Adjustment for number of braced wall bands resisting wind load
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-D
Calculation of mean braced wall band spacing for wind when the spacings between adjacent braced wall
bands are not uniform
Where the braced wall band is intermittently sheathed, the lengths of braced wall panels listed in Table 9.23.13.7.-A.
shall be increased by the Ksheath factor. Braced wall bands with intermittent braced wall panels permit the use of
nonstructural sheathing in areas of the wall where bracing is not required. This factor accounts for a lack of additional
resistance otherwise provided by structural sheathing above and below openings and on other non-designated braced
wall panels within the braced wall band (Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-E), as there would be when the entire braced wall line
is continuously sheathed (Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-F).
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-E
Intermittent braced wall panels (Source: A guide to 2018 Wood Wall Bracing Provisions.)
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-F
Continuously sheathed braced wall panels (default) (Source: A guide to 2018 Wood Wall Bracing Provisions.)
Non-designated wall segments within continuously-sheathed braced wall bands are required to be constructed with
wood sheathing, but are not required to use the same sheathing and fastening as used in the designated braced wall
panels along the braced wall band. Instead, the non-designated wall segments may be constructed with any of the
plywood, OSB, or waferboard element options and corresponding fastening in accordance with Table 9.23.3.5.-A, and
anchored in accordance with Sentence 9.23.6.1.(2). Note that when the calculated Lw exceeds the available length of
the wall line, a stronger framing type or a closer braced wall band spacing may be considered.
A-9.23.13.7.(4) Alternative Procedure to Calculate the Seismic-related Braced Wall Panel Length. To facilitate
calculations of prescribed braced wall panel lengths, the seismic-related minimum total unadjusted braced wall panel
lengths, Lus, are provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-C for categories of the seismic design parameter, Smax. The values
provided within each Smax category are based on the highest Smax in the category, and must be adjusted by the factors
provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-D. In lieu of the method given in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(4), the adjusted braced wall panel
length, the minimum required total braced wall length for seismic, Ls, is permitted to be calculated directly using the
following equation:
Ls = (CSstoreyCwallsCroofS)(KSframeSmaxKweightKSspacingKSnumberKgypKsheath) ≥ BWPmin
where:
Csstorey
= coefficient of storey location, for seismic
= 1 for braced wall panels supporting roof only
= 3 for braced wall panels supporting roof + 1 floor
= 5 for braced wall panels supporting roof + 2 floors
Cwalls
= coefficient accounting for the seismic weight based on the depth of the building, for walls, given in
Table A-9.23.13.7.(4)-A
Croof
= coefficient accounting for the seismic weight based on the depth of the building, for roof, given in Table
A-9.23.13.7.(4)-A
S
= specified roof snow load, kPa (See Article 9.4.2.2)
KSframe
= adjustment factor for framing type given in Table A-9.23.13.7.(4)-B
Smax
= seismic design parameter, listed in Table 9.4.1.1
Kweight
= weight of construction and cladding adjustment, for seismic
= 1.0 for normal weight construction (See Sentence 9.23.13.2.(3))
Ksnow
= roof snow load adjustment, for seismic
= 1.0 for 2 kPa roof snow load (as calculated in accordance with Article 9.4.2.2.)
KSspacing
= braced wall band spacing adjustment for seismic per building plan direction (See
Sentence
9.23.13.7.(5))
= 1.0 for 7.6 m braced wall band spacing
KSnumber
= number of braced wall bands adjustment for seismic per building plan direction
= 1.0 for no intermediate braced wall bands between exterior walls
Kgyp
= interior gypsum board adjustment
Ksheath
= intermittent braced wall panels adjustment
= 1.0 for continuously wood-sheathed braced wall bands
BWPmin
= minimum length of individual braced wall panels as per Table 9.23.13.5.
Table A-9.23.13.7.(3)-A
Seismic Related Coefficients, Cwalls and Croof
Building dimension parallel to braced wall band, m
Cwalls (1)
Croof
3.1.
0.38
0.09
6.1
0.60
0.17
9.1
0.83
0.26
12.2
1.06
0.35
15.5
1.29
0.43
18.3
1.52
0.52
Note to Table A-9.23.13.7.(4)-A :
(1) Linear interpolation is permitted
Table A-9.23.13.7.(4)-B
Siesmic Related Framing Adjustment Factor, KSframe
Reference Framing Type
KWframe
GWB-O
8.04
GWB-A
5.39
GWB-B
4.58
GWB-C
4.32
GWB-D
4.07
GWB-E
3.81
GWB-F
3.07
GWB-G
2.95
GWB-H
2.58
WSP-A
1.00
WSP-B
0.53
WSP-C
0.46
WSP-D
0.42
WSP-E
0.41
WSP-F
0.38
DWB
0.57
The force demand exerted on a building by seismic motion is directly proportional to the mass of the building. When
determining the amount of bracing required to resist seismic forces, the length of the building parallel to the direction of
loading is the most important consideration, because mass is generally evenly distributed along the length and width of
a building. For a given building width, a longer building has more mass - and thus receives greater seismic forces -
than a shorter building. As a result, the longer building requires a greater amount of bracing. For this reason, in the
seismic bracing table, Table 9.23.13.7.-C, the amount of braced wall panel required in a wall line is dependent on the
available building depth parallel to the braced wall band being considered, and is less dependent of the width of the
building (perpendicular to the direction of the seismic force). This is illustrated in Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-A.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-A
Seismic Force on Different Length Buildings
The equation provided in Sentence 9.23.13.7.(4) is used to calculate the total required length of braced wall panels, Ls,
within a braced wall band to resist seismic force applied in that direction. The unadjusted length, Lus, provided in Table
9.23.13.7.-C, refers to a reference building with an eave-to-ridge height of 3 m and two braced wall bands spaced 7.6
m apart, with a roof snow load of 2 kPa. Adjustment factors are applied to account for construction that deviates from
the reference building. The values of the adjustment factors are presented in Table 9.23.13.7.-D. The adjustment
factors are explained below.
Ksnow accounts for specified roof snow load larger than 2 kPa.
KSspacing accounts for the change in lateral load resistance when the spacing between braced wall bands differs from
7.6 m. When more than two braced wall bands resist lateral load, the increase in resistance is not directly proportional
to the increase in the number of braced wall bands.
KSnumber accounts for the distribution of forces when more than two braced wall bands resist seismic load, Figure A-
9.23.13.7.(4)-B. At first glance, it may seem counter-intuitive for the factor to increase when there are additional braced
wall bands. However, since the braced wall panel lengths are determined based on the braced wall band spacing, the
factor is needed to account for the actual distributed loads. Consider a 15 m building with a uniform seismic load of 10
kN/m horizontally applied to the width of a building with two exterior braced wall bands and one interior braced wall
band. Equally distributing the seismic load to the three braced wall bands results in an actual force distribution of (15 m
x 10 kN/m) / 3 braced wall bands = 50 kN per braced wall band. However, based on the braced wall band spacing,
each braced wall band would receive only (10 kN/m x 7.5 m braced wall band spacing) / 2 braced wall bands = 37.5
kN. KSnumber corrects the calculated braced wall panel length by applying, for 3 braced wall bands, a factor of 50
kN/37.5 kN = 1.33. Note that in this case, KSnumber is applied to the unadjusted braced wall panel length for a 7.5 m
braced wall band spacing to obtain the total braced wall panel length for each of the threebraced wall bands in the 15
m wide building. As the amount of braced wall bands increases, the effect diminishes, and therefore the highest
KSnumber factor applied to 5 braced wall bands is also sufficient for more than 5 braced wall bands. When the spacing of
the parallel braced wall bands is not uniform, the average spacing value, as illustrated in Figure A.9.23.13.7.(4)-C, may
be used in lieu of the largest spacing.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-B
Adjustment for Number of Braced Wall Bands Resisting Seismic Load
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-C
Calculation of Mean Braced Wall Band Spacing for Seismic When the Spacings between Adjacent Braced Wall
Bands are Not Uniform
As stated above, heavy buildings generate high seismic loads. For buildings that have construction weights higher than
normal construction, the total length of braced wall panels needs to be adjusted by the weight of construction factor,
Kweight. The value of Kweight depends on whether the building is classified as heavy construction, or it is clad with
masonry veneer or stone veneer on one or two building faces, as illustrated in Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-D. Note that in
the case of masonry veneer or stone veneer clad buildings, only the veneer located on the building faces perpendicular
to the direction of seismic load are assumed to contribute to the seismic mass.
Figure A-9.23.13.7.(4)-D
Masonry Veneer or Stone Veneer Walls that Contribute to Seismic Force Applied on a Building
The minimum braced wall panel lengths provided in Table 9.23.13.7.-D assume that gypsum board is attached to the
interior face of braced wall panels. If gypsum board is omitted, the braced wall panels are to be adjusted by the Kgyp
factor.
Where the braced wall band is intermittently sheathed, the minimum lengths of braced wall panels listed in Table
9.23.13.7.-C must be increased by the Ksheath factor. Braced wall bands with intermittent braced wall panels permit the
use of non-structural sheathing in areas of the wall where bracing is not required. This factor accounts for a lack of
additional resistance otherwise provided by structural sheathed above and below openings and on other non-
designated braced wall panels within the braced wall band (Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-E), as there would be when the
entire braced wall band is continuously wood-sheathed (Figure A-9.23.13.7.(3)-F).
Non-designated wall segments within continuously-sheathed braced wall bands are required to be constructed with
wood sheathing, but are not required to use the same sheathing and fastening as used in the designated braced wall
panels along the braced wall band. Instead, the non-designated wall segments may be constructed with any of the
plywood, OSB, or waferboard element options and corresponding fastening in accordance with Table 9.23.3.5.-A, and
anchored in accordance with Sentence 9.23.6.1.(2).
The calculation procedure provided in this appendix note may be used to determine the minimum total required braced
wall panel lengths for those cases designated as design required (DR) in Table 9.23.13.7.-C. Note that when the
calculated Ls exceeds the available length of the wall line, a stronger framing type or a closer braced wall band spacing
may be considered.
A-9.23.13.8. Foundation Cripple Walls. Cripple walls are also known as "pony walls" or "knee walls." In Section 9.23.,
the term "cripple walls" refers to short wood-frame stud walls extending from the top of the foundation wall to the
underside of the lowest floor framing.
Studies have demonstrated that wood-frame foundation walls with low racking resistance, such as unbraced or
insufficiently braced cripple walls, do not have adequate capacity to resist seismic loading. Such walls have led to the
failure of buildings in earthquakes. Where cripple walls do not meet the conditions of Sentences 9.23.13.8.(2) to (4),
they need to be considered as an additional storey, or designed in accordance with Part 4 to ensure that they resist
both in-plane and out-of-plane forces. Information on cripple walls can be found in the Commentary entitled Design for
Seismic Effects in the "Structural Commentaries (User's Guide - NBC 2020: Part 4 of Division B)."
A-9.23.13.8.(2) Foundation Cripple Walls Where Smax ≤ 0.60 .
Figure A-9.23.13.8.(2)
Foundation cripple wall where Smax ≤ 0.60
A-9.23.13.8.(3). Foundation Cripple Walls Where Smax > 0.60.
Figure A-9.23.13.8.(3)
Foundation cripple wall where Smax > 0.60
A-9.23.13.9.(1) Cripple Walls in Stepped Foundations. The conditions of Sentence 9.23.13.9.(1) are intended to
establish whether the stepped foundation provides sufficient bracing for the braced wall band it supports. If the bracing
is not considered to be sufficient, the provisions of Sentences 9.23.13.8.(2) to (4) for the appropriate value of Smax
apply.
Where the foundation is less than 2.4 m in length, the attachment to the foundation is insufficient to complete the
lateral load path for the first-storey braced wall band. In this case, the cripple wall needs to be braced, and there is no
need for the top plate to be anchored to the foundation, although it would be good practice.
Where the foundation is at least 2.4 m in length and the top plate of the cripple wall is adequately anchored to the
foundation wall, the cripple wall itself does not need to be braced, provided its height does not exceed 1.2 m.
Where the cripple wall exceeds 1.2 m in height, it must be considered as a storey or designed in accordance with Part
4 (see Sentence 9.23.13.8.(1)), regardless of the adequacy of the bracing it provides.
Figure A-9.23.13.9.(1)
Cripple wall in a stepped foundation
A-9.23.13.10.(2) Attachment of a Porch Roof to Exterior Wall Framing.
Figure A-9.23.13.10.(2)-A
Framing perpendicular to plane of wall (balloon construction)
Figure A-9.23.13.10.(2)-B
Framing parallel to plane of wall
A-9.23.14.11.(2) Wood Roof Truss Connections. Sentence 9.23.14.11.(2) requires that the connections used in
wood roof trusses be designed in conformance with Subsection 4.3.1. and Sentence 2.2.1.2.(1) of Division C, which
applies to all of Part 4, requires that the designer be a professional engineer or architect skilled in the work concerned.
This has the effect of requiring that the trusses themselves be designed by professional engineers or architects.
Although this is a departure from the usual practice in Part 9, it is appropriate, since wood roof trusses are complex
structures which depend on a number of components (chord members, web members, cross-bracing, connectors)
working together to function safely. This complexity precludes the standardization of truss design into tables
comprehensive enough to satisfy the variety of roof designs required by the housing industry.
A-9.23.15.2.(4) Water Absorption Test. A method for determining water absorption is described in ASTM D1037,
"Standard Test Methods for Evaluating Properties of Wood-Base Fiber and Particle Panel Materials." The treatment to
reduce water absorption may be considered to be acceptable if a 300 mm × 300 mm sample when treated on all sides
and edges does not increase in weight by more than 6% when tested in the horizontal position.
A-9.23.15.4.(2) OSB. CSA O437.0, "OSB and Waferboard," requires that Type O (aligned or oriented) panels be
marked to show the grade and the direction of face alignment.
A-9.24.3.2.(3) Framing Above Doors in Steel Stud Fire Separations.
Figure A-9.24.3.2.(3)
Steel stud header detail
A-9.25.1.1.(2) Difference Between a Vapour Barrier and an Air Barrier. It is important to understand the difference
between the functions of a vapour barrier and an air barrier. Some materials perform both functions, while others are
only intended to perform one of the two.
Vapour barrier materials are intended to restrict the movement of water vapour due to vapour pressure differentials,
which are created by differences in temperature and moisture content, while air barrier materials are intended to
restrict the movement of air due to air pressure differentials.
A vapour barrier does not have to be continuous or sealed to perform its function of reducing the amount of water
vapour that moves across an assembly, but an air barrier must be continuous and fully sealed to prevent the
movement of air across the assembly.
Further information can be found in "The difference between a vapour barrier and an air barrier," by Quirouette, R. L.,
Building Performance Section, Division of Building Research, National Research Council Canada, BPN 54, July 1985.
A-9.25.2.2.(2) Flame-Spread Ratings of Insulating Materials. Part 9 has no requirements for flame-spread ratings
of insulation materials since these are seldom exposed in parts of buildings where fires are likely to start. Certain of the
insulating material standards referenced in Sentence 9.25.2.2.(1) do include flame-spread rating criteria. These are
included either because the industry producing the product wishes to demonstrate that their product does not
constitute a fire hazard or because the product is regulated by authorities other than building authorities (e.g.,
"Hazardous Products Act" ). However, the Code cannot apply such requirements to some materials and not to others.
Hence, these flame-spread rating requirements are excepted in referencing these standards.
A-9.25.2.3.(3) Position of Insulation. For thermal insulation to be effective, it must not be short-circuited by
convective airflow through or around the material. If low-density fibrous insulation is installed with an air space on both
sides of the insulation, the temperature differential between the warm and cold sides will drive convective airflow
around the insulation. If foamed plastic insulation is spot-adhered to a backing wall or adhered in a grid pattern to an
air-permeable substrate, and is not sealed at the joints and around the perimeter, air spaces between the insulation
and the substrate will interconnect with spaces behind the cladding. Any temperature or air pressure differential across
the insulation will again lead to short circuiting of the insulation by airflow. Thermal insulation must therefore be
installed in full and continuous contact with the air barrier or another continuous component with low air permeance.
(See Note A-9.25.5.1.(1) for examples of low-air-permeance materials.)
A-9.25.2.4.(3) Loose-Fill Insulation in Existing Wood-Frame Walls. The addition of insulation into exterior walls of
existing wood-frame buildings increases the likelihood of damage to framing and cladding components as a result of
moisture accumulation. Many older homes were constructed with little or no regard for protection from vapour
transmission or air leakage from the interior. Adding thermal insulation will substantially reduce the temperature of the
siding or sheathing in winter months, possibly leading to condensation of moisture at this location.
Defects in exterior cladding, flashing and caulking could result in rain entering the wall cavity. This moisture, if retained
by the added insulation, could initiate the process of decay.
Steps should be taken therefore, to minimize these effects prior to the retrofit of any insulation. Any openings in walls
that could permit leakage of interior heated air into the wall cavity should be sealed. The inside surface should be
coated with a low-permeability paint to reduce moisture transfer by diffusion. Finally, the exterior siding, flashing and
caulking should be checked and repaired if necessary to prevent rain penetration.
A-9.25.2.4.(5) Loose-Fill Insulation in Masonry Walls. Typical masonry cavity wall construction techniques do not
lend themselves to the prevention of entry of rainwater into the wall space. For this reason, loose-fill insulation used in
such space must be of the water repellent type. A test for water-repellency of loose-fill insulation suitable for installation
in masonry cavity walls can be found in ASTM C516, "Standard Specification for Vermiculite Loose Fill Thermal
Insulation."
A-9.25.3.1.(1) Air Barrier Systems for Control of Condensation. The majority of moisture problems resulting from
condensation of water vapour in walls and ceiling/attic spaces are caused by the leakage of moist interior heated air
into these spaces rather than by the diffusion of water vapour through the building envelope.
Protection against such air leakage must be provided by a system of air-impermeable materials joined with leak-free
joints. Generally, air leakage protection can be provided by the use of air-impermeable sheet materials, such as
gypsum board or polyethylene of sufficient thickness, when installed with appropriate structural support. However, the
integrity of the airtight elements in the air barrier system can be compromised at the joints and here special care must
be taken in design and construction to achieve an effective air barrier system.
Although Section 9.25. refers separately to vapour barriers and airtight elements in the air barrier system, these
functions in a wall or ceiling assembly of conventional wood-frame construction are often combined as a single
membrane that acts as a barrier against moisture diffusion and the movement of interior air into insulated wall or roof
cavities. Openings cut through this membrane, such as for electrical boxes, provide opportunities for air leakage into
concealed spaces, and special measures must be taken to make such openings as airtight as possible. Attention must
also be paid to less obvious leakage paths, such as holes for electric wiring, plumbing installations, wall-ceiling and
wall-floor intersections, and gaps created by shrinkage of framing members.
In any case, air leakage must be controlled to a level where the occurrence of condensation will be sufficiently rare, or
the quantities accumulated sufficiently small, and drying sufficiently rapid, to avoid material deterioration and the
growth of mould and fungi.
Generally the location in a building assembly of the airtight element of the air barrier system is not critical; it can restrict
air leakage whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner surface or at some intermediate
location. However, if a material chosen to act as an airtight element in the air barrier system also has the
characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e., low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in
order to avoid moisture problems. (See Notes A-9.25.5.1.(1) and A-9.25.4.3.(2).)
In some constructions, an airtight element in the air barrier system is the interior finish, such as gypsum board, which is
sealed to framing members and adjacent components by gaskets, caulking, tape or other methods to complete the air
barrier system. In such cases, special care in sealing joints in a separate vapour barrier is not critical. This approach
often uses no separate vapour barrier but relies on appropriate paint coatings to give the interior finish sufficient
resistance to water vapour diffusion that it can provide the required vapour diffusion protection.
The wording in Section 9.25. allows for such innovative techniques, as well as the more traditional approach of using a
continuous sheet, such as polyethylene, to act as an "air/vapour barrier."
Further information can be found in CBD 231, "Moisture problems in houses" (Canadian Building Digest 231), by A.T.
Hansen, which is available from NRC.
A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6. Air Leakage and Soil Gas Control in Floors-on-ground. The requirement in
Sentence 9.25.3.3.(6) regarding the sealing of penetrations of the air barrier also applies to hollow metal and masonry
columns penetrating the floor slab. Not only the perimeters but also the centres of such columns must be sealed or
blocked.
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-A
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with solid walls
The requirement in Sentence 9.25.3.6.(6) regarding drainage openings in slabs can be satisfied with any of a number
of proprietary devices that prevent the entry of radon and other soil gases through floor drains. Some types of floor
drains incorporate a trap that is connected to a nearby tap so that the trap is filled every time the tap is used. This is
intended to prevent the entry of sewer gas but would be equally effective against the entry of radon and other soil
gases.
Figure A-9.25.3.4. and 9.25.3.6.-B
Dampproofing and soil gas control at foundation wall/floor junctions with hollow walls
A-9.25.3.6.(2) and (3) Polyethylene Air Barriers under Floors-on-Ground. Floors-on-ground separating
conditioned space from the ground must be constructed to reduce the potential for the entry of air, radon or other soil
gases. In most cases, this will be accomplished by placing 0.15 mm polyethylene under the floor.
Finishing a concrete slab placed directly on polyethylene can, in many cases, cause problems for the inexperienced
finisher. A rule of finishing, whether concrete is placed on polyethylene or not, is to never finish or "work" the surface of
the slab while bleed water is present or before all the bleed water has risen to the surface and evaporated. If finishing
operations are performed before all the bleed water has risen and evaporated, surface defects such as blisters,
crazing, scaling and dusting can result. In the case of slabs placed directly on polyethylene, the amount of bleed water
that may rise to the surface and the time required for it to do so are increased compared to a slab placed on a
compacted granular base. Because of the polyethylene, the excess water in the mix from the bottom portion of the slab
cannot bleed downward and out of the slab and be absorbed into the granular material below. Therefore, all bleed
water, including that from the bottom of the slab, must now rise through the slab to the surface. Quite often in such
cases, finishing operations are begun too soon and surface defects result.
One solution that is often suggested is to place a layer of sand between the polyethylene and the concrete. However,
this is not an acceptable solution for the following reason: it is unlikely that the polyethylene will survive the slab
pouring process entirely intact. Nevertheless, the polyethylene will still be effective in retarding the flow of soil gas if it
is in intimate contact with the concrete; soil gas will only be able to penetrate where a break in the polyethylene
coincides with a crack in the concrete. The majority of concrete cracks will probably be underlain by intact
polyethylene. On the other hand, if there is an intervening layer of a porous medium, such as sand, soil gas will be able
to travel laterally from a break in the polyethylene to the nearest crack in the concrete and the total system will be
much less resistant to soil gas penetration.
To reduce and/or control the cracking of concrete slabs, it is necessary to understand the nature and causes of volume
changes of concrete and in particular those relating to drying shrinkage. The total amount of water in a mix is by far the
largest contributor to the amount of drying shrinkage and resulting potential cracking that may be expected from a
given concrete. The less total amount of water in the mix, the less volume change (due to evaporation of water), which
means the less drying shrinkage that will occur. To lessen the volume change and potential cracking due to drying
shrinkage, a mix with the lowest total amount of water that is practicable should always be used. To lower the water
content of a mix, superplasticizers are often added to provide the needed workability of the concrete during the placing
operation. Concretes with a high water-to-cementing-materials ratio usually have high water content mixes. They
should be avoided to minimize drying shrinkage and cracking of the slab. The water-to-cementing-materials ratio for
slabs-on-ground should be no higher than 0.55.
A-9.25.4.2.(2) Vapour Barrier Materials in Foundation Wall Assemblies Enclosing Basements or Heated Crawl
Spaces. In the summer, solar heating can cause condensation to form on the wall-facing side of polyethylene
membranes that are installed on the warm side of foundation wall assemblies enclosing a basement or heated crawl
space. Moisture in the foundation wall due to wind-driven rain is driven to the interior when the above-ground portion of
the wall is exposed to solar heating. Variable-permeance vapour barrier materials allow moisture to dissipate into the
basement or heated crawl space during the summer and have thus been shown to minimize the formation of
condensation in foundation wall assemblies. These materials have proven effective whether installed continuously over
the full area of the foundation wall or continuously over not less than the top half of the full height of the wall area,
starting from the above-ground portion, with a polyethylene membrane installed over the remaining bottom portion.
Sentence 9.25.4.2.(2) is not intended to preclude the use of variable-permeance vapour barriers in above-grade wall
assemblies. However, when contemplating their use in such an application, consideration should be given to the
climatic conditions at the building's location.
A-9.25.4.2.(3) Normal Conditions. The requirement for a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier stated in
Sentence 9.25.4.2.(1) is based on the assumption that the building assembly is subjected to conditions that are
considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial
amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, laundromats, and any
continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to demonstrate acceptable
performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.
A-9.25.4.2.(6) Protection of Vapour Barriers. The requirements of CAN/CGSB-51.33-M, "Vapour Barrier Sheet,
Excluding Polyethylene, for Use in Building Construction," were developed for paper-based vapour barriers, which are
not susceptible to deterioration under prolonged exposure to direct ultraviolet (UV) radiation. Since the publication of
the last edition of this standard in 1989, non-polyethylene vapour barriers have become available that are susceptible
to UV-induced deterioration. These vapour barriers must be protected by a covering or installed in locations where they
will not be exposed to direct UV radiation after the completion of construction. In addition, the vapour barrier
manufacturer's guidance regarding the maximum allowable time of exposure to direct UV radiation should be followed
where provided. Exposure to direct UV radiation most commonly occurs around window openings.
A-9.25.4.3.(2) Location of Vapour Barriers. Assemblies in which the vapour barrier is located partway through the
insulation meet the intent of this Article provided it can be shown that the temperature of the vapour barrier will not fall
below the dew point of the heated interior air.
A-9.25.5.1. Location of Low Permeance Materials.
Low Air- and Vapour-Permeance Materials and Implications for Moisture Accumulation
The location in a building assembly of a material with low air permeance is generally not critical; the material can
restrict outward movement of indoor air whether it is located near the outer surface of the assembly, near the inner
surface, or at some intermediate location, and such restriction of air movement is generally beneficial, whether or not
the particular material is designated as part of the air barrier system. However, if such a material also has the
characteristics of a vapour barrier (i.e. low permeability to water vapour), its location must be chosen more carefully in
order to avoid moisture accumulation.
Any moisture from the indoor air that diffuses through the inner layers of the assembly or is carried by air leakage
through those layers may be prevented from diffusing or being transferred through the assembly by a low air- and
vapour-permeance material. This moisture transfer will usually not cause a problem if the material is located where the
temperature is above the dew point of the indoor air: the water vapour will remain as vapour, the humidity level in the
assembly will come to equilibrium with that of the indoor air, further accumulation of moisture will cease or stabilize at a
low rate, and no harm will be done.
But if the low air- and vapour-permeance material is located where the temperature is below the dew point of the air at
that location, water vapour will condense and accumulate as water or ice, which will reduce the humidity level and
encourage the movement of more water vapour into the assembly. If the temperature remains below the dew point for
any length of time, significant moisture could accumulate. When warmer weather returns, the presence of a material
with low water vapour permeance can retard drying of the accumulated moisture. Moisture that remains into warmer
weather can support the growth of decay organisms.
Due consideration should be given to the properties and location of any material in the building envelope, including
paints, liquid-applied or sprayed-on and trowelled-on materials. It is recognized that constructions that include low air-
and vapour-permeance materials are acceptable, but only where these materials are not susceptible to damage from
moisture or where they can accommodate moisture, for example insulated concrete walls. Further information on the
construction of basement walls can be found in "Performance Guidelines for Basement Envelope Systems and
Materials," published by NRC.
Cladding
Different cladding materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture
deterioration. They are each installed in different ways that are more or less conducive to the release of moisture that
may accumulate on the inner surface. Sheet or panel-type cladding materials, such as metal sheet, have a vapour
permeance less than 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2). Sheet metal cladding that has lock seams also has a low air leakage
characteristic and so must be installed outboard of a drained and vented air space. Assemblies clad with standard
residential vinyl or metal strip siding do not require additional protection as the joints are not so tight as to prevent the
dissipation of moisture.
Sheathing
Like cladding, sheathing materials have different vapour permeances and different degrees of susceptibility to moisture
deterioration.
Low-permeance sheathing may serve as the vapour barrier if it can be shown that the temperature of the interior
surface of the sheathing will not fall below that at which saturation will occur. This may be the case where insulating
sheathing is used.
Thermal Insulation
Where low-permeance foamed plastic is the sole thermal insulation in a building assembly, the temperature of the
inner surface of this element will be close to the interior temperature. If the foamed plastic insulation has a permeance
below 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2), it can fulfill the function of a vapour barrier to control condensation within the assembly due to
vapour diffusion. However, where low-permeance thermal insulating sheathing is installed on the outside of an
insulated frame wall, the temperature of the inner surface of the insulating sheathing may fall below the dew point; in
this case, the function of vapour barrier has to be provided by a separate building element installed on the warm side
of the assembly.
Normal Conditions
The required minimum ratios given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building assembly is
subjected to conditions that are considered normal for typical residential occupancies, and business and personal
services occupancies.
However, where the intended use of an occupancy includes facilities or activities that will generate a substantial
amount of moisture indoors during the heating season, such as swimming pools, greenhouses, the operation of a
laundromat or any continuous operation of hot tubs and saunas, the building envelope assemblies would have to
demonstrate acceptable performance levels in accordance with the requirements in Part 5.
A-9.25.5.1.(1) Air and Vapour Permeance Values. The air leakage characteristics and water vapour permeance
values for a number of common materials are given in Table A-9.25.5.1.(1). These values are provided on a generic
basis; proprietary products may have values differing somewhat from those in the Table (consult the manufacturers'
current data sheets for their products' values).
The values quoted are for the material thickness listed. Water vapour permeance is inversely proportional to thickness:
therefore, greater thicknesses will have lower water vapour permeance values.
Table A-9.25.5.1.(1)
Air and Vapour Permeance Values(1)
Material
Air Leakage Characteristic, L/(s×m2)
at 75 Pa (Air Permeance)
Water Vapour Permeance,
(Dry Cup) ng/(Pa×s×m2)
Sheet and panel-type materials
12.7-mm gypsum board
0.02
2600
- painted (1 coat primer)
negligible
1300
- painted (1 coat primer + 2 coats latex paint)
negligible
180
12.7-mm foil-backed gypsum board
negligible
negligible
12.7-mm gypsum board sheathing
0.0091
1373
6.4-mm plywood
0.0084
23 - 74
11-mm oriented strandboard
0.0108
44 (range)
12.5-mm cement board
0.147
590
plywood (from 9.5 mm to 18 mm)
negligible - 0.01
40 - 57
fibreboard sheathing
0.012 - 1.91
100 - 2900
17-mm wood sheathing
high - depends on no. of joints
982
Insulation
27-mm foil-faced polyisocyanurate
negligible
4.3
27-mm paper-faced polyisocyanurate
negligible
61.1
25-mm extruded polystyrene
negligible
23 - 92
25-mm expanded polystyrene (Type 2)
0.0214
86 - 160
fibrous insulations
very high
very high
25-mm polyurethane spray foam - low density
0.011
894 - 3791
25-mm polyurethane spray foam - medium
density
negligible
96(2)
Membrane-type materials
asphalt-impregnated paper (10 min paper)
0.0673
370
asphalt-impregnated paper (30 min paper)
0.4
650
asphalt-impregnated paper (60 min paper)
0.44
1800
water-resistive barriers (9 materials)
negligible - 4.3
30 - 1200
0.15-mm polyethylene
negligible
1.6 - 5.8
asphalt-saturated felt (#15)
0.153
290
building paper
0.2706
170 - 1400
spun-bonded polyolefin film (expanded)
0.9593
3646
Other materials
brick (6 materials)
negligible
102 - 602
metal
negligible
negligible
mortar mixes (4 materials)
negligible
13 - 690
stucco
negligible
75 - 240
50-mm reinforced concrete (density: 2 330 kg/m3)
negligible
23
Notes to Table A-9.25.5.1.(1):
(1) Air leakage and vapour permeance values derived from:
- Bombaru, D., Jutras, R. and Patenaude, A. "Air Permeance of Building Materials." Summary Report prepared by AIR-INS Inc. for
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Ottawa, 1988. Values indicate properties of tested materials only; values for specific
products may vary significantly.
- "Details of Air Barrier Systems for Houses." Tarion Warranty Corporation (formerly Ontario New Home Warranty Program),
Toronto, 1993.
- Kumaran, M.K., et al., ASHRAE Research Report 1018 RP, A Thermal and Moisture Transport Property Database for Common
Building and Insulating Materials.
- Kumaran, M.K., Lackey, J., Normandin, N., van Reenen, D., Tariku, F., Summary Report from Task 3 of MEWS Project at the
Institute for Research in Construction-Hygrothermal Properties of Several Building Materials, IRC-RR-110, March 2002.
- Mukhopadhyaya, P., Kumaran, M.K., et al., Hygrothermal Properties of Exterior Claddings, Sheathings Boards, Membranes and
Insulation Materials for Building Envelope Design, Proceedings of Thermal Perfomance of the Exterior Envelopes of Whole Building
X, Clearwater, Florida, December 2-7, 2007, pp. 1-16 (NRCC-50287).
(2) This water vapour permeance value is for a 25-mm-thick core layer of medium-density polyurethane spray foam. When installed in
the field, a low permeance resin layer forms where the foam is in contact with the substrate. The water vapour permeance of the
installed foam, were it measured including the resin layer, would therefore likely be lower than the value listed in the Table.
A-9.25.5.1.(1)(a)(ii) Reduced Potential for Condensation in the Building Envelope. The requirements in
Article 9.25.5.2. aim to reduce the risk of condensation being introduced into wall assemblies due to the water vapour
permeance of the outboard materials. Research has confirmed that the reduced condensation potential of exterior
continuous insulation with a thermal resistance of at least 0.7 (m2×K)/W and a water vapour permeance between 30
and 1 800 ng/(Pa×s×m2) compares to reference assemblies without exterior insulation in a given geographic location
and climatic exposure.
A-9.25.5.1.(3) Wood-based Sheathing Materials. Wood-based sheathing materials, such as plywood and OSB, that
are not more than 12.5 mm thick are exempt from complying with Sentence 9.25.5.1.(1) because wood has an
adaptive vapour permeance based on relative humidity: it has a low vapour permeance in an environment with low
relative humidity and a higher vapour permeance in an environment with high relative humidity (see Figure A-
9.25.5.1.(3)).
Figure A-9.25.5.1.(3)
Adaptive water vapour permeance of wood-based sheathing materials
This adaptive vapour permeance means that wood-based materials located on the outboard side of an assembly in
winter, where the RH is typically 75% or higher, are relatively vapour-open, thus allowing greater vapour movement.
The same wood-based material located on the inboard side of an assembly, where the RH is typically much lower in
winter, has a low vapour permeance, thus mitigating the movement of vapour.
A-9.25.5.2. Assumptions Followed in Developing Table 9.25.5.2. Article 9.25.5.2. specifies that a low air- and
vapour-permeance material must be located on the warm face of the assembly, outboard of a vented air space, or
within the assembly at a position where its inner surface is likely to be warm enough for most of the heating season
such that no significant accumulation of moisture will occur. This last position is defined by the ratio of the thermal
resistance values outboard and inboard of the innermost impermeable surface of the material in question.
The design values given in Table 9.25.5.2. are based on the assumption that the building includes a mechanical
ventilation system (between 0.3 and 0.5 air changes per hour), a 60 ng/(Pa×s×m2) vapour barrier, and an air barrier
(values between 0.024 and 0.1 L/sm2 through the assembly were used). The moisture generated by occupants and
their use of bathrooms, cleaning, laundry and kitchen appliances was assumed to fall between 7.5 and 11.5 L per day.
It has been demonstrated through modeling under these conditions that assemblies constructed according to the
requirements in Table 9.25.5.2. do not lead to moisture accumulation levels that may lead to deterioration as long as
the average monthly vapour pressure difference between the exterior and interior sides over the heating season does
not increase above 750 Pa, which would translate into an interior relative humidity of 35% in colder climates and 60%
in mild climates.
Health Canada recommends an indoor relative humidity between 35% and 50% for healthy conditions. ASHRAE
accepts a 30% to 60% range. Environments that are much drier tend to exacerbate respiratory problems and allergies;
more humid environments tend to support the spread of microbes, moulds and dust mites, which can adversely affect
health.
In most of Canada in the winter, indoor RH is limited by the exterior temperature and the corresponding temperature
on the inside of windows. During colder periods, indoor RH higher than 35% will cause significant condensation on
windows. When this occurs, occupants are likely to increase the ventilation to remove excess moisture. Although
indoor RH may exceed 35% for short periods when the outside temperature is warmer, the criteria provided in
Table 9.25.5.2. will still apply. Where higher relative humidities are maintained for extended periods in these colder
climates, the ratios listed in the Table may not provide adequate protection. Some occupancies require that RH be
maintained above 35% throughout the year, and some interior spaces support activities such as swimming that create
high relative humidities. In these cases, Table 9.25.5.2. cannot be used and the position of the materials must be
determined according to Part 5.
It should be noted that Part 9 building envelopes in regions with colder winters have historically performed acceptably
when the interior RH does not exceed 35% over most of the heating season. With tighter building envelopes, it is
possible to raise interior RH levels above 35%. There is no information, however, on how
Part 9 building envelopes will perform when exposed to these higher indoor RH levels for extended periods during the
heating season over many years. Operation of the ventilation system, as intended to remove indoor pollutants, will
maintain the lower RH levels as necessary.
Calculating Inboard to Outboard Thermal Resistance
The method of calculating the inboard to outboard thermal resistance ratio is illustrated in Figure A-9.25.5.2. The
example wall section shows three planes where low air- and vapour-permeance materials have been installed. A
vapour barrier, installed to meet the requirements of Subsection 9.25.4., is on the warm side of the insulation
consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(a) and Sentences 9.25.4.1.(1) and 9.25.4.3.(2). The vinyl siding has an integral
drained and vented air space consistent with Clause 9.25.5.2.(1)(c). The position of the interior face of the low-
permeance insulating sheathing, however, must be reviewed in terms of its thermal resistance relative to the overall
thermal resistance of the wall, and the climate where the building is located.
Comparing the RSI ratio from the example wall section with those in Table 9.25.5.2. indicates that this wall would be
acceptable in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 7999, which includes, for example, Whitehorse, Fort
McMurray, Yorkton, Flin Flon, Geraldton, Val-d'Or and Wabush. (Degree-day values for various locations in Canada
are provided in Appendix C.)
A similar calculation would indicate that, for a similar assembly with a 140 mm stud cavity filled with an RSI 3.52 batt,
the ratio would be 0.28. Thus such a wall could be used in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999, which
includes, for example, Cranbrook, Lethbridge, Ottawa, Montreal, Fredericton, Sydney, Charlottetown and St. John's.
Similarly, if half the thickness of the same low-permeance sheathing were used, the ratio with an 89 mm cavity would
be 0.25, permitting its use in areas with Celsius degree-day values up to 4999. The ratio with a 140 mm cavity would
be 0.16; thus this assembly could not be used anywhere, since this ratio is below the minimum permitted in
Table 9.25.5.2.
Table A-9.25.5.2. shows the minimum thicknesses of low-permeance insulating sheathing necessary to satisfy
Article 9.25.5.2. in various degree-day zones for a range of resistivity values of insulating sheathing. These
thicknesses are based on the detail shown in Figure A-9.25.5.2. but could also be used with cladding details, such as
brick veneer or wood siding, which provide equal or greater outboard thermal resistance.
Figure A-9.25.5.2.
Example of a wall section showing thermal resistance inboard and outboard of a plane of low air and vapour
permeance
Table A-9.25.5.2.
Minimum Thicknesses of Low-Permeance Insulating Sheathing
Celsiu
s
Heatin
g
Degre
e-days
Min.
RSI
Rati
o
38 × 89 Framing
38 × 140 Framing
Min.
Outboard
Thermal
Resistanc
e, RSI
Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm
Min.
Outboard
Thermal
Resistanc
e, RSI
Min. Sheathing Thickness, mm
Sheathing Thermal Resistance,
RSI/mm
Sheathing Thermal Resistance,
RSI/mm
0.030
0
0.032
5
0.035
0
0.040
0
0.030
0
0.032
5
0.035
0
0.040
0
≤ 4999
0.20
0.46
10
10
9
8
0.72
19
17
16
14
5000 to
5999
0.30
0.69
18
17
16
14
1.07
31
28
26
23
6000 to
6999
0.35
0.81
22
20
19
16
1.25
37
34
32
28
7000 to
7999
0.40
0.92
26
24
22
19
1.43
43
39
37
32
8000 to
8999
0.50
1.16
34
31
29
25
1.79
55
50
47
41
9000 to
9999
0.55
1.27
37
34
32
28
1.97
61
56
52
45
10000
to
10999
0.60
1.39
41
38
35
31
2.15
67
61
57
50
11000
0.65
1.50
45
42
39
34
2.33
73
67
62
54
to
11999
≥
12000
0.75
1.73
53
49
45
40
2.69
85
78
72
63
References
(1) "Exposure Guidelines for Residential Indoor Air Quality," Environmental Health Directorate, Health Protection
Branch, Health Canada, Ottawa, April 1987 (Revised July 1989).
(2) ANSI/ASHRAE 62, "Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality."
A-9.26.1.1.(1) Platforms that Effectively Serve as Roofs. Decks, balconies, exterior walkways and similar exterior
surfaces effectively serve as roofs where these platforms do not permit the free drainage of water through the deck.
When water is driven by wind across the deck (roof) surface, it can be driven upward when it encounters an
interruption.
A-9.26.2.3.(4) Fasteners for Treated Shingles. Where shingles or shakes have been chemically treated with a
preservative or a fire retardant, the fastener should be of a material known to be compatible with the chemicals used in
the treatment.
A-9.26.4.1. Junctions between Roofs and Walls or Guards. Drainage of water from decks and other platforms that
effectively serve as roofs will be blocked by walls, and blocked or restricted by guards where significant lengths and
heights of material are connected to the deck. Without proper flashing at such roof-wall junctions or roof-guard
junctions, water will generally leak into the adjoining constructions and can penetrate into supporting constructions
below. Exceptions include platforms where waterproof curbs of sufficient height are cast-in or where the deck and wall
or guard are unit-formed. In these cases, the monolithic deck-wall or deck-guard junctions will minimize the likelihood
of water ingress. (See also Note A-9.26.1.1.(1).)
A-9.26.17.1.(1) Installation of Concrete Roof Tiles. Where concrete roof tiles are to be installed, the dead load
imposed by this material should be considered in determining the minimum sizes and maximum spans of the
supporting roof members.
A-9.26.18.3.(1) Overflow Outlets. Where a roof or balcony is entirely enclosed by parapet walls there is a likelihood of
drains becoming obstructed with materials such as leaves falling during heavy autumn rains. It is recommended that a
secondary means of drainage such as scuppers be provided. Overflow outlets should be installed in the parapet walls
in sufficient number and at an appropriate height to drain the roof or balcony, to avoid water backing up into moisture
sensitive assemblies, and to prevent structural collapse from ponding.
A-9.27.1.1.(5) EIFS on Walls with Cold-Formed Steel Stud Framing. While Part 9 permits the installation of
exterior insulation finish systems on walls with cold-formed steel stud framing, the design of loadbearing steel walls is
outside the scope of Part 9 and is addressed in Part 4 (see Sentence 9.24.1.1.(2)).
A-9.27.2. Required Protection from Precipitation. Part 5 and Part 9 of the Building By-law recognize that mass
walls and face-sealed, concealed barrier and rainscreen assemblies have their place in the Canadian context.
Mass walls are generally constructed of cast-in-place concrete or masonry. Without cladding or surface finish, they can
be exposed to precipitation for a significant period before moisture will penetrate from the exterior to the interior. The
critical characteristics of these walls are related to thickness, mass, and moisture transfer properties, such as
shedding, absorption and moisture diffusivity.
Face-sealed assemblies have only a single plane of protection. Sealant installed between cladding elements and other
envelope components is part of the air barrier system and is exposed to the weather. Face-sealed assemblies are
appropriate where it can be demonstrated that they will provide acceptable performance with respect to the health and
safety of the occupants, the operation of building services and the provision of conditions suitable for the intended
occupancy. These assemblies, however, require more intensive, regular and ongoing maintenance, and should only be
selected on the basis of life-cycle costing considering the risk of failure and all implications should failure occur.
Climate loads such as wind-driven rain, for example, should be considered. Face-sealed assemblies are not
recommended where the building owner may not be aware of the maintenance issue or where regular maintenance
may be problematic.
Concealed barrier assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first plane comprises the
cladding, which is intended to handle the majority of the precipitation load. The second plane of protection is intended
to handle any water that penetrates the cladding plane. It allows for the dissipation of this water, primarily by gravity
drainage, and provides a barrier to further ingress.
Like concealed barrier assemblies, rainscreen assemblies include both a first and second plane of protection. The first
plane comprises the cladding, which is designed and constructed to handle virtually all of the precipitation load. The
second plane of protection is designed and constructed to handle only very small quantities of incidental water;
composition of the second plane is described in Note A-9.27.3.1. In these assemblies, the air barrier system, which
plays a role in controlling precipitation ingress due to air pressure difference, is protected from the elements. (See
Figure A-9.27.2.)
Figure A-9.27.2.
Generic rainscreen assemblies
The cladding assembly described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(4) is a basic rainscreen assembly. This approach is required
for residential buildings where a higher level of ongoing performance is expected without significant maintenance. This
approach, however, is recommended in all cases.
The cladding assemblies described in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5) are also rainscreen assemblies. The assembly described
in Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) is again a basic rainscreen assembly. A wall with a capillary break as described in
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) is an open rainscreen assembly. Walls with a capillary break as described in
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) have been referred to as drainscreen assemblies.
A-9.27.2.1.(1) Minimizing Precipitation Ingress. The total prevention of precipitation ingress into wall assemblies is
difficult to achieve and, depending on the wall design and construction, may not be absolutely necessary. The amount
of moisture that enters a wall, and the frequency with which this occurs, must be limited. The occurrence of ingress
must be sufficiently rare, accumulation sufficiently small and drying sufficiently rapid to prevent the deterioration of
moisture-susceptible materials and the growth of fungi.
A-9.27.2.2. Required Levels of Protection from Precipitation. Precursors to Part 9 and all editions of the Building
By-law containing a Part 9 applying to housing and small buildings included a performance-based provision requiring
that cladding provide protection from the weather for inboard materials. Industry requested that Part 9 provide
additional guidance to assist in determining the minimum levels of protection from precipitation to be provided by
cladding assemblies. As with all requirements in the Building By-law, the new requirements in Article 9.27.2.2. describe
the minimum cladding assembly configuration. Designers must still consider local accepted good practice,
demonstrated performance and the specific conditions to which a particular wall will be exposed when designing or
selecting a cladding assembly.
Capillary Breaks
The properties that are necessary for a material or assembly to provide a capillary break, and quantitative values for
those properties, have not been defined. Among the material properties that need to be addressed are water
absorption and susceptibility to moisture-related deterioration. Among the assembly characteristics to be considered
are bridging of spaces by water droplets, venting and drainage.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(a) describes the capillary break configuration typical of open rainscreen construction. The
minimum 10 mm will avoid bridging of the space by water droplets and allow some construction tolerance.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(b) describes a variation on the typical open rainscreen configuration. Products used to provide the
capillary break include a variety of non-moisture-susceptible, open-mesh materials.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(c) describes a configuration that is typical of that provided by horizontal vinyl and metal siding,
without contoured insulating backing. The air space behind the cladding components and the loose installation reduce
the likelihood of moisture becoming trapped and promote drying by airflow.
Clause 9.27.2.2.(1)(d) recognizes the demonstrated performance of masonry cavity walls and masonry veneer walls.
Moisture Index
The moisture index (MI) for a particular location reflects both the wetting and drying characteristics of the climate and
depends on
- annual rainfall, and
- the temperature and relative humidity of the outdoor ambient air.
MI values are derived from detailed research and calculations.
Due to a lack of definitive data, the MI values identified in Sentence 9.27.2.2.(5), which trigger exceptions to or
additional precipitation protection, are based on expert opinion. Designers should consider local experience and
demonstrated performance when selecting materials and assemblies for protection from precipitation. For further
information on MI, see Appendix C.
A-9.27.3.1. Second Plane of Protection. As specified in Sentence 9.27.3.1.(1), the second plane of protection
consists of a drainage plane with an appropriate material serving as the inner boundary and flashing to dissipate
rainwater or meltwater to the exterior.
Drainage Plane
Except for masonry walls, the simplest configuration of a drainage plane is merely a vertical interface between
materials that will allow gravity to draw the moisture down to the flashing to allow it to dissipate to the exterior. It does
not necessarily need to be constructed as a clear drainage space (air space).
For masonry walls, an open rainscreen assembly is required; that is, an assembly with first and second planes of
protection where the drainage plane is constructed as a drained and vented air space. Such construction also
constitutes best practice for walls other than masonry walls.
Section 9.20. requires drainage spaces of 25 mm for masonry veneer walls and 50 mm for cavity walls. In other than
masonry walls, the drainage space in an open rainscreen assembly should be at least 10 mm deep. Drainage holes
must be designed in conjunction with the flashing.
Sheathing Membrane
The sheathing membrane described in Article 9.27.3.2. is not a waterproof material. When installed to serve as the
inner boundary of the second plane of protection, and when that plane of protection includes a drainage space at least
9.5 mm deep, the performance of the identified sheathing membrane has been demonstrated to be adequate. This is
because the material is expected to have to handle only a very small quantity of water that penetrates the first plane of
protection.
If the 9.5 mm drainage space is reduced or interrupted, the drainage capacity and the capillary break provided by the
space will be reduced. In these cases, the material selected to serve as the inner boundary may need to be upgraded
to provide greater water resistance in order to protect moisture-susceptible materials in the backing wall.
Appropriate Level of Protection
It is recognized that many cladding assemblies with no space or with discontinuous space behind the cladding, and
with the sheathing membrane material identified in Article 9.27.3.2., have provided acceptable performance with a
range of precipitation loads imposed on them. Vinyl and metal strip siding, and shake and shingle cladding, for
example, are installed with discontinuous drained spaces, and have demonstrated acceptable performance in most
conditions. Lapped wood and composite strip sidings, depending on their profiles, may or may not provide
discontinuous spaces, and generally provide little drainage. Cladding assemblies with limited drainage capability that
use a sheathing membrane meeting the minimum requirements are not recommended where they may be exposed to
high precipitation loads or where the level of protection provided by the cladding is unknown or questionable. Local
practice with demonstrated performance should be considered. (See also Article 9.27.2.2. and Note A-9.27.2.2.)
A-9.27.3.4.(2) Detailing of Joints in Exterior Insulating Sheathing. The shape of a joint is critical to its ability to
shed water. Tongue and groove, and lapped joints can shed water if oriented correctly. Butt joints can drain to either
side and so should not be used unless they are sealed. However, detailing of joints requires attention not just to the
shape of the joint but also to the materials that form the joint. For example, even if properly shaped, the joints in
insulating sheathing with an integral sheathing membrane could not be expected to shed water if the insulating
material absorbs water, unless the membrane extends through the joints.
A-9.27.3.5.(1) Sheathing Membranes in lieu of Sheathing. Article 9.23.17.1. indicates that sheathing must be
installed only where the cladding requires intermediate fastening between supports (studs) or where the cladding
requires a solid backing. Cladding such as brick or panels would be exempt from this requirement and in these cases a
double layer of sheathing membrane would generally be needed. The exception (Article 9.27.3.6.) applies only to those
types of cladding that provide a face seal to the weather.
A-9.27.3.6. Sheathing Membrane under Face Sealed Cladding. The purpose of sheathing membrane on walls is to
reduce air infiltration and to control the entry of wind-driven rain. Certain types of cladding consisting of very large
sheets or panels with well-sealed joints will perform this function, eliminating the need for sheathing membrane. This is
true of the metal cladding with lock-seamed joints sometimes used on mobile homes. However, it does not apply to
metal or plastic siding applied in narrow strips which is intended to simulate the appearance of lapped wood siding.
Such material does not act as a substitute for sheathing membrane since it incorporates provision for venting the wall
cavity and has many loosely-fitted joints which cannot be counted on to prevent the entry of wind and rain.
Furthermore, certain types of sheathing systems can perform the function of the sheathing membrane. Where it can be
demonstrated that a sheathing material is at least as impervious to air and water penetration as sheathing membrane
and that its jointing system results in joints that are at least as impervious to air and water penetration as the material
itself, sheathing membrane may be omitted.
A-9.27.3.8.(1) Required Flashing.
Horizontal Offsets
Where a horizontal offset in the cladding is provided by a single cladding element, there is no joint between the offset
and the cladding above. In this case, and provided the cladding material on the offset provides effective protection for
the construction below, flashing is not required.
Changes in Substrate
In certain situations, flashing should be installed at a change of substrate: for example, where stucco cladding is
installed on a wood-frame assembly, extending down over a masonry or cast-in-place concrete foundation and applied
directly to it. Such an application does not take into account the potential for shrinkage of the wood frame and cuts off
the drainage route for moisture that may accumulate behind the stucco on the frame construction.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(1)
Flashing at change in substrate
A-9.27.3.8.(3) Flashing over Curved-Head Openings. The requirement for flashing over openings depends on the
vertical distance from the top of the trim over the opening to the bottom of the eave compared to the horizontal
projection of the eave. In the case of curved-head openings, the vertical distance from the top of the trim increases as
one moves away from the centre of the opening. For these openings, the top of the trim must be taken as the lowest
height before the trim becomes vertical. (See Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3).)
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(3)
Flashing over curved-head openings
A-9.27.3.8.(4) Flashing Configuration and Positive Drainage.
Flashing Configuration
A 6% slope is recognized as the minimum that will provide effective flashing drainage. The 10 mm vertical lap over the
building element below and the 5 mm offset are prescribed to reduce transfer by capillarity and surface tension.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4) illustrates two examples of flashing configurations.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Examples of flashing configurations showing upstands, horizontal offsets and vertical laps
Maintaining Positive Slope
Sentence 9.27.3.8.(4) requires that the minimum 6% flashing slope remain after expected shrinkage of the building
frame. Similarly, Sentence 9.26.3.1.(4) requires that a positive slope remain on roofs and similar constructions after
expected shrinkage of the building frame.
For Part 9 wood-frame constructions, expected wood shrinkage can be determined based on the average equilibrium
moisture content (MC) of wood, within the building envelope assembly, in various regions of the City (see Table A-
9.27.3.8.(4)).
Table A-9.27.3.8.(4)
Equilibrium Moisture Content for Wood
Regions
Equilibrium MC, %(1)
British Columbia and Atlantic Canada
10
Ontario and Quebec
8
Prairies and the North
7
Notes to Table A-9.27.3.8.(4):
(1) CWC 2000, "Wood Reference Handbook."
For three-storey constructions to which Part 9 applies, cumulative longitudinal shrinkage is negligible. Shrinkage need
only be calculated for horizontal framing members using the following formula (from CWC 1997, "Introduction to Wood Building
Technology" ):
Shrinkage = (total horizontal member height) × (initial MC - equilibrium MC) × (.002)
A-9.27.3.8.(5) Protection against Precipitation Ingress at the Sill-to-Cladding Joint. Many windows are
configured in such a way that a line of sealant is the only protection against water ingress at the sill-to-cladding joint--a
location that is exposed to all of the water that flows down the window. In the past, many windows were constructed
with self-flashing sills--sills that extend beyond the face of the cladding and have a drip on the underside to divert
water away from the sill-to-cladding joint. This sill configuration was considered to be accepted good practice and is
recognized today as providing a degree of redundancy in precipitation protection.
Self-flashing sills are sills that
- slope toward the exterior where the sills have an upward facing surface that extends beyond the jambs,
- where installed over a masonry sill, extend not less than 25 mm beyond the inner face of that sill,
- incorporate a drip positioned not less than 5 mm outward from the outer face of the cladding below or not less than
15 mm beyond the inner edge of a masonry sill, and
- terminate at the jambs or, where the face of the jambs is not at least flush with the face of the cladding and the sills
extend beyond the jambs, incorporate end dams sufficiently high to protect against overflow in wind-driven rain
conditions.
A wind pressure of 10 Pa can raise water 1 mm. Thus, for example, if a window is exposed to a driving rain wind
pressure of 200 Pa, end dams should be at least 20 mm high.
Figure A-9.27.3.8.(5)
Examples of configurations of self-flashing sills
A-9.27.4.2.(1) Selection and Installation of Sealants. Analysis of many sealant joint failures indicates that the
majority of failures can be attributed to improper joint preparation and deficient installation of the sealant and various
joint components. The following ASTM guidelines describe several aspects that should be considered when applying
sealants in unprotected environments to achieve a durable application:
- ASTM C1193, "Standard Specification for Use of Joint Sealants,"
- ASTM C1299, "Standard Guide for Use in Selection of Liquid-Applied Sealants," and
- ASTM C1472, "Standard Guide for Calculating Movement and Other Effects When Establishing Sealant Joint
Width."
The sealant manufacturer's literature should always be consulted for recommended procedures and materials.
A-9.27.5.4.(2) Attachment of Cladding to Flat Wall ICF Units where the 1-in-50 HWP Exceeds 0.60 kPa. For
locations where the 1-in-50 hourly wind pressure is greater than 0.60 kPa, the results of testing fasteners to ASTM
D1761, "Standard Test Methods for Mechanical Fasteners in Wood and Wood-Based Materials," must be obtained
from a testing facility or from the insulating concrete form manufacturer to confirm their ultimate strengths for both
direct withdrawal and lateral shear. In accordance with limit states design as described in Subsection 4.1.3., the
factored resistances of the fastener must be equal to or greater than the factored loads on the fastener at the spacing
proposed by the designer. In order to align with the limit states design procedures used to develop Table 9.27.5.4.-B,
the factored resistances must be calculated by applying a reduction factor of Φ = 0.35 to the fastener's ultimate
strengths, and the factored loads must lie within the area under the line of linear interaction in a diagram that plots the
factored lateral shear resistance of the fastener against its factored direct withdrawal resistance.
A-9.27.5.7. Penetration of Fasteners. Where cladding is applied to sheathing that is not suitable for fastening, the
fastener length must be increased to maintain the minimum fastener penetration depth into the nail-holding base
substrate, as specified in Article 9.27.5.7.
A-9.27.9.2.(2) Grooves in Hardboard Cladding. Grooves deeper than that specified may be used in thicker
cladding, provided they do not reduce the thickness to less than the required thickness minus 1.5 mm.
A-9.27.10.2.(2) Thickness of Grade O-2 OSB. In using Table 9.27.8.2. to determine the thickness of Grade O-2
OSB cladding, substitute "face orientation" for "face grain" in the column headings.
A-9.27.11.1.(1) Steel Sheet Products. The minimum thickness of 0.33 mm stated in Sentence 9.27.11.1.(1) refers to
the total thickness of the materials, i.e., the combination of the minimum thickness of the base steel (0.29 mm) and the
minimum coating thickness required by CSSBI 23M, "Standard for Residential Steel Cladding." Note that the terms
"siding" and "cladding" are often used interchangeably.
A-9.27.11.1.(2) and (3) Material Standards for Aluminum Cladding. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(2) and
CAN/CGSB-93.2-M, "Prefinished Aluminum Siding, Soffits, and Fascia, for Residential Use," is required for aluminum
siding that is installed in horizontal or vertical strips. Compliance with Sentence 9.27.11.1.(3) and CAN/CGSB-93.1-M,
"Sheet, Aluminum Alloy, Prefinished, Residential," is required for aluminum cladding that is installed in large sheets.
A-9.27.14.1.(1) Geometrically Defined Drainage Cavity. "Geometrically defined drainage cavity" (GDDC) refers to
the channels, grooves or profiles cut into the insulation backing of an EIFS panel for the purpose of providing a way for
water that gets behind the system to drain out. The channels, grooves or profiles of one panel need to connect to the
channels, grooves or profiles of adjacent panels in order for drainage to occur consistently and uniformly across the
entire EIFS. While the size of a channel, groove or profile can be verified by inspecting a single panel, the intent of
Sentence 9.27.14.1.(1) is that the required drainage capacity be achieved across the entire system.
Additional information on the design and installation of EIFS can be found in
- the "EIFS Practice Manual," published by the EIFS Council of Canada, and
- the manufacturer's literature.
A-9.27.14.2.(2)(a) Substrates for Exterior Insulation Finish Systems. The list of acceptable substrates for each type of
EIFS can be found in a system's respective test report to CAN/ULC-S716.1, "Standard for Exterior Insulation and
Finish Systems (EIFS) - Materials and Systems" ; however, the following substrates are generally considered
acceptable:
- minimum 11 mm thick exposure 1 OSB classified as PS2 exterior wall sheathing
- minimum 11 mm thick exterior-rated plywood sheathing
- minimum 12.7 mm thick exterior gypsum sheathing conforming to ASTM C1177/C1177M, "Standard Specification
for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing"
- cementitious panels
- fibre-cement panels
- concrete block
- clay masonry
- cast-in-place concrete
Note that, in some cases, the list of acceptable substrates may be limited by the EIFS manufacturer.
A-Table 9.28.4.3. Stucco Lath. Paper-backed welded wire lath may also be used on horizontal surfaces provided its
characteristics are suitable for such application.
A-9.29.5.1.(3) Application of Gypsum Board to Flat ICF Walls. ASTM C840, "Standard Specification for
Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board," specifies requirements for the anchorage of gypsum board panels to flat
wall ICF units in the section on System XVI. While the standard practice for the application of gypsum board panels
over traditional vertical wood studs or metal framing members is to align the vertical joints of the panels on a
supporting member, ASTM C840 requires that the vertical joints between the panels be positioned halfway between
the web fastening strips of the flat wall ICF units to minimize damage to the edges of the panels during screw
anchorage. The full surface of the flat wall ICF insulation panels (backed by the concrete cores) provides solid,
continuous support of the taped gypsum board panel joints, which protects them from potential deflection, cracking and
impact damage.
A-9.30.1.2.(1) Water Resistance. In some areas of buildings, water and other substances may frequently be splashed
or spilled onto the floor. It is preferable, in such areas, that the finish flooring be a type that will not absorb moisture or
permit it to pass through; otherwise, both the flooring itself and the subfloor beneath it may deteriorate. Also,
particularly in food preparation areas and bathrooms, unsanitary conditions may be created by the absorbed moisture.
Where absorbent or permeable flooring materials are used in these areas, they should be installed in such a way that
they can be conveniently removed periodically for cleaning or replacement, i.e., they should not be glued or nailed
down. Also, if the subfloor is a type that is susceptible to moisture damage (this includes virtually all of the wood-based
subfloor materials used in wood-frame construction), it should be protected by an impermeable membrane placed
between the finish flooring and the subfloor. The minimum degree of impermeability required by Sentence 9.30.1.2.(1)
would be provided by such materials as polyethylene, aluminum foil, and most single-ply roofing membranes (EPDM,
PVC).
A-9.31.6.2.(3) Securement of Service Water Heaters.
Figure A-9.31.6.2.(3)
Securement of service water heater using strapping fastened to floor joists overhead
Seismic Bracing of Hot Water Tank
"Guidelines for Earthquake Bracing of Residential Water Heaters" is available from the California Office of the State
Architect and provides more detail and alternate methods of bracing hot water tanks to resist earthquakes.
A-9.32.1.2.(2) Application of Subsection 9.32.3. and Ventilation of Houses Containing a Secondary Suite.
Ventilation for Smoke Control
The control of smoke transfer between dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite, or between the dwelling units
and other spaces in the house, is a critical safety issue. Although providing a second ventilation system to serve the
two dwelling units is expensive--and potentially difficult in an existing building--it is an ideal solution for achieving a
minimum acceptable level of fire safety.
Other solutions to providing separate ventilation systems for the dwelling units must address smoke control. Although
smoke dampers restrict the spread of smoke by automatically closing in the event of a fire, their installation in a
ventilation system that serves both dwelling units in a house with a secondary suite is not considered to be an ideal
solution because they are very expensive, require regular inspection and maintenance, and must be reset after every
activation.
Ventilation for Air Exchange
The provision of a ventilation system for the purpose of maintaining acceptable indoor air quality is a critical health
issue. However, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(3) allows exits and public corridors in houses with a secondary suite to be
unventilated. Lack of active ventilation of these spaces is considered acceptable because occupants do not spend long
periods of time there and because exits are somewhat naturally ventilated when doors are opened.
Considering the cost of installing separate ventilation systems, Sentence 9.32.1.2.(4) also exempts ancillary spaces in
houses with a secondary suite from the requirement to be ventilated, provided that make-up air is supplied in
accordance with Article 9.32.3.4.
A-9.32.1.3.(2) Venting of Laundry-Drying Equipment. Sentence 9.32.1.3.(2) applies to the piping and ducting
located within the wall assembly and not to the often flexible duct used to connect the appliance to the rigid exhaust
vent duct.
A-9.32.3. Heating-Season Mechanical Ventilation. While ventilation strategies can have a significant impact on
energy performance, ventilation is primarily a health and safety issue. Inadequate ventilation can lead to mold, high
concentrations of CO2, and other indoor air pollutants, which can lead to adverse health outcomes. Previous editions of
the Building By-law relied on ventilation through the building envelope in combination with a principal exhaust fan.
However, with the increased attention on the continuity of the air barrier system in buildings, builders can no longer rely
on uncontrolled ventilation through the building envelope. In most buildings, mechanical systems will be required to
provide adequate ventilation for occupants.
As described in Article 9.32.3.3., every dwelling unit must include a principal ventilation system. A principal ventilation
system is the combination of an exhaust fan and a supply fan (or passive supply in some instances: see Sentence
9.32.3.4.(6)).
The principal ventilation system exhaust fan is separate from the requirements for a fan in every bathroom and kitchen.
While a bathroom fan may be used to satisfy both the requirements for the principal ventilation exhaust fan and the
requirements for a bathroom fan, the requirements for each must be met. If the fan provides this combined function of
the principal ventilation exhaust fan and the bathroom fan, it will also need to have controls that conform to Sentences
9.32.3.5.(3) and (4). Unlike other bathroom fans, the principal ventilation exhaust fan is required to run continuously
and should not have a control switch in a location where it may be turned off inadvertently.
A-9.32.3.1.(1) Required Ventilation.
Performance Approach [Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(a)]
CAN/CSA-F326-M, "Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems," is a comprehensive performance standard. It gives
experienced ventilation system designers the flexibility to design a variety of residential ventilation systems that satisfy
those requirements.
Prescriptive Approach [Clause 9.32.3.1.(1)(b)]
The prescriptively described systems are intended to provide a level of performance approaching that provided by
systems complying with CAN/CSA-F326-M, "Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems." They are included in the
Building By-law for use by those less experienced in ventilation system design. Code users who do not find these
prescriptively described systems satisfactory for their purposes, or who find them too restrictive, are free to use any
other type of ventilation system that satisfies the performance requirements of CAN/CSA-F326-M.
A-9.32.3.2.(4) Duct Systems Serving More Than One Space. Sentence 9.32.3.2.(4) requires heating or ventilation
duct systems that serve any space in addition to a single dwelling unit to prevent the circulation of smoke upon a signal
from a duct-type smoke detector. A duct system that serves a dwelling unit and a common space must be designed
and installed to prevent the circulation of smoke.
A-9.32.3.4. Principle Ventilation System Supply Air.
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(2)
Forced-Air Heating System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(3)
Forced-Air Heating System with Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(4)
Heat Recovery Ventilator Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(i)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(5)(b)(ii)
Central Recirculation System Supply Air Distribution
Figure A-9.32.3.4.(6)
Passive Supply Air Distribution
A-9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) Floor Area Calculation for Passive Supply Air Distribution. The floor area to be calculated for
Subclause 9.32.3.4.(6)(a)(ii) does not include sun porches, enclosed verandas, vestibules, attached garages, or other
spaces that are outside the building envelope and do not require ventilation supply air.
A-9.32.4.1. Naturally Aspirating Fuel-Fired Vented Appliance (NAFFVA). NAFFVA, typically appliances with draft
hoods, are subject to back drafting when a negative pressure condition occurs in the dwelling. The following tables
describe the conditions under which Sentence 9.32.4.1.(1) applies:
Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)A.
Vent Safety -- Natural Gas and Propane
Fuel Type
Natural Gas and Propane
Vent Type
Power Vent(3)
Direct Vent(3)
Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2)
Appliance Type
Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace
HWT
Fireplace
Heater
Mid-Efficient F/A Furnace or
Boiler(5)
Drafthood Boiler
HWT(4)
Special Conditions
Located in Air-Barriered
Room(1)
Classification
Non-NAFFVA
NAFFVA
Non-NAFFVA
9.32.4.1.(1)
Applies
No
Yes
No
Notes to Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)A.:
(1)
Mechanical room must be air-barriered from remainder of house with no access from within house. Room must be lined with panel products with sealed joints
and all pipe and wire penetrations sealed. Effectively, the room must be finished before equipment is installed and holes drilled for pipes and wires. This
option is not available for forced air furnaces as it is not possible to effectively seal the ducts.
(2)
Thermal buoyancy chimneys must be within the heated envelope of the house to provide acceptable venting performance.
(3)
Any power vented appliance with pressurized vent (1 pipe) or sealed combustion (2 pipe) or direct vent appliance (fireplace, heater or HWT) are non-NAFFVA.
(4)
Mid-efficient (draft induced) appliances are considered NAFFVA with the exception of a boiler or HWT located in an air-barriered room.
(5)
This category applies only to
(a)
mid-efficient forced air furnaces equipped with induced draft fans and exhaust proving switch, and
(b)
boilers equipped with induced draft fans and exhaust proving switch.
Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)B.
Vent Safety -- Oil and Solid Fuel
Fuel Type
Oil
Solid
Vent Type
Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2)
Direct Vent
Thermal Buoyancy Chimney(2)
Any
Appliance Type
Boiler
HWT(4)
F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT(3), (4)
F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Boiler
F/A Furnace
Boiler
HWT
Fireplace
Heat Stove
Outside Boiler
Special Conditions
Located in Air-
Barriered Room(1)
Located in Air-
Barriered
Room(1)
Classification
Non-NAFFVA
NAFFVA
Non-NAFFVA
Non-NAFFVA
NAFFVA(5)
N/A
9.32.4.1.(1)
Applies
No
Yes
No
No
Yes(5)
No
Notes to Table A-9.32.4.1.(1)B.:
(1)
Mechanical room must be air-barriered from remainder of house with no access from within house. Room must be lined with panel products with sealed joints
and all pipe and wire penetrations sealed. Effectively, the room must be finished before equipment is installed and holes drilled for pipes and wires. This
option is not available for forced air furnaces as it is not possible to effectively seal the ducts.
(2)
Thermal buoyancy chimneys must be within the heated envelope of the house to provide acceptable venting performance.
(3)
Oil-fired HWT, boilers and furnaces equipped with blocked vent switches.
(4)
Sealed combustion kits can be added to oil-fired appliances but they switch to interior combustion air if intake is blocked and rely on barometrically dampered
thermal buoyancy chimneys so they are considered NAFFVA.
(5)
Wood-burning appliances certified for use in mobile homes and installed to mobile home installation standards are considered non-NAFFVA and Sentence
9.32.4.1.(1) does not apply to them.
A-9.32.4.2. Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Carbon monoxide (CO) is a colourless, odourless gas that can build up to
lethal concentrations in an enclosed space without the occupants being aware of it. Thus, where an enclosed space
incorporates or is near a potential source of CO, it is prudent to provide some means of detecting its presence.
Dwelling units have two common potential sources of CO:
- fuel-fired space- or water-heating equipment within the dwelling unit or in adjacent spaces within the building, and
- attached storage garages.
Most fuel-fired heating appliances do not normally produce CO and, even if they do, it is normally conveyed outside the
building by the appliance's venting system. Nevertheless, appliances can malfunction and venting systems can fail.
Therefore, the provision of appropriately placed CO alarms in the dwelling unit is a relatively low-cost back-up safety
measure.
Similarly, although Article 9.10.9.18. requires that the walls and floor/ceiling assemblies separating attached garages
from dwelling units incorporate an air barrier system, there have been several instances of CO from garages being
drawn into houses, which indicates that a fully gas-tight barrier is difficult to achieve. When the attached storage
garage is located at or below the elevation of the living space, winter season stack action will generate a continuous
pressure between the garage and the dwelling unit. This pressure is capable of transferring potentially contaminated
air into the house. The use of exhaust fans in the dwelling unit may further increase this risk.
A-9.33.1.1.(2) Combustion Air and Tight Houses. The operation of an air exhaust system or of a fuel-burning
appliance removes the air from a house, creating a slight negative pressure inside. In certain cases the natural flow of
air up a chimney can be reversed, leading to a possible danger of carbon monoxide poisoning for the inhabitants.
Newer houses are generally more tightly constructed than older ones because of improved construction practices,
including tighter windows, weather stripping and caulking. This fact increases the probability that infiltration may not be
able to supply enough air to compensate for simultaneous operation of exhaust fans, fireplaces, clothes dryers,
furnaces and space heaters. It is necessary, therefore, to introduce outdoor air to the space containing the fuel-burning
appliance. Information regarding combustion air requirements for various types of appliances can be found in the
installation standards referenced in Sentences 6.2.1.5.(1) and 9.33.5.2.(1). In the case of solid-fuel-burning stoves,
ranges and space heaters, CSA B365, "Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment," suggests
that the minimum size of openings be determined by trial and error to accommodate the flue characteristics, the firing
rate, the building characteristics, etc., and that, as a guide, the combustion air opening should be 0.5 times the flue
collar area.
Further information can be found in CBD 222, "Airtight houses and carbon monoxide poisoning," which is available
from NRC.
A-9.33.2.1.(2) Cooling. Passive cooling designs can also be used to help reduce cooling loads to achieve the indoor
design temperature specified in Sentence 9.33.3.1.(2).
A-9.33.4.3.(1) Heating System Controls. Where a single heating system serves two dwelling units and common
spaces in a house with a secondary suite, it must be possible for the occupants to control the temperature in their own
suites. Sentence 9.33.4.3.(1), which applies only to electric, fuel-fired or unitary heaters and hydronic heating systems,
specifies that separate temperature controls must be provided in each dwelling unit in a house with a secondary suite;
however, the controls for shared spaces may be located in those spaces or in one of the suites.
A-9.33.4.4. Access to Equipment. Mechanical equipment installed into a building is typically expected to undergo
regular maintenance and testing so that the equipment remains at peak operational efficiency and can maintain a
healthy air quality. Such maintenance may include flushing and cleaning, filter and part replacement, lubrication of
moving components, and various safety checks. Building equipment should be located and oriented to provide
adequate space for maintenance personnel to conduct all regular maintenance work without unreasonable effort.
Confined spaces should be avoided, as should the creation of conditions that would dissuade regular maintenance,
and sufficient clearances and headroom should be provided to reduce the risk of injury.
A-9.33.5.3. Design, Construction and Installation Standard for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances. CSA B365,
"Installation Code for Solid-Fuel-Burning Appliances and Equipment," is essentially an installation standard, and covers
such issues as accessibility, air for combustion and ventilation, chimney and venting, mounting and floor protection,
wall and ceiling clearances, installation of ducts, pipes, thimbles and manifolds, and control and safety devices. But the
standard also includes a requirement that solid-fuel-burning appliances and equipment satisfy the requirements of one
of a series of standards, depending on the appliance or equipment, therefore also making it a design and construction
standard. It is required that cooktops and ovens as well as stoves, central furnaces and other space heaters be
designed and built in conformity with the relevant referenced standard.
A-9.33.6.13. Return Air System. It is a common practice to introduce outdoor air to the house by means of an
outdoor air duct connected to the return air plenum of a forced air furnace. This is an effective method and is a
component of one method of satisfying the mechanical ventilation requirements of Subsection 9.32.3. However, some
caution is required. If the proportion of cold outside to warm return air is too high, the resulting mixed air temperature
could lead to excessive condensation in the furnace heat exchanger and possible premature failure of the heat
exchanger. CAN/CSA-F326-M, "Residential Mechanical Ventilation Systems," requires that this mixed air temperature
not be below 15.5°C when the outdoor temperature is at the January 2.5% value. It is also important that the outdoor
air and the return air mix thoroughly before reaching the heat exchanger. Note A-9.32.3. provides some guidance on
this.
A-9.33.10.2.(1) Factory-Built Chimneys. Under the provisions of Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, certain solid-fuel-
burning appliances may be connected to factory-built chimneys other than those specified in Sentence 9.33.10.2.(1) if
tests show that the use of such a chimney will provide an equivalent level of safety.
A-9.34.2. Lighting Outlets. The "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I" contains requirements relating to lighting that are
similar to those in the Building By-law. However, the Electrical Code requirements apply only to residential
occupancies, whereas many of the requirements in the Building By-law apply to all Part 9 buildings. By-law users must
therefore be careful to ensure that all applicable provisions of the Building By-law are followed, irrespective of the
limitations in the Electrical Code.
A-9.35.2.2.(1) Garage Floor. Sources of ignition, such as electrical wiring and appliances, can set off an explosion if
exposed to gases or vapours such as those that can be released in garages. This provision applies where the
frequency and concentration of such releases are low. Where the garage can accommodate more than 3 vehicles, and
where wiring is installed within 50 mm of the garage floor, the "Canadian Electrical Code, Part I" should be consulted
as it specifies more stringent criteria for wiring.
The capacity of the garage is based on standard-size passenger vehicles such as cars, mini-vans and sport utility
vehicles, and half-ton trucks. In a typical configuration, the capacity of the garage is defined by the width of the garage
doors--generally single or double width--which correlates to the number of parking bays.
In many constructions, floor areas adjacent to the garage are either above the garage floor level or separated from it
by a foundation wall. Where the foundation wall is cast-in-place concrete and rises at least 50 mm above the garage
floor, it can serve as the airtight curb. Where the foundation wall is block or preserved wood, extra measures may be
needed to provide airtightness. In many instances, the construction will be required to be airtight to conform with
Sentence 9.25.3.1.(1), and in any case, must comply with Sentences 9.10.9.18.(4) and (5).
Where the space adjacent to the garage is at the same level as the garage, a 50 mm curb or partition is not needed if
the wall complies with Sentences 9.10.9.18.(4) and (5), and there is no connecting door. Where there is a connecting
door, if the garage is not sloped towards the exterior, it must be raised at least 50 mm off the floor or be installed so it
closes against the curb. This requirement does not preclude the installation of a ramp leading from the garage floor up
to the door.
Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1)
Curb around garage floor at stairs
In some instances, access to the basement is via a stair from the garage. In such cases, a curb must be installed at
the edge of the stair well and must be sealed to the foundation wall, curb or partition between the garage and adjacent
spaces.
See Figure A-9.35.2.2.(1).
Vancouver
Building By-law
2025
Book II: Plumbing Systems
Refer to the 2020 National Plumbing Code of Canada with
amendments as described in Part 7 of Division B, Subsection 7.1.5.